1965 Front Matter Vol14

Acted as Minister of Defence from 11th June, 1965.

Acted as Minister of Bantu Education from 12th June, 1965.

Acted as Minister of Forestry from 12th June, 1965.

Acted as Minister of Indian Affairs from 12th June, 1965.

Elected under provisions of South-West Africa Affairs Amendment Act, 1949 (Act No. 23 of 1949).

Elected 4th October, 1961, under provisions of Separate Representation of Voters Act, 1951 (Act No. 46 of 1951).

Elected 23rd October, 1964, vice T. B. Bowker, deceased 21st July, 1964.

Elected 24th March, 1965, vice Dr. H. G. Luttig, resigned 5th February, 1965.

Elected 23rd October, 1964, under provisions of South-West Africa Affairs Amendment Act, 1949 (Act No. 23 of 1949), vice J. H. Cloete, deceased 22nd July, 1964.

Elected 21st October, 1963, under provisions of Separate Representation of Voters Act, 1951 (Act No. 46 of 1951), vice G. S. P. le Roux, deceased 16th July, 1963.

Elected 24th February, 1964, vice Dr. C. de Wet, resigned 20th January, 1964.

Elected 11th April, 1962, vice Maj. E. B. Isaacs, deceased 14th January, 1962.

Elected 25th November, 1964, vice G. H. van Wyk, deceased 28th August, 1964.

Elected 12th December, 1962, vice H. G. Swart, deceased 11th July, 1962.

Elected 11th April, 1962, vice Dr. D. L. Smit, deceased 19th December, 1961.

Elected 24th February, 1964, vice the Hon. E. H. Louw, resigned 16th January, 1964.

Elected 11th November, 1964, vice J. J. Fouché, resigned 16th September, 1964.

Elected 4th August, 1964, vice Dr. P. J. van Nierop, resigned 9th May, 1964.

Elected 30th July, 1962, vice J. A. van der Merwe, deceased 17th April, 1962.

Elected 3rd March, 1965, vice H. T. van G. Bekker, deceased 13th October, 1964.

Elected 31st July, 1963, vice J. H. Russell, resigned 20th May, 1963.

Elected 23rd January, 1962, vice C. V. de Villiers, resigned 30th November, 1961.

Dropped in Assembly.

Withdrawn.

—Numbers indicate the number of the Printed Report of the Select Committee to which the Bill was referred.

English version was signed by the State President, under section sixty-five of the Republic of South Africa Constitution Act, 1961.

Afrikaans version signed by the State President, under section sixty-five of the Republic of South Africa Constitution Act, 1961.

—Numbers indicate the number of the Printed Report of the Select Committee to which the Bill was referred.

English version signed by the State President, under section sixty-five of the Republic of South Africa Constitution Act, 1961.

Afrikaans version signed by the State President, under section sixty-five of the Republic of South Africa Constitution Act, 1961.

—Numbers indicate the number of the Printed Report of the Select Committee to which the Bill was referred.

English version signed by the State President, under section sixty-five of the Republic of South Africa Constitution Act, 1961.

Afrikaans version signed by the State President, under section sixty-five of the Republic of South Africa Constitution Act, 1961.

These figures relate to the average weekly paid overtime for the period 1st January to 31st March, 1965. A complete record is not kept of unpaid and/or voluntary overtime worked.

“Services” posts are not included.

</meta>

DEBATES OF THE HOUSE OF ASSEMBLY (HANSARD)

22nd January to 18th June, 1965

FOURTH SESSIONSECOND PARLIAMENT

REPUBLIC OF SOUTH AFRICA

(Vols. 13, 14 & 15)

CONTENTS

PAGES

The Ministry v Members of the House of Assembly and the Electoral Divisions or Circles represented by them vi—vii Alphabetical List of Electoral Divisions and Circles and their Representatives in the House of Assembly viii—ix Bills of the Session x—xi Acts of the Session in Alphabetical Order xii—xiii Acts of the Session in Chronological Order xiv—xv Select and Sessional Committees xvi The Debates: COL. NOS. Vol. 13 1—2804 Vol. 14 2805—5632 Vol. 15 5633—8648 Index to Subjects 1—44 Index to Speeches 45—91

ERRATA

Col. 1418, line 26, delete “No”.

Col. 2732, line 23, for “Police”, read “Price”.

Col. 6991, line 3, read “sell out” for “buy the assistance of”.

Col. 7105, line 29, for “in that”, read “where”.

Col. 7421, line 8, for “Africans”, read “Offenders”.

Col. 8559, lines 44 to 47: For “that, based on conviction, and, on the other hand, fortunately, as a result of a recent change of heart, that has already been our policy for years”, read “that this has been our policy for years as a result of conviction, and that to-day, fortunately, it is also the policy of the other side as a result of a recent change of heart”.

Col. 8559, line 51: for “quo”, read “qua”.

Col. 8560, lines 47 and 48, for “that; it is a right they have to do so”, read “it”; they have the right to do so”.

THE MINISTRY

CABINET MINISTERS

Prime Minister

Dr. The Hon. H. F. VERWOERD, M.P.

Minister of Finance

Dr. The Hon. T. E. DÖNGES, S.A., M.P

Minister of Transport

The Hon. B. J. SCHOEMAN, M.P.

Minister of Social Welfare and Pensions

The Hon. J. J. SERFONTEIN, M.P.

Minister of the Interior and of Education, Arts and Science

The Hon. J. DE KLERK.

Minister of Bantu Administration and Development

The Hon. M. D. C. DE WET NEL, M.P.

Minister of Agricultural Technical Services and of Water Affairs

The Hon. P. M. K. LE ROUX, M.P.

Minister of Forestry, of Bantu Education and of Indian Affairs

The Hon. W. A. MAREE, M.P.

Minister of Economic Affairs

Dr. The Hon. N. DIEDERICHS, M.P.

Minister of Posts and Telegraphs and of Health

Dr. The Hon. A. HERTZOG, M.P.

Minister of Agricultural Economics and Marketing and of Lands

The Hon. D. C. H. UYS, M.P.

Minister of Defence

The Hon. J. J. FOUCHÉ, M.P.

Minister of Labour and of Immigration

The Hon. A. E. TROLLIP.

Minister of Community Development, of Public Works and of Coloured Affairs

The Hon. P. W. BOTHA, M.P.

Minister of Justice

The Hon. B. J. VORSTER, M.P.

Minister of Information and of Tourism

The Hon. F. W. WARING, M.P.

Minister of Foreign Affairs

Dr. The Hon. H. MULLER, M.P.

Minister of Mines and of Planning

The Hon. J. F. W. HAAK, M.P.

DEPUTY MINISTERS

Deputy Minister of the Interior, of Education Arts and Science, of Labour and of Immigration

The Hon. M. VILJOEN, M.P.

Deputy Minister of Bantu Administration and Development

The Hon. M. C. BOTHA, M.P.

Deputy Minister for South-West Africa Affairs

The Hon. J. G. H. VAN DER WATH, M.P.

Deputy Minister of Agricultural Technical Services, of Water Affairs, of Agricultural Economics and Marketing and of Lands

The Hon. H. E. MARTINS, M.P.

MEMBERS OF THE HOUSE OF ASSEMBLY AND THE ELECTORAL DIVISIONS OR CIRCLES REPRESENTED BY THEM.

SPEAKER: THE HON. H. J. Klopper, M.P.

DEPUTY-SPEAKER AND CHAIRMAN OF COMMITTEES: Dr. I. A. Malan, M.P.

DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN OF COMMITTEES: MR. P. C. Pelser, M.P.

CLERK OF THE HOUSE: MR. R. J. McFarlane.

  • Badenhorst, F. H.—Uitenhage.
  • Barnett, C.—Boland.
  • Basson, J. A. L.—Sea Point.
  • Basson, J. D. du P.—Bezuidenhout.
  • Bekker, G. F. H.—Cradock.
  • Bekker, M. J. H.—Groblersdal.
  • Bennett, C.—Albany.
  • Bezuidenhout, G. P. C.—Brakpan.
  • Bloomberg, A.—Peninsula.
  • Bootha, L. J. C.—Rustenburg.
  • Botha, H. J.—Aliwal.
  • Botha, Hon. M. C.—Roodepoort.
  • Botha, Hon. P. W.—George.
  • Botha, S. P.—Soutpansberg.
  • Bronkhorst, Brig. H. J.—North-East Rand.
  • Cadman, R. M.—Zululand.
  • Coertze, Dr. L. I.—Standerton.
  • Coetzee, B.—Vereeniging.
  • Coetzee, P. J.—Langlaagte.
  • Connan, J. M.—Cape Town-Gardens.
  • Cronje, Dr. F. J. C.—Jeppes.
  • Cruywagen, W. A.—Germiston.
  • De Jager, P. R.—Mayfair.
  • De Kock, H. C.—Pretoria-Rissik.
  • De Villiers, J. D.—Hottentots-Holland.
  • De Wet, J. M.—Namib.
  • Diederichs, Dr. the Hon. N.—Losberg.
  • Dodds, P. R.—Port Elizabeth-Central.
  • Dönges, Dr. the Hon. T. E., S.C.—Worcester.
  • Du Plessis, H. R. H.—Kuruman.
  • Durrant, R. B.—Turffontein.
  • Eaton, N. G.—Umhlatuzana.
  • Eden, G. S.—Karoo.
  • Emdin, S.—Parktown.
  • Faurie, W. H.—Nelspruit.
  • Field, A. N.—East London-North.
  • Fisher, Dr. E. L.—Rosettenville.
  • Fouché, Hon. J. J.—Bloemfontein-West.
  • Frank, S., S.C.—Omaruru.
  • Froneman, G. F. van L.—Heilbron.
  • Gay, L. C.—Simonstown.
  • Gorshel, A.—Hospital.
  • Graaff, Sir De V.—Rondebosch.
  • Greyling, J. C.—Ventersdorp.
  • Grobler, M. S. F.—Marico.
  • Haak, Hon. J. F. W.—Bellville.
  • Henning, J. M.—Vanderbijlpark.
  • Henwood, Capt. B. H.—Pietermaritzburg District.
  • Hertzog, Dr. the Hon. A.—Ermelo.
  • Heystek, J.—Waterberg.
  • Hickman, T.—Maitland.
  • Hiemstra, E. C. A.—Lydenburg-Barberton.
  • Higgerty, J. W.—Von Brandis.
  • Holland, M. W.—Outeniqua.
  • Hopewell, A.—Pinetown.
  • Hourquebie, R. G. L.—Durban-Musgrave.
  • Hughes, T. G.—Transkeian Territories.
  • Jonker, Dr. A. H.—Fort Beaufort.
  • Jurgens, Dr. J. C.—Geduld.
  • Keyter, H. C. A.—Ladybrand.
  • Klopper, Hon. H. J.—Vredefort.
  • Knobel, G. J.—Bethlehem.
  • Kroonhof, Dr. P. G. J.—Edenvale.
  • Kotze, G. P.—Gordonia.
  • Kotzé, S. F.—Parow.
  • Labuschagne, J. S.—Vryburg.
  • Le Roux, Hon. P. M. K.—Oudtshoorn.
  • Lewis, H.—Durban-Umlazi.
  • Loots, J. J.—Queenstown.
  • Malan, Dr. A. I.—Hercules.
  • Malan, E. G.—Orange Grove.
  • Malan, W. C.—Paarl.
  • Marais, J. A.—Innesdale.
  • Marais, P. S.—Moorreesburg.
  • Maree, G. de K.—Namaqualand.
  • Maree, Hon. W. A.—Newcastle.
  • Martins, Hon. H. E.—Wakkerstroom.
  • Meyer, Dr. T.—Odendaalsrus.
  • Miller, H.—Florida.
  • Mitchell, D. E.—Natal South Coast.
  • Mitchell, M. L.—Durban-North.
  • Moolman, Dr. J. H.—East London-City.
  • Moore, P. A.—Kensington.
  • Mostert, D. J. J.—Witbank.
  • Mulder, Dr. C. P.—Randfontein.
  • Muller, Dr. the Hon. H.—Beaufort West.
  • Muller, S. L.—Ceres.
  • Nel, J. A. F.—Port Elizabeth-North.
  • Nel, Hon. M. D. C. de W.—Wonderboom.
  • Niemand, F. J.—Pietersburg.
  • Odell, H. G. O.—Pietermaritzburg-City.
  • Oldfield, G. N.—Durban-Umbilo.
  • Otto, Dr. J. C.—Pretoria-East.
  • Pansegrouw, J. S.—Smithfield.
  • Pelser, P. C.—Klerksdorp.
  • Plewman, R. P.—Port Elizabeth-South.
  • Potgieter, D. J.—Vryheid.
  • Potgieter, J. E.—Brits.
  • Radford, Dr. A., M.C.—Durban-Central.
  • Rall, J. J.—Harrismith.
  • Rall, J. W.—Bethal-Middelburg.
  • Rall, M. J.—Mossel Bay.
  • Raw, W. V.—Durban-Point.
  • Ross, D. G.—Benoni.
  • Sadie, N. C. van R.—Winburg.
  • Sauer, Hon. P. O.—Humansdorp.
  • Schlebusch, A. L.—Kroonstad.
  • Schlebusch, J. A.—Bloemfontein-District.
  • Schoeman, Hon. B. J.—Maraisburg.
  • Schoeman, J. C. B.—North-West Rand.
  • Schoonbee, J. F.—Pretoria-District.
  • Serfontein, Hon. J. J.—Fauresmith-Boshof.
  • Smit, H. H.—Stellenbosch.
  • Stander, A. H.—Prieska.
  • Steenkamp, Dr. L. S.—Hillbrow.
  • Steyn, F. S.—Kempton Park.
  • Steyn, Dr. J. H.—Potchefstroom.
  • Steyn, S. J. M.—Yeoville.
  • Streicher, D. M.—Port Elizabeth-West.
  • Suzman, H.—Houghton.
  • Swanepoel, J. W. F.—Kimberley-North.
  • Taurog, L. B.—Springs.
  • Taylor, C. D.—Wynberg.
  • Thompson, J. O. N., D.F.C.—Pinelands.
  • Timoney, H. M.—Salt River.
  • Treurnicht, N. F.—Piketberg.
  • Tucker, H.—Germiston-District.
  • Uys, Hon. D. C. H.—False Bay.
  • Van den Berg, G. P.—Wolmaransstad.
  • Van den Berg, M. J.—Krugersdorp.
  • Van den Heever, D. J. G.—Pretoria-Central.
  • Van der Ahee, H. H.—Graaff-Reinet.
  • Van der Byl, Maj. the Hon. P., M.C.—Green Point.
  • Van der Merwe, P. S.—Middelland.
  • Van der Spuy, J. P.—Westdene.
  • Van der Walt, B. J.—Pretoria-West.
  • Van der Wath, Hon. J. G. H.—Windhoek.
  • Van Eeden, F. J.—Swellendam.
  • Van Niekerk, G. L. H.—Boksburg.
  • Van Niekerk, M. C.—Lichtenburg.
  • Van Niekerk, S. M.—Drakensberg.
  • Van Rensburg, M. C. G. J.—Bloemfontein-East.
  • Van Staden, J. W.—Malmesbury.
  • Van Wyk, H. J.—Welkom.
  • Van Zyl, J. J. B.—Pretoria-Sunnyside.
  • Venter, M. J. de la R.—De Aar-Colesberg.
  • Venter, Dr. W. L. D. M.—Kimberley-South.
  • Verwoerd, Dr. the Hon. H. F.—Heidelberg.
  • Viljoen, Hon. M.—Alberton.
  • Visse, J. H.—Prinshof.
  • Von Moltke, J. von S.—Karas.
  • Vorster, Hon. B. J.—Nigel.
  • Vosloo, A. H.—Somerset East.
  • Waring, Hon. F. W.—Vasco.
  • Warren, C. M.—King William’s Town.
  • Waterson, Hon. S. F.—Constantia.
  • Webster, A.—Etosha.
  • Weiss, U. M.—Johannesburg-North.
  • Wentzel, J. J.—Christiana.
  • Wood, L. F.—Durban-Berea.

ALPHABETICAL LIST OF ELECTORAL DIVISIONS AND CIRCLES AND THEIR REPRESENTATIVES IN THE HOUSE OF ASSEMBLY.

CAPE PROVINCE

Albany

Bennett, C.

Aliwal

Botha, H. J.

Beaufort West

Muller, Dr. the Hon H.

Bellville

Haak, Hon. J. F. W.

Cape Town-Gardens

Connan, J. M.

Ceres

Muller, S. L.

Constantia

Waterson, Hon. S. F.

Cradock

Bekker, G. F. H.

De Aar-Colesberg

Venter, M. J. de la R.

East London-City

Moolman, Dr. J. H.

East London-North

Field, A. N.

False Bay

Uys, Hon. D. C. H.

Fort Beaufort

Jonker, Dr. A. H.

George

Botha, Hon. P. W.

Gordonia

Kotze, G. P.

Graaff-Reinet

Van der Ahee, H. H.

Green Point

Van der Byl, Maj. the Hon. Piet, M.C.

Hottentots-Holland

De Villiers, J. D.

Humansdorp

Sauer, Hon. P. O.

Kimberley-North

Swanepoel, J. W. F.

Kimberley-South

Venter, Dr. W. L. D. M.

King William’s Town

Warren, C. M.

Kuruman

Du Plessis, H. R. H.

Maitland

Hickman, T.

Malmesbury

Van Staden, J. W.

Moorreesburg

Marais, P. S.

Mossel Bay

Rall, M. J.

Namaqualand

Maree, G. de K.

Oudtshoorn

Le Roux, Hon. P. M. K.

Paarl

Malan, W. C.

Parow

Kotzé, S. F.

Piketberg

Treurnicht, N. F.

Pinelands

Thompson, J. O. N., D.F.C.

Port Elizabeth-Central

Dodds, P. R.

Port Elizabeth-North

Nel, J. A. F.

Port Elizabeth-South

Plewman, R. P.

Port Elizabeth-West

Streicher, D. M.

Prieska

Stander, A. H.

Queenstown

Loots, J. J.

Rondebosch

Graaff, Sir De V.

Salt River

Timoney, H. M.

Sea Point

Basson, J. A. L.

Simonstown

Gay, L. C.

Somerset East

Vosloo, A. H.

Stellenbosch

Smit, H. H.

Swellendam

Van Eeden, F. J.

Transkeian Territories

Hughes, T. G.

Uitenhage

Badenhorst, F. H.

Vasco

Waring, Hon. F. W.

Vryburg

Labuschagne, J. S.

Worcester

Dönges, Dr. the Hon. T. E., S.C.

Wynberg

Taylor, Catherine D.

NATAL

Drakensberg

Van Niekerk, Susanna M.

Durban-Berea

Wood, L. F.

Durban-Central

Radford, Dr. A., M.C.

Durban-Musgrave

Hourquebie, R. G. L.

Durban-North

Mitchell, M. L.

Durban-Point

Raw, W. V.

Durban-Umbilo

Oldfield, G. N.

Durban-Umlazi

Lewis, H.

Natal South Coast

Mitchell, D. E.

Newcastle

Maree, Hon. W. A.

Pietermaritzburg-City

Odell, H. G. O.

Pietermaritzburg-District

Henwood, Capt. B. H

Pinetown

Hopewell, A.

Umhlatuzana

Eaton, N. G.

Vryheid

Potgieter, D. J.

Zululand

Cadman, R. M.

ORANGE FREE STATE

Bethlehem

Knobel, G. J.

Bloemfontein-District

Schlebusch, J. A.

Bloemfontein-East

Van Rensburg, M. C. G. J.

Bloemfontein-West

Fouché, Hon. J. J.

Fauresmith-Boshof

Serfontein, Hon. J. J.

Harrismith

Rall, J. J.

Heilbron

Froneman, G. F. van L.

Kroonstad

Schlebusch, A. L.

Ladybrand

Keyter, H. C. A.

Odendaalsrus

Meyer, Dr. T.

Smithfield

Pansegrouw, J. S.

Vredenfort

Klopper, Hon. H. J.

Welkom

Van Wyk, H. J.

Winburg

Sadie, N. C. van R.

TRANSVAAL

Alberton

Viljoen, Hon. M.

Benoni

Ross, D. G.

Bethal-Middelburg

Rall, J. W.

Bezuidenhout

Basson, J. D. du P.

Boksburg

Van Niekerk, G. L. H.

Brakpan

Bezuidenhout, G. P. C.

Brits

Potgieter, J. E.

Christiana

Wentzel, J. J.

Edenvale

Koornhof, Dr. P. G. J.

Ermelo

Hertzog, Dr. the Hon. A.

Florida

Miller, H.

Geduld

Jurgens, Dr. J. C.

Germiston

Cruywagen, W. A.

Germiston-District

Tucker, H.

Groblersdal

Bekker, M. J. H.

Heidelberg

Verwoerd, Dr. the Hon. H. F.

Hercules

Malan, Dr. A. I.

Hillbrow

Steenkamp, Dr. L. S.

Hospital

Gorshel, A.

Houghton

Suzman, Helen

Innesdale

Marais, J. A.

Jeppes

Cronje, Dr. F. J. C.

Johannesburg-North

Weiss, Ursula M.

Kempton Park

Steyn, F. S.

Kensington

Moore, P. A.

Klerksdorp

Pelser, P. C.

Krugersdorp

Van der Berg, M. J.

Langlaagte

Coetzee, P. J.

Lichtenburg

Van Niekerk, M. C.

Losberg

Diederichs, Dr. the Hon. N.

Lydenburg-Barberton

Maraisburg

Hiemstra, E. C. A.

Schoeman, Hon. B. J.

Marico

Grobier, M. S. F.

Mayfair

De Jager, P. R.

Nelspruit

Faurie, W. H.

Nigel

Vorster, Hon. B. J.

North-East Rand

Bronkhorst, Brig. H. J.

North-West Rand

Schoeman, J. C. B.

Orange Grove

Malan, E. G.

Parktown

Emdin, S.

Pietersburg

Niemand, F. J.

Potchefstroom

Steyn, Dr. J. H.

Pretoria-Central

Van der Heever, D. J. G.

Pretoria-District

Schoonbee, J. F.

Pretoria-East

Otto, Dr. J. C.

Pretoria-Rissik

De Kock, H. C.

Pretoria-Sunnyside

Van Zyl, J. J. B.

Pretoria-West

Van der Walt, B. J.

Prinshof

Visse, J. H.

Randfontein

Mulder, Dr. C. P.

Roodepoort

Botha, Hon. M. C.

Rosettenville

Fisher, Dr. E. L.

Rustenburg

Bootha, L. J. C.

Soutpansberg

Botha, S. P.

Springs

Taurog, L. B.

Standerton

Coetze, Dr. L. I.

Turffontein

Durrant, R. B.

Vanderbijlpark

Henning, J. M.

Ventersdorp

Greyling, J. C.

Vereeniging

Coetzee, B.

Von Brandis

Higgerty, J. W.

Wakkerstroom

Martins, H. E.

Waterberg

Heystek, J.

Westdene

Van der Spuy, J. P.

Witbank

Mostert, D. J. J.

Wolmaransstad

Van den Berg, G. P.

Wonderboom

Nel, Hon. M. D. C. de W.

Yeoville

Steyn, S. J. M.

SOUTH-WEST AFRICA

Etosha

Webster, A.

Karas

Von Moltke, J. von S.

Middelland

Van der Merwe, P. S.

Namib

De Wet, J. M.

Omaruru

Frank, S., S.C.

Windhoek

Van der Wath, Hon. J. G. H.

COLOURED REPRESENTATIVES

Boland

Barnett, C.

Karoo

Eden, G. S.

Outeniqua

Holland, M. W.

Peninsula

Bloomberg, A.

BILLS OF THE SESSION

No. of Bill

No. of Act.

Short Title.

A.B.

1—’65

9—’65

Financial Relations Amendment.

2—’65

10—’65

Insurance Amendment.

3—’65

11—’65

Part Appropriation.

4—’65

5—’65

Railway Construction.

5—’65

3—’65

Provincial Affairs.

6—’65

2—’65

University of Cape Town Amendment.

7—’65

4—’65

Fuel Research Institute and Coal Amendment.

8—’65

63—’65

Copyright.

9—’65

30—’65

Hire-Purchase Amendment.

10—’65

25—’65

Civil Proceedings Evidence.

11—’65

26—’65

Attorneys, Notaries and Conveyancers Admission Amendment.

12—’65

73—’65

Admission of Advocates Amendment.

13—’65

16—’65

Prevention of Counterfeiting of Currency.

14—’65

66—’65

Administration of Estates.

15—’65

99—’65

Insolvency Amendment [ 3—’65].

16—’65

7—’65

Rhodes University (Private) Act Amendment.

17—’65

6—’65

Railways and Harbours Acts Amendment.

18—’65

13—’65

Merchant Shipping Amendment.

19—’65

12—’65

Aviation Amendment.

20—’65

28—’65

Great Fish River Irrigation District Adjustment Amendment.

21—’65

1—’65

First Additional Appropriation.

22—’65

49—’65

Housing Amendment.

23—’65

44—’65

Community Development Amendment.

24—’65

38—’65

Public Health Amendment.

25—’65

45—’65

Atmospheric Pollution Prevention.

26—’65

Industrial Conciliation Amendment [ 5—’65] .

27—’65

15—’65

Cape of Good Hope Savings Bank Society Amendment.

28—’65

23—’65

Banks.

29—’65

Prohibition of Boxing .

30—’65

8—’65

Justices of the Peace and Commissioners of Oaths Amendment.

31—’65

41—’65

Wills Amendment.

32—’65

43—’65

Universities Amendment.

33—’65

17—’65

Perishable Agricultural Produce Sales Amendment.

34—’65

32—’65

Cape Town Foreshore Amendment.

35—’65

42—’65

Arbitration.

36—’65

19—’65

Shipping Board Amendment.

37—’65

20—’65

Explosives Amendment.

38—’65

27—’65

Sea Fisheries Amendment.

39—’65

18—’65

Companies Amendment.

40—’65

51—’65

Gambling.

41—’65

14—’65

Railways and Harbours Additional Appropriation.

42—’65

46—’65

Land Bank Amendment.

43—’65

33—’65

Suid-Afrikaanse Akademie vir Wetenskap en Kuns Amendment.

44—’65

24—’65

Building Societies.

45—’65

Performers’ Protection [ 6—’65] [See A.B. 97—’65].

46—’65

56—’65

Group Areas Amendment.

47—’65

22—’65

Unauthorized Expenditure (1963—’64).

48—’65

50—’65

Children’s Amendment.

49—’65

21—’65

Second Additional Appropriation.

50—’65

34—’65

Dairy Industry Amendment.

51—’65

Constitution Amendment [S.A. 8—’65] [See A.B. 100—’65],

52—’65

65—’65

Official Secrets Amendment.

53—’65

39—’65

Atomic Energy and Nuclear Installations (Licensing and Security) Amendment.

54—’65

35—’65

Census Amendment.

55—’65

36—’65

Statistics Amendment.

56—’65

48—’65

Magistrates’ Courts Amendment.

57—’65

79—’65

National Welfare.

58—’65

40—’65

University of Port Elizabeth Amendment.

59—’65

37—’65

Unemployment Insurance Amendment.

60—’65

29—’65

Railways and Harbours Appropriation.

61—’65

61—’65

Indians Education.

62—’65

54—’65

Wine and Spirits Control Amendment.

63—’65

62—’65

Government Service Pensions.

64—’65

31—’65

Railways and Harbours Unauthorized Expenditure.

65—’65

47—’65

Public Service Amendment.

66—’65

59—’65

Correspondence Colleges.

67—’65

53—’65

South African Road Safety Council Amendment.

68—’65

52—’65

National Roads Amendment.

69—’65

87—’65

Deeds Registries Amendment.

70—’65

64—’65

Arms and Ammunition Amendment.

71—’65

57—’65

War Measures Continuation Amendment.

72—’65

71—’65

Water Amendment.

73—’65

55—’65

Expropriation.

74—’65

Emergency Planning .

75—’65

60—’65

Marketing Amendment.

76—’65

Mining Rights [For report of Select Committee see Minutes of Proceedings, p. 540].

77—’65

Medical Schemes [For report of Select Committee see Minutes of Proceedings p. 477].

78—’65

80—’65

Post Office Amendment.

79—’65

101—’65

Drugs Control.

80—’65

Registration of Sectional Titles [For report of Select Committee see Minutes of Proceedings, p. 540].

81—’65

74—’65

Police Amendment.

82—’65

77—’65

Klipfontein Organic Products Corporation Transfer.

83—’65

70—’65

Hotels.

84—’65

58—’65

Financial Relations Further Amendment.

85—’65

72—’65

Separate Representation of Voters Amendment.

86—’65

Radio Amendment [For report of Select Committee see Minutes of Proceedings p. 592].

87—’65

90—’65

National Institute for Metallurgy.

88—’65

75—’65

Prisons Amendment.

89—’65

86—’65

Bantu Homelands Development Corporations.

90—’65

69—’65

Securities Transfer.

91—’65

76—’65

Judges’ Salaries and Pensions Amendment.

92—’65

68—’65

Public Accountants’ and Auditors’ Amendment.

93—’65

67—’65

Friendly Societies Amendment.

94—’65

94—’65

Immovable Property (Removal or Modification of Restrictions).

95—’65

91—’65

Mines and Works Amendment.

96—’65

Subdivision of Agricultural Land [ 4—’65].

97—’65

Performers’ Protection .

98—’65

84—’65

Electoral Laws Amendment.

99—’65

78—’65

Marketing, Wool and Wool Commission Amendment.

100—’65

83—’65

Constitution Amendment.

101—’65

97—’65

Suppression of Communism Amendment.

102—’65

96—’65

Criminal Procedure Amendment.

103—’65

81—’65

Revenue Laws Amendment.

104—’65

88—’65

Income Tax.

105—’65

82—’65

Finance.

106—’65

89—’65

Industrial Development Amendment.

107—’65

103—’65

Appropriation.

108—’65

85—’65

Parliamentary Service and Administrators’ Pensions.

109—’65

93—’65

National Parks Amendment.

110—’65

95—’65

Customs and Excise Amendment.

111—’65

102—’65

Pension Laws Amendment.

112—’65

98—’65

General Law Amendment.

113—’65

92—’65

Pneumoconiosis Compensation Amendment.

114—’65

100—’65

Pensions (Supplementary).

ACTS OF THE SESSION

I.—IN ALPHABETICAL ORDER

66—’65

Administration of Estates.

73—’65

Admission of Advocates Amendment.

103—’65

Appropriation.

1—’65

Appropriation (First Additional)

11—’65

Appropriation (Part).

21—’65

Appropriation (Second Additional)

42—’65

Arbitration.

64—’65

Arms and Ammunition Amendment.

45—’65

Atmospheric Pollution Prevention.

39—’65

Atomic Energy and Nuclear Installations (Licensing and Security) Amendment.

26—’65

Attorneys, Notaries and Conveyancers Admission Amendment.

12—’65

Aviation Amendment.

23—’65

Banks.

86—’65

Bantu Homelands Development Corporations.

24—’65

Building Societies

15—’65

Cape of Good Hope Savings Bank Society Amendment.

32—’65

Cape Town Foreshore Amendment.

35—’65

Census Amendment.

50—’65

Children’s Amendment.

25—’65

Civil Proceedings Evidence.

44—’65

Community Development Amendment.

18—’65

Companies Amendment.

83—’65

Constitution Amendment.

63—’65

Copyright.

59—’65

Correspondence Colleges.

96—’65

Criminal Procedure Amendment.

95—’65

Customs and Excise Amendment.

34—’65

Dairy Industry Amendment.

87—’65

Deeds Registries Amendment.

101—’65

Drugs Control.

84—’65

Electoral Laws Amendment.

20—’65

Explosives Amendment.

55—’65

Expropriation.

82—’65

Finance.

9—’65

Financial Relations Amendment.

58—’65

Financial Relations Further Amendment.

67—’65

Friendly Societies Amendment.

4—’65

Fuel Research Institute and Coal Amendment.

14—’65

Railways and Harbours Additional Appropriation.

51—’65

Gambling.

98—’65

General Law Amendment.

62—’65

Government Service Pensions.

28—’65

Great Fish River Irrigation District Adjustment Amendment.

56—’65

Group Areas Amendment.

30—’65

Hire-Purchase Amendment.

70—’65

Hotels.

49—’65

Housing Amendment.

94—’65

Immovable Property (Removal or Modification of Restrictions).

88—’65

Income Tax.

61—’’65

Indians Education.

89—’65

Industrial Development Amendment.

99—’65

Insolvency Amendment [S.C. 3—’65].

10—’65

Insurance Amendment.

76—’65

Judges Salaries and Pensions Amendment.

8—’65

Justices of the Peace and Commissioners of Oaths Amendment.

77—’65

Klipfontein Organic Products Corporation Transfer.

46—’65

Land Bank Amendment.

48—’65

Magistrates’ Courts Amendment.

60—’65

Marketing Amendment.

78—’65

Marketing, Wool and Wool Commission Amendment.

13—’65

Merchant Shipping Amendment.

91—’65

Mines and Works Amendment.

90—’65

National Institute for Metallurgy.

93—’65

National Parks Amendment.

52—’65

National Roads Amendment.

79—’65

National Welfare.

’65—’65

Official Secrets Amendment.

85—’65

Parliamentary Service and Administrators’ Pensions.

11—’65

Part Appropriation.

102—’65

Pension Laws Amendment.

100—’65

Pensions (Supplementary).

17—’65

Perishable Agricultural Produce Sales Amendment.

92—’65

Pneumoconiosis Compensation Amendment.

74—’65

Police Amendment.

80—’65

Post Office Amendment.

16—’65

Prevention of Counterfeiting of Currency.

75—’65

Prisons Amendment.

3—’65

Provincial Affairs.

68—’65

Public Accountants’ and Auditors’ Amendment.

38—’65

Public Health Amendment.

47—’65

Public Service Amendment.

5—’65

Railway Construction.

6—’65

Railways and Harbours Acts Amendment.

14—’65

Railways and Harbours Additional Appropriation.

29—’65

Railways and Harbours Appropriation.

31—’65

Railways and Harbours Unauthorized Expenditure.

81—’65

Revenue Laws Amendment.

7—’65

Rhodes University (Private) Act Amendment.

27—’65

Sea Fisheries Amendment.

21—’65

Second Additional Appropriation.

69—’65

Securities Transfer.

72—’65

Separate Representation of Voters Amendment.

19—’65

Shipping Board Amendment.

53—’65

South African Road Safety Council Amendment.

36—’65

Statistics Amendment.

33—’65

Suid-Afrikaanse Akademie vir Wetenskap en Kuns Amendment.

97—’65

Suppression of Communism Amendment.

22—’65

Unauthorized Expenditure (1963—’64).

37—’65

Unemployment Insurance Amendment.

43—’65

Universities Amendment.

2—’65

University of Cape Town Amendment.

40—’65

University of Port Elizabeth Amendment.

57—’65

War Measures Continuation Amendment.

71—’65

Water Amendment.

41—’65

Wills Amendment.

54—’65

Wine and Spirits Control Amendment.

ACTS OF THE SESSION

II.—IN CHRONOLOGICAL ORDER

1—’65

First Additional Appropriation.

2—’65

University of Cape Town Amendment.

3—’65

Provincial Affairs.

4—’65

Fuel Research Institute and Coal Amendment.

5—’65

Railway Construction.

6—’65

Railways and Harbours Acts Amendment.

7—’65

Rhodes University (Private) Act Amendment.

8—’65

Justices of the Peace and Commissioners of Oaths Amendment.

9—’65

Financial Relations Amendment.

10—’65

Insurance Amendment.

11—’65

Part Appropriation.

12—’65

Aviation Amendment.

13—’65

Merchant Shipping Amendment.

14—’65

Railways and Harbours Additional Appropriation.

15—’65

Cape of Good Hope Savings Bank Society Amendment.

16—’65

Prevention of Counterfeiting of Currency.

17—’65

Perishable Agricultural Produce Sales Amendment.

18—’65

Companies Amendment.

19—’65

Shipping Board Amendment.

20—’65

Explosives Amendment.

21—’65

Second Additional Appropriation.

22—’65

Unauthorized Expenditure (1963—’64).

23—’65

Banks.

24—’65

Building Societies.

25—’65

Civil Proceedings Evidence.

26—’65

Attorneys, Notaries and Conveyancers Admission Amendment.

27—’65

Sea Fisheries Amendment.

28—’65

Great Fish River Irrigation District Adjustment Amendment.

29—’65

Railways and Harbours Appropriation.

30—’65

Hire-Purchase Amendment.

31—’65

Railways and Harbours Unauthorized Expenditure.

32—’65

Cape Town Foreshore Amendment.

33—’65

Suid-Afrikaanse Akademie vir Wetenskap en Kuns Amendment.

34—’65

Dairy Industry Amendment.

35—’65

Census Amendment.

36—’65

Statistics Amendment.

37—’65

Unemployment Insurance Amendment.

38—’65

Public Health Amendment.

39—’65

Atomic Energy and Nuclear Installations (Licensing and Security) Amendment.

40—’65

University of Port Elizabeth Amendment.

41—’65

Wills Amendment.

42—’65

Arbitration.

43—’65

Universities Amendment.

44—’65

Community Development Amendment.

45—’65

Atmospheric Pollution Prevention.

46—’65

Land Bank Amendment.

47—’65

Public Service Amendment.

48—’65

Magistrates’ Courts Amendment.

49—’65

Housing Amendment.

50—’65

Children’s Amendment.

51—’65

Gambling.

52—’65

National Roads Amendment.

53—’65

South African Road Safety Council Amendment.

54—’65

Wine and Spirits Control Amendment.

55—’65

Expropriation.

56—’65

Group Areas Amendment.

57—’65

War Measures Continuation Amendment.

58—’65

Financial Relations Further Amendment.

59—’65

Correspondence Colleges.

60—’65

Marketing Amendment.

61—’65

Indians Education.

62—’65

Government Service Pensions.

63—’65

Copyright.

64—’65

Arms and Ammunition Amendment.

’65—’65

Official Secrets Amendment.

66—’65

Administration of Estates.

67—’65

Friendly Societies Amendment.

68—’65

Public Accountants’ and Auditors’ Amendment.

69—’65

Securities Transfer.

70—’65

Hotels.

71—’65

Water Amendment.

72—’65

Separate Representation of Voters Amendment.

73—’65

Admission of Advocates Amendment.

74—’65

Police Amendment.

75—’65

Prisons Amendment.

76—’65

Judges’ Salaries and Pensions Amendment.

77—’65

Klipfontein Organic Products Corporation Transfer.

78—’65

Marketing, Wool and Wool Commission Amendment.

79—’65

National Welfare.

80—’65

Post Office Amendment.

81—’65

Revenue Laws Amendment.

82—’65

Finance.

83—’65

Constitution Amendment.

84—’65

Electoral Laws Amendment.

85—’65

Parliamentary Service and Administrators’ Pensions.

86—’65

Bantu Homelands Development Corporations.

87—’65

Deeds Registries Amendment.

88—’65

Income Tax.

89—’65

Industrial Development Amendment.

90—’65

National Institute for Metallurgy.

91—’65

Mines and Works Amendment.

92—’65

Pneumoconiosis Compensation Amendment.

93—’65

National Parks Amendment.

94—’65

Immovable Property (Removal or Modification of Restrictions).

95—’65

Customs and Excise Amendment.

96—’65

Criminal Procedure Amendment.

97—’65

Suppression of Communism Amendment.

98—’65

General Law Amendment.

99—’65

Insolvency Amendment [S.C. 3—’65].

100—’65

Pensions (Supplementary).

101—’65

Drugs Control.

102—’65

Pension Laws Amendment.

103—’65

Appropriation.

REPORTS OF SELECT AND SESSIONAL COMMITTEES, 1964.

(Fourth Session, Second Parliament).

Printed No. of Report.

S.C. 1A—’65.

Public Accounts [First].

S.C. 1B—’65.

Public Accounts [Second].

S.C. 1C—’65.

Public Accounts [Third].

S.C. 2—’65.

Railways and Harbours [First and Second].

S.C. 3—’65.

Insolvency Amendment Bill.

S.C. 4—’65.

Subdivision of Agricultural Land.

S.C. 5—’65.

Subject of the Industrial Conciliation Amendment Bill.

S.C. 6—’65.

Subject of the PerformersProtection Bill.

S.C. 7—’65.

Revision of the Rules.

S.C. 8—’65.

Subject of the Constitution Amendment Bill.

Subject of the Medical Schemes Bill. [Report printed in Minutes of Proceedings, p. 477]

Subject of the Mining Rights Bill. [Report printed in Minutes of Proceedings, p. 540].

Subject of the Registration of Sectional Titles Bill. [Report printed in Minutes of Proceedings, p. 540].

Subject of the Radio Amendment Bill. [Report printed in Minutes of Proceedings, p. 592].

Bantu Affairs [Reports printed in Minutes of Proceedings: First Report, p. 138; Second Report, p. 606].

Irrigation Matters [Reports printed in Minutes of Proceedings: First Report, p. 318; Second Report, p. 520].

Pensions, Grants and Gratuities [Report printed in Minutes of Proceedings, p. 527].

State-owned Land [Report printed in Minutes of Proceedings, p. 548].

MONDAY, 15 MARCH 1965 Mr. SPEAKER took the Chair at 2.20 p.m. DISCHARGE OF ORDERS OF THE DAY The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

I move as an unopposed motion—

That Orders of the Day Nos. XXVIII and XXIX viz.: Resumption of debate on deterioration of Afrikaans and the English language in South Africa; and Resumption of debate on non-contributory State pension schemes, be discharged.

Agreed to.

RAILWAYS AND HARBOURS APPROPRIATION BILL

First Order read: Third reading, Railways and Harbours Appropriation Bill.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

I move—

That the Bill be now read a third time.
Mr. DURRANT:

We have now reached the final stage of the discussion on the Minister’s Budget, and I think it is important that we should place on record the fact that the Minister has given us no reply to the important issues raised by this side of the House. Sir, we put forward practical suggestions to the Minister as to how to meet the transportation crisis that exists; we made practical suggestions to him in the course of this debate as to how to meet the transportation needs of South Africa in the future, and we made certain suggestions to the Minister in respect of the present staff difficulties but, Sir, we have had no reply from the hon. the Minister. But what I think is more important is that the Minister has displayed no vision at all; he has not told us in this debate how he intends in the future to meet the problems of the Railways, to which he himself referred in his Budget speech. I am reminded of what the Minister told the staff of the S.A. Railways in his Christmas message. On that occasion the Minister, quoting from Thomas Carlyle, said, “Our main business is not to see what lies dimly at a distance but to do what lies clearly at hand.” Sir, I think the Minister will not take it amiss if I use that quotation on this occasion in relation to the Minister. We think that he should do what lies clearly at hand and that he should give this side of the House and the country the benefit of his ideas and views as to the future transportation needs of South Africa and how he intends to overcome the transportation problems of the S.A. Railways.

There is another matter which I think I should deal with right at the outset and that is the challenge which the Minister threw out so glibly across the floor of the House on another occasion and to which we on this side of the House responded. I want to remind the House that the Minister issued the challenge; he said that he was prepared to stake his personal reputation in this matter and, if necessary, to resign if he could not get a vote of confidence from the staff associations. On the first occasion the Minister ignored our acceptance of his challenge; it was only when he was prompted on a second occasion that the Minister responded to our acceptance of his challenge, but because the Minister was afraid of our acceptance of his challenge as issued by him originally, he proceeded to add further qualifications to his original challenge. Sir, what is distressing about it is this: The Minister has no scruples whatsoever in throwing out a challenge of this nature across the floor of the House and dragging the Railway staff associations and Railway employees into the political arena; he does so on the evening of what are obviously delicate negotiations between the hon. the Minister and the staff associations in regard to the difficult staff position. Sir, I throw back with contempt the counter challenge issued by the hon. the Minister because it is clear that the Minister was running away from his original challenge.

Sir, there is one other matter which I think you will forgive me for raising in passing because I do not think that this should be left unsaid: I refer to the shocking report broadcast over the S.A.B.C.’s political programme in respect of the debates which have taken place in this House. It was said in that broadcast that it was our policy …

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! I think the hon. member should raise that matter on another occasion.

Mr. DURRANT:

It was stated that our policy for solving the staff problem was to break down the colour bar. We have never said that and it has never been the attitude of this side.

Mr. B. COETZEE:

You are trying to break down the colour bar; that is quite true.

Mr. DURRANT:

Sir, we have not seen the hon. member for Vereeniging (Mr. B. Coetzee) in this House at all during these discussions; he has displayed no interest whatsoever in the lot of the railwaymen in his constituency and now he enters this debate by way of an interjection.

Mr. B. COETZEE:

I still say that you want to break down the colour bar.

Mr. DURRANT:

Our policy is clear. If anybody has broken down the colour bar in the Railway Administration, then it is the Minister and the Minister has done so in following the policy that he has been following over the past few years; he has admitted it in this House in the course of these debates. Our policy is perfectly clear; it has been stated over and over again and I am not going to repeat it on this occasion. Sir, what are the realities of the situation; what are the burdens which are being placed to-day on the shoulders of the railwaymen? The Minister has told us that there are 7,500 actual vacancies on the establishment of the Railway Administration to-day. He has also told us that the position is likely to worsen if the Railways are required to haul more traffic than they are hauling at the present time.

It is self-evident that if the present boom conditions described by hon. members on the Government benches are to continue, then the Railways are going to be required to haul more traffic than they have done over the past 12 months, and if they have to haul more traffic a greater effort will be required from the railwayman. Sir, I want to be realistic about these figures. The Auditor-General points out that in 1959 it took 1.86 railway-men to operate 1,000 train and engine miles; in 1964, according to the latest report of the Auditor-General, it took 1.60 railwaymen to operate the same number of train and engine miles. In other words, it requires 25 per cent more effort on the part of the existing establishment to cope with the demands made on the Railways as far as traffic is concerned. But if one wants to put these figures on an even more realistic basis, then one must bear in mind that in 1964, compared to 1959, the Railways are operating 50,000,000 more engine and train miles, and yet there has been a reduction of 2,200 employees during that period in the staff establishment concerned with hauling an additional 50,000,000 engine and train miles plus an additional 20,000,000 tons of traffic. Sir, those figures are quoted in the Auditor-General’s reports for 1959 and 1964. Sir, the pertinent question that arises here is this: What have the railwaymen got out of this additional effort? What have they got from the hon. the Minister? It is very interesting to see what the railwaymen have in fact got from the Minister. The Minister refers in his White Paper to pa] increases granted to the railwaymen, to the holiday bonus, to the consolidation of cost-of-living allowances and to the rationalization of pay and grades. Sir, I am going to quote two comparative figures. I think it is necessary to do this because the Minister, when he was told by the hon. member for Yeoville that it was possible to meet to a certain extent the legitimate pay demands of the railwaymen. stated that if he had to give an increase of 10 per cent it would cost the country another R26,000,000. Sir, what is the Minister’s objective in mentioning that figure in this House? His first objective is to frighten the country and his second objective is to frighten the railway men. What are the facts? Taking into consideration the rationalization of nay and grades, the consolidation of cost-of-living allowance and the holiday bonus, the railway-men have not had a 5 per cent increase in the over-all benefits given to them between 1959 and 1964. [Interjection.] The hon. the Minister wants to know how I arrived at that figure. The Minister has prepared surpluses during that same period amounting to R 120,000,000, but the railwaymen have not had 5 per cent out of the surpluses declared by the Minister during that same period. Are you surprised at all, Sir, that the railwaymen who are being asked to put in more and more effort in order to keep the wheels of the Railways turning for the Minister, are asking themselves, “What do we get out of all our efforts; what do we get out of working overtime, Sunday-time, and foregoing ordinary home life; what do we get out of this 25 per cent additional effort that is required from us in order to keep the wheels of the Railways turning?” The railwaymen want to know why they have received nothing out of the surpluses of R 120,000,000 which the Minister was able to declare because the railwaymen did their duty and more than did their duty over these years. The plain fact of the matter is that what is called for is a new approach on the part of the Minister to staff problems. The Minister talks about planning, but I ask the House and I ask the country what concrete suggestion the Minister has put forward to overcome the obvious difficulties that he faces at the present time? There has been no suggestions whatsoever from the hon. the Minister, but what there has been is an attempt not only by the Minister but by hon. members on the Government benches to make political capital out of the industrial colour bar. Sir, we on these benches have put forward certain suggestions to the hon. the Minister; we have drawn his attention to the steps taken by the United Party Government when it was faced with a similar set of circumstances in the immediate post-war years. The United Party Government at that time faced a similar problem; it faced a shortage of manpower not in the higher grades but in the lower grades of railwaymen. The United Party Government of those days appointed a commission to investigate the while situation and it was as a result of the recommendations of that commission that the immediate difficulties, as far as unskilled and semi-skilled staff were concerned, were immediately overcome. We throw out the suggestion to the hon. the Minister that he might well follow the example of the then United Party Government and appoint a commission to investigate the position of rail workers and casual workers, of whom there are something like 15,000 in the Railway Service. Should their positions not be improved; can these men not be trained for semi-skilled occupations such as those of shunters and foremen. occupations requiring only a Std. VI level of education? It is in those lower grades that the Minister has to contend with a shortage of staff, not so much in the higher grades. The Minister told us on another occasion. “My problem is that I cannot find the men to fill these lower grades because the educational standard required is so low.” With the rising standard of education in South Africa as far as Whites are concerned, I want to ask the hon. the Minister where he hopes then to get guards, shunters and station foremen if the only educational qualification required is Std. VI? Is that the prospect that is held out to Whites to-day, that under the National Party Government they can leave school at Std. VI and then go and work in the Railway Service, where they have to be content with the low rates of pay applicable to these semiskilled occupations? It is our view on this side that if there was a satisfactory relationship between the Minister and the staff associations it would be possible to negotiate with the staff associations with a view to replacing Whites employed in these posts with non-Whites. We base that statement on the fact that we believe that the trade union leaders in the Railway Service are responsible men, and if they have the interests of the workers at heart, as we do not doubt they have, then we are quite convinced that they want to see the income level and the standard of living of their members raised. Sir, if there are no Whites available to fill these posts and the train still has to be kept running and the demands made on the Railways to convey goods increase year by year, then what is the Minister’s alternative? Is his alternative to say that he must find more men with Std. VI only to meet the shortage of shunters, station foremen, etc., or is his alternative to go to the staff associations and to say, “I want to uplift the standard of living and the income levels of the men employed in these semi-skilled occupations and I see no alternative but to replace them by non-Whites, by Coloureds and Indians?” Sir, the Minister is doing that at the present time. The Minister is employing Coloured clerks. A White clerk is classed as an officer; he is not classed as an employee in the Railway Service. What is a Coloured clerk? Is he an officer or an employee? There are many posts in which the services of non-Whites are being used in the Railway Service to-day, but our complaint against the Minister is that he is not prepared, for politcal reasons, to face the transportation problem of South Africa. I personally believe that it is because of the Minister’s lack of confidence in the leadership of the staff associations, that he cannot face this issue squarely and settle with the railway employees. I have no doubt that there is not a single railwayman in the lower grades to-day who does not want to see his post up-graded and to improve his position.

I want to mention one further example. The hon. the Minister claims that the relations between himself and the staff are perfectly satisfactory; that he looks after the interests of the staff in every direction and that there is no need for complaint. He says that the relationships between him and the staff are cordial. Sir, I want to ask the hon. the Minister whether that is quite true. The House will recall the difficulties which the Minister experienced with his Airways’ technicians. But the Airways’ technicians are not the only technicians with whom he experienced difficulties. I want to ask the Minister whether he has had any dealings with Railway technicians employed in the communications, signals and lighthouse sections. There are some 350 of these technicians holding equally responsible positions as the Airways’ technicians. My information is that these technicians, holding responsible positions, put forward representations through the usual channels, through their staff association. Salstaff, for an up-grading of their posts on 10 October of last year. On 25 November these technicians, with the executive of Salstaff, met the General Manager. I understand that the General Manager’s attitude to their representations was sympathetic, and when the General Manager referred the matter to the Chief Signals Engineer, who is directly concerned with their work, and to the Chief Electrical Engineer, these responsible officers, representing the Management, fully substantiated the claims made by the technicians and made some pertinent observations, I am given to understand, in favour of the representations made by these technicians. The General Manager’s reply on this occasion was that he would have to refer this matter to the Minister for a decision. He had to do so because the Minister had advised the Federal Consultative Council that he was not disposed to grant any further wage increases to the staff in view of the fact that they had been granted a holiday bonus. The technicians were advised that the Minister’s decision would be made known to them early in January. By the middle of February, some three and a half months after they had submitted their original representations, the technicians had still received no reply, so they sent off a telegram in the middle of February and the Minister’s reply was made known to the technicians on 28 February only. Sir, I am not going to go into all the claims of these technicians. I am merely indicating the history to indicate that although the technicians made representations through the correct channels on 10 October, it was only on 28 February, after a telegram to the Minister, that they received an adequate and satisfactory answer. In other words, for four months, this group laboured under a grievance and they are still labouring under a grievance because they have received no satisfaction whatsoever from the Minister; the Minister refuses to give any consideration to their claim. The complaint of these Railways technicians is that although they are required to specialize in two particular trades, as compared with Post Office technicians who are required to specialize in one trade only, their salary scale is lower than that of the Post Office technicians who, as we all know, are at present agitating for an increase in pay. After the hon. the Minister’s decision was made known to them, the majority of these technicians voted in favour of taking similar action to that taken by the Airways technicians, and it was only on the wise advice of their leaders that such action was not taken and that they decided to continue to negotiate for improved conditions. Sir, this is but one group; there are many such groups in the Railway Service to-day who are agitating for a redress of their grievances. This case is typical of the dilatory fashion in which the Minister and the Administration proceeded to handle what is obviously a case requiring very special consideration by him as Minister so as to be able to have a satisfied and contented staff. In this particular case the Minister cannot level the charge against this group of technicians, as he did against the Airways’ technicians, that they did not submit their representations through the proper channels. These men acted along the proper lines. It is clear that they are a frustrated group; there have been numbers of resignations. These men are specialists in their particular fields and they cannot easily be replaced. Sir, if this attitude continues to be adopted towards the staff, if this dilatoriness continues, if the Minister fails immediately to attend to the requirements of the staff in a manner which will satisfy the staff, then one can imagine what the over-all result will be. Sir, if we are to keep a happy and contented Railway staff, then it is perfectly clear that what is required is an entirely new approach to the entire staff structure of the Railways. And when we talk about staff, we do not think only of the 1,800 White employees. If the expansion of the Railways is to continue, if the capital expenditure of R 1,000,000 provided for in the Brown Book is to be justified, if the tonnage hauled by the Railways is to continue to increase, then nobody in his right senses will contend that the staff requirements of the S.A. Railways can be met out of the available White manpower, because as the Minister well knows and as the Prime Minister must know, there are simply no Whites available to occupy these lower grades. It is obvious why White manpower is not available to fill these posts; it is because the standard of living of the White South African is continually rising, and in those circumstances the Minister has no hope whatsoever of filling these low-graded positions in the Railway Service. Our complaint is that the Minister will not face the reality of the situation in South Africa; he is not prepared to face the staff associations and admit the reality of the situation. Why? Because there will be an election on the 24th and the Government can still make a little bit of political propaganda with regard to the industrial colour bar. [Interjections.] I have often observed in the past, Sir, that when you strike the right note, when you have hit the target, you get a flood of interjections from hon. members on the other side. The obvious thing to do is to face the realities of the situation, to adopt a practical approach, and to say, “We must negotiate in this matter.” Sir, we have given the Minister the idea, but I do not know whether he will rise to it.

In the minute or two left to me I want to emphasize again the remarkable situation that we have here, a situation which I do not think has ever been equalled in the annals of this Parliament. Here we have a Budget in which the Minister sets aside R6,000,000 and puts it into his back pocket: he says, “I am putting it into my back pocket because I do not quite know how I am going to spend it.” The Minister sets aside R6,000,000 on the basis of a report about which the Minister has been afraid to say one single word in this House. Sir, this is the most important report that has ever been produced as far as the financial structure of the Railways is concerned. Here we have a report which will not only affect the financial structure of the Railways but which, if its main recommendations were implemented, would greatly influence the economic expansion of our country in the future. The Minister’s only reference to this report in his Budget speech is his announcement that he is locking R6,000,000 away in his back pocket but he refuses to tell us how he is going to spend it and which recommendations contained in the Report he is going to accept and which recommendations he refuses to accept. All the Minister says, is “I am not going to answer your questions now; come back next session and then we will deal with it”. He asks us to come back next session, two years after the publication of the report. Sir, we are placed in a ludicrous position. On the one hand we have to vote R 1,000,000 for capital expenditure on railway expansion; on the other hand we have a committee appointed by the Minister to investigate the co-ordination of transport services in South Africa. The Minister has been unable to draw a distinction between the obvious needs for railway operating in South Africa and the obvious requirements and the future of railway transportation in South Africa in relation to all the other transportation possibilities that the commission of inquiry appointed by the Minister may recommend for the future. But what is even worse is that when the report of a commission appointed by the Minister to go into the rationalization of transport requirements and the proper coordination of the Railways as a public transportation service and the interests of private transportation, is made available and makes it clear that the obvious future of the Railways will be based on the haulage of bulk traffic, we will not know nor will the Minister know (because there may even be a change of Government), because we will not be in possession of the facts, what the position will be as far as railway capital expenditure is concerned. In relation to any recommendations of this commission appointed to investigate the co-ordination of transport needs, an investigation into capital expenditure is clearly required. Because it is obviously clear that the millions of capital being expended to-day is not for the haulage of high-rated traffic. The Minister can haul all the high-rated traffic he wants to haul; he gets 50 per cent of his revenue from high-rated traffic, but the capital expenditure we are incurring to-day is for the haulage of low-rated traffic such as agricultural products, mineral products and so on. Sir, the Schumann Report, which throws overboard the long-cherished idea of basing rates on the principle of what the traffic can bear, recommends drastic new thinking, yet the Minister has not been able to utter one word on these principles. I think it is clear that this debate has revealed that the Minister has shown himself to be incompetent and unable to meet the problems facing the S.A. Railways.

*Mr. VAN RENSBURG:

The hon. member for Turffontein (Mr. Durrant) has once again asked, “What thanks have the railway staff received from the Minister?” Sir, it is very easy to reply to that question, and the hon. member knows as well as I do what the reply is. The railwaymen in South Africa have received more during the past ten years from the present Minister of Transport by way of improvements to their conditions of service, their wages and salaries, than in any other period in the history of the S.A. Railways. The hon. member comes here and says that the reason why the Minister refuses to make up his mind about the request for increased wages is the fact that an election is due to take place on 24 March. Mr. Speaker, what audacity on the part of the hon. member to make that statement here! The truth is that it is because of the fact that there is going to be an election on the 24th that the Opposition are raising this hullabaloo here. The Opposition have apparently taken upon themselves the task and the functions of the staff associations to put forward wage demands to the Minister, and then the hon. member comes along and says that the Opposition believe that the leaders of the railway staff associations are responsible people. Mr. Speaker, they do not believe that; they have no confidence in the leaders of the staff associations. They are trying to take upon themselves the work of the leaders of the staff associations. They believe that the leaders of the staff associations are not man enough to put forward their requests to the hon. Minister. And then the hon. member actually comes along and says that the United Party believe that the leaders of the railway staff associations are responsible people. The United Party are obviously trying to pose here as the friend of the railwaymen, and the reason why they are doing so is that there is an election in the offing. But what sort of railwaymen’s friend are they? Are they not the people who have been pleading year after year in this House for greater relaxations of the Motor Transportation Act; are they not the people who have been pleading here year after year for exemptions to be given to private road hauliers so that they can convey more and more goods by road? What would that have meant? It would have meant a serious reduction in railway revenue. But at the same time they are also the people who ask for increased wages for the staff. They do not pause to ask themselves where the revenue is to come from if the Minister grants the request for increased wages. But they went even further; whenever tariffs have been raised they have always said that the railway user is being overtaxed unnecessarily. But, Sir, but for the fact that those tariffs were increased it would simply have been impossible to pay the railwayman the salary or the wage that he is receiving at the present time, and wage increases either to-day or at some future date would have been entirely out of the question. Sir, it was this same Opposition who strenuously opposed the 10 per cent increase in tariffs in 1962 and who argued that that increase was unnecessary; that it would only push up the cost of living. But if tariffs had not been increased at that time by 10 per cent, it would have been impossible to improve the working conditions of the railway staff and to increase their wages and salaries by nearly R60,000,000 per annum as has been done over the past few years. The Opposition now come along and suddenly plead for the salaries and wages of the railway staff to be increased, but what do they say in the same breath; what did the hon. member for Yeoville (Mr. S. J. M. Steyn) advocate here the other day? His plea was that the railway system should be so developed that it always has an excessive carrying capacity so that the Railways will at all times be able to cope with peak traffic. What would that mean? It would mean the investment of much more capital than is being invested in the Railways at the present time; it would bring about an increased burden of interest for the Railways, an interest burden which would have to be defrayed from current revenue. An excessive carrying capacity would simply have a detrimental effect upon railway revenue. But these are the people who come here and plead that salaries and wages should be increased. They fail to tell the railwaymen, however, what would happen if the wage increases advocated by them in this House today were granted, or what would have happened if the increases advocated by them in the past had been granted. It would have involved the Railways in such a loss of revenue that it would not even have been possible to maintain the present wage and salary structure of the railwaymen, and wage increases now or in the future would have been out of the question. These are the people who come and pose here as the friends of the railwaymen. Sir, the railwaymen might well say, “Save me from my friends!” Mr. Speaker, the Opposition want to have it both ways; on the one hand they want to reduce tariffs; they want to grant more exemptions to road hauliers to make inroads upon the revenue of the Railways, and on the other hand they want to increase wages and salaries. Goodness only knows where the money is to come from; I suppose they think the money will descend from Heaven like manna.

I want to make use of this opportunity to deny very definitely and emphatically that any hon. member on this side of the House has at any stage expressed any opinion with regard to the requests from the staff for wage increases. As has been correctly said, we regard that as the task and the function of the railway staff associations; we have confidence in them. Not only do we have confidence in them but we also have sufficient confidence in the hon. the Minister to believe that he will see to it that the railway staff are given not only what is fair and just but also what is possible. Where hon. members on this side referred to the rise in the cost of living and compared it with salary and wage increases, they did so in reply to the Opposition’s accusation that the hon. the Minister of Transport had neglected his duty towards the railwaymen and that he had neglected them. We did so to indicate that the hon. the Minister had done his duty towards the railwaymen and that wage increases had kept pace with the rise in the cost of living. But in making this comparison we certainly did not want to suggest that the railwaymen did not have the right to ask for increased wages or salaries. Even though wage and salary increases have kept pace with the rise in the cost of living, we nevertheless realize that there has been a rise in the standard of living and that that higher standard of living makes greater and greater demands upon the pockets of people. We realize that with this higher standard of living people are finding it difficult, on their present salaries or wages, to meet all their obligations. As a matter of fact, that is also what the hon. the Prime Minister specifically stated in the same speech in which the Opposition now allege that he suggested that wages were going to be pegged. The Prime Minister specifically said that one naturally sympathized with those who were struggling, with the wage-earners, and he then went on to say that this yearning for increased wages was due to the fact that people were anxious to maintain their higher standard of living. There has never been any question of pegging of wages.

We on this side of the House and the railwaymen of South Africa have confidence in the hon. the Minister of Transport. The hon. the Minister of Transport has expressed his thanks to the railwaymen of this country in a tangible way in the past. We know that he will also do everything that he possibly can in the future provided it does not clash with the interests of South Africa, which at the same time also happens to be the interests of the railwaymen. The hon. the Minister has never broken his word to the railwaymen. I want to remind the House of what happened a few years ago at the time of the election in 1961. At that time there were also requests from the staff for increased wages. What was the hon. the Minister’s reaction? He said: “I cannot tell you at this stage whether I will be able to afford the increased wages; we will see later in the course of the year whether railway finances will permit the granting of increases.” What happened at that time? The whole of the Opposition went from platform to platform exploiting this statement and telling the railwaymen of South Africa, “The Minister will never increase your salaries; he will simply leave you in the lurch”. What happened? The election was held and after the election the Minister put the Opposition to shame by carrying out his promise towards the staff and by giving them the increases for which they had asked.

*Mr. DURRANT:

There was a reason for it.

*Mr. VAN RENSBURG:

There was a reason, but that was after the election. No, Mr. Speaker, the hon. the Minister does not act like the Opposition; he is not out to catch votes before an election; he has too high a regard for the railwaymen to do so. He thinks too much of them as to seek to create the impression that he is trying to buy their votes by means of pay increases. I only wish the Opposition would have the same high regard for the railwaymen, but they have such a low opinion of the railwaymen of South Africa that they believe that they can buy his vote by putting forward pleas and requests here for wage increases.

The hon. member for Turffontein seriously objects to our statement that they want to relax the colour bar. He says that they have never advocated a relaxation of the colour bar in the railway service. But if the hon. member for Turffontein looks at the speeches made by the hon. member for Yeoville, if he looks at what was said by the hon. member for Yeoville during the last recess, he will see that one of the solutions put forward by the hon. member for Yeoville to the hon. the Minister to overcome the staff shortage was that he should relax the colour bar in the railway service.

*Mr. DURRANT:

He did not say that.

*Mr. VAN RENSBURG:

Oh yes, very definitely. The hon. member for Yeoville even boasted that the United Party’s policy of economic integration was now being applied. Sir, the hon. member for Turffontein is now suddenly very perturbed about the staff shortage in the railway service. But when the question was very pertinently put to them during these debates whether they wanted non-Whites to be employed as firemen to overcome the shortage, they failed to reply. Sir, there is a shortage of station foremen and station-masters. Does the United Party want non-Whites to be employed as station foremen and stationmasters? What is their reply? No, now they are as silent as the grave.

The hon. member for Turffontein complains that the Minister has not told the House what he is going to do in respect of the problem of staff shortages. Sir, as the hon. the Minister told the hon. member for Turffontein the other day, he cannot manufacture people. The hon. the Minister cannot go and erect a factory to manufacture the staff he requires. He cannot take people by the scruff of their necks and force them to come and work in the railway service. There is a shortage of engineers. There are no non-Whites available for appointment as engineers. Must non-Whites be appointed as engineers? Is that what the United Party wants?

Mr. TIMONEY:

What are you going to do to solve this problem?

*Mr. VAN RENSBURG:

Sir, it is easy to criticize. It is easy to come along here with superficial generalities, as the hon. member for Turffontein did here to-day. I knew …

*Mr. DURRANT:

You are running away now.

*Mr. VAN RENSBURG:

… that they would run away from this so-called relaxation of the colour bar. During the second-reading debate we had the ridiculous situation that on two occasions the hon. member for Yeoville appealed to you, Mr. Speaker, to inquire whether the hon. the Minister of Transport could discuss labour matters in this debate. But it was the hon. member for Yeoville himself who in the first instance raised the question of the relaxation of the colour bar in this House. When he got his reply, when he got a beating, then he started squealing, he could not take it.

*Brig. BRONKHORST:

Where do you get hold of that?

*Mr. VAN RENSBURG:

From the lips of the hon. member for Yeoville—and if the hon. member had listened to the hon. member for Yeoville he would have heard the same thing.

The United Party always tell us that their policy is “the rate for the job”, but are they going to apply this policy of theirs to the Railways? Of course they are not going to apply it. They do not even apply it in the Province in which there is a United Party-controlled Provincial Council, namely Natal. They do not even apply the principle of the rate for the job in Natal. What is the use of having a policy if you cannot apply it or if you refuse to apply it? The hon. member for Umlazi (Mr. Lewis)—I am sorry that he is not here at the moment—expressed great indignation recently over the fact that Britons had come from Britain to South Africa to come and work here as shunters at a wage of R100 per month. He said that there were many Indians who were prepared to do this work at R50 per month. I do not hold it against the hon. member for Umlazi that he adopts that attitude. There we have a person who is faithful to the policy of his party. Like his party he is inconsistent as far as their policy of “the rate for the job” is concerned, but, again like his party, he is very consistent as far as their policy of cheap labour in the Railway Service is concerned. After all, it was former Minister Jagger who retrenched more than 17,000 Whites and appointed non-Whites in their place.

The United Party are keen to create the impression—the hon. member for Turffontein again did so this afternoon—that there is something seriously wrong with railway planning; they want to create the impression that railway planning cannot keep pace with the economic growth of the country and that consequently the Railways are unable to keep pace with the economic development of this country. But what would have happened if the Minister and the Railways had had to rely on the judgment of the Opposition with regard to the economic prospects of South Africa? In his recent annual report the General Manager of Railways described the terrific, fantastic economic growth in South Africa as an economic upheaval. Sir, did the Opposition foresee this economic upheaval? Did they display any vision as to what was going to happen to our economy in this country? Mr. Speaker, you are as familiar as I am with the jeremiads that we have had here from hon. members on the other side, the jeremiads that we had in this House year after year from the hon. member for Constantia (Mr. Waterson.) The Opposition prophesied the most terrible consequences for South Africa if Government policy was implemented. If all the economic disasters predicted by the Opposition had actually overtaken South Africa, then by this time everybody in the Republic would have succumbed to hunger. Mr. Speaker, can you believe it that these are the same people who now come along with the charge against the hon. the Minister that he did not have sufficient vision to plan for the enormous economic upsurge in South Africa! If I had not witnessed it myself I would never have believed it.

The hon. member talked about planning. It is all very well to talk about vision and longterm planning, but it is time hon. members opposite told us more specifically what they mean and what they understand by long-term planning on the Railways. Let them tell us on what bases long-term planning must take place. The Schumann Committee describes in detail, for the benefit of the hon. member for Turffontein, on what basis planning is undertaken on the Railways at the present time. I want to ask the hon. member what more can be done; what more can be done than the Railways are already doing as far as planning is concerned? In a country of vast distances such as South Africa, with its concentration of people in the cities, one can plan the railway system to the best of one’s ability but as soon as the country experiences an economic boom there will always be bottlenecks for the simple reason that one cannot expect private concerns, long in advance, to divulge their contemplated expansion programmes. It is these unforeseen programmes of expansion and development, which are known to nobody except the people directly concerned, which usually lead to bottle-necks in the railway system. If hon. members opposite had suggested ways and means of enabling the hon. the Minister and his Management to read the thoughts of private entrepreneurs as far as the future is concerned, then at least they would have suggested something practical.

They complain about planning. During the period 1945-50 the average annual expenditure on capital expansion was R48,100,000; during the next five years, from 1950 to 1955, the average was R51,900,000; from 1955 to 1960 it was R116,400,000, and during the past five years, up to 1965, the average was R81,000,000. To-day we are being asked to vote R120,000,000 in this Budget. But the hon. member for Turffontein complains and says that that is inadequate for the capital development of the Railways. I want to point out to him that this sum of R 120,000,000 which is being spent this year is 67 per cent more than the average amount of R72,200,000 spent over the past 20 years. Does he think that this amount is inadequate or that it is being wrongly spent? If he can show that it is being spent wrongly, then it goes without saying that the important expansions proposed by him must be based on facts; he cannot simply come along with superficial generalities. If he is able to show that the Minister is planning his expansion programmes incorrectly, then he will at least be putting forward constructive criticism; he will then at least be getting away from the generalities that we always have from him when he talks about planning.

Now that the Minister is spending R520,000,000 on capital expansion on the Railways and proposes to spend the whole of that amount in the year which lies ahead of us, the hon. member accuses the Minister of insufficient planning, but six years ago when the hon. the Minister spent about R 116,000,000 on capital expansion on the Railways, hon. members on the other side made the accusation against the Minister that he was putting too much capital into railway development. To-day hon. members opposite tell us that the Railways must be developed and planned in such a way that they will be able to cope with all peak traffic in the future. What will happen then in times of depression when the Railways have an excessive carrying capacity and that excessive carrying capacity has a detrimental effect on Railway revenue and on Railway finance? The Opposition, the very people who to-day come along with the charge against the hon. the Minister that there is a so-called transportation crisis, would then be the first people to accuse the Minister of having landed the Railways in a financial crisis. That is the cost of accusation that will then be made against the hon. the Minister if he does to-day what they apparently want him to do.

Sir, I want to say to the hon. member for Turffontein that when he talks about planning he should put forward constructive thoughts and suggestions. He must simply not criticize the present planning and come along with the general statement that there is a lack of planning on the Railways. Any monkey can put forward inconsistent criticism which is based entirely on present-day circumstances. But unfortunately that does not help the Railways. Fortunately it does not help the United Party either.

Mr. HICKMAN:

The hon. member for Bloemfontein (East) (Mr. van Rensburg) has advanced a number of arguments which I think deserve attention. In the first place, as has become customary in the discussion on the Budget, he accused us of trying to catch votes for the coming election as far as staff matters were concerned. I think it is a question of the Government itself standing behind the door and now they are also looking for us there. I think the difficulty with hon. members opposite is that they cannot distinguish between those matters in respect of which they always catch votes and those matters which are of general importance to a large section of the people of South Africa. I want hon. members to remember that when I, get up and plead for the railwayman I am not doing so with a view to the coming election but with a view to the railwaymen of South Africa really having a cause which is worth pleading.

The second point made by the hon. member was that over the past ten years the staff have received more than ever before. Apart from statistics the fundamental fact remains that in spite of all these increases to which the hon. member has referred there are still thousands of people on the Railways who are deeply dissatisfied with their income. I think that is the decisive factor. Then I wish to add for the edification of the hon. member—I may be wrong but I do not think so—that the hon. the Minister has never yet given a salary increase, over and above the normal increases, for which the railwaymen have not asked and for which they have not fought in some respects. That, I think, is the decisive factor. In spite of the glorious position in which the railwayman is alleged to find himself the fact remains that the people are knocking daily at the door of the Minister, as it were, in an attempt to get their position improved.

The hon. member also stated that we had suggested to the Minister to abolish the colour bar. Mr. Speaker, the hon. member has misstated the case completely. We have explained our attitude over and over again to the hon. the Minister. We suggested to him that he should try to push in the non-Whites at the bottom and in that way try to push the Whites higher. The fundamental principle is one of industrial democracy and we stand by that. We stated clearly to the hon. the Minister that he must not tell us he is going to do so but that what we wanted was this: When he appointed non-Whites to any post in the service of the Railways he must only do so after consultation and with the approval of the staff associations of the Railways. The hon. Minister then said: “Supposing the people say they do not want it? Supposing the staff associations say they do not want non-Whites to enter.”? The hon. the Minister then asked what the position would be. But I cannot believe that. I believe that when the railwayman of South Africa realizes the seriousness of the situation, when he realizes that not only the Railways but South Africa will, in the long run, suffer a manpower shortage, he would reveal the necessary sense of responsibility and sound judgment to give the Minister the green light. But to accuse us of wanting to abolish the colour bar is to misrepresent the truth entirely. I want to add that I do not think any Minister has ever employed as many non-Whites in the Railway service as precisely the present Minister. I do not think we can get away from that fact.

Let us return to the debate itself. When you think of the Budget, Sir, and all the discussions which have preceded it I think I am right in saying that two big question marks hang over the Budget itself. Not one of those question marks has so far been cleared up and both have to be explained if the Budget is to to through.

The first matter I wish to touch upon is the question of the Schumann Report. I think this is an extremely important matter and I am surprised that we have heard so little so far about the principles involved in this matter. The Schumann Report suggests radical changes to the tariff structure of the Railways. They suggest a brand new principle, namely, large-scale subsidies by the Central Government to adjust the tariffs. It is a report which, if accepted—nobody knows if it will be— would cost the State, agriculture and other facets of our national economy millions of rand. Various hon. members have already spoken about the agricultural aspect but nobody has so far said anything about the other facets, such as commerce and industry, as far as the tariffs are concerned. We think of it as a report which, as far as the suburban passenger services are concerned, will perhaps take millions of rand out of the pockets of the passengers if it is accepted.

The Minister cannot tell us that he has not yet considered the matter. It is true that the hon. the Minister told us he wanted to give commerce and industry an opportunity up to the end of the year of considering the matter but the fundamental fact is this that, when we read the Minister’s Budget speech, we realize that he has very definitely given attention to the commission and the possible implications of the report. He told us clearly that as a result of preliminary calculations he had already made provision to reduce his surplus by a globular sum of R6,000,000. That is a big amount, Mr. Speaker. The hon. the Minister did not tell us in respect of which items that reduction was going to be made. The hon. the Minister did not utter one word as to which facets of the report he was going to accept. This is a serious and important matter. It is of the greatest importance that the Minister should have raised this matter in his Budget speech and that this House should have had the right of discussing that report. The hon. the Minister has not given us that opportunity. I want to put it this way that I think before the hon. the Minister accepts or rejects this report, or accepts or rejects it in part, it is of the utmost importance that this House be given the opportunity of discussing the matter. Mr. Speaker, it is a matter of the utmost importance. I do not think this House can shift its responsibility in regard to this matter on to the shoulders of the Minister without any further ado. This is the place where the money has to be voted. I think we have a responsibility to fulfill towards the people outside. When the Minister goes ahead and deals with this matter on his own he is by-passing this House. I think we have a well-founded case. This question as far as the Schumann Report is concerned has not been disposed of during the Budget debate. I think in this respect the hon. the Minister owes the House a more detailed and concise reply.

There is a second question mark above this Budget. You can do nothing about it. The fact remains that this question of a manpower shortage is important. The Railways suffer from an extremely hampering influence; the Minister’s own Budget speech was interspersed with references to the manpower shortage. The Minister would surely not have been so serious about the matter had it not been so serious. Only the other day we read in the Press that as a result of the manpower shortage as many as seven trains could not be sent out in the Free State on one day. Surely this position cannot continue. If the present tempo of economic development were to continue it is obvious that the time will arrive when the manpower shortage on the Railways will be of such a nature that it will simply be impossible for the Railways to perform its functions efficiently. Surely it is not only the Railways who suffer; it is the Railways themselves and also South Africa as such because of the dominant role the Railways play in our transport system. The Minister agrees but what do we find? The Minister told us the other day he could not manufacture people. We agree with the hon. Minister. We appreciate his problems. We have already told him that but we did add that he as one of the responsible Ministers of State could not escape the blame which attached to him in this connection.

*Dr. OTTO:

Blame which attached to him?

*Mr. HICKMAN:

The manpower shortage on the Railways. The Minister cannot get away from that responsibility. Together with the Government he is responsible for having stopped one of the most important steps ever taken, namely immigration, to augment the manpower in South Africa. We tell the hon. the Minister again that we are aware of his problems. It is true that we blame the Minister for certain defects but we are aware of the problems. We suggested specific steps. I personally suggested steps that could be taken but hon. members said it was not worth while considering them. The fact of the matter is this that I do not think the hon. the Minister —I say this with due respect—is doing his duty when he comes to this House and says: “I realize there is a shortage; I am aware of all its implications but you cannot expect me to do anything about it; I cannot manufacture people in factories.”

*Dr. OTTO:

Can you?

*Mr. HICKMAN:

That is the state of mind we have to contend with, Sir. We suggested to the Minister that he should consider employing non-Whites. If the hon. the Minister gives favourable consideration to the suggestion of the Opposition in this connection it will not only assist the Railways; it will assist the White workers; it will assist the non-Whites and it will, in the long run, assist South Africa. Our suggestion is self-evident. We again want to state unequivocally that no non-White should be taken on in any position unless the Minister and the staff associations see eye to eye on the matter. I repeat that I cannot accept that the staff associations will refuse. If they realize the seriousness of the situation they will not refuse. If they realize that the fate of South Africa and their personal fate are at issue I do believe they will have the necessary sense of responsibility and good judgment to say to the hon. the Minister that they are prepared to assist him.

*Mr. VAN DER MERWE:

You want to force it down their throats.

*Mr. HICKMAN:

Surely it is not a question of forcing it down their throats. It is simply a question of common sense. I cannot see how we can accept these Estimates while these two question marks remain. The question of staff shortages must be cleared up. Surely the hon. the Minister does not suggest that he hopes there will be a decline in the tempo of economic development? If it goes on at the present rate the day will dawn as surely as the sun will rise to-morrow when the hon. the Minister will find himself in serious difficulties. Those difficulties will lead to trains coming to a standstill …

*An HON. MEMBER:

The banks will close!

*Mr. HICKMAN:

The hon. member says the banks will close. He knows there are already trains to-day that cannot run due to the staff shortage. That is already happening. We want to know from the Minister what he is going to do and not a single member opposite has so far come forward with any positive suggestion. All the suggestions we have had so far have come from this side of the House. However, the suggestions we have made were met with political prejudice, were analysed as such and not one has been accepted. We therefore retain the status quo, Mr. Speaker. No improvement. No improvement whatsoever and the serious position to which the hon. the Minister has referred remains exactly as it was. Can you believe it, Sir, that when we are dealing with such a serious matter as the manpower shortage hon. members opposite get up one after the other and try to make politics out of it. Once again they have done nothing else than to make party politics out of the whole non-White question. The crux of the matter is simply this that hon. members opposite can think of nothing except party politics and the interests of the Nationalist Party. They continually place the interests of South Africa second.

*Mr. VAN DER MERWE:

Look in the mirror when you speak.

*Mr. HICKMAN:

I again put it to the Minister: As far as I am concerned two question marks hang over the Budget and not one of those question marks has been explained by either the Minister or a member on his side. We have had no further clarity. I do not think therefore that these Estimates have been properly handled or that the Minister, I say this in all humility, will be doing his duty unless the two question marks which have arisen in this debate are removed.

*Mr. M. J. DE LA R. VENTER:

I am surprised at the hon. member for Maitland (Mr. Hickman) for having once again made the same type of speech as the speeches we have had from previous speakers on that side of the House. They doubt everything the Minister and members on this side have said, although members on this side have substantiated what they have said by statistics. The hon. member who has just sat down said that railway staff and railway officials had never yet received a normal increase unless they had forced it from the Minister. That is not so. During the course of this debate I specifically mentioned the figures to show that the Minister has from time to time of his own accord given increases and not as a result of insistence on the part of members opposite.

*Mr. DURRANT:

We know that.

*Mr. M. J. DE LA R. VENTER:

But the hon. member who has just sat down denied it.

*Mr. DURRANT:

Less than 5 per cent over the years.

*Mr. M. J. DE LA R. VENTER:

No, it is not as little as that. From 1951 to 1964, a matter of 13 years, the Minister has given them nearly R 100,000,000. Do you see, Sir, hon. members opposite do not want to hear that and they doubt the truth of everything that has been said here. The railwaymen will again receive increases when the time is opportune. But with a view to the provincial elections members now say that wages are being frozen. Nothing of the sort. Various speakers on this side of the House have stated clearly that there was no question of freezing wages. But an abnormal wage increase at a time of a slight inflationary tendency is undesirable. But on the other hand if it is desirable to increase wages the Government will not hesitate to do so. Hon. members simply refuse to realize that we are faced with a manpower shortage problem. It is understandable that there should be a shortage of staff in the present economic position obtaining in our country.

*Mr. DURRANT:

What are you going to do in this connection?

*Mr. M. J. DE LA R. VENTER:

The reply is that you must try to help yourself. It is hopeless to import people to solve the manpower shortage in South Africa as far as the Railways are concerned. We imported shunters but they left as quickly as they could. They do not want to live in the houses the South African Railways offer them; they do not want to work for the wages the S.A. Railways offer them. They do not want to work under the conditions prevailing here. They are accustomed to the conditions prevailing in their countries of origin. They maintain conditions are better there. Has the Minister not done enough as far as housing on the Railways is concerned? And he will still do more. We know what the housing position on the Railways was in 1948 when this Government took over. It was scandalous.

*Mr. DURRANT:

Ah!

*Mr. M. J. DE LA R. VENTER:

Yes “Ah”. Did the hon. member ever go to the trouble of inspecting them in those days. I inspected them and I came across houses where there were only one little table and a single chair in one room. I am not ashamed to-day to enter a railwayman’s house.

*Mr. DURRANT:

Many are still in that condition.

*Mr. M. J. DE LA R. VENTER:

I accept that the old ones are not all in such a good condition as those which are being built today but good houses are being built and the people receive a wage which enables them to furnish their homes well. That is why I cannot understand why hon. members make the speeches they do make. They only want to sow dissatisfaction amongst the South African railway workers because of the election. I want to repeat specifically for the edification of the hon. member for Maitland: If they really advocate the cause of the railway workers in our country as they would have us believe, why do the railwaymen not vote for the United Party? I think that is the test as far as the whole matter is concerned. If the United Party gives everything to these people why do they not vote for the United Party. I shall support the man who sees to my welfare; I shall stand by him. The United Party allege that they want to see to the welfare of the railwaymen but the latter do not vote for them.

As far as the Schumann Report is concerned surely that report has not yet been considered. Surely the Minister must have an opportunity of studying it and the United Party surely want a chance of discussing it. Surely the opportunity will arise.

*Mr. DURRANT:

When?

*Mr. M. J. DE LA R. VENTER:

Time does not permit us to discuss the Schumann Report at this stage. Have hon. member already studied it?

*Mr. DURRANT:

Yes, I know what it says.

*Mr. M. J. DE LA R. VENTER:

I would be the last person to maintain to-day that the position of the railway workers is such that they need not ask for anything more. But on the other hand I realize that since 1948 a tremendous amount has been done for them; practically as much as the country can afford. We must not think of this wonderful surplus of the Minister’s. What do hon. members want to do with it? The surplus is utilized wisely in order to strengthen the Rates Equalization Fund. We are not in favour of increasing tariffs. That is why the fund is being strengthened so that it will not be necessary to increase tariffs. As far as the staff shortage is concerned everything possible is being done to overcome that. Greater use is also made to-day of non-White labour than in the past where that labour can be properly utilized.

As far as non-White labour is concerned the hon. member would be the first person to complain if he went to the information counter in the Paul Sauer building and is attended to by somebody who does not belong to his race in such a way that he has to complain to the Minister about the service. What is the position to-day at the information offices, in the ticket offices at all those places of the S.A. Railways where you obtain information and assistance? What is the service like? I cannot but pay the highest tribute to those people. Why do you now want to create a source of friction? Give the Bantu or the Coloured an opportunity of serving his own people then you will obviate the friction which we do not want.

I can honestly say that I represent a large railway constituency. I get complaints from the railwaymen in my constituency but they are not of such a serious nature as those I received when I came there for the first time. Why are the complaints less serious? Because those in control are sympathetic; the Minister, the General Manager and the management give all their attention to the railway workers. I do not think it is fair on the part of the United Party to try to create unrest and practically to act like agitators amongst the railway workers by trying to belittle a service they are performing in an excellent way.

*Mr. HOLLAND:

I was very sorry, when I pleaded with the Minister for a minimum wage of R2 per day for Coloured railway workers, to hear from the Minister that this was not possible. In all humility I want to ask the Minister whether he cannot change his whole approach to the matter somewhat. The hon. the Minister said that if he raised the salaries of Coloured railway labourers, he would have to raise the salaries of railway workers generally. If the Minister sets out from the standpoint, which is the real position, that the Coloured worker has hitherto received too little remuneration compared to the Whites, then the Minister will be able to consider increasing the wages of the Coloured worker in the Railway Service without it being necessary for him to increase all wages throughout. The hon. the Minister is faced with the problem that particularly in the Western Cape, and more particularly in Cape Town, he wants to replace the Bantu railway workers by Coloureds if possible, in line with Government policy. Now I am absolutely convinced that as far as the Bantu dock workers are concerned the Coloureds cannot do that work at the same wages. It is hard work and they cannot keep it up because they are unable to buy the necessary food, and in comparison with the Bantu they are underfed. Their food costs so much more than that of the Bantu. I do not want to describe here what the Bantu eats, but the Coloured eats the same food as the White man, and he cannot afford to buy the food which will enable him to do that work. I know that this is one of the Minister’s problems, that if he employs Coloureds to work in the docks, they cannot continue doing the work as the result of physical weakness and ailments due to under-nourishment.

I want to come back to the few remarks I made a couple of days ago in regard to the labour shortages on the Railways. I am glad that the hon. the Minister said that he would even consider appointing Coloured shunters on the Railways, provided the staff associations agreed to it. I have thought about the matter and the question has arisen in my mind: If this shortage exists and the Railways are not able to transport the traffic offered, with the result that the economy of the country suffers, whose responsibility is that? Is it then the task of the staff associations to get the necessary workers to do that work which will enable the Railways to transport the traffic and the passengers offered? If it is the duty of the staff associations to find the workers, then I can understand that the staff associations must agree in regard to whom the Minister is or is not to employ. But that is surely not the case. The staff associations cannot find the workers for the Minister. I do not know whether the staff associations assisted when the Minister sent a mission overseas to try to recruit workers. I do not see in what respect they could have assisted, because it was not their duty or their function. They perform a necessary task in the sense that they are there as the watchdogs to guard over the interests of the railway workers whom they represent. But in fact it is the Minister’s duty to try to solve the problem, and if it is his duty to ensure that the Railways can transport the traffic offered, so that the Railways may keep pace with the expanding economy, then surely the Minister cannot allow the staff associations to prescribe whom he may appoint in the Railway Service. I personally do not believe that the staff associations would be so foolish as to hamper the economy of the country. But I do not think that it should be made a public condition that before the Minister can employ certain people it is first necessary to obtain the consent of the staff associations. I repeat that this is the Minister’s task. It is in no way the task of the staff associations to prescribe to what extent our national economy may expand. The Minister has during this Session in fact set an example when he discussed the position of the air technicians. Much was said here as to how the Minister had assumed powers to restrict that trade union. But to tell the truth, my sympathies were with the hon. the Minister, because last year I personally experienced how many thousands upon thousands of passengers suffered inconvenience, and we all know what tremendous losses there were, not only to the Airways but also in the private sector as the result of the fact that passengers could not be transported. Although those organizations perform a wonderful and an essential task, viz. to act as the representatives of the members of that organization, I feel that they may go too far and that the Minister should take action in such a case. I do not think that he need ignore these associations in other respects, but it is not necessary for them to be elevated to the status of the Minister of Railways if such a decision has to be taken.

Nor do I hope that the hon. the Minister will take any notice of the political game we have seen being played in this House in regard to this matter during this debate. Unfortunately there is no speaker on either side of the House who is in the position to be objective in regard to the matter. I think it is quite obviously true that speakers on the Government side are in the position that if they approve the Minister’s appointment of Coloureds in posts now held by Whites but which cannot be filled, they may be subjected to criticism in their own constituencies. We have just heard the hon. member for Maitland (Mr. Hickman) on the opposite side of the House criticizing the Minister, and he used the word “blame” because there is a shortage of labour in the Railway Service, but nobody had the courage to say: “Draw from the available manpower resources, without having to go overseas to seek labour”. The Minister was criticized for not having recruited immigrants. The Minister sent a mission, but he cannot find the immigrants to do that work, and quite a number of those who were recruited are on their way back and were begging lifts in Cape Town to return to England, and there a lot of things are being said against South Africa (whether all of it is true I do not know) and all kinds of stories are told abroad. Let us rather make use of the sources of manpower we have in South African and train the necessary people to do that work. They have the capacity to be trained and hon. members know it, although they do not have the courage to say so, and I want to associate myself in all honesty with what the hon. member for Houghton (Mrs. Suzman) said a few days ago.

*An HON. MEMBER:

Is she your friend now?

*Mr. HOLLAND:

It is not a question of friendship. If a person tells the truth about a matter, then I agree with him. She said, “Let the Minister take the bull by the horns and do so because there is no reason why he should accede to unreasonable demands of labour”. Because of that the hon. member for Houghton was accused by the hon. member for Umhlatuzana (Mr. Eaton) that “the hon. member for Houghton is talking as if there should be no consultation at all between the trade unions and the employer, who happens to be in this case the Minister.” He further alleged “that she is destroying that consultation.” I do not believe that anything like that was ever said, and I consulted the Hansard report, but I quite agree with it and I do not believe that the trade unions will be so unreasonable. In any case, I am not going to perform an egg-dance in this regard. I think it has been proved clearly that these people have the capacity to be trained. More than 90 per cent of the artisans in our building industry, the masons and carpenters, for as long as I can remember, have been Coloured, and they can also do that work on the Railways. I want to appeal to the hon. the Minister to assist in the clear attempt being made by the Government to raise the educational and socio-economic standards of the Coloureds, and the Minister can make a tremendous contribution if he creates the opportunity for these people to be trained to fill the posts in the Railway Service for which he can find no White people in South Africa or overseas. Let him, if necessary, in consultation with the trade unions, do so, but there should be no demand from their side that they should first approve of it.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

The hon. member for Turffontein (Mr. Durrant) said that I had not accepted the Opposition’s suggestions to meet the transport crisis existing at present. I deny most emphatically that there is a transport crisis. I think it is the most arrant nonsense to make such a statement. There is only one new point that has been raised. The hon. member said: “Why does the Minister not use the unskilled Whites, the casual Whites in grades where there is a shortage of manpower?” I can say that all these unskilled Whites have been approached directly, those who are capable and who have the necessary qualifications and they have also been approached by their staff organizations with the offer to be promoted to graded positions, but they have refused, they do not want to be promoted.

For the rest no new points have been raised. We have had yet another repetition of what has been said during former stages of this debate. I regard repetition as tedious. I have no intention of repeating my arguments.

Motion put and agreed to.

Bill read a third time.

COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AMENDMENT BILL

Second Order read: Resumption of Committee Stage,—Community Development Amendment Bill.

House in Committee:

[Progress reported on 9 March, when Clause 19 was under consideration.]

Mr. LEWIS:

I would like to sum up our approach to this clause and our objections to it. This clause, Sir, deals with the appointment of inspectors, and it is now amended and the conditions under which it applies are so changed, that I think we might well set out the picture as we see it: Previously the appointment of inspectors was related entirely to the administration of the Group Areas Development Act and dealt entirely with the development of group areas. Now with this Bill that has changed and the area with which the inspector deals and where he has these powers, is considerably broadened. In other words, he can now exercise these powers in any area which is a designated area, in other words, any area which the hon. the Minister for the purposes of this Act may designate as an area for the operation of the Act. Let me sum up that it means any area in which the Minister decides community development should take place. Now “community development” is a very wide term. We have already got in this Act a new term “urban renewal scheme” which we do not quite understand, and we have already asked the Minister to define that. This clause would make it appear that we need a further definition, that we need to define precisely what “community development” is, because in terms of this Act, I think the term is so wide, that it means here, with this clause, that an inspector can go virtually to any area, and we do not want to extend the powers of inspection to such an extent. Another thing which we want to bring to the notice of the hon. Minister is that previously inspectors could be appointed after consultation with the chief inspector referred to in sub-section (1), but this Act now has changed that and the Secretary of the department is in a position “to authorize in writing any member of the Board or officer in the Department of Community Development to appoint in writing any member or officer in this department”. In other words, there is an ease in respect of the appointment of inspectors which did not exist before. Formerly an inspector was appointed in consultation with the chief inspector, and the chief inspector was a man who, under the terms of the Act, was appointed directly by the Minister. The Minister in terms of this clause was the person who appointed the chief inspector, and therefore the position was obviously better. The other inspectors were appointed after consultation with that chief inspector, who was in fact directly responsible to the Minister. Now the secretary can delegate his powers for the appointment of inspectors to any member of the Board or officer in the said department. We do not like that a bit, because the area in which this Bill will operate is now extended to such an extent that it becomes applicable in any designated area which community development is going to be applied. We do not like the looseness of the application of “community development”. This brings back to us the need for a definition of an “urban renewal scheme”, and I believe that these particular objections must be resolved here, because these inspectors can enter people’s premises, not only in group areas or slum areas. These provisions should be tightened so that the ordinary residents in areas into which the Minister has decided to go, probably to improve those areas, should be safe as far as their rights are concerned.

Mr. GORSHEL:

I have indicated previously that one of the safeguards in the principal Act, so far as an inspector or an inspection was concerned, was the consultation with somebody in a position of authority, such as the chief inspector, before the inspection was undertaken. I may be wrong, but I got the impression that to some extent the hon. Minister agreed that the widening of the area of inspection, and on top of that the complete disregard, in terms of the amended clause, of the consultation with the chief inspector, was undesirable. That was the impression I gained from the Minister some days ago when we discussed this matter at the first stage.

The virtue, if any, of the Group Areas Act was that there was a definition of a “group area”; that there was therefore a limitation of the physical area or areas in which an inspection in terms of the Act could take place; there was furthermore the proviso for consultation with a senior inspector—and all that, when set against the situation that is created in terms of this clause, as amended now, indicates that the whole of the country, the whole of South Africa, as to any area which the Minister decides through his Department, through the Secretary, requires an inspection of any portion—a site, any erf, any house, any business premises—will become the Minister’s oyster. In other words, the whole of South Africa, comes under the jurisdiction of this particular clause, as amended. I put it to the hon. the Minister that however wide he wants his powers to be, I doubt whether he wants the power as wide as is now provided in this clause. I hope that in due course the hon. Minister will say whether I am right or wrong in assuming that he does not really require the world, the entire Republic of South Africa as his oyster, for the purpose of an inspection. Furthermore, there is in sub-section (b) provision for an inspector to question any person found in or upon such premises. Any person who may be fortuitously there as a visitor, very casually and very briefly, who has absolutely no knowledge of the requirements of the Act, who has no knowledge of the reasons for the inspection, can also be questioned by the officer who will be appointed in terms of the clause. I emphasize that it can be an officer in the said Department, not necessarily an inspector trained for the job. I think we have pointed out before in connection with legislation brought forward by the hon. the Minister that the nomination of any officer of his Department could very well affect the most junior of junior clerks in that Department, and the Minister, at that time, did not deny that that was possible, because in terms of the Public Service Act, and in terms of normal procedure, any person employed by the State in the Department of Community Development is by definition an officer of the Department—which in practical terms means that if, for whatever reason, the Secretary or somebody acting on his authority should nominate a young fellow of 19 who happens to have worked in the Department for six months, and is performing the most menial of duties, he can then be appointed as an inspector and he can enter premises and carry out what appears to be a very delicate function, regardless of the fact that he has no experience or qualification for the work. Any person who owns property or occupies it can find himself in the invidious position of being questioned by such an officer, although that person happens to be there just fortuitously, has nothing to do with the matter, and knows nothing about the title deeds, books, records, etc. Yet the inspector is entitled to interrogate him. I think this is entirely unnecessary. I think it is carrying the powers of the Minister and of the Department to a degree where it can only cause embarrassment not only to a person fortuitously found on the premises, but also to the person nominated to make the inspection. There is, e.g., in (d) a provision that the same possibly unqualified inspector, can call upon any person to furnish any information at his disposal. The fortuitous visitor may well say that he has no information about this property, because he just came there to ask the way. The inspector does not necessarily have to believe this person if he says he has not the information, but just happens to be there as a visitor. This can also create a position which is both embarrassing and time-wasting. In fact, the whole of this clause dealing with the inspection and the way in which an inspector can be appointed is reminiscent of a play by J. B. Priestley called “An Inspector Calls”, and we will have this repeated throughout South Africa in the years to come, if this particular clause becomes law. We can have a situation where there are hundreds of thousands of inspections by unqualified people who are just wasting the time of the Department and the time of the persons upon whom they call. For all these reasons, and since I believe that the Minister himself has reservations about the powers conferred upon his Department under this clause, I think he should tell the Committee whether he agrees with the representations that have been made, and were again made to-day by the hon. member for Umlazi, and which I have now tried to amplify.

*The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

Hon. members opposite had to make a very wide detour in order to drag in this question of inspectors. The fact of the matter is that we already have these inspectors; we have about 25 inspectors in our employ, because an arrangement has been made with the police that the police will no longer do this work but that they will only come into the picture when contraventions of the Act take place. The object in appointing these inspectors is to collect essential information, of whatever kind it may be. In the first place, once an area has been proclaimed, a socio-economic survey has to be made; we have to determine how many persons there are who are the owners of affected properties; we have to determine what the income is so that we can provide them with the necessary housing, because we cannot provide people with housing which is not suitable for the income group into which they fall. We must enable these inspectors to make a survey to ascertain how many people are affected. This is essential information which is needed by the Board and the Department when it operates in an area of this kind. That is the purpose in appointing these inspectors. But these inspectors are not really just inspectors; they are also there to guide the public; they help members of the public to complete the necessary documents and to get to the regional offices so that they can be helped there. What they are doing therefore is not police work; it is essential preparatory and follow-up work to bring into operation the process for which this Act makes provision. As the Act reads at the moment it refers to a chief inspector, a post which no longer exists. These people are public servants who fall under the control of the Secretary of the Department. That is all that is intended here. In other words, these people will not be doing police work; they are not doing so at the moment. It is only when there is a contravention of the law that the matter is raised with the police and then the police come into the picture. We feel that this work is very essential in order to help these people and to obtain the necessary information and to ensure that the necessary process is put into operation. That is the whole purpose. Sir, the hon. member for Hospital made one point to which I have to reply again. He says that I am placing the entire country under my control, but surely the object is to demarcate the whole country into group areas. Did the hon. member think that that was not so? The greatest portion of the country has already been demarcated into group areas; there is only a very small portion of the country which has not yet been demarcated. In other words, the ideal is that we will eventually be able to apply this Act to all declared areas. His whole argument therefore falls away. He based his argument on a hypothetical case. I thought, however, that this change was an improvement because what it does is to confirm the existing position, the existing arrangement between the Public Service and the police that the police will not be used for this sort of work, and the information which will be gathered is absolutely essential information that the Board must have before it can take any action. In the absence of such information the Board would simply be acting haphazardly; surely that is not what hon. members would like to see. Before the Board acts it must know that the properties of so many people will be affected and that they fall within certain income groups. The whole object of this change is to make it possible for these people, who, as public servants, will fall under the control of the departmental head, to perform this essential work.

Mr. LEWIS:

I can accept the Minister’s argument in so far as it applies to the implementation of group areas, but what I am not clear about and do not like is the fact that these inspectors can now go into areas other than slum areas or group areas. Let me say what I have in mind. If the Minister were to supply more houses in a particular city or town and decides on an urban renewal scheme for purposes of community development, and decides that he will go into an area which is already established and which is still showing a good standard of development and has not deteriorated into a slum area, why are these powers then necessary? I concede that in the case of group areas where these people have to be resettled, he must obviously have certain information.

The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

Will you argue on the basis of District Six, which has not been proclaimed yet? What should we do there? Do you want us to use the police?

Mr. LEWIS:

No, the Minister is making my point. I have conceded that in the case of a place like District Six, where you will have to re-house those people, he will obviously need information which he will have to get, and that is the only way he will get it. But then there are other areas.

The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

But District Six is not a group area.

Mr. LEWIS:

No, but it will be when you start to deal with it. The Minister will have to determine for what group it will have to be used.

The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

How will you get that information?

Mr. LEWIS:

Obviously District Six will be proclaimed a group area for one group or another. But what about an area, which is a good class area, where the Minister decides to go in for community development or an urban renewal scheme?

The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

I will not develop communities which are already developed.

Mr. LEWIS:

But this Bill provides for an urban renewal scheme and it also provides for community development. Now community development is an all-embracing term. It means anything that the Minister wants it to mean, because he designates the area. The type of area I have in mind is when he decides further to develop an existing area, which he can do in terms of this Bill. He can get all the information on that area without sending inspectors there, because the information is available.

The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

Where is it available?

Mr. LEWIS:

Well, surely those people pay rates and taxes so the area of their land is available to him and also the valuation of the properties.

The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

Is that all we need?

Mr. LEWIS:

No, I agree that is not all you need, but what else do you want to know? You want to know what the population is. You can get those figures from the local census—from the Department of Census and Statistics.

The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

You are talking nonsense now. Do you want to tell me that if I go to Census and Statistics I can find that information about a part of District Six immediately?

Mr. LEWIS:

I have already said that I am not discussing an area such as District Six. Take an area like Durban (North). I am sure the Minister could get 90 per cent of the information he needs without any difficulty at all, because it is available from the local authorities.

Mr. BEZUIDENHOUT:

It is not available.

Mr. LEWIS:

It is just a matter of opinion now. These statistics are available. I am not prepared to agree that if the Minister wants to develop such an area, he should send inspectors in there to find out whatever information he wants. Those powers are too wide. He can question any person found in or upon such premises, and he is not limited in his questioning. He can question them along any lines he likes, and I believe that this is an invasion of the rights of people.

Then the question comes up again which I raised before, the question of community development. What does community development mean in terms of this clause? It can mean anything, and that is the basis of my argument. If the Minister says he wants to go in there to determine how many people there are for purpose X or Y or Z, then we know what the object of this clause is, but at the moment he says it is for community development or it is for an urban renewal scheme, just because it is a designated area. What does he designate it for? We do not know what he is going to designate the area for, or why. So we cannot accept that in any area the Minister likes to designate, this type of inspection should be carried out, and I think the Minister should try and meet us in this respect.

Mr. GORSHEL:

I will now try to perform a duet with the Minister. I want to put this to him: assuming he does require these powers, would it not be feasible for some qualification or limitation to be placed on the officer of the Department who can be appointed as an inspector? We have first of all the right of the Secretary to appoint in writing any member of the Board. We have not said anything about that at all, because we assume that a member of the Community Development Board is a person of standing and experience, and with qualifications of some kind. Therefore I ask the Minister to separate “a member of the Board” from “an officer of the Department”. I must point out that it is possible to appoint any employee of the Department as an inspector even the most junior official.

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member is now discussing the existing law.

Mr. GORSHEL:

With respect, in the existing law there was the proviso for consultation with the Chief Inspector. This being eliminated, it now leaves the field open for the appointment of an officer on whom no chief inspector can sit in judgment.

The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

What about the departmental head?

Mr. GORSHEL:

I was going to ask the Minister to qualify this officer by saying, for example, that he should not be a person below a certain grade. We are not arguing against the appointment of an inspector who is a man of experience and has qualifications; we are trying to persuade the Minister not to leave the clause in its present form where any officer, any person employed by the Department, becomes an inspector. Therefore when the Minister replies, as I hope he will, to what was put to him by the hon. member for Umlazi, can he not improve the clause by saying that such an officer shall not be below a certain grade? In other words, let us take a clerk with at least six years’ experience who is a person of the age of 25 years, thus eliminating the possibility of a completely inexperienced junior official being appointed to make an inspection to the embarrassment of the Department, as well as of any person who may be on the premises.

Clause put and the Committee divided:

AYES—77: Bekker, G. F. H.; Bekker, M. J. H.; Bezuidenhout, G. P. C.; Botha, H. J.; Botha, M. C.; Botha, P. W.; Botha, S. P.; Coetzee, B.; Coetzee, P. J.; Cruywagen, W. A.; de Wet, J. M.; Dönges, T. E.; du Plessis, H. R. H.; Faurie, W. H.; Fouché, J. J.; Frank, S.; Greyling, J. C; Haak, J. F. W.; Henning, J. M.; Hertzog, A.; Heystek, J.; Jonker, A. H.; Jurgens, J. C.; Knobel, G. J.; Koornhof, P. G. J.; Kotze, G. P.; Kotzé, S. F.; Ie Roux, P. M. K.; Malan, W. C.; Marais, J. A.; Marais, P. S.; Maree, W. A.; Martins, H. E.; Meyer, T.; Mulder, C. P.; Muller, H.; Muller, S. L.; Nel, J. A. F.; Niemand, F. J.; Otto, J. C.; Pansegrouw, J. S.; Pelser, P. C.; Potgieter, J. E.; Rall, J. J.; Rall, J. W.; Rall, M. J.; Sadie, N. C. van R.; Schlebusch, A. L.; Schlebusch, J. A.; Schoeman, B. J.; Schoeman, J. C. B.; Serfontein, J. J.; Smit, H. H.; Steyn, J. H.; Swanepoel, J. W. F.; Treurnicht, N. F.; Uys, D. C. H.; van den Berg, G. P.; van den Heever, D. J. G.; van der Ahee, H. H.; van der Walt, B. J.; van der Wath, J. G. H.; van Eeden, F. J.; van Niekerk, G. L. H.; van Niekerk, M. C.; van Rensburg, M. C. G. J.; van Wyk, H. J.; Venter, M. J. de la R.; Venter, W. L. D. M.; Verwoerd, H. F.; Visse, J. H.; Vorster, B. J.; Vosloo, A. H.; Waring, F. W.; Webster, A.

Tellers: D. J. Potgieter and P. S. van der Merwe.

NOES—32: Basson, J. A. L.; Basson, J. D. du P.; Bennett, C.; Cadman, R. M.; Connan, J. M.; Durrant, R. B.; Eden, G. S.; Field, A. N.; Fisher, E. L.; Gay, L. C; Gorshel, A.; Graaff, de V.; Henwood, B. H.; Hickman, T.; Higgerty, J. W.; Lewis, H.; Miller, H.; Moolman, J. H.; Moore, P. A.; Oldfield. G. N.; Plewman, R. P.; Ross, D. G.; Steenkamp, L. S.; Taurog, L. B.; Taylor, C. D.; Timoney, H. M.; Tucker, H.: Warren, C. M.; Waterson, S. F.; Wood, L. F. Tellers: H. J. Bronkhorst and A. Hopewell. Clause accordingly agreed to.

On Clause 23,

Mr. MILLER:

This clause contains what is called a long title. It virtually wraps up the most extraordinary powers that have hitherto been sought in regard to land development in this country. To sum it up as precisely as possible, it is a map of the Government’s interest in future land development. Here, in miniature form, is a map of the future of land development in South Africa, because it changes what is set out in the long title of the principal Act. If one looks at the principal Act one finds that it deals only with immovable property in group areas, i.e. areas defined under the Group Areas Act of 1957, the proper development of such areas, and the establishment of a board therefor. But this long title now wipes away that restrictive aspect of the content and purpose of the Act and it now endeavours to present a fresh picture of what the Minister wants to present to the House and the country as his new concept of urban development and urban renewal schemes and his new concept of encompassing the whole of the land of South Africa into a globular scheme of which he will be the sole director, and in respect of which he will make virtually the sole decisions. Now a great deal of time has been spent both in the second reading and in the Committee Stage to obtain some form of restriction of those powers, some form of reasonable perspective to these vast powers the Minister seeks. One often wonders why, if one reads of the achievements of local authorities hitherto, the Minister has thought fit to ask for this extraordinary vote of no confidence in the local authorities by seeking now to encompass in his own domain virtually a new conception, thereby taking the power of overriding all conditions of title and to incorporate all land and to do virtually as he pleases. The question we would like the Minister to answer, and perhaps to give us an assurance, is this. Does this not contain in fact the picture of a new pattern of land development in South Africa, dominated and controlled by the Government …

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member must confine himself to the clause.

Mr. MILLER:

I am dealing with the long title.

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member is dealing with the whole Bill.

Mr. MILLER:

The long title sets out in concise form virtually the whole contents of the Bill.

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! I want to point out that practically the whole Bill has been agreed to by this Committee. The hon. member must confine himself to the long title.

Mr. MILLER:

The long titles states “to provide for the development of certain areas …

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member must deal with the contents of Clause 23.

Mr. MILLER:

Sir, we are dealing here with Clause 23; I cannot deal with the preamble. This clause says: “The following is hereby substituted for the long title of the principal Act.” I must deal with the contents of this clause, surely.

The CHAIRMAN:

The hon. member may continue.

Mr. MILLER:

I was pointing out the difference between this long title and the long title for which this long title is being substituted. I am pointing out that a very drastic change is being brought about in this long title. It is perfectly clear what this change is intended to cover. With all respect to your ruling, Sir, how else can one deal with this particular clause? Sir, we oppose this clause.

The CHAIRMAN:

That is in order; the hon. member may oppose the clause.

Mr. MILLER:

I am giving my reasons for opposing this clause. Perhaps you might give me some guidance as to what line one can take …

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member may continue as long as he does not attack the principle which has already been accepted …

Mr. MILLER:

No, I am indicating what this long title encompasses in this concise form. We say that despite the fact that the principle has been agreed to, the Bill itself contains a principle which involves a revision of certain aspects of land development. The land title now deals with the whole thing in concise form.

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! The long title merely sets out in general terms the purpose of the Bill as agreed to in the Committee Stage.

Mr. MILLER:

Is your view then, Sir, that the long title can only be debated per se.

The CHAIRMAN:

Yes, and the principle which has already been agreed to cannot be debated at this stage.

Mr. MILLER:

I would like the hon. the Minister to know that we are completely opposed to the substitution of this long title for the long title contained in the principal Act, which we think conveyed the true picture with regard to the principal Act.

Mr. GORSHEL:

I want to say at the outset that nothing is further from my thoughts than an attack on the principle of this Bill, but I think one is entitled to relate the accuracy, or lack of accuracy, of the title of the Bill to the Bill itself which is not an attack on the principle. The question is whether this long title, although relatively short, is in fact a correct long title for this Bill. My first point is that if one looks at an Act, an Act called the Group Areas Act, in brief, one finds on examining the definition in this principal Act that it is very definite as compared with the definition of the object or the title of this particular Bill. I point to the Group Areas Act, No. 41 of 1950, where, for example, “group” is defined. Remember, Sir, that this is an amendment which changes the name of the principal Act.

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member cannot continue along those lines.

Mr. GORSHEL:

Am I not entitled to compare this clause with the clause which it amends?

The CHAIRMAN:

If the hon. member is dissatisfied with this clause he can move an amendment.

Mr. GORSHEL:

Without explaining why I wish to move the amendment?

The CHAIRMAN:

This clause sets out the purposes of the Bill as outlined in the various clauses which have already been adopted.

Mr. GORSHEL:

Then I ask your ruling, Sir, on whether I can discuss whether this title is correctly worded to cover the principles dealt with in the Act?

Mr. BEZUIDENHOUT:

Yes.

Mr. GORSHEL:

Sir, I do not know whether you have handed over your authority to the hon. member for Brakpan (Mr. Bezuidenhout) who is usually very good at mumbling! Sir, this is a very puzzling point, and, believe me, I do not wish to be in conflict with you over this—but I should like to have your ruling as to whether or not any member is entitled to raise any point which arises out of the words contained in this clause, which becomes the long title of the principal Act, which is being amended here. The existing long title of the principal Act is very different from this.

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! This clause gives in concise form the purposes of the Bill as outlined in the other clauses, and the hon. member cannot discuss anything which has already been accepted in the other clauses.

Mr. GORSHEL:

Very well, Sir. As far as this clause itself is concerned, the first line reads, “to provide for the development of certain areas”, certain areas, which presumably, up to the time of the passing of this particular Bill into an Act, referred to group areas. Then it refers to the promotion of community development in line 45 of this particular clause. I think it is reasonable to ask the hon. the Minister why, in terms of the amendment here and in terms of the long title, there is no definition of “community development”?

The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

I have explained that already.

Mr. GORSHEL:

In other words, Sir, there is no need for a definition of “community development” in this clause as there was of “group areas” in the Group Areas Act?

The CHAIRMAN:

Not under this clause.

Mr. GORSHEL:

Very well, Sir. I can only put it to the hon. Minister, then, that he alone knows what community development means.

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! That has already been decided upon.

Mr. GORSHEL:

Yes—I am not questioning that any more.

The CHAIRMAN:

The hon. member need not repeat it then.

Mr. GORSHEL:

The departure from what is contained in the original long title is significant, because it refers to the granting of assistance to persons to acquire or hire immovable property, which, in terms of the Act which this entire Bill seeks to amend, is a new departure. I want to ask therefore whether I am entitled to discuss whether this in fact reflects the contents of the Bill.

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! Those matters have already been dealt with and decided upon in the other clauses of the Bill.

Mr. GORSHEL:

Sir, I am being urged to try, I do not know whether my best or my worst, to try to obtain clarity on this particular title.

Mr. S. F. KOTZÉ:

You are not so stupid!

Mr. GORSHEL:

I was about to ask you, Sir whether this particular title, having certain words in it, should be made clear to the Committee or not. If it is clear to all the members of the Committee, then I would not like to raise any matter contained here; but on a question of procedure, I want to ask whether the words contained in the clause should not be clear to the people discussing it, that is to say, the members of this Committee.

The CHAIRMAN:

That is not the point at issue at all.

Mr. GORSHEL:

Then I say, with great regret, that the point is so “unclear” to me that I cannot decently pursue the matter any further.

Mr. LEWIS:

I want to sum up by saying that this long title contains a summary of the matters we have discussed under this Bill. During the course of the discussions we have indicated our dislike of many of the clauses, and to indicate in no uncertain terms our objection to those clauses, we will vote against this clause.

Clause 23 put and the Committee divided:

AYES—76: Bekker, G. F. H.; Bekker, M. J. H.; Bezuidenhout, G. P. C.; Botha, H. J.; Botha, M. C.; Botha, P. W.; Botha, S. P.; Coetzee, B.: Coetzee, P. J.; Cruywagen, W. A.; de Wet, J. M.; Dönges, T. E.; du Plessis, H. R. H.; Faurie, W. H.; Fouché, J. J.; Frank, S.; Greyling, J. C.; Haak, J. F. W.; Henning, J. M.; Hertzog, A.; Heystek, J.; Jonker, A. H.; Jurgens, J. C; Knobel, G. J.; Koornhof, P. G. J.; Kotze, G. P.; Kotzé, S. F.; Ie Roux, P. M. K.; Malan, W. C.; Marais, J. A.; Marais, P. S.; Maree, W. A.; Martins, H. E.; Meyer, T.; Mulder, C. P.; Muller, H.; Muller, S. L.; Niemand, F. J.; Otto, J. C.; Pansegrouw, J. S.; Pelser, P. C.; Potgieter, J. E.; Rall, J. J.; Rall, J. W.; Rall, M. J.; Sadie, N. C. van R.; Schlebusch, A. L.; Schlebusch, J. A.; Schoeman, B. J.; Schoeman, J. C. B.; Serfontein, J. J.; Smit, H. H.; Steyn, J. H.; Swanepoel, J. W. F.; Treurnicht, N. F.; Uys, D. C. H.; van den Berg, G. P.; van den Heever, D. J. G.; van der Ahee, H. H.; van der Walt, B. J.; van der Wath, J. G. H.; van Eeden, F. J.; van Niekerk, G. L. H.; van Niekerk, M. C.; van Rensburg, M. C. G. J.; van Wyk, H. J.; Venter, M. J. de la R.; Venter, W. L. D. M.; Visse, J. H.; von Moltke, J. von S.; Vorster, B. J.; Vosloo, A. H.; Waring, F. W.; Webster, A.

Tellers: D. J. Potgieter and P. S. van der Merwe.

NOES—35: Barnett, C.; Basson, J. A. L.; Basson, J. D. du P.; Bennett, C.; Cadman, R. M.; Connan, J. M.; Durrant, R. B.; Eden, G. S.; Field, A. N.; Fisher, E. L.; Gay, L. C.; Gorshel, A.; Graaff, de V.; Henwood, B. H.; Hickman, T.; Higgerty, J. W.; Hourquebie, R. G. L.; Lewis, H.; Miller, H.; Moolman, J. H.; Moore, P. A.; Oldfield, G. N.; Plewman, R. P.; Ross, D. G.; Steenkamp, L. S.; Taurog, L. B.; Taylor, C. D.; Thompson, J. O. N.; Timoney, H. M.; Tucker, H.; Warren, C. M.; Waterson, S. F.; Wood, L. F.

Tellers: H. J. Bronkhorst and A. Hopewell.

Clause accordingly agreed to.

Remaining Clause and Title of the Bill put and agreed to.

House Resumed:

Bill reported with amendments.

SELECT COMMITTEE ON SUBDIVISION OF AGRICULTURAL LAND

Mr. SPEAKER announced that the Committee on Standing Rules and Orders had appointed the following members to serve on the Select Committee on the Subdivision of Agricultural Land, viz.: Messrs. S. P. Botha, Faurie, Keyter, G. P. Kotze, Dr. Moolman, Messrs. S.L. Muller, Streicher, Taurog, Mrs. S. M. van Niekerk, Messrs. Vosloo and Wentzel.

HOUSING AMENDMENT BELL

Third Order read: Second reading,—Housing Amendment Bill.

The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

I move—

That the Bill be now read a second time.

Mr. Speaker, since the Housing Act was passed in 1957, it has on several occasions been found necessary in the light of conditions obtaining at the time or in the light of changing circumstances, to amend or extend its provisions materially until to-day it is probably one of the most effective instruments of its kind in the world. However, in this process, owing to the numerous amendments, the Act has become rather difficult to follow. I therefore intend at a later stage during this Session to propose its consolidation. With consolidation in view, and to bring the Act up to date as far as possible before consolidation, a few amendments of a minor or administrative nature are necessary and are contained in the Bill now before the House. In this connection I may mention that at the request of one of my colleagues, the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development, I shall propose a further minor amendment during the Committee Stage. This amendment is similar to that contained in paragraph (a) of the definition of “local authority” in Clause 1 of the Bill and relates to the inclusion also of a management board established in terms of Section 40bis of the Bantu (Urban Areas) Consolidation Act, 1945, as a “local authority” for the purposes of the Housing Act. The effect of this amendment will be that in the few instances where such management boards are constituted, they will, for the purposes of providing housing in the areas under their jurisdiction, have access to the facilities and funds provided in terms of the Housing Act, 1957.

As I have already said there are no major new principles contained in the six clauses of this Bill. I shall therefore not elaborate any further but deal shortly with the provisions of the various clauses.

Clause 1 extends the definition of the term “local authority” to include also a “management board” established in terms of the Rural Coloured Areas Act. 1963. The effect of it will be that State resources and funds available to other local authorities will also be made available for the improvement of housing conditions in such dwelling areas for Coloureds, subject, however, to the condition that the Department of Coloured Affairs is satisfied that the community concerned and its management board are in a financially viable position. At present assistance cannot, in terms of the Housing Act, 1957, be extended to such communities. A number of townships in these rural areas are being planned, and improved housing will be necessitated there.

The amendment proposed in Clause 2 is of a purely technical nature. When the Housing Act was passed in 1957 provision was made for all State housing moneys outstanding on the date of promulgation of the Act to be transferred to or to accrue to the newly established National Housing Fund. Sinking funds established by local authorities with the Public Debt Commissioners for the redemption of loans granted to local authorities for assisted housing schemes, i.e. sub-economic schemes fell into the category accruing to the fund. This provision was at that time and up to the present interpreted in such a manner that the then existing sinking funds as well as such funds established subsequent to the coming into operation of the Act remained with the Public Debt Commissioners until the capital of such sinking funds had increased to the amount of the capital debt in respect of the scheme concerned. In this way the National Housing Fund was deprived of capital which should rightly have been transferred to it on the date of the establishment of the Fund and which could have been utilized for the purposes of the Fund. This procedure has now been reviewed and it has been decided by the Cabinet that the installments of any sinking funds established after 1 April 1965 should be paid over to the fund and be available for the purposes of the fund, that is, reissue.

The clause further provides, firstly, that any excess interest which is derived from the reinvestment of such moneys can be utilized to augment redemption installments in respect of the loan in question in such a manner that the tenants of the dwellings will not be adversely affected, and secondly, that the balance, if any, of any excess interest that may be earned can be set off against interest losses in respect of assisted housing schemes which Parliament is required to appropriate annually on the Revenue Vote.

This provision will therefore obviously ensure that a more accurate position in regard to the finances of the fund is presented annually to Parliament. Clause 4 of the Bill is complementary to Clause 2 and merely provides for the above arrangement to come into operation on 1 April 1965. This means that sinking funds established prior to that date will remain with and be administered by the Public Debt Commissioners until such funds mature when the capital will be transferred to the National Housing Fund.

Clause 3 is of a purely administrative nature and I shall deal with any questions arising there from during the Committee Stage.

The amendments proposed in Clause 5 are merely an extension of the provisions contained in the original section and aim at making those provisions effective. In this connection I may mention that when an occasion arose which necessitated the application of the provisions contained in the principal Act the Department was confronted by a legal opinion to the effect that contrary to the view always held by the Department, a town-planning scheme was not compiled or made operative in terms of a by-law or regulation of a local authority but was a separate instrument which could be invoked or amended by a local authority at will and that the Department was not in terms of the existing provisions in the principal Act exempt there from. Furthermore there is no requirement making it incumbent on a local authority to make known the provisions of such a scheme or to have it promulgated as an approved town-planning scheme. As a matter of fact most local authorities appear to be working on the basis of “town-planning schemes in the course of preparation”, which obviously makes it impossible for the Department to know in advance what their requirements are. It is therefore necessary that the provision in the Act should be amended to make it as effective as the Department had always considered it to be by including a town-planning scheme among the instruments from which the Department is exempt. The fact that the Department has only once in the eight years that this section has been on the Statute Book found it necessary to invoke it is ample evidence of the reasonableness of the Department’s approach to local requirements. I have since introducing the measure had discussions on this clause and have undertaken to amend it to provide for the Commission to be exempted from the provisions of a town-planning scheme by the Minister only after he has consulted with the Administrator. The clause as amended meets with the approval of the United Municipal Executive.

The other additions to the clause are merely an extending of the existing provisions which are necessary if the Department has to deal adequately with the housing situation which can develop or has developed in certain centres of the country, especially where the local authorities themselves allow or have allowed such conditions to develop on account of laxity in fulfilling the duties resting on them, as the governing body of the area concerned, and placed on them by various Acts of Parliament such as the Housing Act, the Slums Act and the Public Health Act. Where local authorities in spite of the facilities which have now been available since 1920 have allowed conditions to develop which make it incumbent on the Government to step in, in the interest of the local community, it is only right that the Government through a fully equipped State Department should not be frustrated or put to unnecessary expense by local requirements when it in fact has to undertake the work which the local authority itself should have done.

Mr. Speaker, with the leave of the House I shall also move a minor amendment to Section 63 of the Act which has been asked for by the United Municipal Executive because it is of practical value to them. The matter is purely technical and I shall furnish more details during the Committee State.

As I said in my opening remarks, this is a small measure but the provisions contained therein are necessary to augment the powers of the State in terms of the Housing Act to deal with the housing situation generally.

Mr. LEWIS:

This side of the House will support this Bill because we believe that one of the main objectives of this Bill is to make it easier to deal with the housing crisis that we have in South Africa at the moment. We realize that in view of the seriousness of that situation, emergency powers such as those contained in Clause 5 are necessary to enable the Department to get on with the job. As the hon. the Minister has said, the Bill in itself is a short Bill, and in the case of most of the clauses, we have no objection whatsoever to their provisions. The Bill, amongst other things, as the Minister has said, re-defines the term “local authority”, and that, of course, gives the Commission certain extra ability to provide housing for Coloureds, with which we are in agreement. It also, of course, removes the necessity for the hon. the Minister to consult with those local authorities in whose area these schemes may fall, and it probably removes too the necessity for the Housing Commission to consult with the Administrator in cases of this kind. The financial provisions of the Bill are quite acceptable to us. We do not object to any of those provisions. Clause 5, however, exempts the Housing Commission from certain provisions which are very similar in fact, to provisions that we discussed in the Bill that we have just completed in the Committee Stage. Clause 5 (2), for example, says that the Commission shall be exempt from any provisions in an Ordinance in terms of which approval of a local authority is to be obtained for the subdivision of any land. We come back to the same question which we have already argued quite fully, where we are not satisfied and happy that under certain circumstances the rights of existing owners in existing townships, or in areas which are not townships, are properly protected. Let me give you what we have in mind. We have suggested to the hon. the Minister that in regard to the other Bill he takes into consideration property owners, for example, in the older established areas which are not part of an established township, as that term is understood in terms of the Town-Planning Ordinances, as well as those people who fall in established and/or proclaimed townships. We sincerely believe that they should not be subjected to the possibility of having their area, which is a good area, invaded and that they should not in fact suffer because the Government has now embarked upon a crash housing scheme to solve the terrific backlog which has built up. These people should not be called upon to pay the price for the Government’s failure to cope timeously and adequately with the housing requirements of South Africa.

As far as the Biff itself is concerned we regard these provisions as provisions to give the Minister extra power, in spite of the fact that he says these are just small things to enable him later on to consolidate all the housing legislation. We believe this measure together with other legislation which has and is coming before this House, constitutes an invasion of the rights of people in so far as the ownership of their land is concerned. We believe this is a very big step forward. It is an entirely new principle in regard to the dealing in land and even if it is to provide emergency housing we believe the existing rights of landowners should be safeguarded. We treat this particular aspect of this Bill as an emergency measure. We do not believe that under any circumstances should it become a permanent part of the legislation of South Africa. This is a trend in dealing with land, housing and allied subjects, which we have seen creeping into our legislation for some time. Frankly we do not like it. We believe it invades rights and we have made our views perfectly clear on that. So I will not take that any further. But during the Committee Stage of this Bill we will move an amendment which we believe will treat this particular portion of this legislation, as it should in fact be treated, as an emergency measure which has no permanent part in our legislation. We will move to limit the life of this particular portion of the Bill.

We are not inexperienced in the question of providing housing quickly. This side of the House, when in government, was also faced with exactly the same problems as this hon. Minister is; perhaps not to the same extent but nevertheless we were faced with the problem of providing housing. I think in our case the cause for the necessity for that housing was probably very different from the cause to-day. In 1945, when we introduced the Housing Emergency Powers Bill we had to do so to deal with a housing shortage which had come about as a result of a certain set of conditions. These conditions resulted from a war and all the changes that flow from a war. For example, it was the beginning of the industrial era here in South Africa, the stepping up of the tempo of industrialization to cope with our war requirements, and the huge population movements that go with such industrialization and with war conditions. We dealt with it in a totally different way from the way in which this hon. Minister is dealing with it. We were quite frank about it, Sir. We treated it purely as an emergency measure. We limited its life and we let Parliament be the judge. Let me quote you, Sir, something from the speech of the then Minister of Health when introducing his Bill. In Column 8436 of Vol. 54 of Hansard he said this—

This Bill which I now ask the House to grant its second reading contains such special measures, measures which, in the opinion of the Government, are essential to enable it to cope with a temporary situation which has arisen. In effect I am asking Parliament to give me a blank cheque during a limited period. That cheque will ultimately have to be met and Parliament will be the final Judge whether it should be honoured or not.

Then he goes on to deal with the provisions of the Bill and to say why he wants these powers and to give Parliament an account of the situation which existed at that time. Compare that with the manner in which the hon. the Minister and the Government have chosen to deal with the present crisis. They are acting totally differently. The hon. Minister seeks emergency powers, but he does not come to this House and explain that there is in fact an emergency and that his task is to build houses to try to catch up with the fantastic backlog which has built up. He does not say he wants these powers to cope with that situation. He does not treat it as a temporary measure and letting these powers fall away when Parliament thinks there is no longer any reason for them to be on the Statute Book. How has the present housing crisis come about and why is there a need for these powers? I believe the present crisis has come about, first of all, because of the incompetence of this Government. [Laughter.] I hear a chuckle from the hon. member for Parow (Mr. S. F. Kotzé). If he exercised his brain a little I think he would agree with me. First of all we have had hurled at us across the floor of this House on not one, but on many occasions, the statement that the Government has planned the prosperity we are enjoying at the moment. Here we have in this Bill concrete evidence that even if they planned the prosperity they have not been able to cope with it because we have a backlog of houses which one can reduce to figures. These figures represent a complete and utter failure on the part of this Government to cope with this so-called planned prosperity. You see, Sir, I sometimes feel a little sorry for this hon. Minister because the hon. the Minister of Finance, for example, tells us on the same subject of planned prosperity that he puts the brake on occasionally and that he puts the accelerator on occasionally while this hon. Minister has to keep his foot on the accelerator all the time. Even now he is finding that the engine is not performing so well. He has a lot of trouble and he will have to put in a great effort to catch up with the backlog which has built up.

Another reason why we have this type of legislation before us is the over-hasty implementation of apartheid. I want to remind you, Sir, that not this Bill alone but other allied matters which are before this House at the moment also contribute to the meanings and the interpretation of this measure. Not so long ago the hon. member for South Coast (Mr. D. E. Mitchell) told this hon. Minister that he was a young Minister in a hurry. I think that is very true.

A third reason is this that the Government adopted a policy of immigration—our policy —but that it adopted it too late and without planning for the effects the adoption of that policy would have. If they had in fact planned properly they would have had the workers here to help build these houses; they would not have had such a huge backlog accumulate a backlog which has acted to the detriment of the new people who are arriving. The Government cannot cope with them. In response to the news that 3,100 low-cost housing units were to be built in the next 18 months for Whites in Durban, Mr. Mervyn Smitherine, secretary of the Natal branch of the 1820 Memorial Settlers’ Association, said—

Even though immigrants might show a preference for Durban and Natal they were stopped as soon as they arrived in Cape Town or Johannesburg. The local branch of the Association was sent a telegram to find out if accommodation could be guaranteed. Because of the lack of housing Durban was losing many of the newcomers.

This is a local man expressing an opinion on the effect locally—

It has been difficult for settlers to find accommodation in the city for the past few years but the situation has become really acute in the past six months.

This is the effect it is having on people coming to our country. There are no houses for them when they come here. The accommodation position is so difficult that they cannot in fact go necessarily to the place they want to go to, because there is no accommodation for them.

I would like to know from this hon. Minister what the actual shortage of housing is; what is the shortage that warrants measures such as the one before us? Some days ago in this House he gave us the figure of 16,950 new homes that were required for Whites. I have made inquiries amongst people who should know something about this position and from what they have told me I am prepared to say to this Minister that a figure of 40,000 is probably a far more realistic figure of his needs for housing for White people. The figure he gave us included mostly the big centres. It does not include housing in the smaller centres. There is no question about it that the figure he gave us is low. In the case of Durban alone the Minister told us that 3,000 houses were needed. The Durban City Council have now embarked upon a crash programme to build 3,100. If the shortage were only 3,000 they would not have embarked. upon a crash programme to build 3,100. So I would believe that his figures are low. The figures in the case of Whites are therefore, I believe, somewhere in the region of 40,000. What about housing for the Indian, Coloured and Bantu communities? These are the groups for which I have no figures but I tried to get some together. A rather good article appeared in the Natal Mercury of 5 March 1965 which I think gives us some sort of picture of what the needs really are. In dealing particularly with the increase in the Bantu labour force to 136,000 in Durban this year it has created an awkward situation, a situation which is going to need a lot of attention. There are comments from the members of the Native Affairs Department. I do not want to weary the House by reading this article but I would like to give the House the figures I have extracted. In Durban alone, from the Bantu housing point of view, 25,500 projects have been approved. There is a shortfall at the moment, even providing for those, of 10,000. The target in Umlazi, the bigger Native township, is 21,000. Up to now 8,993 permanent and temporary residences have been provided. That leaves a shortage of 12,007 still to be built. A new crash programme has been put on the stocks to extend the Umlazi scheme by 12,936 units and Qua Mashu by 3,500 plus a further 9,000 at Dalmeni and Richmond, giving a total of 25,435. If you add to that the 12,007 still to be built you need for Bantu accommodation alone 37,442 houses.

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! That is a matter the hon. member can discuss under the hon. Minister’s Vote.

Mr. LEWIS:

Mr. Speaker, I believe this is a Housing Bill and the need is urgent. The Bill itself lends itself to this kind of discussion because it provides for the acquisition of land on which to build the very houses I am talking about.

Mr. SPEAKER:

The hon. member is going very far.

Mr. LEWIS:

Sir, I want to illustrate the point, if I may. I will not go very much further. I have about three more figures to mention, if I may, Sir, with your permission. If we add the requirements of the Indians and the Coloureds—I just have to estimate them because I do not know what they are; I have estimated it at 20,000 which I think is an underestimate—it means that for the Bantu, Indians and Coloureds in Durban alone we require 57,442 houses. If you add the 3,000 which the hon. the Minister gave us as the figure required for Whites, it means that Durban alone needs 60,442 houses.

The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

You are just talking politics.

Mr. LEWIS:

I am not paying any attention to that. These figures are taken from an article the information for which was given by the Department’s officials. In the case of Coloureds and Indians I have based my own estimate, which is an underestimate, on the requirements for Whites given by the hon. the Minister himself.

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! I think the hon. member must come back to the Bill.

Mr. LEWIS:

Yes, Sir. I have ended with that. I have shown the figure required in Durban alone. What about the other centres? This is a position where, if you add the requirements of the other bigger centres …

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member must leave that aspect.

Mr. LEWIS:

I shall do that. Sir. Just to sum the position up, if I may: It is so obvious we need many thousands of houses in South Africa and they have to be provided.

How is the hon. Minister going to catch up with the position? How is he going to provide the Houses that have to be provided; the houses for which he is taking measures in this Bill to help him to provide, measures which we are prepared to give him. We are concerned about how these measures are going to be applied to provide these houses.

The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

You can raise that under my Vote.

Mr. LEWIS:

No, Sir. That is not the place. The Minister is asking in this Bill for powers to do this job. The Minister says: “You can raise that under my Vote.” We want to raise it under this Bill where he is taking the power to subdivide land as he wishes to provide houses. This is what we want to know: How is he going to use this power? You see, Sir, if he is going to catch up with this serious position he will really have to do something. Some of the things I suggest he should do are, first of all, to make sure that adequate money is available. I say that particularly …

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! That has nothing to do with this Bill. The hon. member must come back to the Bill.

Mr. LEWIS:

With respect, Mr. Speaker, I am trying to see if we cannot do anything to assist in providing these houses. This is a Housing Bill.

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member must come back to the Bill.

Mr. LEWIS:

Very well, Sir. I want to discuss the question of Clause 5 (2) which says—

The Commission shall also be exempt from any provisions in an Ordinance in terms of which the approval of the local authority is to be obtained for the subdivision of any land.

The number of houses that can be built is unrestricted; the commission is exempt from endowment; it is exempt from the permission of the local authority or owner of an approved township to commence building operations. In other words, the whole of this Clause provides for the commission to get on with the job of providing houses. It is along those lines Sir, that I want to go for a moment. The hon. the Minister, if he is going to use the provisions of Clause 5, in other words, if he is going to use the land he is going to sub-divide —he already has the right to expropriate it— has to intensify his activity in certain directions. First of all, I think he should give every assistance to private enterprise. I think he should make sure that building materials are available for them. Because I would remind the hon. the Minister that private enterprise is going to provide some 50 per cent or more of the houses the Minister is going to provide under the powers he has in this Bill. Then I think that while he is exempt from consulting or obtaining the permission of the local authority he must still try to co-operate with them because he is going to need the help of everybody, not just his own Housing Commission; he is going to need the help of the local authority from whose by-laws he is taking exemption now to deal with his problems. He must ask them to assist too in solving this problem.

The other thing is this, that the Minister has got to the stage where he must concentrate on using these powers and putting houses on the land he takes and sub-divides. I believe he has to concentrate on that and not necessarily so much on the angle of clearing up slums and re-building this urban renewal scheme about which he has ideas. I think there are many other things he can do to speed up the provision of these houses and to deal properly and adequately with this problem; he should use the powers he is taking under this Bill properly.

In conclusion I should like to read to this hon. Minister a little advice. It is contained in Hansard. It is not mine but I would like to add my own recommendation to it. It is contained in column 8435 of vol. 54 of 1945. It says this—

In conclusion I wish to express the hope that if the Minister receives these powers he will use them in such a way that houses are actually built. An Act by itself does not build houses. It takes a sense of organization and the ability to organize and it is essential that the Minister shall keep a watchful eye open day and night to see that no single hour passes in which the organization is not put to work and kept at work. All we can say that next year when we meet again we would expect the Minister to tell the country that he has not sat still during this time but that he has kept the organization busy day and night and really managed to do something to solve the housing needs which exist. I hope that the Minister will see to it that next year we shall not come here and say that this measure, and the powers now taken by the Minister, also led to nothing and that the housing need is just as great as it was before. We do not want to hamper this measure because it is our policy to build houses for the people.

The man I am quoting was Dr. Bremer speaking on the Housing Act of 1945; on the debate on the second reading.

Mr. S. F. KOTZÉ:

I am glad that we are all agreed that certain factors have contributed to the fact that to-day we must effect drastic measures in many respects in order to keep pace with the country’s housing requirements. The hon. member for Umlazi (Mr. Lewis) says he ascribes the crisis which has arisen in regard to housing to the inefficiency of the Minister. No, Mr. Speaker, that is not the position. Certain circumstances have contributed towards the position that we have a shortage of housing to-day. I may just mention a few of those in passing. There is the provision of separate residential areas for the various races. The Opposition agrees with us that there should be separate residential areas for the various racial groups. This Government had to put it into practice, with the result that we had to build many houses. The Government also energetically tackled the clearance of slums which had been developing over the years along the outskirts of our cities, and as a result many houses had to be built. The influence of industrialization, the fact that our country is bursting at the seams in the economic sphere, as well as the large-scale immigration we have had in recent years, have resulted in a housing need. When the hon. member for Umlazi says that if at that time we had allowed immigrants to enter we would now have had the people to build the necessary houses, I want to tell him that if at that time we had allowed more immigrants to enter there would not have been houses for them. One of the reasons why immigration was stopped at the time was because the housing position was chaotic under the United Party régime. There simply were not enough houses to accommodate our own people. How could we still bring in immigrants?

It is obvious that we cannot build enough houses to keep pace with the demand by making use of the old methods. We cannot continue to build houses according to the old conventional methods. Nor can we plan large housing schemes with obsolete legal machinery. It would be foolish of this Government to allow our housing programme to become enmeshed in a web of cumbersome, time-consuming administrative machinery which was not designed to keep pace with modern circumstances. For that reason the Minister from time to time in recent years has drastically amended and modernized our legislation dealing with community planning and the provision of houses. This legislation also goes in that direction. We are glad that the hon. the Minister at this stage already is thinking of the comprehensive legislation which was introduced in regard to housing particularly in recent years with a view to consolidating it. and we realize that these amendments are just an addition and a tightening up of the legislation before that consolidation takes place. There was really n urgent need to put our planning machinery and the administration of housing programmes on the most modern basis. I think we have now progressed so far in regard to our legislation that we have reached that stage. The Department of Housing is a dynamic department which is faced with new situations from time to time.

Therefore we have also found in recent years that from time to time it became necessary to amend the law in order to improve the administration of housing. This amending Bill is a step in the same direction. It is calculated to make the departmental machinery work efficiently, to speed up the provision of housing and to prevent the delays in the provision of housing which may be caused by complicated city and town planning. The powers the Minister takes here are absolutely essential.

I just want to refer specifically to one or two of the provisions. There is the one which empowers boards of management in Coloured rural areas and urban Bantu councils to take up housing loans. There is another provision which provides that the redemption in respect of sub-economic houses will no longer be paid to the Public Debt Commissioners, but that as from 1 April it will be paid into the Housing Fund. This is a very good arrangement, Sir, because instead of allowing the money to he with the Public Debt Commissioners for as long as 40 years, it can now immediately be used for housing again. The idea is to use the profit on the interest to regulate the payments so that they will not increase. The balance will go towards making good the loss of interest which the fund has to pay to the Treasury every year in respect of money borrowed by the fund from the Treasury. This arrangement will result in strengthening the Housing Fund further so that it will be able to do even greater things than it does at the moment. Last year the hon. the Minister told us that the National Housing Fund is a revolving fund which is becoming increasingly stronger until we will gradually reach the position where the fund will be self-sufficient and we will probably in future have to ask this House for less money because the fund will be able to finance housing on its own. That is the reply to what the hon. member for Umlazi (Mr. Lewis) has just said, viz. that the Minister should ensure that the money is available. I am grateful that the Housing Fund is so strong to-day that it can practically meet our large-scale housing needs. This amendment will strengthen the fund even further.

Coming to the provisions of Clause 5, which amend Section 44, we find that the wording in Section 44(g) is the same as in Clause 12 sex of the Community Development Amendment Bill, the Committee Stage of which has just been passed.

*Mr. MILLER:

Is it the same?

*Mr. S. F. KOTZÉ:

Yes, it is precisely the same. Now I am glad that hon. members opposite did not revert to the question of powers being taken away from local authorities. I mention this because I feel that if the local authorities co-operate there will be no need for interfering with their powers. It is also clear from what the hon. the Minister has just said that in the past eight years it was necessary to make use of these powers only once. If, however, local authorities withhold their co-operation or want to put obstacles in the way of the Department, I am in favour of interference with their powers if that is in the public interest.

What I do welcome are the amendments the hon. the Minister is now proposing by way of the amendments contained in Clause 5, i.e. amendments to Sections 1 and 2. That shows the Minister’s desire to maintain close cooperation with the provinces and the local authorities. In spite of everything that has been said from the opposite side of the House from time to time, this is obvious proof that it is the Minister’s intention closely to cooperate in providing for this great need in our country, and I also welcome the fact that we know that the Minister is prepared, as is also the case now again, to bring together the Administrators and the Executive Committees of the provinces for consultations from time to time, as well as the positive and joint action which will flow from those consultations. I just want to refer here to one very good arrangement which was born of such consultations, namely the fact that there is to-day mutual representations of officials of the Department of Housing on the boards of the provinces which deal with the planning of townships, and that on the other hand again the provincial authorities are represented in the regional committees of the National Housing Commission.

It is a principle of our housing legislation that when it comes to the provision of housing for the sub-economic and middle income groups the State has a responsibility but that the local authorities also have a responsibility, and in order to facilitate the work of the local authorities I should like to draw their attention to the very valuable documents which have been made available recently by the hon. the Minister and his Department to the local authorities and to everybody who is interested in the provision of housing. It will facilitate their task. I just want to mention the housing code drawn up by the Secretary for Housing …

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member is going too far now.

*Mr. S. F. KOTZÉ:

Sir, I just want to mention it to you …

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member must now come back to the Bill.

*Mr. S. F. KOTZÉ:

Mr. Speaker, I am dealing with the Bill now. I just want to say that these two documents which are now available …

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! Those documents are not relevant now.

*Mr. S. F. KOTZÉ:

Sir, will you just allow me to explain that with the Bill as now amended the possibility has been created for non-White local management boards and Bantu urban councils to take up loans. These bodies are still inexperienced in so far as the work of local authorities is concerned, and I just want to say that in these two documents they are being given guidance which will to a large extent facilitate their work in future.

Mr. EDEN:

My remarks will be brief. I want to confine myself almost exclusively to Clause 5 of the Bill. The powers which the Minister seeks in connection with Bantu Settlement Boards and Coloured Settlement Boards, I think are, in the main, acceptable, and it is understandable that the Minister requires these powers. I think also, that the requirements in regard to finance are possibly necessary in the case of some local authorities. But, I would like the hon. Minister to explain to me, if he will, whether or not it has been the custom of local authorities to remit their funds promptly as and when necessary, and what precisely is the reason for these dates. I have discussed this with various heads of municipal departments and they inquire as to the necessity of this particular clause in the legislation.

I want to refer in some detail to Clause 5, because the other day the hon. Minister went to great pains to take me to task in the House on a matter which did not concern planning at all.

The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

Would you please tell me what you were referring to?

Mr. EDEN:

I was referring to Clause 2 in regard to the words “and interest, including any interest derived from the utilization of repayments”. What precisely is the intention of that particular clause? There seems to be some doubt amongst the local authorities as to the precise meaning of this clause.

The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

It has nothing to do with local authorities.

Mr. EDEN:

I take it then that it is actually a clause to give the Minister powers to act in relation to the Treasury.

The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

Yes, it is an arrangement between me and the Treasury.

Mr. EDEN:

Thank you. Now the other day, as I have said, the hon. the Minister went to great pains to refer to certain remarks I had made in connection with types of buildings; and why councils, and my council in particular, at that time, had not acted. I would like the hon. Minister just to admit here, if he will, that that arose after a visit which he paid to the City of Kimberley when I had the great pleasure of taking him around the housing schemes and showing him what we were trying to do. In this particular Bill we refer to various conditions and types of houses that may or may not be built. I do not quite know what the objective of the Minister was the other evening, but the fact remains that I was actually talking in the speech, he referred to, to the council of which I was the mayor, and which I was trying to persuade to take some action …

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order!

Mr. EDEN:

I am coming to the point Mr. Speaker …

Mr. SPEAKER:

The hon. member is taking a wide circle to get to the point.

Mr. EDEN:

Well, Sir, a circle is a long way round, and I do not wish to trifle with the Chair, but the hon. the Minister made a personal attack on me and I must reply to him.

Mr. SPEAKER:

Yes, but this is not the occasion.

Mr. EDEN:

Thank you, Sir, I shall seek many occasions to come back to that.

May I now proceed to say this: I would like to ask the hon. Minister, in dealing with Clause 5, what the meaning is of “the type of dwelling to be constructed, the value thereof, or the materials to be used in the construction thereof” …

The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

Industrialized methods.

Mr. EDEN:

Well, I would like to say this: After many years of experience in housing and the building of houses of all sorts and kinds, as the hon. Minister knows, it has been my experience that one must be very careful. At the time when I asked the hon. Minister what he had in mind in regard to these industrial methods and the types and kinds of houses which he proposed, he had a picture in his pocket of substitute materials which I understood were for the first time being used in Pretoria. Now naturally, as an individual, deeply interested in this type of thing, of providing cheap and low-priced housing, I was naturally anxious to know what was going to be done. I cannot understand why the hon. Minister should want to dictate the type of dwelling or the value thereof or the materials. When we deal with this particular aspect I would like to ask him, Mr. Speaker, whether or not it can happen, and whether it is his intention to reduce the value of townships (a) by increasing the number of houses possible on one plot, and (b) by reducing the standard of those houses. I am not thinking now of the high-class type of house which can easily be built. I am thinking of the low-priced stuff, and particularly housing for the Coloured community who are just as desperately in need of housing as any other group. These two portions have been introduced into this clause “the number of dwellings which may be constructed on any one piece of land” and then the other one in regard to subdivision.

Now I would like to know how big is a “piece of land”? Is this an approved plot in a township, or is it a departure from the town-planning scheme in terms of sub-section (1) of this particular section—is it going to be that the township itself will be cut into smaller plots, or are the plots themselves to be cut, and to what extent will the local authority have any say, or any opportunity to submit and or render advice? Because I get the uneasy feeling that when we persistently try to reduce standards, either by the number of houses on a plot, or the standard of the house by the thickness of walls and the lowness of ceilings, one does bring about a set of conditions which can in due course, in the future, present us with a number of difficulties. I hope the hon. Minister will give me some details on that particular point, because it is one which exercises the mind of local authorities, very, very considerably. You see, Mr. Speaker, the standard of housing, particularly in the sub-economic groups is so low at the present moment, that the local authorities often wonder whether the buildings will last the length of the loan. So, you will understand my anxiety to know exactly what is intended here, in dealing with the particular properties that we want to build.

The other observation I wish to make is in connection with any further subdivision of land. The hon. Minister can exempt himself from submitting any plans or anything of that sort whatsoever. Now precisely what is the meaning of this new provision? In the case of sub-economic properties, it does not really matter, but there are a number of economic properties which are affected and on which plans should be filed with the local authorities, and it should be obligatory on the Minister so to do. These are a few of the difficulties I see. I think the legislation in the main is necessary. I am familiar with the position in this country, I am familiar with the position amongst the Coloured community and amongst the Bantu, and also among the Whites, and I am one of those who have done something constructive in an endeavour to do something about it. I am familiar with the difficulties that arise, and when we come to the Minister’s Vote I will quote him chapter and verse on the snags and difficulties with which local authorities are faced, and which he may be able to eliminate administratively. But what I am concerned about, and most people are concerned about, is this anxiety on the part of the Minister, probably very laudable, to gather unto himself all the power, whereas in my humble opinion he would get far better results by delegating his powers down. That is the direction I would like to see: I would like to see delegation down the line. We talk about plans and things of that kind—there are services in regard to townships—and all get into the bottle-neck of the National Housing Commission. Whereas there are highly trained officials employed by local authorities to draw up plans for various services and structures, I believe that the time has come, in view of the necessity to do something with this very thorny problem, that delegation of authority should be the new idea, to industrialize it, as the hon. Minister said. If I may translate “industrialization”, I would say “industrialization is to get more people at the job”. If the hon. Minister would adopt that line of action, I am sure he would get far better results. There is no question about it, Sir, that all the legislation in the world (and we are getting plenty these days) can never take the place of the persons on the job, who have to lay the bricks and put on the plaster, lay the water-pipes, install the power and so forth. You cannot have all this business centralized in one office in Pretoria, although some things have been delegated to branches throughout the country.

As I say the intentions of the Minister merit some praise, but I believe his method of attacking the problems are incorrect. Local authorities are experienced people; local government is a system which obtains in this country and I do appeal to him to realize that they, the local authorities, are willing to help (although he sometimes does not think so). They have done a tremendous amount of work. They have already tackled the problems themselves, and they have gone a long way towards resolving them. When he quotes the number of houses which we need, as he does from time to time, it is interesting to see how the need is becoming less and less and how we are beginning to make inroads into this enormous backlog, which is due not so much to immigrants, but to the drift to the towns. So I ask the hon. Minister to give us some information on the points I have raised.

*Mr. W. C. MALAN:

We appreciate the fact that the Opposition are supporting this Bill, but when one looks at the way in which they are doing so, one wishes that they would rather oppose it, because there are so many qualifications attached to their support that one feels more inclined to attack them. The hon. member who has just sat down spoke about the delegation of powers to local authorities, powers which, supposedly, will produce much better results than the method the Minister wants to employ. I agree with the hon. member that such a delegation of powers will work reasonably well in 90 out of 100 cases, but unfortunately it will not work in the remaining 10 cases, because there are local authorities who for reasons of their own refuse to cooperate with the Minister and his Department. This measure proposes to grant the Minister the power to take action himself in such cases, I repeat what I have said, and that is that while the method suggested by the hon. member will work reasonably well and produce very good results in 90 out of 100 cases, the Minister must still have the necessary powers to act in the remaining 10 cases. I can mention quite a number of municipalities where it is necessary for the Minister to take the power into his own hands and to provide the necessary housing facilities.

We all agree that there is an acute shortage of housing, for the simple reason that this country is experiencing an economic boom that is unparalleled in its history and as a result of which people who formerly lived in slums now have to get decent houses. It is not so much because of the immigrants that more houses are required, but because of the boom in the economy of our country, a boom which is the direct result of the steps taken by this Government over the past 17 years. It is a fact, however, that certain local authorities have not done what was required to meet the urgent need for housing.

*Mr. MILLER:

I take it you are referring to Jansenville?

*Mr. BEZUIDENHOUT:

No, to the Johannesburg City Council!

*Mr. W. C. MALAN:

I am speaking from personal experience. The Town Council of Paarl has also failed to make the necessary provision. I just mention this as an example to illustrate what I mean. Over the past 30 years no provision was made for housing for Whites in Paarl. Land for this purpose was bought 9 years ago, but no building operations were commenced, on the excuse that group areas had not yet been proclaimed. That was why building operations could not be commenced. But in the meantime, in August 1963, group areas were proclaimed; up to the present day, however, not a single house has been completed, in spite of the fact that building work has been in progress for the past 10 months. Apparently this state of affairs is not due to the Town Council not realizing that there is an urgent need for housing, but to their not sufficiently appreciating the existing need, because why is it necessary to take 10 months over building a few houses?

*Mr. GORSHEL:

Yes, if there is a Nationalist-controlled town council!

*Mr. W. C. MALAN:

I mention these things to point out how necessary it is for the Minister to get the powers he is seeking in Clause 5 of the Bill. The Minister should have the power to take action himself in such cases and to meet the housing need with the assistance of the Housing Commission.

Because we all agree with the principles of this Bill and because we all agree that there is a tremendous need for housing, we may just as well end this debate by telling the Minister to carry on and to implement this Bill so that we may meet the urgent housing needs of our people. Because nothing has been done during the past 30 years to provide, housing for Whites in Paarl the need is so great that I am afraid the Minister will have to take action there as well by using his powers to provide the necessary accommodation. I sincerely hope that he will do so.

Mr. MILLER:

The hon. member for Paarl, who has just sat down, said that over the last 30 years very little was done in respect of housing for Whites …

Mr. W. C. MALAN:

I referred to Paarl.

Mr. MILLER:

Oh, did the hon. member refer to Paarl only? Well, in that case he ought to know best because he comes from there. Mr. Speaker, last year the hon. the Minister concluded his introduction of a Bill amending the Housing Act by saying (Hansard Vol 10, col. 5226)—

In recommending this Bill to the House I want to reiterate that there are very few new principles involved. Actually, all that is aimed at is the adjustment of a number of sections of the principal Act to meet the present day conditions and requirements.

When commencing his address on that occasion he said there were certain important principles which had to be incorporated in the Act. To-day, however, he reversed that procedure in that he said that the amendments proposed in this Bill were simple, minor and administrative matters, matters which he thought should be incorporated in the Act in order to enable him to prepare the ground for a consolidation of the principal Act.

The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

Do you agree with the amendments?

Mr. MILLER:

I shall deal with them in due course, if the Minister will permit me to. The hon. member for Parow (Mr. S. F. Kotzé) then entered the debate in support of the Minister with an extremely well-prepared and carefully thought out address in which he pointed out what an important lot of amendments these were. These, he said, were absolutely necessary to speed up the provision of housing in this country because the position was serious. He, in fact, came to the conclusion that we were experiencing a crisis as regards housing. In the circumstances I hope that the Minister and his followers may come to some agreement as to what exactly the objective of these amendments is.

As far as we on this side of the House are concerned, the leading speaker from this side has already indicated that we support these amendments principally because we agree with the hon. member for Parow. We know, for instance, that the Minister is faced with certain difficulties and that he must get on with the provision of housing. Well, when a man comes to this House and says that he must get on with the provision of houses for the community, then that does our hearts a great deal of good because to do that has been a fundamental part of the policy of this side of the House over very many years, a policy which has been carried out with tremendous success in this country, and a policy on which I am happy to see the Minister is trying to build a very sound structure.

But let me return to the Bill, and let me deal with Clause 5 first. Certain amendments are going to be moved to this clause because the powers of the commission are being extended considerably. By proposing that the commission shall be exempt from any town-planning scheme and by adding paragraphs (d) and (e) and a new sub-section (2), we believe that the Minister is virtually extending his powers. However, there are times when we on this side of the House should give the Government powers to do certain things. Such powers, however, must then be limited to the foreseeable future and, indeed, I think the Minister, if he carries out what he undertakes to do, ought to be able to do that in a very short time especially in view of these extensive powers now being asked. Therefore, as has already been indicated, we shall move an amendment in the committee stage limiting the period during which these powers shall be operative. A further amendment will also be moved to ensure that local authorities and the Administrator concerned shall be aware of the various changes brought about by the commission by virtue of it being exempt from certain restrictions in title deeds, from certain conditions of establishment of township schemes and from other ordinances and bylaws of local authorities and the provinces.

The Minister talked about arrangements between himself and the Treasury which will enable him to spread funds over a wider surface and thus do much more in this field. The hope has even been expressed that the Housing Fund might have sufficient funds and that it will thus not be necessary to come to Parliament for further appropriations. But then the Minister should tell us what he has failed to tell us up to now, i.e. whether he can spend the funds and whether he can spend it soon? I ask this because if the Minister is seeking a change in the administrative side of his funding, he must at least be able to give us the assurance that he will be able to spend the money. I admit that the spending of these funds depends also on the available labour forces, material, etc. A while ago the Minister issued a certain statement to the Press but when a question was put to him in this House about what he intends doing, a question which enabled him to tell this House and learn its reaction thereto, his reply was a very terse one to the effect that we should refer to his Press statement. That I did not think to be a courteous reply from the Minister.

The SPEAKER:

Order! That really has nothing to do with this Bill.

Mr. MILLER:

I have made my point. Sir …

The SPEAKER:

The hon. member should then come back to the Bill.

Mr. MILLER:

I am dealing, Sir, with the fact that the Minister wants more funds for housing. That is what he said in his opening remarks in regard to Clause 2 and Clause 4. These clauses deal with the way in which excess interest can be appropriated for extensions to present and other schemes. Surely the hon. the Minister does not want me to forget that issue?

The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

That has nothing to do with building control.

Mr. MILLER:

I should like the Minister to tell us what steps he is taking to spend the money, how he is going to avoid certain buildings being proceeded with, buildings for which plans have been submitted, and how he has seen fit to refuse R8,000,000 worth of building projects being proceeded with at the present time. I ask this because he himself in previous statements, statements which I can quote from Hansard if necessary, said, that it was essential that not only the Government and local authorities but also the private sector should play an important part in respect of the provision of housing. The private sector also must, therefore, provide funds. Now, if there is a limitation in respect of this sector, then the Minister must tell us why he is limiting it. He must also tell us how he intends overcoming the problem, particularly in view of the fact that he is asking for additional powers for the purpose of, firstly, making funds more readily available and, secondly, overcoming any obstacles that might be in his way. He owes it to this House to inform us about these points. This is the platform he should make use of to do that.

The hon. member for Parow talked about a dynamic department. He said this Bill would enable the building programme to be speeded up. He also said that the powers the Minister was seeking, were necessary. Well, we hope that that will be the position because we say that the present backlog is due to the inability of the Government to plan properly and correctly, and to plan as any government should plan when it is faced with tremendous economic development. The Government’s immigration plans came on the scene very late and its plans for housing even later. Something which the Minister—being one of the chief propagandists who at one time spoke against immigration on the grounds that it would take away homes from the people, let alone other things —should know …

The SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member must now come back to the Bill.

Mr. MILLER:

Therefore I say that the reason why the Minister comes with this type of measure again is because he has failed to meet the obligation he has to the nation to provide adequate housing of a satisfactory type. I want to say further that these powers he is taking to exempt the commission from certain ordinances and township schemes and conditions of establishment, he could well have given to the local authorities, and not overburdened his Department, as he now wants to do, with work which was traditionally done by the local authority. Let me draw the attention of the Minister to this. I only quote the City of Johannesburg because it is a big local authority which has played a very important part in housing. In their own Budget delivered in June last year, when they set aside capital to the extent of R33,000,000 and ordinary expenditure to the extent of R67,000,000, they said that this coming year for the first time something is to be set aside specifically as the nucleus for the provision for urban renewal. I would like the Minister to know that there are parts of a big city like that, such as Jeppes …

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! Order! That has nothing to do with this Bill.

Mr. MILLER:

But the hon. member for Umlazi (Mr. Lewis) was told by the Minister that he was going to do this in District Six.

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member must come back to the Bill.

Mr. MILLER:

All I want to tell the Minister is that the money and the power he is seeking could well have been delegated. He is asking approval for these additional powers, but I say those powers could well have been delegated because there are blighted areas which local authorities have not been able to improve because they did not have the power to do so.

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member must come back to the Bill now.

Mr. MILLER:

I have read the Bill very thoroughly. I only know that when the supporters of the hon. the Minister in this House deal exactly with the matters I am dealing with …

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order!

Mr. MILLER:

I apologize if you, Sir, thought I was casting any reflection. I really intended attacking the Minister. The position is that in the problem of housing we always have to realize one important factor, and that is that one has to be cautious with regard to established practice. One of the problems that faces us when we seek sweeping powers such as are contained in Clause 5 is that there should be no interference with established schemes and that when one thinks of providing more houses than are allowed on a site one must take into account the surrounding and contiguous areas. I think the Minister should give us an assurance in this respect. He cannot regard this amendment as an administrative one. Here is an amendment which could well cut into an established complex of township development, and I think we should get an assurance from the Minister that he will take all those factors into account in deciding at any stage, for the purpose of the better working of the Housing Act, that the number of dwellings which are to be greater than that provided for on the site do not allow the area to deteriorate. I think we need an assurance and the country needs an assurance that in granting the Minister these extraordinary powers he will be very careful to avoid infringing the rights of presently established areas; because unfortunately in the Minister’s opening speech we did not get the details I think we were entitled to get.

I want to say further that one does agree that when one is facing a difficulty such as the Minister is facing in the development of new housing schemes, you do find large tracts of land which have been incorporated into a township, where the land actually is large if one considers that it could be developed speedily but will be developed slowly because it needs a particular type of owner and a particularly large sum of money for development. But there are a number of those townships existing to-day away from the well built-up areas in the residential suburbs of many of our towns, and I think we would like to feel that the Minister will ensure that that type of township will be the type of township he will try to acquire and deal with; because that is where one has the opportunity of increasing the number of houses on a site, but at the same time making satisfactory provision for the necessary open spaces and the necessary amenities which will avoid any slum development. I think on that score we also need some assurance.

Then we come to the new sub-clause (e) which talks about the further sub-division of land. That virtually in many senses is complementary to (d), which talks about an additional number of dwellings. I think is is only fair to the House that we should have a full explanation of all these things. Generally, as we have said, we support every effort the Minister wishes to make and every power he seeks to enable him to get on with housing. I hope he will not find it necessary this year to follow the example both of this year and last year by interchanging the question of administrative requirements or necessitous requirements, to come for further amendments to the House, but rather to make use of the powers he already has in profusion to get on with the job. This side of the House wants to see housing. It wants the Minister to follow the example not only of previous Governments but also of long-established and far-seeing municipalities which have made a very fine job of housing. If he takes that example to heart we will make much more progress and will not have to come back to the House continuously for further powers.

*Mr. BEZUIDENHOUT:

The. hon. member for Florida (Mr. Miller) is so fond of referring to the “baa-baa” of Cradock, but I want to tell the hon. member that the hon. member for Cradock undoubtedly knows much more about the problems of the Rand …

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member must return to the Bill.

*Mr. BEZUIDENHOUT:

If one looks at the legislation before the House to-day, legislation which the Minister of Housing has placed before us because he is experiencing certain problems, and because it is a good law for solving these problems, one finds that the members of the Opposition are tripping over their own feet, just as I perhaps will, because they can say nothing against this law; and when we begin to trip over our own feet it is because there are such good clauses in the Bill. I want to tell the Minister that we welcome this legislation, Clause 5(1) (d), in particular, and I hope and trust that I interpret this clause correctly as meaning that the type of dwelling to be built or the value thereof or the materials that may be used in building it are all exempted from the various township ordinances. If we want to solve the housing problem in the Republic I am glad to see a clause being introduced here that helps the Minister to get rid of the old conventional methods of building we have had in the Republic. We have always believed that a house must be built of bricks and cements and of the best materials one can find. It was something fine and beautiful, and it was very hard for the local authorities ever to change their bye-laws to make it possible to use other types of building material; one could never persuade them to do so. That is why I am so glad to see this clause which grants the Minister the power to employ new methods of building, and I can reassure the hon. member for Florida that the Minister will be in a position to spend all the money at his disposal and that he will spend it well and quickly. Furthermore we are satisfied—even as regards (e), which he is worried about—that this is a responsible Minister with responsible head officials in his Department, and we are all satisfied that they will not build White locations. We are satisfied that, with these new suburbs or townships they are going to start, they will only give the best to the people, because they are inhabitants of the Republic after all. Regardless of whether they are Whites or non-Whites, we are satisfied that where the Minister is seeking these powers he will nevertheless see to it that all the requirements of modern township planning are met and that his planning is as modern and that all the facilities are provided as are provided in the suburb in which the hon. member for Florida lives: and even where I myself live. I say that the Minister will do these things here too, because we see that all our Bantu townships are being planned in the most modern way. Therefore the hon. member need have no fear that the planning will be inferior. The Minister wants to cut out all the red tape we know of in the town councils. The Minister is asking this Board to help him do this, and we all trip over this, because this is good legislation. The hon. member for Hospital (Mr. Gorshel) is going to speak next and I want to say this to him. If he wants to have his name honoured in this House he should get up and say only three words and tell the Minister that he welcomes this legislation. Then he will be doing some good.

Mr. GORSHEL:

Mr. Speaker, how can I be expected to take the advice of the hon. member for Brakpan when he says I should get up here and, following this example, say three words, and then he proceeds to use six words? In the light of the experience of my colleagues on this side of the House this afternoon, I was thinking of using two words instead of three—not six! I was very surprised to find that the hon. the Minister who introduced the Bill made an unusually brief speech to-day. As we know, the introductory speech is usually a survey of the Bill and its major implications, but I must say that the Minister has left much to the imagination in regard to the implications of the Bill. That being the case, one must necessarily discuss with him the Bill as it appears before the House, in order to try to find out just what there is in it, so that we will have a better idea of what the impact of this Bill will be on the provision of housing which the Minister says is the object of this Bill. For example, he was heard to say that the Housing Act was one of the most effective instruments of its kind in the world, and he said that this Bill was a case of providing a few minor amendments with an eye to the subsequent consolidation of all the legislation. I want to put this to the House: if this country can rightly boast of having the kind of legislation in regard to housing which makes it one of the most effective instruments in the world, then it is difficult to understand why the hon. member for Paarl (Mr. W. C. Malan) was able to point to certain facts which indicate that, even to this day, and even after this Bill is passed, there will still be a great deal to be done in regard to the effective provision of housing.

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member’s introductory remarks have been long enough. He must come back to the Bill.

Mr. GORSHEL:

I bow to your ruling, Sir. I want to deal first of all with the situation that will arise in the light of the most important clause in this Bill, Clause 5. I hope I may be permitted to say something about that. The hon. member for Brakpan pointed out that he could not understand why the hon. member for Florida, or the Opposition, could possibly object to Clause 5. Well, we perhaps see this in a different light. I am not prepared to say that we are necessarily right, but it is not a point of view which is completely beyond consideration—the fact that we have this objection to this clause. There was a time—and •we have heard this again this afternoon—when only the local authorities were to blame for the shortage of housing in South Africa. You, Sir, heard two speeches of that nature this afternoon. It was due to the dilatoriness or the neglect of the local authorities and nothing else, and in fact the hon. member for Paarl went so far as to say that he could give many examples of local authorities which had compelled the Minister to come with this sort of legislation, which deprived the local authorities of their traditional powers. Then, by way of interjection, I asked him to name an example, but he refused. Well, I want to name an example which is almost historical to-day; this was said in this honourable House in Column 8455 of Hansard about a certain local authority.

Mr. BEZUIDENHOUT:

The Hansard of which year is that?

Mr. GORSHEL:

It is the authorized version of Hansard Col. 8455, in English, not the abridged or my own version. Here is the following statement by an hon. member—

I want to put before the House the position of Pretoria. Unless the Minister gets these powers, Pretoria with its population of over 100,000 will not get the houses the people are crying out for. The Pretoria local authority has so far only agreed to build 100 sub-economic houses and notwithstanding the Minister’s statement in the House on previous occasions and again this morning, after meeting the local authorities from all parts of South Africa, and an agreement having eventually been arrived at by the Government that it would meet the losses on a basis of two to one, the evidence is that if they are to proceed with the full housing scheme programme their losses, which will have to be met by the ratepayers of Pretoria, would amount to at least £100,000 per annum and the City Council of Pretoria is not in the financial position to meet it.

The point I am trying to bring out, and having regard to what you, Sir, said to me a little earlier—I am not going to read five columns in the same strain even if you would be good enough to permit me—but the salient point I am trying to make is that the local authorities have not always been guilty of the kind of neglect, indifference or dilatoriness which now is sought as the justification for the taking of very sweeping powers. There were such difficulties as the financial arrangements between the local authorities and the Central Government. There was the question of the housing formula. This is the same Housing Commission. by whatever name you call it which was then replying, in regard to losses and the refund of losses to the local authority …

An HON. MEMBER:

Where does the local authority bear the loss?

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! I do not want hon. members to develop another line of argument and another subject matter which are not incorporated in the Bill. The hon. member must deal with the Bill.

Mr. GORSHEL:

As far as Clause 5 (1) (d) is concerned, and the justification we have heard from two hon. members and to some extent from the Minister, being the so-called neglect of the local authorities, I was trying to prove—as I can, ad infinitum and ad nauseum—that this is not true. Therefore I say that in the very brief speech the Minister made, he should have told us more about the need for the Bill, which we support in principle, but also the need for the sweeping powers he asks for, such as are particularly contained in Clause 5.

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! That can be more effectively dealt with in Committee.

Mr. GORSHEL:

Then may I deal with the clause in general, and its effect on those very authorities which are expected to co-operate with the Government and with the Commission—because they are still expected to cooperate, regardless of the accusation which have been hurled against them to-day. [Interjections.] When the Minister dealt with Clause 5, he said it was merely an extension of the provisions contained in the Act—presumably the principal Act—but that it would make that Act more effective, and he coupled that with the statement that since 1920 local authorities have allowed conditions to develop which compels the State to step in. Now, if you take a look at Clause 5 you may well wonder why it is necessary to go to the lengths of the clause as printed; e.g., if, in general terms, it is necessary to change by-laws in order to deal, as the clause does, with methods of building and types of building material and new methods of construction, one wonders why we have to come to the stage where even the right to decide how and where that dwelling shall be sited on an erf, is no longer the function of the local authority. I am not discussing the sub-clause in detail, but I am discussing the effect of this clause in all its provisions— whereas hon. members opposite have leaned very heavily on only one, which is the change in regard to the nature of building construction and the materials to be employed. But there is a great deal more—it incorporates a number of other provisions which have nothing whatever to do with the methods of construction. So I want to ask hon. members opposite whether they will be good enough, since the Minister has not dealt with this aspect of the matter, to explain why the further sub-division of land in a township must be dealt with as it is dealt with in this clause. Hon. members should surely want to question, e.g., why endowment and the payment of endowment is done away with completely by this clause: and as for the restrictions on the transfer of land, this has nothing to do with building construction methods or with the nature of the materials used, whether they are prefabricated or fabricated on the site, or the conventional brick and mortar or concrete and steel. Hon. members opposite will surely want to ask why these provisions are also incorporated in the same clause, and why these powers should have to be given to the Minister. When one considers that the Minister has indicated that all is well in all the fields of housing in South Africa because of the powers with which he has already been armed, and that there will be a great improvement if he is armed with these additional powers asked for in this clause, one is entitled to point out to the Minister that there is still a great deal of dissatisfaction not merely about the dearth of housing, with which I do not propose to deal, but with the nature and quality of the housing provided by the latest and most modern methods which do meet with the approval of the Minister. [Interjection.] One is entitled to ask the Minister whether he is aware of these comments which have appeared in the local Press very recently, in the Cape Times of 27 February this year, where there is a reference to mass produced houses at Guguletu. We have been told that because of our housing legislation, even without this Bill, we have the finest instrument for housing in the world.

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order: The hon. member must come back to this Bill.

Mr. GORSHEL:

May I point to the fact that the nature of the construction methods …

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member must come back to the Bill now.

Mr. GORSHEL:

I want to deal with 5 (1) (b).

Mr. SPEAKER:

The hon. member can do that in Committee. He must come back to the Bill now or resume his seat.

Mr. GORSHEL:

Then I want to say about the Bill—in general terms, since I can only speak about it in general terms—that it seems that the Bill itself is not a complete solution to the housing problems which confront the Minister, the Government and the people of South Africa. It is not sufficient to legislate on the basis that because you control every detail of the procedure, every detail of the nature of the materials, the construction methods, the sitting of the house, the question of sub-division—everything that has any bearing at all on the matter—that you are then automatically assured of good housing. My reason for saying that is that inevitably any government and any minister, including this Minister, as determined as he may be, will come up against the fact that he does need the co-operation at least of the local authorities which wish to co-operate. I am amazed that this very simple point seems to have been overlooked completely by hon. members on the other side in discussing this Bill, because the hon. the Minister himself has told the Committee that by and large the local authorities of South Africa have co-operated and do cooperate in the provision of housing. Now, Sir, I want to ask this: If the hon. Minister considers the simple fact that since he has already got to the stage where most, if not all, of these local authorities are co-operating without any such legislation being forced on them, is there not something to be said for trying to ensure, not that those who are already co-operating are maneouvred into a position where they have no function and no authority in housing in their own area (which will be the effect of part of Clause 5), but that measures should rather be taken against recalcitrant local authorities, those recalcitrant local authorities who appear to be known to hon. members on the other side of the House, who appear to be known to the hon. member for Paarl (Mr. W. C. Malan)—he refuses to mention them, but they must certainly be known to the hon. the Minister. Would it not be better, fairer and simpler to proceed to legislate against those recalcitrant local authorities, to ensure that the unwilling ones are compelled to co-operate with the Department over which the hon. the Minister presides? That, I think, is germane to the whole discussion, and I sincerely hope that the hon. the Minister will give us an answer to this question—because without that answer, while we have already said that we support the principle of the Bill because of the urgent need for housing, we believe and we will continue to believe that the provisions of the Bill are of such a nature as to take the measure generally, going as far as it does go, way out of the line of the normal procedure that the Government should adopt vis-à-vis the local authorities. I hope the hon. the Minister will deal with that matter when he rises to reply.

*Mr. J. A. SCHLEBUSCH:

We on this side of the House wholeheartedly support this Bill. That is really the difference between ourselves and hon. members on the other side; the way in which they support this Bill is to criticize it …

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member must come back to the Bill.

*Mr. J. A. SCHLEBUSCH:

We on this side give our wholehearted support to this Bill because it makes special provision to meet a need in our national life.

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! That point has been made repeatedly, already; it is not necessary to emphasize it again.

*Mr. J. A. SCHLEBUSCH:

I will try then to raise a few new points in respect of this Bill, because we on this side feel that this is an important piece of legislation that we have before the House. The provision that is being made here to promote family life is extremely important.

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! That relates to the principal Act; it has nothing to do with this Bill.

*Mr. J. A. SCHLEBUSCH:

Sir, I do not want to go into the specific clauses but I just want to point out in general that hon. members on the other side object to certain principles contained in this Bill. It is precisely on the ground of the particular principles to which reference has been made here that we feel that it is so essential to place this measure on the Statute Book. Reference has been made here to Clause 5 (b), amongst other things, which gives certain powers to the Minister. Hon. members on that side object to the granting of those powers to the Minister. We on this side feel that it is essential to grant these powers to the Minister to enable him to meet the need that exists to build houses for our population. The need to provide housing is a very serious one, and we who come into contact with the voters in our constituencies realize how extremely essential and important it is to build houses. However, we must not only say that we are going to build houses; we must remove all the stumbling-blocks which sometimes make it impossible for the Minister to provide the necessary housing. Steps are being taken under this measure to remove those stumbling-blocks.

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member can raise those matters in the Committee Stage.

Mr. OLDFIELD:

The hon. member who has just resumed his seat, mentioned the fact that we should get on with the job of building houses. When I listened to the Minister introducing this Bill I was filled with the hope that this was a step towards the provision of more housing for our people. The hon. the Minister, in support of this Bill, stressed the necessity of providing more housing. The hon. member for Umlazi (Mr. Lewis) has dealt in some detail with the shortage of housing amongst the various racial groups. I think he has adequately stated the attitude of the Opposition and that is that we will give all the support we can to the Government in an attempt to make more housing available. Clause 5 substitutes a new section for Section 44 of the principal Act. It exempts the commission from certain by-laws and from the provisions of a town planning scheme of a local authority. I think the mechanics of finding ways and means of providing more housing constitutes the most important principle in the Bill. The hon. the Minister has indicated that there is a necessity to increase those powers so as to bring into their ambit exemption from town planning schemes of local authorities. This particular aspect is one which we naturally view with a certain degree of trepidation as far as these extended powers are concerned. The hon. the Minister, in introducing the Bill, indicated that he intended moving an amendment in the Committee Stage under which consultation with the Administrators would be necessary. I believe that would be an improvement to the Bill in the form it now stands. Looking at this Bill from the aspect of whether it will provide the necessary machinery to build more houses is. I think, a very important factor. I think we have to find ways and means of reducing the red tape. In other words, if we can reduce the red tape, do less talking and provide more houses, we shall then be meeting this very long-felt need as far as housing is concerned.

In regard to this question of providing additional housing and the exemption from the town planning scheme of local authorities, I looked to see what provision already existed in the machinery that is provided for more houses. I should like to say that the Minister and his Department are to be complimented on the compilation of a housing code which sets out in a great deal of detail the machinery that does exist under the present Housing Act to provide more housing. The more I studied this housing code the more did I realize that the Minister and the commission already has vast powers. That is why we have to view the additional step which is being taken here whereby further exemption is sought, exemption from town planning schemes, from the angle of whether or not it is justified. When looking at this housing code I find that this is a guide which I am sure will be of great assistance to local authorities throughout the country. It will to some extent obviate certain difficulties and delays which exist in the provision of additional housing.

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! That is something apart from this Bill. It has no direct bearing on this Bill.

Mr. OLDFIELD:

With respect, Mr. Speaker. I am trying to indicate what the existing powers are and why it is deemed necessary to extend those powers in terms of this Bill. I am trying to make the point that the powers which exist already enables the commission to deal with cases of dilatoriness on the part of local authorities. It is provided here that unless the local authorities have proceeded with their schemes after a period of six months the commission has certain powers which are outlined. These existing powers are now being amended and substituted by the new Clause 5 and the principle involved in the extension of those powers in terms of the substitution of Section 44 of the principal Act, is that it now aims to include a town planning scheme. In that respect this housing code sets out the Department’s requirements in regard to town planning. This is a guide to local authorities. It means that in terms of the Bill which is now before us the Housing Commission will be exempt from the various regulations and also from the town planning schemes of those local authorities.

The point I want to make is this, that in terms of this housing code, on page 28 where, it deals with town planning schemes, it says, this—

In local authority areas where a town planning scheme is in operation it should be determined what requirements of the scheme should be complied with in the establishment of a township. Such requirements determine, for example, the minimum size of a residential plot, building lines, side spaces and coverage. If the requirements of a town planning scheme are contrary to the recommendations or requirements of the Department of Community Development steps will have to be taken to amend the town planning scheme.

That is the machinery which is already provided for and outlined in this particular housing code. The question arises whether it is really necessary for the hon. the Minister to take this additional power in terms of this Bill. I think the hon. the Minister should explain more fully to the House what he has in mind and what the reasons are for asking for these additional powers. The Minister, when introducing the Bill, mentioned the fact that there were certain difficulties such as local authorities having town planning schemes in the course of preparation. That is perhaps the main stumbling block as far as the Government is concerned. But before these powers were sought the hon. the Minister had already embarked upon and made an announcement in regard to his crash housing programme. My point is this: Was the Minister aware of this stumbling block and did he anticipate that it would be necessary to introduce a Bill of this type extending the powers of the Commission prior to making the announcement that this housing crash programme could be completed or was hoped to be completed within a period of 18 months. I think the hon. the Minister has made great strides in providing housing of adequate standards and in using more modern methods of construction. I don’t intend going into the details of this clause, but it also deals with the types of houses involved. I know the hon. the Minister will be strongly guided by the Louw Report which was a report on prefabricated building elements and certain other building material and building methods. This is a very important document which makes certain recommendations as far as building regulations are concerned. They recommend that those regulations should be uniform throughout the four provinces. It also makes important recommendations as a result of a survey and an inquiry they had with the building research section of the C.S.I.R. and the examination of other new modern methods of construction. The important point as far as the method of construction is concerned, is this additional power to be exempt from the town-planning scheme, and it is one that requires a statement from the hon. the Minister to ensure that those persons who already own property and who are somewhat concerned that the commission might use these vast powers that are going to be provided for in this Bill to bring forward their own town-planning scheme in close proximity to their existing properties. Many of these people view with a certain degree of worry and anxiety the possibility that the Housing Commission may embark upon their own scheme close proximity to their existing properties. They fear that the properties that are to be erected by the Housing Commission will not be of a sufficiently high enough standard to fit into the general area and that it might result in the depreciation of their own property. That is why I hope that the hon. Minister will give an assurance that such a scheme as he envisages, the exemption of which he will receive from local authorities, will not mean that properties of an inferior type will be erected in an area in close proximity of perhaps a residential area of a high standard.

The other steps that the hon. Minister has taken without the provisions of this Bill, was the establishment in the Durban area of a committee, which he announced the other day, a committee consisting of members of his Department and representatives of the Durban City Council, and according to a statement made by the Mayor of Durban, this was in order to sweep away red-tape that had been holding up the council’s crash housing programmes. I would like to ask the hon. Minister whether it is his intention to establish similar committee’s in the other main local authority areas where an acute shortage of housing also exists. We are pleased that the hon. Minister has indicated that he intends moving an amendment during the Committee Stage so as to bring about consultation with the Administrators. At the same time we can only see a success of a speed-programme if it is carried out in full consultation with the local authorities, and in addition to that of course we realize that the hon. Minister is faced with the difficulty of materials and the extreme manpower shortage in the building industry. However, we are dealing here with the question of providing the mechanics to provide more housing for the people, and let us hope that from these provisions and these additional powers which are being given to the Minister, we will see a vast improvement in the situation. We had hoped that last year’s amendment to the Housing Act was going to provide the necessary machinery for the more expeditious establishment of more housing units throughout the Republic. Unfortunately, the advance has not been as great as one might have hoped, the backlog has increased and there is still an acute shortage. It is hoped that the powers that are going to be taken in this Bill will achieve the end of providing more houses that are urgently needed for that section of the people who require housing.

Mr. TUCKER:

This is one of the shorter Bills with which we have to deal this Session. It is a Bill of very great importance, both in respect of its contents and its object. I would like to say that I hope that when this Bill is passed into law, it is going to give the Minister, as he said in his second-reading speech, powers which are essential to enable him to play the part which he would like to play in dealing with the housing problems of this country.

As I say, the Bill vests very great powers in the hon. Minister, and I believe that it will be necessary when it comes to the Committee Stage, to go into considerable detail with the hon. Minister so that he can tell us exactly the powers he proposed to exercise and the field which he desires to cover. I would like to raise some of the matters at this point very briefly with the hon. the Minister because they are of very great importance. The powers contained in the proposed Section 44, as it will be after amendment, are powers which not only put the Minister in a very strong position, but which, if properly exercised, can be of very great importance as far as this country is concerned. Sir, one of the things which have unquestionably delayed housing in this country is the out-of-date regulations which many of our cities have in respect of housing, and the fact that the attempts to get away from the standardized methods which have been adopted over a long period of years, have been frustrated, and this has unquestionably been a limiting factor. The powers in this Bill (I cannot go beyond the Bill) give the Minister the right to sweep those powers aside, but they do not really deal fully with the problem because the existing regulations restrict the efforts of others who are working in the housing field as well. I am referring in particular to out-of-date building regulations by which the Minister will no longer be bound. He has full power here to streamline the position and to use materials at present not allowed by building regulations. The Bill is quite specific in giving those powers to the hon. Minister. He will not be subject to restrictions which have, I believe, restricted building in South Africa and thereby have increased the housing shortage from which this country is suffering at the present time. I can only express the hope that in the exercise of these powers great responsibility will be exercised. Of this I have no doubt that there will be consultation with local authorities. But I do express the hope that as a result of the exercise of these powers, new and improved methods of construction which we know have been evolved in various parts of the world will become possible as a result of the exercise of these powers. This applies particularly in the use of materials and of methods of construction which will depart from the completely out-o-date methods which have limited housing construction in this country over a long period. I hope that if the hon. the Minister is successful in bringing about a change in this respect; that he will, through the proper channels, bring pressure to bear on the municipalities to do away with these regulations which apply not only to one city in South Africa, but in most of our major cities and most of the smaller towns. In respect of this matter, I can only wish the Minister good luck in his effort to bring about a change. I hope it will not be left there because I do not believe that in this country we cannot afford to continue on the basis that something which is a dire necessity as far as the public is concerned should be delayed by provisions which should have been taken off our Statute Book a long time ago. While I welcome this provision in the Bill, I want to tell the Minister that a great responsibility rests upon him in the exercise of these powers, and I think the Minister realizes this. I know, e.g. of certain plans the Minister has in my constituency, and I am very glad to say that persons who have seen the plans in the course of tendering tell me that the standard of dwelling to be erected is fully in line with existing houses in that neighbourhood. Obviously these powers allow the Minister to sweep across provisions such as the number of houses which can be built on a particular plot of land. This could be misused. I most sincerely hope that apart from getting down to the job of dealing with this tremendous problem the Minister will show the utmost reasonableness in maintaining the standards which have been set while using new methods, and maintaining the general attractiveness of most of the new residential areas which have grown up around our major cities. The Minister, I believe, can set a very good example if he continues on the lines on which he has started, by providing attractive dwellings. Where he does find it necessary to sweep across something which has been accepted in the form of town planning regulations, I hope the Minister will give us the assurance that there will be no departure from the standards we have seen in the new towns and villages going up. I believe that this Bill can result in an improvement in housing and lead to the adoption of new methods of construction which I believe are long overdue in this country. But above all I hot>e that in the exercise of these powers there will be a degree of care which will lead to the maintenance of the splendid standards which in my opinion private enterprise has set in recent years in providing really attractive neighbourhood units which are a credit to this country.

*The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

The hon. member for Germiston (District) (Mr. Tucker) has made a very interesting contribution to the debate, and I want to thank him for it because I think we are not sufficiently aware of the absolute necessity to make a break-through in South Africa with regard to the utilization of new materials and new building methods. The hon. member is perfectly correct in saying that the powers for which we are asking here in Clause 5 are largely powers which relate to the problem of the use of new methods. Last year when we amended the Housing Act, we gave certain powers to the local authorities with a view to enabling them to act more expeditiously and more efficiently and to make use of new building methods. I just want to read out to hon. members what amendments we effected to show how important this step is. In Section 55 of the Act we brought about amendments which are tantamount to the following—

Any local authority which is constructing an approved dwelling or is carrying out an approved scheme, and any utility company or other body to which a local authority housing loan has been granted in terms of paragraph (a) or (b) of sub-section (1) of Section 49 for the purpose of enabling such utility company or other body to construct an approved dwelling or to carry out an approved scheme, as the case may be, shall at the request of the Minister be exempted by the Administrator from the provisions of any by-law, regulation, town-planning scheme or the conditions of establishment of a township prescribed by the Administrator, townships board or townships commission concerned relating to the type of dwelling to be constructed …

We then found, after we had given these powers to the local authorities and to the utility companies, that as a result of the interpretation placed upon the Act, these powers were not in fact available to the National Housing Commission; and the main reason why we are coming forward with this amendment now is to make it clear beyond a shadow of doubt that the National Housing Commission will have the same powers as those granted to the local authorities last year in this connection.

*Mr. TUCKER:

Is it the intention that in every case where the Minister makes use of these powers, it will be done in consultation with the municipality concerned?

*The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

Yes, that is always done.

Business interrupted in accordance with Standing Order No. 23 and debate adjourned until to-morrow.

The House adjourned at 7 p.m.

TUESDAY, 16 MARCH 1965 Mr. SPEAKER took the Chair at 2.20 p.m. QUESTIONS

For oral reply:

*I and *II Mr. OLDFIELD

—Reply standing over.

*III Mr. E. G. Malan

—Reply standing over.

Report on Earnings of Married Women *IV Mr. ROSS

asked the Minister of Finance:

  1. (1) Whether he has received the report of his Department, mentioned by him on 19 June 1964, in regard to the taxation of the earnings of married women;
  2. (2) whether he has received any complaints in regard to the deductions made under the P.A.Y.E. system from the earnings of married women in the Cape, compared with the deductions made from the earnings of married men and widows; if so, what was the nature of the complaints;
  3. (3) whether he will consider amending the P.A.Y.E. schedules of deductions from the earnings of married women; if not, why not.
The MINISTER OF SOCIAL WELFARE AND PENSIONS (for the Minister of Finance):
  1. (1) Yes.
  2. (2) Yes, I have received one such complaint. The nature of the complaint was that the rate of employees’ tax deducted from the remuneration of a married woman is higher than that applicable to a married man.
  3. (3) No. The tables give effect to the letter and spirit of the Income Tax Act in the normal run of cases. For exceptional cases ample provision is made under the discretionary powers vested in the Secretary for Inland Revenue.
Mr. ROSS:

Arising out of the reply is the hon. the Minister aware that, for instance, my deduction is R313 per annum and a lady member’s deduction is R720 per annum, more than double.

The MINISTER OF SOCIAL WELFARE AND PENSIONS:

I am replying on behalf of my colleague, and it stands to reason that I cannot give that reply. The hon. member must put his question on the Order Paper.

Better Trucks for Livestock Transportation *V. Brig. BRONKHORST (for Mr. Dodds)

asked the Minister of Transport:

Whether any investigation has been made into the possibility of improving the type of truck used for the transportation by rail of cattle, sheep and goats in order to reduce losses; if so, with what result; if not, why not.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

Yes; investigations are being conducted in conjunction with the Department of Agricultural Technical Services but finality has not yet been reached.

Availability of Witnesses at Parity Investigation *VI. Mr. GORSHEL

asked the Minister of Justice:

  1. (1) Whether the question of taking steps to ensure that every person in possession of information which may be useful to the Commission of Enquiry into the collapse of the Parity Insurance Company Limited will remain in South Africa or be compelled to return to South Africa to give evidence before the Commission, has been referred to his Department;
  2. (2) whether he will make a statement in regard to the matter.
The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:
  1. (1) Yes.
  2. (2) The provisions applicable in criminal cases do not apply in the case of a Commission. Such administrative steps as are called for in each case will nevertheless be taken.
*VII. Mr. E. G. MALAN

—Reply standing over.

Elimination of Racial Discrimination *VIII. Brig. BRONKHORST (for Mr. E. G. Malan)

asked the Minister of Foreign Affairs:

  1. (1) Whether he made a statement on 30 September, 1964, in regard to the Government’s policy related to the elimination of racial discrimination; if so. (a) where, (b) on what occasion and (c) what were the contents of the statement;
  2. (2) whether copies of the statement were given to news dissemination bodies; if so, to what bodies;
  3. (3) whether he made any other statements in regard to the Government’s racial policy on the same occasion; if so,
  4. (4) whether he will lay the statements upon the Table.
The MINISTER OF FOREIGN AFFAIRS:

(1), (2), (3) and (4) No, I made no statements. I did however grant an interview to a representative of the press in Berlin on the date mentioned and, in answer to his questions, I explained certain aspects of the Government’s policy, as announced and elucidated repeatedly here and elsewhere.

Common Voters’ Roll *IX. Brig. BRONKHORST

asked the Minister of Coloured Affairs:

Whether at a meeting in London during 1964 he was questioned by a South African citizen in regard to the attitude of the Government towards the inclusion of Coloured voters on the common roll; if so, (a) on what date, (b) what was the name of the questioner and (c) what was his statement in reply to the question.

The MINISTER OF COLOURED AFFAIRS:

No. If the hon. member’s question refers to an alleged statement by Mr. Blyth Thompson. I can inform him that Mr. Thompson has denied the statement. The Government and I have always been against the idea of a common roll for Coloureds and Whites. This is still our policy.

*X. Mr. ROSS

—Reply standing over.

Control of the Transkei Coast *XI. Brig. BRONKHORST (for Mr. D. E. Mitchell)

asked the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development:

Whether the whole of the Transkei coast is under the control of the Transkei Government; if not, what parts of the coast are not under its control.

The MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:

No; up to high water mark no part of the Transkeian coast falls under the control of the Transkeian Government. The Transkei otherwise consists of the Bantu areas within the districts mentioned in Section 2 of the Transkei Constitution Act, 1963 (Act No. 48 of 1963).

Take-over of Interest in P. J. Joubert Ltd. *XII. Mr. GORSHEL

asked the Minister of Justice:

What were the merits of the application to take over a substantial interest in P. J. Joubert and Company Limited.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

The hon. member is referred to the provisions of Section 31 (4) and Section 45 bis (2) of the Liquor Act, 1928 (Act No. 30 of 1928).

Bank Robbery and Murder

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE replied to Question No. *X, by Mr. Thompson, standing over from 9 March.

Question:
  1. (1) How many cases of (a) bank robbery and (b) murder were reported during each of the years ended 30 June 1948, 1958, 1963 and 1964;
  2. (2) what percentage of cases in each of these categories was classified as undetected in each of these years.
Reply:
  1. (1) (a) and (2) (a) Statistics of bank robberies are not separately kept but are included in the general crime of robbery, consequently the information asked for is not available.
  2. (1) (b) and (2) (b) The hon. member is referred to the annual reports of the Commissioner of Police for the respective years in which the required statistics are contained.
Communists and Strikes in South Africa

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE replied to Question No. VIII, by Mr. J. A. Marais, standing over from 12 March.

Question:

Whether any police report on communistic activities in South Africa, with special reference to a strike of Bantu mineworkers on the Witwatersrand, was submitted to the Government in or about 1947; if so, what were the findings and the recommendations of the police.

Reply:

Yes. The investigations revealed the existence of a well organized and active Communist Party which had as its aim the overthrow of the existing order by means of a revolution and the take over of trade unions in which it had strong representation. Also that the party was responsible for the mine-workers strike. The report as a whole left no doubt as to the danger and threats the Communist Party held in store for the country at that time.

Social Development of Bantu Communities.

The DEPUTY MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT replied to Question No. *X, by Mr. Oldfield, standing over from 12 March.

Question:
  1. (1) Whether a social research section has been created in his Department; if so, (a) when and (b) what surveys have been or are being undertaken;
  2. (2) whether further research into other aspects of social research is contemplated; if so, into what aspects.
Reply:
  1. (1) Yes, as part of the Division “Social Development”, a section “Research and Statistics” was created.
    1. (a) 1 October 1961.
    2. (b) A general survey regarding the social development of Bantu communities is being undertaken.
  2. (2) Surveys of various aspects of social-care problems and needs are in progress or will be undertaken in due course.
Report on Health Services in Bantu Areas

The DEPUTY MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT replied to Question No. *XI, by Mr. Oldfield, standing over from 12 March.

Question:
  1. (1) Whether an inter-departmental committee has been appointed to investigate and report upon health services in Bantu areas; if so, (a) what are the terms of reference of the committee and (b) which departments are being represented on the committee;
  2. (2) whether the committee has submitted a report; if so, which recommendations of the report have been accepted by the Government.
Reply:
  1. (1) Yes.
    1. (a) To investigate and report on (i) the extent and efficacy of the existing organization, control and management of health services in the Bantu areas and the implications, financial, legal and administrative of any change which may be considered necessary for the development of a co ordinated and encompassing health service in the Bantu Homelands and (ii) the necessary correlation of health services for the Bantu.
    2. (b) The Departments of Bantu Administration and Development and of Health.
  2. (2) A report has been submitted but various aspects thereof are still under consideration.
Mr. OLDFIELD:

Arising out of the hon. the Minister’s reply is he able to state whether the Provincial authorities have been consulted with regard to such investigations?

The DEPUTY MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:

Naturally.

Postal Deliveries on the East Rand

The MINISTER OF POSTS AND TELEGRAPHS replied to Question No. *XIII, by Mr. Tucker, standing over from 12 March.

Question:
  1. (1) Whether any delays in the delivery of mail occurred in (a) Germiston, (b) the East Rand recently; if so,
  2. (2) whether these delays have been eliminated;
  3. (3) whether he will take steps to avoid similar delays in future.
Reply:
  1. (1) (a) Yes, in a few instances where the delivery services were delayed for not more than 24 hours owing to the incidence of sick absences.
  2. (b) Yes, particularly at Benoni, Brakpan and Springs owing to a shortage of delivery staff.
  3. (2) Yes, except at Springs where delays still occur as a result of the shortage of delivery staff.
  4. (3) All possible efforts are being made to eliminate such delays. Nine Coloured postmen have already been taken into employment at Springs and the position there is expected to improve soon.
Mr. TAUROG:

Arising out of the Minister’s reply, can he tell this House what steps his Department has taken to ensure that all postal ballot papers are delivered from the Post Office in time?

HON. MEMBERS:

That is a new question.

Mr. TUCKER:

Will the hon. the Minister be prepared to make further inquiries because his reply is contrary to my personal experience.

*The MINISTER OF POSTS AND TELEGRAPHS:

Perhaps the hon. member’s personal information is not too reliable.

Delays in Providing Telephones

The MINISTER OF POSTS AND TELEGRAPHS replied to Question No. *XIV, by Mr. Tucker, standing over from 12 March.

Question:

Whether there is any delay in providing telephones in Germiston and Bedfordview, respectively; if so, (a) what is the average delay, (b) when is it expected that telephones applied for before 31 January 1961, will be installed and (c) when is it expected that the delays will be eliminated.

Reply:
  1. Yes.
    1. (a) From six to eight weeks depending on prevailing circumstances.
    2. (b) There are no waiting applicants who applied before 31 January 1961, and
    3. (c) The present delays arise from the shortage of staff and the failure on the part of applicants to react promptly on the Department’s request for the payment of the prescribed deposit.
Shortage of Accommodation in Prisons

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE replied to Question No. *XVI, by Mr. M. L. Mitchell, standing over from 12 March.

Question:
  1. (1) Whether there is any shortage of accommodation in prisons; if so, for which categories of prisoners;
  2. (2) whether any (a) short-, (b) medium- and (c) long-term convicted prisoners have since 1 January 1964, not served (i) any of the imprisonment to which they were sentenced or (ii) the whole of their sentence for other reasons than normal remission of sentence; if so, how many in each category;
  3. (3) what was the average portion of sentence served by prisoners in each of these categories during this period;
  4. (4) whether he will make a statement in regard to the matter.
Reply:
  1. (1) Yes, mainly for non-White males.
  2. (2) (a), (b) and (c) (i) No. (ii) Yes. See Prison Regulation No. 130 (b). (ii) No. (ii) No.
  3. (3) The information is not readily available.
  4. (4) No. but the matter can be discussed under my vote.
Applications for Telephones in Pinetown and Environs

The MINISTER OF POSTS AND TELEGRAPHS replied to Question No. *XVIII, by Mr. Hopewell, standing over from 12 March.

Question:
  1. (1) (a) How many applications for telephones in (i) Pinetown, (ii) Kloof, (iii) Gillitts, (iv) Hillcrest and (v) Botha’s Hill have been received since 1 January 1964. and (b) to how many of these applicants have telephone services been provided;
  2. (2) whether any of these applications have not been met; if so, (a) how many, (b) for what reasons and (c) when is it expected that telephone services will be provided for these applicants.
Reply:

Details of applications received since 1 January 1964, are unfortunately not readily available, but since 30 September 1963, the nearest date available, the position is as follows—

  1. (1) (a) and (b) and (2) (a) Pinetown 869 of which 550 have been installed, Kloof including Gillitts 405 of which 389 have been installed, Hillcrest including Botha’s Hill 251 of which 217 have been installed;
  2. (2) (b) owing to the rapid development of the areas concerned, the increasing demand throughout the country and the shortage of staff, and (c) it is unfortunately not possible to indicate with any accuracy when the applications will be met, but everything possible is being done to meet the growing demand.

For written reply:

Coloureds Classified as “Bantu” II. Mrs. SUZMAN

asked the Minister of the Interior:

Whether any (a) males and (b) females formerly classified as Coloured have had their race classification altered to Bantu in consequence of their marriage to or cohabitation with Bantu; if so, how many in each year that the Population Registration Act has been in force.

The MINISTER OF THE INTERIOR:

No statistics are available but there have been isolated cases who were so classified on application.

Expectation of Life of Males and Females III. Mrs. SUZMAN

asked the Minister of Planning:

What is the expectation of life of (a) males and (b) females of each race group in the Republic.

The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

According to information, the expectation of life at birth for the period 1950-2 is as follows:

  1. (a) Males:

Whites

64.57 years

Coloureds

44.82 years

Asiatics

55.77 years

  1. (b) Females:

Whites

70.08 years

Coloureds

47.77 years

Asiatics

54.75 years

Figures for the Bantu are not available.

Use of Automatic Pistols IV. Mr. E. G. MALAN

asked the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development:

  1. (1) Whether the Bantu Resettlement Board, Johannesburg, has taken steps to call for tenders for the supply of automatic pistols; if so, for what purpose are the pistols being purchased;
  2. (2) Whether any restrictions in regard to the use of the pistols by members of the various race groups will be imposed; if so, what restrictions.
The MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:
  1. (1) Yes. To replace ineffective fire-arms in use at present and to safeguard cash deposits in transit to banks;
  2. (2) Only experienced European members of the staff will be allowed to handle the pistols.
Cases of Assault V. Mr. E. G. MALAN

asked the Minister of Justice:

  1. (1) How many cases of (a) common assault, (b) assault with intent to do grievous bodily harm, (c) resisting, obstructing or assaulting police officers in the execution of their duties and (d) theft occurred in the municipal area of Johannesburg during the latest 12 months for which statistics are available;
  2. (2) how many of the total number of these assaults were (a) by non-Whites against non-Whites, (b) by non-Whites against Whites and (c) by non-Whites against White females.
The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:
  1. (1) (a) 8,144
    1. (b) 7,281
    2. (c) 502
    3. (d) 25,794
  2. (2) (a) 12,279
    1. (b) 480
    2. (c) 51
Purchase of Land in South West Africa VI. Mr. J. D. du P. BASSON

asked the Prime Minister:

  1. (1) (a) What is the name and extent of each of the 186 farms purchased by the Administration of South West Africa up to 26 February 1965, in terms of the recommendations of the Commission of Enquiry into South West Africa Affairs, (b) in which district is each farm situated, (c) what is the name of the owner from whom each farm has been purchased, (d) what was the official pre-sale valuation of each farm, (e) what price was paid for each farm and (f) what was the amount of the allowance for inconvenience paid in each case;
  2. (2) (a) which of these farms are at present being leased from the Administration by the sellers, (b) on what basis was the rental determined and (c) what are the conditions of lease.
The PRIME MINISTER:
  1. (1) (a), (b) and (c). A list containing this information is available for inspection in the Office of the Deputy Minister for South West Africa Affairs.
    1. (d), (e) and (f) concern the private affairs of the sellers and it is not considered to be in their or in the public interest to make such particulars known.
  2. (2) (a) and (c). This information is also available for inspection in the Office of the Deputy Minister of South West Africa Affairs.
    1. (b) As a rule the rent is calculated at two per cent of the selling price (excluding the inconvenience allowance) and is subject to the condition that the lessee shall maintain the improvements at his own cost.
VII. Mr. Dodds

—Reply standing over.

VIII. Mr. E. G. MALAN

—Reply standing over.

Planning of Radio Frequencies for the Republic IX. Mr. E. G. MALAN

asked the Minister of Posts and Telegraphs:

Whether he had consulted (a) the Department of Bantu Administration and Development and (b) the Transkei Government before the Republic’s delegate signed the agreement at the African VHF/UHF Broadcasting Conference at Geneva in 1963 in terms of which certain frequencies were allocated to South Africa for television stations in the Transkei; if not, why not.

The MINISTER OF POSTS AND TELEGRAPHS:

(a) and (b) No. The planning of frequencies for broadcasting purposes is a matter which still exclusively rests with the Post Office in collaboration with the South African Broadcasting Corporation.

X and XI. Mr. GORSHEL

—Replies standing over.

Suspension or Compulsory Whipping XII. Mrs. SUZMAN

asked the Minister of Justice:

Whether he has issued instructions that the execution of compulsory sentences of whipping must be suspended; if not, why not.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

No, as I do not possess the power to do so.

Cases of Suicide XIII. Mrs. SUZMAN

asked the Minister of Justice:

How many cases of suicide occurred during 1964 among (a) males and (b) females in each race group in the Republic.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Statistics of this nature are not being kept. In view of the volume of work involved in collecting the particulars asked for, it is not practicable to furnish the information required.

Cape Farms Purchased

The MINISTER OF LANDS replied to Question No. V, by Mr. E. G. Malan, standing over from 12 March:

Question:
  1. (1) Whether any of the Cape farms or sub divisions of these farms mentioned in Proclamation 250 of 1963 have been purchased by the Government; if so, (a) which farms or sub-divisions, (b) what is the extent of each in morgen and (c) what price per morgen was paid;
  2. (2) whether any of the farms or sub-divisions will not be purchased; if so, which farms or sub-divisions,
  3. (3) whether any of the farms or sub-divisions are still to be purchased; if so, (a) which farms or sub-divisions and (b) approximately when;
  4. (4) whether he has received any representations from land owners in these areas; if so, (a) how many, (b) what is the nature of the representations and (c) what was his reply.
Reply:
  1. (1) Yes—the property of only one owner has been expropriated but agreement on the amount of consideration has not yet been reached.
    1. (a) Three portions of Vluytjes Kraal in the Division of Hope Town.
    2. (b) 3,232 morgen in all.
    3. (c) Falls away.
  2. (2) and (3) Until such time as an intensive soil survey has been carried out it will not be possible to establish which farms or sub-divisions are to be purchased.
  3. (4) Yes.
    1. (a) One owner in the Division of Philipstown.
    2. (b) Wanted to know whether he could proceed with the normal development of his farm.
    3. (c) In the affirmative, as far as my Department is concerned.
Delayed Payment of Salaries in Post Office

The MINISTER OF POSTS AND TELEGRAPHS replied to Question No. XI, by Mr. E. G. Malan, standing over from 12 March.

Question:

Whether the Cabinet has called for a report on the alleged backlog in the salaries of Post Office workers; if so, when does he expect to receive this report.

Reply:

Yes; the committee reported on 15 March 1965.

Post Office: Conference in Rome

The MINISTER OF POSTS AND TELEGRAPHS replied to Question No. XII, by Mr. G. Malan, standing over from 12 March.

Question:
  1. (1) Whether his Department intends sending delegates to any conference or meeting to be held abroad in the near future; if so, (a) what is the official designation of the meeting or conference, (b) where and on what date will it be held, (c) what is its purpose and (d) what are the names and qualifications of the delegates;
  2. (2) whether any aspects of television will also be discussed there; if so, what aspects.
Reply:
  1. (1) Yes;
    1. (a) a meeting of Study Group V of the International Telegraph and Telephone Consultative Committee,
    2. (b) Rome from 4 to 11 May 1965.
    3. (c) to discuss the nature of lightning and the best methods of protection against it and
    4. (d) Dr. C. F. Boyce, Doctor in Electrical Engineering;
  2. (2) No.
COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AMENDMENT BILL

First Order read: Report stage,—Community Development Amendment Bill.

Amendments in Clauses 1 and 8 put and agreed to, and the Bill, as amended, adopted.

*The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

I move—

That the Bill be now read a third time.
Mr. LEWIS:

We have now reached the Third Reading of this Bill. During the course of the other stages we have expressed, I think very clearly, our opposition to this measure. We are still opposed to it in the form in which it stands before us now.

The Bill itself re-states and widens all those powers which were previously contained in the Group Areas Development Act insofar as the implementation of group areas were concerned. It is true that it has been re-named and that it is now called the Community Development Bill, but all the terms and all the conditions to which we objected when it was in fact the Group Areas Development Bill are now transferred to an area which is not in fact a group area but becomes the whole of the Republic of South Africa. The effect of this will be to make this hon. Minister the greatest controller of land in the Republic. It puts to us an entirely new principle, as we understand it, in the development of land and in dealing with land in South Africa. Up to now the method of handling our lands and developing our townships has been through the various bodies which have been established by the laws of this land and whose powers have always entitled them to develop the areas over which they have authority, in the manner in which that particular community would like its affairs handled and developed. But now those powers are brushed aside. This Bill now vests in this Minister the power to take out of the hands of those local authorities, whether they be city or town councils or provincial councils, all the authority which they previously had. It is true that the Minister and his Department, under other measures, had certain powers to interfere in the affairs of local authorities, but in all those measures we have tried from time to time to ensure that there was adequate consultation between those local authorities and the Government Departments administering the various laws. That consultation has now been diminished; it has been diminished to a stage where, although the Minister has been prepared to insert in this Bill what he will in fact consult with the Administrator, it really means nothing and it is no guarantee whatsoever to those local authorities that they in fact have to be consulted. This is an aspect of the Bill to which we particularly object. We know that certain local authorities from time to time are dilatory perhaps in carrying out their duties but we still believe that where the spirit of co-operation exists on both sides, these obstacles can be overcome and that the job which has to be done can be done anyway.

Mr. W. C. MALAN:

It must come from two sides.

Mr. LEWIS:

This Bill also introduces two new terms into our legislation, terms which are undefined and which remain undefined now that we have come to the end of the discussion on this Bill. I refer to the terms “community development” and “urban renewals scheme”. I accept that the term “community development” is probably a generally understood term, and the necessity for its definition was perhaps not very great until we came to Clause 19 of this Bill under which the hon. the Minister can appoint inspectors to go into properties to gather information which he requires, and whereas before this clause was confined specifically to proclaimed group areas it is now extended to any designated area; in other words, it can now happen in any area in which the hon. the Minister is interested from the point of view of development. He can now appoint inspectors to go into those areas and glean whatever information he wants and to question any person he wishes to be questioned; he can also demand that whatever documents he wants must be produced. Sir, in the case of group areas this Government was implementing its policy, and it proclaimed these areas, and these actions by inspectors were in fact confined to those specific areas. Those confines are now broken and these inspectors, on the instructions of the Minister, can now go into any area which he designates as an area in which he is going to carry out community development and they can interrogate anybody at any reasonable time and they can ask for whatever information they want. We believe that this is a further infringement upon the rights of people.

The other term which this Bill introduces and which remains undefined at this stage—and I think this is a very important term—is the term “urban renewal scheme”. Sir, this introduces an aspect into this legislation which I find quite frightening, because an urban renewal scheme means, as I understand it, having dealt with this Bill, and having attended the debate on it in this House in all the stages, that the hon. the Minister can decide to go into any area, where he will be exempted by this Bill from the provisions of a town planning scheme and from municipal regulations and by-laws, and declare it an urban renewal scheme. We do not quite know what an urban renewal scheme means but we do know that if he goes into that area and declares it an urban renewals scheme, he can do a lot of things which we believe invade the rights of property owners in that area. For example, he can sub-divide or re-divide the land. He can decide for himself the number of buildings which he is going to put on each piece of land. He can do all those things which basically can affect the rights of the small man, who has established his home, has always enjoyed. Sir, this problem is one which worries us considerably because in spite of any assurances that the Minister might give us that he will not use these powers for these purposes. we have to accept the fact that they are contained in this Bill and that this Bill does confer upon the Minister the right and the power to do these things. Sir. I give the hon. the Minister full credit for the fact that he has been prepared to consider an amendment suggested from this side. I do not know if he has arrived at a decision about that amendment yet, but I sincerely hope that with the assistance of his legal advisers we will be able to come to some arrangement and that he will be able to introduce an amendment in the Other Place which will in fact meet the problem with which we are faced in this Bill.

Another aspect of this Bill which we do not like but which we are prepared to concede is possibly necessary to some extent, is the new provision for the freezing of properties in a slum area. Sir. this is also something new and something which I do not not think the Minister has explained fully. He says that he wants the right to control buildings in areas in which he has certain development plans. I do not think that the hon. the Minister has given us adequate explanation of his exact intentions. I think there is one question which remains unanswered, and that is the question as to whether any buildings can be frozen which are not in fact in that area but which serve that area, and I should like the hon. the Minister to deal with this in his reply. This is a question which arises from this clause. For example, if the hon. the Minister decides to clear a slum area and he can accommodate the people during the course of that clearance in a building which is on the fringe of that area, has he the right under this clause to freeze that building too although it is perhaps not within the confines of that slum area? I am not sure whether that can happen; the point has been put to me, so I raise it here to give the Minister the opportunity to reply. This Bill also has the effect of altering the definition of a defined area, which means that the Minister and his Department can now set themselves up as a local authority in any area which is a designated area. Sir, that is an extension of power. We can visualize that this provision might well in the future cause a clash with established local authorities because it can, of course, establish them in areas where local authorities already hold sway. I believe that this is a provision which should be used with care and with caution. It is a provision which I would prefer not to see in this Bill.

Sir, there are some good provisions in this Bill, although not many. One of those provisions deals with the question of compensation for goodwill. We have already expressed our opinion in that regard. I am very sorry that we have been unable to impress upon the Minister the fact that one year’s net profit for goodwill for the loss of a business is quite insufficient and quite unrealistic. The hon. the Minister was quite adamant on this point and I am very sorry that he was. I sincerely hope that he will reconsider this aspect.

The other provisions that we do not like are the extraordinary measures which are being taken under this Bill to get rid of tenants from an area which has become a designated area. In the past the law as it stood made adequate provision, we believe, for getting rid of people who do not pay their rent or who do not fulfill their agreements but, Sir, the average private landlord copes with this situation very well. There are few landlords who find themselves unable for any reason at all to get rid of a tenant who is an undesirable tenant or a tenant who does not pay his rental, but in those cases they do it according to the due processes of law; both sides may appeal to the courts and both sides are bound by the decision of the court. Now, under Clause 8 of this Bill, that is no longer necessary.

We also believe, in connection with the eviction of these people, that the period of notice is quite inadequate, in spite of the fact that the hon. the Minister says that he never gives less than 30 days or three months’ notice, I think he said. In spite of that, it is provided in the Bill that he can give this lesser period of seven days by way of notice. In those circumstances we must take exception to it. Sir, in the case of the cancellation of leases we can appreciate that the Minister must have some powers, if he is going to develop an area, to cancel leases in that area, and we are pleased to see that he has decided to give compensation deals improvements—and the compensation deals only with improvements—but I would like to ask him this: Should this be in the case of a business, will the goodwill clause apply in these particular cases as well? I do not know at the moment whether this provision will apply in both cases; whether a man will be entitled to goodwill or whether he will get compensation for improvements because his lease has been cancelled, or whether in fact he will qualify for both. I sincerely hope that in the case of an established business he will qualify for both.

Sir, I have dealt with the question of inspection. We do not like the thought and the idea contained in this Bill that the ordinary person living in an area which is not a group area, can be subjected to questioning and query. The hon. the Minister said in his reply yesterday that he cannot get this information anywhere else. I believe that this information could be obtained from other sources. It depends entirely, of course, upon how much information the Minister wants and whether in fact he wants unnecessary information or too much information, but I believe that the basic information which he requires is readily available, and I sincerely hope that in the application of this clause the ordinary householder, who is going to fall within the ambit of this Bill, is not going to be subjected to constant worry and inspection by inspectors appointed under Clause 19.

There is one other point that I want to mention at this stage—unfortunately I was absent when it was discussed—is the question of the Administrator. In the principal Act, as the hon. the Minister knows, the term “administrator” means the administrator-in-executive committee, and it says so in the first Section of the Act. I understand that the hon. the Minister had discussions with the hon. member for Durban (North) (Mr. M. L. Mitchell) in this regard. I believe there was some difficulty about arranging that “administrator” in this Bill should mean the same as it means in the principal Act, the Group Areas Act, and the suggestion was that just a few words should be omitted …

The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

I have accepted the amendment of the hon. member for Durban (North).

Mr. LEWIS:

I am very pleased indeed to hear that. That removes one of our worries about this Bill as it was that “administrator” would mean something different in this particular Bill from what it meant in the principal Act.

To sum up, Sir, we do not like legislation of this type; we do not like this extension of powers. We believe that what the hon. the Minister is setting out to achieve could equally well be achieved by other measures, although we realize that he has to have certain powers to control authorities who are responsible for these jobs. Under these circumstances we must oppose this Bill.

*Mr. F. S. STEYN:

The hon. member’s dutiful protest against the third reading has really convinced me that the existence of the United Party as an opposition is merely a dutiful one. These gentlemen exist as an opposition for the simple reason that they do not know how to get out of their misery. I agree it is a serious problem and we must simply leave it to the electorate. To come to the concrete points of difference I want to say in the first place that we on this side of the House welcome and accept this Bill as it has now been amended because of this crucial point: We welcome the fact that the concept “community development” has been widened to extend beyond merely group area development. At least three of the various points of objection raised by hon. members opposite dealt precisely with this widening of the concept “development” to extend beyond mere group area development. We have learnt in practice that, in spite of the fact that the development of proclaimed group areas is a designated and an unavoidable task because people who do not qualify have to be removed and substituted by people who do qualify, it is often urgently necessary, when it comes to the physical development of an area, to develop the adjoining areas as well. When we consider the task of the Minister not only from the point of view that he must convert an area which has been declared a group area from an area inhabited by people who do not qualify to live there to an area inhabited by people who are qualified to live there but from the point of view of physically reconstructing residential areas for the various sections of our community we can only welcome these powers the hon. the Minister is taking, powers which enable him to widen the field of operation of the Community Development Board to extend beyond the narrow concept of group areas. If we accept this principle we see where the basic difference between us and the Opposition lies, except that we once again have to emphasize this that we on this side of the House want the Group Areas Development Act to function; we are anxious to establish ways and means to make the Act function more smoothly. Because hon. members opposite are not interested in putting into practice the idea of group areas, they are against the granting of powers to the Minister which will make it easier to apply the Act.

To come to the specific objections raised by hon. members on that side: The Opposition adopt the attitude that the Minister, in cooperation with the Community Development Board, or the Board itself, is being empowered to by-pass certain town planning schemes and certain regulations entrenched in provincial or municipal ordinances in connection with the development of an area in order to accelerate development. In this connection I just want to re-state three points. I just want to state them without emphasizing them unduly. The first is that this party and the Government say clearly that hon. gentlemen opposite place a wrong interpretation on the traditional way of legislating in the Republic of South Africa, namely, that certain powers have been delegated to local authorities, sacrosanct powers with which the Central Government cannot interfere. We refer in this connection to the constitutional position—I think the powers of the provinces are set out in Section 84—that nowhere is reference made to municipal powers, let alone town planning powers; that the entrenching section in respect of the provincial powers, Section 114, refers back to Section 84 but that Section 92 of the Constitution refers specifically to municipal powers and provides that the powers municipalities had at the time the Constitution was accepted should remain in force. They are not even specifically entrenched in the Constitution in so far as they are entrenched. But, more important than that, we on this side of the House adopt the attitude that in a unitary state, such as our State, when the Central Government at any time takes powers unto itself which it has lent to subordinate governmental body it is not a case of it having acted improperly or of it having violated tradition from a constitutional point of view. All the powers of a unitary state like our State belong to the Central Government and the customary distribution of those powers to geographically decentralized governmental bodies does not detract from the principle that the Central Government has the right to take those powers back unto itself as and when it is necessary. That is the first point I want to make as far as this matter is concerned.

Mrs. TAYLOR:

In that case you destroy local government.

*Mr. F. S. STEYN:

You will only destroy local government if you are stupid enough to withdraw all power in one fell swoop; that is not relevant here. What is relevant here is the constitutional correctness, the propriety, the good taste, from a constitutional law point of view, on the part of the Central Government to take back unto itself any powers it has handed over to local, decentralized bodies.

The second point at issue in this connection is the entire concept of planning in South Africa. Let me say this to hon. members opposite: As a result of the historical circumstances prevailing in South Africa we have never yet done justice to the planning of our urban and peri-urban areas. The Provinces have stepped in to fill the vacuum which has come into existence and our cities have stepped in with their planning to a limited extent but a determined effort has never yet been made either by the old Union authorities or by the Republic of South Africa to tackle seriously the very important question of making a survey of the planning in our urban areas; and this is such an important function of the State that, as far as we are concerned, we do not have the slightest doubt that it is the duty of the Central Government to give the lead in planning the whole of South Africa and to lay down in principle, the basic direction and lines to be followed. That is why we fully agree that a Minister of the Central Government should have the right to step in where necessary when it comes to planning in order to achieve the limited object envisaged in this Bill. As a matter of fact we would be in favour of much wider powers in regard to planning, powers which we believe to be necessary and which we believe can only be supplied to the country in a co-ordinated form ex the Central Government.

The third aspect I want to deal with in connection with this interference with local and provincial enactments—the Minister has placed great emphasis on this—is this that in connection with the provision of housing we have reached a stage where new techniques and new prospects await us while our planning schemes and often the conditions of title of the past do not as yet take into account the presence of these new techniques. In order to apply these new techniques it is, from the nature of things, essential and unavoidable that the Minister should be able to cut right across those limiting provisions which make the application of those new techniques difficult or impossible. Let us even forget about new techniques; let us for a moment think of the problems which are created by the lack of standardization in South Africa because of the differences you find from one city council to the other in respect of many aspects of building, building regulations and so fourth. Obviously we cannot expect the Central Government which has to provide housing to regard itself as bound by the irrational, unstandardized building regulations in operation in various parts of the country.

I do not want to deal at length with the few points raised by the hon. member for Umlazi. They relate to certain objections regarding the inspectors. It was the same point I have already dealt with, namely, that the Minister was now getting the right to exercise his powers over an area wider than a group area. Let me just remind the hon. member that in terms of Section 12(1) the Minister has to announce in which additional area the inspector may act. It is not a question of an inspector acting in an arbitrary fashion. In the long run I think we can depend on the good judgment of the Minister not to proclaim areas unnecessarily. It is therefore not a question of the-ordinary householder being subjected to visits by the inspectors.

The hon. member also raised the question of the freezing of property in urban renewal areas and slum areas. That is the new Section 12(1). I do not want to undertake the task of the Minister but it is perfectly clear that freezing can only set in in the circumscribed area. It is very obvious why there must be freezing. It sets in because in the immediate for see able future the Minister wants to do replanning and rebuilding in that area. Surely the owners cannot be allowed, on the eve of a new building scheme, to change existing structures and then either expect the State to compensate them for the changes effected, changes which are useless in any case, or lose their money. I think the attack on this clause is the most unfortunate attack launched by the hon. member.

Then we have the question of the definition of “urban renewal scheme”. I think we are all agreed that if and when we or the Minister finds a good definition it will be inserted. We are all agreeable in principle; it is only the ingenuity that is lacking. The hon. member has once again attacked the State’s right to shorten the procedure and the question of goodwill which will only be paid in respect of one year. I do not wish to repeat the argument in connection with the collection of rent. In terms of our Constitutional Law the State is regarded as a decent person; that extraordinary powers can be entrusted to the State which you will not entrust to an individual; that there is no reason to criticize the granting of extraordinary powers to the State unless you can prove that those powers have been abused. That is something which has fortunately never yet happened in South Africa. The State has never yet even been criticized for having abused its extraordinary powers in the field of civil law.

I want to conclude by saying a few words on the question of goodwill. The hon. member for Umlazi was a little apologetic for having criticized the Minister for this amendment to the Act, an amendment which enables the Minister to compensate a disqualified person for one year’s goodwill.

Mr. LEWIS:

Don’t say too much about that; the Minister’s heart has already softened.

*Mr. F. S. STEYN:

I shall make his heart even softer. I say the hon. member was apologetic about criticizing the Minister because what actually happens is this: The public who are affected by the Group Areas Act and the Group Areas Development Act are treated very magnanimously. But instead of saying “thank you” for the magnanimous way in which they are being treated we are immediately told that they are not being treated magnanimously enough. Where this Act has been on the Statute Book for a number of years without any provision being made for the payment of compensation in respect of goodwill I think we should be grateful for two things: Firstly, that provision is now being made for the payment of compensation in respect of goodwill for one year and, secondly, let us be grateful to the Government for having disclosed a frame of mind of wanting to face up to this question of goodwill. Let us give the Minister a chance to administer the law for a year or two on the basis of goodwill for one year. By that time it will undoubtedly have become clear whether it is possible to make more liberal provision in this connection. We on this side of the House are as anxious as hon. members opposite that the inhabitants and citizens of South Africa are not disappointed in the way the administration of the country affects them. We want to do justice to everybody. But we do not want to insert a provision which will get us into trouble in that an excessive financial burden will be placed on the State or which may create administrative problems which we will hardly be able to cope with.

Mr. MILLER:

The hon. member who has just sat down first of all decried the effort of this side of the House to criticize this Bill and to oppose the principle contained in this Bill and further said he did not think it was one which merited much concern. He then proceeded to spend quite some time trying to justify the purpose of this legislation. It reminded me somewhat of small town governments both here, in the United States and in other countries, in which sections of the administration tried to build an empire for themselves. It seems to me that with this Bill, which we on this side of the House think is completely unnecessary for the purpose the hon. the Minister alleges he wants it, the Minister is trying to justify his appointment as Minister of Housing not merely by carrying out the duties laid down in the Housing Act and other Statutes, but by introducing an entirely new conception of housing and town planning; in fact, that he wants to take over into his Ministry all the planning for the whole country. I think I have said before that this is part of a pattern which is becoming very clear to us. It is a desire to control every phase of the life of the country. With this Bill the Minister is virtually trying to take control of the physical side of South Africa, as the hon. member for Kempton Park (Mr. F. S. Steyn) put it, and to do the development through the Department of Community Development as the hon. the Minister now designates the Department in this Bill. I do agree with the hon. member for Kempton Park that if the Government wants to do anything at all, it wants to get rid of this unpleasant word “group areas”. It is something which has affected our image both here and abroad and something which we would do well to get rid of. The Minister seeks to do this under the nomenclature of “community development”. I don’t decry the effort to try to do something which can improve the image of South Africa but I do say this: It is not necessary to have a Bill of this nature. In trying to efface the unpleasant atmosphere that has been created it is not necessary to widen the powers so completely that, as has been said before, the Minister now virtually wants to emasculate all authority, authority which up to now has played an important part in this work. In a country so wide and broad as South Africa, a country with long distances which must cause costs to mount, I cannot understand why it is necessary to virtually interfere with the excellent work the various local authorities and provincial authorities have been doing over the years in their own areas so successfully and so ably in the interests of the development of our country. I well remember some 12 or 13 years ago when the country was faced with an even greater crisis in regard to community development when the hon. the Prime Minister was Minister of Native Affairs. He was faced with a colossal problem. Hundreds and thousands of persons were streaming into the country in order to find employment in the industrial revolution that was taking place in South Africa. They had to be housed. The position was chaotic both with regard to housing and health amenities, something which was endangering the stability of the community and also its health. What did the then Minister do? He co-operated with local authorities; he sought their assistance; he co-operated with the C.S.I.R., an important body in this country which deals with the latest techniques and new methods to which the hon. member for Kempton Park has referred. As a result of that the local authorities began to build houses. They did so at low costs; costs unheard of in the history of this country. A municipality like Johannesburg, for instance, built some 40,000 to 50,000 houses over a period of seven years.

Mr. BEZUIDENHOUT:

Who built them?

Mr. MILLER:

If the hon. member for Brakpan (Mr. Bezuidenhout) is hot under the collar, I want to give the hon. the Prime Minister every credit for what he did at that time. It was my privilege to work very, closely with him on this very issue. I don’t need to be told by the little school children of the Reef who built houses. I don’t need to be told by them how the members of the Cabinet in those days co-operated with local authorities and how pleased local authorities were to play their part in that tremendous change in the community development of the country. We did not need Bills of this nature nor do we need Bills of this nature to-day, Sir. There is sufficient provision in the Housing Act and in the other laws which are already on the Statute Book, both with regard to the provision of funds and the necessary authority. There is sufficient power to enable this to be done satisfactorily.

The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

What did your party say about the powers which the Prime Minister took then?

Mr. MILLER:

I am talking from the point of view of the work that was achieved. My party, if they criticized, must have had good reason to do so. I am concerned at the moment with the fact that it is not necessary to have a Bill of this nature. I want to say to the hon. the Minister who has introduced this Bill that he himself knows that in the case of Riverlea and Bosmot, for example, the relevant local authorities have been building houses.

The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

Who built Bosmot?

Mr. MILLER:

I will not deny that the Department may have played a part. The Department built Meadowlands, for instance, based on the planning and the methods and the experience and with the help of the officials of the municipality of Johannesburg which was only too delighted to provide the skill and the experience necessary for that purpose. I say with the utmost modesty I was able to have one or two outstanding engineers of the City of Johannesburg seconded to assist in that work. Prof. Jennings, the professor of engineering at the Witwatersrand University, played a very important part in the section of housing development and techniques of the C.S.I.R. in those days. I cannot for the life of me understand why the Minister wants this Bill. Why does he suddenly decide that the development of the community life in South Africa in the physical sense demands a government department to take charge of it. He should be only too delighted with the work that is being done between local, provincial and government authority to attain one objective and that is to house the community. He knows that serious situations have on previous occasions arisen in this country. One does not want to repeat these things, it wastes the time of the House, but the Minister knows that the position at the end of World War II was worse than it is to-day with an immigration figure of 40,000 per annum. We would have been happy, if in following our policy, there were 100,000 immigrants a year to cater for. We would have been happy to share our houses as some of us had to do at that time and as they do in other countries where people are compelled to take in immigrants as lodgers so that they will have a roof over their heads. We have an immigration figure of 40,000, for which we are grateful, we hope it will increase, but it has not reached such proportions that a Minister must decide to elevate an ordinary ministry to one of the empires in the Cabinet. That is what the hon. Minister is seeking to do, Sir. It is not an uncommon practice. When you look at the different laws which have been passed in this House, laws where Ministers have taken fragmented departments, established fresh departments and then commenced to build empires, you realize that this is not an uncommon practice. I thought we had left the question of empire-building far behind us.

Just to give an example to the hon. the Minister why I think this Bill is completely unnecessary: He wishes to establish, as he calls it, a board with certain powers. What are these powers? He wants them to develop and assist in respect of such areas—not areas under the Group Areas Act—as he may from time to time designate in order to promote community development. This literally means that he can enter into any section of this country and decide to start building there. Surely it must be common sense that where you have a local authority, whether it be a municipality or a village management board or a village health committee, and you enter the field of these local authorities, you try to guide them, you provide the funds, you put ideas to them, you give them the opportunity of doing the work under proper guidance, that is a better way of making use of the already shrinking manpower we have in this country. Do you know what this can mean, Sir? It can mean a further demand for manpower, the overlapping of manpower, overlapping of thinking, waste of time in discussing things, waste of time in negotiations and consultations as to what is to take place. Hitherto the housing side of the country has worked very well. If the hon. member for Kempton Park wants to maintain that it is because of new methods and new ideas then is the next step going to be for the Ministry of Mines, for instance, to decide that because there are new methods in the field of mining to take over the whole of the mining industry? Must the Department of Mines, which is a junior ministry, suddenly become elevated to an empire? It will become the new Ministry of Mining Development in this country. There is something else. I can tell the hon. the Minister that there is some amazing development in regard to sewage disposal. [Interjections.] I do not even react to that remark on the part of the Minister. What I would like to say is this, that new methods are discovered daily in the various phases of the health of a country and community development. It is not necessary to create a ministry to make use of these new methods. Every local authority is only too delighted to be able to use new methods. With due respect to an ex-member of the Executive Committee of a Province, how can he say that we must not regard a province as holding holy and mighty powers? How can he disregard the tremendous part they have played? He says they have merely entered into a vacuum to try to play that part.

I am ashamed to hear an ex-member of the Executive Committee say that of an important province like the Transvaal. I hope the Cape members will forgive me for saying this. All the provincial authorities have done everything in their power to play an important part in this activity. I think we can be very proud in this country of the work our local and provincial authorities have done. If the hon. member for Brakpan wants credit for any member of the Government for the part he has played we are sufficiently generous as South Africans to give credit to all. We give everybody credit but let them continue to play their part. Do not ask us as an Opposition to assist in creating a fresh empire so that the hon. the Minister can do everything himself. There is one example of the completely unnecessary purpose of a Bill of this nature. We obviously have to deal with the details of this Bill and criticize them. In effect they are all of no value. The Minister can make all the amendments he wants to in regard to the Group Areas Development Act. Let him get rid of this as quickly as possible. Parliament put a limit on it until the year 1965. I understand the Minister even wants to extend that indefinitely. Hon. members with their own legislation, with their own “Frankenstein,” find themselves suddenly choked and now they are seeking a method of escape. The method of escape is to take something that is ugly and unpleasant, we clothe it and call it the new concept of community development in South Africa as if it has never been done in all the many years that this country has developed. What do tourists from abroad say about our cities and suburbs? They say it is wonderful to think that in a country like South Africa, a country far away from the centre of events, a country which is virtually young in every sense of the word, we have magnificent suburbs, outstanding gardens and development. We have done outstanding things in South Africa, things to which the world is prepared to pay homage. You, Mr. Speaker, know that visitors from abroad who have called on you personally have told you of the wonderful development they have seen in the Republic of South Africa, development in which every South African has played his part. We are not prepared to accept from any speaker on that side of the House, including the hon. the Minister, that a new concept of development has now come into being which requires the expansion of a ministry, entailing the taking over of powers and the decimation of the prestige and dignity of local authorities so that that department alone decides what must be done, how it should be done, when it should be done and where it should be done. No, Sir, that is not good legislation. This is not legislation which is necessary in the interests of the country.

There is the question of slum clearance. I would like to say this: The question of slum clearance has become a vital question to the hon. the Minister for a very simple reason. Instead of re-building and cleansing the established areas in our country it has become essential to his Government to uproot huge communities and transplant them elsewhere. That is why the Group Areas Development Act was brought into operation. Now, to do that one must rebuild virgin areas. and you must break down what already exists. Slums laws have dealt with this over the years but this is not something which was necessary in the country. We have developed traditionally over the years. Communities with a common interest, with a common religion, with a common thought and action, have settled themselves in a particular area. That is one of the natural reactions of human society throughout the world. It is one of the colourful things in South Africa we have founded. We have, in this beautiful part of the world, a part called the Cape. The Cape gives us an example of what this unfortunate new conception is going to do. It is going to take tradition, history and the colourful aspect of our life and clean it; it is going to make it into new marble statues; statues devoid of life, unappealing, just something ordinary; it is going to take away the attractiveness of virtually the mother soil of South Africa where our life started 300 years ago. That is what the hon. the Minister has in mind. He has not in mind a new conception of urban renewal development and schemes. Talk to the city engineers of Cape Town, Johannesburg, Durban and Bloemfontein …

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member is giving wings to his thoughts.

Mr. MILLER:

With your graceful guidance, Sir, I am going to conclude by saying this. We moved an amendment during the Second Reading to give expression to our thoughts.

I should like to say this: We think the hon. the Minister should have second thoughts. If he wishes to get rid of the words “group areas” good luck to him; we will help him to improve the image of South Africa to the best of our ability …

An HON. MEMBER:

No, you won’t.

Mr. MILLER:

We do it daily. We will give him all the help we can. But let him not become an empire-builder which he will regret because he will not build an empire, Sir, he will be building something on sand. Because the local authorities and the provinces in our country are jealous of what they have done. They have every right to be. They are jealous in the interests of the community they represent.

*Mr. W. C. MALAN:

I think we have long since listened to a more disparaging speech than the one we have just listened to. I can well understand why the hon. member has made such disparaging remarks and why the entire Opposition have been so disparaging in their remarks about this very neat piece of legislation. The legislation we have before us to-day gives form to an entirely new concept in the development of South Africa. The hon. member who has just sat down referred very disparagingly to the hon. Minister who, he alleged, just wanted to build “empires”; this Minister, in terms of this Bill, who he alleged now wanted to exercise control over the whole country; this Minister who wanted to control all the land in this country under this Bill. I fully understand why the hon. member has made such disparaging remarks. Hon. members opposite are very jealous of the good work this Minister is doing. They are jealous of the brilliant job of work this exceptionally capable young Minister is doing. Lacking any arguments we only had disparaging remarks from the hon. member. That impresses nobody most certainly not this side of the House. The hon. member says the hon. the Minister must rather co-operate with local authorities because if he does so he will be in a much better position to meet the housing needs and place the planning of our cities on a sound basis. I want to repeat what I said on a previous occasion and that is that in 90 cases out of 100 the method will and does indeed work. I maintain that this hon. Minister co-operates much better with local authorities than was even done in the past.

*Mr. GORSHEL:

Why all these powers then?

*Mr. W. C. MALAN:

Unfortunately not all city councils are controlled by supporters of this side of the House, city councils who deliberately do not want to co-operate. It takes two to co-operate. The hon. the Minister offers to co-operate but if he does not get the co-operation of the other side he is obliged to see to it that he has powers to compel them to do what is necessary in the interests of the country.

For the first time in its history our country now has a Department of Community Development to look after these matters. It is a new creation. Are hon. members jealous of this creation of the Government’s? Why do hon. members not once and for all accept this wonderful creation and give it an opportunity of making a beautiful country of South Africa? This legislation is only giving effect to the activities of a new and very promising department. This Department is in the course of changing the face of South Africa, and I am convinced that hon. members opposite will in future still claim this child as theirs. In spite of the sudden and marked swing to the right the United Party is apparently still opposed to group areas and that is why they are opposed to any powers this Government takes to apply legislation dealing with group areas. They are also doing so in the case of the legislation we are dealing with this afternoon. Had it not been for the fact that they were whole-heartedly opposed to all group area development the United Party would not have made such a fuss. But because the United Party, in spite of the marked swing to the right, are still at heart opposed to group areas, they oppose this legislation behind the smoke screen of trying to protect the powers and rights of local authorities. Their concern about the powers of local authorities is nothing but a smoke screen because the party is at heart not well disposed to the principle of group area development. No, we heartedly welcome the fact that the hon. the Minister is taking power in this legislation to change the face of South Africa and to paint a new and beautiful picture to us.

Mrs. TAYLOR:

Having listened to the arguments in both the second reading and the Committee Stages of this debate, it seems to me to be quite clear that this Bill represents an entirely new approach on the part of the Government to the whole principle of both land-ownership and land-distribution in South Africa at the present time. This becomes quite evident as soon as it is realized that this Community Development Bill, to be seen in its proper perspective, has to be read in conjunction with the two other pieces of legislation before the House this Session, the Housing Bill and the Group Areas Amendment Bill, both of which are on the Order Paper for discussion this week. What it amounts to is this: However much we may argue about the clauses of the Bill, the Government, in order to implement its apartheid policy, is claiming sweeping powers over private property such as we have never seen in the history of South Africa before. I would say this: Where else except in socialist or in Communistic countries will you find this concept of land being both controlled, and in some cases owned, and developed by the State? It is one thing to give a directive to local authorities, but quite another to take the powers that are envisaged in this Bill.

Mr. Speaker, the Community Development Board, in terms of this Bill, is virtually exempt from the provisions of any by-law, town-planning scheme or regulation of a local authority and the conditions of establishment of any township is prescribed by any Administrator, it is exempt from the provisions laid down by any townships commission or townships board, and is exempt from the provisions of any ordinance in terms whereof approval must be obtained from a local authority for the subdivision of land. Mr. Speaker, that is a very frightening innovation. The Bill itself represents a serious inroad, and I think we cannot emphasize that enough, upon the recognized rights of private property-owners in South Africa. We do not like it at all, and we have made that quite clear. In South Africa land is privately owned, but in this legislation, and in the other two Bills which are coming up for discussion this week, there is startling evidence, and very clear evidence, that the State is intent upon radically extending its powers to interfere with the use and the nature of the ownership of private, domestic and industrial land in South Africa. The position is this: When the Minister of Planning can decide into what group areas he will divide South Africa, when he can decide, where members of all race groups will be allowed to own or occupy or use property, when he has this power untrammelled by any control of Parliament, a provision which is contained in the draft Bill to amend the Group Areas Act and which now before the House, and when the Minister of Community Development can come along in terms of this Bill and decide, with equally far-reaching powers, just how these areas are to be developed and at what speed, then I would ask the House what fundamental rights are left to the private property-owner in South Africa? You see, Mr. Speaker, we consider that the South African public has every cause to feel alarmed. The powers given to the hon. the Minister in this Bill, as has already been pointed out, do not stop at his providing accommodation in group areas for people displaced from another group area. That has been his function up to the present time. Now he will be empowered to take a long-established area, which may well have been occupied by one particular racial group for a long time, and he will now be empowered to change its whole character by declaring it to be subject to what he calls “an urban renewal scheme”, a term which the Minister’s department is unable to define. This is a very dangerous precedent indeed. Already the group areas legislation in South Africa has become so complicated that the public is baffled by it; the country is smothered by laws and regulations, and the people in South Africa do not know whether they are coming or going in regard to this legislation. That is a fact. The important thing for South Africans to realize, particularly those who live in crowded urban areas, is that no-one can really any longer be certain of any security of tenure, whether they are owners of private property, or in whatever other capacity they happen to occupy it. That is what this Bill really means and it is a wretched situation in which to find ourselves.

In replying to arguments in the Committee Stage, the hon. Minister in trying to justify the assumption of arbitrary powers for development purposes, made a very astonishing statement. This is what he said—

Die departement en die plaaslike owerhede self moet nie deur die plaaslike besture se verouderde bouregulasies vasgevang word nie. Die departement neem net sekere magte waar dit nodsaaklik is. In ’n sekere woonbuurt moet byvoorbeeld 240 huise gebou word. Met konvensionele boumetodes ingevolge die bestaande bouregulasies sou dit drie jaar duur, maar met nuwe, vinnige en verbeterde boumetodes sal hierdie werk binne 15 maande voltooi wees.

How the need to introduce new and up-to-date building techniques and methods for housing purposes can possibly be equated with the need to remove powers from the local authorities is something that is quite beyond our comprehension.

The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

It is quite clear that it is beyond your comprehension.

Mrs. TAYLOR:

I would say this that the real meaning behind this Bill is far more serious than anything that has been mentioned by anybody in this debate. Basically, it represents a failure of the Government’s policy. Why otherwise the need for the Government to impose its authority upon the local authorities? Perhaps the Minister would tell us whether this Bill does in fact mean that the whole machinery of local government, the process of consultation with the local authorities, has broken down. Because that is very much what it looks like. If the hon. Minister denies that, then why does he need these arbitrary powers? You see, Sir, if the Minister is going seriously to argue that local authorities are not as competent to use new and modern building techniques as he is, then that is so much nonsense. Of course they are. It is an argument that holds no water at all. In fact the local authorities would only be too happy to work in conjunction with the hon. Minister if they approved of his policies in regard to many of these things. Of course the Minister knows that a great many of them do not approve of this policies and that they very much resent continual ministerial interference in these matters. The country is sick of it, local authorities are sick of it. For all the hon. Minister may talk about the approval of the United Municipal Executive, I want to say something about the provincial councils and provincial administrations in this regard as a result of what was said by the hon. member for Kempton Park (Mr. F. S. Steyn) earlier on. This brings me to the whole question of local authorities and the Minister’s attempt in this Bill and in various other Bills to turn them into nothing but rubber-stamps. You see, Sir, the decline in local government in South Africa has taken place during a period of vast economic expansion. We recognize that. This economic expansion has in its turn led to an extension of the functions of the State itself, so much so since this Government came into power that South Africa is horribly over governed to-day. That is one of the causes of the Minister’s difficulties. That is what this Bill is about. The fact is that our rate of expansion in South Africa requires the laying out of countless new townships. We accept that; it is something that all of us accept. But this Bill, as other speakers have said, gives the Minister blanket powers in respect of any land, not only townships. That is our objection, and the wording of the Bill is such that there is no question of real consultation with the local authorities or with the provincial administrations. The hon. Minister knows perfectly well that, as in all other cases, they will be given their orders. The hon. member for Kempton Park sees every justification for that. I am afraid that I do not. I know that there are those who will argue that centralized control makes for greater efficiency. It is a very old argument. It is a moot one and I think it is a very dangerous one indeed. Our view is that a balance has to be struck between, efficiency on the one hand and the democratic process as we know it on the other. It is that with which we are concerned in this Bill, and we very much dislike the powers that the Minister is taking.

The ideal in regard to matters of this kind is that there should be a partnership between the Government, the Provincial Councils and the local authorities, but the powers taken by the hon. Minister in this Bill and in other Bills which will come before us during this Session, will lead to the invidious position, with which we have now become so familiar in the provinces, whereby large sections of existing provincial legislation will be rendered null and void. You have only got to take the Townships Ordinance in the Cape as a start.

When the hon. Minister talks about consulting the Provincial Councils, what is the position going to be the moment this Bill gets on to the Statute Book? Quite a number of hon. members in this House have been members of provincial councils; they know all about it. The position simply is that no ordinance of any province can be repugnant to an Act of Parliament. That is part of our Constitution. The result is that the moment this Bill is on the Statute Book, the provinces will have no option; the provincial councils will not have been consulted, they will have no option except to amend their legislation to fall in line with this Bill exactly as the Minister wants it. There is no real question of consultation with the provinces.

I will concede that a genuine need for coordination exists in this field as in others from time to time. Once would be quite unreasonable not to concede that. I can understand also that, in the national interest, the Government may feel obliged, under certain circumstances, to exert authority and to compel certain institutions, a local authority or even a provincial council, to fulfill certain obligations which, in the public interest, have to be fulfilled. But if that is the sole object of this Bill, if the sole object is to bully the local authorities into what the Minister wants them to do, then, Sir, the Minister must feel a need for that, and if he admits that need, Mr. Speaker, then his admission is an admission of failure to treat with the local authorities by means of the recognized channels that have worked so successfully throughout the years. That in turn is an admission that the Government’s policies are heartily disliked, and secondly, that the Government, this Government, unlike previous governments, has proved itself quite incapable of making the whole system of local government work satisfactorily in South Africa. That is what it proves. Hence the need for the big stick.

Finally, this Bill, to our way of thinking, amounts to nothing more than an admission of failure on the part of the Government to work amicably with the local authorities in South Africa. They have failed to gain the co-operation of local bodies; the Government has failed to inspire the local authorities to carry out their policy. That is what this Bill means, and we oppose most emphatically this very dangerous innovation of increasing an insidious government control, not only when it comes to the question of ownership of land, but also of the use to which land may be put. We deplore the inroads being made into the the rights of private and industrial property-owners in South Africa. We wish our protest to be most emphatically recorded.

Mr. EDEN:

In the ordinary course of events, a Bill to deal with community planning or town planning or country planning, or whatever it may be called, would be a day for praise and congratulations, but I would like the hon. Minister to know that I am opposed to this Bill, not only for the reasons advanced by the hon. members who have spoken against it, but because of the experience which I have had in dealing with the results of planning in this country where it affects Coloured persons and Asiatics.

We find ourselves to-day in the position that the Government has had all the powers in the world under the Slums Act, the Housing Act, the Group Areas Development Act, the Group Areas Act, and now the Community Development Act, to carry out all the things which the Minister wishes to do but the Minister in this Bill asks for further powers. I would like the hon. Minister to know that when he said to me the other day that we should tell the Coloured people of the advantages that flow from the planning, that is contemplated, and is being carried out, the Coloured people do not have to be told of the disabilities under which they suffer—they live with those disabilities. These are the people who are moved, who are shunted about, who in every case—and there are dozens and dozens of them—are the sufferers. In his reply to the second-reading debate, the hon. Minister referred to Bosnian’s Dam. He did not deal with the point I made, which was that the Coloured people are being forced out of the urban areas, the municipal areas. As the hon. Minister knows, right throughout the Cape Province, it is always the Coloured community, who are moved—as I said at the time —to the outer perimeter of every town. The hon. Minister conceded that they were moved out to bare veld—as I said, out to the old kliprandt, outside. [Interjections.] That is what the hon. Minister admitted. Therefore any Bill which is designed, not to make the best use of land for the benefit of the community as a whole, but which is designed to be, in my opinion, a disguise, because the Group Areas Act has now been changed in name and has now become “the Community Development Act”, must be opposed. It is obvious that a parallel is now being found, as was found in Britain, but for other reasons. In England the reason for a Ministry of Town and Country Planning was found in the fact that with bomb damage and the encroachment on agricultural land, something had to be done to control the development of cities and towns so that they should be placed in strategic spots and in places where raw materials and labour were available. Now, in this country, if that were the motive at the back of this Bill, I would say that it would be a Bill which we could compliment the Minister. But on observing the working of community development in this country and examining the powers which the Minister wishes to take and intends to take, it is quite obvious that there is going to be an acceleration in the removal of those groups of the community who have been affected by all this legislation. On those grounds I oppose the Bill. I believe that it is wrong in principle to use legislation of this type and kind to deal with that particular aspect of our daily life.

Another point I wish to make—I do not want to labour the question of the provinces and the local authorities—is this: I asked the hon. Minister whether or not the provinces had petitioned him to restrict their powers, or vary their powers, which might have been the reason for this Bill. In his reply he said that he had had consultations with the Administrators and with the members of the Executive Committees at a meeting when this matter was discussed. But the fact remains that the law requires that Parliament should be petitioned to make such alterations. I believe that the community development of towns and townships—that is, the provision of shopping centres and townships away from the congested urban areas, the provision of new houses in the place of old dilapidated slums* was proceeding at a reasonable pace, within the capacity of the country to carry and support both from a material point of view and from the point of artisans and manpower to carry out the work. Now we are having an accelerated effort. The cry to-day is that it is because of immigrants, when in actual fact the large number of houses being built are houses being built for Bantu who are coming to the cities and towns looking for work and finding it, and of Coloured people being moved out of established places in those towns. I put it fairly and squarely to the hon. the Minister: Is it fair, in dealing with community development, that he should say—because that is his attitude—that he and he alone will decide? I know that the actual declaration of group areas now falls under the Minister of Planning, and the onus and responsibility of the declaration now rest on that Minister’s shoulders.

Be that as it may, I believe that the procedure and method that could have been adopted, should have been by way of consultation with local authorities. As the hon. Minister himself admits, he has had the co-operation of local authorities and I can vouch for that. In his reply he quoted one small town council as being difficult, and he asked us by way of question and reply: Should he have to knuckle down to that small local authority? I believe that the method of dealing with that small local authority was through the ordinary channels of the Administrator. It is not a matter that should come to a Minister of State nor for him to deal with some obscure local authority.

I go further and say, that in the Bill, mention is made of compensation for traders who are put out of business, and the Minister did not reply to the question I raised. I ask the House to consider whether it is fair, reasonable and just to take a Coloured trader or an Asiatic trader—and I am going to ask the Minister to introduce an amendment to alter that, in the Other Place if necessary—and to say to that man, who has been in business for years, who has worked honestly, built up a clientele and created goodwill—to say to him arbitrarily: You shall now move, you shall now go to a township which has been set aside for your own people, and you will get one year’s profits as compensation. Is that just, or is it inhuman? It is, at least, unfair. I say that while this type of legislation exists we shall never improve relations in this country vis-à-vis ourselves and the Coloured people who are affected by all this legislation throughout the length and breadth of the Republic. Another point the hon. Minister referred to, was the question I raised with him of making it difficult for local authorities to act. I do not wish to burden the House with a reply to that matter at this stage, but when we get to his Vote, I will quote him chapter and verse as to how difficult it is for local authorities to get action. I do not blame the Minister personally, but as the Minister, he must take the responsibility. It takes months and sometimes years to get results where local authorities are attempting to get on with their job. Time is running short and I do appeal to the hon. Minister to realize that the efforts, the actions of the Government, the actions of the department in dealing with the Coloured community, are creating a tremendous amount of hardship, a great deal of frustration and a great deal of ill-feeling. It is easy for hon. members sitting there to laugh and to jeer, but I say, in all sincerity, that there is nothing that has caused greater hardship in this country; there is nothing that has caused more dissatisfaction amongst the Coloured community, than the legislation which is being pressed upon them, stopping up gaps, and which is designed only to have them removed from the urban areas to a place apart, where they must get on with the job on their own. That is what the legislation is doing, and has done. The hon. Minister has said so often that he has a tremendous amount of sympathy for these people. I ask him to exercise his sympathy and to give instructions that the time has come to turn the heat off from the Coloured people. If there is any heat to be generated or any pressure that has been put upon them; the time has come when these things should be relaxed. The time has come when the Minister must realize that we are dealing with people, with human beings, the same as we are. They are unable to voice their opinions as they should be able to, and they have to rely upon the poor method that is given to them, by having White men like myself to represent them in this House. But, I do my job as best as I can, and I say to the hon. Minister: Stop before it is too late, and stop pushing the Coloured people all around.

Mr. BEZUIDENHOUT:

Once again we have heard hon. members opposite trying to create the impression in the outside world that the only reason why this legislation is being placed on the Statute Book is to deprive local authorities and provincial councils of all their power. When we study this legislation and we think of the various problems which confront the country we fully appreciate that community development is one of the most important functions of the Government of the day. We are very pleased that the Government is now placing legislation on the Statute Book in order to re-settle the various communities in our country properly and to see to it that those communities develop in an orderly way.

I deprecate the fact that the Opposition tries to create the impression that there is no cooperation between local authorities and the provincial councils and the Government. I think this Government can boast of the fact that it is on the best footing with provincial councils and local authorities, including Johannesburg, as far as co-operation is concerned; and Johannesburg only co-operated after the hon. members for Florida (Mr. Miller) and Hospital (Mr. Gorshel) no longer served on that local authority.

I want to return to the hon. member for Florida. He went to great trouble to give the impression that it was the City Council of Johannesburg who was responsible for building the houses at Meadowlands. The hon. member told the Minister that he wanted to take powers unto himself to build an “empire” but he was too scared to answer my question. The hon. member for Florida said this Minister wanted to build a big empire for himself.

Mr. MILLER:

On a point of order, the hon. member is attributing words to me which I did not say.

The DEPUTY-SPEAKER:

The hon. member may continue.

Mr. BEZUIDENHOUT:

He said the then Minister of Native Affairs had placed legislation on the Statute Book and that all the local authorities co-operated with him. That is quite right, he did get the co-operation of local authorities with the exception of the City Council of Johannesburg. That was the only City Council which was so adamant in its refusal to co-operate in re-settling the non-Whites of Johannesburg that the Government had to establish the Re-settlement Board to re-settle the Bantu of Sophiatown in Meadowlands. But to-day he accuses the Minister of wanting to take vast powers unto himself to build an “empire”. We who know what happens on a local authority and in a provincial council want to congratulate the Minister on having come forward with this legislation. Those hon. members opposite say the Minister wants to deprive the city councils and the provincial councils of their power. Our experience has been that when a local authority discusses a matter which emanates from the Government of the day there is always an argument and quarrelling as to whether it is the correct method to adopt. There is also an argument between the officials of the local authority and those of the Government as to the methods to be adopted while the people to whom the hon. member for Karoo (Mr. Eden) has referred suffer. Knowing what problems he has to contend with the Minister now introduces this legislation. I can tell hon. members that the various city councils on the Reef do not even have uniform building regulations. Conscious of all the problems that confront him the Minister now submits legislation to this House which will only operate to the advantage and benefit of the various communities and national groups. It is ridiculous to say that South Africa cannot be compared with England because it has not been through a war. I do not for one moment intend comparing the conditions prevailing in the Republic with war conditions but we very definitely say that the slums which still exist in the country to-day can only be cleared up quickly by means of legislation of this nature and it can also help to make the communities happy. We want to say this to the Opposition to-day: Why do they want to sow the suspicion in the world outside that this Government does not want to co-operate with local authorities or provincial councils and that there is quarrelling and dissension between local authorities and the Minister? That is not so. It is precisely this Government which has the full support of the city councils and the provincial councils. Time and again they say to the Minister of Community Development: We are aware of your problems and the big task resting on your shoulders; carry on and we shall co-operate with you as much as we can because we know with your knowledge and experience you are best able to solve these problems to the benefit of the various national groups. I want to make an appeal to the Opposition. Let us stop sowing suspicion. It does not bring us any nearer to solving this problem. The city councils are co-operating with the Minister and we want to say this to the Minister to-day: We pay tribute to him and his Department for the miracles they have performed in such a short space of time. You do the Minister an injustice to say he is building an “empire” because that is something he can definitely not be accused of doing; he does not deserve it but what he does indeed deserve is for us to say that he is honestly imbued with a desire to see to it that justice is done to the various national groups in the country. He honestly wants to see that only the best is done for them.

Mr. GORSHEL:

Perhaps because the lighting in this Chamber is somewhat subdued, I cannot always see very clearly, and so I failed to observe the blush on the countenance of the hon. the Minister of Community Development when he heard that impassioned eulogy of which the hon. member for Brakpan (Mr. Bezuidenhout) delivered himself; and he appealed to us to join in the chorus of praise of the Minister. He said to the Opposition that we should say “Thank you” to the Minister, and that he should take all these powers, “want u het die kennis, u het die ondervinding”. You know, Sir, he practically expected us to say The Lord’s Prayer to the hon. the Minister—because what he said sounded like “for Thine is the Kingdom, the Power and the Glory”.

The DEPUTY-SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member should discuss the Bill.

The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

That prayer does not sound well in your mouth.

Mr. GORSHEL:

I want to make it clear, in case the point has been missed by the Minister or by the hon. member for Brakpan, that we have not said “Thank you” to the Minister for this Bill, nor do we intend doing so. Surely we have made that painfully clear. Then why does he attack us because we criticize the Minister and the powers he seeks? Are we not entitled to do that? Is this no longer a democratic country?

Mr. BEZUIDENHOUT:

Because you are being unreasonable.

Mr. GORSHEL:

Is this democracy—that I must be prepared to sit silent while I hear the unreasonable views of the hon. member for Brakpan, and not complain of them? Is that the test of democracy? In other words, as long as I agree with the hon. member and the Minister, I am a democrat, but the moment I dare to disagree, what am I?

Now I want to tell the hon. member for Brakpan a few home truths. I want to leave a few minutes over for the hon. member for North-West Rand, who promises to come and hit me afterwards.

An HON. MEMBER:

Who is the hon. member for Johannesburg (West).

Mr. GORSHEL:

First the hon. member for Brakpan referred to Meadowlands as an example of the dereliction of duty of the Johannesburg City Council, whose battles I do not wish to fight here. But we have heard this flung across the floor of the House, yet every now and then the Minister himself or somebody over there will stand up and say that the Johannesburg City Council is a model of co-operation. The Minister has said it, and he referred to their urban renewal scheme in Fordsburg and in Newclare, in this very debate. The hon. member for Brakpan was here. Why does he seek to deny what Hansard has already recorded? This kind of nonsensical discussion is really a bit too much to expect, even from an hon. member who refuses to look at the facts of the case. Sir, I want to tell him very briefly the facts of Meadowlands. He should know them, because he lives in Brakpan, which is only about 28 miles from Johannesburg, and even in the 1950’s we had radio and newspapers on the Rand! So he must know something of what went on in Johannesburg. He should know that the issue there was the question of the removal of persons from the Western Areas and that the Johannesburg City Council said in effect that unless you would restore the rights these people would lose, the freehold title some of them had, wherever you were going to place them, they would not agree to this scheme. That was the fundamental issue.

The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

You protected the slum-owners and you are doing it now also.

Mr. GORSHEL:

Very well, that is the Minister’s interpretation now. But I want to say this: as unco-operative as that hon. member alleges the City Council of Johannesburg to have been, the moment the Government saw the attitude of the Johannesburg City Council, motivated by the attitude of its ratepayers, the people of the City of Johannesburg who put them there—a little exercise in democracy that you should remember sometimes—when the Government found that the City Council had taken a certain attitude, it passed legislation; the Western Areas removal scheme came into being, and as a result, Meadowlands was built. But how was Meadowlands built? Why does the hon. member for Brakpan not tell us the truth and the whole truth, even if he refuses to tell us nothing but the truth? Why does he not tell this House that the moment that became an accomplished fact, that the legislation was passed, and that the removal scheme had to be undertaken, the City Council of Johannesburg cooperated fully in the development of Meadowlands? [Interjections.]

The DEPUTY-SPEAKER:

Order!

Mr. GORSHEL:

The very fact that all those services were provided for that enormous Bantu township which to-day is the apple of the eye of this Government … [Interjections.] The fact that all those services were provided with the least delay, and partly at the expense of the ratepayers of Johannesburg, is due to the fact that the Johannesburg City Council provided all those services, the roads, the water, the electricity and the sewerage. It is very sad that one has to go over all these facts again and again, when they are already recorded for posterity, which I say will one day weep because of the fact that there was once a Nationalist Government. I want to tell the hon. member for Brakpan something— he says that to-day the Johannesburg City Council does co-operate.

Mr. BEZUIDENHOUT:

Yes, since you left the Council.

Mr. GORSHEL:

That only proves the truth of the old adage that one man’s meat is another man’s poison. In that case, since this tremendous improvement has taken place in the relations between the Government and the Johannesburg City Council, the hon. member for Florida and I should be made welcome here and the hon. member for Brakpan should thank us for coming here, because now there is co-operation. Imagine the City of London not co-operating with the U.K. Government!

The hon. member says that we have sought to create the impression that the only purpose of this Bill is the deprivation of the powers of the local authorities or the Provincial Councils. It is not merely an impression—I say he is absolutely right; that is the only purpose, because all these things which the Minister sets out to do in this Bill have been done and are being done and will continue to be done without any of these powers, if there is this co-operation which the hon. member says there is. It either exists or it does not. Sir, this must be simpler than the theory of relativity, but they make it so difficult for us to know whether they think there is co-operation between the local authorities and the Government or not. If there is co-operation, why this Bill? [Interjection.] The hon. member for Brakpan says I am stupid. We have a saying in the Transvaal, “Dorn is niks, maar, stupid’!” Sir, you heard the hon. member say that the Government can boast that it has the finest co-operation from the Provincial Administrations and the local authorities, but a minute ago he said that there was no co-operation, and so we have had this game of battledore and shuttlecock, so that anybody who does not have his feet firmly on the ground would get so dizzy that he would not know what the meaning was of statements made on that side of the House, and the same applies to the Minister. They do not use words as if they have an ordinary dictionary meaning, or an ordinary usage. I was very interested to see a few days ago that in a cartoon by Dawid Marais in the Cape Times the hon. the Minister was depicted as a ballerina—I must say a very stocky and overweight ballerina—being held by his colleague the Minister of Planning. I think that to show the Minister in the guise of a ballerina …

Mr. BEZUIDENHOUT:

Were you the elf?

The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

You are so simple that they could not even put you into the cartoon.

Mr. GORSHEL:

I was not even in the picture. The Minister was shown as a ballerina, but that is wrong. The Minister is better cast in the role of the Queen in “Alice through the Looking Glass”, where the Queen says: “Words mean what I say they mean. I am the master.” That is exactly the attitude of the Minister. Words mean what the Minister says they mean. A Bill is introduced and it is called the Community Development Bill-—and you can search through every line of the Bill but you will find no definition of “community development”. So what does it mean? The hon. member for Brakpan says it means what he says it means, and the Minister says the same. Then you come to the long title of the Bill and there is a reference to “the promotion of community development”. Now the long title is presumed to give the object of the Bill, and here the object is stated as being “the promotion of community development”. Then you are entitled to ask: The promotion of what? What is community development? Nobody knows. They say community development is what they say it is. In other words, like the Queen in “Alice through the Looking Glass”, the Minister says: Words mean what I say they mean. For all the difference it makes, this could just as well have been called the “Communistic Development Bill” or the “Socialist Development Bill”, because this is a socialist measure. This Bill contains a radical departure which is very surprising in a country like South Africa which prides itself on its capitalist and private-enterprise economy, in that the Government can now step in, in any part of South Africa, and whether or not it is the legal owner of the land, it can do what it likes with the land. I may be quite wrong, but if I were to look for definitions of a communistic kind of development, this is it. [Interjections.] If the hon. member for Cradock proves nothing else, he always demonstrates without any doubt that in the National Party caucus, the common denominator is the ignoramus.

I want to deal briefly with a few points made by the hon. member for Kempton Park (Mr. F. S. Steyn). He said that members on the Government side welcomed this Bill because the community development concept is wider than that of the group areas concept. Now, we know what “group areas” means. We have had a principal Act and a succession of amending Acts, and in all those Acts the question is removed from debate because there is a definition of an “area” and a definition of a “group”, and there is a definition of a “group area”. The present Bill is the Bill which puts the finishing touch to the principal Act and all the amending Acts—but lo and behold, it is called by another name, the Community Development Bill, gainsaying all is predecessors; and we can do what we like, but nobody can give us a legal definition of “community development”, from the Minister downwards. So whatever the Minister or the hon. member for Kempton Park says about it, we see this Bill as a measure which gives the Minister certain Dowers without any rhyme or reason or justification, and we know that whatever we may say, when the voting takes place we will have lost the argument. But we are entitled to point out to the House and to the country and to the Minister that this is not good legislation. The hon. member for Kempton Park says, on a constitutional issue, that we are wrong in saying that there is a deprivation of rights as far as the Provincial Councils and the local authorities are concerned, and I wish that you had been here, Sir, because this is constitutional law at the highest level—in fact, so high that I have difficulty in getting up into that stratosphere. He says that in a unitary state like South Africa there is no such thing as an “assailable” Government action in regard to its powers. There is no such thing as the right to assail the Central Government on its action in taking away certain powers of local authorities. He says there can be no derogation of the power of the Central Government to deprive the Provincial Councils of their power. We who have read the constitution of South Africa can only gaze open-mouthed at the hon. member for Kempton Park, who is a lawyer by profession, when he makes this kind of statement; because if this is what he says is written in the constitution, then, again, words mean what the Government says they mean. The country, the people of South Africa and that side of the House, the Government, have always known that there are certain provisions in the Act of Union, which were taken over when South Africa became a Republic, and we have always believed that those words mean exactly what they mean in plain language—whether it is Afrikaans or English. But here we are told to-day that in a unitary state like South Africa, there is no situation in which a Government can be attacked in regard to any action it may take for the purpose of removing the powers of the Provincial Councils or the local authorities. I do not know whether this will bring up any other questions in future, but I fear that what we heard this afternoon, if we are to take it seriously, discloses something which is far beyond the framework of this Bill (which we call “community development” because we have no other name for it)—that there is an intention on the Government side to ignore any constitutional provision as long as a certain end must be served. I think we, as an Opposition, should warn the Government against this kind of action, and should alert the people of South Africa. If it is the intention to deny what the constitution says in simple language, then we should all be aware of it. I do not want to take it any further than that; I hope to do so at a more appropriate time.

Dealing with this Bill, the Minister told us quite early in the debate that we did not know what was going on in regard to the development of certain areas under the control of the Community Development Department to which the Bill now seeks to give certain powers, and he said that it was our own fault that we did not know. He said he had even invited the Opposition to go on a tour of new schemes, but the invitation had not been accepted. Now, I want to make it very clear that I have yet to find someone on this side of the House who received that invitation. I may live in the backveld, but I for one did not receive any such invitation, though I would have been delighted, because of my basic interest in the matter, to accept it.

The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

But you will never be included in such an invitation.

Mr. GORSHEL:

Ah, precisely. Like his colleague the Minister of Justice, in another context, I am also fussy about the company I keep. No matter what the Minister says about me, it stands on record in Hansard and in the Press that he has invited the Opposition— unless the Minister now says that he takes unto himself one of the powers granted under this Bill, the right to excise one member of the Opposition—myself! I say he never invited anybody. [Interjections.] Ah, so it was a privilege. This, then, is democracy! Then he said that we, the Opposition, were creating a serious danger for South Africa. He said that if we kept on harping on the provision of housing and certain amenities, we would simply add fuel to the flames of the argument that too much was already being done for the non-Whites, and he said that if all the good work the Government was doing to house the non-Whites properly was continuously going to be derided by the Opposition, the White population might eventually resist the undertaking of further new schemes—and the day that happened, the United Party should bear the full responsibility! Sir, this is an amazing statement from a Minister of State. He says to the Opposition that we must not criticize him or the Government because if we do, we will simply draw attention to the fact that the Government is trying to do too much in regard to the housing of non-Whites.

And if we do that, the White people of South Africa will suddenly wake up to the fact that we are spending so much money on the non-Whites that they will say, “You must stop this completely”; so he says to us, in effect, “keep very quiet about this; if you want the Coloureds to be housed, if you want the Bantu and the Indians to be housed—let alone the White people—keep very quiet; do not criticize, because you are only drawing attention to the deeds of the Government”. Sir, I cannot understand how, in all seriousness, the hon. the Minister can expect us to swallow that kind of argument. For so long as this Government even pretends that South Africa is a democratic country and that this is a democratic Parliament, the forum of the people, for so long two must play that game, and the game means that he Government (which they tell us ad nauseam every day is democratic), as well as the Opposition does its best to see that it governs South Africa well (which this Government fails to do at all material times). This is the game; and if they want to put a stop to that, then they are going the right way about it, because now a person who criticizes, let alone an hon. member of this House, automatically becomes the enemy of the State, according to the views expressed here to-day. Sir, I do not have to go very far back to prove how dangerous that attitude is to democracy As I was saying, this is a sad day indeed, for reasons with which I need not burden you, Sir. I merely want to indicate to the hon. Minister that regardless of all the powers which are conferred on him and his Department and his officials in this Bill—and this may be considered no more than a prophecy to-day—regardless of all his powers, he will fail miserably in the provision of housing if he does not have the co-operation of the local authorities, of the public at large, and even of the Provincial Administrations. He will not succeed, because it is no use assuming that you can govern a country by pushing buttons, by saying, “There is a Bill; now you go out and do what the Bill provides”. There are people involved here, human beings who like to feel that, even if they are not loved, they are considered—human beings who, in our country, as in other countries, believe that when they elect a local authority or a Provincial Administration, it has those powers which the constitution of the Republic of South Africa arm it with. Sir, I am sorry to end the sentence with a preposition, but that is the only thing that is wrong with that statement! The moment people become disillusioned about this, Sir, you will not get any co-operation from them.

Business interrupted in accordance with Standing Order No. 68 (1).

*The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

I do not think it is necessary for me to take up much of the time of the House, and it is not my intention to do so for the simple reason that practically nothing new has been said in this third-reading debate. The only thing we had that was new was a series of ridiculous statements by the hon. member for Hospital (Mr. Gorshel), to which I do not propose to reply.

Mr. GORSHEL:

Say “thank you”.

The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

A few points have been made here to which I do want to reply, one of them by the hon. member for Wynberg (Mrs. Taylor). The hon. member says that we are violating provincial ordinances and breaking down the powers of Provincial Councils, but that is not correct. I am sorry that the hon. member is not here. What we are doing here does not violate any Ordinance or local bylaw, except in those cases where the State uses its own funds, where we give the State the right to act without being bound by antiquated methods and regulations. That is all we are doing here. There is no such thing that we are violating or ignoring ordinances. We are only giving the power to the State, where State funds are used and where the State provides the means, to act without being bound by antiquated methods and regulations. But, Sir, it serves no purpose to try to explain that to hon. members of the Opposition; they refuse to believe it. May I remind you, Sir, that only yesterday the hon. member for Germiston (District) (Mr. Tucker), when we were discussing another measure, adopted precisely the opposite attitude and said that he wanted me to take even more drastic powers so as to be able to do away with these antiquated by-laws. In other words, within the space of two days the official Opposition, in dealing with the same principle, adopts precisely the opposite attitude.

Mr. F. S. STEYN:

True to their nature.

The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

Why do they do so, Mr. Speaker? As far as the Housing Act is concerned they adopt a different attitude. Last year when I gave certain powers to the local authorities under the Housing Act to get away from old by-laws, the Opposition raised no objection to it; they said that they agreed with it, but to-day they object because in this case the Development Board is being vested with precisely the same powers. Why? They object because this Board has to deal with separate residential areas. Sir, I say to you that whatever the protestations of the Opposition may be, whatever they may try to make the country believe, in their heart of hearts they are against separate residential areas. The Opposition do not want separate residential areas in South Africa; what they want is a hotch-potch urban community. They are not prepared to take the steps which are taken by this Government to ensure separate residential areas for Whites and for non-Whites. Their whole history testifies to that fact, and the attitude which they have adopted here to-day, in conflict with the attitude which they adopted when the Housing Act was under discussion, only reveals once again that in their heart of hearts they are not in favour of residential separation in South Africa. Sir, we will continue to make that charge against them; they cannot get away from it.

Mr. THOMPSON:

You ought to know that that is untrue.

The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

Why then do hon. members opposite oppose every single measure that we introduce to bring about residential separation? Why do they continually attack the principle of group areas; why do they continually attack us when we try to clear up areas and to bring about residential separation in areas which were formerly mixed residential areas? Sir, they do not want separate residential areas and my charge against them is that they are trying to create a false image of themselves in this connection. That is also my reply to the hon. member for Karoo (Mr. Eden). The hon. member talked here about injustices suffered by the Coloureds. Sir, no Government in the history of South Africa has done as much as this Government to settle Coloured communities under decent living conditions. The hon. member knows that that is the position but he talks this way because he refuses to admit it; he talks this way because there is a Prog, ghost on his heels. He has just returned from the Kimberley constituency where the Coloured voters once again rejected their candidate to-day; the outcome has just been announced. Do you know, Sir, why the Coloureds are rejecting them? Not so much because the Coloureds are Progressives, but more particularly because they have nothing but contempt for the methods employed by the party over there.

*Mr. THOMPSON:

Are things also going badly with your party then?

*The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

We put up no candidates, and we have never said that we adopt the attitude that the Coloureds should vote for us— never.

*Mr. THOMPSON:

What about Mr. Scholz?

*The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

Mr. Scholz was not a National Party candidate.

*Mr. SPEAKER:

That has nothing to do with the Bill.

*The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

Yes, Mr. Speaker, I am aware of that, but then hon. members opposite must not tempt me.

*Mr. SPEAKER:

The hon. the Minister must not allow himself to be tempted.

*The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

That is very difficult, Sir; it is a human weakness to fall for temptation! I say that the hon. member for Karoo ought to know better; he ought to know about the measures which were taken in Kimberley itself. In the very heart of Kimberley there was an area which was the worst possible breeding-ground for slums, and it is because of steps taken by this Government, because of money made available by this Government, because of directives issued by this Government, that the Malay camp in Kimberley has been cleared up. It is because of the implementation of the Group Areas Act that the Malay camp in Kimberley has been cleared up.

*Mr. J. E. POTGIETER:

And they opposed it.

Mr. EDEN:

May I ask a question?

*The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

No, let the hon. member take his medicine now. The fact of the matter is that this Malay camp in the very heart of Kimberley has been cleared up as a result of the declaration of group areas, and the fact of the matter is that the people who were resettled …

Mr. EDEN:

That is untrue.

*Mr. J. C. B. SCHOEMAN:

On a point of order, is the hon. member entitled to say to the Minister that he is not speaking the truth?

*The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

Let him say it; I do not mind; his own constituency is beginning to scoff at him. The fact of the matter is that these people who were taken out of the Malay camp and resettled, were resettled at the expense of the State. The housing which was provided for these people in Kimberley and which is still being provided to clear up hovels and slum conditions there, was and is being provided at the expense of the State. The hon. member can say whatever he likes but his own City Council is laughing at him; his own constituency is laughing at him and this House is laughing at him.

Hon. members of the Opposition want to know why I am taking these powers if in fact I receive such wonderful co-operation from the city councils. Sir, I thought I had dealt with that already, but the trouble is that those hon. members never listen. For the sake of the record, therefore, let me once again read out this letter which was received in my office on 5 August 1964—

At the recent meeting of a sub-committee of the State Committee with Council officials on 15 July 1964 the question was again raised whether local authorities could be granted power to freeze property development pending the implementation of a redevelopment or renewals scheme. It will be recalled that this matter had been discussed briefly at the meeting between the State Committee and the Management Committee on 30 April 1964 in which regard I refer particularly to pages 75 and 76 from which it appears that you are inclined to agree that legislation of this kind is necessary. At the recent meeting the Director of Local Government reported that this office had gone into the question of a homologation law and had advised that enabling legislation would be required from the Central Government to enable the Provincial Councils to grant such powers to local authorities.

You will recall from previous discussions that the local authority had no power to refuse to pass a building plan where such plan complies with the by-laws and you will be well aware how this lack of power can frustrate the implementation of sound planning in redevelopment and renewals schemes. Besides the western development for Coloured ownership and occupation the Council is to your knowledge on the threshhold of redevelopment and renewals schemes for Whites also. The purpose of this letter therefore is to solicit your assistance in pressing this matter from the State level to the fullest extent of your convictions in this regard.

This letter was signed by the Town Clerk of Johannesburg. In other words, even though we have the co-operation of city councils, they admit that there are by-laws and regulations which hamper modern development, and all we are doing here is to ask for the power to get away from antiquated by-laws. That is also my reply to the accusation made here with regard to the freezing of buildings; it is also my reply to the accusation made here with regard to urban renewal schemes, because that matter is also dealt with in this letter; this is also my reply to the charge that I am not seeking the co-operation of the local authorities. I have said here on a previous occasion—and I do not want to enlarge upon it again—that as far as this point is concerned I have the co-operation of the United Municipal Executive. Not only do they welcome this measure but they admit that the Central Government must have the authority to intervene to help them out of this difficulty. But, Sir, do you think it helps to say that to hon. members on the other side? They simply refuse to believe it. They are against separate residential areas and they are against slum clearance. I do not want to deal at length with the observations made by the hon. member for Florida (Mr. Miller), but I just want to say this to him: He tried to create the impression that he was really the father of the scheme to clear up the undesirable conditions under which the Bantu on the Witwatersrand lived. But I want to ask him to bear in mind that there are other people who also have ears and eyes. We recall how the hon. the Prime Minister was called a dictator in this House; we recalled how he was called names because he was allegedly taking unto himself all sorts of powers so as to be able to control human lives; we still recall the fight that took place here with regard to the site and service scheme; we recall the fight that took place here over the establishment of the Resettlement Board and over the levy fund; we recall the fight that took place here because of the steps taken by the hon. the Prime Minister to clear up Sophiatown. At that time the hon. the Prime Minister had to endure the same abusive language that we have had to endure during the past few days. To-day, however, they come along and claim the credit for these things for themselves. They are welcome to it, but we say to them that they must not try to stand in the way of further progress. That is my reply to them. As far as the hon. member’s insults are concerned, I fling them back in his teeth. He is the last person from whom I am prepared to endure insults.

Mrs. TAYLOR:

Who insulted you?

*Mr. MILLER:

I will not do you the honour of insulting you.

*The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

The hon. member could never rise high enough even to get in touch with me. [Interjections.] Sir, the hon. member was extremely unpleasant here this afternoon; if I wished to become unpleasant too I could say quite a few things, but I regard the hon. member and his methods as beneath me.

I want to come back to the hon. member for Umlazi (Mr. Lewis) The hon. member made two points which are worthwhile replying to. He referred to the freezing of buildings and he wanted to know whether this would only take place in designated areas. My reply is, “Yes,” it will only be in designated areas.

The second point which the hon. member raised was in connection with compensation which is paid for buildings which are involved in these designated areas, not in group areas. The hon. member was concerned more specifically with buildings which are involved in other areas. If the hon. member looks at Clause 5 (2) (e) he will see that the Group Areas Board (now the Community Development Board) has no power to take that building away from the owner; the Board only has a preferent right to purchase; it does not deprive that person of the building, and the compensation which is paid in terms of Clause 5 (5) (a) is the compensation which is laid down in the Slums Act. The Slums Act, as the hon. member knows, was passed in 1934. In other words, if this is unfair, it was the then Government which passed this unfair measure. I think that explains the point in regard to which the hon. member wished to have clarity.

Mr. Speaker, I am sorry to say so but except for these points, not a single new point has been raised here, and because I do not want to take up the time of the House unnecessarily, I move.

Motion put and the House divided:

AYES—71: Badenhorst, F. H.; Bekker, G. E. H.; Bekker, M. J. H.; Bezuidenhout, F. P. C; Botha, M. C; Botha, P. W.; Botha, S. P.; Coetzee, P. J.; Cruywagen, W. A.; de Wet, J. M.; Dönges, T. E.; du Plessis, H. R. H.; Fouché, J. J.; Frank, S.; Greyling, J. C.; Hertzog, A.; Heystek, J.; Jonker, A. H.; Jurgens, J. C.; Knobel, G. J.; Koornhof, P. G. J.; Kotze, G. P.; Kotzé, S. F.; Malan, A. I.; Malan, W. C.; Marais, J. A.; Martins, H. E.; Meyer, T.; Mulder, C. P.; Muller, H.; Muller, S. L.; Nel, J. A. F.; Niemand, F. J.; Otto, J. C.; Pansegrouw, J. S.; Pelser, P. C.; Potgieter, D. J.; Potgieter, J. E.; Rall, J. J.; Rall, J. W.; Rall, M. J.; Sadie, N. C. van R.; Schlebusch, A. L.; Schlebusch, J. A.; Schoeman, B. J.; Schoeman, J. C. B.; Schoonbee, J. F.; Smit, H. H.; Steyn, F. S.; Steyn, J. H.; Swanepoel, J. W. F.; van den Heever, D. J. G.; van der Ahee, H. H.; van der Merwe, P. S.; van der Spuy, J. P.; van der Walt, B. J.; van der Wath, J. G. H.; van Eeden, F. J.; van Niekerk, G. L. H.; van Niekerk, M. C.: van Rensburg, M. C. G. J.; van Staden, J. W.; Venter, M. J. de la R.; Venter, W. L. D. M.; Verwoerd, H. F.; Visse. J. H.; von Moltke, J. von S.; Vorster, B. J.; Vosloo, A. H.

Tellers: W. H. Faurie and H. J. van Wyk.

NOES—35: Barnett, C.; Basson, J. A. L.; Basson, J. D. du P.; Bennett, C.; Cadman, R. M.; Connan, J. M.; Eden, G. S.; Field, A. N.; Fisher, E. L.; Gay, L. C.; Gorshel, A.; Graaff, de V.; Henwood, B. H.; Hickman, T.; Higgerty, J. W.; Hourquebie, R. G. L.; Lewis, H.; Miller, H.; Moolman, J. H.; Moore, P. A.; Oldfield, G. N.; Plewman, R. P.; Ross, D. G.; Steenkamp, L. S.; Taurog, L. B.; Taylor, C. D.; Thompson, J. O. N.; Timoney, H. M.; Tucker, H; van der Byl, P.; Warren, C. M.; Waterson, S. F.; Wood, L. F. Tellers: H. J. Bronkhorst and A. Hopewell.

Motion accordingly agreed to.

Bill read a third time.

HOUSING AMENDMENT BILL

Second Order read: Resumption of second-reading debate,—Housing Amendment Bill.

[Debate on motion by the Minister of Community Development, adjourned on 15 March, resumed.]

*The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

It is not my intention, as far as this debate is concerned, to give a lengthy reply because hon. members on both sides of the House have indicated that they support this Bill, although I received rather strange support from the official Opposition. They said that they were in favour of this Bill and they then proceeded to explain in what respects they disagreed with it. That is something, however, that we can deal with in the Committee Stage. I leave it at that.

When the House adjourned yesterday evening, I was replying to certain points made by the hon. member for Germiston (District) (Mr. Tucker). I made the point that we granted certain powers to local authorities last year to enable them to get away from antiquated methods. We were under the impression last year that the powers of the National Housing Commission were adequate until we came up against the problem that there was talk throughout the country of “town-planning schemes in the course of preparation”. This is a practically never-ending process, and because that is the position, the Act was not framed widely enough to enable us to cope with that problem. The hon. member then asked me by way of interjection whether we were ensuring that we would get the co-operation of the local authorities. The reply is “Yes”, we are going out of our way to obtain their co-operation. That was why the Department took what was an unprecedented step in the history of South Africa and that was to draw up a housing code which was made available to the local authorities. In this housing code, of which we gave quite a few copies to the Opposition—and I hope that the hon. member will try to peruse it because he has not yet seen it—we try to give guidance to the local authorities in respect of every facet of housing. But in addition to that we also made available to the local authorities the Louw Committee’s report which deals with new building methods and new building materials. Not only does this report throw new light on the use of new materials and new building methods, but since we have no standard regulations as yet, it goes further and specifies which specifications of the S.A. Bureau of Standards we can use in applying these building methods. Thirdly, in consultation with the Research Institute of the C.S.I.R. we are continually having research undertaken, research to which the Department of Community Development largely contributes in the case of special projects. We then make available to the local authorities the information thus gathered. The reply to the hon. member’s question therefore is in the affirmative.

The hon. member correctly points out that there is a great hiatus in South Africa as far as this matter is concerned. In spite of the fact that we are now taking these powers under the Housing Act and that we are also giving these powers to local authorities, the fact of the matter is that these powers only apply in those cases where State funds are used. In other words, private concerns which establish townships and local authorities which do not make use of State funds are still bound by these antiquated methods and regulations. I have two documents here which reached my office only this morning; the one comes from a well-known holiday resort here in the Cape, where the title deed conditions prevent the utilization of any of these new building methods. This is one of the best-known holiday resorts in the Cape Province, and these people are simply debarred from making use of these new methods. I received a letter only this morning from a well-known local authority in Natal. A large firm there, on its own initiative, wants to start with the erection of houses provided they can get the land. The local authority informed this firm that they were sorry but their by-laws prohibited the proposed building methods and that they themselves were against it. In other words, they want to adhere to the old methods. We are now asking for these powers so that the State will not be hampered in its efforts, in those cases where the State provides the funds either by way of a loan or by way of direct expenditure. I think in asking this question the hon. member really wants to know what steps we are taking to have these new methods applied generally. I do not think this falls within the scope of my Department, but there are discussions going on between the Minister of Economic Affairs and myself. There is an interdepartmental committee, under the chairmanship of a representative of the South African Bureau of Standards, which has almost completed the task of drawing up a number of standard regulations which we will be able to promulgate within the foreseeable future and which will be acceptable to the Provinces and the local authorities. This will cover a wider field than the field we are trying to cover where State funds only are used. Sir, I think I have replied adequately now to the points raised here by the hon. member.

The hon. member for Umlazi (Mr. Lewis) made a few statements here with which I do not quite agree. He referred to the “terrific backlog in housing” and “the housing crisis” amongst other things. He says, “The present crisis has been created by the incompetence of this Government.” I do not think the hon. member believes that himself. This is not the occasion, Sir, to give the hon. member figures to show what this Government has spent over a period of 16 years in respect of each racial group in South Africa. After all, those figures are well known; they are available, and I think the hon. member did himself a very great injustice.

Mr. LEWIS:

I did not accuse you of not having done anything.

*The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

This Government has done more than any of its predecessors. As a matter of fact this Government has done more during this period of 16 years as far as housing is concerned than was done during the period 1920 to 1948, a period of 28 years.

*HON. MEMBERS:

There was a war on.

*The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

I am not talking about a war now; I am replying to the hon. member’s accusation that this Government is “incompetent”. Sir, how can an incompetent government achieve in 16 years what we have achieved in respect of housing? When one compares our achievements with the achievements of the Netherlands and Germany, where there has been large-scale building, I say that this Government has achieved a very great deal. That fact is admitted by foreign experts. Moreover, our sub-economic housing in South Africa is often of a higher standard than economic housing in other countries.

The hon. member talks about a terrible crisis. Sir, there is no housing crisis. I quoted here last year from an article written by Edmund Ward in the Financial Times in which he reviewed housing conditions throughout the world. Let me quote it again—

Mention “housing” in almost any language and its automatic partner is “shortage”. Thoughout Europe methods of solving the shortage may be different but the reasons for it are the same—economic difficulties, a run-down housing stock. The decline began in 1940.

He then goes on to describe what happened. Amongst other things he says in this article that the great problem was that conventional building methods could not keep pace with urban growth and development; that the necessary housing could not be provided by adopting the conventional building methods. That is the position throughout the world, and that is why Europe has switched over from the conventional methods to new methods. They have done so on a large scale. Sir, has this Government been as incompetent as the hon. member suggested here? Immediately after this Government learned that new building methods were being applied in Europe, it took steps, through the Minister concerned and through experts in the relevant departments, to become au fait with these new building methods. Moreover, we took steps immediately and we timeously warned the local authorities; we said to them, “Don’t sit back with folded arms; with the influx of immigrants and the growth which is going to take place in the economic sphere, there is going to be a shortage of housing, particularly as far as certain income groups are concerned; see that you are prepared to meet the situation”. In order to be able to take the lead itself, the State asked Parliament for certain legislative powers last year and also in previous years. In the second place the State equipped itself so as to be able to give a lead in the field of new building methods. In the first place the State accelerated its housing programmes by not leaving it to local authorities only to provide housing; the State did quite a few extra things. Amongst other things, we bought land in large urban complexes. We bought individual sites where services were available. We started immediately to make housing available. We went further and launched new town-construction schemes such as Triomf in Johannesburg and Bosmansdam, amongst others, on land acquired and owned by us. I am now referring to Whites only. In other words, the State has not been asleep.

Mr. LEWIS:

It has only been happening over the past three years since you took over.

*The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

What did we do until three years ago? Until three years ago we went ahead full-steam to provide housing. I just want to refer the hon. member to our Estimates. Let him look at the amounts that we have voted in this Parliament every year over the past 16 years in respect of housing. Do not let him be unreasonable in his criticism.

I come to Durban now, and I hope the hon. member will listen. The hon. member worked out a little sum here as far as Durban is concerned. He says that according to his calcuations there is a shortage of 60,000 houses in Durban; that is the figure for all races. What is the position more or less? My figures may be out by some hundreds. The position is as follows in Durban: In the case of Indians, the population is more or less 240,000. Taking the average family at six persons, it means that there are 40,000 families, of whom there are approximately 25,000 in Durban, which means that there are approximately 4,000 families. Those members of the Indian population who have to be given new housing are living under the worst conceivable slum conditions, as the hon. member will probably concede. At most 20,000 houses are needed, of which a large number is already in the process of construction, in order to cope with the problem there. Approximately 2,000 houses are required for the Coloureds. At the present moment we are developing a scheme involving 1,500 houses in Wentworth. As far as Whites are concerned, we estimate that there is a shortage of approximately 3,000 houses, making a total of 25,000, which is less than half of the 60,000 which the hon. member says are needed.

*Mr. THOMPSON:

What about the Bantu?

*The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

The Bantu are dealt with under the Bantu Housing Board. The hon. member knows that as far as Bantu housing is concerned, more has been done in Durban than in most other centres in this country. Does he deny that? Where does the incompetence of the Government come in? The hon. member estimates that there is a shortage of 60,000 houses and he wants to know from me whether we are in a position to provide these houses; whether, in our incompetence, we will be able to wipe out this backlog. My reply is this: The money is available and guidance is available from the Department, but the question is whether the building industry can cope with the situation. That is the question. That is why this Government stated timeously that if the conventional building industry could not meet these demands, then other methods would have to be devised. Sir, are we getting the assistance of hon. members on the other side in this connection? We have just passed the third reading of a Bill which is designed to make those things possible, and what was the attitude of hon. members opposite? [Interjections.] Of course it has everything to do with it. Mr. Speaker, it is useless arguing with hon. members on the other side. Here I have the figures showing what was spent in Durban only from 1962 to 1964. As far as economic housing is concerned, loans amounting to R 14,609,000 were given to the Durban City Council. As far as sub-economic housing is concerned, the amount is R5,668,000, making a total of R20,277,000. Apart from these loans granted by the National Housing Commission, it is busy in Durban with its own schemes which will cost R419,000. The Development Board— and hon. members voted a little while ago against a Bill in which provision is made for these powers to be given to the Development Board—is at present erecting buildings to the value of R712,000 in Durban. Sir, do you see the hollowness of the complaints made here by hon. members opposite?

The hon. member for Florida (Mr. Miller) wanted to know yesterday whether we were able to spend this money. But in the same breath he wanted to know whether in addition to this money we were also going to get the money which formerly went to the Public Debt Commissioners and which will now go into the fund of the National Housing Commission. The hon. member does not know what he is talking about. We do not have millions of rand available from that fund immediately. These schemes are at present in the process of amortization and this amount will only grow over a period of years, because most of these schemes have not yet been in operation sufficiently long to make it possible for us to draw this money in large amounts at this stage already. Surely the hon. member ought to know that. After all, he told us this afternoon what an expert he was in this field. He ought to know that this money does not come back to us in large amounts. In other words, at the present moment we still have to ask the State and Parliament for this money. We want this money so as to be able to strengthen the National Housing Fund over a period of years. That is why we want it, and another reason why we want it is to use it for improvements and for concomitant development.

Another point that has been raised here and to which I have to reply is that we are lowering standards by means of the powers that we are taking here and that we are subdividing sites, although it is perfectly clear what we have in mind here and that is that we want to be able, because of the scarcity of land in South Africa, to subdivide excessively large sites. The National Housing Commission has its own standards and plot sizes which have been worked out by experts. We are not going to subdivide land injudiciously, it is alleged that in taking these powers we are going to lower standards! I do not know whether hon. members have seen this periodical, but here I have a periodical published by an independent body, without interference from my Department. I refer to the South African Brick Association. In their recent issue they write as follows, and I want to read it out so that it can go on record. The whole of this issue is illustrated with photographs which show what is being done by the Department of Community Development, and this is being done not by employing new building methods but by employing ordinary, orthodox methods. This is what they say—

A triumph for low-cost housing using conventional building materials has been achieved at Triomf, a new suburb on the western boundary of Johannesburg. The example set at Triomf and elsewhere is in fact a model for those South Africans who are striving to thwart the ever-spiralling cost of buildings. It also stands as a symbol of architectural achievement in which double and single-storeyed houses up to and including four bedrooms are built for a total cost of R4,200 and less including the price of the land. Another lesson learnt from this successful low-cost housing operation is the elimination of wastage, of both effort and material, by controlled cutting and laying of brickwork.

A visit through the streets of Triomf conjures up an immediate impression that the houses are of the same standard and design as those which are to be found in some of Johannesburg’s middle-income group areas. Generally the only difference is that the homes in Triomf are roughly half the size and at least a third of the price of their counterparts in the city’s more affluent areas. Another immediate impact that is made on the minds of newcomers is the thought that the Triomf plan has inculcated a spirit of home-ownership responsibility in people who, until two years ago, had absolutely no chance of owning their own homes in a new suburb.

Here we have a testimonial from an outside body which judges this thing on its merits. That is my reply to the charge that we will possibly lower the standards.

I want to conclude by saying that I am convinced that once this amended legislation has been passed and once the other legislation in connection with the Development Board has been passed, when these two bodies will be able to operate on the new basis under the Department of Community Development, we will have an instrument in South Africa which will compare very favourably indeed with the best that is available in Europe for urban development and urban renewal. Hon. members opposite are at liberty to try to belittle these measures but time will tell whether we in South Africa took timeous steps to enable us to cope with our future urban problems. Moreover, these steps will result in the establishment of a new industry in South Africa, namely a pre-fabricated housing industry. This industry is already showing the first signs of development; it is already getting tenders from us. This industry is going to enable South Africa to become one of the countries which will be able to help her young cities to overcome the social problems, with which the old cities of Europe have to struggle at the present time and where it is almost too late to overcome them. Sir, this Government is not incompetent. This Government has not failed in its task; this Government, in spite of petty opposition, is looking to the future and is building the bulwarks behind which our urban population will be able to lead a sound family life and a sound community life.

Motion put and agreed to.

Bill read a second time.

WILLS AMENDMENT BILL

Third Order read; Second reading,—Wills

Amendment Bill.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

I move—

That the Bill be now read a second time.

A convention, which is aimed at providing uniform rules for deciding the contradictory legal principles existing in the various countries of the world in respect of the formal requirements in the execution of wills, was prepared during the ninth session of the International Legal Conference in The Hague during 1960. The Republic was approached with a view to joining this convention. Joining the convention implies that legal provision (in so far as it does not already exist) must be made to ensure that wills, in so far as formal requirements are concerned, will be accepted as valid in every country subscribing to the convention if they are executed according to certain formal requirements. The requirements in question are mainly the same as those which already apply on the international level between all civilized countries. In view of modern international relations between people and the desirability that as far as practicable effect should be given to the wishes of a testator, and the fact that the objects underlying this convention already to a large extent form part of our common law, the Government intends joining this convention in due course. It is necessary, however, for reasons of efficiency, that the relevant rules should now be embodied in our statute law, where they do not yet appear. For the information of hon. members it may be mentioned that any state may join the convention. The convention remains in force for five years and may be tacitly renewed for periods of five years, and membership may cease on the giving of at least six months’ notice.

Great Britain has already joined the convention and passed the necessary legislation in 1963. The Bill now before the House contains the provisions which are necessary to give effect to the objects of the convention and agree in principle with the British Wills Act, 1963.

I refer briefly to the various clauses of the Bill. The amendment contained in Clause 1 is necessitated by the provisions of Clause 2.

In regard to Clause 2, paragraphs (a) and (b) of sub-section (1) provide that a will is not invalid merely because of its form, provided that the formalities observed in executing it comply with the law of the State or territory—

  1. (i) in which the will was executed;
  2. (ii) in which the testator at the time of the execution of the will or at the time of his death was domiciled or was habitually resident;
  3. (iii) of which the testator was a citizen at the time of his death; or
  4. (iv) in which the immovable property which was disposed of in the will was situated.

It sometimes happens that the fiduciary is granted the power by testamentary disposition to indicate the testator’s heir or heirs from amongst certain nominees. If in such a case the fiduciary nominates the testator’s heir in a will which the former executed in a foreign state or territory, such will, in terms of Clause 2 (1) (c) is not invalid simply because it has been executed in terms of the formalities prescribed by the law of that state or territory.

There seems to be no good reason why the law which applied to the execution of a will in so far as the form of the will was concerned should not also apply when such will or part of it is revoked. Clause 2 (1) (d) contains the necessary provision in this regard.

In terms of international private law, vessels or aircraft are regarded as forming part of the area of jurisdiction of the State or territory where they are registered. It is of course possible that a will may be executed on board a vessel or aircraft. I can see many good reasons why people who are on such a vessel may think of making a will. Therefore provision is made in Clause 2 (1) (e) that the law in regard to the execution of wills of the state or territory in which such vessel or aircraft was registered at the time of such execution, or with which it was otherwise most closely connected at that time, will apply in respect of a will executed on board such vessel or aircraft.

In some countries the competence to execute a will on the basis of the testator’s age is regarded as a requirement relating to form only, whereas in other countries it is regarded as a qualification to execute a will. It is essential that uncertainty in this regard should be eliminated. In this regard Clause 2 (2) gives the necessary certainty. Clause 2 (3) merely contains an enabling provision which is aimed at ensuring legal certainty in regard to the legal provisions in connection with formal requirements in the execution of wills in those countries where more than one legal system exists in regard to this matter.

The convention also provides for the reservation of certain rights. For example, wills executed by South African citizens in the Republic must, according to our law, be executed in writing. For obvious reasons it is essential that wills executed by South Africans outside the Republic should also be executed in writing. For the rest, the provisions of Clause 2 (4), which are self-explanatory, are aimed at achieving efficiency. The provisions of Clause 2 do not effect the interpretation of the content of wills. They are only concerned with formal requirements.

This proposed Act will, in terms of Clause 3, not be able to come into operation immediately because the Republic must first join the convention.

These are the provisions and principles of the Bill and I move.

Mr. TUCKER:

We on this side welcome the fact that South Africa is to adhere to the International Convention in this matter, and we also approve of the legislation which is before us, which we regard as necessary, and we hope naturally that this legislation will be adopted by many countries and will come into force in most countries of the world. But obviously, as the Minister has said, in these modern times when there is a great deal of travel between the various countries of the world, when you find the citizens of one country spread throughout the countries of the world, there should be provision of the sort that is contained in this Bill, not only in the interest of citizens of other countries who happen to come to or to be in South Africa at the time, but in due course in the interest of South African citizens who may have complied with the South African law which might not be adequate to provide for their wills to be valid in foreign countries, and reciprocal legislation in that respect would be for the benefit of the citizens of this country.

Motion put and agreed to.

Bill read a second time.

ARBITRATION BILL

Fourth Order read: Second reading,—Arbitration Bill.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

I move—

That the Bill be now read a second time.

This is the first time that a complete Bill dealing with arbitration is being introduced in our Parliament. The legal provisions in regard to arbitration in the Cape Province, Natal and Transvaal are contained in a number of Acts, some of which date from the year 1898. In the Free State, on the other hand, there is no general Act at all dealing with arbitration and the matter is regulated by Acts which mainly regulate other matters, such as, e.g. the expropriation of property. In South West Africa arbitration is regulated by Proclamation No. 3 of 1926.

The Law Revision Committee, which is under the chairmanship of the hon. the Chief Justice, has recently reviewed the legal provisions by which arbitration is regulated in the Republic and also in certain other countries, and it now suggests that the Republic’s legislation regulating arbitration in general should be combined and adapted to present-day conditions. The Bill before us was prepared by that Committee.

I shall deal briefly with the clauses. Clause 1 merely contains the definitions required for the purposes of this Bill.

As in the case of the existing Acts, a matrimonial matter or a case connected with such a matter or a case with reference to status cannot be referred to arbitration. The reason for this is so obvious that comment is not necessary in regard to Clause 2. Where changes of status are concerned, that can only be done by the Supreme Court and not by way of agreement between the parties or arbitration.

Clause 3 provides that the arbitration agreement shall not be capable of being terminated except with the consent of all the parties thereto, unless the agreement provides otherwise, and grants the court the power to intervene in suitable cases. That is done to prevent any hardship which may arise from the agreement.

I come to Clause 4. The provision that an arbitration agreement is not terminated by the death of a party is not new. The suspension of all steps and proceedings in connection with a reference is, however, also being extended where a party vacates his post or is dismissed from it. For the rest, certain provisions which apply in respect of such a suspension are set out in the clause. The provisions of the clause do not affect the application of any legal provision in terms of which a right of action is extinguished by the death of any person.

In regard to Clause 5 I just want to say that the existing legal provisions are. not clear in regard to the effect which the insolvency of a party or the liquidation of a company which is a party has on an arbitration agreement. It is now being expressly provided that the agreement or the appointment of an arbitrator or umpire in terms of it will not be terminated by insolvency or liquidation unless the agreement so provides. Hon. members will see right throughout the Bill that where certain formal requirements are provided for, the parties still need not be bound by the provisions contained in the Act, but may make their own rules within the general framework of this Act. The legal provisions concerning the sequestration of insolvent estates and the liquidation of corporate bodies are now also expressly declared to be applicable as if the reference of a dispute to arbitration is an action or proceeding within the meaning of such legal provision, and referring a dispute to arbitration is considered to be an action or proceeding when that legal provision is applied. Any periods of time fixed by or under this Act are extended by any stay, suspension or cessation of arbitration proceedings resulting from insolvency or liquidation.

Clause 6. Legal proceedings in any court may be stayed if an arbitration agreement exists between the parties that the matter concerned must be referred to arbitration. The application for a stay of proceedings must be made after the entering of appearance but before any pleadings are lodged. Similar provisions are contained in the existing laws.

The power granted to the court by Clause 7 to order that a dispute be determined by way of interpleader proceedings or that interpleader disputes be decided by arbitration, is new and is based on Section 5 of the British Arbitration Act, 1950. These provisions are useful and we consider that they may advantageously be used here.

Clause 8. The court is now expressly being granted the power to extend the periods within which arbitration proceedings must commence according to the arbitration agreement if it is of the opinion that undue hardship may otherwise be caused.

Clause 9 simply provides that the reference shall be to a single arbitrator unless a contrary intention is expressed in the agreement. This provision is in agreement with the existing provisions in the various laws and ordinances.

Clause 10 prescribes the powers of the parties to appoint arbitrators to fill vacancies and the procedure to be followed in regard to such appointments. These provisions are really only a re-enactment of the already existing provisions.

The powers of the parties to appoint umpires and to fill vacancies, which are contained in Clause 11 are not unknown to our law but are now being more clearly defined.

Clause 12. It may be that the parties to an arbitration agreement cannot agree on the appointment of an arbitrator or that a party who has to appoint an arbitrator fails to do so, or that the parties fail to appoint a sufficient number of arbitrators or an umpire or to fill a vacancy which has arisen, as a result of which the implementation of the provisions of the agreement may of course be thwarted. In addition a more or less similar position may arise if the arbitrator or umpire appointed is removed from office or his appointment is terminated. In order to avoid a deadlock in such cases, the necessary powers are being given to the court in Clause 12 to appoint an arbitrator or umpire, and the procedure applying in such cases is prescribed. For the rest, the powers of an arbitrator or umpire appointed by the court are prescribed. These provisions are more or less in accordance with the existing provisions but have been adapted wherever necessary.

The circumstances in which the appointment of an arbitrator or umpire is terminated are set out in Clause 13. For obvious reasons it is necessary that the appointment of an arbitrator or umpire should not be terminated unilaterally, unless the agreement authorizes such a step. The necessary clarity in regard to this matter is now being provided. For the rest, the provisions are fair and reasonable.

Clause 14. It is understandable that it is essential that the powers of the arbitration court should be clearly defined. The court’s powers in respect of the discovery of documents, the answering of interrogatories, the submission of pleadings, the inspection of goods, the recording of evidence by a commissioner and the procedure to be followed in the arbitration proceedings are regulated by Clause 14. Furthermore, the manner in which a decision has to be arrived at in cases where the arbitration court consists of two or more arbitrators are also clearly defined in the Bill.

Clause 15 simply regulates the procedure to be followed in order to notify the parties of the place and the time where the arbitration proceedings will be held, and in cases where a party fails to appear at the proceedings.

Clause 16 is mainly a re-enactment of existing provisions regulating the procedure to be followed to ensure the attendance of witnesses in the arbitration court.

The recording of evidence is provided for by Clause 17. For the first time now parties are being given the right to agree as to the manner in which and the extent to which the evidence should be recorded. Seeing that this is being done for the first time, hon. members will realize that one can save much in time and costs by entering into such an agreement, e.g. to hear only a portion of certain evidence. The reference of questions in regard to procedure or of an interlocutory nature to an umpire, as provided for in Clause 18, is simply a re-enactment of existing provisions.

For obvious reasons it is essential that there should be no uncertainty as to the powers of an umpire, and the powers set out in Clause 19 are mainly in agreement with the existing provisions.

The only new principle introduced by Clause 20 is that the arbitration court can be requested or ordered to submit a special case to an advocate for his opinion. Such a step is possible in Britain and hon. members who practice here will realize that we can also usefully do so and that it can lead to a saving of costs in an arbitration.

There is a lack of statutory provisions in this country prescribing the general powers of the court in respect of a reference in terms of an arbitration agreement. It is desirable to obtain certainty in regard to this matter. The powers granted in Clause 21 will enable the court in suitable cases to grant the necessary relief and it is in agreement with the powers the court has in other cases. In order to ensure the smooth running of the proceedings of an arbitration court it is necessary to prescribe sanctions, as in the case of any other court case, in case witnesses or other persons obstruct the proceedings. The provisions of Clause 22 will ensure effective action being taken against such people and are more or less in agreement with the already existing provisions which apply in the case of the proceedings of a court of law.

Clause 23 is really only a re-enactment of existing provisions prescribing the periods within which an arbitration court must make its award. In order to have certainty it is now being expressly provided that the award of the arbitration court must be put in writing. Hon. members will find that in Clause 24, and they will agree that this provision is essential for the sound administration of justice we want to achieve.

The provisions of Clause 25 in terms of which the award of the arbitration court shall be delivered in the presence of the parties really only confirms the rule which applies in practice to all judicial or quasi-judicial proceedings. Clause 26 grants the arbitration court the right to make an interim award, while Clause 27 empowers it in certain circumstances to order the specific performance of any contract. Both provisions are new to our law, but can advantageously be applied to arbitration proceedings without creating serious problems.

Clause 28, which provides that an award shall be final and not subject to appeal unless the agreement otherwise provides, is only a re-enactment of existing provisions and ensures the speedy settlement of disputes. The provisions in regard to the payment of interest on the amount of the award are new in so far as arbitration awards are concerned but are in line with the legal provisions concerning the payment of interest on any judgment debt in any other normal case. This principle is not unknown in arbitration proceedings in other countries.

The power granted by Clause 30 to the arbitration court to correct any patent error is well known in the proceedings in a court of law and is not only useful but also an essential provision. Clause 31, which provides that an award may be made an order of court and can be enforced in the same way as an order of court simply reaffirms the existing practice. The provisions in regard to the remittance of an award contained in Clause 32 simply constitute a re-enactment of the existing provisions. The power of the court to set aside an award in certain circumstances is long-established practice and is simply being re-enacted in Clause 33. The provisions in regard to the remuneration of arbitrators contained in Clause 34 are not new and are essential in order to protect the rights of parties. In fact, the taxation of accounts in the case of judicial and quasi-judicial proceedings is well known and exists in practice. The provision in Clause 35, that the awarding of costs in regard to arbitration proceedings is within the discretion of the arbitration court, introduces no new principle. The arbitration agreement may, however, provide otherwise or the arbitration tribunal may fail to tax the costs or to determine them. In both cases the taxing master of the Supreme Court may tax the costs. The court may also fix the scale on which the costs should be taxed if the award is made an order of court and the arbitration tribunal has not taxed or determined the costs in the first place. The parties are now, however, prevented from providing in an agreement which makes provision for the reference to arbitration of future differences that each one will in every case have to pay his own costs.

The court’s power to make an order in regard to costs in matters decided or considered by it is being retained in Clause 36. It is necessary to have clarity in regard to the way in which documents in arbitration proceedings are to be served. The method of service set out in Clause 37 is in agreement with the provisions for the service of documents in ordinary civil cases. The power granted to the court in Clause 38 to extend prescribed periods is necessary in order to prevent hardship. According to the rules of interpretation, the State is not bound by an Act unless the Act makes it clear that it is bound. It is therefore necessary expressly to provide, as is done in Clause 39, to what extent the State is bound. Numerous legal provisions exist regulating the reference of matters to arbitration. The provisions contained in this Bill can in many instances fruitfully be used in cases of arbitration in terms of the aforementioned legal provisions. There may, however, also be cases where special circumstances make it necessary that the reference to arbitration should be done according to special provisions. The provisions of Clause 40 are therefore necessary on the one hand to make the provisions of the Bill in regard to reference to arbitration in terms of other laws, applicable and on the other hand to leave the door open for the application of special measures in cases where special circumstances demand it.

The Administration of South West Africa wishes this Bill also to be applied to that territory, and that is being done in terms of Clause 41. Apart from the repeal of certain legal provisions for which provision is made in Clause 42, the continuation of arbitration proceedings which were commenced before the passing of this Bill and the application of the provisions of this Bill to arbitrations in terms of arbitration agreements entered into before the coming into operation of this Bill, are being provided for. That is necessary in order to remove any doubt as to what provisions will apply in such cases.

These, Mr. Speaker, are the principles and the provisions of this Bill which I heartily recommend to the House.

Mr. TUCKER:

Mr. Speaker, we on this side support this measure. It has obviously been the subject of study over long periods and it is a measure which is very much overdue. The present position is entirely unsatisfactory, and the sooner we can have the position that in matters of this sort we have standard provisions affecting the whole of the Republic, the better it will be, not only for the legal profession, but also for the general public.

The provisions of this measure will require careful study, also in the further stages of this Bill, but I will say here that we are very anxious to see this measure on the Statute Book. The oldest provision goes back the best part of 70 years, and one of the provinces there is no satisfactory provision whatsoever.

Then, too, Sir, there is great uncertainty in respect of this matter in various respects, most of which—as far as I have been able to ascertain—are covered by the provisions of the measure now before us. I think that some of the provisions will have to be looked at carefully, and as an example I should like to refer the House to the provisions in respect of the taking of an opinion from the Court or from an advocate.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

What clause?

Mr. TUCKER:

Clause 20, Sir. It reads as follows:

An arbitration tribunal may, on the application of any party to the reference and shall, if the court, on the application of any such party, so directs, or if the parties to the reference so agree, at any stage before making a final award state any question of law arising in the course of the reference in the form of a special case for the opinion of the court or for the opinion of counsel.

It seems to me, Mr. Speaker, that that opinion of the court or the opinion of counsel is in no way binding upon the arbitrators, and yet there is a provision to the effect that no appeal lies from the decision of the arbitrators. I think it is a point which may warrant further examination. It seems to me off-hand quite wrong that where a matter of law is referred to the court, the arbitrators are not bound by the decision of the Court, a decision which would, presumably, be a judgment of the court which could be appealed against to a higher court in that event. But if it is purely an opinion, I have some doubts as to the legal effect if the arbitrators do not accept the opinion of the court. I may be wrong, Mr. Speaker, but I hold the view at this moment that if the arbitrators do not adopt the opinion of the court to whom the point of law was referred, their decision would not be open to appeal. It would not be the first time that such a situation would have arisen, because there is the famous Transvaal case which served before the Water Court. Now, that Court consisted of a judge, a lay assessor and an engineer assessor. When a point of law had to be adjudicated on, the two assessors over-ruled the opinion of the judge. Naturally the unsuccessful party appealed, believing there was no result until surprisingly the court of appeal held that the law was in fact as laid down by the assessors, and not as laid down by the judge.

I think, Mr. Speaker, that this point—and others in this measure—should be carefully studied, a measure which, I must say, appears to be very well drafted and very well considered, and I, for one, believe it will work very satisfactorily in practice. Therefore we will support this measure, but we would like further opportunity of studying the Bill which, I may say, has been the subject of study by this side for quite some time. We to-day had the advantage of a speech by the Minister on the various provisions of the Bill, and he went into considerable detail, something which might with advantage be followed by some of the Minister’s colleagues.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

You had better start studying to-night because the Committee stage will be dealt with to-morrow.

Mr. TUCKER:

Well, I can assure the hon. the Minister that we have studied this Bill, but we will not have copies of the Minister’s speech for several days at least. However, we regard this measure as necessary and important, and we support it.

Mr. THOMPSON:

Mr. Speaker, it is sometimes said that the cost of litigation is high and that the courts take a long time to decide matters. Well, if that was so, one would have thought that great use would be made of arbitration; yet it is surprising how very little use is made of the procedure. One does find that where arbitration proceedings are obligatory, use is made thereof, but in many instances when matters could be referred to arbitration, the parties prefer to go to court.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

I do not think there are five cases a year.

Mr. THOMPSON:

The hon. the Minister has indicated, that there are only about five cases a year dealt with by way of arbitration; that proves many things. First of all I think it proves what we often affirm in this House, namely the confidence that people have in our courts. It also, I think, shows that they have come to realize that there are considerable delays in arbitration. Indeed, with certain recent steps designed at speeding up the processes of the courts, coupled with steps to improve the rules of court by creating uniform rules, the delays in the courts, if they were considerable in the past, will be much reduced in future. But in arbitration you get considerable delays because the arbitrator is normally a professional man in some field and you have to fit in the sittings to suit his convenience and that of counsel, attorneys and everybody else. Where you have had such little use made of arbitration, I think there are also other reasons for it in additions to those I have mentioned. One is, of course, that you have to pay the arbitrator, whereas the parties do not pay a Judge, and this can be a very considerable item. I think another important reason why it is not used much is because of the uncertain procedures, the uncertainty as to what the procedures were in certain cases. I think it is in this respect that this Bill is so much to be welcomed. While there may be points where one might prefer something slightly different it undoubtedly sets out many provisions with great lucidity and it covers many gaps that there have been in the position up to the present.

The hon. the Minister said that he was improving upon the Arbitration Acts of the three provinces. The Orange Free State had no Arbitration Act at all, and to that extent this is an improvement. But even where the various provinces had their Acts, the provisions here are so much fuller that they represent a big improvement. They remove the uncertainty which a person wishing to resort to arbitration may have had as to the procedure he should follow. It is an expensive business not to follow the right procedure because one’s opponent is ready to spring upon any procedural mistake, and that may cause extra costs and delays. So where we have a Bill like this which has clearly been drawn with a great knowledge of the subject, a Bill which appears to have drawn upon legislation in other countries, as well as taking the best of what has been in our own legislation for many years, one can but welcome it. I must confess that notwithstanding this improvement, I feel that people will continue to prefer to go to court, but if they are obliged to go to arbitration or choose to do so, they will now have a much better instrument for their purpose. One is glad to observe in the Bill that a fair degree of flexibility has been retained. One finds in many clauses of the Bill that while a certain procedure is prescribed, that need not be followed if the parties choose a different one. That applies to many matters. It applies to the fee to be paid to the arbitrator. Agreement can be arrived at and if there is no agreement a certain course must be followed. It applies to other matters too. I welcome the fact that the State is also to be subject to these provisions. I think there is too often a tendency to put the State in a privileged position as against the subject in regard to any matter, and it is good therefore that it was deemed fit to bind the State in this regard. One is glad to see that in Clause 14 various matters of detail are covered; e.g. it is now laid down clearly that there can be orders for the discovery of documents and for the answering of interrogatories and orders to produce documents, etc. In addition, the various pleadings are specifically mentioned and the possibility of amending those pleadings. It is perfectly true that in the past arbitrators and those appearing before them have probably arrived at a position where they did make use of these various procedures I have referred to, but there was often uncertainty, and so it is good to have it all clearly set out. One is struck by the fact that no time limits are laid down for filing the various pleadings. The hon. the Minister will know that there are specific time limits laid down for Supreme Court pleadings, which have to be complied with, and which tend to ensure that the action is speedily heard. One is of course often grateful where there are no time limits or where extension can be obtained … [Interjection.] I am dealing with Clause 14, which refers to the various pleadings, and as far as I am aware it does not lay down any time within which they must be filed. It is true, of course, in regard to all time limits laid down in this Bill that they may be extended by agreement with the arbitrator, and that is a very reasonable provision. I only touch upon this because, as I have pointed out, people tend to prefer the courts and not to go to arbitration, and where one is creating a good instrument for those who wish to resort to arbitration, one may be leaving arbitration at a disadvantage if the time can drag on and there is no spur to bring the matter to a hearing. In that connection I mentioned that there is no time limit within which any particular pleading must be filed in an arbitration.

We are glad that this further fruit of the Law Revision Committee has been brought to this House by the Minister and that they are continually keeping an eye on aspects of the law which require careful and prolonged study and improvement. We are glad that this Bill has come forward after considerable labour on their part, and we feel confident that when people do resort to arbitration they will have a better instrument to achieve their purposes than hitherto.

*Mr. VISSER:

Mr. Speaker, the hon. the Minister has said that approximately only five cases a year are referred to an arbitration tribunal. The hon. member for Pinelands (Mr. Thompson) has pointed out that the costs of arbitration are appreciably lower than those in an ordinary court, and I hope that after this Act comes into operation more use will be made of arbitration. The reason why people do not make use of arbitration more often is that it is not provided for in the agreements. You will note from the Bill, Sir, that the agreement has to provide that a dispute should be referred to arbitration. I am sure that if this Act goes on the Statute Book, attorneys will make more use of it and they will specify in an agreement that if a dispute arises from such agreement it must be referred to arbitration. I myself have been concerned in two arbitration cases, both concerning building contracts. The Provincial Administration of the Transvaal, when accepting tenders and entering into contracts, always stipulates in the contract that in the event of there being a dispute it will be decided by arbitration. Therefore they never go to court with building contracts, but the matter is decided through arbitration, because that takes much less time and is much cheaper.

The hon. member for Pinelands has said that in Clause 14 no time limit is mentioned within which pleadings have to be submitted. I hope the Minister will not introduce such a time limit, because it is not necessary in this case. The English Act which was drafted in 1889 is similar to our law, and it works very well. In England many more cases are sent to arbitration than in our country. There is no provision in the English Act for a time limit within which pleadings must be submitted. In any case, it is not like an ordinary court case where a declaration and a plea have to be submitted. The contract provides what should be done and the dispute is generally about something emanating from the contract, and it is very easy for an arbitrator to decide the case. The arbitrator is generally a person who has specific knowledge of the subject. I hope the Minister will not introduce any amendments in regard to the submission of pleadings within a certain period.

The hon. member for Germiston (District) (Mr. Tucker) also referred to Clause 20, which was taken from the English Act. It provides that a matter may be submitted to an advocate for his opinion during the arbitration proceedings. I shall be very glad if this Act can be placed on the Statute Book as soon as possible so that attorneys may stipulate in the agreements that use should be made of this Act. That will save costs and it will save the time of the courts and it will be much cheaper for the parties.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

This is undoubtedly a very well-drafted piece of legislation and the Law Revision Committee should, I think, be complimented on their very good work. I do not propose to take up much of the time of the House, but there is one matter I want to raise. It could properly be raised in the Committee Stage, but as I can deal with it quite briefly I think it would save time if I raised it now to give the Minister the opportunity to consider it between now and the Committee Stage.

This matter arises from Clause 40 of the Bill and it has to do with the proviso introduced into that clause by the hon. the Minister in the Other Place. When the Minister introduced the proviso, he stated that the object was two-fold, firstly, to make it absolutely clear that as far as provincial ordinances are concerned this Bill when it becomes law will supersede provincial ordinances; and the Minister stated that the object was that only in the case of Acts of Parliament promulgated after this Bill and in which this Bill was specifically excluded, or was inconsistent, would this Bill not apply. I have no quarrel with that object, but as it is framed at present it seems to me that it has a result which was not intended. The result it seems to me to have is this, that in the case of an Act of Parliament promulgated before this Bill but which is inconsistent with this Bill, this Bill will not apply because the proviso reads as follows: “Provided that if that other law is an Act of Parliament, this Act shall not apply … to any such arbitration in so far as this Act is inconsistent with that other law”. Now, “that other law” could be a prior Act of Parliament, and in that case this Bill will not apply. I am sure that that was not the Minister’s intention. I raise the point at this stage to give the Minister an opportunity to consider it between now and the Committee Stage.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

I thank hon. members for their reception of this Bill and the compliments they have paid to the Law Revision Committee. The matters raised by hon. members on both sides can conveniently be discussed in the Committee State. I just want to tell the hon. member for Germiston (District) (Mr. Tucker), in passing, that speaking superficially, because I have not had an opportunity to go into the matter more deeply, I think we are dealing here in the first place with the agreement in terms of which counsel’s opinion is sought; secondly, it is the same provision that is contained in the British Act, and they have had no problems or difficulties; and thirdly, I believe that in terms of Clause 33 action may be taken if a wrong decision has been obtained in this way.

In regard to the matter raised by the hon. member for Pinelands (Mr. Thompson), I think it is implicit in Clause 14 that where the arbitration court has the right to ask for particulars, or has the right to order that something be done, in view of the fact that the court is in session it will say that it must be done within a certain period, and the court will then resumably adjourn until such time as that act has been performed; and the court is of course also entitled to award costs, and if any party refuses to do what the court has ordered it will of course be taken into consideration.

In regard to the matter raised by the hon. member for Musgrave (Mr. Hourquebie), I shall discuss that with him in the Committee Stage after I have had another opportunity of looking at the clause. I agree with the hon. member for Prinshof (Mr. Visse) that we should be careful not to prescribe too many rules and regulations. We should have a broad framework, but we should be careful not to establish a lay court. The hon. member for Pinelands will also agree with me that we do not wish by means of this Bill to establish another court consisting only of laymen, or to spoil the confidence people have in our existing courts. We just want to establish an orderly procedure in case people, for many reasons, do not wish to go to court but prefer to resort to arbitration. So all we really need is to establish the skeleton of that organization to make awards if the parties fail to set their own conditions. I think then we would have gone as far as we could be expected to go.

Motion put and agreed to.

Bill read a second time.

ADMINISTRATION OF ESTATES BILL

Fifth Order read: Resumption of second-reading debate,—Administration of Estates Bill.

[Debate on motion by the Minister of Justice, adjourned on 15 February, resumed.]

Mr. TUCKER:

The measure we have before us is one which replaces the Administration of Estates Act No. 24 of 1913, and while there are considerable improvements I feel that we can well compliment our predecessors who placed this measure on the Statute Book over 50 years ago. I find that it. has been amended in only very minor respects. Through the years this law has served us well. I think all of us will agree that the time for amendment is due and in fact, in some respects, overdue. Previous attempts to revise this law basically, made some 13 or 14 years ago and even five years before that, foundered and unfortunately they did not reach the Statute Book.

It is interesting, in examining the 1913 Act, to find that that was one of the early laws passed by this Parliament just a few years after Union, and it replaced no fewer than laws which had been passed on this subject over the previous 100 years. The original measure was passed in the Cape in 1833 and there followed some 13 laws amending the law in respect of the administration of estates. In Natal, commencing in 1868, there were no fewer than 11 statutes. In the Transvaal there were only three, and in the Orange Free State only four. There were apparently no comprehensive measures on the law books of the two Republics in respect of this matter, and in 1903 in the one case, and in 1904 in the other, more comprehensive measures were placed on the Statute Book replacing the existing laws. Consequently it is quite clear, in view of the length of time that this piece of legislation has been on the Statute Book, that there certainly has been no hasty legislation in respect of the administration of estates.

This measure has been before the public for quite a considerable period. It has received very wide study. I think it is fair to say that while I and other hon. members on this side have had comments from various organizations, one can well pay a tribute to the law advisers who drew this Bill, because I know of no measure of this importance and complexity which has attracted less memoranda and letters, which one comes to expect in respect of such legislation. Basically I think we will find when we come to the later stages of this measure that there is relatively little objection to the provisions, notwithstanding that there are over 100 clauses.

Coming to some of the points dealt with in this Bill and referring to the Minister’s second-reading speech in which he dealt with some of the more important provisions, I should like immediately to express my satisfaction with the provision in Clause 2 that the Master or the Deputy Master or the Assistant Master must be in possession of certain stipulated legal qualifications. I think that in general that has been the practice. I think it is sound that it should become a part of the law because there is no question that it is essential that they should have this knowledge. Here I should like to pay tribute to the services which have been rendered to this country by successive Masters of the Supreme Court. I should like to say, from a long period of practice at the Side-Bar, that I know of no Government office which has been overworked to a greater extent than the Master’s Office, because generally it is my belief that these offices have been hopelessly under-staffed. The staffs there have worked under very great difficulties and they have not always been able to deal with the work with the speed one would like to see, and that in spite of the absolute devotion to duty which I have always found in these offices. I should like to make a plea to the Minister. Perhaps something has already been done. If so, I should like to hear of it, but if not, I should like to see an investigation into this matter because I believe that it is of the highest importance that the offices of the Master should be fully and adequately staffed because it is important in respect of the administration of estates that accounts which are lodged with the Master should be promptly dealt with. I can say from my own experience, while paying tribute to the services of the officials concerned, that I believe that most of us who have had experience of the administration of estates have found that there have been long delays, not due to the officials in the Master’s Office, but due to the fact that those offices have generally been under-staffed.

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! I cannot allow the hon. member to continue along those lines.

Mr. TUCKER:

I am glad you gave me the opportunity to make my point, Sir, because it is of some importance. But I did not propose to carry the matter any further.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Regular inspections are made of these offices.

Mr. TUCKER:

Yes, I know there has been some improvement in recent times, but I felt it to be my duty to raise the matter here. The majority of the other provisions can best be dealt with in detail in the Committee Stage, but I want to refer to some of them.

I welcome the provision which allows of the Master calling for security even in cases where the executor is normally exempt or has been exempted from finding security by the will. I think that is a very important provision, because very often the rights of other persons are concerned, and the Minister will know that there have been many cases where people have not been able to get their just dues because in cases where security had not been furnished there was no remedy. That remedy is now contained in this Bill and it is a very definite improvement on our present legislation on the subject.

Perhaps the hon. the Minister will tell us a little more about the requirement that a banking account may be opened with a banking institution approved by the Master. I take it that this is intended as a measure which will be in the interests of estates, because if a particular banking institution is not a sound one, then action could be taken. If that is so, this is an improvement on the present position, but in general, of course, I think most estate banking accounts have been opened with established banks. Section 34 now provides that where creditors do not give instructions that an estate must be sequestrated in terms of the Insolvency Act, the estate must be realized in terms of the simple procedure laid down in this clause. Sir, that provision has been in the law up to the present time, but I must say that I welcome the fact that further provision is being made here to amplify the present law on the subject. I think these further provisions are necessary.

I welcome the provision which deals with the diminishing value of money and which permits the Master to allow a summary procedure to be followed in administering estates up to a value of R2,000 instead of R600 as at present. I believe that that is a very wise provision. It is quite unnecessary in respect of comparatively small estates of this sort to take all the time which inevitably has to be taken in administering these estates—a procedure which is proper when there are big amounts involved but which causes quite unnecessary expenditure in the case of small estates. I wonder whether in appropriate cases, especially where security is given, one could not even increase the figure above the figure provided for in this measure.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

We can discuss that fruitfully in the Committee Stage.

Mr. TUCKER:

I merely want the hon. the Minister to give it some thought in the meantime.

Sir, I do not want to traverse all the provisions of this Bill. It is a measure which, as I said in my opening remarks, can best be dealt with clause by clause in the Committee Stage. We welcome this Bill; we will help to place it on the Statute Book. I understand that we are likely to get a White Paper in the course of the next day or two from the hon. the Minister’s Department …

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

It is being printed at the moment and it will be Tabled at any time now.

Mr. TUCKER:

We look forward to getting the White Paper and having the opportunity of studying these provisions in the light of what is said in the White Paper, and I take it that there will be a reasonable interval after the Tabling of the White Paper before the next stage of the Bill is taken. I hope that the hon. the Minister will be prepared to give us that assurance.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

It certainly will not come up again this week.

Mr. TUCKER:

Well, that sounds reasonable enough. I hope it will take a little longer before the next stage is taken.

*Mr. VISSE:

I agree with the hon. member for Germiston (District) (Mr. Tucker). This Bill is very welcome. I also agree that the 1913 Act which was drafted by our forefathers was particularly well drafted, so much so that to date hardly any amendments have been made to it. But times change and therefore it has now become necessary to make certain amendments to the Act. I am very glad that Clause 2 of the Bill now provides that Masters of the Supreme Court must have legal qualifications. I am thinking of a case where a dispute arose in regard to a claim in a deceased estate and where a senior advocate appeared before the Master. I do not know whether this particular Master had legal qualifications, but I do not think one would feel very comfortable if a senior advocate appeared before one with all the various court decisions and one then had to give a judgment. I think we can state that the Masters we have had in recent years have performed their duties excellently. We cannot but be proud of what they have done for us in their capacity as Master.

I do not want to say much about the shortage of staff. I agree with the hon. member for Germiston (District) that the staff of the Masters are sadly overworked and that much can be done to facilitate their position.

In passing, I just want to refer to Clause 17, which is being taken over from the old Act—it is Section 31 (4) of the old Act—in which provision is made that letters of administration may be issued to a woman, but only if her husband agrees to it in writing if she is married and the marital power is excluded in terms of the antenuptial contract. Sir, in 1953 we passed an Act here in which we granted more rights to women, and I wonder whether the time has not arrived to delete the provision that a woman must obtain the written consent of her husband, so that a woman, even though the marital power is not excluded in the antenuptial contract, may be appointed by a testator to act as executrix. The fact that such a testator appoints a woman as executrix proves that he has confidence in her, and I think that in such a case a woman ought to have the right to accept the appointment whether her husband gives his written consent or not. I do not wish to say much more about this.

Another point which struck me is that when a person dies it is no longer necessary to hand in the will, the death certificate, the inventory, etc., at the magistrate’s office. It can be sent direct to the Master. I am very glad of that. It saves quite a lot of time and eliminates the possibility of these documents being lost. I am very glad that this amendment is contained in the Bill.

There is something else which worries me, and I wonder whether it cannot be amended in the Committee Stage. When the hon. the Minister introduced the Bill he continually referred in his introductory speech to the “Weesheer”. But nowhere in the Bill is there any reference to a “Weesheer”; the reference is to the Master. I think the hon. member for Fort Beaufort (Dr. Jonker) will certainly agree with me if I ask the Minister to change the word “Meester” to “Weesheer”. “Meester” is a literal translation of “Master”.

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! This is a matter which may be discussed in the Committee Stage.

*Mr. VISSE:

Sir, I am asking the Minister whether it can be amended in the Committee Stage. For the rest, I have no comment. In regard to the other clauses, I will wait until we get to the Committee Stage. I am glad that eventually, after all these years, we are now having a new Administration of Estates Act.

Mr. MILLER:

As a practising attorney I feel it is my duty to say a few words. I am sure I am speaking on behalf of most of the members of the Side-Bar throughout the country when I say how pleased I am to see this particular Bill before the House. It is streamlining the original Act of 1913 which, despite the fact that it has been one of the greatest Statutes in so far as the protection of the rights of heirs and others is concerned, nevertheless did require a certain amount of streamlining to meet the progress of the day.

There are two interesting aspects I wish to refer to. I notice that in Clause 52 the right of substitution of the executor is taken away. I wonder whether the hon. the Minister would reconsider that because in most wills that are drawn in this country it has become customary, in appointing an executor, to provide that he shall have the right of substitution. As the clause is worded it may well be a peremptory clause depriving the testator of the right to make provision for such substitution.

The clause dealing with administrators is an entirely new innovation in this type of legislation and a very welcome one, if I may say so. I would like the hon. the Minister to know how pleased we are that this has been brought about because hitherto administrators have been appointed in wills and have virtually, in a sense, been able to do as they wish. The Master has had no actual control over them although there has been a tendency of late on the part of the Master to ask for security even where it has been provided in the will that no security need be found. I think the object of the Master’s office has been to try to maintain some form of control. Provision is now made for the first time for proper control to be exercised over administrators. I think that is a very pleasing feature indeed, a feature which I hope will become widely known so that the public will be aware that in this particular respect the same control which is exercised over executors will in future be exercised over administrators. Proper accounts have to be kept and an administrator can be obliged to get an accountant to certify the correctness of the accounts from year to year. We find in practice that this is really essential. We know the difficulty in amending this type of legislation, legislation which deals with deceased estates, wills and so on because of our background of Roman-Dutch law and so forth. It is good to know, however, that, despite all the years it has taken eventually to introduce amending and fresh provisions of this nature to the light of day, the provisions we find here have at last been introduced. The profession will appreciate it because I think it is good for the profession and good for the public.

I will have a little more to say during the Committee Stage because in the light of the White Paper we may study some of the clauses a little more closely and raise other issues. But the general principle contained in this Bill is a welcome one and I think the profession and the public will appreciate the fact that the Minister has had the courage to amend one of the pillars of our Statutes namely the Administration of Estates Act.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

I thank hon. members for their reception of this Bill. I may say that it is the result of long consultations between the Department and all interested bodies. I particularly want to mention the name of Mr. van Vuuren. He is a very efficient officer of the Department who was entrusted with the drafting of this Bill before it went to the law advisers. I shall welcome it if we can discuss all the interesting points raised by hon. members like the hon. members for Florida and Germiston, in the Committee Stage. We do not amend the Administration of Estates Act every day, and therefore we must welcome our having an opportunity to go into these points, particularly hon. members who are attorneys. In the light of their experience over the years, they can discuss these matters fully. I fear that I shall not be able to take the matter much further from my own experience, because the one thing I never did in all the years I practised was to administer an estate. I left that to my partners. I never had the desire to do so myself. I am therefore quite willing to be guided by hon. members who have practical experience of this matter, and I think that particularly after the White Paper which is now being printed has been handed to hon. members, we can have a very fruitful discussion on this Bill in the Committee Stage.

Motion put and agreed to.

Bill read a second time.

The House adjourned at 6.46 p.m.

WEDNESDAY, 17 MARCH 1965 Mr. SPEAKER took the Chair at 2.20 p.m. CONSTITUTION AMENDMENT BILL *The MINISTER OF THE INTERIOR:

I move as an unopposed motion—

That the Order for the second reading of the Constitution Amendment Bill be discharged and that the subject of the Bill be referred to a Select Committee for inquiry and report, the Committee to have power to take evidence and call for papers and to have leave to bring up an amended Bill.

Mr. Speaker, I think you will permit me to enlighten the House as to the reason why I have taken this step. The House will remember that representations have repeatedly been been made to me by both sides of the House to do something about the delimitation conditions which a Delimitation Commission have to observe so that there will not be any dissatisfaction in connection with the delimitation of constituencies. You will remember that when these representations were made I always replied that the position would in due course be investigated. The Government in its wisdom decided that the best way to meet the position would be the way in which the Bill, which has been introduced and which has been read for the first time, does indeed offer a solution, if not a complete solution then perhaps a partial solution. You will remember, Sir, that it is and has always been customary that whenever the Electoral Act is amended it is amended on the basis of mutual consultation between the Opposition and the Government party. Because we are all affected by the Electoral Act that has been the custom and I have again done so. I consulted the working group of the Opposition and before I asked for leave to introduce the Bill they informed me that they had no objection in principle although there were minor points on which they differed. Following upon that I then introduced the Bill which has been read for the first time. Since then, last Friday, the hon. member for Yeoville (Mr. S. J. M. Steyn) informed me that the Opposition did not see its way clear to support the Bill and that they would oppose it. It would actually amount to a departure from the usual procedure to try to get as much unanimity as possible on such a matter, if not in respect of the details then in respect of the principles involved. For this reason I do not think I have any option, so as not to depart from the usual practice, but to refer this Bill to a Select Committee and I trust the House will approve of it.

Motion put and agreed to.

GOVERNMENT SERVICE PENSIONS BILL

Bill read a first time.

SUID-AFRIKAANSE AKADEMIE VIR WETENSKAP EN KUNS AMENDMENT BILL

First Order read: Second reading,—Suid-Afrikaanse Akademie vir Wetenskap en Kuns Amendment Bill.

*The MINISTER OF EDUCATION, ARTS AND SCIENCE:

I move—

That the Bill be now read a second time.

The Suid-Afrikaanse Akademie vir Wetenskap en Kuns has devoted itself with great success to its duties and has achieved great success over the past 54 years. The question arises, however, what the future tisk of the Akademie has to be in a world in which major changes have taken place.

In view of the fact that the Akademie regards the safety and continued existence of our fatherland essential for the maintenance and development of our language, practically no other sector and no part of our society falls outside its sphere of interest. Although the Akademie initially served Afrikanerdom in a defined field, that field has gradually become wider and more comprehensive, so that it can rightly be said to-day that the Akademie wants to serve the cultural life of the Afrikaner nation in all spheres so that it will develop into spiritual maturity.

The Akademie therefore feels that the definition of its objects is too narrow to enable it to achieve the proposed wider objectives and has therefore requested the Government to amend Section 4 of the Act-—a request we are gladly complying with. In terms of the amendment in Clause 1 of the Bill the reference to “South African Archaeology” is deleted and substituted by the words “culture” and “technique”.

“Culture” and “science” are wider concepts. “Science” is generally interpreted as not only meaning the “sciences” but also the humanities such as psychology. In the scientific sense archaeology is classified under the concept “science” and in a wider sense it also forms part of “culture”. The provision contained in Clause 4 that the objects of the Akademie are to promote, inter alia, science, includes the promotion for example, of South African archaeology. It is consequently not necessary to mention the promotion of South African archaeology specifically in the Act whilst it remains silent on the other humanities such as sociology and economy.

In view of the fact that it can also be argued that the Akademie is not competent to operate beyond the field of promoting precisely South African history and archaeology it is necessary to delete the word “archaeology”.

“Culture” in its widest sense includes everything produced by man, be it in the field of science, be it in the field of art. By inserting the word “culture” we shall therefore confer statutory power on the Akademie to continue with its activities in the cultural field.

By deleting the qualifying word “South African” from “art” we are widening the field of activity of the Akademie in regard to the promotion of art. As in the case of culture and science art is not always specifically of a South African nature. Obviously however the Akademie promotes South African art and culture and it is unnecessary to state that in the Act.

Since 1941 the Akademie has consisted of two faculties, namely, the Faculty of Art and Humanities and the Faculty of Science and Technique and makes a distinction between the pure sciences under which mathematics and nature study and chemistry fall and the applied sciences under which engineering falls. It is consequently necessary for historical and organizational reasons to state in the Act that “the technique” (applied sciences) are to be promoted. In theory there may perhaps be no difference between the pure sciences and “technique” but in practice a distinction is nevertheless observed in the scientific world.

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

I thank the hon. the Minister for the fine exposition he has given of the objects of the Academy. I want to tell him at once that we have no objections to the principle of this Bill. I think we also appreciate the way in which the hon. the Minister spoke about the various faculties. With your approval, Mr. Speaker, I should like to refer to another aspect of this matter. This Bill amends Sections 4, 5 and 6 of the 1959 Act. It seems to me that the most important amendments to Section 4 are mainly changes in the wording and in the construction; these are changes to which, of course, we can have no objection. But this particular clause also refers to certain new faculties, which have already been referred to by the hon. the Minister. I think it will be interesting to trace what happened 54 years ago, when certain aspects of the objects of the Academy came into prominence. The objects of the Academy have been changed from time to time. As the Minister said, it has kept pace with developments over the years. At its inception the South African Academy had certain objects. The foundation meeting was held here in Cape Town on 1 and 2 July 1909 during the session of the National Convention, when leading members made use of the opportunity to convene such a meeting. It is interesting to record what the object of that meeting in 1909 was and who attended it. The Academy was founded with the object of trying to put an end to the conflict between Afrikaans and High Dutch at that time and, secondly, to try to get the two groups to co-operate in preserving and promoting Dutch and supporting the Dutch-Afrikaans culture in its then struggle to survive in South Africa. Amongst others many leading South Africans attended this foundation meeting, and you will allow me to mention their names here. This meeting was attended by, for example, General J. B. M. Hertzog, F. S. Malan, D. F. Malan, J. H. H. de Waal, J. H. Hofmeyr, and N. J. de Wet, all of them men who have left their traces in this House and in the political and cultural history of South Africa. It is indeed an imposing group of South Africans whose names I have just mentioned. The following motion was moved by the late General Hertzog and seconded by the late Professor W. J. Viljoen. I will read it in the original language, because I want to come back to it later—

Dat een lichaam in ’t leven worde geroepen ter bevordering van de Hollandse taal en letteren in Zuid-Afrika—nl. ’n sterk centraal lichaam dat ’t gehele land zal vertegenwoordigen, dat beide vormen van ’t Hollands sympathiek zal behandelen, dat met zakekennis zal decideren over taal en letterkundige verschilpunten en dat ’n algemeen gezag erkend zal hebben waar en met de universiteit of de regering moet worden onderhandeld.

[Translation: That a body be established for the purpose of promoting the Dutch language and literature in South Africa, namely, a strong central body that will represent the whole of the country, that will adopt a sympathetic attitude to both forms of Dutch, that will bring expert knowledge to bear in deciding issues relating to language and literature and that will have a recognized general authority in negotiating with the university or the Government.]

The object was clear, therefore, and the two pillars, Dutch and Dutch-Afrikaans (which later became Afrikaans), still stand to-day. These two pillars have remained standing over all the years. I think the issue involved at the time, which was to preserve Dutch-Afrikaans and to ensure its survival, has to a large extent disappeared in practical life. During the past years the English-speaking and Afrikaans-speaking sections have drawn closer together and this has led to their recognizing one another’s rights to conciliation and to cooperation between the two language groups in South Africa, and as far as I am concerned, this matter is no longer a vexed question.

Moreover, more than language and art is concerned in the matter to-day; more than just the Dutch language and the Dutch-Afrikaans language, or Afrikaans, which it subsequently became. As the hon. the Minister has said, the faculties have increased. At present there are many more faculties than the two I have mentioned. As hon. members know, the original name of the Academy was “De Zuid-Afrikaanse Akademie voor Taal, Letteren en Kunst”. Over the years this Academy has expanded and new faculties dealing with archaeology, history, and the Dutch and the Afrikaans languages and literature have been established, and to-day, where the Academy is keeping pace with the developments of the times, “science and technics” are being inserted in the present Act.

The 1921 legislation provided that the association would in future be known as the “Suid-Afrikaanse Akademie vir Kuns en Wetenskap”. In 1921 we finally switched over to Afrikaans. Hon. members know that from 1914 onwards Afrikaans was accepted as the language for everyday use, and in 1921, when the constitution of the S.A. Academy was laid down, Afrikaans was used.

The amendment in lines 9 and 10 is also an interesting one. Section 4 of the 1959 Act reads as follows—

… the maintenance and promotion of the Afrikaans and the Dutch languages and literature …

No mention is made of “culture”. In the measure before us it is proposed that this section should read as follows—

… the maintenance and promotion of the Afrikaans language, literature and culture …

The Minister has pointed out how essential it is to add “culture”, and I fully agree with him—

… and of the Dutch language and literature …

As far as the Dutch language is concerned, no mention is made of “culture”. Perhaps the hon. the Minister can tell us why this new dispensation has been proposed by, I take it, the South African Academy, and why “culture” has been omitted as far as the Dutch language is concerned.

With these few observations I want to say that we on this side of the House not only support the Bill, but also trust that the S.A. Academy will continue to make its valuable contribution to the promotion of Afrikaans.

Mr. MOORE:

I feel friendly disposed towards the Akademie. I saw a report in one of our newspapers last year to the effect that the Akademie had expressed an opinion on English usage. They said that they did not think it was sound English usage to speak about “one rand”, “ten rand”, “a million rand”, and so on; they said that that was not sound English usage although it might be good Afrikaans usage to say “een rand”, “tien rand”, etc. Well, I am on the side of the Akademie, and I am grateful to them for having expressed that opinion.

Coming to the Bill, there is one point I should like to mention in the only clause that matters, the first clause. The first clause says that amongst the things they wish to dc is the promotion of South African history, art, science and techniques. I do not know, Sir, how you promote history. We have often heard, “blessed is the country that has never had a history”. I think that what they mean is to promote the study of South African history. In South Africa we do not want any more history; we have had more than enough and I would suggest that the hon. the Minister should reconsider the drafting—not his drafting, of course, but the drafting of the experts. I should like him to go into this matter before we come to the Committee Stage.

Finally, I should like to ask him whether it is customary to subsidize the Akademie. Does the Government subsidize the Akademie?

The MINISTER OF EDUCATION, ARTS AND SCIENCE:

Yes.

Mr. MOORE:

I think provision is made for it under Item L, where there is an amount of R88,000. I should like the hon. the Minister to tell us whether provision is made for it under that item, and, if that is so, what the amount is.

*The MINISTER OF EDUCATION, ARTS AND SCIENCE:

I wish to express my appreciation to the hon. member for Hillbrow (Dr. Steenkamp) who has briefly outlined to us the value, the meaning and the past of the S.A. Akademie vir Wetenskap en Kuns. I did not regard it as necessary to do so because it is such a well known subject but it was just as well that he has again sketched it briefly to us so that it can become better known. Where the great honour has recently been bestowed upon me by appointing me as an honorary member of the Akademie it gives me great pleasure to note that the activities of the Akademie are so highly applauded and regarded as being of such high value. The hon. member wants to know why the word “culture” has been deleted as far as Dutch is concerned. The word “culture” did not appear previously in the Act. We naturally are deeply indebted to the Dutch language. The hon. member for Fort Beaufort (Dr. Jonker) places exceptionally high value of the Dutch language and last Friday he complained and said too little Dutch literature was read in South Africa. Where the Dutch language is so closely related to the Afrikaans language and is to such a great extent responsible for the Afrikaans language it is understandable that the Dutch language and the study of it will always be acknowledged and promoted by Afrikaans speaking people. A nation such as ours naturally takes the best from all cultures and it is not necessary for us to rely on the Dutch culture alone; we can also rely on the cultures of other nations. We borrow from them; we steal from them in order to build up our own culture.

As far as the question of the hon. member for Kensington (Mr. Moore) is concerned regarding the promotion of South African history the hon. member knows as well as I do that the teaching of history has in recent years retrogressed considerably; that it has come to be regarded as one of the redundant subjects. There was even a time, which has fortunately passed, when history, geography, nature study and hygiene were all combined into one subject, namely, social study, in the primary schools in the Transvaal. Parents, teachers and other educationists were vigorously opposed to it and fortunately it came to an end. A nation which does not know its own history, always of course in relation to the history of the rest of the world, because it cannot isolate itself completely, is in the long run a spineless nation. As far as the promotion of the South African history is concerned it is of course the task of the Akademie to do research and to devote themselves specifically to promoting the study of history. I do not think any fault can be found with that.

The hon. member also wanted to know to what extent the Akademie was being subsidized. I heard the Speaker whisper that I could not go into that at the moment; I would be out of order. We shall therefore discuss that matter on a later occasion.

Motion put and agreed to.

Bill read a second time.

UNIVERSITY OF PORT ELIZABETH AMENDMENT BILL

Second Order read: Second reading,—University of Port Elizabeth Amendment Bill.

*The MINISTER OF EDUCATION, ARTS AND SCIENCE:

I move—

That the Bill be now read a second time.

In terms of the University of Port Elizabeth Act of 1964 the convocation which consists of members of the Senate and the graduates of the University can nominate one person to represent it on the Council once its numbers have reached the figure of 100. It is expected that the figure of 100 will only be reached within a year or two. However, the University which has commenced teaching this year, wishes, for domestic reasons, the Convocation to enjoy representation on the Council at this stage already. As permitted under the Act I already appointed nine members of the Council last year to represent various interests but the term of office of this interim Council expires as soon as the University’s statute is announced which I expect to happen shortly when the various bodies will select their own representatives to serve on the Council. In these circumstances the University Council has unanimously requested me to amend the Act which governs them in such a way that I will be able to appoint somebody to the Council to represent the convocation. I do not think that is unreasonable and I want to accede to their request. Hon. members know that university councils are autonomous bodies and inasmuch as they are fair and reasonable these requests are usually acceded to.

The Bill under discussion is therefore introduced to give effect to the request of these people and the necessary provision appears in Clause 2. I just want to mention that the Opposition moved an amendment in the Other Place where the Bill was introduced for the first time. They asked me whether I would be prepared to accept this amendment. It was an amendment of which I had prior knowledge and I said I was willing to accept it but unfortunately the amendment was not effected in the right place. The Opposition in the Other Place was of the opinion that the words that I could “appoint anybody” could be interpreted to mean that I could appoint more than one person whereas the intention was that I should only appoint one person. I referred the matter to my legal advisers; they do not agree fully with the Opposition, because the intention is that only one person should be appointed, but in order to state it clearly and beyond any doubt I told the Opposition I would be willing to accept the amendment. But as it appears in the printed Bill it is totally wrong. The Opposition in this House approached me again and asked me whether they could put it right in the Committe Stage. I agreed because nothing whatsoever is being achieved with the amendment as printed at the moment.

I think it is also necessary for me to explain Clause 1 of the Bill briefly. During the recess the United pointed out that in terms of Section 10 (3) of the Act no difference was made between a professor at the University and other members of the Senate, except the rector. That is correct but that may give the impression that the term of office of a professor, as a member of the Senate at the University also expires after three years. As hon. members know a professor at a university remains a member of the Senate as long as he occupies his post. Although they do not think that provision will have any effect as far as the professors at their own university are concerned, the legal advisers have suggested that when it became necessary to amend the Act in some other respect, Section 10 (3) should also be suitably amended and that is now being done in Clause 1.

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

I just want to say that we fully support this Bill. This request has come from the Council of the University itself, and so we have no objection in principle. I am sorry that an error crept in in the Other Place, because it was of course the intention—I quote from the Bill as it read before it was introduced in the Other Place—to omit the words “appoint any person as a member of the council” and to substitute the words “appoint any one person as a member of the council”, which would have made it very clear that the Minister did not have the right to appoint more than one person. Unfortunately this error occurred and the Secretary, or whoever it was, went to the next line and substituted the words “any one other person” for the words “any other person”. As the clause now stands it is ridiculous. I am glad the hon. the Minister has agreed to a change being made, and when we reach the Committee Stage to-morrow, I shall move an amendment accordingly.

Mr. MOORE:

There is very little that one can add. There is only one point that I should like to put to the hon. the Minister. When the hon. the Minister establishes a university I presume he is anxious to grant it autonomy as soon as he possibly can. If that is his intention, naturally we all feel the same about it. In this case the University Council has been established, but naturally until there are members of convocation, convocation cannot nominate their representatives. Would it not have been worth considering the proposition that the Council should co-opt a member to represent convocation? If the hon. the Minister does not think that that is feasible at this stage, would he perhaps give us an assurance that he will ask the Council as at present constituted to recommend to him a nominee to represent convocation? If the hon. the Minister is prepared to do that, then naturally there can be no objection to his nomination, but it seems to me that now that the University Council has been established, any additional member to represent convocation should be appointed either directly by them or by way of recommendation to the Minister. I should like the hon. the Minister to consider that suggestion before we come to the Committee Stage.

*The MINISTER OF EDUCATION, ARTS AND SCIENCE:

I am doing in this Bill exactly what the Council has asked me to do, namely, to appoint such a person. I can, however, assure the hon. member that I shall not make arbitrary appointments but that I shall ask the University Council to recommend somebody for appointment and in all probability it will be the same person who is serving at the moment.

Motion put and agreed to.

Bill read a second time.

WILLS AMENDMENT BILL

Third Order read: Committee Stage,—Wills

Amendment Bill.

House in Committee:

Clauses and Title of the Bill put and agreed to.

House Resumed:

Bill reported without amendment.

ARBITRATION BILL

Fourth Order read: Committee Stage,—Arbitration Bill.

House in Committee:

On Clause 2,

Mr. THOMPSON:

The present Bill takes over many of the provisions of the old Colonial Arbitration Acts. It has particularly taken over the provision that—

Arbitration shall not be permissible in respect of (a) any matrimonial cause or any matter incidental to such cause; or (b) any matter relating to status.

I shall be glad if the hon. the Minister would tell us why it is that the third matter referred to in the Cape Arbitration Act has not been included in those matters which may not be the subject of arbitration, namely, matters in which minors or other persons under legal disability may be interested. I appreciate that to a certain extent the affairs of minors do come up for consideration in connection with matrimonial causes but there can be other matters affecting minors which are not included in such a reference.

One of the other matters which is not included in the present Bill but which appears in the old Cape Arbitration Act is the question of the appointment by the court of an official referee. I am aware of the fact that an official referee can be appointed under the General Law Amendment Act of 1964. I think Clause 40 of that Act provides for that.

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member must confine himself to Clause 2 of this Bill.

Mr. THOMPSON:

As you please, Mr. Chairman. I was just wishing to get the hon. the Minister’s explanation of the fact that the power of the court to appoint a referee where the parties do not agree has been removed. If I have succeeded in getting that across to the Minister I shall leave it at that.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

I am not allowed to give you the explanation.

Clause, as printed, put and agreed to.

On Clause 3,

Mr. THOMPSON:

Clause 3 (1) reads—

Unless the agreement otherwise provides, an arbitration agreement shall not be capable of being terminated except by consent of all the parties thereto.

In other words, unless the agreement provides otherwise, an arbitration agreement shall not be capable of being terminated, except by consent. Then sub-section (2) goes on to say—

The court may at any time on the application of any party to an arbitration agreement, on good cause shown—
  1. (a) set aside the arbitration agreement; or
  2. (b) order that any particular dispute referred to … shall not be referred to arbitration; or
  3. (c) order that the arbitration agreement shall cease to have effect …

Sir, it is a small point, but I would have thought that it would have been necessary to insert at the commencement of sub-section (2) the words “notwithstanding the provisions of sub-section (1)”. So that sub-section (2) would read—

(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (1) …

That will make it clear that there are circumstances in which the arbitration agreement is capable of being terminated other than by the consent of all the parties. It seems to me that unless those words are inserted you will have a somewhat contradictory statement. I would therefore suggest to the Minister for his consideration to include those words.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

It is a question of draftsmanship. I shall discuss it with the law advisers.

Mr. THOMPSON:

Thank you.

Clause, as printed, put and agreed to.

On Clause 16,

Mr. THOMPSON:

In the case of this clause there is a bracket to indicate that Clause 16 (1) (b) does not form part of this Bill. I would like to ask, if I may, why it has been deleted as it seems to be an eminently sensible provision.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

If I may just explain. This Bill was originally started in the Other Place and that clause could not be considered there. It has to be considered by this House. When the Bill is disposed of here it must go back to the Other Place to accept this clause as well. I accordingly move the amendment—

To add the following paragraph at the end of sub-section (1):

  1. (b) the clerk of the magistrate’s court having jurisdiction in the said area, may issue such summons upon payment of the same fees as are chargeable for the issue of a subpoena in a civil case pending in the magistrate’s court.
Mr. TUCKER:

I think that amendment is necessary and we agree to it, of course.

I wonder whether the hon. the Minister can tell me why the normal word, “subpoena”, in respect of a document compelling a person to attend court has been replaced by the word “summons” which is also correct? “Summons” is used in respect of court proceedings in rather a different context, it is the document commencing an action. That is the more usual use of the word and it seems to me unusual to use it to replace the word “subpoena”.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

The only reason I can suggest is that this Bill was drafted by the Law Revision Committee whereas other Bills are drafted by the law advisers. The latter accepted that word as coming from the Law Revision Committee.

Amendment put and agreed to.

Clause, as amended, put and agreed to.

On Clause 20,

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

With reference to the discussion during the second reading on Clause 20 and the doubts expressed by hon. members in that respect, I wish to move the following amendment—

To add the following as a sub-section (2) at the end of the clause:
  1. (2) An opinion referred to in sub-section (1) shall be final and not subject to appeal and shall be binding on the arbitration tribunal and on the parties to the reference.

Hon. members will remember that we discussed Clause 20. And in order to state quite clearly what the Law Revision Committee had in mind when they drafted this clause I moved the amendment as set out above.

Mr. TUCKER:

I am pleased the hon. the Minister has done so. I think it makes the position clear.

Amendment put and agreed to.

Clause, as amended, put and agreed to.

On new clause to follow Clause 28,

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

I move—

That the following be a new clause to follow Clause 28:
  1. 29. Where an award orders the payment of a sum of money, such sum shall, unless the award provides otherwise, carry interest as from the date of the award and at the same rate as a judgment debt.

This clause deals with costs and could consequently not be discussed in the Other Place where the Bill was introduced in the first place. The Other Place has therefore left it to this House to approve of it.

Mr. TUCKER:

I have no objection, Sir, but I want to raise one point. An ordinary judgment of the court carries interest at the rate of 6 per cent even if no interest is payable on a debt. That is not being proposed here but I take it that it is a matter which could be covered in the submission to arbitration if the parties so wish. Is it necessary to make special provision for it?

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

No.

Clause put and agreed to.

On Clause 40,

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

The hon. member for Musgrave (Mr. Hourquebie) has asked me to interpret the objects of this clause. I have had an opportunity of again studying the clause. I have also had time to check what I said in haste in the Other Place in respect of this clause and I notice that I omitted the negative in that case. It was obviously omitted by me when I stated the case. The object of this clause is that the provisions of the Bill shall apply in cases of arbitration under any law passed after the commencement of this Act unless a subsequent law passed by Parliament specifically excludes the provisions of this law. The interpretation on which the legal advisers are in agreement is that it will apply to all laws, also to future laws, unless a future law provides that these provisions will not be applicable to it.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

May I ask the hon. Minister this question? Is the object to override previous Acts of Parliament?

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

That is how I understand it.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

That is what I thought the object was and it is an object which we on this side of the House would support. But in my view the proviso does not do that. I should like to read the proviso again. It covers two situations. It covers a situation of an Act of Parliament in which this present Arbitration Bill is excluded. It also covers an Act of Parliament with which this present Arbitration Bill is inconsistent. There are two specific situations.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

That is the general principle, is it not? The latter overrides the former.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

Yes. In respect of an Act of Parliament in which the Arbitration Act is specifically excluded there can be no difficulty because such an Act can only be a subsequent Act of Parliament. But in respect of an Act which is inconsistent as this clause is worded at present, in my view, it could refer to a prior Act of Parliament, not only to a subsequent Act of Parliament, which happens to be inconsistent with this Bill. If I may read out the phrase leaving out the portion dealing with subsequent Acts of Parliament which are specifically excluded I think it will make my meaning clear. The proviso would then read—

Provided that if that other law is an Act of Parliament this Act shall not apply to any such arbitration in so far as this Act is inconsistent with that other law.
The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Do you want those words excluded?

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

No. The hon. the Minister does not seem to see the point I am getting at. I am suggesting that the proviso as it reads relates to two situations, namely, an Act of Parliament which specifically excludes this Bill and an Act of Parliament which does not specifically exclude it but which is inconsistent with it. My point is that in respect of an Act of Parliament which specifically excludes it there is no difficulty because that can obviously only refer to a subsequent Act. It is obvious that no prior Act can exclude this one. I accept also the Minister’s intention of wishing to override prior Acts of Parliament by this Bill.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Unless it is stated specifically in those Acts that they are not to be over-rided.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

That can only refer to subsequent Acts of Parliament. The point I am making, Sir, is that as it is worded at the moment, the portion of the proviso dealing with Acts which are inconsistent can refer to prior Acts of Parliament as well and not only to subsequent Acts of Parliament. If that is correct then it has this effect that if a prior Act of Parliament, dealing with arbitration, happens to be inconsistent with this Bill the proviso will exclude the operation of this Bill which is not the intention of the Minister and which is a situation which ought not to obtain. If I may just read the clause again leaving out the words “excluded by” I think it would perhaps be clear to the hon. the Minister. In respect of inconsistent Acts the proviso will then read—

Provided that if that other law is an Act of Parliament this Act shall not apply to any such arbitration in so far as this Act is inconsistent with that other law.
The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

May I just explain. Before the introduction of this Bill we had certain Acts in which arbitration was referred to. The Law Revision Committee has felt that that is what they want to say in Clause 40, namely, that where a former Act says “notwithstanding anything contained in any other law this Act will apply”. In that case this Bill, if passed by Parliament, will not apply. The same in the case of Acts passed subsequently to this Bill. If they say the provisions of this Act will not apply then they will not apply. That is the position as the law advisers inform me.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

I accept that that is the object the Minister wishes to achieve and I accept that this is a desirable object. That is what this clause should attempt to achieve but I do not believe it is achieving this object …

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

I discussed it with the law advisers and was informed that that was the position.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

I must accept the position but I shall be glad if the hon. the Minister would give it further consideration.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

I shall give it further consideration. That is what I am told is the object.

Mr. THOMPSON:

I hold the same view as the hon. member for Musgrave (Mr. Hourquebie). I want to ask the Minister whether this clause is as it came from the Law Revision Committee or whether it has in fact been redrafted since it came from them.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

To the best of my knowledge it is as it came from the Law Revision Committee.

Mr. THOMPSON:

My information is that the proviso was introduced in the Other Place. It may well be therefore that it has not been possible to give it the fullest consideration. The clause says quite clearly that—

This Act shall apply to every arbitration under any law passed before or after the commencement of this Act …

That is clearly the intention of the hon. the Minister as he has stated it to-day. The point the hon. member for Musgrave has made is that one part of the proviso will mean, I think, that wherever any previous arbitration ordinance or Act governs an arbitration, and there is any inconsistency with the present Act, whether in the terms of the the Act itself or in the regulations or procedures recognized by that other law, then the Bill we are now considering will not apply. We believe that is not the intention of the hon. the Minister.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

In order to state more clearly what the hon. member has in mind, the amendment was moved in the Other Place. The amendment was drafted by the law adviser, Mr. Conradie, who is also a member of the Law Revision Committee. He was present at that meeting. It was particularly to give clear expression to the standpoint that (a) it will apply to all Acts, except Acts passed before the passing of this Act, and where it is expressly excluded; and (b) Acts passed hereafter and where it is expressly excluded. The more I look at the clause, the clearer it becomes to me that this is precisely the intention reflected here. “This Act shall apply to every arbitration under any law passed before or after the commencement of this Act, as if the arbitration were pursuant to an arbitration agreement and as if that other law were an arbitration agreement.” It is therefore quite clear. The general statement is being made that it applies to all arbitrations before and after this Act. Then it continues—

Provided that if that other law …

i.e. the law which does not want to make this Act applicable to it—

… if that other law is an Act of Parliament …

That is to distinguish it from a provincial ordinance or the regulations of a lesser body—

… this Act shall not apply to any such arbitration in so far as this Act is excluded by or is consistent with that other law …

It therefore follows very clearly that by means of this proviso we want to state exactly what both those hon. members have in mind.

Mr. TUCKER:

I wonder if the hon. the Minister would be good enough to tell me whether this refers to both an existing law and a law passed hereafter. The proviso says—

Provided if that other law is an Act of Parliament this Act shall not apply to any such arbitration in so far as this Act is excluded by or inconsistent with that other law.

It cannot possibly be excluded by it. It is unlikely that it be a prior Act because this will now be the governing Act or arbitration.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Prior Acts also refer to the various ordinances and to the principles of arbitration.

Mr. TUCKER:

Yes. But it does seem to me that this leaves room for doubt as to what the intention is. I wonder if it is not possible— we do not want to delay the Bill in any way— for the Minister to get the particular law adviser who drafted the Bill to look at it again. Frankly I think this clause lends itself to different interpretations.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

I can do that; but that is my information.

Remaining Clauses and Title of the Bill put and agreed to.

House Resumed:

Bill reported with amendments.

MAGISTRATES’ COURTS AMENDMENT BILL

Fifth Order read: Second reading,—Magistrates Courts Amendment Bill.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

I move—

That the Bill be now read a second time.

This Bill deals with only two matters. It deals in the first place with the courts as we find them in the Bill, and in the second place it deals with the question of attorney and client costs. In regard to the first aspect, viz. our regional courts, I am glad to be able to tell the House—all practising lawyers are aware of it—that these regional courts are doing excellent work. Not only do they do excellent work but they also take over much work from the Supreme Court, work which would have taken up much of the time of the Supreme Court and which would probably have resulted in our having appreciably to expand the number of Judges of the Supreme Court, with consequent detriment in so far as accommodation, etc., is concerned. Therefore the Department felt—and I wholeheartedly agree with it—that the time had arrived for us to place our regional courts on a firm basis. That is what this Bill seeks to do. The Bill also seeks to insert in the Act what the qualifications are with which regional court magistrates must comply. Hon. members will also find the personnel of the Committee which has to give advice in respect of the persons to be appointed to these regional courts in this Bill. Hon. members will find that they are quite representative and that they are persons who will definitely be able to form the best judgment as to whether these persons have the necessary qualifications and the necessary personality and all the other qualities to fit them to preside in the regional courts.

As hon. members will see in Clause 2 of the Bill, the Committee will consist of the Secretary for Justice, the Deputy Secretary for Justice and so many officials of the Department of Justice occupying the rank of Attorney-General or that of Chief Magistrate or the Under-Secretary for Justice as the Minister of Justice may from time to time appoint. These are par excellence the persons who can judge of the efficiency and the qualities of the magistrates. I do not think I need say anything more in regard to this aspect of the Bill.

I refer hon. members to Clause 3 of the Bill, where the words are inserted “including costs as between attorney and client”. Here we have the case that neither in the Supreme Court Act nor in the Magistrates’ Court Act is the power specifically granted either to a Judge or to a magistrate to grant costs as between attorney and client. This matter was raised in the Nel case in former years in so far as the Supreme Court is concerned, and hon. members will recollect that the Supreme Court decided that in spite of the fact that it was not specifically stated anywhere in an Act it was a long-standing practice and that the Supreme Court had the inherent jurisdiction to accept that practice and to legalize it when anybody cast doubt upon it. In so far as the magistrates’ power in that regard is concerned, all of us who have practised in the magistrates’ courts have grown up with the idea that a magistrate also has that power. The hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South) (Mr. Plewman), for example, in the years in which he sat as a magistrate, probably often made an order in regard to attorney and client costs. I myself appeared in cases in which application was made for attorney and client costs, and I can remember one or two cases where such an order was in fact granted. We accepted that in spite of the fact that it was never provided for in an Act, the magistrate’s court by implication had that power. But now, in the case of Hoosan v. Joubert in 1964, the Judge-President of the Transvaal in an appeal case, after having consulted all the authorities, came to the conclusion that (a) in spite of the fact that it was the practice, a magistrate was not allowed to make such an order, and after having consulted the authorities he found that—

There is nothing in the Magistrates Courts Act especially empowering the court to make an order for attorney and client costs.

The court consequently ordered that the decision of the magistrate in this regard should be set aside. All we are now doing in Clause 3 of the Bill is to legalize this practice which has existed all these years and in which we all believe, and in view of the fact that the Supreme Court has said that magistrates do not have this power by implication, we now give them the power in suitable cases to aware attorney and client costs.

Mr. TUCKER:

The institution of the regional courts has come to be accepted as having filled a very important place. Very important because it has unquestionably speeded up the work of the courts, and nobody would suggest that we should depart from this experiment which, as the Minister rightly said, has proved to be a success. Sir, we welcome also the provisions in relation to the regional magistrates being persons who are properly qualified. In regard to the third point referred to by the hon. Minister, namely the question of costs as between attorney and client, I think it is very wise that provision is being made in this respect. Those who practise in the courts will agree that in general costs between attorney and client have only been awarded where there was very good reason for it, and it certainly would limit the discretion of our judicial officers if it is not possible to impose this penalty in such cases where the court thinks fit to do so. We welcome the fact that this is being clarified. I must say with great respect to the hon. Judge the phrase “to grant such judgments as to costs as may be just” was very reasonably, if perhaps wrongly, interpreted to lay down that the costs may be costs as between attorney and client in appropriate cases. We all agree that it is most desirable that any doubt should be disposed of. It certainly would be undesirable that someone one day has to appeal to the Appellate Division on that point to establish the law. It is far better that Parliament should take time by the forelock. Regarding the other provision of the Bill, the establishment of the Regional Divisions Appointments Advisory Board, this seems to be a wise provision and one can only hope that in practice it will be as successful as all of us believe it will be.

Mr. PLEWMAN:

I am glad to be able to lend my support to this Bill as well. The establishment of the regional courts after June 1952 has been a marked success in the system of the administration of justice, and I think the hon. Minister is quite right when he says that these courts have now gone beyond the experimental stage. They certainly have relieved the Supreme Court of a great deal of work which would otherwise have been time absorbing and an unnecessary burden on Judges. At the same time they also relieved the inferior courts of a considerable amount of work in regard to the holding of preparatory examinations. I think one must place on record that much credit for the success of the regional courts must go to the Department of Justice because of the care it has exercised in making appointments of regional magistrates. I know that the magisterial branch has been jealous of its prerogative in that regard and of the duty that has been assigned to it in general to provide from its ranks the incumbent of these higher magisterial posts. I am glad therefore that the hon. Minister has now found it advisable that the practice of selection should be made a part of the legislative scheme for the setting up of these courts by the creation of this new body, the Regional Divisions Appointments Advisory Board.

I myself believe that such a body will be best able to make the most suitable selection in regard to appointments of this nature. I certainly have confidence in the ability of such a body to continue to make their selection in the very careful and deliberate way in which they have done so in the past and that they will make the appointments in the best interests of the administration of justice.

I hope the hon. Minister will tell us why the ten-year period in the first clause is deleted. Originally, the magistrates appointed to regional courts had to serve as a magistrate or additional magistrate, or assistant magistrate for not less than ten years before being appointed as regional magistrates. I accept that ten years might have been an arbitrary period, but I do think that the doing away with it needs some explanation from the hon. the Minister. I am one of those who believe that years of service prove the man, and I think the hon. Minister will agree that the respect of people, that is the subjects of the State, for law and order is governed very largely by the quality of the justice that is administered or meted out in the inferior courts, and as a natural corollary therefore by the quality of the men appointed to mete out justice. Therefore it seems to me that although this might have been an arbitrary period of ten years, the practice has shown that it was a wise provision, and I hope the hon. Minister will explain why this has been deleted.

As regards the last clause, I agree with the hon. Minister when he says that awards of attorney-client costs must have taken place in most magistrates’ courts. I myself thought that the practice was firmly established, but one naturally has to bow to the judgment of the Judge-President of the Transvaal, and I am therefore glad that the hon. Minister has seen fit to put the position beyond any possible doubt by the inclusion of the amendment to paragraph (d) of Section 48 of the Act.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

In regard to the Joubert case, it is interesting to note how the Judge motivated his decision. He put it this way—

In the case of magistrates’ courts there is no long-standing practice, nor any legislative approval of such a practice, even if such a practice can be considered relevant in the case of an inferior court where it is conceded that the magistrate’s court, a creature of statute, has no inherent jurisdiction. Nor is there any express authority to be found in the Act conferring jurisdiction to make orders of this nature. It follows that jurisdiction must be sought by way of the necessary implication to be drawn from the Act.

Then he went on to say that he could not draw such an inference from the Act.

The hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South) (Mr. Plewman) referred appreciatively to the Department of Justice, more particularly in regard to the action of the Department in connection with the stabilization of the regional courts. I heartily agree with the hon. member and I thank the hon. gentleman for the well-deserved praise they have given to the Department in this regard. I may just add, and I do not think it is inappropriate to do so, that one of the persons who was particularly interested in this matter and who at all times gave a positive lead in regard to it was the present Secretary for Justice, and I think hon. members will agree with me that it was fair and reasonable to extend the period of services of the Secretary so that he could make available his services to the State for a further period of two years.

The question of the ten years was thoroughly considered by the senior officials of the Department and after mature consideration it was felt that in view of the fact that the qualifications are now made so high—we simply cannot set them higher than they are —and in view of the fact that it is now merely a question of the merits and qualifications of the person, the period of service as such is no longer important, and therefore they felt that the period of service could be omitted. In practice I believe that it will still mean that a man will need to have many more years of service, but one wants, as the qualifications have been made so high, to set the ideal for the younger people that the regional court is not beyond their reach and that if they qualify themselves they can go to the regional court and need not necessarily wait for seniority to get there one day. Because that is the reason underlying this amendment I think we must appreciate it and accept it as such. For the rest, I thank hon. members for their acceptance of this Bill.

Motion put and agreed to.

Bill read a second time.

CAPE TOWN FORESHORE AMENDMENT BILL

Sixth Order read: Committee Stage,—Cape Town Foreshore Amendment Bill.

House in Committee:

On Clause 1,

Mr. PLEWMAN:

This clause, short as it is, contains two important principles. The first is that the Minister may delegate any of the powers conferred on him by the Act to any officer referred to in sub-section (1) of Section 8 seconded to the service of the Board, and the second is the condonation of the sins of omission by the Minister who failed or neglected to discharge the obligations imposed upon him under the Act and for his sins of commission by leaving it to some official of the Board to assume the obligations. I will firstly deal with the first principle, the principle of delegation, and in doing that I want to move the first part of the amendment standing in my name—

In line 7, after “powers” to insert “(other than the power to approve the sale of land)”.

During the second-reading debate on this Bill the hon. member for South Coast (Mr. D. E. Mitchell) in particular expressed the concern of the Opposition as to any change in the obligations which were imposed upon the Minister and which in effect required him to give his personal attention and approval to matters where called for in the Act. Secondly, he also expressed the Opposition’s concern in regard to the diminution in any way of the Minister’s accountability to Parliament in regard to the administration of the Cape Town Foreshore Act. In his reply the hon. Deputy Minister of Lands was not very specific as to why the need for the delegation had arisen, except to say that there have been certain irregularities found (I think he said by the law-advisers) in regard to the administration of the Act and that condonation was now sought to rectify what had been done. But, Sir, as was stressed in the second reading, and as I think must be stressed again, we are concerned here with an area which is strictly circumscribed. It is a relatively limited area but it contains land of very great value, and those are circumstances which must have weighed with Parliament when the Act was passed in 1950 and which imposed these duties on the Minister. Sir, the delegation in terms of Clause 1 is a delegation which is completely wide. In fact I think it divests the Minister of his obligations and I think it tends to absolve him from his accountability to Parliament in regard to the administration of the Act. It is because of that, in view of this delegation given in very wide terms, that I have thought it necessary to introduce this amendment. The most important section of the Act (No. 26 of 1950) is Section 10 which deals with the objects and powers of the Board and which places certain responsibilities on the Minister requiring his prior approval before any transaction can take place. The most important requirement is “that the board may, with the approval of the Minister and subject to such conditions as he may determine (i) sell, let, hypothecate or otherwise encumber any land forming part of the Foreshore”. It goes on a bit further, but that is not important for the purpose of my argument. Now I understood the hon. Deputy Minister of Lands to say that to some extent practice has now been established over the years and that circumstances might be justification for this delegation. Because that is an understandable explanation of the situation, I selected the one aspect of which the Minister is required to give his approval and that is “to sell any portion of the land”. The word “selling” there has a finality about it, and in our view it is a type of transaction to which the Minister should still give his personal approval. The letting, hypothecation or encumbrance of land are not acts of finality, but the selling of land is a final act. I feel therefore that the delegation must be limited in some way, and the suggestion therefore is that it should be limited by leaving the other powers that the hon. Deputy Minister claims are necessary, but reserving to the Minister the necessary power to approve the sale of land before land can be disposed of. I think it is correct to say that we feel that the delegation of powers may be ill-advised in a case such as this, but it is obvious from what I have said and from what was said during the second reading that the area is limited, the number of transactions involved cannot be very great and the number of future transactions must even be smaller. By moving the amendment in this form, not asking for the deletion of the whole clause, I think the Opposition has met the hon. Deputy Minister more than halfway in respect of the case he has presented and I hope therefore that that portion of the amendment that I have now moved will be accepted.

*The DEPUTY MINISTER OF LANDS:

I am afraid I cannot meet the Opposition as regards the amendment moved by them. I think I must refer them to what happened in the Senate. There the Opposition used as their spokesman one of their strong men, Senator Berman, who, as a member of the Cape Town City Council, has been directly concerned with these problems over the years, and he not only welcomed this Bill, but even thanked us for coming forward with it, because he realized what problems they have been faced with in the past. Sir, you will find this in the Senate Hansard of 10 February. Now I find it strange that the United Party disagrees with its own people. However, the hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South) (Mr. Plewman) has put his case in regard to the question as to whether it is right that certain rights (and in his view the right of sale is a limited one) should be delegated to an officer. If one looks at Section 10 of the original Act, which was quoted by the hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South), one finds that 10 (1) (h) states explicitly—

With the approval of the Minister and subject to such conditions as he may determine—
  1. (i) to sell, let, hypothecate or otherwise encumber any land forming part of the Foreshore …

In other words, the original Act explicitly provides “with the approval of the Minister and subject to such conditions as he may determine”. It is not an unlimited delegation that is made to an officer. It is a delegation that is made to an officer to do the work “subject to the approval of the Minister and to such conditions as he may determine”. Now I want to put the following ridiculous position to you: If the Minister himself had to hold a conference with the Trust Bank in order to conduct the negotiations in regard to the land to be obtained by them, what would the position then be? It would create an impossible state of affairs. Every day the Minister is formulating policy and laying down conditions in regard to the various aspects of his activities and then telling officials, in this case a specific officer under a board, that the policy and the conditions have to be complied with. I want to add that I am glad that the hon. members are so concerned about the Foreshore, because the hon. member said that it was a limited area; it is a limited area, and it is precisely because we realize the limitedness and the importance of this area that there is a Select Committee of both Houses to supervise its development. In the case of the approval I have now granted, for example, I have arranged for a complete model-plan of the new civic centre, together with the opera house to be built there, to be submitted to both Houses of Parliament by the Foreshore Board, and that the House of Assembly, through the Parliamentary Select Committee, will stipulate that a certain part of the land is not to be alienated, but must be reserved for parks that are to be established in future. I want to go further: The hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South) is a former Auditor-General, and hon. members know that the activities of this Foreshore Board and of the officials who have to give effect to the decisions relating to the sale, alienation or letting of land, etc., are subject to annual inspection by the Auditor-General. He has to carry out an annual inspection in this regard, and the audit is laid upon the Table, and ever since the establishment of the Foreshore Board we have never had a certified audit, in other words, the House of Assembly has merely received the assurance that any action taken has only been in the best interests of South Africa. Now the hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South) says that the Minister cannot be called to account because the work is delegated and the House therefore cannot hold him responsible. This is not the position, because the officer only acts according to instructions given with the approval of, and subject to such conditions as may be determined by, the Minister, and furthermore, whatever is done by the officer as far as selling this land is concerned is set out in the audit report and the Minister can then be called to account in this House. I am afraid I cannot accept the amendment.

Mr. TUCKER:

I regret very deeply that the hon. Deputy Minister has adopted the attitude that he has. This amendment is a very advisable amendment and the case for it was put very clearly by the hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South) (Mr. Plewman). I cannot understand why the Minister should adopt the attitude he has adopted. Here is an asset which is a national asset. The development of that area is of the greatest importance not only to Cape Town, but this is the gateway to South Africa and of importance to the whole country. The hon. Minister has been at pains to show the ultimate responsibility of the Minister. He cannot escape from the fact that when he gives a power of sale to an official that power is carried out, even if it is carried out in accord with the general directions of the Minister. The power of sale is vested in the official and while the Minister can be criticized in this House, the official makes the decision. If queried the ready answer is that Parliament has seen fit to vest the power of sale in the hands of the official concerned, it would obviously be advisable in the interests of the official himself and, I submit, of the Minister that in respect of the sale the final say should rest in the Minister’s hands. The number of transactions involved would not be many. The Minister has referred to the case of an hotel which is to be built and the examination of the plans, etc. In matters of that sort naturally the Minister must be guided by his officials. I am sure the Minister would not want to sit down and study the plans in detail and read the specifications, but he will accept the report of his Department and possibly look at the plans just to see whether from the aesthetic point of view he approves of them. I strongly support the amendment of the hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South) (Mr. Plewman). I find it very difficult to understand why the Deputy Minister has adopted the attitude he has. He seemed almost aggrieved that such an amendment should have been moved, but the amendment is moved simply because it is felt that in the particular circumstances of this case the hon. the Minister should bear a direct responsibility to this House for the sale of land, and not responsibility for an official who has been empowered by this House to effect the sale. I hope that the Minister will reconsider his attitude and accept the amendment.

Mr. PLEWMAN:

I share the views of the hon. member for Germiston (District) (Mr. Tucker) and deprecate the manner in which the Deputy Minister referred to what happened in the Senate, but as was explained in the second reading, by reason of the procedure whereby Bills can be initiated in the Other Place this House becomes a House of review and therefore obviously the Opposition has to review the position at this stage of proceedings. I hope the Minister will not labour that point unduly. But it is quite clear from the attitude of the Deputy Minister that he himself misconstrues the purpose and the effect of the clause he wants to insert in the law. He misconstrues this power of delegation. I relied on the very clause which the Deputy Minister quoted himself, but he has misconstrued the clause by saying that the approval of the Minister stands. That is not so. This new clause now delegates to an official of the Board—and I am now reading the section as it will read with this delegation—“the Board may with the approval of the officer to whom the powers have been delegated and subject to such conditions as that officer may determine, sell, let, hypothecate or otherwise encumber …” That is the extent of the delegation. The officer who is delegated now substitutes for the Minister both in the legislation and in practice, and he may deal with the matter without the matter coming to the notice of the Minister at all. We accept that there may be a certain amount of practice already established, but we say that there can never be established practice in regard to the power to sell. Selling land is a final act, and it is the one thing which we contend should still be the obligation of the Minister to attend to. The Deputy Minister also misconstrued the position by asking whether we expect the Minister to negotiate and look at plans, etc. Obviously we do not. The negotiations are done by members of the Board-—by officials of the Board in the first place, I presume, and then by members of the Board. When a concrete proposal is made, it comes to the Minister and he gives his approval before the sale is negotiated. But the Deputy Minister tries to suggest that there is a safeguard in the Select Committee. Parliament is not concerned with negotiations of this nature. That is why Parliament vests in the Minister the obligation and the duty to do these things. He also refers to the safeguard of the Auditor-General, but that is a financial safeguard. The Auditor-General is not concerned with the administration of the Board’s affairs; it is only concerned with the financial administration of the Board. He obviously does his work to the best of his ability and reports to Parliament, but he is not concerned with the administrative aspect, with what leads up to the sale of property for which money is received. I hope the Deputy Minister will review his attitude because I think he is inclined to look upon this as being an obstruction rather than an endeavour to set the position right. We cannot get away from the fact that we are concerned here with a public asset in which the State and the City Council are both concerned, and I think there is a duty on the Opposition to make quite certain that before any change is made in the law which affects public assets of that kind, the matter should be clearly ventilated and understood. I therefore hope that the Deputy Minister will now review the position and see it in that light.

*The DEPUTY MINISTER OF LANDS:

I am afraid the two hon. members who have spoken are labouring under a serious misconception. I first want to refer them to the original Act once again, and I immediately want to tell the hon. member for Germiston (District) (Mr. Tucker) that I do not hold it against the hon. members that they come along with these arguments. On the contrary, I welcome this interest. It shows me that they are as interested in the development of this city, which is the gateway to South Africa. In addition I want to say to the hon. members that I take it that as a result of the new system in terms of which legislation may be initiated in the Senate, this House can also be a House of Review, and that I will therefore not burden them with what was said in the Senate. I only mentioned it because I wanted to show how someone who is acquainted with the work being done at the moment and who knows what problems they have encountered welcomed the Bill. If we look at Section 8, the section now being amended here, we find that it provides that the clerical and administrative work connected with the functions of the Board shall be performed at its expense and under its control by officers in the Public Service to be seconded to the service of the Board. In other words, here we have public servants who have to do the work of the Board. If we now look at Section 10—and this is where the hon. members make their mistake—we see that it provides very explicitly that the objects of the Board shall be to control, manage and develop the Foreshore and to dispose of the land included therein, and to that end the board shall have power to do certain things, and (h) confers upon the Board the power with the approval of the Minister and subject to such conditions as he may determine to sell, let, etc., any land forming part of the Foreshore. In other words, in 1950 this House authorized the Foreshore Board to sell land, to let it, and so forth, and seconded public servants to the Foreshore Board to do the work for it. The Board may only do these things with the approval of the Minister and subject to such conditions as he may determine. All we now ask is that where the Board may do these things subject to the approval of the Minister, there should be an executive official in this Foreshore Board who may do the work and sign the contracts on their behalf. Up to now these things have been done by these public servants, but now the law advisers have found that the right delegated to the Board by the Minister to do these things has not been delegated to an officer by this Act; and all that is now being asked is that we must stipulate in the Act what juristic person is to exercise the rights and powers which have already been conferred upon the Foreshore Board by the House of Assembly; and the juristic person who is to exercise these rights and powers is this public servant we have seconded to them to do the work. That is all we are asking. There is no new principle involved, and the Minister is not being relieved of any responsibility. All that is being done, is that executive authority that has already been granted to the Foreshore Board is being conferred upon a juristic person who has to do the work. Where this is the position, I cannot see how the hon. members can put forward a proposition that will make it quite impossible to carry out the functions of the Foreshore Board and that will also invalidate the work done by the Foreshore Board since that time. I am afraid, therefore, that I cannot accept this amendment.

Mr. PLEWMAN:

It is quite obvious that the hon. the Deputy Minister still misconstrues the very purpose of this delegation. The delegation is a wide one. The Minister may delegate any of the powers conferred on him by Section 10. Sir, I am limited in regard to the number of times I can speak and therefore I now have to come to the second portion of my amendment which I had hoped I would not have to proceed with. Had the Deputy Minister seen fit to accept this amendment, it would have reduced the Opposition’s concern about the matter considerably, but in the light of the Deputy Minister’s attitude I have no other alternative but also to move now—

To omit sub-sec. (2).

I am coming to that portion of the principle which I said dealt with the condonation of the sins of omission of the Minister and the neglect of his obligations under this Act, and also his sins of commission by leaving it to an officer of the Board to exercise or assume those objections. If there has to be condonation of what was done bona fide by a member of the Board’s staff, who is also an officer of the Public Service, then this side of the House would obviously not object to such condonation if a good case was made out. But before you can agree to condonation of something, you must know what you are condoning, and we are left in this position that neither this House nor, it seems to me, the Deputy Minister, knows what we are condoning. I think it is fair to say that the Minister and the draftsman here have adopted the lazy way of getting parliamentary condonation for the irregularities. We are now simply asked to pretend by a legal fiction that what was done by the officials, possibly in good faith, was done by them in terms of the law; whereas the Minister in the second reading admitted that what had been done was irregular. I think his words were that he wanted to condone “die vorige handelinge van die bestuur wat nie wettig is nie”. So we are now asked to condone something which was illegally done. I think the House must know in detail, or certainly in substance, what the nature of the condonation is that Parliament must now give. We cannot simply legislate blindly, as we are asked to do here. We cannot simply give a blank cheque. As I indicated before, the area is a limited one and the number of transactions must be limited, and it behoves the Deputy Minister to come to this House with the fullest details of what it is “wat nie wettig is nie”. We can assure him that if anything has to be put right that was done in good faith, we will accept it in the same spirit, but surely we are entitled to know. I think we have reached the stage in this debate where the hon. the Deputy Minister should withdraw the Bill because we are now obviously dealing with something in a slapdash fashion. We are dealing with the matter in a slapdash fashion and we are trying by a legal fiction to say that something which was irregularly done was done correctly. I think there is an obligation on the Deputy Minister to withdraw the Bill and to re-introduce it in the light of the arguments advanced from this side of the House, and then when he comes to ask for condonation to do so not in the lazy way but in a forthright way by setting out what the various Acts are which were done irregularly.

Mr. TUCKER:

I should like to make an appeal to the Minister. We on this side strongly hold the view that the amendment of the hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South) should be accepted. I do not believe for a moment that it will have the serious effect on the administration which the Minister thinks it will have. The Minister will only have to perform one administrative act. He will have to sign his name in respect of sales. We do not think that is an unreasonable request. In all other respects we accept that delegation is essential. That is clear from the amendment of the hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South). It is not necessary to repeat it. We have made our point, that the sale of land is a final act which must be confirmed and we want it to be confirmed by the Minister. In respect of future sales, we would like the Minister to have a direct responsibility. I asked the Minister to consider seriously, if he will not accept these amendments now, that he should move to report progress so as to give him an opportunity of considering it further. We do not want to delay the matter, but it is absolutely essential that the Minister should accept a direct responsibility. I hope he will accept it and not be in a position where, if there is a query in this House, something with which we disagree, we can face the Minister man to man, because we do not want to hold officials responsible. I hope the Minister will not run away from that. If he is not prepared to accept the amendment he should move to report progress so as to give it further consideration.

*The DEPUTY MINISTER OF LANDS:

I shall immediately deal with the second part of the amendment as well. I want to refer the hon. members back to my second-reading speech, in which I stated very explicitly that the words “with the approval of the Minister and subject to such conditions as he may determine” were inserted in the 1950 Act with the intention of granting the Minister control over the general conditions of purchase or sale, and that the rest of the particular transaction would be handled by the Board on its own—this Board that already has this power in terms of the Act.

*An HON. MEMBER:

You are reading it incorrectly.

*The DEPUTY MINISTER OF LANDS:

That is how it was passed in 1950, and the 1950 Act delegated these rights to the Board. Now I want to say this to hon. members: From time to time the Minister of Lands has also agreed to amendments to the general conditions and authorized the managers in office to act on his behalf in approving of the Board’s decisions in regard to land transactions. Let us try to take a few examples. Let us assume the Minister has approved the purchase of the Sanlam or the Broadway building and has delegated an official to conclude the transaction, and then the law advisers come along and say that because the powers that have been delegated to the Board are not also delegated by the Act to a juristic person who has to do the work on behalf of the Board the position is not quite legal, or there is some doubt as to its legality, surely it is then the duty of this Board to remedy the position, and to do so with retrospective effect. I repeat that no new principle is being introduced into the Act. The Minister is not being relieved of any responsibilities and no new responsibilities are being imposed on any official. All that is being done here is that the powers that were delegated in the 1950 Act are being conferred upon a juristic person on the Board who has to deal with any particular matter. I am afraid, therefore, that I cannot accept the amendment.

Amendments put and negatived (Official Opposition dissenting).

Clause, as printed, put and agreed to (Official Opposition dissenting).

Remaining Clause and Title of the Bill put and agreed to.

House Resumed:

Bill reported without amendment.

DAIRY INDUSTRY AMENDMENT BILL

Seventh Order read: Second reading,—Dairy

Industry Amendment Bill.

*The DEPUTY MINISTER OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING:

I move—

That the Bill be now read a second time.

Mr. Speaker, the proposed amendments in the Bill are mainly intended to adapt the principal Act to changed circumstances and developments which have been experienced in the dairy industry in recent times. Certain of the proposed amendments are being made with a view to greater clarity when it comes to the practical application of the Act.

Changes in manufacturing methods have made it necessary to tighten up the definition of certain dairy products in Clause 1 in order to conform to existing conditions and practices. In terms of the present definition of “cheese”, it is the product obtained by the draining of coagulated milk, skim milk or partly skimmed milk, which is then matured for more than ten days. This definition, however, is no longer comprehensive enough in view of the fact that new types of cheese such as “Drakensberg” are made by also adding cream to the milk. The requirement that the product should be matured for more than ten days is intended to draw a distinction between ordinary cheese and soft cheese like cream cheese and cottage cheese. In order to remedy the definition it is now intended to define “cheese” as the product obtained by the draining of coagulated milk, cream, skim milk or a mixture of two or more of these products, but with the exclusion of soft cheese which is normally used in a fresh condition.

“Process butter” is a product which years ago was manufactured from farm butter which was bought on the markets and was then reprocessed in premises which had to be registered for that purpose. This product is no longer being manufactured and the definitions of “process butter” and “process butter factory”, and the reference thereto in the Act, are being deleted.

“Process cheese” is presently being defined as the product obtained by the milling, mixing or pasteurization of one or more types, grades or qualities of cheese with or without the addition of an emulsifying agent, a harmless colouring matter or any food product. This definition is defective because it says “mixing or pasteurization” instead of “mixing and pasteurization”.

Provision is also being made for the definition of “cheese spread”, which is the same product as process cheese and is described as the product obtained by melting and emulsifying into a homogeneous plastic mass quantities of one or more varieties of cheese with or without the addition of spices, herbs, food products, emulsifying agents, flavouring substances or an approved preservative. This definition is technically more correct in respect of process cheese and cheese spread. Consequential to these proposed amendments, the definitions of “process cheese factory” and “dairy products” are also being amended to include “cheese spread”.

The amendment to the definition of “creamery” will not bring about any change in the existing position. It simply results from the proposed amendment of Section 3 of the Act.

Registration of Factory Premises (Clause 2):

In terms of the provisions of Section 3 (1) of the Act, premises used for the manufacture of dairy products must be registered by my Department. Sub-section (2) however provides that such premises, with the exception of cheese factories, need not be registered unless the milk, cream or skim milk used there is obtained or purchased from somebody else, or unless the owner of the premises is a cooperative, company, partnership or any other association of two or more persons. No farmers as such manufacture dairy products in the factories mentioned in sub-section (1) from milk or cream produced by themselves, except for cheese and butter. In so far as butter is concerned, the definition of “creamery” has been amended, as I have already said, so that premises in which the owner makes butter from cream obtained exclusively from his own cows, with the exception of co-operatives or companies, is not a creamery for the purposes of the Act. The provisions of sub-section (2) are therefore unnecessary and can therefore be deleted.

In regard to cheese, the position will also remain unchanged in view of the fact that no change is being made in connection with farm cheese factories and a cheese factory (which does not include a farm cheese factory) in any case has to be registered.

The Act requires that no premises may be registered as a cheese factory and that no registration may be renewed unless at least one person is employed in a full-time capacity in that factory and who is in possession of a certificate of proficiency in cheesemaking. Provision is now being made that the Minister may grant exemptions from the proviso in the case of a cheese factory where no cheddar cheese, gouda cheese or any other cheese closely related to those are manufactured.

The output of the factories concerned with this is small in relation to that of ordinary cheese factories and does not justify the fulltime employment of a qualified cheesemaker. These factories are registered by the Dairy Board only for the making of specific types of special cheese and the owners concentrate on those types only.

Other than in the case of cheese factories, there is at present no provision in the Act that creameries should employ persons who are qualified butter-makers. It is now intended to make provision that the premises of a creamery may not be registered, or an existing registration renewed, unless at least one person is employed full-time in that factory who holds a certificate of proficiency in butter-making. This provision is being made at the request of the Dairy Produce Manufacturers Association and the National Union of Dairy Industry Employees. This can only redound to the benefit of the dairy industry. In order to allow sufficient time to enable factories to comply with this requirement, it is further being proposed that this new provision will only come into effect on 1 July 1966. In other words, there will be enough time for all existing creameries and prospective creameries to comply with these requirements of the Act.

In terms of Section 10 (3) of the Act, the names of persons appointed by the Minister as analysts, bacteriological experts and inspectors must be published in the Government Gazette and certificates proving such appointments must be issued to the persons concerned. The publication of the names of these persons in the Government Gazette does not serve any practical purpose. Nor does a similar requirement exist in the case of produce inspectors appointed in terms of the Marketing Act of 1937, the Export of Fruit Act of 1957 and the Agricultural Products Export Act of 1959. It is therefore proposed that the provision in regard to the publication of the names in the Government Gazette be deleted and that it will suffice for certificates to be issued to these persons.

There is at present provision in the Act that an inspector may take samples of dairy products or ingredients used in that connection with the object of testing them or having them tested. Samples of certain dairy products are at present being taken to be graded at a central point, and in order to dispel any uncertainty which may exist in this regard provision is being made in the Bill for the taking of samples also for the purpose of grading or analysis.

In Section 11 (6) of the principal Act provision is made that an appeal may be lodged with the Secretary of the Department or a senior official authorized by him, in the prescribed way against the decision of an inspector. The Secretary for such official must decide the appeal. Section 29 (1) (v), however, provides that regulations may be issued in regard to the period in which and the way in which an appeal may be noted; the security to be given in connection with such an appeal; the way in which this security should be dealt with, and the person or persons by whom the appeal has to be decided.

In practice an appeal board is constituted to decide such an appeal in terms of the regulations issued. With a view to greater clarity and in order to make the matter conform to existing practice, it is proposed to amend Section 11 (6) of the principal Act in such a way that provision is made for appeals to be noted in the prescribed manner and that the decision of the person or persons deciding the appeal will be final and conclusive. The present provision that appeals should be lodged with the Secretary of the Department or a senior official and should be decided by him is therefore deleted. In order to remedy the position further, Section 29 (1) (v) is being amended to provide that regulations may be issued prescribing the period and the manner in which an appeal should be noted; the deposit which has to be paid and the circumstances under which that deposit or part of it may be repaid; and the appointment of the person or persons by whom the appeal must be decided. Therefore no real change is being brought about by this amendment and it is being done merely with a view to greater clarity in the practical application of the Act.

Section 16 (1) (f) of the principal Act prohibits the sale of any dairy products—except margarine—containing a preservative. In terms of the regulations issued under the Foodstuffs, Medicine and Disinfectants Act, process cheese and cheese spread may also contain approved preservatives. In order to remove this anomaly, it is therefore intended to exclude from this prohibition also process cheese and cheese spread, apart from margarine.

Section 18 of the principal Act provides that persons employed to test milk or cream or to grade cream must be in possession of a certificate of proficiency in order to be able to do the work. The National Industrial Council for the Dairy Industry has requested that provision should also be made in the Act that persons employed in the grading of milk should be in possession of a certificate of proficiency in milk grading. This request is also supported by the S.A. Cheesemakers’ Union, which represents employees, and the Dairy Factories Employers’ Organization, which represents the employers. At present industrial milk is not yet being purchased according to grade, but these certificates will serve as encouragement for employees to qualify themselves better.

Provision is also being made in the Bill for the issue of certificates of proficiency in milk grading and butter-making and for the withdrawal of such certificates under particular circumstances.

A further amendment is also envisaged in regard to the persons who have to test applicants for certificates in cheese and butter making, so that they need not necessarily be inspectors, but that other persons with the necessary knowledge can also be appointed for this purpose. The last-mentioned provision will in practice facilitate the implementation of the provision with regard to the setting of examinations for certificates in cheese and butter making.

The other amendments contained in the Bill are simply consequential amendments flowing from the amendments I have dealt with here.

Mr. Speaker, apart from the bodies I have already mentioned, the Dairy Industry Supervisory Board has also been consulted, and the proposed amendments are approved of by that Board. These amendments are only in the interest of the dairy industry and will have the result that the Dairy Industry Act, 1961, and the regulations issued in terms of it, will be able to be applied with greater efficacy and clarity. I move.

*Dr. MOOLMAN:

Circumstances have necessitated the amendment of the Dairy Industry Act, and this side of the House gladly approves of the amendments proposed here by the hon. the Deputy Minister. There are a few aspects, however, that we want to ask the hon. the Deputy Minister to take into review, and in connection with which we feel that further amendments should have been brought about. I should like to deal with those proposed amendments. Although provision has been made for inspection and for everything else relating to the making of cheese and butter and the by-products of milk, the supplier of fresh milk, who supplies a product which is extremely susceptible to germs and which is consumed by practically every person in our country and which is one of the most difficult products to control, may nevertheless supply this product to the consumer under the most unhygienic conditions. Where a dairy is registered it is subject to inspection. That inspection is done periodically, but where the suppliers of fresh milk are not registered producers but they nevertheless sell milk or cause it to be sold, it is possible for them to supply milk to the public under the most unhygienic circumstances. In many cases the premises which are used by small dairies are not subject to inspection. There are numerous small dairies of this kind, particularly in the smaller centres, where it is not possible to inspect the premises because there is simply no health inspector. I should like to know whether the necessary control cannot be exercised by means of more stringent regulations. Sir, then I want to put forward a plea for the supply of quality milk to the consumer. I speak subject to correction but I think the regulations provide that the milk must have a butterfat content of 3.2 per cent. We know, however, that the butterfat content of milk may vary between less and 3 per cent and as much as 6 per cent or more, and that people will not be disposed to sell milk with a butterfat content of 6 per cent to the consumer where it is possible for them to keep cows yielding milk with a butterfat content of 3 per cent. In terms of the regulations, a supplier is not allowed to supply milk with a butterfat content of less than 3.2 per cent, but milk cannot always be inspected to determine its butterfat content. Then there is another amendment which relates to Clause 3 (a) (4). This clause provides that after 30 June 1966 no premises shall be registered as a creamery and that no certificate of registration will be renewed unless there is a competent person employed full-time in such factory who is the holder of a certificate of proficiency in butter-making referred to in sub-section (2) of Section 18. We want to draw the Minister’s attention to the fact that we do not feel happy about this particular clause. We are dealing here with an industry which is already struggling and which is not very popular with our young people; we find it difficult to induce people to enter this industry. We do everything in our power in our agricultural schools and agricultural colleges to attract young farmers to the dairy industry, but because of the depressed state of the industry at the present time, there is a great shortage of manpower in this industry, greater than in any other industry. Where a creamery is faced with the problem that it still has no inspector, or that it had an inspector and lost his services, or that after having been registered it was unable to employ an inspector with the result that its certificate was cancelled, we want to ask the Minister whether he will not be prepared in the Committee Stage to accept an amendment in this connection which will provide that such a creamery, with the permission of the Minister, may carry on until such time as it is able to engage an inspector.

For the rest, Mr. Speaker, this side of the House is prepared to give its support to this Bill.

*Mr. G. F. H. BEKKER:

I think it is high time that this legislation was placed on the Statute Book. Sir, we naturally have our difficulties in connection with exports and in connection with domestic manufacture, but when the hon. member for East London (City) (Dr. Moolman) talks about a butterfat content of less than 3 per cent he surely ought to know that no milk with a butterfat content of less than 3 per cent may be sold in any town or any place in South Africa. Even in the smallest towns there are regulations forbidding it. We cannot, of course, lay down that producers must keep cows which produce milk with a butterfat content of only 3 per cent or of 5 per cent: the general principle is to place our dairy industry on a sound basis, and I do not think that there is a single provision in this Bill to which there can be the slightest objection. I do not think it is necessary for the Opposition to put forward any amendments.

Mr. WARREN:

Those of us who have watched the dairy industry through its various stages of development are extremely interested in these additional amendments proposed here.

We are interested particularly after having reviewed the position after the 1961 amendment came into operation. We are pleased to be able to tell the Minister that some good results were produced by those amendments. The Minister is now seeking further powers under this Bill. I want to remind the hon. the Minister of what is perhaps the nasty side of the dairy industry and I want to warn him against the acceptance of any irresponsible recommendations to his Department to juggle with prices, as was done some two, three or four years ago. I want to assure him that the industry is suffering to-day as a result of that irresponsibility. The industry was thrown into chaos, and I want to assure the Minister that it is going to take many years before the industry recovers and regains the healthy state in which it was at that time. Sir, the dairy industry wants fair remuneration for its labour and it wants long-term stability. This country will then be able to produce all the butterfat that is needed for its own requirements.

*The DEPUTY MINISTER OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING:

That has nothing to do with this Bill.

Mr. WARREN:

If the hon. the Deputy Minister reads the Bill he will find that there is ample opportunity given for it. However, I want to say that the Minister is dealing here with one of our primary agricultural products, which I suppose is also the most delicate, a product which has to be dealt with by men who depend on a sensitive sense of taste for the grading of either milk, butter or cheese. I sincerely hope that the Minister will see to it that adequate provision is made for the training of these men so that they can carry out these operations.

There are just a few items that I want to say something about. I want to refer here to something which has been recommended in previous years and that is in regard to the tidying up of the definition. Sir, why cannot a butter factory be called a “butter factory” instead of a “creamery”? There are such things as creameries, and I did think that in tidying up the Act, butter factory would have been clearly defined.

The other item that I want to deal with is in Clause 2. I do not know whether I understood the Minister correctly or not and I should like him to clarify this point. It becomes necessary from time to time for the various butter factories to reprocess or rework their butter, and I sincerely hope that that is not going to be regarded as butter processing under this Act. When we come to Clause 9 I would like the hon. the Minister to deal more seriously with it than has been indicated by hon. members on the other side. The proposed new sub-section (1), in paragraph (a), says—

… has, during the immediately preceding period of two years not been engaged in the grading or testing of milk …

One can understand what that is meant to mean, but will the Minister not tidy that up at a later stage and put the following in its place: “has, during the period of two years immediately preceding such inquiry, not been engaged in the grading or testing of milk …”

I think if the terminology is taken out it would help a great deal to achieve the objects of this measure. Sir, for the rest I sincerely hope that the Minister is going to make use of the powers for which he is asking here because it is high time the dairy industry in this country was tuned up and cleaned up and that a stop was put to the juggling that is taking place between creameries whereby they are using testing and grading for the purpose of attracting business. There has been some measure of improvement but we sincerely hope that the Minister will take the necessary steps to put a stop to this practice at an early date.

*The DEPUTY MINISTER OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING:

I want to thank hon. members on the opposite side for supporting and welcoming this Bill. Where the hon. member for East London (City) (Dr. Moolman) asked for additional protection for fresh milk itself and where this Bill more particularly grants protection to cheese and butter, I want to point out that no municipality, no authority, allows unhygienic milk to be sold in its area. I also want to tell the hon. member that the 3.6 per cent butterfat test is not the only test. There is an additional test as well; the milk must contain at least 8 per cent of non-fatty ingredients before it is allowed to be sold. This is to ensure that no water is added to the milk.

The hon. member for East London (City) also asked that, in view of the manpower shortage, the date specified in this Bill, i.e. 1 July 1966 as the date by which a butter maker has to be a trained, qualified person, should not be regarded as a law of the Medes and Persians. Factories have to apply for permits every year and the Minister will, of course, use his discretion where any particular factory has lost the services of such a trained person. Hon. members must bear in mind, however, that the qualified men referred to here are not necessarily persons who have obtained a degree at a university or at one of our agricultural schools. We ourselves are prepared to help to train these people and, if they can pass our test, we are prepared to accept and approve for this purpose persons who have been trained at existing cheese and butter factories.

Where the hon. member for King William’s Town (Mr. Warren) has warned against irresponsible price determination I want to point out that, as it happens, that has nothing to do with this Bill. I think he has made out a case, however, and we shall most certainly take this into account. Where the hon. member spoke about the training of staff and asked that we should help to train people, he may rest assured that we will make use of the services of existing butter makers and cheese-makers if they can pass our test. We will then regard them as trained persons and grant the further assistance required in this connection.

Then the hon. member asked that where a factory has to reprocess its own butter it should not fall under the provisions of these measures. I said very explicitly that one previously had the position that farm butter was melted down and then processed. Hon. members know that the Indian population, for example, used enormous quantities of this processed butter. The hon. member need have no fear that we shall take action against these factories.

Motion put and agreed to.

Bill read a second time.

UNEMPLOYMENT INSURANCE AMENDMENT BILL

Eighth Order read: Second reading,—Unemployment Insurance Amendment Bill.

The MINISTER OF LABOUR:

I move—

That the Bill be now read a second time.

Sir, this is the bill to amend the Unemployment Insurance Act. I have Tabled an explanatory memorandum from which hon. members have been able to get the details of the Bill. The major proposals before the House concern firstly the wage figure above which workers are excluded from the unemployment insurance fund, and secondly, the position of seasonal workers. While I intend referring briefly to all the amendments in the Bill, I propose going into some detail as far as the two more important proposals are concerned.

Hon. members will recollect that the maximum earnings in respect of which contributions were payable to the Fund, were increased in 1957 from R 1,500 per annum, exclusive of cost-of-living allowance, to R2,500 per annum inclusive of cost-of-living allowance. The allowance on R 1,500 was estimated to be R580 at that time, and the figure of R2,500 therefore exceeded the then existing ceiling of R 1,500 plus the cost-of-living allowance by R420. For some time the Unemployment Insurance Board has had under consideration the question of a further adjustment to the ceiling as laid down in 1957. The Trade Union Councils’ representatives on the board have suggested that the ceiling be raised to R3,120 per annum. The Trade Union Council was initially supported by the Koördinerende Raad van Suid-Afrikaanse Vakverenigings. It was then argued that a ceiling of R3,120 would bring the Act into line with the Workmen’s Compensation Act. But I would like to point out that the two Acts are really not compatible in this respect: Earnings, in terms of the Workmen’s Compensation Act, have always included cost-of-living allowances, payment for overtime and other special remuneration of a constant character whereas earnings, in terms of the Unemployment Insurance Act, did not originally include either cost-of living allowances or payment for overtime. Cost-of-living allowances have been included as from 1 April 1957 but overtime does still not form part of earnings. It follows, therefore, that to some extent a higher figure is necessary under the Workmen’s Compensation Act. There is the additional factor that whilst workers earning up to R3,120 per annum are covered by the Workmen’s Compensation Act compensation under the Act is calculated only on earnings up to R120 per month. That is, R 1,440 per annum according to Section 39 (2) of that Act. Similarly earnings in excess of R 1,440 per annum are disregarded for assessment purposes. After the board had given due consideration to all the relevant factors they decided, by a majority vote, to recommend that the ceiling be raised to R2,860. All the employers’ representatives and four trade union representatives on the board voted in favour of this figure. It was only opposed by the two representatives of the Trade Union Council. I am, however, pleased to say that during October 1964 the Secretary of the Trade Union Council advised the Unemployment Insurance Commissioner as follows—

I understand that the board has fixed a figure of R2,860 as being the new ceiling figure for contributors. And although it is felt that this figure is not completely realistic in view of the rapid advance in wages and salaries that is taking place, my council has accepted that this figure is an improvement on the existing ceiling figure.

I now come to the question of seasonal employment which is dealt with in Clauses 1 and 4 of the Bill. At present a “seasonal worker” is defined in the Act as a person who is employed in an industry on work which, by reason of the seasonal variation in the supply of the raw material, is ordinarily available to such person for a continuous period of not more than eight months in any one year. In many districts in the Western Province the fruit and vegetable canning industry and the fruit-drying and packing industry, which are seasonal industries, have been excluded from the Unemployment Insurance Fund in terms of Section 2 (5) of the Act because employers are unable, at the beginning of the season, to say which employees will be employed for more and which for less than eight months. From time to time the Fruit and Canning Workers’ Union have made representations requesting that steps be taken to enable its members, most of whom are seasonal workers, to be admitted as contributors to the fund. However, the Unemployment Insurance Board is of the opinion that seasonal workers should, for practical reasons, continue to be excluded from the Act. But it has recommended that all the administrative, clerical, technical, office, sales and maintenance staff in seasonal industries be now admitted to the fund, as well as those employees who, after having been employed as seasonal workers, remain in the employment of the same employer for a further period, i.e. after the eight months. In order to give effect to the board’s recommendation it is now proposed to insert a new section in the Act which will provide for seasonal employment, and to define “seasonal worker” and “seasonal business” on the lines set out in Clause 1 of the Bill.

It is also proposed to substitute a new definition for the definition of “earnings” in the present Section 2bis of the Act. As this expression is at present defined it excludes, inter alia, special remuneration which is not defined. As hon. members know there is a great variety of types of remuneration to-day, some of which are earnings as contemplated by the Act and others which are not earnings. Anomalies have also arisen from differing practices in various industries in arriving at what constitutes basic earnings. It is now proposed to provide specifically that any additional earnings based on the quantity or the output of work done, any special bonus, special payment or allowance, shall not be regarded as earnings unless the Minister, after consultation with the Board, determines otherwise in terms of Clause 3 of the Bill.

Hon. members will remember that in the course of the debate on the Labour Vote during the 1963 Session the hon. member for Houghton (Mrs. Suzman) requested that consideration be given to the granting of relief to women employed as radiographers because such contributors are prevented from continuing their work in the early stages of pregnancy and are consequently unable to qualify for maternity benefits. I then undertook to give this matter consideration and the amendment now proposed in Clause 10 (d) is designed to rectify the matter. The board will now be able to authorize the payment of benefits to such contributors who are obliged to relinquish their work much earlier than in the case of other pregnant women.

During last session the hon. member for Rosettenville (Dr. Fisher) and the hon. member for Umbilo (Mr. Oldfield) asked me to review the 1962 amendments to the Act relating to the payment of ordinary benefits and illness allowances on the ground that the new requirements had given rise to undue hardship in a number of cases. I stated then that the board would be requested to go into the matter and to submit a report to me. At a recent meeting the board gave special consideration to the question as to whether the restrictions introduced in 1962 should be relaxed. The board took into account the purpose for which the restrictions were imposed and particularly the fact that Section 39 (3) of the Act gave the board the power to grant further benefits or further illness allowances to contributors who were still unemployed after having received benefits for 26 weeks. Such benefits are granted by the board for periods up to an additional 26 weeks subject to the same qualifying periods as for the initial payment. The board does not consider it reasonable to expect the fund to provide relief for a continuous period in excess of 52 weeks. In all the circumstances the board agree that the 1962 amendments should not be relaxed, but the board recommended that Section 39 (3) be re-drafted in order to clarify and simplify the procedure for granting benefits for further periods and thus remove hardships which may arise in certain circumstances. In terms of the amendment now proposed in Clause 10 (a) a special form of application will be prescribed and such application will be submitted direct to the board and no longer via the Unemployment Benefit Committee. In other words, the application will go direct to the board which has a discretion as hon. members know.

It is trusted that the new procedure will remove the delays which have occurred in handling these cases in the past.

It is also proposed to amend Section 32 of the Act in order to provide for a period of seven years’ prescription in regard to the payment of contributions to the fund and the refund to employers of amounts paid by them in error. No period of prescription is provided for at present and the position is beginning to create administrative difficulties, especially in so far as storage facilities are concerned. The amendment is designed to avoid the necessity for increasing the accommodation, both for additional staff and for records. I may mention that the period of seven years was agreed upon after consultation with the Controller and Auditor General. It is estimated that this amendment will result in an annual loss to the fund of approximately R2,000 but it is anticipated that the annual savings in storage space, fittings and staff will exceed this amount.

The remaining amendments are either consequential on the proposals I have outlined or are designed to remove existing anomalies in the administration of the Act or they are purely of a textual nature.

Mr. OLDFIELD:

In 1962 we on this side of the House strongly opposed the amendments that were moved to the principal Act by the hon. the Minister. On that occasion I think the hon. Minister was introducing his first piece of legislation in this House and it was a Bill which brought about a narrowing down of the then existing Unemployment Insurance Act. We now find that this Bill extends the scope of that Act and it is for that reason that we on this side of the House support it. The main issues involved in this Bill show that the extension of the scope of the Act will to a certain extent improve the present position.

I intend to deal with the various points raised by the hon. the Minister. During the Committee Stage we shall deal with other matters and seek further information. The first matter deals with the raising of the ceiling. I think this is perhaps one of the most important aspects of this Bill. The hon. the Minister did indicate that the Trade Union Council representatives on the board wished to have the ceiling raised to an amount equivalent to the amount provided for in the Schedule to the Workmen’s Compensation Act, i.e. R3,120 per annum. The Minister then indicated that the board had agreed on an increase of R360 per annum, in other words, on an increase of the ceiling from R2,500 to R2,860 per annum. However, the hon. the Minister did not indicate as to how this figure was arrived at. I think we would appreciate it if, when the hon. Minister replies, he would give us some indication as to the basis on which that ceiling was fixed. I might also add that we on this side of the House, of course, welcome in principle this step that has been taken in raising the ceiling of the figure as far as the Unemployment Insurance Act is concerned.

When we look at Clause 2 which deals with this particular aspect we find that the ceiling has been increased due to various factors mentioned by the Minister and mentioned in the White Paper. The object is to keep pace with increases in wages and salaries and to ensure that the Act continues to keep covered that class of employee who requires such cover as provided for in the main principle of the Act. The position is that for those, other than Bantu, this figure has been increased from R2,500 to R2,860 per annum. But the figure in regard to the Bantu has remained the same and merely provides for the conversion of that amount from £ to R. In other words, there has been no increase in the case of Bantu. The Bill merely provides that instead of it being £273 per annum the ceiling will be R546 per annum. If the same reasons apply in regard to workers other than Bantu workers, i.e. increases in salaries and wages, why is it that the same conditions have not been applied in regard to the Bantu workers? We know that steps have been taken by the Government themselves, by commerce and industry and the private sector, to increase the wages of the Bantu. I consequently find it difficult to understand the reason why this particular figure has remained the same in respect of Bantu workers. The general trend to give sufficient coverage to those persons who require coverage of this nature is one which is welcomed on this side of the House. It is felt that the step in raising the ceiling is one that will be generally welcomed in all spheres. We must also bear in mind the importance of the amendments to the principal Act. The raising of the ceiling is a matter which has come about due to the necessity of adjusting the present financial and economic position of those employees who have in the past enjoyed coverage of this Act and intend to remain members of the fund.

Increasing numbers are involved. The latest report of the Secretary of the Department of Labour which was tabled in this House at the beginning of the Session gives various items of interest as far as the fund is concerned. As far as the present fund is concerned it gives the number of employers. It shows that from 1962 to 1963 the number of employers have increased by 3,352 so that 65,663 employers are involved. The number of employees who paid contributions increased by some 87,000 during that year to approximately 952,000. That was for 1963 and to-day possibly over 1,000,000 employees are involved, i.e. contributors to this fund. I mention this fact because I am trying to assess the effects of increasing the scope of the fund on the financial position of the fund. We are making provision for extending the scope, a step which is naturally welcomed. However, I was hoping that the hon. the Minister would give some indication as to what the financial effect would be on the Unemployment Insurance Fund. It extends the number of persons under Group XII who pay contributions to the fund. When you look at the latest available figure you find that Group XII represents something like 28.3 per cent of the total number of contributors and they make the greatest contributions to the fund. By raising the ceiling we will be admitting more contributors who are in Group XII. in other words, contributors who pay the highest contributions. I believe what the effect on the financial position of the fund will be is of considerable importance. We find that the 1962 amendments, which were opposed by this side of the House as I have mentioned before, resulted in a considerable decrease in the benefits paid in terms of the Act. The latest report on the position of the fund shows that in respect of ordinary benefits an amount of R9,328,000 were paid in 1962 and an amount of R4,958,000 in 1963. That means a decrease of R4,370,000. As far as illness allowances are concerned there was also a decrease in the amount of benefits paid from R3,307,960 in 1962 to R2,641,900 in 1963. Similarly there was a decrease in the maternity benefits that were paid. The overall picture therefore shows that in 1962 the income was approximately R11,500,000 and that in 1963 the income had increased to R 12,500,000 but in 1962 the expenditure was R 17,000,000 and in 1963 it had dropped to nearly R12,000,000. i.e. a decrease of R5,000,000 The accumulated funds stood at R 120,000,000 in 1963. Earlier in the Session I asked the hon. the Minister for information in regard to the 1964 position. His reply indicated that from 1 January 1964 till end of December. 1964 an amount of R13,441,000 had come into the fund and that benefits to an amount of R9,736,000 had been paid out. This means that there was a difference between the amount received and the benefits paid of R3,705,000. We can safely assume, therefore, that the accumulated funds standing to the credit of this fund are in excess of R 120,000,000.

In view of these various factors I shall be grateful if the hon. the Minister would give us some indication as to what the financial effect would be on the present position of the Unemployment Insurance Fund. The other point which I think is important and a matter which should be raised and is linked with the financial position of the fund is the decrease in the benefits that have been paid. These decreases are referred to in the report that has been tabled and which I have mentioned earlier on. In the case of every decrease reference is made to the 1962 amendments. I particularly mention this because the benefits which are paid are most important as far as this Bill is concerned.

The hon. the Minister mentioned the fact that the Unemployment Insurance Board had made certain recommendations and that they felt it was perhaps not wise to repeal the 1962 amendments and that they wished to retain the principles as provided for in Section 39 (3) of the principal Act. We consequently merely have here a tidying up of Section 39 (3) of the Act, as amended in 1962. In regard to this particular aspect of the extended benefits I am rather surprised to learn that the Board —I don’t know whether the board was unanimous in its decision—decided that the main principle underlying the 1962 amendments and which limited the extent to which benefits could be paid, maternity benefits, illness allowances and ordinary benefits, should be maintained and not amended, repealed or withdrawn. I know that during 1964 the Trade Union Council of South Africa made strong representations on 16 January to the hon. the Minister in regard to the adverse effect of those 1962 amendments. They called upon the Minister to carry out an immediate investigation and to see what could be done to alleviate the position. The approach that was made on 16 January 1964 certainly indicates that the Trade Union Council of South Africa remains strongly opposed to those restrictions that were placed on the Statute Book in 1962.

Clause 10 of the Bill before the House provides—and it is hoped that it will have that effect—for ways and means of reducing the delays that are often experienced by persons who find it necessary to apply for extended benefits. During the course of last year as the hon. the Minister will remember the hon. members for Umhlatuzana (Mr. Eaton) and myself made representations to the Minister and drew his attention to the fact that tremendous hardships had been experienced by certain persons who had contributed towards the fund for many years and then found that they were strictly limited to benefits for the initial 26 weeks only. The Minister, of course, referred to the section of the principal Act, as amended, Section 39 (3) which empowered the Unemployment Insurance Board to extend those benefits under certain circumstances. Clause 10 as proposed in this Bill to a certain extent appears to reduce the time lag that will eventuate if the matter has to go, first of all. to the Unemployment Benefit Committee and then to the Unemployment Insurance Board before a decision is made in respect of extended benefits. By by-passing the Unemployment Benefit Committee it is now hoped that these matters will be dealt with more expeditiously. Clause 10 amends Section 39 (3) which is perhaps the most important section of the principal Act. It deals with persons who are faced with extreme difficulties; they require immediate assistance. They feel they have a certain extent of security in that if they are no longer in employment they will be able to get something from the fund. As I read this particular clause, apart from the fact of reducing the time lag by the application going straight to the board rather than via the Unemployment Benefit Committee, the main principle remains exactly the same. The experience I have had has shown that very few of these cases have received extended benefits in terms of the provisions of the Act. Section 39 (3) of the Act reads—

Benefits shall not be paid to a contributor for more than 26 weeks in any period of 52 consecutive weeks provided that the board may on application in the prescribed form and manner, in its discretion, but subject to the provisions of paragraph (m) of sub-section (1) of Section 40, authorize the payment of further benefits to any contributor or any class of contributor at either full or such reduced rate and for such period as it may deem fit.

If one refers to the provisions of paragraph (m) of sub-section (1) of Section 40, we find that this is the particular provision which states that no contributor shall receive benefits, unless he has been employed as a contributor for a period of 13 weeks or has been in employment for 13 weeks, during the 52 weeks immediately preceding the date upon which a period of unemployment is deemed to have commenced, which in most cases is taken as the date of application. Consequently the position is that a person finds that he is faced with this extreme difficulty (it is often those who make application for the extension of benefits in terms of illness allowances) that he is unable to find further employment and therefore is disqualified from drawing any further benefits, and who then has to make application to the board to receive those extended benefits. So in terms of this clause it merely continues to state that those contributors could receive as a maximum an additional 26 weeks’ benefits, in other words, a maximum of 52 weeks. At the end of the 52 weeks period, that is at the end of one year, unless that contributor is able to find employment for at least 13 weeks, or able to become a contributor for another period of 13 weeks, it means that he will not be able to receive any further benefits, either ordinary benefits or in terms of this clause further extended benefits. Therefore he is limited in the same manner in which he was limited in terms of the 1962 amendments. It is in this particular regard that I feel that perhaps something further could have been done to alleviate the plight of many of those people who are genuine work-seekers but who find it impossible to obtain employment perhaps in the field in which they are qualified. I refer particularly to those persons who receive illness allowances.

As far as the board’s decisions are concerned for extended benefits, if we look at the report of the fund, it shows that illness allowances are perhaps the greatest cause of difficulty where a person requires extended benefits. Under the ordinary benefits it is stated that the board received 26 applications for payment in excess of 26 weeks and 13 of those applications (50 per cent) were approved of. As far as illness benefits are concerned, a greater number of applications were received, i.e. 83 applications of which 56 were granted.

I believe this is a very important aspect of the fund. These contributors who make their contributions over a large number of years, who then become ill and are unable to continue in employment in their particular occupation or calling, are then faced with the position of drawing 26 weeks’ benefits and in the circumstances if the board deems fit to extend those benefits (it is in the board’s discretion) the benefits can only be extended for another 26 weeks because the board is subject to the conditions in paragraph (m) of the 1962 amendments. So in the end we find that these people then cannot enjoy any further benefits in terms of the Act and in terms of the contributions they have made over a long period of time. I feel that this particular aspect is one which perhaps the Minister could have considered more favourably and perhaps he could have been a little more generous in regard particularly to the illness allowances. This clause deals with the ordinary benefits or ordinary extended benefits and extended allowances under illness allowances and makes the amendments that the Minister referred to in regard to maternity benefits. Other members on this side of the House will deal in detail with some of those particular aspects, particularly in regard to the maternity benefits. However, Sir, this difficulty is one which. I believe, is a very real difficulty indeed, and I could quote many cases to the hon. the Minister of a great deal of hardship that has been experienced by those persons. It reopens the whole question as to what happens to the contributor who after having made his contributions to the fund, receives his initial benefits and possibly extended benefits, but is unable to find other employment. The Minister’s point in the past has been that such a man has to look elsewhere, and that it is not the purpose of the fund to assist in such cases. But I would like to mention that the difficulties and the hardships experienced by those persons, particularly the older workers, who are over 50 years of age and who do not find it so easy to embark upon a new career and find some other form of employment if they had to give up their employment due to illness, are very real. These are genuine cases, people who are genuine work-seekers, and I am sure the hon. Minister should go out of his way to try and assist those people who are genuine work-seekers. Persons between the ages of 50 and 60 do not qualify for any old-age pension or social pension, and in many cases, they are unable to qualify for a disability grant, and if they should be of sufficient physical disability to qualify for disability grants, they are in some cases disqualified from receiving a disability grant because of the application of the means test. These people are faced with this difficulty that they made contributions to the fund and they feel that they should be able to go to the fund and receive further benefits because they are in dire need. I think that many of these cases deserve sympathetic consideration, and I feel a little disappointed that the provisions of Clause 10 of the Bill before the House have not taken due cognizance of the genuine work-seeker and the contributor who is seeking further and additional aid from the fund. Such a person is off the labour market, perhaps temporarily, and he is unable to receive the additional benefits to which he hoped he would be entitled.

The other aspects included in this Bill in regard to seasonal workers and seasonal businesses, which are dealt with in Clause 1 of the Bill, we will deal with mainly in committee when we hope to raise certain points, but as far as the principles are concerned, we are in agreement that these people who wish to receive the cover of the Unemployment Insurance Fund should be entitled to become contributors and enjoy those benefits. As far as Clause 3 is concerned, the definition of “earnings”, we appreciate the differentiation between the position as far as the Workmen’s Compensation Act is concerned and as far as this particular Unemployment Insurance Act is concerned. The other amendments, as the hon. Minister indicated, deal with certain administrative and consequential amendments in the Bill, and the question of “prescription” is also an amendment to which we see no objection and we believe in principle that is also to the benefit of the better administration of the Act.

Briefly the position is then that we on this side of the House support this Bill in principle, on the basis that it widens the scope and the coverage and is raising the ceiling, as provided for in the schedule and in Clause 2 of the Bill, and that it does obviate unnecessary delay in dealing with cases of urgent need should they require extended benefits. Unfortunately, as I mentioned earlier, the limitations of the 1962 amendments virtually remain the same, and only in that respect this side of the House feels perhaps a little disappointed, but we see this Bill as an improvement on the existing position and we welcome this Bill.

*Mr. VAN DER WALT:

I appreciate the fact that the hon. member has indicated that he supports the principle of this Bill. He has again put forward a plea that the restrictions imposed in 1962 to obviate abuses of the Unemployment Insurance Fund should be lifted to a certain extent. Sir, I think past events have shown that the steps which were taken in 1962 were wise and necessary steps. The hon. member has pointed out that the fund has increased in the interim; I want to point out that the fund has increased not only as a result of the restrictions imposed in 1962 but also because of the improvement in the economic position of our country. In 1962, that is to say, the year before the Act was amended and an attempt was made to eliminate these abuses, our unemployment figure reached its peak; the unemployment figure soared in that year to 31,793; thereafter it gradually declined, and we have now once again reached a period of full employment. But I also want to point out to hon. members on the other side that not only did the Unemployment Insurance Board adhere to its recommendation of 1962 that certain amendments should be brought about, but there have been very few cases where the applicants have been able to prove that they have suffered deprivation and have asked for additional allowances. The, hon. member mentioned certain figures. He mentioned, for example, that in the case of illness allowances, there were 83 applications for additional allowances, 56 of which were granted. Sir, when one takes into account the large number of applicants there were for sickness benefits, namely 23,000, one realizes what a small percentage of these people applied for additional benefits. Similarly, as far as ordinary benefits are concerned, there was a very small percentage of applications when one bears in mind the fact that as far as ordinary benefits are concerned there were 74,000 applications in 1963 and that 5,677 were turned down. A very small percentage of those people asked for their applications for additional assistance under this legislation to be reconsidered. That is why I say that the facts show that the steps which were taken in 1962 were timeous and necessary steps, and although one welcomes the provision which is now being made to give the Unemployment Insurance Board the opportunity to grant further assistance up to a maximum of 52 weeks. I want to say that I do not think the hon. member has shown that the steps which were taken at that time were not justified.

The other amendments which are being brought about in this Bill, in connection with prescriptions, for example, and in connection with women who have to undergo X-ray treatment, are also essential. These are all essential steps and I am pleased that this Bill has the support of both this side and the other side of the House.

Dr. FISHER:

Although we on this side of the House welcome this Bill and are going to support it, that of course does not mean that this is the beginning and the end of all that can be done for the workers.

There are several clauses here which require some discussion. Firstly, I want to say a word or two about the seasonal worker. I am not altogether satisfied that in Clause 4(2) we have a good definition which can meet the various difficulties which are going to arise in the very near future. You see. Sir, the clause reads—

Any person who has been a seasonal worker for a continuous period of eight months in the employment of the same person, ceases to be a seasonal worker if he remains in the employment of that person after the expiry of the said period.

I want to know why the Minister insists on the worker having to work for the same person throughout the eight months? Surely a person who works seven months for one person and then for some reason or other; perhaps because he himself so desires, or because of a failure in the plant that he has been working at—goes to another factory, immediately after the seven months should not be penalized because he has changed his job or she has changed her job from one factory to another. Why should it be necessary for a person to work for the same particular individual, or work in the same factory? There must be a reason for it, but I cannot see the reason, and I hope that the Minister in due course will tell us why he insists on this clause reading as it does. Will it be welcomed, by those people who are excluded in the Bill? I would like to see some, relaxation of that particular clause so that one can give a chance to those people who go from job to job, but are never out of work and who immediately go from one type of employment to another type of employment. They don’t work for a day or two and then have a rest for a month. These are continuous workers, but they are going to be penalized now because the Minister insists on them having to work for the same person. I hope the Minister will give an explanation which will be satisfactory to us.

Secondly I want to say that I am very pleased that the Minister has taken into consideration those requests that we on this side of the House made in 1962, and to some extent he has met our requests. We appreciate that very much. But let me say that what was said in this House, namely that the Unemployment Fund was being pestered by thousands of won’t-works. by people who do not want to work and that the fund would be denuded in no time if restrictions were not imposed on their demands, has not been proved to be correct. It has not been proved that such is the case. It has been conclusively proved by the hon, member for Umbilo (Mr. Oldfield), that the fund has increased, but the demands on the fund have fallen considerably and the payments have fallen by over R1,000,000. I think that is very, very important. and I cannot agree with the hon. member for Pretoria (West) (Mr. van der Walt) when he says that the Act of 1962 has proved the Minister’s case at that time. I don’t think so.

I think what does follow is that there were exaggerations made, and that it does follow that we in South Africa are not plagued with large groups of won’t-works. I think it has been proved conclusively that those people to-day who are able to work are working and there are very, very few unemployed people. That is one of the reasons of course why the fund is growing and is one of the reasons why there is so little demand on the fund. But the hon. Minister must realize this position and must be a little more relaxing in his prohibitions. In dealing with the unemployed people and especially those people who are unemployed because of illness, I would say he could relax a little bit further. The 26 weeks is fair enough, the 26 weeks in which he gives a sickness payout, is fair enough. However, people do come with a demand for a further 26 weeks, or perhaps for a further part of 26 weeks—in any case they ask for extended relief—and the Minister says now that those applications will go direct to the Unemployment Insurance Board. I do not know whether the Unemployment Insurance Board at this juncture is able to judge whether or not a person has a justifiable claim on the fund. I also don’t know what provision is made for people who receive a rejection in regard to their application. What happens when the application goes in? I take it the members of the board study the application, go into the merits of it and agree to give an extended period of unemployment pay or sickness pay, and that is the end of it, their word is the last word.

Now I would like to see on this Board a representative of the medical profession; it can be a district surgeon or it can be an independent doctor, but if possible it should be a general practitioner, one who is used to dealing with the ordinary illnesses which come under his care in his everyday work. This medical practitioner should act as a referee to the Board and he should be able to give his opinion, because every request for relief after 26 weeks should be made together with a supporting certificate in which details of the person’s illness or incapacity should be set out, and the referee then, together with the members of the Board, can come to a conclusion. And if there should be a rejection of the person’s claim, after that there should be some sort of appeal for such persons, and then perhaps there could be a tribunal where they could have their cases heard. That would give satisfaction to these people who are forced in many cases through incapacity of some sort to stay off work for longer than 52 weeks. In many cases they are obliged to stay off after 26 weeks, but when a person has been off for 52 weeks it becomes a very difficult problem to decide what to do with that person. I would think that most of those people if they do make their claims on the ground of illness are permanently incapacitated, and I think there should be special provision made for these people who are in such a state of permanent incapacity. These are not the won’t-works, these are special cases, and I think for them special provision should be made. In other words, they should have a referee, a medical referee, who could help the board to decide the application and if it is rejected, that person should still have the right to go to an appeal, and if the appeal is rejected, he would have to go to Social Welfare naturally. But I would suggest that these two steps when dealing with serious applications of people who find that they are unable to work after 26 weeks, should receive sympathetic consideration. The other question is the 13 weeks period that a person is required to work after he has been ill for 26 weeks. This does create a certain amount of hardship in the case of people who try to go back to work too soon, when they are still not fully recovered. I think there again the time has come for the Minister to review the question of the 13 weeks compulsory work as it were, the 13 weeks before they are entitled to get a further grant from the Unemployment Insurance Fund. I would say that even in cases where people have not worked for 13 weeks they should have a right to say to the Minister, through his Board that because of this or that circumstance or this type of illness, I have been obliged to stop work before the 13 weeks were completed. I think the hon. Minister should listen to those cases and that again there should be a referee on the Unemployment Insurance Board who could give an ear to these people who find it necessary to give up work before they have completed their 13 weeks.

In Clause 10 (d) we are dealing with maternity benefits and grants to those people who fall pregnant while working in those institutions where ionizing radiation is present. I don’t know whether I have read the clause properly, but the way I read the clause it would seem to me that in the sub-paragraph (b) only radiographers are included. I am not sure whether that is the case or not. Can the hon. Minister tell us whether those people who are working in radiologists’ consulting rooms for instance and also to a certain extent are affected by radiation, are included? Let us take these specific cases of the typists, the receptionists who are working in those rooms, who are continually going in and out to the rooms in which radiation is taking place. Will these people as well as the radiographers be included under this clause? If not, I would suggest to the hon. Minister that he makes sure that they are included, because they are just as vulnerable as the radiographers—as a matter of fact, I think more so, because the radiographer at least knows what precautions to take.

The MINISTER OF LABOUR:

It only includes radiographers.

Dr. FISHER:

Then I hope that the hon. Minister will take into consideration the suggestion I have made that he should take in those other people who are affected by radiation. I would appeal to the hon. Minister to make some sort of concession to those women who are not in employment when they fall pregnant, to those young women especially who are newly married and who fall pregnant soon after marriage. They give up their work perhaps for a short period to establish themselves in their new home. If they fall pregnant during that period of establishing their home and are not working, they are not able to get any maternity grant. Surely we should encourage those people to have families. Only the other day we sat here in this House and very piously said how important it was for the White people especially to build up their families. Everybody was so keen that we should all have big families. What is the Minister doing about it? Here he has got an opportunity of saying: Look, I am going to relax this position; I am going to give you an opportunity for a year; if you fall pregnant during this period, after a year after marriage, I will see to it that you will get a maternity grant, and it is not necessary for you to be working at the time that you fall pregnant. The hon. Minister has got plenty of money in the kitty. We have not too many babies in the cradles at the moment. Let him give some of the money that he has got in the kitty to the mothers who will welcome it, and who will say “Well, it is not going to be a hardship to me now. because I am going to get so much money every month.” If we are sincere in saying that we want to have big families in South Africa and we want to encourage the White mother to have babies, then the Minister must give a lead and he must now say: Right, I am going to listen to the hon. member for Rosettenville and I am going to say to all those people who are newly wed that they need not be in employment; if they want to have their first baby, I am going to see to it that they get their maternity grant. Then he will have his name up in lights outside every maternity home.

I want to say again that we welcome this Bill. I don’t want to labour the other clauses. There are a few speakers on our side who will deal with other points, but I hope that those simple suggestions I have made to the Minister, will not fall on deaf ears, and that he will find ways and means of meeting our requests.

Mrs. TAYLOR:

I should like to add my word of approval to those already spoken by hon. members on this side of the House and to say that in general terms we give this Bill our blessing. There is not much more for me to add to what has been said already, except that I should like to comment on certain clauses.

In regard to Clause 2, we approve of the rise in the ceiling of wages (in terms of which benefits may be drawn by contributors to the fund) from R2,500 p.a. to R2,860, although we would like to see the ceiling a good deal higher than that. It is high time that something was done about raising the ceiling and we are extremely glad that the Minister has come with this proposal to-day because the value of money has severely declined since 1957 when this provision was first written into the Act. The value of money is almost half of what it was then. The present amendment will mean relief to a very large number of people in terms of unemployment benefits, especially since the cost of living has gone up so drastically since the original figure was incorporated in the Act in 1957. I should just like to add my own disappointment to that expressed by the hon. member for Umbilo (Mr. Oldfield) in regard to Bantu workers. As hon. members can read in the Bill—I do not think the Minister mentioned it in his introductory speech—there is no increase in the ceiling for Bantu workers. I would like to point out that thousands of Bantu in the urban areas, who are engaged in industry and various other jobs, live below the poverty datum line. That applies particularly to Bantu workers in the urban areas. They are the really poor people and it is a matter of great regret to us that the ceiling for the payment of unemployment benefits to these people particularly has not been raised at all. The Act, after all, exists for the purpose of assisting the people in the lower income groups, and these people represent the lowest income group of the whole lot. As the hon. member for Umbilo has pointed out, with the present accumulation of money in the fund, which has been quite considerable over the last few years, surely this ceiling could have been raised for them also when the board was discussing raising the ceiling for White workers. The Minister’s 1963 report reflected quite a large surplus in the fund. That of course is the report I had occasion to refer to in the House last Friday when we were dealing with the question of the standards of the English language, but I will not repeat any of my comments in that regard this afternoon. Perhaps the hon. the Minister has heard something about it indirectly.

With regard to Clause 4, we also approve of the contents of this clause, which offers unemployment benefits to seasonal workers employed up to a period of eight months in any year. Previously this type of worker had a very hard time. We have been aware of that fact for some time and I am very glad that the Minister has come with this amendment, because many of these seasonal workers are highly skilled workers and it is high time that they were included. I am glad that they will now be able to make contributions and draw benefits accordingly. As a Cape member of this House, I was particularly pleased to hear the Minister say that consideration had been given to these seasonal workers largely because of the situation existing in the Western Province. The workers in the Western Province, I can assure him, will be extremely glad to hear this news. The present amendment in regard to seasonal workers, as the memorandum points out, does not only include seasonal workers, labourers only, but includes the administrative, technical, office, sales and maintenance staff as well, and they will be able to draw these benefits now also. We very much welcome the extension of the scope of the Act in this regard.

Then in regard to Clause 10, whereby the board may authorize the payment of further benefits to any contributor or any class of contributor at either the full or such reduced rates and for such periods as it may deem fit, I need hardly tell him that we are very pleased that applications for extended benefits are now to go to the board direct and so by-pass the old complicated machinery that existed in the past. This will now do away with the previous time-lag, as the Minister pointed out, when applications for benefits were laboriously made through a series of committees and it was a very long-winded business. Many of the people who made these applications have no resources other than the wages they earn and they are apt to find themselves destitute whilst all his machinery of application has to be gone through. The working public cannot fail to be very pleased at this improvement in the general administrative machinery of the Act. The board, of course, is now also directly empowered to continue payments to deserving people under certain circumstances and the discretion they previously had under the Act continues. We welcome the fact that the whole process is to be hastened.

The other part of Clause 10 which interests me particularly deals with the payment of maternity benefits to female workers. I will not add much to what the hon. member for Rosettenville (Dr. Fisher) has said on the matter, except this, that I need not tell the Minister that this part of the clause will be very much welcomed by women workers throughout the Republic. For reasons of health, as the memorandum says, it will be necessary for these women when they fall pregnant to leave work almost immediately. This is a practical proposition and I would like to thank the Minister for giving this matter his attention during the recess and coming with this amendment in the Bill. I would like to add my plea to that of the hon. member for Rosettenville with regard to young women who are starting their families and who may be in employment but who may find it necessary to remain at home for a certain period when they are stabilizing their families. I think the hon. member for Rosettenville had a very good point there and I would like to support him on it. Perhaps the hon. the Minister would give that matter consideration during the coming recess. I conclude by saying that I appreciate the Minister’s approach to this amending Bill because it has been very reasonable and fair. He gave a very lucid explanation indeed and we welcome the amendments generally.

Mr. TIMONEY:

Mr. Speaker, in regard to this Bill the Minister has had the reaction from this side of the House. We will support this Bill. This is the ninth amendment of this particular Act and when one looks at the Act with all the amendments it almost looks like the house that Jack built. It is becoming a little unwieldy. I would say that we have disagreed with some of the amendments the Minister has moved over the years, and we disagreed with him in 1962. When we move amendments to this Act we must always remember that this is not a social benefit Act, but an insurance Act for our workers, and we should always look at it in that way. It is quite evident that as a social security measure it has been necessary. We do not have any compulsory contributory pension schemes in this country and the worker has always been afraid for his old age.

Sir, the hour is late and at this stage I should like to move—

That the debate be now adjourned.

Agreed to; debate adjourned.

The House adjourned at 6.10 p.m.

THURSDAY, 18 MARCH 1965 Mr. SPEAKER took the Chair at 2.20 p.m. SUID-AFRIKA AN SE AKADEMIE VIR WETENSKAP EN KUNS AMENDMENT BILL

First Order read: Committee Stage,—Suid-Afrikaansee Akademie vir Wetenskap en Kuns Amendment Bill.

House in Committee:

Clauses and Title of the Bill put and agreed to.

House Resumed:

Bill reported without amendment.

UNIVERSITY OF PORT ELIZABETH AMENDMENT BILL

Second Order read: Committee Stage,—University of Port Elizabeth Amendment Bill.

House in Committee:

On Clause 2,

Dr. STEENKAMP:

I move the following amendments—

In line 18, to omit “any” and to substitute “one”; and in line 19, to omit “one” and to substitute “any”.

The clause will then read as follows—

The Minister may from time to time, until the number of members of the convocation reach 100, appoint one person as a member of the council and appoint any other person as an alternate to such member.
*The MINISTER OF EDUCATION, ARTS AND SCIENCE:

I rise merely to say that I accept these amendments.

Amendments put and agreed to.

Clause, as amended, put and agreed to.

Remaining Clause and Title of the Bill put and agreed to.

House Resumed:

Bill reported with amendments.

CAPE TOWN FORESHORE AMENDMENT BILL

Third Order read: Third reading,—Cape Town Foreshore Amendment Bill.

Bill read a third time.

DAIRY INDUSTRY AMENDMENT BILL

Fourth Order read: Committee Stage,—Dairy Industry Amendment Bill.

House in Committee:

On Clause 1,

Mr. WARREN:

I would like to ask the hon. the Deputy Minister if he has any intention of tidying up the definitions at this stage.

The DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member must confine himself to the clause.

Clause put and agreed to.

On Clause 9,

Mr. WARREN:

I move—

In lines 11 and 12, to omit “immediately preceding period of two years” and to substitute “period of two years immediately preceding such inquiry”.
*The DEPUTY MINISTER OF LANDS:

I understand the problem of the hon. member for King William’s Town (Mr. Warren) but I should like to refer him to the Afrikaans text and also to the principal Act. All that is being done here is to add “butter-making” in the English text of the principal Act and “botter-bereiding” in the Afrikaans text. It is stated here specifically—

The Minister may cancel any certificate of proficiency issued under Section 18 if after due inquiry he is satisfied that the holder thereof …

In other words, there is already provision for a proper inquiry, and a period of two years is granted after the inquiry. In other words, if the amendment of the hon. member for King William’s Town is accepted, one will only be repeating what is already stated in the Act, and I trust that the hon. member will be prepared to accept this clause as printed.

Amendment put and negatived.

Clause, as printed put and agreed to.

Remaining Clauses and Title of the Bill put and agreed to.

House Resumed:

Bill reported without amendment.

UNEMPLOYMENT INSURANCE AMENDMENT BILL

Fifth Order read: Resumption of second-reading debate,—Unemployment Insurance

Amendment Bill.

[Debate on motion by the Minister of Labour, adjournd on 17 March, resumed.]

Mr. TIMONEY:

When this debate was adjourned last night I was dealing with the effects of the Unemployment Insurance Act amendments and the effect of changes in this Act converting it from an insurance measure to a social benefits Act. Sir, this Act has been amended on nine occasions, and we must not lose sight of the fact that this is an insurance Act and not a social benefits Act, which would normally be administered by the Social Welfare Department. I would like to ask the hon. the Minister whether this fund has had an actuarial evaluation as to its potential. We have a feeling that when dealing with amendments to this Act it is almost a question of hit-and-miss. In Section 2, I am glad to hear, that employer and the employee interests have come together to increase the ceiling as far as the payment of benefits is concerned. We realize that wages have gone up. We have had two increases in the past in the ceiling, and we welcome that provision. We find, however, that only one class of worker has been affected; the benefits of other classes of workers have not been affected. One wonders whether the Minister has considered the question of increasing the ceiling in the case of other workers in view of the fact that the purchasing power of their money has also decreased.

We are pleased to see that the Minister has agreed to the extension of the Act to what might be called the permanent seasonal employees. But we would also like the Minister to consider the position of the seasonal workers in the citrus and apple industries. These workers work for a certain period in the apple industry where they are employed as packers and then they work for a certain period again in the citrus industry. We therefore have a migration of the same workers from the Fastern Transvaal to the Cape and vice versa. These workers are employed in two industries which are similar but they do not qualify for benefits under the eight-months provision because they are only employed for three to four months in one industry and for a similar period in another area in another industry, doing the same kind of work. I should like to know from the Minister whether he has given any consideration to the position of these people. There are also other workers who move around in seasonal industries such as the hotel industry, and I understand, also in the sugar industry. These people, because they are not employed in the industry long enough, may just fail to qualify for benefits under this particular Act.

As far as Clause 8 is concerned, the Minister has told us that due to the necessity to conserve space and for economic reasons, a prescriptive period of seven years has now been introduced into the Act. A similar provision appears in Section 12 as far as employers are concerned. We would like to know why this long period of seven years was decided upon, because employers will have the same difficulty as the Minister in keeping records for a period of seven years. A period of three years is provided for in the Industrial Conciliation Act, and similarly in the Factories Act. Why the difference in this particular Act? I think that a period of three years is quite long enough and that in this regard this Act should be brought into line with the other two Acts.

Sir, other hon. members on this side of the House have dealt with the question of extended benefits under Section 10 and they have also drawn attention to the various anomalies under that section. I think those anomalies can be dealt with more fully in the Committee Stage, but we would like the hon. the Minister to give us the background to the amendments to Section 10 of the Act and also reply to the points made by hon. members on this side with regard to the anomalies.

The MINISTER OF LABOUR:

In the first place, I would like to express my appreciation to hon. members for the support which they have given this Bill. I propose to answer the points that have been raised very fully. I think some of those points, however, can be dealt with more appropriately in the Committee Stage. I shall proceed therefore, to deal with certain general observations.

The hon. member for Durban-Umbilo (Mr. Oldfield) wants to know how the ceiling of R2,860 has been arrived at. The position is as follows: The employer and the trade union representative on the Unemployment Insurance Board could not see eye to eye with regard to this increase of the ceiling, and the Board thereupon decided to ask the major industrial councils, that is to say, the councils for the engineering, motor, building, furniture and printing industries, whether there were any substantial numbers of employees who earned wages in excess of R2,500 per annum in relation to the rest of the whole of the labour force. They found that only a few councils were able to supply the required information, but from the particulars obtained it appeared that only 1,364 employees earned more than R2,500 per annum whereas 66,179 were earning less than R2,500. The employers’ representatives on the Board accordingly felt that there was no justification for increasing the figure beyond R2,500 and the trade union representatives on the Board agreed by way of compromise to lower their demand from R3,120 to R2,720.

The Board thereupon, on 7 November 1961 recommended that the ceiling be raised from R2,500 to R2,720 per annum. At that time it was not possible to give legislative effect to these proposals because there were no amendments to the Bill in contemplation, but in January 1964 following upon further representations by the various trade unions the Unemployment Insurance Board recommended that the figure be raised to R2,838 per annum. The Board’s recommendation was based on figures supplied by the Bureau of Census and Statistics which had calculated the then equivalent of a wage of R2,500 as at April 1957 to be R2,838. It was agreed, however, that for the sake of convenience the amount should be divisible by 52, since there are 52 weeks in the year, and the figure of R2,860 was finally decided upon. That is how it was arrived at.

I may add that if the ceiling under the Unemployment Insurance Act were to be raised beyond R2,860 per annum there would, without question, as in the case of the 1957 amendment, be a demand for increased benefits for those earning over R2,860 since, the benefit of R14 per week for that group would bear too low a relationship to earnings in comparison with the lower groups, and then consideration would also have to be given to a rearrangement of the groups under the Act, and the addition of at least two new groups with benefit rates higher than R14 per week. This would mean a substantial increase in the expenditure of the Fund. In all the circumstances the figure of R2,860 was considered to be the most practical figure.

The hon. member also referred to the accumulated assets of the Fund and he expressed the view that the genuine work seeker should be treated more sympathetically. The hon. members for Rosettenville (Dr. Fisher) and Wynberg (Mrs. Taylor) also supported his view. Sir, I can give this House the assurance that the genuine work seeker has no reason for complaint; that has been our experience. In this connection sight should not be lost of the benefits which are in fact paid in proportion to contributions which workers make towards the Fund. A worker in the lowest wage group contributes one cent per week. On the basis of one week’s benefits for every six weeks’ employment as a contributor, he must in the normal course contribute for a period of 156 weeks in order to draw benefits for a continuous period of 26 weeks: in other words, for a total contribution of only R1.56 he will receive benefits amounting to R63.70 over a period of six months. For a contribution of R1.56 he receives R63.70. That is in the lowest wage group. In the highest wage group the benefit will be R364 in return for contributions amounting to R18.72. The number of years over which a contributor will have to contribute to make up the amount that he receives in benefits over 26 weeks would be 122 and 58 years in the lowest and highest groups respectively. Even if the employer’s and the State’s share of contributions is added—hon. members know that employers make a contribution and that the State makes a contribution—even if those contributions are added to the Fund it will take 49 years and 28 years respectively to make up for the benefits paid out over 26 weeks in the lowest and highest groups respectively.

Sir, from an analysis we have made of the representations received from contributors from time to time it is quite clear that may are under a total misapprehension as far as the purpose of the Unemployment Insurance Fund is concerned in that they seem to regard it as a savings or a provident fund from which they can draw money when they have retired or when they are no longer in the labour market. I think that was made quite clear when the amendments of 1962 were passed. If regard is had to the amount expended on the different types of benefits since the introduction of the 1962 amendment, it must be obvious that there has been no drastic curtailment of the rights which genuine work seekers enjoy under the Act. Let me give a few figures which I think will illustrate the points I have made. First of all, I take ordinary benefits. The total amount of benefits under the amendment of 1962 decreased from R9,561,000 in 1961 to approximately R3,500,000 in 1964. This was not only due to the elimination of the chronic unemployed by the 1962 amendment but also to a large extent to a substantial decrease in unemployment. In December 1961 the unemployment figure stood at 31,169 as against 9,615 as at the end of December 1964, a very vast decrease. So far I have been talking about ordinary benefits; I now come to other benefits. The expenditure on other benefits for the corresponding years was as follows: 1961, illness allowances, R3,313,195; in 1964, R2,884,000; maternity benefits in 1961, R2,575,747; in 1964, R2,591,000, almost the same.

Mrs. TAYLOR:

Less.

The MINISTER OF LABOUR:

No, a little more in 1964. Death payments in 1961, amounted to R637J20 as against R781,000 in 1964. The total in 1961 was R6,526,662 and in 1964 R6,256,000. So the total was less in 1964. An improvement in the unemployment position does not, of course, have the same effect on these benefits as in the case of ordinary benefits, for the simple reason that cases of illness, confinement and death continue at more or less the same rates and may even result in an increase in the amount of allowances or benefits due to an increase in the number of contributors. The above figures accordingly show a slight increase in death and maternity benefits. As far as illness allowances are concerned, there was a decrease of approximately R450,000 in 1964, compared with 1961. This decrease was no doubt due in some measure to the restrictions imposed in 1962 but, as was pointed out when the amendments to the Act were introduced, the Fund was not designed to provide a source of income to chronically sick persons. Where considered justified, however, extended benefits or illness allowances have been granted by the Unemployment Insurance Board so as to cover a full period of one year. Thereafter ordinary benefits are not payable until a contributor has again worked for a period of 13 weeks and illness allowances are not payable until he has worked as a contributor for a period of at least 13 weeks.

We find, therefore, that despite a position of full employment, the income of the Fund derived from contributions by employers, employees and the State, is not as yet sufficient to meet the expenditure on all the different benefits under the Act. Income and expenditure on this basis for the last two years have been as follows: In 1963 the income was R7,578,862 and the expenditure R10,827,704. In 1964—this is an estimate; we do not have the actual figures yet—the income was R8,393,000 and the expenditure R8,955,000. Hon. members will see that the expenditure still exceeded income in 1964 despite the amendments of 1962. I think it is gratifying to be able to report that the position with regard to total income, including interest on our investments, and total expenditure, including administrative expenses, has improved during the last two years. The financial statements for 1963 show, for the first time since 1958 an excess of income over expenditure, and it was not necessary to realize any of our investments in order to meet the shortfall.

On the basis of total income and expenditure the position was therefore as follows: In 1963, the income was R12,465,066 and the expenditure R11,992,860, which shows a surplus of R472,206. That was in 1963. Now I come to 1964 and again this is an estimate: Income, R13,441,000 and expenditure R 10,656,000, a surplus of R2,785,000, which is quite a considerable improvement. I think this improvement can be attributed to the following factors: (a) The re-admission to the Fund of workers previously excluded on the ground of their membership of other funds; (b) an increase in the number of contributors; (c) the overall improvement in the unemployment position and (d) the effects of the 1962 amendments to the Act, especially with regard to ordinary unemployment benefits. The assets of the Fund as at 31 December 1964 amounted to plus-minus R122,877,000. The hon. member for Umbilo wanted to know what additional income would be derived from the proposed new ceiling of R2,860 and my reply is that it is estimated that the contributions from employers and employees will be in the neighbourhood of R400,000, and to this amount the State would have to add R 100,000 in terms of Section 32 (2) of the Act. The hon. members for Umbilo and Wynberg raised the question of an increase in the ceiling laid down in the Act in respect of Bantu workers. I think their suggestion is based on completely wrong premises. They seem to be under a misapprehension as to the terms of the Act. In terms of Section 2 of the original Act of 1946 it is specifically laid down under the definition of “contributor” that the following persons shall not for the purposes of this Act be regarded as contributors, and there are sub-paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (d); (d) is the one to which I want to refer. I think it is quite clear that hon. members have not read this section; (d) refers to persons who are excluded from the provisions of the Act—

Persons whose rate of earnings, calculated in the manner set out in Section 43, exceeds £1,250 a year …

That is in the case of Europeans—

and in the case of Natives does not exceed £278 a year.

In terms of the Act therefore Bantu workers earning more than R546 per annum are included in the Fund, and if this figure is to be increased it can only result in the exclusion of certain Bantu workmen, which I am sure is not the purpose of the request made by the hon. member. In other words, it is quite a simple point, in respect of the Europeans a maximum ceiling is laid down and in respect of the Bantu a minimum ceiling. So that Obviously hon. members can see that as the Bill stands Bantu workers earning above R546 p.a. will still be covered by the Act. I think hon. members had a misconception of the position of the Bantu worker under the Act.

The hon. member for Rosettenville (Dr. Fisher) suggested that the proposed provisions relating to radiographers should be extended to include typists and receptionists working for the medical profession because such employees may on occasion come into contact with ionizing radiation. I do not think he was really very serious, Sir, because that would be stretching the matter a little too far. If we conceded that point we would probably have to bring in the doctor’s patients as well because they are the people who are directly exposed to radiation. I think we must limit it to radiographers whose sole job it is to manipulate the machine which causes radiation.

The hon. member also wanted to know if a special concession could be made in respect of pregnant radiographers who perforce have to leave their employment earlier than other contributors. He wanted to know why the same facility could not be extended to those others. I think I should explain that it is the accepted principle both under the Factories Act and the Shops and Offices Act that a female must necessarily have had 18 weeks’ employment before she qualifies for a maternity allowance. I cannot depart from the principle as a matter of routine because it is most unlikely that the average female is obliged to give up her employment during the first two weeks of her pregnancy. As a matter of fact both the Factories Act and the Shops and Offices Act permit a pregnant woman being employed up to four weeks before her expected confinement. In the case of radiographers, of course, the position is totally different because of the dangers to which they are exposed right at the commencement of their pregnancy.

I now come to the suggestion made by the hon. member for Rosettenville that a medical practitioner should have a seat on the board to act as a sort of referee. It must not be forgotten that the Unemployment Insurance Board is constituted under Section 12 of the Act, in terms of which one half of the members represent the interests of contributors and the other half the interests of the employers; the very people who contribute to the fund. They look upon it as their fund and closely guard their own interests, as they are entitled to do, in the light of documentary evidence placed before them in the form of proper proof and evidence that a person has unsuccessfully looked for work, or in the form of a medical certificate issued by a registered medical practitioner, in a case of illness. I think the hon. member’s suggestion would cut right across the whole machinery of the Act. There is no evidence that the board has at any time acted unreasonably. I do not think there is any real reason for the proposed alteration.

Lastly I want to refer to the matter raised by the hon. member for Umbilo (Mr. Oldfield) about he unanimity of the board in deciding not to relax the 1962 restrictions. In this connection I want to quote from a report I have received from the Unemployment Insurance Commissioner—

In so far as the question of relaxing the restrictions imposed in 1962 is concerned, the board agree, albeit somewhat reluctantly on the part of some of the contributor representatives, but without any dissenting opinion, or vote, that the restrictions should not be relaxed.

It took into account the purpose for which the restrictions were imposed and particularly the fact that Section 39 (3) of the Act gave the board the power to grant further benefits or further illness allowances—the board has a discretion in this regard—to contributors who were still unemployed after having received benefits for 26 weeks. Although the board is not limited by the Act in regard to the period in respect of which it may grant such further benefits or illness allowances it has up to now followed the policy of limiting such payments to a maximum of a further 26 weeks. The board has that discretion and as hon. members will have seen provision is now being made in this Bill for representations to go direct to the board.

The hon. member for Salt River (Mr. Timoney) asked whether the Unemployment Insurance Fund was actuarially examined. The reply is “yes”. It is examined actuarially from time to time. The hon. member also raised the question of the difficulty connected with seasonal workers coming from the Eastern Transvaal to work in the Deciduous Fruit Industry in the Cape. That matter was fully considered by the Unemployment Insurance Board and notwithstanding the evidence placed before them and representations made they found that, in practice, it would be quite impossible. There are very few cases of that sort. The board found they were unable to alter the view they held namely that eight months should be the period. The hon. member also asked why the period of prescription should be seven years; why it could not be less, say, three years. As I explained in my second-reading speech this figure of seven years was arrived at after consultation with the Controller and Auditor-General. They took all the factors into consideration and decided that seven years was a reasonable period.

Motion put and agreed to.

Bill read a second time.

CENSUS AMENDMENT BILL

Sixth Order read: Second reading,—Census

Amendment Bill.

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

I move—

That the Bill be now read a second time.

The proposed amendment to the Act does not affect its basic provisions and is intended primarily to bring it into line with the organization of the Bureau as it has developed since it became independent in October 1962.

Up to 1962 the Bureau of Statistics was a Division of the Department of the Interior. In October of that year, autonomy was granted to the Bureau and the Director became directly responsible to the Minister.

When the Bureau became independent the then designation of “Director of Census and Statistics” was amended administratively to “Director of Statistics” and this Bill now confirms the amended designation. At the same time the designation of “Assistant Director of Census” is being amended to “Deputy Director of Statistics” to bring it into line with the present designation of the two deputy directors (administrative) and (technical). In practice the position with reference to the latter officials is that the duties of the previous Assistant director of Census, apart from additional responsibilities arising from the acquisition of autonomy, were entrusted to them in terms of sub-section (3) of Section 3 of the Act.

Apart from the amendment of the designation of “Governor-general” to “State President”, “Director of Census” to “Director of Statistics”, and “Assistant Director of Census” to “Deputy Director of Statistics”, the provisions of Clause 2 of the Bill are the same as the provisions of Section 3 of the principal Act.

In gathering data during a census it sometimes happens that persons fail to comply with the requirements. For such contraventions persons may be sentenced to a fine of £10 or one month’s imprisonment in terms of census regulations promulgated in terms of Section 7 of the existing Act. These penalties are now being increased in Clause 4 of this Bill to a fine of R50 or three months’ imprisonment, which is regarded as a suitable deterrent, which Clause 6 proposes to bring about a similar increase in Section 15 of the principal Act where no penalty is prescribed for a specific contravention or act of omission. These amendments are necessary to bring the Act into line with Section 26 of the Criminal Law Amendment Act of 1959, which provided for a minimum penalty of a fine of R50 or three months’ imprisonment for offences of this kind. This Bill therefore merely brings the position into line with the Criminal Law Amendment Act of 1959.

When a census is taken, controllers and/or enumerators are appointed by the Director in all districts to do the work; they have to post all forms and other documents that they collect to the Director of Statistics in Pretoria. These documents are official documents, and in order to put the matter beyond any doubt provision is now being made in the principal Act for the transmission of these documents as official documents. The only amendment which is being brought about here is to substitute the word “official” for the words “in service of Her Majesty”.

Clause 8 of the Bill substitutes the terms “State President” and “Republic” for the terms “Governor-General” and “Union” respectively. Clause 9 provides that any reference in the Act to “Director of Census” shall be construed as a reference to the Director of Statistics. This amendment brings the legal position into line with the factual position.

Mr. ROSS:

Mr. Speaker, this Bill has been through the Other Place. They have passed it and we find no reason to alter their decision. We have been through it closely and approve of it.

Motion put and agreed to.

Bill read a second time.

STATISTICS AMENDMENT BILL

Seventh Order read: Second reading,—Statistics Amendment Bill.

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

I move—

That the Bill be now read a second time.

The purpose of this Bill which seeks to amend the Statistics Act, No. 73 of 1957, is to make certain adjustments to the principal Act, adjustments which flow from experience gained by the Bureau of Statistics in the collection of statistics during the past eight years and from internal organizational developments since the Bureau became independent in 1962. No amendment involving matters of principle are contemplated here.

The basic section of the Act is Section 2 which sets out the matters in regard to which statistics may be collected. These matters relate to economic and social aspects of the Republic’s activities.

Since the Statistics Act came into operation in 1957 new developments have taken place, particularly in the economic activities of the country, necessitating more elaborate arrangements for the collection of statistics. In order to bring the Act into line with the present practical circumstances, therefore, it has become necessary to amend the authorization provided for in Section 2 of the Act, and this is being done by means of a broader and clearer definition of the matters in regard to which statistics may be collected. This also applies to social matters. A comparison of the provisions of the existing Section 2 of the Act with the provisions of the proposed new section contained in Clause 2 of the Bill, shows that more extensive statistics may be collected in respect of population, primary production (particularly agriculture and farming and mining activities), secondary production, construction work, internal and external trade, services, particularly banking, financing, insurance, transport communications, personal and professional services, associations, prices, rentals, national finance and accounts, labour, public administrative, financial industrial, and commercial activities of the Government, Provincial Administrations and local authorities, accidents, religious and welfare organizations, households and families.

Under the existing legislation, according to legal opinion, the collection of financial statistics in respect of the matters referred to is not permissible. In view of the fact that such statistics constitute an important aspect of the national economy, Clause 2 of the Bill provides for a new Section 2 (1)bis to be added to the Act to make it possible for the Bureau to collect financial statistics.

In practice the Director of Statistics collects statistics in terms of the provisions of the Act by way of questionnaires to the bodies concerned. Such forms are drawn up after consultation with the representative organizations concerned and the contents of these forms are continually amended in the light of new developments which may take place or depending upon the nature of the statistics to be collected.

In terms of the existing legislation, according to legal opinion, these questionnaires must be incorporated in toto in the regulations dealing with the various matters, and this often results in a clumsy and time-consuming administrative procedure when the forms have to be amended.

The proposed Bill provides in Clause 1 (d) that these forms do not necessarily have to be prescribed forms; in other words, that they may be amended administratively without necessarily re-publishing them in the Government Gazette in terms of the regulations.

Another important improvement is the proposed amendment to Section 4 of the Act (Clause 4 of the Bill) which gives the Minister of Planning the power to enter into agreements with the Administrator of South West Africa or the Government of any other neighbouring territory as to any matter necessary or convenient for the purpose of carrying out the Statistics Act effectually. The collection of statistics in this way will be to our mutual advantage and will be of importance particularly in respect of South West Africa.

Under the present arrangements, information which is collected by the Director of Statistics is confidential and may not be disclosed. Such information may sometimes be of great value to bodies other than the Bureau, and for that reason it is proposed in Clause 7 of the Bill that Section 9 of the Act be amended so that the information may be made public with the written permission of the persons who furnish the information.

The Bill also makes provision for “State President” to be substituted for “Governor-General”, for “Minister of Planning” to be substituted for “Minister of the Interior”, and for “Director of Statistics” to be substituted for “Director of Census”, and it also contains one or two minor amendments.

The previous name of the Bureau, namely “Bureau of Census and Statistics” was altered in 1962 to “Bureau of Statistics”.

Mr. ROSS:

Statistics are always very important and even more so in a growing economy. Clause 2 of this Bill spreads considerably the items on which statistics may be collected and can, of course, be extended if the Minister finds it necessary. This Bill has been passed by the Other Place but I would remind the hon. the Minister that certain farming members there raised certain difficulties in connection with duplication of work. They complained that they had to provide certain statistics in February for income tax purposes and the same statistics later in August. That will be gone in more fully by another member on this side of the House. I understand the hon. the Minister promised in the Other Place to go into this matter.

I must express the hope that if this Bill is necessary, and it seems to be necessary, it will have the effect of expediting the publication of the statistics which are so useful in this country to-day and also that very close attention will be paid to the secrecy provisions of the Bill. We will support it.

Mr. HOPEWELL:

As the hon. member for Benoni (Mr. Ross) has said we will support this Bill but I would draw the attention of the hon. the Minister to Clause 2 which covers a very wide field. The Minister knows that if he is going to be successful in his new office as Minister of Planning it is essential that he has reliable statistics. If the Minister is going to get reliable statistics, and get them timeously, I think it is essential that he gets the co-operation of all those who are charged with furnishing the necessary statistics. As the Minister knows many sections of commerce and industry have mechanical aids, such as computers, calculating machines, bookkeeping machines and so on, for the purpose of sorting statistics under appropriate heads. Nothing is more annoying to any industrial or commercial house than to get a form at the end of the year and be required to fill in that form within a period of 30 to 60 days particularly when they find that they have to traverse numerous figures which have been collected under another form. I suggest that the time has arrived, if the Minister wants to achieve the objects set out in Clause 2, for the Minister’s Department of Statistics to give advance notice of the form it proposes to use for the following year. That will give the persons concerned the opportunity of so arranging their figures that at the end of the year when they get their form they will be able to supply the information quickly and with the minimum of manpower hours. The Minister knows there is a shortage of manpower to-day. I am afraid the information which is sometimes put on the statistical forms required by the Department is not nearly as accurate as it should be because short-cuts have to be taken at the end of the year in order to collate the information within the period of time required by the Minister’s Department. If the Minister would accept this advice, give commerce and industry timeous notice and, as far as possible, arrange the period to coincide with the fiscal year of the company concerned, he would get more accurate figures; he would get them within the required time and the statistics which would eventually be available from his Department would have the confidence of commerce and industry in that they would be more accurate. In that way the Department would be fulfilling its purpose. I trust the hon. the Minister will accept this advice and ensure that forms are given very careful consideration before they are framed. When the forms are submitted and criticism follows I trust the Minister will give careful consideration to such criticism. By so doing he will be able to get more reliable statistics. He will be able to save manpower both in his Department, in commerce and industry and in the farming industry. That will ensure that the objective of this Act is properly fulfilled.

Mr. WOOD:

The hon. the Minister indicated in his opening remarks that the intention of some of the amendments was to improve the collection of statistics. I would like to deal with the matter from another angle in relation to the publication of statistics. I notice that Section 8 (2) of the Act says—

Such statistics or extracts thereof shall be published in such manner as the Minister may direct.

I would like to ask the Minister if he could give some indication as to his intentions in regard to the publication of the South African Year Book. As far as I am aware the last Year Book was dated 1960. It was published in 1960 or thereabouts. That was Year Book No. 30. Since then we have had no further publication. The South African Year Book has been made available year after year. I believe it could be regarded as the poor man’s encyclopedia of South Africa. I believe it is a very valuable publication, one which should be in every school in the Republic and one which could well be in every home. I go further and say it is such a useful, informative and accurate collation of the statistics of South Africa that it could well be made available to all notable visitors to the Republic so as to give them in concise form the actual facts of South Africa.

I am aware that the Statistical Year Book of 1964 was published recently and that it sells at R3.30. It has been made available to members of this House. It is no doubt a very useful publication purely from the statistical point of view. I personally have found it of great value and interest. But such a publication neglects many of the chapters which have been dealt with in the past in the Year Book as we know it. I am thinking of instructive items like the chapter on notable events published at the beginning of the Year Book, chapters on history, central Government, Provincial government, municipal government, details regarding the electorate and facts like that. It occurs to me that the average man in the street, if he wishes to refer to facts of that nature, might have a little difficulty in finding them if he were not able to make use of this Year Book. He might even find that it is necessary to consult a reference library and that is not always convenient or possible in some parts of South Africa. So I feel that the continuation of the publication of the Year Book in the form in which we have come to know it, is a matter of interest to the people of South Africa and I trust the Minister will give some indication of his intentions in that regard.

Mr. BENNETT:

The hon. member for Benoni (Mr. Ross) has touched on the matter of farmers, the majority of them in any case, having to make up their income-tax returns in February, and again in July and August having to supply other statistics to the department for the agricultural census. It appears from this Bill that perhaps even more information may be required particularly under Clause 2 (1)bis which provides for the collection of additional financial statistics from farmers. We realize the necessity for this and I think we all realize the very great part that statistics can play in assisting to plan the economic development of the country.

Farmers are being burdened with an increasing amount of paper work. Besides the income-tax form and the agricultural census form which is quite a voluminous document containing a great variety of questions, there is other paper work such as workmen’s compensation, P.A.Y.E. and so forth. I am not suggesting that this is peculiar to the farming community because I know that businessmen in any sphere of life also have to fill in similar forms. But farmers do suffer under a certain disability in this matter in that, unlike their brother businessmen in the towns, they usually have not got clerical staff at their disposal to assist them with the rendering of returns. When I talk of clerical staff I am thinking particularly of the fact that the urban businessman usually has a secretary. In the great majority of instances it is a female secretary and in some instances an attractive female secretary; also perhaps an attractive female secretary whose only direct connection with statistics …

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! That is not under discussion.

Mr. BENNETT:

I am dealing with vital statistics, Mr. Speaker. I would not ask the Minister to give attention to that aspect of the matter but I do feel that if he could assist the farming community in this regard by making it possible for them to complete their agricultural census at the same time as the great majority of them complete their income-tax returns, he would be rendering the farming community great assistance in a very practical way. I realize that not all farmers complete their income-tax returns on 28 February. I know that some do it on 30 June and some even on other dates. The people whose financial year does not end on 28 February are a dying breed under the provisions of the P.A.Y.E. Act and more and more will in future have to complete the forms by the end of February. I am certain that if the hon. Minister were to give attention to this and could meet the farmers in this matter, not merely would he assist them but the agricultural census statistics would also be forthcoming rather more quickly than they are at the moment.

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

I want to express my appreciation of the support given to this amending measure. I am glad that we are agreed about the necessity of statistics and that they should be made available quickly. Recently I read the following: “Statistics are the tools of the business executives, the administrators and social scientists, and no business or community can be managed or governed or studied without figures and facts, facts about numbers and quantities.” We therefore agree that they are essential, and I might just say that at present we try to cooperate as closely as possible as far as the preparation of the forms is concerned. Instructions were issued last year already that no new form was to be sent out without first being submitted to the organized bodies and without meeting with their approval. As far as the distribution of statistics is concerned, we will try to co-operate with these bodies as far as possible. I also hope that the realization of the importance of statistics will result in these forms being completed more readily. One of the major problems of the bureau is to get back the statistical forms, because there are many people who simply keep the forms and who are not interested in them. The result of this delay is that we are unable to break down the statistics quickly. The bureau has now also acquired an electronic computer, which will mean that it will be possible to break down and to make available the statistics and data more quickly.

Various suggestions have been made here, inter alia, that forms should be circulated in advance so that firms will know before the time in what form they have to have the information and so that the data can be broken down in good time. This suggestion was made by the hon. member for Pinetown (Mr. Hopewell) and we will definitely submit it to the Director. The hon. member for Durban (Berea) (Mr. Wood) referred to the publication of the Year Book. The Year Book of Statistics that has just appeared was signed in August; it was then prepared for publication; it appeared in December, and the necessary authority to issue it has recently been obtained from the Treasury. Hon. members received this book recently. The statistics it contains virtually cover the period up to the end of 1963. In this regard therefore I think we have made some progress in that the Year Book has been published at an earlier date than in the past. In addition to this there are also the monthly bulletins, as well as the other bulletins which appear from time to time and which cover a very wide field. In my opinion the position as regards the furnishing of data collected is also better than it was some years ago. As far as the Year Book is concerned, I am told that it is being prepared at the moment and I hope that it will also be ready soon.

The hon. member for Albany (Mr. Bennett) spoke about data relating to agriculture and asked whether the period in respect of which information has to be furnished cannot be made to coincide with the tax year. This matter was put to me by members of the Opposition in the Other Place and I have referred this recommendation to the Director of Statistics for comment but unfortunately I have not yet received his reply. If it is at all possible to do so it will be done.

Motion put and agreed to.

Bill read a second time.

ATOMIC ENERGY AND NUCLEAR INSTALLATIONS (LICENSING AND SECURITY) AMENDMENT BILL

Eighth Order read: Second reading,—Atomic Energy and Nuclear Installations (Licensing and Security) Amendment Bill.

*The MINISTER OF MINES:

I move— That the Bill be now read a second time.

The Atomic Energy Board’s nuclear reactor, Safari I, will, it is hoped, shortly come into operation or, as the scientists put it, reach “criticality”.

The board undertakes its research work according to five-year programmes. The first five-year programme, during which the expensive task was undertaken of erecting the National Nuclear Research Centre at Pelindaba and to recruit and train the necessary personnel, was successfully completed during 1964 on a total research budget of approximately R8,000,000.

For the second five-year plan of the research programme an amount of approximately R 15,000,000 will be required. The State makes available more than half of these funds for research, the uranium industry more than a quarter and Escom the major portion of the balance, and I once again want to take this opportunity to thank the bodies concerned for the comprehensive financial and other support received from them.

As the activities of the board progress, it is necessary to adapt the Atomic Energy Act, 1948, and related legislation in order to keep pace with the developments and also to amend provisions the application of which has in practice proved to be difficult or impossible. This Bill envisages a few such adaptations or amendments which I shall now explain briefly.

Clause 1: Section 3 (2) of the Atomic Energy Act, No. 35 of 1948, originally provided that authorization to search for prescribed material or to dispose of it or to process it etc., or to produce radio-active isotopes, to be in possession of them or to transport them, may be granted subject to conditions which may be determined by the Minister or the Atomic Energy Board.

Later it was regarded as being more convenient to prescribe standard conditions by way of regulation, and the sub-section was amended accordingly. It has, however, since been found that some of these authorizations must be made subject to conditions which cannot conveniently be prescribed by way of regulation. Many of these conditions are of a financial nature and vary from case to case, and it is accordingly now again provided that such conditions may be prescribed by the Minister or the board, as the position was originally. That gives the necessary flexibility, with the result that further amendments of this sub-section will probably not be necessary again in future.

Clause 2 (a): The reference, in the English text, to the Secretary for Foreign Affairs (he is ex officio a member of the Atomic Energy Board) is being changed from “Secretary for External Affairs” to “Secretary for Foreign Affairs”, in accordance with the recent change in the English name of that post.

Clause 2 (b): This sub-section refers to the alternates of members of the Atomic Energy Board. In terms of Section 12 of the Atomic Energy Act, the members of the Atomic Energy Board mainly consist of the following three groups—

  1. (a) The Secretary for Mines and the Secretary for Foreign Affairs;
  2. (b) Persons representing organizations like the C.S.I.R. and Escom; and
  3. (c) the so-called “independent” members representing the uranium industry (two members), commerce, industry and specialized aspects of the board’s functions.

In terms of the present Section 12 (4) every member has the right, subject to confirmation by the Minister, to nominate an alternate at any meeting of the board. Because the affairs of the board are, however, mainly confidential and it is therefore desirable to limit the number of persons having knowledge of them, it is considered advisable that the independent members (the representatives of the industry, etc.) should not have the right to nominate alternates but that, wherever necessary, the Minister himself should nominate the alternates. For this reason it is considered desirable that the alternates of the representatives of the uranium industry should be exchangeable. The proposed Clause 2 (b) gives effect to these views.

Clause 3: Although Section 13 of the Atomic Energy Act grants wide powers to the board and enables it, inter aia, to undertake the production of atomic energy, the board is not expressly authorized to produce radioactive isotopes. As I said in the beginning, the board’s reactor, Safari I, will come into operation within a short time—we hope to have the official opening during August this year—and the board will then be able to produce radioactive isotopes, particularly those with a short halving time for use in the medical profession and in industry, which cannot be imported. This is one of the proposed activities of the board which was approved in principle by the Cabinet in 1958 already, and the necessary provision is now being made in the Act.

Clauses 4 and 5 can conveniently be explained together. Section 25 (1) of the Atomic Energy Act provides that all patent rights in respect of inventions by the board’s officials, or by people to whom grants have been made by it, vest in the board for the benefit of the State. A similar provision is contained in the Council for Scientific and Industrial Research Act, No. 32 of 1962, but the last-mentioned Act provides for greater flexibility by allowing of it that where the C.S.I.R. in terms of an agreement undertakes research on behalf of other bodies, the question of patent rights may under certain circumstances be regulated in the relevant agreements. Such a provision is, however, lacking in the Atomic Energy Act and that is definitely a defect, not only in regard to research done by the board on behalf of other bodies, but also in respect of research which the board may cause to be conducted by universities and industrial organizations, etc., because in this respect the board also acts as a co-ordinating body. It is essential for the progress of the board’s development programme to promote close cooperation with the industry, and the power it is now being granted to institute special investigations by way of agreement, or to have them instituted with a view to making discoveries and inventions, and particularly in regard to the question of patent rights to be able to negotiate and to contract, will considerably assist such smooth co-operation.

Section 28 of the Atomic Energy Act prescribes what information in the sphere of atomic energy and related matters should be kept secret. It comprises mainly information concerning reserve supplies of material, annual yields and prices, and also information in regard to research, discoveries or inventions relating to the processing for use of prescribed material or the production of atomic energy. The Board’s activities, particularly in the sphere of research have however, expanded appreciably, and secrecy is essential, particularly until patent rights have been obtained. Then also prescribed material is supplied to buyers who wish to have secrecy about themselves and the amount of material purchased by them. In addition, confidential information, which is at present not covered by Section 28, may reach the wrong ears. Section 28 is therefore being extended to fill these gaps, but because it is realized that the scope of the section, as now proposed, is considerable, and to prevent persons from being prosecuted for minor matters, it is provided in the proposed new Section 28 (4) that no trial or preparatory examination may be instituted in respect of an offence committed in terms of this section without the written authorization of the Attorney-General.

Clause 7 contains a consequential amendment which was unfortunately not made when Section 19 of the Atomic Energy Act was amended by Section 5 of Act No. 44 of 1961. It is merely a correction of cross-references in Section 29 to certain sub-sections in Section 19 of the Act, which deals with the procedure in connection with applications for patents.

I now come to Clause 8. In terms of the proposed Section 25 (1) of the Act (Clause 4 of the Bill), the Atomic Energy Board may make available discoveries, inventions and improvements for use in the public interest subject to the conditions and against payment of the fees or royalties determined by the Board in accordance with the regulations. Section 31 is therefore being amended to provide for the promulgation of such regulations. (The existing Section 31 (c) becomes unnecessary as the result of the proposed amendment of Section 3 (2)—Clause 1—and is therefore being omitted.)

Clause 9: The penalties for contraventions of the various provisions of the atomic Energy Act are prescribed in Section 33 of the Act, and the proposed Section 33bis is being inserted in order to facilitate the determination of the legal capacity of a court to try these misdemeanours.

Then there are Clauses 10 and 12: In terms of the existing Section 34 of the Atomic Energy Act, that Act also applies to the territory of South West Africa, and that is also the position in regard to the Atomic Energy and Nuclear Installations (Licensing and Security) Act, 1963. The application of the first-mentioned Act to the aforementioned Act is now provided for in terms of the proposed new Section 34 by means of the wording in current use, while Clause 12 ensures that the new provisions now being proposed will also be applicable to that territory.

Clause 11: Section 5 (1) of the Atomic Energy and Nuclear Installations (Licensing and Security) Act, 1963, places liability for atomic damages on the licensee of a nuclear terrain and Section 5 (2) provides that, with certain exceptions, nobody other than the licensee concerned will be held liable for atomic damage. The exceptions are mentioned in sub-sec. (3) and in terms of it a licensee (such as, for example the Atomic Energy Board) will not be held liable as against somebody, such as, e.g. a saboteur, who is a trespasser on that terrain.

Due to a misunderstanding, a further subsection (sub-section (4)) was, however, inserted in the section at the time, which provides that if the licensee is not responsible in terms of sub-section (1) as the result of the provisions of sub-section (3), then the provisions of sub-section (2) do not apply. In other words, if the licensee is not responsible vis-à-vis a trespasser, then the provisions of subsection (2), which say that nobody else is liable, fall away. It means that if the Board, as the licensee, is not liable vis-à-vis a trespasser, a member of the personnel of the Board, who was perhaps negligent, might be held liable vis-à-vis an injured trespasser, and that was not the intention. Sub-section (4) of Section 5 of the Act is therefore deleted, and the necessary consequential amendments in the reference to that sub-section in sub-section (2) are being made.

These are briefly the principles concerned in these proposed amendments, which I trust will be acceptable to the House.

Mr. TUCKER:

We on this side of the House have supported previous measures dealing with this subject and will support this measure. It is quite clear that this fortunate country of ours is a very important country so far as atomic power and materials which are used in the creation of atomic power are concerned. It is clear that atomic power is of great importance to this country and it is right not only that we should develop the resources which we have, but it is also right that we should use those resources ourselves to the full as well as making these materials available to other countries in the world. We know that we have been an important source. Unfortunately, in respect of atomic power, as the hon. Minister has mentioned and as has been laid down in the legislation, in the dangerous world in which we live, there is a need for secrecy and Obviously we support provisions which ensure secrecy wherever they are necessary in the national interest. I would like to express the hope that this will not in any way stop development. I think it is known that South Africa is playing a very important part in this field in research and in other respects. It is my belief that in the years ahead we are going to play an increasingly important part, and I believe that atomic power in turn will play an increasingly important part in the development of our country, We support the measures which have been taken in respect of research. I wonder whether we are doing everything we can in that regard? I think we will be hearing very shortly from the Minister of Finance that he has again a great surplus, and one wonders whether that does not afford an opportunity for speeding up South Africa’s efforts in respect of this very important field. Of course this Bill is very important because it is providing various additional safeguards. I must say that to me as a lawyer a clause looks strange when it provides that it will be an offence for a person to receive information if he knows that it is in breach of the provisions of the law, but I am afraid that in the circumstances of this case it is necessary that we should have a provision of that sort. The hon. Minister has referred to the training of personnel. He has mentioned that a further sum of R15,000,000 will be required. Sir, I think it is the duty of this country to ensure that whatever funds are required are made available in order for us to make the greatest possible contribution in this field. Many of the provisions which are contained in this Bill can be discussed at a later stage. I would like to express my general agreement with the provisions, although certain points will be raised as we proceed, and in order that the hon. Minister may give the matter some thought I refer him to Clause 5. In that clause there is a provision “for the use of a discovery, invention or improvement in the public interest, subject to such conditions as may be provided by the agreement”. I am wondering whether it is not necessary to have further provisions. What for instance is the case if there is no provision in an agreement? In other words, it seems to me that the legislation here is relying on the fact that there will be provisions in the agreement. Humans are fallible and I wonder if there should not be some residual power which will ensure that the objects of this clause should be given effect to.

The hon. Minister has referred to the correction of certain errors. I do not want to deal with those, but we did agree when this legislation was before us that this is a case where there should be absolute liability. I think that is very important and at a later stage we will go into some detail in respect of this matter with the hon. Minister. I think it is vital that we should ensure that where we are carrying out experiments in this dangerous field (and it is a dangerous field), not only that all possible precautions should be taken (I know that precautions are being taken at every possible point), but also that we should ensure that there is no possibility of persons who are damaged in the course of the development of our atomic energy and power and the continuance of the experiments which take place, not being fully compensated. Innocent persons should be fully compensated. I think most of those matters can better be pursued in detail when we reach the Committee Stage. I would like to express my deep regret that the hon. member for Johannesburg (North) (Mrs. Weiss) is not present. As the hon. Minister knows she is the mother of a son who is a very distinguished person in this particular field, and she herself has made a very particular study of it, and I do express the hope that it may be possible for her to be present during the further stages of this Bill.

Mr. TAUROG:

The hon. the Minister has referred to the fact that the nuclear reactor which is now about to go into operation, at least in the near future, has been called “Safari”. Well, Sir, I am hoping that we will not go on safari with our development and our interest in nuclear physics in this country, because I feel it would be more appropriate to call it “Blitzem” now, and get cracking on what is urgently needed in South Africa.

In recent years overseas, such substantial advances have been made in the economic production of electric power from nuclear fuels, that I think we really have to become aware of a possible danger to our coalfields in this country. It is possible that with the development of nuclear energy by means of our reactors, we may be in a position to supply power by this means at a cheaper rate than we are doing now by means of coal. But the legislation that we have had up to now has, as the Minister said, been of an experimental and exploratory nature, and the Bill before us will really plug the loopholes of certain defects which have become apparent as the result of experience in this particular field.

I am particularly pleased that provision is now being made for an inducement to individuals and industrialists to make contributions to research and development, and the fact that they will now be able to derive financial benefits in the form of royalties and fees as a result of a discovery that they may make, or information that they are able to pass on to our team of scientists.

We in South Africa must be particularly grateful for any encouragement given in this field, because we have available to us one of the finest natural assets that one can have anywhere in the world in this regard, and that is our uranium industry. This particular industry in recent years has had a number of set-backs and at one time it did appear as if a mood of pessimism in that regard had come over the country. I think it will be interesting to this House and the country, Sir, if the hon. the Minister can give an indication of the future he foresees for the uranium industry in relation to our nuclear development in this country. Also if consideration is being given by our team of scientists and research workers to a more fruitful use being made of by-products in this particular field. The hon. member for Germiston (District) has rightly sounded a note of warning that perhaps the amount of R15,000,000—spread over the next five years— may not be sufficient provision for research in this field. When one remembers the thousands of millions of Rand which are being made available in America and in England for research in this field, I do believe that the time has come when we have to think on a bigger scale than R 15,000,000, spread over the second half of our five-year programme. I wonder if the hon. the Minister can enlighten the House as to whether there is any intention to use any of the money put aside last year under the Strategic Mineral Resources Bill for additional funds for nuclear research?

Just a few months ago one was rather surprised at a newspaper report of a broadcast from Egypt that South Africa was developing this nuclear installation with the object of making an atomic bomb. I think that in order to break down the criticism that is so unjustifiably levelled at this country, the Minister may take this opportunity to refute that particular allegation, and to make it clear that all our efforts in this regard are directed towards peaceful activities, and that we are not embarking on any warlike measures in this regard. The Minister has correctly drawn the attention of the country to the need for research in this field, but it also becomes necessary for the Minister to let our promising scientists become aware of what scope there is for them in this particular field of nuclear physics. One is very concerned about the drain on brains which is going on in the scientific field. Unless the Minister and his Department can, at this early stage, make it known to our promising young scientists what their scope is in nuclear physics in this country, I am afraid that this drain of scientists overseas may continue. We have to do something about it, and do it urgently. We certainly cannot do it “on Safari.” We have to do it with sputniks and we have to keep our people here.

One must refer to the enormous benefits that this particular development in the sphere of science can make available to our country. I am wondering whether the hon. the Minister and his Department have given consideration to extending an invitation to those countries to the north of us who have attained their independence, and to make it known to them that we would be prepared to share our research and our knowledge with them for peaceful purposes, medicinal and industrial, which, I believe, will make it possible for us to make a breakthrough to them in a field of activity which it will be impossible for them to enter for many years to come.

The question was recently brought prominently to my notice as to what precautions we are taking in this country in regard to nuclear activities, when it was said that any of the nuclear ships would, because of lack of adequate precautions, be prevented from coming into Cape Town Harbour if it so wished. I wonder whether the Minister can indicate to the House what steps have been taken in that regard to make it possible in the near future, with the rapid development of nuclear ships, for such ships to enter our South African ports.

Lastly, could the Minister dispel a very worrying thought in the minds of people on the Reef, and particularly in Pretoria, because of the closeness of the nuclear reactor station to Pretoria? When one bears in mind the considerable distance at which these stations are placed in America, away from the densely populated urban areas, the question arises whether it was necessary or advisable for this particular nuclear station to be located so close to one of our largest and most rapidly developing cities. In conjunction with that fear, there is the question of what steps and precautions our research workers are taking against waste products resulting from the production of radioactive isotopes. It is not only the actual production of those isotopes, but also the fact that these isotopes and nuclear material are carried to and from the station in the form of exports to other parts of the world. I think it would be wise, without the Minister disclosing any particular confidential information in this regard, to give an indication to the House as to what precautions are being taken and will be taken in future at this nuclear station against any waste products, either liquid or metal.

The Bill, as the hon. member for Germiston (District) has said, carries our blessing. We are very hopeful that this will result in rapid development in research in South Africa in this particular field. There are two aspects of the Bill, however, on which I would like some enlightenment from the Minister. Clause 6 deals with the disclosure of uranium ore in regard to the reserves of ores containing any prescribed material. That is the wording of the clause. As I read it, I imagine that it can have a restrictive effect on mining companies in making disclosures of gold bearing ores in their annual reports. It would be most unfortunate, if the wording of this clause had that effect, because it would not enable shareholders to form a correct impression or opinion as to the various departments in which these mining companies are making their profits. I am wondering whether the Minister can give us some information in that regard.

Also in Clause 5 there seems to be some conflict in the wording of the special investigation by arrangement with any person with a view to discoveries, inventions, etc.—where it deals with the Board it says that the Board “may make” such discoveries available to the public: but where it deals in sub-clause (A) with the rights available to an individual, it says that he “shall make” those rights available to the public. Is it the Minister’s intention that, in the one case when the discovery is made by the Board, they will have a discretion as to whether they may make it available to the public; but where it deals with an individual, it becomes obligatory and he shall make that discovery available to the public? If that is so, I would, with respect, suggest that it is an unfair distinction to draw between an individual making a discovery in nuclear physics, and the Board.

I was pleased to hear from the Minister that Escom was also making a substantial amount available in the form of a donation for research. One is coming to realize the very important role that Escom is now going to play in the field of nuclear physics. The development of our atomic energy plant can lead to very far-reaching plans which will provide for South Africa’s water and power needs for the next 30 years, culminating, I foresee, in a system of giant nuclear power stations. It has been estimated, I understand, that with the country’s rapidly expanding economy the demand for electric power will increase five-fold by the end of this century. As we all know, cheap electric power is the key to continued rapid economic growth. But I would like the Minister in his reply to indicate to us just what role he envisages that Escom will play in future as far as nuclear energy is concerned, and the conflict that may arise between the development of nuclear power as against that pf the coalfields which are in existence now, arid what future is envisaged for our coalfields once the atomic development fulfils its fullest possible role.

With those comments I wish to associate myself with the hon. member for Germiston (District) in wishing the Atomic Energy Board well, and in hoping that they will be able to prevail upon the Government to realize that an amount of R 15,000,000 over the next five years is not sufficient for their research and work. They should be given more money, so that our young scientists should be encouraged to take up a career in this very promising field.

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

Mr. Speaker, quite a number of aspects have been mentioned, particularly by the hon. member for Springs (Mr. Taurog). I want to confine myself to a few of the matters referred to by him, as well as those raised by the hon. member for Germiston (District) (Mr. Tucker). The hon. member for Germiston (District) referred to certain aspects that can be more profitably dealt with in the Committee Stage; I think he only mentioned these aspects to afford me an opportunity of considering them in the meantime. I appreciate that approach.

As far as research is concerned, it has been correctly stated that it plays a very important part. It is for this reason—with a view to research—that the installation at Pelindaba has almost been completed. But this is not the only place where research is being undertaken. Our universities also play a major part in research. The University of Pretoria does some work at Pelindaba and also at the C.S.I.R. The University of the Witwatersrand has certain apparatus there, and so has Potchefstroom, and both of them are closely connected with the research that is being done at Pelindaba. As far as the southern universities are concerned, there is the joint research station for Stellenbosch and Cape Town that is already in operation. The universities therefore have certain facilities. This research work is extremely expensive, of course, and therefore it is essential to co-ordinate it so that the widest possible field of research can be covered with the available capital.

The Department of Education, Arts and Science has therefore made every effort to coordinate this research as much as possible. The organization at Pelindaba, which is under the control of the Atomic Energy Board, has made available quite a number of bursaries in recent years, and students have been sent abroad to be trained. Many of them have already returned and others will be returning soon to take up their places at Pelindaba. It is true that the services of some of these scientists may not become available to us. Unfortunately this tendency is found not only among these scientists but also among others. However, the Scientific Advisory Council have tried to find out what can be done to keep these people here and to prevent their leaving, and, if they do go abroad, to make it attractive for them to return and to accept employment here. Unfortunately this tendency is one that is not peculiar to South Africa; it is the tendency even in Britain, which is losing a large number of her scientists to the U.S.A. It is understandable that they want to attract these people, because they have had an expensive training and they are a tremendous asset. We have to admit that this is a loss to us, but everything possible is being done to keep them here.

The amount of R15,000,000 has been mentioned and the opinion has been expressed that it may not be sufficient, but may I point out that this is a five-year programme and if it appears that a larger amount is required consideration can then be given to it. But we all realize the importance of this Safari installation and of the work being done by the Atomic Energy Board, particularly in view of the fact that South Africa is one of the largest producers of uranium and because it is of very great value to us. The hon. member for Springs asked about the future use of uranium. We know that our experience has been that our uranium contracts have had to be extended because the demand for uranium has not increased at the rate anticipated or has not been maintained at the level that was expected. Recently, however, after returning from abroad, Dr. Roux, the Director of the Atomic Energy Board, said that it was anticipated that the demand for uranium might start increasing again after 1970. From an economic point of view we hope that that is correct and that there will be an increase in the demand for uranium, because our uranium out put has made and is still making a very large contribution to our foreign exchange.

We have been asked to keep in touch with developments. I think that is already being done, because only recently Dr. Roux and a large group of scientists of the Atomic Energy Board went abroad to attend a conference in Vienna, and they have now their report in this connection. The possible future use of atomic energy for peaceful purposes was discussed at this conference. I can give you the assurance that at the scientific level the best co-operation exists between ourselves and the leading countries in this field of development. We are therefore fully informed and our scientists who now return after studying abroad are also acquainted with developments there.

The question has been raised as to whether an amount should not be made available for uranium research as well. I may say that a certain amount of research is already being carried out. It is not in connection with the production of uranium; it is an investigation in connection with other minerals which we think are to be found in this country and which may even be supplementary; this investigation does not relate to the gold mines. I cannot say much more about it, but this investigation is already in progress and some of the funds made available for this purpose have already been spent.

The question has also been raised as to whether we should not make provision for electric power to be generated by means of atomic power. The position is that an investigation was carried out under the chairmanship of Mr. Forsyth a few years ago, and it then became evident that it would not be economical to build electric power stations operated by atomic energy as they would cost top much. There are quite a number of these nuclear electric power stations abroad, but the question is whether they are really profitable and whether they can operate as economically as power stations using coal. Many experiments have been carried out, and the costs have been reduced considerably, but they nevertheless remain very high. A power station such as the one in Britain cost approximately R 160,000,000, and to-day it will probably cost even more. We in South Africa, however, are in the more fortunate position that we can produce considerable quantities of cheap coal that is suitable for generating electric power; it is not anticipated therefore that in this country nuclear power will easily take the place of power generated from coal. Cape Town and the Western Province are perhaps the obvious places to erect such nuclear power stations, especially because the coal has to be conveyed over such a long distance by rail, but here, too, a new factor has entered into the picture.

We know that the power lines have already been taken across the mountains at Worcester to supply power to the railways, and that the line has already been electrified up to Beaufort West and that it will be taken further to De Aar. So the power lines already extend over long distances. But as a result of the fact that electric power will be generated at the Orange River as soon as the first phase of this scheme is completed, it will be possible to supply power to the Western Cape from the Orange River, and this source of power might then also be connected up with power lines running from the north. This will open up new possibilities; when the use of the water for irrigation purposes results in less power being generated at the Orange River it may be that it will not be possible for power for the Western Cape to be supplied from the Orange River, but since the high voltage lines running from the Western Cape will be connected with the whole of the network in the Northern Free State and the Transvaal, they can even be connected up with the power stations in the north. This network already makes it possible to supply power from Komati to places as far afield as Kuruman, and it is by no means impossible that power may be supplied in future to the Cape Province from the Komati, over a distance of more than 1,200 miles. This creates quite a number of new possibilities therefore. The new idea is also that these power stations should be established on the coal fields, because it is cheaper to generate the power there. I therefore think that as far as the area down here is concerned the price of the power will always be the decisive factor, and if it is cheaper to supply this power from the north it will probably be a long time before it is generated here by means of nuclear power.

The question has been asked whether we cannot grant technical assistance to Africa. I can only say that this legislation also makes provision for the use of radioactive isotopes. As far as research and the training of research workers in Africa are concerned, I do not think much will come of it at this stage, because the peoples of the rest of Africa have not yet reached the necessary stage of development, and there are very few trained scientists in Africa.

However, it has always been our attitude that as far as technical assistance is concerned we are quite prepared to grant any form of technical assistance to the rest of Africa. As far as the use of these radioactive isotopes is concerned, it is not impossible that we may be able to grant assistance in this form, because these isotopes are used in the medical field for diagnosis and therapy and for sterilizing drugs. In industry they are used for making analyses, in measuring processes and for the pasteurization of food, and in agriculture and biology they are used to produce mutations in plant life and to control insects, etc. I do visualize that as far as the use of these isotopes is concerned it will in fact be possible to grant some form of assistance to the rest of Africa.

As far as ships are concerned, discussions in regard to international conventions are being held at the moment, but I cannot give any conclusive reply in this regard.

To come to my final point: The hon. member for Springs referred to the sitting of the Pelindaba Station near Pretoria. One of the main considerations in favour of sitting it there was the very fact that this place is situated near to the Universities of Pretoria, the Witwatersrand and Potchefstroom, in a locality that is within easy reach of the students and where they can do research work. The safety aspect was also an important factor and I can give the hon. member the assurance that the persons responsible for choosing this site considered this aspect very carefully. It is believed that there is no danger of atmospheric pollution; when this installation was built every possible precautionary step was taken so as to be able to stop the operation of this installation immediately should there be any warning signs. The inhabitants of this area therefore have no cause for anxiety in this regard.

I think the few other matters which have been mentioned can best be dealt with in the Committee Stage.

Motion put and agreed to.

Bill read a second time.

GROUP AREAS AMENDMENT BILL

Ninth Order read: Second reading,—Group

Areas Amendment Bill.

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

I move—

That the Bill be now read a second time.

With the establishment of the Department of Planning in August 1964, a division for physical planning was included in this Department. This division consists of the planning section of the former Department of Community Development, and also the Group Areas Board and the Natural Resources Development Council with its staff.

The administration of those provisions of the Group Areas Act, 1957, dealing with group area planning and permit administration before and up to proclamation, has been entrusted to me in my capacity as Minister of Planning. The administration of the other provisions of the Act have been entrusted to my colleague, the Minister of Community Development.

The establishment of the Department of Planning and the division of the functions between the Minister of Community Development and myself have made it necessary to adapt the Group Areas Act, 1957 to the changed circumstances, and the clauses dealing with it are the following: Nos. 1 (b) and (d), 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 10 and 13. In terms of the new set-up there are now three Ministers who may appoint officers to perform certain work and to exercise certain powers. Consequently it has been considered desirable completely to separate the functions to be performed by the Group Areas Board and officials and Clauses 2 (a) and (b), 3, 10 and 13 should be regarded in this light. The rest is self-explanatory and we need not expand on that further.

Further, there are only four clauses which require special mention. The rest are mainly consequential amendments or amendments which are necessary to bring the Act into line with recent legislation.

The first is Clause 11. Paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (f) should be read together. They all deal with the occupation of unauthorized persons after the proclamation of an area as a group area for occupation. The protection granted to disqualified persons by the existing sub-section (5) which is being deleted by paragraph (f) is being inserted in amended form in the preamble to paragraph (a). The only difference is that the disqualified person who voluntarily vacates such premises will not be able to return to it. The other amendments envisaged by paragraph (a) are intended to distinguish between the disqualified person who immediately before the proclamation of such a group area had for years already legally occupied the property concerned, and the one who before proclamation entered the area on the authority of a temporary permit. The position of the first-mentioned is not affected, but the latter is being limited to the benefits and the period stipulated in his permit. Furthermore, provision is made that a notice to vacate can also be served on the person who allows that occupation, and that he is exempted from any contractual obligations to the occupier, so that he may be exempt from any possible prosecution resulting from a contravention of Section 23 (1) of the Act.

The amendments contained in paragraph (d) are intended completely to abolish the envisaged prior approval after 7 July 1965 by both Houses of Parliament of the proclamation of future group areas except in the case of Bantu who are outside an area which in terms of the Natives’ Trust and Land Act, 1936 is a released area. The proclamation of group areas in practically all the cities and large towns has already been finalized without such approval. As I have already said, the Department of Planning was established with the particular object of approaching regional planning on a broader basis than that of race. Consequently it appears to be impracticable now to burden Parliament with such a time-consuming task after all these years.

The second clause I should like to deal with briefly is Clause 12. If one reads this clause together with the amendments contained in Clause 11, and compares it with the provisions of the Act, one sees that no new principle is at stake here. The existing provisions are just worded differently so that it may be clear to everybody what the position is of any disqualified person who at the date on which an area becomes a group area for occupation is already legally settled there, and that of any disqualified person who wants to go there after that date.

The third clause which appears to be somewhat complicated is Clause 14. In fact, the existing limitation on the use of land or a site by a disqualified company is now only being extended also to apply to a disqualified natural person. Cases have occurred where persons have made misuse of the defect in the present provision of the Act, and it is in the interest of everybody that this defect should be remedied. There is no reason why a natural person should be placed in a better position than a company.

Clause 15 is the last clause in regard to which I want to say something. Originally the Department established its own inspectorate in terms of this section, but since 1957 this task has been performed by members of the S.A. Police who, in terms of the existing sub-section (7), are appointed from time to time as inspectors by the Minister concerned. Originally the inspectorate was appointed with a twofold object; firstly to obtain the facts which the Minister, the Board or the officer who is at the head of a registration office may require in connection with the application of the Act, and secondly, to ascertain whether the provisions of the Act and other laws prohibiting or limiting the acquisition, possession or occupation of land are being complied with. The first is mainly an administrative function which can be carried out by the officials of the Departments concerned. The second is exclusively a police function which must necessarily be performed by the police. The section as now drafted is simply intended to separate the two functions and to relieve the S.A. Police of the administrative function of gathering facts for Ministers of other Departments and the Board. The investigation of cases of illegal possession and occupation of land differs in many instances from other criminal cases, and therefore it is essential that a member of the Police Force who investigates such a case should be clothed with the same powers as were entrusted to the inspectors. In view of the fact, however, that the S.A. Police have been performing this function ever since 1957, this section therefore legalizes the position as it existed before, and it does not mean that in practice there will be any extension of the powers of the police.

Mr. GAY:

Sir, this is the hon. the Minister’s first venture into the somewhat troubled waters of group areas and I must say that having listened to his introductory speech, he almost made it sound like a simple operation. But no matter how widely we may differ with regard to this matter—and differ we will —I want to wish him good luck. He is going to need it. The hon. the Minister has outlined changes in the administration and control of group areas. He has dealt with principles contained in certain clauses, and I want to say immediately that we differ considerably and substantially from him as far as those changes of principle are concerned, but I propose to deal with those particular points more in detail later on in the course of my speech, instead of taking up the time of the House at this stage. I will also deal later with the question of the change-over to police administration, to which the hon. the Minister has just referred and on which we have very decided views. Sir, this Bill now comes before the House as a Bill to amend the Group Areas Act, but as we have just seen, it has been introduced by the hon. the Minister of Planning and not by the Minister of Community Development who, after all, is the Minister who is going to be responsible for carrying out the work of establishing the group areas and putting into practical operation all the far-reaching provisions and powers which go with this compulsory movement of population and the daily control of the people affected. This combined procedure in itself is a demonstration of the new pattern which is being applied to group areas and similar legislation, a pattern by which control over the matter is being carved up between several Departments, between several Ministers, each being responsible for some particular section or other of the administration of group areas, but no single Minister being responsible for carrying out the Government’s group area policy as a whole. So far from being an amending Bill, as is stated in the title, the Bill in fact introduces important changes in the group areas legislation and in several important respects introduces what amounts to new principles into the original Group Areas Act of 1950. Even after full allowance is made for the massive volume of amendments, this measure has already suffered in vain attempts to make it practical and workable. In addition to these new principles and division of control, the Bill removes an important time limit safeguarding a measure of parliamentary control over the proclamation of group areas as contained in the original Act. Sir, I think it might be as well, in view of the time which has elapsed, if we refresh our memories quickly from a very brief statement of the basic principles enunciated by the then responsible Minister, who was then Minister of the Interior, the present Minister of Finance, when 15 years ago he introduced the original Group Areas Bill. On that occasion the hon. the Minister said in his opening remarks (Hansard, Vol. 73, Col. 7434)—

The overriding principle of this Bill is to make provision for the establishment of group areas, that is, separate areas for the different racial groups, by compulsion if necessary.

Then he went on to say—

This Bill does not itself proceed to make the demarcation necessary for these various areas. It merely creates the necessary machinery for doing so over a period of years, and in a fair, equitable and judicial manner. It seeks to avoid a change-over which will be sudden and complete and so dislocate the economic life of the country.

I think it is as well that we should recall that statement because there a perfectly clear principle was laid down, guaranteeing the application of the Bill in a fair, equitable and judicial manner. To what extent have these requirements, coupled with the avoidance of any change-over in the existing conditions, which, in the words of the then responsible Minister, would be sudden and complete and thus dislocate the economic life of the country, been carried out? I wonder how far the Luxurama case at Wynberg, the widespread, sudden and complete interference with so wide a range of economic activities as well as the sporting and cultural life of this country, as we are witnessing to-day, lines up with the statement made by the then Minister of the Interior when he introduced the original measure and with the principles contained in the Bill now before us. Sir, this Bill contains changes which to a large measure destroy the value of the guarantee given by the then Minister altogether. There can be no question that the division of control applied by the Bill undoubtedly not only substantially expands and diversifies but also provides for very active intensification in the application of group areas in a manner not clearly indicated in the original Act of 1950, even as since amended. The Bill in this respect takes another big step in by-passing parliamentary control and imposing government by ministerial edict in lieu of legislation. In fact, the Bill to a considerable extent provides the opening whereby Government or ministerial policy may be used as a basis for action which rightly should remain the prerogative of this House. That is one of the principles to which we object in the amending Bill before us. Sir, we have glaring examples of this “policy control” in what is happening all over the Republic to-day—-contradictory statements and widespread confusion in regard to non-White attendance at sporting functions and similar gatherings which have traditionally been open to all races, subject to certain well-known and generally accepted conditions and controls which in principle are applicable to Whites as well as non-White audiences. We have to-day arrived at the stage when the country is being harassed by conflicting rulings given by or on behalf of four different Ministers as well as by a wide diversification of officials. It is significant that this division of “policy” control has swept the country even before this Bill which provides for its legal application has become law. One can only accept that the Government have experienced so many important failures in their administration of the country, particularly with regard to this type of legislation, that the impending provincial elections have driven them to create this group areas upheaval as an election gimmick to divert public attention from their failure in other directions.

I want for a moment to examine the Bill before the House. This Bill institutes a threefold control over group areas, under which implementation and control is divided between three cabinet ministers, with authority also for a fourth minister to intervene under certain conditions. In its first stage the Minister of Planning who has introduced this Bill is responsible for the actual demarcation of separate areas for occupation by particular racial or colour groups either as residential, occupational or trading groups, either as permanent or temporary areas. Amongst other things the hon. the Minister of Planning takes over the task of investigating any area with a view to deciding whether or not it should be proclaimed as a group area for occupation by a particular group, and for the purposes of this investigation the hon. the Minister of Planning uses the staff and resources of the group areas administration and the group areas board. We have a series of such investigations being carried out at the present moment, and the activities of the two departments necessarily have to overlap in that investigation although they fall under the authority of the hon. the Minister of Planning.

The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

They are officials of Planning.

Mr. GAY:

They are also officials of the Department of Community Development.

The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

No, you are wrong there.

Mr. GAY:

[Interjections.] The hon. the Minister says “no” and he is widely supported by hon. members opposite. Sir, quite recently I was involved and at the present moment I am still involved in investigations which are being carried out into this particular aspect in the Cape Peninsula. The members of the investigating committee comprise, amongst others, members of the Group Areas Board. The officials who are doing the official work for those committees are members of the Group Areas Administration.

The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

Are you referring to beach apartheid or to separate residential areas?

Mr. GAY:

To both, but particularly to the investigations which are being carried out with a view to proclaiming separate group areas.

The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

Those people all fall under my Department; they are all officials of this Department.

Mr. GAY:

Sir, that is the very point I am making: here you have confusion worse confounded. The hon. the Minister says that those people fall under his Department.

The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

They have since August 1964.

Mr. GAY:

Those people, prior to that date, fell under the control of the Group Areas Board, and whatever the legislation provides, or whatever camouflage is used, they will undoubtedly be the people who will also have to apply control when we come to the implementation of the Act and the proclamation of proclaimed areas by the Minister of Community Development.

The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

No, they will not.

Mr. GAY:

Well, we will wait and see. We have heard these statements and denials before. but they have a habit of coming home to roost in the end. You see, Sir, the areas having been decided upon by the Minister of Planning and proclaimed as one of the various categories of group areas, the responsibility then passes from the Minister of Planning to the Minister of Community Development to carry out the necessary work, to develop the area and ensure that the required facilities are available; to ensure that housing and similar requirements are made available for the accommodation of the people of the group to be established in the area in question. In other words, the Minister of Community Development in terms of this Bill proceeds to carry out the group areas requirements generally as provided for under the main Act, including the operation of the Group Areas Board and similar administrative machinery necessary for the implementation of group areas. But in regard to the very wide range of matters which in one form or another affect government control of Bantu, particularly in the urban areas, both the Minister of Planning and the Minister of Community Development have to consult or obtain the concurrence of the Minister of Bantu Administration where their proposals in any way affect the operations of that Department. Here again, therefore, we have this overlapping of control and overlapping of responsibilities. Sir, some clauses involve all three Ministers. Thus we have divided control by three or possibly four separate Ministers over what is amongst the most difficult of all types of legislative control. I say that possibly there will be a fourth Minister exercising control because even since the publication of this Bill we have had a fourth Minister intervening, the hon. the Minister of the Interior who in the last few days has come very prominently into the picture with regard to colour control being exercised at a number of sporting functions and at places of entertainment. Is it any wonder. Sir—because all these affairs form part of the economic as well as the cultural and sporting life of the country—that the economic life of this country is thrown into a state of chaos, dismay and confusion by so many different Ministers, so many groups of officials, each giving their own version and their own definition of the powers and the authority which they are supposed to exercise, many of them contradictory. Little clarity is being obtained even in spheres in which a large amount of capital has been invested as part of the economic structure of this country. Is it any wonder that we as a responsible Opposition object to this type of legislation? Sir, I have said that this is the most difficult type of legislation that one has to control. I say that advisedly because it means control over the daily, occupational, residential and family lives of human beings, men and women who have the natural hopes, ambitions and the dignity which is the right of every decent living person, and who as their birthright expect to receive a fair and reasonable share in all respects, of the material wealth and the security which they themselves have helped to create and which they have not only helped to create but which could not be created without their assistance. Sir, the Bill before the House in fact provides machinery which under certain circumstances may well create conditions which are almost the direct opposite of the basic principle of the original Group Areas Bill. It creates a position which by its divided control permits the by-passing of Parliament and the development of what amounts to almost direct action in a number of far-reaching directions. In fact, it permits the Minister of Planning and the Minister of Community Development either to direct or to affect the development, the character, the economic life and the living conditions which have been developed under the long-established and accepted pattern of communal and family life both inside and outside the areas in question. We have had striking examples of this and we still have striking examples at the present moment, as I mentioned a moment ago when I referred to the investigation in the False Bay area, in Kalk Bay and Simonstown. I want to make it quite clear that as far as the officials conducting that investigation are concerned, nobody could have been fairer and nobody could have attempted more seriously than they did to do their difficult job with the minimum amount of harm to the people concerned, and I give them full marks for that.

Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

Why then are you complaining?

Mr. GAY:

I am not complaining about the officials. I am complaining about the policy that they are being forced to carry out. In Simonstown and Kalk Bay alone, where as their public representative I have represented practically unanimous public opinion, proposals were investigated which, if carried out, would involve the uprooting of two complete and well-developed non-White communities comprising between them some 500 families, many of whom have lived, worked and with their family forefathers own their own homes in these areas for upwards of 150 years. Many of them, third or fourth generation families, all essential to the economy of the areas in which they live. It is significant that in both cases, not a single request for the removal of these people was made to the committee of investigation either at the two public inquiries held or in the mass of responsible memoranda noted by the committee. That request may have been made elsewhere, but it was certainly not made publicly and dealt with publicly at the inquiries held in the areas in question.

Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

What has that to do with the Bill?

Mr. GAY:

The Bill provides the machinery for conducting this very type of investigation. Not only does the Bill provide for the machinery but it is extending the provisions which already exist; it has everything to do with that type of investigation. Sir, the hon. the Minister says—I accept what he says and no doubt the Minister of Community Development will say the same—that the intention of the amending Bill is broadly to improve the implementation of the Act and to remove difficulties experienced in administration and to reduce delays and to assist those affected. Those are all things which one can accept as being desirable, in broad principle. But I want to say at once that it should not be difficult to effect major improvements in a number of important directions in the administration of the Government’s policy of group areas. There is probably no piece of legislation on the Statute Book, which despite all its widespread amendments over the past 14 years, which has resulted in greater delays, in more stultified development or in a great sense of frustration and human heartbreak than this piece of legislation. If therefore any improvement can be brought about we are all in favour of bringing about such improvements. Our difficulty is to find where these improvements are being brought about. If any amendment is an improvement and not a retrograde step we would be prepared to support it. Sir, the hon. the Minister of Community Development in particular, who figures so largely in the provisions of this Bill particularly in the later portion of it, has already been referred to. not in a derogatory way, as a young man in a hurry. As I say, I do not regard that as a derogatory description. Where there is organized delay and obstruction, where a local authority or any other body deliberately stands in the way of development, I think that is to be condemned, but I want to say to the hon. the Minister—and possibly in saying this I am relying on the prerogative of older people in addressing a younger person—that I know of no phase of public life, no phase of community life, where shortcuts or ill-considered haste can be more harmful than hasty action in legislation of this kind can be. As I have said, we are dealing here with human beings, with people who have all the failings of human beings. We must also accept that this type of legislation strikes right at the heart of family life and at the pride in and security of home ownership and a true spirit of community development. A state which is essential for creating a stable and satisfying citizenship amongst all sections of our people, without which there can be no long-term future or security to the Republic or unity amongst its people.

I want to come back to another phase.

An HON. MEMBER:

Come to the Bill.

Mr. GAY:

Sir, I am dealing with the Bill all the time; there is not need for me to come back to it. I am dealing with the effects of this particular measure and of the Act which it is amending. I want to deal with the substitution of the police for the inspectors of the Board who have hitherto carried out certain investigations. I do not propose to deal with this in great detail but I want to say at the very outset that we object to this duty being transferred to the police. The police to-day are already hopelessly overloaded with real police duties, police work aimed at safeguarding the security of the population of this country and the prevention of crime. They cannot accept the massive volume of work which would be entailed in carrying out the provisions of this measure. Sir, the police, being a uniformed force carry an atmosphere with them which a civilian force of inspectors doing the very same work would not carry. We claim that the duties which are here being transferred to the police, such as entry without warrant, the searching of homes, the interrogation of people and all the other things which are provided for in this Bill, are not the functions of the police; they are functions which belong to the Board itself. Apart from overloading the police, the transfer of these duties to the police places a stigma on the people concerned. A stigma which we do not feel is justified. It exposes the police themselves to adverse criticism which is certainly not justified in their case. We have no right to expose them to that criticism.

Then the Bill, in Clause 11 (d) removes the safeguard contained in the original Act, as amended, whereby in terms of Section 10 the proclamation of group areas without first obtaining the prior approval of both houses of Parliament, was limited to a period of 15 years from the date of the original Group Areas Act of 1950. Actually this period expires on 7 July this year. That safeguard disappears with the adoption of the amending Bill. It would have been necessary under that safeguard, as I have said, to have obtained the approval of both Houses of Parliament to proclaim any new group area after that time. In other words, when the original Act was framed it was assumed that within 15 years the whole scheme would be more or less tidied up and that any new area to be proclaimed a group area would have to be submitted to Parliament for approval. That is a customary parliamentary safeguard to protect the interest of any section of the community of the Republic but the Bill before the House abolishes that safeguard. In other words, one can almost say that this particular section of the amending Bill makes the proclamation of group areas a permanent institution in the law of the country whereas under the previous Act the proclamation of Group Areas was limited to 15 years except in very special circumstances where each case would have to receive the approval of Parliament.

There is a similar diminution of safeguards in other clauses of the Bill. In our opinion the Bill places far too full a power in the hands of the Minister, or a group of Ministers, to control the removal of long-established communities from their home areas which they and their families have helped to build and develop and to be restricted to areas in regard to the selection of which they have had little or no say.

The official Opposition has consistently opposed the group areas policy of the Government’s as being ill-planned, as being harsh and, as applied, calculated to create bitterness and ill-feeling amongst the non-White citizens of the Republic, a policy which in its longterm effect can be dangerous not only to the happiness of the people concerned but also to the economy and security of the Republic.

On Tuesday the hon. Minister of Community Development and also the hon. member for Paarl (Mr. W. C. Malan) said in this House that it was clear that the official Opposition did not want residential segregation, that we wanted mixed residential areas and that the opposition the United Party was putting up to the group of Bills that were being passed through the House, Bills which all followed the same pattern was merely a facade to cover up the fact that we wanted our towns to develop with mixed areas irrespective of race or colour. That statement is too foolish to waste time on it but I want to deny that statement categorically as being unjustified, unsupported by any real evidence and untrue. Our policy has been clearly stated time and time again. It is as well understood by hon. members opposite as it is by us.

Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

What is that policy?

Mr. GAY:

It is to stand for social and residential segregation established in consultation with the people concerned and generally by agreement; social and residential segregation established in accordance with our traditional practice with justice and fairness to all concerned. That is broadly the United Party’s policy.

Mr. TREURNICHT:

Is that why the Coloureds are turning away from you?

Mr. GAY:

I shall deal with that interjection in a moment. We have many residential areas where the people are happy which stand as convincing evidence to the success of this United Party policy; areas where understanding, toleration and humanity take the place of the granite-like ideologies which breed harshness with a lack of understanding and ultimately bitter frustration.

The hon. member for Piquetberg (Mr. Treurnicht) asked just now whether that was why the Coloureds were turning away from us. Sir. I find it difficult to conceive that any responsible—and I repeat the word “responsible"—member on the Government benches can honestly fail to appreciate the significance of the warning bells that have been set ringing by the result of the two Provincial Council Coloured elections we have just had. [Laughter.] They can laugh, Sir, but down deep in their hearts they are very, very worried and they have cause to be worried. Is there anyone in this House so willfully obstinate as not to accept that whatever other side issues may have exercised some influence, the swing to the Left of the hitherto conservative Cape Coloured, the swing to the reckless and extravagant propaganda of the Progressive Party, constitutes the only constitutional protest possible to those people and is a reaction to the frustration and bitterness which have been created by the Government’s widespread onslaught during the past month or two on their fast-vanishing traditional fights and privileges. That is what hon. members opposite have to get into their minds, accept and find the answer. It is a display of loss of confidence. It is an expression of their dismay and loss of confidence created by the conflicting statements arising from the division of responsibility between different departments or officials who show little sign of co-ordination one with the other—confusion and difficulties created largely by the very features that we are objecting to in this piece of legislation, this piece of legislation which spreads its tentacles so wide over so many facets of ownership of the White as well as the non-White people of this country—land-ownership, home-ownership, traditional rights and privileges of the people of the country. All these features are affected by this piece of legislation.

The official Opposition is not prepared to support this Bill which, in our opinion, substantially expands, diversifies and intensifies the application of group areas by compulsion in a manner which cannot fail to increase racial tension and bitterness and that at a time when, as never before in the history of our country, the Government should be taking every possible practical step to eliminate and reduce the points of racial and colour friction and thus assist to regain the confidence of the non-White community of South Africa whilst at the same time helping to restore South Africa’s good name overseas. To win back for us some of the lost friendships of our former friends in those countries, friendships which are essential to the future of this country if we wish to continue to prosper. This Bill moves right in the opposite direction and we shall vote against it. I therefore want to move as an amendment—

To omit “now’’ and to add at the end “this day six months’’.
*Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

The hon. member for Simonstown (Mr. Gay) has let the cat out of the bag a week too early. With a view to the Provincial Council election the United Party have been riding their horse during the past few months on the right-hand side of the road. The hon. member now thinks it is close enough to the election to steer the horse over to the left-hand side of the road. The hon. member has not criticized this Bill. He has said very little which has anything at all to do with this Bill. He has adumbrated a number of United Party philosophies which I thought the United Party have long since discarded because they have veered so much to the right in their speeches. The results in the Northern and Southern Cape have frightened them and now they are swinging to the left because they want to retain those voters more than any others. But they are swinging themselves right into the hands of the Progressive Party. That is what they are doing today. They might just as well withdraw their candidates in those constituencies where Progressive Party candidates are also standing so that the Progressive Party can come in unopposed because that is in any case the policy the hon. member has advocated here to-day.

The hon. member has told us what the United Party’s policy is in connection with matters of this kind. Towards the end of his speech he told us that they stood for social and residential segregation but that it must be based on consultation and agreement between the various racial groups. I want to say to him that when the late General Smuts was still leader of the United Party that was not their policy.

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

What did General Hertzog say about the matter?

*Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

That was not their policy during the time of General Hertzog and it was not their policy during the time of General Smuts.

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

That makes no difference.

*Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

General Hertzog never stood for a policy in terms of which segregation had to be applied on the basis of agreement between the various races. He never stood for that. The hon. member for Simonstown said on the basis of consultation and agreement. Let me tell the hon. member that the fundamental principle of group areas, including that of this amending legislation before us to-day, is contained in a United Party Act and that that Act does not refer to “agreement”. That Act of 1946 provided that this or that had to be done with the Indians whether the Indians agreed or not. That Act made no reference to “agreement”. That Act was amended in 1950. That Act, by the way, gave the Indians the franchise which they did not want. That was another thing the United Party wanted to push down the throat of the Indians. The Group Areas Act extends the fundamental principles of the original Act of 1946 to the various races of the Republic. They have also been extended to the Whites. If a White person is in an area where we think he ought not to be he must move out. That applies to every race. That is also the principle contained in this Bill. That Principle is not only being applied to the Indians but to all races, and we are doing so.

The hon. member for Simonstown said very little about the Bill itself. He has nothing which conforms with his philosophical statements to indicate that this Bill will cause the position to deteriorate as compared with what it was. The hon. member’s third complaint was that four Ministers were to-day administering group areas. Surely that is not true, Mr. Speaker. This Bill has nothing to do with the persons who administer a group area. A Department of Planning has been established in South Africa and it should long since have been established. Those matters which still have to be planned in our social and economic life are being placed in the hands of the Minister of Planning. That Department plans the group areas and the officials to whom the hon. member has paid such high tribute are there as the representatives of the Department of Planning to conduct investigations and, like a court of law, objectively to decide which areas should be declared group areas for the various races. That is as far as the Department of Planning goes. The moment the Minister of Planning has proclaimed a group area his task is finished. It then rests with the other Minister concerned to administer the Act. In the case of the Whites and the Coloureds it rests with the Minister of Community Development and in the case of the Bantu it rests with the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development. It has already been in his hands since 1950. It was accepted by everybody at that time that there were different Ministers administering the Act and the hon. member did not then complain about divided control. He said it was right.

I want to make this point, Sir. The hon. member had much to say about the mere fact that there was such a thing as a Group Areas Act. How must we understand the United Party Sir? Their Leader said they would not repeal the Group Areas Act. He said they would amend it in certain respects to make it function more smoothly from his point of view but he did not tell us what those amendments would be. This hon. member, however, declares himself vehemently against the entire principal contained in the original Act. What must we make of them, Sir? The hon. member said the United Party believed in racial segregation, socially, etc., after consultation and agreement between the races. I maintain that that is a direct repudiation of what his own Leader has said they will do with the Group Areas Act. Who is giving the lead in the United Party? Is it because the hon. member is a frontbencher for the first time this year that he wishes to determine the policy? Or is it the Leader of the Opposition who determines the policy?

*Mr. HOUROUEBIE:

You do not know what you are talking about.

*Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

I wish the hon. member for Musgrave (Mr. Hourquebie) would keep his peace. We all know that he subscribes as little to the policy of the United Party as I do. He is a Proggy. We know what his sentiments are. We all know he ought not to sit where he is sitting. He should not talk about matters of this nature. He only came into this House the other day. I was here when the Group Areas Act was introduced in 1950. I was in this House when that Bill passed through all its stages and on all occasions when the Act was amended. I know what is behind it all. The hon. member for Simonstown complains because the Act is so often amended. I want to repeat what I have said before in connection with this legislation, namely, that a really active law which is actively applied in a country, a law which concerns the community as a whole, must of necessity be amended from time to time if for no other reason than for the reason that there are legally trained men, like the hon. member for Musgrave, who are always looking for loopholes in order to circumvent the law. Developments take place, certain situations are disposed of by means of such a measure, new situations arise which you have to meet and which you have to solve and for that reason you have to amend the law from time to time. I predict that this will not be the last time that we shall have to amend the Act. We shall have to amend it again from time to time. It makes the administration more effective and that is necessary.

Four matters are actually concerned in this legislation. The matter raised by the hon. member, namely, that it disrupts the economy of the country can only be discarded as ridiculous because this measure has nothing to do with the economy of the country as such.

*Mr. GORSHEL:

Not at all?

*Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

No, not at all in a new sense.

*Mr. GORSHEL:

Can you prove it?

*Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

If the hon. member can prove the opposite I shall be very pleased.

*Mr. GORSHEL:

Give me a chance.

*Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

You will get many chances. We know the United Party have a great deal to say about this measure. We shall give them sufficient opportunity to talk. If the hon. member can show me how this measure affects the economy of the country other than the existing Act I shall be pleased to hear it; I shall be pleased to learn how it affects the economy to the detriment of anybody.

No vested rights are being affected by this measure as alleged by the hon. member. Such rights might have been affected by the original Act but that original Act was a United Party Act, was it not. It is a 1946 Act. The hon. member must not fight with us to-day about it. He should accept co-responsibility for it like a man. He must not be afraid to acknowledge to be the father of his own child.

I have said that this measure dealt in the main with four matters. The hon. member also mentioned that. The first is this: The hon. member said they objected to the fact that the police could also now do inspection work. I can give him two replies to this. The first is that the police have already been doing so since 1957. This is nothing new the police have to do. My second reply is this that where crime is suspected under the Act the police have already since 1950 been doing the necessary inspection work. The Department has had its inspectors and they are now being replaced by officials from outside who also constitute an inspectorate. These officials from outside do all the necessary investigation which has to be done and which has nothing to do with crime. It is only when crime is involved, or when crime is suspected that it is the work of the police to conduct the investigation. All this Bill does is that where in the past the Minister has had to instruct the police specifically, it now gives the police the power to inspect. Why must we saddle the Minister with an administrative task which is in any case of no value in practice? Let the police do it; it is their job to combat and investigate crime. You do not send police to collect statistics or to gather information regarding matters which are not of a criminal nature; you only send them to places where it is suspected that a crime has been committed. That is their work as far as all laws of the country are concerned.

*Mr. GORSHEL:

The Clause does not say that.

*Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

Will the hon. member please read the clause again.

*Mr. GORSHEL:

I am not making the speech; read it yourself.

*Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

Read the clause and then you can make your speech afterwards. I am telling the hon. member that the police have no few functions to perform under this measure.

Mrs. TAYLOR:

Why incorporate it in the Bill then?

*Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

Because the Minister gave them permission in the past to do so and it is unnecessary that he should do so. Let us, as Parliament, give the police permission to do so. We are responsible. A short while ago the hon. member for Wynberg (Mrs. Taylor) complained about the Minister having too much power. We are now taking power away from a Minister. We say: “You will no longer designate the police for that task; we as Parliament shall do so ourselves.” And she complaints about it; Now she complains about the police getting more power and the Minister getting less power! The hon. member does not know what she wants.

*Mrs. TAYLOR:

You are talking nonsense.

*Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

I shall have to talk a great deal more nonsense to talk as much nonsense as the hon. member for Wynberg. The first point raised by the hon. member was this objection to the police. I want to say to hon. members of the Opposition that in actual fact the police have less work to do under the Act than they had in the past. The work which was done by the inspectorate in the past and for which the police could also be used is now being divided into two sections. The one section is being done by the officials from outside and no longer by the police. Only that section which deals with crime is left to the police without the Minister having to appoint them each time to do so. By saying the Minister must continue to appoint the police hon. members opposite merely wish to retain a lot of red tape which is quite unnecessary.

I now come to the point made by the hon. member. He says we are now depriving Parliament of all control over the question of group areas because in future it will no longer be necessary to come to Parliament after 15 years to approve group areas. The hon. member used these words, inter alia: “It is a customary parliamentary safeguard” that matters of this nature be left to Parliament. I wonder whether the hon. member did not think he owed it to the House to tell us in connection with which other measure that “customary parliamentary safeguard” existed? How many laws are there in this country where an administrative act, based on a principle approved by this House, must first be approved by this House before it can have the force of law? How many Acts of that nature are there in the country? If there are any I do not know of them and I am sure the hon. member does not either. Where does he get the idea from that it is “customary parliamentary safeguard”? It is simply something he has sucked out of his thumb. Let me tell the hon. member what the background to this 15 year period is. The original Act of 1950 did not say 15 years but five years. It said that after the expiration of five years Parliament, by way of resolution, had to approve new group areas. In the early fifties the Minister of Finance, then the Minister of the Interior, said it had been found that a tremendous number of group areas would have to be submitted to Parliament every year for approval and that that position would obtain for a considerable number of years. He then asked that the period be provisionally extended from five to 15 years. He said it might be found necessary after 15 years to extend the period even further because, he said, if I remember correctly, once the greater majority of group areas had been disposed of so that only a few additional group areas had to be proclaimed every year, those would become exceptions and Parliament could indeed exercise control as to where new group areas were to be established but that it was impracticable, where large numbers of group areas has to be proclaimed, to submit each case to Parliament for approval; Parliament would not have time to do any other work. That is the origin of this provision.

If the hon. member were to move, for example, that the idea of resolutions by Parliament should not be completely abandoned but that it should again be introduced after a number of years, if he were to move, for example, that we should make it 25 instead of 15 years it might be something which the Minister could possibly consider and something which the House could possibly consider because that would fit in with the existing position. Within ten years’ time or so sufficiently few new group areas may perhaps be proclaimed so that this House can deal with them every year. But in the present circumstances I do not think we have any option but to insert this provision because it is simply impracticable for this House first to approve by way of resolution every group area which is proclaimed to-day.

There is one provision in the Bill to which the hon. member did not really refer but about which I want to say a few words. I am pleased to see that it is provided that, after a group area has been proclaimed and new people move in, those newcomers will immediately fall under that proclamation, that it will be possible to move them, and that the owners of the properties into which they move will have the right to eject them. Because at the moment the position is that the new occupant is in a much better position than the old occupant. The newcomer to an area which has been proclaimed a group area has 12 months’ time before he can be ejected whereas under the old method of giving him the necessary notice, the old inhabitant can be ejected much easier. I am very pleased to see that this matter has now been put right. I hope we shall get this measure through as soon as possible because I think it is an improvement on the existing legislation. It is closing loopholes. This matter of newcomers is a loophole which has been discovered and it is essential that it be closed. When an area has practically been cleared of all unlawful occupiers newcomers move in and you are saddled with them right from the start.

Mr. TUCKER:

I do not propose to follow the hon. member for Pretoria (Central) (Mr. Van den Heever) who has been dealing with detailed matter. I would like to deal with this Bill, supporting the hon. member for Simonstown (Mr. Gay), on the principles which are involved, and with the attitude of this side of the House. Sir, I was a member of the Other Place and it is now some 15 years ago that I had the privilege of moving an amendment to the original Group Areas Bill. I have been looking at that to-day and I must say that I count it a privilege that I had the opportunity of moving that amendment then rejecting the original Bill which is the base of the whole of this legislation, making a plea that the Government should not follow the course upon which it had set itself but should rather adopt the sound proposals which had been made by the United Party, based of course on the policy of the party as it then was and as it is to-day, which to a large extent had been worked out by the late General Smuts. In that debate it was pointed out to the present Minister of Finance, who was in charge of the Bill that the Government was proceeding on a course to which there was no end. that the Bill which was being passed was hopelessly defective; it was said that there would be constant amendments to that legislation and that it would provoke intense resentment on the part of the persons who came to be dealt with under the compulsive provisions of the Bill; our opposition was based on the belief that the Government was in principle following a completely wrong policy, and that there was another policy which in these years I am convinced, Sir, would have brought about a far better position than we have at the present time, greater progress in separation, without all the hardship and the bitterness which has been evoked as a result of the original legislation and the long series of amending Acts, followed by the Bill which is before the House at the present time.

The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

Voluntary separation?

Mr. TUCKER:

Sir, the amendment which I moved made it perfectly clear that the party of which I had the honour to be a member believed that to a very great extent the purposes, namely residential separation, could be achieved in overwhelming measure by consultation.

Mr. TIMONEY:

Voluntarily.

Mr. TUCKER:

On a voluntary basis, after consultation. It would have brought about separation between the races, and it was being achieved at that particular time when the present Government took over. It was our belief then, and it is our belief now, that if decent residential areas were provided instead of the slums in which many of these people lived at the time, large numbers of these people would be drawn out to the new areas. It was recognized at the time that there would probably be a residue, and it was made perfectly clear—if hon. members wish to read my speech of 15 years ago, they are welcome to have it— that we might have to resort in certain respects to compulsive measures. Clearly under the law of that time there were compulsive measures which had already played a part. I now refer to the Slums Act, which is a compulsive measure, but one which has been found essential in all countries of the world and which of course, is applied to areas as distinct from peoples. At that time we took the view that to deal with this matter on the basis of legislation which would bring about forced separation, would leave a legacy of bitterness. And what hon. member in this House can put his hand on his heart and say that we were not correct in taking up that attitude at that time? A great deal has already been achieved, and General Smuts had made it perfectly clear what the intention was. He made it clear that there was a great job that had to be tackled and we, who were his followers, accepted that responsibility, and I have no hesitation in saying, because I firmly believe it that the greatest tragedy so far as this question is concerned is that the Nationalist Party took over the Government in this country in the year 1948. [Interjections.] Yes, Sir, I am proud to stand where this party stands, still in opposition to a policy which we believe to be wrong, a policy which in due course of time we will replace by another policy which will achieve the aims we had in mind, and I hope will eliminate a great deal of the bitterness which has come about as a result of the compulsion exercised by this Government over a long period of years. It was made perfectly clear at that time what our policy was. Our policy was clear, as it has always been. It was perfectly clear that this party stood for social and residential separation. The difference in point of view between that side of the House and this side of the House is what is the best method of bringing that about. So far as we on this side of the House are concerned, we believe that in overwhelming measure it would be possible to bring about that separation by consent, by providing the necessary amenities, by providing the necessary residential areas, by providing the necessary transport, and generally to clear the slums which existed in the various towns, and bring about a happier state of affairs.

Mr. VAN STADEN:

What are we doing now?

Mr. TUCKER:

What the Government is doing at the present time is exactly what they set out to do at that time. They believed that they could deal with this matter effectively by applying the big stick. We never held that view. We held that there was another and better way of tackling these problems and it is for that reason, Sir, that the members of this party have been privileged right through these years—although they have been misrepresented on the platforms in this country, although it has been said that we are in favour of racial intermingling and all the other things that hon. members know about—to stand firmly on the attitude which we took up right at the initiation of this legislation. We said that the legislation was hopeless, although the Minister of Finance at that time thought it was a magnificent piece of work. We said that it was utterly hopeless, that it would lead to further legislation, one piece on top of another —and how right we were. Nobody in this House can deny that we were right in our attitude at that time. We were right as has been proved not only by the previous amending Bills that have been passed year after year, but it is also proved by the Bill at present before us. Here after all these years, this Government comes along and suddenly decides that they need planning in regard to this matter and they transfer it to the Department of Planning. The United Party would have done the planning 15 years ago.

Mr. VAN STADEN:

Windermere!

Mr. TUCKER:

We would have done the planning 15 years ago. The hon. member knows quite well that we did not plan Windermere. What the hon. member does know too is that if the United Party on the basis on which it wanted to tackle the problem had remained in power, would have removed Windermere in a fraction of the time it took this Government to remove Windermere. We believed then, as we believe now, that the correct approach to this matter was on the basis of consultation and agreement to the greatest possible extent. I would like to say to the hon. Minister who is going to be charged under this measure with planning that I hope that his first task will be also to plan to see in what respect we can get this legislation, which has done so much damage to South Africa, off the Statute Book and replace it by another legislation to be worked out in consultation with the groups concerned. We can get back to the idea that these matters can be regulated without friction, by common consent, if the approach is right. I think the hon. Minister would agree with me that the more he achieves with a common-sense approach and through agreement with all the persons concerned, the less need there is for group areas legislation and the operation of group areas legislation. If there were proper planning, even at this late stage, a lot could be achieved. Here I have some hope that the present Minister takes a somewhat different point of view of these human problems than was taken by some of his predecessors, that he might be prepared rather to lay more stress on the question of planning and I hope that there will be far more consultation than there has been in the past and that the hon. Minister’s chief aim will be to seek to reach agreement with all the persons concerned and the groups concerned rather than that compulsive measures should be applied. I have sufficient faith in the other groups who make up the population of this country to believe that if there were a new approach, based on the lines laid down by the United Party in the debates on the original Bill (I hope the hon. Minister will read that portion of the debates which came from this side of the House, and he will get some very good tips), tremendous progress would be made. If the hon. Minister would in the first place regard it as his task—I put to him as a plea —not to get down to the technical details and the planning of that side of this whole question, but rather to get down to see how quickly he can bring about an entirely new approach to this matter on the part of the Government, he will have achieved something for this country.

I do not propose to deal with the legislation in detail. It is just another of the interim measures which came from time to time. I must say that I am distressed when I see the division of this vital matter over a series of Ministers, each working in different fields. It seems to me there is a great possibility of overlapping, a great possibility of expenditure which is quite unnecessary. I do not believe that the way to deal with this matter is by more legislation and the appointment of more Ministers. I know that to an extent their functions are divided. Let me say at once that in the providing of residential accommodation we can all be pleased not only with what has been achieved in the past, but with what has been achieved in recent times. There is no question that better residential accommodation for the non-European sections of the community as well as for the European section of the community is being provided, and I do make the plea—I repeat it for the sake of emphasis— that the hon. Minister must please not lose sight of the fact that if he can ensure that the planning in respect of those aspects proceeds quickly, then almost inevitably he will be able to come to the conclusion that I hope he will come to, and that is that a great deal of this legislation had better be scrapped and removed from the Statute Book.

Mr. Speaker, we said at the time when the original Bill was placed before this House and the Other Place that it was half-baked legislation. That statement has been proved by the innumerable amendments which have been necessary, and, Sir, it is astonishing that after this Act has been on the Statute Book for a period of 15 years, that at this late stage another fundamental Bill making a complete change in administration has become necessary. It shows incompetence on the part of the Nationalist Government since they started with this matter 15 years ago. If it was necessary to split in this way, it should have been done then, not now. But the split is being made, and I believe the Government is going to force this legislation through. I do not believe that they will heed the pleas which come from this side of the House. I believe that they will put this legislation on the Statute Book, and I would like to say now that I personally believe that we will find next year that the Government will come with another amending measure to correct the errors in this legislation, and in the legislation that is already there. The mistakes I believe they will have discovered by then in these measures, will again have to be corrected.

I want to stress another factor to the hon. The Minister and that is that I believe that one of the principal tasks of this Minister will be most seriously to consider this question of the application of compulsion. I am not talking about new residents in the residential areas which are being provided. I am talking more particularly of certain other aspects of the Group Areas Act. I hope that we will find that this Minister will try and see if he can achieve something to do away with the friction which has resulted from this legislation and to bring about a happier state of affairs between the races. I hope that he is going to find, as I believe he will, when he pays attention to it, that there can be greater progress by agreement by far than through the exercise of these enormous powers of compulsion which the Government has in terms of the legislation now on the Statute Book, as it will be amended by the Bill which is now before the House.

I am glad hon. members opposite have given me an opportunity to put this case undisturbed. It is good sometimes to have that opportunity. I believe that we would get very much further if other hon. members in debating this matter were given the opportunity that I have been given since the initial interjections to put their case fairly before the hon. Minister for his consideration. I say to the hon. the Minister that he is charged with very great responsibilities, quite apart from the technical breakdown which may come about from the splitting of this work over a series of departments. There is the further aspect of planning. I don’t know to what extent the planning will extend. I have indicated what I hope will be the method which the hon. Minister will adopt in approaching that problem. Sir, I believe that we can in this country achieve a position whereby the different racial groups living in separate areas, but all contributing to the building of a great country, can live in peace and build up co-operation. I am convinced that co-operation can only be achieved through co-operation from our side and the elimination, as I have said, of compulsion. I do not apologize for repeating it, because I believe it is absolutely essential. The sooner we can get down to deal with all these difficult problems through consultation and agreement and the absence of compulsion, the sooner we will be able to get so much nearer to the solution of the enormous problems with which we in this country are faced. We know that those problems are enormous. It is going to take faith and effort to eliminate them. Above all I say that the less we make use of compulsion, the more rapid will be the development, to bring about a co-operative society in South Africa in which all the groups will be working together in the interest of our common fatherland.

*Mr. VOSLOO:

Now that two hon. members on the side of the Opposition have spoken it has become quite clear that the Opposition do not object to the amendment to the Group Areas Act. as such, moved by the Minister of Planning. Their objection is the old objection we have come to know, ever since 1950 and every time the Group Areas Act has been amended. The hon. member for Simonstown (Mr. Gay) has still to a small extent criticized the Bill before the House but the hon. member for Germiston (District) (Mr. Tucker), who has just sat down, only spoke about the principle of group areas and about the 1950 Act and its amendments without referring to this amending Bill. I just want to deal with a few points raised by the hon. member for Germiston (District). Like the hon. member for Simonstown the hon. member for Germiston (District) objected to the suggested amendments and he tried to advance that as proof that the Group Areas Act could not work. He said that was the reason why it had to be amended from year to year.

*Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

But that is true.

*Mr. VOSLOO:

There you again hear the parrot cry from the hon. member “But that is true”. Three years ago, in 1962, we also amended the Act and the Minister of Coloured Affairs and Community Development took the House into his confidence and told us how many group areas had already been proclaimed. It ran into a couple of hundred and since then various group areas have been proclaimed. Not only have they been proclaimed but they have also been developed. They have been developed to such an extent that even the hon. member for Germiston (District) and others could not help themselves but to praise the progress which has been made. Surely we are not dealing with anything new. We are not in the year 1951 when there was nothing to show as a result of the Group Areas Act; surely we have a great deal to show to-day. Just think of the development which has taken place in this city and throughout the country. Surely there are also signs of the effect of this legislation where the hon. member for Germiston (District) lives. The results are there for everybody to see. But when difficulties arise in connection with the administration of the Act and amendments have to be introduced we do not hesitate to bring those amendments about. As a matter of fact, hon. members must not think they will divert us off our course by saying: “You have to amend the Act annually because it does not function”. I want to refer to what the Minister of Community Development said on 27 February 1962 (Hansard col. 1647)—

In this connection I must point out that the said legislation deals with changing and developing issues in which the activities of almost every member of our community must at some time or other become involved. I therefore once again wish to make it quite clear that I adhere to the point of view that I took up last year, that I will not hesitate to come with proposals for amendments to this very necessary and important legislation as and when my duty so dictates.

If the hon. member wishes to play the role of prophet and prophesy that there will again be amending legislation next year I shall not quarrel with him. It is very possible that that may be so. I do not know whether it will be necessary to amend the legislation next year but if that is necessary to facilitate the administration of the Act the Government will effect the necessary amendments. Another matter raised by both the hon. member and the hon. member for Simonstown and to which they wanted to attach much weight was that a Minister of Planning had been appointed and that we were only now starting to plan. Surely that is so much nonsense, Sir. Has there not been planning all along? Do hon. members not know that the portfolios in the Cabinet have been re-shuffled and that it has become necessary to plan the entire development of South Africa for the future? Do they not know that a Department of Planning has become necessary for that? Because the economic development of our country has to be planned in broad outline it has become necessary to incorporate the planning of group areas. It was right, therefore, to place this matter under the Minister of Planning. Now they allege that there is divided control and overlapping and they want to make an issue of it. What is more logical than that the Department of the Minister of Planning, should do the planning. What is more logical than that the Minister of Community Development should be responsible for the development? What is more logical, when you are dealing with Bantu development than that should fall under the Minister of Bantu Administration. That has been the position all the years and no new principle is involved. I said a moment ago that hon. members had no objection to the amendments. They object to the principle. During the same debate of three years ago to which I have just referred, when the original Act was amended, the United Party moved an amendment. It was moved by the hon. member for South Coast (Mr. D. E. Mitchell) and read as follows—

This House declines to pass the Second Reading of the Group Areas Amendment Bill, because, inter alia
  1. (a) it will not eliminate the injustices, hard ships and losses suffered by members of all races;
  2. (b) it creates a sense of insecurity and uncertainty in the mind of the citizen as to the law and his rights under the law.

To-day the United Party come forward with the same story. The hon. member for South Coast used these words at the time—

Sir, you know that we have never liked this Act. We do not like this particular Chapter in the Bill; we don’t like these provisions.

It is all very fine and pious on the part of hon. members to say there should not be any force; that it should happen on a voluntary basis. They are also in favour of residential separation but on a voluntary basis. In actual fact, ever since 1950 till to-day, they have opposed every amendment to the principal Act, no matter what it was, because they are against the principle of group areas.

*Mr. VAN STADEN:

And separate residential areas.

*Mr. TUCKER:

The principle of separate residential areas on a compulsory basis.

*Mr. VOSLOO:

Did the hon. member listen to his colleague when he said: “Those poor people whose ancestors had lived in that area for 200 years”. How does he expect to bring about apartheid and separate residential areas on a voluntary basis if he concedes that people who have lived for 200 years in a certain area must remain there, if he does not want to exercise control and if he does not want to apply force?

*Mr. GORSHEL:

And if people have lived anywhere for 40 years do you want to kick them out?

*Mr. VOSLOO:

The hon. member for Hospital (Mr. Gorshel) interjects but those hon. members are the people who say it is only the two Coloured racial groups who are moved when group areas are proclaimed. I want to tell them that I have already also seen Whites moved who have lived in an area for many years. If we wish to clear up this unhealthy state of affairs in South Africa of the races living cheek by jowl and if we have to accept the word of the hon. member for Germiston (District) that he is serious about it as we are, then force has to be exercised to carry out this legislation. If it is a question of a right by prescription—the hon. member asks me whether I want to move people who have been living in an area for 40 years—surely it is not necessary for us to have a Group Areas Act; then we must allow the people to remain there because they have been living there for a long time. No, that argument holds no water.

I want to deal with another interesting submission made by the hon. member for Germiston (District). He said they would have made further progress with the people on a voluntary basis and after consultation. What a beautiful thought! Under which Government did Windermere, Sophiatown, Martindale and Newclare come into existence? Under which Government did Korsten in Port Elizabeth come into existence? Under which Government did Cato Manor come into existence? [Interjections.]

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order!

*Mr. VOSLOO:

Yes, Sir, hon. members are getting uncomfortable. They want to tell us to-day how they could have cleared up those areas but which Government’s task was it to clear up those slums, the worst imaginable? You know, Sir, when we wanted to clear up Sophiatown, Martindale and Newclare good housing already existed at Meadowlands. This: is also my reply to the argument advanced by the hon. member for Germiston (District) when he said that all one had to do was to see to} it that better housing was available, that slum i conditions were cleared up and that the matter would then sort itself out. When the hon. member for Hospital had the chance on the City Council of Johannesburg of doing something to clear up those slums there was not the] slightest co-operation on the part of his City Council. We had to pass legislation through this House and we had to establish the Resettlement Board in order to move into Meadow-1 lands and to do the slum clearance.

I

*An HON. MEMBER:

And Gorshel was mayor.

*Mr. S. F. KOTZÉ:

He prayed with the; Black Sash.

*Mr. VOSLOO:

I notice the hon. member for Germiston (District) who says things must be done on a voluntary basis after consultation is thinking about it. How did we get those people out of Sophiatown? They had to be loaded on to lorries under police protection because they had been incited by people who served on the City Council of Johannes-, burg and by people who were found there the morning when the first lorries arrived to take them away, people like Ambrose Reeves.: [Interjections.]

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order!

*Mr. VOSLOO:

The hon. member for Hospital is very anxious for me to sit down but I have not finished yet. No, to argue that you can solve the problem of mixed residential areas in South Africa on a voluntary basis is so much nonsense. To-day the hon. member tells us that had the United Party been in power they would have done it on a voluntary basis. He says it was a tragedy that the National Party came into power. I too travel a great deal in South Africa and I still have to. meet anybody who is not grateful for what the Government has done, even United Party supporters. There are many people who say they will vote for the United Party just to have an opposition as long as they know the United Party cannot come into power. The hon. member talked about bitterness but where does it come from? You find this bitterness in those places where we have not yet been able to provide housing and where there are still mixed residential areas. It is there where you find bitterness. In those cases the Government is blamed for not making progress fast enough. We would have liked to have made greater progress had funds and means allowed us to do so and I do not think we would have been hampered too much by the United Party. It is only a question of funds, planning, etc. Where is the bitterness? Is there bitterness in Bishop Lavis or Athlone? No, there is satisfaction. Is there bitterness in Meadowlands or in New Brighton in Port Elizabeth? No, there is no bitterness. You find bitterness in those places where the policy of apartheid is not yet being carried out. The hon. member for South Coast said in 1962 that the points of contact were the points of friction. You find bitterness where there is friction, where there are mixed residential areas. Now the hon. member says: “We know we are being misrepresented on the platforms”. Sir, I often speak from platforms on this subject and I have not yet misrepresented their policy. I always say the United Party want separate residential areas as well but on a voluntary basis. When I explain that to the people they decide for themselves. The United Party know they will never bring about separate residential areas in South Africa on a voluntary basis. What has been the result of their policy of a voluntary basis over the years? The hon. member told us they had “a new approach”. Yes we know their “new approaches”. The one day it is this kind of “approach” and the other day it is “White leadership over the whole of South Africa”. But the hon. member did not tell us anything to-day about this “new approach” as far as the Group Areas Act was concerned. The “approach” they have adopted so far is the one they adopted in 1950 which the electorate rejected and which they know cannot be carried out; an approach nobody wants to have anything to do with and which they only use when they want to swing to the left or to the right as it suits them.

Hon. members have not dealt with the amendments proposed in this Bill. Nor am I going to devote too much time to them. The hon. member for Pretoria (Central) (Mr. Van den Heever) has dealt with them in reasonable detail. What is there is this amending legislation we have before us to which hon. members object? They object to the legislation being streamlined. They object to the consequential amendment following upon the creation of a Ministry of Planning and to the development still falling under the Department of Community Development and to the Department of Bantu Administration remaining responsible for the development of the Bantu. Have they any objection to these consequential amendments being effected?

*Mr. GORSHEL:

And the police?

*Mr. VOSLOO:

I am coming to the police. Have the Opposition any objection to this incongruity in the administration of the Act being removed, this incongruity that a person who has a temporary permit to go to an area, a disqualified person, can remain there for 12 months whereas the one whose ancestors have lived there for 200 years must move out immediately? No, they are silent on that. They have no objection to that. Do they object to this planning being done on a broader basis? Do they object to the position of disqualified persons being explained in this Bill? The hon. member for Hospital thinks he will catch me out by asking me what about the police. The hon. member for Wynberg (Mrs. Taylor) also interjected and said no crime had been committed and why should the police do the inspection? But nor have I committed a crime for having farmed for a year but the police come to me and bring me a census form which I have to complete within 30 days. There are other tasks the police have to perform as far as I am concerned where no crime has been committed. If a disqualified person lives in a certain area, the police find him there and he has to move out of that area what is wrong with it if the police do that work? Surely they can do it just as well as an inspectorate. No. the only reason why hon. members object is because they are opposed to the Group Areas Act. It is true that when areas are proclaimed there are people who do not qualify, in a lesser number of cases Whites and in a greater number of cases Coloureds and Bantu, and who have to be moved. That is necessary when you have a policy such as that of the National Party but I have not the faintest idea what the policy of the United Party is. Personally I do not think that is their policy. It is true that when you move people there are certain cases of “hardships” but when something like that happens I have yet to hear any members of the United Party expressing gratitude in this House to the Government for having provided better houses and for having removed points of friction. I have only just heard about the “hardships” and the misery and the injustices that have been caused. We hear about the rights of people being interfered with. people who have lived in a certain place for 200 years, and we hear about people who have been humiliated. I do not think you humiliate a Coloured person when you move him to a new Coloured area. What humiliation is there in that? It is argued that people are economically ruined and that they suffer tremendous losses. Where do they suffer these losses? Must we give somebody the right to continue to run his little banana shop in the heart of a White residential area simply because he has had that right before? Is it the policy of the United Party that he should remain there or do they want to move him? Sir. I want to sit down.

*Mr. GORSHEL:

You don’t want to sit down; you have to.

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member for Hospital must not make it impossible for hon. members to make their speeches. He simply makes it impossible for a member to make a proper speech in this House. I am going to keep my eye on him.

*Mr. VOSLOO:

Thank you. Mr. Speaker. Hon. members talk about a voluntary basis but I want to tell you. Sir. how it works. If you own a house in Pinelands and you want to sell it you find that there is a provision in your deed of transfer which says you can only sell it to a White person. You can buy your apartheid in Pinelands, Houghton anti Parktown but you cannot buy it in Vrededprp and Fordsburg and in Somerset East. That is the voluntary basis on which hon. members opposite want to have separate residential areas and that is why you will allow me, Sir, to conclude by saying this to the United Party: I do not believe it has been or is their policy to bring about separate residential areas in South Africa and that is why we support this amendment to the Group Areas Act. We shall continue to amend those laws until such times as the position in South Africa has been sorted out and every racial group has its own area in which to live.

Mr. BARNETT:

It is quite evident that the speakers who spoke on the Government side made heavy weather this time to defend the legislation dealing with group areas. I have never made a secret of the fact that I abhor and loathe and despise any legislation dealing with group areas. You will permit me, Sir, before I come to certain clauses of the Bill, to refer to some of the statements made by the last speaker. May I point out i to him that there is tangible evidence where areas have been built up for different groups on a voluntary basis, with co-operation and goodwill—and I quote him—Scotsche Kloof which was built before this Government came into power, for the Mahommedans only. There was no fuss; it was accepted. It was with goodwill and co-operation that it was built. You have Athlone, a completely Coloured area.

Mr. S. F. KOTZÉ:

Oh no. [Interjections.]

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order!

Mr. BARNETT:

The hon. member for Somerset East (Mr. Vosloo), for whom I have the highest regard and respect, knows it. He proudly said to the House that the Minister who previously dealt with the group areas, announced a large number of group areas which have already been proclaimed, and he made that statement with such pride. I would have been ashamed to admit it. that so many people have been moved and uprooted from their homes. I would not be proud of that fact. The hon. member should rather admit that the Government has created a Frankenstein and that this monster has become so big that the Government can hardly handle it any longer because it has got out of control. And what is the result? That in this wonderful country, South Africa, where we talk of democracy and freedom, we are being governed by permits and by exemptions. You can hardly move in the streets without having a permit.

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member must come back to the Bill.

Mr. BARNETT:

With respect, I am talking about the Bill, which refers to permits. The Bill says that you cannot do this or that without a permit.

But before I come to the Bill I want to correct a statement which was made here about Windermere. Windermere was under the control of the Divisional Council and we pleaded in the city that if the Government wants to do a favour to the City of Cape Town, they will abolish the Divisional Council, and it took us years and years before the City of Cape Town could obtain control of Windermere from the Divisional Council, and since the city took over control they immediately started to clear it up.

Mr. S. F. KOTZÉ:

Will the hon. member admit that the Divisional Council, with the exception of two members, consisted of United Party members?

Mr. BARNETT:

I shall certainly not do that, because I think there were quite a lot of members who belong to that party. But we do not want to quibble about this. I do not want to blame any body. I am merely trying to say that Windermere has been drawn across the floor of this House by the hon. members opposite with the object of trying to show that we on this side of the House permitted a state of affairs to continue which should not have continued, and I say that as a member of the City Council at the time we tried for years to get control of Windermere from the Divisional Council, and immediately we got control we started to clean it up. None of us need be proud, neither the Government nor we, that there are still slums in South Africa. Everyone wants to clean up slums. But I want to tell the last speaker, who said that nobody should grumble if he is moved from one place to another …

Mr. TIMONEY:

From one slum to another.

Mr. BARNETT:

I want to deal with this Clause 6 which says that the Board shall not advise the Minister in regard to the issue of any proclamation without taking into consideration whether or not suitable accommodation will be available. Who is going to decide what is suitable accommodation? Does the Minister know that every man who has been uprooted from his home will not accept the type of house the Government gives him because it is not suitable? One man said one day: The Government is offering me a house, not a home. This man had been moved from a wonderful home. What is the suitable accommodation referred to in this clause? Does it mean the pondokkies which are being built? Does the Minister realize that there are hundreds and thousands of Coloured men who have occupied homes worth thousands of rands? They do not get suitable accommodation, which is suitable to them. We cannot just give a man a little house consisting of two or three rooms costing R 1,000 when he has occupied a house worth R5,000 and tell him that is suitable accommodation. At this stage I should like to move—

That the debate be now adjourned.

Agreed to; debate adjourned.

The House adjourned at 6.25 p.m.

FRIDAY, 19 MARCH 1965 Mr. SPEAKER took the Chair at 10.5 a.m. QUESTIONS

For oral reply:

Indian Representative Council *I. Mr. HOPEWELL (for Mr. M. L. Mitchell)

asked the Minister of Indian Affairs:

  1. (1) Whether he intends to introduce legislation during the current Session to establish an Indian Representative Council;
  2. (2) whether he will make a statement in regard to the matter.
The MINISTER OF LABOUR (for the Minister of Indian Affairs):
  1. (1) No.
  2. (2) In December 1963 more than 100 persons representing a cross-section of the Indian community met in Pretoria and recommended the establishment of a recognized body with which the Government could consult on matters affecting that community. As a result, the existing South African Indian Council was appointed in February 1964. At the time I made it clear that the establishment and constitution of the Council would initially be an administrative arrangement designed to create the necessary machinery for providing contact and facilities for consultation. I also announced that, after the necessary consultation, legislation would in due course be introduced providing for the establishment of a statutory council.

The present consultative and advisory body is adequately discharging the functions for which it was created. Meanwhile several local advisory committees have been established in proclaimed Indian areas. In this way Indians are being given the opportunity of playing an increasing part in the development of their own areas and in the administration of their local affairs. It is the intention to provide for the creation of a statutory body which can be charged with the administration of, and be given jurisdiction over, certain matters affecting the Indian community as soon as the necessary experience has been gained and the stage of development has been reached which will permit of Indians being given a direct say in the running of their own affairs.

*II. Mr. E. G. MALAN

—Reply standing over.

Late Payment of Coloured Teachers *III. Mr. HOPEWELL (for Mr. D. E. Mitchell)

asked the Minister of Coloured Affairs:

  1. (1) Whether he has received any complaints from Coloured teachers in regard to the payment of their salaries at the appropriate time; if so, what was the nature of the complaints;
  2. (2) what is the longest period for which a Coloured teacher has been unpaid since Coloured education was taken over by his Department;
  3. (3) whether any steps have been taken to ensure that all Coloured teachers are paid at the end of every month; if so, what steps;
  4. (4) whether the payment of salaries to Coloured teachers in all the provinces is administered in one centre; if so, what centre; if not, what centres in each province;
  5. (5) whether he has received any complaints in regard to victimization or fears of victimization of Coloured teachers who send in claims for salary which is overdue; if so,
  6. (6) whether he will take steps to alleviate these fears; if so, what steps.
The MINISTER OF PLANNING (for the Minister of Coloured Affairs):
  1. (1) Yes. Payments not effected on due date. In this connection I wish to state that in regard to Natal, my Department despatched telegrams to every principal in that province to ascertain whether there were any cases of teachers who had not received their salaries. Of the 18 replies received, which brought 24 cases to the Department’s notice out of a teacher total of 530, 11 had been dealt with before the telegrams were despatched. Of the balance, 11 were due to late receipt of nomination forms or incorrect particulars furnished by principals.
  2. (2) My Department has in its employ more than 12,000 teachers and it is attempting the impossible to scrutinize all their files to ascertain the longest period. The Department is, however, aware of delays of up to three months.
  3. (3) Yes. (a) The attention of school principals and managers of schools has again been invited to the fact that a large percentage of delays has been caused by the late submission of nomination forms, and they have been instructed to forward these forms immediately after assumption of duty of the teacher; (b) the payment system has been subjected to a thorough O and M investigation; and (c) a more efficient control system of paysheets has been instituted.
  4. (4) Yes. Cape Town.
  5. (5) and (6) No. On the contrary the Department has, by means of a Press statement and the radio, invited teachers to immediately bring to its notice cases of delay, and the Secretary has also requested teachers to bring to his personal notice any such cases.
Non-Whites as Bus Drivers’ Assistants *IV. Mr. HOPEWELL (for Mr. E. G.Malan) asked the Minister of Transport:

Whether non-Whites have been employed as drivers’ assistants on Railway road transport vehicles; if so, (a) how many in each year since 1961, (b) at what rates of pay and (c) how many are employed at present.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

Yes; but it should be explained that non-White drivers’ assistants on Railway road transport vehicles function purely as labouring units to assist with the loading and offloading, but do not assist with the driving of the vehicle.

(a)

1961

112

1962

127

1963

159

1964

229

  1. (b) There have been numerous changes in the wage scales during the period in question, due to wage improvements, consolidation of the cost of living allowance, rationalization of the wage structure, etc.
As at 1 January 1961 the wages, including allowances, were— Coloureds (married):71.10c to 177.40c per day. Bantu and Indians (married): 59.30c to 158.30c per day Coloureds, Bantu and Indians (single): 46.70c to 123.20c per day. At present the wage rates are— Coloureds: R32.50 to R52.00 per month. Bantu and Indians: 90c to 140c. per day.
  1. (c) 236.
Deputation from S.A. Association of Theatrical Managements *V. Mr. GORSHEL

asked the Minister of Interior:

  1. (1) Whether he has recently received a request to receive a deputation from a South African association of theatrical managements; if so;
  2. (2) whether he will make a statement in regard to the matter.
The MINISTER OF THE INTERIOR:
  1. (1) Yes.
  2. (2) They were advised that the Government’s policy was clearly set out in a statement I made in this Assembly on 26 February 1965, and that an interview would therefore serve no useful purpose. They were also advised that if they required further information in regard to the matter the Secretary for the Interior would assist them.
*VI. Mr. GORSHEL

—Reply standing over.

Assault on Member of a Foreign Mission *VIII. Mr. GORSHEL

asked the Minister of Foreign Affairs:

  1. (1) Whether his attention has been drawn to reports of an alleged assault committed on a member of a foreign mission in South Africa;
  2. (2) whether he will make a statement in regard to the matter.
The MINISTER OF FOREIGN AFFAIRS:
  1. (1) Yes.
  2. (2) Appropriate action has been taken in accordance with the practice governing the relations between friendly States. The steps which are required to be taken by law are in the hands of the judicial authorities.
*IX. Mr. DURRANT

—Reply standing over.

*X. Mr. DURRANT

—Reply standing over.

*XI. Mr. DURRANT

—Reply standing over.

*XII. Mr. TAUROG

—Reply standing over.

Bantus Employed in Western Cape *XIII. Mr. HICKMAN

asked the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development:

How many Bantu persons were employed in the Western Cape by (a) local authorities, (b) the Provincixal Administration, (c) the various departments of the Public Service, (d) agriculture and (e) industries during 1963 and 1964, respectively.

The MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:

30 June 1963

30 June 1964

(a) 5,053

5,838

(b) 3.397

3.536

(c) 20,202

19,288

(d) 22,520

24,890

(e) 25,739

29,175

Separate figures in respect of each of the various departments are not readily available.

*XIV. Mr. HICKMAN

asked the Minister of Coloured Affairs:

  1. (1) Whether the public committee appointed in connection with the removal of Bantu persons from the Western Cape has completed its report; if so,
  2. (2) whether he will lay the report upon the Table; if so, when.
The MINISTER OF PLANNING:
  1. (1) No. The public committee’s terms of reference do not include the compilation of a report, but require that the Government be advised on the practical steps which may be taken to substitute Bantu labour in the Western Cape by White and Coloured labour; for which purpose the public committee from time to time submits proposals to the interdepartmental committee for consideration and recommendation to the Cabinet’s standing committee.
  2. (2) Falls away.
Assault on Member of a Foreign Mission *XV. Mr. J. W. RALL

asked the Minister of Defence:

  1. (1) Whether his attention has been drawn to Press reports that members of the Defence Force, were involved in the alleged assault near Pretoria on a member of a foreign embassy;
  2. (2) whether he has had the allegations investigated; if so,
  3. (3) whether members of the Defence Force were involved in the incident; if so,
  4. (4) whether action has been taken against these members of the Defence Force; if so, what action; if not, why not;
  5. (5) whether he will make a statement in regard to the matter.
The MINISTER OF DEFENCE:
  1. (1) Yes.
  2. (2) Yes.
  3. (3) No.
  4. (4) Falls away.
  5. (5) No, but it is to be strongly deplored that in the Press reports the blame for this incident was placed on members of the South African Defence Force before police investigations were completed and responsibility for the assault could be fixed.
Resettlement of Groups in Johannesburg *XVI. Mr. HOPEWELL (for Mr. J. D. du P. Basson) asked the Minister of Planning:

For how many members of the (a) Chinese, (b) Indian and (c) Coloured group in the municipal area of Johannesburg is resettlement being or still to be planned.

The MINISTER OF PLANNING:
  1. (a) 268 families are still to be planned for.
  2. (b) None—Planning has already been finalized.
  3. (c) None—Planning has already been finalized.
*XVII. Mr. HOPEWELL (for Mr. J. D. du P. Basson)

asked the Minister of Planning:

  1. (1) Whether group areas for the (a) Coloured, (b) Chinese and (c) Indian group in the municipal area of Johannesburg are being planned; if so, (i) where will these group areas be and (ii) for how many people are they being planned in each case;
  2. (2) whether the Government has recently received representations from members of the Indian community or from the South African Indian Council in connection with group areas for the Indian group in Johannesburg.
The MINISTER OF PLANNING:
  1. (1) No.
    1. (i) Falls away.
    2. (ii)Falls away.
  2. (2) Yes—The Transvaal Indian Organization.
Reports on Overhead Trains

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT replied to Question No. *III, by Mr. E. G. Malan, standing over from 16 March.

Question:
  1. (1) Whether his Department has carried out any investigation in connection with the use of overhead or hanging trains; of so, (a) when, (b) by whom was the investigation carried out, (c) what were the terms of reference of the investigators, (d) what systems and the systems of which countries were investigated, (e) when were the findings submitted to him and (f) what were the findings;
  2. (2) whether he will lay the findings upon the Table; if not, why not;
  3. (3) whether he has come to any decision in the matter; if so, what decision;
  4. (4) whether tenders for the manufacture of such trains have been called for; if so, when; if not, why not;
  5. (5) whether he has any information regarding a company reportedly to be established for manufacturing an overhead train in South Africa; if so, what is the name of the company;
  6. (6) whether this company holds the patent-rights in respect of the overhead train; if not, what is the name of the company holding the patent-rights;
  7. (7) whether representatives of this company or these companies have been in touch with him; if so, (a) which representatives, (b) when and (c) what was his reply to them;
  8. (8) whether he will give an assurance that no steps will be taken in this regard until tenders have been called for.
Reply:
  1. (1) No; the merits of such transport systems as compared with the conventional rail system have, however, been appraised from time to time as a matter of departmental routine, but no justification has been found for departing from the conventional rail system.
    1. (a) to (f) Fall away.
  2. (2) to (4) Fall away.
  3. (5) No; except for a report which appeared in the Press recently.
  4. (6) to (8) Fall away.
Removal of Bantu from Doringkop

The MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT replied to Question No. *VII, by Mr. E. G. Malan, standing over from 16 March.

Question:
  1. (1) (a) What is the extent of the Bantu reserve at Doringkop, Middelburg, and (b) how many Bantu persons live there;
  2. (2) whether the Government is contemplating steps for the removal of the Bantu persons from the reserve; if so,
  3. (3) whether these Bantu persons have been offered a purchase price; if so, (a) what is the amount and (b) what was the original purchase price;
  4. (4) whether the purchase price includes compensation for (a) buildings and (b) inconvenience; if so, what amount in each case;
  5. (5) whether steps are contemplated for the transportation of the Bantu persons’ (a) huts and (b) other effects to the new area; if so, what steps;
  6. (6) whether the Bantu persons have accepted the offer of purchase; if so, when; if not, for what reasons did they decline to accept it;
  7. (7) whether other offers have been made to them; if so, what offers;
  8. (8) whether any other steps are contemplated; if so, what steps.
Reply:
  1. (1) (a) Doornkop is not a Bantu Reserve but a farm owned by Bantu in a White area, in extent 1,006 morgen; (b) 406 families.
  2. (2) Yes.
  3. (3) Yes (a) R 18,075 plus R3,615 for loss and inconvenience for land only; (b) R7,000; acquired during 1920.
  4. (4) (a) No; (b) no; buildings and other improvements were valued separately at R267,013 plus R53,403 for loss and inconvenience.
  5. (5) (a) and (b) Yes. Personal effects and removable building materials will be transported free of charge.
  6. (6) No. The Bantu are not co-operative.
  7. (7) No.
  8. (8) Expropriation.

For written reply:

Loans by Bantu Investment Corporation I. Mr. E. G. MALAN

asked the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development:

Whether any loans have been granted by the Bantu Investment Corporation for the establishment or extension of manufacturing enterprises; if so, (a) what are the names of the enterprises, (b) what goods are manufactured by them, (c) where are they situated and (d) what loan was granted to each.

The MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:

Yes.

  1. (a) (1) A. M. Brickworks, (2) Bantu Brick works, (3) D. Singh Brickworks, (4) M.J. Mtshali, (5) Duckponds Brickworks, (6) African Cabinet Works, (7) Saulspoort Star Coffin, (8) M. J. Shongwe, (9) Abies Cabinet Shop, (10) Best Furnishers, (11) Hababuk Cane Furniture (Pty.), Ltd., (12) Dinokana Blacksmith and Welding Works, (13) Mafeking Shoe Factory and (14) High Class Tailor.
  2. (b) (1) to (5) Bricks, (6) Furniture, (7) Coffins, (8), (9) and (10) Wood Frames and Cabinets, (11) Cane Furniture, (12) Metal Frames, (13) Shoes, (14) Clothes.
  3. (c) (1) to (3) Garankuwa, (4) Mondlo, (5) Duckponds, (6) Garakuwa, (7) Saulspoort, (8) Figtree, (9) Ramogopa, (10) Makapanstadt, (11) Temba, (12) Dinokana, (13) Mafeking and (14) Saulspoort.
  4. (d) As the granting of loans is confidential as between the Bantu Investment Corporation and the borrower, it is regretted that this information cannot be disclosed.
II. Mr. E. G. MALAN

—Reply standing over.

Activities of Publications Control Board III. Mrs. SUZMAN

asked the Minister of the Interior:

  1. (1) How many of the publications prohibited by the Publications Control Board were (a) hard and (b) soft cover books of a selling price not exceeding 50c to the importer, (c) periodicals and (d) pamphlets;
  2. (2) how many of the publications in each category were prohibited on the ground that they (a) were indecent or obscene or offensive or harmful to public morals, (b) were blasphemous or offensive to the religious convictions or feelings of any section of the inhabitants of the Republic, (c) brought any section of the inhabitants of the Republic into ridicule or contempt, (d) were harmful to the relations between any sections of the inhabitants of the Republic or (e) were prejudicial to the safety of the State, the general welfare or the peace and good order.
The MINISTER OF THE INTERIOR:
  1. (1) (a) 104; (b) 369; (c) 394; (d) 59.
  2. (2) (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) No record is kept of publications banned under the various sub-sections mentioned in Section 2 of Act No. 26 of 1963. The board issues a general statement to the effect that the publication is regarded as indecent, obscene or objectionable and no particular reasons are given.
IV. Mrs. SUZMAN

—Reply standing over.

Death of Caretaker of Indian School V. Mrs. SUZMAN

asked the Minister of Justice:

  1. (1) Whether any person was charged as a result of the investigation into the death of the caretaker of the Bree Street Indian School, Fordsburg, on 17 April 1964; if so,
    1. (a) what is the name of the person and
    2. (b) with what offence was he charged;
  2. (2) whether this person was convicted; if so, of what offence;
  3. (3) whether this person held any official position at the time the offence was committed; if so, what position.
The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:
  1. (1) No; the hon. member is referred to the finding of the magistrate who held the inquest.
  2. (2) and (3) Fall away.
Railways: Non-Whites Employed as Chefs or Cooks VI. Mr. E. G. MALAN

asked the Minister of Transport:

Whether the South African Railways has employed Coloured chefs or cooks on dining-cars since 1 January 1964; if so, (a) how many, (b) at what rates of pay and (c) how many are employed at present.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

Yes; on occasion as a temporary measure when sufficient White servants were not available.

  1. (a) On 82 occasions as cooks, class II; two as cooks, class I, and one as a chef.
  2. (b) Those as cooks, class II:
    • Prior to 1 May 1964—R31.00 × R3.00—R58.00 per month, plus an allowance of 35c per day.
    • From 1 May 1964—R42.00 × R5.00—R62.00 per month, plus an allowance of 35c per day.
    • Those as cooks, class I: Same as cooks, class II, except for an allowance of 45c per day.
    • Coloured servant as chef: R72.80 per month.
  3. (c) 17 as cooks, class II.
Reprieves and Remissions of Sentences VII. Mr. PLEWMAN

asked the Minister of Justice:

  1. (1) How many pardons, reprieves and remissions of sentence, respectively, were granted during 1964 by way of grace or clemency extended by the State President to (a) White, (b) Bantu, (c) Coloured and (d) Indian offenders sentenced by courts of law to terms of imprisonment of (i) up to three months, (ii) more than three but less than six months, (iii) more than six months but less than one year, (iv) more than one but less than five years and (v) more than five years;
  2. (2) in how many of these cases were the pardons, reprieves and remissions of sentence granted to offenders in the same categories who had served sentences of imprisonment up to date of discharge of (i) one day or less, (ii) more than one day but less than one week, (iii) more than one week but less than one month, (iv) more than one but less than three months, (v) more than three but less than six months and (vi) more than six months.
The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:
  1. (1) and (2) Statistics in the form requested by the hon. member are not kept and are therefore not readily available. To supply the information will entail searching the file of each and every prisoner released during 1964.

Such information regarding this question as can readily be compiled will be supplied to the hon. member as and when it is available.

Persons Exempt From Income Tax VIII. Mr. WOOD

asked the Minister of Finance:

  1. (1) How many married and unmarried persons, respectively, with incomes of less than R4,599 per annum were (a) exempt from all taxes and (b) assessed for (i) normal and (ii) provincial income and (iii) provincial personal tax in respect of the 1963-4 year of assessment;
  2. (2) what is the total amount of (a) normal and (b) provincial income and (c) provincial personal tax for which such persons were assessed.
The MINISTER OF FINANCE:

The information given below relates to assessments issued up to 28 February 1965, in respect of the 1963-4 year of assessment.

IX. Mr. HOPEWELL

—Reply standing over.

Countries of Origin of Immigrants X. Mr. HICKMAN

asked the Minister of Immigration:

  1. (a) How many immigrants entered the Republic during each of the past three years and (b) from which countries did they come.
The MINISTER OF IMMIGRATION:
  1. (a) 1962: 20,916

    1963: 37,964

    1964: 40,865; and

  2. (b)

Country of origin

Numbers of immigrants

1962

1963

1964

Southern Rhodesia

5,383

7,645

7,007

Zambia

1,786

7,003

4,853

Rhodesia (so stated)

14

771

1,113

Malawi

74

273

331

Kenya

1,707

2,298

1,130

Tanzania

275

329

265

Mauritius

152

103

85

Madeira

851

469

742

Mocambique

284

633

1,079

Congo

69

75

96

Other countries

238

459

400

Totals from Africa

10,833

20,058

17,101

United Kingdom

4,968

10,135

12,807

Ireland

67

154

235

Austria

98

159

271

Belgium

277

370

293

Denmark

31

51

89

Finland

14

44

27

France

60

101

151

Germany

1,314

2,077

2,936

Greece

583

1,207

1,679

Netherlands

532

705

998

Hungary

11

9

27

Italy

719

506

613

Norway

62

14

18

Portugal

181

499

1,068

Sweden

33

42

32

Switzerland

143

240

365

Other countries

45

128

161

Totals from Europe

9,138

16,441

21,770

Married Persons Assessed for—

Unmarried Persons Assessed for—

(a)Exempt all taxes

(b) (i) Normal Tax

(b) (ii) Provincial Income Tax

(b) (iii) Provincial Personal Tax

(a) Exempt all taxes

(b) (i) Normal Tax

(b) (ii) Provincial Income Tax

(b) (iii) Provincial Personal Tax

1. Number of taxpayers with incomes of less than R4.599 per annum

49,086

391,155

389,445

606,526

46,629

220,485

219,314

197,252

2. Total amount of taxes for which the above mentioned persons were assessed

(a) R32,668,000

(b) R10,893,000

(c) R11,346,000

(a) R12,505,000

(b) R4,186,000

(c) R3,940,000

Numbers of immigrants

Country of origin

1962

1963

1964

India and Pakistan

8

10

1

Ceylon

3

8

6

Malaya

13

15

Indonesia

2

4

Israel

49

58

53

Other countries

213

245

297

Totals from Asia

275

338

372

Canada

143

183

157

United States of America

216

376

344

Argentine

1

33

43

Brazil

16

75

392

Other countries

6

26

15

Totals from America

382

693

951

Australia

231

321

501

New Zealand

55

69

168

Other countries

2

7

Totals from Oceania

288

397

669

Unclassifiable

37

2

Membership of International Organizations

The MINISTER OF FOREIGN AFFAIRS replied to Question No. VII, by Mr. Dodds, standing over from 16 March.

Question:
  1. (a) Of how many international organizations is the Republic a member; and
  2. (b) what are the names of the organizations.
Reply:

The Republic is a member of the following 33 Inter-Governmental Organizations (which do not include the many organizations of which South African statutory bodies are members):

  1. A. United Nations and the Specialized Agencies:
    1. 1.United Nations Organization
    2. 2.World Health Organization
    3. 3.International Civil Aviation Organization
    4. 4.World Meteorological Organization
    5. 5.Universal Postal Union
    6. 6.International Telecommunications Union
    7. 7.International Monetary Fund
    8. 8.International Bank for Reconstruction and Development
    9. 9.International Development Association
    10. 10.International Finance Corporation.
  2. B. Africa Organizations:
    1. 1. International Red Locust Control Service
    2. 2. Inter-Territorial Committee on Foot and Mouth Disease
    3. 3. African Postal Union and African Telecommunications Union
    4. 4. Southern Africa Air Transport Council
    5. 5. Southern Africa Regional Committee for the Conservation and Utilization of Soil.
  3. C. Other International Organizations:
    1. 1. International Atomic Energy Agency
    2. 2. General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade
    3. 3. International Lead and Zinc Study Group
    4. 4. Commonwealth War Graves Commission
    5. 5. Inter-Governmental Committee for European Migration
    6. 6. International Office for Epizootics
    7. 7. Customs Co-operation Council
    8. 8. International Wheat Council
    9. 9. International Sugar Council
    10. 10. International Institute of Refrigeration
    11. 11. International Office of Wine
    12. 12. International Whaling Commission
    13. 13. International Customs Tariff
    14. 14. Bureau of the International Convention for the Protection of Industrial Property
    15. 15. Bureau of International Convention for the Protection of Literary and Artistic Works
    16. 16. International Wool Study Group
    17. 17. International Hydrographic Bureau
    18. 18. Group of Antarctic Treaty Powers.
Importers of Banned Films

The MINISTER OF THE INTERIOR replied to Question No. X, by Mr. Gorshel, standing over from 16 March:

Question:

What is (a) the title, (b) the name of the company or person responsible for the (i) production and (ii) importation into South Africa and (c) the country of origin of each film banned by the Publications Control Board during 1963 and 1964.

Reply:
  1. (a) Titles as per attached list (column 1).
  2. (b) (i) No record is kept of producers of films. The Board is only interested in the distributors of films.
    1. (ii) See column 2 of attached list.
    2. (c) See column 3 of attached list.

Title.

Importer.

Country of origin.

Superspectacles of the World.

Empire Films.

Italy.

Love Makers

Fiftieth Century Fox Films

U.S.A.

The Choppers

Hollywood Film Distributors

U.S.A.

Just Once More

Empire Films

Sweden.

Shock Treatment

African Consolidated Films

U.S.A.

Saturday Night Out

Ster Films (Pty.) Ltd.

U.K.

Yellow Teddy Bears

Ster Films (Pty.) Ltd.

U.K.

Under the Yum Yum Tree

Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer Films

U.S.A.

Cry of Battle

African Consolidated Films

U.S.A.

Mad Dog Call

Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer Films

U.K.

Labbra Rosse

Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer Films

U.S.A.

Empty Canvas

Ster Films (Pty.) Ltd.

U.S.A.

Conjugal Bed

Ster Films (Pty.) Ltd.

Italy.

All about Love

A.E.K. Distributors

West Germany.

Prostitution (White Slavers)

Galaxy Film Distributors

France.

Young have no Morals

Empire Films

France.

Lady in a Cage

African Consolidated Films

U.S.A.

System

African Consolidated Films

U.S.A.

Yesterday, Today and Tomorrow

Ster Films (Pty.) Ltd.

Italy.

When Strangers Meet

African Consolidated Films

U.S.A.

RAILWAYS AND HARBOURS UNAUTHORIZED EXPENDITURE BILL

First Order Read: Consideration of First Report of Select Committee on Railways and Harbours (on Unauthorized Expenditure, 1963-4).

Report adopted.

The Minister of Transport brought up a Bill to give effect to the resolution adopted by the House.

Railways and Harbours Unauthorized Expenditure Bill read a second and third time.

SUID-AFRIKAANSE AKADEMIE YIR WETENSKAP EN KUNS AMENDMENT BILL

Second Order read: Third reading,—Suid-Afrikaanse Akademie vir Wetenskap en Kuns Amendment Bill.

Bill read a third time.

UNIVERSITY OF PORT ELIZABETH AMENDMENT BILL

Third Order read: Report Stage,—University of Port Elizabeth Amendment Bill.

Amendments in Clause 2 put and agreed to and the Bill, as amended, adopted.

Bill read a third time.

DAIRY INDUSTRY AMENDMENT BILL

Fourth Order read: Third reading,—Dairy

Industry Amendment Bill.

The DEPUTY MINISTER OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING:

I move—

That the Bill be now read a third time.
Mr. WARREN:

I would like to ask the hon. the Minister if he has any intention of remedying the situation in the dairy industry by making amendments which I regard as urgently necessary to close up the present loopholes. The hon. the Minister knows full well that the dairy industry has to be cleaned up, and we expect him to take the necessary steps at the very earliest opportunity.

*The DEPUTY MINISTER OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING:

I can assure the House that this amending Bill is necessary in order to enable us to consolidate the whole of the Marketing Act, and, accordingly, the Dairy Act. This Bill is the forerunner of a consolidation Bill which we hope will cover all these problems.

Motion put and agreed to.

Bill read a third time.

UNEMPLOYMENT INSURANCE AMENDMENT BILL

Fifth Order read: Committee Stage,—Unemployment Amendment Bill.

House in Committee:

On Clause 4,

Dr. FISHER:

Clause 4 (2) reads—

Any person who has been a seasonal worker for a continuous period of eight months in the employment of the same person ceases to be a seasonal worker if he remains in the employment of that person after the expiry of the said period.

I wonder if the hon. the Minister could tell me what provision is made for those people who have broken periods of service. Take a man who works in a canning factory for four months; the canning factory closes down for some reason or other, and that person is engaged immediately by another canning factory just across the road. He then works there for another period of four months, without any break in his service in that industry, except to walk across the road from one canning factory to another. What happens to that person?

The MINISTER OF LABOUR:

It will be calculated as part of the period.

Dr. FISHER:

Would that be a continuous period of service?

The MINISTER OF LABOUR:

Yes.

Dr. FISHER:

I would point out to the Minister that it is stated in this sub-section that the person must work for the same employer; that is the difficulty. In the case I have mentioned the period of employment is continuous but the period of service with one employer is not continuous, I should like that point to be clarified. This sub-section specifically provides that he must work for the same person. Will the hon. the Minister be good enough to tell me whether there is any reason for that provision, and whether provision is made for such cases administratively perhaps.

The MINISTER OF LABOUR:

I think there may be something in the hon. member’s contention. The clause reads—

Any person who has been a seasonal worker for a continuous period of eight months …

he would still be in continuous employment for eight months if he simply went over from one factory to another—

… ceases to be a seasonal worker if he remains in the employment of that person after the expiry of the said period.

Looking at this clause again, it would appear in the case mentioned by the hon. member that the period of employment would have to be re-calculated with the second employer; the employee would have to start again on a new eight months period. The hon. member raised this question during the Second Reading debate. Of course, the difficulty here is that one cannot determine the categories of workers to be treated as seasonal workers at the commencement of the year or the beginning of the season when you have to put in your application under the Unemployment Insurance Act. At the commencement of each year employers have to submit their applications and say who they are employing for that year. Of course, if a worker moves from one industry to another as a seasonal worker, I think it will be quite impracticable, if not impossible, for the Commissioner to determine what the assessment to be paid by the employer should be. As I told the hon. member during the Second Reading debate the board considered this question very carefully because representations had been made over the last two or three years. As I have said, the test has to be applied at the commencement of the period of employment. The hon. member will appreciate that if a person simply went from one industry to another during the eight months it would be quite impossible to make an assessment of what the employer should pay. My reply is, therefore, that if there are broken periods of employment during the minimum period of eight months laid down employees would have to commence their term of employment each time they started with an employer who would then be responsible under the Act for paying the assessment. I am sorry but I cannot make any provision for broken periods.

Mr. BARNETT:

The hon. the Minister has explained what the position is when a seasonal worker leaves one employer and goes to another. In a case like that I can understand that the position in regard to the eight month period may be as indicated by the hon. the Minister. But what is the position of the seasonal worker who works for the same employer? The hon. Minister knows that I have for years been making representations on behalf of the food and canning workers in regard to seasonal workers. It would obviously be unfair if they are put off for a month or two during the eight months because there is no work for them to do, to have that break counted against them. They have worked with the same employer for eight months but with a break of say a month or two. Take the canning industry. Let us say they work from October to February—they don’t work for eight months in the canning industry. They are then put off because the fruit has been picked. They have to wait another month or so before the green peas have to be picked and they return to the same employer. They are then put off for a couple of months before some other section of that industry has to be attended to. Throughout the year they have worked for eight months with the same employer. Are these people not to benefit? Are they to be prejudiced because the industry demands a break in their service? It is not a voluntary break: it is a break which is brought about as a result of the type of industry in which they are employed. Would the Minister consider some form of aid to these people where they work for the same employer? Can they not get a certificate from that employer that they have worked for eight months even though there has been a break in their service? I am thinking about the word “continuous” in this clause. It says—

Any person who has been a seasonal worker for a continuous period of eight months …

“Continuous” means that it has to be eight months without a break.

The MINISTER OF LABOUR:

Yes.

Mr. BARNETT:

You are cutting out thousands of seasonal workers who in fact work for eight months. I know the Minister is sympathetic; he knows my case. But that does not help these people. I hope the Minister will consider helping these people if they can prove by means of a certificate that they have been in the employ of the same employer for eight months. I want to emphasize, by way of conclusion, that the break in their service is not due to any fault of their own but due to the type of work in which they are employed.

The MINISTER OF LABOUR:

Of course the break is not of their own choosing. It is what we call a seasonal break and that is why this provision has been inserted. It deals only with seasonal workers. The hon. member is quite right when he says he has raised this matter with me for some time. I have gone into it. I was quite sympathetic. I submitted it to the board and they pointed out the difficulties which I tried to explain to the hon. member for Rosettenville (Dr. Fisher). I can see those practical difficulties. I agree with the board on the decision they have made. They have tried to find ways and means of meeting the case of seasonal employees but the hon. member will appreciate that the Commissioner has to make his assessment on the basis of a continuous period of employment and if a worker only works for two months, for example, it is obviously impossible to make an assessment of the employer’s liability to the fund. If a person works for six or seven months and is then laid off and he returns to the same employer, the principle is still the same. It is still a broken period of employment. That is the difficulty that faces the board. I have told the hon. member from time to time however much we would like to meet the position, it has been found quite impossible. The board has tried, we have tried, and it is impossible. I am afraid I must insist on the provision as it is printed in this clause.

Mr. TIMONEY:

I think the prerogative is in the hands of the Minister and not in the hands of the board. I don’t think there should be any great difficulty in overcoming this position. It says—

… by reason of the seasonal variation in the supply of raw materials required by such business or class or kind of business, he may, after consultation with the board, by notice in the Gazette declare such business or class or kind of business to be a seasonal business.

Surely when the case of a factory, as that referred to by the hon. member for Boland (Mr. Barnett), is brought forward the Minister can act accordingly. He does not have to declare it as being a seasonal business. It is quite evident that the type of business re-referred to by the hon. member for Boland is an all-year-round business. There are quite a number of factories that have a break for a month or two which could be considered by industry as all-year-round businesses. The Minister is now guaranteeing the contribution in the case of the permanent seasonal workers, i.e., the maintenance people and so forth, and by using his prerogative he can declare the business as not being a seasonal business. I think the Minister has the power to do so and that will cover the people referred to by the hon. member for Boland.

Mr. BARNETT:

I thank the hon. the Minister for his explanation and for his sympathy, but sympathy, with the greatest respect, does not help these people. I have not got the Act before me but does it not provide that if a person works for 13 weeks continuously, i.e., that no person can receive benefits unless he has worked continuously for 13 weeks?

An HON. MEMBER:

That does not refer to seasonal workers.

Mr. BARNETT:

I know. Surely if people, other than seasonal workers, can get benefits when they have worked for 13 weeks, can’t we try to find some means of helping these people if they work for 13 weeks and then have a break? I want to make it particularly clear to the hon. the Minister that these people do not expect any benefits under the Act other than those benefits they are entitled to by reason of the contributions they have made. If they have worked for 13 weeks or six or seven months they do not expect to be paid for the balance of the year that they are unemployed. That is not what they want. What they want is this: If they have worked for so many months and contributed so much, they should be paid unemployment benefits in proportion. They do not demand it for the rest of the year when they are unemployed. They do not want to live on the fund. They merely want the opportunity of getting some benefit for some weeks at any rate in proportion to the period they have worked. Now that I have made that point, I hope the Minister will at some early date find a formula which will assist these people for whom I have been pleading for so many years.

Clause, as printed, put and agreed to.

On Clause 7,

Mr. OLDFIELD:

I shall be grateful if the hon. the Minister would give me some further information in regard to this clause. Sub-section (3) states—

The Secretary may designate any officer or employee of the State to assist a claims officer and any officer or employee so designated shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned in writing to him by such claims officer.

I think this sub-section calls for further clarification. The White Paper explains that in cases where the Department of Labour is unable to appoint a member of its own Department to act as an assistant to the claims officer, officials from other Departments will be appointed to do so. The position of the claims officer is a vitally important one and one which can cause a great deal of difficulty from time to time. This appointment can possibly affect the position to some extent and I should like to learn from the hon. the Minister which officials from which Departments has the Minister in mind to appoint as assistants to the claims officer?

The MINISTER OF LABOUR:

In terms of the existing law the Secretary can only designate an officer or employee in his Department. It is proposed that the Secretary can now designate any officer or employee of the State. This has been introduced to assist in those cases where there are towns in which there are no representatives of the Department of Labour, particularly where Bantu are concerned. The idea is that the Secretary can designate an officer or employee of the Department of Bantu Administration and Development in districts where we have no labour offices.

Clause put and agreed to.

On Clause 8,

Mr. TIMONEY:

I wish to move the following amendment—

In line 10, to omit “seven” and to substitute “three”.

In his introductory speech to the Second Reading the hon. the Minister explained to us what the background to this period of seven years was. He said that in consultation with the Auditor General it was felt that seven years would be a reasonable period. I pointed out what the difficulties of the Department were and that those difficulties also obtained in the case of the employers. I also pointed out that under the Industrial Conciliation Act and Factories Act a period of three years was prescribed. If you look at the Prescription Act, No. 18 of 1943, you will find that it says the following in Section 3 (2) (c) (ii)—

Any remuneration whatever or disbursements due (whether under a written or oral contract) to any person for or in connection with services rendered or work done by him …

In other words, for any labour done by him the prescription is three years. There is an enormous turnover in staff in industry to-day. Some factories have between 3,000 to 4,000 members on their staff and they have enormous turnovers. The Minister’s own Department is faced with the difficulty of keeping records accordingly. In terms of the Prescription Act the employee has no claim as far as the employer is concerned but the employer could still be called upon by the Department to pay in certain disbursements as far as the employee is concerned if it is found that he has not paid this money in. So you have these two in conflict. In the one case the payment of remuneration becomes prescribed after three years but the employer remains liable to the Department for a period of seven years. I think the hon. the Minister should give further consideration to this particular Clause in order to bring it into line with the other Acts I mentioned—i.e. Industrial Conciliation Act, and the Factories Act and into line with the Prescription Act.

The MINISTER OF LABOUR:

As I explained to the hon. member during the Second Reading debate I have gone fully into this question as to why the prescription period should be seven years. I indicated to him that this period had been arrived at after consultation with the Controller and Auditor General. I may also tell him that the period of seven years is in accordance with Treasury instructions relating to the disposal of records. Right throughout the Service the period of seven years is accepted by the Treasury for the disposal of records. I should imagine that the Board itself would be only too glad to accept three years. It would give them less work and reduce staff. However, I think one has to be quite fair in this case that where refunds have to be made and other adjustments made, the period should be seven years. I think it is a reasonable period in the circumstances. I know quite well that a period of three years is laid down in the Prescription Act after which certain remuneration or payments cannot be claimed. But in the present case it is not completely similar to the position which obtains in the case of the contracts mentioned in the Prescription Act. Here it is simply a matter of over-payments and under-payments. We think that a period of seven years is quite reasonable. I think that is the reason why the Controller and Auditor General has agreed that seven years should be the period.

I notice that the hon. member has not moved the same amendment in sub-section (b) of this Clause. If the hon. member will look at subsection (b) he will see that it reads—

No contributions or other payments purporting to have been paid to the fund under this Act by an employer shall be recoverable after the expiration of seven years after such contributions or other payments were so paid.

If this argument is correct then I take it he must move the same amendment in respect of (b), or does he want to give preference to the employer in this case? Mr. Chairman, I am sorry but I am unable to accept this amendment.

Mr. TIMONEY:

Naturally I do not expect the employer to have any advantages which the Department has not got. I think that is quite understood, and I move accordingly—

In line 16, to omit “seven” and to substitute “three”.

The Minister has referred to this period of seven years within which to keep records as a period laid down by Treasury. But this is a period, in this case, where the Department could claim contributions from employers; the employee would already have left the employer’s service. Seven years is a very long period. This does not only refer to records, but where the Department can claim contributions. As far as the employer is concerned, he is naturally in the same position; he cannot claim a refund of contributions to the fund. That is understood. In terms of the Prescription Act, the employer is relieved of his liability after three years, and we now find that the Department goes beyond that and makes it seven years. This seems wrong in principle. I am not so sure whether this clause does not go beyond the Prescription Act. I do not know which one comes first.

The MINISTER OF LABOUR:

But we can do that, of course. There is nothing to prevent Parliament from amending the Prescription Act in any subsequent law. The whole question is merely one of keeping the records. The proposal is that, after seven years, we should not be placed in the position where we have to investigate claims for over-payment or underpayment. All we are asking is that we should be able to dispose of the records after seven years. That is the reason for this clause.

Amendments put and negatived.

Clause, as printed, put and agreed to.

On Clause 10,

Mr. OLDFIELD:

I wish to move the following amendment—

To omit all the words after “discretion” in line 49 up to and including “forty” in line 50; and to omit all the words after “discretion” in line 68 up to and including “(a)” in line 1, page 8.

This amendment alters the clause as it stands in respect of the payment of extended ordinary benefits and illness allowances. I believe this clause is perhaps the most important clause in this Bill in that it affects the payments that are to be made out of the fund. There is a reference to Section 40 of the principal Act which deals with the conditions covering the payment of benefits, and Section 39, which deals with the right to have certain benefits extended, first of all by the Unemployment Committee and then the board. We have no objection to the clause, which provides that an application for extended benefits should go direct to the board and not via the Unemployment Committee. However, we do have objection to the restriction placed upon the board regarding its right to extend those benefits beyond a certain period. As the clause now stands the board will have the right to extend benefits at its discretion to certain class of contributors “at either full or such reduced rates and for such period as it may deem fit”. The words I want omitted are in the proviso, which states that the board will be subject to the provisions of paragraph (m) of sub-section (1) of Section 40. Paragraph (m) is a paragraph which was inserted when the amendments were made to the principal Act in 1962, and it reads as follows—

Unless he has been employed as a contributor or otherwise in employment for at least 13 weeks, whether for a continuous period or not. during the 52 weeks immediately preceding the date from which the period of unemployment is deemed to have commenced.

The board is restricted by this particular provision. This means that after a person has received his initial 26 weeks’ benefits and the board, in its discretion, decides to extend those benefits for a further period either at a reduced rate or at the same rate, the board is limited by this provision in that the person concerned must have been a contributor for 13 weeks during the 52-week period immediately prior to the commencement of the date of unemployment. It means in effect that the board will only be able to grant an additional 26 weeks’ benefit. In other words, an over-all benefit of 52 weeks. It is in this particular regard where a great deal of hardship comes about and the contributors to the fund feel very strongly about it. I know the Trade Union Council also feel very strongly about this. These persons build up benefits. After six weeks’ contributions they are credited with one week’s benefit. It used to be four weeks’ contributions to obtain one week’s benefit. They build up these credits, but although in dire circumstances in which they may require assistance from the fund, particularly in regard to illness allowances, the board will be subject to this restriction. I feel that if the Committee accents the proposed amendment, it will still be left to the discretion of the board to continue to pay such extended benefits or allowances beyond that restricted period. The case I am pleading is that where there are genuine cases of hardship —I refer particularly to persons who are receiving illness allowances; people who feel that they will return to the labour market—they are excluded from receiving any further extended allowances by the board. So, in spite of the fact that it states in the clause that it is in the discretion of the board to extend those benefits, at a reduced rate if it wishes to do so, it does leave the discretion to the board. But I feel that the insertion of this proviso, which restricts the board to paragraph (m) of Section 40 of the principal Act, prevents the board and precludes it from granting further assistance and relief to those contributors who are deserving such assistance and relief, contributors who would, indeed, qualify for further assistance and relief had it not been for this particular proviso. We raised this matter during the second reading, and the hon. the Minister is well aware of the fact that we strongly opposed the inclusion of paragraph (m) when the amendments were made to the Act in 1962. I therefore know that the Minister would not be surprised to find that we have an objection to this particular provision which restricts the board in extending benefits or allowances.

*Mr. VAN DER WALT:

When the amendments were adopted in 1962 there was a long argument in regard to whether we should regard the Unemployment Insurance Fund as a fund which could be called upon to make provision for people suffering from a protracted illness. I think that we made out a case for saying that it was not the function of the fund to make provision in such cases. The hon. member for Umbilo (Mr. Oldfield) contends that this provision will result in a great deal of hardship, but I want to draw his attention to the figures appearing in the report—in regard to the number of people to whom disbursements were made in 1963. This was the year in which that provision was applied. In 1963 a sickness allowance was paid to 23,069 contributors as against 27,000 in the previous year. These sickness benefits are new benefits which have been brought into being under the fund, and I do not think that we should allow these sickness benefits to be misused. As was said at the time, a person who cannot work for 13 weeks out of any period of 52 weeks is actually a person who is no longer on the labour market, and so such a person will have to look to the Department of Social Welfare for assistance. We have been trying to eliminate malpractices in connection with the fund, and I do not think that the hon. the Minister should make any concessions in this connection. If he does, he will once again be opening the door to all the old malpractices which we have been trying to eliminate.

Dr. FISHER:

We keep on hearing of these cases where misuse has been made of the fund. I am still waiting to hear about these multiple misuses by so many thousands of people. I do not think it is true. I am still waiting to hear from the hon. the Minister how often the fund has been misused. I do not believe that there is such a vast number of won’t-works who keep on making demands on the Unemployment Insurance Fund. I do not think the figures the hon. Minister has will bear out misuse on a big scale. We are particularly concerned about the genuine person who finds, particularly because of illness, that he is unable to return to work after 26 weeks. The 13 weeks become then imperative for the worker—he must go back for that period and work before he can qualify, and that is a great stumbling block to the genuine case. The hon. Minister knows that there are many conditions which a person can suffer from which will not permit him to go back to work for 13 weeks after he has been laid off from work for 26 weeks. He may not have recovered fully from say a serious operation. That is why I say to the hon. the Minister that in such cases he has to keep the door open so that these people can come and get a further period of sick allowances. It is for these people particularly that I ask for assistance. There are not thousands of them, there are handfuls of them, and surely the fund can stand this “burden”, as the hon. member for Pretoria (West) (Mr. van der Walt) calls it. It is not really a burden on the fund. We are dealing here with a small number of people who genuinely apply for assistance. They have paid into the fund. I do not say that people who have not got credits should get this privilege, but I am pleading for those people who have built up the fund. Surely they should be entitled to get assistance. And the Minister must bear one point in mind, and this is the most important of all points, that the longer a person is ill, the more trouble he has to keep his household going, and it is towards the end of the illness that he suffers most financially. At the beginning of his illness he may have some savings, but as the weeks and months go on. those savings dwindle and it is at the end of the period of 26 weeks that he is hardest hit. Then the Minister says: Before he can get an additional allowance from the Unemployment Insurance Fund, he must first go back to work for 13 weeks. What happens if he cannot go back to work for 13 weeks? It is during those 13 weeks and the following few weeks after that that he finds himself in dire difficulties. I must appeal to the hon. Minister to accept the amendment of the hon. member for Durban (Umbilo) (Mr. Oldfield) and say that he will go into the matter, that he will give these people a chance to prove that they cannot go back to work because of this or that condition, and that then he will not put the restriction of 13 weeks into the Bill. If he does that, I know that those few people—there are not thousands of them— that make requests to the fund for assistance, will be grateful: they will be genuine cases and the Minister will then be able to help them in their difficulties.

The MINISTER OF LABOUR:

I am unable to accept the amendment. If I were to do so, it would completely vitiate the amendments of 1962, which were the subject of debate in this Committee for days and days during the 1962 session. The arguments for and against were canvassed and listened to. The hon. member for Umbilo has, quite rightly, in view of the attitude of the opposition, seized the opportunity now of this legislation to move an amendment which, as I have said, would vitiate the 1962 amendments, and I am not prepared to accept it. I do not want to traverse all the same arguments again, but I would like to point out that there is still the provision whereby the maximum payment of 26 weeks benefits in any one year can be extended by the Unemployment Insurance Board, but subject to the 13 weeks qualification. Extended benefits on these lines have in fact, I am informed, been granted by the board, particularly in the case of illness allowances, provided that there is some indication that the applicant will return to the labour market. If there is an indication that he will return to the labour market, they may grant these extended benefits. I take it that could be evidenced by medical certificates to indicate whether a person is chronically unable to work again, or whether there is a possibility that he will return to the labour market. Therefore there is really no reason why this condition should cause any hardship to the genuine work-seeker who is temporarily ill. I think that is the basis of the case. But. as I have said, I do not propose canvassing all the arguments again. I did so in my second-reading speech and out of courtesy to the hon. member for Umbilo and the House I replied at some length to the same arguments that were advanced in 1962. I don’t feel that I am called upon now to go into all those arguments again. All we have done in this particular clause is to make it easier to allow the application to go straight to the board. But the board has still got that discretion in the case of illness allowances, and if they are. satisfied that the applicant can return to the labour market, additional benefits may be granted.

Mr. OLDFIELD:

There is one point which I think must be clarified and that is that this particular clause where we are dealing with the extended benefits is slightly different from the fight we put up in the 1962 debate on this particular paragraph (m) which is referred to in this clause. The main difference is that the clause we are dealing with is a clause in regard to extended benefits which only the board can grant, in its discretion, under certain circumstances. I know that the hon. Minister did reply fully and that he gave certain figures which showed that in 1963 there were 83 applications for extended illness allowances of which 56 were granted, granted on the basis that the person would be fit to resume work within a reasonable time. Now here we are taking away to a certain degree the discretion that was placed in the hands of the board to extend those benefits beyond an over-all period of 52 weeks. That, I think, is the real crux of the matter as far as this amendment is concerned. The hon. member for Pretoria (West) (Mr. Van Der Walt) referred to abuses of the fund. Obviously we are not in favour of persons being dealt with lightly if they abuse the fund, but there is ample provision for penalties to be imposed and for that matter to be dealt with. All we are asking here is for the board, at its discretion, to be able to extend the ordinary benefits, or illness allowances beyond that period of 52 weeks, leaving it entirely in the discretion of the board to decide whether those benefits should be continued at the normal rate or at a reduced rate for an additional period should it be deemed that such a person will possibly be fit to resume work within a reasonable time. The board is completely restricted by this particular provision which refers to paragraph (m) of Section 40 of the principal Act. It is on this basis that I feel that certain genuine cases that might exist will not be able to receive the sympathetic consideration of the board, even if the board in its discretion feels that that person might be able to resume work at a later date. The board will be completely restricted in granting any further benefits to that person after they have granted him the full maximum of extended benefits to which that person might be entitled in terms of the ruling of the board. So I feel the argument is not so much in regard to the principle contained in paragraph (m) as far as the 13 weeks are concerned, but we must take into consideration that this clause allows the discretion of the board to be used, and it is that discretion by which they can extend those benefits without being subject to this particular proviso that was passed in 1962.

Dr. FISHER:

It appears that the hon. Minister has made up his mind not to relax the provisions and provisos of this particular paragraph. I would ask him, in view of what he said, to ask his Department to make out a questionnaire which can be given to those applicants who apply for extended relief, people who cannot go back to work for 13 weeks after they have received allowances for 26 weeks during their illness. I would suggest a questionnaire in which it is stated what the illness is and what chance there is for such a person to go back to the labour market. You see that when certificates are issued by doctors the provision of further employment is not set out in the certificate. The certificate usually contains the type of disease and approximately how long the person will be off work but it does not state to my knowledge, and it has never been asked in the certificate, whether or not the person is able to go back onto the labour market. If I understood the Minister correctly. he says that if it can be stated that applicants are able to go back to the labour market. after an extended period of illness he will consider helping them for a further period, irrespective of whether they go back to work for 13 weeks. So I ask him to have a type of Questionnaire prepared so that the applicant can take that questionnaire to the doctor who will state quite clearly whether or not this is a permanent incapacitation, whether it is a chronic condition which will permanently prevent him from going back to work, or whether it is a temporary illness of an acute form which requires extended treatment. I think that will help.

Before I sit down, I want to come to another section of Clause 10 which I dealt with in my second-reading speech. I am referring to paragraph (d), Mr. Chairman, in which we deal with those persons who are employed in work where there is ionizing radiation going on. The hon. Minister thought that I was not quite serious when I spoke to him about those other people who are working in these particular consulting rooms. Let me make myself quite clear to the hon. Minister. I am quite serious about this and I think the hon. Minister misunderstood me. I did not mean that every typist or every receptionist working for any doctor should come under this provision here. I was particularly asking for those women who work for radiologists. Those were the doctors that I was referring to. If they do typing or reception work and go into those Departments of the consulting room where radiation goes on, that they should be covered in the same way as the radiographer is covered. I want the hon. Minister to understand clearly that the radiographer is instructed to take certain precautions about herself. The hon. Minister will know that their period of work and their periods of holidays are laid down, but the typist and the receptionist who are also in the same set of consulting rooms where this type of work is going on, are not covered in the same way. They are not subjected to the same precautions as the radiographer. I say that the women engaged in this type of work should be given the same cover and have the same privileges as the radiographer.

The MINISTER OF LABOUR:

What about the patients?

Dr. FISHER:

I do not want to be frivolous about this, but if the hon. Minister would like me to show him what can possibly happen to a foetus even with one X-ray examination—I can show the hon. Minister a paper that has recently been written showing the dangers of radiation. But I am not saying to the Minister that he should consider the patient. The patient is a person who comes voluntarily to the radiographer for treatment and I am not asking for cover in that case. There are other ways in which this person can receive cover. But I am referring to a person working in this department where this is going on and where this person is subjected day after day because of her livelihood to certain risks. I say that it would be no hardship for this large fund to give the small number of persons the privileges that are now going to be extended to radiographers. It is not a large number of people, and I am quite serious about this and I ask the hon. Minister before he gives a decision to think the matter over, to get further advice. Furthermore it will then not be necessary to amend this paragraph. because it says here if you read it carefully from line 13 onwards—

Provided that the board may, in its discretion, authorize the payment of such benefits to an applicant who has been employed as a contributor for less than 18 weeks during the 52 weeks immediately preceding the expected date of her confinement if such applicant was employed on work connected with ionizing radiation.

“If she was connected with work.” Yesterday, the hon. Minister said “only the radiographer is included”. I contend that he is wrong and that people other than radiographers who are working in radiologists’ rooms or in hospitals are covered by this paragraph. He has not got to alter it, but before he gives a decision that only radiographers are covered, I ask him to please get further information about this and perhaps in the Other Please he will be able to give a definition of who those people are.

The MINISTER OF LABOUR:

It is now a question of interpretation, and I will bring the hon. member’s remarks to the notice of the board. As the hon. member says, there is no necessity to alter the clause as it reads. I will ask the Unemployment Insurance Board to go into the question and to look into the representations the hon. member has made.

Dr. FISHER:

I want to thank the hon. Minister, and I leave it at that.

Amendment put and negatived. (Official Opposition dissenting.)

Clause, as printed, put and agreed to.

On Clause 15,

Mr. OLDFIELD:

Clause 15 deals with the short title and commencement, and it is in regard to the “commencement” that I would like to have some clarification from the hon. the Minister, where, in paragraph 2. it says “different dates may, in terms of sub-section (1), be fixed in respect of the several provisions of this Act.” I would be grateful if the hon. Minister could give an indication as to when he will bring into effect and bring into commencement the portion of this Bill dealing with the raising of the ceiling as provided in Clause 2. It is an important matter which will affect the position of the fund.

The MINISTER OF LABOUR:

The first sub-section, of course, contains the usual provision that the Bill shall come into operation on a date to be fixed by the State President by proclamation in the Gazette. The reason why the second paragraph is added is that it relates to the seasonal workers, and here we have to have an investigation to see what dates will be most suitable.

Clause put and agreed to.

Schedule and Title of the Bill put and agreed to.

House Resumed:

Bill reported without amendment.

CENSUS AMENDMENT BILL

Sixth Order read: Committee Stage,—Census Amendment Bill.

House In Committee;

Clauses and Title of the Bill put and agreed to.

House Resumed:

Bill reported without amendment.

STATISTICS AMENDMENT BILL

Seventh Order read: Committee Stage,—Statistics Amendment Bill.

House in Committee;

Clauses and Title of the Bill put and agreed to.

House Resumed:

Bill reported without amendment.

ATOMIC ENERGY AND NUCLEAR INSTALLATIONS (LICENSING AND SECURITY) AMENDMENT BILL

Eighth Order read: Committee Stage,—Atomic Energy and Nuclear Installations (Licensing and Security) Amendment Bill.

House in Committee;

On Clause 4,

The MINISTER OF MINES:

I move as an amendment—

In line 16, after “conditions” to insert “and the payment of such fees or royalties”.
Mr. TUCKER:

I would like to raise with the hon. the Minister a question which has occurred to me. I refer to the proposed new subsection (1) “subject to the provisions of Section 25bis, the rights in all discoveries, inventions and improvements made by officers of the Board, or by persons to whom grants-in-aid have been made by the Board, in relation to any matter within the purview of the Board in terms of this Act, shall vest in the Board on behalf of the State”. There is no objection to what I believe is intended, but it seems to me that there is a set of circumstances that perhaps the Minister would be prepared to look into. I am not suggesting that the clause be amended now, but it seems clear that if a discovery. invention or improvement is made by an officer of the Board, that belongs to the Board on behalf of the State. That is proper.

Then it goes on “or by persons to whom grants-in-aid have been made by the Board”. It seems to me that if a grant has been made by the Board to any person, then any subsequent discovery by that person, even if it is in no way related to the grant made by the Board, would vest in the State. It seems to me that that is not the intention of the hon. the Minister. The clause as it stands seems to be all-embracing, and if a grant has been made to a person, the vesting of rights in the Board on behalf of the State should be limited to cases where the discovery of that person is related to the particular grant which has been made. I know it is a technical point and I do not suggest that the hon. Minister should try to deal with it here, but I would like to ask that he should have the matter investigated, unless he has already done so, and if it appears necessary, he could make an appropriate change in the Other Place.

The MINISTER OF MINES:

Only discoveries related to atomic energy should be covered, not any discovery not related to atomic energy. But I will have the matter investigated.

Mr. TUCKER:

That is not what I am referring to. If a person gets a grant from the Board, then it appears to me that any discovery in the atomic field that person may ever make, even if it is in no way related to the particular grant which may have been for a special purpose, because he has had a grant from the Board, would vest in the Board, on behalf of the State. That person would have no rights in respect of that discovery. I take it that what is intended by the clause is that if for example there is a study grant in a particular field. any discovery in that particular field would belong to the Board on behalf of the State. But the position as I see it is that if any grant is made by the Board to a person, then any discovery whatsoever that person may make subsequently in the atomic field would automatically belong to the Board. I cannot think that that was the Minister’s intention.

The MINISTER OF MINES:

It only covers that particular field in respect of which the grant was given to him.

Mr. TUCKER:

I am glad to know that, and I hope that the Minister will consider inserting an appropriate amendment in the clause in the Other Place. I do not think we should rush through an amendment here at this stage.

Amendment put and agreed to.

Clause, as amended, put and agreed to.

On Clause 5,

The MINISTER OF MINES:

I move the amendment standing in my name—

In line 23, after “conditions” to insert “and the payment of such charges”.
Mr. TAUROG:

In dealing with this particular clause, I should like to get the Minister’s reaction to the anomaly which, I think, seems to exist in sub-sections (3) and (4) of this clause. In (3) it says that if the rights in any discovery, invention or improvement vest in the Board, the Board “may make” such discovery, invention or improvement available for use in the public interest. In other words, the Board is not obliged or compelled to make this discovery available in the public interest; but in sub-section (4), which deals with the right of an individual to any discovery or invention, it says that if the rights in any discovery, invention or improvement vest in any person, other than the Board, it “shall be made” available for use in the public interest. In other words, it is obligatory on the person to make that invention available in the public interest. I am wondering whether the Minister can enlighten the House as to the differentiation between a discovery made by the Board, and one made by a person. I feel, particularly in view of the remarks just made by the hon. member for Germiston (District) (Mr. Tucker) in regard to the previous clause, that we should encourage further research in atomic energy in this country, that we are placing the individual at an unfair disadvantage in comparison with the Board. Either both should be made obligatory, or both should be made subject to the decision of the Board. Can the Minister enlighten us as to whether my interpretation is correct, and if so, the reason for this differentiation.

*The MINISTER OF MINES:

The reason for the difference is that it is based on an agreement. As is provided here, the Board may, by way of agreement with a person, entrust that person with special investigations and to make discoveries and inventions. It is the view of the State that private bodies should be given as much opportunity as possible to do that work. But when that work is too comprehensive it is often not possible for a private body to do it and then the Board is compelled to do the work itself. These agreements which are concluded with private individuals will be chiefly in connection with work in industry or in the medical world and that is why provision is made for the discoveries to be made known. The research which the Board itself will do will be chiefly fundamental research. Nuclear research is a comparatively new science and that is why we think that this provision should not be made compulsory. The desirability or otherwise in this regard will be considered according to circumstances. Because we are dealing here with a Board which consists of a the public sector as well, I do not think hon. members need be concerned lest the results of the research be not made known if it is at all in the public interest that those results should be made known.

Amendment put and agreed to.

Clause, as amended, put and agreed to.

On Clause 6,

Mr. TAUROG:

Clause 6 deals with the question of secrecy …

The DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN:

Order! I should like to point out to the hon. member that he must confine himself to the amendment moved to this section. The hon. member cannot discuss the original section as printed. He must confine himself to the amendments.

Mr. TAUROG:

There are the words “or use” in this clause. This clause says that no person shall communicate, transmit or make known to any person, or use any information in regard to reserves of ores containing any prescribed material, or the annual output of such material or ores, without the consent in writing of the Chairman of the Board. The Minister is aware that it is the custom of mining companies to disclose to their shareholders in their annual reports, the reserves of ore the particular mine has, and based on this reserves of ore, shareholders can make an estimate of the life of the mine and its profitability. I see in this clause, as amended by the words “or use, any information in regard to reserves of ores containing any prescribed material” that you are putting an unfair legal disability on shareholders who may use any information disclosed by their companies as to the reserves of ore, which may contain uranium. I am worried that a number of our mining companies may unwittingly commit an offence, according to the wording of this clause. I should like an assurance from the Minister that that is not so, and that mining companies will be free to use any information that they feel advisable in their discretion— and I am sure that we can leave that discretion to these mining companies which are responsible bodies—and that they should not be unduly prevented from disclosing any reserves of ore. I would like to get an assurance from the Minister that this will not have the effect of restricting companies from disclosing their true reserves of ore.

The MINISTER OF MINES:

This is not a new clause. It is only the words “or use” which are being inserted. This clause does not contain an absolute prohibition. It says that no person shall, without the consent in writing of the chairman, communicate or use any information. So it is possible to communicate, transmit or make known to any person or use any information, but it must be with the consent of the Chairman. This is not new in so far as the information published by companies is concerned. Some information was published in the past and so it is not an absolute prohibition. When it is in the public interest that information should be published, the necessary permission will be obtained.

Mr. TAUROG:

I thank the Minister. I quite see that mining companies, as such, can get consent from the Chairman of the Board, but what is the position of the shareholder who, having got that information, uses it? If the company discloses its reserves containing uranium ore, up to now a shareholder using that information has not been committing an offence, but with the introduction of the words “or use”, are we not putting a very onerous responsibility on the shareholder?

The MINISTER OF MINES:

It is quite clear that whenever the chairman has to give consent to information being communicated or transmitted, he has to bear in mind that it will be used. He cannot allow information to be given to the public and then prohibit anybody from using it. I think it must be considered in relation to the whole approach.

Clause put and agreed to.

On Clause 8,

The MINISTER OF MINES:

I move the amendment as printed—

In line 37, after “use” to insert “and the fees or royalties payable in respect of such use”.

Agreed to.

Clause as amended, put and agreed to.

Remaining Clauses and Title of the Bill put and agreed to.

House Resumed:

Bill reported with amendments.

GROUP AREAS AMENDMENT BILL

Ninth Order read: Resumption of second-reading debate,—Group Areas Amendment Bill.

[Debate on motion by the Minister of Planning, upon which an amendment had been moved by Mr. Gay, adjourned on 18 March, resumed.]

Mr. BARNETT:

I dealt last night with certain aspects which had been raised by hon. members opposite and I also referred to Clause 5 of the Bill in regard to suitable alternative accommodation. I now wish to deal with certain other aspects of the Bill and ask the hon. the Minister to give us some information. In sub-section (2) on page 6 the Minister will see that it deals with a notice in the newspapers in regard to areas it is proposed to proclaim. Then in sub-section (3) it says that they should also take note of applications made in respect of areas to be included in such notice. It says the Secretary must allow a written application to be lodged with him prior to the expiration of the first-mentioned period, and proposals as to any area or areas to be included in such notice, together with the reasons in support of any such proposal. I presume that means that when a notice appears in the Press the members of the public can write to the board and say that they wish a further area to be included. But I submit that the same privilege should be given to people who wish to exclude a certain area from that proclamation. It may be that they have no valid argument why a certain area should not be declared a group area, but as there is now to be the right for people to say that they want another area to be included, I submit that there should also be the right granted to people to say that they want a certain portion of that area excluded. I submit that the Minister should give that right to Such people, because in sub-section (4) it says that the board shall not reject a proposal unless it has afforded the person who made the proposal an opportunity of being heard of or submitting written representations to it, and the Minister has approved of the rejection of the proposal. I submit that all those rights should also be given to people who want certain portions to be excluded. The Act also goes on to use the words “the desirability or otherwise of issuing, amending or withdrawing any proclamation”. I now wish to give the Minister certain facts as to what happened in the past, and I hope we will not have a recurrence. There is an area not far from Cape Town where people apply for permits to erect dwellings or to purchase dwellings. That area was not a proclaimed area. They were given the permit and were permitted to purchase, and after they did that—and there were hundreds, according to my information—suddenly that area was declared a White area. I say that is misleading and unfair to the people. The people do not know where they are. The Government gave them a permit to purchase and occupy and then clamped down on them and said that this would now be a White area. I submit that in cases of that kind the people affected should not lose a single cent, and that they should be reimbursed completely for the purchase price of the property, the cost of construction plus all incidental expenses such as the costs of transfer, etc.

The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

To which area are you referring?

Mr. BARNETT:

I think it was Claremont, but if the Minister wants me to give him a case which I have just received I can give him the instance of where a man bought a house, I think in Port Elizabeth, and got a bond and when he took transfer of the property it was declared a White area. Surely people should know where they are in regard to this legislation. Nobody is safe, particularly the Coloured people. They do not know where they are. They are running around trying to find an area where they will be safe from the operation of the Group Areas Act, only to find that the Group Areas Board has followed them and they are expelled. What guarantee has anybody got? Must the Coloured community forever live in fear and trepidation that if they buy property under permit or otherwise in areas not yet proclaimed they will have no security of tenure? That is what happens not in one case but in many, and it means a tremendous loss to them. My appeal to the Minister is that in cases of that kind there should be no loss and that in the operation of the Act this 50 per cent on surplus should not apply, or the 80 per cent on loss. This man whom I mentioned was almost ruined. He bought the property in good faith and suddenly a group area was proclaimed there.

The Minister referred to Clause 12. On a strict interpretation of that clause it would mean that you cannot have a servant living on your premises without a permit. I want to know from the Minister whether it is the intention of the Government, if they proclaim an area say in Sea Point or Kenilworth, where you have a servant’s room in your flat or in your house, you must have a permit of occupation? Because as the Bill reads it says that from the date specified in the proclamation no disqualified person shall occupy, and no person shall allow a disqualified person to occupy, land or premises to which the proclamation applies except under the authority of a permit. Does this refer to domestic servants? If that is so, it will affect the whole of our daily lives. I want to repeat what I said yesterday, that everything we do in our lives is regulated by permits. Surely a strict interpretation of the Act would mean that you cannot have a domestic servant without a permit; and if it is not so the Minister must tell us that domestic servants are excluded.

The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

They have been exempted by proclamation.

Mr. BARNETT:

Does this new Bill not override any proclamation made prior to this? It says “notwithstanding anything contained in any special or other statutory provision”. If the Minister tells me that any proclamation made prior to this Act will stand and that this Act will not affect any prior proclamation, I will accept it, but it does not seem to me as if that is what this particular clause means.

The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

May I refer you to Section 23 (2) of the Act?

Mr. BARNETT:

If that is the correct interpretation I am quite happy. But we have been told in the past by Ministers; Do not worry about what is in the law; just leave it to our good nature.

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! That has nothing to do with the Bill.

Mr. BARNETT:

I accept the Minister’s assurance. In conclusion, I want to deal with what has become known as the “police section”. Section 15. Surely a strict interpretation of this means that the policeman can barge into any person’s house at any time merely because he suspects that an offence may be committed. Surely you are not giving the police all that liberty to barge into a man’s home at any time, and I want to ask the Minister to delete the word “suspected”, because we are dealing with a specific offence under the Group Areas Act. Surely once there is an alleged offence, that is sufficient reason for the police to act.

The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

It is only if they suspect that an offence is being committed in terms of this Act.

Mr. BARNETT:

Then the Minister should say “reasonably suspect”.

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! That can be discussed in Committee.

Mr. BARNETT:

But I must give the Minister time to think about it, because I can only speak three times in the Committee Stage. I say to the Minister that he must delete the word “suspected” because otherwise I am going to call this the “Gestapo clause”.

Dr. MULDER:

Yes, you will select a word like that. That is now a true South African speaking!

Mr. BARNETT:

No, I am making an appeal to the Minister not to give the people of the country the impression that they are not free to have a home or to enjoy the security and the privacy of their homes without the fear of the police coming along and saying they suspect that these people are contravening the Group Areas Act. I say it is sufficient if there is an offence or an alleged offence. It is not right if a policeman walks by and enters your house and says that he suspects that an offence is being committed. Hon. members must not get so excited. We are trying to protect the good name of South Africa more than they are. [Interjections.] I say it is to prevent the impression being created in the minds of people that we want to try to change the law in this respect. I make that appeal to the Minister now and perhaps it will be set right in the Committee Stage.

*Mr. SMIT:

If the results of the provincial elections for Coloured voters in the northern and southern Cape constituencies has had one good effect in this House it is that it has caused the hon. member for Boland (Mr. Barnett), who has just spoken, to expose the United Party in regard to this question of group areas. Hon. members of the Opposition have tried to evade this matter by saying: “Yes, we are in favour of social segregation but it must not be compulsory; there has to be contact and consultation,” but at the same time, hon. members of the Opposition have been trying to sell a policy of White leadership to the voters during the provincial election campaign. The hon. member who spoke just before I stood up is also a member of that same party; it is true that he is not a member of the party caucus but he is still a member of the United Party. He was elected a Coloured Representative for the Boland constituency with the assistance of the financial and organizing machine of that party.

Mr. BARNETT:

On a point of order, I did not receive any financial assistance from any person or body.

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order, order! That is not a point of order.

*Mr. SMIT:

I can well imagine that the hon. member for Boland is very sensitive in regard to this matter which I have just mentioned. But the fact remains that he was elected with the support, in all respects, of the United Party.

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! That has nothing to do with the Bill.

*Mr. SMIT:

I am coming to the point that I want to make, Mr. Speaker. The hon. member expressed himself in the strongest possible terms, and, unlike the hon. members for Germiston (District) (Mr. Tucker) and Simonstown (Mr. Gay) who tried to pose as the protagonists of the principle of segregation, he said that he made no secret of the fact that he condemned the principle of separate residential areas. Those were the words which he used here yesterday. He said: “I make no secret of it.”

Mr. BARNETT:

I despise it, I detest it, I abhor it.

*Mr. SMIT:

There you have it, Mr. Speaker. I want to go so far as to say that while frontbenchers of the United Party posed yesterday as the so-called protagonists of the principle of separate residential areas and segregation …

*An HON. MEMBER:

Graaff said it again last night.

*Mr. SMIT:

Yes, I have already said that hon. members of the United Party are trying to sell their so-called policy of White leadership to the public and are posing as the protagonists of social segregation, of separate residential areas, but on this condition: “We want this to take place on a voluntary basis; we want consultation; we do not want to make it compulsory.” I say that I see this game which they are playing simply as a screen to hide two completely divergent points of view on that side of the House in regard to this matter. The hon. member for Boland has interpreted the views of one section of the United Party here; he says that he abhors social segregation. There are more hon. members of the United Party who hold the same view but they have been told to keep their mouths shut at this stage. The hon. member for Boland could not but say what he did; because the results in the two provincial constituencies I have mentioned have forced him to say the things which he has said; they have forced him to describe this legislation as Gestapo legislation.

Mr. BARNETT:

On a point of order, I did not say that; I said that unless it was changed I would be compelled to call it Gestapo legislation.

*Mr. SMIT:

That does not alter the matter at all. I say that he has been forced to use these extravagant expressions in order to express his disapproval of social segregation. Although he may feel the same way in his heart of hearts he has been forced to give expression to these feelings. But if it were not for the election results in these two constituencies, he would not have come out with remarks of this nature. That is why I say that all this effort on the part of frontbenchers of the United Party is merely a screen to hide the great disunity in their ranks in regard to this matter.

Hon. members of the Opposition discussed this amending Bill yesterday without actually dealing with the provisions of the Bill itself. The principle of group areas was adopted by this Parliament years ago—in 1950. The provisions of this Bill only deal with the new procedure since the coming into being of the Department of Planning, a step which nobody with any sense in this House will deprecate because, when we have to plan for residential areas and orderly communities, it is obvious that these functions will also have to be performed by the Department which has to plan economic development. While up to the present we have had the proclaiming of group areas chiefly in order to avoid the disturbing factor of residential integration, we will in the future have to proclaim group areas while also bearing in mind the economic circumstances of the groups involved, and that is what this Bill makes provision for. But the abysmal ignorance of hon. members of the Opposition has become apparent, inter alia, from the attitude which has been adopted by the hon. member for Simonstown.

Mr. BARNETT:

May I ask a question?

*Mr. SMIT:

The hon. member must give me an opportunity to make my speech; I am dealing with another hon. member, not with him; he can ask his question later. The hon. member for Simonstown spoke about the officials of another Department who will now have to perform the functions of this Department. The hon. member is so naïve that he does not know that when the Department of Planning was established, there was a reshuffling of the officials in the old Department of Community Development and a number of them were transferred to the Department of Planning. In other words, there is an abysmal ignorance displayed by hon. members of the Opposition in regard to the provisions of this Bill. But in order to try to justify their opposition to this legislation, hon. members of the Opposition told the House with much emotion about the sorrow and the heartbreak and the human suffering caused by this Bill. Mr. Speaker, that has actually nothing to do with this Bill. Those are matters which fall under the principal Act of 1950. Indeed, I can say that if there have been cases of heartbreak and human suffering, then this Bill before us will reduce the incidence of that heartbreak and suffering.

Mr. BARNETT:

What about the Coloureds in Stellenbosch?

*Mr. SMIT:

The hon. member speaks about the Coloureds in Stellenbosch. That hon. member made all sorts of promises to support them in their campaign when they did not want to fulfill their obligations in respect of rents, so he is only reaping what he has sown. If there are cases of hardship as a result of the policy of compulsory group area segregation, if there are cases of human suffering as a result of compulsory residential segregation as applied by this Government, then I want to put this question to the Opposition. Are only those people who are affected and have to move as a result of the proclaiming of group areas heartsore and suffering hardship? Is it difficult for them to move to another house, which is perhaps a far better house than the one they had? Is it not a fact that in the Cape Peninsula we have one of the best examples to prove that development, not for the sake of residential purposes, but development for the sake of the better control of traffic in the urban area, has made it necessary for people to leave properties which they may have been occupying for generations? Is it only those people who have to leave their homes as a result of the proclaiming of group areas who become heartsore and suffer hardship? Are there not farmers in our country who have also had to forfeit the land which has been dear to them for generations; who have had to forfeit this land for the sake of development, for industrial purposes, for other purposes and even for the development of group areas? This brings me to my next point: If one is to accept what the hon. member has told us, is it only the non-Whites who are heartsore and who are suffering hardship as a result of the proclaiming of group areas? Is it not a fact that numbers of Whites who have for generations lived on land which is dear to them, have also had to make the sacrifice of giving up that land for the sake of the provision of decent housing for members of another race group—the Coloureds?

*An HON. MEMBER:

In Bellville South.

*Mr. SMIT:

We have the wonderful example of Bellville South, which was formerly part of the constituency of the hon. the Minister himself. Did Whites not also have to be moved from this area in order to make way for the development of Coloured areas? In other words, we are not dealing here simply with the question of the unjust treatment of the poor Coloureds, as is suggested by hon. members on that side of the House. We are dealing here with a development, with a need which has grown up over a period of 300 years; this is the inheritance of 300 years; this development is necessary because of the neglect of orderly planning over those 300 years; it has been this neglect which has led to the fact that sacrifices have to-day to be made not only by Coloureds but by Whites as well. But I want to go further and say this: In almost all the cases in which people have been moved as a result of the proclaiming of the group areas, better conditions have been created for them. Where people have had to leave land on which they were practising farming of some or other kind, they have been compensated in a way which redounds greatly to the credit of this Government and which has also made the more worthwhile for those people. Though there may therefore be some cases of privation, though there may be cases in which people feel unhappy as a result of the proclaiming of group areas, even then, we cannot do otherwise than stand fast by this legislation and by this programme of the Government for the sake of the more important ideal of residential segregation and because of the humane way in which people in similar circumstances have been dealt with. The fact remains that no matter what attitude may be adopted by hon. members of the Opposition, no matter how they may oppose this legislation, if they can obtain the advantages to be obtained from group area legislation, some of them will not wait for one moment. When I speak of advantages, I do not mean compensation if they themselves are affected; I am referring specifically to what happened in Natal. When this legislation was passed— it was strongly opposed by the Opposition— a deputation from the Durban City Council went to see the then Minister of the Interim to ask him please to put the legislation into operation as soon as possible because conditions had deteriorated to such an extent in Durban that the Council simply could not cope with the position.

I want to come back now to the specific provisions of this Bill. Because this Bill now makes provision, inter alia, that a new group of disqualified persons will not come into being in terms of the Group Areas Act; in other words, that people will not be able to defy this legislation and try, after proclamation, to enter an area in which they are no longer allowed to live is this fact not to the advantage, particularly to an area like Natal and is it not to the advantage to the Durban City Council? For this reason we cannot understand what has caused hon. members of the Opposition to oppose this legislation. The hon. member for Simonstown said that the principal Act was now being amended for the umpteenth time. But it is obvious that in a programme of this nature, because of the new ground covered since 1950 and because of the new circumstances which of necessity arise and of the efforts which are often made to find loopholes in legislation in order to evade its provisions—in other words, to oppose what hon. members of the Opposition tell us they also want, namely social segregation—the principal Act should have to be amended from time to time.

But what is more, is it not obvious that legislation of this nature particularly should be amended because we are at present finishing off our original task and because we now have to cover a wider field in which when new group areas are established the economic development has also to be considered. Even if the principal Act is amended every year in the future, I shall support every amendment most heartily indeed because we are not living in a stagnant community; we are living in a developing community and the fact that amendments are being made to this legislation is proof of the alertness and spirit of enterprise of the Department concerned and the hon. the Minister as its head. But what is more, each time amending measures of this nature come before the House, the country will be made more aware of the listless attitude adopted by hon. members of the Opposition in regard to this matter. They can tell the public that they are in favour of White leadership, and what, according to them, White control means, but if they neglect to impose residential segregation, which they are also ostensibly in favour of, and make it compulsory, they will never be able to succeed in maintaining White leadership. Let me mention the example of what has happened in Britain. A handful of non-Whites in Britain are infiltrating into traditionally White communities. Originally, one party or some of its supporters objected to this and asked that control be instituted. But the other party said: “Let the non-Whites come in; it will make no difference.” Circumstances have, however, resulted in the fact that the Labour Party which is now in government there, has realized that it will have to apply control measures. What is the background to this matter? The background is the realization that they want to retain White leadership there as well, but they have also discovered that one cannot do this on a voluntary basis; one cannot consult these people and tell them: “You must not live in this particular urban area; you must live in a poorer section on the other side.”

Mrs. TAYLOR:

But the police have nothing to do with it.

*Mr. SMIT:

The question of whether the police have anything to do with it or not is not relevant to my argument in this regard: it is not relevant when I am discussing the question of compulsory segregation. I shall deal just now with the question of the police.

*An HON. MEMBER:

After all, someone has to exercise control.

*Mr. SMIT:

In other words, the fact remains that one can create order out of the chaos which has developed over 300 years, or, as in the case in England, perhaps over 20 years, but one cannot bring order out of the chaos which has resulted through negligence without making things compulsory. That is the lesson which hon. members of the Opposition will have to learn. Before they tell the public that they are in favour of White leadership they must tell the public and this House how they are going to apply residential segregation in this country without the element of compulsion. How are they going to do it on a voluntary basis? With whom are they going to discuss the matter; are they going to discuss it with Indians who will buy land deliberately in the White urban area of Durban if they can? Are they going to be able to persuade the Indians to give up their plan? If not, who is going to persuade them to do so.

The hon. member for Wynberg (Mrs. Taylor) spoke about the police. The great grievance of hon. members opposite is that the police will now do inspection work under this legislation. Is the position not that the police have been performing this function since 1957? Now that the original work of investigation has to a large extent been completed and now that the time has come when group areas have been proclaimed in practically all parts of the country, we will have to ensure that no offences are committed, that there are no disqualified persons who want to go against the wishes of the Government and also the wishes of the Opposition, so we are told, by entering these proclaimed areas, and so this can no longer remain the function of inspectors of the Department. It must of necessity become the function of the police as we reach this stage of development because if anything of this nature is done, it becomes an offence against the law of the country. Hon. members must not tell us that by using the police for this purpose we are making use of Gestapo methods. The hon. member for Simonstown himself told us yesterday about the effect which uniforms have on the public.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

May I ask the hon. member in terms of which sub-section of which section the police have been carrying out these duties since 1957?

*Mr. SMIT:

The hon. member must not ask me under which sub-section of which section the police have been carrying out these duties. The question is simply whether the police have been carrying out these duties since 1957 or not. This task has been performed by the police since 1957 under the authority of the Department of Community Development. According to the common law of the country, a police official can be sent to investigate a matter in regard to which there is suspicion that an offence has been committed.

Mrs. TAYLOR:

Why then should provision be made in that regard in this Bill?

*Mr. SMIT:

Mr. Speaker, I want to return to this point. To cast suspicion in advance upon the use of the police for what is a normal police function and to refer to the effect which a police uniform will have on the public amounts to a calculated attempt to stir up feelings against this legislation and its application and I think that this is a great pity, particularly because the hon. member for Simonstown has said that they are also in favour of social segregation and separate residential areas. If they are in favour of these things they must not try to frustrate them; they must not try to frustrate them directly in this House and they must also not try to frustrate them indirectly by casting suspicion upon those people who have to carry out these functions.

Where under the present provisions the proclaiming of every new group areas would have to be submitted to this House, it is now being provided in this Bill that this need no longer be done after 7 June this year, and that the function of proclamation will in the future still rest with the Department concerned and its machinery. I want to say here to-day that we have progressed a long way in regard to the proclaiming of group areas in areas where the need has been the greatest, but we realize that as the country develops and develops swiftly, there will have to be new proclamations, and that is why this function is so well suited to the Department of Planning. But with a view to the development with which we are faced, I want to say that if every future proclaiming of a group area has to be submitted to this House, we will be faced with this problem. It will make the position of members impossible in their own constituencies because people who will be affected will approach those members and other Members of Parliament to support their particular point of view in order to prevent the proclaiming of a certain area. This is a function which under normal circumstances can never either directly or indirectly become that of a member of the House of Assembly and that is why I am grateful that the old provision has been done away with and that we are still leaving the question of the proclaiming of group areas to the Department which is responsible for this function.

In conclusion I just want to say that it has become clear to us in this debate that hon. members of the Opposition are playing the same old game which they have been playing over the past 15 years in regard to this matter. It will help them but little to tell the public that they are in favour of White leadership and White control, and to make all kinds of statements which sound very well. The fact remains that although they have had the opportunity to give practical effect to what they ostensibly profess, they have left the Government of the country in the lurch.

Mr. EDEN:

Sir, my appeal to the hon. the Minister with regard to this Bill, although he smiled very nicely yesterday when it was suggested that he may have a kinder heart than some of his predecessors as far as group areas were concerned, is that the Government should realize that this particular Act of Parliament is the one Act which causes tremendous and considerable distress amongst the non-White peoples of this country. That is a fact to which we cannot close our eyes.

We are coming here to-day to amend this Act, and, as the Government says, to close loopholes and to make it easier for the Government to carry out the wishes of the electorate and to make the group areas of this country, like a multi-coloured jacket, an accepted thing or at least an established thing. I think something should be said here about the effect of the Act in relation to the amendments which are proposed here.

In the first instance I had the opportunity recently of visiting a number of towns in the Cape Province where the Group Areas Act had been applied or is in the process of being applied. Sir, I think the Minister is aware of my views because I have been in correspondence with him and with the incumbent of the office prior to the establishment of the Department of Planning. I want to concede that a tremendous amount of work has been done as far as slum clearance is concerned. I have heard remarks by Government speakers to the effect that certain municipalities have done nothing and the charge has more or less been made against this side of the House that those councils were United Party-controlled councils. Let me say right away that I can point to just as many councils which are Nationalist Party-controlled councils which have also done nothing or which can be accused of having done nothing.

*An HON. MEMBER:

Paarl.

Mr. EDEN:

A classic example is one quite close to Paarl. I think the township in question is Newtown, between Wellington and Paarl, between the mountain and the railway on the way to Cape Town. Let hon. members go and look for themselves at the galvanized iron shacks and shanties and judge for themselves. Sir. there are many other examples. I would suggest that hon. members opposite have a look at Beaufort West, at Sakkiesbaai, which is a place where Coloured people have been living under bags and bits of iron for a long time. I do not think it can be suggested by the wildest stretch of imagination that the United Party has much influence there. I am glad to see that the hon. member for De Aar-Colesberg (Mr. M. J. de la R. Venter) is in his seat. At Colesberg we know what is happening. The hon. the Minister of Coloured Affairs told me himself across the floor of the House that he was aware of what was happening at Colesberg. Sir, I do not blame the Colesberg Town Council for the position there because I think it is a job which is beyond their capacity. I think the conditions there are the worst in the Cape Province. I do not blame anybody for that, but what I do say is that in selecting a new site a little more kindness might perhaps be shown to the people who are going to be moved.

*Mr. M. J. DE LA R. VENTER:

Did you investigate the position at Colesberg?

Mr. EDEN:

Yes, I went there. The mayor was a bit cross with me because I got there on a Saturday afternoon and I did not see him; I wrote to him accordingly. But I did not go there with any intention of blaming people. I exonerate the Council. I say that in this matter the Government should do its work through the local authorities because there are many local authorities who have been doing and who are doing this job satisfactorily. But, let us look at De Aar; let us take a look at the Coloured township in De Aar, which is also in the hon. member’s constituency. Sir, you cannot blame the De Aar Town Council. They are very co-operative people. They have told me that they have their particular problems. I wrote to the Town Clerk about the position there. Let us get away from this attitude of blaming political parties for conditions in this country and for conditions in the Cape Province in particular.

Mr. M. J. DE LA R. VENTER:

What about Laingsburg?

Mr. EDEN:

That is a very nice township. I come to the question of the proclamation of group areas. We say that we will publish the proclamation of group areas at least once in a newspaper circulating in the area. I think the Minister should investigate that aspect because in many of the small towns in the rural areas it is very difficult to know which newspaper circulating in the area will reach the affected persons—in this particular instance Coloured persons. I can quote a case, which is well-known to the hon. the Minister, where the only evidence which was given before the Board was given by a Coloured person who is in the employ of the Municipality. When I asked the town clerk how it came about that only this one person gave evidence, he said, “Well, he was the only man who turned up.” The persons at whose request I went to do the investigation said that they had no knowledge that that investigation was contemplated or that it was taking place.

I also want to refer to the question of the hearings and the decisions of the Board, and I want to say to the Minister that I am bitterly disappointed at the omission to bring about any change in the appeal procedure when affected persons are dissatisfied. The general consensus of opinion amongst the communities who are affected is, that whatever representations they make, no matter how much money they may spend in briefing counsel and attorneys and others to plead their cause, very little notice is taken of those representations. I am quite willing to concede that the hon. the Minister, weighing up all things, makes his decision in terms of the cold letter of the law, but why is it that in all these cases where Coloured persons are vitally affected and make representations, no change ever comes about? Surely there must be some method whereby their point of view can be ventilated. What concerns the Coloured community and me in particular is this: Who initiates the investigation for the particular proclamation, that is to say, who decides that there is going to be an investigation and that the investigation is going to be made at a certain time and place and that representations may be made at that time? Let us get away from the big cities like Johannesburg and go to a small place called Danielskuil, where the Coloured taxpayers’ organization is very dissatisfied. They had a hearing there quite recently. In every case in the small towns it is always the Coloured communities who are moved out. Let us take the case of Graaff Reinet. A Coloured area called Sunnyside was established there and a new area called Kroonvale came into being. The persons living in Sunnyside do not know what to do. There are actually properties there where the foundations have been laid but no further progress has been made. The town council maintains that they first want to develop the second township. I do not blame the council for adopting that attitude. But what I do say is that the Government can be criticized because the people in the Sunnyside township are living in a state of uncertainty. That is the tremendous objection to and criticism we level against the Group Areas Act in general. All the sweet words coming from Government speakers will never alter the fact that the Coloured people believe that this Act is directed at them and nobody else.

An HON. MEMBER:

Nonsense!

Mr. EDEN:

It is no good saying it is nonsense. That is what they believe and that is what they think.

From time immemorial the Africans have always lived on the outer perimeter of towns. It does not happen, except in a few cases along the Reef, where we have an exceptional position, that Bantu are moved at all. But on the platteland practically every town is declared White and the Coloured people in the towns have got to get out. I say to the hon. the Minister that if he has, as I think, a kind heart—he is a Cape man and he does understand the Coloured people and their aspirations; he knows their feelings; he knows their frustrations and despair—he would give the Group Areas Act a holiday for a few years. No, let the holiday be permanent. Pension the Act off. This is the position, and I want to emphasize it because this is the opportunity to do so. This is the Act which is causing 99 per cent of the ill-feeling in this country vis-à-vis the Coloured people and the Whites. The Government is responsible.

Another thing which concerns the Coloured community is this: Who originates the suggestions and ideas that places should be investigated? I want to quote a case in Upington. By a gentlemen’s agreement, which everybody associated with Upington for any length of time says is so, it was agreed that the Coloured community would be put west of Brug Street and that the Whites would be east. East of Brug Street there were one or two plots— water erven—on the river owned by Coloured people. They disposed of them. On the west side there is a Congregational Church, I think, and other Coloured persons. The Group Areas Board broke faith. Representations were made to them, I am assured, by the attorneys who pleaded the case for these people. Those representations were ignored and west of Brug Street is to-day a White area. The Coloureds who have been in occupation there—it is true there are only seven but seven is as good as 700—have been cut off from the river. It is said that they never had access to the river. If you know Upington, Sir, and I am sure you do, you will know that that is about the coolest place in midsummer! These people have no access to the river. There is an area further west which it is said can be turned into a Coloured settlement. It is along the river, but where are the Coloureds being moved to, out of the location? Right away on the top of the ridge. The town council—I give them credit for it—are building houses as fast as they can in terms of the law but the people concerned are most unhappy. When I say “most unhappy” I express myself in the mildest possible form.

I want to refer to the position of leases. I have asked the question before. I should like the Minister to take note of what I am about to say because I should like an answer. In some central business and trading areas in our towns there are Coloureds, Asiatics, Malays, Chinese and other traders. They may occupy premises which belong to Whites; premises which are leased to them. Are these the leases that can be arbitrarily cancelled? When it comes to the question of offering alternative accommodation, as the hon. member for Boland (Mr. Barnett) said yesterday, it is not a question of alternative accommodation; it is not a house they want; they want a home. As the hon. the Minister knows the non-White person who is in business to-day in a White area operates on a permit. The man is established; he has been there for years; he does not know what is going to happen to him. In many cases—refer to Asiatic traders in this instance—they operate their business on a permit. There is no such thing as an Asiatic area at the moment. Does the Minister think those people are happy and that they are not thoroughly dissatisfied and thoroughly disgruntled. Their businesses have entirely White clientele. I heard a remark by the hon. member for Somerset East (Mr. Vosloo) about “piesangwinkels”. These people are not old “piesangwinkeliers”. These are people who have invested their money in their businesses; people who were born and bred in South Africa; they are South Africans. They are in business and they are giving a good service, I can quote you instances, Sir;, where Asiatics have had to-move, and others brought in— Whites, White market gardeners and the like.

Dr. OTTO:

Where was that?

Mr. EDEN:

At Kimberley. The central area of Kimberley was an open area. That town council has provided townships and better housing and planning for a number of years longer than any other town council. There are Asiatic traders in the town and about six months ago a proclamation appeared. The town council has tried strenuously to have the position left alone as it is. One of those Asiatics spoke to me the other day. He’ has to move. Whereto? His business has an exclusively White clientèle. He has to go. What is he going to do with himself? Under the Group Areas Act they want to put the Indians against a sewerage farm. The local authority had tremendous difficulty in getting the Government to see sense and to realize that that was unreasonable. However that is the position. I ask the Minister: Are these the leases that are going to be cancelled forthwith? Is the man going to be given one year’s notice that his business must come to an end? What sort of alternative accommodation is he going to get? I think of a Malay tailor. He is a first-class tailor. His clientèle is exclusively White. He has got to move. These are only a few examples of hundreds of people who are in exactly the same position.

Mr. Speaker, it is a great pity that during all these years, during 15 years, people have been moved around like pawns on a chess board. It is a great pity that after all these years we still have to listen to speeches of the type we had to listen to yesterday. The Coloured ma knows there is not very much he can do. He puts his case; he pleads. He pleads to me and to my friends before me— the representatives of the same group of people.

An HON. MEMBER:

Are you referring to Bill Holland?

Mr. EDEN:

Well, he is also a Coloured Representative in case you do not know. I want to say that the Government should realize—I want them to know—that they ought to make concessions when accredited elected representatives speak to them and say: “This is the position; this is the dissatisfaction”. If the Government does not do that it will make the gulf wider and the frustration more and more evident. That is my plea. The Minister has enormous power. Parliament is going to give him more power. If he wants to be a really powerful man, a man who will carry his portfolio ably, he must pay attention to representations made by accredited representatives and when they say: “Listen, the people think you have broken faith,” he must listen. I want to quote the ease of Kimberley where we had a very bad slum area 25 years ago. We gave an undertaking that we would not use that area for White occupation or for any other purposes except as a park and garden with access to all. And there it is for all to see. To-day our reputation stands high.

The Bastervolk in the Gordonia district are to-day pleading for their own homeland. They want their own territory. They have maintained for years that they should get it. They applied to the Government through the Department for it.

*An HON. MEMBER:

They sold it.

Mr. EDEN:

They may have sold it but the point is they want it back. They reckon they should get it back under the new “stelsel”. This is the pattern throughout the length and breadth of the country: The Coloured community are dissatisfied; they are unhappy and they do not like the Group Areas Act. It is no good bluffing ourselves that they do; they do-not. Anybody who has close contact with them or who deals with them will know that that is so.

Reference has been made to the police. I searched the old Act to find where this power came from. The hon. member for Musgrave (Mr. Hourquebie) has referred to it by way of a question to the hon. member for Stellenbosch (Mr. Smit). The police have been used. There is no denying that. But they have not been used as a general practice. The function of the police is to investigate crime. I say that it is no crime to have somebody under your roof who might be a disqualified person. There are times when I think the police should be left where they belong. Their job is to investigate crime and they are capable and competent to do that. I would like the Minister to tell us exactly what happened at Beaufort West where a portion of the urban area was declared White and the council refused to act. Who came there to carry out the law, although no accommodation was available for these people?

When one refers to the actions and the use of the police in relation to the Coloured community the Coloureds begin to wonder to what depths have we sunk. Surely the offences under this type of legislation are not criminal offences.

Business suspended at 12.45 p.m. and resumed at 2.20 p.m.

Afternoon Sitting

Mr. EDEN:

In the short time left to me I would like to summarize what I said under the headings of the Bill and that is to make an appeal to the hon. the Minister that, when proclamations are published about the intention to declare a group area, a method other than the one of one publication in a newspaper circulating in the area should be found so that affected persons or persons likely to be affected, persons likely to be disqualified, will have adequate opportunity and plenty of time in which to prepare their case. They should have the opportunity to engage suitable assistance in the form of an attorney or counsel to place their case before the board. I want to ask the Minister to give consideration to providing adequate alternative accommodation particularly in regard to business sites and buildings and payment to affected persons who are disqualified and who have to vacate their premises on 12 months’ notice.

My final appeal to the hon. the Minister is, of course, not to use the police but to rely upon his departmental inspectors and staff who, I am quite satisfied, are competent and able and will receive the co-operation of the disqualified people in order to carry out the law.

In conclusion I want to say that the Coloured community realizes—it is on their behalf that I am speaking—that the Group Areas Act as such is the law and that they are the victims of it. I think the Minister, by applying his methods in a friendly and cooperative way, could earn the goodwill of these people to a far greater extent than has been the case up to now. I am convinced that, although time is running short, there is still time and opportunity for the hon. the Minister and his Department to create some goodwill and remove the fears and anxieties of the community at whom this Bill is directed. Let there be no doubt, Mr. Speaker, in the mind of any member on the Government side that this amending Bill and the original Act are causing frustration, despair, hardship and financial loss on the part of and to the Coloured people. They feel that this legislation is directed at them. The Indian feels exactly the same. The third group is the Chinese. There are not many of them. They are all traders; mostly general dealers. They are deeply concerned and await with anxiety the actions of the Government in dealing with them.

So I conclude by making an appeal and saying that the Coloured community realize that it is the law. They resent the suggestion that the police are the people to administer this law. They plead through me and others that the Government should make some concession and make a concerted effort, a positive attempt, to earn their goodwill. As we on this side of the House say the Government should, by co-operation and goodwill, try to achieve that which we all would like to have, namely, a happy and contended community housed in satisfactory houses, a community in which a man’s livelihood is protected and in which he may pursue his lawful pursuits gainfully and to his advantage, and that he will not be badgered and pushed around as has been the case up to now.

*Dr. OTTO:

I do not really want to refer to the speech made by the hon. member for Karoo (Mr. Eden). The main topics he dealt with relate to Coloured affairs of a particular and more local nature, and the hon. the Minister will certainly deal with them.

I listened attentively to the speeches made here yesterday and to-day by the hon. members of the Opposition. It seems to me that when one considers the policy and the actions of the Opposition one is forced to the conclusion that the Opposition is becoming more and more politically hypocritical.

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! What is the difference between political hypocrisy and ordinary hypocrisy? The hon. member must withdraw the word “hypocritical”.

*Dr. OTTO:

I withdraw it, Sir, and I say that they are becoming more and more politically opportunistic and that this opportunism of theirs is beginning to run riot. The United Party reminds me of a large house-clock with a pendulum that swings to the right the one moment and to the left the next. Sir, I wonder whether one should not call the United Party the pendulum party, because the one moment it swings strongly to the right (as we have gathered in the recent past from the speeches made by the Leader of the Opposition, in which he advocated White leadership over the whole of South Africa, and from other speeches) and the next moment the Opposition swing strongly to the left in their speeches, as we have again heard in this debate, particularly after the announcement of the election results in the two Coloured constituencies in which they were beaten by the Progressive Party. In this debate they are trying to rival the Progressive Party and to regain some of the lost ground. This brings me to what the hon. member for Simonstown (Mr. Gay) said yesterday. He blamed the defeats of the United Party at the hands of the Progressive Party on the actions of the National Party and the Government. What a ridiculous statement!

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

Which clause is that?

*Dr. OTTO:

If the hon. member had listened carefully he would have heard that allegation from the hon. member for Simonstown. The fact is that the Coloureds see through the opportunism of the official Opposition. It is the sins committed by the Opposition in the past that are now beginning to catch up with them. This is the party which in the past used and exploited the Coloured vote for the sole purpose of strengthening itself but which in actual fact did very little for the Coloureds. This has been proved time and again in speeches from this side of the House.

The hon. member for Germiston District (Mr. Tucker) said yesterday that the United Party believed in social segregation but that it must be brought about by consent. It seems to me, however, that what the United Party believes in is class separation, in the sense that while hon. members of the Opposition are able to buy homes in expensive and select White residential areas, such as Houghton, they do not care about the poor Whites who have to live amongst the non-Whites, poor Whites who have no other choice. Let me mention a few examples. We know what happened in Johannesburg in the past. I do not want to make too much mention of it, but we know what difficulty the Government had to persuade the Johannesburg City Council to remove the Bantu from certain areas in Johannesburg There were areas such as Newlands and Vrededorp and Sophiatown, Newclare and Martindale. We had the same position in Pretoria, Mr. Speaker. There we had Claremont, Riverside, Marakastad, Derdepoort, etc., where the poor needy Whites lived alongside the non-Whites. The United Party was not at all concerned about these conditions or about their continuance.

I have paged through Hansard a little and I have read speeches made by the Opposition in 1950 and 1957 and I must say that those speeches were exactly the same as those we heard here yesterday and to-day. It was predicted at the time that persons to whom the Group Areas Act was applied would suffer hardship; they predicted that there would be disruption and friction and that the economic losses would be very heavy (this aspect was usually exaggerated); that people would have to tear themselves away from their homes and the areas in which they lived; in other words, the sentimental ties between these people and their homes were over-emphasized. I want to predict, and I am not really a very good prophet, that if further amendments perhaps have to be made in future, these same arguments will again be used. It reminds me of the little song often sung by students: “Dat Nuwe Lied, dat Nuwe Lied; terwyl die lied nie verder gaan, begin ons weer van voor af aan”.

When the Group Areas Act, Act No. 41 of 1950, was first introduced, the then Minister of the Interior promised that the Act would be applied in such a way that the least disruption and the least possible friction would be caused and that it would not be applied ruthlessly but in a sympathetic way. And that is the way in which it has been applied. Hon. members have already admitted that the officials have applied it in a very fair and sympathetic way, and it has also been applied with consultation. The object of the legislation was the creation of separate areas for various groups in the Union which subsequently became the Republic; these groups were the Whites, the Colourds, the Asiatics and the Bantu. And the Act of 1950 stemmed from the Report of the Committee on Asiatic Land Tenure Laws Amendments and Land Tenure Acts Amendments. It is perfectly obvious that the problem of dealing with the Indians in Natal and even in the Transvaal really forms the historical background to the Group Areas Act. That is also the reason why this machinery was first created by the then Minister of the Interior, under whom Indian Affairs had always fallen.

Yesterday it was said over and over again that this legislation was being amended very frequently. When this Bill was introduced in 1950, the Minister concerned said that it was a law that covered a new field; that it was a new, unique type of legislation, that it was a law for which there was no precedent, and that amendments would become necessary in due course. In this instance we are also dealing with human material and human relations in a multi-racial country, and it becomes necessary from time to time to amend the Act. But the legislation also has to be amended because there are people who have opposed this legislation in the past, who have stirred up antipathy against it and who have discovered loopholes which now have to be closed. But it has also been, and is still being, opposed by certain people who encourage opposition to it, people such as certain attorneys and advocates who advise people how to evade the Act. We have to deal on the one hand with inciters and on the other with exploiters who exploit the poor people economically by making them pay over and over again for legal advice. That is why it is necessary to have amendments to close the loopholes.

This Act, however, is not the only One that has been amended frequently. There are many other Acts on our Statute Book which have been amended frequently, and I want to refer to one in particular and that is the legislation relating to Indians. I refer to the Acts passed in this connection since 1935; I will not mention the names of all the Acts but will merely indicate their numbers. I refer to Act No. 25 of 1935, which dealt with the position of Asiatics, Act No. 30 of 1936, Act No. 32 of 1937 —you will notice that the legislation concerned was amended in three consecutive years—Act No. 28 of 1939, Act No. 29 of 1941, the Act of 1943. which was amended in 1944 and Act No. 28 of 1946, which was called the “Asiatic Land Tenure and Indian Representation Act”. This means that there were eight amendments from 1935 to 1946. The Act was continually being amended. And who was in power then? Not the National Party, but the United Party. I repeat that the problem of dealing with the Indians, particularly in Natal, forms the historical background to the Group Areas Act. If the hon. member for Hillbrow (Dr. Steenkamp), who himself lives in Natal, will only take some trouble in this matter, he will find that a great many commissions and committees were appointed to examine the Question of legislation in regard to Indians in Natal, and the question of restricting Indians to certain areas. I refer to the Feetham Commission, the Murray Commission, the Broome Commission, which was reappointed for three consecutive years, and the Lawrence Commission of 1940, and also various commissions that were appointed by the City Council of Durban and the Provincial Council of Natal. The Provincial Council of Natal appointed a “Post-War Works and Reconstruction Commission” on 4 March 1943 and the Durban Municipality appointed a “Durban Post-War Development Committee”, which made a very interesting recommendation in September 1943. In this recommendation the composition of the population as a whole was considered for the first time and the principle of “racial zoning” was put forward for the first time. This committee stated that Durban, for example, had a community composed of four separate groups and that the Durban City Council was responsible for. providing housing for these groups. The committee also stated explicitly that housing accommodation for these groups must be provided in separate areas, and Urged that legislation be passed to make possible the speedy implementation of such an arrangement. We therefore see that there was a distinct movement in the country towards the creation of group areas. In the Report of the Post-War Works and Reconstruction Commission, which was appointed by the Natal Provincial Council and to which I have just referred, mention was made of the friction that resulted when different racial groups lived in the same area. They found that if different groups lived together in the same area it led to disharmony, and they expressed the opinion that when towns were planned, separate areas should be set aside for the various groups; they also pointed out that room should be left for expansion so that each group could develop according to its own character. The demarcation of areas therefore followed upon the reports of commissions, and I want to suggest that it was the circumstances that prevailed in Natal that provided the stimulus for the establishment of these group areas.

In this connection I want to refer very briefly to the Urban Areas Consolidation Act of 1944. When we look at this Act we find that the then Minister of Native Affairs, now called the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development, possessed the necessary authority to establish Bantu locations or Bantu townships or residential areas. Where local authorities refused to establish such areas, the Minister also had the right to compel them to do so. In other words, it simply amounted to the creation of particular group areas. Here I want to emphasize that the Group Areas Act of 1950 conferred no powers upon the Minister of Bantu Affairs that he did not already possess in terms of the Urban Areas Consolidation Act of 1945. And who was in power in 1945? It is of course a well-known fact that it was the United Party.

One of my hon. friends opposite also spoke about “consultation and agreement” with the groups concerned; the hon. member for Germiston (District) (Mr. Tucker) also said yesterday that if the people were consulted or had been consulted on the United Party basis, we would have made more progress as far as the determination of group areas was concerned. Sir, it has always been the policy of the National Party to be fair. But I just want to refer to our experience in Pretoria and the question I want to put to the United Party is this: If one meets with resistance, if the people refuse to be moved, what must one then do? If the National Party had given way to resistance, we would still have been in the same position in which we were under United Party rule. My time is very limited and I just want to say this, that under United Party rule a large squatter population was developing around Pretoria. There were large communities of squatters living in hovels and shanties made of sacking and corrugated iron. The position was that in 1948, when the National Party took over, only one quarter, 25 per cent, of the Bantu in Pretoria lived in residential areas specifically reserved for the Bantu, and the rest squatted around Pretoria. Everybody who travelled in the vicinity of Pretoria at that time knows that that was the position. And even the squatters living in those hovels had sentimental attachments to their hovels; it was difficult to remove them, in spite of the fact that they were to be given much better accommodation elsewhere, and some measure of compulsion had to be used to remove them from the squatters’ area. There were certain persons who incited them to remain there, persons who had an interest in the matter, persons who hired farms and then leased stands to these people on which they could erect their shanties, and who also provided services to these people at high prices. Sir, these shanty-town areas, these squatters’ shanties, must have had a great attraction for the United Party because they did nothing to remove them during that period. It was only when the National Party came into power, and only when the present Prime Minister became Minister of Native Affairs, that positive action was taken in the matter. I think I know what I am speaking about because at that time I was Chairman of the Non-European Affairs Committee of the Pretoria City Council. I want to say here that if the United Party had remained in power we would still have had these squatters’ camps, and we would still have been faced with the position we were faced with when the National Party took over in 1948.

Mrs. TAYLOR:

Nonsense!

*Dr. OTTO:

That may be the hon. member’s view, but there is ample proof that the United Party wanted to allow this state of affairs to continue and that they did not initiate a single scheme to remedy the position. Even to-day they still say that they do not want to use compulsion, and we know that some measure of compulsion was definitely necessary.

In conclusion I want to refer very briefly to the position of the Indians. As far as the Indians are concerned we had the same position in Pretoria. The Indians lived mainly in the Asiatic Bazaar area at Pretoria. They were exploited by the rich Indians as far as the letting of shanties was concerned, and it was the rich Indians who always agitated strongly against the removal of Indians. Sir, I want to invite all hon. members on the other side, including the hon. member for Wynberg (Mrs. Taylor), who interrupted me, to come along with me when they visit Pretoria again and to have a look at Laudium, where the Indians are at present accommodated. I am sure the hon. member, too, will then change her views and not interrupt me unnecessarily again.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

The hon. member for Pretoria (East) (Dr. Otto) adopted the typical approach of that side of the House. He spent part of his speech telling this House that the group areas legislation under the Nationalist Party is no different at all from the legislation which we in the United Party had when we were in power.

Dr. OTTO:

The application is the main thing.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

I quite agree with the hon. member. But to return to my point, on the one hand the hon. member for Pretoria (East) spent a great deal of his speech telling the House that this group area legislation is no different from the legislation when the United Party was in power, but on the other hand he ended his speech by lifting his hands in horror and saying that he does not know where this country would have landed if the United Party had been in power from 1948 until this day. Where is the logic in these two arguments? The one contradicts the other completely. And that is the basis of the argument that we have had from that side of the House throughout this group areas debate.

This side of the House is opposed to this Bill on a number of grounds, which I propose to deal with in detail.

Dr. JONKER:

Progressively.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

The hon. member for Fort Beaufort (Dr. Jonker) seems to be a little anxious to hear what I have to say. I can tell him that I will deal with all the points, one by one. The first ground of opposition, Mr. Speaker, and possibly the main ground, is the fact that this Bill perpetuates, and in some respects even increases, the harshness and the injustices of the group areas legislation, and of course it thereby will increase the ill feeling and the discontent created by this legislation.

Dr. JONKER:

Is that now Point Number One?

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

The hon. members for Simonstown, Germiston (District) and Karoo have all three referred at length to the ways in which this legislation has created hardship, injustice, ill feeling, discontent and so on, and I do not propose to go over the same ground again, but I would simply like to make one point before I leave that aspect of the matter, namely, that there is no doubt whatever that many of the provisions of the Act are harsh and have led to a great deal of injustice. In addition, in many instances the method of operating the Act has been harsh and unjust.

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! We are not dealing with that now, and the hon. member must come back to the Bill before the House.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

May I address you on that point of order, Mr. Speaker? My submission is that this Bill perpetuates the injustices, and hardship, and so forth, and for that reason I submit that I am entitled to refer to those aspects of the matter. However, I do not wish to go into a great deal of detail. I made this point in passing. To round off this aspect of the matter, I make the submission that everybody knows this, including members on that side of the House.

To compare the group areas legislation as it appears on the Statute Book to-day with any similar legislation which existed under the United Party is nonsense, because the difference is twofold. Firstly, the legislation which the United Party had for the purpose of providing for separate residential areas, which was then and is still to-day our policy, did not contain those aspects of the group areas legislation which to-day cause the hardship and injustice and ill feeling and discontent. It is in that respect that the difference lies, and also, as was pointed out by the hon. member for Pretoria (East) in an interjection to me, the crux of course lies in the method of operation. And here I am not suggesting that the officials who operate the Act are to blame. Where one has an Act which contains provisions which of necessity can only be operated in a harsh and unjust way, the officials concerned, no matter what goodwill they may have, must operate the Act harshly and unjustly. In saying this I do not intend personal criticism of the officials of the Department. The final point that I wish to make on this aspect of the matter is that the way this Act is applied in practice makes nonsense of the assurance given by the hon. Minister who introduced the Bill in 1950, the original Act, that the changes to be made in terms of the Act, would be made in a fair, equitable and judicial manner. That has just not happened.

The next point I wish to make is that this Bill does not alleviate any single one of the harshnesses, injustices and causes of discontent of this legislation.

Dr. JONKER:

What are the harshnesses?

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

The hon. member for Fort Beaufort continually interjects. I noticed that he was not in the House when the hon. members for Simonstown, Germiston (District) and Karoo made their speeches. Had he been here he would not have to ask me what are the hardships and injustices.

Dr. JONKER:

I was here.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

What I find amusing in regard to hon. members on the other side is that when any one of their members is speaking and there are one or two interjections from this side of the House they scream to high heaven, but when we are addressing the House …

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member may proceed.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

When the hon. member for Stellenbosch spoke, he suggested that this Bill in fact alleviates some of the hardships and injustices of the main Act.

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! Is the hon. member reflecting on an Act of this House?

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

That is what the hon. member for Stellenbosch stated—that this present Bill does alleviate some of the harsh aspects of the original Act.

Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

You do not know what he said.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

I know what he said,, but if the hon. member does not know, he could ask the hon. member for Stellenbosch. [Interjections.]

Mr. MOORE:

On a point of order, Mr. Speaker, ever since the hon. member commenced his speech there has been a continual stream of interruptions.

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! Is the hon. member reflecting on the Chair?

Mr. MOORE:

No, Sir.

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! Will the hon. member resume his seat?

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

Every single one of the harsh effects of the original Act is perpetuated in this Bill, and if hon. members on that side of the House consider that the harshness is alleviated by this Bill, I wish they would tell this House in what way that happens.

Before dealing with our further specified objections to this Bill, I want to deal with three matters, most of which arise from the speeches on the other side of the House. This Bill is, I think, the tenth amendment of the Group Areas Act, since 1950, almost one a year, and I suggest that there could be no clearer proof of the truth of the condemnation of this side of the House through the years, that this has been ill-conceived and ill-planned legislation. Government members themselves appear to lack confidence in this legislation, even as amended by the present Bill, because the hon. member for Somerset (East) (Mr. Vosloo) has already virtually admitted that there might be other amendments brought to the House in future years. I have no doubt whatever that further amendments will be necessary because this is in fact a thoroughly bad piece of legislation.

It has been suggested by some members on that side of the House that the main object of this group areas legislation is to clear away the slums which developed in various parts of the country. The object of this Bill, Mr. Speaker, is no such thing, it is not to clear slums, it is to create and to establish group areas. The Government has a Slum Clearance Act in terms of which the Government has all the powers to clear slums. It does not need the Group Areas Act to do that. The object is in fact not that. Some slum areas have in fact been cleared under this Act, but the point is that this Act was not necessary for doing that. What has happened in terms of this Act is that not only slums have been cleared, but large-scale removal of settled communities has taken place, even in cases where the settled communities were living under conditions which could never be described as slum conditions. They have been moved from one area to another, simply so that the Government’s ideological attitude to this could be fulfilled so that the map of South Africa could be made to look better with the Black areas and White areas conveniently placed in a way which the Government believes to be necessary. I point out that those removals happened, in most cases, in respect of communities that were law-abiding and created no racial friction or other friction. And so the Government cannot suggest that those removals were necessary to ease racial tensions and to enable the various communities to live more harmoniously next to each other. I now speak of communities which were entirely of one racial group. I am not talking of any mixed community.

Some hon. members on the Government side have suggested that Whites also suffer under the group areas legislation and that therefore everyone is affected, so if there is hardship there is hardship for everyone. To my mind that is no answer to the charge that this Act does create hardship and injustice. If the hon. members opposite are prepared to see the large-scale removal of the races which goes on under this Act simply because some few Whites are also moved, we on this side are not prepared to condone it. We believe that that should not be done to the Whites, nor should it be done to the non-Whites.

I come now to our further grounds of objection to this Bill. I stated that our first ground was that the Bill did nothing to alleviate the harshness and injustice of the main legislation, but perpetuated it. Our second ground is that this Bill increases the already vast powers given to Ministers, powers which are exercised entirely free of parliamentary control. We on this side have always been entirely against giving Ministers such vast powers, and we are against increasing even further the already vast powers under this Act, as this Bill does. As was said by the hon. member for Simonstown (Mr. Gay), this Bill is yet a further example of the Government’s mania to govern by ministerial edict instead of by legislation passed by Parliament.

Dr. JONKER:

Or instead of by Royal edict.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

Our third ground of opposition is that in Clause 1 of this Bill the Group Areas Act will now be operated by no fewer than three Ministers, and to this we have two objections, firstly that no single Minister will now be responsible to this House for the implementation of the Government’s group areas policy. We have had experience of this sort of thing before. When one Minister is questioned he passes the buck to another, and vice versa, with the net result that it is impossible to pin responsibility on any one Minister.

Mr. SCHOONBEE:

Like, for example, what?

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

We see that every day. Our second objection to the fact that no fewer than three Ministers will now operate this Act is this.

Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

Surely that is not correct.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

Government members have suggested that all three Ministers in terms of this Bill will operate in clearly distinct spheres and have distinct functions, but that is not so. There is a good deal of overlapping under this Bill, which is bound to create confusion and to make this Act even more difficult to operate and to understand. Let us face it, this is already an extremely difficult Act for even trained lawyers to understand, let alone the ordinary man who is affected by it. As we go through this Bill in the Committee Stage, those overlapping sections and powers will become quite apparent to the House, but time does not permit them now to deal with that aspect in detail.

Our fourth ground of objection lies in Clause 11 (a), which provides for different dates of operation of proclamations issued under the Act. At present the proclamation takes effect one year from the date of publication of the proclamation. In other words, disqualified persons have at least one year in which to get out if they are of a racial group not allowed to reside or to occupy property in that area. The amendment will now have the effect that they will have a year as from the date specified in the proclamation. Now that date could be a date prior to the date of publication of the proclamation, and in that way a disqualified person could have less than one year’s notice. That applies under both sub-paragraphs (a) and (b) of sub-section (1)bis. I am well aware that in the new subsection (c) it is provided that in the case of land or premises occupied in pursuance of any permit issued prior to the date specified in such proclamation, and which expires before the date determined in terms of paragraphs (a) or (b), Section 23 shall apply to such land or premises with effect from the date of expiry of the permit. But that sub-section does not deal fully with the point I have made. It does not cover all the possible cases which could arise whereby a prior date would give less than a year’s notice to disqualified persons; and when we come to the Committee Stage this argument can be elaborated if necessary.

Our fifth ground of opposition has to do with Clause 11 (c), which imposes further restrictions on leases of disqualified persons. In terms of the new sub-section (1)quat, the leases of some disqualified persons will now become automatically terminated in some instances which are set out in the section. I do not wish to waste the time of the House by reading out this section, which is quite long, but I make the point that in these cases the leases will be automatically terminated. This is a provision which did not exist in the law before and is a further hardship on the persons affected, and a further injustice done to those people.

Our sixth ground of opposition lies in Clause 11 (d) and has to do with parliamentary approval. This clause has already been discussed by some members on this side and I do not wish to deal with it in detail. The point is that for a period of 15 years from 7 July 1950, that is until 7 July 1965, the Government was given unfettered power to create group areas without reference back to this House for approval, the idea being that after 7 July 1965 any new group areas created would have to be approved of by this House. This provision is now being removed and the effect will be that even after July 1965, and for all time thereafter, it will be possible for the Government continually to create new group areas wherever it wants in the country (because the whole of South Africa is affected by the Bill) without coming back to the House for parliamentary approval. With an Act of this sort, having the implications that this does, we consider that to be a very bad move on the part of the Government and one which we cannot under any circumstances support. It is significant that the Government does not come with an extension, say, for another five years, but it simply wants to remove altogether any time limit.

My time is getting short, but there is one further ground of objection we have, and that is to what has been called the “police section”, Clause 15 of the Bill. As the Act stands at the moment, the Minister was empowered to appoint inspectors for the purpose of ascertaining such facts as may be required by the Minister, etc. It has been suggested by the Minister himself and by other members on his side that since 1957 the police have always performed the functions of inspectors under this clause and therefore, they say, we should not object if this is now amended. I should like to ask the Minister and the other Government speakers under what power the police have been exercising this function.

Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

They were appointed by the Minister. He told you so.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

I was hoping that someone would make such an interjection because in my submission the Minister has no power in terms of this section to appoint policemen to act as inspectors.

Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

He can appoint anybody.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

If the House intended that, there would be no need for sub-sec. (6) of. Sec. 39, which says that an inspector entering any premises under sub-sec. (2) may be accompanied by an interpreter or a member of the S.A. Police. If the House, when it passed this section originally, intended that policemen could be appointed as inspectors, there would have been no need for sub-sec. (6). And quite apart from that, we object to this provision because it immediately introduces a criminal atmosphere where such atmosphere should not exist, If the police want to enter premises to investigate a crime under the Group Areas Act, they have the power to do that; they do not need to be given any powers, and this amendment does not give them that power. They have the power in terms of the common law to investigate crime, and I believe that that is all that they have been doing in the past. This clause now introduces a criminal atmosphere and it places the police in a most invidious position. They now become officials of an Act which is hated by the section of the community affected, mainly the non-Whites; and I want to ask the Minister whether he has consulted the Minister of Justice in regard to this provision, and if so, is the Minister of Justice satisfied to place his police in that invidious position; and secondly, did the Minister of Justice agree to place all this extra work on the shoulders of an already overburdened force? Sir, for all these reasons we are opposed to this Bill.

*Mr. W. C. MALAN:

The hon. member for Musgrave (Mr. Hourquebie) concluded his speech by saying that the police should only be called in where crime is involved, and that since this Bill creates no presumption that a crime has been committed, the services of the police should not be used. I want to object most strongly to this view of the work of the police. It is indeed the duty of the police to investigate and to combat crime, but that is certainly not their only duty. To mention only one example, one can go along to a police sergeant nowadays to record one’s vote. Does that make one a criminal? The police are certainly not concerned with crime alone. As far as the activities of the police under this particular Act are concerned, I want to point out that since 1957 this work has no longer been done by inspectors; it has been done by the police. Have they done it simply because they have suspected that a crime has been committed? Certainly not, because the administration of an Act is not concerned with crime.

Another reason advanced by the hon. member for Musgrave for his opposition to this Bill is that the original Act and its amendments now have to be administered by three Ministers and that therefore people will not know precisely who is responsible. May I point out to the hon. member that in the last resort it is always the Government that bears the responsibility and not some Minister or other. The hon. member need not be afraid that as a result of “overlapping” he will not be able to attack the Government. Just as he is able to find sticks to-day, with which to beat the Government, so he will be able to do so in future; he need have no fears in that regard. If one wants to beat a dog one can always find a stick to do so.

The hon. member also advanced other reasons for objecting to this measure, one being that the 15-year clause now falls away and that after July this year it will no longer be necessary for new group area proclamations to be submitted to Parliament. But it seems to me that, even without this right, the implementation of this Act over the past 15 years, and particularly over the past eight or nine years, has taken an exceptionally smooth course. The original intention, of course, was that the large majority of proclamations would be disposed of within 15 years from July 1950 and that thereafter only a few new cases which cropped up would be brought to Parliament. But is the delay that has occurred not in fact the direct result of the actions of that side of the House and of their supporters? Is it not the result of the actions of local authorities that were not favourably disposed towards the Government and that raised obstacles in order to prevent proclamations from being disposed of quickly? Surely it is perfectly clear that the intention of the Act was that local authorities should assist the Group Areas Board to make a fair division of any particular area between the various groups. I see the hon. member for Hospital (Mr. Gorshel) shakes his head; he does not agree.

*Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

His marbles are rattling.

*Mr. W. C. MALAN:

I want to repeat that the intention was that local authorities should assist the Board to make a fair division of any particular area between the various racial groups, and it is because these local authorities have not co-operated to achieve this end that there has been delay.

I want to come back to the Opposition’s main speaker on this matter, the hon. member for Simonstown (Mr. Gay), who accused me of suggesting that in essence the United Party was opposed to group areas and who therefore declared with very great emphasis that the United Party was not opposed to group areas; that it was not opposed to having separate residential areas for the various racial groups in the country. I accept the word of the hon. member for Simonstown, because he is an honest man, and I accept that he really meant what he said. I accept that he really believes that the policy of the United Party is to have separate residential areas for the various racial groups.

Mr. GAY:

But apparently it upset you.

*Mr. W. C. MALAN:

His words were that the United Party stood for a policy of territorial separation and social separation based on consultation and agreement. I believe that the hon. member was sincere in saying that, but on the basis of what was said by the other speakers who spoke after him. I can come to no other conclusion than that this is a fig-leaf behind which the Opposition are deliberately hiding, because they do advocate separation by consultation and agreement: but what happens when this agreement cannot be obtained? If there is consultation and no agreement is reached, does the status quo remain, or how is one going to bring about residential separation? If one cannot reach agreement after consultation, is one simply going to allow this mixed state of affairs to continue? Because they say very clearly that they are opposed to any legal compulsion; they want it to be done by means of voluntary consultation and agreement. But if agreement is not reached, the position will probably remain as it is.

Sir, is this not a deliberate excuse to cause group areas to come to naught? They know in their hearts that they, will not obtain this agreement, and then the position will simply remain unchanged, it will remain a mixed affair. I want to accuse the Opposition of deliberately hiding behind a fig-leaf because they do not want group areas. The hon. member for Karoo (Mr. Eden) let the cat out of the bag when he said: “Give the Group Areas Act a holiday for a few years.” They do not want this Act; no further group areas must be proclaimed. By saying that he Obviously let the cat out of the bag and showed that the United Party was essentially opposed to group areas. To say that it is their policy to establish group areas, separate residential areas for the races, by consultation and agreement, is nothing but a deliberate attempt to hoodwink the public. I sometimes wonder whether this opposition to separate residential areas for the various races, this attempt to thwart the implementation of the Act, does not spring from a deeply concealed unwillingness to concede their rightful development and economic progress to the other racial groups.

I wonder whether that is not the underlying reason for their opposition to this Act, because look what is happening to-day in the areas that have already been proclaimed and occupied. In these areas to-day there are shopkeepers, café owners, bioscope owners and hotel owners, people who are making very good progress on the road to economic independence, people who are rising above their group, people who never before had this opportunity when they still had to compete against the Whites but who are progressing in life to-day.

I cannot help feeling sometimes that this attempt to thwart the Group Areas Act derives from a deeply concealed desire not to grant these people their rights. I want to refer to a group area that I know very well, the one at Paarl, where to-day there are many Coloured shopkeepers who make a very good living, and also café owners, etc., who have climbed to a higher position on the economic ladder as a result of this legislation. And think what this Government does to help these people! Think what the Coloured Development Corporation does! Just think of the wonderful pioneer work that they have done in the past few years to help the Coloureds? Does the United Party begrudge the non-White this economic progress? Why do they refuse to give him a place in the sun as well? That is the reason why the Coloureds are today rejecting the United Party.

The hon. member for Karoo says that there are many Coloured artisans, tailors, shoemakers, shopkeepers, etc., who only have White persons as their clients; that they are now being deprived of this clientele by a stroke of the pen, and what must these poor people do now? But have the Coloureds themselves no buying power? Are there no clients to be had amongst their own people? Why do they have to seek clients amongst the members of another racial group? Do they fail to recognize the value of their own race and its economic life? Consider the fuss about the Luxurama. It is said that Coloureds cannot fill the Luxurama and that for that reason both Whites and Coloureds should be allowed to go to this theatre. Are there not sufficient numbers of educated Coloureds, teachers, professional men and businessmen, in the Peninsula to support this theatre? Do these people who always have a great deal to say about the value of the Coloureds fail to recognize the progress of the Coloureds and their value to such establishments? No, this Bill before the House is not a drastic measure simply aimed at conferring new powers upon the Minister. [Interjections.] That is what the hon. member for Durban-Musgrave (Mr. Hourquebie) suggested a moment ago, I say this is not a measure simply aimed at conferring more powers upon the Minister. We are concerned here with a few minor administrative amendments, a few small matters which are being rectified in the light of experience gained over the last few years. But it is not to these few minor amendments that the Opposition object; what they object to is the entire concept of separate residential areas, that is why this Bill is being opposed in this way, but this side of the House will deliberately seek to promote and to develop this concept.

Mr. GORSHEL:

Both the hon. member for Stellenbosch (Mr. Smit) and the hon. member for Paarl (Mr. W. C. Malan) appear to be very worried over the fact that the United Party, according to them, is sheltering behind a fig-leaf. Sir, man never got into trouble by sheltering behind a fig-leaf, but these hon. members who accuse us of sheltering behind a fig-leaf never even had a fig-leaf because their intention has been clear right from the beginning of the history of this legislation. So do not let us talk too much about fig-leaves, because hon. members opposite will get no benefit out of it if they compare their history with ours. I want to tell you right away, Sir, that whereas I read a great deal in and around the precincts of this House, not all of it is rewarding, but reading the 1950 debate in connection with the forerunner of this amending Bill I was struck by two prophecies which I am sure, Sir, you will agree are of very great interest. The House at that time had a speech by the hon. member for Krugersdorp (Mr. M. J. van den Berg) and he prophesied what the consequences would be of the passing of the Bill as it was then being discussed on 30 May 1950. He said in Col. 7647 of Hansard to this side of the House (the Opposition), who apparently in his view did not know what apartheid meant—

When they go back now they will be able to say: “Here is apartheid and this is what apartheid looks like.” I tell you that I am thoroughly convinced that when this Bill appears on the Statute Book it will create a brand new South Africa which you, Mr. Speaker, and I have dreamt of for years and years.

I do not know, Sir, whether you personally were a party to the dream—

… a South Africa which you and I have often thought would never materialize, with all the powers that are against us. We shall have a South Africa which will make true the dreams of the greatest idealist who wants to build up his people, whichever group in the country he may belong to. I say that this will create a South Africa which, humanly speaking, will be as close to perfection as one can ever hope to get …
Mr. G. F. H. BEKKER:

What is wrong with that?

Mr. GORSHEL:

Sir, imagine perfection with the hon. member for Cradock (Mr. G. F. H. Bekker) around—

… the greatest perfection one could possibly hope to get because this for the first time will bring about, on a progressive basis, that separation which we desire.

Sir, there are pages and pages more of it with which I will not bore you. That was one prophecy. But then we had another speech in which a prophecy of the late General Hertzog is recorded. He was quoted as having said the following in 1939—

The old Nationalist Party with myself at the head and with the full approval of Dr. Malan and the bulk of those who sit behind him in Parliament to-day in order not to alienate the Coloured people, repeatedly gave the Coloured people the assurance that segregation would not be applied to the Coloured people and that no demarcation “Demarcation,” for the benefit of the hon. member for Cradock, means exactly what it says— … and that no demarcation in respect of Europeans and Coloured people will be applied other than social separation. We must now apply political segregation to the Coloured community, notwithstanding the fact that this is in direct conflict with the undertaking we gave the Coloured people when we needed their vote for the application of segregation against the Natives. What falsity, what infidelity! What will become of the honour of the Afrikaner if it has to depend on the political morality of the purified party and its purified leaders?

Sir, much more of that appears in Hansard too. These prophecies have in some senses come true. My point is that after 15 years the prophecy of General Hertzog is absolutely true whereas the prophecy of the hon. member for Krugersdorp proves beyond all doubt that that is the kind of prophet who should not be with honour even in his own country, because after 15 years of tinkering with this very legislation which was being discussed in 1950 we now come along in 1965 to this House to be told that the Minister is going to take certain power which he will divide with other Ministers and in terms of which he will not report to this House what is happening and what is being done, and we may find that in 1975 or 1995 we are still possessed of this demon of group areas and its legislation. That is the position, and if history proves anything then I am not even making a prophecy; this is the pattern, this is the trend; it is there for all to see.

An HON. MEMBER:

Are you in favour of group areas?

Mr. GORSHEL:

Yesterday I thought that Mr. Speaker dealt harshly with me because I had reacted to an interjection; I will try to avoid doing so to-day.

When the hon. member for Durban (Musgrave) (Mr. Hourquebie) was speaking a little earlier on and he pointed to the fact that in terms of the amending Bill before us to-day there would be three Ministers involved in the implementation of group areas legislation, the hon. member for Pretoria (Central) (Mr. van den Heever) interjected, “That is not correct, you know it is not true.” I am sorry the hon. member is not here, but I happened to take a note of some of the statements which the hon. the Minister made in his second-reading speech yesterday, and one of them was that the establishment of the Department of Planning made it necessary to have a new deal, and he went on to say, “Now there will be three Ministers who can direct their activities.” The hon. the Minister nods his head in assent; of course he said that.

The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

The hon. member for Pretoria (Central) did not say what you attributed to him.

Mr. GORSHEL:

The hon. member for Durban (Musgrave) said precisely what I have just said and the hon. member for Pretoria (Central) said, “That is not correct, you know that is not true”.

The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

He said he was quoting other bodies.

Mr. GORSHEL:

Sir, it is very gallant of the hon. the Minister of Planning to try to extricate his political colleague from a dilemma, but I am sure his feeling at the time when this interjection was made was, “With friends like that, who needs enemies!” However, we know as a fact that this legislation does involve the activities of at least three Ministers, if not four, and at least three Departments, if not more. We know that the Department of Justice is very much in the picture now in terms of the Statute and I hope to deal with that a little more fully later on. But it is perfectly clear that there is now a trinity of Ministers involved in this. You will remember, Sir, that some years ago after the unfortunate death of the late Secretary-General of the United Nations, Mr. Dag Hammerskoeld, the Russians proposed that three people take over the secretaryship or the secretariat of that body; it was called a “troika”, which is a Russian word for a triumvirate of three. That proposal was rejected by the United Nations, but here we come to the situation where we will now have a “troika” to adapt themselves to the business of the implementation of group areas in South Africa. I say that in the first place this is purely a departure from normal legislative and administrative procedure; that surely one Minister and one Minister alone should be responsible to Parliament for the implementation of the Act and that we should not be confronted with a situation in which after 15 years of continuing legislation of this subject we will have to find out from at least three if not more Ministers, from at least four if not more departments, just what is happening about group areas. I take it that although the legislation now provides that the Minister does not have to report to Parliament as of this date, we will still be permitted the privilege of enquiring as to what is happening with group areas, since we are told that the Department of Planning has been established in order to undertake the physical planning of the whole Republic (die fisiese be planning); that is the new deal. I know, Sir, that some of us need physical planning; there is one hon. member over there who could be made into something much better, but I doubt whether South Africa needs it. [Interjection.]

*The ACTING SPEAKER (Mr. Pelser):

Order! The hon. member for Cradock must give the hon. member an opportunity to proceed with his speech.

Mr. GORSHEL:

Mr. Speaker, the hon. member for Randfontein (Dr. Mulder) too has addressed this House on the subject of this Bill by way of interjection and interjection only; he has not made a speech yet, but yesterday, while the hon. member for Germiston (District) was speaking and was referring to the United Party policy of social and residential separation, the hon. member for Randfontein interjected and said, “Does that work in America?” Sir, I would like to tell him; I know this from my own personal observations.

An HON. MEMBER:

We know you have been to America.

Mr. GORSHEL:

In a city like Washington, which to-day is predominantly Negro, where 87½ per cent of the children at school are Negroes, there is no group areas legislation. They have problems there. Even in a newer city like New York you have a suburb or a section called Haarlem where there are tremendous problems. They have tremendous problems and they have no group areas legislation, but, Sir, in other countries, particularly in America, they do not regard those problems as arising from the social contact of a person of one race group or colour with a person of another race group or colour. They regard those problems, I think quite rightly, as arising from such factors as lack of education, lack of opportunities, lack of decent housing, lack of all those things which make a man a better man and a man worth having as a neighbour. I can only tell the hon. member for Randfontein, who I sincerely hope will one day see this for himself, that the United States of America, I believe, has a better chance of solving that very problem without group areas legislation than we have, in the light of our experience from 1950 to 1965, with group areas legislation, and that is an even money bet. Sir. although I know that we do everything better than anybody else. The hon. member for Somerset East (Mr. Vosloo) says that the United Party does not seem to realize that the Government, where it has removed people, has provided better housing for them. Sir, surely the issue is very simple. You do not need group areas legislation to provide housing, better or worse. That is the function of a totally different department, the Department of Housing, and any Government which has, first of all, the indent and. secondly, the means to do so, can and does provide housing of a good and better type without this kind of legislation. so let us not shelter behind this, the biggest fig leaf of all and a very transparent fie leaf that would have embarrassed even Adam: do not let the Nationalist Party shelter behind this fig leaf that group areas and the consequences of group areas are all geared to the purpose of providing better housing, because even the hon. the Minister of Planning would not pretend that his functions are to provide housing of any sort. I content myself, in disposing of this argument, with a very brief reference to the position that has arisen in a place called Guguletu. [Interjections.] Sir, I have the permission of the hon. member over there to go on! Sir, Guguletu is a place to which people were removed from another place. This, briefly, is the physical implementation of group areas. Housing was provided there about which there has been tremendous criticism. I know that I am not going to be invited by the hon. the Minister of Community Development to go on a tour—it would be below his dignity—but I can still find out for myself what goes on, here and there and here is one criticism of the type of housing that is provided even after people have been removed ostensibly because the conditions in which they live are so bad that it is the human, decent thing to do to remove them to another group area and there to provide them with housing. Sir, here is one criticism—

Enter a sub-economic dwelling where the majority of the people have been channeled and you are overcome with an overwhelming sense of gloom and despair. The loose, dirty sand of the sidewalk clings tenaciously to everything. A paper-thin layer of lino covers the cold cement floor and a strip of asbestos on hardboard combines roof with ceiling. The maximum size of these premises is two to three rooms of respectively 90 and 120 square feet. There are no internal doors. The only division is a mere three inch wall. “The walls are so thin I can hear my neighbours making love but I always know what they are cooking,” said one tenant. In some cases two adjoining families are required to share these facilities …

I merely point to this, Sir, in order to assure these hon. gentlemen, for whom I have the most reverential respect, because they are my neighbours here, that it is not a sound or even a reasonable argument to say that we need this legislation because we are going to provide decent housing. I assure them that whenever this Government or any other government in South Africa wants to provide decent housing for people who have not got it it will always find the support of any self respecting political party, and I hope that that will be the case even when the United Party sits over there and needs the support of the Nationalist Party!

The hon. member for Stellenbosch (Mr. Smit) was heard to say this morning that he did not think very much of the United Party’s policy, which he said was White leadership or political control. He said he did not think that we would be able to implement the policy of White leadership without group areas. This was the thesis of a portion of his speech. He referred to the example of Britain where he says we have a fairly large number of non-White persons to-day and where certain problems have arisen.

Dr. JONKER:

And they have all the problems.

Mr. GORSHEL:

Sir, I accept that correction from the hon. member for Fort Beaufort (Dr. Jonker); at least it proves that he is awake. Does the hon. member for Stellenbosch think or does he not think that problems that arose and are still arising in the United Kingdom, in places in London like Nottinghill Gate, which is always one of the favourite jumping-off points or launching pads for the Nationalist Party in this House, are entirely due to the fact of colour, the fact that some of the people living there are non-White? Sir, I maintain that anybody who went to Nottinghill Gate before a single Jamaican moved in there will tell you that it was a slum area to begin with.

Dr. JONKER:

Go and ask Butler.

Mr. GORSHEL:

Sir, I am not asking anybody. I am telling the hon. member for Fort Beaufort. That place was a slum to begin with. The conditions were bad to begin with. White people were living there, and the fact that non-Whites are now living there is because the Whites, having moved up in the social scale— there have been changes in Britain since the war in their economic position—the non-Whites, who happen to be Jamaicans and West Indian immigrants, come into the worst parts. This is a perfectly normal pattern for immigration, for large-scale immigration anywhere in the world. I am trying, as briefly as possible, to point out to these hon. gentlemen that they must not so lightly assume that group areas solve these problems. The problems that we have in regard to those groups in South Africa, who have not got the advantages, broadly speaking, of the White group—I refer, of course, to the Bantu, the Coloured and the Indian—are basically socio-economic problems; they are due to such things as are found in other countries, whether it be the United States or Britain, the lack of means, the lack of education and the lack of other advantages, not merely the colour issue. We all concede that there are perfectly respectable people in other race groups who are only too delighted to live in good areas, under good conditions, if they have the means to do so. I do not think anybody will deny that, Sir. We on this side of the House feel that the powers which are now conferred on certain Departments and certain Ministers in this amending legislation are in many ways objectionable, but against the background of legislation which is in itself objectionable. It is therefore merely an extension of the offence. I want to deal briefly with one or two of these powers, possibly three. In terms of Clause 10 (b) the Minister can now delegate the exercise of any of his powers to any person. This means that the particular Minister concerned—and bear in mind, Sir, that there are three concerned to begin with—can delegate his power to any official of his Department. Sir, can you imagine the kind of administrative pattern that this is likely to set up? I do not take exception to it, Obviously, on moral grounds, but I hope that when the hon. the Minister replies he will explain to us how he thinks this can improve the operation of this legislation, this super-imposition of one Minister on top of the other— I do not mean in the physical sense, but in the legislative sense—and then this pyramid of officials from one Department to the other, all vested with discretion. I hope that the hon. the Minister will explain that to us. Then there is another small point, perhaps, but it may be apposite to refer to it. Clause 11 (b) provides that a notice may be served—

  1. (a) by delivery of the notice to the occupier personally or to an adult inmate of the premises.

The Afrikaans text refers to “bewoner”. Sir, the word inmate” as we use it normally, refers to a person, who is in occupation in a place such as an institution. I would hesitate to call any hon. member of this House an “inmate” unless, it is suggested here that the group areas legislation, and particularly this amemdment, will now turn South Africa, as some people believe it will, into one vast political asylum, one vast, lunatic. asylum, then the world “inmate” is completely out of keeping ‘ and an incorrect translation of the word ‘‘beowner” I leave it at that.

Mr. SPEAKER:

I think that is a matter that can be, dealt with in the Committe Stage.

Mr. GORSHEL:

With, respect, I leave it there for the, hon. the Minister to consider.

Coming to another Clause in this Bill which deals with police powers, I have at last discovered at least one reason why there is such difficulty in getting proficient patrol policemen in some of the largest cities of South Africa. We have been told that since 1957, although they were not statutorily charged with the duty, policemen have in fact, as emphasized by the hon. member for Paarl (Mr. W. C. Malan) been used for the duties now placed upon them in Clause 15. Sir, this is a very serious thing at a time when quite recently in this House, in reply to a question, the hon. the Minister of Justice told the House, in regard to the number of police recruits now being trained, that there was a shortage of over 2,000 policemen in a force, the establishment of which is 16,128. In other words, there is a dearth of some 12½ per cent in the establishment, and since we know that our cities are growing and that the population is growing, we must assume that we need more policemen, but we have fewer, and possibly one reason is that they have been running themselves ragged all over South Africa since 1957 inspecting group areas. I resent that personally, not only as a citizen, because every now and then I put a question to the hon. the Minister; I refer to the conditions in my city, Johannesburg, in my constituency of Hospital, in an area around Joubert Park, the Noord Street area, where this kind of headline is almost a daily occurrence in our Press: “Robbers still lord it over Noord Street,” Sir, I do not want to read the gruesome details, but here is one lady who, when interviewed, said this about herself and her husband—

“When we get home my husband and I are usually trapped for the night.” Only occasionally we venture out for a brief walk on the pavement outside their block of flats overlooking the Park.

So, Sir, for want of a better remedy I put questions to the hon. the Minister and he concedes that his attention has been drawn to reports of frequent assaults, robberies and other crimes committed in the Noord Street Wanderers Street area …

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member is wandering far away from the Bill.

Mr. GORSHEL:

Sir, I will not do so, but here is a statutory obligation placed on the police force at a time when I, representing only one constituency and one city, am told by the Minister that he cannot do any better because there are not sufficient police. Surely I am entitled to point to the fact that the placing of this statutory obligation upon policemen, who are obliged to inspect premises at any time, according to sub-clause (a), during the day or night without previous notice, and without a warrant, is not going to ease this position. Surely this is a matter for some concern. Once we have three Ministers charged with the administration of group areas, then surely the Minister of Justice comes into the picture in Clause 15. We want the hon. the Minister to tell us that he has in fact introduced this new aspect in consultation with his colleague, the hon. the Minister of Justice, so that we will be satisfied that the hon. the Minister knows what is ahead of him, at a time when his police force is under strength and he cannot get more despite all the inducements which, as he said to the hon. member for Florida (Mr. Miller) were being offered. In spite of all this, we are going to have the spectacle of the police taking over group areas inspection as a statutory obligation.

Sir, I would like to say very briefly that there is a certain aspect of this matter of which I think the House should be aware. We must be aware, that in its original context it was argued for group areas, by those who support it, that this was one of the corner-stones of the policy of apartheid. We have seen what has happened to the edifice of apartheid. It is a house built of cards, and, Sir, you can see what kind of corner-stone this was. It can never stand up for a minute without being propped up by legislation all the time. But what is it achieving, Sir? Where is the apartheid of which the hon. member for Krugersdorp told the House in 1950? The fact remains that we have more and more of the different race groups, for whose benefit, the Government says, this legislation has been produced, coming into the cities; there are more and more contacts between the White, the Brown and the Black people in South Africa. We have reached the stage where the only explanation that can be given of the policy of apartheid, apparently, by the hon. the Minister of Foreign Affairs, for example, is the explanation which he gave last year when he said, “We are now in a transition from a horizontal to a vertical parallelism.” Sir, this is where we are heading for, and in this vertical parallelism, if the phrase has any meaning at all, the Whites and non-Whites are always coming closer together because we need them in our cities and in our towns, in our homes and in our industries. As a result of this legislation all we have succeeded in doing is to place a tremendous administrative burden on the Government and its Departments and the officials of the hon. the Ministers concerned with it, to give South Africa the kind of reputation none of us would have wanted to earn for it, and to create the kind of atmosphere in which we know as a fact to-day that from time to time we will have to come back to discuss this kind of legislation, because it can never be disposed of for the reason that to begin with it was a house that was built on sand.

*Mr. VAN DER SPUY:

While listening to the flood of words we have just had from the hon. member for Hospital (Mr. Gorshel) I thought of something the wise John X Merriman once said of a member after having listened to him as I have just listened to the hon. member for Hospital: “He was so impressed by his own eloquence that he did not even realize that half the House was asleep”.

Mr. GORSHEL:

Half the House is not present in any case.

*Mr. VAN DER SPUY:

I think the hon. member is so impressed by his own eloquence and his ability to be jocular that he no longer realizes that the House is completely empty when he gets up and I wonder whether one of his older colleagues on his side will not draw his attention to it. It may perhaps be to his own benefit in future as a member of this House.

During the course of my speech I hope to return to certain statements made by the hon. member; I shall not deal specifically with them at the moment. I think we know a few things at this stage of the debate which we did not know before. It has taken time but we have nevertheless made progress. We know in any case that the amendment contained in this Bill flows mainly from the fact that a new Department of Planning has been created, as the hon. the Minister has stated clearly. The hon. the Minister went so far as to refer to specific clauses which flow exclusively from the fact that a new Department has been created. It is very clear to me that various hon. members opposite—I wish to mention the name of the hon. member for Simonstown (Mr. Gay) particularly in this connection—has little idea of what is actually involved in these amendments. It is clear to me that they are more concerned about stirring up feelings against the principle contained in the main Act than against the provisions before us. In the words of the proverb: Nobody is so blind as he who does not want to see. I think that is the reason why hon. members opposite did not want to see the point and did not want to concede that it was because a new Department had been created that we had the majority of the amending provisions before us. We also know that we have the remaining amending clauses before us because of experience gained hitherto with this legislation. Where there has been objection to the repeated amendments effected to the Act I am not at all surprised that it was necessary to effect the majority of those amendments because of the opposition the Opposition had engendered amongst many people who were affected by this legislation.

It is a fact that many of the loopholes discovered in this legislation in the course of time were practically drawn attention to by the Opposition because of the negative and critical analysis we had from them from time to time. As far as this is concerned they have prompted the people who are affected by this legislation. That has made it necessary to change the legislation.

There was another aspect of this debate which surprised me. During the course of this Session we have had a vehement attack on the Government because of its lack of planning and because of the incompetent way in which it has administered the affairs of the country! Had the Opposition been responsible one would have expected them, where they had this opportunity of assisting in making the administration effective, to have availed themselves of the opportunity but what did they do? The Opposition have avoided the provisions of the Bill and have discussed principles which, strictly speaking, are not relevant here.

We are also convinced that the hon. the Opposition are not against the contents of the Bill before us but against the principle of group areas. This point has been repeatedly emphasized and explained. In passing I wish to say that the Opposition’s approach to this matter is a negative one. The alleged evils and difficult circumstances which are supposed to flow from it have been over-emphasized and raised in a one-sided manner. During this debate we have heard nothing about the benefits these people have derived from the Group Areas Act, from the amendments which have been effected from time to time and the benefits they will derive from those about to be effected. We have not heard that it is to the advantage of these people to live with their own people in their own areas, areas in which they can develop progressively into socioeconomic units in the various spheres of life. We have not heard a word about the possibilities that are being created for them in the economic field. All we have had from the Opposition has been a negative and critical approach. We have not heard a word about the many people affected by this who have really been helped out of their misery.

The hon. member for Hospital, who has in the meantime left the Chamber, has made certain statements which we cannot simply allow to pass unnoticed. He said it was possible to provide better housing without group areas. If that statement of his is correct then I want to ask him as a former mayor of Johannesburg and his colleagues who served with him on the City Council of Johannesburg, and who served on it for years, why they did absolutely nothing for the Coloureds of Johannesburg? Why did they not do anything over a period of many years in regard to housing for the Indians?

*Mr. HICKMAN:

May I ask a question?

*Mr. VAN DER SPUY:

No, the hon. member might just as well sit down; he does not know what we are talking about. I want to ask the hon. member for Hospital whether the City Council of Johannesburg of which he was mayor did not advance as their excuse that they could not provide the Indians with housing accommodation because a group area had not yet been declared for them? That was the fig leaf behind which they shielded. To-day he manifests quasi-wisdom and tries to make us believe that it is possible to provide housing on a large scale without having group areas. Mr. Speaker, I should like to give you some data. In 1960, due to the fact that the National Party Government had stepped in, there was one house for every seven Bantu. We have indeed reached the stage where even hon. members of the Opposition who go overseas boast about the fact that the housing problem has been solved in Johannesburg as far as the Bantu were concerned. But what was the position in 1946 just before the National Party came into power and when it was the responsibility of the Johannesburg City Council to provide housing? At that time there was one house for every 28 Bantu. I want to know from the hon. member for Hospital why they did not provide the necessary housing?

I want to deal with the position of the Coloureds. Do you know, Sir, that in Johannesburg the Coloureds increase by 1,700 per annum. On the basis of one house for every five Coloureds we require 350 houses per annum for Coloureds. Do you know what the City Council of that hon. member has achieved thus far under this guidance? A mere total of 900 houses.

I am pleased that the hon. member for Hospital has now returned. The hon. member quoted something about Guguletu; about the type of housing this Government had provided at Guguletu. Why did he cite Guguletu as an example? Why did he not cite, as an example, White City in Johannesburg where his City Council under his guidance provided that deplorably bad housing. If the Bantu had to choose between White City and Guguletu I have no doubt as to which one they would choose. I ask myself this question: How long can anybody continue to adopt an attitude as the one the Opposition has adopted in this debate? How long can a person continue to adopt such a negative approach without ruining the very object he is striving for or without making himself ridiculous in the eyes of his own people as well as in the eyes of his opponents? Where will you get with people who continually see obstacles in the way whereas the challenge is to look far ahead?

The hon. member for Germiston (District) (Mr. Tucker) assured us yesterday—and the hon. the Leader of the Opposition also did so last night—that it was indeed the policy of the United Party to have social separation, provided there was no compulsion. His exact words were “Separation by consent”. He said further that there had to be “consultation with the groups concerned”. He went further —this was a wild claim—and even said we would have made much greater progress had that been the basis on which the National Party had set about, it instead of on the basis of compulsory group areas. He boasted about the fact that he an4 his party had all along adhered to the principle his party had advocated in the past. He waxed eloquent about the fact that his party still subscribed to the principle to which it had subscribed all these years. I am pleased to note that the hon. member for Germiston (District) has also now entered the Chamber because I am dealing with what he said. I want to tell the hon. member that the deeds of the United Party have shown that this professed sanctity of their policy is nothing but a sham. I want to prove what I have said. Mr. Speaker, May I remind you that the United Party City Council of Johannesburg decided as long ago as 1937 that Sophiatown should be cleared up and the people should be moved elsewhere. I ask you, Sir, would that have happened on a voluntary basis? Did the City Council of Johannesburg assume in 1937 that the Bantu, the Indian, the Coloureds and everybody else who were living there cheek by jowl in the most appalling conditions would move on a voluntary basis? No, Sir, they were fully aware of the fact that the necessary force would have to be exercised. I want to know from the hon. member whether there was any consultation with those people; did those people who lived in those appalling conditions agree? No, Mr. Speaker, just as little as there was determination and drive on the part of the United Party members of those days to carry the scheme through.

*Mr. TUCKER:

There were no United Party members in 1937.

*Mr. VAN DER SPUY:

The hon. member now tries to shield behind a technical point just as the hon. member for Boland (Mr. Barnett) yesterday tried to shield behind the fact that the majority of the members of the Divisional Council of the Cape were not United Party supporters. The City Council of Johannesburg is elected on a party basis.

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

Not in 1937.

*Mr. VAN DER SPUY:

Very well, thereafter. The people who were in power in 1937 were the same United Party supporters who were subsequently elected on a party basis. It is no good the hon. member trying to avoid these stinging lashes. The point I really want to make in this connection is that the United Party who are supposed to subscribe to this wonderful principle about which the hon. member for Germiston (District) became practically lyrical do not hesitate to throw that principle overboard when it suits them and then look for something which is possible, easy and useful to serve their purpose.

I want to give a second example. The United Party City Council of Johannesburg—I am now referring to the later United Party City Council; after 1937—was never opposed to group areas for Indians as such. They were opposed to Lenasia because of its situation. I challenge the hon. member for Hospital who was mayor of Johannesburg at the time to deny it. His City Council passed a resolution which was submitted to the Group Areas Board that they regarded Lenz as a suitable area as a group area for Indians. I challenge him to deny it. They went further and on numerous occasions tried to acquire other group areas for Indians within the municipal area of Johannesburg. I need only mention Pageview and Vrededorp. Once they had a scheme to consolidate those two. They suggested that Langlaagte be declared a group area for Indians. They had a scheme under which the farm Liefde-en-Vrede had to be purchased and developed as a group area for Indians. Then they are the people who tell us that a principle is sacred to them; yet they discard that principle completely; they do not want anything to do with it. That is the dual role the United Party is playing.

I want to give another example. I want to return to the hon. member for Hospital because he was not here a moment ago when I was speaking. He said it was possible to provide better housing without group areas. He admits that he said it.

*Mr. GORSHEL:

Yes.

*Mr. VAN DER SPUY:

I want to say this to him: In Pageview 2,496 of the 4,119 Indians who live there live in the most appalling slum conditions which probably exist in the Republic of South Africa. Those conditions have not been obtaining since yesterday; they have been obtaining for years. They obtained all the years when that hon. member served on the City Council of Johannesburg. Why did he not see to it that better housing was provided to those people who lived under those conditions in Pageview? I want to take this point further in respect of the City Council of Johannesburg who co-operated in finding group areas for the Indians and the various racial groups and couple it to this idea that those people who have to deal with the practical problems which crop up daily have a better idea of the realities of life than those hon. members who theorize on a subject which they understand very little.

Here I have a Press statement which was issued last year by the Secretary of the Department of Community Development. In this Press statement he pays tribute to the way in which the City Council of Johannesburg has co-operated with the Government—there was no co-operation in the past. He points out that there are many schemes which are being planned in terms of existing legislation and in respect of which great progress has been made. What does he say about Pageview? He says-—

The replanning and clearing up of Pageview will entail large-scale demolition and will further necessitate the resettling elsewhere of all members of non-White races at present either residing or trading there as this area has been proclaimed an area for Whites, For residential purposes they will all be resettled in their own residential areas but a special concession is being made to the traders who will be allowed to move their shops only a few hundred yards across the railway line into Fordsburg where they will be accorded preferential treatment.

The point I want to make is this that the peoples who have to cope with the practical problems, like the City Council of Johannesburg, are prepared to accept the facts of the situation and to co-operate with the Government and to carry through with the replanning, the redevelopment, and if necessary, the clearing up of an area and the resettling of those people in another area. They know as well as I do that that cannot be done if you rely on the people concerned agreeing to it. They know that a measure of compulsion will be necessary.

Judging from the attitude the United Party have adopted in this matter I think we can compare them with the man who was so lazy that he prayed every morning for work and thanked the Almighty every evening for not having found it. The Opposition have adopted the following attitude in this debate: They attack the Group Areas Act every day and everything which has anything to do with group areas but every evening they thank the Almighty that the National Party is willing to go on with this legislation and to bring about the miracles which have already been brought about. That is why I say again that if the Opposition wishes to cause obstruction let them do so but do not try to make us believe that they are doing so on a basis of a principle. I want to ask them not to make matters difficult for their colleagues on the City Council of Johannesburg, for example, and elsewhere by adopting this attitude.

I wish to refer to the great objection raised by the hon. member for Simonstown (Mr. Gay), namely, the alleged loss of parliamentary control. He called it “by-passing parliamentary control”. I want to tell the hon. member that so far the Group Areas Board has performed extremely difficult work in difficult circumstances in an excellent manner. They deserve our praise and appreciation. So far approximately 700 group areas have already been declared in this country. As far as this matter is concerned practically the whole of the Republic has been disposed of with the exception of a few big cities like East London and a few smaller sections of certain cities like District Six and central Cape Town, for example. There are very good reasons for that,; those reasons being that the possibilities and the direction in which those areas must be developed have still to be investigated and that it is impossible to decide on these matters immediately. What parliamentary control have the hon. member for Simonstown and his colleagues had so far over these matters?

Mr. GAY:

Have you read the Bill?

*Mr. VAN DER SPUY:

The hon. member has had the right for 15 years to criticize everything the Minister has done in this House. He has the opportunity in the no-confidence debate, under the Vote of the Prime Minister and under the Vote of the Minister of Community Development. The hon. member has been doing that; for 15 years to his complete satisfaction. He now regards it as “by-passing parliamentary procedure” if the provision in Clause 11 is accepted.

Mr. GAY:

It is quite clear that you have not read the various Acts.

*Mr. VAN DER SPUY:

That is usually the position. When you feel guilty you want to pass the blame on to somebody else I maintain that if this clause is accepted the Opposition would not be deprived of any right to criticize the Government in this connection. I also maintain that if it is not accepted it would cause more than a year’s delay in connection with the proclamation that still has to be done and that it would not make the law function more effectively. I therefore regard it as a privilege to be able to support these amendments.

Mr. LEWIS:

I want to deal with a few points made by the hon. member for Westdene (Mr. van der Spuy). First of all I want to deal with the manner in which he explained the Bill. He divided it into two parts. He dismissed the one part as being necessary because of the establishment of the Department and the other part because of some mysterious thing the Opposition had done or because of our mysterious approach. That, according to him, accounted for the necessity of the whole of this Bill. He dealt with one or two other things most of which related to Johannesburg. Unfortunately I am not as familiar with Johannesburg as he is but one or two points, I think, demand a reply. He asked what Johannesburg had in fact done for the Coloureds. Not knowing Johannesburg very well I cannot say too much on that but I do know that the City Council of Johannesburg established for the Coloured people a place called Coronationville. I have heard that place lauded by members on this side of the House, by the Government as a whole and by people from all over the country, as being an example of the fine accommodation that can be and has been provided for the Coloured people.

Mr. VAN DER SPUY:

Why did they stop?

Mr. LEWIS:

We know that the Government uses the Bantu housing in Johannesburg as an example, not only to the people of South Africa but to visitors from overseas. I think the hon. Minister of Bantu Administration and Development will agree with me. It is one of the showpieces of his Department. There is Obviously nothing wrong with that.

The hon. member for Hospital (Mr. Gorshel) has dealt with the particular issues which led up to the establishment of that housing yesterday in another debate so I will not go further into it. Then the hon. member for Westdene dealt with the question of the Indians and he mentioned Glenasia and so on. The hon. member ought well to remember that it was because of the attitude of this side of the House that these people are still able to earn a living. If he would cast his mind back or read the debates he would find that the attitude of his side of the House was to throw these people out of the areas lock stock and barrel so that they would have had to rely on their own people, who were poor, to earn their own living. We were right, Sir, and his Government was wrong. As a result of the arguments advanced by this side of the House the Government eventually agreed that the Indian trader could in fact remain and trade where he was whether it was in Pretoria, Johannesburg or Durban otherwise the Indian people of South Africa would not have been able to eat. We have had the same problem in Durban. The problem is not peculiar to Johannesburg —this problem of the economics clashing with the ideologies of this Government. Frankly, Sir, in every instance—and this hon. member should know it—the economics of the situation must win because the people have to live. Those are simple facts. He himself mentioned the traders. In regard to the traders in that area they are going to be allowed to move just a few hundred yards so that they can retain the previous trade they had and thus earn a living.

Mr. VAN DER SPUY:

Why do you not support the new trend then?

Mr. LEWIS:

What the hon. member should say is that he is grateful to the Opposition for having pointed this out to his Government and having induced them to accept a measure which enabled these people to continue to earn a living. That is the way the hon. member should look at it.

I want to go on and deal with other matters. The first one is that during the course of this debate this side of the House have made our attitude towards this Bill and to separate social and residential areas quite clear. Speaker after speaker has made the point until I think it is quite unnecessary for me to go over all that again. We have had many many instances of speakers on the other side trying to justify this Bill or to re-justify it. Frankly, Sir, they have failed miserably in my opinion. I think one could perhaps summarize their approach by words uttered by the hon. member for Somerset East (Mr. Vosloo). He justified the Bill by saying that it was the policy of the Nationalist Party but when it came to the question of any hardship arising from it—a point which was often raised in this debate— he brushed that aside as something which was quite unnecessary to consider. Of course, this side of the House does not agree, because we pay attention to the hardship which is inflicted in implementing this policy, and we pay regard to things like that.

Mr. Speaker, I can see no justification for the introduction of this Bill. I think it was the hon. member for Pretoria (Central) (Mr. Van den Heever) who said that we must not worry about this, because all it was doing was to divide up the departments concerned, and the hon. the Minister himself has confirmed that. The hon. member said that the only duty of this hon. Minister would be to advise the Minister of Community Development, to give objective advice where Group Areas should be, and then his job would be finished. Now, I should like to ask the Minister this question: Does he really and sincerely think that he is going to plan Group Areas, because, in terms of this Bill, he goes through the motions of doing so? I contend that he, in fact, will not plan Group Areas just because we have this amending Bill before us. Let me tell him what I think will happen. As the position is at the moment, the Minister of Community Development is deciding where Group Areas will be and which areas will in fact be Group Areas. He has covered the three groups, namely the White, the Indian and the Coloured groups. The hon. the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development has decided where Bantu Group Areas will in fact be, and of course he will continue to do that. As a matter of fact, the necessity for him to do it is even greater now than it was before, because we have numerous reports of the terrific influx of Bantu people into the industrial areas, which are the towns, and areas have to be provided in which they can live. So Obviously the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development is—as he has done in the past— going to decide where those Bantu areas, those Bantu townships can best be established. In the case of Kwa Mashu, Durban, in the case of Umlazi, and in the case of all the big Bantu townships in South Africa the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development has been the Minister who decided where they will be established. And it is my contention that he will continue to decide where they will be created. I just cannot see him relinquishing that role.

In the case of the Coloured, Indian and White groups, the hon. the Minister of Community Development has just piloted a series of Bills through this House—one is not quite completed yet—which give him a tie-up to control the housing and the location of the three groups in South Africa other than the Bantu. We have the Housing Bill, the Slums Amendment Bill, the Community Development Amendment Bill—the last-mentioned has just gone through this House—all of which constitute a pattern of legislation designed to set up the Minister of Community Development as the Minister who, in fact, will determine where the various groups will live and develop those areas for the various groups to live in. I do not believe for one moment that the hon. the Minister of Community Development is now going to sit back and wait for the Minister of Planning to tell him which areas he can develop. I am sorry, but I just cannot believe it. Mr. Speaker, what in fact is the Minister of Planning then going to do? I believe he is going to receive instructions—or advices, call it what you like, because I do not mind—he is going to receive directions from the other two Ministers concerned and he will then investigate an area in which they have shown an interest for the development for either the Bantu, Coloured, Indian or White people. This is the process that has taken place in the past, and I believe it will continue to happen. If that does in fact happen—and I believe it will—I should like to ask the Minister a question. I am afraid I am a little bit disappointed at the way in which the hon. the Minister introduced this Bill. We had hopes that this might be a change of direction in the implementation of group areas, a change which we wanted, hoped and looked for, but what do we get? First of all, we received something called an explanatory memorandum, and I want to point out to the hon. the Minister that this is not good enough, because it is neither an explanatory memorandum, nor is it a White Paper. It is merely an extract of the consolidation of the various measures and amendments that have gone through this House, and it does not even deal with the whole Bill but only a part of it. I really think that this is a very bad effort; it is quite a waste of time, because those of us who are interested in this legislation buy from the Government Printer the consolidated Act, of which this is a part reprint. Therefore it is quite unnecessary to furnish us with a reprint of this nature. But if the Minister is going to put out what he calls an “explanatory memorandum” then I think it should in fact be what it purports to be; otherwise let him issue a White Paper on a Bill of this nature. That was the first point I wish to bring to the Minister’s attention.

There are many aspects that he has not dealt with. I cannot cover them all this afternoon, but I do want to cover one or two of the important ones only. I should firstly like to ask the Minister whether he is going to carry on with these mock hearings. Mr. Speaker, allow me to explain what I mean by asking him that. Up to now we have had hearings, and the hon. member for Simonstown (Mr. Gay) spoke of hearings which had taken place in his area. When he spoke thereof, I listened to him, and he was apparently very sceptical about the outcome of those when one relates what he believes the outcome will be to the evidence which was presented. But I shall refer to a case which was completed. An area called Isipingo Beach was investigated by the Group Areas Board— which this Minister now takes over. That investigation was a very good one; it was very fairly conducted. The Chairman of that hearing was a former member of this House, namely Mr. De Ridder. He took the evidence, of which I have a certified copy here, and the Minister is welcome to see it if he so wishes. I want to challenge the Minister to find one request anywhere in the evidence that Isipingo Beach should be other than White. He can have the evidence and go through it and see if he can find such a request. There is not one request for the area to be other than White. After the hearing was completed the Chairman himself gave the assurance to myself and other people—this is first-hand information, not second-hand—that there was no chance whatsoever of Isipingo Beach being other than White. He did not give that assurance to me only but he gave it to many people, and I can bring them …

The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

But what is your proposal, where should it be?

Mr. LEWIS:

Where it is now. It was White, and no evidence was produced, no request was made whatsoever, to recommend that it should be other than White.

The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

Where does the hon. member suggest must the Indian beach be?

Mr. LEWIS:

I will show the hon. the Minister on a map if he wants to know, the place that everybody suggested and where the Chairman accepted was the best place for it. I will show him on the map with pleasure. I have the map up in my office. But what happened, Mr. Speaker? Isipingo Beach was declared for Indian ownership and occupation.

An HON. MEMBER:

Against the weight of evidence.

Mr. LEWIS:

The Indians did not even ask for it; nobody asked for it to be there. In other words, Sir, the decision had been made before the hearing even took place. The point I wish to make is the fact that there was leakage of information before the proclamation and the fact that certain people obtained options there. It is a point I will not deal with here, but I hope it is something the hon. the Minister will take note of, and see that there are no leaks from his Department in this connection, as there were in the case of Isipingo Beach.

This, Mr. Speaker, is one of the questions we would like some information on, namely, is the Minister going to carry on with these mock hearings? Is he going to have any regard to the evidence produced at these hearings, or what is going to be his attitude and approach to this particular aspect of group areas?

The next point I should like to ask him—and I think it is a most important point—is what his attitude is going to be in the implementation of his duties in regard to regional planning. I want to tell him why I ask him that question. It will be remembered, M. Speaker, that during a previous discussion of this very subject of group areas in this House, the hon. member for Natal South Coast and myself extracted a promise from the Minister of Community Development that he would not proceed with the indiscriminate proclamation of group areas on the South Coast of Natal. He gave us that undertaking. Sir, and said he would submit to the findings of a regional plan, the implementation of a regional plan. In other words, he agreed with us—and it is recorded here in Hansard—that a regional plan was necessary to decide the requirements of each of the racial groups, how and where they should be housed. He accepted that. But there as a question raised by the mayor of Amanzimtoti, and he made a peculiar statement the other day. He said that he had taken steps, and had also consulted the Minister, which would enable Amanzimtoti to be zoned for White occupation only. Now, Sir, this was said whilst Amanzimtoti was being planned under the regional plan, a plan to which Amanzimtoti, the Minister, ourselves, and the whole of the South Coast area of Natal agreed to. What was the statement he made? He said that he had taken steps in consultation with the Minister to make sure that Amanzimtoti would be zoned for Whites. Now are these the steps, is this part of the steps? Having offloaded the responsibility for the proclamation of group areas, does the hon. Minister of, Community Development now believe; that he can shed all the undertakings that he, gave to people and communities, that he can shed the assurance that he gave, namely, that he accepts regional planning and that he accepts group areas as an adjunct to regional planning? This is a question which I would like an answer to. Sir. I also want to know whether this Minister is going to honour the promises uttered by his colleagues. I do not know whether he is going to or not. but I think it is something we must know. Because if he is hot. There regional planning can be written of. because we have evidence regarding the South Coast of Natal —and the hon. the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development knows it—that he is going to establish large Bantu townships there. He has td. because that area is becoming industrialized. But I sincerely hope he will do so in conjunction with the regional plan that is being drawn up for the South Coast of Natal, and I think the Minister will, because he has already indicated where two towns will be established. I sincerely hope that he will take the regional plan, which is being drawn up at the moment and which covers the whole complex of Pietermaritzburg, Durban and part of the south coast of Natal and part of the north coast, into consideration. The Department of Bantu Administration and Development as well as the Department which this hon. Minister is taking over are represented on this regional planning committee.

Mr. Speaker, these are two very important issues, and I was hoping that the Minister would give us some indication regarding his attitude towards these problems at the time he introduced this Bill. Because it is a far-reaching Bill, and we accept that he agrees that what is to happen now is that he is supposed to do the planning for group areas—we accept he will not be doing the implementation—but, if he is going to be responsible for the planning, he must accept the responsibilities that go with it. He should, I submit, have told us what his attitude was towards issues of such great importance to the whole of the Republic as these issues are.

I should now like to touch on another aspect, on reports which have been appearing in our newspapers recently. Before I go further, Mr. Speaker, I must confess to being quite an avid soccer fan. Well, something that worries me at the moment is the attitude adopted by three Ministers—though they seem to be four in this particular instance—towards the people who support soccer.

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! That has nothing to do with this Bill.

Mr. LEWIS:

Mr. Speaker, allow me to explain: These Ministers are acting under the provisions of the Group Areas Act, the very Act which is being dealt with now, and that is what implicates this hon. the Minister. Because, in terms of this amendment, the occupation of the ground under the Group Areas Act enables these Ministers to say that one may go and watch soccer. This is the point, Sir. The Minister of Community Development gave an explanation the other day of why he banned a crowd from the Wanderers ground, namely, because it was in an European area and did not have the necessary facilities. But the latest ban is a complete ban in relation to the Caledonian grounds in Pretoria. Now, this ground has accommodated mixed race groups for many, many years. They have always gone there and there has never been any trouble. All the facilities are there, including. I understand. a 12 foot fence to separate Whites from non-Whites. They have all the other facilities that are necessary, yet now a complete ban has been placed upon mixed crowds going to the Caledonian ground to watch soccer. Well. I have tried to think out the reason for this, Sir. and I cannot see any possible reason why they want to ban people from watching a soccer match when separate facilities are available. I think it is the most stupid thing that could possibly be done. In looking for a reason I can only come to one conclusion—and I should like the hon. the Minister to correct me if I am wrong—namely that this is a planned attack to put soccer off the map because perhaps …

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order!

Mr. LEWIS:

… it is not one of our national games or something like that.

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! I cannot allow even a soccer fan to go as far as that!

Mr. LEWIS:

I have just scored a goal, Sir, that is all!

The point I want to refer the Minister to is the use of the Police for inspection purposes, and I should like to ask the hon. the Minister one or two questions in this regard. I know that all the Ministers—including the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development— have had great difficulties in trying to find out where all the Bantu who work in the cities actually live. I do not think the hon. the Minister knows yet. Some of them perhaps live in my Bantu premises—I do not know. But I know they have great difficulty in the past in trying to find out all these things. As I read this clause, it means that with regard to the introduction of the Police for inspection work, does not necessarily mean that one policeman will go about and perform the duties of an inspector. But I believe that raids can take place, because the hon. member for Pretoria (Central (Mr. Van den Heever) said that all this Bill did was to give the Police freedom to go into these areas. These are his actual words—

All the Bill does is to empower the Police to deal with crimes under the Act. The Minister had to give them a permit to do it before.

He used the word “misdade”. Well, in other words, Sir, the Police can now conduct raids.

I do not want to argue the merits of whether they should or whether they should not. but. I do want the hon. the Minister to bear one thing in mind, and that is that, while he cannot house all the people who serve our industry, I believe that it is a very bad step indeed to start a procedure such as this. I might be wrong in my interpretation, but following on the remarks of the hon. member for Pretoria (Central), that is the only conclusion to which I can come, namely, that now you are going to have group areas done not necessarily by means of inspection but possibly by means of raids as well, and I think that will be a sorry day for, South Africa if that should happen.

I want to remind the hon. the Minister of the following. This act has brought us into disrepute with our own friends. A heading in a newspaper this morning said: “Apartheid is on trial to-day at the Hague.” Not South Africa is on trial, but Apartheid. I want the hon. the Minister, now that the administration of this Act is coming under his control, to bear in mind that it is not social and racial segregation that has brought South Africa into disrepute, but the manner in which it has been applied. This is what has brought South Africa into disrepute. Nobody ever objected to the Indians living in a place of their own in South Africa; It was only after this Government promulgated and started to implement this legislation that we started having Apartheid problems. That is when they started. I think it is a sorry day for South Africa to have to read in the headlines of newspapers to-day that Apartheid is on trial in the Hague at the present time.

I should like the hon. the Minister to deal with the specific points I have raised and also bear in mind the particular points that we on this side have mentioned and the appeals we have made to him. Because, Sir, we do not want to see South Africa getting into more trouble. On the contrary, we want to live in peace with the Western world, because we are going to need them in the near future. Now, if the hon. the Minister bears these considerations in mind and adopts a more moderate and better approach to the application of this legislation, he will ‘be doing this country a very good turn indeed …

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

Mr. Speaker, this legislation, has been introduced in order to give effect to certain administrative measures which were taken in August of last year and to give; the force of law to those measures. The few new principles contained in this legislation have already been mentioned. In their assault on this Bill the attitude adopted by the Opposition was, firstly, to attack the entire Group Areas Act with all its implications and to indicate that they were not in agreement with it. Right from the start they tried to create as much confusion as possible by this means. This was started by the hon. member for Simonstown (Mr. Gay) because apparently either he had not read the Bill or because he had not read the legislation against the background of the existing position or because he did not understand the Bill. He started by contending that the purpose of this Bill was to divide up the administration of the Group Areas Act. Up to the present, the administration of the existing legislation has been divided between the Minister of Community Development on the one hand and the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development on the other hand. This is the present position.; All that this Bill envisages is to enable the Minister of Planning to enquire into and proclaim group areas. Otherwise the existing; position remains unchanged throughout. The hon. member contended that the staff of the Group Areas Board would henceforward have to serve both Ministers. That is not true. It is stated clearly in this Bill that this Board will henceforward fall only under the Minister of Planning. We will therefore not have a position where the officials will have to serve both Departments. The Group Areas Board advises the Minister of Planning only and no other Minister. When the Department of Planning was brought into being in August, these functions were transferred to the new Department in terms of the relevant proclamation and the Interpretation Act, and this Department then took over the function of planning and proclaiming group areas. In terms of the Interpretation Act, this was already the position. The purpose of this Bill is to amend that legislation accordingly so that when a person looks at the legislation he will be able to realize what the true position is. The Department of Planning will therefore undertake the future proclaiming of group areas after the necessary investigation has been made by the Group Areas Board which falls completely under its jurisdiction.

The hon. member for Durban-Umlazi (Mr. Lewis) said that the Board should not simply be regarded as a rubber stamp. Allow me to say that I have found that when this Board has received an instruction to make an enquiry, or to reinvestigate a particular matter, it has done everything in its power to correlate all the facts having a bearing on the situation, to consider those facts and to report accordingly. Indeed, the hon. member for Simonstown himself admitted that the Group Areas Board had acted very courteously. As I have said, the Board does everything in its power to obtain and submit all the facts available. These facts are then considered and a decision is arrived at in the light of the broader planning of group areas. Later in my speech I shall explain what is meant by the term “broarder planning”. So I do not believe it is necessary to make these efforts to create confusion. The position is clear. My Department has only to deal with the planning of a group area up to the stage of the proclaiming thereof. Thereafter, the administration of the legislation is undertaken by the other two Ministers concerned.

I should like at this stage to deal with a few fundamental aspects of the matter. I do not want to go into detail because that can be done during the Committee Stage. This Bill provides largely for the ratification of existing powers. Certain opinions have also been expressed in this regard but I do not want to deal with these opinions at this stage. Reference was made to the fact that Parliamentary authority was being undermined. I think that the original provision was that the Act should be administered for five years and that a report should then be submitted to a Joint Sitting of both Houses of Parliament. This period was later extended to 15 years, a period which expires at the end of June of this year.

The reason why these things have taken time is that the machinery had first to be put into operation to implement this legislation and then a Group Areas Development Board had to be established in order to assist the people affected by the implementation of the Act. The proclaiming of Group Areas is therefore now done in consultation with the Department of Community Development with the specific idea of ensuring that when a group area is proclaimed and disqualified persons have then to leave that area within one year in terms of the Act, alternative accommodation is found for them. I want to point out that a very great deal has been done in this connection over the past few years. It has been alleged here that housing is a solution. We inherited a position which was a hodge-podge as a result of the policy of the United Party of “voluntary segregation”. Then we started providing housing on the basis of separate residential areas. As far as the Coloureds are concerned, 44,000 houses have been built over the past 16 years at a cost of R43,000,000; 14,000 houses have been built for the Indians at a cost of R20,000,000 and as far as the Bantu are concerned, 245,000 houses have been built at a cost of more than R131,000,000, a total of more than 300,000 houses at a cost of nearly R200,000,000. This aspect of housing is necessary but it must be fitted in with the system of group areas. That is why there will always be the closest co-operation between the Department of Planning and the Department of Community Development as far as this position is concerned in order to ensure that when an area is proclaimed and people have to be removed to another area, the necessary accommodation will be provided for them.

The hon. member for Hospital (Mr. Gorshel) told us that this problem was being solved in the United States by means of housing; in other words, by the removal of the so called “blighted areas” and the tackling of “rehousing schemes”. He also referred to Nottinghill. a slum area in London. But I want to tell the hon. member that notwithstanding all kinds of_ schemes which are being resorted to there, those schemes have not yet been able to solve the problems of the U.S.A. or Britain in this respect. On the contrary. The hon. member pointed out the great difference in regard to education and background. I agree that the Negro people of America are the most highly developed Black people in the world, but in spite of this fact and in spite of their housing and the fact that they constitute only one-tenth of the population of the United Sates of America, it is clear that race friction—this is apparent from American periodicals—has not been reduced as a result but has actually increased. That is why I believe that housing alone offers no solution; it must be accompanied by the separate sitting of the population groups. I believe that there are bodies in Britain and the U.S.A. to-day which admit that the greatest problems which they have to deal with to-day are those in connection with the peaceful co-existence of different race groups. As far as the direction in which we are moving is concerned I believe that our direction is the right one in spite of all the problems which we have to face.

It has been said here that we must not do away with the provision that a report in regard to the administration of the Act should be submitted to a Joint Sitting of both Houses. Do hon. members realize what will happen if we have to comply with this provision at this stage? We have also been asked to proceed slowly. To have this removal of population take place with as little friction as possible is a very great task indeed. Up to the present, 721 group areas have already been proclaimed. We have therefore progressed a long way, but we are not yet finished. Most of the areas which have had to be proclaimed group areas have already been disposed of. Those that remain are some of the more difficult ones. If in terms of the existing provision we have to submit every further proclamation of a group area to a Joint Sitting after June of this year, do hon. members realize what will happen, particularly as that side of the House is opposed in principle to separate residential areas?

*Mr. TUCKER:

[Inaudible.]

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

The hon. member for Germiston (Mr. Tucker) says: “Not at all.” Let me quote from the Hansard of yesterday when the hon. member for Somerset East (Mr. Vosloo) was speaking. He said that the United Party was opposed to the principle of group areas. To this the hon. member for Malmesbury (Mr. Van Staden) added: “And separate residential areas,” to which the hon. member for Germiston (District) replied: “The principle of separate residential areas.”

*Mr. TUCKER:

That is quite wrong. [Interjections.]

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

I want to say again that there are still a considerable number of areas which have to be proclaimed and that it will be an impossible task to submit every proclamation proclaiming a group area from now on to a Joint Sitting of both Houses in order to solve the problem. Nor will there be any hope of a solution if the attitude of the Opposition in regard to separate group areas is as has been revealed here to-day in this House. Hon. members opposite have had the opportunity over the past 15 years to refer to problems and to ask questions but very little has been done in this connection. I feel therefore that to retain the position as it is now will be to place an administrative stumbling block in the path of our search for a final solution to this problem.

There was considerable reference to the powers to be given to the police in terms of the Bill and we were asked under which authority this function had already been delegated to the police. The present Section 39 gives the Minister the power to delegate this work of inspection to any person who shall be called an inspector. It is quite correct to say that it is provided in sub-section (6) that an interpreter and a member of the Police Force may accompany such inspector but nowhere is it provided that an inspector should not be a member of the Police Force. This section does not prohibit that happening. This function was delegated to the police in 1957 and since that time the police have been making these inspections. This is therefore not a new task which they are being given to perform. The hon. member for Simonstown has said: “The police to-day are already hopelessly overloaded with police duties and cannot accept the massive volume of work which would be entailed in carrying out these provisions; the police have been a uniformed force carrying an atmosphere with them in which the civilian force of inspectors doing the same work does not carry.” He said that this was not their function, that there was a stigma attached to it, and so forth. As I have said, the principal Act gives legal authority to the police to act in this way and this is the position which already exists in practice with this difference: That where in the past the police also did certain inspection work for the Department, this work will now be done by officials of the Department. Indeed, they will therefore have less work to do in the future than they had in the past. It has also been said that no crime is being committed and so it is not the function of the police. I do not know what the difference is between a crime and an offence but whether it is a crime or an offence the fact remains that these are both the concern of the police. There are numbers of examples in our laws of offences which one may not be able to call crimes but which nevertheless remain the concern of the police. So I cannot accept that objection. In this case, where we have to deal with an offence against a regulation or against a law, I should say that there is no difference between such offence and any other offence which is investigated by the police.

As far as details are concerned, the hon. member for Boland (Mr. Barnett) said: “I abhor and loathe and despise and detest all legislation dealing with apartheid.” I can very well understand that the hon. member for Boland should now adopt such a strong attitude. He is a member of the United Party.

Mr. BARNETT:

Read my earlier Hansard.

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

The hon. member did not say it to-day; he said it a few days ago.

*Mr. BARNETT:

I shall repeat it to-morrow and the next day.

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

I say that the hon. member is still a member of the United Party and so I can well understand that he is feeling rather worried about the latest election results; he has to appeal to the same voters and he has to prove to them how strongly he feels in this regard. We know that he has not been a member of the United Party caucus since 1958. Already at that stage he realized the direction in which matters were heading and so he left the caucus. Since that time he has stood as an Independent, but to what extent this action of his is going to save him is something which the future will have to show.

The hon. member wants to know whether it is not possible to include an additional provision in the advertisement to the effect that there will be certain parts which cannot be proclaimed. It is not necessary to insert a provision of this nature in the advertisement. The people are asked to object to the proclaiming of certain areas and the normal position is that people do object. This does happen in practice. Experience has taught us that it is not necessary to insert a provision of this nature in the advertisement as this is what happens in practice.

The hon. member for Karoo (Mr., Eden) referred to certain aspects of this legislation. He created the impression that the law was unfair in respect of the Coloureds only. Let me say that I know of areas which were overwhelmingly, White areas and which were proclaimed Coloured areas. It is not only Coloured areas which are proclaimed as White areas. It is a pity that that impression should have been created. The hon. member informed me of the problems experienced at three different places, and I had each individual matter carefully investigated. Other hon. members also made representations in connection with one of those cases. I can only say that when I receive representations of this nature I examine them very carefully, and the board also examines them very carefully. I am sorry that that impression should have been created. I can even say that, as far as Upington is concerned—and the hon. member knows what my answer to him was—after a long inquiry we went even further and we made certain representations to the Upington Town Council to make provision at the river for the Coloureds there. This was actually beyond our province, but we felt that if we could be of assistance in that regard, it would be a very good thing, although it was a problem which arose not because of the proclaiming of the area, but because people sold their properties, and because there was not the same amount of access which there was previously. We went out of our way to try to help those people.

The hon. member also mentioned the question of advertising. I agree that it is difficult to bring proposed proclamations to the attention of the Coloureds. That is why, for this purpose, we make use, not only of the ordinary newspapers circulating in that district, but we also make use of a newspaper which has a wide circulation amongst the Coloureds, namely The Banner. But if the hon. member has any suggestions in regard to the method of drawing the attention of the Coloureds to proposed proclamations, I should like him to tell us about them. If they are practicable, we shall use them.

The hon. member has said that the proposed proclaiming creates uncertainties. I agree, and that is why we are trying as far as possible to complete the proclaiming of areas. He also asked whether the effect of paragraph 11 will be that the leases of disqualified persons within a group area can be terminated. This is nothing new; this power already exists. It is a repetition of. the existing position. There is no change in this respect at all, but it comes into operation 12 months after proclamation. It is a proclaimed area and it is controlled by the Minister of Community Development. I have been informed that there are no known cases of businessmen who have had to leave. There was one at Kimberley, but he had to leave because a road was being built there. The Minister of Community Development has repeatedly given the assurance that traders will not be deprived of their livelihood and be forced to leave in terms of this law unless alternative provision can be made for them. But I want to refer to another aspect of the matter, an aspect which was mentioned particularly by the hon. member for Simonstown.

The hon. member for Simonstown referred to Kalk Bay and Simonstown, where investigations are being made, and he asked Who had asked for group areas to be proclaimed in Simonstown, or in Kalk Bay, because, he said, everyone was opposed to this being done. This is in regard to residential areas. I can very well understand why that attitude is adopted by the people of Simonstown. I should just like to ask the hon. member, by way Of information, whether it is not true that there is a servitude on the property which he owns to the effect that only Whites can purchase that property?

*Mr. GAY:

That is only so in the case of certain private owners.

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

The deed of transfer of the hon. member reads as follows—

And, further, subject to the following special conditions contained in the said deed No. 1113, dated 12th February, 1940, imposed by the estate of the late William Runciman and Luiz Dovalle Dugald Miller as the Township, owners, in favour, of themselves and their successors in title of the remainder of the land held under certificate of Registered Title No. 993, dated 20th February, 1931.

Two of the conditions read as follows—

That the lot be owned by Europeans only, and that the dwelling that may be erected on the lot shall be occupied by Europeans only, with the exception of such reasonable numbers of domestic servants as may be required and as are in the employ of the owner or tenant.
Mr. GAY:

Is the hon. the Minister aware of the fact that the deed from which he is now quoting has nothing to do with my property whatsoever, but refers to another property above me?

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

In reply to that remark, I can only say that I obtained this information from the hon. member’s deed of transfer this morning. [Interjections.]

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order!

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

What I want to mention is that here we have a position in which certain areas are covered by servitudes which protect the owners of properties in those areas. I do not blame them for having purchased those properties. There are many similar areas. It proves that people have always felt so strongly in this regard that, long before the policy of group areas was thought of, people considered it advisable to insert this sort of condition in their deeds, because they felt that it protected them and avoided other problems which might arise in the social sphere. These people are protected, but why then not other people who are not so fortunate to have this protection included in their deeds? That is why this provision is being extended. If circumstances justify its being done, we want to give this protection to other people for the same reason—that these servitudes make certain properties attractive.

It is now being said that the United Party are opposed to separate residential areas, and that this is something which should not be placed on the Statute Book. I have dealt with the question of separate residential areas, but when we have infiltration of another nature, when problems of infiltration by non-Whites occur on the beaches in and around Muizenberg, the Government is approached for assistance. I want to refer here again to a letter which I received from the hon. member for Simonstown on 12 January this year—

The Member of Parliament for Simonstown and the member of the Provincial Council for Simonstown call for a conference to consider finally the question of segregation on all Southern Peninsula beaches.

In a letter to the Minister of Planning they say: “This year, even more so than in the past, these beaches have attracted vast numbers of people of all races. Unfortunately, however, there appears to be no uniform pattern or policy applied to the use of the Southern Peninsula beaches either at governmental, provincial or local authority level. In some areas beaches have been reserved for use by the different races, but in other areas members of some races have in recent years encroached on beaches traditionally used by members of another race. This has undoubtedly caused friction and ill-feeling, and, in our opinion, greatly aggravates the position.”

Mr. GAY:

Read the whole thing.

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

When they swim together it causes friction, as the hon. member has expressed it here in his letter —“it greatly aggravates the position”—but when Whites and non-Whites live among one another, he does not want any action to be taken.

Mr. GAY:

Read the rest of the letter. I do not withdraw a word of that letter.

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

The letter goes on to say that discussions should be held. I do not expect the hon. member to withdraw a word of the letter. The only thing that seems strange to my mind is that, although certain circumstances and problems are created when non-White and Whites swim together, according to the hon. member, when they live among one another this fact does not create problems.

The hon. member for Germiston (District) told us that we could solve this problem of poor residential areas. He said that they would be able to solve it under the Slums Act.

*Mr. TUCKER:

To some extent. [Laughter.]

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

The hon. member for Simonstown said that he felt very dissatisfied at the fact that an investigation was being made into the removal of the non-Whites from Kalk Bay because, he said, they had been living there for so many years now. I just want to mention that as early as 1938 the Cape Town City Engineer submitted a report to the effect that the whole area occupied by Coloureds there was virtually nothing more than a slum area and that those Coloureds should be removed. This was in 1938. In spite of the existence of the Slums Act and the powers held by local authorities, nothing at all has as yet been done in this connection. Hon. members know very well that it is absolutely impossible to solve this problem by means of the Slums Act.

Mr. GAY:

Why do you not give the facts instead of distorting the position.

*Mr. FAURIE:

On a point of order, is the hon. member allowed to use the word “distort”?

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member must withdraw that word.

Mr. GAY:

I am asking why the hon. Minister has not given us all the facts.

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member must withdraw that remark without qualification.

Mr. GAY:

I withdraw it.

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

This Bill is being opposed because hon. members are opposed to the principle contained in the principal Act. They are opposed to the imposition of area separation by means of legislation. That is the attitude which they have repeatedly adopted. They want area segregation but it must be on a voluntary basis, after consultation. I want to ask, what can they achieve thereby? If this was their policy, even before 1948, then they achieved absolutely nothing thereby. It was simply a case of confusion becoming worse confounded. There have been interesting incidents in this regard. Over the past while, the left wing of the United Party has been quiet. They were absolutely quiet during the debate on the no-confidence motion. Hardly any of the hon. members who have spoken to-day, spoke then, because then, just before the election, another impression had to be created. But now the hon. members who spoke during the no-confidence debate are not here; they are electioneering on the platteland, and, with a few exceptions, it has been the left wing which has participated in this debate. That is why we have once again experienced the same opposition which we have experienced against this legislation over the years. The left wing has now had another opportunity to have its say, now that the right wing is electioneering on the platteland. When the cat is away, the mice will play.

The hon. member for Durban (Umlazi) (Mr. Lewis) referred to certain negotiations which were entered into in regard to the proclaiming of group areas in Natal. He also mentioned certain agreements which were concluded. There were certain discussions between the hon. member, the hon. member for South-Coast (Mr. D. E. Mitchell) and the present Minister of Community Development. When agreement was reached at a certain stage the Minister said that he would delay the proclaiming of group areas in order to give those people the opportunity to plan on a regional basis. Let me say that Natal has done a great deal as far as regional planning is concerned. I admit that they have made a good contribution towards regional planning in general and we also have their cooperation through the medium of the N.R.D.C. I note that the following report appeared in the Rand Daily Mail of 6 November 1963, when Isipingo was proclaimed—

Mr. Mitchell announced that an offer he had made to the Minister to co-operate in a master plan for the Natal coast had been rejected. The Minister told him that a meeting called by the Department of Community Development would discuss group areas only. Mr. Mitchell alleged that this was a breach of an agreement between him and the Minister. Mr. Mitchell also announced that he was withdrawing from the meeting which was to be held on 8 November 1963, but that he was attending as an observer.

One accordingly gains the impression that negotiations were broken off. But that meeting was held on 8 November. The hon. member (for Durban (Umlazi)) was present together with about 110 representatives of local authorities and other interests, but Mr. Mitchell was not present.

*Mr. LEWIS:

He was ill.

*Mr. S. F. KOTZÉ:

Probably from standing on his head again.

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

The following resolution was adopted at that meeting—

That the meeting request the Provincial Administration to set up a committee for Southern Natal on the lines of the Durban-Pietermaritzburg Regional Planning Committee at the earliest possible moment.

Let me quote further—

This resolution was conveyed to the Provincial Secretary on 30 November 1963. The Department also requested that its representative be appointed to the proposed committee. Thereafter nothing further was heard for more than a year. On 24 December 1964 the Town and Regional Planning Commission notified the Department of the appointment of the Regional Planning Committee for the Natal South Coast and suggested that Mr. Barker be permitted to serve thereon.

But on 2 December, when nothing had as yet been heard and it appeared that there had been a delay of more than a year, my Department was instructed to proceed with the planning of group areas in Natal and to make contact with this regional committee in Natal and ask representatives of the committee to serve on the planning committee of the Department. We feel that this is and remains the responsibility of the Department. The regional planning committee of Natal was not blamed for the year’s delay that there was and the fact that nothing further was done. It was the Government that was blamed by the people of Natal because they said it had failed to apply the provisions of the Group Areas Act there. Pressure was brought to bear that group areas should be proclaimed there. That was why this instruction was given. I can also tell the hon. member that this committee will cooperate with the regional planning committee as far as possible. There are also other liaisons with that committee. It is the specific function of this Department to see group areas as far as possible not only as the demarcation of residential areas but to see them in their full role. It was for this reason when the Department of Planning was established and when these functions were transferred to the Department that the hon. the Prime Minister made the following statement (translation)—

The Department of Planning will further include a division of physical planning. To this will be transferred the planning division of the Department of Community Development, as well as the Group Areas Board, together with such provisions of the Group Areas Act as deal with group areas and with permit administration prior to and up to the stage of the proclaiming of such areas. So much progress has, however, been made in the planning of residential areas for the various race groups that area planning on a broader basis than that of race is now coming to the fore. Other aspects of regional or area or geographical or physical planning which various authorities have to deal with have also to be co-ordinated. With this in mind the Natural Resources Development Council, inter alia, is being transferred to the new Department. The best use of areas for residential, industrial and other purposes, having regard to the various population groups, will be approached as one coordinated problem with the assistance of this Department which will assemble all interested persons and authorities for this purpose.

In the light of this instruction, I can give hon. members the assurance that, as far as the planning of Natal is concerned—which has to some extent been held back to enable progress to be made in regard to regional planning—this work will, in terms of the instruction to the Department, be undertaken in the closest co-operation with the local authorities, with the Provincial Administration and also with this Planning authority of Natal.

Mr. LEWIS:

I should like to ask whether the hon. the Minister’s representative is still serving on that regional planning committee?

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

The representative on the regional planning committee whom they asked for is Mr. Barker, a member of the Group Areas Board which falls under this Department. Representatives of the N.R.D.C., a body which also falls under this Department, also serve on that regional committee. It was for this reason that I said that there were other liaisons as well, apart from this one, with the regional development committee of Natal.

Question put: That the word “now” stand part of the motion.

Upon which the House divided:

AYES—50: Badenhorst, F. H.; Bekker, G. F. H.; Bekker, M. J. H.; Botha, H. J.; Botha, S. P.; Coetzee, P. J.; Cruywagen, W. A.; de Wet, J. M.; Dönges, T. E.; Fouché, J. J.; Frank, S.; Haak, J. F. W.; Henning, J. M.; Jonker, A. H.; Jurgens, J. C.; Keyter, H. C. A.; Knobel, C. J.; Kotze, G. P.; Swanepoel, J. W. F.; Treurnicht, N. F.; Uys, D. C. H.; van den Heever, D. J. G.; van der Ahee, H. H.; van der Spuy, J. P.; van der Walt, B. J.; van Staden, J. W.; Venter, M. J. de la R.; Viljoen, M.; Visse, J. H.; Webster, A.

Tellers: W. H. Faurie, and P. S. van der Merwe.

NOES—30: Barnett, C.; Bennett, C.; Connan, J. M.; Cronje, F. J. C.; Eden, G. S.; Field, A. N.; Gay, L. C.; Gorshel, A.; Henwood, B. H.; Hickman, T.; Higgerty, J. W.; Holland, M. W.; Hourquebie, R. G. L.; Lewis, H.; Moore, P. A.; Oldfield, G. N.; Plewman, R. P.; Radford, A.; Ross, D. G.; Steenkamp, L. S.; Taylor, C. D.; Thompson, J. O. N.; Timoney, H. M.; Tucker, H.; van der Byl, P.; Warren, C. M.; Waterson, S. F.; Wood, L. F.

Tellers: A. Hopewell and T. G. Hughes.

Question affirmed and amendment dropped.

Motion accordingly agreed to and Bill read a Second Time.

The House adjourned at 5.34 p.m.

MONDAY, 22 MARCH 1965 Mr. SPEAKER took the Chair at 2.20 p.m. PERSONAL EXPLANATION *The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

As I pointed out on Friday in my second-reading speech on the Group Areas Amendment Bill, we find in Simonstown that there are premises which are subject to the servitude that they may be occupied only by Whites. I said, amongst other things, that the hon. member for Simonstown (Mr. Gay) was the owner of such land. It now appears that there is a certain Mr. L. Gay who is the owner of a plot which is subject to such a servitude but that it is not the hon. member for Simonstown. I should like to make this correction and I am sorry if I did the hon. member an injustice.

Mr. HIGGERTY:

When are you going to stop your snooping?

UNEMPLOYMENT INSURANCE AMENDMENT BILL

First Order read: Third Reading,—Unemployment Insurance Amendment Bill.

The MINISTER OF LABOUR:

I move— That the Bill be now read a third time.

Mr. OLDFIELD:

On behalf of this side of the House I want to say that we intend supporting the third reading of the Bill. We have supported the Bill through its various stages through the House. We believe that this Bill will bring about, to a certain degree, an improvement in the position as far as the Unemployment Insurance Act is concerned. There are certain comments we would like to make now that the Bill has reached the third reading. We believe that perhaps an opportunity was lost when this amending Bill was introduced, and we regret that the Minister did not see fit to make further amendments to the Act which have brought about an alleviation for those persons who were adversely affected by the amendments made in 1962. We believe that the main principles involved in this Bill are to give the Board the right to extend benefits in terms of Section 39 (3) of the Act, and that this is an improvement which will expedite the handling of applications for benefits. The other important aspect is the question of the financial effect on the Unemployment Insurance Fund as the result of the raising of the ceiling to R2,860 up to which persons will be required to become contributors to the fund. The financial effects on the fund as the result of this amendment are perhaps a very important factor, particularly concerning the interests of the 1,000,000 contributors to the fund. If we study the position, we find that in 1963 the expenditure decreased by nearly R5,000,000. In 1962 the expenditure was R17,127,000, and in 1963 it had decreased to R11,992,000. The Minister indicated in his reply to the second reading that in 1964 the estimated expenditure would be R10,656,000 and that the difference between income and expenditure would show an excess of some R2,785,000, and it is expected that the accumulated funds will be standing at almost R123,000,000. Now, as the result of the amending legislation before the House the Minister indicated that the increase in income to the fund would be approximately R400,000 from the contributors and R 100,000 from the State, making an increase in income of R500,000, which means that the estimated increase in the income of the fund as the result of this legislation will be in the region of R500,000 a year. I mention these facts because the financial effect on the fund will be considerable and we will be faced with a steadily accumulating fund. The position is that with this increase in the accumulated fund the question is whether the Minister should give his attention to ways and means whereby he can further improve the position. Particularly in view of the fact that it is claimed that full employment exists in the country, it would appear that this fund will continue to gain and that the accumulated funds will continue to increase during the ensuing year, and they will increase further due to the fact that we are raising the ceiling for the contributors in terms of this Bill. The important point is to consider what the effects will be and whether it will not be possible for the Minister to review the position at a later stage, perhaps towards the end of the year, to see what the effect is on the fund. It was hoped that the Minister would see fit to allow the Unemployment Insurance Board to grant extended benefits at its discretion without including a clause which restricts them to paragraph (m) of Section 40 of the principal Act, which means that the person must be a contributor or in employment for 13 weeks during the 52 weeks immediately preceding a period of unemployment. The effect of this Bill will be that the Board is restricted to a maximum period of 52 weeks, and the contributor will receive his normal 26 weeks’ benefits and thereafter it is possible for him to be granted an additional 26 weeks’ extended benefits by the board. I believe that the Minister could very well consider whether additional concessions may be made to those contributors who deserve additional assistance; in other words, to allow the board the right to grant those extended benefits without that restrictive clause which limits it to 26 weeks. I would like to quote to the Minister a case which is significant in terms of this Bill where a contributor, in this case a person of 55 years of age, had been paying into the fund for a period of nearly 19 years, and from 1946 to 1962, a period of 16 years, the basis being four weeks’ contributions to qualify for one week’s benefits. Over that period of 16 years he will have accumulated benefits to the extent of 208 weeks’ benefits. From 1962 to 1964 his credits were six weeks’ contributions for one week’s benefits, so he would have accumulated 16 weeks’ benefits. This shows that this contributor will have standing to his credit benefits to the extent of 225 weeks. But in terms of this Bill, on becoming unemployed, he can claim 26 weeks’ benefits and thereafter if he makes application and his case is favourably considered by the board in terms of the provisions of this Bill, it could be extended for another 26 weeks, which means that he could receive a maximum of 52 weeks’ benefits, but in the normal course of events, by claiming merely the 26 weeks’ benefits to which he is entitled, in actual practice he is precluded from drawing another almost 200 weeks’ benefits standing to his credit in the fund. Many of these older workers such as this 55-year-old contributor are those persons who are finding it extremely difficult to find employment suitable to them at their age. Similarly, persons who have become ill find it difficult to get employment for which they have been trained and are qualified. The Minister has mentioned that the purpose of this fund is not to carry some of these persons, who should fall under the aegis of the Department of Social Welfare and Pensions and who should receive some benefit in the form of a social pension. But the point I am making is that by including the restrictive period as provided for in this Bill the board would be unable in genuine cases to extend these benefits beyond a period of 52 weeks, whereas many of these people still consider themselves available to the labour market. They still believe that many can be productive in the labour field, and we know of the shortage of manpower that exists, and some of these people can receive additional training and then come back on the labour market, and they look to this fund as some means of security to tide them over a difficult period while they find employment. I think that the effect this amending Bill will have warrants further consideration by the Minister together with the board to see whether it is not possible to allow the board at its discretion to grant further benefits to deserving cases.

The other aspect which also affects the financial position of the fund is whether the time has not arrived for the Minister and the Board, in consultation with the actuaries, to see whether the scale of benefits cannot be improved. One of the reasons given for the raising of the ceiling to R2,860 was due to the decrease in the purchasing power and the rise in the wage structure. I believe that in view of that fact and the effect this will have on the fund, the Minister and the Board and the actuaries should consider the possibility of revising the rates of benefits payable under the Act.

The final point which I believe is a very important one is the attitude of the Trade Union Council in regard to the present position of the fund. The Minister did indicate that certain decisions were made unanimously by the Unemployment Insurance Board, but I think that something which is of paramount importance is that the Minister should give some indication of his attitude in regard to further steps to eliminate many of the disabilities that have resulted in the amending legislation of the Act. I know that on 16 January 1964 the Trade Union Council made very strong recommendations to the Minister. They stated that they wished the Minister immediately to review the Act as a whole, with a view to eliminating the many disabilities resulting from the 1962 amendment and they strongly submitted that the Act as it stands is not in fact fulfilling the purposes envisaged by the Legislature when it was first introduced. They then go on to state the position in regard to the alleged abuses in 1962, and they say that those allegations were unproved. The Trade Union Council further stressed the difficulties being experienced by many contributors. I feel that the position as it stands to-day warrants the Minister reviewing the position, particularly as far as the financial effects are concerned to the fund in terms of this Bill. The Minister has stated that the ordinary contributor who pays into the fund over a short period of time will receive a far greater monetary benefit than he has paid into the fund. Well, if one is to adopt the principle of insurance, we must also bear in mind that there are a large number of persons who pay into this fund and who have never received a single cent and who have no claim on the fund. I cannot see how we could possibly gauge the effects of this legislation if we take into account, as the Minister did, the minimum figures. He quoted various figures showing that once the contributor had paid in for a period of up to three years in terms of the new legislation, after a period of three years he would have paid in just over R18, and then if he claimed 26 weeks’ benefits at R14 a week he would have got R364 in benefits from the fund. That is a case taken at its absolute minimum, but we must bear in mind the many thousands of people who have paid contributions to the fund over a large number of years, like the case I mentioned of the person who paid into the fund for 18 years and who builds up that large number of credits and receives his initial benefits and is unable to find suitable or further employment and remains unemployed, and if he should be lucky enough to be granted extended benefits by the Board that Board itself will be restricted to the 13 weeks of contributions or employment during the 52 weeks immediately preceding the period of unemployment. Consequently the Board, if it wishes out of sympathy and on the merits of the case, to grant extended benefits in this particular case I have mentioned, which is not an isolated case, it is unable to do so due to the restrictions contained in Clause 10.

In conclusion, I would like to say that we agree in principle that this Bill is an improvement and we hope that the Minister will give due consideration to the points that have been raised in the debate to see whether it is not possible really to fulfill the aims and purposes of this Act as originally envisaged.

Mr. BARNETT:

I want to make a final appeal to the hon. the Minister on behalf of a group of people for whom I have now been fighting since I have had the honour to become a member of this House, and that is those people employed in the food and canning industry. The hon. the Minister has brought into this amending legislation the seasonal workers, in terms of Clause 4. The Minister knows my case, but I want to say this, that it is most unfortunate that thousands of Coloured people who are required to keep the wheels of an industry turning, an industry upon which South Africa depends, the canning industry—that because of the hazardous nature of their employment, because they are not able to be employed continuously for eight months as the legislation requires, but in fact work for eight months in broken periods, not because they want that break but because of the exigencies of the industry, they are to be prejudiced, but a man who is fortunate enough to be a seasonal worker for eight consecutive months can benefit. I personally cannot see any reason why this eight months should not be a total for the year and why these people should not receive some consideration. I have made it perfectly clear and I want to reiterate it and emphasize that these people do not want benefits beyond the period for which they have made contributions. If at the end of six months they have to be laid off for two months and they have contributed for that six months, and the contributions they have made entitled them only to one week’s benefits under the Act, that is all they ask for. They do not want to be paid for the two months they lay off, but surely if we have unemployment insurance we should try to include all workers who are out of employment due to no fault of their own. There are some people who get the sack and they are out of employment but they benefit. These people are out of employment because they have to be. They can work for only a certain period of the year. I hope the Minister will, between this stage and the time the Bill goes to the Other Place, find some means of assisting these people, and there are thousands of them, people who are doing good work and who are rendering good services to South Africa. Surely they should not be excluded. I make this last appeal, this Session anyway, but I shall continue my fight until I am able to persuade the Minister and the Board that these people are entitled to consideration and that they have a good case. I sincerely trust that my appeal will not fall on deaf ears and that I will be able to move the Minister to some action to help these people who deserve consideration. They are not loafers; they are not people who do not want to work. They are people who are permitted to work in this industry only if and when they are required to do so. Therefore I ask that they also receive consideration.

The MINISTER OF LABOUR:

I want to reply shortly to the hon. member for Umbilo (Mr. Oldfield). I do not propose to traverse all the arguments that have been used in the various stages of this Bill or those used in 1962, because I think that would simply be tedious repetition. The hon. member knows, and I think the House knows, that I have tried to emphasize again and again that this Unemployment Insurance Fund is not a savings fund or a provident fund from which workers can draw money when they are retired or when they are chronically ill or when they are no longer in the labour market. I think that is basic. The cases that have been submitted to me and my Department from time to time, the cases of credits being built up over a long period of time and which have never been used, are really irrelevant to the issue because, as I have said so often, the Unemployment Insurance Fund is not an ordinary insurance policy on which you pay a premium so that you eventually get certain benefits. It is simply a fund which ensures that when a person is out of work through illness or other reasons he will draw certain benefits during the time he is unemployed.

The second point the hon. member made was that during this period of full employment we are now experiencing the benefits should be extended. Well, my reply is that it is really during a period of full employment that we are enabled to build up surpluses in order to meet what may be a depression later on, when there is unemployment. So we take this opportunity and it is justifiable when there is full employment to build up surpluses.

Mr. OLDFIELD:

But you decrease the purchasing power of the amount of benefits paid.

The MINISTER OF LABOUR:

Of course, the benefits vary from time to time. The fund is investigated actuarially from time to time, and the benefits may be increased or decreased. Regard is had to the amount of the fund from time to time in calculating what benefits should be paid or what contributions should be made.

The third point raised by the hon. member was that we should remove the limit which is placed on the discretion of the Board; in other words, that the Board should have a full discretion as to what they should grant and how far they should go in granting benefits. Sir, if that argument were to be carried to its logical conclusion, then the fund would simply be left to the Board and Parliament would have no say in any limits to be imposed on the Board. We would simply appoint the Board and say: You have full discretion to grant or refuse benefits and to fix the amounts.

I think that would be going too far. I believe that when Parliament creates a statutory body such as this Board, Parliament must say what its powers shall be and to what limits the Board can go. That is all we are trying to do here. Parliament places certain limits on the powers of the Board, but within those limits it gives a discretion, in the same way as in the Income Tax Act certain discretions are given to the Commissioner for Inland Revenue. But that discretion is not unlimited and it is still subject to what Parliament has laid down in imposing taxation, although within certain limits the Commissioner can exercise a certain discretion.

Then the hon. member referred to representations which were made by the Trade Union Council in 1964, to me. The hon. member probably knows that those representations were referred by me to the Unemployment Insurance Board, and they went into them very thoroughly. After about three or four months during which the representations were investigated I replied to the T.U.C. and told them that their representation had been fully considered but that I regretted the Board was not able to meet any of those suggestions mainly because they were directly in conflict with the amendments adopted by this House in 1962.

In reply to the hon. member for Boland (Mr. Barnett), I am afraid I cannot add anything to what I have already said half a dozen times, namely that the Unemployment Insurance Board has made every effort to meet the case of seasonal workers. They have found it is quite impracticable to do so for many reasons which have been conveyed to the hon. member from time to time. I regret that I cannot go any further than I have done in the present Bill.

Motion put and agreed to.

Bill read a third time.

CENSUS AMENDMENT BILL

Second Order read: Third reading,—Census Amendment Bill.

Bill read a third time.

STATISTICS AMENDMENT BILL

Third Order read: Third reading,—Statistics Amendment Bill.

Bill read a third time.

ATOMIC ENERGY AND NUCLEAR INSTALLATIONS (LICENSING AND SECURITY) AMENDMENT BILL

Fourth Order read: Report stage,—Atomic Energy and Nuclear Installations (Licensing and Security) Amendment Bill.

Amendments in Clauses 4, 5 and 8 put and agreed to and the Bill, as amended, adopted.

Bill read a third time.

UNIVERSITIES AMENDMENT BILL

Fifth Order read: Second reading,—Universities Amendment Bill.

*The DEPUTY MINISTER OF EDUCATION, ARTS AND SCIENCE:

I move—

That the Bill be now read a second time.

Effect is being given in this Bill, in the first place, to a request made three years ago by the Committee of University Heads. Section 10 of the Universities Act, 1955, provides that when a person who enrolled as a matriculated student at a university, desires after the expiry of a year to continue his studies for a further year he has to pay the fees prescribed from time to time by Statute. An amendment of the Universities Statute is required in order to be able to bring about a change in the prescribed amount. Such an amendment is subject to my approval and thereafter has to appear in the Government Gazette and laid on the Table. The Committee was of the opinion that such a lengthy and involved procedure was not justified and that the council of the university should be able from time to time to prescribe the renewal fees—in the University’s year book, for example. I agreed with this view at the time, and I am now moving the necessary amendment in Clause 1 of the Bill in view of the fact that the principal Act has to be amended in other respects at this stage in any event.

Secondly, advantage is being taken of this opportunity not only to incorporate the provisions of the Queen Victoria Scholarships Act, 1902, in Section 12 (a) of the principal Act, as hon. members will be able to infer from Clauses 2 and 10, read together with the Schedule, but also to repeal another pre-Union Act, that is to say, the Huguenot College Act, 1907, together with the amending Act of 1920. As I have said, Mr. Speaker, it has become necessary to amend the principal Act and to amend it in such a way that Section 15 (3) (b) makes provision for representatives of the Department of Coloured Affairs to serve on the Joint Matriculation Board. That is being done in Clause 3, in terms of which “Bantu Education” is being substituted in Section 15 (3) (b) for the out-of-date term “Native Affairs”, and “Republic” is being substituted in Section 15 (3) (c) for “Union”. In addition to that the wording of Section 15 (3) (b) relating to the appointment of a representative of private schools on the Matriculation Board is being improved in accordance with a suggestion made by the University of Natal, a suggestion for which I am grateful to that University.

The amendment in Clause 4 which substitutes “Republic” for “Union” in Section 16bis is Obviously necessary, and the same applies to the amendments in Clauses 8 and 9 of Sections 24 and 28bis respectively, which substitute the corresponding provision in the Constitution Act of 1961 for a provision in the South Africa Act, 1909, as well as “R 1,000” for “£500”.

Finally, improvements are being brought about in Sections 21 (1), 22 (1) and 23 (1) in Clauses 5, 6, and 7, improvements which have become necessary as a result of the insertion of Section 20 (2) in 1959. The principal Act of 1955 authorized the Minister in Section 20 to grant leans to the council of a university out of moneys voted by Parliament, that is to say, public or State loans. Subsequently provision was made in the three sections now under discussion for “applications for loans”, “conditions governing loans”, and “repayment of loans”. These loans are all public loans. The Universities then requested, when an amending Bill came before this House in 1959, that the Government should also amend the principal Act as to empower a university “to borrow money from any source”, in other words, to enter into a private loan. It had then already been decided by the authorities that every university, as an autonomous body, should solve its own problem in connection with private loans, a problem which, it is true, gave rise to many difficulties and to legal issues. At a very late stage the universities again put forward a serious plea for this and this plea was given effect to by re-numbering Section 20 as Section 20 (1) and by adding sub-section (2) which deals with private loans. The three subsequent sections, however, only relate to State loans and have nothing to do with private loans. That in fact is how the Act is being applied, but strictly speaking the three sections in question are also capable of a different interpretation, and in order to put the intention of the law-giver beyond any doubt the reference in the three sections in question is limited to State loans referred to in Section 20 (1).

Those, Mr. Speaker, are the aims of the Universities Amendment Bill.

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

Mr. Speaker, we on this side have no objection to this legislation. In fact, we consider that it is an improvement on the old legislation, as the hon. the Deputy Minister has indicated. I should like to pause for a moment to deal with Clause 3 and ask why the Government did not delay this legislation for a few days. Outmoded designations are being replaced here, such as e.g. Native Affairs by the Department of Bantu Education; the Department of Coloured Affairs is also being inserted. But in the files before us there is legislation which will bring about changes in regard to Indian education, and within the near future provision will have to be made in this Act for the Indian Education Department. In other words, if the Indian education legislation is passed, an amendment will have to be made shortly to Clause 3, and the question which arises is: Why not wait for a few days before introducing this amending Bill? For the rest, except for the few remarks I have made, I have no objection. I am also particularly glad that the Minister has explained Section 20 of the 1959 Act, with the result that the amendment contained in Clause 5 (1) is now clear.

Then I just want to ask a final question. How does the Huguenot College enter into the matter? Is it because that College has now disappeared and has been absorbed by the University of Stellenbosch?

*The DEPUTY MINISTER OF EDUCATION, ARTS AND SCIENCE:

That is correct.

*Dr. STEEN KAMP:

Thank you.

*The DEPUTY MINISTER OF EDUCATION, ARTS AND SCIENCE:

Mr. Speaker, representation is being given to Coloured Education on the Matriculation Board, firstly, to give effect to a promise which the Government made at the time when Coloured Education was taken over. The promise was then made by the Government that the standard of Coloured education would be the same as that of White education, and that the necessary steps would be taken to ensure this. Since then the Depar ment of Coloured affairs have requested that they should be given representation on the Matriculation Board, and the Matriculation Board itself put forward a similar request to us. This measure now gives effect to it.

As far as the request in connection with Indians is concerned, this measure, of course, still has to be passed by this House, and Indian Education will only be able to claim representation on this body in 1966. I take it that we shall then be able to follow the same procedure in their case, but it would be unfair to delay the granting of representation to Coloured Education until Indian Education qualifies for representation that is why representation is being given to Coloured Education at this s age.

*Mr. MOORE:

And the Queen Victoria scholarships?

*The DEPUTY MINISTER OF EDUCATION, ARTS AND SCIENCE:

They are simply being incorporated in this measure.

Motion put and agreed to.

Bill read a second time.

GROUP AREAS AMENDMENT BILL

Sixth Order read: Committee Stage,—Group

Areas Amendment Bill.

House in Committee:

On Clause 1,

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

This clause divides the spoils of the Group Areas legislation amongst three Ministers. The first Minister who appears in sub-section (c) is the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development. The Minister of Bantu Administration and Development is given the power to deal with all the machinery of the Group Areas Act so far as they concern Bantu, but what I find so interesting about this and what I hope the hon. the Minister will explain, is that in the law as it is at the moment, the Minister does not come into the picture at all; he is here introduced, and although certain areas can be proclaimed under the law as it is for Bantu, there is a provision in the law which, I may say, is not affected in this clause, that no proclamation shall be issued under this section, Section 20, by which there would be included in any group area “the whole or any part of any land situated in a scheduled Native area in terms of the Native Trust and Land Act” and various other Acts referring to the same sort of property. But it is obvious that this is not intended to deal with those Native Trust Areas; it is Obviously intended to deal with land which is not at the moment land belonging to Bantu. In fact, one of the powers that the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development is given in terms of this is that through the Governor-General he may declare that as from a date specified in the proclamation, the area defined in the proclamation shall be an area for occupation by members of the Native group, and also to declare that as from a specified date the area defined in the proclamation shall be an area for ownership by members of the group so specified. Sir, what does the hon. the Minister have in mind?

Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

Is that not the position at present?

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

I thought the Government’s policy at present was that the Bantu were to be given land in their own areas, in their homelands, but now it would seem that the Bantu are to be given land in an area which is not a Native Trust area, and that group areas are to be provided for their ownership and their occupation.

The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

To which sub-section are you referring?

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

I am referring to sub-section (3), line 22, where the words occur “for the purposes of the application of Section 10”. Section 20 is the section which provides that land may be proclaimed for the ownership and occupation of members of a certain race group. But later on in Section 20 of the Act it provided that no proclamation can be issued under that section by which there would be included in any group area the whole or any part of any land situated in what is in effect Native Trust land; so what does the hon. the Minister have in mind? Is this a part of the recent pronouncement of the hon. the Prime Minister that what matters is not territorial separation but political and social separation? Is this what is intended here? Because the various clauses under which the Minister of Bantu Administration may act in terms of this Bill do not just relate to Native Trust lands; there is the question of holding an inquiry, and, Sir, you do not hold an inquiry into the application of the group areas legislation unless the area is at present being occupied by some other group, unless there is going to be a change of user in that area. Obviously you do not need an inquiry if it is a purely Native area at the moment and you propose to proclaim it as a Native area. There is no problem there. The hon. the Minister must therefore have in mind some other area, a White area, an Indian area or a Coloured area which is going to be proclaimed for the ownership and occupation of members of the Bantu race. You see, Sir various other things are brought in here. The Minister of Bantu Administration in those areas is apparently also going to have the power that the Minister of Community Development has, that is, to set up consultative and management committees for the areas in which the Bantu live. But if it is going to be proclaimed as an area for their ownership— not just for their occupation but also for their ownership—then one is entitled to assume that if these powers are taken to deal with such a situation, what the Government envisages is the prospect of Bantu living permanently in these areas …

An HON. MEMBER:

More black spots.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

That is the only conclusion that one can arrive at, that the Government intends to take land not belonging to the Bantu but belonging to the Indians or the Whites or the Coloureds at the moment and allow the Bantu permanent occupation because they are going to allow them by proclamation under Section 20 not just occupation but ownership of those areas. And then, Sir, he is going to go further just to set the seal of permanency on their presence; he is now going to provide for consultative and management committees. Sir, you will remember that when the Minister of Community Development introduced the Bill in 1962 to provide for Coloured and Indian local authorities, he declared that they were going to be developed into full, autonomous local authorities. But, Sir, I want to remind the Committee that in fact these powers and these areas in which he is going to establish consultative and management committees, with presumably the same intention as the Minister of Community Development, and of Coloured Affairs and Indian Affairs, that is to say, to let them flower into full autonomous local government bodies, refer to the setting up of such bodies within the area of a present local authority. That is the power contained in Sections 40 and 25, namely the power to set up these consultative and management committees in areas at present under the jurisdiction of the local authorities; so it would seem that the land which might be proclaimed for their ownership is going to be within the area of jurisdiction of a local authority, and we are entitled to know whether that is going to be part of a homeland, not joined perhaps, but whether it is going to be governed by one of these homelands, or whether it is going to be governed by the people in the immediate area. Sir, it seems to me that there has been a complete reversal of attitude towards this problem to which the Government has no answer in any event, and that is the problem of the Bantu living in the urban areas. Is this an admission that they are in fact a permanent part of those urban areas? I hope the hon. the Minister will explain, because this goes much further than merely to open group areas. What I notice particularly is that he gives the power to do this to the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development. Sir, the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development is not here, but his Deputy is here, and he is the man charged with the administration of the urban Bantu. I hope that we are going to get some explanation either from the hon. the Deputy Minister of Bantu Administration and Development, or from the Minister of Planning as to what is envisaged here. Sir, they cannot have their cake and eat it. Either the Bantu are permanently here, in which case I understand what this means, or they are not—they are part of a homeland —in which case I do not understand what this means.

*Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

I want to ask the hon. member who has just sat down whether he has not become rather confused now. Is the position not that the present Act provides that Section 20 has to be adminisered by the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development?

*Mr. HUGHES:

The Minister has gone to make inquiries.

*Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

The explanatory memorandum that was given to us together with this measure sets out the present legal position; reference is then made to a number of provisions in Clause 1 and it is explained that these provisions are still in force. It is then stated that “a reference to the Minister in Sections 5, 16, 18 or 19, paragraph (b) of sub-section (c) of Section 20, Section 25, sub-section (1) of Section 26 …” shall be construed as a reference to the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development. It seems to me therefore that the hon. member for Durban (North) (Mr. M. L. Mitchell) is just hedging here. The hon. member knows that we still have to buy a few million morgen of land to be added to the Bantu reserves …

*An HON. MEMBER:

In the urban areas?

*Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

The Group Areas Act does not deal with urban areas only: it deals with all sorts of areas throughout the Republic, and in due course, when additional land is purchased to form part of the Bantu areas, it may become necessary to take certain steps; that is precisely why reference is made here to future areas”. Sir, I do not want to make a great issue of this and quarrel with the hon. member; I just want him to go into this point carefully to see whether he is not raising a hullabaloo here about something for which provision is already made in the Act. The hon. member apparently thinks that a new power is being granted here to the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development. But the entire development of the Group Areas Act has always been that certain functions are first carried out by the Minister of the Interior and thereafter by the Minister of Community Development and now by the Minister of Planning, while the other functions are performed by the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development. That has been the position from the beginning. Generally speaking the Minister of Community Development and the Minister of Planning have nothing to do with Bantu areas; these are all matters which rest with the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development, and that is why a distinction is drawn here between the functions of these two Ministers. The one function falls under the Minister of Planning and the other falls under the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development. I think the hon. member should examine this point a little more closely and then give us his considered opinion as an advocate. I have a suspicion that he has not done his homework.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

The hon. member for Pretoria (Central) happens to be a frontbencher and one would have thought that since he started the debate in the Committee Stage he would have been in a position to answer the very pertinent questions put to that side of the House by the hon. member for Durban (North) (Mr. M. L. Mitchell). But, what did we have from him? We had nothing more than a smokescreen and nothing more than abuse and insults and a suggestion that the hon. member for Durban (North) has not done his homework adequately. Sir, we are not going to be put off by that sort of attitude on that side of the House. We are going to keep plugging away until we get answers to these questions from the hon. the Minister of Planning or from the hon. the Deputy Minister of Bantu Administration and Development who appears, if I may say so, to be very perturbed about the situation. Firstly, he goes along and consults very worriedly with the Minister of Planning and now he is consulting in the same fashion with the hon. member for Pretoria (Central). Perhaps between the three of them one of them will tell us, when I sit down, what the answers are to these questions.

Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

Tell us what the clause means.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

We are asking hon. members opposite to tell us what the clause means; after all, it is their Bill.

Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

I am asking for your interpretation of the clause.

Mr. HOURQUEBTE:

Does the hon. member not know what this means?

Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

I know what it means.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

Sir, there are two interesting aspects of this clause. One is the actual creation of a group area for the Bantu within the jurisdiction of local authority areas, and the second aspect of it is that powers are given to the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development to develop in those areas consultative and management committees which, as the hon. member for Durban (North) has said, are intended to be, as it were, local government bodies for these various races. That is what we have been told is intended in respect of the Indians, and in respect of the Coloureds, and we would like to know from hon. members on that side of the House whether that is the Government’s intention also in the urban group areas.

Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

Where do you get urban group areas for the Bantu?

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

Is that not exactly what is going to happen under this Bill?

Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

No, of course not—not group areas for the Bantu.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

This is an extraordinary statement from the hon. member for Pretoria (Central). I am beginning to realize now that he does not understand this sector at all. Sir, this is precisely what this section does; it gives the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development …

Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

Under the Group Areas Act they must have ownership rights and they have not got it here.

Mr. HOURQUEBTE:

The hon. member for Pretoria (Central) did not listen to the arguments of the hon. member for Durban (North), otherwise he would not make such a stupid statement here.

Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

You are making a stupid speech.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

The hon. member for Durban (North) pointed out that in terms of the new Clause 1 (c) (a), the word “Minister” in the sections referred to means the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development. One of those sections is Section 20, and Section 20 is perfectly clear. It says—

The State President may, whenever it is deemed expedient, by proclamation in the Gazette Declare—
  1. (i) that as from a date specified in the proclamation, the area defined in the proclamation shall be an area for occupation by members of the group so specified; and
  2. (b) declare that as from a date specified in the proclamation, the area defined in the proclamation shall be an area for ownership by members of the group so specified.

Sir, it is perfectly clear from these two sections read together, that the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development can declare an area to be a group area not only for occupation but also for ownership by Bantu.

An HON. MEMBER:

But he will not do so.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Why take this power then?

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

Sir, Obviously that relates to urban areas or at any rate areas outside the so-called Bantu homelands. Sir, having made our point twice we may now perhaps get an answer from either the Minister of Planning or the Deputy Minister of Bantu Administration or perhaps the hon. member for Pretoria (Central), but I do not think he will be in a position to give us that answer.

To sum up, the two answers that we would like from the Government are, firstly what is their intention in regard to group areas for the Bantu; secondly, what is their intention with regard to consultative and management committees in areas declared for occupation by an ownership of the Bantu; what does the Government intend to do? We have, of course, a general objection to this clause.

Mr. VOSLOO:

Are you objecting to ownership?

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

Sir, if the hon. member for Somerset East (Mr. Vosloo) would allow me to speak I might be able to deal with this clause.

Mr. VOSLOO:

May I put a question to the hon. member?

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

The hon. member for Somerset East can get up and speak for ten minutes if he wishes to do so. I would also say this to the hon. member for Somerset East: When we on this side of the House get answers to the various questions that we put to that side of the House—after all this is their Bill not ours—then we will answer some of their questions.

Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

Speak about something that you understand.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

As I was saying, we want answers to these questions. We object to this whole clause because it introduces three Ministers into the group areas legislation; it now places certain aspects of this legislation under the control of no less than three Ministers. and we believe, as we stated in the second-reading debate, that there should be one Minister who will bear over-all responsibility on behalf of the Government for what is done under this legislation which, as everybody knows, is hated amongst those people who are affected by it; those people have to move out of homes in which they and their forebears have lived for generations. We submit that under those circumstances there should be one Minister directly responsible to this House. Under this clause as it now reads that will not happen.

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! That principle has already been accepted at the second reading.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

Well. I will not press this in view of your ruling; I merely wish to state that that is the attitude of this side of the House. Sir, I propose now to sit down with a view to giving hon. members opposite an opportunity to answer the questions put to them.

*Dr. COERTZE:

Sir, you will have noticed that the hon. members for Durban (Musgrave) (Mr. Hourquebie) and Durban (North) (Mr. M. L. Mitchell) have no objection to the wording of this clause; they are discussing a question of principle here, and that is whether or not it is the object of the Government to establish Bantu group areas inside White areas. Mr. Chairman, the hon. members should have asked this question as long ago as 1957.

*An HON. MEMBER:

They should have asked it as long ago as 1950, when the principal Act was placed on the Statute Book.

*Dr. COERTZE:

That is perfectly true, but in 1957, when this very point was before the House, they again had an opportunity to ask this question; because Section 20 of Act 77 of 1957 provides that no group area shall be declared inside, say, a White area unless the matter has been submitted to both Houses of Parliament. Why did they not ask at that time whether it was the object of the Government to declare a Bantu area inside a White area? They are only doing so to-day because they have suddenly got a bright idea and now want to force the hon. the Minister of Planning to make a statement in regard to his plans.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

[Inaudible.]

*Dr. COERTZE:

The hon. member for Durban (Musgrave) is very touchy when one interrupts him. He begrudges other members the privilege of interrupting him, but for himself he claims the privilege of interrupting other members to his heart’s content. I hope he will do unto me as he wants me to do unto him. Sir, fact is that this provision already appears in Act 77 of 1957.

*Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Where?

*Dr. COERTZE:

It appears in Section 20 on page 1,324 in Part II of the Statutes of 1957. That section provides that no group area shall be declared in such an area unless both Houses of Parliament have been consulted, except that it may be done during the first 15 years without the matter having to be referred to both Houses of Parliament.

Mr. Chairman, I know our Government and I know the policy for which our party stands; I want to tell the hon. member now that we are not going to declare any Bantu group areas inside White areas. The fact of the matter is that we want to interfere as little as possible with the Act of 1957, and all we are doing here is to provide that any reference in Section 20 of Act 77 of 1957 to the Minister of Community Development shall be construed as being a reference to the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development. Surely the hon. member for Durban (North) has no objection to that? We are only specifying the one Minister who will now do this work. But, Sir, you will see what the hon. members for Durban (Musgrave) and Durban (North) really want to know now; they want to know from the Minister of Planning where the Government is going to declare a Bantu area inside a White area. They are not interested in the wording of the section; they are not interested in the efficient administration of the Department; they are not interested in clarifying the provisions of the clause; they want to know when we are going to apply the clause. I want to suggest to them that they wait. Whenever something like this happens they can come along here and criticize the Government, but why do they now want to hear to-morrow’s news to-day? I think it is just nonsense. [Interjection.] The hon. member for Pinetown (Mr. Thompson) will get an opportunity to speak on this. I simply do not see how the question as to what the Government is going to do in terms of a power conferred upon it as long ago as 1957 can be discussed in consequence of an amendment to Section 20 of Act 77 of 1957 which in no way alters the merits of the case but merely specifies a different Minister. That is the issue to be dealt with, and not the declaration of a group area outside or inside a White area; the latter is already dealt with in the Act, but there is this difference now, that after 15 years we cannot declare such an area without Parliament being consulted, but that we can do so before that time …

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

Except in a White area.

*An HON. MEMBER:

That will never be changed.

*Dr. COERTZE:

But the section serves a further purpose in that it enables us to declare areas inside a Bantu area for sub-groups of the Bantu. This, however, is linked up with another clause which we have not yet reached. The whole of this Clause 1 deals with proclaimed and controlled areas for Bantu only. The entire basis of our approach is that Bantu belong in the Bantu homelands and in the Bantu areas. That is the approach. If hon. members are happy with that I want to make them a present of it. We on this side of the House all know this. It would seem that hon. members on the opposite side have only now discovered this fact whereas they should have known it nearly seven years ago already. But, Sir, I simply cannot understand how hon. members can discuss one thing while the clause deals with something quite different. Mr. Chairman, I think that the discussion on that point is completely out of order.

Mr. HOPEWELL:

It is quite clear that the two hon. members who have spoken on the Government side have put up a smoke-screen and that we have still not had a reply from the Minister handling the Bill on important questions raised with him. In view of the fact that there is a limitation on the number of speakers who can speak on each clause, I think the time has arrived for the Minister to enter the debate and give us the required explanation.

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

The question has been asked why there is this change of policy. When the hon. member for Pretoria (Central) (Mr. van den Heever) pointed out that this has been the position since 1957, hon. members opposite created the impression that this was news to them. The present Clause 1 is explained in the explanatory memorandum. There it is made clear that this very clause to which the Opposition objects already exists. The powers prescribed here and granted to the Minister of Bantu Administration are powers he has had ever since 1957 when certain functions were distributed between the Departments of Bantu Administration and Community Development. The powers being granted here to the Minister of Bantu Administration are being repeated just as they appear in the 1957 Act.

Hon. members opposite referred to the powers granted in terms of Section 20. That is correct; theoretically that can happen but in regard to Section 20 I refer to (3) (a) (i) which provides that no proclamation shall be issued under this section except with the prior approval, in each case by resolution of both Houses of Parliament, provided that any such a proclamation may be issued without such approval if it is issued before the expiration of a period of 15 years as from 7 July 1950 in respect of a group area for a group other than the Native group. This provision that it need not be approved by a Joint Sitting has already existed since 1950 and did not even apply to the Native group. When dealing with the proclamation of a Native group area outside a Bantu area, as is stated here, then one in any case, even to-day still—that was the position during the past 15 years—had to submit it to a Joint Sitting of both Houses. That was the position, and this Bill does not change it at all. No new principle is being introduced here. As far as the principle is concerned, it remains precisely the same as it has been since 1957.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

I hope the hon. the Minister will forgive me if I correct one word he used. He used the word “toeligtende memorandum”. Well, this is neither explanatory nor is it a memorandum. In fact, it is a disgrace to produce something like this in the case of a Bill like this.

Hon. MEMBERS:

Read it.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

I have read it. All it does is to recite the law as it is. Any fool can go to a Statute Book and have a look at a particular law. It explains nothing in this Bill at all.

The hon. Minister must explain what he has in mind when he says in this clause “for the purpose of the application of …” certain sections, two of which are Sections 25 and 26 “… to an area proclaimed for the ownership or occupation of Bantu …”, it shall be the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development. Section 25 of the Act which is going to be applied by the Minister of Bantu Administration, says—

The Minister may, after consultation with the Administrator of the Province concerned and by notice in the Gazette, establish any group area, other than a group area for the White group, or any portion of such group area which …

And these are the important words—

… is situated within the area of jurisdiction of a local authority.

How is the Minister going to apply the provisions of that section to a Native area within the area of jurisdiction of a local authority if it is not going to be in a White area? Can the hon. the Minister point to any local authority which is not within a White area? Having set up these management and consultative committees, the Minister of Bantu Administration is going to take the same powers in respect of those consultative committees because it says here “the application …” to these areas “… of Section 40 (3)bis” of the Act which is being amended here. It says the Minister may (this means the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development) make regulations in relation to consultative and management committees as to the manner in which they are to be constituted, as to the tenure of office of the members, as to the qualifications for voting and so on. If no change is being envisaged why cannot exactly the same things as set out here be done in terms of the Urban Bantu Councils’ Act? Surely that Act gives the Minister the power to deal with those areas which have already been set up. Surely the urban Bantu councils deal with the sort of place the hon. the Minister says he has in mind. Why do we need to give the Minister power under this Bill to deal with them? The powers that he has apply only to those areas in a White local authority area and if there are no such areas why does he take the power? I am sorry the hon. the Minister has not yet explained this clause to us.

Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

He took those powers in 1950 in the original Act.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

No, Sir, he did not take these powers in 1950 at all. Let me tell the hon. member for Pretoria (Central) (Mr. van den Heever) that the power to set up consultative and management committees was only given to the Minister in 1962.

Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

I am talking about the group areas powers.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

The Minister did not have these powers because they were not there in 1950. They were only thought up in 1962.

Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

Those powers are all in the Group Areas Act.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Of course they are in the Group Areas Act because they were put there in 1962. The 1962 amendment to the Group Areas Act provided for 43bis. The hon. member must study his Statutes and he will see that it was then that they were put in. The hon. the Minister must explain this. If the Minister says in fact he is only going to deal with areas outside and if the hon. member for Standerton (Dr. Coertze) is right that they are not going to declare Bantu group areas within the existing White areas, he must explain whether he is going to create them in Coloured or Indian areas. What does the hon. the Minister have in mind? He is taking power to apply laws to Bantu in White areas. That is the point. What are those powers? They are the powers to declare an area for Bantu ownership and occupation and then to apply a system of local government to them— “people within the area of jurisdiction of a local authority”. I ask the Deputy Minister of Bantu Administration: Why does he need these powers? He is the person who deals with the urban Bantu. Why does he need these powers when he has them in terms of the Urban Bantu Councils Act? There is no answer. I suggest he has another consultation with the Minister of Planning because this is a question to which we are entitled to an answer. We thought the Government had settled the question of the Bantu where they were going to be in the so-called White areas. The Government said the Bantu would all be in their homelands. We had the Bantu Laws Amendment Act of last year which provided that they should not remain in the White areas unless they had work there; they were only temporary sojourners there. And now we have a Bill which provides, not just for their presence there, but for a form of self-government for them in the White area. The Government cannot say there has been no change of attitude. Inasmuch as they live in locations and areas which are part of State land or Native Trust land, as at Umlazi in Durban, one would have thought the Urban Bantu Councils Act could be applied to them there.

Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

Not in Umlazi; you are totally wrong.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Perhaps not in the case of Umlazi but in the case of the locations at Durban. Umlazi is now supposed to be part of their homeland. But Qua Mashu is not yet a homeland. So the Urban Bantu Councils legislation can be applied there. If that is so, in what areas will these powers in respect of consultative and management committees apply? He does not need them in the case of Umlazi. The Urban Bantu Councils Act can be applied in the case of Qua Mashu but not to Umlazi. Will these powers be exercised in Umlazi or Qua Mashu or in some third and different place? What is the reply to that? No reply.

The DEPUTY MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:

I shall reply.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Then I shall yield to the hon. the Deputy Minister if he is going to answer because I think we should like to hear his reply.

*Dr. COERTZE:

The hon. member for Durban (North) (Mr. M. L. Mitchell) is just being difficult, because the clause in this new Bill which refers to the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development has been taken over word-for-word from the definition in Act 77 of 1957. I want to point out to the hon. member that—

“Minister” means the Minister of the Interior. except with reference to the Minister in Section 5, Section 18, paragraph (b) of sub-section (3) of Section 20 …

There it means the Minister of Native Affairs. What stands here is exactly the same.

I want to point out again that the Opposition are not interested in the wording of the clause; they are interested in what the Minister is going to do in regard to a certain matter. We discussed that subject at great length in 1957 already, and what is more, the hon. member is putting his question to the wrong Minister, because it is the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development who must reply to this question. [Interjections.] That is what is stated there—“Section 20, Section 25, sub-section (1) of Section 26 …” I will come to Section 26 in a moment. This is word-forword the same as what was provided as long ago as 1957. In addition the hon. member had the temerity to say that in this clause the “spoils”—which to my mind is a despicable word—were being divided among three Ministers. If there are any “spoils” they are being divided between two Ministers. It is not “spoils”, Mr. Chairman; it is efficient administration. It is to bring about efficient administration that it is being done in this way. In this instance it was laid down as long ago as 1957 that the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development, then still called the Minister of Native Affairs, would do the work. That is all.

Then, Sir, the hon. member wants to extract another piece of information from the hon. Minister, and that is whether he is going to establish a local authority—as though that is something new. I think the hon. member should have raised this point at the second reading, but even then it would have been out of place, because if we look at the Group Areas Amendment Act of 1957 we find that what he is complaining about is dealt with in Section 25. Section 25 provides—

The Minister may by notice in the Gazette establish for any group area (other than a group area for the White group) a governing body to be constituted in accordance with regulation.

Sub-section (2) is word-for-word the same as the wording he read out.

*Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Read sub-section (1).

*Dr. COERTZE:

It provides: “The Minister may by notice in the Gazette establish for any group area a governing body to be constituted in accordance with regulation.”

*Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Is that Section 25?

*Dr. COERTZE:

It is Section 25 of the Group Areas Amendment Act.

*Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Of 1957?

*Dr. COERTZE:

Yes, of 1957.

*Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Read the 1962 amendments. The Act was amended in that year.

*Dr. COERTZE:

That is not the point. What I am saying is that this matter has already been dealt with, I do not know how long ago. Now they want to extract a certain reply from the Minister in consequence of the division of powers among three Ministers. That is all they want. Whether or not there have been amendments makes no difference. The point is that we have already debated this matter at great length.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

What you read out here was repealed in 1962. You are misleading the House.

*Dr. COERTZE:

I know it has been amended. My point is that this matter has been under discussion since 1957, but these questions were not asked in that year nor were they asked subsequently; these questions are being asked now for the first time in connection with a matter which is not related to that issue at all. We are now dealing with a division of powers, not with the exercise of powers. If the hon. member can get that into his cranium we will all feel much happier, and so will he. It is the division of powers that is being dealt with here, and not the exercise of powers. The latter is not under discussion, but he wants to know from the hon. the Minister how he is going to exercise these powers, and he cannot ask the Minister of Planning to tell him that because it is the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development who is concerned in this matter.

*The DEPUTY MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:

I do not really know why I should take part in this debate, except to contribute a little to the amusement of the Opposition. Let me put it this way, Sir. The position was very clearly stated by former speakers, and has again been stated by the hon. member for Standerton (Dr. Coertze). Functions in regard to group areas work were entrusted to the Minister of Community Development in the old days and are now entrusted to the Minister of Planning, but there are various racial groups. In so far as the Bantu racial group is concerned, those functions are performed by the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development. The function to which reference has been made and which applies in respect of other racial groups, viz. to establish a group area for a racial group, is therefore also transferred to the Minister of Bantu Administration but, as the hon. member has correctly said, we do not exercise that power. There is no such thing as a group area for Bantu in South Africa. The residential areas of the Bantu—and I am now referring to areas outside homelands—in White South Africa were all established under the Urban Areas Act and not under the Group Areas Act. No group area has been proclaimed at Nyanga or Kwa Mashu; those are urban residential areas for the Bantu under the Urban Areas Act. We prefer to use the Urban Areas Act for the proclamation of a residential area for Bantu workers who are present in the homeland of the Whites. The Group Areas Act is not used for that purpose. Therefore that function which mutatis mutandis applies to other races and which are performed by other Ministers are not being performed by the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development, as the hon. member for Standerton has correctly said.

In connection with the power to establish local forms of government, that power is not being exercised either. In the case of Nyanga and Kwa Mashu and numbers of others in South Africa the local government functions are exercised either in terms of the Urban Areas Act, in terms of which advisory committees are still serving (that is the old system) or under the Urban Bantu Councils Act in terms of which an urban Bantu council is established, as has already been done at Welkom and Benoni. That is clear now; I do not know what more I can say.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

I must say I find the explanation given by the hon. the Minister of Planning, the Deputy Minister of Bantu Administration and Development and the hon. member for Standerton (Dr. Coertze) misleading, to be quite frank. I find it misleading for this reason: These hon. members have suggested to the House that the powers which the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development had under the law as it stands today are precisely the same, in respect of Section 20, as they are under the proposed amendment. But that is not so.

Dr. COERTZE:

How can you say that.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

The hon. member for Standerton asks how I can say that and yet he himself read out the section from which it is quite clear that it is different. The previous definition of “Minister” said that it meant “the Minister of Community Development, provided that in relation to …” and then certain things relating to Bantu are set out “… any reference to the Minister in Sections 5, 16, 18 or 19 …” here comes the significant part “… paragraph (b) of sub-section (3) of Section 20 shall be construed as a reference to the Minister of Bantu Administration”. Sir, it is perfectly clear that under the Act, as it stands at present, the reference to the Minister of Bantu Administration, in respect of Section 20, applies only to paragraph (b) of subsection (3) of Section 20; not to the whole of Section 20 which is the position under the proposed amending clause. And that makes all the difference in the world because it is under sub-section (1) of Section 20 that the power is given to proclaim areas and declare them for either occupation or both occupation and ownership by members of a particular race group. It is this power which is now being given to the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development, a power which he did not have under the Act as it stands to-day.

Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

He cannot declare it unless it has been approved by both Houses of Parliament by way of resolution.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

That I accept; that is the position.

Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

This House declares it; not the Minister.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

It is in fact the State President who, by proclamation in the Gazette, declares it. Sub-section (3) says no proclamation shall be issued except with the prior approval, in each case, by resolution of both Houses of Parliament, etc.

What we want to know from the Deputy Minister of Bantu Administration and Development particularly, because he is the person who will be operating the power, is why is the power now being given to the Minister of Bantu Administration to cause the State President to declare an area for both occupation and ownership by Bantu?

Dr. COERTZE:

He deals with Bantu solely; that is why.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

I hope we will have an answer to this, because as this stands at the moment there can be only one explanation and that is that it is the intention to declare group areas for both ownership and occupation by Bantu.

*The DEPUTY MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:

No, there is no such intention.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

Why the difference in wording then? Does the hon. the Deputy Minister concede that there is a difference in the definition? He appears neither to concede it nor to deny it. I do not think the hon. the Deputy Minister can deny it, Sir. Obviously there is a difference. As it stands at present it is only the power referred to in paragraph (b) of sub-section (3) of Section 20 which was given to the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development and as it is to be amended all the power provided for in Section 20 is being given to him, and that includes the power to declare areas for ownership and occupation by a particular racial group. We would like to know once again: Is it the Government’s intention to declare Bantu group areas?

The DEPUTY MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:

Once again: It is not. How often must I say that?

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

If it is not, perhaps the Deputy Minister will explain why these powers are being given to the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development under Clause 1?

It is an extraordinary situation. The hon. the Deputy Minister of Bantu Administration says “We are not going to declare group areas for the Bantu” but on the other hand the section is specifically amended to provide for such declarations. Surely the House must assume that the amendment is a deliberate one; that it is not an amendment that was made without thought. In those circumstances I suggest that the Government must either explain what the intention is if they intend persisting with the amendment as it appears in Clause 1 or, alternatively, if they do not intend to declare group areas for Bantu then surely Clause 1 ought to be amended to exclude that situation. If it is not amended to exclude that situation then we are entitled to suggest to the electorate that that is the Government’s intention.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

I am sorry the hon. the Deputy Minister of Bantu Administration and Development has not replied. He says there is no intention of creating any group areas for the Bantu. They are going to have their homelands and so far as they are in the “tuislande” of the Whites they will be dealt with in terms of the Urban Areas Amendment Act. Let me ask him why it is that he takes the power here to apply to Bantu areas proclaimed under the Group Areas Act the provisions of Section 24? Section 24 provides—

If any group area is, in terms of a proclamation under Section 20, a group area for ownership, no disqualified person and no disqualified company shall on or after the relevant date specified acquire any immovable property.

Reference is made to a “disqualified person”. If the hon. the Minister is going to apply this to Bantu only in Bantu areas how do you get a disqualified person? What is a disqualified person, Sir? It is a person of a different race from the one for whom that area is proclaimed. He now takes the power to apply the provisions of the Act relating to disqualified persons to certain areas. In other words the Minister has in mind that the persons already occupying are going to be different from the ones for whom he proclaims the area. And he is only concerned with Bantu. Mr. Chairman, the conclusion is irresistible that the Minister has in mind dealing with areas not Bantu areas at the moment. That may be his intention but he takes the power to deal with something else. Likewise, Sir, will the hon. the Minister explain why it is that he takes the power in terms of this clause to apply the provisions of Section 16 of the Act. Section 16 provides for buildings erected or completed after a specified date and buildings, land and premises unoccupied after that date. It says—

If, after the specified date, any building is or was erected or completed on any land or premises situated in a specified area … you may not occupy it except with a permit.

Permits are only required where you have disqualified people. So the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development is going to administer some section dealing with buildings and permits. There is no reason for this Minister to issue a permit for occupation in any Bantu area, if the people who are going to occupy that area are going to be Bantu. Perhaps the hon. Minister will explain that. Why is it, if there is a Bantu area already and he is going to declare an area for Bantu that he is now going to take the power to issue permits? Who is he going to issue permits to? Or is he going to distinguish between various ethnic groups and say that where there were Zulus and now you have Xhosas, if the Xhosas go into a Zulu-proclaimed area, they are going to have permits? Is that what they have in mind? Quite frankly that is the only other explanation that one can give of this, and I do not believe for one moment that that would be the explanation. It deals with an area in which there are already existing buildings. Where are those areas? Where are there areas where the Bantu are going to go where they are not now, where there are already existing buildings? Where are those areas? And what buildings does the hon. Minister have in mind? You see, Sir, it just does not make sense. The hon. Minister’s explanation is not an explanation when you look at these provisions. As the hon. member for Musgrave says, either he is going to apply them … He said “ons sai dit nie uitoefen nie”. If it is not going to be applied, if it is not going to be put into practice, why does he take the powers here? He must not blame us for being suspicious. Here it is in the Act and neither of these two Ministers can give an explanation.

The DEPUTY MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:

I have explained that and I am definitely not going to repeat myself.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

The hon. Minister says that he has explained it. He has explained it in the usual way by saying that there are going to be “tuislande” for the Black people and “tuislande” for the White people.

The DEPUTY MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:

I cannot help it if you cannot understand it.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Perhaps the hon. Minister will explain to me why he is going to take these powers to deal with disqualified persons in certain areas. Who are the disqualified persons? That is a fair question. Who are the disqualified persons he is going to deal with in terms of Section 16 of the Act?

The DEPUTY MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:

I have dealt with this You do not want to understand or you cannot understand.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Let me tell the hon. Deputy Minister that on the explanation he gave, there are no disqualified persons, because the Bantu Group Areas are going to be in Bantu areas. Is that not what the hon. Minister said?

The DEPUTY MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:

No, you do not want to understand.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

The Minister said that the Bantu group areas will be in Bantu areas. If that is so, will there be any disqualified persons?

The DEPUTY MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:

I did not say that the Bantu group areas would be in the Bantu areas. That is a nonsensical deduction.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

The only places for ownership and occupation of the Bantu, except as places where they are working in the White areas, will be the Bantu areas?

The DEPUTY MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:

You are talking a lot of rot now. I did not say that.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Let the hon. Minister explain: What is a disqualified person? How he is going to apply Section 16 and in relation to whom is he going to apply that section? He is going to apply it in respect of Bantu people only. But he is going to give permits to them to occupy. He is going to give permits to other race groups to occupy. In an area which is a Bantu area. He is taking that power. Why? Perhaps the hon. Minister will explain that.

The DEPUTY MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:

I have explained that and I am not going to repeat it for your benefit. You do not want to understand.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

No, the hon. Deputy Minister has not explained the permit system. He only explained the testamentary disposition powers that he is going to have. He has not explained one of these things. In view of the hon. Deputy Minister’s petulant attitude, perhaps the hon. Minister of Planning, who is in charge of this Bill, knows what the answer is. As one lawyer to another, let me tell the hon. the Minister that what I have just said makes sense, and he knows it, and I hope he will give me an explanation instead of my getting the petulance we have had from the hon. the Deputy Minister. Perhaps the hon. Minister will just explain Sections 24 and 16 in respect of the application by this Minister, that is the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development.

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

The hon. member has referred to Section 16 and says that he cannot understand why these powers are being granted now. But these powers are granted in the old Section 57 also. The existing section, which is now being replaced, already contained these powers. The old Section 57 already contained these powers of Section 16: “Any reference to the Minister in Section 16 shall be construed as a reference to the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development”. We are dealing with the same powers. Why all these arguments? I think the one aspect the hon. member does not realize is this: “for the purpose of the application of Section 16 … in relation to … ” and then there are restrictive conditions. It says: “The Minister means the Minister of Community Development, provided in relation to …” So there were restrictive conditions. Therefore when Section 16 refers to the Minister of Bantu Administration it is subject to the restrictive conditions Nos. 1 to 8 as set out herein.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Does the Minister have in mind two or more different racial groups?

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

It has in mind three racial groups in so far as the powers are concerned, because here one has a separation of the various powers granted in the Act, and the sections referred to here, viz. 16, 18, etc., all contain the same powers, but because there is a separation and one Minister deals with it when it is a controlled area, another when it is a proclaimed area and a third when it concerns Bantu, this distinction is drawn and it is applied throughout. But as regards the application, it is a matter of policy which is being followed. But the power which existed in Section 16 embraces nothing new; it is a repetition of the position as it was before.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

May I put a question to the hon. the Minister? Would the hon. Minister explain the significance of the difference in respect of Section 20 between the Act as it stands at present and the proposed amendment? The only portion of Section 20 which is given over, as it were, to the Minister of Bantu Administration, is paragraph (b) of sub-section (3), whereas under the proposed amendment the whole of Section 20 applies.

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

It is correct that in the old section there is reference to Section 20 (b) and now there is reference to Section 20, but only in so far as it relates to it (it is only in so far as it is within the power of the Minister concerned to apply). Nothing new is provided by it.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

I now wish to deal with another aspect and a section which has not up to now been dealt with by this Committee at all and that is Clause 1 (b) (a) (iii), which says—

“Minister” means in relation to—
  1. (iii) any area referred to in sub-section (1) of Section 21 which is declared to be an area for future occupation or future ownership by members of the Bantu group or of any group defined under sub-section (2) of Section 10 consisting of members of the Bantu group.

Section 21 is the section which deals with future group areas and it says that the State President may, whenever it is deemed expedient by proclamation in the Gazette, define an area and declare that such area shall be an area for future occupation or future ownership by members of the Bantu group. Well, the significant aspect of this is that Section 21, which is now being handed over to the Minister of Bantu Administration for the purposes set out here, is not included amongst the sections which were handed over to the Minister of Bantu Administration before: Section 21 and then Section 25, yes; but not Section 21. In view of the Deputy Minister’s statement that the Government does not intend to declare new group areas for the Bantu, what is the meaning of this here, this clause 1 (b) (a) (iii)?

The DEPUTY MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:

Exactly the same as the other.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

The hon. Deputy Minister cannot just escape this by saying that it is exactly the same. It states specifically “any area referred to in sub-section (1) of Section 21 which is declared to be an area for future occupation or future ownership by members of the Bantu group …” This specifically envisages areas to be declared for Bantu occupation and ownership, and that provision is a new one and did not exist in the previous Act; in any event it states clearly that it envisages areas for Bantu ownership and occupation. That being so it seems to make nonsense of the statement of the Deputy Minister that that is not the Government’s intention. So I go back to what we on this side of the House have said: Everything to do with Clause 1 seems to make it clear that the Government does intend to declare Bantu group areas.

Dr. MULDER:

Do not talk such nonsense!

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

If hon. members on that side of the House regard that as talking nonsense perhaps they will explain these provisions particularly this provision that I have just referred to. How can that possibly be included, that is to say this amendment, if it is not the intention to declare Bantu group areas? Perhaps the hon. member for Randfontein, who suggested that I was talking nonsense will get up and explain what is the purpose of this clause. If the hon. member will not explain it, perhaps another hon. member or perhaps one of the Ministers will get up and tell us what the purpose of this clause is, if it is not the Government’s intention to declare Bantu group areas in the urban areas. It does appear that the Government members, including the hon. Ministers, are having difficulty in explaining to us the significance of this clause.

The DEPUTY MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:

You do not want to understand.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

The hon. Deputy Minister keeps on saying that we do not understand. Here the language is very clear, but they gave us no explanation. As the hon. Deputy Minister persists in his statement, perhaps he will get up and explain to us the significance of the reference to Section 21.

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

The hon. member is now referring to Section 1 (c) (a) (iii). That refers to the functions, in so far as that section is concerned, which are entrusted to the Minister of Bantu Administration. Refer now to this relevant section and I will now read precisely the same section in the principal Act. the wording is precisely the same, viz. the old Section 1 (b) (c)—

Any area referred to in sub-section (1) of Section 21 which is declared to be an area for future occupation or future ownership by members of the Bantu group or of any group defined under sub-section (2) of Section 10 consisting of members of the Bantu group.

There is not a single new word in this clause.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

Then what is the meaning if you do not intend having Bantu group areas?

The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

Hon. members opposite are continually saying that a new power is being created here. That is the argument they use. There are certain ulterior motives because a new power is being created here. I have now read out to show that the old wording was precisely the same in the 1957 Act. No new powers whatever are being created.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

Then what is the meaning?

Clause put and the Committee divided:

AYES—67: Badenhorst, F. H.; Bekker, G. F. H.; Bekker, M. J. H.; Botha, H. L; Botha, M. C.; Botha, S. P.; Coertze, L. I.; Coetzee, P. J.; de Wet, J. M.; Diederichs, N.; Dönges, T. E.; du Plessis, H. R. H.; Frank, S.; Greyling, J. C.; Haak, J. F. W.; Henning, J. M.; Jonker, A. H.; Jurgens, J. C.; Keyter, H. C. A.; Knobel, G. J.; Kotze, G. P.; Ie Roux, P. M. K.; Loots, J. J.; Malan, A. I.; Malan, W. C.; Maree, G. de K.; Maree, W. A.; Meyer, T.; Mostert, D. J. J.; Mulder, C. P.; Miller, H.; Muller, S. L.; Nel, J. A. F.; Niemand, F. J.; Otto, J. C.; Pansegrouw, J. S.; Rall, J. J.; Rall, J. W.; Rall, M. J.; Sadie, N. C. van R.; Sauer, P. O.; Schoonbee, J. F.; Serfontein, J. J.; Smit, H. H.; Stander, A. H.; Steyn, F. S.; Steyn, J. H.; Swanepoel, J. W. F.; Treurnicht, N. F.; van den Heever, D. J. G.; van der Ahee, H. H.; van der Merwe, P. S.;;van der Spuy, J. P.;.van der Walt, B. J.; van Eeden, F. J.; van Niekerk, G. L. H.; van Niekerk, M. C.; van Staden, J. W.; Venter, M. J. de la R.; Viljoen, M.; Visse, J. H.; von Moltke, J. von S.; Vosloo, A. H.; Webster, A.; Wentzel, J. J.

Tellers: W. H. Faurie and H. J. van Wyk.

NOES—29: Barnett, C; Basson, J. A. L.; Basson, J. D. du P.; Bloomberg, A.; Cronje, F. J. C.; Eden, G. S.; Field, A. N.; Gay, L. C.; Henwood, B. H.; Hickman, T.; Higgerty, J. W.; Holland, M. W.; Hourquebie, R. G. L.; Mitchell, M. L.; Moore, P. A.; Oldfield, G. N.; Plewman, R. P.; Radford, A.; Ross, D. G.; Steenkamp, L. S.; Streicher, D. M.; Thompson, J. O. N.; Timoney, H. M.; van der Byl, P.; Warren, C. M.; Waterson, S. F.; Wood, L. F.

Tellers: A. Hopewell and T. G. Hughes.

Clause accordingly agreed to.

On Clause 2,

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

As we made clear during the second-reading debate, one of the reasons why we are opposed to this Bill is that it provides for a division of functions amongst three Ministers, and in this Clause 2 certain functions are now being taken over by the Minister of Planning and his staff. For that reason we are opposed to this clause and I wish merely to state this. The principle has been accepted and we will Obviously not be allowed to discuss the principle in detail, but I wish to make clear the attitude of this side in regard to Clause 2 and why we will vote against the clause.

Mr. BARNETT:

I want to ask the hon. Minister—I do not want to move an amendment now—whether he will consider giving the board the power to hear representations from people who may have in a bona fide way missed the Gazette or the newspaper, so that they can still make representations in terms of this clause. I think the hon. Minister should consider giving the discretion to the board to hear certain evidence if they have not applied in time. I do not want to move an amendment, but would like the hon. Minister to consider this.

The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

There is an old legal principle that ignorance of the law is no excuse. That also applies here. If the advertisement has appeared and representations are made and the board has given a decision, the hon. member must appreciate that it would then be very difficult to grant such permission.

Mr. BARNETT:

But at the hearing, when the board hears applications … Some may have missed the time for the hearing, but I think the board should have the right to hear their evidence.

The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

They will be allowed to make representations.

Clause put and agreed to. (Official Opposition dissenting.)

On Clause 3,

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

This clause belongs to the Minister of Community Development, who is not here, but the hon. Minister of Planning could perhaps give the explanation I require. The provision here is for inquiries by officers of the Department. Now the inquiries held under the Group Areas Act were normally inquiries conducted by the Group Areas Board, a board which in terms of the previous clause, that is Clause 2, will now fall under the Department of Planning. Now the Group Areas Board for the determination of group areas is now a board advising the hon. Minister of Planning. The hon. Minister of Community Development, in order to fulfill his functions, is obliged also to cause inquiries to be made. Those inquiries are not to be held as they are required to be held for the Minister of Planning by a board. They are to be held by a single official of the Minister of Community Development’s Department in relation to matters which formerly required an inquiry by the board. Now, it will be done by a single officer. I appreciate that the board could delegate its powers to a single member, but that was a board which delegated its powers. Here there is no board at all. Here the person concerned is an officer of the Department. Now in the first place I do not think this is usual in such cases. The board was set up for a purpose. The reason why a group areas board was set up was so that you would have in fact a body divorced from the Department, divorced from the Minister and his particular departmental head and they then held their inquiry independently and submitted their report. Now there are several matters which the hon. Minister of Community Development will have to deal with and they relate to the same sort of thing, particularly permits—whether there should be permits for occupation and so on—which are very important. To give this to one single officer of the Department, does not appear to be in keeping with the history of this kind of inquiry under this Act. The board was an independent board. I also want to say that it is hardly fair to an officer of the Department to get him to conduct an inquiry of this nature. He is there to carry out the policy, to carry out the administration of the Department as determined by the Cabinet. His function is to carry out the decisions of the executive, of the Cabinet. To put him in a position that he not only has to do that, but has also to appear to act as an independent investigator, prepared to hear all sides and come to a completely independent decision and to make a completely independent recommendation, is hardly fair to that particular officer of that Department. But whether he is able to do so or not, you know that there is an adage that justice must not only be done, but it must seem to be done. And this official is going to be put in an invidious position. This is not a board independent of the Minister. He is a man, an officer, in his Department, whose job it is to carry out the policy determined by the Minister. In those circumstances, perhaps the hon. the Minister will explain why it is that the same procedure as applies now to this hon. Minister, namely that a board shall make these inquiries and report to him, was not followed. It seems to me that it could quite easily have been followed here. It would only mean the appointment of a few more people. Perhaps the Minister could explain.

The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

The board only acts to advise the Minister of Planning. I think that is clear from the section we have just passed. But if the hon. member refers to Clause 2 or the old Section 5, he will notice that we have just deleted subsections (b) and (c) of the old Section 5. In terms of the old Section 5 (b) and (c) and the proviso added to it, “provided that in respect of the matters referred to in paragraphs (b) or (c) an inquiry may be held and a report may be furnished to the Minister by an officer designated thereto by the Minister, and in such event no notice under sub-section (2) shall in the matter in question be investigated”. So in terms of the old Section 5, which has now been amended* the Minister could refer the matters mentioned in (b) and (c) to officers. That is being repeated now in the new Clause 5bis with which we are dealing now. You will see that the powers in (a) and (b) are exactly the same as in (b) and (c) of the old section. That means that as far as ah three of these ministers are concerned not only the Minister of Community Development, but also as far as the Minister of Planning is concerned, certain matters can be dealt with by officials and they have the same powers they had in the previous section.

Clause put and agreed to.

On Clause 10,

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

The second part of this clause, sub-clause (b), provides for the delegation of powers. Whereas before the Minister could delegate certain powers to various people, it is here provided that not just the provisions of Section 5, which deals with the question of inquiries, and Section 38, which deals with the question of the Minister having to consider reports, and Section 37, which deals with the question of notice when disposing of illegal property, matters which could easily be delegated by the Minister—but it is provided now that any provision of this Act relating to the exercise of any powers or the performance of any functions by the Minister shall mutatis mutandis apply with reference to the exercise of any such powers or the performance of any such functions by any person by virtue of a delegation by the Minister under this section. Now, in order to implement and administer an Act such as the Group Areas Act in all its ramifications, it is necessary for the Minister to have a discretion. In fact, the history of the Group Areas Act has been one of breaking it down, from the time it was first introduced, from an Act which was declared to be straightforward and to be concerned with the division of South Africa into various areas for various race groups, which the Government confidently expected in 1950 would be completed in July of this year—it has been broken down to the position where hard and fast rules could not be drawn, and so discretions have been introduced. In fact, everyone in every area in South Africa to-day lives by virtue of permission; he lives there by virtue of a permit, and in the granting or withholding of permits for occupation or use for certain purposes, the life of every South African is affected, and it is no mean thing to grant or refuse a permit under the Group Areas Act. It could mean the difference between having a business to-day and not having it to-morrow. It could mean the difference between having a home to-day and not having a home to-morrow. It could mean the difference, in the end, between abandoning one’s former way of life and one’s friends and having to move to a new and unknown area and starting one’s life socially all over again. What determines whether or not what one can continue to occupy is a discretion which rests with the Minister. Ultimately that discretion is with the highest authority in that particular field, in that State Department, and it is the Minister who is responsible to this House and to the public. The Minister is now allowed to give any discretion he has under this Act to an official. He is allowed to delegate the discretions he has. I want to say that I do not regard it as being proper for such delegations to be made to officers in the Public Service. Delegations of this nature are very often of a political nature, or let me put it this way, they are very often constructed as being of a political nature. It is not fair to the members of the Public Service to load on to them decisions such as this. Ultimately it is a matter of policy whether in this instance or that instance a person is going to be allowed to continue to occupy a certain house, whether members of a certain group will be allowed to live there at all after a certain date. There are many areas—almost every area—where after a date has been fixed by which all the members of a certain race group have to go, the period can be extended. In fixing matters of this sort, surely the hon. the Minister does not intend also to give away his discretion, because if he intends doing that then he is abandoning his responsibility in terms of this legislation, and he should not do so. Perhaps the Minister would indicate whether he will abandon the exercise of his discretion, and if he is, he should indicate whether he might accept an amendment to exclude from the delegation that he will make to officers of the Public Service the power of discretion, any power which is to be exercised entirely at the whim of the Minister, in other words, the rights of the public in terms of this legislation are put very often at the whim of the Minister, and my point is that they should not be put at the whim of an officer of the Public Service, not only because it is not fair to that officer but also because it is the responsibility of a person of the standing of the Minister who can more easily be held responsible and be brought to book, if necessary, before this House. Because it is not only officers of the Public Service but it refers to the performance of any such function by any person by virtue of the delegation. So it is not only public servants but anyone else to whom the Act allows the Minister to delegate his powers.

*Dr. COERTZE:

The hon. member for Durban (North) (Mr. M. L. Mitchell) has no real objection to this provision as it stands. What he does object to is that the Minister will delegate his discretion, and by implication he is already beginning to express the criticism that the persons to whom this discretion is delegated will exercise it badly.

*Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

I never said that.

*Dr. COERTZE: I say “by implication”. If that is not the case then I beg his pardon. Sir, I should like to discuss the merits of such a provision, but before doing so I just want to say that I am deeply disappointed at the remark he made that important issues are involved in this particular instance. I agree that important issues are involved here, but I am disappointed that he tried to create the impression that a man who has a house to-day may not have it to-morrow. Surely he knows that is an absolutely ridiculous statement, besides being a dishonest one, because when a group area is declared or some person is affected the matter is investigated; the whole world knows about it and all the newspapers write about it. It is just not true that we can affect these people by a mere flick of the wrist. That is not what the hon. member said in this connection, but it is the impression he is trying to create and the suspicion he is trying to stir up against the good faith of the people who are administering this Act. I think he ought to be ashamed of himself.

But let us examine this delegation. The rule is that an agent cannot appoint another agent without the consent of the principal. When Parliament grants certain powers to the Minister he has to exercise such powers as the agent of Parliament. He himself cannot appoint another agent. But here Parliament now provides that the Minister may appoint a further agent; this constitutes an amendment to our common law on this point, but what is the true position in such a case? Which the rule is that the person to whom power is delegated may not further, delegate we still have all the other rules governing agency as well, namely, that when the principal appoints an agent and he grants the agent the power to appoint a sub-agent, the responsibility still rests with the original principal; in other words, the Minister is primarily responsible to Parliament for doing this work. He has appointed some other person, but he remains responsible for the way in which the discretion is exercised by the person to whom it has been delegated. The hon. member for Durban (North) may not agree, but these are the facts. It is true that when a discretion is delegated it does not mean to say that the Minister, as the principal, will not exercise supervision, if he is asked to do so, over the way in which the discretion is exercised on his behalf. In the same way as hon. members come along in Parliament and, as principals, ask the Minister how he has exercised his powers, the Minister in turn may also ask how the powers delegated by him have been exercised; and if the Minister can ask this question the hon. member for Durban (North) can also ask the Minister this question. The opportunity to criticize is therefore not being lessened, and that is the essence of democracy, that one has the right to criticize with impunity the people who have been instructed to do certain things. The fact that the Minister has the power to appoint a sub-delegate does not lessen this responsibility. If the hon. member thinks that the Minister, by so doing, is trying to create an opportunity for himself to avoid his responsibilities, then he is mistaken not only as far as the characters of the Ministers of this Government are concerned, but also as far as the true legal position is concerned.

There is another matter that deserves our attention, and that is that it is absolutely essential that this work should be done quickly and efficiently, and if the Minister is saddled with all these matters it will eventually become impossible for him to attend to any other matters. It is absolutely essential for the Minister to have the power to appoint other people so that the work can continue and so that we can have efficient administration. Does the hon. member want to suggest that the administration must not be efficient? What is more, anyone who is well-informed in matters of public administration knows that whatever the law may provide, when the Minister has a discretion he allows himself to be guided by the people doing the work. It is ture that he attends to all matters submitted to him, and that he has the power to accept or reject anything that is submitted to him; it is also true that the law places an obligation upon him to consider the matter. [Interjections.] Of course. Is the hon. member for Musgrave not aware of the famous court case where a certain Minister of Lands under the United Party Government was ordered “to apply his mind to the matter”? Sir, the point is that we cannot promote efficiency of administration if we canalize all the decisions that are taken to one person, even if he is a superman, which the Minister is not. I think the hon. member for Durban (North) thinks he has a sound point, but his objection does not relate to the merits of the clause; his objection is that the discretion will be exercised badly. I want to repeat that I have the unpleasant feeling that he is really objecting to the way in which the discretion will be exercised.

Mr. GAY:

I want to support the hon. member for Durban (North) (Mr. M. L. Mitchell) and I am afraid I have not been impressed by the hon. member for Standerton (Dr. Coertze). He has attempted to justify the delegation of power by the Minister, but he has not been very convincing. I want to use one example. The hon. the Minister in terms of this clause has the power to delegate his authority to any person.

Dr. COERTZE:

That is not anything new.

Mr. GAY:

No, it is not, and one accepts that in many cases where the work is so heavy one cannot function without some delegation of authority. I am not quibbling about that, but what I am quibbling about is that there is acceptable delegation in certain cases and delegation in other cases which we are not prepared to accept. There is delegation where the whole future of people’s lives depends on the decision, where the Minister’s overriding authority, after recommendations are made to him, is so vast and great that in our opinion he is the only individual qualified to form a judgment, and not on second-hand or third-hand opinion.

Dr. COERTZE:

But he is still responsible.

Mr. GAY:

In a recent case the chairman of one of these inquiries held within the last few months, in response to a question put to him at a public gathering where the whole matter was being discussed, made it quite clear that although he as the Chairman of the Investigating Committee had to submit a report, he would submit his report to the Central Committee of the Republic, but that there was no obligation on that central body in any way to accept anything he had submitted in his recommendations, although he had the benefit of first-hand information through consultation with the people concerned. But he went further than that. He want on to make it clear to his audience of about 600 people that not only had the Central Board no need to accept his recommendations, but they in turn reported to the Minister and the Minister, in terms of the legislation, is not forced to accept any of the recommendations put before him, but could come to an entirely different decision. That being so, particularly in a matter such as this—and here I differ from the hon. member for Standerton—the hon. member for Durban (North) has rightly said that a man can one day have a house or a business and next day he has nothing. That was not meant to mean that his house would be knocked down overnight, but in principle it means much the same thing. But it goes further than that because under these provisions the Minister really has the power to completely change the whole aspect of the life of a particular area. He can change the economic structure of a particular area. He can almost overnight change the whole type of living in that area. Those are powers which are far too sweeping and vast to be allowed to be delegated to any other person. It is a power which Parliament has conferred on the Minister, and is that type of power which should rest with the Minister. It rests with the Minister by virtue of the fact that eventually, despite all the investigations on the spot by others, the final decision rests with the Minister himself. But he could come to a far sounder decision if he had conducted the investigation or had not delegated his power to conduct that investigation. As we have said repeatedly, in these particular matters we are not dealing just with bricks and mortar but with human beings and their lives and hopes and aspirations. That needs a far more intelligent application of one’s mind to the problem, and it also needs a far more humane application of one’s mind.

Dr. COERTZE:

Do you suggest that the officials are not humane?

Mr. GAY:

I am not suggesting that at all, but they are not competent to judge. The Minister is the man whom Parliament said was competent to judge.

Dr. COERTZE:

Do you suggest that they are incompetent?

Mr. GAY:

I am not suggesting that they are incompetent for the work for which they were appointed, but I am stating that they are not the people to whom Parliament delegated this authority. I will say this, that some of the officials we have met were as humane as possible, and some of them went out of their way to try to help, but they were bound in official fetters from which they could not escape. They were limited in what they could do. Their decisions were practically made for them in many ways, long before they started, because, as they told me, finally it rested not with what they recommended but with what was decided irrespective of those recommendations. We say that the individual who is responsible for making these decisions is the man who should be responsible for the investigation.

*Dr. COERTZE:

The hon. member for Simonstown (Mr. Gay) fails to appreciate one important point, and that is that it remains the responsibility of the Minister. Under our system of government the Minister remains responsible for everything that happens in his Department. What objection can he have to that? Or does he want to suggest that once we have passed this Act the Minister will no longer have any responsibility? Is that what he wants to say? I should very much like a reply from the hon. member. If that is what he wants to say, then the hon. member for Simonstown does not have the faintest idea of the way in which the State is governed. Even though the Minister has delegated the discretion, it still remains his responsibility, irrespective of who exercises the discretion. [Interjections.]

The hon. member for Durban (North) (Mr. M. L. Mitchell) says that is not the position. The fact of the matter is that Parliament carries the responsibility in the first instance. Parliament imposes a duty upon and grants a power and a discretion to the Minister, and Parliament is entitled to ask the Minister how he has exercised his discretion and to criticize him if it thinks that he has done so in an unfair way. The Minister delegates these things, and all of them apply mutatis mutandis to the person to whom they have been delegated. Therefore the hon. member for Simonstown still has the right to criticize the Minister if his officials act in an inhuman way; in any case, he believes that the officials are much more humane than the Minister. He said so a moment ago. And if they are more humane than the Minister they will perform these functions much better than the Minister would, so what is he complaining about? He ought to be very glad; he ought to object to the words “mutatis mutandis,’’ because then he will relieve them of the obligation resting upon the Minister. We are not relieving the Minister of his obligations, nor is the Minister trying to evade them. The hon. member for Simonstown must just keep this point in mind, that the key-note of the whole of this legislation still is that the Minister is responsible for what happens in his Department, and this clause does not alter that in any way.

Mr. GAY:

To reply to the hon. member for Standerton (Dr. Coertze) very briefly, how many times have we in Parliament had a decision conveyed to us by a Minister and when we criticize it we are told that the Minister has acted on the recommendation of this or that committee or individual and the Minister says that that individual having carried out the investigation and having made a recommendation, the Minister has no other ootion but to accept the report put before him. That being so, what right has Parliament, and what chance has it, of taking that individual to task? We say the Minister is the man to whom Parliament has delegated the authority, and Parliament has the necessary machinery whereby we can convey our disapproval to the Minister if we disapprove of his action. We cannot do that with an official of the State. Parliament does not interfere with officials. They should be kent out of the political arena altogether, and as has already been said, many of these decisions have a political basis. That is one of our main objections, that we are removing from Parliament the right to criticize or to deal with a Minister with whose conduct we are not satisfied. I would like the hon. member for Standerton to understand that.

*The CHAIRMAN:

Before calling upon the hon. member for Standerton (Dr. Coertze) to speak, I just want to say that hon. members may not discuss the principle of delegation any further. It is something that does not properly belong here, and I think what has been said by the hon. member for Standerton and the hon. member for Simonstown (Mr. Gay) is well known to all.

*Dr. COERTZE:

Sir, if I should offend against your ruling you must please warn me, because I am not quite sure whether what I am going to say now will be in accordance with your ruling. I should just like to bring this point to the notice of the hon. Member for Simonstown, and that is that in this House no Minister has ever taken refuge behind a decision taken by a board when he has possessed discretionary power. If there has been a single instance where a Minister has advanced a decision taken in his Department as some sort of alibi or excuse, then it is because Parliament granted discretionary power to that person or board and not to the Minister. All we can say in such a case is that Parliament in its wisdom or its unwisdom granted the discretionary power to the wrong person. In this particular case, however. I just want to say that the responsibility of the Minister …

*The CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member has already said that.

*Dr. COERTZE:

Then I will content myself with my explanation to the hon. member for Simonstown. I must say that I am sorry that I have to prepare some of my hon. friends for the argument before we can advance it.

Mr. EDEN:

As far as the principle of delegation of authority is concerned, I think the position could be made a lot clearer if I put a point of view to the Minister which I think could be followed with advantage in the administration of this particular Act. Sir, I am not referring now to the principle of delegation. Where authority is delegated, it is done in order to carry out the policy or the decisions of a person or body in a superior position, that is to say, Parliament and then the Minister. Where decisions are made which are adverse to the applicant, the machinery and the rigmarole of getting them straightened out are irksome and offensive. I think that that is why you will find that hon. members on this side are so critical when the Government decides to delegate powers to officials. Officials with the best will in the world cannot be expected to know what the Minister thinks, although many of them do. There are aspects which come into the picture which are not satisfactory from the point of view of the applicant. That is why, at the second reading, I appealed to the Minister for some form of appeal which, I think, is the correct thing in all these matters of delegated powers. It is the practice in all bodies to delegate powers, but those powers should only be to carry out a policy which has already been decided upon. When an applicant comes before such an official and makes application for a certain course of action and his application is refused, that is the time when delegated powers fall into disrepute. I do make an appeal to the hon. the Minister that there should be some easier means of review than the long rigmarole which is provided for in sub-section 4. It provides that the matter may go back to the Minister.

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

I think this argument covers a much wider field than the power given to the Minister to delegate his powers. Let us see what Section 10 says. This section empowers the Minister to delegate his power to three officials, namely, the secretary, or the deputy-secretary or the under-secretary of his Department. The power is only delegated to these senior officials in the Department; it is not a general power; it is limited. Power is given under (a) to delegate the power to give notice. That only refers to the Minister of Community Development. Moreover, as far as Section 24 is concerned, when one deals with testamentary dispositions, it often happens that it is not possible to dispose of a group area proclamation or to act in terms thereof, and an extension then has to be granted. That power is delegated. Section 27 deals with the survey of areas about to be proclaimed in terms of the Act. It is, therefore, not a wide power which is being given here; it is an essential step which has to be taken before an area is proclaimed. The final power granted is that contained in Section 37, namely, to sell property when it is illegally occupied. Only these four powers are being conferred on these three persons. But let us also look at Section 19, which also gives the right to delegate power; it empowers the Minister to delegate his power to a member of the board or to an official in the Public Service. The Minister may, subject to such provisions as he may lay down, delegate such of his powers in terms of Section 16 or 18 as he deems fit to the secretary of the board. Section 16 deals with the allocation of plots. To give a practical example, when a new building is erected in a defined area for Whites, a building not formerly occupied, the Minister has the right to lay down that that building shall only be occupied by Whites. For the rest it deals with the issue of permits. Those are the powers delegated in (b). They are limited powers therefore. The hon. member for Karoo (Mr. Eden) spoke about the right to appeal. In this connection I want to refer him to sub-section (4) of Section 19, which reads as follows—

Any person who is aggrieved by any decision … by virtue of a delegation under this section may, at any time within 60 days thereafter, appeal to the Minister.

In all these cases, therefore, there is a right of appeal. It is a limited power. As far as the more important powers are concerned, those can only be delegated to the most senior officials. Then there are certain minor powers which are delegated to officials, but in all these cases there is a right to appeal.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

The hon. the Minister is quite right in saying that the delegation of these powers applies only to those persons whose offices are listed in subsection (a), but that is not the point. The point is that the hon. the Minister could formerly delegate certain powers in this respect under Section 5, relating to enquiries, under Section 28, relating to the consideration of reports and under Section 37 relating to notices when disposing of illegal property. Those are matters in respect of which one can understand that the hon. the Minister would want to delegate his powers but provision is now made for any provision in this Act relating to the exercise of any powers or the performance of any function by the Minister to apply mutatis mutandis with reference to the exercise of any such powers or the performance of such functions by any person by virtue of a delegation. Certainly it is only the Secretary, the Deputy Secretary, or the Undersecretary of the Department, but, Sir, what is the Minister’s main function in administering the Group Areas Act? The main function in administering this Act is the granting of permits to occupy, permits to be present at or in or upon any premises; permits to attend a concert, permits to hold a concert, permits such as we have at Maynardville now to the Red Cross to hold a pageant, permits authorizing people to attend that pageant; in fact, permits for everyone who wants to do anything or go anywhere which is not in the immediate environments of the area zoned for his group’s occupation to be present there. That is the function of the Group Areas Act to-day; that is what it means to-day. You cannot find out to-day what your rights are by looking at the Group Areas Act or the Community Development Act, or any other Act in this regard. You do not know from day to day what your rights are; it depends on whether a Minister will be good enough to give permission to be present at a certain place or to do or to say what you want. That, Sir, is what the Group Areas Act is to-day and that is what is involved in this Clause. What is involved in this Clause is the Minister’s power—and only he has the power—to determine whether you can go to the Luxurama, whether you can go to the Red Cross Carnival at Maynardville, whether you can go to a concert in the City Hall, whether you can go and watch a football match. That is the Group Areas Act to-day;

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! That has always been the case.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

With respect, Sir, that has always been the case but this is the first time that the power to give a permit is to be delegated by a Minister to an official of the Department.

The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

No, definitely not. Read (b).

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

The words taken out are “the provisions of Sections 5, 28 and 37,” relating to the exercise …

The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

Those powers can be delegated.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Yes.

The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

Only those powers and those in Section 19(b) of the old Act.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Sir, that is not what this sub-clause says, It says, “any provision of this Act relating to the exercise of any powers or the performance of any functions by the Minister shall mutatis mutandis apply with reference to the exercise of such powers or the performance of any such function by any person by virtue of a delegation by the Minister.”

The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

Only to these persons to whom the authority is delegated.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Yes, only to those persons but that does not make it any better to me. It does not improve the position as far as I am concerned that high officials or the secretary of the Department and the Deputy-Secretary and the Under-Secretary are to exercise these powers. I think it is a most invidious position in which to place the Secretary of a Department to decide whether permits should be granted to certain people to attend a certain football game. It is not his job to determine in each specific instance whether the State Policy should or should not be applied. His job is to carry out the functions of his Department and it is for the Minister to make a decision. I think it puts the Secretary of the Department in a most invidious position. Surely the Minister does not have the power to delegate to a member of his Department his powers to grant a permit …

The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

What does Section 19 (l)(b) mean if he does not have that power?

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

It says—

The Minister may subject to such conditions as he may determine, delegate (a) to the Secretary or a deputy secretary or an under-secretary in his department …

That is the part that we are amending here—

… and to a member of the board or an officer of the Public Service any of his powers under Section 16 or Section 18.
The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

He could always delegate that power.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

So all the Ministers now are to delegate all their powers?

The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

No.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Clause (a) says it is not just the Minister of Community Development that can now do it; it is the Minister of Community Development, the Minister of Planning and the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development. He also has the power to make determinations in respect of permits. Sir, who is going to determine in each particular instance who gets what permit for which occasion? I take it that if I wish to hold a function in a controlled area or if, for example, the Red Cross wishes to hold a pageant in Maynardville, and Maynardville is in a controlled area, then this hon. Minister or one of his officials will make the decision, but if it is in a group area proclaimed for White ownership— I do not know whether Maynardville is in such an area or not—then it is the hon. the Minister of Community Development who does this. Sir, what is the policy in this regard? It is not the function of the persons to whom these powers are to be delegated to determine the policy. Sir. my point is that the Minister did not have the power to delegate functions; he had the power to delegate functions, but when he delegates his functions then “the provisions of the Act relating to the exercise of the powers by the Minister shall mutatis mutandis apply in relation to the powers of the delegatee,” and that means, as far as I am aware, that for the first time where a discretion is given by Parliament to a Minister to determine policy in each and every instance—and that is what is involved—that complete discretion is now given to an official. It is a most invidious position in which to place officials. Surely it is the concern of the Minister or that of his colleagues, the Minister of Community Development or the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development.

Mr. MOORE:

They may have different policies.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Quite, they may well have three different policies. In fact, it seems that they have different policies within the Department. It seems that they say one thing and something else happens. Sir, there was a football match the other day which was off and then it was on and then it was off again. Why? Because the Minister did not know what he was saying or what he was doing or perhaps the Minister was not consulted, or perhaps one Minister or one Department decided to ban something or not to ban something or not to allow a certain group to go to the football game, whereas in fact they discovered that the place where the football match was to be held was not in a proclaimed area but in some other area. Sir, what sort of policy is going to be applied in this regard? If it is going to be left to individual officers of the service what is going to happen? I know that members of the service have no politics, but they have a different approach perhaps in these matters. The Minister, however, has only one approach and that is the Government’s policy. Sir, what sort of nonsense is this going to produce? It has produced enough nonsense in the hands of the Ministers with the decisions that they make, and if these powers are going to be exercised by groups of officials, unconnected with each other, officials whose minds do not meet on policy—because that is not their function—then the whole question of group areas is going to become complete nonsense. [Time limit.]

Mr. BARNETT:

I want to start off by referring to the statement just made by the hon. member for Durban (North) (Mr. M. L. Mitchell) about the group areas being complete nonsense. I think he is being very fair in using that very moderate term. I would like to refer to Section 19 (4) to which the hon. the Minister has drawn attention and which reads—

Any person who is aggrieved by a decision by virtue of a delegation under this section may at any time within 60 days thereafter appeal to the Minister.

At this stage I want to ask the hon. the Minister whether that means that automatically all decisions by the gentlemen who are now being given delegated power will not become effective …

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member is now discussing the existing law.

Mr. BARNETT:

Sir, I am asking a question.

The CHAIRMAN:

The hon. member must confine himself to this clause.

Mr. BARNETT:

Sir, I accept your ruling. I am merely asking the hon. the Minister a question. To-day, under the present law. there is delegation only in respect of three sections of the Act. The Minister is now amending the Act by taking authority to delegate his powers in respect of all the provisions of the Act.

An HON. MEMBER:

No.

Mr. BARNETT:

Sir, the words “the provisions of Sections 5. 28 and 27” are proposed to be deleted from the principal Act, and subsection 3 of Section 19 is to be substituted by the following provisions—

Any provision of this Act relating to the exercise of any powers or the performance of any functions by the Minister shall mutatis mutandis apply with reference to the exercise of any such powers or the performance of any such functions by any person by virtue of a delegation by the Minister under this section.
The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

It applies to matters delegated by the Minister.

Mr. BARNETT:

Yes, that I appreciate. You are not limiting your delegation now to those three sections …

The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

The Minister has no powers of delegation except under paragraphs (a) and (b).

Mr. BARNETT:

I think we are at cross-purposes, Sir. Let us just get clarity with regard to this matter. Section 19 provides that the Minister may delegate certain powers, and he now proposes to delete in sub-section (3) of Section 19, the words “the provisions of Sections 5. 28 and 37”, and to substitute for those words—

Any provision of this Act relating to the exercise of any powers …

In other words, here we have a blanket delegation of power.

The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

No, you are quite wrong. Read the whole clause; you cannot stop that.

Mr. BARNETT:

Sir, I am trying to be constructive. This Minister is a very spoilt Minister; he thinks that every time we get up on this side we want to be destructive, but he is quite wrong. We want this law to be workable and understandable. The Minister says that I am wrong, but I do not see how anybody else could read it any other way. It is perfectly clear that the provisions of Sections 5, 28 and 37 will now not apply. Will the hon. the Minister tell me why he is adding the words “ ‘any provisions of this Act’ relating to the exercise of any powers or the performance of any functions by the Minister shall mutatis mutandis apply with reference to the exercise of any such powers or the performance of any such functions by any person by virtue of a delegation by the Minister under this section?” Sir, I am not opposed to it, but to me it appears to be a blanket delegation. Will you permit me now. Sir, to refer to the present law which says that any person who is dissatisfied may appeal within 60 days? All I want to know, if you will permit me to put the question, is this: Will any decision by any official under what is now a blanket delegation of powers be stayed automatically for 60 days to permit an appeal to be made? Sir, that is important. The next point I would like to put to the hon. the Minister is this: Will he instruct these gentlemen to whom he delegates these powers that they must give notice to affected persons that they have the right to appeal? I take it that that will be done. Let me say at once that nothing that I say is intended to reflect in any way upon the three gentlemen referred to in the Act. I can say from my own experience that the officials have always been most anxious to help and I think we should compliment them on the way in which they have tried to help. But, as we have said before, the officials are there to carry out a law, and it is no good saying that officials will be humane in carrying out the law; the law is there to be carried out. I would like the hon. the Minister to tell me whether all actions will be stayed automatically for 60 days to permit of an appeal as allowed under the principal Act.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

Mr. Chairman …

Mr. G. F. H. BEKKER:

Why do you not join the Progressive Party?

Mr. GAY:

Why don’t you go home?

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

I think the point is really that under sub-section (1) of Section 19 the Minister is empowered to delegate the powers under certain sections to certain persons. the secretary or the deputy-secretary or the under-secretary of his Department. Under sub-section (b) he is also allowed to delegate the powers under two of the same sections, Sections 16 and 18, to a member of the board or an officer of the Public Service. As the Act stands at present, and in terms of subsection 3 of Section 19, the position at present is that if the Minister does delegate any of these powers under those sections, it is only the provisions of three sections which the officials take over, that is to say, the provisions of Sections 5, 28 and 37; in other words, they exercise those powers delegated to them subject to the powers and functions which the Minister has under those three sections. The difference in the proposed amendment lies in the fact that the officials to whom the powers are delegated will now exercise those functions by taking over all the powers and functions of the Minister as set out in the Act, not only the powers and functions which are given to the Minister under those three sections. That is where the difference lies, and because that is an extension—not an extension of the delegation so much but an extension of the powers and functions in terms of which the delegation is exercised—this undoubtedly does extend the delegation itself. For that reason all the arguments which have been advanced from this side of the House, particularly by the hon. member for Durban (North) (Mr. M. L. Mitchell), apply and the objections raised by hon. members on this side have not been met by hon. members opposite. In particular the hon. member for Standerton (Dr. Coertze) has said that the Minister must review all decisions …

Dr. COERTZE:

I say that he takes the responsibility.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

The hon. member for Standerton has now changed …

Dr. COERTZE:

No, those are the words I used. I did not use the word “review”. You do not understand Afrikaans; that is what is wrong with you.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

The hon. member for Standerton must not try to get out of his difficulty by suggesting that I do not understand what he says.

Dr. COERTZE:

I told the hon. member for Simonstown (Mr. Gay) that it was the Minister’s responsibility.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

Sir, the hon. member for Standerton is, of course, right in this respect that where the Minister delegates power the responsibility remains with the Minister.

*Dr. COERTZE:

Now you are putting it correctly.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

To that extent the hon. member for Standerton is correct. Sir, I would like to deal with that aspect of it at some length. The hon. member for Standerton has suggested that, because the Minister bears the responsibility, there will not be any prejudice to anybody because, if they feel that the official concerned has made an unjust decision, they can complain to the Minister, who will reconsider the position, and if he agrees that the decision has been unjust, he will change it. I accept also that the Minister has the power to change a decision, but the point is this: How is a person who is dissatisfied with a decision given by an official going to get to the Minister to lay his complaint before the Minister? First of all, in most cases the individual concerned will not even know that the Minister bears the final responsibility and that the Minister can change the decision. They will not even know it, so, although they are dissatisfied, they will feel that they have to accept the situation. In any event I want to ask the hon. the Minister whether the officials concerned are going to tell persons who are dissatisfied that, if they are dissatisfied, they can always ask the Minister to review the decision? Of course they will not do that— and here I am not reflecting on the officials concerned, but the point is that, if that were done, the Minister would be overburdened, and then he might as well take the decision in the first place. Clearly, therefore, the officials concerned are not going to suggest that to aggrieved persons. They will simply give their decision and leave it to the aggrieved person to do what he likes. Secondly, if the Minister Joes review the decision, he will only do it from the records which the official concerned may have; he is obviously not going to get the individuals concerned before him to go through the whole thing as the officials did, because, if that was the Minister’s intention, he would have provided for an appeal to him from the decisions of these officials. However, no appeal is provided for in this section, so clearly it is not intended that there should be an appeal to the Minister. It will only be in exceptional cases that any aggrieved person will ever put his case before the Minister and ask the Minister to change the decision and alleviate his hardship. Although in theory it is perfectly correct to say that the Minister bears the responsibility for the decisions in practice that will not help an aggrieved person to any extent at all.

Dr. COERTZE:

He can always appeal to the Minister.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

The hon. member for Standerton says he can always appeal to the Minister. Had he listened a moment ago, instead of talking to the hon. the Minister, he would have heard that I dealt with this question of appeals. For his benefit I shall deal with it again, as I have a little time available. The position is this: that if an appeal to the Minister was intended, it would have been provided for in this section. Does the hon. member for Standerton not accept that?

Dr. COERTZE:

Carry on.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

I am asking the hon. member for Standerton; he suggested that an aggrieved person could appeal to the Minister.

*Dr. COERTZE:

May I ask a question? Are there any provisions in the Judicature Act providing that there is an appeal after a judge has given his judgment? It is obvious.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

Sir, I would have thought the hon. member for Standerton, who claims to be a professor of law, would have known the difference. The Judicature Act to which he refers makes provision for appeals, but you cannot appeal except to those bodies, and in those instances provided for in the Judicature Act. There are only those appeals. [Time limit.]

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

The hon. Minister must forgive me if I deal with one of the powers that is granted here to his colleague, the Minister of Community Development. It is reported in the Cape Arpus of this evening that the Cape Region of the South African Red Cross Society has been refused permission to stage their pageant at Maynardville. That in turn is within the function of the Minister of Community Development, but the Minister of Community Development only learnt about it when he returned to Cape Town, presumably to-day, because he was with me on the ’plane on Saturday afternoon. He read about it in the newspaper. And that is what it says here. The report goes on to say that an official of the Department, when asked to-day on what ground the Red Cross application for a permit was refused, said the Proclamation forbidding mixed gatherings, except on permit, prevented the holding of the function. Then he goes on to say—

The Minister decides if a permit to allow a mixed gathering should be granted or not.

The Minister decides, but the permit was refused and the Minister knew nothing about it until he returned. He says so. When it was pointed out to the official that the Minister had not signed the letter informing the Red Cross that its application had been refused, he said: “No, the Department is dealing with these matters. We do not give reasons when permits are withheld. I have nothing more to say.” Sir, this matter has got out of hand. Who decides? This hon. the Minister is going to deal with controlled areas, and in this regard the opportunity for using his discretion is even greater, because they are not proclaimed areas at all; they are controlled areas in which prima facie any race is entitled to be for various purposes. But, in terms of what is now known as the Luxurama proclamation, everybody needs a permit to be present in an area where he would not be allowed to occupy or own a house without a permit. Everyone who wishes to hold a function of any sort whatsoever which will be attended by different race groups, whether it be a sports function or a concert or a pageant for the International Red Cross, needs a permit. What is the hon. Minister going to do? What is he going to do under this section of the Act as it is proposed to amend it? Is he himself going to exercise these powers? Is he going to give every application his personal attention, or is he going to get his Department to get into the position in which the Department of Community Development is, namely, where the Department says the Minister decides, and when the Department is asked what the reasons for the decision are, they say they do not give reasons for the decision; and that when it is pointed out to them that the Minister did not sign the letter, they say: “Oh, no, the Department makes the decisions.”? I wonder whether the hon. the Minister will tell us who is going to decide in terms of this section as about to be amended by this clause? Who is going to exercise his discretion whether or not a function should be held; whether or not members of a certain race group should be allowed to attend that football match or this football match. At the moment it does not make sense. Either the Minister is going to have that power or he is not. Can the Minister give us any indication as to how this power is going to be exercised when it is delegated? Does he give instructions to the members of his Department as to how they are to exercise their discretion when he is away? It is no good the hon. member for Standerton saying the aggrieved person can appeal to the Minister. How do you appeal to the Minister if you have a football match coming off on Saturday and you hear on Thursday from the Department that permission for a permit has been refused? To whom do you appeal? How do you appeal to the Minister? The hon. Minister must appreciate that people in this country are entitled to conduct their affairs on a certain basis of certainty. There must be some basis of certainty as to the future conduct of an operation as, for example, the existence of an orchestra by a city council. What is this Minister going to do? We have already seen the Department of the Minister of Community Development breaking down completely in this regard. In terms of an arrangement already come to by the Government, an arrangement which is now being enshrined in this Bill, this hon. Minister is going to be in charge of all the controlled areas. What is this Minister going to do in respect of those controlled areas, the business areas of this country? We are entitled to know. Are we going to have the same monstrous nonsense that we have had in the case of the Red Cross pageant at Maynardville? Or is this Minister going to exercise the discretion himself?

As I said originally, as I read this clause, when powers are delegated in relation to permits, it gives the officials the discretion the Minister has in terms of the Act. Sir, this nonsense cannot go on much longer. Does the Minister really want this power because every single movement of every single person in South Africa is covered by the Luxurama proclamation, and the Minister knows it. That was the object of it. The object was to place everybody in the position that he may not attend any function outside his own group area without permission from the Department, without permission from the Minister. If he is going to exercise this power properly, he is not going to be able to deal with all the applications himself. If he is going to delegate power to his Department, let us hope he is not going to follow the example of the Minister of Community and Development. If he is going to follow that example, we are going to have two conflicting runs of decision applying to the permit system under the Act. I hope the hon. the Minister will tell us what he is going to do. I know he cannot speak for the Minister of Community Development. We already know what he does and what he does not do. I think this hon. Minister owes us an explanation. This is the first time he is going to have these powers in terms of the law. We want to know exactly what he proposes to do when this discretion in regard to permits has to be exercised. Will he do it or will he delegate it to his Department?

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

The hon. member for Boland (Mr. Barnett) has spoken about the blanket clause. I have tried to explain that there was only a power of delegation in respect of the powers set out in Section 19 (a) and (b). This clause does not give the right to delegate other powers. It does not mean that all power can be delegated; only the powers described there can be delegated and in that regard there is a right of appeal. It was asked whether the parties knew about this right of appeal. I wish to point out that in all statements issued in terms or delegated powers it is stated that they are issued on behalf of the Minister in terms of delegated power. The people are aware of the fact that the power has been delegated. As far as an appeal is concerned the position is that not in all cases where decisions are given it is stated that they are subject to appeal; that is not the practice in our whole legal system. If a person wants to lodge an appeal he himself must know that he has that right. Where a person is dissatisfied with anything and writes that he objects to it is regarded as an appeal and submitted to the Minister.

The hon. member for Durban (North) (Mr. M. L. Mitchell) referred to certain instances and asked whether the power had been delegated. As far as I myself am concerned I have delegated those powers. We are creating new powers here but as I explained in my second-reading speech, according to the Interpretation Act, those powers have been in existence since August 1964. It is not a case, therefore, of these powers being given to the Department of Planning for the first time. Powers have been delegated to the Secretary and he consults me from time to time concerning his power. The hon. member is doing his utmost to get me to say what I shall do in this or that hypothetical case. The cases to which he has referred fall under the Minister of Community Development and it is for him to report on them. It is not my function to report on them in this House. He tries to find out what I shall do in this or that case but they are all hypothetical cases. I have not had the opportunity of going into them. When such matters are brought to my notice I shall go into them thoroughly and decide accordingly.

Clause put and agreed to.

Official Opposition dissenting.

On Clause 11,

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

This is another clause to which we are opposed for several reasons. In the first place when a proclamation is issued in terms of Section 20 the present position is that the provisions of Section 23. i.e., that if you are a disqualified person you may only occupy that proclaimed group area in terms of a permit, shall, with effect from a date determined by the Minister, which shall be not less than one year after the date of publication of any such proclamation, apply. So at the moment you have at least one year. That is the minimum time. You are allowed one year from the time of the proclamation, if you become a disqualified person in terms of it, to remove yourself or to apply for a permit. You have one year’s grace. It is now no longer to be one year from the time of the publication of the proclamation but one year from the date specified in the proclamation. In other words, a date can be specified which is before the date on which the proclamation was published. So that in effect you get less than a year to get out of that area. In view of some of the statements that have been made in relation to group areas, and in relation to the hurry the Minister of Community Development is in, it would seem a very likely event that proclamations are going to have ante-dated specified dates. It is bad enough being subject to a proclamation under the Group Areas Act; it is bad enough having only one year. It is infinitely worse not to know even what time you are going to have. This is going to be determined by the Minister. Is no provision going to be made for persons who are affected by these proclamations? The Minister must know that all the people in South Africa are affected by these proclamations. The people in Isipingo, which was declared an Indian area, at least have one year in which to find alternative accommodation. We are entitled to know what the Minister’s intentions are in this regard. There is a further extension here of the system of government by permit, it is provided that in certain cases leases will elapse from a date determined in terms of the first part of this clause. In other words the lease lapses not after a year but it can be held to lapse after a month if the hon. the Minister decides to put a date in his proclamation which is 11 months prior to the date of publication.

The most interesting clause of all perhaps is sub-clause (d). This sub-clause provides that the period of limitation which this Government has set itself for the creation of group areas is now no longer to exist. I was not in this House when the Group Areas Act was passed but I have looked through Hansard. There must be several members here who must remember the hon. Minister of the Interior, as he then was, now the hon. the Minister of Finance, bragging that by July 1965, i.e., 15 years from the date of that Act, it would no longer be necessary to create group areas because the whole master-plan would have been implemented. What happened. Sir? I do not think they created one before the lapse of seven years. Since that date we have amendment after amendment in terms of that boast. That Act has been amended so often that in 1957 the Government had to come back to this House with a new Consolidated Act. We have amended it since then almost every year. We have reduced this wonderful master-plan to the state where, 15 years later, when the plan should already have been implemented, this Government wishes to take away that date. One must remember what was provided for here. It is something which affects every member of this Committee; something which affects the very essence of parliamentary power. So confident was the Government that it provided in the original Act in Section 20 that “no proclamation shall be issued under this section”, i.e., the section which provides for the proclamation of group areas—

… except with the prior approval, in each case, by resolution of both Houses of Parliament: Provided that any such proclamation may be issued without such approval if it is issued before the expiration of a period of 15 years from 7 July 1950.

What a dismal failure this has been, Sir. Not only have they not set up group areas but when the 15 years period is passed there is more uncertainty about group areas in South Africa than there was in 1950. That is the stage we have now reached. Not only is there that much more uncertainty as to where these areas are going to be but there is uncertainty as to who is allowed to live in those group areas which do exist.

I wonder if the hon. the Minister would give this committee some idea as to when it is expected to have this finalized? Now that he is Minister of Planning in charge of these matters does he think he will be able to do a little bit better than his predecessors did in this regard? Can he give us some idea when South Africa can expect this master-plan to be in full operation?

An HON. MEMBER:

Are you looking forward to it?

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Looking forward to it! There is one thing which I, as a lawyer, always look forward to and one thing that I expect and that is certainty in the law. That is the least people are entitled to expect. There is no certainty, Sir. Not only is there no certainty as to whose area is which area but there is also no certainty as to whether one is even entitled to move into an area. There is no certainty as to whether you can even attend a football match. That is something which I think people are entitled to have certainty about. Perhaps the hon. the Minister will give us some idea: When does the Minister of Planning intend to have proclaimed the group areas in South Africa, the areas about which his predecessors spoke with such confidence? Will he explain to us why it is that he apparently does not allow those persons affected by proclamation a year’s grace within which to move out of an area? Why does he take the power to provide that the year shall be from a date specified in the proclamation? Good heavens, Sir, does he think a year is too long for somebody who suddenly finds himself, without any warning whatsoever, having to look for another home? In some cases he finds himself with only half an assurance that he won’t be affected. He has to go through all the rigmarole and red tape of selling his house to the Community Development Board with the prospect of losing money on it. He has to find another house at a time much longer after he bought his first one. The price of the new property will probably be twice that he paid for his original home. Surely the hon. the Minister has some explanation. [Time limit.]

*Dr. COERTZE:

The hon. member for Durban (North) (Mr. M. L. Mitchell) has hold of the wrong end of the stick again. This particular clause deals with occupation by disqualified persons after a group area has been declared. Three different groups of people are involved; firstly, those who lived there, who were there lawfully, before the date on which the group area was declared, and who must have a permit as from that date; secondly, those who moved in there under the authority of a permit, subsequent to the date of the proclamation; thirdly, those who entered the area after it had been proclaimed, but without a permit. All that this clause does in effect, is to grant the Minister the power to remove this last-mentioned group as well. The hon. member now complains and says that at any given moment such a person may find that he no longer has sufficient time left to remove himself. If the hon. member wants to understand the clause properly he must read it in relation to what the position was before, and that is that any person was entitled to 12 or 3 months’ notice, depending on whether he was a resident or a businessman. This remains the position in this amending clause. The clause provides that the Minister shall determine a date which shall not be less than one year after the date specified in such proclamation. In other words, the person concerned is given 12 months’ grace in any case. Why is the hon. member complaining? This person may even get a longer period of grace. If this person sits there and the Minister declares the area …

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

He is not given a year.

*Dr. COERTZE:

But here it is. Cannot the hon. member do some simple arithmetic?

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

It can be a date before the publication of the proclamation.

*Dr. COERTZE:

No. no! It says in respect of land or premises situated in an area to which a proclamation under so and so relates and lawfully occupied by a disqualified person immediately prior to the date specified in the relative proclamation and not vacated by him since that date, the provisions of section 23 shall, with effect from a date determined by the Minister, which shall not be less than one year after the date specified in such proclamation, apply, but subject to the provisions of paragraph (c). That is to say, the person who is there lawfully has one year’s grace. The person who is there under the authority of a permit is given a period of grace, but all that is now being taken is the power to remove any person who is there without a permit. Why should he also be given one year’s grace? There is absolutely no doubt whatsoever about the fairness of this provision. The person who was there, who was there lawfully, until the area was proclaimed and the person who is there under the authority of a permit are entitled to be there; the other person is not. I repeat that considerations of fairness and efficiency make it necessary for this provision to be drafted in the way it has been drafted.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

I find it extremely difficult to believe that the hon. member for Standerton (Dr. Coertze) can possibly put forward a point of view as the one he has just put forward. What he has said is so obviously wrong that I can’t believe that he could be so stupid …

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member must withdraw that; it is not parliamentary.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

I withdraw it, Sir. The hon. member for Standerton suggests that this applies only to a person who happens to be in an area without a permit.

Dr. COERTZE:

I said there were three kinds of people; one was there legally, one came in with a permit and the other …

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

The hon. member can speak again a second time. The hon. member for Standerton said that this was intended to apply to those persons who were in an area without a permit and asked why such a person should complain if he got less than a year’s notice. Mr. Chairman, that is not the position at all. This applies generally. The difference lies in this that although a year is provided for under the existing provision and is also provided for in the amending provision, as the law stands at present the year’s grace must run from the date of publication of the proclamation so that the person concerned knows that he has one year from the date of publication but in terms of the amending provision it is possible for the Minister to specify a date in the proclamation which will be a date prior to the date of publication of the proclamation. In such circumstances the affected persons could get less than a year’s notice. If that is not the intention of the hon. the Minister then perhaps he would explain to us why the section has been amended in this way? Why not leave the section as it applied before, namely, a year after the date of publication of the proclamation? Obviously the amendment is intended to give the Minister the power to specify a date which will be prior to the date of proclamation.

I would like to deal with some other objections we have against this clause, first of all, a minor one which was referred to by the hon. member for Hospital (Mr. Gorshel) in his second-reading speech, and that appears in line 16 on page 12 of the Bill, that is in sub-section (1)ter (a), where the word “inmate” is used. As was pointed out by the hon. member for Hospital, that word is quite inappropriate in these circumstances. Obviously the correct word would be “occupier” and I trust that the hon. Minister will make the necessary amendment.

In the same sub-section (1)ter (c) it is provided that a notice may be served by delivery to the person allowing the occupation personally or by dispatching it by registered post in an envelope addressed to him at his last known address. The effect of that is that no notice need be sent to the occupier. It will be sufficient from now on to send a notice, not to the occupier, but to the person who allows the occupation. But what is even worse is that if the person who allows the occupation, or rather if the address of the person who allows the occupation is not known, the notice will now be sent by registered post to that person at his last known address. Under those circumstances it is highly probable that the person allowing the occupation will never get the notice and certainly the person who occupies will never get the notice. So how the Government can justify such a provision. I find it very difficult to understand. To my mind this provision is extremely harsh and cannot be justified under any circumstances.

A further objection that we have to this clause lies in sub-section (c) which inserts the new sub-section (1)quat. I dealt with that at some length in my second reading speech. I pointed out that this provides for the automatic termination of leases and creates yet another hardship under this Act. I do not propose to go at great length into this clause because one other hon. member on this side of the House will deal with this provision more fully.

Finally, our further objection to this clause lies in sub-paragraph (d) in terms of which the words “before the expiration of a period of 15 years from the seventh day of July, 1950” are to be deleted. The effect of that is that parliamentary control beyond July, 1965, is being wiped out. Mr. Chairman, the whole object of introducing this provision originally was precisely to give parliamentary control beyond a number of years. In terms of the original Bill of 1950, the period was five years and at that time the Government presumably felt that that was ample time within which to put its group areas programme into effect. That was subsequently amended and the period was extended to 15 years. We find now that the 15 years’ period has expired and according to government members there are still vast areas which have still got to be proclaimed, there are still vast areas which have to be turned into group areas, and so now the Government proposes to* remove all parliamentary control from the proclamation of group areas. Sir. when this was discussed during the second reading debate. I think it was the hon. member for Pretoria (Central) (Mr. van den Heever who said that there is always parliamentary control because be subject can always be raised in Parliament. The hon. member is quite wrong. Once the power is given to the Minister to create group areas, one cannot come to this House and object to the creation of group areas. And this is what the Bill now gives to the Minister; it now gives him completely unfettered powers for all time to continue carving up the country into various group areas. [Time limit.]

*Dr. COERTZE:

In this case Clause 11 does in fact introduce something new, and it is a very fair provision. I cannot understand why the hon. member for Durban (Musgrave) (Mr. Hourquebie) objects to it, because the position is simply that there may be people who are entitled to premises, but who are unable to occupy them. Such a person now goes along and leases these premises and permits them to be occupied by a disqualified person too. But if they then serve a notice upon him, he says: “I am not in occupation”, and then there is a flaw in the Act in that one cannot deal with that occupation, which is unlawful in any case. All that this Bill does is to provide that the tenant, or the person who is disqualified to occupy, may be dealt with as though he was in fact the occupier, the man entitled to occupy, and his contract with the person leasing the premises to him is now being cancelled. All that the hon. member for Musgrave is complaining about is that something may go wrong with the notice. But that is the way in which we give notice to people. One serves it upon an individual personally, or one sends it by registered letter. That is the practice followed in this peaceful country in which we live, and it is quite inconceivable that such a person will not be given notice. Such a person who allows occupation by a disqualified person is actually circumventing the law in any case. But he cannot have it both ways. He cannot evade the law and, at the same time, have recourse to the law. That, however, is what the hon. member for Musgrave is pleading for, namely, the power to evade the law and, at the same time, to invoke the protection of the law. The hon. Minister is merely taking away this power now, so that he can deal with a person who is staying elsewhere, and who cannot occupy the premises himself, but who allows others to occupy the premises who are also disqualified to do so. What is wrong with that? The fairness of such a provision is perfectly obvious.

Mr. EDEN:

I want to deal with the aspects of this clause that relates to leases. I asked the hon. the Minister at the second reading to give me some information on that point, but I don’t think he did so. I want to put it to him and to the Committee that I think the provision of “twelve months” is unfair, totally inadequate and that it is thoroughly misunderstood by all who are concerned with it. We say that we will give twelve months’ notice. In the Bill we speak of alternate accommodation. The hon. Minister mentioned yesterday that the only case he knew of was a particular Asiatic, in the town I mentioned, who had been compelled to move because of a road-widening scheme. May I tell the hon. the Minister that that particular individual has been trading not far from where he was removed and that he spoke to me only three weeks ago. He told me that his business has a permit to last until July. There is no alternative accommodation; there is no Indian area. That man is in a state of uncertainty and he is an example which proves the case—he does not quite know what to do; should he continue, shall I say, to use his ability, his talents to expand his business, should he purchase additional stock? What must he do? Therefore I say that the hon. the Minister could well amend this particular clause and give adequate time, because in dealing with alternative accommodation, it has to be provided by the local authority. We have many cases on record where areas have been proclaimed, of disqualified persons who are in occupation of properties which are disqualified, and the fine points mentioned by the hon. member for Standerton (Dr. Coertze) are not understood by the evicted and disqualified persons who are compelled to move. These people are living in a state of uncertainty because (a) there is no adequate alternative accommodation, and they live under this fear of twelve months. These people are trading where there is exclusively a White clientele. If the man is compelled to move in so short a period he is ruined. I also asked the hon. the Minister whether or not it was intended that this section would put an end to those cases where traders had been successfully negotiating a lease for an extended period of longer than twelve months, and whether it was intended that those leases would now rest upon the goodwill of the Minister. I asked whether he could, and would, give them twelve months’ notice on an arbitrary basis and say “Alternative accommodation is available”. I feel, as I have said often, that as much as we dislike the law, it is the law. Nevertheless I think that the Government and the Minister, in particular, could apply their minds sympathetically to the predicament in which these people find themselves. We hear glib stories and smooth talk that the individual gets twelve months’ compensation and twelve months’ notice, but, Mr. Chairman, when a person has been in business and he is 60 years of age or older, and he has been at a particular place for 20 or 30 years, and he has got a certain amount of goodwill, and he is a good and honest man, surely the hon. the Minister will agree that twelve months is inadequate. I would ask the hon. the Minister to reconsider the position in regard to these affected persons. It should be a rule that before the Minister is advised to issue a proclamation, there really should be adequate, alternative accommodation. Up to now that has not been the case. That is the reason why all the hardship has been caused and all the criticism has been levelled at the Bill and will be levelled at the hon. the Minister. So I ask him to reconsider this clause and to give a very much longer period than twelve months, in which these people are required to move and to relinquish their businesses.

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

Reference has been made here to the fact that the wording is being changed from “one year after proclamation” to “one year after the said date”. It is said that the effect of this is that the proclamation can be put into operation with retrospective effect as from a date prior to the publication of the proclamation. I just want to point out that in the nature of things it is impossible to proclaim a group area with retrospective effect. Just think what the effect would be, Sir, if a group area in which there are disqualified persons were proclaimed with retrospective effect, it would mean that all those people had unlawfully occupied premises in that area. I think it is ridiculous to argue that a group area can be proclaimed with retrospective effect. There are many implications when an area is proclaimed and if you were to introduce such a proclamation with retrospective effect it would mean that a great number of people would be guilty of contraventions on the day of the promulgation of the proclamation and they would in fact have contravened the proclamation for a considerable time, ever since the date on which the proclamation came into force with retrospective effect. That is not the intention nor can it happen in practice. The intention is to regard a group area as a group area as from a certain date, not from the date of proclamation. Much greater certainty is created by providing that a certain area will be a group area as from a certain date.

Reference has been made to the fact that leases can be cancelled or deemed to be cancelled, but Sir, that is one of the ways in which the operation of the Group Areas Act has been circumvented. Prior to proclamation certain persons entered into leases for very long periods and in that way they remained in lawful occupation. It is true that the lessor could be prosecuted but nothing could be done to eject the lessee. The clause rectifies the position as far as that is concerned.

Reference has been made to paragraph (b), the amendment to Section 20, and it has been suggested that this will mean that notice will have to be given to the owner alone and not to the occupier. This clause deals in the main with the way in which notice must be given and it also refers to sub-section (1)ter or 1 bis. When you look at that, Sir, you will notice that it provides that notice must be given “By the Minister to the occupier of any land or premises situated in the area to which the proclamation relates, not being an area which is the subject of a notice under paragraph (a) and, if the Minister deems it desirable also to the person who allows the occupation of such land or premises”. The law therefore provides very specifically in 1 bis (b) that notice must be given to both the occupier and the lessor. There is no substance in the objection therefore because (b) only deals with the way in which the various people must be given notice.

Reference has also been made to the English text in which the world “inmate” is used whereas the world “inwoner” (occupier) is used in the Afrikaans text. I think that criticism is justified and we shall try to correct it. My attention is being drawn to the fact that that has always been the wording but I agree that it is not the best wording.

The hon. member for Karoo (Mr. Eden) raised the case of an Indian who had to be moved because a road had to be widened. At the moment provision is made for him in a White area. The hon. member says his permit will expire in July and that this creates uncertainty. He is free to apply for his permit to be extended but that does not fall under this Department because it is a proclaimed area; applications for extensions must be made to the Department of Community Development. I might point out, however, that there have been cases where extensions have been granted for a period longer than a year and this may be a case where it can also be done. I do not want to express an opinion, however, because this is a matter which does not fall under my Department.

I have also been asked whether this relates to leases entered into by traders. Yes, it does. Reference has again been made to the abolition of Parliamentary control by changing the provision relating to the period of 15 years after 1950. The question was asked why this was done. I tried to indicate in my second reading speech what the reason was. Over 700 areas have already been proclaimed. There are still a few difficult cases and in those cases the proclamation is often done in conjunction with the Department of Community Development because we always try, when a group area is proclaimed, to ensure that there is alternative accommodation in those cases where large numbers have to be moved. It is impossible to come to Parliament every time with proclamations of this kind. I think the fact that so many have already been finalized shows the extent to which progress has already been made, and the outstanding cases will be dealt with in the same way.

Mr. BARNETT:

Under this clause I want to raise the position of certain people, a certain group who have not yet been declared “honorary White citizens”. I refer to the Chinese people. In the clause we have already passed, it states that there must be alternative accommodation, where it says “the Board shall not advise the Minister in regard to any proclamation without taking into consideration whether or not suitable accommodation will be available outside the area”. Now I have had cases brought to my notice where in some of the group areas there are Chinese people in respect of which—unless the Minister can tell me that he has acted in terms of Clause 10 (2) (a) in regard to these people and that he has declared them to be a different group. I merely want to raise with the hon. the Minister what the position is of a number of Chinese people who have lawfully occupied, but who would be disqualified persons if the area were to be declared White. What provision is made? Has there been any provision made for these people, or will the hon. the Minister carefully consider granting permits to people of the Chinese group if they are in fact occupying premises in an area declared White. I know of certain Chinese business people who were anxious to purchase property in an area which was a so-called “mixed area”, neither one nor the other, but who have been unsuccessful in getting permits. They are a frustrated group of people because they do not know what their future is and they do not know where they have got to go. All I ask the Minister under Clause 11 is this: If he finds that there is a family or a group of families belonging to the Chinese group who have lawfully occupied prior to a proclamation whether the Minister will give sympathetic consideration to these people in view of the fact that there is no area set aside for them.

The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

I wish to point out that that is a matter to be dealt with by the Minister of Community Development if it is a question of occupation after proclamation.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

I am glad to hear from the hon. the Minister that it is not the Government’s intention under 1bis (a) or (b) to so proclaim areas whereby the affected persons will have less than one year’s notice. I accept that. That being the case, I would urge the hon. the Minister to leave the first amendment under sub-(a) and the second amendment under sub (b) as they are, in other words to leave it reading “which shall be not less than one year after the date of publication of any proclamation”. If that is done then more than a year’s notice can be provided for and the intention which the Minister has can also be provided for. In fact if it is not the Government’s intention to give affected persons less than a year’s notice, I cannot understand why these two sub-sections have been amended in this way. It seems to me to be quite unnecessary, and I hope that the hon. the Minister for the sake of removing any doubt will allow these two portions of the clause to remain as they are.

In regard to sub-section (b), dealing with Section ter (c), the hon. member for Standerton (Dr. Coertze) I think has missed the point in regard to this question of notice. I have to refer to Section 21 bis to make my point. Section 21 bis, which is referred to in 1 ter, and in particular paragraph (b) of this sub-section, reads as follows: “the provisions of Section 20 (3) shall will effect from a date …”, and then it goes on to deal with the question of notice and speaks of “prior notice in writing having been given by the Minister to the occupier of any land or premises”. The point is this: Under paragraph (b) of sub-section (1 )bis. notice is required to be given to the occupier. Now sub-section (c) of Section 1 ter says that in place of the occupier the notice can be given to the person allowing the occupation, or it can be despatched to the person allowing the occupation at his last-known address by registered post. Mr. Chairman, these two provisions are of course contradictory, but assuming that it were held that Section 1 ter (c) is operative, then in my submission it is quite unfair that a notice which is required to be given to an occupier may be given to a person who is not the occupier at all but who simply allows the occupation. And it is even harsher as regards the occupier when such a notice can be given to the person allowing the occupation at his last-known address, an address where he obviously is not, and in such circumstances it is very likely that he will not get the notice at all. It may not be re-addressed to him or it may go astray in being re-addressed. So this provision, I think, is so harsh and unfair that I hope the Minister will consider removing sub-section (c) altogether and leaving Section 1 ter as it stands at present.

In regard to the question of parliamentary control, the Minister said that already over 700 group areas had been proclaimed but that there were still a large number to be proclaimed, and therefore it would be impracticable at this stage, from July 1965 onwards, if it were necessary to obtain parliamentary approval for every proclamation. Sir, it would not be a very long-winded affair to obtain parliamentary approval for future group areas and it would not take up the time of the House unduly, and since these are provisions which affect people so materially—in many cases there is a large-scale movement of populations—I suggest that it is reasonable to expect their parliamentary approval will be obtained from now on. The Government has had 15 years in which to put its group areas legislation into operation. That is ample time and there is, I suggest, no excuse at this stage for not complying with the original undertaking given in 1950, an undertaking which was persisted in in 1957 when the provision was amended to provide for a 15-year period. By removing this altogether, the Government is going back on an undertaking it has given not once but twice in this House, and there is no justification for this whatsoever.

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

The hon. member referred to the fact that proclamation could indeed be made of retrospective effect and asked whether we could not return to the position when it was provided that it would be a year from proclamation, or rather, not less than a year from the date of proclamation. I may just want to point out that as it is worded here the period may be considerably longer than a year, because the date is being put forward and the persons consequently know about it for more than a year. As the position was it was practically a year from proclamation and if we were to return to that position it would mean that that period would be shortened whereas it can now be longer than a year. I just wanted to draw attention to that aspect.

*Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

It cannot be longer than a year.

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

It is possible perhaps, but that has not been the position in practice. We could perhaps put it in that way but that would be an impossible task because you cannot proclaim with retrospective effect. I do not know how that can be done in practice. In that case you would unnecessarily cause a great many people to be guilty of a contravention.

As far as the second objection of the hon. member to (b) is concerned it would appear to me that the way in which it is worded it may perhaps imply something which was never intended, namely, that it also refers to (p) (i)bis. It may perhaps be possible to improve the wording so the wrong interpretation cannot be placed on it. We shall go into that. In consultation with the hon. member we may perhaps try to word it differently so as to avoid a wrong interpretation possibly being placed on it.

Reference has again been made to the uncertainty that this has brought about and that we should come back to Parliament. But I want to point out that that would create a great amount of uncertainty because it would mean that when an area has been proclaimed that is not the last word on the subject because it still has to be confirmed by Parliament. That consequently extends the period. Until such time as Parliament has decided there will be uncertainty as to the final outcome whereas it is final otherwise. I can only draw attention to the implications. I want to give an example. Large portions of Durban have been proclaimed but there are portions which have not yet been proclaimed. I can well imagine what would happen to the members of Parliament or to other people as well if a proclamation, which in any case gives rise to a certain measure of dissatisfaction, were to be subject to parliamentary approval. They would be approached and asked to prevent the area from being proclaimed whereas others would again be in favour of it. In the case of each proclamation there are people who want it and others who are less happy about it. That is unfortunately the position and if it is not final and a member of Parliament still has a say I can well imagine the big problems he would have to face. His life would be unbearable until such time as the matter has been finalized. I think it is in the interests of everybody that we leave the matter as it is.

Mr. GAY:

With regard to the last point dealt with by the hon. the Minister, i.e. the question of the expiration of the period of 15 years. The proposal means the virtual abolition of parliamentary control and making the proclamation of group areas a permanent portion of our legislation, I want to say that I concede the point made by him with regard to the difficulties experienced now that they are getting busy with a large number of proclamations if each such proclamation has to come to Parliament. But may I ask the hon. the Minister whether instead of doing away altogether with the provision requiring proclamations to come before Parliament after the 15-year period which expires in July, he will not consider extending the period for, say, a further five years which would give the responsible authorities an opportunity to carry on without having to come to Parliament for every proclamation during those five years. It is the ordinary principle of Parliamentary control whereby these exemptions were given to allow something to establish itself, and then you come back to Parliament if you want extension of time. The Minister feels that it is not competent or not wise to abolish the control altogether, could he not consider an extension of the period by five years and if necessary another five years at the end of that period; would that not meet the difficulty which the hon. the Minister foresees and at the same time give Parliament an opportunity after those extended periods of five years, an opportunity of passing judgment on what has happened. In the original law when the 15-year period was provided for it was assumed at that time, that at the end of the 15 years the whole of the main structure of the group areas framework would have been established. Well, it has not been established. We have had full inquiries conducted in terms of the original Act and at the end of five years, instead of any decision, we come back to hold another similar inquiry. I know one particular case where that has applied. An extension of the 15-year period would to a certain extent—I do not say altogether— meet the objections that we have to the abolition of parliamentary control. At the same time it would go a long way towards meeting the hon. the Minister’s difficulty if he would consider such extension of the period by five years. At the end of the five years we can then again consider whether we have arrived at the stage where there are so few group areas still to be proclaimed that parliamentary control would no longer be necessary or alternatively ask for another extension at that time.

The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

As the hon. member has said, most of the areas in the country have been proclaimed and we are at present dealing with those which still remain. Some of them involve difficult proclamations but I presume that they will be finalized within the next year or two. These are only smaller areas. Is it really necessary for these proclamations to be submitted to Parliament for another five years when they have already come before Parliament over the past 15 years?

At this stage we know how the proclamations affect people. Over another five years it will really affect a very limited number of people in the country. I think the principle of separation is so well-established that it will serve no purpose to extend the period another five years.

Clause put and the Committee divided:

AYES—62. Badenhorst, F. H.; Bekker, G. F. H.; Bekker, M. J. H.; Botha, H. J.; Botha, M. C.; Botha, S. P.; Coertze, L. L; de Wet, J. M.; Diederichs, N.; Dönges, T. E.; du Plessis, H. R. H.; Frank, S.; Greyling, J. C.; Haak, J. F. W.; Henning, J. M.; Jonker, A. H.; Jurgens, J. C.; Keyter, H. C. A.; Knobel, G. J. Kotze, G. P.; Loots, J. J.; Malan, A. L; Malan, W. C.; Maree, G. de K.; Maree, W. A.; Meyer, T.; Mostert, D. J. J.; Mulder, C. P.; Muller, H.; Muller, S. L.; Niemand, F. J.; Otto, J. C.; Pansegrouw, J. S.; Rall, J. J.; Rall, J. W.; Rall, M. J.; Sadie, N. C. van R.; Schoonbee, J. F.; Serfontein, J. J.; Stander, A. H.; Steyn, F. S.; Steyn, J. H.; Swanepoel, J. W. F.; Treurnicht, N. F.; van den Heever, D. J. G.; van der Ahee, H. H.; van der Spuy, J. P.; van der Walt, B. J.; van Eeden, F. J.; Van Niekerk, G. L. H.; van Niekerk, M. C.; van Staden, J. W.; Venter, M. J. de la R.; Viljoen, M.; Visse, J. H.; Von Moltke, J. von S.; Vosloo, A. H.; Waring, F. W.; Webster, A.; Wentzel, J. J.;

Tellers: W. H. Faurie, and H. J. van Wyk.

NOES—26. Barnett, C. Basson. J. A. L.; Basson, J. D. du P.; Cronje, F. J. C.; Eden, G. S.; Field, A. N.; Gay, L. C.; Henwood, B. H.; Hickman, T.; Higgerty, J. W.; Hourquebie, R. G. L.; Mitchell, M. L.; Moore, P. A.; Oldfield, G. N.; Plewman, R. P.; Radford, A.; Ross, D. G.; Steenkamp, L. S.; Streicher, D. M.; Timoney, H. M.; van der Byl, P.; Warren, C. M.; Waterson, S. F.; Wood, L. F.

Tellers: A. Hopewell and T. G. Hughes. Clause accordingly agreed to.

Clause 12 put.

The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

I move— That the Chairman report progress and ask leave to sit again.

Agreed to.

House resumed:

Progress reported.

The House adjourned at 6.48 p.m.

TUESDAY, 23 MARCH 1965 Mr. SPEAKER took the Chair at 2.20 p.m. QUESTIONS

For oral reply:

Transmitters for External Radio Service *I. Mr. HUGHES (for Mr. Durrant)

asked the Minister of Posts and Telegraphs:

  1. (1) On what dates are the four transmitters for the external radio service expected to come into operation;
  2. (2) who will be responsible for the compilation of the programmes to be broadcast from these transmitters;
  3. (3) whether he has had discussions with the Minister of Information in regard to the nature of the service and its objectives; if not, why not.
The MINISTER OF POSTS AND TELEGRAPHS:
  1. (1) The first on 15 October 1965, and the other three on 1 March, 1 August and 1 December 1966, respectively.
  2. (2) The S.A.B.C.
  3. (3) No, as the external radio service will also not be a propaganda service and as it will merely reflect the true image of South Africa and its peoples, the S.A.B.C. will attend to the programmes in the normal course of its activities.
Press Releases on Bills *II. Mr. HUGHES (for Mr. Durrant)

asked the Minister of Information:

  1. (1) Whether his Department makes available Press releases to the South African or overseas Press in regard to (a) Bills introduced in Parliament, (b) discussion in Parliament on Bills introduced by the Government and (c) statements made in Parliament by (i) the Prime Minister and (ii) the Leader of the Opposition; if so,
  2. (2) whether all such Press releases are subject to his approval.
The MINISTER OF INFORMATION:
  1. (1) (a), (b) and (c): No.
  2. (2) Falls away.
Whites in Service of the Transkei Government *III. Mr. HICKMAN

asked the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development:

How many Whites were in the service of the Transkei Government at the end of each year since 1963.

The DEPUTY MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:

The number of White officers and employees of the Public Service of the Republic who, in terms of Section 63 of the Transkei Constitution Act. 1963, were placed at the disposal of the Government of the Transkei, was. during the relative periods, as follows:

At the end of 1963—468.

At the end of 1964—427.

Bantu in Cape Town *IV. Mr. HICKMAN

asked the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development:

How many Bantu persons were there in the proclaimed area of Cape Town in each year from 1962 to 1964.

The DEPUTY MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:

Estimated numbers are as follows:

1962

78,000.

1963

79,000.

1964

81,000.

Trans-Drakensberg Credit Bank and the Parity Group *V. Mr. HUGHES (for Mr. Gorshel)

asked the Minister of Finance:

  1. (1) Whether any moneys were deposited by the Parity Insurance Company, Limited, with the Trans-Drakensberg Credit and Savings Bank; if so, (a) what was the date and the amount of each deposit and withdrawal and (b) what amount is still standing to the depositor’s credit;
  2. (2) whether any loans or advances were made by Trans-Drakensberg Credit and Savings Bank to (a) Helsa Trust (Pty.). Limited, (b) Waghan (Pty.), Limited, (c) Growth Investments (Pty.), Limited or (d) any person, company or institution associated with any person directly or indirectly connected with Parity Insurance Company, Limited; if so, (i) what was the date, the amount and the conditions in respect of each loan or advance, (ii) from whom was securityreceived in each case, (iii) what repayments have been made and (iv) what are the balances outstanding.
The MINISTER OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS:

It would only be possible to reply to the questions after inquiry from the institutions concerned. I do not deem it in the public interest to obtain from any particular financial institution figures relating to its business and to furnish such figures here in reply to questions.

*VI. Mr. WOOD

—Reply standing over.

Non-Contributory State Pension Funds *VII. Mr. MOORE

asked the Minister of Finance:

  1. (1) Whether the Government is investigating the possibility of introducing non-contributory State pension funds; if so, what is the nature of the investigation;
  2. (2) whether the (a) Public Service, (b) Permanent Force and (c) Police and Prisons Service Pension Fund is included in the investigation;
  3. (3) whether it is intended to institute a similar investigation in regard to a noncontributory pension scheme for Railway employees;
  4. (4) whether he will make a statement in regard to the matter.
The MINISTER OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS:
  1. (1) No.
  2. (2), (3) and (4) Fall away.
Shortage of Vegetables in Border Area *VIII. Mr. FIELD

asked the Minister of Agricultural Economics and Marketing:

  1. (1) Whether his attention has been drawn to the shortage of vegetables at East London and other Border markets;
  2. (2) whether the possibility of regulating supplies of vegetables between areas where there are shortages has been investigated; if so, with what result; if not, why not.
The MINISTER OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING:
  1. (1) My Department is aware that relative shortage of some vegetables are experienced on the East London and other fresh produce markets in the Border area. These shortages are due to the ruling drought conditions in local production areas which normally supply these markets during this time of the year.
  2. (2) No. The major part of the vegetable production is marketed through fresh produce markets. Supplies to these markets are regulated by demand and supply. It is the producer’s prerogative to market his products where he wants to. To assist the producer herein, the Department supplies a market information service by the daily broadcasting of market reviews in respect of the more important markets in the Republic. An indication is given of the prices and relative supply conditions. Except in the case of these products which are controlled by the Marketing Act, no authority exists for the regulating of products to markets. There are various problems attached to a system of physical regulating of supplies for example the diffuseness of the production areas, perishability and locally acquainted production areas. It is, therefore, doubted whether a system of regulating the supply of product will in practice be feasible.
Tenders for Buildings at Collondale *IX. Mr. FIELD

asked the Minister of Public Works:

Whether tenders have again been called for the construction of new airport buildings at the Collondale Airport, East London, if not, when is it expected that tenders will be called for.

The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

No; it is not possible to give an indication at this stage.

Passports for Trainees *X. Mr. ROSS

asked the Minister of Defence:

Whether instructions have been issued in regard to the furnishing of certificates for the issue of passports to citizens who have completed their nine months training but are still required to complete the subsequent annual training periods; if so, what instructions.

The DEPUTY MINISTER OF LABOUR:

No, but the present procedure is that all applications for passport certificates in respect of citizens who have completed their nine months’ training but not the subsequent camps are submitted to the Exemption Board, These applications are dealtwith by the Board under the following two categories:

  1. (a) Citizens, who wish to leave the Republic permanently, are if the Board is satisfied that their absence will be permanent, recommended for discharge from the Citizen Force and issued with an unqualified certificate, otherwise a certificate for one year at a time is issued and their training for that year is postponed.
  2. (b) Citizens, who desire to leave the Republic for a specific period, are, if their absence will not interfere with any particular training camp, issued with a certificate covering the period in question. If their absence will interfere with any training camp, postponement of training is considered by the Board and, if granted, a certificate for the period of their intended absence is issued, otherwise a certificate up to the date of commencement of their next camp is issued.
Ministerial Visits to Mining Districts *XI. Mr. HUGHES (for Mr. Taurog)

asked the Minister of Mines:

  1. (1) (a) How many official visits to mining districts by the Minister, accompanied by the Government Mining Engineer, took place in each of the years 1952, 1958, 1962 and 1964, and (b) when did such a visit last take place;
  2. (2) (a) how many visits to mine inspectorates by (i) the Government Mining Engineer, (ii) each of the deputy Government mining engineers and (iii) each of the assistant Government mining engineers took place during the same years and (b) which inspectorates were visited;
  3. (3) whether he has taken steps to ensure that sufficiently continuous and adequate control is exercised in this respect; if so, what steps; if not, why not.
The MINISTER OF MINES:
  1. (1) (a) and (b) Although various mining districts were visited during the period 1952 to 1964, records of the visits were not kept, as such visits are of no statutory significance.
  2. (2) (a) (i) No figures are available for the years 1952 and 1958. 1962—33.1964—18.
    1. (ii) No figures are available for the years 1952, 1958 and 1962. 1964—19 and 12,
    2. (iii) No figures are available for the years 1952 and 1958. 1962—15, 12, 10 and 16. 1964—25, 26, 24 and 20.
  3. (b) Bloemfontein, Germiston, Heidelberg, Johannesburg, Kimberley, Klerksdorp, Krugersdorp, Natal, Pretoria, Springs, Virginia, Welkom and Witbank.
  4. (3) In terms of Section 2 of the Mines and Works Act, 1956, the supervision over all mines, works and machinery is entrusted to the Government Mining Engineer and, subject to his directions, the inspectors and other officers appointed for this purpose. As far as I am able to judge, the control which is being exercised in this respect is sufficiently continuous and adequate.
*XII. Mr. WOOD

—Reply standing over.

Assistance to Industries in Country Towns *XIV. Mr. ROSS

asked the Minister of Economic Affairs;

Whether the Government intends to give the same assistance to industries setting up in country towns as is given to border industries.

The MINISTER OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS:

Yes, with certain reservations and qualifications. In amplification of this reply, I shall within the next day of two table the full text of my statement which appeared in the Press this morning.

Railways: Employees Who Resign

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT replied to Question No. *1, by Mr. Oldfield, standing over from 16 March.

Question:
  1. (1) How many employees terminated their employment with the South African Railways during (a) 1963, (b) 1964 and (c) each month from September 1964 to February 1965 owing to (i) resignation, iii) retirement and (iii) discharge by the Railway Administration;
  2. (2) how many new employees entered the employment of the South African Railways during the same periods.
Reply:
  1. (1) (a) (i) 10,287 (ii) 2,139 (iii) 1,083
    1. (b) (i) 14,757 (ii) 2,228 (iii) 996

(c)

Sept.

1964

(i)

1,216

(ii)

183

(iii)

57

Oct.

1964

(i)

1,436

(ii)

224

(iii)

81

Nov.

1964

(i)

1,126

(ii)

177

(iii)

53

Dec.

1964

(i)

1,079

(ii)

152

(iii)

73

Jan.

1965

(i)

1,250

(ii)

126

(iii)

38

Feb.

1965

(i)

1,455

(ii)

169

(iii)

55

  1. (2) (a) 15,473
    1. (b) 17,014

(c)

Sept.

1964

1,266

Oct.

1964

1,171

Nov.

1964

1,120

Dec.

1964

942

Jan.

1965

1,890

Feb.

1965

1,894

These details are only in respect of Whites. The particulars in regard to the non-Whites are not readily available.

Vocational Training of Bantu in Johannesburg

The MINISTER OF BANTU EDUCATION replied to Question No. *X, by Mr. Ross, standing over from 16 March.

Question:
  1. (1) (a) How many Bantu persons are being trained at the vocational training centre in Johannesburg and (b) in what trades are they being trained;
  2. (2) whether there are other similar vocational training centres in the Republic; if so, (a) how many and (b) where are they situated; if not,
  3. (3) whether he will consider establishing similar training centres in other areas.
Reply:
  1. (1) (a) 165.
    1. (b) In the building carpentry, electrical and plumbing trade.
  2. (2) Yes.
    1. (a) There are 21 other vocational training schools and five technical schools in the Republic (Transkei excluded).
    2. (b) Louis Trichardt, Pietersburg, Mafeking, Thaba ’Nchu, Alice, Umlazi, Pietermaritzburg, Zululand, Middledrift, Richmond (Natal), Pinetown, Johannesburg, Pretoria, East London, Vryburg, Bloemfontein and Port Elizabeth.
      • (Further particulars concerning these schools can; be found in the Hansard for J964* Volume 10, Columns 4554 to 4560.)
  3. (3) Falls away.
Radio Sets in Bantu Schools

The MINISTER OF BANTU EDUCATION replied to Question No. *11, by Mr. E. G. Malan, standing over from 19 March.

Question:
  1. (1) Approximately how many radio sets are used in Bantu schools;
  2. (2) whether news services are also broadcast on the Bantu school radio service; if so, (a) how many times per week and (b) in which languages;
  3. (3) whether listening to the news service is compulsory.
Reply:
  1. (1) Approximately 2,000 radio sets are already in use in Bantu schools.
  2. (2) Ordinary news services are not broadcast on the Bantu school radio service but a special school news service which includes items in connection with sports, school functions and matters of general interest to schools.
    • (a) and (b) this special school news service is broadcast once per week during school quarters in the Xhosa, Zulu, Northern-Sotho, Southern-Sotho and Tswana languages.
  3. (3) It is compulsory for all Bantu schools supplied with F.M.-radio sets to listen to the school radio programmes which include the special school news service.
Recommendations on Motion Picture Production

The MINISTER OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS replied to Question No. *VI, by Mr. Gorshel, standing over from 19 March.

Question:

Whether he has taken steps to implement the recommendations of the Board of Trade and Industries resulting from its investigation into motion picture production; if so, what steps; if not, why not.

Reply:

No; the recommendations of the Board of Trade and Industries are still being considered by the Government.

Tours Arranged for Overseas Press Representatives

The MINISTER OF INFORMATION replied to Question No. *IX, by Mr. Durrant, standing over from 19 March.

Question:

Whether any tours of the Republic since 1 November 1964 have been sponsored or arranged by his Department for representatives of the overseas Press and broadcasting companies; if so, (a) how many and (b) what was the nature of the tours.

Reply:

(a) and (b) Yes.

In the period since 1 November 1964, 21 persons visited South Africa on tours sponsored, organized and financed by the Department of Information. There has been only one group tour, namely, that of 15 editors from the United States.

For further details and the names of these visitors the hon. member is referred to a list which with the permission of the House is being Tabled.

NAMES OF GUESTS OF THE DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION FROM 1 NOVEMBER 1964

Professor and Mrs. Russel Kirk—University Lecturer. Associate Editor, National Review, U.S.A.

Mrs. Irene Corbally Kuhn—Columnist, King Features Syndicate, Author of the Enemy Within the U.S.A.

Jean Bellamy—Editorial writer, Miami Herald, U.S.A.

Devin Garrity—President, Devin Adair Publishers, U.S.A.

Henry Holzer—Contributing Editor, Verdict Magazine, New York, and contributor to other magazines, e.g. Modern Age of Chicago Foundation for Foreign Affairs.

Phyllis Holzer—Contributing Editor, Verdict Magazine, New York.

General Frank Howley—Vice-President of New York University; 1945-9 Military Governor of Berlin; well-known author, contributor to Reader’s Digest.

T. R. Cowie—Senior Correspondent, Dispatch, Columbus, Ohio.

Richard Laney—Editorial writer Deseret News, Salt Lake City, Utah.

Edwin McDowell—Chief Editorial writer, Phoenix Republic, Arizona.

Paul McKalip—Editor, Editorial page, Daily Citizen, Tuscon, Arizona.

Walter Mickelson—Editor and Publisher, Daily Journal, New Ulm, Minnesota.

Charles Pierson—Editor, St. Louis Globe, Democrat, St. Louis, Missouri.

George Shannon—Editor, Shreveport Journal, Louisiana.

Esther van Wagner Tufty—Owner of Tufty News Bureau, representing some 300 newspapers, Washington, D.C.

Thomas Waring—Editor, The News and Courier, Charleston, South Carolina.

Dorothy Williams—Washington Correspondent for Cedar Rapids Gazette and Davenport Times, U.S.A.

Jameson Campaigne, Sr.—Editor. Indianapolis Star, Indiana.

D. G. Simons—Chief Editor, Netherlands Television Foundation News Service.

F. Hirschner—Chief Editor, Rein Zeitung, West Germany.

W. Seidlitz—Chief Editor, General Anzeiger, Wupperthall, West Germany.

Discussions with Newspaper Editors

The MINISTER OF INFORMATION replied to Question No. *X, by Mr. Durrant, standing over from 19 March.

Question:

Whether he has held any discussions with editors of South African newspapers since 1 July 1964; if so, (a) which editors and (b) what was the purpose of the discussions.

Reply:

No.

(a) and (b) Fall away.

Programmes for External Radio Services

The MINISTER OF INFORMATION replied to Question No. *XI, by Mr. Durrant, standing over from 19 March.

Question:
  1. (1) Whether he has been consulted in regard to the programmes to be broadcast in the proposed external radio service; if not
  2. (2) whether his Department has offered any suggestions in regard to the contents of the programme; if not,
  3. (3) whether he intends to offer any suggestions.
Reply:
  1. (1) No.
  2. (2) No.
  3. (3) The S.A.B.C. is an autonomous body, therefore, when approached, the matter will receive attention.
Guarantees by Insurance Companies

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT replied to Question No. *XII, by Mr. Taurog, standing over from 19 March.

Question:
  1. (1) Whether any security or guarantee is required from registered insurance companies in regard to the payment of claims for compensation in terms of the Motor Vehicle Insurance Act; if so. what is the nature and the amount of such security or guarantee in the case of companies who do not belong to the 1942 group;
  2. (2) whether all registered companies have furnished the prescribed security or guarantee; if not, (a) how many have not furnished such security or guarantee and (b) what steps have been taken to prevent them from collecting premiums for the insurance year 1965-6;
  3. (3) whether any registered companies have been requested to furnish additional or some other form of security or guarantee: if so, (a) with what result and (b) what are the names of the companies.
Reply:
  1. (1) Yes. A Reinsurance Agreement guaranteeing the payment of claims for compensation and refund of premium moneys and other claims arising out of the provisions of Act No. 29 of 1942 to an amount of R400,000.
  2. (2) Yes. (a) and (b) fall away.
  3. (3) No. (a) and (b) fall away.

For written reply:

Bantu Admitted to Secondary Schools I. Mrs. SUZMAN

asked the Minister of Bantu Education;

  1. (1) How many Bantu children were admitted for the first time in January 1965 to (a) higher primary schools and (b) secondary and high schools;
  2. (2) whether any applicants were refused admission to these schools in Januaryr ;1965 on the sole ground that there was no accommodation; if so, how many in each category.
The MINISTER OF BANTU EDUCATION:

(1) (a) and (b) and (2) Statistics concerning Bantu children admitted for the first time each year to the relevant categories of schools and applicants who have been refused admission on the sole ground of lack of accommodation are not kept by my Department. To be able to furnish this information a special survey will have to be made in each State, State-aided and private school with higher primary secondary and high school classes in the Republic. The work which such a survey would impose upon my Department is so extensive that I do not see my way clear to have it carried out. I regret, therefore, that I cannot reply to this question.

Re-marking of Examination Papers II. Mrs. SUZMAN

asked the Minister of Bantu Education:

  1. (1) Whether examiners in any areas were instructed to re-mark the 1964 Std. VI examination papers of Bantu pupils; if so, (a) in which areas was a re-marking ordered and (b) for what reasons;
  2. (2) how many pupils qualified to proceed to secondary schools on (a) the first and and (b) the second marking of their examination papers.
The MINISTER OF BANTU EDUCATION:
  1. (1) Yes; (a) in the Krugersdorp Circuit in connection with one school; (b) the examination papers are marked by the examiner and a panel of teachers appointed by the Circuit Inspector of Schools. In this particular case it was ascertained that the examiner had marked the papers of his own school and a re-marking of those scripts was. therefore, ordered.
  2. (2) (a) 739 in the entire circuit; (b) twoless as a result of the re-marking of the papers of the school concerned.
Purchase of Copies of “Cape Herald” III. Mr. E. G. MALAN

asked the Minister of Coloured Affairs:

Whether his Department has taken or intends taking steps—

  1. (a) to buy copies of the Cape Herald for distribution, or
  2. (b) to pay a subsidy to this publication; if so, what steps.
The MINISTER OF COLOURED AFFAIRS:
  1. (a) No.
  2. (b) No.
Registered Medical Personnel IV. Mrs. SUZMAN

asked the Minister of Health:

  1. (1) How many (a) doctors, (b) dentists, (c) pharmacists and (d) nurses in each race group are at present registered in the Republic;
  2. (2) whether any registered nurses are at present unemployed; if so, how many in each race group.
The MINISTER OF HEALTH:
  1. (1) (a), (b) and (c) The registers of qualified persons maintained by the Medical and Dental Council and the Pharmacy Board do not differentiate between race groups. To obtain the required details from the records of these bodies would be a task of such magnitude that it could not be justified.
  2. (1) (d) and (2) The register of the Nursing Council differentiates between certain race groups, but reflects particulars of only those qualified persons who renew their registration in terms of the requirements of the Nursing Act; the register does not differentiate between practising and non-practising persons. On 31 December the following persons were registered:

Whites

Coloureds and Indians

Bantu

Nurses

21,188

1,552

8,124

Auxiliary Nurses

913

407

4,627

Invitations to Visit the Republic

The MINISTER OF INFORMATION replied to Question No. XI, by Mr. Gorshel, standing over from 12 March.

Question:
  1. (1) Whether any persons from outside South Africa (a) have visited South Africa since 1 May 1962, and (b) have been or (c) are to be invited to visit South Africa as the guests of his Department; if so, what was or is in each case (i) the name and age and (ii) the official position and other qualification of the guest, (iii) the reason for the invitation and (iv) the cost to the State;
  2. (2) whether his Department has given any assistance to guests invited by the South Africa Foundation; if so, what assistance,
  3. (3) whether he can give the details as requested above in each of these cases.
Reply:
  1. (1) (2) and (3) Similar questions asked by the hon. member were replied to on 14 February and 15 May 1964 and I would like to refer him to these replies and the detailed lists tabled.
  2. (1) (a) Yes, as guests of my Department.
    1. (b) Yes.
    2. (c) Yes, but the visitors’ programme for 1965-6 has not been finalized yet.
      1. (i) It is not my intention to provide particulars of the age of guests which I regard as a personal matter.
      2. (ii) Names of guests during February—March 1964:

Luis C. Lupi—Director of Lusitania News Agency, Head of Foreign Press Correspondents Association, Portugal;

Mrs. Velna de Carvalho—Chief of Overseas Service of Portuguese Radio Corporation;

Dr. F. A. Hoogendijk—Deputy Editor of Elseviers Weekblad, Holland;

E. Wagner—Director, Dienst Mittlerer Tageszeitungen;

Dr. G. Bartholy—Deputy Editor Deutsch Zeitung, West Germany.

Names of guests during the financial year 1964-5:

Prof, and Mrs. Russel Kirk—University Lecturer, Associate Editor, National Review, U.S.A.

Mrs. Irene Corbally Kuhn—Columnist King Features Syndicate, Author of The Enemy Within the U.S.A.

Jean Bellamy—Editor writer, Miami Herald, U.S.A.

Devin Garrity—President Devin Adair Publishers, U.S.A.

Henry Holzer—contributing Editor. Verdict Magazine, New York and contributor to other magazines e.g. Modern Age of Chicago Foundation for Foreign Affairs;

Phyllis Holzer—Contributing Editor Verdict Magazine* New York;

Gen. Frank Howley—Vice-President of New York University; 1945-9 Military Governor of Berlin; well-known author, contributor to Reader’s Digest;

T. R. Cowie—Senior Correspondent, Dispatch Columbus Ohio.

Richard Laney—Editorial Writer Deseret News, Salt Lake City, Utah;

Edwin McDowall—Chief Editorial writer, Phoenix Republic, Arizona.

Paul McKalip—Editor, Editorial page, Daily Citizen, Tuscon, Arizona.

Walter Mickelson—Editor and Publisher, Daily Journal, New Ulm, Minnesota.

Charles Pierson—Editor St. Louis Globe, Democrat, St. Louis, Missouri.

George Shannon—Editor, Shreveport Journal, Louisiana;

Esther Van Wagner Tufty—Owner of Tufty News Bureau, representing some 300 newspapers, Washington, D.C.;

Thomas Waring—Editor, The News and Courier, Charleston, South Carolina.

Dorothy Williams—Washington Correspondent for Cedar Rapids Gazette and Davenport Times, U.S.A.

Jameson Campaigne Sr.—Editor, Indianapolis Star, Indiana.

C. R. Chapman and H. J. Fisher, Chairman and Secretary of the Australian Committee for South African National Advancement, Sydney, Australia.

Rodney C. Andrew—Editor, Southern Evening Echo, Southampton, U.K. Director, Southern Newspapers Ltd.

Rafael Salazar—Chief Editor, YA, Spain.

D. G. Simons—Chief Editor, Netherlands Television Foundation News Service.

Prof. F. Zimmerman—Economic Editor, Die Welt, West Germany.

F. Hirschner—Chief Editor, Rein Zeitung, West Germany;

W. Seidlitz,—Chief Editor, General Anzeiger, Wupperthall, West Germany.

  1. (iii) To enable these persons to see South Africa in true perspective;
  2. (iv) Final figures for 1964-5 have not yet come to hand. Figures for the February-March 1964 guests are not available. In 1963-4 an amount of R32,804.89 was spent under the visitors programme of the Department.
  1. (2) Yes. Financial assistance and assistance in arranging some visits within the Republic.
    • In 1963-4 the financial assistance granted amounted to R3,029.45.
    • For 1964-5 a claim of R5,372.65 in respect of 12 persons has been received.
Juveniles Imprisoned Under Security Laws

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE replied to Question No. IV, by Mrs. Suzman, standing over from 19 March.

Question:
  1. (1) Whether any juveniles are at present serving sentences of imprisonment for contravention of—
    1. (a) the Unlawful Organizations Act,
    2. (b) Section 11 (b)ter of the Suppression of Communism Act,
    3. (c) Section 21 of the General Law Amendment Act, 1962; if so,
      1. (i) how many in each race group,
      2. (ii)what was the age of each juvenile sentenced under each of these Acts and
      3. (iii)what was the sentence in each case;
  2. (2) Whether the parents of any of these juveniles were invited by him to make representations for a remission of the sentences imposed on their children; if so, in how many cases; if not, why not.
Reply:
  1. (1) (a) and (c) Yes.
    1. (b) No.

(i)

Europeans

None.

Coloureds

None.

Asiatics

None.

Bantu

97—under 21 of which, according to the files, 8 are under 18 as at date of sentence.

  1. (ii) UNLAWFUL ORGANIZATIONS ACT:

17 Years

3

18 Years

8

19 Years

15

20 Years

23

Section 21 of the General Law Amendment ACT, 1962:

16 Years

2

17 Years

3

18 Years

14

19 Years

16

20 Years

13

  1. (iii) UNLAWFUL ORGANIZATIONS ACT:

17 Years

2 to 3 years imprisonment

1 to 5 „

18 Years

1 to 2

3 to 2½

3 to 3

1 to 5

19 Years

1 to 2

3 to 2½

7 to 3

1 to 4

2 to 5

1 to 6

20 Years

4 to 2

4 to 2½

10 to 3

1 to 4

3 to 5

1 to 6

Section 21 of the General Law Amendment Act, 1962:

16 Years

2 to 5 years imprisonment.

17 Years

1 to 7

1 to 10

1 to 15

18 Years

1 to 7

6 to 10

1 to 11

3 to 12

1 to 13

1 to 15

1 to life imprisonment.

19 Years

1 to 5 years imprisonment.

7 to 8

1 to 10

1 to 11

1 to 12

3 to 15

1 to 18

1 to 23

20 Years

1 to 5

2 to 7

1 to 8

2 to 10

2 to 11

2 to 12

1 to 14

1 to 20

1 to life imprisonment.

  1. (2) I have informed parents of young people who were misled by leaders of Nusas that they could make representations to me and in particular parents of students. The invitation still stands and should any parent or other interested person, including the hon. member, wish to make such representation to me they are welcome to do so. All parents who feel that their children were led astray by leaders of the Communist Party, Liberal Party or other leftists organizations or persons are welcome to make such representations as they see fit.
Persons Affected by Group Areas

The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT replied to Question No. IX, by Mr. Hopewell, standing over from 19 March.

Question:

How many (a) Whites, (b) Coloureds, (c) Indians and (d) Bantu have been affected by group areas proclamations to date in the provinces of (i) Natal, (ii) the Transvaal and (iii) the Cape of Good Hope and the municipal areas of (iv) Durban, (v) Johannesburg and (vi) Cape Town.

Reply:

To enable me to furnish the statistics asked by the hon. member will entail a prolonged investigation and research and scores of bulky reports and files in the seven regional offices of the Department will have to be worked through. I, therefore, regret that I cannot furnish the required particulars.

FIRST READING OF BILLS

The following Bills were read a first time:

Public Service Amendment Bill.

Correspondence College Bill.

UNIVERSITIES AMENDMENT BILL

First Order read: Committee Stage,—Universities Amendment Bill.

House in Committee:

Clauses, Schedule and Title of the Bill put and agreed to.

House Resumed:

Bill reported without amendment.

Bill read a third time.

GROUP AREAS AMENDMENT BILL

Second Order read: Resumption of Committee Stage,—Group Areas Amendment Bill.

House in Committee:

[Progress reported on 22 March, when Clause 12 had been put.] Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

It is easy to see what Clause 12 provides by simply reading the clause, but what is interesting is that it has been re-cast in order to incorporate the provisions contained in Clause 11. The position is now that after a specified date anyone who is a disqualified person in a group area which has been proclaimed, shall commit an offence if he stays there, if he is of a race other than that for which the area was proclaimed. The significant change which has been made here is that whereas before a person who became disqualified by reason of the proclamation had at least one year before he had to get out of the area or before his lease or other arrangement in regard to tenure would be affected. But now he can have less than a year. I hope the Minister will deal with this. He did not deal with it adequately in relation to the previous clause. The position is that under the existing law he had a guarantee of one year after the date of publication of the proclamation in the Gazette before he had to move, or before his lease expired. The words “but subject to the provisions of sub-section (1 )bis of the said section” mean that the Minister may, when he published a proclamation and proclaims that area for occupation by a particular race group, provide a date in that proclamation which is earlier than the date of publication of that proclamation.

The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

I explained all that yesterday.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

No, the Minister did not explain it. At the moment it says within one year from the date of publication in the Gazette. Now it says one year after the date specified in such proclamation. There is nothing there which stipulates that that date may not be earlier than the date of publication. The Minister is a lawyer, and I ask him whether it says that, or is there anything which prevents the Minister when publishing such a proclamation putting in a different date? But if the Minister says that in fact this will not happen, then we are entitled to know why he is changing the law in this regard, and we have had no satisfactory answer from him. Will the Minister concede that it is possible in terms of this amendment for him to specify a date earlier than the date of publication? This Minister says he will not do that, but the fact is that he is given the power to proclaim an earlier date, and when the proclamation is published in the Gazette, then no longer will the people have at least one year in which to get out; they have one year from that earlier date, which may be only six months that they have to make other arrangements. The Minister owes this committee an explanation as to why he has changed the law if in fact he is not going to do it. This can have very serious effects on the people affected, because parts of this Bill provide that on the expiration of that date the lease is automatically cancelled and you have to make other arrangements. It is very difficult to make other arrangements in a short time. The Minister ought to know this. I hope the Minister will give us an explanation of this so that we will not have to beat the air about this clause without an explanation from him as to why this clause has been redrafted and why the provisions relating to a minimum period before having to leave an area have been changed, even though the Minister says that this will not be implemented.

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

This clause refers to Section 20 (1), and 20 (1) (a) says that “as from a date specified in the proclamation the area defined in the proclamation shall be an area for occupation by members of the group specified”. Now the hon. member persists in saying that it is now possible to make it retrospective and that the proclamation will not allow a period of one year, and on that he builds his whole argument. He put up this straw doll himself yesterday and said that could happen. I pointed out that in practice it just does not work that way. No retrospective power is being granted here. It is not the practice to proclaim it in advance. The whole intention here is that “it shall be an area”. That refers to the future, and surely it is clear that it is not the intention that it will be retrospective and that the period will be shorter. I explained the matter yesterday, and I stand by my explanation.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

This is not the meaning of this. I am sorry. The Minister should look at Clause 11. The difference between the law as it exists now and the law as he proposes to make it by this Bill is that the date after which one year shall elapse at the moment is the date of the publication of the proclamation. That is clear from Clause 11, but those words are being taken out, and the date from which the year shall run in future is now one year after the date specified in such proclamation. The words “of publication” are taken out. There is a difference. All we are asking the Minister to indicate to us is why he has changed the wording here. Why, before, was the date from which the year ran the date of publication, and why is it now the date specified in the proclamation? They are two different things. The one is a certain time. The one is a date which can be determined easily, the date of the proclamation, and then the public knows that they have that one year of grace after that in which to make other arrangements. Now he says it is to be changed to the date specified in the proclamation. If it is going to be a year, and if the date specified is to be the date of the publication of the proclamation, why does it not say so in the Bill? I am not concerned with what this Minister intends doing. He may not be the Minister of Planning next year. The Minister is introducing a Bill, and he has to explain to the Committee what this means. He is changing the law. We want to know why he is changing the law.

An HON. MEMBER:

You are just splitting hairs.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Perhaps the hon. members for Standerton (Dr. Coertze) or for Heilbron (Mr. Froneman), who are lawyers, will explain it to us if the Minister does not see the point. It is no good the Minister saying that the meaning of this is to provide that a particular area to which the proclamation relates shall be an area. That has been provided for already; it has always been provided for, but that is not what he is changing. What he is altering is the right of people affected to have one year’s grace. I hope the Minister has got the point I am making and that he will explain it. There are different words, and there must be a reason for it. The only reason I can see for this is that this Minister is in a hurry. Goodness knows, they are 15 years behind schedule already, but he is in a hurry, and he wants to proclaim these areas and get the people out before the year has expired. The Minister must not think I am being uncharitable in having such a view, because that is the only reasonable conclusion one can come to without an explanation from the Minister, which we have not had.

I appeal to the Minister to tell the Committee why the wording as to the date from which the year is to run, is now being changed.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

I hope the Minister will accede to the request of the hon. member for Durban (North) (Mr. M. L. Mitchell) to give a more satisfactory explanation of this change in the wording. Some hon. members opposite seem to suggest that we are just splitting hairs, but those hon. members obviously do not understand the position, because there is a world of difference between the situation which exists under the law at present and the situation which will exist under the law as it is proposed to amend it. [Interjection.] The situation as it exists under the present law is this, that the period of one year which disqualified persons are allowed must run from the date of publication onwards; and what is more, it is possible under the law as it is at the moment to give disqualified persons a period longer than one year, because the section says “which shall be not less than one year after the date of publication of any proclamation”. What is proposed to be deleted are the words “of publication of any” and in the place of that the words “specified in such” are to be inserted. The effect of that is quite clear. It will then read “which shall be not less than one year after the date specified in the proclamation”. Now, a proclamation can always specify a date after the date upon which the proclamation is published, but the proclamation can also specify a date prior to the date of proclamation.

Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

Does that ever happen?

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

If the hon. member looks at the Government Gazettes he will see that it happens very frequently. So this clause is open to the construction that a date can be specified prior to the date of the publication of the proclamation. The Minister said yesterday that that was not the Government’s intention. We are prepared to accept that is the way in which the Minister interprets it, but portfolios change hands and other Ministers may not interpret the provision in the same way, and this provision can be interpreted differently. I would again appeal to the Minister to answer the question I put to him yesterday when we dealt with Clause 11, and that is that if in fact it is the Government’s intention not to proclaim a date prior to the date of publication of the proclamation, why is this amendment being introduced? Because the section as it stands at present secures the rights of disqualified persons in two ways. It secures them in the sense that no date can be proclaimed prior to the date of the proclamation, and it secures them in the sense that disqualified persons can be allowed more than one year’s notice if the Minister so chooses. Surely both those objects should be preserved, and as I understand the Minister it is the Government’s object to preserve those two objects. That being so, I cannot understand why the Government wishes to introduce these amendments. I again appeal to the Minister to tell us why it is proposed to make this amendment. If in fact it is the Government’s intention to apply the law under the amended clause in the same way as the section is being applied at present, then frankly it is quite impossible to appreciate why any amendment should be introduced at all. So I would appeal to the Minister to implement his interpretation by not proceeding with these amendments and to leave the clause in respect of the year’s provision as it stands now.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Mr. Chairman…

The CHAIRMAN:

The same questions are being repeated and the same arguments are being used over and over again.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

But I have not said a word yet. I thought that the Minister was going to get up, but I want to say that if he is not going to get up to give an explanation, then we are entitled to assume that our interpretation of this is quite correct.

Mr. GREYLTNG:

You are just acting on instructions.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

There are other hon. members on this side who are quite able to criticize this Bill, and if the hon. member for Port Elizabeth-North (Mr. J. A. F. Nel) would not sit and giggle like a St. Trinian’s schoolgirl but would instead apply his mind to what this clause says, it would be better for all of us, because I want to tell him that it could apply to the people in his own constituency also. He should apply his mind to the clause and not lend his bleating support, as he always does, to anything the Minister puts up. Then we would perhaps have legislation on the statute book, if that is the intention of the Minister, which would do some justice to the people who are being hit by these injustices. Surely it is not much to ask that if the house in which you have been living all your life is being proclaimed for members of another group, you should have at least a year in which to find alternative accommodation. I must remind the Minister in charge of the Bill that his predecessor has said time and again that he wants to administer the Group Areas Act with justice; that he wants to apply these harsh provisions with justice. Now here is a provision where that justice, for what it is—one year—is in jeopardy, and all we get from those hon. members is sniggers, and no answer from the Minister. I hope the Minister will now get up and tell us what it is that he proposes here, and why he proposes it, and I want to remind him that he is in duty bound, as the successor to the other hon. Minister, to see to it that justice is done so far, at any rate, as this statute now provides.

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

Clause 12 says—

As from the date specified in a proclamation under paragraph (a) of sub-section (1) of Section 20 …

And Section 20 is not being changed, but remains just as it is.

*Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

And Clause 11?

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

Clause 11 also says the same. This clause refers to the date mentioned in Sec. 20 (1) (a), which is not being amended. Therefore there is no amendment in that regard.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

I must say that I find the hon. the Minister’s explanation extraordinary. If he reads a little further down he will see that sub-section (1) of Section 3 is made subject to the provisions of Section 1 bis of the said Section, i.e. Section 21 bis, and Section 1bis of Section 20 has been amended.

The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

The first part relates only to Section 21 (a).

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

Yes, that is right. Sir, perhaps I should read the whole Clause to the Minister—

As from the date specified in a proclamation under paragraph (a) of sub-section (1) of Section twenty and notwithstanding anything contained in any special or other statutory provision relating to the occupation of land or premises, but subject to the provisions of sub-section 1 bis of the said Section, no disqualified person shall occupy any land or premises in the area to which the proclamation relates except under the authority of a permit.

Although the Minister is right in saying that the first part relates only to Section 21 (a), clearly the provisions of sub-section 1 his of Section 20 are introduced later in the Section, and 21 bis was in fact amended by this House last night in a way which we consider may cause hardship to the persons affected. We would like to know from the hon. Minister what his reply is to the arguments advanced by the hon. member for Durban-North (Mr. M. L. Mitchell) and myself against the amendment which is being introduced to Section 1 bis. So far we have not been able to find out why it is that Section 1 bis has been amended in this way, especially since the hon. the Minister assured the House last night that it was not the intention of the Government to give i disqualified persons less than one year’s notice to remain in affected properties. The only explanation we have had from the hon. The Minister is that from a practical point of view it is impossible, he suggests, to proclaim a group area from a date prior to the date of publication of the proclamation. The hon. the Minister suggested that because the proclamation of a group area has so many important and drastic effects it would not be done; that it would always be done either from the date of publication of a proclamation or from a subsequent date. But, Sir, in terms of this amendment which was introduced yesterday by the Government it is possible to specify a date prior to the date of publication of the proclamation. That being the case, why does the Government want to take this power? Surely in the absence of any explanation, we can only conclude and this House can only conclude that it is in fact the intention of the Government under certain circumstances to give disqualified persons less than a year’s notice to vacate. The hon. the Minister also referred the House to Section 21 which states—

The State President may whenever it is deemed expedient, by proclamation in the Gazette
  1. (a) declare that as from a date specified in the proclamation the area defined in the proclamation shall be an area for occupation by members of the group so specified.

Sir, you will notice that in Section 21 the phrase “a date specified in the proclamation” is left wide; it could be a date before or it could be a date after. That is why Section 1 bis, as it stood before it was amended, was so important because it was in Section ibis that it was made perfectly clear that the date specified in the proclamation had to be either the same date as the proclamation or a subsequent date and that the year’s notice would then run either from the date but certainly not from a prior date. In all these circumstances, we find it impossible to understand the case which is now being made by the Government to justify this amendment if in fact it is not the intention to give disqualified persons less than a year’s notice, and I would be pleased if the hon. the Minister would explain to the Committee why this amendment was introduced to Section 1 bis of Section 20.

Clause put and agreed to.

Official Opposition dissenting.

On Clause 14.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Once again this is the sort of clause about which no discussion need perhaps have taken place in the Committee Stage if we had had an explanatory memorandum. This clause completely recasts a section of the Act which at the moment deals only with companies. The section of the Act now being amended says—

A company in which a controlling interest is held or deemed to be held by or on behalf of or in the interests of a member of a group which shall not use any land or premises which a member of such group is not entitled to occupy, except under the authority of a permit, but nothing in this section shall be construed as precluding any company from letting such land or premises.

That part of the law is now back in this clause, but in addition “persons” are added. I would have thought that persons were covered in respect of a matter like this under the rest of the items. Then, of course, this is not all it does; having put the companies back in here and having added “persons”, it then goes on to proclaim that anyone or any company that allows the use of land shall also be guilty of an offence. This was not in the Act before. It says—

Any person who occupies any land or premises for any purpose connected with such use by a disqualified person or a disqualified company, otherwise than under the authority of a permit, shall for the purposes of Sections … be deemed to be a disqualified person in relation to such land or premises.

My first question to the hon. the Minister is this: Is the ordinary person, apart from the company, not covered by the Act as it stands? My second question is this: Is it not an offence in any event for a company or a person to allow land to be used quite differently? My third question is this: Does this provision have anything to do with the visiting of criminal sanctions upon the notorious Luxurama proclamation. Proclamation No. 26 of 12 February 1965? Those are the three questions I would like to ask the hon. the Minister and if he can explain that satisfactorily there might be no need to continue this discussion.

*Dr. COERTZE:

The hon. member for Durban (North) (Mr. M. L. Mitchell) has asked three questions here. One question relates to the wording of this clause, and his question is: If the word “company” is used, that is to say, a juristic person, does that not automatically include a natural person? I am surprised at this question, because it is a recognized rule of legal interpretation that to mention the one is to exclude the other. The fact that the word “company” is used means that Section 31. as contained in the Act of 1961 is made applicable to companies only and to nothing else. I do not know what the reason was why Parliament used only the word “company” at that time, but it was probably because this offence had been committed by companies. I think it is for this reason that it has been deemed advisable, and this is also the reason why I deem it advisable, not to use the words “juristic person” or “natural person”, but to make it very clear that this provision applies to the natural person and the juristic person alike. As a lawyer the hon. member for Durban (North) ought to know that. I think that in 1961 it was perhaps a mistaken notion to single out only the companies for this purpose.

Then, Sir, the hon. member asks why we are now introducing an offence here, and in the third place he asks whether this is connected in any way with the question of mixed audiences. To deal with the last question first, I think this Bill was drafted and conceived long before there was a rumpus about mixed audiences, before certain persons tried to make some propaganda for themselves in a certain way. As regards the question as to whether a crime should be introduced here. I think it is most advisable and high time that persons who try to undermine our pattern of life and to run down our country abroad were dealt with severely. Therefore, I think it is a good thing that such a crime is being introduced now, but I just want to repeat that the point in this clause is simply that the natural person and the juristic person are being placed on the same footing and made subject to the same inhibitions, the same restrictions; in my opinion this is a reasonable thing to do. I should like to know from the hon. member why he considers it unreasonable to place natural persons and companies on the same footing.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

I hope the hon. the Minister does not think that the hon. member for Standerton (Dr. Coertze) is some sort of substitute for himself.

*An HON. MEMBER:

Shame! (Foei tog!)

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

It is no good hon. members opposite saying “Foei tog!”. This Minister is in charge of this Bill; it is from him that we want an explanation of this Bill.

An HON. MEMBER:

Are you in charge of the Left Wing of the United Party?

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

If I was in charge of the Left Wing or the Right Wing of the United Party? Sir, the hon. member must be a little careful in what he says as a lawyer; we do not have a Left Wing and a Right Wing in this party.

An HON. MEMBER:

There are no wings whatever.

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member must come back to the clause.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Sir, I wish the hon. member over there would come into this debate; he is a lawyer. He could perhaps shed a little light on this matter.

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member must come back to the clause.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

The hon. the Minister apparently is going to sit there quite dumb throughout this debate. He must give us an explanation. Let me elaborate. I asked the hon. the Minister three questions. The first one was this: Surely a person who uses land or premises in relation to which he is a disqualified person in an area is already catered for. I do not know; I am asking the hon. the Minister. If he is already catered for, why is provision being made for him here? In the second place, a company now becomes liable for a criminal offence if it uses land or premises, being a disqualified person or company, other than for the purpose of letting it. My third question is this: Having dealt with that situation, the Bill then goes on to say in line 41—

… and any person …

That is quite separate and distinct—

… who occupies any land or premises for any purpose connected with such use thereof …

This is extraordinary English, I might point out—

… by such a disqualified person or disqualified company otherwise than under the authority of the permit shall for the purpose of sub-section (1) of Section 15, …

This section is interesting, Sir—

… sub-section (1) of Section 17 and subsection (1) of Section 23 be deemed to be a disqualified person in relation to any such land or premises.

He is not in fact a disqualified person, but he is going to be deemed to be a disqualified person, and he is going to be deemed to be present at, in or about the premises in question. In law, Sir, you deem people to be at a place where they in fact are not for the purpose of catching them in some net. What I am asking the hon. the Minister is whether the net here is not the proclamation which I referred to as the Luxurama proclamation, because that proclamation is issued in terms of the Group Areas Act, and it applies the provisions of sub-section (1) of Section 15, as we see here, sub-section (1) of Section 17, which we see here, and sub-section (1) of Section 23, which we see here. If you look at it, Sir, you will see that it says: “Any person who occupies any land or premises for any purpose connected with any such use of property. …” Sir, how do you occupy “in connection with use”? You occupy by means of this proclamation, which says that whether you are in fact occupying it, as we understand the word “occupy”, does not matter; your mere presence there under this proclamation is deemed to be occupation. Here it says: “Any person who occupies any land,” in this extended sense of the proclamation, “for any purpose connected with such use by a person or by a company” —in other words, by a theatre company or by a person staging some sort of affair, now becomes guilty of an offence. Surely if this is the position, this is a most important and new principle being introduced here by the hon. the Minister. By his proclamation he now deems people to be occupiers, although in fact they are not occupiers, and he now associates that occupation with the use of certain land by someone who is disqualified, someone who needs a permit, and everybody needs a permit. Sir, is this the provision that makes it an offence? Because this does make occupation such as we find in the Luxurama proclamation an offence. As far as I am aware, it is not an offence at the moment in terms of the proclamation as it stands to attend such a function; you must not be there except with a permit. There is a connection here between the use of premises by companies and the occupation by people of those premises in relation to the use of those premises. The sections referred to in the Luxurama proclamation. Will the hon. the Minister please answer those three questions. Let me repeat them.

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member must not repeat.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Well, Sir, I have not yet had an answer. However, perhaps the hon. the Minister will now get up to reply.

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

The note next to the new Section 31 for which provision is being made in Clause 14 reads: “Use of land or premises by disqualified company or person.” The note next to the original section read “Use of land or premises by a company.” It is therefore clear that the new matter that is being added here is the use of land or premises by a person. Whereas in the past it applied only to a company, “person” is now also being added. The reason why “person” is being added is because there was a certain restriction where property was in possession of the company, but it did not apply to persons. This clause now makes it applicable to persons also. What happened in the past is this: Persons possess property; they are disqualified to occupy in terms of the Act, but they allow other people to occupy it. They perhaps have a shop which they may not occupy themselves, but they now put a person there who is qualified to run that business for the benefit of the disqualified person. Therefore provision is now being made for this extension so that the clause will not apply only to disqualified companies but also to disqualified persons, so that it cannot happen that a disqualified person allows a qualified person to occupy the premises on his behalf. An offence is therefore being created here if such a person occupies a premises for the benefit of a disqualified person. This clause has nothing to do with the Luxurama Theatre. It has to do with the cases where a person occupies a premises for the benefit of a disqualified person or company.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

The hon. the Minister says that this has nothing to do with the Luxurama. Would he explain what is meant by “any person …”? [Interjection.]

Mr. HOPEWELL:

On a point of order, in terms of the rules of the House, interjections are not allowed, but the hon. member is constantly being interrupted.

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member may continue.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Will the hon. the Minister explain why, if this has nothing to do with the Luxurama, as he says, and if it only has to do with persons and companies and the use of property, it is provided that “any person who occupies any land or premises for any purpose connected with such use thereof by such a disqualified person or disqualified company …”? This is not just occupation as we normally understand it; it is not dealing just with the use of property, as we normally understand it; it is dealing with occupation connected with such use by a disqualified person or company. This is something quite different: it is a completely new concept. It is not occupation, because that is already dealt with; it is not use, because that is dealt with. For occupation or use, if you are a disqualified person, you need a permit. This is something quite new. This is occupation in connection with use by someone else. The only place where someone has the use of a building and different people occupy it, is normally a place of public entertainment where a company or a person has the use of a certain building by permit and other people occupy it, in terms of the extended definition in the Luxurama proclamation. Sir, what makes me feel that this is probably so, is that this extraordinary concept is contained only in that proclamation, and the very same provisions which are extended by that proclamation are herein contained and re-extended, because in terms of these provisions under which the Luxurama proclamation was issued, the term “occupation” is extended to mean something that is not occupation; to mean just mere presence at or about or in any particular area where, if you were an owner or occupier, you would need a permit. Here you are deemed to be a disqualified person in relation to such land or premises. Now, who is deemed to be a disqualified person in relation to such land or premises? You are deemed to be a disqualified person in relation to that land or premises if you occupy land or premises for a purpose connected with the use of those premises by a disqualified company. Sir, this is not what the hon. the Minister said; the hon. the Minister gave a straightforward simple explanation, and it is not warranted by the extraordinary words which are used here. Here we have occupation related to the use by a third person of certain specified premises. We want to know why. If the Minister does not know, he must tell us that he does not know why and that he does not know what this means. It appears to mean what I have said it means, but we have had no explanation from the hon. the Minister. Normally the hon. member for Standerton comes in when the hon. the Minister does not know what to say. Perhaps he will come in and explain it, and then perhaps the hon. member for Durban (Musgrave) (Mr. Hourquebie)—because this is my third and therefore last bite on the cherry—can answer him in that regard.

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

I gave a practical example here to illustrate the position. Supposing there is a person who runs a cinema and it is owned by persons or a company who are disqualified. The disqualified person does not occupy the cinema himself; he does not run it, but he lets it to a qualified person, because as the Act now reads he can let it to a qualified person to run it on his behalf. That man occupies the premises for purposes of occupation; his object is to use it as a cinema. That is why the section reads as it does. When such a person, therefore, occupies a cinema for that purpose, on behalf of a disqualified person, it is an offence. Therefore it is being stated here that he occupies the premises for the object for which those premises are destined, and in such a case such a person is declared to be a disqualified person, and it is an offence for such a person to occupy it. He does not do so in his own right but as the nominee or the agent of a disqualified person. That is in fact a circumvention of the Act.

Clause put and agreed to (Official Opposition dissenting).

On Clause 15,

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

Section 39 which is now being substituted by a new section deals with the appointment and powers of inspectors, and sub-section (1) of that section provides that the Minister shall appoint such inspectors as may be necessary for the purpose of ascertaining such facts as may be required by the Minister and of ascertaining whether the provisions of this Act or of any other. Statute prohibiting or restricting the ownership, acquisition or occupation of land by any class of person are being complied with. Sir, the purpose for which inspectors may be appointed are twofold, firstly to ascertain such facts as may be required by the Minister and, secondly to ascertain whether there have been contraventions of the provisions of the Act. One object is obviously of a criminal nature, that is, the investigation of crime, but the other has nothing to do with crime whatsoever. The other object has to do with the ascertainment of facts which the Minister may require. Sir, during the second-reading debate the hon. the Minister and hon. members on that side made the point that in fact since 1957 the duties of inspectors under Section 39 have in fact been carried out by the police. I should like to ask the hon. the Minister certain questions arising from this: First of all J should like to know on whose authority the police have been acting as inspectors? Who appointed them in those capacities? Does the hon. the Minister of Justice make those appointments, and, if not, is he aware that they are appointed? This is the first of a series of questions I would like to ask. The second series is this: Have they in fact been carrying out both functions under sub-section (1), the function which is clearly of a criminal nature as well as the function which is not remotely connected with any crime? It appears from what the hon. Minister and hon. members on that side of the House have said during the second-reading debate that that is in fact what has been happening. If that is so then in my submission it constitutes an abuse of the functions of the police.

It certainly constitutes an abuse of the intention under Section 39 (1) because the Legislature could never have intended that the police should, as a general rule, in fact should at all, be appointed as inspectors under this section.

I concede, as was pointed out by the hon. Minister, that the section is wide enough to provide for the appointment of police because it says “the Minister shall appoint such inspectors …” without qualifying it. But, on the other hand, it is a tight rule of interpretation of Statutes, which the Minister of Planning will know, that one sub-section of a section must be read in conjunction with the other sub-sections, if you do that, Sir, you find that sub-section (6) provides that an inspector entering any premises under sub-section (2) may be accompanied by an interpreter or any members of the South African Police. If in fact it was the intention of the Legislature, when it passed …

The DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member is now discussing the existing law. He can refer to it but he must discuss the proposed new clause. The hon. member is asking questions regarding the existing law. He can refer to it but he must confine himself to the proposed new clause.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

Mr. Chairman, if I may address you on this point of order: The object of my asking these questions is to obtain an explanation from the hon. the Minister.

The DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member is elaborating on it. He must discuss the contents of the clause before the committee.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

The point I have made up till now is that if in fact the police have been used since 1957 as inspectors under Section 39 (1) this is an abuse of the provisions of that section. We on this side of the House take the strongest objection to the proposed substitution in this clause of “police” for “inspectors” in this section.

Mr. J. A. F. NEL:

What have you against the police?

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

If the hon. member would stop trying to jump the gun, Sir, he would hear my explanation in due course; in fact, he will hear it right now. What we have against the police for this function is this: Firstly, because it immediately introduces into the context of the group areas legislation a criminal atmosphere where one ought not to exist. If the police are merely investigating crime then they do not need to be given any powers under the Group Areas Act because under the common law the police have the power to investigate crime. There is obviously no need for the police to be given any such powers. We on this side of the House naturally do not object to the police investigating crime or suspected crime.

Section 39 provides for other functions for inspectors. By doing away with inspectors under the Group Areas Act and substituting the police in their place, immediately, as I have said, introduces a criminal atmosphere where one ought not to exist.

Our second objection to the introduction of the police is that they are now created officials under the Group Areas Act. In other words, they are now made officials of an Act which is undoubtedly hated by those persons affected by it. In the main those persons are the non-Whites in this country. They are the ones who are mostly moved about. Some Whites are affected but only a very small number. In any event, Sir, my point is whether they are Whites or non-Whites who are moved under this legislation that is an entirely wrong principle. We on this side of the House are as much against large-scale movement of population if it affects Whites as we are against it when it affects non-Whites. [Time limit.]

*Dr. COERTZE:

The fact of the matter, Sir, is that it is the left wing of the United Party that is becoming articulate now. The elections are close at hand, and the left wing can be given free rein now. Fact is that this work has been done by the police ever since 1957, as the hon. member for Musgrave has said.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

What work?

*Dr. COERTZE:

This inspection work. The proposed Section 39, as it reads at present, entrusts certain powers to the police. The section commences—and the hon. member did not read this—with these words: “When a member of the South African Police investigates an offence or alleged or suspected offence …”. Does the hon. member now want the inspectorate to investigate these offences? Suppose we let him have his way and we grant the inspectorate of the Group Areas Board this power.

*Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

It has been amended.

*Dr. COERTZE:

No, no! The new section will read—

When a member of the South African Police investigates an offence or alleged or suspected offence under the provisions of this Act. …

I am reading this section. The hon. member does not even know what is being omitted and what is being inserted.

*Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

I know very well.

*Dr. COERTZE:

The hon. member is objecting to the police doing the work of the inspectorate, but here it says explicitly “when the police investigate an offence”. Does he now want us to create a different class of police to investigate crimes in connection with the Group Areas Act? Is that what he is suggesting? I must say that if I have committed a crime and I have to choose between being investigated by the police or by someone who has not been trained to handle the authority of the State, I will most certainly choose the police.

But this is not the hon. member’s objection. His objection is against the police. It is a well-known faot in modern history that any leftist group undermines the authority of the State, and does so by embarrassing the police and stirring up suspicion against them. The whole of the hon. member’s attack is directed against the fact that the police will now be used. He does not even want the police to be used to investigate an offence or alleged or suspected offence. He does not even want the police to investigate such an offence. What do they want?

All that is being done here is that the powers of the inspectorate are being transferred to the police. The police are being granted the necessary powers in this connection. This is a much more effective way to administer the Act, because suppose, for example, the inspectorate happens upon a crime, then it is not their business to institute the necessary legal proceedings, They in turn have to go to the police. Then the police have to start investigating the matter from the beginning. All that is being done here is to grant the police certain powers. This change is being made because the inspectors normally do not have the powers. These two hon. members both come from Durban; both of them belong to the left wing of the United Party, as the hon. member for Cradock (Mr. G. F. H. Bekker) said a little while ago. He hit the nail right on the head, perhaps more so than he realized at the moment. They are in actual fact trying to stir up suspicion against the police and to create the impression that there is some or other villain in the piece here. The only difference is that this time it is not the Minister of Justice who is the villain of the piece, but the Minister of Planning. This time he is the one who is throwing the baby out with the bath water.

Mr. BARNETT:

I don’t propose replying to the hon. member for Standerton (Dr. Coertze). I want to move certain amendments to this Clause as follows—

In line 53, to omit “or suspected”; in line 59, after “any” to insert “reasonable”; and in the same line to omit “or might”.

I dealt with the Clause in my Second Reading speech. I want to say at once to the hon. member for Standerton that he is doing an injustice, not only to the members of this House, but to the country in trying to suggest that in dealing with this Clause we are in any way finding fault with the police of this country. It is an insinuation which I reject with contempt. We hold the police in this country in the highest esteem and nothing that we say in regard to this Clause is in any way intended as a reflection on the police.

Nobody can understand why the hon. the Minister wants to bring in the police in the Group Areas Act. We must appreciate that the people who are affected by this legislation are people who are the innocent victims of it. They are not willing victims. In terms of the Group Areas Act they have been declared as disqualified to occupy the premises they occupy at the moment because they belong to a certain group. They are not willing parties to this; they are not criminals, they are inoffensive people who have to be moved and uprooted as a result of this law. The position has been for years, as provided in Section 39. that inspectors go round to see whether the law has been complied with. What do we find now? Has the present set-up been a failure? The Minister has not yet explained to us that the existing system of using inspectors has been a failure; that they have not done the work properly. There has been no explanation as to why the police must be brought in. It becomes a very serious matter now as far as these poor people who are affected are concerned—these unwilling victims of an Act such as this. Even if there is a suspicion in the mind of a police man he can barge into a man’s house. Why? Do these people deserve it, Mr. Chairman? Do they deserve that their whole family life should be upset and destroyed? Do they deserve to have to live in tension and in fear that they may perhaps be committing a contravention of the law? Under this Clause a policeman may walk along the street, suddenly get it into his mind to barge into a man’s house and all he need to say is: “I suspect that you are contravening the Group Areas Act.” Do the people of South Africa deserve that type of law, Sir?

I say no. I say it will be to the ever-lasting discredit of this Government if they allow this state of affairs to come into existence.

I have moved the deletion of the words “or suspected” and I am sure the hon. the Minister ought to be satisfied if it provides only for an offence or an alleged offence. Surely that is sufficient. In other words, if there is an offence one must assume that the police have the necessary evidence in their possession. If there is an alleged offence we must also presume that the police have been given such information which, if proved to be correct, would tend to be a contravention of this law.

Mr. MOORE:

Information given by an inspector presumably.

Mr. BARNETT:

Yes. It is wrong to say that a policeman can barge into a man’s house and upset his home because he suspects a crime. Similarly if a policeman sees my servant girl enter my flat in an evening he can barge in and say: ‘What are you doing here? I suspect that the Group Areas Act is being contravened because you have allowed a Coloured girl to come into your flat.”

Mr. J. A. F. NEL:

Will you give that power to the inspector?

Mr. BARNETT:

No, I object to the word “suspected”. Surely we can’t keep this word. I am going to make good my promise, Mr. Chairman. If the hon. the Minister does not accept the deletion of this word I am going to call this the Gestapo Clause because that was what happened in Germany. The people lived in fear and trepidation in Germany that their democratic rights would be interfered with, their democratic right to live a quiet life. They were disturbed by policemen running into their homes to find out whether they were hiding somebody.

Mr. SMIT:

That happens in every Westernised country.

Mr. BARNETT:

It does not happen in a civilized country and it should not happen in South Africa.

Mr. SMIT:

It happens everywhere.

Mr. BARNETT:

In what other country?

Mr. SMIT:

It happens in Britain.

Mr. BARNETT:

If it does happen in other countries is that a reason to copy them? Don’t make that the excuse. It does not happen, it has not to happen, in any civilized democratic country especially if the people who are affected are innocent victims of the Act. They had no part in it; they have committed no crime.

Dr. OTTO:

Sometimes they are instigated.

Dr. COERTZE:

Read the Section.

Mr. BARNETT:

I have read it. I want to ask the hon. member for Pretoria (East) (Dr. Otto) whether anybody instigated that man in Pretoria to live with that Chinese woman for 18 years? That couple is now suddenly subject to criminal proceedings. Is that the type of thing we want to spread in the world? They have lived together for 18 years, they have four children, and to-day they are living in fear and trepidation. They don’t know what their position is. Is that what we want to create amongst the Coloured people who are the victims of this Act or amongst anybody else? I want to ask the Minister why he insists on this word “suspect”?

I want to go further. Why should they have to go at night time? Why can’t they go during the day? Except if they want to follow up something which they suspect, if my contention is correct, this is not necessary. We as responsible law-makers of this country must do everything in our power to prevent this type of law being passed. I sincerely trust that the Minister will unbend a little. The present Act does not provide for this and I have yet to learn why the inspectors must be substituted by the police who can now enter your home without a warrant at any time during the day or night without previous notice. It says (Clause 15 (b))—

At any time and at any place require from any person who has the possession, custody or control of any book, document or thing…

What is this “thing” that a man has that he has to expose? I don’t know what this thing is. [Time limit.]

*Dr. COERTZE:

All that I can say about the hon. member for Boland (Mr. Barnett) is, “Poor Tossie!” If we compare the existing section with the clause before us, we find that fundamentally there is no change. If the hon. member looks at Section 39 he will see that it reads as follows, and I will read it to him in English. …

*Mr. BARNETT:

No, I understand Afrikaans.

*Dr. COERTZE:

Very well, then I shall read it in Afrikaans—

39. (2) Any such inspector may for any such purpose—
  1. (a) without previous notice, at any time during the day or night enter upon any premises whatsoever and make such examination and inquiry as may be necessary.

That is the section in Act No. 77 of 1957. I will now read the clause before us—

(1) When a member of the South African Police investigates an offence …( he may without warrant—
  1. (a) at any time during the day or night without previous notice enter upon any premises whatsoever and make such examination and inquiry as may be necessary.

What fundamental difference is there between the two?

Mr. BARNETT:

I am not going to tell you; you can keep on guessing.

*Dr. COERTZE:

I do not know whether the hon. member was here in 1957, but he must have been here for five years or more now. He has had five long years to get angry about this section, and he is doing so only to-day.

*An HON. MEMBER:

He is not really angry.

*Dr. COERTZE:

No, I also do not think he is really angry. But let us proceed. I will read the new sub-clause (b) now. Any such policeman may—

at any time and at any place require from any person who has the possession, custody or control of any book, document or thing, the production thereof then and there or at a time and place fixed by him.

I will read (b) of the old section now—

Such an inspector …

This is the only difference—

… may at any time and at any place require from any person who has the possession, custody or control of any book, record or other document, the production thereof, then and there or at a time and place fixed by the inspector.

What big difference is there between the two? Why must the hon. member now create this fuss in 1965 when, in actual fact, he has had five years in which to create a fuss?

Mr. BARNETT:

Why are you substituting “police” for “inspector”?

*Dr. COERTZE:

For the simple reason that the issue here is the investigation of a crime. It is quite wrong that every Department must have its own police force. If there is any objection in principle on this point, then it must be against every Department having its own private police. Our State is organized in such a way that there is one Department which does the work of the police, and that is the Department of Justice. Sir, do you know what the hon. member for Boland wants? He wants the Department of Planning to have its own police; he wants the Department of Economic Affairs to have its own, police; he wants the Department of Mines to have its own police.

Mr. BARNETT:

And you want a police state.

*Dr. COERTZE:

What a very fine thing to say! It is a fundamental principle in our country that policing is carried out by the Department of Justice under the classification “Police”. They know how to investigate these matters; they know how to protect the sovereignty of the State against people who offend against the law. They are persons who have been trained to do this. They are the people who know how to carry out this function and how to do so with discretion. The hon. member throws up his hands and prays to have I do not know how many police forces in the State. In effect that is what he is doing. When we read this clause further, Mr. Chairman, we see that it has been taken over virtually word-for-word, except that we now have the work done by the instrument in the State that has been appointed to investigate offences. They have been doing this work ever since 1957, and have they done it badly? Can the hon. member for Boland say to me that the police have committed any transgressions while doing the work under this Act?

Mr. BARNETT:

May I ask a question?

*Dr. COERTZE:

No. If the hon. member tells me that the police have done the work badly, then he can say that he objects to it being transferred to them, but he has not said one word to the effect that the police have done the work badly. He simply assumes that, because the work will be done by the police, it will be done badly.

Mr. BARNETT:

I did not say that.

*Dr. COERTZE:

What did the hon. member say then? He calls us a police state; he says that this is the Gestapo clause. Now he conducts a running commentary while I am speaking, because he realizes how ridiculous his own argument is. This is a case where the Opposition are just wasting time on a very innocent clause, and nothing else.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

I want to begin by dealing with an allegation made by the hon. member for Standerton (Dr. Coertze) when he spoke on the previous occasion when he got up. He made the allegation that the hon. member for Durban (North) (Mr. M. L. Mitchell) and I were liberally inclined …

An HON. MEMBER:

Of course you are.

Dr. COERTZE:

“Pinkies”; if not reds.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

The allegation is being repeated …

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

On a point of order can that hon. member in the corner say “pinkies; if not reds” about the hon. member for Musgrave and myself?

An HON. MEMBER:

You are not yellow, are you?

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

On a point of order, Sir, to accuse someone of being red is no more nor less than accusing him of being a communist and I submit the hon. member must withdraw it.

The DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN:

Order! What did the hon. member say?

*Dr. COERTZE:

Are you addressing me, Sir?

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

No, someone else behind you.

The DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN:

Order! Apparently nothing has been said. The hon. member for Musgrave may continue.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Sir, on a point of order, the hon. member with the bald head on the cross benches …

The DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN:

Order!

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

The hon. member for Stellenbosch (Mr. Smit), Sir …

The DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member must resume his seat and the hon. member for Durban (Musgrave) …

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

I identify him as the member for Stellenbosch …

The DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN:

Order!

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

On a point of order, Sir, am I not entitled to have a ruling as to whether the hon. member for Stellenbosch can say that?

*Mr. SMIT:

Mr. Chairman, the hon. member alleges that I said something; I did not say a word. [Interjections.]

The DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN:

Order!

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

The allegation was made by the hon. member for Standerton that the hon. member for Durban (North) and I were liberally inclined and that the only reason why we were opposing the appointment of the police in the place of inspectors in terms of this amendment was in an attempt to undermine the police.

Dr. COERTZE:

Yes.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

The hon. member is repeating the allegation.

An HON. MEMBER:

Scandalous!

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

It is a most scandalous allegation which I dismiss with the utmost contempt. It is perfectly well known that we on this side of the House are upholders of law and order in this country and that when we have opposed clauses such as the 90-day clause which was introduced by this Government it was not in an endeavour to undermine the police in their administration of justice and their maintenance of law and order but of course we considered that in the circumstances that measure went far beyond than was necessary for the proper maintenance of law and order in this country. Far from attempting to undermine the police by opposing this provision, it is my submission that the Government by introducing the police as officials under the group areas legislation is undermining the police. Because, as I stated when I got up previously, by creating them as officials under this Act which is hated by the people who are affected, the Government is undoubtedly undermining the police in the same way as the Government undermined the police when they made them inspectors to investigate liquor offences in the locations …

The DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member must come back to the clause.

Dr. COERTZE:

Do you also say that this is a Gestapo clause?

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

I have never yet used that term.

Mr. G. L. H. VAN NIEKERK:

At any rate you are supporting the member who said so.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

And you support a man who was said by a Judge to be a tool of the Nazis during the war.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

I now wish to ask the hon. Minister of Planning two questions and those Questions have to do with the new Section 39. They have nothing to do with the previous Section 39. The two questions are these: I would like to know from the hon. the Minister whether he has consulted with the Minister of Justice …

The DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member has already asked that question.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

Sir, I have not had an answer The second reason why we on this side of the House oppose this clause is that the police are already grossly over-burdened, they already have far too much to do. All over the country the’ are complaints that they cannot cope with the proper criminal work that has to be done, such as the investigation of crimes, such as robbery, assault, etc. In addition to that we know perfectly well that there is a great shortage in the Police Force. Under those circumstances, is the Minister of Justice prepared to allow the police to be given these extra tasks?

The DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member has also raised that point al ready.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

With respect that was raised only at the second reading.

The CHAIRMAN:

Order!

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

Sir, I wish to sum up what I have said by saying that we object to this amendment because in the first place it introduces a criminal context where one ought not to exist, secondly, because it places the police in a most invidious position as officials of the Group Areas Act, and thirdly, they are already grossly over-burdened and ought not to be given these extra duties.

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

Reference has been made here to the functions entrusted to the police. As has already been said, that function has been entrusted to the police in terms of the old Act since 1957. In so far as the activities of the police are concerned, this is therefore no new function. On the contrary, the new clause omits the one instruction which was given to them in the past, viz. that they should investigate to ascertain the facts. This is now being done by the Department and the police are no longer used for that purpose. It has been said that we should not overload the police with work, but that is already the position at the moment and it was done with the consent of the Minister concerned. If the law remains as it is, one will have the position that the three Ministers concerned. i.e. the Minister of Community Development, the Minister of Bantu Administration and the Minister of Planning, will all have to appoint inspectors, and then each one will require his own officials for it. I think on that point the argument advanced by the hon. member for Standerton (Dr. Coertze) was quite correct, that where there are such functions they must be carried out by the police. Now it is being said that this is not a crime. The hon. member for Musgrave (Mr. Hourquebie) has just said that they are “upholders of law and order”. I now ask them whether a contravention of this Act is a crime or not?

Mr. BARNETT:

It is an offence.

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

They are upholders of law and order. Now, is it a crime or not? Now they keep quiet. This has been the position since 1950. The principal Act provides that if there is a contravention of this Act, it is a punishable crime. I refer to Section 42 (1). That was the position since 1950. Nor is it an offence which was created by this Government. If we look at the Act of 1946 dealing with the Indian areas, we find that the same powers were granted there and the same contravention was made punishable, and it says that the offender “shall be guilty of an offence”. It is therefore a repetition of the existing position. It was an offence in terms of the 1946 Act and it is still an offence to-day. If the hon. members now say that it is not an offence, is that the way in which, as they contend, they propose to maintain law and order? It is quite a different thing from maintaining law and order when they say that an offence in terms of the law is not an offence, and that it is not a function of the police as such to take action.

The hon. member for Boland (Mr. Barnett) said that he wanted the word “suspect” removed. He only wants the police to be able to investigate when an offence has been committed or is alleged to have been committed. But when the police do their rounds and encounter something which they think may be an offence, then they may not do anything according to that hon. member. But when a policeman becomes suspicious, when he suspects that something is happening while he is out on inspection, and he comes across something which appears to be a contravention then he may do nothing according to that hon. member. If this suspicion is omitted, all that remains is either an offence (but he cannot say that it is an offence; he must investigate it) or an alleged offence. But an alleged offence stands in relation to a complaint which has been lodged—then it becomes an alleged offence. When the police themselves see that there is a contravention and become suspicious, the hon. member does not want them to be able to investigate the matter. And because it is worded in this way the hon. member says that we are busy with Gestapo legislation, that something new is being created here. But surely it is a principle which has been contained in our laws right from the beginning. Just look at the Criminal Procedure Act. The Criminal Procedure Act gave our peace officers the right to arrest somebody without a warrant if that person was suspected on reasonable grounds of committing an offence. It says here “any person of whom he has reasonable grounds to suspect …”.

Mr. BARNETT:

But here it is an offence and not a crime.

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

But I quoted the actual words of the Act which says that it is a crime. Therefore when it is said that we are now passing Gestapo legislation I want to tell the hon. member that the principle has existed for a long time already that a police investigation may be done on the basis of suspicion, and that has existed for all these years already. There is therefore nothing new. and no new powers are being given to the inspectors.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

I wish the hon. Minister would not just select his own particular parts of the Criminal Procedure Act in justifying this clause. Why does he not look at those provisions of the Criminal Procedure Act which related to searches, where the requirement is that a policeman before he enters premises of any citizen of South Africa, shall have a search warrant, issued to him on certain conditions, and when he has got a warrant issued to him beforehand, it says “any such warrant shall be executed by day, unless the Judge, magistrate or justice, by the warrant specially authorizes it to be executed by night”. Then there are certain circumstances that our law provides for in that same code whereby the police in certain circumstances may make a search without warrant, and the provision reads as follows—

If a policeman believes on reasonable grounds that the delay in obtaining a search warrant would defeat the object of the search, he may search without warrant any person, premises …
Mr. J. A. F. NEL:

That is the answer.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Exactly, if the policeman “believes on reasonable grounds that the delay in obtaining a search warrant would defeat the object of the search …. Then why have this provision at all? The Criminal Procedure Act already provides for it. If that is the answer, as the hon. member says, why not leave the law as it is? But let me tell the hon. member for Port Elizabeth (North) (Mr. J. A. F. Nel) that the law so far as the police making searches without warrant is concerned, goes much further. It says—

Such search …

that is a search without a warrant having been obtained—

… shall so far as possible be made in the daytime, and in the presence of two or more respectable inhabitants of the locality in which the search is made.

That is a provision, which, as the hon. Minister says, has been the provision since the beginning of time. We have certain laws in this country relating to criminal procedure, and I believe they are the finest laws in the world, and it is those laws which help us to maintain the standard that we maintain. Must the hon. Minister drag those standards down into the gutter with a provision like this. Why? Why is it necessary? Let the hon. member for Port Elizabeth (North) get up and tell us if the provision I have read is the answer, why is this clause necessary.

Let me say at once that we will support the amendments moved by the hon. member for Boland. They are more than reasonable. We do not consider it to be unreasonable that there should be at least an alleged offence before they exercise these powers. We do not consider it to be unreasonable that they should go in during any reasonable time of the day. We do not believe it to be unreasonable that they should not go in at night. To give you an example of the sort of thing that may happen if this clause is passed. I refer not to what could happen but to what has happened, to what happened in Port Elizabeth in 1956, and I quote from the Argus of 31 July 1956—

Midnight investigations at private homes by Group Areas Act inspectors were described to me to-day. The officials claim …

These are officials, whereas now the police are going to exercise these powers—

… that they have the right to enter and search any private premises without a warrant, and they said that they had investigated 10 to 12 in Port Elizabeth every night. Mr. Henry Barnard, a cartage contractor, said he was awakened shortly after midnight last night by the sound of voices and footsteps and saw two European men in his yard. They said that they were Group Areas Act inspectors searching his premises, to see if any Natives were sleeping there.

“To see if any Natives were sleeping there.” Any pretext whatever! And to see whether there were Natives sleeping there they went into the sitting-room. Does he believe, Sir, that 10 or 12 White people every night in Port Elizabeth have Natives sleeping in their sitting-rooms? The report goes on to say that they asked to see the whole house. This is not what may happen, but what they actually did—

Mr. Barnard said he closed the door of the bedroom where his wife was sleeping, and the inspectors demanded to see the house, threatening that they would otherwise bring a charge against him. They said they were acting on a report made to them by telephone.

That is the point made by the hon. member for Boland. A complaint was made to them over the telephone. Not something documented, no ground for the allegation, but mere suspicion. This report indicates just what is behind this. I want to continue with the report in the Argus

In an interview to-day a Group Areas Act inspector confirmed that he and another inspector had visited Mr. Barnard’s home.

They acted on an anonymous telephone call. And the inspector said that they did it on an average of 10 to 12 premises every night. And now comes the piece de resistance

Asked what information they acted upon in such areas, he said “sometimes we receive anonymous letters or other reports. We have to act on such information, otherwise we might get into trouble if the matters is reported to the Minister of the Interior. (Dr. Dönges at the time).

I have no confirmation of this, but so far as I am aware somebody shot one of these investigators one night in Port Elizabeth, a person who was coming up through a window, or breaking into the house. He shot him at night. Quite rightly too. I have no doubt whatever that in those circumstances I would do exactly the same thing. He was found guilty. He only shot him in the foot, fortunately, but he was found guilty. This is what this means apparently, because the magistrate found this man guilty. It means apparently that such an inspector can climb up on a balcony, because he has the right to enter premises at any time of the day or of the night. Now apparently hon. members over there do not find anything wrong with that at all. But, Sir, what is our law relating to search warrants, what is it? Because basically we respect the dignity of every individual as an individual, and part of their basic respect is the respect of that man’s home. His home is his castle. That is paramount, fundamental in our concept of the individual and his enjoyment of rights in South Africa, in our democratic South Africa. Every lawyer in this House knows it or should know it. Sir, this is such an infringement of that right and such an unnecessary infringement. Do you realize, Mr. Chairman, that if you are investigating a case of murder, suspected murder, you may not enter a house without a warrant? Except under the special conditions provided for in the Act. And even then you must do it so far as possible in the daytime and you must also have two people with you. if that is possible. For murder you must comply with these provisions, but because the Minister wants to keep track with what is happening in his group areas, that is not necessary.

What sort of nonsense is this? What are we reducing ourselves to? Are we going to sacrifice on the altar of this sort of nonsensical apartheid, apartheid by permit, every principle of the sanctity of the individual and his home? For what? So that these three Ministers can continue to control South Africa by means of a lot of permits. This is another thing to remember that every single person in South Africa goes to a place by means of a permit. He has to have a permit. But goodness knows, yesterday, the hon. Minister indicated that he delegates the power to give permits to some of his officials. The other Ministers might do the same. We might have a wonderful collection of conflicting permits, with possibly two different policies applying in the controlled areas and the group areas—hundreds of permits existing all over the place.

The DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member is now wandering too far away from the clause.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Yes, Sir, how are the Police going to investigate all these matters? It is going to be a full time job. [Time limit.]

*Mr. J. A. F. NEL:

The hon. member for Durban (North) (Mr. M. L. Mitchell) read out an article from the Argus of 31 July 1956, and on 31 July 1956 this work was done not by the police but in fact by the inspectors.

*Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

That is what I said.

*Mr. J. A. F. NEL:

Yes, it was done by inspectors, people without the training that the police have. Only in 1957 did the-police start doing this work, and since 1957 there have been no complaints in this regard. The hon. member destroys his own argument. Apart from the fact that I do not accept the word of the Argus, because I do not think we can ever accept what the Argus says, I want to point out that in 1957 the inspectors did the work. But ever since 1957 the hon. member cannot bring any case where the police acted wrongly, not even as reported in the Argus. That destroys his whole argument. The whole trouble is that those hon. members have something against the police. That is their whole trouble. They want to attack the police. There is no other reason, because the police are also restricted here. The restrictions are contained in sub-section (2), but those hon. members simply want to attack the police and they agree with the hon. member for Boland who used the word “Gestapo”.

*Mr. BARNETT:

Yes.

*Mr. J. A. F. NEL:

Yes, he said our police are now the Gestapo in South Africa.

*Mr. BARNETT:

No, no, I did not say that.

*Mr. J. A. F. NEL:

Any other word could have been used here, but just because it is the S.A. Police, it is wrong. Here we have trained men, the police, who can do the work, who know how to institute an investigation, who know how to take statements, trained men who have had years of experience, but these people are now being objected to. Now hon. members say that the police are overworked. But does that not apply to other members of the Public Service? We hear continual complaints that the Public Service has not enough staff to do all the work, but no criticism is voiced in that direction. Where is the Minister to get enough inspectors to do this work, if that argument is valid? No, let there be no doubt about this just being the old argument we have always had when the name of the police is mentioned. Then the hon. members opposite are always on their feet. Here they are not doing justice to the implementation of this clause or to the implementation of this Act, they are not doing justice to the police, they are not doing justice to the administration, because they are already busy, through their speeches and arguments, inciting the non-Whites against this Act and against the police. That is what they want. They want this Act to fall into disfavour. They have no argument. The whole standpoint of the Opposition is that they do not want group areas, and now they try to bring the police, who have to apply the Act, into disfavour, and they are trying to incite the non-Whites against the police. The hon. member for Musgrave (Mr. Hourquebie) pretended to talk in favour of the police, but in fact he tries all the time to destroy the good name of the police.

*Mr. HOLLAND:

The hon. the Minister said a-moment ago that the object of this amendment of the Group Areas Act was to bring the legislation into line with the new set-up, viz. the set-up according to which the work which first fell under one Department and under one Minister has now been taken over by two Ministers. That is exactly where I see an anomaly. Last week there was legislation before the House in which the hon. the Minister of Community Development attempted …

*The DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member should discuss the clause.

*Mr. HOLLAND:

Sir, I am dealing with Clause 15 and if you would just have a little patience it will become clear to you why I have spoken these few introductory words. The Minister of Community Development had legislation before the House and in connection with one of the clauses in that legislation the Minister tolerated a protracted debate because he wanted to take the police out of that legislation. The Opposition opposed it and said that should not be done. Now the police are being brought in, and the Opposition again opposes it. But as far as I am concerned, having a little practical experience of the matter, the position is not quite clear to me. The Minister of Community Development wants to take out the police and the Minister of Planning wants to bring them in. I am not taking part in this debate because I want to talk politics. I represent my people to the best of my ability and I have already had to deal with this sort of thing. Here the Minister now wants to use the police, and I cannot agree with the hon. member for Port Elizabeth (North) (Mr. J. A. F. Nel), who has just used the argument that when there were no police to do this work the things which occurred according to a report in the Argus quoted by the hon. member for Durban (North) (Mr. M. L. Mitchell) could happen, but now that the police are doing the work, these things no longer can or do happen. Tf an inspector is not a policeman but he is trained to do his work, then he is able to conduct those inspections, and this work need not be added to the hundreds of things the police have to do. That, argument does not impress me. I simply feel that if it can be avoided that the police do this work, it will remove a stigma attaching to the implementation of group areas. I see real dangers in this. If it could happen in the pash—and I am not saying that it still happens—that inspectors received anonymous phone calls or letters and acted upon them, what could take place then? I am not giving the House a figment of my imagination. I am absolutely convinced that what I am now going to say can happen, and I have good reasons for believing that it will happen, namely that a person anonymously telephones the nearest police station and says that he has reason to believe that unauthorized Coloureds or Bantu are in a certain house. Is it necessary to create the possibility that at midnight or in the early morning hours a policeman knocks at the door and seeks admittance to search the house? I am not talking now about what may happen in District Six, but it is possible that this may happen in a suburb like Milnerton, which is in the hon. the Minister’s constituency. The hon. member for Boland (Mr. Barnett) used the word “Gestapo”. I do not think he intended comparing the S.A. Police with the Gestapo, but if one hears a knock on the door late at night it reminds one of the history of what happened in Germany when nobody was certain of his life when he heard a knock in the middle of the night and found a Gestapo man standing there.

*Mr. J. A. F. NEL:

You are now trying to outbid the Progressive Party.

*Mr. HOLLAND:

No, I have nothing to do with the Progressives. The hon. member knows that when I take part in a debate I do not do so for political reasons. I think this matter can be handled effectively and the work can be done efficiently without any stigma attaching to the police, and I think the Opposition will agree with me because they are not opposed to group areas. In all sincerity I want to appeal to the Minister to follow the example of his colleague, the Minister of Community Development, who specially reformulated a clause last week because, as he said, he wanted to take the police out of the working of his Department, whereas for all practical purposes only his Chief Inspector was a head constable in the police; but he did not even want that. He wanted his officials, who were specifically trained for that task, to do the job. My appeal to the Minister is to follow that example and not to place a stigma on the police and a stigma on the Group Areas Act as such, and its implementation. Officials who have been trained as inspectors and who know how to do the work should be allowed to do it. This is an important matter. It might be regarded as ridiculous, but if this type of legislation is implemented by public servants in plain clothes, there is not the stigma of coercion which one has when a policeman in uniform does the work. Why then be so drastic as to say that the police must do the work and not public servants? I make a sincere appeal to the Minister to reconsider the matter and to amend it so that the police will not be required to perform these duties, and to consider that, whoever does the work, it should be done within reasonable hours so that there is no possibility of a knock on the door late at night simply because there is a rumour that a disqualified person is on the premises.

Mr. BARNETT:

The Minister, being a lawyer, will understand when I say that his reply to my case has been vague, embarrassing and bad in law. I should like to say in the first place that it is embarrassing in law because the Minister did not answer my charge. I asked the Minister to give me an explanation of why he was substituting the police for the inspectors and all he said was that three Ministers were involved and it would be better to have police than inspectors. Is that a sound argument for substituting the police for the inspectors? There is no allegation by the Minister that the inspectors are not capable of doing this work. I want to say to the hon. member for Port Elizabeth (North) (Mr. J. A. F. Nel) that he does not know the first thing about it. He got up just because an hon. member read an article dated 1956. Where, in the present law, does it say that the police have to do the work, except in sub-section (6), which says that a policeman may, if required, accompany an inspector? Otherwise the police do not come into it at all.

Mr. J. A. F. NEL:

Then why do you talk about the police all the time?

Mr. BARNETT:

That just shows how little you know about this law. It would have been much better if the hon. member had kept out of the argument. I want to tell the hon. member that abuse is no argument and never has been. He should have listened to us when we said that there was no intention at all on our part to do anything else but to praise the police for the work they have done, and I repudiate the suggestion that we are criticizing the police. Let me just say to the hon. member for Standerton (Dr. Coertze) that the trouble with him is that he is mixed up with film stars. He knows nothing else. He just knows about Ster Films and film stars.

The DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member for Standerton is not under discussion now.

Mr. BARNETT:

The hon. member for Standerton asked why we could not have police instead of inspectors, and he tried to show that only the police could do the work. But I want to ask him this. There is a Rents Act in this country which we amended only last year to widen it, and there are dozens and dozens of rents inspectors who also have to make inquiries in regard to the contravention of the Act. You do not have the police doing it. The Minister read out to me what I learned in 1919 when I was an articled clerk, an elementary portion of the Criminal Procedure Act. I may not know much law, but I know sufficient to know that. The Minister surely knows that while there may not be in the minds of legal people a very sharp division between a crime and an offence, in the minds of the public, when a person is charged under the parking regulations he does not commit a crime in the real sense of the word, but an offence. I want to repeat to the Minister that these people do not commit a crime when they occupy their own home, which you have taken away from them in terms of a law.

The DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member has advanced that argument before.

Mr. BARNETT:

I want the Minister to answer my question. He has not given us a clear answer as to why he is substituting the police. The Minister said to me that he must have the word “suspected” because, as the hon. member for Port Elizabeth (North) said, “as ’n polisieman sien dat dit gebeur”, he must do something about it. But I have never argued against that. I have never argued that if a policeman sees a contravention being committed he must not follow it up. He must do so. I merely referred to the position where it was only a suspicion in his mind. We are trying to prevent the position referred to in that article read by the hon. member for Durban (North) and by the hon. member for Outeniqua (Mr. Holland), and I cannot see how it will help the Minister to have the word “suspected” there. And why must they go in the middle of the night? I know the Minister will say to me it is the present law, but we are amending the law and we want to try and make it a better law. Why must they go there in the middle of the night, and why should it not be at a reasonable hour of the day that he goes there to make inquiries? As I said before, this is a Government attempt to bring fear into the minds of the Coloured people.

Mr. TIMONEY:

Intimidation.

Mr. BARNETT:

Yes, it is intimidation.

Where group areas have been proclaimed and there are people who have to go there—perhaps it has something to do with the bioscopes, that people should not go to the bioscopes or to the theatres. They cannot go anywhere because the Government is now telling the Coloured people …

The DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member is reading more into the clause than it contains. He must discuss the clause.

Mr. BARNETT:

I am saying that the Government is telling the Coloured people: If you contravene any portion of the Group Areas Act, there is the whole Police Force to deal with you. That is the fear they will have in their minds. The Coloured people of this country, who are most affected, do not deserve that. And may I say this. The hon. member for Port Elizabeth (North) used the phrase that this side of the House “wil net die Klerulinge opsweep teen die wet”. There is no law more hated by the Coloureds than this one and we do not need to sweep them up.

The DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member is going beyond the clause now.

Mr. BARNETT:

I ask the Minister to accept my amendments. They are fair and reasonable and just and they will improve the Bill. I particularly refrain from excluding the police. I have not excluded the police, however much I loathe and despise the introduction of the police into this Act. I merely say it is unnecessary to have the word “suspected” there and to give them powers to go there at any time day or night. I made those three points in my amendments and I ask the Minister please to accept them. They do not in any way lessen the authority or make it impossible to carry out this law. I ask him for the sake of the good name of South Africa to accept my amendment.

The DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN:

Order! I must warn hon. members now to advance new arguments. The clause has been very fully discussed.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

The Minister must of course have consulted with the Minister of Justice ….

The DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN:

Order! That point has been made.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

I have not made my point, Sir. I wonder whether the Minister will tell us, seeing that the Minister of Justice is not here, what is to be the proposed strength of the Special Branch of the S.A. Police created to deal with contraventions of the Group Areas Act? According to an answer given by the Minister of Justice on 18 January 1958 in this House in answer to a question put to him by Dr. D. L. Smit, the position was as follows. He asked him, firstly, whether a Special Branch of the S.A. Police had been created to deal with alleged contraventions of the Group Areas Act, and if so, how many officers and men would be required for this purpose and what would be the nature of their duties, and to what extent would they act in consultation with local authorities. The answer was that a Special Branch of the S.A. Police had been created to deal with it, and there was one officer and 22 other ranks. That was in 1958 and obviously that is not enough to deal with this matter now, and the reply further was that they did not act in consultation with the local authorities. He was then asked whether there was a shortage of personnel, and there was, and he was asked what justification there was for the creation of a Special Branch, to which the Minister of Justice replied: “To promote efficiency and to obviate overlapping.” Now we have a Special Branch created in the police to deal specifically with this, in 1958. Then it was a very small force. How big is this force to-day?

The DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member is going too far. That is not under discussion now. The clause relates to the whole force and the hon. member must confine himself to that, and he must not discuss the Special Branch here.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Will the Minister tell us by how many members will the whole force have to be increased in order to perform the new functions this Special Branch now has?

Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

They are already doing the job.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

There you have the hon. member for Pretoria (Central). He comes into these debates …

The DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member should discuss the clause and not the hon. member for Pretoria (Central).

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

I want to say that in fact the functions of the police now are going to be quite different from those which the Minister of Justice in 1958 said they were, because now they are not only going to be the persons who investigate the alleged offences, but they are going to be the people who investigate suspected offences too, and they will have to behave in exactly the same way as the group areas inspectors, the only difference being that when you have a policeman visiting your home it takes on an entirely different aspect from what it does, as the hon. member for Outeniqua pointed out, when an inspector comes there.

The DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN:

Order! That point has already been made.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

I want to reply to the hon. member for Port Elizabeth (North), who said that all we had done was to attack the police. I want to tell him that he should point out where we attacked the police.

Mr. J. A. F. NEL:

For the last 17 years.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

We want to protect the police. The hon. member must realize one thing. It applies not only to the S.A. Police but to every police force in the world, and that is that with the small numbers of police that exist in every civilized country today they could not keep law and order but for the fact that they have their overwhelming support of the overwhelming majority of the people of the country, and that respect will not remain with those people if they are going to be empowered and encouraged to go into people’s homes at the dead of night.

Mr. J. A. F. NEL:

The hon. member for Yeoville (Mr. S. J. M. Steyn) said that South Africa was a police state.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

I do not think the hon. member said that, but I hope this hon. member will not say what the hon. member for Yeoville said about South Africa being a police state. Perhaps he should be reminded that the man he follows was described by a judge of the Supreme Court as being a tool of the Nazis. But does that make him a Nazi?

The DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN:

Order! That is going too far.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

I was misled by the hon. member’s stupid remarks. Far from attacking the police, we are trying to protect the police from the provisions of this clause which gives to them functions that a policeman should normally not have, and goodness knows the police have other things to do than to fiddle around in the middle of the night and snoop around trying to find out whether some ministerial permit is being complied with. Surely you can tell in the daytimes whether members of a disqualified race are occupying a house. Or is the object of the operation to have no investigation whatever except by the police? That is what it is; only the police should investigate and they should always be the watchdogs. Why? Because it creates a very good impression, if this is what you are trying to create. If you want people in South Africa to be afraid of doing anything contrary to ministerial decrees as contained in these permits, then the best way to make them afraid is to make the police appear on every conceivable occasion.

The DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member has made that point already.

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

I just want to repeat, as far as the amendment of the hon. member for Boland (Mr. Barnett) is concerned, that I am not prepared to accept it because it will mean that when a policeman suspects that a crime or a contravention is being committed he will not be able to act. The hon. member said that my argument was “vague, embarrassing and bad in law”. I can only tell him that “even the devil can quote the Scriptures”. The hon. member for Durban (North) (Mr. M. L. Mitchell) wants to know whether the Minister of Justice has been consulted. I have already said that he was consulted. The number of persons used in the past has never exceeded 25. I think I have advanced sufficient arguments to show why it is necessary to put through this legislation. What we are proposing here is in conformity with the arrangement which has actually existed since 1957, an arrangement which has worked much better than the arrangement prior to that date.

Amendment in line 53, put and negatived (Official Opposition and Messrs. Barnett and Holland dissenting).

First amendment in line 59, put and negatived (Mr. Barnett dissenting).

Remaining amendment put and negatived (Official Opposition and Mr. Barnett dissenting).

Clause, as printed, put and the Committee divided:

AYES—74: Badenhorst, F. H.; Bekker, G. F. H.; Bekker. M. J. H.: Botha, H. J.; Botha, M. C.; Botha, P. W.: Botha. S. P.; Coertze, L. I.; Coetzee, B.; de Wet, J. M.; Diederichs, N.; du Plessis. H. R. H: Faurie, W. H.; Frank, S.; Froneman, G. F. van L.; Greyling, J. C.; Haak, J. F. W.; Henning, J. M.: Hertzog. A.; Heystek, J.; Jonker, A. H.; Jurgens. J. C.: Keyter, H. C. A.: Knobel, G. J.: Kotze. G. P.: Loots, J. J.: Malan, A. I.; Malan, W. C.; Marais, P. S.: Maree. G. de K.: Maree, W. A.; Meyer, T.; Mostert, D. J. J.; Mulder, C. P.; Muller, H.; Muller, S. L.; Nel, J. A. F.; Niemand, F. J.; Otto, J. C.; Pansegrouw, J. S.; Rall, J. J.; Rall, J. M.; Rall, M. J.; Sauer, P. O.; Schoeman, B. J.; Schoonbee, J. F.; Serfontein, J. J.; Smit, H. H.; Stander, A. H.; Steyn, F. S.; Steyn, J. H.; Swanepoel, J. W. F.; Treurnicht, N. F.; Uys, D. C. H.; van den Heever, D. J. G.; van der Ahee, H. H.: van der Spuy, J. P.; van der Walt, B. J.; van der Wath, J. G. H.; van Eeden, F. J.: van Niekerk, G. L. H.; van Staden, J. W.; Venter, M. J. de la R.: Verwoerd, H. F.; Viljoen, M.; Visse, J. H.; von Moltke, J. von S.; Vorster, B. J.; Vosloo. A. H.; Waring, F. W.; Webster, A.; Wentzel, J. J.

Tellers: P. S. van der Merwe and H. J. van Wyk.

NOES—31: Barnett, C.; Basson. J. A. L.; Basson, J. D. du P.; Bennett, C.; Connan, J. M.; Cronje, F. J. C.: Eden, G. S.; Field, A. N.; Gay, L. C.; Graaff, de V.; Henwood, B. H.; Hickman, T.: Higgerty, J. W.; Hourquebie, R. G. L.; Mitchell, M. L.: Moolman, J. H.; Moore. P. A.; Oldfield, G. N.; Plewman, R. P.; Radford, A.; Ross, D. G.; Steenkamp. L. S.; Steyn, S. J. M.; Streicher, D. M.; Timoney, H. M.; van der Byl, P.: Warren, C. M.; Waterson, S. F.; Wood, L. F.

Tellers: A. Hopewell and T. G. Hughes.

Clause, as printed, accordingly agreed to.

Remaining clauses put and agreed to.

Title of the Bill put and the Committee divided:

AYES—75: Badenhorst, F. H.; Bekker, G. F H.; Bekker, M. J. H.; Botha, H. J.; Botha M. C.; Botha, P. W.; Botha, S. P.: Coert ze, L. I.; Coetzee, B.; de Wet, J. M. Diederichs, N.; du Plessis, H. R. H. Faurie, W. H.; Frank, S.; Froneman, G F. van L.: Greyling, J. C.; Haak, J. F. W. Henning, J. M.; Hertzog, A.; Heystek, J. Jonker. A. H.; Jurgens, J. C.: Keyter H. C. A.: Knobel, G. J.; Kotze, G. P. Loots, J. J.; Malan, A. I.; Malan, W. C. Marais, P. S.; Maree. G. de K.: Maree W. A.; Martins, H. E.; Meyer, T.; Mos tert, D. J. J.; Mulder, C. P.; Muller, H. Muller, S. L.; Nel, J. A. F.; Niemand, F J.; Otto, J. C.; Pansegrouw, J. S.; Rall, J J.; Rall, J. W.; Rall, M. J.; Sauer. P. O. Schoeman, B. J.: Schoonbee. J. F.: Ser fontein. J. J.; Smit, H. H.: Stander, A. H. Steyn, F. S.; Stevn. J. H.: Swanepoel, J W. F.; Treurnicht. N. F.; Uys, D. C. H. van den Heever. D. J. G.; van der Ahee H. H.; van der Spuy, J. P.; van der Walt B. J.: van der Wath. J. G. H.; van Eeden F. J.; van Niekerk, G. L. H.; van Staden J. W.: Venter, M. J. de la R.: Verwoerd H. F.; Viljoen, M.; Visse, J. H.; von Moltke, J. von S.; Vorster, B. J.; Vosloo, A. H.; Waring, F. W.; Webster, A.; Wentzel, J. J.

Tellers: P. S. van der Merwe and H. J. van Wyk.

NOES—31: Barnett, C.; Basson, J. A. L.; Basson, J. D. du P.; Bennett, C.; Connan, J. M.; Cronje, F. J. C.; Eden, G. S.; Field, A. N.; Gay, L. C.; Graaff, de V.; Henwood, B. H.; Hickman, T.; Higgerty, J. W.; Hourquebie, R. G. L.; Mitchell, M. L.; Moolman, J. H.; Moore, P. A.; Oldfield, G. N.; Plewman, R. P.; Radford, A.; Ross, D. G.; Steenkamp, L. S.; Steyn, S. J. M.; Streicher, D. M.; Timoney, H. M.; van der By!, P.; Warren, C. M.; Waterson, S. F.; Wood, L. F.

Tellers: A. Hopewell and T. G. Hughes.

Title accordingly agreed to.

House Resumed:

Bill reported without amendment.

CHILDREN’S AMENDMENT BILL

Third Order read: Second reading,—Children’s Amendment Bill.

*The MINISTER OF SOCIAL WELFARE AND PENSIONS:

I move—

That the Bill be now read a second time.

As hon. members are aware, the children’s Act, which we are about to amend, was placed on the Statute Book in 1960. The general feeling on both sides of the House at that time was that the Bill which was then before the House was a model as far as legislation of this kind was concerned. My experience while I was overseas was that numerous inquiries were made with regard to this Act: we were asked by various bodies to let them have copies of the Act.

Since the Act came into operation it has been thoroughly tested by our Courts and by other bodies which were concerned with the implementation of its provisions. I can give hon. members the assurance that the Act is working very well and that it is often referred to as the Magna Charta of the child in South Africa.

The courts, as well as other bodies, however, have experienced certain problems in connection with the application of some of the provisions of the Act, and I have therefore been approached to bring about the necessary amendments and also to make provision for a few essential things which were not at present covered by the Act. The Bill I am now proposing gives effect to those requests. This Bill, in my opinion, contains no contentious provisions and it is in no way contrary to the spirit of the Act. Some of the clauses merely set out the existing measures in clearer language so as to facilitate their interpretation. Others again contain amendments which will make it possible in all cases to ensure the best possible treatment for the child. As a matter of fact, the basic principle of the Act is to serve the best interests of the child.

I do not think it is necessary at this stage to deal in detail with all the provisions of the Bill: that can be done in the Committee Stage. I will, however, explain the most imposant amendments proposed here.

As far as Clause 1 is concerned, we are here remedying a defect in the principal Act. In terms of the provisions of sub-section (1) of Section 44 the management of an institution may grant permission to a pupil to live in the custody of a suitable person or training institution. A training college, however, as defined in paragraph (xxvi) of Section 1 does not include a training school. It frequently happens that pupils have to be transferred to a training school, in their own interests, to enable them to continue their studies there. Under the existing provisions such pupils then have to be placed, with the permission of the management, in the care of the principal of a training school. It goes without saying that this procedure leads to many difficulties and it is therefore proposed to amend the definition of “training institution” so as to include “training schools”.

The Coloured Education Act, 1963, makes provision, inter alia, for the establishment of special schools and training schools. The amendments which are now being proposed will make it possible to send Coloured children to these schools in terms of the provisions of the Children’s Act.

I come now to Clause 2, sub-clause (a). Sub-section (1) of Section 10 provides that any person who has received an infant for the purpose of maintaining him apart from his parents for a longer period than 30 days, shall, within seven days after receiving such infant notify the receipt of the infant to the commissioner of child welfare of the district in which the infant is to be maintained. It is difficult for the courts, however, to determine whether it was in fact the intention to maintain such an infant for longer than 30 days apart from his parents; it is consequently very difficult to take steps against persons who contravene this provision. It is now proposed, with a view to making it easier to take steps against such a person, to amend this provision so as to compel the person concerned to give written notice to the commissioner concerned immediately after the expiry of the period of 30 days.

Then I come to sub-clause (b). Paragraph (a) of sub-section (4) of Section 10 provides that no person may receive any infant, who is an illegitimate child, without the permission of the commissioner of the district in which the child was born. It frequently happens, however, that shortly after the birth of an illegitimate child, that child is removed to another district by its mother, and it is therefore proposed to amend the relevant provision so as to authorize the commissioner of the district in which the child is resident to grant such permission. In view of the fact that it has been difficult as far as this provision is concerned to prove that it was in fact the intention of a person to maintain an illegitimate infant for longer than 30 days apart from its mother, it is now proposed that such a person must immediately give the necessary notice after the child has been in his care for 14 days.

Then I come to Clause 3. Sub-section (1) of Section 26 makes provision for the removal of a child from its existing place of care by a probation officer, policeman or authorized officer if such child in the opinion of the officer concerned is in need of care or if there are reasonable grounds for believing that an offence is being or has been committed upon or in connection with that child. The effect of the existing provision, however, is that such child may only be removed by the officer concerned with the permission of the person in whose care the child is. It is only logical, however, that the person in whose care the child is will refuse to give his permission for the child to be removed, and in practice therefore it is impossible to carry out the provisions of this sub-section, even if it can be proved that the child is in need of care or that an offence has been or is being committed upon or in connection with the child. The amendment which is now proposed will enable a probation officer, policeman or authorized officer to remove such a child to a place of safety without the permission of the person in whose care the child is, if the child is not in a public place in the company of that person.

Then I come to Clause 4. Sub-section (2) of Section 35 provides that when a child is placed in the care of any person, the religious and cultural background and ethnological grouping of the child and, in selecting a foster parent, also to the nationality of the child and the relationship between the child and such person, shall be taken into account. The courts, however, have ruled that a child under ten years of age has no religious and cultural background, and it frequently happens that persons take children into their care with a view to subsequent adoption in spite of the fact that the illegitimate child and the foster parents have nothing in common in respect of any of the factors which I have mentioned here. We now propose to bring about an improvement in this regard. This matter was argued here fairly fully in 1960 when the principal Act was introduced. It is not considered to be in the interests of such children that they should be placed in the care of persons whose religious and cultural background, ethnological grouping and nationality differ from those of the child and who are not related to the mother, and it is therefore proposed to amend the relevant sub-section by providing that the religious and cultural background. ethnological grouping and nationality of an illegitimate child shall be deemed to be the same as those of his mother and that only relatives of the mother shall be regarded as being related to the child and, moreover, that the racial group shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of the Population Registration Act, 1950. This amendment is in accordance with our views as to the place which the mother should occupy in respect of such a child.

Section 31 (Clause 7 of the Bill) provides that a child who is found to be in need of care may be placed in the custody only of the parents themselves, suitable foster-parents, a children’s home or an industrial school, or placed in control of an approved agency; it also provides that such a child may be kept in a place of safety before being placed in any of these forms of custody.

Section 48 of the Act provides that when a child has been placed under the control of an approved agency, that agency may allow the child to remain with the person in whose custody he is; place the child in the custody of some other person, or give back the custody of the child to the person from whose care he was removed originally. I am informed that it often happens that children, after having been placed in various forms of custody, reveal behaviour deviations and that other problems arise which make it essential that they be placed in an observation centre so as to be able to determine the particular needs of such children and so as to be able to decide what form of treatment ought to be applied in each particular case, and, secondly that it has become urgently necessary that these children be removed without delay from their existing places of custody. Since the Act does not make provision for the necessary steps to be taken, it is now proposed that a new section be inserted after Section 46 to authorize the Minister to order that such children be kept in an observation centre for a period determined by him and to authorize a commissioner, in urgent cases, to have such children removed to a place of safety pending the Minister’s decision.

Section 54 (Clause 8) provides that a commissioner may only return a child or pupil who has absconded, to the custody or institution from which he absconded. There are often cases, however, where it is definitely not in the interests of the child to return him to the place of custody or institution from which he absconded, and where it is therefore necessary to make other arrangements for his care. In order to make provision for cases of this kind it is now proposed that the relevant section be amended so as to authorize a commissioner to refer such children temporarily to a place of safety or a place of custody pending the decision of the Minister.

Clause 9 amends Section 70 of the principal Act and the object of this amendment is twofold; in the first place the object is to set out more clearly the existing provisions which are rather involved and which lead to problems, and, in the second place, to facilitate the adoption of children of 16 years of age and over. The present provision requires all adoptive parents of such children to be at least 25 years older than the child. That is now being reduced to 18 years in respect of the adoptive parent whose sex is the same as that of the child. The result of this insistence on a difference of 25 years in all cases has often been that it has not been possible to allow adoptions in deserving cases because of the fact that both adoptive parents are not at least 25 years older than the child. The position will now be eased in that the difference in age is being reduced by seven years in those cases where the sex of the adoptive parent is the same as that of the child, in other words, from 25 to 18 years.

Then there are certain further provisions which are now being set out more clearly. The present provisions, which are now being set out more clearly, are sometimes interpreted differently. Commissioners of child care have often placed different, conflicting interpretations upon these provisions. The object of paragraph (f) of sub-section (2) of Section 71 (Clause 10) is to provide that South African children may only be adopted by South African citizens and persons who possess the necessary residential qualifications to become naturalized South African citizens. We have the anomalous situation, however, that when the relevant section was drafted in 1960, it provided that if the would-be adoptive parents are resident within the Republic, both parents must be South African citizens but if they are resident outside of the Republic, then only one of the parents need be a South African citizen. In order to remove this anomaly it is now proposed to amend the relevant paragraph so as to authorize applicants who are married couples resident within the Republic to adopt a child even if only one of the parties is a South African citizen.

A further shortcoming in the existing provisions is that while an unmarried person who is a foreigner but who possesses the necessary residential qualifications may adopt a South African child, a foreign couple cannot jointly adopt such a child. That is obviously an anomaly that we should like to remove. The proposed amendment will make it possible for a husband and wife who are resident in the Republic but who for some reason cannot become South African citizens, jointly to adopt a South African child. The proposed amendment also makes it clear that this concession will only apply in respect of persons who settle permanently in the Republic.

In terms of Section 91 (Clause 13) a Minister may delegate to the Secretary or other senior officer of his Department all the powers granted to him in terms of the Act. Maintenance grants in respect of Bantu children are approved of by Bantu Affairs Commissioners in terms of powers delegated to them by the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development. In areas where there are no Bantu Commissioners it is desirable that this function be performed by the magistrates on their behalf. The proposed provision will also make it possible for the Minister concerned in these cases to delegate his powers to magistrates as far as the approval of maintenance grants is concerned.

Then there is a further amendment which is contained in Clause 14. This amendment will ensure that the Minister will be able to promulgate regulations with reference to any matter which is likely to promote the implementation of the Act. Some doubt has arisen as to whether the wording of paragraph (o) of sub-section (1) of Section 92 gives adequate powers to the Minister in this connection. This shortcoming is now being remedied therefore.

Dr. RADFORD:

It was a pleasure to have shared with the hon. Minister’s Department the passing through this House of the original Children’s Act. It is noticeable that some five years have passed before the hon. the Minister has felt it necessary to come forward with any amendments to that Act. That is evidence that when the two parties in the House can come together on a subject in which neither of them is vitally concerned as far as racialism and various political outlooks are concerned they can produce a good Act which can last without much change for some years. It would be too much to hope that it would never be necessary to effect occasional amendments because in time the workings of the Act naturally show loopholes or defects which require to be remedied.

We on this side of the House support this Bill in principle. We feel that if in practice the hon. the Minister has found that some problems have arisen—and we see them in most of the clauses here—which must be solved we are only too plased to give him such assistance as we can. But that does not mean that we accept all the clauses without any argument and that we shall not seriously oppose some of the clauses. We are not very pleased with Clause 3. It gives the police a power which they did not have before; it gives the police power to enter a house without a warrant. It seems unlikely to us that it could be necessary to go into the home of a person without a warrant unless there was some serious reason for doing so. If that were so naturally the ordinary emergency regulations of any civilized State meet the trouble for the police action. It is not necessary, as this clause does, to make it very easy for the police to enter into a private home. Already there is not much sanctity of the home and we feel it would be wrong to give the extra power supplied in this particular clause.

Clause 4 is not altogether clear to us and we would like more information than the hon. the Minister has given us to-day. The remaining clauses, up to Clauses 13 and 14, are ones which we feel we can support although certain questions will be asked and certain minor amendments suggested.

Clause 13 is a serious clause because it gives the Minister the power to delegate his powers to a senior official in another Department. We regard this as most undesirable. After all the hon. the Minister must assume responsibility for his own acts and if he cannot do that in person he should only use his own officials to act for him. We think it is most unnecessary and undesirable for the Minister to have the power to give power to another Minister to act on his behalf.

Clause 14 is also one which we do not like. We feel that the hon. the Minister has a great deal of power. There are 13 different clauses in the original Act in terms of which he can prescribe what he wishes. Without there being any real reason shown the hon. Minister now takes power under this clause to prescribe over a much wider field merely on his own wishes. It is not limited in any way. If the previous Act has worked so well and if it has achieved what both sides of the House wished to achieve why must the Minister now ask for further unlimited and ill-defined power? We feel this is unnecessary and most undesirable. Subject to these reservations we on this side of the House will support this Bill.

*Dr. MEYER:

The hon. the Minister has told us that the Act has worked well since 1960 and that is true. But certain problems and defects have nevertheless become evident in the administration of the law and in order to try to solve those problems and remedy the defects it has become necessary for the hon. the Minister to come forward with certain amendments. I think I am correct in saying that the whole object of this Bill is to promote the interests of the child and not those of anybody else. The object is to protect the rights of the child. Viewed from that angle I think we can, without any hesitation whatsoever, accept this Bill. I am pleased therefore to learn from the hon. member for Durban (Central) (Dr. Radford) that they too accept this Bill subject to certain reservations. It is true that this law has worked reasonably well for five years. It is also true that if we on both sides of the House agree on a subject we can probably place a better Act on the Statute Book than when we differ widely.

We are now faced with the fact that there are indeed defects some of which the hon. the Minister has already pointed out. I wish to emphasize that I think it will be very good if we can cause children to have the privilege in future of being placed under the care of vocational schools I think the position under the old Act was entirely wrong where a child who had to go to a vocational school was placed under the care of an individual because of a faulty definition in the law; that he was usually placed under the direct care of the principal. That is very undesirable for both child and principal. I wholeheartedly support such an amendment. I think it is well and in the interests of the child that he be placed under the care of the vocational school in future.

It is obviously right no longer to have to try to prove that it was not the intention of a person to take a child away from its parents. We must just simply accept the fact that the child is no longer under the care of its parents. The person is obliged to report to the commissioner and furnish the commissioner with any reasonable information he asks for in connection with the case. I think this is an important forward step in the interests of the child.

The hon. member for Durban (Central) said they had certain problems in connection with Clauses 3 and 4. The position seems to be perfectly clear to me. I think it is possible that when a child has been placed under the care of somebody things may go wrong although that person may originally have been a very good guardian. It is possible that that child may again become in need of care. It is possible that something wrong may be done to that child. That is why I think it is necessary that a competent official should have the right to remove the child in such circumstances. It would be wrong to allow a person under whose care the child is to harm the child, neglect the child, for instance, and to cause the child to suffer for goodness knows how long just because he refuses to have the child removed from his care. I therefore think it is right that a competent official should be able, without the consent of that person, to remove the child from his care.

Clause 4 to which reference has been made deals with the religious and cultural background of the child. The principle involved was already discussed in 1960 in this House and was accepted by this House. It was clearly the intention of the House that if a child was born in a certain environment and he no longer had a parent to look after him we should try to protect the rights of that child. If possible we should try to make it possible for him to grow up and to receive his education in circumstances as nearly similar as possible to those under which he would normally have grown up. If I may put it this way: I think the object is that when you are dealing with a Zulu the intention is not to make a Xhosa out of him and vice versa. We want to protect the right of that child to grow up in the circumstances in which he would normally have grown up. That was the intention but the courts have now decided that a child of under ten years of age was not aware of a religious or a cultural background. It is not my intention to argue about the decision of the court but I only wonder why they have made it ten years. I do not think it is based on any scientific findings. It seems to me to be a purely arbitrary age. It might just as well have been 16 years or five years. When a child is seven years of age or perhaps a little younger he is usually at school already. At that age he already has a pretty good concept of his home language. By that time he has a pretty good concept of the domestic habits, way of life and wishes of his parents. Before that age he at least has an elementary, although not a very thorough, idea of the religion his parents follow. By that time he is already attending Sunday School, he has already gone to church with his parents and he has an elementary concept of the religious background in which he has grown up so far. I cannot understand, therefore, how it can be maintained that a child under ten has no religious or cultural background. How can you deny a child of that age those things? I think it is a good amendment to provide that the child should be brought up in the religious background of his parents. I do not see how there can be any objection to that. I want to repeat that this House has already accepted that principle. The dispute on that issue was settled as far back as 1960. The object is to see to it that the child grows up in the circumstances in which he would normally have grown up. That is a principle which has been accepted and it is only to make quite sure that, that apart from anything else, this object of the law is not circumvented. That is the only reason why this amendment is being effected. And for that reason I support this amendment whole heartily.

I want to add a few other things. When a child is placed in an institution that institution must, in terms of the law submit a report to the Minister after two years. At the request of the Minister it may have to be done earlier. It must be indicated in the report why the child cannot be returned to his parents or guardian. That is an obligation which has been placed on institutions. The idea is that wherever possible the child must return to his parental home. The same obligation does not, however, rest on foster parents. It is not necessary for a foster parent to submit a report stating why the child under his care cannot return to its parent or guardian. This is now being amended to make it compulsory, also in the case of a foster parent, to submit a report to the Minister. These reports will be drawn up by the probation officer and submitted to the Minister so as to ensure that, if possible, the child is returned to his parental home, provided conditions at his home have changed in such a way that it is in the interests of the child to return.

While I am on the subject of foster parents there is another aspect I wish to touch upon. Whereas the law gives the right to certain societies and institutions to allow children under their care to go on holiday foster parents do not have this right. The result is that children in the care of foster parents cannot go on holiday; the children cannot leave the care of their foster parents. The law is now being amended in such a way that it will also be possible for a foster parent to allow the child under his care to go on holiday, for instance, provided the foster parent is of the opinion that circumstances are favourable and that it will not harm the child. I also want to emphasize how important it is that, where a child has been placed in the care of some institution or other where everything goes all right for a long time but the child, especially at a certain age, nevertheless develops into a problem child, we should be able to deal with that situation. The hon. the Minister has referred to it. The child develops into a problem child and then finds the conditions under which he lives practically unbearable. There was no provision previously what to do with such a child. Where a child develops into a problem child, where he perhaps develops deviate tendencies, it is now provided that such a child may be placed in an observation centre. His case is then studied and treated there until such time as he has sufficiently recovered to decide what to do with him. Provision is made for urgent cases because the Minister cannot attend to all cases personally. It may happen that a child may very suddenly become so unsettled that it is not in his own interests or in the interests of the other children, to remain there. In such a case the commissioner can have the child removed to a place of safety where his case will be investigated. The child can then remain there until such time as the necessary arrangements can be made in his own interests.

That immediately bring me to children who abscond. It unfortunately happens that children are not always happy in an institution and that they avail themselves of any opportunity which presents itself to run away. There may be different reasons for it. It may be the fault of the child; it may be the fault of some member of the staff; it may be the fault of the other children; both sides may be at fault. The fact remains that children run away. As the law stands at the moment when it appears before him the commissioner has no option but to return the child to the circumstances from which he has run away. I think anybody who gives this some thought will agree that it is not a healthy state of affairs for the commissioner to be obliged to return the child to the very conditions from which he has run away; conditions to which he cannot adapt himself. For that reason the commissioner is now empowered, when the child has run away, not necessarily to send him back. He can do so if it is in the best interest of the child but there may be cases where the best thing to do would be to send the child to a place of safety where the circumstances of the case can first be investigated. The child can then be dealt with in accordance with those circumstances. The commissioner is therefore now given a discretionary power in this connection. The child may then perhaps be sent to another institution or placed in the care of another person or whatever may be thought to be the best thing to do in the circumstances.

Mr. Speaker, I think there is so much unanimity in respect of this Bill that I do not want to say much more except that I cannot understand why the hon. member for Durban (Central) objects to Clauses 13 and 14. The hon. the Minister has explained very clearly why he wants to delegate powers to magistrates. He clearly stated that Bantu Affairs Commissioners were not always available to do the necessary work and that in those cases he should be able to delegate the power to do that work to a magistrate.

I am surprised at the hon. member for Durban (Central) objecting to the Minister having the power to promulgate regulations. After all this House gave the Minister the power in 1960 to promulgate regulations. It only appears that it was worded in such a way that there was doubt as to whether he had the power in certain cases. It is only being stated clearly now. It is a principle which has long since been accepted and a principle which applies in many other instances. A Minister can promulgate regulations; that is nothing strange. I simply cannot understand why there is objection to it now. We are only stating clearly now that the Minister does indeed have the power; it is a right which we all thought was given to him in 1960 already.

Mr. Speaker, I cannot see anything but good in this Bill. It is a pleasure to me to be able to support it. I am very pleased that it is before the House and I do believe that, in spite of what the hon. member for Durban (Central) has said, it will go through without any trouble.

Mr. OLDFIELD:

As mentioned by the hon. member for Durban (Central) (Dr. Radford) we on this side of the House accept this Bill. There are certain points on which we require further clarification and we shall ask for that clarification during the Committee Stage. The hon. member for Odendaalsrus (Dr. Meyer) has made certain comments to which I shall endeavour to reply during the course of my remarks.

When the Children’s Act of 1960 was introduced in this House it was, of course, a consolidating and amending Bill which repealed the original Children’s Act of 1937. Since 1937 there has been a new and modern trend in child welfare and that necessitated the amending Bill of 1960. I think it is generally agreed that the provisions of the 1960 Act have functioned satisfactorily apart from certain defects, defects which have only become evident during the course of time and during the course of practical experience.

However, Sir, the Bill that is before us to-day achieves, we believe, in principle certain improvements to the 1960 Act. We shall make some comments on some of the clauses but I think the important fact, as mentioned by the hon. the Minister when he introduced the Bill and reiterated by the hon. member for Odendaalsrus, is that the Children’s Act is looked upon as the children’s charter. It is the very basis of child welfare work in this country and the over-all principle is based on what is in the interest of the child. I therefore believe that in considering these amendments we must consider their effects on the existing Act and determine whether they place the interest of the child first and foremost. That is undoubtedly of paramout importance and I think that is recognized by the State and welfare organizations who have to administer the provisions of the Act.

Clauses 2 and 4 deal with the placement of children who are found to be in need of care. This is a matter which has caused some difficulty in the past and was the subject of an action in the Supreme Court, Transvaal Division, where a child was placed outside its religious background and apart from the religious background of the mother. This was an important case. It was virtually a test case in that the Commissioner of Child Welfare did not recommend that the child be placed outside that necessary religious background whereas the Supreme Court, in interpreting Section 35 of the principal Act, ruled in favour of the child being so placed.

As I see the provisions of Clauses 2 and 4, it would appear that this is perhaps an attempt to narrow down the amount of discretion which is allowed to a commissioner of child welfare, and the placement of a child, particularly if it is an illegitimate child (an illegitimate child in most cases is placed in adoption through the basis of placement) will materially be affected by Clauses 2 and 4, as they amend Section 10 and 35 of the principal Act. I would like to have some confirmation from the hon. the Minister in regard to this particular aspect to ensure that that basis of discretion shall be maintained. It is interesting to look at the principal Act and to see that Section 35 (2) of the principal Act remains unaltered and that this Bill brings in two new sub-sections which become (b) and (c) of Section 35 (2).

The section that is being left is the one which deals with the religious and cultural background and the ethnological grouping of a child in selecting the placement of that child, and therefore this particular paragraph in the principal Act remains “that regard shall be had to the religious and cultural background and ethnological grouping of the child”. In terms of this Bill, the additional provision is made to define what shall be the religious and cultural background of the illegitimate child, and to define more clearly this question of religious and cultural background and nationality of the child, which will be taken to be the same as that of the mother. This particular interpretation of Section 35 of the principal Act is one, which I believe, is of paramount importance, and taking into account the overall principle that is involved that this Act should be in the interest of the child, I have a certain degree of doubt as to whether the rigid implementation of these provisions could perhaps not be in the interest of the child.

The reason I mention this, Sir, is that persons who have had considerable experience— welfare societies and others—of the working and the interpretation of this particular section, have come across certain difficulties. I might mention here that the experience has been that the child welfare societies find that although recognition must naturally be given to the fact that the population does not fall into rigidly demarcated categories, rigid adherence to the principles of Section 35 is not always possible.

Then, Sir, a worker who has had considerable experience in this regard has told me that in her experience if the rigid and undeviating application of this principle is always to be demanded, there will be cases where the action that must follow will not always be in the interests of the child, and as the interests of the child should be regard as being of paramount importance, then that should take precedence over the provisions of Section 35 in those cases where the rigid application of the letter of the law would be detrimental to the child. That is the point of view of a person whose views I appreciate because she has had vast experience of these particular aspects and the effect of this question on adoptions in terms of other sections of the principal Act. So I think that as far as this amendment is concerned, I would like an assurance from the hon. the Minister that the overall principle of the best interests of the child will at all times be maintained. I feel, Sir, that if we are to narrow down an interpretation which in any way can become more binding on the persons who must assess the position as to whether such action is in the best interests of the child, we may go too far: those persons should have a certain amount of discretion and there should be a certain amount of elasticity so that that interpretation can at all times adhere to the overall principle of “being in the best interests of the child”.

Clause 2 of this Bill which amends Section 10 (4) is also a matter which has a bearing on the provisions of Clause 4 of this Bill in that placement of the child over a longer period of time often necessitates a great deal of difficulty should it be found necessary to remove the child from the care of what are possibly prospective adopted parents. The whole question of the interpretation of this clause is one which I feel as a matter of principle, and that is why I raise it at this particular stage, at the second reading, so that the hon. Minister will be able to give further elucidation of this interpretation of this particular clause, which at first reading appears to be narrowing down the discretionary powers that were previously based on the words “regard shall be had … as being of paramount importance.

Clause 5 of this Bill in regard to reports on certain children, contains an important principle. It is necessary for the report to be made by a probation officer after the first two years of the child being in custody, but here I would like to ask the hon. Minister whether he is giving consideration to perhaps reducing that period of time. We know that in spite of all the care that is given to children in various institutions, it is not possible to replace the normal environment of family life and the care that a child gets at home. That is why it is important that we should find ways and means to ensure that these children who are in need of care at the earliest opportunity should be returned to a home environment which would be beneficial to those children.

A child who has been brought up in an institution throughout his childhood is at a decided disadvantage when the time arrives that he leaves that institution and has to go out into the world. Indeed there are organizations to assist those persons in their readjustment to the normal life, to the public and to society. Therefore I feel it is an important provision in Clause 5 of the Bill which lays down a period of two years, and perhaps the Minister will give consideration to reducing that to a period of one year.

Also in dealing with the principle involved in Clause 5, here it is stated that the probation officer will be required to submit his report at the expiration of the first two years. We have found in the past that it has not always been possible for the probation officer himself to be able to submit these reports during a specified period of time, and that this work has been delegated to an authorized officer, often making use of the qualified personnel, social welfare workers, of voluntary agencies and organizations. I know too that the Department of Social Welfare and Pensions have in their circulars dealt with the canalization of some of the duties undertaken by probation officers. Therefore I hope to move during the Committee Stage—and I mention it here so that the hon. Minister might give it some consideration—an amendment to the effect that a probation officer or an authorized officer will be able to submit these necessary reports. An “authorized officer” is already defined in the principle Act as being a person who has been so authorized by various officials, including a probation officer. Here I think we will be able to encourage the utilization of the voluntary welfare organizations and the voluntary agencies. I know that the hon. Minister himself is one who likes to encourage the work of voluntary agencies and organizations, and that if this work was allowed to continue, as it has taken place in the past, it would give the necessary statutory sanction of delegating this work to authorized officers who must of course be qualified persons who are in the employ of voluntary agencies and voluntary organizations. There too, I think the part to be played by these organizations cannot be overstressed, and every effort should be made to encourage them to continue with their work where they are assisting the Department of Social Welfare and Pensions in a very vital task, a task, as I mentioned earlier, which can only be undertaken by properly qualified persons, and there are many such qualified persons in the employ of these voluntary organizations. There is also another difficulty that might be overcome in this way. Probation officers have their time fully occupied in dealing with their duties, and by delegating this work to authorized officers, we might be able to assist them and make use of organizations in outlying areas such as the A.C.V.V. and the child welfare organizations who can render valuable assistance to the probation officers.

The other point that I wish to deal with under Clause 7 is the removal of children from an institution to another institution for custody or control, and the importance of the observation centres. Mr. Speaker, the observation centre was a new provision of the Children’s Act of 1960, and I am aware that at the present time there have been established and are being established these observation centres at all the main centres. However, in this Clause 7 there unfortunately seems to be no provision for a maximum period of time at which a child might be retained at the observation centre, and as we know the observation centres have not been established as separate entities; unfortunately the department have to establish observation centres at places of safety and detention. I notice from the latest report of the Department of Social Welfare and Pensions that the Building Research Institute of the C.S.I.R. has carried out investigations in an endeavour to find more suitable types of buildings to be used for observation purposes, but in the meantime it appears that the practice is to use places of safety and detention as observation centres, and it has been found that many of these children have been kept at places of safety and detention and at observation centres for a long period of time. I feel that although of course one cannot hastily come to a decision to place a child in another institution, or in the custody of other persons, it is a very important step in the life of that child. At the same time I often think that valuable time is being lost when the child is left for unduly long periods at observation centres and at places of safety and detention. The other difficulty of course in regard to being detained for long periods of time at the centres and institutions has been the result of the industrial schools not being able to cope with the situation, and that is another reason which has necessitated a long stay at places of safety and detention.

The other important matter that is dealt with in this Bill, is the one dealing with the question of absconders, and here I welcome the particular provision as I know it is one which has caused a great deal of concern to the Department of Social Welfare. The Department in dealing with absconders has often found that a child after being committed to an industrial school or to some institution, unless he adjusts himself to the life of that institution, continues to abscond and in many cases the whole purpose of rehabilitating a child, if it is a child that requires rehabilitation, is to a great degree defeated in view of the fact that he continually is returned to the same institution and is perhaps making no progress whatsoever. I have always been told that it is in the interest of discipline that such a child should be returned to the institution from which he absconded. Now I think an important provision is being made by which the Minister, where the Commissioner of Child Welfare, can question (the word used here is “interrogate”) a child and at the discretion of the Minister, on the recommendation of the Commissioner, that child can then be placed at another institution or in the custody and care of other persons, which might be conducive to the rehabilitation of that child should it be a child requiring such rehabilitation, or a child needing special care.

The other aspects of the Bill, dealing for instance in Clause 9 with the adoption of children, are also important. In Clause 9 the question of ages is set out more definitely, and the difference of ages as far as children who are to be adopted is concerned. This is another point which has caused some difficulty and confusion to adoption committees of various voluntary agencies and societies.

Now we come to another section which recognizes the customary unions of Bantu people, and I think there should be no objection to that principle. The last two clauses, 13 and 14 are clauses which the hon. member for Durban Central referred to as also the hon. member for Odendaalsrus (Dr. Meyer), and here I think we have got to try to assess the position to see whether the fragmentation of the work of the Department of Social Welfare in the administration of Acts such as the Children’s Act, which is divided into the various races, the classes of various races, is in fact in the interest of the child and is in fact in the interest of better administration. That, I think, is a dubious point in that the Department of Social Welfare is inclined to become fragmented into various racial groups, and in many instances amongst their own races they are unable to find persons suitably qualified or experienced in the administration of an Act which affects directly the lives of many thousands of children and the future of those children. It is a matter in regard to which we on this side of the House have differed from the Government in principle and it appears that we will continue to differ in principle as far as that aspect is concerned.

The overall position then appears to be that in this Bill there are various clauses which are aimed at improving the administration of the Children’s Act of 1960. We on this side of the House intend to move certain amendments which we believe might also achieve that object and perhaps improve the Bill as it is now before the House. The position is therefore that we cannot be static in regard to the Children’s Act; it is a case of moving with the times and moving with research and investigation that is being carried out by the Department of Social Welfare, and not only by the Department of Social Welfare in this country but also in other countries of the world. I feel that we in South Africa can be proud of the original Act of 1937, as amended and consolidated in 1960, which has kept South Africa in the forefront in the care of children. At various conferences and discussions with other people connected with child welfare in other parts of the world, there has always been the greatest interest shown in what we are doing here and they have been extremely impressed by the steps that have been taken in South Africa to improve the care of children. We hope that that situation will continue and that in all cases where amendments are effected to the important principal Act of 1960, the interest of the child will be of paramount importance, and that that shall remain the over-riding principle in any amendments that are moved to the Act.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

I do not propose to speak at length at this stage, but I should like to deal briefly with the three clauses that we are unhappy about. They are matters which will naturally be dealt with more fully in the Committee Stage, and for that reason I do not intend to deal with them at length now. I should like to state, however, our point of view, or rather to elaborate our point of view which has already been stated by the two previous speakers on this side, mainly to give the hon. Minister and his advisers the opportunity to consider these matters before the Committee Stage, and thus save the time of the House.

The first clause is Clause 3. We are not at all happy about the proposed deletion of the words “or if the child is not in a public place”, and during the Committee Stage we would like the hon. Minister to deal a lot more fully with the reasons for this change The hon. the Minister has suggested that it is being introduced because some difficulty has been found in practice in removing a child from his parents’ home for example where the parents objected. Well, Mr. Speaker, even with the proviso as it reads at present (that is with the inclusion of the words “or if the child is not in a public place”), it is always possible for a policeman or a probation officer or an authorized officer to remove a child from a place other than a public place without the consent of the parents where the policeman or the probation officer has reason to believe that an offence has been committed or is being committed by that person—that is presumably the parents—upon or in connection with the child. We on this side find it difficult to envisage a situation which would make it impossible for the police or a probation officer to remove a child where that is obviously in the interests of the child to do so. So we hope that the hon. the Minister will give a more satisfactory reason for this, because as we see it at present, this amendment is undesirable, for the reason that it will now make it possible for a policeman or probation officer to remove a child from his parents’ home without the consent of the parents, even where there is no reason to believe that an offence has been committed or is being committed by that person on or in connection with the child. That being the case, we would feel obliged to oppose this clause, unless the hon. the Minister can satisfy us that this amendment is one which is desirable in the interests of children.

As regards Clause 13, the hon. member for Umbilo (Mr. Oldfield) has explained why it is that we oppose this proposed amendment, and that explanation together with the explanation of the hon. member for Durban (Central) (Dr. Radford) I think suffices to explain to this House why it is that we do oppose this clause.

I then come to Clause 14. The hon. member for Odendaalsrus in dealing with this matter, completely misconstrued the point made by the hon. member for Durban (Central). Our point in opposing this proposed amendment is not that we object to giving the Minister powers to make regulations for certain purposes. Our point is this: At present the section dealing with the making of regulations, Section 92, says this: “The Minister may make regulations … and then it sets out the various things for which the Minister may make regulations. All these are clearly listed and the House is in a position to see exactly what matters the Minister wishes to deal with by regulation. We can decide whether we are prepared to give him powers of that sort, powers to make regulations for those specific purposes. We have no objection to that. The present sub-section (o) which is to be amended, reads—

The Minister may make regulations as to any other matter which may in terms of this Act be prescribed.

That also is unobjectionable because it is limited to matters which may be prescribed in terms of the Act, and the matters which may be prescribed in terms of the Act can be readily ascertained. Now the proposed amendments will give the Minister power to make regulations in respect virtually of any matter which he deems necessary, or which he deems expedient to prescribe in order that the purposes of the Act may be achieved. This widens the field to the extent that the Minister is given carte blanche to prescribe by regulation virtually whatever he wishes in respect of an Act such as this. It has been possible to say precisely in Section 92 what matters the Government wishes to deal with by regulation, and if one looks at Section 92, one sees that there are sub-sections (a) to (o), covering a great many matters in respect of which the Minister may issue regulations. If the hon. the Minister requires to make regulations in respect of other matters, it should be possible and quite easy to him to come to this House and to say in respect of which further matters he wishes to make regulations. It is quite unnecessary in our view that he should wish to take the unfettered powers to make regulations in respect of any matter that he considers necessary or expedient.

Those are our reasons for intending to oppose certain clauses, and also for being as it were unhappy about one further clause, and we would like the hon. the Minister when the Committee Stage is dealt with to deal more fully with these three clauses in particular.

*The MINISTER OF SOCIAL WELFARE AND PENSIONS:

I want to express my appreciation of the general support given to this amending Bill which I described in my introductory speech as an improvement on a very good Act. I am very pleased to learn from the House that hon. members are convinced, as I am, that the 1960 Children’s Act has functioned very well. We can expect certain defects to manifest themselves in the course of administering such an Act, defects which in turn oblige us to remedy them and to improve the existing arrangements.

I just want to reply briefly to what has been said. As I said in my introductory speech we can easily discuss any suggestions hon. members may wish to make in the Committee Stage. We are not concerned here with a general principle but with specific matters and specific clauses and they can be much better discussed in Committee. However, I just wish to clear up a few of the problems raised by hon. members. I just want to assure the hon. member for Musgrave (Mr. Hourquebie) that where there has been doubt in the past as to whether the Minister had the necessary power to promulgate regulations in order to administer the law better as far as all legislation is concerned it is not possible to lay down in detail everything the Minister can do and in respect of which matters he can promulgate regulations. You simply cannot do it. The regulations cannot go beyond what is provided for in the Act itself, and that is exactly what we are doing here. If the regulations go beyond the provisions of the Act Parliament can criticize it. I just wanted to reassure the hon. member on that point.

The hon. member as well as other hon. members have referred to Clause 3. I said quite clearly that in terms of the existing section you could not remove a child without the consent of the person in whose care he was. Seeing that there is a provision that you cannot remove the child without the consent of the person in whose care he is it follows logically that in many cases, particularly in cases where the child is ill-treated in his parental home, the parents will not give their consent. The Department and the officials of the Department will tell you, Sir, that the people who always insist on keening the child are the very people who are unfit to keep the child. Provision has to be made to remove the child from their care if it is in the interests of the child to do so. We all agreed that the main object of this Bill is to protect the interests of the child. The hon. member says this clause is undesirable and that we should not have the right to remove that child but we think the very opposite. We think it is desirable that it should be possible to remove that child. I said in my introductory speech that I thought it would be barbaric to make a fuss and to send a police official or a probation officer to go and fetch the child out of a cinema where he is with his parents. The object is only to prevent him from doing it in those circumstances. The circumstances under which officials have been doing it up to the present— and nobody has objected to it—remain completely unaltered except that the parent cannot keep the child by refusing to hand the child over. That is the only change that is being effected.

The hon. member for Umbilo (Mr. Oldfield) asked for certain assurances. His concern is that we may perhaps be making the field wider than it was. This question was thoroughly discussed when the principal Act was passed in 1960. Section 35 was thoroughly discussed and in this connection the Deputy-Minister who introduced the Bill said the following—

As far as Clause 35 is concerned I have been asked precisely what was meant by cultural background and ethnic grouping. Nothing more nor less is meant than what these words mean in everyday life.

Those words are still true to-day. He went further and said—

The Courts—and it is clear from the wording of Clause 35—are not being tied down by it but given a lead.

This statement was made by the Deputy Minister and remains unaltered. There is no intention whatsoever to tighten up the position. I am pleased to learn that hon. members opposite do not object in principle to the retention of the cultural and religious background, etc. I think hon. members will agree that the best you can do for a child is to bring it as close as possible to its own background. His own background is that of his family, his cultural background his religious background. Those are the things the child would have had had he not been alone in the world. Those are the things the child would have had in his parental home. Those are the things his mother and father would have given him had they both been there. Those are the tings we want to safeguard for the child. That is why I am pleased that there is no objection to the principle as such. The courts have, however, pointed out that it was very difficult to determine what the religious or cultural background of a two-year-old child was.

*An HON. MEMBER:

An illegitimate child.

*The MINISTER OF SOCIAL WELFARE AND PENSIONS:

Yes. What is the religious and cultural background of an illegitimate child? An illegitimate child has a mother only. You do not know who the father of an illegitimate child is. It is very difficult always to determine who the father is and the very thing which will be of the greatest importance to such a child in his future life is a religious and cultural background.

With reference to a casual remark made by the hon. member for Umbilo I just want to say that Section 10 of the principal Act provides that a person who takes a child in his care with the intention of keeping him longer than 30 days, must give notice of such intention within seven days after receiving the child. The whole object of amending the legislation is to prevent the law from being circumvented in that people adopt a child, keep that child for a year or two and then come and plead to be allowed to keep the child because the child has no other parents. It is a difficult problem as far as that child is concerned. If you remove such a child it means you are disrupting its life and that will do far greater harm to the child than to place him at the outset in the environment in which he should have been placed in the first instance. In this respect an improvement is brought about in this Bill. Such people had to notify the Commissioner of Child Welfare within seven days after having received the child. In actual fact that period is now extended from seven to 30 days. The onus rests on the person in whose care the child is to say expressly that he intends keeping the child longer. That will mean that we shall not have a number of children roaming around without knowing where they are.

The hon. member for Durban (Central) gave his support to this Bill in no uncertain terms. I just want to tell him that I appreciate the fact that he appreciates that piece of legislation which has been administered in South Africa for five years in such a way that it has only invited praise. I greatly appreciate that. He also objected to Clause 3. I can only tell him that in terms of Section 26 (1) of the principal Act a police official, a probation officer, etc., can remove a child from any place and take it to a place of safety. The existing law is not being amended in this respect. AH we are doing here, for the sake of the child, is to ensure that the child is prejudiced as little as possible. I want to assure hon. members that we shall continue to administer the Children’s Act as we have been administering it since 1960, with the emphasis on what is in the interests of the particular child. We shall continue to administer it in that way. As the hon. member for Umbilo has correctly stated it is perhaps possible that, based on experience gained, we shall after a period of time have to effect further amendments in order to improve this wonderful Act of the Parliament of the Republic of South Africa in such a way that it will have no loopholes and so that it will always operate in the best interests of the child. Whatever we do in the best interests of the child we do in the best interests of the future of South Africa.

Motion put and agreed to.

Bill read a second time.

The House adjourned at 6.46 p.m.

WEDNESDAY, 24 MARCH 1965 Mr. SPEAKER took the Chair at 2.20 p.m. SELECT COMMITTEE ON CONSTITUTION AMENDMENT BILL

Mr. SPEAKER announced that the Committee on Standing Rules and Orders had appointed the following members to serve on the Select Committee on the Constitution Amendment Bill, viz.: Messrs. J. D. de P. Basson, S. P. Botha, Froneman, Higgerty, G. P. Kotze, S. F. Kotzé, P. S. Marais, D. E. Mitchell, Raw, S. J. M. Steyn, G. P. van den Berg, van den Heever, van der Walt, van Rensburg and Waterson.

ESTIMATES OF EXPENDITURE FROM CONSOLIDATED REVENUE FUND

Budget Speech, 1965

*The MINISTER OF FINANCE:

I move—

That the House go into Committee of Supply on the Estimates of Expenditure to be defrayed from the Consolidated Revenue Fund during the year ending 31 March 1966, and into Committee of Ways and Means on taxation proposals.

In every Budget Speech I have delivered, I have emphasized the need for a flexible fiscal policy; in other words, the Budget has to be geared to prevailing economic conditions. This does not mean that fiscal policy should simply aim at either rapid expansion, or a complete standstill—the so-called stop-go policy. On the contrary, the Budget can be, at least in theory, a delicate instrument, influencing the various sectors of the economy in different degrees according to individual needs—in one direction a strong incentive might be given, in another over-rapid development might have to be slightly restrained, while, in a third, the economy’s infra-structure might be strengthened somewhat.

In South Africa we do not have at our disposal the full range of fiscal instruments available in some other countries to regulate the course of the economy. We do not have, for example, a general sales tax, quite common to-day in many countries, and which constitutes a useful weapon, in certain curcumstances, for containing excessive consumption. We might have to consider supplementing our instruments at some future stage. For the present, however, we shall have to employ the tax and other fiscal measures which are at our disposal.

Before considering the appropriate fiscal measures, it is necessary first to analyse the prevailing economic conditions. But before doing so, I wish to emphasize a proposition which, in my view, is too plain to need argument. It is, namely, this, that in our country we cannot afford to gamble with inflation. The importance of our gold mining industry, and the dependence of our economy on foreign trade, make it imperative that we should maintain price stability. I shall, therefore, turn a deaf ear to the siren voices trying to lure us into believing that action against threatening inflation is not really necessary, that rising production will inevitably overtake monetary demand, and that, above all, we should refrain from measures which might even slightly slow down the growth rate of the economy. This is the way of financial irresponsibility—enticing maybe, but its advantages are fleeting, and it leads on to economic instability and financial chaos. However unpopular it may be, we in South Africa shall not travel that road.

Some temporary retardment of our rate of growth is, after all, a small price to pay for averting the disaster of a prolonged recession in our economy.

And this brings us to the crux of the problem in formulating a Budget for 1965-6. Which fiscal instrument or combination of instruments should be employed, and to what extent, in order to restrain our still rising rate of growth just sufficiently, without bringing it to a standstill or a near-standstill?

In order to provide a rational answer to this question it is necessary, in the first place, to obtain a clear picture of:

INTERNAL ECONOMIC CONDITIONS

The performance of the South African economy during 1964 once again surpassed the most optimistic expectations. According to provisional estimates, the gross national product amounted to R7,417,000,000 in 1964, an increase of no less than 11 per cent above the 1963 figure. Even after making allowance for the fact that the general price level rose somewhat faster in 1964 than in 1963, the real gross national product nevertheless increased by per cent. Indeed, there has hardly been any sign of the levelling out in the rate of growth, widely anticipated a year ago.

One of the main reasons for the sustained strength of the upward swing was a further increase of about 18 per cent in total fixed investment, after an increase of nearly 17 per cent in this strategically important component in 1963. Fixed investment in the public sector rose by 8 per cent, as against a rise of no less than 26 per cent in the private sector. Manufacturing and residential construction made the biggest contributions towards this exceptional increase, but fixed investment in commerce, transport and mining also recorded substantial gains.

The second main reason for the continued economic expansion during 1964 was an increase of 14 per cent (11 per cent after adjustment for price rises) in personal consumption expenditure. This increase was unexpectedly large bearing in mind that real personal consumption had already increased by 7 per cent and 9 per cent in 1962 and 1963, respectively. A notable feature of this growth in consumption was an increase of as much as 33 per cent in sales of new motor vehicles during 1964.

Current expenditure by public authorities rose by nearly 13 per cent in 1964, as against an increase of slightly more than 12 per cent in 1963.

Total inventories increased appreciably in 1964, in line with the growth in the economy.

Total saving advanced by a mere 2 per cent in 1964, compared with about 7 per cent the year before. This modest rise is disappointing, and was largely due to a fairly sharp fall in personal saving which, in turn, was the result of the large further increase in personal consumption expenditure, already referred to.

Manufacturing played a leading role in the maintenance of a high rate of growth. Although the seasonally adjusted index of manufacturing output tended to level out during the second half of 1964, the figure for the year as a whole was, nevertheless, 14 per cent higher than that for the previous year. The biggest contributions emanated from those sections engaged in the production of metal products, petroleum and coal products, non-metal mineral products, chemicals and chemical products, basic metals, and electrical machinery. Employment in manufacturing increased by 8.3 per cent over the 11 months up to November 1964.

As in 1963, the building and construction industry spurted strongly in 1964. Employment increased by 10 per cent between January and November, while the value of building plans passed and of buildings completed rose by 47 per cent and 34 per cent, respectively, in 1964.

The volume of agricultural output declined by 4.6 per cent in 1963-4, mainly because of smaller crops of summer cereals, in consequence of serious and widespread droughts. The prevailing economic prosperity has caused an increase in the demand for agricultural products, more particularly foodstuffs, and has enabled increases in most producers’ prices to occur. The prices of farming requisites, on the other hand, did not advance materially during the past year. In the final result, farming income declined by about 3 per cent in 1963-4, compared with the year before. The current season started promisingly, with good rains falling in most parts of the summer rainfall area. In certain parts, however, these favourable conditions did not continue and drought conditions are already severe. The maize crop, in particular, may not fulfill earlier expectations, and dairy and meat production will also be affected adversely. With winter approaching, conditions in several areas are causing concern, and it is my hope and prayer that relief will still come to these areas.

Gold production registered a further gain in 1964, but the increase was smaller than in the two preceding years. In accordance with the stretch-out agreement, uranium sales declined once more, but the production and sales of other mineral products showed a modest rise.

Both the index of the value of retail sales and the index of the value of transactions in real estate advanced sharply in 1964. According to a survey by the Bureau of Statistics, the profits of commercial and industrial companies increased, on average, by 31.4 per cent compared with the previous year. The number of registered unemployed Whites, Coloureds and Asiatics decreased further during the year and stood at 9,615 in December 1964—the lowest figure since 1951.

Until the middle of 1964, a large measure of price stability was a striking feature of the present economic upswing. The consumer price index, for example, increased by only 1.4 per cent and 1 per cent during 1962 and 1963, respectively. This was mainly due to the fact that the large increases in capital expenditure, personal consumption and current expenditure by public authorities, were well matched by increases in production and imports. The exceptional further rise during 1964 in both investment and consumption expenditure, to which I have referred, began, however, to exert undue pressure on the available labour and other resources. Coupled with the adverse effect exercised by unfavourable weather conditions on the supply of certain agricultural products, this exceptional increase in the monetary demand for goods and services contributed to a rise of as much as 4.1 per cent in the consumer price index during 1964. I shall revert to this problem in due course.

First, however, it is necessary to turn to—

THE BALANCE OF PAYMENTS AND ITS MOST RECENT TRENDS

The balance of payments constitutes one of the three most important factors—the other two being capital and labour—which require to be taken into account in determining the desired rate of growth for an economy. In other words, it is one of the factors determining the degree to which appropriate fiscal measures have to be applied.

Primarily as a result of the continued economic expansion, merchandise imports reached a total of R 1,589,000,000 in 1964, an increase of no less than 23 per cent above the 1963 figure. Machinery and transport equipment accounted for more than half of this increase. This increase is remarkable, following as it does on a rise of 24 per cent in 1963. It helps to explain how, contrary to expectations, the real rate of growth could be maintained at such a high level despite the fact that practically all surplus capacity had been absorbed by the end of 1963.

Merchandise exports increased by 6.4 per cent to R 1,082,000,000 in 1964; exports of diamonds, fruit, base minerals and metals, in particular, gained appreciably. Net gold production established a new record of R736,000,000. The debit balance in respect of South Africa’s “net invisibles”, on the other hand, increased considerably, as a result of, inter alia, higher freight and insurance payments connected with the bigger volume of imports.

The net effect of these changes was that during 1964 South Africa had—for the first year since 1958—a shortfall in its current account with the rest of the world, namely, one of R78,000,000. Whilst this figure is not particularly large, I would point out that the seasonally adjusted shortfall increased gradually in the course of the year to R57,000,000 during the fourth quarter, which is equivalent to R228,000,000 on an annual basis.

Fortunately there was a marked improvement in the capital account of the balance of payments, especially in respect of private capital movements. The net outflow of private capital dropped from R73,000,000 in 1963 to R22,000,000 in 1964, whilst there was actually a net inflow of R23,000,000 during the second half of 1964.

One of the reasons for this considerable improvement in the capital account, was the initial reduction, and, after the first week in August, the complete suspension of foreign exchange allocations under the “arbitrage” scheme for the purchase of South African securities held abroad, as well as the gradual reduction of allocations under the “permit” scheme. But movements of other classes of private capital also took a favourable turn, presumably in response to the continued expansion in the domestic economy.

Capital movements on official account brought a net inflow of R11,000,000 in 1964, despite repayments of R25,000,000 in respect of long-term official foreign loans.

The overall effect of all these various balance of payments movements was a net decline in 1964 of R89,000,000 in the gold and foreign exchange reserves held by the Reserve Bank, the commercial banks and the Government, as against an increase of R87,000,000 in 1963. More than half of this decline occurred during the last two months of the year, and this rather sharp downward trend continued during the early months of 1965. It would appear that the rising monetary demand is now also exercising considerable pressure on the foreign exchange reserves.

The change in the balance of payments naturally affected the:

MONETARY AND BANKING SITUATION

The declining reserves tended to reduce the excess liquidity in the economy. This contractionary influence emanating from the shortfall in the balance of payments was, however, more than neutralized by an increase of no less than R332,000,000 during 1964, in the total amount of outstanding credit extended by the banking system to the private sector. This credit expansion was reinforced after the first quarter by a flow of Government funds back to the private sector which added R66,000,000 to the liquidity of this sector in 1964. As a result, the quantity of money and near-money in the hands of the private sector rose by 15 per cent in 1964, whilst the liquidity of the economy, as expressed in the ratio of money plus near-money to the gross national product, advanced from the already high level of 34 per cent in 1963 to 35 per cent in 1964.

The principal factor in the expansion of bank credit was a rise of R346,000,000 or 40 per cent, in the discounts and advances of the commercial banks. Despite this considerable expansion, the liquid asset ratio of the commercial banks only declined from 44 per cent to 37.3 per cent in the course of 1964. One of the factors accounting for this relatively small decrease was the flow-back to the private sector of Government deposits, already referred to. Credit extension by other classes of banking institutions also expanded considerably during 1964.

Whilst the effect of the balance of payments shortfall on the general liquidity situation in the country was partly concealed by other factors, it did exert an important influence on the money market as such, where the situation became appreciably more stringent. The Treasury Bill tender rate, for example, rose from a low point of 1.68 per cent in November, 1963, to 4.1 per cent on 19 March 1965.

The tendency in the capital market during recent months has likewise been for demand to exceed the available supply. Net new issues of securities by the private sector, public corporations, and local authorities, amounted to approximately R300,000,000 in 1964, as against R200,000,000 the year before. No less than R211,000,000 of this amount was issued by the private sector, compared with R 107,000,000 in 1963. These tendencies had a bearing on stock exchange prices which, during 1964 as a whole, fluctuated around a more or less constant level without tending noticeably further upward. The average yield on industrial and commercial shares advanced from a low point of just under 4 per cent in March, 1964, to 5.28 per cent in December, whilst the yield on mining shares averaged 6.70 per cent in December 1964 compared with 6.14 per cent 12 months earlier.

Building societies experienced an appreciable increase in the demand for mortgage loans. In an attempt to draw additional funds, they increased both their deposit and lending rates in the second quarter of 1964. This attracted a substantial flow of funds and enabled the societies to expand their mortgage advances considerably. In the aggregate, their funds rose by R 154,000,000, and their mortgage loans by R 146,000,000, in the course of the year.

In the light of this survey of current economic conditions, we are in a position to arrive at some tentative conclusions about:

MONETARY AND FISCAL POLICY

The picture I have presented to you is that of an economy enjoying a high rate of growth and widespread prosperity. This conclusion has to be qualified in certain respects: drought conditions are ravaging agriculture in certain parts of the country, while the lowest income group is suffering the adverse effects of rising prices, particularly in respect of foodstuffs. Yet overall, there can be little doubt that the economic upswing, which started three years ago, is continuing unabated.

There are, however, certain developments which cause concern. Last year already there were signs of cost inflation, as reflected in bottlenecks such as, for example, a shortage of skilled labour in certain branches of industry. It is now evident that the expanding monetary demand, in respect of both investment and consumption, has generated a measure of demand inflation and if this demand is allowed to continue growing at the same rate, serious inflationary pressures may develop.

Another aspect of the same problem is the deterioration in our balance of payments.

I have already alluded to the sharp decline in our foreign exchange reserves during the last two months of 1964. Since the beginning of 1965 the rate of decline has accelerated, as witnessed by a drop of R44,500,000 in the Reserve Bank’s gold and foreign exchange holdings between 1 January and 19 March. Although our reserves are still reasonably adequate, it is clear that we cannot allow the current high rate of decline to continue indefinitely.

The conclusions of the Economic Development Programme prepared by the office of the Economic Adviser to the Prime Minister likewise indicate that the growth rate of the past two years cannot be sustained without eventually creating serious problems for the economy. It was found that an annual growth rate of 6 per cent was likely to cause serious bottlenecks in respect of both the balance of payments and skilled labour, and that such a growth rate could probably not be maintained over a full cycle of five years. Since the real gross national product increased by 1½ per cent during each of the last three years, some slowing down of the growth rate appears unavoidable.

It will be of no avail to treat the symptoms of the malady—although direct action against price increases might be justified in certain cases. But more fundamental remedies are required in order to penetrate to the roots of the trouble—in other words, to contain the growth of total monetary demand.

One method, of course, would be to encourage saving. I have already referred to the disappointingly low increase in saving during the past year. In fact, whereas private savings in South Africa, expressed as a percentage of the gross national product, were until recently higher than in most other countries, namely about 20 per cent, our percentage fell in 1964 to the relatively low figure of 14.8 per cent. Measures to promote saving will, no doubt, have to be considered. The slogan “Save to Maintain Prosperity” is certainly an appropriate watchword under present conditions.

It can be argued with justification that the Government should set an example by keeping its own expenditures under tight control. It is not always easy to follow this advice, having regard to the continuous pressure on the Government to expand its services, some of which are indispensable for our continued economic development. Every endeavour should, nevertheless, be made to limit the in crease in Government expenditure, and to curtail non-essential services wherever possible.

This does not only apply to the Central Government, but also to other public bodies, such as the Provincial Administrations and local authorities. The Treasury will try to ensure that, wherever practicable, the capital programmes of these authorities are suitably pruned, deferred or stretched out, and I trust that I can rely on the co-operation of these authorities in the national interest.

I have already referred to the considerable expansion of bank credit in 1964. The increase since the second half of the year, in particular, must be looked upon as inflationary in character and as an important contributory cause of the excessive spending. Action to control this expansion was clearly necessary, and several measures were taken by the authorities. These steps culminated in my statement of 5 March, in which I announced an increase in Bank Rate by ½ per cent to 5 per cent, and an increase by 4 per cent in the minimum liquid asset ratio of the commercial banks. I also appealed to other banking institutions to limit credit expansion, and indicated that the rediscounting facilities of the Reserve Bank would not be freely available to merchant banks whose outstanding credit facilities were rising too rapidly, or had reached an unduly high level. Since then, certain maximum deposit rates have been introduced in order to bring under control the present interest rate war through which certain institutions are trying to draw away funds from competitors.

These steps cannot be termed drastic, and are designed to counteract the moderate measures of demand inflation already in evidence. Clearly these monetary measures require to be supplemented by an appropriate fiscal policy. This means that any inflationary financing of Government expenditure, for example, by means of credit creation, should be avoided, and that we should rather rely on current taxation and savings.

To summarize: the current economic situation in South Africa reflects, in my view, an early stage of moderate demand inflation. As yet, the position is not serious, but if allowed to proceed unchecked, serious consequences may ensue in respect of prices, labour shortages and other bottlenecks, and the balance of payments. Over-drastic action might restrain economic expansion unduly, but measures which are too mild might result in drastic action becoming unavoidable at a later stage, which might cause a severe shock to the economy.

We thus have to steer clear of either extreme and follow the golden mean by seeking a fiscal policy which, in conjunction with other measures, would be sufficiently stern to contain inflationary tendencies and yet allow healthy expansion to continue. Our policy must be designed to halt the excessive growth of monetary demand in respect of both investment and consumption, and, particularly, non-essential consumption.

In determining the fiscal tools to be employed, and the measure of their application, the human factor cannot be ignored. I have already pointed out that the very lowest income group is suffering the adverse effects of rising prices—particularly prices of foodstuffs —and it is clear that it would be inappropriate to apply to this group certain fiscal measures which might quite appropriately be applied to other groups. As far as possible, therefore, this group should be excluded from the application of our fiscal instruments, and, where this is not feasible, the incidence in relation to this group should be appreciably less.

There is another group, namely, the old-age pensioners who, while falling outside the orbit of the normal fiscal instruments, are mainly dependent on the Government for the necessary means to meet the increased prices of foodstuffs. Their interests cannot be neglected in the preparation of our expenditure estimates, even if such expenditure should have some inflationary effect.

With the limited tools at my disposal it becomes a formidable problem to formulate a fiscal policy which will satisfy all these requirements. Yet we have to seek an adequate solution.

This brings us to the Government’s accounts for:

THE FINANCIAL YEAR 1964-5

The maintenance—contrary to the general expectation—of a high growth rate in the economy and, more particularly, the rapid rise in profits, have caused Government revenues during the current year to exceed the original estimates by a wide margin. This applies especially to Inland Revenue, which is expected to exceed the original figure by R89,800,000, despite the fact that we allowed for an increase of 7½ per cent in the Gross National Product. Customs and Excise will probably also yield an additional R23,900,000, mainly because imports were not merely maintained at a high level but, in fact, increased by 23 per cent in 1964. Expenditure on Revenue Account is likely to remain close to the estimated level and the surplus on Revenue Account will thus be R110,000,000, which is equivalent to KH per cent of the total provision in the Main Estimates.

Expenditure on Loan Account will substantially exceed the original estimates, primarily because of increased capital expenditure by the Railways Administration and the Department of Lands. Our receipts from nonresident bonds fell short of expectations, but receipts under other sub-heads exceeded our estimates, and we anticipate showing a shortfall of R 19,400,000 on Loan Account by the end of the year. In accordance with my explanation last year, the R20,000,000 transferred to the Tax Reserve Account was not utilized this year, and that amount, although invested with the Public Debt Commissioners, has not been taken into account in arriving at the estimated shortfall.

This brings me to:

THE LOAN ACCOUNT, 1965-6

The amount requested by Government Departments on Loan Account for the ensuing year amounted to the formidable sum of R540,000,000—R200,000,000 more than the original figure, or R141,000,000 (approximately 35 per cent) more than the revised figure for the current year. All the services sought to be covered by this gigantic amount were highly necessary, but expenditure of this magnitude could, under prevailing circumstances, quite obviously not be contemplated. I wish to express appreciation to my colleagues through whose co-operation it has been possible to reduce this figure by R93,400,000 to R446,600,000; which is 12 per cent more than the revised figure for the current year. All services, barring those urgently necessary for relieving serious bottlenecks in the economy, had to contribute towards this reduction in the Government’s capital programme. Even the Orange River Project, acclaimed on all sides of this House as a most worthy undertaking, has had to be stretched out in certain respects in order to enable the relative expenditure to be reduced by 25 per cent in 1965-6.

The remaining increase, as compared with the revised figures for the current year, is mainly due to enhanced provision for the Department of Community Development—in respect of both the Housing Fund and the Community Development Fund; the Department of Water Affairs (where a start will be made on the Orange River Project albeit at a slower rate than initially contemplated); Bantu Administration and Development for the development of the Bantu areas by the Trust; and Commerce and Industries, by way of additional capital for the Industrial Development Corporation for the establishment of an aircraft industry, and for development in South-West Africa.

Here it would also be appropriate to reflect on the devastating drought prevailing in various parts of the country. I have already referred to one of its consequences, namely, the rising prices of foodstuffs. But if large areas of a country are in the grip of a prolonged and stubborn drought, all the other sectors of the national life and the national economy must inevitably also suffer. For this reason, no less than as a tangible gesture of assistance to those farmers who find themselves in difficult circumstances, this Budget makes liberal provision for assistance and support to the agricultural sector. Under Loan Vote H—State Advances—as well as on Revenue Account, substantial amounts have been provided for this purpose. If even these amounts prove inadequate, the Government will not hesitate to supplement the provision, where necessary.

Over and above the amount of R446,600,000 appearing in the printed Estimates, we also have to provide for loans of R1,000,000 each to the Hotel Board and the Transkei Development Corporation, which are expected to be established during the current session of Parliament.

In addition, an amount of R9,000,000 will probably have to be provided if the Republic’s quota in the International Monetary Fund is increased. I should explain that a general increase of 25 per cent in the quotas of all member countries is contemplated, and, in addition, special quota increases for certain countries, including South Africa. We are requesting a total increase of $50,000,000. This will entitle us, when the need arises, to bigger drawings on the Fund. One-quarter of the increase requires to be paid over to the Fund in gold, and it is this amount for which tentative provision has to be made.

The total expenditure likely to be defrayed from the Loan Account thus amounts to R457,600,000. In addition, provision has to be made for the following repayments:

Local Stock

R141,700,000

Non-resident bonds

12,100,000

External loans

31,200,000

Treasury bonds and miscellaneous

3,000,000

R 188,000,000

The anticipated shortfall of R 19,400,000 on the Loan Account as at 31 March 1965 also has to be provided for. The total amount required is, therefore, R665,000,000.

The financing of this very large amount really constitutes the feature of our budget problem for 1965-6 which gives me the most concern. Three factors, in particular, are aggravating the problem. First, investments by the Public Debt Commissioners are expected to be much smaller in 1965-6 than in the current financial year, mainly because the Commissioners received a net amount of R46,000,000 from the Defence Special Equipment Account in the current year whereas a considerable amount will have to be withdrawn by the Account in 1965-6 to cover payments on expensive equipment. Secondly, as I have explained, conditions in the domestic capital market have become more stringent and substantial borrowings from the market are likely to involve considerable difficulty. Thirdly, the American Interest Equalization Tax makes it extremely difficult to raise further loans in that market.

I would hope to be able to renew existing foreign loans or to negotiate new foreign loans to a total amount of R22,000,000. In addition, there is an amount of R8,600,000 still available for drawing under an existing loan.

Holders of the maturing local stock will be offered conversion into new stocks. I am hopeful that the full amount (R141,700,000) will be reinvested and that, in addition, we shall be able to attract R70,000,000 of new money—either in stocks or in Treasury Bills. This will certainly be no easy task, but I would hope that investors, and, more particularly, the large financial institutions, such as insurance companies and pension funds, will co-operate in the national interest towards achieving this target.

I propose issuing a new series of tax-free Treasury bonds which will enable even those individuals who already hold their full quota under the old series to invest a maximum of R20,000 in the new series. The interest rate will be increased to 5 per cent. These bonds have always been popular with investors and I estimate they will yield R20,000,000 in 1965-6.

The interest rate on Post Office Savings Bank accounts still stands at 2j per cent, although private savings banks and building societies have been paying higher rates for some considerable time. I feel an increase is justified and that this will assist in encouraging saving. Accordingly, as from 1 April 1965 the rate on Post Office Savings Bank accounts will be increased to 3½ per cent, while that on Savings Bank Certificates will move up to 4½ per cent. I trust that these adjustments will attract some additional money into the Loan Account, but it is difficult to make any precise estimate and I shall, therefore, make no allowance for it in my calculations.

The present series of non-resident bonds has not been very productive; indeed, it was not intended to be. These bonds were designed as a channel for enabling non-residents to repatriate their capital investments in the Republic. Having regard to the present declining trend in our foreign exchange reserves we would, in any case, not readily permit the investment of large amounts in these bonds, which would eventually cause a further reduction in our reserves. The present series of bonds will, for the time being, be continued.

The estimated amounts available for financing the Loan Account may now be summarized as follows:

Loan recoveries

R98,400,000

Surrenders, 1964-5

1,000,000

Public Debt Commissioners

135,000,000

External loans

30,600,000

Internal loans

211,700,000

Treasury bonds

20,000,000

Non-resident bonds

5,000,000

R501,700,000

The amount of R 135,000,000 shown against the Public Debt Commissioners includes the R20,000,000 in the Tax Reserve Account. Under present circumstances where the taxpayer will evidently be called upon to make a contribution to the Loan Account, I consider it appropriate that the funds in the Reserve Account, which are being held in trust for the taxpayer, should be lent to the Government to help defray the expenditure on Loan Account.

There still remains a shortfall of R 163,300,000.

I propose that the entire surplus on Revenue Account for 1964-5, viz. R110,000,000, be transferred to Loan Account.

It happens practically every year that substantial amounts appropriated for particular services remain unexpended, as a result of, for example, delays on building work. Normally, these savings are absorbed by the inclusion of new services in the Additional Estimates. During the year 1965-6, however, I intend adopting a far more stringent attitude with respect to the Additional Estimates; even the most urgent services will be considered for inclusion only if really exceptional circumstances obtain. In this way we can, I think, save R 10,000,000.

Where so much additional money is required for the Loan Account, I feel that a loan levy is an obvious method to apply; in fact, I can hardly disappoint the expectations of practically the whole financial press by not imposing such a levy! I propose, therefore, that a loan levy of 5 per cent on income-tax be imposed on persons and companies other than gold mining companies. In the case of individuals the levy will be calculated on the income-tax levied by the Central Government for the year ending 28 February 1966, but before deduction of the 5 per cent discount. Otherwise than in the past, the loan levy will, moreover, not be payable by all persons subject to income-tax. I feel strongly that taxpayers in the lower and the lower-middle income brackets should be exempt from this levy. For this reason the levy will not be payable by individuals who would be subject to a levy of less than R5; in other words, it will not be payable by individuals whose income-tax liability towards the Central Government is less than R95. This will exclude more than two-thirds of all individual income-tax payers.

For companies the levy will be calculated on the income-tax payable for the financial year ending during the calendar year 1966. Receipts for the levy will be sent to all taxpayers in due course, but these receipts will not be negotiable. Simple interest at 5 per cent per annum will be paid. I do not wish to bind myself now to a definite date for the repayment of the levy; that date will be chosen to suit the requirements of the fiscus and of the economy. The yield of this levy during the financial year 1965-6 is estimated at R 13,300,000.

There remains a balance of R30,000,000 which must be obtained from current revenue. In order to determine how this can be done, we must first examine the—

ESTIMATES OF EXPENDITURE ON REVENUE ACCOUNT; 1965-6

The printed Estimates provide for expenditure of R1,121,500,000 from Revenue Account in 1965-6. This amount exceeds the provision in the Main Estimates for 1964-5 by R74,000,000, or 7 per cent.

This increase is spread over many Departments, and can be regarded as reasonable.

The provision on the Defence Vote is practically the same as for the current year. It is anticipated, however, that the actual expenditure on Defence will be substantially higher since a considerable drawing will be made, as I have explained, on the Defence Special Equipment Account. This Account is utilized primarily for financing the purchase of important items of a special nature, mostly abroad.

I would also like to draw attention to the provision of R5,000,000 on the Vote Bantu Administration and Development, which is destined for the development of the Bantu Trust areas in South West Africa and the Eastern Caprivi Zipfel. These funds will be devoted to road construction, fencing, water supply, training centres, the establishment of townships and other development work within the pattern of the blue-print recommended by the Odendaal Commission.

I have already indicated that, having regard to the rising prices of foodstuffs, the position of pensioners merits special consideration.

SOCIAL PENSIONS AND GRANTS

I propose to ask the House to approve of the means limit, i.e., the means plus pension limitation, being raised from R324 to R528 per annum in respect of White social pensioners. In this connection it is further proposed that the additional allowances be consolidated with the basic pensions and grants and that, in order to permit all existing beneficiaries to derive some benefit from the new scheme a general increase of R1 per month be granted to all social pensioners and grantees.

It is also proposed to introduce a more generous means test in order to benefit those persons who, during the productive period of their lives, have in some measure made provision for their old age. Here we have in mind mainly those persons who own their own home. The proposal is that any White person, whether married or unmarried, should qualify for the maximum pension or allowance if the unencumbered value of his home or other assets does not exceed R5,600 and he has no other income. Further, that the first R2,400 of any person’s assets should be disregarded for pension purposes.

A further proposal is that the free income limit of R180 per annum per person be raised to R192 per annum per person, i.e. to R384 per annum in the case of a married couple.

The effect of the foregoing proposals is that for example a married couple who, by reason of their means, are at present in receipt of a reduced old-age pension of R20 per month each will be entitled to the maximum pension of R28 per month each, i.e. an increase of R8 per month each.

A large number of persons who are at present precluded from receiving a social pension or grant under the existing means test, will become eligible for such pensions or grants.

It is also intended to increase, from R4 to R10 per month, the attendant’s allowance which is payable to social pensioners and grantees whose physical or mental condition is such that they require die regular attendance of some other person. Provision will also be made for this allowance to be paid to all social pensioners when they attain the age of 90 years.

The proposed concession to social pensioners will also result in an improvement in the allowances for settlers and the supplementary allowances payable to civil pensioners, as well as those supplementary allowances which are payable to railway pensioners and for which the Central Government is responsible. The proposed scheme involves an increase of R2 per month per person, i.e. R4 per month in the case of a married person or a person with dependants.

The concessions relating to the raising of the maximum pension and the free income limit, the exemption for assessment purposes of certain assets, the increase in the attendant’s allowance, and the payment of such an allowance to every social pensioner or grantee on attaining the age of 90 years, are being extended, in the usual ratio, also to Coloured and Indian pensioners and grantees. For these racial groups War Veterans’ pensions are being brought into line, on the basis indicated, with existing improvements in respect of Whites.

Social pensions and grants to the Bantu are at present being paid at different rates of R47.40, R41.40 and R35.50 per annum, depending on whether the beneficiary is resident in a city, village, or rural area, respectively. To simplify administration, and not to provide an artificial incentive to the Bantu to move to the cities, a uniform rate of R44.40 is now proposed, but persons at present in receipt of the higher rate of R47.40 will retain this rate as a personal allowance. About 70 per cent of the beneficiaries are resident in rural areas and they will, therefore, receive an additional R9 per annum each.

The annual cost of all these concessions amounts to R 10,000,000, but having regard to the administrative preparations involved, they will only become effective as from 1 October 1965. The additional cost for the financial year 1965-6 therefore amounts to R5,000,000.

Effective 1 April 1965 social aid schemes are to be introduced for the indigenous population of South West Africa and the Eastern Caprivi, on the same basis as applies in the Republic. These aid schemes comprise the payment of old-age and blind persons’ pensions, invalidity grants, allowances under the Children’s Act, 1960, and allowances to lepers, at the uniform rate of R44.40 per annum. An amount of R 150,000 is being provided for this purpose for the ensuing financial year.

I wish to make an important announcement in respect of old-age pensions. With the object of encouraging White persons to work longer and thus to postpone their applications for old-age pensions, it is proposed to bring into operation a supplementary pension scheme. Any person who applies for a pension more than one year after he or she has attained the age prescribed by law, will be entitled to a larger pension. The introduction of the scheme is being announced now but it will only come into operation on 1 October 1966. All White persons who have already attained the prescribed age and are not in receipt of a social pension, or who will reach the prescribed age before 1 October 1965 will be entitled to a larger pension if they postpone their applications for pension until 1 October 1966.

I think the time has arrived to investigate the possibility of awarding pensions, to those who took part in the “armed protest” of 1914 (the so-called rebels), on the same basis as enjoyed by those who were under arms on the Government side. A number of these “protesting burgers” already receive war veterans’ pensions in respect of their service in other wars, but I think we should consider awarding pensions to the others also. This matter will receive immediate attention.

WAR PENSIONS

As from 1 October 1965 certain adjustments will be made in the system of war pensions. Bonuses will be consolidated with basic pensions and certain other minor modifications will be effected. In the majority of cases the increase to the individual pensioner will be small, but the additional cost will amount to R250,000 in 1965-6.

It is also proposed to increase basic pensions (but not supplementary pensions) by approximately 10 per cent, and basic allowances by approximately 15 per cent, as from 1 April 1966. The cost of these further concessions will be R500,000 per annum but will of course only fall to be met during the financial year 1966-7. It is, however, the intention to introduce the necessary legislation during the current Session.

Full particulars of all these pension concessions are set out in a White Paper which I shall table. The total cost for a full year (excluding the enhanced war pensions which only enter into force in 1966) is estimated at R10,650,000, but for the financial year 1965-6 the cost will amount to R5,400,000.

NATIONAL ROADS

I consider that a further contribution to the National Road Fund is now justified. At present the Fund receives 5.35 cents per gallon of fuel, which yields about R32,000,000 per annum. In view of the large increase in road traffic and the general development of our economy, it is essential that our system of national roads should march in step with the needs of our times. I propose, therefore, that an additional 0.65 cent per gallon be allocated from the customs and excise duty on fuel to the Road Fund. This will yield an additional R4,000,000 per annum to the Fund, on the basis of current consumption, and Government revenue will be reduced by a corresponding amount.

The total sum required for the financial year 1965-6 therefore amounts to R1,121,500,000 in respect of the printed Estimates, plus R5,400,000 for pensions, plus the shortfall of R30,000,000 on Loan Account, to which reference has been made—a total of R 1,156,900,000. On the other hand, it has to be borne in mind that Government revenue will be reduced by R4,000,000 on account of the enhanced contribution to the Road Fund.

ESTIMATES OF REVENUE FOR 1965-6

In estimating Government revenue for the ensuing year, we have to postulate a growth rate for the national income. For reasons which will be evident from my survey of economic conditions in the Republic, I consider that the rate of growth of the gross national product will be somewhat lower in the year that lies ahead. I also hope that it would be possible to prevent prices from continuing to rise at the rate of the past year. Taking everything into consideration, I feel it would not be unreasonable to assume a growth rate at current prices in the gross national product of between 7 and per cent per annum, and this has served as the basis of my calculation.

On this assumption the revenue for 1965-6, on the existing basis of taxation, is estimated at R 1,146,800,000, i.e., R67,000,000 or 6.2 per cent more than the revised figure for 1964-5. The percentage increase is lower than the anticipated growth rate of the gross national product because the yields of certain taxes will probably not keep pace with the overall rate of growth. Customs and Excise revenue, for example, is estimated at R309,800,000, only 4.6 per cent higher than for the current year. Post Office revenue is expected to increase by R6,800,000, and Inland Revenue by R46,400,000. An amount of R4,000,000, representing our enhanced contribution to the National Road Fund, requires to be deducted from total revenue; this leaves a balance of R 1,142,800,000.

To attain the required amount of R 1,156,900,000, we therefore still have to find R14,100,000. Before exploring ways of meeting this shortfall, I first wish to announce a few tax concessions.

The concessions envisaged are designed primarily to remove certain anomalies, or are made for the sake of administrative convenience or saving in labour. One of them might even serve to relieve the burden on the less privileged group. The first concerns the—

STAMP DUTY ON RECEIPTS

I propose that all receipts for salaries, wages and pensions be exempt from stamp duty. This will not only benefit the wage earner and pensioner but will also alleviate the administrative burden on employers. A loss of revenue of approximately R 1,200,000 is involved.

I further propose that the minimum amount in respect of receipts subject to stamp duty be increased from R2 to R10. This will also bring a saving in labour to the trade. The estimated additional loss amounts to R500,000.

These two concessions will take effect tomorrow 25 March.

The next concessions relate to—

INCOME-TAX ON MARRIED WOMEN

Representations have been made to me, also in this House, to the effect that it is inequitable to aggregate the incomes of husband and wife and assess tax on the combined income, which is naturally subject to a higher rate than would have been applicable to either of the two incomes if they had been assessed separately. It is maintained that this system discourages women from taking up gainful employment, even if they have the qualifications and the opportunity.

The main purpose of the present system of aggregating is to prevent tax avoidance, for there is the danger of part of the husband’s income being included with his wife’s with the result that the tax paid by husband and wife separately is considerably less than the tax on the aggregate income. Whilst we shall have to guard against this danger, I nevertheless feel that a concession is justified. I propose that the tax levied on the combined income of husband and wife be calculated at the tax rate applicable to an amount equal to the greater of the two incomes, plus one-half of the smaller income. Thus, for example, if the husband should earn R3,000 per annum and his wife R2,000, the aggregate income of R5,000 will be taxed at the rate applicable to an income of R4,000 (i.e. R3,000 plus R1,000). Since the concession is designed primarily to be of benefit to families in the lower and middle income groups, it will be limited to those cases in which the aggregate income does not exceed R8,000. To avoid anomalies at the transition beyond the upper limit, married couples in receipt of a joint income slightly in excess of R8,000 will receive a reduced benefit. The loss of revenue is estimated at R 1,400,000.

The second concession to married women concerns persons separated a mensa et thora tinder a written agreement entered into after 21 March 1962 or separated under oral agreement, or as a result of desertion. Otherwise than in the case of persons judicially separated, or separated under written agreement entered into on or prior to 21 March 1962 such persons are taxed on the aggregate income of husband and wife. I consider it unreasonable that persons separated from one another should be taxed on different bases, and I propose, therefore, that all persons separated a mensa et thora and living apart in circumstances indicating the probability of permanent separation should be taxed as separate taxable entities. The loss in Government revenue will amount to approximately R500,000.

PROVISIONAL INCOME-TAX PAYERS

The next concession is one which gives me much pleasure in granting, because it has the secondary effect on even producing additional revenue in the financial year 1965-6! I have received representations that provision be made for two instead of three tax payments every year by provisional taxpayers. It is claimed that such a change will considerably reduce the amount of work involved both for the public and for my Department. The proposal has been investigated and we have found that it will bring considerable benefits without disturbing to any noticeable extent the even flow of tax revenues throughout the year—which is one of the main advantages of the P.A.Y.E. system. For the year of assessment ending, in the case of companies, during the calendar year 1966, and, in the case of other provisional taxpayers on 28 February 1966 only two instead of three payments will have to be made—the first within the first six months of the tax year, and the second before the end of the tax year. This change will produce additional revenue of R500,000 during the financial year 1965-6.

There are a few more concessions of lesser importance which I would like to mention. I shall refer briefly to them here; full particulars will be furnished in due course.

STAMP DUTY ON LEASES

The practice is gaining ground of stipulating two months’ instead of one month’s notice in leases, yet the stamp duty in the former case is considerably higher. I regard this as unreasonable and propose that the lower scale of duty be made applicable in both cases. This concession will become effective to-morrow 25 March.

STAMP DUTY ON SHARE TRANSFERS OUTSIDE SOUTH AFRICA

South African stamp duty is payable on transfers of South African shares outside the Republic. This practice is followed by few other countries and causes administrative problems for the companies concerned. The revenue involved is small. I propose that effective tomorrow 25 March such transfer be exempt from stamp duty.

SPECIAL ALLOWANCES IN RESPECT OF AIRCRAFT

Representations have been received for the extension to aircraft, with certain modifications, of the income-tax concessions relating to initial allowances, depreciation, etc., now applicable to ships. Having regard to the high capital investment required of aircraft operators, the relatively short life of aircraft, and the general strategic importance of aviation, I consider a concession justified. It is not easy to describe the concessions concisely, and the particulars will, therefore, be furnished at a later stage.

SUBSIDIARIES OF FOREIGN COMPANIES

It is our policy to encourage foreign companies operating in the Republic to establish subsidiaries in South Africa, thereby encouraging a South African outlook and approach on the part of the local undertakings. The Act was accordingly amended last year to enable a foreign parent company to transfer an accumulated tax loss to its wholly owned subsidiary in the Republic, and also to transfer fixed property without the payment of transfer duty. Due to their group structure, however, certain firms cannot avail themselves of this concession; for example, in the case where the shares in the subsidiary are held not by the parent company but by a foreign subsidiary of the parent company. Moreover, where the parent company has built up reserves, it may be taxed in respect thereof in the year transfer takes place, while the subsidiary derives no tax benefit from these reserves. I propose that the existing concession be extended to cover these cases.

The loss of revenue involved in these four minor concessions will not exceed R 100,000.

The amount we require has now been increased by R3,200,000 to R17,300,000. Before coming to that, I first wish to propose another small amendment.

ESTATE DUTY

In cases where a benefit is paid from a pension or similar fund to the estate or heirs of a member upon his death, such amount is brought into account in the normal way for estate duty purposes. In certain circumstances where the fund is not underwritten by an insurance company and where the benefit accrues to the dependent direct, it is not subject to tax at present. I consider this an anomaly which discriminates against funds underwritten by insurance companies and I propose, therefore, that such amounts be henceforth subject to tax. Such amounts will, however, qualify for inclusion in the exempt amount of R 15,000 maximum, in respect of life insurance policies, Government securities and Land Bank bonds. The additional revenue will be negligible.

I now come to my proposals for meeting the shortfall of R 17,300,000 in Government revenue. My first proposal concerns the—

STAMP DUTY ON RECEIPTS

While I have granted exemption from stamp duty in respect of receipts for salaries, wages, and pensions, and for amounts of less than RIO, I feel that in exchange for this relief and saving in labour a slightly higher duty should be imposed on receipts for amounts of R25 and more. Effective 1 July 1965 such receipts will accordingly be subject to a stamp duty of 2 cents. The additional revenue amounts to R 1,300,000.

COMPANY INCOME-TAX

In my view it would not be proper to seek the remaining R 16,000,000 from individual income-tax payers; nor do I propose to find it from indirect taxation, since this might enhance the cost of living and the cost structure. Bearing in mind the appreciable increase in the average level of company profits last year, I feel that companies can afford a small additional tax without unduly restraining their power of growth. I propose, therefore, that a surcharge of 5 per cent be levied on the income-tax payable by all companies (excluding gold-mining companies) with effect from the financial year ending during the calendar year 1965. The additional revenue accruing during the Government’s financial year 1965-6 is estimated at R 16,000,000, the exact amount required to balance the Budget.

SUMMARY

The Revenue Account for 1965-6 may now be summarized as follows:

R

Expenditure as per printed Estimates

1,121,500,000

Add—Social and military pensions

5,400,000

Transfer to Loan Account

30,000,000

1,156,900,000

Revenue on existing basis of taxation

1,146,800,000

Less — Contribution to Road Fund

4,000,000

Concessions in respect of:

Stamp duty on receipts

1,700,000

Income-tax on married women

1,900,000

Other

100,000

7,700,000

1,139,100,000

Plus—Additional revenue from modified payment of provisional tax

500,000

Increased stamp duty on receipts

1,300,000

5 per cent Surcharge on company tax

16,000,000

R 1,156,900,000

For the sake of convenience I also give a summary of the Loan Account for 1965-6:

R

Expenditure as per printed Estimates

446,600,000

Plus—Loans to—Hotel Board

1,000,000

Transkei Development Corporation

1,000,000

Increased I.M.F. quota

9,000,000

Repayments and miscellaneous

188,000,000

Shortfall, 1964-5

19,400,000

665,000,000

Less—Expected savings

10,000,000

R655,000,000

Receipts:

R

Loan recoveries

98,400,000

Surrenders, 1964-5

1,000,000

Public Debt Commissioners

135,000,000

Treasury bonds

20,000,000

Non-resident bonds

5,000,000

Internal loans — conversions

141,700,000

new loans

70,000,000

External loans—existing

8,600,000

new

22,000,000

Surplus on Revenue Account, 1964-5

110,000,000

Loan levy

13,300,000

Transfer from Revenue Account

30,000,000

R655,000,000

Looked at from another angle, the surplus on Revenue Account for 1964-5 amounting to R110,000,000, is being utilized as follows;

R 19,400,000 to meet the shortfall on Loan Account for the same financial year. R5,400,000 for concessions to pensioners. R3,700,000 for tax concessions. R4,000,000 for national roads. R9,000,000 for the increased quota in the International Monetary Fund.

The balance of R68,500,000 is being transferred to Loan Account to assist in the financing of capital expenditure. This is particularly necessary in 1965-6, having regard to the sham reduction in the contribution by the Public Debt Commissioners, in consequence of large withdrawals from the Defence Special Equipment Account.

In many respects a Minister of Finance is like a tailor who is called upon to make a suit of clothes. In the first place the suit has to fit the client’s figure properly. A budget has to be adapted to the country’s economy. The tailor has to take precise measurements to ensure a proper fit. A budget has to be based on careful surveys of the domestic economy, of the situation pertaining to the country’s balance of payments, of monetary and banking conditions, and of other relevant factors.

But the tailor’s product is not the outcome of unfettered creative action, like that of a futuristic painter. The tailor’s creative ability is circumscribed by the materials available and the affluence or otherwise of his client. In the formulation of a budget, cognizance likewise requires to be taken of the available fiscal instruments, the capacity of the country to absorb taxation, and, above all, the available capital and labour resources and the balance of payments situation.

Apart from the prevailing fashions, every figure requires its own peculiar cut to fit its shape. In the same way a country, too, has its own problems, and if the national policy embraces the goals of preservation of the separate national groups, or the protection of the State’s integrity, these aims inevitably have to find reflection „n the Budget.

The tailor, moreover, has to pay attention to the different physical features of his client. If these include a pot-belly or a hunch-back, the suit has to be shaped accordingly. The same with a Minister of Finance. He has to make provision, as far as possible, for the less privileged sectors, or those visited by natural disasters.

But all these limiting influences notwithstanding, the production of a suit remains a creative act on the part of the tailor who takes a pride in his craft.

In the same way as a tailor is often hampered by his client’s counselors, a Minister of Finance is flooded with advice gratuitously proffered by well-meaning advisers. In some cases the advice is useful, in others less so! And once the suit has been completed, critics will always stand ready—some simply because it is their nature, others because of sheer envy, others still because they are expected, for one reason or another, to criticize, and only a few equipped with the necessary expertize to express an intelligent and disinterested verdict on a comprehensive product. The tailor—as well as the Minister of Finance —if they understand their subject, know how to evaluate every judgment!

I present to you the product of my circumscribed creative action. Perfection I do not claim, since its creator is but human. To satisfy everybody it would be idle to aspire, because everybody is human too, and apt to regard his own interests as most important, and his own needs as most pressing.

But I commend this budget as my sincere view of the country’s economy, its potential, the dangers besetting it, and the needs of its inhabitants; as also of the best means of regulating its power of growth, of meeting the dangers, and of satisfying the needs. Above all, I emphasize the dangers lurking in inflation.

The large expansion of bank credit in recent months being the main factor in the situation of excessive spending, it is appropriate that we should have resort first to monetary weapons to combat threatening inflation. This we have done already, and we shall not hesitate totake further measures if the expansion of credit—especially for non-essential consumption—is not maintained within reasonable limits.

To supplement this monetary policy, a suitable fiscal policy is now being applied. The fiscal policy aims at restraining excessive spending by controlling Government expenditure and financing it in a non-inflationary manner. Care is exercised, however, not to apply the policy so severely as to suppress further growth. In addition, every endeavour has been made, as far as possible, not to impose additional burdens on the lower income groups, since these groups are already suffering from rising prices whilst they have contributed little to the inflationary spending.

In conclusion, I wish to emphasize that the maintenance of prosperity and economic growth is not the responsibility of the Government alone. Every South African can assist towards the attainment of this goal by working harder, spending his income judiciously, and trying to save a little more. In this way we can ensure that the phenomenal development of recent years is not dissipated in inflation, but is preserved and continued, thereby enabling our national economy to rise to even greater heights in the future.

I now lay upon the Table:

  1. (1) Estimates of Expenditure to be defrayed from Revenue, Bantu Education and Loan Accounts during the year ending 31 March 1966;
  2. (2) Estimates of Revenue to be received during the year ending 31 March 1966;
  3. (3) White Paper in connection with Budget Statement, 1965-6;
  4. (4) White Paper on concessions to social pensioners and grantees and to war pensioners;
  5. (5) Taxation proposals; and
  6. (6) Comparative figures of Revenue tor 1964-5 and 1965-6.

REVENUE 1964/65

Head of Revenue

Revised Estimates

Original Estimates

Increase

Decrease

R

R

R

R

CUSTOMS AND EXCISE

Customs Duties:

Customs

110,000,000

96,000,000

14,000,000

Excise Duties:

Beer

14,800,000

13,380,000

1,420,000

Wine

8,000,000

7,900,000

100,000

Spirits

41,800,000

40,000,000

1,800,000

Acetic Acid

24,000

20,000

4,000

Cigarettes and Cigarette Tobacco

58,000,000

55,000,000

3,000,000

Pipe Tobacco and Cigars

5,570,000

5,570,000

130,000

Petrol

24,000,000

24,000,000

Kerosene, Distillate Fuels and Residual Fuel Oils

3,000,000

2,880,000

120,000

Matches

550,000

530,000

20,000

Pneumatic Tyres and Tubes

2,400,000

2,200,000

200,000

Motor Cars

27,500,000

23,800,000

3,700,000

Gramophone Records

465,000

440,000

25,000

Yeast

223,000

50,000

273,000

185,886,000

175,900,000

10,389,000

403,000

Miscellaneous

114,000

150,000

36,000

Total for Customs and Excise

296,000,000

272,050,000

24,389,000

439,000

POSTS, TELEGRAPHS AND TELEPHONES

Posts:

Postage

24,265,000

24,250,000

15,000

Commission

660,000

720,000

60,000

Box and Bag Rents

760,000

800,000

20,000

Ocean Mail Service

780,000

800,000

Miscellaneous

1,765,000

1,700,000

65,000

28,250,000

28,250,000

80,000

80,000

Head of Revenue

Revised Estimates

Original Estimates

Increase

Decrease

R

R

R

R

Telegraphs

9,335,000

8,750,000

585,000

Telephones

65,000,000

65,000,000

Official Posts, Telegraphs and Telephones

3,095,000

3,000,000

95,000

Total for Posts, Telegraphs and Telephones

105,680,000

105,000,000

760,000

80,000

INLAND REVENUE

Mining:

State Ownership Revenue:

Licences and Mynpacht Dues

380,000

388,000

8,000

State Diamond Diggings

2,872,000

2,691,000

181,000

Income Tax:

Normal Tax:

Gold Mines

89,434,000

87,500,000

1,934,000

Diamond Mines

3,070,000

3,000,000

70,000

Other Mines

18,500,000

16,000,000

2,500,000

Individuals

175,000,000

149,800,000

25,200,000

Companies (other than Mining)

217,500,000

175,500,000

42,000,000

Interest on Overdue Tax

400,000

200,000

200,000

503,904,000

432,000,000

71,904,000

Non-Resident Shareholders’ Tax

12,850,000

11,200,000

1,650,000

Undistributed Profits Tax

650,000

450,000

200,000

Donations Tax

350,000

150,000

200,000

13,850,000

11,800,000

2,050,000

Licences

5,500,000

5,100,000

400,000

Stamp Duties and Fees

20,650,000

17,000,000

3,650,000

Estate Duties

3,000,000

3,000,000

Bantu Pass and Compound Fees

150,000

150,000

Fines and Forfeitures

2,800,000

2,400,000

400,000

Quitrents and Farm Taxes

6,000

6,000

Rents of State Property

2,500,000

2,500,000

Forest Revenue

3,000,000

3,000,000

Recoveries of Advances

590,000

500,000

90,000

Transfer Duty

22,000,000

14,700,000

7,300,000

Tax on Purchase and Sale of Marketable Securities

4,700,000

3,000,000

1,700,000

Cinematograph Films Tax

1,000,000

850,000

150,000

65,896,000

52,206,000

13,690,000

Departmental and Miscellaneous Receipts:

Contribution from South West Africa in terms of the Police (S.W.A.) Act, 1939

400,000

400,000

Government Garage

8,140,000

8,233,000

93,000

S.A. Reserve Bank

1,885,000

2,500,000

615,000

Mint

2,500,000

3,300,000

800,000

Government Printer

4,500,000

4,550,000

50,000

General

33,000,000

31,000,000

2,000,000

50,425,000

49,983,000

2,000,000

1,558,000

Head of Revenue

Revised Estimates

Original Estimates

Increase

Decrease

R

R

R

R

Interest:

On State Loans and Investment of Cash Balances

36,910,800

35,370,800

1,540,000

Dividends

3,849,200

3,849,200

40,760,000

39,220,000

1,540,000

Total for Inland Revenue

678,087,000

588,288,000

91,365,000

1,566,000

Total Revenue to be Received

1,079,767,000

965,338,000

116,514,000

2,085,000

Net increase

R114,429,000

REVENUE 1965/66.(On existing basis of taxation.)

Head of Revenue

Estimates 1965/66

Revised Estimates 1964/65

Increase

Decrease

R

R

R

R

CUSTOMS AND EXCISE

Customs Duties:

Customs

120,000,000

110,000,000

10,000,000

Excise Duties:

Beer

16,500,000

14,800,000

1,700,000

Wine

8,500,000

8,000,000

500,000

Spirits

46,000,000

41,800,000

4,200,000

Acetic Acid

20,000

24,000

4,000

Cigarettes and Cigarette Tobacco

59,000,000

58,000,000

1,000,000

Pipe Tobacco and Cigars

6,000,000

5,570,000

430,000

Petrol

24,000,000

24,000,000

Kerosene, Distillate Fuels and Residual Fuel Oils

3,200,000

3,000,000

200,000

Matches

570,000

550,000

20,000

Pneumatic Tyres and Tubes

2,800,000

2,400,000

400,000

Motor Cars

22,500,000

27,500,000

5,000,000

Gramophone Records

510,000

465,000

45,000

Yeast

a

-223,000

223,000

189,600,000

185,886,000

8,718,000

5,004,000

Miscellaneous

200,000

114,000

86,000

Total for Customs and Excise

309,800,000

296,000,000

18,804,000

5,004,000

POSTS, TELEGRAPHS AND TELEPHONES

Posts:

Postage

25,290,000

24,265,000

1,025,000

Commission

675,000

660,000

15,000

Box and Bag Rents

780,000

760,000

20,000

Ocean Mail Service

800,000

800,000

Miscellaneous

1,765,000

1,765,000

29,310,000

28,250,000

1,060,000

Telegraphs

9,860,000

9,335,000

525,000

Telephones

70,000,000

65,000,000

5,000,000

Official Posts, Telegraphs and Telephones

3,330,000

3,095,000

235,000

Total for Posts, Telegraphs and Telephones

112,500,000

105,680,000

6,820,000

Head of Revenue

Estimates 1965/66

Revised Estimates 1964/65

Increase

Decrease

R

R

R

R

INLAND REVENUE

Mining:

State Ownership Revenue:

Licences and Mynpacht Dues

379,000

380,000

1,000

State Diamond Diggings

2,755,000

2,872,000

117,000

Income Tax:

Normal Tax:

Gold Mines

93,107,000

89,434,000

3,673,000

Diamond Mines

3,300,000

3,070,000

230,000

Other Mines

18,750,000

18,500,000

250,000

Individuals

190,000,000

175,000,000

15,000,000

Companies (other than Mining)

239,000,000

217,500,000

21,500,000

Interest on Overdue Tax

400,000

400,000

544,557,000

503,904,000

40,653,000

Non-Resident Shareholders’ Tax

13,500,000

12,850,000

650,000

Undistributed Profits Tax

650,000

650,000

Donations Tax

350,000

350,000

14,500,000

13,850,000

650,000

Licences

5,750,000

5,500,000

250,000

Stamp Duties and Fees

22,000,000

20,650,000

1,350,000

Estate Duties

3,000,000

3,000,000

Bantu Pass and Compound Fees

150,000

150,000

Fines and Forfeitures

2,950,000

2,800,000

150,000

Quitrents and Farm Taxes

6,000

6,000

Rents of State Property

2,500,000

2,500,000

Forest Revenue

3,000,000

3,000,000

Recoveries of Advances

620,000

590,000

30,000

Transfer Duty

22,000,000

22,000,000

Tax on Purchase and Sale of Marketable Securities

4,900,000

4,700,000

200,000

Cinematograph Films Tax

1,100,000

1,000,000

100,000

67,976,000

65,896,000

2,080,000

Departmental and Miscellaneous Receipts:

Contribution from South West Africa in terms of the Police (S.W.A.) Act, 1939

400,000

400,000

Government Garage

8,420,000

8,140,000

280,000

S.A. Reserve Bank

2,700,000

1,885,000

815,000

Mint

1,000,000

2,500,000

1,500,000

Government Printer

4,500,000

4,500,000

General

34,000,000

33,000,000

1,000,000

51,020,000

50,425,000

2,095,000

1,500,000

Head of Revenue

Estimates 1965/66

Revised Estimates 1964/65

Increase

Decrease

R

R

R

R

Interest:

On State Loans and Investment of Cash Balances

39,510,800

36,910,800

2,600,000

Dividends

3,849,200

3,849,200

43,360,000

40,760,000

2,600,000

Total for Inland Revenue

724,547,000

678,087,000

48,078,000

1,618,000

Total Revenue to be Received

1,146,847,000

1,079,767,000

73,702,000

6,622,000

Net Increase

R67,080,000

a Duty abolished.

Mr. WATERSON:

I am sure that all of us had begun to feel a little disappointed that the Minister had abandoned his endearing habit of appearing in a fresh disguise every year when he presented his Budget. I think he must have tantalized us deliberately in keeping his secret until the last few minutes of his speech. He has now emerged as a merchant tailor. He has explained what the duties of a merchant tailor are. All I can say is that the hon. Minister, as a tailor, in the whole of his career as Minister of Finance, has never yet managed to make a suit which has fitted this country in the course of the year’s activity. I very much doubt whether he has departed from his established rule of making a thoroughly ill-fitting suit in the Budget which he has presented this year.

It must be many years since the country has awaited the Budget with more anxiety than the present one. As the hon. Minister mentioned in his speech it must be many years since so much advice from so many quarters has been offered to him as to what he ought to do in order to cope with the dilemma in which his Government has landed this country. It must be many years since so many hopes and fears have been expressed as to what his Budget might contain. I have no doubt that there are many hundreds of people in the country at the present moment who are busily checking to see to what extent their hopes or their fears have been realized by what the hon. the Minister has just said. I am afraid that more fears will be realized than hopes.

Listening to the hon. the Minister it appeared that he had two main objectives in view and two important intentions. The two main objectives were, first of all, to maintain the development of the country at a reasonable rate and, secondly, to help to put a curb to the rising prices to which he referred and to assist in checking inflation in pursuance of the policy which is already being pursued by the Reserve Bank. Another object he had in view was to provide help for the agricultural industry which, as we all know, has been so sorely hit by climatic conditions. The hon. Minister was unable to give us any indication of how that help can best be given, but we shall doubtless hear more about that in due course.

Lastly, his intention was to give relief to the social pensioners who have been the chief sufferers during the so-called boom. Well, we have no fault of course to find with any of those four objectives or aims of the hon. the Minister, and particularly as for the last one we are very glad of the eleventh hour admission on the part of the hon. the Minister that he can no longer dodge his responsibility towards the social pensioners who have been suffering all this time, as we have repeatedly pointed out to him.

Mr. G. F. H. BEKKER:

Jeremiah!

Mr. WATERSON:

I hope the hon. member for Cradock will follow our example and study these proposals, I won’t say “intelligently”, because that would be asking too much, but I want to ask him to study these proposals so that he can take an intelligent part in the debate that will follow, in order to see to what extent these steps are likely to be effective in the right direction. That they will have an effect, there is no doubt. Whether the effect will be in the right direction is another question. And also to see to what extent they represent what the hon. the Prime Minister is an advocate of these days, namely, proper planning, or to what extent they are stopgaps, patchwork to deal with a situation which the Government has allowed to threaten to get out of hand. But I think before we cap comment in detail on these proposals, we shall have to study them, and therefore I would like to move—

That the debate be now adjourned.

Agreed to.

FIRST READING OF BILLS

South African Road Safety Council Amendment Bill.

National Roads Amendment Bill.

GROUP AREAS AMENDMENT BILL

First Order read: Third reading,—Group Areas

Amendment Bill.

The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

I move— That the Bill be now read a third time.

Mr. GAY:

The Bill now before the House for its third reading cannot be regarded as otherwise than giving the green light for amongst other things four major objects: (1) The substantial intensification in group areas activity, as well as (2) its diversification and a speed-up to introduce the principle of compulsory racial group separation into practically every phase of the every-day life of the Republic; (3) its exploitation of the principle of widespread powers of delegation of authority, which side-tracks to a large measure normal parliamentary control; and (4) its provision for the wider use of the S.A. Police Force as inspectors of group areas.

Summed up very briefly, the net effect of this amending Bill will be that whilst it provides the legal authority for a number of administrative practices which in fact has been used for some time in the past, it also applies the new phase of living by permit to the every-day life of the Republic. Sir, permit control under this measure, now amending the main Act, will be increasingly applied to almost every phase of the normal daily lives of the people of the Republic, and will steadily replace the pattern of individual, community and personal freedoms under which the Republic, and the Union before it, has developed and prospered with maximum interracial harmony and confidence from its very early days.

Probably one of the most alarming features of the Bill before us, a Bill which comes before us without amendment since its introduction, will be the scope that it provides for government under control by “policy” or “official edict”, as distinct from law, in which system there is very wide and dangerous scope for misunderstanding, conflict of rulings and widespread confusion, not only damaging the economic life of the Republic, but also a fruitful source of undermining relations and mutual confidence between the different racial groups.

South Africa has already been treated to what one might call a preview of a shocking exhibition of this Government’s ineptitude over the past few months in the various events which have taken place, starting off with the Luxurama case in Wynberg, interference with the football of the country, entertainment, municipal cultural activities, and in many other examples which we have covering a wide diversion of activities in the different provinces, a wide diversion of opinion amongst the different officials who authorize these controls, and the over-all ministerial inability to clear up the confusion that has been caused. I do not propose to go over all the examples again, but many have been brought to notice here in the previous readings.

Sir it is a most disastrous and dangerous interference with the financial and economic structure of the country. It goes far beyond anything contemplated in the original Act itself or by the people who originally introduced group areas legislation.

We on this side of the House have repeatedly objected to the scope of this measure, the scope that it gives for delving into the private affairs of citizens on matters having no connection whatsoever with questions under examination. This Bill by its diversification of control over at least three, and in some cases four different ministerial portfolios, coupled with its wide powers of delegation of authority, still further extends this scope and in fact it encourages the probing into the private lives of citizens. This very diversification whilst it encourages that action by its diversification also reduces the efficiency of responsible control which can be exercised over such actions. Particularly the responsible control which falls under the direct authority of Parliament.

We have had striking examples that this objection is fully justified. It has more than been fully substantiated over the past few weeks by the clear evidence of the lack of competent liaison and consultation between the Ministers concerned, which in addition to rulings given by members of their staffs, has resulted in widespread confusion and conflicting decisions given in the different parts of the Republic, some of them bearing little relation one to the other although covering the very same set of circumstances or public activities.

The Bill before us is clear evidence of an instruction having been given to speed up the division of the Republic into a number of group areas, based on colour and racial ideologies. The Bill itself represents an attempt for what might be called a co-operative effort by combined ministerial departments to cover up the failure of the Government’s apartheid policy as it has been conducted up to date. One can ask the question, and I wonder whether the hon. Minister will be able to reply to that question, on whose orders has the speed-up been inaugurated? We do remember that about two to two-and-a-half years ago the hon. the Prime Minister himself gave instructions for the speeding-up of this type of activity, now called community development. To those who studied the career of this type of legislation it is self-evident that the present pattern which is developing is an attempt to meet the hon. the Prime Minister’s instructions to get on with the job. Get on with the job, Sir, in compulsive terms over the wide range and extent that is now being applied.

Sir, whilst separate residential and social development achieved by consultation and a build-up of the spirit of tolerance and mutual respect for each other’s just aspirations remains part of our policy, we can find no place for this approach in the Bill now before us, nor the Act as it will be when these amendments have been passed. Not only do we believe that it is likely to develop ill-will and further racial friction inside the Republic, but it also carries a dangerous scope with it to damage the Republic’s economic structure, to damage the very foundations of that structure which depends so much on complete cooperation, both in the development and the conduct of the economic activities of the country, complete co-operation between the various racial groups involved. The maximum measure of confidence and goodwill between all racial groups is imperative. This Bill provides little scope for a continuation on that basis.

Sir, when we approach this Bill with our criticisms, we do so from the angle that neither White nor non-White can prosper in this country independent of one another. We are too interlinked and interdependent. This Bill does not work in the direction of promoting that co-operation which is so essential. As now before the House for its third reading, this Bill is also likely to increase rather than to decrease the external dislike and condemnation of the Republic, the very last thing that any Act of this Parliament should encourage or risk at the present stage of affairs. Parliament should not accept any measure which runs the slightest risk of creating such further feelings overseas.

Whilst on the one hand it is clear that the expansion and intensification of group area activity must mean considerable increase in the extent, the nature and volume of the work involving inspection, both community as well as individual activities and living conditions of White and non-White citizens, it is clear that it will also entail much more detailed and expanded investigation and control over a wide range of public, local government, and of sporting, recreational and cultural activities. There is ample evidence, as I mentioned earlier, of its impact in this direction already. Particularly its impact on economic and business activities, quite apart from its very serious impact on race relations in the country. That being so, to now provide, as this Bill does, that these duties to a very large extent, under Section 15 of the Bill, will in future have to be carried out by the police, acting as “inspectors” of the Department of Community Development, is quite unacceptable to the Opposition. The Police Force of the Republic have the specific task of the prevention of crime, the preservation of law and order, the overall maintenance of the security of the Republic in those regards. As far as our Police Force is concerned, it is also regarded as part of the home defences of the Republic, and on them falls the responsibility, the first-line responsibility for coping with any form of internal sabotage or disturbance. And I would say that as far as these responsible tasks are concerned, the police enjoy a deservedly high reputation. The police as a whole have done their particular job and carried out that responsibility with distinction. But one has only to read the report of the Commissioner of Police or of the Department of Justice; one need only read our daily papers, the daily stories of crime and lawlessness, to realize that the Police Force to-day is not only heavily over-loaded, but seriously under-staffed for their real work as guardians of the law. Every day we get the instances of resignation, people leaving the force, a meagre force which has to carry out real police work almost warranting a force twice as large. To now add this group areas load and expect them to take on all the volume of irritating, unpleasant and often objectionable tasks, which have of necessity to be tackled by group areas inspectors, as stated in this Bill, is against the best interests of law and order. It does not fit into the accepted pattern of police duties, as we know them in this country, and it is not doing the police a service to make them police responsibility. The long-term effect must inevitably be as far as the Police Force is concerned to make their already difficult task still more difficult, and it is likely to discourage the type of man who would be valuable in the force from joining, or remaining in such a force; it will make recruiting still more difficult. It is no use members opposite, as they did in an earlier stage of the debate, claiming that the police have been doing this work for some years, and that therefore it does not mean any extra work. The legislation we are now being asked to accept in the third reading, if it is to be carried out efficiently by the police, must mean a very large extension in the amount of work, even in the work of the type they have already been doing as far as group areas are concerned. It must be accepted that the increase in the group area work, the increased number of group areas to be proclaimed, the increased amount of planning and declarations provided for by this Bill, must call for a substantial increase in the field work and investigation by inspectors. It will no longer be restricted merely to residential and living conditions, but over and above that, Sir, they will have to cover practically every phase of the Republic’s daily and nightly life, particularly in regard to entertainment, sports, cultural and recreational activities. Somebody has to see to it that the rules are carried out. We come down to it that under legislation of this type we are going to use the Police Force to see to it that sufficient toilets are provided on the football fields and on public recreation grounds to cover the needs of people of all races and colours. That is not a job that should be carried out by the Police Force. The Bill does not limit the activities of the Police Force only to doing the duties involved in breaches of the law. True it would be a breach of the law, Sir, for a ground to be insufficiently equipped for all these necessary facilities provided by the law. Therefore that would bring it within the ambit of police duties. We say that there is the widest conceivable range of that type of duty and such other activities as fall within the scope of community gatherings, which will then also fall within the scope of police duties.

Hon. members have said that many of these duties have for years been carried out by the police. May I then pose the question to them: Why is it necessary then to now provide for it legally in this Bill. For the police to have this authority if they have been doing these things for years? Why include it in this Bill at this stage?

We on this side are completely opposed to this additional load being placed on the S.A. Police. If it is necessary for these things to be done, then it is a matter for careful handling by persons specially skilled in that type of delicate and responsible work, and not by a Force already over-loaded by work of a far more responsible nature, work which is nationally important. I do not propose to go into detail in regard to the very large number of objections we have to the Bill, even now in the third reading stage. I have attempted to sum up the main points of difference. Other speakers will deal with these objections in more detail, but we on this side of the House believe that for the reasons I have stated: it is in the best interest of the Republic that this Bill should not be accepted by the House at the third reading. For that reason it is not possible for us to support the Bill at the third reading, and I therefore move—

To omit “now” and to add at the end “this day six months”.
*Mr. SMIT:

If there has been any doubt hitherto in the discussion on this measure as to what the attitude of the Opposition really is in respect of grout) areas, then we no longer have any doubt at this stage. It was suggested here by front-benchers of the Opposition during the second-reading debate that they too were entirely in favour of separate residential areas, but that they were not in favour of introducing an element of compulsion by way of legislation. To-day they are singing quite a different tune. To-day they condemn this legislation hocus-pocus and because the third-reading debate happens to be taking place on the same day as the provincial elections, they can afford once again, now that election day is fast drawing to a close, to turn to the left the tide of public opinion which has swung to the right. The main objection of the hon. member for Simonstown (Mr. Gay) is to the use of policemen for the implementation of this Act. The hon. member looked for all sorts of possible objections to the use of the police. He visualizes that they will be overloaded with work as a result of the passing of this measure. But if the implementation of this legislation by the police is going to mean that members of the Police Force will be overloaded with work, is it not a fact that the scarcity of manpower that we are experiencing is such that a greater burden would be placed on the staff of the Department if they had to perform these functions? But the real issue is that the police have in fact been used since 1957 to do this work. And, as was pointed out here yesterday during the Committee Stage, there has been no objection since 1957 to the way in which the police have performed this task. If there has been no objection in the past, then I cannot see why the hon. member for Simonstown is now meeting trouble halfway in connection with the use of the police for the implementation of this amended legislation. The fact of the matter is that at the time when investigations had to be instituted with a view to proclaiming group areas, the nature of the work that had to be done differed from the nature of the bulk of the work that has to be done at the present time. The investigations at that time were investigations of a specialized nature by officials of the Department specially trained or equipped for that purpose and they were perhaps in a better position than the police to carry out those investigations but we are now reaching the stage where the demarcation of group areas has largely been disposed of and the bulk of the work connected with it at the present time is to ensure that there are no contraventions of the Act and that the provisions relating to group areas are not flouted. This is work for which the police are eminently suitable, but I want to make the point that in their efforts to oppose this legislation and to attack the role to be played in this matter by the police, the Opposition are in fact trying to thwart the implementation of this legislation. Moreover, they are trying to make the whole system of group areas and separate residential areas impossible of fulfillment. Because the thing that they are really advocating will only come about if the police are unable to fulfill this task. They say that there must be separate residential areas, that the different racial groups should live in separate areas but that this must be achieved on a voluntary basis. Sir, if separate residential areas are to be brought about on a voluntary basis it means that anybody who is against the idea of separate residential areas will be able with impunity to act in conflict with this principle because he will not have to contend with the police. That is why I say that the discussion on this matter which is taking place here today on the third reading, coupled with the manner in which the police are being dragged in. only proves once again that the Opposition want to use this opportunity not only to attack this amending legislation but to make it impossible to give effect to the principle of group areas in our country, and I believe, Sir, that the attitude that they are adopting here will not go unnoticed.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

The hon. member for Stellenbosch (Mr. Smit) says that if there was any doubt before as to the Opposition’s attitude towards group areas, then the speech by the hon. member for Simonstown (Mr. Gay) has dispelled all those doubts, and he ends on the note that the Opposition by its attitude here at the third reading is out to ensure that group areas can never be implemented in South Africa.

Mr. SMIT:

Yes.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

What I would like to ask the hon. member and all the other hon. members is: What do you mean by group areas? Let me remind the hon. member that the United Party has always been in favour of separate residential areas. In fact it was the United Party Government which provided for such a measure of separate residential areas in Natal. It was the United Party that provided that. But that is quite a different thing from the Group Areas Act which we are amending here to-day, and the hon. member should know that. You see, Mr. Speaker, the difficulty is that the hon. member who says he supports group areas tries to convey to the public the impression that what he is in favour of is separate residential areas and that we are not. That is quite wrong. The trouble with that hon. member and all the hon. members there is that they cannot in dealing with group areas distinguish between the ownership and occupation of a house in a residential area and the attendance at a football match by people of different race groups, and when you have got to that stage, there is very little that one can do to help the attitude of those hon. members. You see, Sir, when they talk about group areas, they must talk about the Bill that is before this House to-day, they must talk about this Bill as it amends the Group Areas Act as it first was. And what has the Committee Stage shown us? It has shown that the Minister in charge of the Bill has no explanations for the various aspects of the Bill. He can give no assurances as to the future, how it will be developed and administered, and he offers us no apparent understanding of the provisions of this Bill as they stand to-day. It is no good the hon. members talking about the Group Areas Act as if it means separating the country into areas where the ownership and occupation will be reserved for various groups. What in fact has happened is that the whole concept of group areas as envisaged in 1950 has been reduced to utter chaos, particularly by this Bill. What did we have in 1950 when this Act was first introduced? We had a dream—I can call if no less than that—of a political, philosophical ideal of the separation of the land of South Africa into group areas for the exclusive occupation and ownership of the various race groups. It was a wonderful dream, quite unrelated to reality and to human reaction and quite unrelated to any planning whatever, quite unrelated to any planning in the field of housing, and quite unrelated to economics; so unrealistic that the Government has abandoned group areas in the concept in which it was formulated in 1950.

Mr. VOSLOO:

Nonsense!

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

The hon. member for Somerset East (Mr. Vosloo) says this is nonsense. Let me ask him why was it that in 1950 the Minister in introducing the Bill said that within 15 years the whole of South Africa would be mapped out in accordance with some master plan, into White, Asiatic, Bantu and Coloured areas?

Mr. VOSLOO:

Did you support us or not?

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

No, we have never supported an amendment to the Group Areas Act, for very good reasons, as I shall indicate. But that was the idea of this Act in 1950. I say the Government has now abandoned that concept. In this Bill parliamentary approval, which was provided for in 1950, is taken away; that the proclamation of group areas would need, after July 1965 the prior approval of both Houses of Parliament. So confident were they in 1950 that the whole of South Africa would be determined into group areas.

Mr. B. COETZEE:

Why did you agree previously when it was done without parliamentary approval?

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

We did not agree to the Group Areas Act of 1950. [Interjections.] Why were they so confident that they could do it then, when now they realize they cannot and they are taking away in this Bill the provision for prior parliamentary approval of group areas?

Mr. B. COETZEE:

There was never prior parliamentary approval.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

The hon. member has been away for a long time. He must look at the Act. The hon. member for Vereeniging is the living example of the confusion this Government has got into. He thinks we are dealing with separate residential areas and he does not know what is in this Bill.

Mr. B. COETZEE:

What does this parliamentary approval say? Let us have it.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

The Act says that if you want to proclaim a group area, apart from a Bantu area etc., you may do so without prior parliamentary approval, provided it is done within 15 years from the coming into operation of the Act, and that period expires in July 1965.

Mr. B. COETZEE:

So what? Must everything come to Parliament now?

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

This is about the 15th amendment to the Act, and what has it been reduced to? It has been reduced to complete bureaucratic anarchy. That is what group areas mean to-day—bureaucratic anarchy. The way group areas are dealt with to-day is I this. You can proclaim areas if you want to. The Government apparently is not very keen on doing so. It has had 15 years in which to do so but it has not done so yet, and we have had no assurance from the new Minister of Planning as to when he thinks it will be done, although we asked him repeatedly. Group areas to-day means that you have the various areas, either the group areas or the controlled areas, in which the residence and the occupancy and the movement of people and their entertainment and their businesses have no relation whatever to the sort of area which is determined. What it depends on to-day is one thing alone, and that is a permit from a Minister. That is all. To-day the law in regard to group areas is reduced to this, that if you want to live somewhere or wish to have a business somewhere or if you wish to go somewhere, if you wish to go to a theatre or a football match you must first go to the Government and ask for permission and say Baba Nkosi, and then you will get permission to earn your living there, or you will get permission to live in an area or to visit an area or to go to a football match. Good heavens, what have we been reduced to in South Africa, if this is what group areas means to-day? And nobody can deny it. [Interjections.] Has the hon. member ever applied his mind to what is happening? Does he mind that South Africa must be reduced to that? But that is what group areas is to-day, and it is worse in terms of this Bill than it ever was before. In terms of this Bill, this permit system is to be split three ways. There are now three Ministers who can grant permits. During the Committee Stage certain factors emerged which make the whole conception of group areas even more laughable than it has become in the last few years.

An HON. MEMBER:

The whole conception?

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Yes. The conception of group areas and the implementation of it by the Government are two quite different things. Here we have three Ministers. The Minister of Planning is now to be the grand master of the future. He is the master planner. He will determine where those areas will be, if there are going to be any more. We do not know. Then we will have the Minister of Community Development who will also issue permits, and this Minister will issue permits, and the Minister of Bantu Administration will also issue permits. But worse than that, the Minister of Planning said in the Committee Stage that in fact the discretion whether to give permits or not is being delegated to the officials of the Departments; so it will be delegated to the officials of his Department and to the officials of Community Development and without doubt also to the officials of Bantu Administration. I want to ask the Minister whether he gives any directions to his officials when he delegates these powers to them, and if so, what directions does he give them? What is the policy of the Government? What sort of functions will he allow them to carry out? What sort of football matches and what sort of entertainment, and what sort of business will be allowed by them? Every single decision made in this regard is a political decision.

An HON. MEMBER:

Nonsense!

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Of course it is a political decision, because the law does not provide for it and it is a determination by the Minister or an official of the policy of the Government in every instance. That is why it is a political decision. There is no law to determine this. The law says there is no law; you will come and get permission and I will give it entirely at my discretion. So therefore there is no law and every decision is a political decision, and every decision affects somebody’s livelihood or his right of movement or his dignity in some way.

We had a most lamentable and pathetic entrance into the debate by the Deputy Minister of Bantu Administration. He was asked what part he was going to play in this group areas legislation and he was unable to tell us. He is given the power in terms of this Bill to proclaim group areas within the area of jurisdiction of a White local authority. He is given the power to proclaim areas for the occupation of Bantu within the area of jurisdiction of White local authorities. He said that their policy was to have homelands for the Whites and for the Bantu, and never the twain shall meet, but he was unable to answer the question why these powers were being given to him.

Dr. COERTZE:

You did not understand what he said.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

All I know is that the hon. member for Standerton did not understand a word that was going on in the Committee Stage, so perhaps it is understandable that the Deputy Minister also did not understand. He was unable to explain any of these things. And then there was the Minister of Planning. What I want to ask the Minister of Planning is this: How is he going to cope now in his own area? This Minister is going to deal with proclaimed areas. I want to know, when a permit reaches him, how does his Department determine whether it is this Minister or some other Minister who has to decide, and is it ultimately this Minister’s responsibility or that of some other Minister? We are entitled to know that.

The other thing the Minister has not explained is why it is now provided that there may be a shorter period than one year when a group area is proclaimed within which the persons affected have to get out. He has given no explanation for this at all.

Dr. COERTZE:

He gave the explanation, but you refused to accept it.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

That is right, I do not accept it. The law is very clear. If you proclaim a group area, then in the proclamation the people shall have at least one year from the date of the publication of the proclamation before they are obliged to leave. That is what the law says now, but now the law is to be changed, to provide that you will have one year’s grace after a date specified in the proclamation. That is not the same thing as one year from the date of the proclamation; it is the date specified in the proclamation, and there is nothing there to prevent the Minister from determining an earlier date. But even if I am wrong about this …

Dr. COERTZE:

You are.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Then perhaps the hon. member for Standerton will explain why the Minister amends that part of the law which ensures a year’s grace from the time of publication. We have not had such an explanation yet.

This Bill goes much further than that. This Bill, together with the Community Development Amendment Bill, changes the whole concept in South Africa, in our law, as to the use and occupation and ownership of land. One of the things of which South Africa could always be very proud was its system of law relating to immovable property. We had certain basic laws and a deeds registry and everybody knew exactly where he stood, but to-day this law may just as well be scrapped. The Bill might just as well provide that nobody may use any land or own any land or go anywhere or do anything unless he gets a permit from the Minister.

Mr. B. COETZEE:

That applies to-day. You cannot go where you like.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

It was not until this nonsensical application of the group areas by this Government recently, and not until this Luxurama decision, that I had any doubt that I was allowed to go to a football match. There was never any doubt in the mind of the public as to whether they could go to Newlands to watch a rugby match, or to watch a soccer match. But to-day nobody knows where he stands. Does the hon. member for Vereeniging know whether he can go to a football match next month or not? He does not, and nobody does. Even the Minister does not know. He says he will determine it in each instance when it comes before him. What has that got to do with group areas? Let me tell the hon. member for Vereeniging that the time the Group Areas Act was passed in 1950 was a time when the hon. member had seen better days as far as his political outlook was concerned. He voted against the Group Areas Act.

An HON. MEMBER:

He was not in Parliament then.

Mr. B. COETZEE:

I was a big noise in the Transvaal then.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

No one in 1950 thought, least of all the hon. member, that the group areas had anything to do with whom may attend a football match. Nowhere was it stated. But a provision whereby a theatre like the Luxurama could be mentioned in the Gazette is nevertheless contained in this Bill. The power was there, but nobody ever mentioned it; nobody thought it would be used, but to-say it is being used, and hence the permit system, and the Government does not know what it is going to do in future. It wants the power to determine from day to day exactly what it is going to do in each instance as it comes up.

Dr. COERTZE:

Do you know what will happen in future? Are you a prophet?

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

If ever there were prophets in this political world, it is the Nationalist Party. Who prophesied what the future of South Africa would be? Who was so stupid as to try to do so? The Nationalist Party, with their dream of group areas, where there would be only Whites in one area and only Coloureds in another, etc. What nonsense !

Mr. B. COETZEE:

Try a prophecy about to-day’s election.

The DEPUTY-SPEAKER:

Order! Hon. members should not interrupt the hon. member so much.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

I wonder whether the hon. member for Vereeniging will take part in this debate and deal with some of the aspects of this Bill. Perhaps he would like to deal with the aspect of the police. He was not here unfortunately …

Mr. B. COETZEE:

I was in Natal. That is why you do not want to prophesy the result of the election there.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

If the hon. member had been here we might have educated him as to what the provisions of this Bill are about. The police are being brought in, as the hon. member for Simonstown pointed out, in a completely different capacity from before. What is the purpose of bringing them in? It is not to enforce the law, which is one of their functions; it is to enforce thousands upon thousands of ministerial permits. We have abandoned here every principle of the sanctity of a man’s right to be alone in his own home. [Interjections.] I am not exaggerating. The hon. member must look at the Criminal Code, which provides that even if you are going to investigate a case of murder, you should not, if possible, enter at night and you must take two respectable citizens with you before you search premises without a warrant. We maintain those provisions when a case of murder or treason is being investigated, but we abandon it in order to give the police powers to go snooping around to see whether some ministerial permit has been infringed. That is what we are reduced to. The hon. member for Standerton says the police can do this work best. I doubt whether the police can best do a snooping job to see whether or not a ministerial permit is being obeyed. But what concerns me is what it will do to the police. The hon. members will remember that the Liquor Act was repealed to allow Bantu to have liquor, and one of the main reasons why it was done, and why I supported its repeal was that it put the police in a very invidious position. There is no police force in the world which can maintain law and order, having regard to its small numbers in relation to the general population, were it not for the fact that it has the general respect and support of all the law-abiding citizens of the State. I do not think that any favour is being done to the police in relation to these powers. Sir, let me tell you why I do not like this most of all. It is because it puts the seal of the State on every aspect of group areas, and every aspect of every man’s life in relation to his business and his home and his entertainment is today the concern of the State, and the seal of the State is put on it by having the police do these things; and I want to say that this is a deliberate move on the part of the Government, to have the police at all these functions, to create in the minds of the people the thought that if they are at a football match and the Government has not given its permission, the police are there and it is wicked and it is criminal, and that if they dare move out of their group areas the police are watching them and it is wicked and criminal. Sir, there are lots of other countries where this has happened, where the stamp of the State was used in order to put into the minds of the people the thought that what they were doing was wrong and that the State did not like it and therefore they were criminals. Hitler did it and Mussolini did it and a lot of these Black countries to the north of us do it.

Mr. B. COETZEE:

And you have done it.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

No. This hon. member must not try to quote now once again, as he did before, instances where remarks have been made on this side of the House. Last time the hon. member was guilty of a terrible distortion of what I said.

Mr. VON MOLTKE:

On a point of order, is the hon. member allowed to say that the hon, member is guilty of a distortion?

Mr. SPEAKER:

What did the hon. member say?

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

I said that last time the hon. member tried to quote me in relation to this, he was guilty of a terrible distortion.

Mr. VON MOLTKE:

And he knew it.

Mr. SPEAKER:

If the hon. member said that the hon. member knew that he made a terrible distortion, it should be withdrawn.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

May I ask the hon. member for Vereeniging whether he heard me say “and he knew it”?

Mr. B. COETZEE:

No, you said I was guilty of a terrible distortion, but I say you are now guilty of a terrible distortion.

Mr. SPEAKER:

The hon. member may proceed.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

The hon. member must not again try and quote what was said. The last time he quoted me he deliberately left out certain words which followed the words he quoted, which changed completely the complexion of what he said.

Mr. B. COETZEE:

You know it is not true.

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member must withdraw that.

Mr. B. COETZEE:

I withdraw. [Time limit.]

Dr. JONKER:

Mr. Speaker, the basic aim of this legislation is to provide machinery to make the demarcation of group areas a practicable, feasible proposition. The crux of this whole debate is whether we can make it practicable. The hon. member for Durban (North) (Mr. M. L. Mitchell), with much ado, has advanced a series of arguments here but everything that he says against this Bill, every-thing that the Opposition say against the Bill, simply amounts to this that they do not want the demarcation of group areas to become a feasible proposition. They say that they are in favour of group areas but that such group areas must be established by way of consultation. They do not want practical machinery to be created to make it possible to demarcate group areas. They drag every conceivable thing into this debate; they talk about attending football matches. Even the other day when we conducted a debate here with regard to the purity of the English and the Afrikaans languages, one of the Opposition members dragged in the question of Whites and non-Whites attending the same performances. They object to everything because they do not want the demarcation of group areas to become a practical, feasible proposition. They say that the sole function of the police is to investigate crime. Surely that is not true. The police are also there to prevent crime. Another task of the police, which is even more important than the investigation of crime, is to prevent crime, because prevention is better than punishment. That is why we have to use the police to see to it that the law is not contravened, that offences are not committed, and if we succeed in preventing the commission of an offence it is so much better than to investigate crime and to punish the offender.

Then the Opposition come along with this other argument that people are allegedly so attached to their own group that one can bring about separate residential areas simply by way of consultation. The Opposition ought to know that if we follow those lines we will never be able to bring about completely separate residential areas. They say that there must be consultation because people are allegedly very attached to their homes and to the area in which they have always lived. Sir, is that true? Let us take the case of Whites, for example. While I was still representing an urban constituency 25 per cent of the voters in my constituency moved every year—and that is what happens in the case of Whites. There is not one out of a thousand Whites in the cities, or throughout the whole of the Republic, who insists on always living in the same house. It may be true that on the farms people are anxious to continue to live on the old family farm, but nine out of ten farmers nowadays have built modern houses for themselves and have handed over the old buildings to their foremen. There is no such thing that people want to go on living in the same house. On the contrary, the practice in the cities is that people shift from one house to another, from one suburb to another, and the impression that the Opposition want to create here that people are so terribly keen to continue to live in the house in which they or their forebears have lived for 100 or 1,000 years, is absolute fiction. That is not the position in this country, nor is it the position in the rest of the world. We had the case in England where, with the clearance of slums, with the clearance of bombarded areas, the Government proceeded to plan housing schemes elsewhere. And what happened? Those people voluntarily and eagerly shifted to those new houses which were superior to the old hovels and old houses in which they had formerly lived. Sir, that is the experience throughout the world and that is also our experience in this country. I say that perhaps one out of 1,000 Whites would prefer to continue to live in the house in which he as lived for a generation or two, but in the case of the Coloureds, not one Coloured out of 10,000 cares whether he continues to live in the old little house in which he was born and in which his parents lived. They move from one place to another and the thought never enters their minds that they want to continue to live in a particular area.

Reference has been made here to a Coloured person who occupied a very stylish house but who had to give it up and go and live in a house offered to him in one of the housing schemes. Mr. Speaker, the Act provides that in such a case the man’s house is bought from him at its market value-plus. He can therefore go to a non-White area and build a house for himself there which is just as stylish or even more stylish than the one formerly occupied by him. If the hon. member for Boland (Mr. Barnett) has such clients he can send them along to me; I have a Coloured township in which I am prepared to build the most beautiful houses for them.

Mr. BARNETT:

You want to make money out of their misery.

*Dr. JONKER:

That is nevertheless the truth. In the whole history of the Bantu, in their tribal life or their city life, there has been a desire on the part of the Bantu to continue to live in the hut in which they were born. The Bantu have always been migrants. The superstition prevails amongst some Bantu tribes that if anybody dies in the family straw hut, that straw hut must be broken down and that they must go and build another hut elsewhere.

*An HON. MEMBER:

That is still their custom.

*Dr. JONKER:

There is no such thing as the Bantu having a love for the house in which he has lived for a long time or in which he was born. Take the case of Chaka and of Dingaan and Ghaika and all the heads of the Bantu. They moved time and again from one place to another; time and again they broke down one stat and built another, and yet hon. members of the Opposition come here with the ridiculous, childish and stupid argument that the Bantu is attached to the house in which he lives and in which his forebears lived. Sir, that is a ridiculous and stupid argument. It is an argument which they are simply using here because in principle they are against group areas, as the hon. member for Durban (North) (Mr. M. L. Mitchell) said when I put a question to him after he had stated that he was in favour of group areas, because the hon. member said that the whole concept of group areas was unacceptable. Those were his words. That is what they really want. They will go on saying until 9 o’clock this evening that they are in favour of group areas, but after 9 o’clock this evening, or if this debate continues until 9.45 p.m., the hon. member for Durban (North) will repeat what he said a moment ago and that is that the entire concept of group areas is unacceptable.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

You must not quote what I said out of context; do not do what the hon. member for Vereeniging (Mr. B. Coetzee) does.

*Dr. JONKER:

I put a question to the hon. member and his reply was that the entire concept of group areas was unacceptable. That was what he said in his rashness …

An HON. MEMBER:

He cannot remember it.

*Dr. JONKER:

He cannot remember what he said. As a matter of fact I do not think he remembers much of what he usually says because whenever he gets up to speak he usually tries, with much ado, to conceal his real meaning. He is really a Progressive but he lacks the courage to go and stand as a Progressive in his constituency.

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! That has nothing to do with the Bill.

*Dr. JONKER:

I am just putting him in that group area—the group area of the Progressives.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

On a point of order, is it not unparliamentary on the part of the hon. member to call me a Progressive?

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member may proceed.

*Dr. JONKER:

Hon. members of the Opposition refuse to tell us honestly what they really have in mind. They refuse to tell us honestly why they are opposing this legislation, this legislation which is simply designed to make the machinery for the implementation of the Group Areas Act capable of implementation in practice. Why do they refuse to tell us what they really have in mind? They have moved that this Bill be read this day six months. Sir, that can only mean that the Opposition are opposed to our finding practical instruments and creating practical machinery to make the implementation of group areas a feasible proposition. That is what is behind the whole of their argument, and they cannot deny it.

Mr. GAY:

Nonsense.

Mr. BARNETT:

Sir, I need not take up any of my time to answer the hon. member who has just sat down. He took no part in the discussions.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

He was not here.

Dr. JONKER:

I was here.

Mr. BARNETT:

He does not know the contents of the Bill, and for that reason I will not waste much time on his speech, except to say that he made the point that the amending Bill now before us is designed to make it practicable to implement group areas. Sir, they have tried for 15 years to make it practicable and they cannot succeed. They will try another 15 years …

An HON. MEMBER:

No, they will not be in power.

Mr. BARNETT:

No, that is correct; they will not be in power, but as long as they remain in power they will go on trying and they will not succeed because the underlying principle of group areas is injustice. It is based on injustice to the people affected. I want to tell the hon. member that in no country in the world, except in South Africa—and I challenge him …

Dr. JONKER:

No, do not challenge me; challenge the hon. member for Durban (North) (Mr. M. L. Mitchell).

Mr. BARNETT:

I challenge him to tell me in which country in the world except South Africa citizens of a country are herded into group areas simply because of colour. In which country are people deprived of their homes because of their colour?

Dr. JONKER:

Smethwick.

Mr. BARNETT:

Sir, the hon. member’s pronunciation is a little wrong. I wish he would get the name right. It is pronounced S-M-E-T-HT-C-K.

An HON. MEMBER:

No, you are also wrong.

Mr. BARNETT:

Sir, I am very serious about this Bill. I repeat my question to the hon. member: In which countries have people been uprooted from their homes, except in this country?

Dr. JONKER:

In England and in India, amongst others.

Mr. BARNETT:

In which country must people have permits to enable them to move about freely?

Mr. B. COETZEE:

In all countries in the world.

Dr. JONKER:

You do not know what is happening around you.

Mr. BARNETT:

Sir, hon. members on that side do not know as I know of the losses and the tragedies in the homes of Coloured people as a result of this measure.

Mr. B. COETZEE:

You are talking nonsense.

Mr. BARNETT:

The hon. member for Fort Beaufort made a great point of the fact that Europeans move voluntarily from their homes to other areas. I want to stress that that is a voluntary act, but the removal of the Coloured people of this country is not a voluntary act, they have to move in terms of an Act brought in by this Government to deprive people of the right to move voluntarily. They are being forced to move. Sir, I am very sorry for this hon. Minister, and I am quite serious about it. He has been landed with a task which he will never be able to carry out; he will get all the kicks which the Government deserves for introducing this type of legislation. I want to tell the hon. member for For Beaufort another thing that he does not know and that is that there is no such thing as a man getting the market value of his house plus. I would ask the hon. the Minister to introduce such a clause because then the Coloured people would at least benefit, but as the position is to-day every Coloured person who moves loses on the deal.

*Mr. DU PLESSIS:

That is not true.

Mr. BARNETT:

I do not know of a single Coloured man who has made a profit on leaving his home.

*Mr. DU PLESSIS:

That is not true.

Mr. BARNETT:

The hon. member must not tell me that that is not true. I challenge that hon. member to bring me once case where a Coloured man has benefited. Sir, market value is not taken into consideration nor is municipal valuation taken into consideration. If the man sells his property above the basic valuation, he has to pay 50 per cent of the profit to the Government and if he sells below the basic valuation he only gets back 80 per cent of the loss. Sir, it is a tragic situation in which the Coloured people find themselves. It is all very well for us who are in better positions to laugh and to treat the tragedy of other people as a joke. The hon. member does not realize what is going on. The hon. member for Vereeniging cannot justify this Act.

Mr. B. COETZEE:

I do not fall for your silly sob stories.

Mr. BARNETT:

The hon. member cannot justify this Act.

Dr. JONKER:

You will not impress the Progressives in your constituency; they will still oust you.

Mr. BARNETT:

With due respect to this House, Sir, I say it is a tragedy that hon. members make a joke of a Bill of this kind which affects so many thousands of people and under which so many thousands of people are moved and ruined. They do not know what tragedy this Act has brought to the Coloured people; they do not know of the suicides which have taken place as a result of this Act.

Mr. DU PLESSIS:

Utter nonsense.

Mr. BARNETT:

I have come to the conclusion that the Government is so bankrupt in policy to put before the voters, that the only thing which remains to them is this colour question. They constantly have to wave this flag of colour before their supporters.

Dr. JONKER:

Hyde Park.

Mr. BARNETT:

I say that in no other country do they have to live under a permit system as we have to do in this country.

Dr. JONKER:

What type of soap-box do you prefer—Sunlight or what kind?

Mr. BARNETT:

Sir, I know of no country where the permit system prevails to the same extent as it does in this country. Sir, the Coloured people are bewildered; they come to me and say: “What have we done to deserve the treatment we are getting to-day? We used to be able to go to places of amusement, football matches and boxing matches and today we cannot go unless we have a permit.” The time will come when the hon. the Minister will have to consider the question of the Coon Carnival, one of the greatest holiday attractions in the Cape.

Dr. COERTZE:

Are you upset about it?

Mr. BARNETT:

I am upset about it if it has to be done under permit.

Dr. COERTZE:

But has it been banned?

Mr. BARNETT:

It will be unless the organizers get a permit. It is a tourist attraction …

Dr. COERTZE:

Will they not get a permit?

Mr. BARNETT:

I wish the hon. member would get out. Sir, I do not mind interruptions if they are reasonable or clever …

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member may proceed.

Mr. BARNETT:

I want to say that that is an example of what is going to happen under this Bill. We know that there are other fields in which the Coloureds have played their part and to-day they are harassed; they are almost in a state of disbelief that in their own country they are not free to do what they used to be able to do in years gone by.

To come back to some of the clauses of the Bill I want to lodge the strongest protest against the Minister’s refusal to accept the suggestions made by me with regard to Clause 15 where I asked him to remove the words “or suspected”. Sir, the matter has been fully dealt with again this afternoon by the hon. member for Durban (North). I do not want to say much more about the Bill except that it is a tragedy that in South Africa Parliament should be dealing with legislation which curbs and limits …

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! That point has been made.

Mr. BARNETT:

I can only express the very sincere hope that the hon. the Minister in applying this amended Bill, which I know will become law, will show sympathy for those people who are affected and that he will deal sympathetically with applications which will be made to him so that although this law is on the Statute Book there will still be ample opportunity for those who want to enjoy life freely to be able to do so.

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

The hon. member who has just sat down raised a great hullabaloo— as a matter of fact he was almost moved to tears—about Coloureds who are taken out of their homes. Does he not know that it is a daily occurrence in South Africa that people are taken out of their homes?

*An HON. MEMBER:

What about Residensia?

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

Yes, there is the case of Residensia, right next to my constituency, in the constituency of the hon. the Minister of Economic Affairs. There are 2,000 Whites living in Residensia and those 2,000 Whites are now going to be removed from Residensia because it is becoming a Bantu area. They are not leaving voluntarily. I know of a prominent Nationalist who lives there and who does not want to leave Residensia; he objects but in spite of his objection the Whites are being taken out of Residensia.

Mr. BARNETT:

But you justify it.

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

Of course, I justify it, because those people are all going to better homes; they are all going to a better area. Mr. Speaker, Vrededorp in Johannesburg is at present being replanned, not by this Government but by a United Party-controlled city council. Thousands of families have to be taken out of their homes to permit better planning. Whenever a new street is constructed in Johannesburg, people have to be removed from their homes. Here in Bellville the Dutch Reformed Church had to be broken down and people were taken out of their homes. What objection can there be to it? Sir, hon. members of the Opposition raised the same objection when the Bantu were taken out of Sophiatown. They would have preferred to see those Bantu continuing to live in the hovels of Sophiatown. They opposed the removal of the Bantu from Sophiatown in this House. Why did they oppose it? Those Bantu were forced to leave Sophiatown. Is there anybody who objects to-day now that those Bantu are living in Meadowlands? The trouble with that hon. member is that he would prefer to see the Coloureds living in hovels in District Six rather than that they should be given decent housing. He comes here with the childish story that people are being ruined and that people commit suicide because they are removed from their homes. Is he not ashamed to talk such nonsense? Sir, a man who commits suicide because he is removed from a rotten house and placed in a better house should have committed suicide long ago. As I say, the hon. member comes here with his absolutely nonsensical stories. Thousands of Whites are being removed from their homes every day. They are forced to leave those homes, just as they are being forced to do so in Residensia today and just as they are being forced to do so in many areas of Johannesburg and in many areas of Cape Town. Whenever a road has to be constructed, people simply have to be removed; they are simply told: “Whether you wish to do so or not, you will have to clear out because we want to construct a road here.”

Mr. BARNETT:

But that is under the Slums Act.

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

It has nothing to do with slums. Sir, a road is at present being constructed to the airport in Johannesburg and some of the finest houses near Gilloolie’s Farm will simply have to be demolished.

*An HON. MEMBER:

Harry Oppenheimer’s house is in danger.

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

Yes, Harry Oppenheimer’s house is in danger.

Mr. BARNETT:

What has that to do with this measure?

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

The hon. member’s whole speech was devoted to people who are actually being forced to leave hovels, and he comes along with this nonsensical story about people having to suffer great hardship, when in point of fact all of them are going to better houses. However, I do not want to deal further with the hon. member. He is practically out of Parliament already; the Progressives have finished him off already …

Mr. BARNETT:

That is quite all right.

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

As far as I am concerned it is also “all right.” The hon. member will in any event not be returned to this House again, and if that is “all right” as far as he is concerned, then it makes it “all right” with two of us.

But I want to come to the hon. member for Durban (North).

*Mr. BARNETT:

You are a political chameleon.

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

I have been wearing the same colours for 12 years at any rate! I come now to the hon. member for Durban (North!. The hon. member for Durban (North) says “The United Party has always been in favour of separate residential areas.” On a voluntary or on a compulsory basis? Are they in favour of separate residential areas on a voluntary or a compulsory basis? The hon. member is the man who pretends to be so important here; he is the man who throws out challenges here; he is the man who asked the Minister “What is your policy; what are group areas?” He says that he stands for separate residential areas. Let me ask him a very simple question: On a voluntary or a compulsory basis? No, the hon. member refuses to reply because if he says that it must be on a compulsory basis, he will be making himself guilty of advocating what is a terrible crime and that is to take a man out of a house which is precious to him and to put him in another house; but if he says that it must be done on a voluntary basis then it is meaningless; then it simply means that every Coloured can go and live where he likes; every Bantu can go and live where he likes and every Indian can go and live where he likes. The hon. member lacks the courage to say whether it should be on a compulsory or on a voluntary basis. Sir, is he not ashamed of himself?

*Dr. JONKER:

He will give the answer at ten minutes past nine this evening.

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

Yes. He was not sent to Natal; the hon. member for Durban (Point) (Mr. Raw) went to Natal. They had to keep the hon. member for Durban (North) here; he was too dangerous; he had to stay here.

*Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

No, I was also in Natal.

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

No, the hon. member went there once only and they then sent him back; they say he talks too much nonsense; he is too much of a Leftist; he is even more of a Leftist than the Progressive Party, but now that people in Umhlatuzana and Pietermaritzburg (North) can no longer hear what he has to say, now suddenly he starts talking again, and, as the hon. member for Fort Beaufort has just said, he is going to become very much more talkative this evening at ten minutes past nine o’clock! The hon. member is afraid to tell us whether he wants separate residential areas on a voluntary or on a compulsory basis. Mr. Speaker, for 15 years group areas have been declared in this country. Did the hon. member ever ask for the right to discuss the declaration of group areas in this Parliament? For 15 years group areas have been declared without the permission of this Parliament. Do hon. members of the Opposition want every future declaration of group areas to be discussed in this Parliament?

*Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

During the first seven years you did nothing.

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

The fact of the matter is simply that it has not been possible over the past 15 years to dispose of this work, and all that is now going to happen is that we are going to carry on with the declaration of group areas, as we have been doing in the past, without discussing each declaration of group areas in this Parliament. The hon. member has shown no great desire in the past to discuss the declaration of any group area in this Parliament: that is why he has not raised the matter here before. Sir, the hon. member says that we must have permits to be able to visit certain places. The fact that one has to have a permit from the Government to be able to visit certain places has suddenly become a terrible sin. But does he not know that that is the position in any event? I want to know whether he has any objection to it. If he comes to visit me in Vereenising—and he is very welcome to come and visit me. and if he plays golf he will be twice as welcome to come and visit me—and he wishes to visit Sharpeville, he will have to have a permit. Has he any objection to it? If I, as the representative of Vereeniging, want to visit Sharpeville I must have a permit. Has the hon. member any objection to that? Of course he has no objection. That is how these things, have to be arranged. Good Heavens, is there any person who has the right to walk into any place? If I want to go to the Colosseum I must have a permit, the owner of the Colosseum can refuse me admittance and I can do nothing about it. I have no right to enter if he refuses me admittance. The hon. member knows that that is the position. If he does not know it then surely he knows that Brian Brooke has forbidden Oliver Walker, the dramatic critic of The Star, to enter his theatre. Does he know about it? Oliver Walker simply cannot get a permit to visit Brian Brooke’s theatre.

*Dr. JONKER:

And it is not the Government that refuses him a permit.

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

Yes, it is not the Government, it is Brian Brooke, and Brian Brooke does it under the regulations of the City Council of Johannesburg, which consists of United Party supporters, people of the hon. member’s kind or at least people who are United Party supporters, not Progressives like the hon. member; they are honest enough to be United Party supporters.

The hon. member says that we are forcing people to live in certain places. I take it that he is in favour of compulsory residential segregation and that he wants the Bantu to live in Langa and Nyanga. Sir, is he prepared to say that his Party’s policy is that the Bantu of Langa and Nyanga should be able to come and trade in Adderley Street; that they should be able to buy business premises there? Is he in favour of that? Is that his party’s policy? Tf that is not his party’s policy, in what respect does his party’s policy differ from that of the Nationalist Party? Hon. members opposite strenuously object to the fact that people have to obtain permits in order to be able to attend football matches and to visit the Luxurama, etc. Will the hon. member give me his reply to this question: Is he in favour of the proposition that all places of entertainment should be thrown open to all races? The hon. member now sits there and pretends that he cannot hear me. Is he in favour of the proposition that all places of entertainment should be thrown open to all races?

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Mr. Speaker, am I entitled to rise while the hon. member is addressing the House?

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

With pleasure, Mr. Speaker. If the hon. member wants to reply to my question I shall sit down. I just want him to understand clearly what my question is, then I shall sit down and he can get up and reply to it. The question is very straight forward and very simple. The hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South) (Mr. Plewman) must not become so nervous now; I am not putting this question to him. I want to know from the hon. member for Durban (North) whether the policy of his party is that all places of entertainment in South Africa should be thrown open to all races. Let him answer that question.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Mr. Speaker, am I entitled to get up and answer the hon. member’s question?

Mr. B. COETZEE:

Yes, I am sitting down; you can answer.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Am I entitled to get up and answer, Sir?

Mr. SPEAKER:

Yes.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Let me tell the hon. member for Vereeniging (Mr. B. Coetzee) what the position is. The United Party is in favour of separate residential areas for the different races …

Mr. B. COETZEE:

By force or not?

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

We are in favour of that. We introduced this legislation before but the manner in which it is to be achieved in terms of the law, the matter of compulsion, is what distinguishes us …

Dr. COERTZE:

No compulsion?

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

No, no; I did not say that. I ask the hon. member to remember the Pegging Act. That Act provided for a method whereby persons could be removed from an area which had been declared an area to be, say, for Whites. The method was that when that property was sold it had to be sold to a qualified person. When that person died his estate had to sell it to a qualified person. That was quite a different method, Sir, from the method employed by hon. members opposite.

Mr. B. COETZEE:

Answer my question.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

In answer to his second question let me tell him this: This Bill has nothing whatever to do with residential separation.

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

It is perfectly clear that the hon. member does not want to reply. I wonder whether he feels very proud of himself now? Throughout his speech he kept on referring to the question of separation in the field of entertainment. I put a simple question to him: he stood up to reply, he spoke for a few minutes and he has still not answered my question. I am prepared to sit down again but will he answer this time? Is the policy of his party that places of entertainment must be thrown open at all times to all races?

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Mr. Speaker …

Mr. SPEAKER:

The hon. member can say “yes” or “no”; he cannot make a speech again.

*HON. MEMBERS:

Oh no.

Mr. MOORE:

When we put questions to Ministers on Tuesdays and Fridays they do not simply answer “yes” or “no”.

Mr. SPEAKER:

This is not question time; this is debating time.

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

Thank you very much for your assistance, Mr. Speaker. Thank you very much for bringing home the point so effectively; I know that you cannot take part in these debates. Sir, it was not only the hon. member’s “timing” that was wrong; his mood is also wrong. That is his trouble. Hon. members opposite were under the impression that this Government would allow that mad movement in England, which calls itself Equity, to come and dictate to us whom we should allow to attend the Luxurama and whom we should not allow to attend. They were making use of these places of entertainment to conduct a campaign which was designed to present this Government in a ridiculous light and to embarrass the Government. They tried, by making use of people like Dusty Springfield and others, to change the entire social pattern in South Africa. Sir, the only thing that this Minister and the previous Minister did was to say, “We are not going to allow Equity to dictate to us who may attend places of entertainment in this country and who may not do so”. They are disappointed now; that is why the hon. member for Durban (North) is afraid to say whether his party would allow this. He lacks the courage to get up and to say that they are prepared to throw open all places of entertainment to all races. He lacks the courage to say it and he also lacks the courage to say the opposite. If he lacks the courage to say either the one thing or the opposite, has he any courage at all? He only has the courage to be a Sap (United Party supporter). That is the only thing for which he has the necessary courage. Sir, these are the people who place themselves on such a high moral pedestal! Is the hon. member not ashamed of the fact that he is afraid to reply to such simple questions? Is he not ashamed of the fact that although he is unwilling to state their policy he nevertheless attacks our policy? What is wrong with our trying to arrange and to organize these things on a proper basis? Why should we allow a bunch of so-called artists, a lot of “pop singers”, to come and upset our policy in this country? We do not interfere with the Eoan Group and their operas. Those things can continue, and they are continuing but they are continuing with the permission of the Minister. What is wrong with that? Our only object is to prevent these co-called artists from coming here and trying to change our entire social pattern as they have been trying to do for a long time. Wherever they appear they insist on mixed audiences consisting of both non-Whites and Whites. If they are given their own way the time will soon come when they will appear in the Colosseum and insist on the presence of a lot of non-Whites. Why does the hon. member approve of Coloureds being prohibited and admittance to the Colosseum when he does not want Whites to be prohibited from attending the Luxurama? Why does he approve of it? Where is the logic in his argument? Where is the morality in his argument? Where is the honesty in his argument? Where is the common sense in his argument? Sir, I wish I could think of another few words to drive home this point but he is already looking so sad that I am beginning to feel sorry for him.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

May I put a question to the hon. member? Did the owner of the Luxurama want mixed audiences whereas the previous owner of the Colosseum did not want mixed audiences?

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

Sir, no question has ever been more welcome than that question. If the owner of the Colosseum is willing to admit Coloureds, will the hon. member agree to it? The hon. member for Durban (North) must not sit there now pretending not to hear me. Let him reply to my question. I will tell him what the owner of the Luxurama said; he says that he built the theatre for Coloureds only; he obtained his licence for that purpose; he informed the City Council that it was for Coloureds only. White persons then went along and ousted the Coloureds. The Minister actually did the Coloureds a great favour. Sir, according to the hon. member it is of vital importance to the poor Coloured lad that he should be able to attend the Luxurama, and if he cannot attend the Luxurama then the hon. member over there raises a great hullabaloo about it; he immediately adopts a high moral tone and wears a halo around his head, but when that same Coloured lad is forbidden to attend St. George’s Grammar School the hon. member does not say a single world; then he has no objection. Mr. Speaker, I have never before seen such political helplessness, such political opportunism. They have degenerated to such an extent now that they are no longer a political party.

*Dr. JONKER:

Here is some water for you. (Mr. M. L. Mitchell.)

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Mr. Speaker …

Mr. B. COETZEE:

No, Mr. Speaker, if it is not a point of order, the hon. member must resume his seat.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Are the messengers of this House entitled to sit on the benches in this House?

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

I want to congratulate the hon. the Minister on the further steps taken by him. Sir, this Government has refused to allow itself to be dictated to by a Leftist, semi-communist organization in England, an organization called Equity, which wants to dictate to us what our social pattern should be and who should be allowed to attend our places of entertainment. Hon. members opposite are annoyed now. They lack the courage to say whether they are going to allow it. They want to allow mixed audiences in the Luxurama but they refuse to allow it in the Colosseum. A more dishonest, a more weak-kneed, a more indefensible attitude …

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member must withdraw the word “dishonest”.

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

I withdraw it, Mr. Speaker. That “honest” policy of theirs! I want to ask the hon. member for Durban (Point) whether he believes that this is being honest? They want to allow mixed audiences in the Luxurama but not in the Colosseum! Sir, have you ever seen greater political opportunism, greater political helplessness? Hon. members on that side of the House have exposed themselves here this afternoon as they have seldom done before and I have really enjoyed this opportunity to rub it in a little.

Mr. EDEN:

Sir, I think we might get back to the Bill. Before doing so, I would like to tell the hon. member for Vereeniging (Mr. B. Coetzee) one thing: There are many cinemas in this country, which have been used for years exclusively by Coloured people, long before the Group Areas Act came into effect. They went there of their own accord; there was no compulsion. The Colosseum to which he referred is a White cinema. It has always been such. It is owned by a company which has had the right for donkeys’ years to reserve the right of admission. The hon. member should know, because he was in the Cape at one time, that there is a sign above the door; “Right of Admission reserved”. Whether that is necessary for the likes of him, I do not know; but I do not think so. Hon. members who make such a song and dance trying to embarrass the United Party, must realize that on the platteland, in every town, mixed audiences have, for donkeys’ years, been attending cinema shows. And nobody took any notice of it.

The essence of this Bill is to accelerate the type of action which has motivated the Government recently. “Ownership”, “acquisition” and “occupation” are the three words used in the clauses of this Bill. The police are now going to roll up in the dead of night, and make searches. If it is a question of ownership surely the group area inspectors, through municipal records, their own records, and from various other sources, should be able, in the hours of daylight, to ascertain, who is the correct owner of any premises or piece of land. The occupier or the tenant is also easily identified, through records which are kept by the local authority, in regard to light, water and other services. What is left? These things are provided for and can easily be accomplished in daylight.

However, when we come to questions other than “occupation”, I want to say that the whole of this legislation is directed at the Coloured community. I say that, because of a remark made, by way of an interjection, by the Deputy Minister of Bantu Administration and Development. He said that Bantu areas, or “woonbuurtes”, as he called them, in urban areas, are not group areas. The “group area” can therefore only be the Coloured area, the Asiatic area, or the Chinese area. As far as the White area is concerned, as I have said so often, it is always the Coloured man who has to move.

I want to deal with the point that has been raised, namely, that the Coloured man gets a better price. I believe that this Bill will cause more hardship than that suffered before. It will cause more distress. I think examples are the best way of explaining what is actually the impact of the Bill the Coloured community. We say in the Bill, which is going to be passed into law, unless the Minister softens his heart at this eleventh hour, that we will give alternative accommodation. I have a case on my desk where a local authority, in order to move Coloured people out of a Bantu area, built a certain standard of house. That standard meant no doors, no floors, no washing facilities, no communal facilities …

An HON. MEMBER:

No doors?

Mr. EDEN:

Yes; no inside doors. And no ceiling, no washing facilities and no communal washing facilities. A proclamation under the Group Areas Act was made which affected another portion of the same town. The town council said that the two-roomed township was not suitable for the particular persons to whom that particular proclamation was made applicable. I have the correspondence; the Minister can have a look at it. The town council asked for permission to build a second group of houses into which the affected people could be moved and applied for an extension of time. That extension was refused. A letter from a Government Department, when it was appealed to, to give an extension of time to the affected persons, said, that the matter was now in the hands of the police, and that they had no further control. I want to tell the hon. Minister that that is the type of thing, which is causing the hardship, the frustration, the disappointment and the despair amongst the Coloured community throughout the country, especially in the Cape Province. These are facts. The town council itself says that for them to be required to handle and deal with the large number of Coloured persons in that town, almost three times as many as there are Whites, is beyond their capacity. The council can make no progress and an official letter from the Department says “This matter is now in the hands of the police”.

I want to revert to the case which I mentioned to the hon. the Minister where, in another city, an area, which was the commercial centre, was proclaimed. It was proclaimed although the local authority said: “We are getting on with the job.” There are affected persons, Asiatics, Coloured and other traders. The hon. Minister said to me that if these were in a White area, irrespective of how their business was conducted, they must get a permit.

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

They can apply for a permit.

Mr. EDEN:

That is the whole point. I am glad the hon. Minister corrected me, because that is the crux of the matter. That man’s permit—he has a substantial business—expires in July. He must “apply” for an extension which he “may” get. Think this over, Mr. Speaker: There is no alternative accommodation; there is no established Indian area with any type of shop to cater for the class of business that man conducts, and he only “may” get a permit. These are the times and the occasions when permits should be readily and freely granted and for periods longer than 12 months. This must be done, so that these people can feel secure in their future. There is no shadow of doubt that people of that calibre are going to be ruined. We cannot wink facts in the face; we cannot say it will not be so. They will be uprooted and put elsewhere.

I should also like to say this to the hon. Minister: When I spoke to him about delegation of power down the line, he told me that in terms of sub-section (4) of the particular section which is being amended, that appeals could be made to the Minister. Does the hon. Minister realize the expense, the heartaches, the delay and rigmarole affected persons have to endure and follow, before their appeals reach the Minister? To cap it all, there is all the uncertainty that goes with it, because he only “may” get a permit. The Government has said in 1950 that 15 years was the target. That target date expires in June. The hon. the Minister himself has told us that many hundreds of group areas have been proclaimed, but that there are still some difficult cases. There are many difficult cases, Sir, and I want to say to the hon. Minister that it is a great pity that, after 15 years, we must still have wordy warfare in this House, as to who agrees with what, with whom, and about which. The Coloured community are involved in group areas; they have to live with it. We hear statements that they do better. The hon. member for Fort Beaufort (Dr. Jonker) quoted an example to show that they got better houses. That is not correct, Sir. In my long and vast experience I have yet to come across a case where the Coloured man did better and got more than his property was worth. The municipal valuation is not used, in cases of expropriation, which is valuation plus 30 per cent, or an agreed price. We do not use the basis of a willing buyer and a willing seller, which is market value. We do not use these two values. We use the basic value and the basic value, to my knowledge, is never in the range of the two valuations I have mentioned. As the hon. member for Boland (Mr. Barnett) pointed out; if an individual can sell his property above the basic value he must hand over 50 per cent of the profit. If he sells below it, he gets 80 per cent of the loss— so he loses 20 per cent on that as well. I am convinced, because not one word has been said from the Government side that this legislation is not directed at the Coloured community, that it is directed at them. We have had a great deal of discussion, we have had many statements, about the Bantu in other parts of the country. But I want hon. members to remember that their own Deputy Minister of Bantu Administration has said that those Bantu areas are not group areas. It is there, where we have all the temporary sojourners and men on holiday.

In dealing with the question of the police an attempt has been made to indicate that we, who object to the Group Areas Act, and oppose this amending Bill are tilting at the South African Police as a body of men, and, as a force. Let me say right now, that that is not correct. When matters are handed to the police, the mere fact that a policeman turns up at a Coloured man’s house, especially after dark, does not engender confidence in that particular individual, who is the owner or the occupant of the house.

Dr. COERTZE:

Raise that under the Justice Vote.

Mr. EDEN:

I am raising it under this Bill. This is the right place.

Dr. COERTZE:

Are you suggesting that the police have misbehaved themselves?

Mr. EDEN:

I would like to condemn in the strongest possible terms these suggestions that, because I say that the appearance of a man in uniform at a man’s house after dark engenders fear, trepidation and anxiety, I suggest, that they, the police, have misbehaved themselves. We do not say that at all. Nobody has ever said that. But the fact remains that it does engender fear, anxiety and worry. I would like the hon. member for Standerton (Dr. Coertze) to tell me what his reaction is when somebody in uniform knocks on his door at two o’clock in the morning.

Dr. COERTZE:

They have never done so.

Mr. EDEN:

Well, you are in a special group: that is why.

Dr. COERTZE:

Do they do it in the case of the Coloured people when they investigate group areas?

Mr. EDEN:

Mr. Speaker, I do not propose to be put off my course by the hon. member for Standerton. What I would like to say is, that that particular aspect is an objectionable one, and will not be accepted easily and lightly by the Coloured community.

There is very little else that I can add, which has not already been said. I would like to point out, however, that the clause which deals with the police and “suspected” crime opens up an avenue which, I think, is wrong, in this country. Who is going to suspect who; who is going to contact the police and tell them what is going on, and that they must call at a certain address and that they may find this, that, or the other? Such people are classified as snoopers and informers. I do appeal to the hon. the Minister, even now, to accept the amendment of the hon. member for Boland and take out the word “suspected”. I appeal to the Minister to act upon the lines suggested by the hon. member for Durban (North) (Mr. M. L. Mitchell), who went to great pains to explain, and to give authority to his statement, that under the law relating to search, the job must be done in the daytime, at reasonable hours, and under certain conditions. Surely, Sir, if books are going to be examined regarding ownership, accounts, receipts and such things—I do not know what “things” are going to be; I thought we were investigating people—that that should be enough. The hon. the Minister referred to it as being a crime. Surely, Sir, to be under another man’s roof is no crime. It might be a crime, technically, in terms of the law, but it is not something which needs a visit from the police. Surely not. Nevertheless that is what this law is going to bring about, unless the Minister decides to amend it. There are a number of hostile people about, Mr. Speaker, people who think they are clever, people who are malicious, people who, to work a point off against a neighbour, can create a set of circumstances, which will give rise to the position where the police will knock on the door in the dead of night. I do hope and I appeal to the hon. the Minister, because I know he is reasonable and fair, to appreciate and realize the position. He is a lawyer; he should know. Why is it that we must have the police? I have been in local government and other public jobs for many years. The strange thing is, that for a variety of offences there are inspectors of many kinds and types. Even prosecutions can follow from such inspections. Why, in the case of group areas, have we to have the police?

I have here a little quotation which I think is well worth repeating—

Conscience blushing veils her sacred fires, And unawares Morality expires. Nor public flame, nor private, dares to shine; Nor human spark is left, nor glimpse divine! Lo! They dread empire, Chaos! is restored; Light dies before thy uncreating word; Thy hand, great Anarch! lets the curtain fall, And universal darkness buries all.
*Dr. COERTZE:

Both the hon. member for Karoo (Mr. Eden) and the hon. member for Boland (Mr. Barnett) have tried to create the impression here that this Bill is only aimed against people of colour and that any group areas legislation is only aimed against people of colour. How can they say a thing like that? That is not the experience of the whole of South Africa. They may think so in the small circle of their limited horizon, but if I tell the hon. member that we have had a group areas proclamation in Standerton in the past six months, that we have had to remove White people from a certain area and that there are White people who object to being removed, will he deny it? Furthermore I want to tell him that as a group the people there are satisfied with the proclamation and that they want to move out of the area as soon as possible, so much so that they are moving out at a faster rate than the Government administration can cope with. Moreover, the Coloured people for whom this area has been proclaimed and the Indians for whom it has been proclaimed are moving in there more rapidly really than the rate at which they can conveniently be dealt with. In the light of this, how can the hon. member say that this is only intended as a discriminatory measure against a certain group of people? Surely that is absolute nonsense. Sir. I am mentioning this only for the record.

*Mr. HUGHES:

Are they willing to move at Standerton?

*Dr. COERTZE:

The Indians are as pleased as a dog with two tails, as pleased as a spaniel with two tails.

*Mr. HUGHES:

And the Whites?

*Dr. COERTZE:

The Whites are also happy to move out. The Coloureds are only too glad to move in there. They are moving in as rapidly as the Whites are prepared to allow them: they are moving in so rapidly that the United Party’s candidate in the provincial elections tried to make some capital out of it by saving, “This is apartheid: the Government is allowing Coloureds and Indians to live amongst you.”

*Mr. HUGHES:

Is that not true?

*Dr. COERTZE:

It is not true. The position is that all the groups are exceptionally happy and agreeable as far as that situation is concerned. These are the facts of the matter. But the hon. members come here to slander South Africa both here and overseas by creating this impression. Once again they are only being true to themselves. I want to add that the statement by the hon. members for Karoo and Boland and Durban (North) that the valuations are always unfavourable to the owners is also not true. It is just not true. Here again I want to refer to a matter with which I am very intimately acquainted, and that is the position in Standerton. All the people there are satisfied with the valuations, with the exception of two or three, and the Act makes provision for them to appeal against the valuations. This is not something that is done arbitrarily. But it is useless to discuss the merits of a matter with people who have no judgment but who are motivated only by prejudice. They do not judge things on their merits; they judge everything in terms of their own preconceived idea that these things are bad. Sir, I cannot tolerate that and I must say it here for the sake of the record. I do not have much time, but now that the hon. member for Durban (North) has come back I also want to deal with the suspicion that he tried to sow here yesterday and again to-day; I say that in this matter he knowingly distorted the position.

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order!

*Dr. COERTZE:

Very well, Mr. Speaker, let me say then that he again refused to try to understand the position and that he tried to sell his ignorance to the country.

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member must withdraw that.

*Dr. COERTZE:

I withdraw it. Mr. Speaker. Sir, what I have in mind here is the date of the proclamation. The hon. member wants to create the impression that the Minister by means of the amendment we are bringing about here wants to create a situation in which he will no longer allow the usual period of grace, either 12 months or three months. But what happens in practice? I say this not because I think the hon. member for Durban (North) will understand it. not because I think he wants to understand it. but merely for the record. The facts are that any group area proclamation must have a date, the date in respect of the particular area affected will be the date mentioned in the proclamation and that date in any case cannot be a date other than a date subsequent to the date of the proclamation, or the date of the proclamation itself.

Business interrupted in accordance with Standing Order No. 68 (1).

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

I have tried to ascertain whether new arguments were advanced here, but hitherto there has been nothing new. There has just been a repetition of the old objections to this Bill. It was said that parliamentary supervision is being dispensed with here. It was also said that more Ministers are now concerned. That is correct. Whereas under the principal Act two Ministers handled this legislation and issued permits, there are now three, but it has been clearly stated where the dividing line is drawn and what the functions of each Minister are. I shall not go into that again. It has been alleged that this Bill has been introduced “to speed up the implementation of group areas”. How much this can contribute towards that I do not know. In any case, that was not the intention. The basic intention was to set the situation right after the appointment of the Minister of Planning. It was said here that we were now dispensing with parliamentary supervision, and the question was asked as to when group areas’ proclamations would be finished. I have indicated that hitherto there was no parliamentary supervision when more than 750 group areas were proclaimed. But when we take into consideration the time spent here in opposing this legislation, what is the reason for taking up all this time? The Opposition says that in principle they are opposed to this Bill. I therefore take it that in principle they will be opposed to the proclamation of every single group area.

*Mr. BARNETT:

I am.

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

You see. Sir, the other members are keeping quiet now. It means that when we report about the further group areas which still have to be proclaimed, there will be opposition in principle to each of them, because they are opposed to them. Where will it lead if parliamentary supervision is exercised in that manner? What will the position be if we proclaim group areas and every one must be submitted to this House and each is opposed in principle? Then it is better for this side of the House and the Government simply to assume responsibility, as it has done for the past 15 years, and save the House trouble and the country expense.

The hon. member for Standerton (Dr. Coertze) referred to the proclamation. It says that as from a prescribed date it shall be a group area. “Shall be.” But the “shall be” has no meaning at all to the hon. member for Durban (North). He says that we can proclaim retrospectively. Is “shall be” retrospective? Surely it is stupid to argue that way. A longer time can be granted now, and it is to the benefit of these people if it is provided that an area will become a group area a year after a certain date. In terms of this these people can be given a longer time, but the hon. member alleges that the opposite is the case. It was said that these decisions taken when group areas are declared are political decisions. The hon. member for Durban (North) is an advocate. and sometimes advocates try to sow confusion when they want to distract attention, and that is what the hon. members did yesterday and also tried to do to-day. They tried to distract attention from the basic principle, and the hon. member tries to read things into this and he creates so much confusion for himself that he simply refuses to accept any argument. It is clear that what they oppose is the legislation as it is before us, because it brings about compulsory separation. The hon. member himself said that it concerned not only separation in regard to residential areas, but also separation in other respects. He said that it had nothing to do with residential areas, but was concerned with separation in other spheres. There they do not want compulsory separation. They say they want separation, but it should be voluntary, whether it applies to football matches or the theatre or anything else, but it must be voluntary separation. Now I want to ask the hon. member whether, as far as Durban is concerned, he would be satisfied if the separation was suspended in so far as football matches are concerned, so that everyone could sit just where he liked? No, he would not be satisfied with that. Now he keeps quiet.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

That is not the position to-day.

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

Precisely, but is the hon. member prepared to suspend the separation that exists at present?

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

It simply does not happen.

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

It was done in a certain part of it. That is why there is an application for a permit, and that is why we try to regulate it in conformity with their request.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Who asked that they should be granted a permit? Was there ever any trouble in connection with the football matches at Newlands or in Durban?

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

To ask at this stage whether there is any problem! It is clear that there are bodies which are trying to undermine our traditional approach and the fact that we want to be apart, and if these powers are not granted those people will continue their efforts, and they do so deliberately because they know that we follow the course of apartheid. But there are certain strongholds which they are still trying to retain, and this Government is prepared to intervene and to remedy the matter for the sake of those who want it. The hon. member asked the hon. member for Standerton, who requested action to be taken in regard to the Luxurama.

*Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

No, I did not ask that.

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

The question was asked as to who had requested that action should be taken in regard to the Luxurama. I want to put this matter right. Who asked that the Luxurama should be set aside for Coloureds only? I have here a letter from the owner of the Luxurama, dated 3 February. He sent me a copy of the letter, which was addressed to the Secretary for the Department of Community Development, in which he says this—

I am prepared to convert the Luxurama Theatre to the purpose for which it was originally intended, viz., a theatre for the Cape Coloured community only, a centre for the cultural advancement of the community as well as a place of entertainment.

Then he sets out his problems. He erected the building and it was intended for that purpose, but he cannot economically justify its being used for Coloureds only because there are cinemas in the White area where Coloureds are allowed and they receive priority in respect of certain films. He sets that out and then he says—

Under these circumstances the Luxurama is unable to operate as an entirely non-White place of entertainment and has no other alternative but to turn to White support.
Mr. BARNETT:

A pistol was held to his head.

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

He says, further—

For economic reasons I am compelled to cater for the Whites at the Luxurama stage shows, thus causing an influx of Whites into a Coloured area, while it will be seen that Coloureds are crossing over into White areas to the cinemas mentioned here.

Then he concludes as follows—

I respectfully venture to suggest that early steps be taken to close down to non-Whites the three cinemas mentioned, and I shall then be able to convert the Luxurama to its original idea of an entirely non-White stage and cinema place of entertainment, catering for the Cape Coloured community and. in so doing, comply with Government policy.

In this way. promote a better understanding between Whites and Coloureds and prove to the outside world that the Government’s racial policy is sound and practicable.

Mr. BARNETT:

The pistol was being held to his head when he wrote it.

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

Then he says—

It must be realized that under present existing conditions, it is impossible to proceed with my original plans for the Coloured people, but with the understanding of the position and the co-operation of the hon. the Minister along the lines as suggested, the matter can be settled and succeed.

That is what the owner wrote and the date of this is 3 February.

Mr. SPEAKER:

What did the hon. member for Boland mean when he said: “He wrote this letter with a pistol at his head”? Who held the pistol?

Mr. BARNETT:

It was meant symbolically.

Mr. SPEAKER:

The hon. member must withdraw it.

Mr. BARNETT:

I withdraw it.

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

I want to point out that the proclamation promulgated and made applicable to the Luxurama was only promulgated on 12 February, and this is dated 3 February, and therefore the representations came from him to the Minister of Community Development to try to assist in turning this into an out-and-out Coloured cinema or theatre, and in the statement he issued after the proclamation the Minister said this—

And where the Minister of Community Development wishes to protect right of attendance of Coloureds in respect of the Luxurama. he also wishes to pay attention to the rights of the Whites in their own group areas in the vicinity. He accordingly wishes to announce that he has directed the Secretary for Community Development to investigate as to why the Minister should not withdraw permits in which the attendance of Coloureds at the following cinemas was authorized so that only Whites may attend these cinemas in future.

And then he mentioned their names. So this assistance was given. The owner of the cinema asked for assistance in order to use this theatre for the object for which it was originally intended.

Mr. MOORE:

May I put a question to the hon. the Minister? Will the Minister explain what he thinks is wrong in non-Whites attending soccer matches or cricket matches at The Wanderers, as they have done for generations?

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

If the hon. member alleges that at The Wanderers Whites and non-Whites attend soccer matches intermingled, and that they sat there among each other, and have done so all this time, then I say that there is a large number, if not the overwhelming majority of the people attending those soccer matches, who would prefer to sit apart, as Whites, and as non-Whites.

*Mr. MOORE:

They do not sit together.

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

Confusion is being created here, and I want to point to the manner in which confusion is being created by certain parties in regard to the proclamation and the policy set out here by the Minister of the Interior when he replied to a question in this House. Last night a report appeared in the evening newspaper under the headline——

White officials barred from non-White cycling events.

The report says—

Because of the Government’s clamp-down on multi-racial sports meetings, the Western Province Cycling Union (a non-White body) will be without the usual White officials when it holds its championships on Saturday, and Coloured cyclists will not begin their races to the sound of the customary starter’s pistol.

That is what appeared here, and then it says that a permit was applied for, and the impression created is that the Government refused to allow the Whites to officiate. Now I have a statement here from the man who applied for the permit, and which he also sent to the Press, and in it he points out that he applied for this sports gathering of the Western Province Cycling Union to be mixed. The reply of the Department was that they would give him a permit and that it could be mixed, but that there must be separate seats, etc. He then went to the City Council which said that they could not make such provision there, and consequently they could not make the terrain available for him. Then he returned to the Department, and they themselves applied for a permit to be issued just for Coloureds. He writes as follows—

The Union’s second application for a permit to allow non-Whites to attend the cycling championships was made on a definite decision by the Union, after an indication by an official of the City Council that no separate amenities for Whites and non-Whites could be provided at the Stadium. In the said application no mention was made of the fact that the Union would require the assistance of White officials at the championships.

Your news report creates the impression that officials of the Department of Planning induced the representatives of the Union to amend their application to exclude Whites from the championships, as indicated above. This is not a true reflection of the position.

Here we therefore find that this impression is being created, whereas the person himself says that they asked that Whites should be allowed as starting officials and that consent was duly given. But what was the reaction on the part of the non-Whites in this regard? In this morning’s newspaper the following, inter alia, appeared from one of the leaders of the Coloureds here—

Instead of supporting and filling the coffers of the White sporting bodies, the money can now be diverted to our non-White organizations, which will ultimately bring about improved facilities and improved standards in our various sports. Our development and progress will thus become more complete with the support that has been going to White sports over the years.

That is the standpoint of a Coloured man in this respect. The fact is that what these hon. members want is that there should not be apartheid in these broad spheres, in these social spheres. They simply want this old pattern of integration and intermingling to continue, and that is the smokescreen which they try to put up here in that regard.

Question put: That the word “now” stand part of the motion.

Upon which the House divided:

AYES—70: Bekker, G. F. H.; Bekker, M. J. H.; Botha, H. J.; Botha, M. C.; Botha, P. W.; Botha, S. P.; Coertze, L. I.; Coetzee, P. J.; de Wet, J. M.; Diederichs, N.; du Plessis, H. R. H.; Fouché, J. J.; Frank, S.; Froneman, G. F. van L.; Haak, J. F. W.; Henning, J. M.; Hertzog, A.; Heystek, J.; Jonker, A. H.; Jurgens, J. C.; Iveyter, H. C. A.; Kotze, G. F.; Loots, J. J.; Malan, A. I.; Malan, W. C.; Marais, P. S.: Maree, G. de K.; Maree, W. A.; Martins, H. E.; Mostert, D. J. J.; Mulder, C. P.; Muller, H.; Muller, S. L.; Nel, J. A. F.; Otto, J. C.; Pansegrouw, J. S.; Pelser. P. C.: Potgieter, J. E.; Rall, J. J.; Rall, J. W.; Rall, M. J.: Sadie, N. C. van R.; Sauer, P. O.; Schlebusch, A. L.; Schoeman, B. J.; Schoonbee, J. F.; Serfontein, J. J.; Smit, H. H.; Stander, A. H.; Steyn, J. H.; Swanepoel, J. W. F.; Treurnicht, N. F.; van den Berg, M. J.; van den Heever, D. J. G.; van der Ahee, H. H.; van der Merwe, P. S.; van der Spuy, J. P.; van der Walt, B. J.; van der Wath, J. G. H.; van Eden, F. J.; van Niekerk, G. L. H.; van Staden, J. W.; Venter, M. J. de la R.: Visse, J. H.; Vorster, B. J.; Vosloo, A. H.; Webster, A.; Wentzel, J. J.

Tellers: W. H. Faurie and H. J. van Wyk.

NOES—25: Barnett, C.; Basson, J. D. du P.; Bennett, C.; Cronje, F. J. C.; Durrant, R. B.; Eden, G. S.; Field, A. N.; Gay, L. C.; Henwood, B. H.; Higgerty, J. W.; Holland, M. W.; Mitchell, M. L.; Moolman, J. H.; Moore, P. A.; Oldfield, G. N.; Plewman, R. P.; Radford, A.; Ross, D. G.; Steenkamp, L. S.; Steyn, S. J. M.; Warren, C. M.; Waterson, S. F.; Wood, L. F.

Tellers: A. Hopewell and T. G. Hughes.

Question affirmed and amendment dropped.

Motion accordingly agreed to and Bill read a Third Time.

Business suspended at 6.30 p.m. and resumed at 8.5 p.m.

Evening Sitting

CHILDREN’S AMENDMENT BILL

Second Order read: Committee Stage,—Children’s Amendment Bill.

House in Committee:

On Clause 2,

Mr. OLDFIELD:

This clause amends Section 10 of the principal Act, which is an important section of that Act, in that it comes under Chapter II of that Act which deals with the protection of infants. Section 10 of the principal Act lays down certain conditions which have to be met for the protection of infants, which have a direct bearing on the adoption of infants, and it is a matter which has caused concern in the past, particularly where children have been placed with certain persons and then it is discovered that the child has to be removed from those persons after perhaps a long period of time, which makes it difficult both for the child and for the parents who have cared for it. This section reduces the time limit in the one case, and in the other case, in sub-section (1), certain words are deleted from the existing Section 10. Whereas before it stated “within seven days after receiving that infant”, it is now proposed to delete that sub-section and bring in a new sub-section which says “as soon as he has maintained that infant for a period of 30 days will, without delay, transmit a notice in writing in the prescribed form of the receipt of that infant to the Commissioner of Child Welfare”. I should like to have further clarity from the Minister as to the meaning of “without delay”. Previously it was seven days after receiving the infant and it is now proposed to amend this so that as soon as he has maintained that infant for a period of 30 days it is necessary for him without delay to transmit such notice in writing to the Commissioner of Child Welfare.

The other portion of this clause, the new paragraph (a), will bring in a section whereby it will be necessary that the commissioner for the district shall be notified if the intention is to maintain the child apart from the mother for a period longer than 14 days, whereas in the existing Act it is for 30 days. It is a question of the time limits which are being amended here. I think it is important that we should have clarity in regard to the time permitted, particularly in the first instance where it is stated “without delay”. If you refer to the principal Act, under Chapter II, dealing with the protection of infants, one finds in Section 16 the following: “Any person who is in terms of this chapter required to obtain the consent of the commissioner for the receipt of an infant or to give notice of the receipt or delivery of an infant and who fails to obtain such consent or who fails to give that notice within the time specified therefor or who knowingly or recklessly makes or causes the making of any false or misleading statement when obtaining such consent, or in any such notice, shall be guilty of an offence.” In view of the fact that the clause here does not specify any definite time wherein it is necessary for him to transmit a notice in writing in the prescribed form to the Commissioner for Child Welfare … it is merely using the term “without delay”, and it is on that particular basis that I hope the Minister will be able to give us some interpretation to ensure that perhaps it could be more specifically mentioned as to what the period referred to as being “without delay” shall be.

*The MINISTER OF SOCIAL WELFARE AND PENSIONS:

The problem is where a child has been under the care of someone for a long time, has adapted himself to some extent to his surroundings and then has to be removed. The hon. member agrees with me that the older the child and the longer he remains there the more difficult it becomes to remove him. We now provide that immediately after 30 days that person must notify the Commissioner.

*Mr. OLDFIELD:

The same day?

*The MINISTER OF SOCIAL WELFARE AND PENSIONS:

Yes, immediately. The object is so that people will know they have to do it immediately but something else is also intended with this “immediately” namely that the person concerned must immediately furnish the commissioner with details regarding the child and those are the cases where the child may perhaps still remain for an indefinite period. You have to draw the line somewhere and the object is to ensure that when the child has been in the care of someone for 30 days that person must be obliged to give notice immediately that the child is in his care. It is felt that this will assist in solving the difficulty we are experiencing to-day of trying to negotiate the adoption after a child has been living with someone for an indefinite period.

Clause put and agreed to.

On Clause 3,

Dr. RADFORD:

This clause gives us a great deal of trouble. We feel very strongly about it, as was said in the second reading. The original section made it impossible except in cases of emergency for a policeman to enter a home unless he suspected or had extremely good reason for thinking that an offence against the child was being committed. To obtain a warrant to go into the house is not a difficult or a lengthy procedure, and in the ordinary way the call usually goes to the police. Generally the people who ill-treat their children or commit offences against them are repeated offenders, people who get drunk over the week-end and come home and beat up their children, or people who do not feed them, or throw them out into the street to play, and the neighbours know them and the police usually know them also, and the welfare officers know them, so that there is no difficulty about it at all. I personally feel very strongly, especially after the long speeches made on the. subject earlier, that we have no right, and we should jealously guard the right of all our citizens to the sanctity of their homes. While it may become necessary for welfare officers or for the police to enter the home, they should have a good reason for it; if it is done without a warrant and there is good reason for it they will be upheld. If, on the other hand, they go in there when it is unjustified, this Act will make it justifiable for them, because there is then no come-back. Under those conditions we feel very strongly that his should not be allowed. We do not feel that this amendment is at all necessary. We feel that the original Act amply met the situation and we therefore strongly object to it.

Capt. HENWOOD:

I should like to add my voice to that of the hon. member for Durban (Central) (Dr. Radford) in pleading with the Minister to delete this clause. We will vote against this clause because we feel very strongly that the sanctity of the home should not be invaded unless it is essential. The point of paramount importance in this Bill is the protection of the child, and if there is one thing which will upset the child, unless that child is being ill-treated, it is the appearance of a policeman in his home, or anyone coming into his home to take action against his parents, unless there is a disturbance where the parents or guardians are drunk or are ill-treating the child. We know that where a policeman under the common law has any reason to believe that an offence is being committed against any child, he has the right to enter those premises immediately, but if they only want to investigate a suspicion that something is not as it should be there is no difficulty at all in obtaining a warrant to enter the House. We know that the Minister is very interested in the sanctity of the home and the care of children, and I am sure that if he looks at it from that angle he will see that there is no necessity for this provision. The present Act has operated very successfully over the years and we can see no reason for altering it at present. We have heard no good reason given during the second reading and we feel it would not be in the interests of the children themselves to bring an amendment such as this into the Act. We therefore appeal to the Minister to delete this clause.

*The MINISTER OF SOCIAL WELFARE AND PENSIONS:

Perhaps I should reply to this immediately. To judge the position from what the hon. member for Pietermaritzburg (District) (Capt. Henwood) has just said we have had no problems in the past but it is obvious that we could not have had any problems because if that child is in the custody of an undesirable person and that person refuses to consent to your removing the child —it is very natural for him to refuse—then there is no problem, of course, except that the child is living in an undesirable home. I cannot understand how hon. members can object to it. The fundamental principle underlying the Act is to look after the interests of the child but instead of the State doing it you allow an undesirable person to look after the interests of that child; he decides whether or not to give his consent. Section 26 (1) of the Act provides that a child can be removed from the place where he is by a probation officer, police official or an authorized official. If such an official suspects that the child is in need of care, or if there are reasonable grounds to suspect that an offence is being committed upon or in connection with the child he may be removed. But the effect of the existing proviso is that where the person in whose care the child is refuses to give his consent your hands are tied and this section is useless. These people cannot go in and fetch him. It is very possible where it is suspected that a child is in need of care that no offence is being committed upon or in connection with the child. I just want to refer to the definition of a child in need of care. Section 1 of the Act says it is a child who frequents the company of any immoral or vicious person, or is otherwise living in circumstances calculated to cause or conduce to his seduction, corruption or prostitution. Such a child is in need of care but the State who has to protect that child cannot do anything in that regard because consent is refused. In terms of (i) it is a child who is in a state of physical or mental neglect. I really think hon. members must appreciate the logic of this argument. Of what use is it to have legislation which cannot be carried out in practice? There was no difficulty in the past because those persons simply refused to give their consent. Everything is done here to protect the interests of the child and it is only done when the child lives in such circumstances that it is essential that he be removed as soon as possible. It is very important, therefore, in view of the underlying principle in this legislation, to see to it that the child is removed as soon as possible.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

One must agree with the hon. the Minister that in relation to the custody of children the only test to be applied by the Department and the courts is what is in the best interests of the child. What we are amending here is the proviso to a section which gives certain powers to various officials. This proviso is the guardian of certain powers already granted, which are granted to any policeman, probation officer or authorized officer to remove the child from any place to any place of safety, on two conditions. firstly if, in the opinion of the policeman, probation officer or authorized officer, this is a child in need of care, or if there are reasonable grounds to believe that an offence mentioned in the First Schedule has been or might be or is being committed upon the child, and those offences are abduction, child stealing, assault, any sexual offence and offences involving bodily injury to the child and an offence under Chapter III. Well, those are very broad, wide powers, but the Act specifically provides that there should be some sort of restriction on the exercise of those powers, and so we have the proviso which says that if the child is in a public place and is accompanied by the person having custody of that child, or if the child is not in a public place, i.e., is in a private place or, in other words, is at home, he shall not be removed against the will of the person in whose custody he is unless there is reason to believe that an offence is being committed upon that child. The Minister says that if the child is in the custody of an undesirable person, surely it is in the best interests of the child to remove him from that custody. But if the Minister is right in saying this, then surely whether the child is in a public place or in a private place makes no difference. The principle that the Minister enunciates is equally applicable either at home or in a public place.

Mr. FRONEMAN:

What about the case when the child is in need of care?

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

I am not concerned with that now. The Act says that any probation officer or policeman may remove the child from any place whatever if, in his opinion, the child is in need of care, but the Act restricts that by saying that if the child is in a public place and is accompanied by the person having custody of that child, he may not remove him unless he has reason to believe that an offence is being or has been committed in respect of that child. But if it is not in a public place the same restriction applies. The test is always there. This is our difficulty. If he is at home then apparently a policeman, probation officer or authorized officer may remove him. At the moment, if the child is at home, he may not be removed unless the policeman has reasonable grounds for believing that an offence has been or is being committed in respect of that child. That is a good reason for removing him from his home. One must ask oneself the question why was this proviso put in the law, and the only reason I can think of is that it is not in the interest of any child to be removed while accompanied by his guardian or by the person having custody of the child, and in 99 per cent of cases it is his parent. But it is not in the interest of the child to be removed forcibly from the presence of his parents. A fortiori it is not good for the child to be removed from his home unless there is reason to believe that an offence is being committed. If there is reason to believe that an offence is being committed. the law is clear and it is right as it stands, and he must be removed. But is it in the interest of the child that any officer may remove him if, in his opinion, he is a child in need of care, and if his opinion is formed by the gossip of the neighbours, for example— and this is not unlikely. When this Act was passed, the proviso was put in for the very good reason that in those days, as now, and as since the beginning of time, our law has been concerned with what is in the best interest of the child. As this thing reads at present, the policeman or authorized officer may go into the home of the child and forcibly remove him if, in his opinion, he is a child in need of care.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

Why not?

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Because the law at present says he cannot be removed unless he suspects that an offence is being committed.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

In other words, you are not concerned about the child.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

No, I am most concerned about the child, and the Minister of Transport must ask himself why do we not allow a child to be removed from the custody of his parents in a public place. The simple answer is because it is not in the best interests of the child. Again, why? The answer to that question is that it is not in the interest of any child to be forcibly removed from the custody of the person with whom he is in a public place. Likewise, the Legislature at the same time provided that if he is at home he may not be removed unless an offence is being committed. The Minister of Transport asks why. Let me give this example. The Minister lives in a house and he may have three neighbours with whom he does not get on. They may hear his children crying in the daytime or at night and they phone the police and lay a complaint and say that the child is being beaten or is being chained to the bed, and this story can grow. The policeman or the probation officer can then come along and take this child away.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

Do you not think that is rather far-fetched?

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

It may be, but the Legislature made provision that that should not happen because it is not in the interest of the child to be removed from his home if it is humanly possible to keep him there. Now I ask the Minister of Social Welfare whether this is not what he is trying to encourage, and whethere there are not many cases where parents do things like this, like going away for the week-end and leaving their children there. [Time limit.]

*Mr. FRONEMAN:

I do not agree with the hon. member for Durban (North) because as the section reads at the moment an official has the power to remove a child in two cases, firstly, if he is a child in need of care, and, secondly, if the official suspects that a certain offence is being committed upon or in connection with that child. The proviso now says that he can only remove the child from wherever he may be if there is reason to believe that an offence has been committed and then only with the consent of the child’s guardian. In other words, supposing a child is in his home and is in need of care, as the law reads at the moment, the official cannot remove him without the consent of his parents. The Minister has explained why he is changing it because it is precisely the child who is in need of care whom the official wants to remove and he cannot do so without the consent of the child’s parent or guardian and he cannot get that consent. Why is an exception now made in the case of public places? Because when the child is with his guardian in a public place the very object of the law is to protect that child by not wanting him removed without the consent of his guardian. But that protection is no longer necessary in the home because there nothing is done in public. In that case it should be possible to remove the child in need of care without the consent of the guardian and by changing the proviso that is all we are providing for. It was not at all necessary for the hon. member for Durban (North) to argue at length about this; it is not relevant. What we are trying to do here is to protect the interests of the child and nothing else. As I understand the hon. member’s argument he is concerned about the interests of the child; he first wants certain offences to have been committed before the child can be removed. If he is concerned about the interests of the child it is precisely this proviso he must vote for but he wants certain offences first to have been committed before the child can be removed. That is the crux of his argument and that is precisely what we are trying to avoid.

Mr. PLEWMAN:

There is complete common cause between the Minister and this side of the House that this section is here to protect the interests of the child, but the section gives exceptional powers to the police or probation officers or authorized officers to deal with two evils. He can remove the child if the officer thinks the child is in need of care or if there are reasonable grounds for believing that a serious type of offence is being committed against the child. But the law then goes a step further and provides two exemptions, two safeguards, which obviously are there also in the interest of the child, or otherwise they would not have been put in. Those two exceptions are both safeguards in the interests of the child. The first is that the child shall not be removed if he is in a public place in the custody of the person having custody, and the second is that he shall not be removed if he is in a private dwelling. The section refers to the negative position, namely where the child is “not” in a public place, but the obvious context is if the child is in a private place. In those two circumstances he shall not be removed unless the officer concerned has reason to believe that an offence has been committed against the child—and not that it may be committed. I do not think the Minister has given us any reason why this second safeguard should be removed. The second safeguard is more understandable because it is in the private home of the child, and in those circumstances the law makes the reservation in favour of keeping the home there as a unit. There is no need to use exceptional powers in those cases, just as there is no need to use exceptional powers when the child is in a public place. In those cases you revert to the normal method of bringing the child before the court, or bringing the parent or the custodian before the court, but you do not use the exceptional powers set out in this section in those two circumstances. I must say that I have not heard any argument advanced, least of all by the hon. member for Heilbron, why this second safeguard in the interest of the child should now be removed. I think it would improve the section if. instead of saying “if he is not in a public place”, it says specifically “if he is in a private dwelling, because that is obviously what is intended and that is the way in which it has been applied. That would be an improvement. But simply to remove the second safeguard is not in the interest of the child. In the normal case you do not use these exceptional powers. but proceed in the normal way. I think the hon. member for Heilbron looks Upon these exceptional powers as being normal. but they are not. I think the Minister should leave the matter as it is or. if it is to be amended he should use the words “if he is in a private dwelling” instead of “in a public place”.

Mr. OLDFIELD:

Mr. Chairman. I have listened very carefully to the discussion on this "articular clause up to now and also to the Minister’s remarks on it during the second-reading debate. I have been waiting all the time to hear of some detailed practical difficulties that exist which necessitate the inclusion of a clause of this nature in this Bill. We studied section 26 of the principal Act and this is an amendment to the proviso which relates to section 26 of the Act which is divided into two parts. Sub-section 1 (a) of Section 26 deals with a child in need of care and subsection 1 (b) deals with a suspicion that an offence included in the First Schedule to the Act is or has been committed upon or in connection with a child. Now. to my knowledge the normal way in which such cases are dealt with, for instance in a case where the parents are ill-treating the child, is for a probation officer or some other authorized officer to go to that house and remove the child. The offences that can be committed against a child are contained in the First Schedule to the principal Act. and that Schedule also refers to offences included under Chapter 3. In that chanter we find offences relating to the ill-treatment or negligence of children, and consequently children under those circumstances will also fall under the category of children in need of care. It is a very important provision of the principal Act, as incorporated in the definition of a child in need of care, and there are nine grounds upon which a child can be declared by a children’s court to be in need of care. After such a declaration such child is then dealt with in terms of the provisions of the principal Act. To my knowledge the practical application has always been …

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member is now going too far. He cannot discuss that under this clause.

Mr. OLDFIELD:

This, Sir, is a proviso that is being altered in respect of children in need of care. If one refers to …

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member must confine himself to the amendment proposed in this clause.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

On a point of order, Mr. Chairman. May I point out that this clause adds a proviso to Section 26 of the principal Act which deals with the removal by a policeman, probation officer or other authorized officer of a child who is in need of care to a place of safety. Consequently, the question of what is a child in need of care and how such a child can be dealt with is, in my submission, a matter which is pertinent to this clause. In support of that, may I point out that the Minister himself just now when he dealt with this clause also covered these grounds. I therefore submit that it is pertinent to the discussion of this clause and that the hon. member is in order.

The CHAIRMAN:

The hon. member has been repeating the same argument, an argument which has been used over and over again. He should now advance some other arguments.

Mr. OLDFIELD:

Mr. Chairman, this clause removes a provision which has existed in the principal Act. The Minister should indicate what grounds there are for removing a child from his home to a place of safety before an inquiry before the Children’s Court, and a declaration that that child is a child in need of care.

*The MINISTER OF SOCIAL WELFARE AND PENSIONS:

Mr. Speaker, I wish I knew what hon. members wanted … [Interjections.] No, wait a minute! Let us discuss this calmly. We have ample time to-night. Let us look at Section 26 of the principal Act. Sub-section (1) reads—

(1) Any policeman, probation officer or authorized officer may remove a child from any place to a place of safety—
  1. (a) if he is, in the opinion of that policeman, probation officer, a child in need of care; or
  2. (b) if there are reasonable grounds for believing that any offence mentioned in the First Schedule to this Act is being or has been committed upon or in connection with that child;
Provided that if the child is in a public place accompanied by the person having the custody of the child, or if the child is not in a public place, he shall not be so removed against the will of the person in whose custody he is, unless there is reason to believe that an offence aforesaid has been committed or is being committed by that person upon or in connection with the child.

Well, a child is in one of two places—in a public place or not in a public place. It is now proposed to delete the words “or if the child is not in a public place”. In other words, it is only when the child is not in a public place that he may be removed without the consent of the person in whose custody he is.

*Mr. FRONEMAN:

That is the point.

*The MINISTER OF SOCIAL WELFARE AND PENSIONS:

Experience has taught us that it is the very person who cannot look after the child who will simply not consent to the child being removed.

*The CHAIRMAN:

Order! I must also point out to the hon. the Minister that he must confine himself to the amendment.

*The MINISTER OF SOCIAL WELFARE AND PENSIONS:

This amendment is being moved in the interests of the child itself because as the law stands at the moment you cannot remove a child in need of care without the consent of the person in whose custody he is. My Department has had experience of many cases where such a child in need of care could not be removed. Hon. members then raise such cases in this House and want to know why my Department has not taken steps in respect of those children. I think hon. members will now agree with me that this is an essential and desirable amendment.

I agree with hon. members that it is not desirable to remove a child by force in public because you would probably only cause a scene. Everybody in the vicinity, perhaps even his schoolmates, may witness it.

I am sorry but I cannot follow the arguments of hon. members opposite.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Mr. Chairman …

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! Before I allow the hon. member to proceed may I draw the attention of hon. members to the provision of Standing Order 59 which provides that debate in Committee of the whole House shall be confined to the proposed amendments to the principal Act. The proposed amendment to the principal Act proposed in this clause is the omission of the words “or if the child is not in a public place”. It has nothing to do with the fact of whether a child is in need of care or not.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

It is here a question of what is in the best interests of the child in need of care. The Minister has not yet made out a case to justify the deletion of these words from the principal Act. This proposed amendment entails that a child can be removed from his home. I want to tell the hon. the Minister that there are—believe it or not— people in Durban for instance who go away for a week-end leaving their children unattended at home.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

Do you agree with it?

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Of course I don’t. I think it is scandalous.

Mr. FRONEMAN:

How can they then be removed?

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Many of those children go to public places unattended, unaccompanied by persons in whose charge they are. I should like to mention what the attitude of the Department of Social Welfare is to-day. The Department pursues a policy that if a child can be left in his home, despite the fact that the parents behave in an unsatisfactory way—I gave an example of one instance—then the child should be left there. If the child can enjoy the home influence, although there are grounds for removal, the Department’s policy is to allow the child to remain at home.

Mr. FRONEMAN:

Now, what is your argument?

The MINISTER OF SOCIAL WELFARE:

If you are convinced that a home influence is a wrong influence, what do you suggest then?

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

In that case the Minister has powers under the Act to take the necessary steps in the interests of the child.

Mr. CHAIRMAN:

Order! That is not the point at issue.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Mr. Chairman, the Minister has raised a point and I am trying to answer him. I say to the Minister that this side is not convinced that there is any need for a section of our law, which has been the law for a long time, to be removed or altered now. This protection, this limitation, this restriction on the powers of a policeman or other authorized officer has been part of the law for a long time, but it is now being sought to have it deleted, as I see it, because it is in the interests of the child that it should be deleted. I may be wrong in my assumption. If so, I should be glad if the hon. the Minister would explain why the limitation on the officer’s powers is in the proviso if it is not in the interests of the child. Mr. Chairman, I believe it is there in the interests of the child and I believe it is in the interests of the child that it should remain on the Statute Book.

Mr. CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member should advance some new arguments now.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

I am going to advance a new argument now, Sir. I am coming up to my point.

Mr. FRONEMAN:

I think you have no point.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

The Minister, when replying just now, mentioned that it was of importance to decide whether or not one was dealing with a person who was fit to have the custody of a child. In my opinion 90 per cent of the persons having the custody of a child are parents and most of the children live with their parents at home. Now, if an authorized officer, without suspecting that any offence in connection with such a child is being committed, can enter the home and remove the child—because that is what this clause provides—on what basis then can that officer ever come to a conclusion? Because the child is in a private home, he is within the four walls of his home, within the confines of his ground. Where then will that authorized officer or policeman get his information from? If a child is in his home then he is of course not in a public place. The words “or if the child is not in a public place” are sought to be removed, and it must follow that the child will then be in a private place, that is to say, in his own home. If he is in his own home, how is the authorized officer to judge that the child is in need of care, or that an offence is being committed? He will be unable to see into the home, and all he can go by is what the neighbours or other people told him, or what a telephone caller informed him.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

Which people will make a report on a child living at his own home?

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

If a child lives at home a report can be made by a neighbour or any chit chat or a telephone call can be made and an authorized officer or policeman is then entitled to go into that home and remove the child. Mr. Chairman, I wish to state that the onus is on the hon. the Minister to justify the proposed deletion. The hon. member for Heilbron (Mr. Froneman) said that, as far as an offence being committed is concerned. our attitude was that a First Schedule offence has to be committed upon or connection with that child before he can be removed. But that is not so. Sub-section 26 (1) (b) refers to an offence being “or has been” committed. This is what the law says.

Mr. Chairman, we want to know from the Minister whether he can cite one instance where the powers or the restriction on the powers of the authorized officer has resulted in some injustice being done to some child. That is all we would like to know, and if the Minister can persuade us of that then we will not argue about it.

*Mr. FRONEMAN:

The hon. member for Durban (Point) has referred to cases where parents go away for week-ends and leave their children alone at home and even perhaps without supervision. In terms of the existing provision such a child cannot be removed without the consent of the parent or guardian, not even when he is with his parents but nevertheless in need of care. That is the position because that is provided for in Section 26 subject, of course, to the proviso that there is no reason to believe that an offence is or has been committed upon or in connection with the child. The offences set out in the First Schedule to the Act do not cover all the circumstances in which a child becomes in need of care. The definition of “a child in need of care” covers a wider field than that covered in the Schedule. In order to cover all cases it is now proposed that when a child is in need of care he can be removed from a private home without the consent of the parent. Surely the interests of the child must determine our actions. Cases may arise where the parents, although they dearly love the child and consequently do not want to part with him, are nevertheless not in a position to care for him. In such a case the child can be regarded as being in need of care. In terms of the existing law such a child cannot be removed unless an offence as set out in the First Schedule has been committed upon or in connection with the child. That is what we are trying to prevent. The concept “in need of care” is wider than the concept “offence” in this connection. That is the point.

Mr. PLEWMAN:

Mr. Chairman, I intend confining myself to the amendment proposed by this clause, as you have already ruled. As was said, by this amendment it is proposed to remove a safeguard, a safeguard which the legislature found it advisable to insert in the law in 1937, and not in 1955 as the Minister indicated just now. When the 1937 Act was amended in 1944, this safeguard was retained. The hon. member for Durban-North said that the onus was on the Minister to satisfy the Committee that the proposed amendment was really necessary. In saying that the hon. member was on sound grounds. If the hon. the Minister can name one single instance where the administration of the Children’s Act has been hampered or defeated because of this safeguard, then we shall have to review our attitude to it. However, the Minister has not quoted one single instance to justify the removal of this safeguard, as I call it, from the present legislation which has. as I have said, been there since 1937. If the Minister can give us such an instance, and he has had ample opportunity to find one during the period from 1937, but the Minister obviously does not do so because he cannot find an instance. The hon. member for Heilbron has only confused the issue further. It is my submission that this clause has nothing to do with cases where children have been left unattended for weekends as he suggests. The law is quite specific as to the circumstances under which a child shall not be forcibly removed. There must be hundreds of cases where parents, while the child is still with them, are brought to court for an enquiry as to the position of the child.

Here we are dealing with exceptional powers. Whereas the Minister has justified that part of the provision which remains unaltered, he has not done so in respect of the removal of the words proposed to be removed. Mr. Chairman, it is extraordinary for the hon. the Minister to expect us to be convinced of the desirability of changing the Act as it stands in this respect, without even quoting to us one single instance in support of what he is proposing to do.

Mr. FRONEMAN:

Mr. Chairman, may I ask the hon. member a question. What will be the position, what do you propose doing if a child is a habitual truant?

Mr. PLEWMAN:

Then there is provision under the law for the parents to be dealt with.

Mr. FRONEMAN:

That is an easy explanation.

Mr. PLEWMAN:

The hon. member for Heilbron is either not reading the law correctly or else he is not trying to be of assistance in this debate. We should like to ask the Minister to be patient about the matter. There is, after all, no need for urgency here. Consequently we ask the Minister to be patient and convince us first of the desirability of changing the law in this respect.

Dr. RADFORD:

I think there is a conflict between the Minister and this side of the House on the question what is in the interests of the child. If the main consideration behind this Bill is the interest of the child—and I accept that it is—then the question remains whether the child should be separated from the environment of his home. Unless an offence has been committed, as stipulated in the First Schedule, or unless other grounds exists for urgent action.

I submit there is plenty of time for the officers of the Minister to get permission for taking the child from the custody of his parents or guardians. We have not been convinced in the least that this position should be altered. It has, as has been pointed out by the hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South) been in existence for many years and we have not been convinced that there is any necessity for destroying it now.

Clause mit and agreed to (Official Opposition dissenting).

On Clause 4,

Mr. OLDFIELD:

This clause defines the cultural and religious background and nationality of an illegitimate child as being that of his mother. It also stipulates that no such child shall be placed in the custody of a person, other than the guardian or parent of that child, whose cultural and religious background is not the same as that of the child itself. This means that the child must first be so classified before it can be accepted that the child’s religious background and nationality will be the same as that of his mother’s. Is my interpretation correct and can the hon. the Minister tell us what machinery exists for such a classification under the Population Registration Act? Because it is only in respect of children so classified that this clause can be applied. At present the population register contains a classification of people of 16 years of age and upwards. Here we are dealing with small children. In the circumstances, I should like to know from the Minister how he envisages the practical application of this clause when it becomes law.

*The MINISTER OF SOCIAL WELFARE AND PENSIONS:

This question of the religious and the cultural background of an illegitimate child, which is dealt with in this clause, i.e., Clause 4, is one which has already been raised. As far as the basic principle is concerned we are all agreed. It is in the interests of the child that his religious and cultural background, his ethnic grouping and nationality should be deemed to be the same as those of his mother. There will be no doubt in this connection in future and the placing of the child will be greatly facilitated. This only refers, of course, to the illegitimate child.

Capt. HENWOOD:

I wonder whether the hon. the Minister can give us some further information on this clause. Take the case of an illegitimate child. How is he going to classify such a child. Say, for instance, the mother is White and the father of her illegitimate child belongs to another race. As we all know, in the case of an illegitimate child it is often not known who the father is.

The DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN:

Order! That matter falls under the Minister of the Interior. The hon. member is now discussing the population register.

Capt. HENWOOD:

No, Sir. with respect I am talking about the matter of adoption. Supposing this illegitimate child is to be adopted how is the Minister going to decide to what race that child belongs so that it can be adopted by parents of the same race. I am dealing with the question of adoption and that falls directly under this Minister.

The DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN:

Order! That will depend on how the child is classified and that falls under the Minister of the Interior.

Dr. RADFORD:

Mr. Chairman, how can the Minister classify a child of two or four months?

The DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN:

The question of adoption only comes into play after the child has been classified.

*The MINISTER OF SOCIAL WELARE AND PENSIONS:

May I just draw the attention of hon. members to the fact that a child takes on the classification of its parents. If he is an illegitimate child he is classified in the same class as his mother.

Dr. RADFORD:

I do not see how the hon. the Minister can classify the child in the same class as the mother under this Act.

The DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN:

Order! I have already said that the question of classification falls under the Minister of the Interior. Adoption only comes into effect after classification.

Capt. HENWOOD:

Sir. I am not dealing with the question of classification. I am dealing with the question of the adoption of the child. We are concerned about these poor children who have to be adopted.

The DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN:

Order!

Clause put and agreed to.

On Clause 5,

Mr. OLDFIELD:

There are a few aspects I wish to raise with the hon. the Minister at this stage in regard to this clause but, before doing so. I want to move the amendment standing in my name—

In line 45. after “officer” to insert “or an authorised officer”; and in line 48, after “officer” to insert “or authorized officer”.

My purpose in moving this amendment is to try to give statutory effect to a practice which is at the present moment being carried on by the Minister’s Department in the assistance which is rendered by welfare officers who are not employed by the Minister’s Department. I believe that it is in the interests of the children we are trying to help that the Minister’s Department should make use of the qualified personnel in the employ of the voluntary welfare agencies and organizations.

This clause deals with the question of a report to be submitted to the Minister by a probation officer after a child has been in custody for two years. Now I believe the Minister agrees with the principle that the child should be returned to his home environment as soon as is reasonably possible provided that his home environment will be to his advantage. In terms of the clause, as it now reads, the duty rests on the probation officer to perform the task of submitting the report to the Minister. In terms of my amendment this task can also be performed by an authorized officer. It may be that a probationer officer is not available at a certain place and I believe the Minister should make use of outside agencies as much as possible. In terms of the principal Act “authorized officer” in relation to any Act, means any person authorized in writing by a magistrate, commissioner of child welfare, justice of the peace or probation officer to perform such duties under the Act. The effect of this amendment will, therefore, be to give statutory significance to the use of such authorized officer to do this task of the probation officer.

Sub-section (b) of this clause provides that the probation officer shall deal fully in his report with the desirability or otherwise of transferring the child concerned to the custody of his parent or guardian. I think this is an excellent way of keeping the Minister informed about the welfare of the child but I should like to know from the Minister whether he does not think this period of two years is too long. I should like to know whether the Minister has given consideration to reducing it to one year in an endeavour to have the child returned to his home environment sooner if that will be to his advantage. I know the Minister agrees with the principle that the child should be returned to his home environment as soon as possible and I do feel that the period of two years is too long. It may perhaps already be possible for a child to be taken out of custody after one year but in terms of the clause, as it now reads, a report only has to be submitted after two years. I think it will be in the interest of the child if this period is reduced to one year.

*The MINISTER OF SOCIAL WELFARE AND PENSIONS:

Mr. Speaker, unfortunately I cannot accept the hon. member’s amendment. In terms of Section 31 (1) of the principal Act a children’s court may place a child in need of care (a) in the custody of his parents or guardian or (b) in the custody of suitable foster parents. Sub-section (2) of that section provides that where a child has been thus placed, the children’s court may also order that the child be placed under the supervision of a probation officer or association of persons or a person who is working for the welfare and the reclamation of children.

In terms of sub-section (5) of the same section “any probation officer may during the period during which a child is on probation, and shall, on the termination thereof furnish to the commissioner for the district in which the child resides a report on the behaviour, welfare and progress of the child.” In other words, although the child is also placed under the supervision of an association, the probation officer nevertheless has to keep himself acquainted with the circumstances of the child so as to be able to furnish the report referred to in Section 31 (5). It would be very unwise, therefore, to provide in Section 46bis that “an authorized officer” may also submit a report to the Minister as to the reason why the child has not yet been returned to his parents. After all, it is only logical that the person under whose supervision that child is placed will be in the best position to furnish such reasons. After all, that person is acquainted with the circumstances of the child as well as with the circumstances of the parents. In practice therefore it will only be the probation officer. Where the child has been placed under the supervision of an association, the probation officer will first negotiate with the association concerned. The hon. member will agree with me that it would lead to an anomalous situation if only a probation officer had the right to submit a report in terms of Section 31 (5) to the commissioner with regard to the conduct of such a child and the progress made by him whereas, if the amendment of the hon. member were accepted, it would be possible to authorize any person in terms of Section 46bis to furnish reasons to the Minister as to why the child has not yet been returned to his parents after two years. The specific intention here is that in cases of this, kind reports should be submitted by probation officers only. This is a statutory function which ought to be performed by probation officers only. I am informed that experience has shown that a period of two years is adequate and that we ought to adhere to it. This also applies to cases where children are placed in institutions.

Mr. OLDFIELD:

I have no doubt as to the position as stated by the hon. the Minister, namely, that if, in terms of my amendment, “or an authorized officer” is inserted after the word “officer” certain administrative difficulties will be created. In view of these administrative difficulties that will be created I would like to withdraw my amendment, with the leave of the Committee.

Dr. RADFORD:

I am not very satisfied with the Minister’s rejection of the amendment moved by the hon. member for Umbilo (Mr. Oldfield). While one does not want to cause any administrative difficulties surely there must be some way of overcoming them.

Clause, as printed, put and agreed to.

On Clause 7,

Mr. OLDFIELD:

This Clause is an improvement on the principal Act. Sub-section (1) of 48bis deals with the removal of the child from custody and placing that child in an observation centre. In terms of this Clause the child can be taken to the observation centre and kept there for such period as may be specified in such order and the Minister may from time to time extend such period for such additional periods as he may consider necessary. It is on this aspect of the Clause that I want to address the Minister. As far as the welfare of children is concerned I believe that time is of the very essence. I can find no fault with the principle of observation centres but I should like to move that a proviso be added to this sub-section—

Provided that no such period shall exceed Six months.

I believe it will be in the interests of the child if his removal to the observation centre is subject to this proviso. I believe that a period of six months is sufficiently long for the persons who are at the observation centre to assess the position of the child and to recommend as to whether he should be returned to the centre or institutions from which he had come or be returned to his parents.

*The MINISTER OF SOCIAL WELFARE AND PENSIONS:

The hon. member for Umbilo (Mr. Oldfield) unfortunately did not move the amendment standing in his name on the Order Paper, but a different one. I just want to give the hon. member the assurance that I will devote attention to his amendment because it seems a reasonable one. I shall devote attention to it, and if there are no other difficulties I shall accept it.

Maj. VAN DER BYL:

In the Other Place?

*The MINISTER OF SOCIAL WELFARE AND PENSIONS:

Yes.

Mr. OLDFIELD:

In view of what the hon. the Minister has said, and with the leave of the Committee, I withdraw my amendments.

Amendments withdrawn, with leave.

Clause, as printed, put and agreed to.

On Clause 13,

Capt. HENWOOD:

We on this side of the House do not like this clause. We do not like the Minister having the power to delegate his power to officers of other Departments. We believe that this is a fragmentation of the Department and the Department of Social Welfare is a very important Department in this country especially as far as children are concerned. We believe that those dealing with children should be specialized officials, people who understand what they are doing. I think it would be a great pity of we wem to depart from the present situation. If the Minister wishes to delegate powers to officials in his own Department, good and well but I think it is unnecessary for him to delegate power to officials of other Departments. He has no control over those officials. This Minister is responsible to Parliament for social welfare matters and his Department is specialized to deal with these matters. I think that social welfare matters should be kept in the confines of the Minister’s Department and that powers should not just be dished out to other Departments.

I want to appeal to the hon. the Minister not to carry on with this clause. We would rather he got his Department to deal with all social welfare matters.

Dr. RADFORD:

I want to add my plea to that of the hon. member for Pietermaritzburg (District) (Capt. Henwood). I said yesterday that I was proud to have been associated with the Minister in 1960 in the passing of the principal Act and I think if he will take account of what we say he will be pleased in future that he has yielded to our pleas in this matter.

Mr. MOORE:

I think this Clause is of fundamental importance. This is a clause which affects our whole system of Government. The Department of Social Welfare is very important in this country and it is wrong that power relating to that Department should be delegated to other Departments. We do not wish the Minister of Social Welfare and Pensions to delegate his power to the Department of Bantu Administration or to the Department of Indian Affairs. I think in those circumstances the hon. the Minister should not have the power to delegate these powers to officers in other Departments. We have a Department of Posts and Telegraphs. We cannot have a Department of Posts and Telegraphs for every race in South Africa, any more than we can have a Department of Social Welfare for every race. We do not wish the hon. the Minister to delegate his powers to the Department of Bantu Administration or the Department of Indian Affairs and so on; if that is the intention then I think this clause is premature and the hon. Minister should never have introduced it in this Bill which is intended for much more serious work.

*The MINISTER OF SOCIAL WELFARE AND PENSIONS:

This arrangement, that welfare services in so far as the Bantu are concerned falls under the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development, is one which has existed since before 1957. It has been so all these years. Now hon. members expect me to cast overboard in a moment the standing policy of this Government which has been in office for the past 17 years. I was afraid that hon. members would go too far. They are definitely going too far. The hon. member for Kensington (Mr. Moore) now argues that everybody should be thrown together in one pot. The Minister here happens to be the Minister of Social Welfare, and so he must now again be the Minister of social services for all races, and I must immediately say so. I shall not do so. The hon. member says that would be the right thing to do. Sir, this country is based on a system of separation. The hon. member for Kensington is an ex-teacher; I think he is an ex-inspector of schools; I was also a teacher in my time. I think the hon. member should realize that he goes quite too far. when he is fully aware that it is the declared policy of the country, in regard to educational matters and also in regard to universities, to have separate institutions in the best interest of those specific separate groups—and the proof is there that it is in their best interests. There has never yet been any objection to what has been established; those things still stand there, and while that is the whole basis of the policy, how can hon. members now ask me to do something like this? This particular clause was introduced at the request of the Minister of Bantu Administration. It provides for an administrative difficulty which arose. The Minister of Bantu Administration has his Bantu commissioners, but he cannot have a Bantu commissioner in every part of the country. There are quite a number of hon. members here who have been magistrates. Where there are no Bantu commissioners the magistrate acts as the Bantu commissioner. All we ask here is simply that the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development, instead of delegating powers to a Bantu commissioner as is provided in the principal Act, may also delegate those powers to a magistrate where there is no Bantu commissioner. That will greatly facilitate the administration. That is all. I think it is rather unreasonable to expect me, towards the end of this debate, to turn it into a debate on colour.

Mr. MOORE:

The hon. member for Lichtenburg (Mr. M. C. van Niekerk), I think, is beginning to see something of the policy of the Department because he has just made a noise to that effect.

The hon. the Minister agrees with me. What I have suggested is that until these various Departments have trained professional staff who can do the work, the Minister should keep that work in his Department. When he speaks of the Department of Bantu Administration and Development having its own Department of Social Welfare, then I can understand that; if they have Africans who are trained for the work and are doing that work, well and good. Naturally I accept that. Then it is unnecessary for the hon. the Minister to delegate powers to another Department. But until that period has been reached in our development, or let me say the development the Government has in view, until they have reached that stage, the hon. Minister of Social Welfare should keep that power in his own hands and not delegate it to officers in other Departments. That is why I think this is premature. I quite see the Minister’s point of view about the Department of Bantu Administration.

Mr. FRONEMAN:

Must Bantu Administration pass its own Acts now?

Mr. MOORE:

I do not say what they must do. I said that as long as they have their own trained professionals, I can see the wisdom of that rule, but to come along and just say that the Minister is going to delegate powers to any Department, without any plan, as is suggested in this clause, I think is wrong.

Mr. PLEWMAN:

I appreciate the hon. Minister’s explanation and I am glad that he has given as long an explanation as he has.

But I want to deal with the practical effect of this delegation of powers under this clause, because the Minister here is seeking powers to delegate authority not to a member of his own Department, but to delegate it to members of another Department. It has been argued frequently from Government benches that the delegation of authority does not include the delegation of responsibility. The responsibility for what is done in terms of this Act remains with the Minister of Social Welfare. It is for that reason no doubt that where members of other Departments, such as magistrates, are brought into the terms of the statute itself, their duties are expressed in various sections of the law, which place responsibilities upon them individually. Those cases are quite clear. The officer concerned is charged by law with carrying out certain duties and responsibilities and he has to operate within the law, and if he does not there are means to deal with the official concerned. But I would like the hon. Minister to tell us how in practice he is going to exercise supervision over the officers in other Departments to whom he delegates authority which by law is placed upon him. It is the practical effect of this clause about what we must have clarity if we are to be asked to agree to a clause of this nature. I personally see that there will be difficulties, even if the delegation is confined to one single Department. As the Minister knows, the clause goes further and says “any other Department”, subject only to the consent of the Minister concerned. The hon. Minister has made it clear that at the present moment he has in mind delegating authority only to members of the Department of Bantu Administration. So we are confined to that at the time, and it makes the task of the Minister easier therefore to explain to us precisely how he intends to supervise the authority that he is going to delegate to officers of a Department over which he has no authority himself. It is a practical question and I hope the hon. Minister will give us a reply dealing with the practical aspects.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

The clause reads that the hon. the Minister may with the consent of another Minister delegate to any senior officer of state administered by another Minister any power which he may delegate in terms of sub-section (1). You know, Sir, the hon. Minister here in terms of the next section of the Act has the power also to make regulations. The power to make regulations is excluded from the delegation that he can make to his own officials and obviously also excluded from the delegation he can make to officials of other Departments, officials under the charge of other Ministers. Now will the hon. Minister explain whether he has in mind, in delegating these powers, to have exactly the same regulations as he prescribes …

The DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN:

Order! The regulations have nothing to do with this clause.

The hon. member must confine himself to the clause. He cannot discuss two clauses at the same time.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Very well, Mr. Chairman, I will not do that. I want to ask the hon. the Minister: When he delegates powers that he is entitled to delegate to his own officials, is he not going to be constricted in that delegation by the fact that regulations made by him in relation to …

The DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member must confine himself to a discussion of this clause.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Mr. Chairman, I am merely talking about the delegation of powers. I wish to know, in delegating those powers, whether or not the hon. Minister is not going to be constricted by the regulations that he has made.

The DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN:

Order! There is nothing about constriction by regulations in this particular clause. The Minister is being given the power to delegate his authority. That is all that is before the Committee.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Can the hon. Minister perhaps indicate to this Committee which Departments he has in mind, which other Government Departments—to which other Departments of State, administered by other administers’ is he going to delegate these powers? You see, Sir, we have had this before; we have had a division of power amongst other State Departments, but it has been done by statute. We have known more or less where we stood. But the principle of parliamentary responsibility, the principle of ministerial responsibility to Parliament is affected here. The hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South) (Mr. Plewman) said that the Minister as the law is now, delegates to his own officials. They are responsible to him, or let me put it better from the point of view of Parliament: He is responsible for them and for their actions …

The DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN:

Order! That point has been made. That argument has been advanced.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Mr. Chairman, what possible control, in the first place, does the Minister exercise over these people.

The DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN:

Order! That argument has been advanced already. The hon. member must come with new arguments now.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

I know, Sir. I am going to come with new arguments.

Mr. VAN DER WALT:

Are you still fighting an election?

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

The polling finished an hour ago. and if you want to have any side-bets on Gardens …

The DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member must please resume his seat.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

May I not continue, Sir?

The DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN:

No. The hon. member must resume his seat.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Is there a reason why I may not continue?

The DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member must observe my ruling.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Yes, Sir, but is there a reason …

The DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN:

Order! I order the hon. member to withdraw from the House for the remainder of the day’s Sitting.

The hon. member thereupon withdrew.

Mr. MOORE:

On a point of order, the hon. member was replying to an interjection.

The DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN:

Order! I have given my ruling and the hon. member for Kensington must also observe my ruling.

Dr. RADFORD:

I want to draw the hon. Minister’s attention to what is a serious effect of this delegation of powers—his use of his skilled and trained staff and the serious effect that it must have on the development of this group of people, people belonging to a different race, because it is common cause that he is delegating to people who are in the Department of Bantu Administration and Development. In the course of my work I had to deal with some of the sociological matters which bring people into mental hospitals and similar institutions, and I was shocked to find that the University of Natal is charged with the medical training of the bulk of the Bantu in this country was unable in the meantime to get itself a Department of Mental Health …

The DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member must confine himself to the question of the delegation of powers.

Dr. RADFORD:

Can I not speak, Sir, on the effect of the delegation of powers? Because that is what this is doing.

The DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN:

The hon. member is wandering too far away.

Dr. RADFORD:

I would like to go further and say, hoping to keep within your ruling, that until such time as the hon. Minister himself undertakes through his staff the training of these other races, which he is not doing now …

The DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN:

The hon. member has made that point before.

Dr. RADFORD:

Well, then I want to make once again the plea to the hon. the Minister to change his mind.

Mr. PLEWMAN:

I put a practical question to the hon. the Minister and asked him how he is going to deal with this matter practically, and what the practical effect of this delegation is going to be. Sir, we in this House look to the hon. the Minister himself to be answerable to the House for what happens in terms of this Act. Therefore when he delegates powers to his own staff, his accountability to Parliament is maintained. But when it comes to the delegation of authority to members of a different Department, a practical difficulty does arise, and I think the hon. the Minister owes it to this House to explain how he is going to deal with the matter in those circumstances. I put a courteous question to the hon. the Minister in regard to this matter and I think we are entitled to have his reply. I hope therefore that the hon. Minister will now deal with the matter and reply to my question.

*The MINISTER OF SOCIAL WELFARE AND PENSIONS:

If hon. members look at the definition in the principal Act, they will see that paragraph (xxii) reads: “Minister in any provision of this Act is the Minister to whom, or the Ministers to whom, in consultation with one another, the implementation of this provision is entrusted in terms of a proclamation issued in accordance with Section 93. That is what the principal Act says. That is the definition. Now hon. members want to object to it. This is something which has always existed in practice. Hon. members know, or ought to know, that various Ministers give instructions to magistrates, and this is a very simple provision. It is not I who give those instructions. The Minister may with the consent of any other Minister delegate to a senior official of any State Department administered by such Minister any power which he may delegate in terms of sub-section (1). That is what sub-section (1) provides. He can delegate it in those terms. That is the provision in the definition of “Minister”. The Act may be entrusted to various Ministers. Parliament has already decided that. In the existing Act that was provided and approved of. The Act may be entrusted to various Ministers. Now hon. members want it to be changed.

*Mr. PLEWMAN:

No.

*The MINISTER OF SOCIAL WELFARE AND PENSIONS:

Then what have they been pleading for the whole evening? In fact, this point is not really relevant here. The Minister of Bantu Administration, to whom the implementation of the Act has also been entrusted, will appoint the officials. That is in the reply to the question as to how it will be done. He will appoint the officials. There is co-ordination. I may tell hon. members that there is an Interdepartmental Committee representing the Department of Social Welfare and Pensions, Coloured Affairs, Indian Affairs, Bantu Administration and Development, which serves to co-ordinate welfare matters in so far as they affect common interests. There is, therefore, co-ordination. How one can now change the position as the hon. members suggest, I just cannot understand.

Mr. PLEWMAN:

With respect, the hon. the Minister has missed the point. You see, he refers to the definition of “Minister” with which we are acquainted. “Minister” means in terms of the definition, the Minister of Social Welfare or a Minister to whom authority is given in terms of a proclamation issued under Section 93. In those cases, the word “Minister” then means the Minister who is mentioned in the proclamation and his staff are responsible to him, and he is accountable to this House. In other words by notice of this Act duties are imposed upon him and he is answerable to this House for whatever his staff may do. But we are dealing here with an entirely different situation. We are dealing here with the position which entitles this Minister, the Minister of Social Welfare, to delegate powers to officials of another department. He is not divesting himself of his responsibilities to Parliament, and the practical question still arises: How is he going to supervise the actions of persons who are not in his department and to whom he, this Minister, not the Minister of the other department, has delegated authority? It is a practical question and I am sorry to say that the hon. the Minister has missed the point entirely. I hope I have now made it sufficiently clear that it is the practical aspects of the matter which I am putting to the Minister. The legal aspects are clear enough, but it is the practical aspect as to how he is going to supervise the work so that he can be answerable to this House not for what his own staff are doing, but for what the staff of another Minister is doing.

Clause put and agreed to (Official Opposition dissenting.)

On Clause 14,

Dr. RADFORD:

This is another clause to which we take the greatest exception. We feel that it gives to the Minister powers far beyond what will be found in almost any other Act. Here we are dealing with a practical, one might almost say non-contentious Bill. We are only too pleased to co-operate, we are only too pleased if we can help the Minister either by suggestions or by advice or perhaps by stopping him from going too far. But he comes here now with this unnecessary provision. He has under the original Act, I think, some 13 different sections under which he can make regulations and those sections are fairly well circumscribed. But he comes now with this idea that he may prescribe on any matter which the Minister may deem necessary—that is a fairly reasonable one, but then the other words follow “or expedient”. I really think that the word “expedient” gives him such wide powers and such unnecessary powers, because a Bill of this type only gets through this House, as we have seen tonight after the most careful scrutiny and investigation by both sides, because we on this side, just as much as the hon. Minister and his staff, appreciate the responsibility that rests on our shoulders. Now how can the Minister possibly justify something which he is doing because he thinks it is “expedient”? He has got all the powers now which he needs when any trouble arises. We will not agree that he should have these powers to such an extent unless he can show us in some way or other how they have suddenly become necessary. He has carried along fairly well in the past with the other Acts that were passed. This is a Bill to fill up the gaps, to close the gaps in the previous Acts. This is a Bill to improve the precious Acts, but by no stretch of imagination can “expediency” possibly be justified when you talk about improvements. We feel that this is going far beyond anything that he can possibly justify, although we are prepared to give him a patient hearing if he cares to tell us why he wishes to have these powers.

Mr. PLEWMAN:

The hon. the Minister during the second reading debate mentioned this extension of the powers to make regulations and he merely indicated that the power given to him was one under which he would have to make regulations in order that the purposes of the Act may be achieved. Sir, he rather indicated therefore that the powers to make regulations were in this regard also circumscribed. But it is quite obvious that if this formula which has been formulated since 1960, if this formula is to be adopted to give powers to the Minister to make regulations, then the 13 other provisions, referred to by the hon. member for Durban (Central), might as well be eliminated because they are quite meaningless. Thus far the word “prescribed” has had a very significant meaning. The word “prescribed” is defined in the Act: “Prescribed” means prescribed by regulation or rule made under this Act. Thus far it has had a specific meaning because it relates to “any matter which in terms of this Act may be prescribed”. The proposed provision of course goes far beyond this. At present the power means that the Minister has to get within the list enumerated in regard to which regulations can be prescribed That means in practice that anybody who doubted whether the Minister had kept within the terms prescribed could test the matter in court, and if the Minister had exceeded his powers, the court would say that he had gone beyond his powers and that therefore the regulations in question were no longer valid. But the discretion now is no longer set out in the Act itself, it is now vested entirely in what the Minister may deem necessary or expedient. If this formulation stands, I think it is quite apparent that the testing right of the courts disappears. No court can now test whether it falls within what has been prescribed in the Act. because the answer to the Court is that the Minister has deemed it necessary and expedient for the purpose of carrying out the Act to make the regulation. Consequently the word “prescribed” has now lost its significance entirely to the extent that I have said. Here again is an instance where the Minister wants to change the law, and I think he should give us an example as to why the law cannot operate as it now stands. The powers to make regulations under the statute were prescribed, and they have always functioned. If the hon. Minister can give us examples of circumstances in which he has found it impossible to deal with under his existing powers then we might have to revise our view about the matter. But it seems to me quite obvious that the powers that he now asks for will prevent the testing right of the courts to be used, and also we vest powers in the Minister far beyond what has been necessary over the years. Perhaps the hon. the Minister will explain it to us.

Mr. OLDFIELD:

In considering this clause which deletes paragraph (o) that was included in the principal Act and substitutes this new paragraph, hon. members on this side of the House have raised very important questions which naturally must be taken into account should this Committee come to a decision in regard to these particular powers that the Minister envisages in terms of regulations—this clause deals with the Minister’s powers to make regulations. I feel that members on this side of the House have put forward arguments which at least warrant a reply from the hon. Minister It is not a matter which can be taken lightly by this Committee and in the interests of this House the Minister should deem it necessary to fully reply to the points that have been raised so that the Committee can judge whether the Minister should be empowered to delete paragraph (o) as it now stands, and to substitute by means of his clause, these new powers which it states will be required, or may be prescribed, or which the Minister may deem necessary or expedient to prescribe in order that the purposes of this Act may be achieved. Here is an important widening of the existing paragraph (o) which merely stated “as to any other matter which may in terms of this Act be prescribed”. So this goes very much further than the original paragraph (o), and I feel that the Minister owes the Committee an explanation as to the necessity that the Minister may “deem it necessary or expedient to prescribe further matters in regard to these regulations may be made”. I do hope that the hon. the Minister will take the opportunity to reply to these points that have been made from this side of the House so that the Committee may ascertain the necessity or desirability of substituting a new paragraph (o) as outlined in this clause.

*The MINISTER OF SOCIAL WELFARE AND PENSIONS:

I replied to this argument yesterday already. The question was put to me during the second reading and I expressly quoted the following—

Concerning any other matter which may or shall be prescribed in terms of any provision of this Act, or which the Minister considers necessary or useful to prescribe in order to attain the objects of this Act …

I said yesterday that there was doubt as to whether the Minister had sufficient power under sub-sec. (1) (o) to issue regulations in regard to any matter which would promote the implementation of the Act within the provisions of that Act. The proposed amendment merely removes that doubt. Hon. members now want to pretend that a great change is being made, but we know each other well enough by now for them to realize that we do not accept just anything from them. But now suspicion must be sown and there is an attempt to see whether there is not another sinister motive behind this provision. I explained the whole matter yesterday already.

Mr. HUGHES:

I am afraid the hon. Minister has not satisfied the Committee at all. We are asking him to give an example of what his troubles are. The Minister merely gets up and says that there is a doubt whether he has powers to do certain things. We have asked him to give him examples of what his difficulties are. He asks for extended powers. He cannot merely ask this Committee to grant him extended powers without telling us what difficulties he has to face. Why can he not continue as he did in the past? In what way has he been hamstrung? We cannot merely give the Minister any powers he likes because he says that he is having difficulties, or that he might have difficulties. We want to know what the difficulties are. After all he is asking us to give him carte blanche, he wants the Committee to give him the right to do what he likes by regulation. We cannot agree to that, unless he justifies his request by telling us what difficulties he faces. The Minister did not give us any example. Let us get some idea as to what his troubles are.

*The MINISTER OF SOCIAL WELFARE AND PENSIONS:

Certain difficulties arose in regard to certain regulations in the juvenile courts. Doubt arose as to whether those regulations could be issued in terms of the Act.

*Mr. HUGHES:

Such as what?

*The MINISTER OF SOCIAL WELFARE AND PENSIONS:

I do not have the details in regard to the regulations here. I just want to say that this provision, particularly recently, is being inserted in all legislation. There is, of course, the underlying fact that no Minister will issue regulations which are in conflict with the scope and the provisions of that Act. That is the position in regard to all legislation, and it expressly states “concerning any other matter”. I said yesterday already that one could not define all the details. It would take pages and pages to define all the details. And because one cannot define it all, it is done in this way: “concerning any other matter which may or shall be prescribed in terms of any provision of this Act”—therefore it refers to what may or shall be prescribed in terms of the provisions of this Act. Hon. members cannot expect me to give all the details. There may be new provisions which may or shall be prescribed in terms of this Act, and if any Minister goes beyond these provisions and exceeds the powers granted to him by Parliament, such a Minister may be held responsible.

Mr. HUGHES:

The Minister now tells us that he cannot give us examples on the spur of the moment. He cannot think of any examples. He rather looked towards the official Bay for an excuse. The Minister should have come here prepared to give us the reasons and to give us examples. But what did he say? The Minister says to us that this is a provision which is now being included in other laws. That is our complaint against this Government that the Ministers are seeking more and more powers to govern by regulation, and this Minister justifies it because it is contained in other laws. Because other Ministers are taking these powers, he wants to take those powers too.

The MINISTER OF SOCIAL WELFARE AND PENSIONS:

I say it is the general procedure.

Mr. HUGHES:

The hon. Minister referred to the children’s courts.

The MINISTER OF SOCIAL WELFARE AND PENSIONS:

Under the provisions of this specific Act we cannot do just anything.

Mr. HUGHES:

We want to have particulars.

Business interrupted to report progress.

House Resumed:

Progress reported.

The House adjourned at 10.30 p.m.

THURSDAY, 25 MARCH 1965 Mr. SPEAKER took the Chair at 2.20 p.m. COPYRIGHT BILL

First Order read: Second Reading,—Copyright Bill.

The MINISTER OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS:

I move—

That the Bill be now read a second time.

Mr. Speaker, the copyright law which at present applies in the Republic (Act No. 9 of 1916) was originally part of an Act which included patent, trade mark and design law in South Africa. In 1952 the part relating to patents was taken out of that old Act and an entirely separate Act on Patents (Act No. 37 of 1952) was passed. During the 1963 Session of Parliament trade marks were also excluded from the 1916 Act and an up to date Act (Act No. 62 of 1963) was passed. The Bill now before the House introduces up to date legislation in respect of copyright.

Our present copyright law is based almost entirely on the old British Copyright Act of 1911. That Act was in fact incorporated into our Act No. 9 of 1916 as the Third Schedule and, although repealed in the United Kingdom in 1956 and replaced by a modern Act, strange to relate, it still remains the law of the Republic.

The law of copyright is highly technical and is the subject of an International Convention between some 50 states. The Republic has been a member of this International Convention, the Berne Convention, since January, 1917, and is still a member.

Originally copyright was confined to literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works, and, although there was no such provision in the Berne Convention, certain rights were given to manufacturers of gramophone records as well. The Berne Convention has been subjected to revision from time to time, the last of which took place at Brussels in 1948 when it was amended to create new rights in cinematography. On this occasion the author’s copyright was also extended to broadcasting, which includes television.

Although the Berne Convention does not cater for copyright in phonograms, broadcasting or television, it provides for inter-state arrangements on subjects of this nature. In this respect a new International Convention was agreed upon at Rome in October 1961 to cater for copyright in the manufacture of gramophone records, broadcasting and performing rights. The Republic has not yet become a party to this convention, but it is intended to do so as soon as final arrangements have been made by the members concerned to ratify the convention after the introduction of the necessary legislation. A draft bill which has been drawn up by my Department in this connection has already been considered by interested bodies and will be introduced later in this Session. This bill will be applicable to performers only, because the Bill on Copyright now before this House anticipates rights to be created in broadcasting and includes rights in the manufacture of gramophone records and cinematography.

The Bill has been subjected to scrutiny and study by all interested parties and was referred to a Select Committee during the 1963 and 1964 sessions. The final report by that Committee of May 1964 No. S.C. 3-1964, is before this House.

Members will, no doubt, have read the report No. S.C. 14 of 1963 of the Select Committee which was published in June 1963. This report contains a complete list of the interested organizations which have made representations as well as the evidence by the Registrar of Copyright. It will be noted that the Registrar’s evidence includes an explanatory memorandum on the Berne Convention and also a clause-by-clause commentary on the Bill and its Schedules. The evidence by other interested bodies before the Select Committee is also now before the House.

I might add that this Bill was drafted some five years ago and was subsequently reviewed by a Committee of my Department, with the Registrar of Copyright as Chairman and the Deputy Registrar and the Legal Adviser of South African Broadcasting Corporation as members. The Corporation also arranged for the Legal Adviser of the European Broadcasting Union to visit this country. This gentleman collaborated fully with the Registrar of Copyright.

The provisions of all modern copyright law in European countries, such as Germany, Switzerland, the United Kingdom, Italy, France and Sweden, as well as Canada and the United States, India, Pakistan and Ghana, have been examined and, with the advice of experts, the provisions of those laws which could, with advantage, be adopted in our country, have been included in this Bill.

It must be appreciated that the authors of copyright are to a great extent dependant for their royalties on the publication of their works outside the Republic. It is for this reason that South Africa is a member of the International Convention of Berne, which provides for reciprocal treatment of all members in the various countries of the Berne Union. In order to be a party to this Convention it follows that South Africa’s copyright law must provide the reciprocity envisaged by the Convention. Our Bill is therefore so framed as to ensure that, while it conforms to the Convention, it does not, apart from certain rights in the manufacture of gramophone records, go beyond the requirements of the Convention.

Insofar as the manufacture of gramophone records is concerned, it will be noted that our Copyright Law of 1916 did not exclude that part of the British Act, which created copyright in gramophone records. The law reads:

“Copyright shall subsist in records, perforated rolls, and other contrivances by means of which sounds may be mechanically reproduced in like manner as if such contrivances were musical works” …

The term of such copyright is 50 years from the making of the original plate and the owner of the copyright is the person who is the owner of such original plate.

It will be appreciated that the manufacturer of a gramophone record, who has engaged and paid talented artists for the performance of the recorded work, should be entitled to some protection so that others may not pirate his work, and it would seem that this was accepted in all the Commonwealth Countries at the time. It is also the law in most European Countries. This copyright encourages the manufacture of records and there is much to be said for it.

The courts of some countries have, however, interpreted this provision in the law to give the manufacturer of a gramophone record a further copyright so that a record may not be played in public places without payment of royalties to the manufacturer. A body known as the International Federation of the Phonographic Industry acts on behalf of the manufacturers. Their main source of revenue in this respect is derived from the South African Broadcasting Corporation and the owners of cinemas, hotels and tearooms, who play the records in public. The select Committee has in this respect made an amendment to the relevant clause of the Bill (Clause 13), the original sub-clause (4) of which gave the maker of a gramophone record rights to prohibit, without his consent—

  1. (a) the making of a copy of his record;
  2. (b) the record to be heard in public; and
  3. (c) the broadcasting of the record.

The new sub-clause has not provided the maker of a record with any rights in public performance or broadcast thereof. It has been suggested that this is unfair, because they have had these rights since 1917.

Actually, the old British Act of 1911. which still applies in the Republic, did provide for those rights, but it was only in 1934 that the record manufacturers became aware of the existence of these rights and commenced to enforce them. The result was that if any person played a record in public, he would have to pay two licences—one to the author of the music contained in the record and the other to the maker of the record. I am convinced that this was never the original intention. Sub-clause (4) of Clause 13, as revised, gives the manufacturer the right to prevent anyone from copying his record and this is all the protection he needs. He makes his profits from the sale of records and, as I have said. I am convinced that it was never the intention to permit him to charge fees for the playing of his record in public.

It is true that in the Commonwealth countries the maker has those rights, but in most countries on the Continent and in the U.S.A. he does not. In the TJ.S.A. he actually pays the broadcaster, because he regards it as good advertisement.

I should also like to point out that the International Convention does not require any provision to be made for copyright in sound recordings, but the Rome Convention of 1961 specifically provides for the copyright. which sub-clause (4) now provides, and permits any country to give the additional rights only if it chooses to do so. We have, for the reasons I have given, chosen not to do so.

There is a further right which vests in the author of music, namely to authorize persons to have the music recorded. An international body, viz. the Mechanical Copyright Protection Society, purports to act on behalf of authors and, subject to payment of a royalty, allows persons to record the music. It is represented in the Republic by a local body called the South African Recording Rights Association.

Apart from the right to play a record in public and the right to record the music, there is yet another copyright which vests in the author of the music, or for that matter, the author of any literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work. This is an exclusive right to prohibit the performance in public or the broadcasting of the author’s works. Public performance of the work is, therefore, subject to the payment of royalties to the author. A non-profit association, called the Performing Rights Society, acts on behalf of practically all the authors of music. In this country it is now represented by a local company, the South African Society of Composers, Authors and Music Publishers Limited (SAFCA).

It is interesting to note in this respect that the South African Broadcasting Corporation pays annual fees to the three societies named. The average fees paid over the last four years were as follows—

The Performing Right Society

R151,400

The International Federation of Photographic Industry

R 72,667

The Mechanical Copyright Protection Society

R 24,983

Statistics in respect of fees paid by cinemas, hoteliers and tearoom proprietors are not available, but they are substantial. A large proportion of these royalties leaves the country for distribution to foreign authors, except those paid to the Phonographic Industry, i.e. the makers of gramophone records.

One may well ask oneself why, in these circumstances, do we belong to the International Convention of Berne, which involves us in these extensive commitments? The answer is, firstly, that the Berne Convention has no provision for copyright in respect of manufacturers of gramophone records, so that the payment of R72,667 to the International Federation of the Phonographic Industry is not an obligation arising out of the Convention. Secondly, our authors of literary, dramatic and musical works do benefit substantially by our membership of the Berne Convention. In the field of music alone we have some 159 persons who are members of the Performing Right Society. During the financial year ending on 30 June 1963 the majorjty of these persons shared R28,789 from royalties in the Republic and R7,600 from foreign royalty collections. If South Africa did not belong to the Convention our authors would not collect the foreign royalties, nor would our authors of popular literary works enjoy the royalties on books sold outside the Republic. There are no statistics of such royalties on books, but it is known that they are substantial and include film rights sold by our authors to foreign firms. If, therefore, we were to resile from the Berne Convention, there is little doubt that our authors would lose substantially and it would not be in the best interests of our country.

I have already mentioned that this Bill was drafted after consultation with experts and after an examination of the latest copyright laws of other countries. The select Committee has also devoted much time and study to the Bill, which is a vast improvement on our existing legislation. The rights of authors of literary, dramatic and musical works are clearly defined in sub-clause (4) of Clause 3 of the Bill, the rights in artistic works in sub clause (4) of Clause 4, and the rights in sound recordings, cinematographic films, and broadcasting in Clauses 13 to 15. A new right in published editions of works is created in Clause 16. This prohibits the making of copies of such a work by phonographic or similar process. This right subsists for 25 years and is intended to protect publishers who are not otherwise protected.

Persons who are entitled to copyright are defined as qualified persons in sub-clause (1) of Clause 1. They are South African citizens and persons residing in or domiciled in the Republic, including companies registered here. This definition accords with the Berne Convention. It will be noted that Clause 32 of the Bill permits the State President to apply its provisions to any country which is a party not a convention relating to copyright to which the Republic is also a party. In this respect the Act will be applied to those countries which are now members of the Berne Convention, inasmuch as their laws provide for reciprocity of treatment for qualified persons in the Republic.

The Bill also clarifies the general exceptions from protection of literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works, and it will be found that Clause 7 provides that fair dealing with such works does not constitute infringement of copyright. This is particularly the case in respect of research, private study, criticism, review, reporting of news, or reading in public of extracts of works. In addition special exemptions have been provided for the use of copyright material in schools, vide Clause 41.

A new provision in Clause 8 permits librarians of those libraries run on a non-profit basis to provide copies of certain works for research or private study. This provision is welcomed by all librarians and will, in the circumstances set out in Clause 8, exempt them from the possibility of an infringement action.

The Bill also provides for the preservation of recordings by the South African Broadcasting Corporation of records made by it, which are of an exceptional documentary character (vide sub-clause (5) (b) of Clause 7).

It will be noted also that the South African Broadcasting Corporation has been given certain rights, viz-à-viz the author, to broadcast works without the author’s permission, but subject to the payment by the Corporation of reasonable remuneration to the author and subject to his having already permitted the performance of his work in the Republic. In this respect the first proviso to paragraph (a) of sub-clause (5) of Clause 7 of the Bill is relevant.

A very important innovation is the creation, by Clause 24, of a Copyright Tribunal, the functions of which are set out in Clause 25. At the outset it is the intention to use the services of a Judge who performs the functions of the Commissioner of the Patents Court to carry out these functions, which are primarily to ensure that the fees charged for use of copyright material are reasonable and that the licence to use such material is not unreasonably withheld.

The Bill also clearly defines the copyright which vests in the Government, vide Clause 39. Such works as are published by or under the direction or the control of the Government, if first published in the Republic, become the copyright of the State and copyright therein subsists for 50 years. At present the Government Printer is vested with the control of State copyright and provision has been made for that control to continue.

At the Committee Stage I intend to propose two amendments. Firstly, Clause 31 as it now stands, was intended to permit an appeal from the decision of the Commissioner of Patents, who was at the time not a Judge of the Supreme Court. It will be noted that Section 24 now provides for a Judge or acting Judge to perform the functions of the tribunal and, this being so, a review of proceedings should be considered by a full bench of the Supreme Court and not a single Judge as is normally the case in review proceedings.

My amendment will therefore be—

That sub-section (1) of Clause 31 at line 5 on page 52 be amended by the insertion after the word “by” of the words “a full bench of” and the deletion of the words “or local”.

My second amendment relates to the insertion of a new Clause 50 on page 70, the existing Clause 50 to become 51. The new Clause 50 will read—

  1. “50. (1) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Act contained the State President may make such regulations as he may consider necessary in regard to the circulation, presentation or exhibition of any work or production.
  2. (2) Such regulations may empower any person specified therein to prohibit the circulation, presentation or exhibition of any such work or production or to authorise the circulation, presentation or exhibition thereof on such conditions as may be specified in those regulations.
  3. (3) The circulation, presentation or exhibition of any work or production in pursuance of authority granted in terms of such regulations shall not constitute an infringement of copyright in such work or production, but the author shall not thereby be deprived of his right to a reasonable remuneration, which shall in default of agreement be determined by arbitration.”

The object of this provision is to ensure that authors may not on ideological or unreasonable grounds prohibit the performance of their works in the Republic. It will be noted that they will not in any circumstances be deprived of a reasonable remuneration for their works.

This principle is already embodied in subclause (3) of Clause 28 of the Bill which provides that any person may in a work not covered by a licence scheme apply to the Copyright Tribunal for a licence in a case of refusal by the author and the Tribunal may if the author has been found to act unreasonably, grant a licence.

It is felt that while this is one way of meeting the difficulty it would be expensive and might result in delays whereas the new provision will facilitate the exhibition of works with the author still assured of a reasonable remuneration.

In this respect Article 17 of the Berne Convention reads—

“The provisions of this convention cannot in any way affect the right of the Government of each country of the Union to permit, to control or to prohibit by legislation or regulation the circulation, presentation or exhibition of any work or production in regard to which the competent authority may find it necessary to exercise that right.”

In these circumstances I am convinced that this amendment meets the emergency created by the unreasonable attitude of some authors who refuse to licence their works in the Republic.

My Department has already prepared most of the necessary regulations and proclamations to give effect to this Bill when it becomes law and it is intended that it should come into operation in the near future.

In conclusion, Mr. Speaker, I do not think that you will rule me out of order if I express a word of thanks and appreciation to the Chairman and members of the Select Committee, all the various instances who came forward with excellent ideas and proposals and. last but not least, the Registrar of Copyright who has put in a vast amount of hard work and study in order to present to Parliament, for its approval, an up to date piece of legislation on Copyright.

Mr. DURRANT:

Mr. Speaker, the hon. the Minister in introducing this Bill pointed out the highly technical nature of the contents of this legislation, and let me say that I agree wholeheartedly with that observation because I am very much aware of my own limitation in dealing with a subject of this nature, which is a highly technical subject. [Interjection.] I hear some laughter from some of the hon. members of the Select Committee opposite, so I hope they will be as honest as I am in making the same admission. Having said that, I think it is also recognized, and I think the Minister appreciates this point, that there are very few recognized authorities in the world on the subject of copyright. Copyright deals with intangibles. It deals with the intellectual property of man, which the French have described as the works of the spirit. We have much legislation to protect the material property of man, but copyright protects the intellectual work of any individual. That being so, I do not think that the Minister has a full appreciation of this point when he tries to justify South Africa’s membership of the Berne Convention, because our membership of the Berne Convention is surely in the interest of protecting the intellectual property of South Africa.

This legislation has also become necessary because it has become recognized that with the modern electronic and technological developments there has been and can be exploitation of works of the spirit and of the intellect of man, and that being so, there is a greater need to offer protection. It is very important for our country to devise full protection in this regard, because in the past we have been importers of intellectual property for the entertainment and the cultural development of our people, but we are now increasingly becoming an exporter of cultural property. We have it in the cultural treaties our country has entered into, and we have it in various other commitments. We have it in the books by South African authors that have been published in other parts of the world and in the music being created by South African composers which has been marketed in other parts of the world. We have it in the films that have been created in South Africa and which are finding a market in other parts of the world, the paintings of South African artists, the sculptures of South Africans, which are becoming internationally recognized. Therefore I think the Minister and the House will agree that when we consider legislation of this nature it is essential to protect the most important of all international obligations, the intellectual products of our country, on the basis of full reciprocity with other countries. Our intellectual products, the sale of our films, our sculpture, our music and our books, will receive the protection outside our borders only to the degree of the protection that we give to the works of the nationals of other countries within our own borders, and that is a point I think the Minister has missed when he dealt with the Berne Convention and the Brussels Convention and the Rome Convention and devoted so much of his time to what I think the Minister now recognizes is the gap in this Bill, namely the protection that should be afforded to the creators of music placed on gramophone records.

The issue before us in this Bill is that we should devise such legislation as to give the greatest protection to our own intellectuals on the basis of reciprocity that we will give to the intellectual products of the nationals of other countries, and as the Minister said, we are associated with some 50 countries in the Berne Convention.

Before I take the point further that the Minister dealt with at such length in respect of the gramophone industry, I wish to make one or two general observations about the Bill itself and the background to this Bill. The Minister has referred to the Berne Convention. I think it should be recognized that these conventions go back as far as 1887 in recognizing the intellectual property of man and that they have been amended from time to time to give protection to authors and to meet the circumstances as the years have gone by. We have entered into agreements with other countries by the ratification of the Berne Convention, thereby entering into contractual arrangements with other signatory countries to the Berne Convention to give effect to copyright protection to their nationals in order that we may get the same degree of protection for our nationals purely—and I emphasize the point—on the basis of reciprocity. We must see that in the legislation we devize that we give the maximum protection so that South African works can enjoy the maximum protection in other countries, I say again it is necessary for me to emphasize this point because I want to point out later in the course of my remarks that the Bill does not give this protection in certain respects, and deprives certain industries of long-standing vested rights, vested rights which the Minister has already indicated in his remarks, have been written into our legislation over a long period of years, ever since 1916. Therefore before going on to deal with that point, I wish to refer to a further convention which the Minister dealt with very briefly, namely the Rome Convention which was held in 1961, and which we signed as a country but the conditions of which we have not yet ratified. Many of the provisions of the Rome Convention are now being written into this legislation but, as the Minister has correctly pointed out, there are other provisions of the Rome Convention which we will ratify and which we have incorporated in legislation which is still before this House, i.e. the Performers’ Rights Bill, which is at present the subject of consideration by a Select Committee. But, Sir, such rights that we have written into this legislation before us, such as the right of a gramophone record manufacturer to prevent anybody from copying his record— Section 10 of the Rome Convention makes this perfectly clear and Section 13 (4) of the Bill writes that provision of the Convention into the legislation before us. Sir, it is necessary for me to emphasize that amongst most of the Berne Convention signatories, the Rome Convention was convened for the purpose of considering international protection for certain neighbouring rights, associated with the principle of copyright. This convention therefore recognized that alongside the protection of original works, it was necessary to protect their embodiment in the performance by performing artists, in, the protection of copyright in the processing of a gramophone record, in their broadcasting over the air of the original work of the author. I wish to make it clear that in respect of certain rights laid down in the Rome Convention, latitude is given in their application to the signatory countries, more particularly in respect of gramophone records. But then such companies, who in terms of the Rome Convention, exercise this latitude, must recognize that they run the risk of evoking reciprocal action to the loss of their own nationals and their own industry in respect of these two particular rights, namely the broadcasting rights and the performance rights. This, Sir, is the issue which I wish to raise more directly and pertinently in a few moments, but before doing so I wish to make one or two general observations about the Bill.

Sir, the Minister has covered quite a wide field and has pointed out how this Bill differs from existing legislation, but I am surprised, although I may have heard the Minister incorrectly, that the Minister did not make reference to one new very important provision of this Bill. Sir, it largely follows the pattern of existing legislation with certain modifications, and one of the important modifications is the question of the copyright tribunal which is now for the first time written into our legislation in Clauses 24 to 31 of this Bill. Our tribunal, unlike the tribunal under the British law, which the Minister says we are following in this regard, is given far wider jurisdiction over the principle of copyright, but the British tribunal, written into the British law, confines the tribunal’s activities purely to the performing rights. The South African tribunal which is set up in this Bill covers the principle of copyright upon which this tribunal may adjudicate.

Then there is another important aspect of this Bill. It brings our copyright legislation up to date in respect of the Berne Convention as it was revised at the last Brussels Convention of 1948. It also incorporates certain features of the Rome Convention of 1961. The rest of the Rome Convention, to which I made reference a few moments ago, is in the form of legislation which this House will still have to consider, but the main changes, apart from this question of the tribunal, prescribe copyright in detail, as the Minister has pointed out, in terms of Clauses 3 and 4 of the Bill and gives a far greater detailed exposition of what copyright is other than the definition presently contained in our law. It also includes the important provision that cinema films for the first time in South African law are given their own copyright as films. This is interesting to note because our old law gave copyright to films only by virtue of the fact that a photograph as such could receive copyright. It has been interpreted in the past that films had copyright merely because they were a series of photographs, but in this Bill, which is a very great step forward, it is recognized that films have their own copyright. Then, Sir, there is another important provision to which I also wish to draw attention, and that is that for the first time broadcasts by the S.A.B.C. will be protected by copyright in terms of Clause 15 of the Bill. Sir, it is very interesting to note that hand in hand with the copyright protection given to sound broadcasts, our legislation now for the first time gives protection to television broadcasts in terms of Section 15 (1) of the Bill. Sir, I am sure that authors of this House will find it of great interest that new copyright is given to publishers in the typographical arrangement and the general presentation of their books (Clause 16 of the Bill) which is quite a different copyright from the copyright of the author on the contents of a book. These, I think, are the main innovations of substance in this Bill. There are other minor ones to which the hon. the Minister has already drawn attention in his opening remarks.

Sir, from my observations so far the House will note that we have no objection to the Bill as it has been presented here. We have no objection to the general principles of the Bill and we welcome it as an advanced piece of legislation. But now I want to come to those rights which this Bill removes and if not put right in the Committee Stage will leave an unfair situation. Sir, to give substance to my contentions in this regard it is necessary for me to detail to the House the history of this legislation. I want to say immediately that this legislation in my opinion has certain very undesirable aspects in its history. You see, Sir, this is not the first Bill that we have had before us. We had Bill No. 1 presented in 1963, which was referred to a Select Committee half-way through that Session. The Select Committee on that occasion met five times, and the only evidence heard by the Select Committee in 1963 on the original Bill presented to the House by the Minister was that submitted by the Registrar of Copyright. No other evidence was given before the Committee at all. This statement was made by the Registrar of Copyright at that time (page 5) of last Report—

As the Bill now reads I understand that in principle it is acceptable to all interested bodies.

In the interim, after that statement had been made before the Select Committee, numbers of memoranda were received by the Select Committee which certainly indicated that there was considerable opposition to certain provisions of the Bill. However, in that year the Committee was unable to complete its deliberations and it reported accordingly to the House, asking for leave to sit again. The following year, in 1964, the Minister again tabled a Bill which was read a first time. [Interjections.] Sir, I want to remind the hon. member for Vereeniging (Mr. B. Coetzee) that there is no government copyright as far as the decisions of the electorate are concerned; they change from time to time. However, after the introduction of this first Bill in 1963 we had the introduction of a further Bill in 1964, and now I hope that the hon. the Minister will not take offence if I deal with this matter quite frankly. There was no instruction to send that Bill through the Select Committee for consideration. It was only after representations had been made to the Minister—and we were left under the impression that that Bill would be proceeded with by the House before going to a Select Committee again; there was no instruction when it was introduced that it was to be sent back to a Select Committee—it was only after I had discussed the matter with the hon. the Minister and indicated our opposition and had pointed out that a large amount of evidence had been submitted which had not been heard that the Minister agreed after several days that the matter would go back to the Select Committee. This Bill which was Tabled in 1964 differed considerably in a considerable number of instances from the Bill that was presented in 1963, submitted to the Select Committee and upon which a lot of evidence had been submitted by outside bodies, none of which at that stage had been considered by the Select Committee at all. One of the most important provisions of this new Bill which was introduced the following year was that cinema films were taken out of the jurisdiction of the copyright tribunal which meant that any film distributing company would have a free hand; in the first place it could withhold films from anybody in South Africa or it could fix its own charges for the distribution of films without anybody being able to query it in any way whatsoever, in spite of the fact that they enjoyed a copyright. But every other work would be subject to the jurisdiction of this tribunal. But, Sir, the point is that no evidence whatsoever was heard by the Select Committee on this point. This provision was summarily included in a new draft which was sent the following year to the Select Committee.

Then we had Bill No. 3. That was a Bill that emerged from the Select Committee, a Bill which except for the deletion of certain rights in respect of sound recording, which largely affected the gramophone record industry—in two respects, namely the public performance of a record and the broadcasting of a record; these were removed from this Bill, otherwise it was exactly the same as the Bill that was sent to the Select Committee, apart from one or two minor changes, for example an amendment which I introduced, namely that an appeal should not be heard within 30 days but that there should be a right of appeal against decisions of the tribunal for a period of 90 days. There were minor changes of that nature, but otherwise in substance the Bill was exactly the same, except for the deletion of the vested rights enjoyed under existing legislation by the gramophone recording industry. Sir, that was taken out of the Bill in spite of voluminous evidence to the contrary that it was an undesirable action and that there was no justification for it. There was strong opposition from all the interested parties in regard to the action suggested by the Select Committee. Sir, it is this provision, in regard to which the Minister seems to have anticipated my remarks because he dealt with it at such length in his opening speech, that I wish to deal with it a little more fully. Sir, I want to emphasize that the rights of sound recording, which are now being removed from this Bill, are rights which have existed under our law since 1916. Under this protection the phonographic society which sees to the rights of manufacturers of records, has been able in this period of 40 years since 1916 to obtain a certain income, largely by concluding agreements from time to time with the S.A.B.C., the largest public performer of gramophone records. Sir, from evidence adduced before the Select Committee by the Registrar and later confirmed by representatives of the Society who gave evidence before the Select Committee, it appears that something like R73,000 per annum, made up of payments in two different categories, accrues to the industry from the S.A.B.C. I think, the amount, in round figures, is R41,000 for the performance of records in general and something like R34,000 for the playing of records on the commercial services of the S.A.B.C. I think it is obvious to every member of this House that the S.A.B.C. could not continue to supply programmes to the people of South Africa without the aid of gramophone records. In fact, in evidence submitted to the Select Committee, it is indicated that 70 per cent of the broadcasting time of the S.A.B.C. is entirely taken up by the playing of music from records. I mention this because in the first draft Bill considered by the Select Committee —and members of the Select Committee will bear me out in this regard—there was no question whatsoever of removing the longstanding vested rights of the gramophone recording industry as far as the commercial programmes of the S.A.B.C. were concerned. The Registrar of Copyrights himself, in giving evidence before the Select Committee, stated this on page 56 of the first report, in para. 94: he said—

It is stated in their memorandum …

he was referring to the memorandum of the S.A.B.C.—

… It is stated in their memorandum “Nevertheless, the Corporation feels that vested rights should not be entirely abrogated as has recently been done in the new Ghanaian Copyright Act, 1961. The corporation is prepared to pay for the use of commercial records where a profit is derived from such use.

In other words, it was indicated here that we were the only country apart from Ghana that was anticipating action of this kind in terms of the Rome Convention. Sir, a subsequent memorandum submitted by the S.A.B.C. to the Select Committee also endorsed the statement of the Registrar and clearly stated that they had no objection to the protection of a long-standing vested right as far as the playing of records by the S.A.B.C. over its commercial services was concerned: and now we get the extraordinary position, stated in voluminous evidence in favour of the retention of these rights, that they must now suddenly be removed from a Bill of this nature, for no reason at all, by a government party majority decision on a Select Committee. As the Minister has said, he is going to stand by the Bill which came from the Select Committee.

Mr. B. COETZEE:

Why cannot the advertisers pay for that? Why must the S.A.B.C. pay for it?

Mr. DURRANT:

I will come to that in a moment. The hon. member for Vereeniging is quite right. The charge is levied by the phonographic society, which is representative of the gramophone manufacturers, the charge of R2 per record, is a charge levied in terms of an agreement with the S.A.B.C., but the S.A.B.C. does not pay the R2. The S.A.B.C. recovers that amount from the advertiser, the sponsor of the programme. The hon. member for Vereeniging wants to know why the manufacturers do not get it direct from the advertiser. Because they have no legal protection at all in this Bill. They can recover indirectly at the present time if they wish to do so; it is merely a matter of convenience that they recover it through the S.A.B.C. but there is nothing to prevent them from recovering it directly from any advertiser at the present time. The hon. member for Vereeniging wants to know why they do not do that in any event. The answer is obvious. If this Bill goes through as it stands they will have no legal right to lodge any such claim against an advertiser on the Springbok service of the S.A.B.C.

Mr. FRONEMAN:

Why should they have?

Mr. DURRANT:

As I said at the beginning of my speech, there are few recognized authorities on the question of copyright. There is only one recognized authority in South Africa and that is Mr. Gideon Roos. He is even consulted by outside services in respect of the principle of copyright.

Dr. COERTZE:

He will certainly like that!

Mr. DURRANT:

In evidence before the Select Committee he made it quite clear on page 72 of the second report what his attitude was. He said—

Section 19 (1) will now be replaced by Clause 13 of this Bill and the right will be drastically reduced from an exclusive copyright to merely a right of reproduction and a right of public performance which excludes a full broadcasting right. The broadcasting right has been eliminated in the case of non-commercial services and reduced to a right to equitable remuneration in the case of commercial services.

The following question was then put to Mr. Roos (Question Q, 327)—

Would you say that Clause 13 (4) complies fully with the provisions of the Rome Convention?

His reply was “Yes”. He was then asked (Question 328)—

You say that the Bill is drastic. Is this because it does away with an existing right?

Again the reply of Mr. Roos was “Yes”. In both cases he gave an affirmative answer. He said that here a right was being removed which in the first instance we could embody in our legislation in terms of the Rome Convention, and in the second instance, that we were taking away a longstanding vested right enjoyed by vested interests in South Africa over a large number of years, and he regarded that as drastic action. And, of course, the S.A.B.C. endorsed the statement that the only other country which had done this was Ghana. You see, Sir, no member on the Government side who sat on that Select Committee will dispute this statement of mine that not one title of oral evidence was heard by the Select Committee objecting to these rights, which this Bill now takes away.

Mr. B. COETZEE:

The people who gave the opposite evidence were torn to pieces.

Mr. DURRANT:

Sir, the only evidence submitted before the Select Committee was evidence in favour of the retention of these rights. As far as I know the people giving that evidence did not have that evidence torn to pieces because there was no other authority to tear their evidence to pieces. I do not know whether the hon. member for Vereeniging claim an authority on this subject; I certainly do not. I sat there as an ordinary member of the Select Committee trying to adopt an objective approach to what was obviously a sincere and earnest attempt to arrive at the best answer as far as the legislative procedures of our country was concerned. My only interest in that Select Committee was to see that we fully protected the rights of South African composers and authors and the intellectual products of our South African people.

Mr. B. COETZEE:

They are fully protected.

Mr. DURRANT:

The hon. member for Vereeniging, judging by the attitude which he adopted there, was prepared to throw their rights overboard, as I will show in a minute. Sir, the interesting aspect is that the only body which objected to the writing in of these rights into our legislation as far as the gramophone recording industry was concerned, was the S.A.B.C. They did not object in toto. They only objected as far as sustained broadcasts were concerned, and on two occasions it was moved in the Select Committee that oral evidence should be heard from the S.A.B.C. and every single Government member voted that down. Sir, my reason for saying that there are undesirable elements attached to the history of this legislation is that the S.A.B.C., which was an interested party, was informed of discussions in the Select Committee and was even informed of evidence given before the Select Committee, but was never given the opportunity by Government members to come before the Select Committee to state their case. Sir, that is clearly indicated in the evidence given before the Select Committee.

*Mr. FRONEMAN:

You have omitted to say that an agreement was arrived at as to which evidence would be heard.

Mr. DURRANT:

It was agreed that the Select Committee would hear the S.A.B.C. but Government members voted it down. There were substantive motions in that regard. Sir, this is the degree of collusion there was! Here is an interested party, the S.A.B.C., which, according to Government speakers, stands to gain something like R80,000 a year as a result of the removal of this long-standing vested right, and the S.A.B.C. was being kept informed as to what was taking place in the Select Committee; what my views were and the views of the hon. member for Vereeniging, as well as the views held by the opposing parties. Questions were put in this regard in the Select Committee; I do not want to quote that evidence in toto, but let me quote question 469—

In his letter of 5 March 1964 to Mr. van der Walt …

Mr. van der Walt is the legal adviser of the S.A.B.C.—

… in his letter of 5 March 1964 to Mr. van der Walt, Dr. Straschnoy states: “I am writing to answer your letter of 20 February which has just reached me …

Dr. Straschnoy is the expert to whom the Minister referred—

… together with the enclosed copies of the representations made by the I.F.P.I. (i.e. the phonographic society) and the M.C.P.S.

That is the society which protects the mechanical recording rights—

… and your own notes on these representations. Did you send copies of these memoranda to the S.A.B.C.?

The answer was—

I do not think so. I think the S.A.B.C. found these memoranda in the evidence.

Sir, that is a statement which is palpably false, because the evidence of this Committee had not even been published at that time. In other words, memoranda which were placed in the hands of officials were carried out of the Select Committee and handed to an interested party before members had even had an opportunity of expressing their views with regard to those memoranda. Sir, I now quote the following questions and answers, as printed in the Select Committee’s report on page 101 (Q. 481, 482 and 483)—

I know that they have had other objections. I am asking: “Was the S.A.B.C. consulted about discussions which took place in this Committee?”—Yes. 482. By you?—Yes. 483. Did you obtain authority from the Chairman to do so?—No.

In other words, here we were having discussions involving large sums of money and vested rights, and yet evidence which was being considered by the Select Committee was passed on to an interested party outside. I say that that is an undesirable state of affairs. I say again that not one title of evidence was submitted before the Select Committee, other than the memorandum submitted by the S.A.B.C., objecting to the removal of these long-standing vested rights.

Mr. FRONEMAN:

Do you hold a brief for the phonographic society?

Mr. DURRANT:

Sir, what is going to be the result? What is going to be the effect of the removal of this long-standing right upon the gramophone recording industry? Firstly, it is going to have a detrimental effect upon the enterprise shown in South Africa in the fields of culture and entertainment and the fostering of South African musical and artistic talents which, let us recognize, has been promoted largely by the gramophone-recording industry, which has created opportunities in the past for South African artists and which has helped to make them known beyond the borders of South Africa. It is clear that the artistic works of South African authors and artists, through the pressing of gramophone records, are to-day becoming recognized far beyond the borders of our country and, what is more, these works are earning foreign currency for South Africa. Sir, the other important aspect is this: As a result of the creation and the promotion of this talent, the S.A.B.C. has had ready-made talent placed at its disposal. Sir, I ask any member of this House whether the S.A.B.C. can function to-day without the assistance of a gramophone-recording industry in South Africa? Then there is another effect and that is the loss of income to performing musicians, and to the copyright owners of works who receive a share of the industry’s income from public performances and the broadcasting of records. Sir, the Minister has received a memorandum, a copy of which has been sent to me from the S.A. Musicians’ Association who in any event receive a percentage of the fees derived from the S.A.B.C. which makes these payments to the Musicians’ Association of South Africa. They are now going to be deprived of this altogether; there is no other source of income for the Musicians’ Association. Sir, I put it to the hon. the Minister, if the S.A.B.C., in order to supply all the music that is required to be able to broadcast interesting programmes and to hire all the orchestras and musicians, would it cost the S.A.B.C. the ten cents which they are now paying when they play a record or would it cost them a fantastic sum of money in order to provide the necessary enjoyment for listeners? Then there is a third aspect and that is the question of reciprocity with other countries. Sir, South African talent is finding a ready market and a ready sale overseas at the present time. These records are made from pressings made in South Africa. If we do not offer protection in regard to broadcasting and public performance in this respect we cannot expect our South African artists to receive the same degree of protection from overseas countries. Our artists will lose, on the reciprocal arrangements and the principles embodied in the Rome and the Berne Convention, the protection and the income they would normally have obtained through the pressing of these records. The exclusion of these rights from our Bill will automatically mean that South African artists recorded on records will be excluded in every one of the signatory countries. There is no doubt about that.

The exclusion of these rights will have another effect and that is the ridiculous position to think that with a Bill of this nature we can create a form of legalized theft, legalized theft in the sense that a manufacturer of any product, whether it is toothpaste or a pair of socks, who wishes to advertise his product over the S.A.B.C. will be entitled to steal as he likes the product of a gramophone manufacturer to advertise his products. As hon. members know there is not a single commercial programme on the S.A.B.C. which does not play a gramophone record in order to give emphasis to the product. We are here creating legislation in terms of which the manufacturer of any consumer product can steal the product of the gramophone manufacturer in order to sell his own product.

Dr. COERTZE:

It is not his property.

Mr. DURRANT:

The hon. member who was chairman of the select Committee says it is not his property. But here we have a Bill before us which entitles the S.A.B.C. to play any gramophone record without paying any fee as and how and when it likes.

Mr. B. COETZEE:

Quite right.

Mr. DURRANT:

The hon. member says “quite right”. If the S.A.B.C. couples the playing of that record with the job of advertising the products of the Minister’s border areas are they not stealing the product of the gramophone record manufacture?

Even before the Rome Convention was signed the copyright laws that were in existence granted protection to producers of records in this respect in Great Britain, Germany, Ireland, Italy, Spain, the Scandinavian countries, New Zealand, Australia and so on. All those countries recognized the protection of this particular right.

My time is running short. But there is the question of protecting by way of legislation a young industry in South Africa. There is no doubt that the rights the gramophone recording industry have enjoyed in South Africa since that industry came into being after the end of the last war have ensured the industry of a certain income. They have formed the basis, in a sense, in assisting that industry to develop. It is an industry which has to be built on intangibles; it is an industry which has to be built on the creation of men’s minds and artistic talents. Is it right therefore that, in a young country such as ours and where we are trying to make an impact on the Western world in the artistic field, we should allow the talent and ingenuity of a gramophone record manufacturer, merely because he manufactures records, to be unprotected. Why should he be deprived of a right which has existed for all these years?

Finally I wish to make this point which I hope will have some effect on the hon. the Minister. In removing the protection over the copyright of sound recordings as far as the broadcasting and the playing in public of those records we are creating an anomaly in this legislation. I think even the hon. member for Vereeniging will see this point. For the first time, as the Minister and I have already said, a film gets copyright protection in this Bill but not a record, yet both the film and the record derive their originality from the artistic and technical skills of the producer. There is no difference between producing a record and producing a film. Both require artistic skill and technical skill. But in the case of the film we give protection and in the case of the record we want to deprive it of it. Naturally one day when the S.A.B.C. embarks on a television network they are going to use films. When they show those films over their television network they will have to pay the fee that the film companies demand from them. But when it comes to the question of playing a record they will pay nothing.

I think I have said enough to show the injustice of depriving the gramophone record companies of this right. Not only is it an injustice but a potential loss to South Africa because of the kernel of this legislation, namely, the principle of reciprocity with other countries. I say it is a pity that an approach of this nature was adopted by Government members on the select Committee. I still entertain the hope that the Minister will give some consideration to the amendments we will move. In the hope that he will give further consideration to them I want to quote the statements made when these matters were considered by a special Committee in the Australian House of Parliament. In a report published by the Attorney-General of the Commonwealth of Australia as to what alterations are desirable in the Australian Copyright law this was stated—

We do not think that the results of another person’s effort and skill should be made available to wide audiences by means of broadcasting or public performance without any payment being made to that person. Records are to a large extent the life blood of broadcasting stations, particularly commercial stations. By using records the amount of money which is saved in the payment to artists and musicians is, we think, considerable. It certainly seems unjust that these stations should profit by the artistic and technical skill of others without being required to make any payment other than the price of a record. We approve of the statement made by the English Committee, the Gregory Committee, to this effect that there would be something at variance with ordinary ideas of justice and fairplay if an entertainment promoter …

In this case the S.A.B.C.—

… for his own personal profit were to be at liberty to make use of records for broadcast programmes without any control or payment whatsoever. Nor do we believe that it would be in the interests of the general public that he should do so.

I think those words sum up the attitude of this side of the House and the injustice of what is being done in this legislation. I hope that when we go into Committee the hon. the Minister will give some consideration as far as this particular issue is concerned, an issue which I. like him. in my reply to his opening address, have dealt with at some length.

*Dr. COERTZE:

The hon. member for Turffontein (Mr. Durrant) also got hot under the collar on the select Committee when we discussed gramophone records. He implied that irregularities had taken place on the Committee. That is an allegation which I. as the chairman of that Committee, reject absolutely. In the final result it is our duty, and that of the Department, to draft a very sound Act for the Republic of South Africa. That was the primary object.

Before I deal with the merits of his argument, I just want to say that in this respect he did not tell the whole truth. He raised great objection to our having taken out, in the select Committee, the provisions that also the film hire asked by distributors of films should no longer fall under the jurisdiction of the Tribunal which is being established in terms of Clauses 24 to 31 of this Bill. The fact is that we had evidence that it would be inadvisable to do so. That evidence was the following: Firstly, the provision which we took out was contrary to the terms of Section 14 (4) of the Berne Convention. We could not have placed it in the Bill without coming into conflict with that convention. Now the hon. member criticizes the Department and the Government members who served on the select Committee for having taken that provision out of the Bill.

*Mr. DURRANT:

When was it ever discussed?

*Dr. COERTZE:

Did that poor hon. member for Turffontein not read the evidence of all the film companies? Did he not read the evidence of Fife, Brink and Todd, who submitted pages and pages to us and drew our attention to it? Must I now read it over to him again?

*Mr. DURRANT:

May I put a question?

*Dr. COERTZE:

No, Sir, the hon. member had 45 minutes or an hour and I have just half-an-hour. Secondly, it was the S.A.B.C. which asked that the provision should be inserted in the Bill. Later they asked that we should take it out. It did not matter in the least to the select Committee whether they inserted it or omitted it. But after the evidence of the film companies, the Committee decided to take it out. I will tell him on whose behalf Fife, Brink and Todd were acting. They were acting on behalf of Twentieth Centry Fox and its filial African Consolidated Films, Metro Goldwyn Mayer. Warner Bros. United Artists and Empire Films. They are the undertakings which objected to this particular provision. If those undertakings were the only ones who objected to it (even though the proposed provisions were in line with the Berne Convention. and if we had the choice to omit if) I would have been in favour of omitting it. The Government members on the select Committee would also have been in favour of omitting it.

The hon. member made another allegation ("this time in respect of gramophone records) to which I shall return in a moment. It seems to me that the hon. member for Turffontein has a greater regard for these gramophone record companies than he has for arriving at a good arrangement in regard to copyright in our country.

*Mr. FRONEMAN:

Why?

*Dr. COERTZE:

Like the hon. member for Heilbron (Mr. Froneman), I should also like to know for what reason.

Before proceeding, I want to express my thanks firstly, to the Department of Economic Affairs and to the Government for having come along with this Bill. The film industry has been waiting for it for a long time already. What we wanted most was the Tribunal, i.e. the copyright court, which is being established. We take note of it with great appreciation.

Mr. Speaker, I am sure you will not rule me out of order if I agree with the hon. member for Turffontein when he says that this is a highly technical Bill and that experts in this regard are very scarce. We on the select Committee did not pose as people who knew everything about the subject. I do want to say this, however, about hon. members who served on the select Committee, namely that we agreed on practically all points. There was only one point on which we did not agree, and that was in regard to gramophone records and, as I have promised, I shall return to it in a moment. I want to express my appreciation to members of that Committee of both sides of the House for the assistance they rendered and the spirit in which they did so, except in connection with the question of records. I think that as a result of that we have produced a Bill in regard to which the industry will be very happy.

To revert to gramophone records, the hon. member for Turffontein has said many things to the effect that we on the select Committee derogated from “long-standing rights”, as he called it. Let us view this matter a little more closely. Sir, you will allow me, for the sake of perspective, just to sketch what really happened on this industrial front. There is copyright in this intellectual property. I like the term “intellectual products” which was used by the hon. member for Turffontein. There is copyright on these things and those holding the rights are entitled to reproduce those products for their own benefit. In the case of music, other than in the case of the art of printing books and photographs, sheet-music cannot simply be reproduced by the printing press. If sheet-music is sold the author receives a share of the selling price It so happens that in regard to music one reproduces music not only by means of the printing press but also by way of performance by an orchestra or by playing it on some public occasion. Not only that; one also has the opportunity of recording music on a gramophone record which can be played. In this development the authors have formed an association to protect their rights in respect both of reproduction by means of the printing press and reproduction in public by playing that music at a concert, or by way of making a gramophone record. That association calls itself The Performing Rights’ Society. That is how it is known in the Anglo-Saxon world. In this country it is known as the S.A. Federasie van Komponiste en Uitgewers van Musiek, or SAFKA, as the Minister has said. This Association—let us call it Mr. Gideon Roos’ association—licenses municipalities, theatres and just about everybody who control a hall where music is played. A widow living in a boarding house, a little Indian Shop where they play gramophone records—everybody must pay toll to this association, which then distributes the money.

Then there is also a second association which has been mentioned by the Minister but which I want to mention again for the sake of perspective. The composers still needed another association, one to protect them from exploitation by the record-makers. We grant copyright to those composers so that their music may not be recorded on a record without their permission. We can call that association the S.A. Recording Rights’ Society, or one can refer to it as Mr. van Dyk’s association. What these people requested of us we granted to the extent of 99 per cent. Why? Because what they asked was covered by the convention. It is covered by the Berne Convention, as amended by the Brussels Convention. Mr. Durrant has no objection to that, nor have we.

Then there is a third group, viz. the makers of gramophone records. We also grant copyright to them in this Bill, but only to the extent that nobody may copy their record; i.e. when they have made a record nobody else may copy that record. They get copyright to that extent. (Quorum.) I have pointed out that there is a third group of people who are interested in this recorded music, viz. the makers of gramophone records. They are protected because nobody is allowed to reproduce their records. Just as little as a person may reprint a book and sell it, as little may anybody re-record a gramophone record and sell it. But the makers of gramophone records allege that they still have a further right. They allege that every time that record is played in public they also have the right to be paid for that.

In the first place, the approach of the Committee was that this right, which they allege they have, was not covered by the Berne Convention, as later amended by the Brussels Convention, and that there was no reason to grant it to them. Furthermore, the Committee took note of the fact that the Rome Convention of 1961 allowed a state to grant this right or not. We therefore never came into conflict with our international obligation. Under no circumstances did the Committee ever try to do anything which would put at stake our reciprocity with other countries on this point.

The hon. member for Turffontein has a second arrow to his bow. He alleges that these makers of gramophone records have a vested right in terms of the national law of South Africa. He says they have had it for donkeys’ years already—I do not know whether those were his exact words—but he says they have had it from time immemorial. That allegation of his is not true either and the hon. member knows it is not true. The facts are these: The makers of gramophone records have copyright in terms of the 1916 Act. But it has never yet been decided in South Africa whether they have the dual copyright, i.e. a copyright to have a gramophone record reprinted here and the copyright to prevent anybody from playing that record for gain. The only occasion where the impression was created that these record-makers have that right is in an English decision of 1934, The Gramophone Company Ltd. V. Stephen. Cowardine & Co., (1934, Ch., p. 450). The hon. member can read it there. This Act had then already been on the British Statute Book for almost 30 years. Then for the first time the makers of gramophone records got the bright idea that they, just like the composers belonging to Mr. Roos’ association, had this right. They then brought that case and won it. The British court decided that they have a dual copyright, just as a composer has. But that decision is not a decision of our South African courts. Although the text which was interpreted is the same as the text of the Act applicable here, it was a British decision. It does not follow automatically that when the British court gives a certain interpretation to that section our courts will also give the same interpretation to it.

Let me take the matter further. This association of makers of gramophone records, which calls itself The International Federation of the Phonographic Industry (they have various names but “Phonographic” is always the key word), has had plenty of opportunity to have this matter tested by the South African courts; however, they just singled out the S.A.B.C. They tried to swoop down on certain cinemas and certain municipalities. I do not know which cinema-owners paid this toll to them, but I do know that there were municipalities which said, “We are not concerned with your rights; we refuse to pay”. I also know that there were cinema-owners who refused to pay. This association then left them alone. They themselves felt that they were skating on thin ice. If they believed that they had a vested right, a “long-standing right”, why did they not sue those people and say that they were not allowed to use their gramophone records? They had the fullest opportunity to do so. When the Select Committee sat on this matter, the Committee had the facts before it that the Berne Convention did not cover it and that the English decision did not apply, and the hon. member for Turffontein also knew it. There was much evidence to the effect that that section of the British Act should not be interpreted in this way. The hon. member says here was no evidence in that regard. I shall tell him who all gave that evidence. There were many; I made a list of them. The people who objected to the makers of gramophone records also having the right to collect a toll when the records made were played in public was the S.A.B.C., the Hotel Association, all cinemas and drive-in cinemas, all restaurants and tearooms which play records while serving meals, the mining companies which play records in their compounds, all manufacturers who play music while their employees are working, etc. In the light of that evidence the Committee—the objections were directed to the Department and submitted to the Committee by the Director of Companies and Trade Marks—simply could not grant that right. Various memoranda were submitted to the Select Committee. The hon. member for Turffontein creates the impression that there was no evidence on the point. There was no oral evidence, but there was a volume of written evidence. I want to quote the words of the Chamber of Mines. I read from a letter dated 8 April 1963—

The Chamber has, however, all along considered it to be an imposition that in addition to paying licence fees to the composer …

That is Mr. Roos’ association—

… payment should also be made to the record manufacturer in cases where the recorded music is performed for no profit to the mining companies and, indeed, at quite considerable expense to them. While it is conceded that an author or composer should be entitled to a reward for his intellectual endeavours …

Those are in fact the words used by the hon. member for Turffontein—

… it is felt that a record manufacturer should seek his profit in the ordinary way of commerce and should be protected only against unfair competition.

In other words, they must make their profits in the ordinary way. I can give more examples of evidence on this point given before the Select Committee. It is so typical of the hon. member for Turffontein. He must always first, I almost want to say, raise a stink, before anybody listens to his case.

I now come to the allegation against the S.A.B.C. He says the S.A.B.C. was not heard in evidence. Sir, we heard those people who would be detrimentally affected if we were to take a decision. We did not hear all the people who asked us for something and whose requests we granted. We had an agreement that we would only hear a person if he was likely to be adversely affected. That is the agreement we arrived at. I do not know what considerations counted with him, but the consideration that counted with us was that we did not have time enough to hear everybody and that in any case it was within the discretion of a Select Committee to decide whom it did or did not want to hear.

*Mr. DURRANT:

Did we propose that or not?

*Dr. COERTZE:

It was proposed, but the majority decided that they did not want to hear it; that it would be unnecessary. We need not have heard anybody, neither Mr. van Dyk nor Mr. Roos, nor Mr. Fraser nor Mr. Webb, nor that other man from Switzerland whose name I forget for the moment. But let us just set the history right in regard to the S.A.B.C. The fact is that the S.A.B.C. was prepared to pay for the playing of records on the commercial radio. They say so in their memorandum. But do you know who objected to it? It was the record manufacturers themselves. They objected. They said: The S.A.B.C. must pay also on its English service and on its Afrikaans service and not only on the commercial service. And do you know what the advocate for this association told us when we drew his attention to this suggestion? Then he said: “Sir, I must have everything or nothing”. What was the reaction of the Committee? The Committee asked him: Give us a moral justification for this demand you are making. He floundered around for one whole morning but could not do so. And the hon. member for Heilbron (Mr. Froneman) made the nicest contribution on this point which I have ever heard. He said this—

Are you not just a lot of mechanics? Must you now receive a wage when your good product is being played?

Then the reply was: “Yes”. Then the hon. member for Heilbron asked: “Must Henry Ford, who makes Ford motor-cars, and who has embodied all the patents in that motorcar, also receive a toll for every passenger whom a taxi-driver carries?”. That is really the crux of the matter. When the record manufacturers were there we asked them to give us a moral justification for their demand, but they could not. As the result the Select Committee decided that if they asserted they must have everything or nothing, then the decision was that they would get nothing. The reasons are very simple. The reason is that that right is not covered by an international convention. That demand is regarded by the public of South Africa as an imposition. It has no moral justification, and the S.A.B.C. was perhaps prepared to throw out the baby with the bath water. If I have any criticism to voice in regard to this whole situation, I can criticize the S.A.B.C. for not having taken a firm stand like the cinema-owners and municipalities and others, who told these manufacturers to go to blazes. They should have done so as well. The hon. member for Turffontein had absolutely no case. If the manufacturers after 1934 (and that is already 30 years ago) had brought this matter to a head, I am convinced that no court in South Africa before whom the case was argued would have come to the conclusion that such a right existed. The object of copyright is surely not to protect a mechanic; it is to protect an intellectual product, spiritual goods. It is true that when the manufacturer has made his record, we protect him, to a lesser extent in regard to the intellectual product aspect, and rather more as a model or patent or the art of printing which we also protect. On that ground we could and did protect them. But it is not as if they make a contribution by improving the music, like somebody who translates a book and comments on what he is translating. Now the hon. member for Turffontein and the people for whom he pleads pretend that this had always been the law of our land. That is not so. Those people had no vested right whatever.

Then I just want to make this point, namely, that this matter can be much more conveniently discussed in the Committee Stage, and I think we will certainly hear more about it when we go into Committee. I want to point out, further, that the great argument used by the hon. member for Turffontein that we will not enjoy these privileges elsewhere now is also a half-truth, because there are more countries which do not recognize this right than there are countries that do. Therefore whatever we do, we do not do what the rest of the world does. We are doing what some countries do, and there are various countries who want us to recognize this right, whereas they are not even a member of the convention and do not even recognize that right themselves. The hon. member for Turffontein therefore has a bad case, but because he keeps silent about half of it he seeks to create the impression that he in fact has a good case. Also in this respect the hon. member for Turffontein has a case which cannot withstand the harsh light of criticism. I want to repeat that on the Select Committee we were agreed on practically everything, and therefore I will be forgiven if I do not deal with the matter further.

Mr. TUCKER:

I unlike the hon. member who has just sat down was not a member of the Select Committee and I do not wish to attempt to traverse all that he has said, but I do want to make one remark. I regret very much that the hon. member should have dragged into this debate the honoured name of Roos in the contemptuous way that he did.

HON. MEMBERS:

No.

*Dr. COERTZE:

I merely referred to Mr. Roos’s society and Mr. van Dyk’s society …

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order!

Mr. TUCKER:

Sir, the reference made a very bad impression upon me, and I am sure also on other hon. members.

Mr. B. COETZEE:

Every word Mr. Roos said was accepted by the Select Committee. You should be ashamed of yourself!

Mr. TUCKER:

I am referring to the hon. member for Standerton (Dr. Coertze). Sir, that is one of the major issues. The hon. member for Turffontein has made it clear that we think legislation is necessary in respect of most of the matters which are concerned, and I believe that a great deal of the contents of the Bill will be common cause on both sides of the House.

My protest I wish to make is in regard to the method which is being adopted in dealing with private rights. The position is that there are suggestions that there are existing rights. Those rights have been recognized by many and it is admitted that in respect of those rights considerable sums of money have been paid in the past. The hon. member for Standerton said that those rights have no foundation in fact. My protest is that the proper place to test a matter of that nature is in the courts of the land.

Mr. FRONEMAN:

Why did they not take the matter to court?

Mr. TUCKER:

The person who objected to those rights had a perfectly clear right to bring a case before the courts of the land and to contend what the hon. member for Standerton has contended here that those rights do not in fact exist. Mr. Speaker, when there is a dispute on a matter of this sort affecting private rights, I say that it would be most regrettable if this Chamber came in and settled the question instead of letting it be settled in the ordinary way through the courts of this country.

Mr. Speaker, the rights have been existent. That is not denied. It is not denied that they have been respected in this country by important organizations, that considerable sums are involved, that those royalties, etc., which have been paid have played a very important part in helping to build up a very important industry in this country. I say that we must protest to those rights being swept away simply on the grounds which have been put forward by the hon. member for Standerton. I do believe that those rights are sound. The other questions are matters which I believe can be dealt with very conveniently in Committee. I would like to say in regard to this particular point that the rights, I believe, do not only affect persons in this country; they are matters which could affect the rights of persons outside. I accept the fact that these rights are not rights which are universally recognized, but it is a fact that at the present time rights have been recognized in this country to the extent that considerable sums have been paid in respect of them, and I say that it is a great pity that the hon. the Minister has presented the Bill in its present form, sweeping away these rights, which have been recognized as existing for a long period, at least by some organizations. I hope that the hon. the Minister is going to have second thoughts about this matter. I believe that it is very important in a democratic country such as South Africa and a country whose word is respected throughout the world that we should be ultra careful in interfering legislatively in connection with matters of this nature. I say that the case which has been made out up to the present certainly does not justify me to support this proposed course of action, and while in agreement with most of the provisions of this Bill, I hope that through amendments we will have an opportunity of testing this matter. I hope that when that time comes, the hon. Minister will have given very serious consideration to this matter.

The general thing in respect of rights which are being swept away, rights of this nature, is in any event not to sweep them away entirely, but to recognize the rights for a period and to provide that they will terminate after a certain period. That enables persons who are concerned to make adjustments to meet the position. I hope that the hon. the Minister will go so far as to remove this provision from the Bill at the Committee Stage, that he will take the initiative in respect of that matter, so that they can have an agreed measure, and thereafter the question can be further examined, and if it is felt that it should be removed, if it is to be removed through this House, it should be done on some such basis as I am suggesting, giving recognition for a reasonable period of time so that adjustments may be made.

Mr. S. L. MULLER:

It has never been recognized in the past.

Mr. TUCKER:

Of course it has been recognized in the past in this country. That is the very case of the persons who are concerned.

Mr. S. L. MULLER:

They claimed the right.

Mr. TUCKER:

The right has been recognized, and the hon. member can attempt to show this Committee that it is not so. The objections which were put to the Select Committee by interested bodies were on the basis that these are existing rights, and, Sir, that have opinions to the contrary, but the proper place, if the matter is to be tested, is before the courts of the country and not before a Select Committee of this House.

*Mr. FRONEMAN:

I am sorry that the previous speaker made such an unsavoury allegation against the hon. member for Standerton (Dr. Coertze). He said that the hon. member for Standerton had made an unsavoury attack on the good name of Mr. Roos. That is definitely not true. The evidence of Mr. Roos before the Select Committee was accepted practically unanimously, and the hon. member for Standerton was referring here only to the association represented by Mr. Roos, and he said. “Let me call him the Roos Committee.” There was not the slightest belittling or reflection. I do not know whether the slender majority of three votes in the constituency of Germiston (District) has upset the hon. member, but it would appear to be so.

The hon. member spoke here about rights. I am sorry that the whole of this legislation has been overshadowed by one small group of people who agitate for certain rights they are supposed to have had, but which in fact they never had but only claimed. And if any people should have tested those rights in court, it is those very ones. What did they do? They went along and claimed those so-called rights from only one body, namely the Broadcasting Corporation, but they did not claim those rights from all the other people who had made use of those records. In fact, they were afraid to take those people to court to test their so-called rights, as the hon. member for Standerton has already indicated.

This Bill is a technical measure and I should like us to approach this matter objectively, and not always just from the angle of gramophone records. Surely much more important matters than merely gramophone records are concerned here. Why the hon. member for Turffontein approaches the matter as if he holds a brief for those bodies alone and wants to treat the whole matter in the same way, I really do not know. I regret that he has done so. This is a very interesting piece of legislation, which covers a large section of our law, and I think the matter should be viewed from a broader angle. I should like to approach the matter from a more technical and broader viewpoint, and the first statement I want to make is that this copyright is part of what we would call the “immaterial property right” in scientific legal language, as contrasted with the material property right, such as for example the right to own or occupy property. What is the subject matter of this immaterial property right? It is the intellectual property of a person as contrasted with his material goods, to which that person may have rights. These intellectual properties consist of the production, or let me rather say, the creation of the spirit of man. From the nature of the matter such creations are the result of mental labour of thought, and as creations they must therefore be original. If the object of the copyright is regarded as the intellectual creation of man, it really does not matter what form such a creation takes, but it is definitely necessary that it should assume some form, because it must be recognizable before it can be protected. Because if these intellectual creations are not recognizable, i.e., if they have not assumed any form, they exist only in the mind of the creator, and then of course the law cannot protect them. Therefore, in order to grant protection to those rights in respect of those intellectual properties, they must assume form. One cannot protect the right of a person to a thought or an idea or an inspiration. That idea must assume form. I want to point out that there are people, even lawyers, who think that the aim of the copyright is to protect these ideas and thoughts which have not yet taken shape. I can refer to an article by Mr. A. J. C. Copeling in the latest issue of the Tydskrif vir Hedendaagse Romeins-Hollandse Reg, in which under the heading “Copyright in Ideas” he deals with that trend of thought. I want to say immediately that this is definitely not what is being done in the present measure. It does not seek merely to protect ideas or thoughts. There are two requirements before there can be copyright. The first is that it must be an intellectual creation: in other words, it must be original. The second is that the creation must have assumed form, and these two requirements must exist simultaneously before we can talk about copyright. In regard to art, we have long since learnt that form and content are one. Where I emphasize that we want to protect an idea which has assumed form and is original, I want to refer to the representations made to the Select Committee by the Association of the Southern African Phonographic Industry, the persons for whom the hon. member for Turffontein evidently holds a brief to regard the matter just from that angle, and I want to refer to the questions put in the Select Committee in that regard. Let me state very clearly that the gramophone people have copyright for the making of gramophone records. One may not copy them. But if the records are broadcast to the public and they want extra remuneration for that as well, in other words they want copyright for that too, that is going too far. But that is what it amounts to, and the hon. member for Standerton expressed it very neatly by reference to the example of the motor car made by Henry Ford. What were the questions we put in the Select Committee in this regard? (Translation.)—

What is the originality which the phonographic industry seeks to have protected? Is it the mechanical combination of the mechanical instruments used in manufacturing a record? To me, copyright is par excellence the protection of intellectual property, spiritual products. If it is the efficiency of the mechanical instruments used, then I see no originality in that. Surely the intention is not to protect instruments but in fact to protect intellectual property?

That is the crux of the whole matter—

A record is a reproduction of something, and in the reproduction itself there must be something original which makes it an artistic work. I feel that the originality is merely the technical efficiency applied in connection with the record. Any artistry contained in the record will be as the result of the people who perform and provide the artistic value.

That is the basis on which we should approach and regard this whole matter. From the foregoing it is therefore clear that it was correctly considered that the makers of gramophone records should not be granted a greater copyright than the law at present grants them. In my opinion that would be in conflict with the conception of the immaterial property right which is at stake here. These intellectual creations may of course adopt many forms. There are, for example, many new directions in regard to these forms. Let us, e.g., take the art of painting. The art of painting no longer consists merely of applying paint to a canvas, but has become much more than that. There are, for example, works in which old broom-handles, brooms and similar articles are placed on a canvas, and they are then painted, a new trend in the art of painting.

If criticism can be voiced in regard to this Bill, this is where I should like to express a little criticism. We are a member of the Berne Convention and Section 2 of that convention defines “literary and artistic works”. Literary works are mentioned separately, actually as the result of the fact that copyright, in our legal history, was first granted to literary works, and copyright in respect of other forms of art only followed later. It is therefore really an anachronism that it is still mentioned separately. But I say that just in passing. On page 3 of the First Select Committee’s evidence I just want to refer to what Mr. Keeton said in this regard (translation)—

The Berne Convention defines “literary and artistic works”. It will be noted that this includes every production in the literary, scientific and artistic spheres, whatever the manner or form of expression thereof may be, such as books, etc., dramatic works, musical compositions, cinematograph films, drawings, paintings, and works of architecture and photographic works; translations, arrangements, transcriptions of music, etc., as well as collected works such as encyclopedias, are also protected. Works of applied art and industrial models may also be protected, to the extent to which provision is made for it by local legislation.

Now what is the importance of this legislation at the moment? It is that we are now granting further protection to this long list of new art forms. This measure is based on the British Act, and the British Act goes a little further than the Convention does because its first chapter relates to literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works, but in the new chapter we are now adding we refer to sound recording, films, broadcasts and published works. From this one gains the impression that the Bill seeks to protect only specific forms of intellectual property. In fact, it runs through the whole legislation like a golden thread that only various forms should be protected. That is the only criticism I have of this legislation, that it creates the impression that we want to protect only certain forms of art and not all the forms assumed by intellectual creations. I want to point out that this really results in two shortcomings. The first is that it does not afford enough protection to the spoken word as a form of intellectual property. I am just mentioning the anomaly which is now being created by this legislation. It would be an infringement of copyright if a recording was made of an ex tempore speech made over the radio to which, say, 5,000 people listened, but it is no infringement of copyright to make a recording of an ex tempore speech made to 50,000 people over a loudspeaker. The second shortcoming is that performing artistes are not given their due. They are given no protection, although I should like to point out that there is presently legislation before this House which has now been referred to a Select Committee and which we therefore do not have to discuss now. My only criticism therefore is that this Bill creates the impression that we want to protect only certain forms, and therefore I want to associate myself with what was, inter alia, stated in this article in the Tydskrif vir Hedendaagse Romeins-Hollandse Reg recently, which reads as follows—

Our own legislator now intends following the British example. It is submitted, however, that the solution to the problem lies not in the recognition of an independent copyright in broadcasts as such. A broadcast is merely the medium (the form) by means of which a particular literary or artistic work—or, more specifically, the idea embodied in that work—is conveyed to the public mind. It is not itself a literary or artistic work. Copyright, on the other hand, is concerned exclusively with the protection of literary and artistic works—i.e., with the protection of the product of man’s mind where the product is possessed of some literary or artistic characteristic. It is inconceivable that its purpose first and foremost should be the protection of the medium or form by means of which the mental product is publicized. Surely what the legislator wishes to protect in the broadcasting of live programmes is really the contents of the programmes—not the broadcast itself.

That is my whole criticism but, as I have said, the matter was considered by a Select Committee and it has taken three years to draft this legislation. It was circulated not only here but also overseas, and finding a new approach at this stage to protect all the forms that intellectual property can assume would take too much time and would defeat the whole object of the Bill at the moment. Although legally it would have been much more correct to accept it like this, it would now have been an impossible task.

But viewed from the standpoint which I have tried to state here, the makers of gramophone records on whose behalf we heard pleas here to-day have no case at all, and I hope and trust that hon. members will see it in the correct light, not for the sake of those people, because we are not here to protect certain interests or certain persons, but to build up our country’s immaterial property rights as such and to put a piece of legislation on the Statute Book of which not only the present generation but also future generations may be proud.

*The MINISTER OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS:

I do not think it is necessary to detain the House very long. Hon. members opposite have informed the House that they agree with the greatest portion of the Bill and that they will therefore not oppose it. The main difference of opinion concerns the rights of the manufacturers of gramophone records as far as the broadcasting or the public playing of such records is concerned. In that regard too I think the answer has already been given by two previous speakers on this side, the hon. members for Standerton (Dr. Coertze) and Heilbron (Mr. Froneman). I think they dealt with all the aspects referred to here by hon. members opposite.

I just want to say a few words in connection with the observations made by the hon. member for Turffontein (Mr. Durrant) in connection with the rights of the manufacturers of gramophone records. I am convinced, in spite of the complaint made here by the hon. member, that the Select Committee, over the period of two years during which it sat, thoroughly considered this question of the rights of the manufacturers of gramophone records. Having read the report of the discussions which took place and of the evidence given before the Select Committee, I do not think there is a single point mentioned here to-day by the hon. member which was not raised before the Select Committee at some time or other and upon which the Select Committee did not come to a decision after due consideration. Moreover, the hon. member will agree that I discussed this matter with him personally; that I met a deputation from the Association and that I gave them every opportunity to put their case to me. In these circumstances I do not think that the Association of Manufacturers can have any complaint that they did not have an opportunity to state their case and that it was not properly considered. In these circumstances we have no alternative but to reject the views expressed here by hon. members opposite. This measure was drafted in accordance with the Berne Convention, and in that Convention there is no reference to this sort of copyright or the sort of right for which hon. members opposite are now pleading for the manufacturers of gramophone records.

*Mr. DURRANT:

And the Rome Convention?

*The MINISTER OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS:

The Rome Convention followed subsequently, and Article 12 of that Convention reads as follows—

If a phonogram published for commercial purposes or a reproduction of such phonogram is used directly for broadcasting or for any communication to the public a single equitable remuneration shall be paid by the user to the performers or to the producers of the phonogram or both. Domestic law may in the absence of agreement between two parties lay down the conditions as to the sharing of the remuneration.

In terms of the Rome Convention we have the right to decide whether or not we are prepared to grant this privilege to the manufacturers of gramophone records, and I stated perfectly clearly in my opening speech that we preferred not to grant them such rights. In this respect we are following the example of many other countries. We are not the only country to adopt this attitude, The hon. member tried to create the impression that we were isolated in this regard in the world, but in fact the position is that even in a country like America this right is not given to gramophone record manufacturers. The objection was also raised by the manufacturers of gramophone records —the hon. member also referred to this—that the S.A.B.C. would play these records over and over again with the result that their value would diminish. But I think we can rely on the fact that the S.A.B.C. as a sensible body will know that if it follows such a practice it will only harm itself. I do not think the S.A.B.C. would be so stupid as to play a record until it is ruined, because then the reputation of the S.A.B.C. would suffer. The record manufacturers, as far as the financial aspect is concerned—and I think this is what the hon. member for Germiston (District) (Mr. Tucker) had in mind—referred in a memorandum to the harm that they would suffer in this connection; hon. members will recall that they expressed the opinion that if they were deprived of this right they would suffer damages to the tune of R 106,000 per annum. Well, that is a very small amount when one bears in mind the fact that 5,000,000 records are being manufactured in this country.

The 1916 Copyright Act does confer certain rights in respect of the public playing of records. This matter has also been mentioned here, but as I said in my opening speech we do not believe that it was the intention originally to grant those rights in South Africa. It was only in 1934, when the matter was taken to court in England, that the manufacturers of gramophone records claimed these rights, but in South Africa there has never been a test case in the courts in this regard. The hon. member for Turffontein referred to the rights of our authors, entertainers and artists which are now allegedly being jeopardized. I cannot agree with him. As far as entertainers are concerned, he knows that there is legislation before the House which will be dealt with in the near future, and protection is in fact being given to the true author in this measure, protection is being given to everybody in this measure, and even the manufacturer of records is being given protection as far as the production of his records is concerned. The only people who are not being protected are the manufacturers of records in so far as the public playing of records is concerned. But I really cannot see what right record manufacturers, who sell records to people, have to ask for further payment for the playing of such records.

The hon. member mentioned the example of films and he wanted to know why films were being treated differently from records, but, Sir, there is a tremendous difference between a film and a record. A record is made for the purpose of sale and the manufacturer earns his money through the sale of the record. A film, however, is not manufactured for the purpose of sale; it is manufactured to be exhibited, and that is how it earns its money. The two things are not comparable. Apart from that, there is also the fact that as far as films are concerned, the Berne Convention gives us protection of a kind which differs entirely from the protection given in respect of records.

*Mr. DURRANT:

Will you deal with the principle of reciprocal rights?

*The MINISTER OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS:

If the hon. member wants to go into that principle as far as the financial aspect is concerned, it does not concern me very much because I am not much concerned with the financial aspect. It is simply a question as to whether the manufacturers of gramophone records are really entitled to that right. Whether we in South Africa will gain or lose as a result of the fact that this reciprocity will perhaps disappear is a matter which does not concern me because the issue here is whether these people are entitled to those privileges.

As far as our artists are concerned, their copyright is still protected in any event. The hon. member must not overlook the fact that the protection of copyright is not affected; it remains protected. This only deals with the public playing of records. If there is reciprocity our records may be played publicly in other countries, and other countries will have the same right here. We have the right under this measure to grant the same reciprocity to others that we give to our own people.

Finally, the hon. member referred to films. I think another example that one can also mention is that of a book. A book does not differ much from a record. The intellectual wealth of man is also contained in books. As far as books are concerned the author’s copyright is protected. I am not at liberty to reprint a book, just as I am not at liberty to reproduce a record. But there is no single case, as far as books are concerned, where I have to pay if I read out a book in public. The circumstances are precisely the same. If we are to pay a fee to the manufacturer of records from whom we buy records when those records are played in public—the composer of music already enjoys protection—then we must also pay a fee to the printer or publisher of a book every time that book is read out in public. The artist is protected in any event, and under this new legislation which is before the House, the entertainer will be protected. The question is whether, once having bought a record, I should again pay a fee when I play it in public. I think that is an injustice that we should not introduce into our law.

Motion put and agreed to.

Bill read a second time.

NEW MEMBER

Mr. SPEAKER announced that Mr. Phillippus Rudolph de Jager had been elected a member of the House of Assembly for the Electoral Division of Mayfair on 24 March.

HOUSING AMENDMENT BILL

Second Order read: Committee Stage,—Housing Amendment Bill.

The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

I move—

That the Committee of the Whole House on the Housing Amendment Bill have leave to consider the advisability of extending the provisions of the Bill to provide that—
  1. (a) the definition of “local authority” shall include a management board established in terms of the Bantu (Urban Areas) Consolidation Act, 1945; and
  2. (b) the profits derived from the sale of land acquired by a local authority by means of an advance out of the National Housing Fund shall not be utilized until an approved scheme as a whole has been carried out.

Agreed to.

House in Committee:

Instruction stated to Committee.

On Clause 1,

*The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

I move—

To add the following paragraph at the end of the definition of “local authority” inserted by paragraph (a):
  1. (c) any management board established under sub-section (1) of Section 40bis of the Bantu (Urban Areas) Consolidation Act, 1945 (Act No. 25 of 1945); and;
and in line 9, page 4, after “(1)” to add “or any management board referred to in paragraph (c) of the said definition”.

On Clause 1,

As I have already explained in my second-reading speech, this is to enable the Minister of Bantu Administration to follow the same course that we determine in the first part of this clause, viz. that in certain areas such management boards may be established with these powers.

Amendment put and agreed to.

Clause, as amended, put and agreed to.

On Clause 5,

*The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

I move as an amendment—

In lines 61 and 62, to omit “regulation or town-planning scheme” and to substitute

“or regulation”; and to omit sub-section (2) of the proposed Section 44 and to substitute the following new sub-section:

  1. (2) The Commission shall also, to the extent determined by the Minister by notice in the Gazette after consultation with the Administrator concerned, be exempt from any provision of the town-planning scheme of a local authority or of an Ordinance in terms of which the approval of a local authority is to be obtained for the subdivision of any land.

This is in terms of the agreement arrived at between the United Municipal Executive and myself. The position has always been accepted that what we are proposing here will in fact happen in practice, but as the result of legal advice we received last year it now appears that where such a scheme is implemented and land has been acquired through a loan from the National Housing Commission, decisions have to be taken from time to time in regard to the profits. This creates tremendous difficulties for the local authorities. The U.M.E. asked me whether we could not amend it in such a way that it would now be beyond all doubt that only when everything is completed will a calculation of the profits be made and the Commission can then decide how those profits should be utilized. I feel that this is a very reasonable request and I am moving this amendment now just to have it clear in the law and beyond all doubt.

Mr. MILLER:

I move the amendment standing in my name—

To add the following sub-section at the end of the proposed Section 44:
  1. (3) In exercising any of the rights or powers conferred upon it by this section, the Commission shall not act except after consultation with the local authority concerned.

I do not think one is asking a great deal. My objective is to enable the local authority to be fully in the picture according to statute. In other words, there is no limitation on the actions of the Minister, but it enables the local authority to be aware of what the Minister intends to do, just in case it may be advisable for the Minister to know of certain thinking and plans of the local authority and perhaps to be made aware of any snags which might result from the attitude of the Commission, etc. A consultation in this particular instance is more a matter of courtesy than anything else, but I do believe that one should ensure that the local authority is made aware of what is being done in regard to these various changes for which powers are sought. We have made it clear that we will not deny the Minister these powers simply because we believe that it is in the interest of the enormous housing programmes that face us, and that he should have the necessary powers which will enable him to cut across any red tape or any obstacles in order to bring about as speedily as possible the necessary schemes that the Commission has in mind. But I think it should be provided in the statute that it should only be after consultation with the local authority. As I say, it does not hinder in any way the work of the Commission, but I do think that the spirit in which the Minister introduced this Bill, namely that there should be the utmost goodwill and co-operation between him and the Commission and the local authorities, will be given effect to if this amendment is accepted.

*The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

As I understand the hon. member he wants me to insert the words “After consultation with the local authority”. Sir, I discussed this matter very thoroughly with the United Municipal Executive and they all agreed that we must have this safety valve; they agreed that there should be consultation with an authority which is able to speak on behalf of the local authorities. They were quite satisfied with the proposition that we should consult the Administrator, who is acquainted with the circumstances of every local authority, so that there will be the minimum waste of time. If the hon. member is aware of local difficulties, he can point them out to us. Consultation takes place in practice, and these steps are only taken after negotiations have taken place. But the United Municipal Executive informed me that they agreed that we should eliminate loss of time as far as possible, and they are quite satisfied that we should only consult the Administrator. It seems to me that we must adhere to this; this is an agreement that I entered into with them. If the Administrator has any difficulties they can be ironed out. But what happens in practice is that long before we start with a scheme the Department takes preparatory steps and negotiates with the local authorities, and by that time we have already passed that stage.

Mr. MILLER:

I agree with much that the hon. the Minister has said, but I think he does not clearly follow my objective. I do not think it is even necessary, if one follows the terms of the amendment, that the Administrator or the local Government Department of the Provincial Administration should enter into the picture at all. I have had some practical experience myself of discussions with the National Housing Commission in years gone by on other matters affecting large housing schemes in a city like Johannesburg and we have been able, in consultation with the Housing Commission, to achieve a great deal without it having to go through any specific procedure which would waste time. My objective is that the local authority should know what is taking place. It also gives a very useful avenue to the local authority for easy discussions with the Housing Commission. I can assure the Minister that there is no other purpose or motive underlying my amendment.

From practical experience I can say that we once had a situation where there was a complete hiatus. The problem could not be solved simply because the parties could not get together, but when there was an opportunity for the city engineer plus a representative of the council who was the chairman of that particular department to meet at a conference and discuss the matter very fully with a senior representative of the Housing Commission, it did not take more than a few weeks before the Gordian knot was cut and the entire picture changed. I accept the assurance that the Minister has spoken to the U.M.E. and that the local authorities are happy to be put into the picture, but I say that it is a useful safeguard to put into the Act because the Minister cannot be present at every detailed discussion. Where this machinery exists for discussions with local authorities, it does not bind the commission at all. It is not subject to consultation with the local authorities, but after consultation, which merely means that they have to be apprised of what is taking place. I believe with the utmost sincerity that the Minister would be making a very fine gesture and he would also open the door to local authorities which would make them completely at home with the work and the machinery of the Housing Commission. I can give him my assurance from practical experience that he will find this very helpful. It will save criticism and delays and difficulties arising through individuals who see a snag which does not really exist. But through this amendment the officials of the council could have a discussion and recommend that having discussed the matter with the commission they are perfectly satisfied. I believe it will go a long way to ease the burden of the commission and to accelerate the time in bringing about these tremendous projects on which the commission will embark.

I should like to say further that the Minister did say that he had the utmost co-operation in a number of schemes which have already seen the light of day and I have no doubt whatever that all that has brought about better goodwill and understanding. But I believe there should be machinery which would give the local authority a sense of responsibility, and that its officials can deal with the commission without necessarily seeking any authority from individuals or special Committees or without there being any necessity for discussing a matter with the Administrator, because the discussions with the local authority and then with the Administrator will in my opinion create the very delays which the Minister wishes to evade. I believe that this will be machinery which will be to the greatest advantage both of the commission and the local authorities, and it will serve this particular clause with a great deal of success and it will accelerate the plans.

Mr. BARNETT:

I should like to raise with the Minister the powers he asks for on page 6, in regard to the number of dwellings which might be constructed on any one piece of land. I want to ask the Minister to explain why he wants these powers. There has been a very determined effort by municipalities, particularly the Cape Town Municipality, to prevent terraces of houses or the erection of more than one house on a small plot, because they felt that the minimum acreage on which a house should be erected should be at least 50 by 50, and they have refused in the past to agree to subdivision of houses in the form of a terrace for sale to various people. The fact that the Minister wants this power seems to indicate to me that the Minister wants to erect terraces or two houses on a small plot. I do not want to oppose it, because apparently it will be a scheme where a number of houses have to be built and it is not possible to put one house on one plot. But I can tell the Minister that it is much better to have one house on one plot because if you have terraces it tends to overcrowding and to create slums much faster than if you have one house on one plot, even if the plot is small. I just want to know why the Minister wants this power.

*The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

I quite appreciate the attitude of the hon. member for Florida (Mr. Miller). But he must remember that since the days when he had anything to do with the commission, there has been an entire reorganization. The machinery which existed at that time has changed entirely. To-day we have seven regions in the country. In every region there is a regional office with a local Committee, with a member of the housing Committee as chairman; the province is represented on this Committee as well as the local regional representative of the Department, and a great deal of this work is disposed of locally. In other words, before the commission takes these steps, consultation has already taken place. I discussed this matter with the United Municipal Executive and at no time did they insist that I should also accept this proposal put forward by the hon. member. They told me that the only thing that they did not want was that the commission should have this power unless it was also given to them. I then asked them whether we could not fix a certain period, because in dealing with these matters one has to act expeditiously. I pointed out that I want to dispose of these matters as quickly as possible. We tried to formulate the legislation in such a way that it laid down a fixed period, because unless some period is fixed these negotiations and consultations can go on ad infinitum. They then said that the hest way would be for me to go to the Administrator and that if I made that concession, namely that the Administrator must be consulted, they agreed that there would be sufficient safeguards. In those circumstances I feel that I should rather adhere to that agreement, and I hope that the hon. member will not insist on this amendment. I should like to adhere to the agreement that I entered into with them.

As far as the hon. member for Boland (Mr. Barnett) is concerned, I am informed that there are numerous places in the platteland where the plots are so large that the rural authorities in question in fact want us to assume this power, and this provision relates more specifically to those areas. It is not the intention to take these steps in areas which have already developed to a large extent but to do so only in areas where the plots are still very large.

Amendments proposed by the Minister of Community Development put and agreed to.

Amendment proposed by Mr. Miller put and negatived.

Clause, as amended, put and agreed to.

On new clause to follow Clause 5,

*The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

I move—

That the following be a new clause to follow Clause 5:
  1. 6. Section 63 of the principal Act is hereby amended by the addition of the following sub-section, the existing section becoming sub-section (1):
    1. “(2) The provisions of sub-section (1) shall not apply in the case of any land in respect of which an approved scheme is being or has been carried out until the scheme as a whole has been carried out.”

I explained the purpose of this new clause a moment ago.

Mr. LEWIS:

Sir, I want to be clear on this.

I have an amendment to Clause 6 which I think now goes to Clause 7 because Clause 6 will now become Clause 7. I shall therefore move my amendment under that clause in due course, but I do want to pass one or two comments on this proposed new clause. I saw the hon. the Minister’s Department about this amendment. I felt that the position could be rectified in a much simpler way by just inserting in the existing clause, after the words “local authority” the words “when and for such housing purposes as the commission may determine”. The hon. the Minister’s Department, however, was not very keen on that. I felt that it might be a much easier way of perhaps achieving what the hon. the Minister is trying to achieve with his new clause. The new Clause 6 is apparently designed to ensure that any moneys derived from the sale of business stands and properties in an area shall be kept till the whole scheme is developed, and then after that has been done, it can be used for other purposes.

The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

Only the sale of land.

Mr. LEWIS:

Only the sale of land. Yes, it refers to the sale of land but it still must be kept, as it says here, until the scheme as a whole has been carried out. To my way of thinking that might take some considerable time and the Minister might find himself in a position where he might have quite large sums of money frozen until a scheme has been carried out. I do not know how long it takes on an average to carry out a scheme, but it might be quite a long period. Sir, my thoughts ran along the line of saying that when the Commission decided that they wanted to use that money, they would then have the power and they could use the money for purposes laid down by the Commission. The only difference between my amendment and that of the hon. the Minister, of course, is that I give the Commission the power to say when that money can be used and not the Department; I realize that, but I still think that that is not a bad point. If the Minister just inserted these words in the existing Section 63, it would then read this way—

Where any land acquired by a local authority by means of an advance out of the funds, is sold by it, any profit derived from the sale of such land shall be utilized by the local authority when and for such housing purposes as the Commission may determine.

In other words, I think my suggestion has this benefit that it does not freeze housing funds for what might be long periods. I want to put that suggestion to the hon. the Minister to see what he thinks about it. It might be more practical than the one suggested by him.

The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

May I just explain to the hon. member that this has nothing to do with the ordinary funds of the Housing Commission. It only applies to the profit made on land acquired with money obtained from the National Housing Fund.

Mr. LEWIS:

I realize that.

The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

The position is therefore not quite as stated by the hon. member.

Mr. LEWIS:

Sir, I accept what the hon. the Minister says. I realize that it refers to the profit. When a scheme is started there are certain stands which obviously become quite valuable. For example, when an area is zoned as a business area some of the stands, which might be purchased by the local authority at quite low prices, become very valuable, and by the time a big scheme has been developed the amount of profit from the sale of those business stands, for example, might constitute quite a large sum of money which could well be applied to developing that very scheme during the process of development. But if this goes through, as the hon. the Minister has put it, those funds cannot even be applied to that particular scheme during the course of its development, and I think that that is a disadvantage. I would like to see the profits made on the sale of those business stands, applied to the development of the very scheme from which they were made, so that they can be reapplied without having to wait until the whole scheme has been carried out. Once the scheme has been carried out one no longer needs it; one would probably not need those profits for that scheme and they would be transferred to another scheme. Surely it is good policy to know that the profits made from the development of a scheme can be applied to the development of that very scheme; that is my point.

*The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

I must say that I was impressed by some of the arguments advanced by the hon. member, but I do not think I can give a decision in this regard at this stage.

I want to suggest to the hon. member that we accept the clause as it stands and what we then discuss this matter privately. I also want to get in touch with those local authorities at whose request this amendment is being brought about. If it can be shown that the hon. member has a case, then I am prepared to bring about an amendment in the Other Place, but let us first consider the implications of this.

Mr. BARNETT:

I think the hon. the Minister should reconsider his attitude in this matter. I think instead of this being beneficial to local authorities it might put a brake on development. Sir, I want to raise the question of certain slum properties which have been acquired. I know that development in that slum area has not proceeded because the money which the local authority will receive from the sale of any land in the area where the slums are being demolished cannot be used until the scheme has been carried out. It therefore puts a brake on development and I think the point raised by the hon. member for Umlazi (Mr. Lewis) is a good one. I agree that the hon. the Minister should make it easier for local authorities to use the profits derived from the sale of land. In the City of Cape Town if my memory serves me correctly, there are large areas where slum properties still exist, where the houses should have been broken down and the area cleared. A certain amount of land could then be sold for business purposes, and that money should be used for the rebuilding of decent properties. If the hon. the Minister’s amendment goes through it will mean that any profits made on the sale of land in that area will be frozen until the whole scheme has been completed. I say that far from encouraging a local authority to go on with a scheme it will retard progress. I think the Minister would be wise to reconsider the matter; I am prepared to leave it to him.

*The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

I just want to tell the hon. member for Boland (Mr. Barnett) that provision is already made in Section 95bis of the principal Act for what he advocated here. We have already brought about the following amendments to the Housing Act—

Any local authority which acquires any land under Section 17 of the Slums Act to eliminate slums and to carry out a housing scheme thereon, and which does not carry out a housing scheme thereon within five years thereafter shall, at the request of the Secretary of the Department, furnish any such particulars of the land and expenditure incurred by it. Upon receipt of a report from the secretary, the Minister may direct that the local authority shall within the period determined by him use any land referred to in sub-section (1) for a housing scheme …

We already have this power therefore. Proposed new clause put and agreed to. On Clause 6,

Mr. LEWIS:

I move—

In line 26, after “1965” to add “and shall be in force for a period of three years as from the date of commencement thereof”.

The object of this amendment is quite simple; I explained it in the second-reading debate. In 1945 when we introduced the Housing Act, when this side of the House was on the Government Benches, we took powers, one of which was similar to this, to sub-divide land without any regard to ordinances or other schemes. We believed that this is a power which should be limited in duration. We also feel that if the hon. the Minister accepts my amendment it will mean that in three years’ time he will report back to this House on the housing position and on the progress that has been made. We feel very strongly on those two points, first of all. that the life of this Bill should be limited unless Parliament extends it after that period and, secondly, that it will in fact act as an automatic report-back on the housing scheme. We want to help in developing housing schemes and we have accepted this Bill. I therefore move this amendment in good faith, because I believe that if those two objectives can be achieved by this amendment, it will be a good thing, and it will help to keep this House better informed. It will mean that if and when these powers are no longer necessary, they can be dropped.

*The MINTSTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

I am sorry that I cannot assist the hon. member in this connection. This Parliament can force the Minister concerned, whoever he may be, to make a progress report. In the second place, South Africa, as far as we can see, having regard to the development that is taking place in this country, will never again reach the stage where we will not have to make use of certain powers in order to provide our urban population with housing.

It is accepted throughout the whole of the civilized world to-day that housing problems always arise in a developing country. In the third place, the powers for which we are asking here differ in no may from the powers which exist at the present time in all modern Western countries. As a matter of fact, in many respects those countries have powers which are much more far-reaching than ours. In these circumstances I feel that it is really not necessary to accept the hon. member’s amendment. This Parliament is sovereign; if it sees fit to do so it can amend the Act again next year or the following year, but I do not think it will ever do so again, because these powers are necessary so as to be able to make provision for housing in a developing country.

Amendment put and negatived.

Clause, as printed, put and agreed to.

Title of the Bill put and agreed to.

House Resumed:

Bill reported with amendments.

CHILDREN’S AMENDMENT BILL

Third Order read: Resumption of Committee Stage,—Children’s Amendment Bill.

House in Committee:

[Progress reported on 24 March, when Clause 14 was under consideration.]

Mr. PLEWMAN:

When the House adjourned last evening the Committee was dealing with the added powers which are to be conferred on the Minister in terms of Clause 14 to make regulations. We on this side of the House expressed our concern and our doubts about the need to enlarge the powers as now proposed, and we specifically asked the hon. the Minister to show that the powers as they exist at present were insufficient for his purposes or prevented him in any way from making regulations in terms of the existing Section 92. I understood the hon. the Minister to say, in replying to the request to give us such examples, that the powers were insufficient to deal with children’s courts. I think it is necessary therefore to place on record that the existing provisions of Section 92, paragraph (i) give the power to the hon. the Minister to make regulations or to prescribe rules in connection with proceedings in children’s courts. It seems to me therefore that either the hon. the Minister misunderstood his brief or was not given the correct information in this regard. Moreover in view of the provisions which I have now quoted from the existing section, I think our concern and our fears are justified that there is really no need to extend the powers as now proposed. I raise this matter to give the hon. the Minister an opportunity to deal with it.

*The MINISTER OF SOCIAL WELFARE AND PENSIONS:

The hon. member has referred to Section 92. In terms of Section 92 (1) the Minister may promulgate regulations prescribing the rules of procedure to be followed at any proceedings before children’s courts and magistrate’s courts in terms of Chapter IV of the Act. I am informed that there is constant liaison between the Department and these courts. It is very difficult to confine the regulations to the court proceedings only. That is why the prescribed regulations also impose certain duties upon and entrust certain functions to the Minister and the Secretary in connection with the orders of such courts. One example of that is the question of nominating an institution to which a child is to be sent after a commissioner has ordered that a child in need of care must be referred to an institution. A second example is the discharge of the child under the provisions of the Act. Hon. members who look up the regulations which prescribe the rules of procedure of children’s courts will notice that the Minister and the Secretary constantly come into the picture. There are numerous examples that I could mention but it is unnecessary to do so here. A certain amount of doubt has now arisen in the minds of the law advisers as to whether the duties and powers of the Minister and the Secretary can in fact be regarded as forming part of the procedure and the proceedings at children’s courts and magistrate’s counts. or whether the Minister in fact has the necessary powers in this connection in terms of the provisions of the Act to promulgate regulations with reference to their functions and duties. The law advisers, after having considered this matter very thoroughly, are of the opinion that this doubt will be removed if the wording of Section 92 (1) (o) is amended to agree with the wording which is at present used in the Bill which makes provision for the promulgation of regulations. Another example that I want to mention is the Air Pollution Bill which has been passed this Session and which contains a similar provision. We argued this matter very fully yesterday evening.

Mr. PLEWMAN:

I am glad that the hon. the Minister has given this explanation. I think most of what he has indicated could have been rectified by suitable amendments to sub-section (1) of Section 92. The powers for which the Minister is asking now are blanket powers which go far beyond the items which he has mentioned here. I do not think that he has allayed our fear that far more power is being asked for than the circumstances warrant.

Clause put and agreed to. (Official Opposition dissenting.)

Remaining Clause and Title of the Bill put and agreed to.

House Resumed:

Bill reported without amendment.
Government Service Pensions Bill

First Order read: Second reading,—Government Service Pensions Bill.

*The MINISTER OF SOCIAL WELFARE AND PENSIONS:

I move—

That the Bill be now read a second time.

Broadly speaking the objects of this Bill are briefly—

  1. (1) to re-enact only those provisions which relate to the establishment of the various funds for which provision is made in the existing Act as well as certain other general provisions which inter alia affect all civil pensions; and
  2. (2) to empower the Minister of Social Welfare and Pensions in future to administer by way of regulation that portion of the existing Act which deals mainly with the administration of the various funds and the calculation of benefits.

The provisions of the existing Act, that is the Government Service Pensions Act of 1955, can be divided into two categories, namely—

  1. (a) Those provisions which relate to
    1. (i) the establishment of the various pension funds and other schemes administered in terms of the Act;
    2. (ii) the prescribed retiring ages; and
    3. (iii) the calculating of the benefits payable to officials in the Public Service and other employees in Government service; and
  2. (b) those provisions which relate exclusively to the administration of the funds.

The following pension funds and other schemes are administered in terms of this Act (i) the Public Service Pension Fund, (ii) Permanent Force Pension Fund; (iii) The South African Police and Prison Service Pension Fund; (iv) the Government Service Widows Pension Funds; (v) the Additional Benefits Account; and (vi) the Government Employees Provident Fund. The moment you change the conditions of service the pension funds are affected. It has consequently been necessary since 1959 to change the law practically every year.

Because the provisions relating to the control over the various funds are integrated in the Act, as it were, it has, because of all these amendments, become increasingly more difficult for the Departments concerned to understand and to apply the provisions as amended. It has consequently been decided to repeal the existing Act, as amended from time to time, and to substitute it by a measure which provides for the promulgation of regulations in connection with (a) the administration of existing funds and schemes and (b) calculating the benefits payable to and in respect of public servants and other employees of the Government when they retire, when they are dismissed, when they resign or die. The intention is to formulate a separate set of regulations for each fund.

I want to emphasize that the provisions in the existing Act which it was necessary to incorporate in this Bill have been so incorporated without amendment, with one exception to which I shall refer later. In Clauses 9 to 22 the existing provisions have practically been reenacted word for word. I do not think it is necessary at this stage to deal with each clause separately. I have issued an explanatory memorandum which is already in possession of hon. members and the provisions of the Bill are clearly set out there. However, I want to refer briefly to some of the most important provisions.

Clause 5. which is probably one of the most important clauses, sets out in detail those matters in connection with which regulations may be promulgated. In this regard I want to assure hon. members that the regulations will not adversely affect any existing right or privilege. The benefits which will be provided for by way of regulation will be the same as those payable in terms of the existing provisions of the 1955 Act.

It will be noticed from sub-section (4) of Clause 5 that the regulations have to be promulgated in consultation with various Ministers and on the recommendation of the Public Service Commission.

The existing provisions regarding the pensionable age of members of the Public Service and Defence Force Pension Funds are reenacted in Clauses 6 and 8 respectively. It is not envisaged to change these ages. As far as Clause 7 is concerned, which is the exception to which I have already referred, it has been decided to raise the compulsory retiring age of all members of the South African Police and Prison Service Pension Funds from 58 to 60. As hon. members will notice from sub-section (3) of this clause members of those funds who joined the Police Force or the prison service before this Bill came into operation will retain the right to retire at the age of 58 if they wish to do so. Similarly, those members who entered the service prior to 24 June 1955 retains the right to retire when they reach the age of 55 years. The procedure of controlling pension funds by way of regulation is nothing new nor is it anything new in the administration. It is really more a modern tendency. Various pension and railway funds administered by my Department are already controlled on this basis such as, for example, the provident fund and pensions scheme for university institutions, the provident fund and pension scheme for technical colleges, the pension scheme governing employees who were transferred to the Government of the Republic in terms of the Employees’ Transfer Act, 1956 —Simonstown Naval Base and the Associated Institutions Pension Fund. The above-mentioned funds and schemes are naturally not affected by this Bill but the experience in that connection has been that only good can come of it if pension funds or schemes are established or controlled by way of regulation.

As far as those pension funds are concerned which are to-day administered in terms of the Government Service Pensions Act the following benefits will expressly accrue to them: Firstly, each fund and scheme will be controlled by a separate set of regulations. It will not be necessary for an official in the Department of Defence, for example, to search through an entire comprehensive Act for a general provision which refers to all the three funds under the existing law. Secondly, it will be possible to change one set of regulations without affecting another fund or scheme controlled by another set of regulations. Thirdly, when changed circumstances or conditions of employment make it necessary to amend a regulation it will be possible to do so almost immediately without having to wait for parliamentary sanction which often takes longer than a year and sometimes has to be made of retrospective effect. As far as this change is concerned we have consulted all organizations concerned in the matter. The suggestion that every fund or scheme must be administered by a complete set of regulations has the support and approval of the Treasury, the Public Service Commission, the Public Service Joint Advisory Council and the Departments of Defence, Police and Prisons. It is welcomed by the Public Servants’ Association and was given strong support in the editorial columns of Live Wire, the official organ of the South African Tele-communication Society.

I want to point out that all regulations and all amendments thereto will be made in consultation with the Minister of Finance and the Public Service Commission.

Mr. PLEWMAN:

I listened very carefully to the Minister’s introduction of this measure and I can assure him that we on this side of the House recognize that this measure is an important part of the statutory charter of the Public Service. I also accept the assurances the hon. the Minister has given that, as long as he administers the Act. when this Bill becomes law, he will abide by those assurances.

The fact of the matter is, however, that this Bill, as presented to the House to-day, introduces an innovation in legislation of this kind. It changes the legislative practice generally in matters of this kind. These changes I find quite startling, I must say. The Bill could and, I think, should have been introduced as a consolidated measure. In the ordinary way it would then have been free from any controversy as a Bill which confers benefits on the permanent service of the Government should be. But instead of dealing with the matter in that way, instead of dealing with it in that straightforward way, the Government now chooses to introduce into this Bill a new pattern of vesting in a single Minister what I regard as excessive powers to make rules and regulations. It is this change in practice that obliges the Opposition to look into the matter critically and to protest against the manner in which executive authority is being extended by this legislation.

I accept what the hon. the Minister has said that there are, in a few cases, other instances where some funds are administered by regulation. But we are here dealing with a situation in which the legislation goes back to the founding of Union. I think we must face the fact that this Bill, important as it is to the public servant and to Public Service pensioners, has been stripped of many of the major provisions which are essential to pension code; provisions which, as I have said, have always been enshrined in the legislation itself and not in rules and regulations as is now proposed to be done. As the Minister has rightly pointed out Clause 5 becomes virtually the main feature of this Bill. Clause 5 provides for the delegation of powers to the Minister of Social Welfare and Pensions to make regulations in regard to a vast number of matters essential for safeguarding of rights and benefits of pensioners, both present and future. For instance, the basis of the determination of annuities and the type of service that should count for pension purposes, to mention only two salient features of a pension scheme, will in future be variable factors instead of being defined by Statute. The substitution brings about an element of uncertainty where there has thus far been certainty.

There are a number of others involved on which I shall not enlarge because time does not permit me to do so. But it is obvious that the delegation of power contained in Clause 5 assumes proportions much wider than have ever been granted to a Minister before in this Parliament possibly with one exception. That exception is the War Measures Act of 1940. There is, however, this significant difference to be taken into account in that regard: This Bill is to become a permanent feature on the Statute Book whereas the War Measures Act was a war-time emergency measure which Parliament had been very careful to give a strictly limited life. Moreover, in that case Parliament divested itself only temporarily of certain of its legislative powers, but here Parliament is being asked to divest itself of certain of its legislative powers on a permanent basis.

It is also obvious that the conventional legislative practice of restricting the powers of executive government to make regulations to such matters as relate purely to administrative detail or regulatory procedure to facilitate the carrying out of the law is now being departed from. And it is being departed from in no small measure if you have regard to the following circumstances: The Bill before us is a comparatively short one, it contains 29 clauses; but it replaces the whole of the Government Service Pension Act. No. 58 of 1955, which itself was made up of 116 sections. It also replaces the major portions of the number of amending Acts which contained in the aggregate as large a number again of sections.

It may be fair to say that at first glance this sweeping change in the process of codifying rights, obligations and benefits to members of the public service may appear to have an advantage from the purely legislative point of view. That may be so, but is certainly the least of the considerations that should be taken into account in dealing with legislation of this kind. It is more realistic to say that a distinct disadvantage of this new process of legislating for present and prospective pensioners is that the certainty and stability of the pension code and much of the security of the beneficiaries are now in danger of being swept away as well. Instead of public servants looking to Parliament as the supreme legislature to define and to determine the rights, the obligations and the benefits which shall accrue to pensioners, they now have to look at regulations made by executive government.

To judge from what the hon. the Minister has told us it is inevitable that this vast mass of legal provisions will still be there but most of them are now going to take the form of regulations which, as we all know, find their birth or their death in Government Gazettes. We also all know that some 200 or more Gazettes are published each year. Thus far this stability and certainty was there because the requirements of this code appeared on the Statute Book which at least is more concise, more easily found and mercifully it also appears only once a year.

It is true that the White Paper sets out to explain why these changes are being made. The Minister dealt with it in the same brief way by indicating merely that it had administrative advantages. But if those are the circumstances which justify substituting a minister for Parliament as the lawmaker in respect of the pension laws what assurance have we as a House that this process of changing the legislative practice is going to stop here? If it is a sound argument which the hon. the Minister advanced then, of course, the same argument could be used in the case of the Constitution Act of 1961 because that Act has already been amended six times in three years. The argument, obviously is untenable unless it is to indicate that coming to Parliament is now being regarded by the Government as a waste of time. When one looks at the facts it is quite clear that the Legislature has not been over-burdened in respect of pension laws in the past. Major changes were made in the 1912 Act, in the 1936 Act and in the present 1955 Act. I think that compares very favourably with much of the legislation of this Government; it compares very favourably with much of its ideological laws which call for changes year by year. Whatever the claims may be. Sir. why it is necessary, from an administrative point of view, to widen the scope of delegated legislation so extensively as in this case, I don’t agree. I can only say that I personally view it with alarm. I say that no legislative practice of this sort should have been embarked upon without referring the matter for examination and comment to a Select Committee appointed by this House. Had that been done then the Select Committee might have devised a method of putting most of the detail in the form of a Schedule and determining how that Schedule could be altered more easily than by dealing with the matter in the House. We are making a major change here which, as I say, I regard as an alarming precedent. I say that no such change should have been made without referring the matter to a Select Committee for inquiry.

I hope nobody is going to argue that the matters I have raised are academic or technical because they have a very practical side. In the first place, I must draw attention to the fact that the rights, obligations and pension benefit of members of the Railway Service are still enshrined in legislation. I would advise them to keep it so. Why then should members of the public service and public service pensioners be treated differently? Why should they be subject to a change which may incorporate within it doubt as to certainty, stability and security?

In the second place Government spokesmen have recently emphasized repeatedly in this House that the Government cannot compete with private enterprise when it comes to employing staff and when it comes to trying to equate the service conditions of personnel in the public service with service conditions outside the public service. One of the main reasons for that difference, of course, is that in the private sector the conditions of service are contractual, straight forward and certainly are not cluttered up, as is now going to happen in the case of the public service, by all sorts of rules and regulations which may be published in the Gazette from time to time. So why make conditions in the public service still more unfavourable? Why remove what is today certainty and stability from the Statute Book and leave such matters to be fixed or unfixed by regulations from time to time? I say that in spite of the fact that the hon. the Minister has told us that the various Departments concerned will be consulted and that regulations will be subject to the recommendations of the Public Service Commission. Surely the criterion is not whether it is more convenient from an administrative point of view to make this change from statutory determination to regulatory determination, but whether Parliament is now going to make employment in the public service more attractive or less attractive than it has been in the past. I must say I have no doubt at all which way the decision is likely to go.

I have dealt with the matter largely from the legislative point of view because that is still. I believe, the long-sighted point of view. The Minister has told us that there has been consultation with the Public Service Advisory Council and the various associations in regard to the matter and that they have agreed to this practice of providing a pension code in the form of regulations and leaving it to the Minister to do so. I obviously leave it to them. Sir; it is their concern. But I must say I regard it as a short-sighted point of view. You see, Sir, there are many pensioners who are not in the councils of these bodies the hon. the Minister has mentioned; they have not been consulted. I am quite sure that when I voice the views I do I speak on behalf of a substantial number if not the great bulk of that class of person who is going to be affected by the legislation we are dealing with to-day.

I have dealt with the matter generally, but I would like to deal with a few of the provisions specifically. Clause 4 (1) as it now reads, really makes a travesty of the law. To say, as it does, that existing annuities to pensioners “shall not be reduced”, when the sub-section itself commences with these words “Subject to the provisions of the Act …” is deceptive, to say the least of it. The effect of those words “subject to the provisions of this Act” makes the whole Bill applicable to existing annuities just as much as to future annuities. The White Paper says this about Clause 4—

In accordance with the provisions of this clause pensions which were payable immediately prior to the date of commencement of the Bill will not be reduced and will continue to be paid from the same source from which they are paid to-day.

But that is not what the clause itself says. It may purport to protect the interests of present pensioners but it does nothing of the sort. It is really no safeguard at all. That is something which. I am sure, neither the Public Service Commission or the Government or these bodies which have been consulted intend should happen. I hope the intention is the one set out in the White Paper. I hope this is one of the clauses which the hon. the Minister will reconsider and, if necessary, adjust in order to give effect to what the White Paper says.

I then come to Clause 5 (6). Again I cannot accept that regulations made in terms of that clause should without any further ado simply override the provisions of any other Act of Parliament so long as that Act happens to be in conflict with the edict of the Minister. That seems to me to be a completely intolerable position if the sub-section is to remain in the Bill. I think it is really an insult to Parliament to place the edict of the Minister above the edict of Parliament.

There is one other clause to which I want to refer in which provision is made by which money in a pension fund—it is a particular one —can be withdrawn and paid over to the Consolidated Revenue Fund merely on the say-so of the Minister and the Treasury. A pension fund, by its very nature, is the property of present and prospective beneficiaries. Their contributions make up a considerable portion of the fund and that fund is their property. Obviously the Government has an interest as well. As I see it, the Government’s interest is really of a twofold nature. The Government has fiduciary interests in a fund to see that it is properly managed. It also has practical interests in a fund to see that it is kept solvent. I am quite aware that the provision to which I am referring in Clause 11 is in the existing legislation, but why perpetuate a wrong, Sir? I know it has been taken over from the existing Section 98 of the 1955 Act but I say why perpetuate a wrong? Because it is obviously wrong to transfer money from one statutory fund to another without the sanction of Parliament. That is the safeguard to both the Government and the beneficiaries, namely that the transfer of moneys from a fund should take place with the sanction of Parliament. I know it has been done before but I also know what a shock it has been to the beneficiaries when they have heard that it happened. It happened in April 1959 when R1,000,000 from the join pre-uinon Fund, which is really the old Cape Civil Service Fund, was paid into the Consolidated Revenue Fund. I can assure the House that most of the beneficiaries never knew about it until in February 1963 when a question was put in this House and it became public for the first time as far as the beneficiaries themselves were concerned. If a good case can be made out for such a transfer—T know it only takes place when a favourable but possibly a temporary actuarial assessment shows that there is a surplus in the fund—then I say that case should be made to Parliament and that there should be no transfer of money from a fund of this nature except with the approval of Parliament which is after all the final arbiter in all matters of administration.

Here, too, I hope the hon. the Minister will be prepared to give favourable consideration to this suggestion. It is in the interests of good financial administration; it is in the interests of good government: it is in the interest of the beneficiaries that there should be the widest possible publicity about this and that it should be ventilated in Parliament, and a case made for it and approval obtained. I shall come back to this matter in the Committee Stage but I mention it now in the hope that the hon. the Minister will give consideration to the matter in the meanwhile.

I think I have made it clear that the Opposition is not opposed to providing a pension code for the existing Public Service pensioners and for public servants generally. There will accordingly be no opposition to the second reading of this Bill. But we are very much opposed to the form the legislation takes and we are opposed to the manner in which this wide executive authority is to be granted to regulate rights and obligations and benefits for pensioners. My own feeling is that this change places these matters in jeopardy. It places them in jeopardy and it forfeits the security which there has been solely, as far as I can see, in the interests of administrative convenience. As I have said that is the least of the considerations which should apply in a matter of this kind. It is against these aspects of the Bill that the Opposition ventilates its objection.

Dr. RADFORD:

My hon. colleague from Port Elizabeth (South) (Mr. Plewman) has, I think, put very clearly to the hon. the Minister and to the House the legal objections which this side has, and which I think a large number of beneficiaries will also feel should be published as widely as possible. I want to suggest briefly that the Government by bringing in this Bill, making executive action take the place of statutes, is going to seriously affect the recruiting possibilities of the Public Service. One of the motives, which cause people to enter the Civil Service, is that they feel that it offers them security, they feel that they have certain ability which they can offer to the State and which will serve the State well, but they wish to avoid the hurly-burly of life outside and would rather go where they know they will receive their regular salary, perhaps increased from time to time as the inflation or non-inflation of the country proceeds, at the same time knowing that they will receive a living wage and when they have reached the time when they can no longer work, their services will be rewarded by a pension. Sir, a pension is really deferred wages. The man when he works, works not only for the immediate salary which he receives, but he works also to provide for his future, and that is an aspect which is frequently forgotten. The wages are his own. Part of the payment is deferred, cared for, looked after, and above all kept securely and administered safely. It was one of the great attractions of State service. People enter the State service, some because they are dedicated and because they feel that they would like to serve their people and State, and it is a convenient way of placing their services at the disposal of the country as a whole. But even those who are dedicated reach the middle-age time of life when they become to wonder about what will happen when they can no longer work and what will happen to their dependants. I know that the average young man does not really think very much about the day when he won’t be able to work any longer. He always feels that that day will never come, but as we reach middle-age, we find failing powers, and we realize the truth that we cannot go on working for ever. The day will come, no matter how skilled or how knowledgeable we may be, when one’s powers for certain manual work and executive work tend to diminish, and what might have been a valuable commodity in middle life or in early life is now unsaleable. A man reaches the age when he can no longer obtain any suitable work, and at that point, and before that point, he begins to realize that the State has offered him a reward which he will receive. I wonder if the hon. the Minister realizes what a shake this is going to give to the confidence of the civil servant, what a psychological disturbance is coming to this man and to his family and what it is going to do to the recruiting for the Public Service, when this becomes generally known. As my hon. colleague has said, he doubts if the individual in the service and individual recipients of benefits have yet realized what this legislation means? Perhaps the heads of their associations have agreed to it, but whether the individual participants will sleep at night as comfortably now, after this Bill, as they did before, is extremely doubtful. Because, Sir, they have no redress. And in this country particularly, the competition with the State in offering employment, is very severe. We have great financial houses who offer favourable employment. I remember when those houses gave evidence before a commission which sat to inquire into the Coalbrook disaster and discussed the employment of the Government mining engineer and his salary and his pension, those mining houses made the statement that the State had no security for pensions or other benefits greater than theirs. They said that the pensions given by them were as secure and as certain as those of the State. With the present increase of industries and the boom in the country, there can be no doubt that these houses are getting stronger and stronger, that their pension funds will be equally liberal, probably greater and certainly more secure than those of the State, because theirs are secured by their own people who control those funds. In this Act, however, the hon. Minister can by regulation reduce a man’s pension. I don’t say that he is going to do it, but times change, conditions may become difficult. We are to-day on the crest, or rising up to the crest of a tide of prosperity, but all waves have a crest and a trough, and we will one day inevitably move into the trough. Then the temptation will come, when financial difficulties arise, when it becomes difficult to get money and the funds no longer exist in the control of the people who are to benefit from them—the temptation must come, sooner or later, to the hon. Minister in charge of these funds to cut his cloth to make his suit, and he has the power in this Act to reduce pensions, or to increase pensions. Times change. The psychological effect upon the present pensioners, and upon the recruiting of new candidates into the service is going to be disastrous. I hope the hon. the Minister will give serious thought to the suggestions put forward by my colleague from Port Elizabeth (South).

Mr. OLDFIELD:

The hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South) (Mr. Plewman) and the hon. member for Durban (Central) (Dr. Radford) have raised various matters concerning this Bill, and although there are certain details which one can perhaps better discuss in the Committee Stage. I would like to pass a few remarks of a general nature affecting the principles involved in this Bill. As indicated, this side of the House supports the principle of this Bill and therefore the second reading, but there are one or two aspects concerning the principle which I think deserve some comment and some assurance from the hon. the Minister. One of the most important aspects—the Minister dealt with the matter when he introduced the Bill—concerns the rights of those persons who are members of these funds. It is of the utmost importance that their existing rights are not interfered with in any way. I think it is of the utmost importance that that particular aspect should be clarified and an assurance given to the members of the funds. The question of the security of a fund, I believe, is the very essence of the security which is provided for people in the Public Service. Now, the various aspects involved in this Bill have already been mentioned, but if one reads the White Paper. I think one particular paragraph is of some significance where it deals with the question of the difficulties of amending legislation to the principal Act of 1955, and if you look at the Schedule at the back you will see that this Act has been amended since 1955 by various pension laws amendment Acts almost every year—I think it is on eight occasions that it has been subject to amendment. However, those are eight occasions where this House has had the opportunity to discuss in detail any amendment and alterations that are made, and the House has been given the opportunity to put points of view, to make certain suggestions and to also propose other amendments which might be incorporated in the furtherance of the aims of the principal Act. Now. Sir, the White Paper, after mentioning the fact that the legislation has been amended practically every year, goes on to say this-—

In view of the fact that the provisions relating to the control of various funds are embodied in one Act, it has as a result of all the amendments become increasingly difficult for the Departments concerned to understand and apply the provisions, as amended.

If it has become extremely difficult for the Departments and the people who are dealing with these funds to be able to clearly interpret the provisions and to find certain items concerning this fund, one can imagine how difficult it is for the ordinary member of the fund and the ordinary public servant who endeavours to find out exactly what his rights are in terms of his membership of the various funds. This particular aspect is one which, I believe, should receive further consideration and some effort should be made so that the members of these funds, and remember there are many thousands of members who are involved in this instance, should be kept aware of the alterations that are being made and should be fully aware of the rights and privileges to which they are entitled. However, it is clear from the White Paper that it has been difficult to carry out some of the provisions and the vast number of amendments that have come about over the past few years. Therefore, I would like to suggest that the hon. Minister should consider, in collaboration with the Public Service Commission, to issue some form of booklet that sets out in simplified form the rights and the privileges of the members of these funds, indicating at the same time that where alterations should occur publicity will be given to those alterations. These particulars could perhaps be published in the official organ, The Public Servant, so that members of these funds are kept fully aware of the various alterations which do occur from time to time. I think it is often due to the fact that certain public servants who are members of the funds that were established in terms of the principal Act, find that they made wrong elections when there has been an amendment to the Act, which has been detrimental to them at a later stage. We find then that the only means they have is to petition Parliament, and the Select Committee on Pensions every year has to deal with many cases of public servants who have, perhaps through a fault of their own, and sometimes through merely a lack of knowledge of the provisions that do exist, made a wrong decision and have had to petition Parliament, and in many instances, of course, they have been successful in their petition. However, it is a cumbersome way to deal with the matter and if it could be obviated in any way, I think it should be done, and the possibility should be explored of finding ways and means of keeping the members of these funds fully aware and conversant of what their rights and privileges are by virtue of their membership of these funds. When other pension funds, such as the Government Service Widows’ Pension Fund, were established, there were always those persons who had long service but who were unable to contribute and thus had lost all the benefits under the funds.

There is the other question of the Committee of inquiry appointed by the Minister of Finance to make an investigation into matters concerning pension funds. I should like the hon._ the Minister of Social Welfare and Pensions, who is responsible for Government pension funds, to tell us whether the terms of reference of that inquiry include the investigation of the Government Service Pension Fund, the Permanent Force Pension Fund, the S.A. Police and Prisons Service Pension Fund, the Government Service Widows’ Pension Fund and the Government Employees Provident Fund. etc. Is it included in the terms of reference of this Committee of inquiry to inquire also into these funds? I know one of its terms of reference is the desirability of transferring funds and membership to other funds. This is an important matter, one which has caused a good deal of concern in the minds of those members of the public who are members of these funds. They fear that their existing rights might possibly be interfered with in some way or another. But I am not sure whether these funds also fall within the ambit of the investigation of this Committee of inquiry. But if they do, I submit that the Minister was perhaps a little bit too hasty by introducing this Bill now. The Committee of inquiry will make certain recommendations and he should, therefore, have delayed the introduction of this Bill in order to take into consideration any recommendations this Committee might make.

There is another aspect of this Bill, an aspect which has already been touched upon by previous speakers. That relates to the effect of this Bill upon the security of the public servant. This is an aspect which cannot be overstressed, because it is of vital importance when one considers the manpower shortage in South Africa to-day. It is of course advantageous when recruiting additional staff when one can offer security. I mentioned earlier that it might be desirable to issue a small booklet setting out the rights and privileges of members of these pension funds. By making this information available, it will assist in the recruitment of new staff to the public service because they will then know what privileges attach to being members of any of those pension funds which are established in terms of this Bill.

This Bill as well as the White Paper on it stresses the additional powers by regulation which this Bill grants. This is an important factor, one which has already been referred to by other speakers on this side of the House. We view it with a certain degree of trepidation because these powers are wide. There is one aspect in this connection which has not yet been stressed, i.e. sub-section (3) of Clause 5. This sub-section lays down—

Different regulations may be made in respect of different funds and of officers or employees belonging to different races, classes or categories.

This is an aspect which we note with a degree of interest in view of the fact that in the latest report of the Department of Social Welfare and Pensions it is mentioned that an investigation into pension matters of non-White Government employees is being undertaken and that an interdepartmental Committee was appointed by the Minister to report on these matters. In view of the fact that provision is made in this Bill for different regulations for the different races, classes and categories, it is perhaps opportune for the Minister now to indicate whether the Government has any intentions of proceeding along these lines. We on this side are always in favour of ensuring that as many people as possible should be covered by some form of pension provision. It is a cornerstone of security in old age to have the certainty of a pension at a stage where workers have reached a stage where they cannot earn for themselves any longer. At that stage they should be ensured of adequate compensation for services they have rendered. Now. this is what this Bill intends doing, subject of course to our reservations about the wide powers by regulation in terms of Clause 5.

*The MINISTER OF SOCIAL WELFARE AND PENSIONS:

Mr. Speaker, when I explained the objects of this Bill I said very clearly that no existing rights or privileges would be taken away. But I understand from the speeches of hon. members opposite that they nevertheless still suspect that the intention is to interfere with some rights and privileges. I also pointed out that a large number of the clauses of this Bill, Clause 9 to Clause 22, were merely re-enactments of the existing sections. I gave the assurance that there was no reason whatsoever to believe that any right or privilege would be taken away. Yet hon. members are still a little worried. The hon. member for Umbilo (Mr. Oldfield) suggested that I was taking dictatorial powers and that I would arbitrarily decrease or increase salaries and pension rights. But surely that is something which falls within the jurisdiction of the Public Service Commission. He also asked me whether the Public Service Commission would have any say in these matters. My reply to that is in the affirmative. The regulations which will be issued will be drawn up in consultation with the Public Service Commission and the Department of Finance. The position will therefore be controlled.

The hon. member referred to the non-White schemes. As far as this is concerned I have to inform him that this matter is still under consideration. We are attending to it at the moment. He spoke about a commission which had been appointed by the Minister of Finance to inquire into private pension schemes and so forth but that commission will not deal with this matter. I have already in a previous debate given hon. members the names of the members of the commission and its terms of reference. The measure we are dealing with at the moment, however, falls outside the scope of those terms of reference.

The hon. member also said that if we left the scheme as it was Parliament would have approximately eight occasions during the course of such a period of taking the matter into review if amendments had to be effected year after year. But it is not necessary to amend the Act in order to give Parliament the opportunity of taking matters into review. Hon. members are at liberty to raise these matters at any time, either by way of private motions or when the Government introduces measures. Apart from that the regulations are Tabled and can be discussed here. It is not necessary therefore. to amend the Act in order to have a discussion on the matter.

The hon. member for Umbilo also wanted to know whether it would not be desirable to make information regarding these pension funds available by way of brochures. That is something which can be considered but I still think that if each department concerned has its own set of regulations in this connection officials can be kept fully informed. That has also been the experience.

The hon. member for Durban (Central) (Dr. Radford) also raised a few general objections. He is concerned about the security of officials. He wants them to have security. He wants officials who enter the Public Service to have the prospect of security as far as their service and pensions rights are concerned and that they can then advance on that basis of security. But this measure does not change that position at all. What right has any hon. member to say that now that separate sets of regulations are to be promulgated that security will be interfered with? Surely that is a ridiculous statement. Why do the schemes which are to-day administered in this way not interfere with it? So far we have not had any complaints and yet the people concerned are people who want that same measure of security.

*The hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South) (Mr. Plewman) said this was an “innovation”. He obviously adopts the attitude that because this is an “innovation” it should not be introduced. But it happens year after year that the Government comes to Parliament with something new. The Opposition do so too. As a matter of fact they come forward with “innovations” more often than we do because they come forward with something new every day.

*An HON. MEMBER:

A new policy.

*The MINISTER OF SOCIAL WELFARE AND PENSIONS:

Yes. This is suddenly an “innovation”. What the hon. member is trying to suggest, of course, is that this is a sinister “innovation” which will have an adverse effect on public servants. I want to remind him that this is not the first prophecy he has made. This prophecy, like the others, is a prophecy of a false prophet! As a former public servant he pretends to be jealous of the rights and privileges of public servants. I readily grant him that; I appreciate the fact that a former public servant who sits in this House to-day is jealous of those rights and privileges.

I said clearly in my introductory speech that public servants had been consulted and I said clearly how they had been consulted. They were consulted through their associations; they were consulted through the Public Service Joint Advisory Council on which all staff associations are represented. Is the hon. member suggesting that now that he has left the service and is in this Parliament he knows better what is in the interests of the public servants than they themselves? If they asked for this and if they are satisfied that they want it, what right has the Opposition, particularly the hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South), to create suspicion? The hon. member indicated that he wanted nothing to do with this because he had reason to believe that it would adversely affect the officials. That is what his argument amounts to. Would the Public Service Commission have recommended it had it not been in the interests of the officials? Surely the Public Service Commission is the body which has for years looked after the interests of the public servants. Does he want to move a motion of no-confidence in the Public Service Commission and in the departments concerned? This is not the first time the officials have asked for this “innovation”. Here I have a letter dated 3 October 1963 from the office of the Public Service Commission in which they say the following—

Further to my evenly numbered minute of the 19 August 1963, I subjoin for your information the text of a resolution passed unanimously at the 15th ordinary meeting of the Public Service Joint Advisory Council held in Pretoria on 26 and 27 August 1963.

On that date this body, on which all Public Service associations are represented, unanimously passed a resolution on this matter. This is. therefore, not just an “innovation” as the hon. member has tried to suggest. It is merely an attempt on his part to sow a few wild seeds in the hope that a few officials will become dissatisfied. There is an old French proverb which says, “Je sème å tout vent”—“I sow in all winds”! Hon. members should by now have had sufficient experience of that. What resolution was passed at the aforementioned meeting? The following—

The Council has noted with appreciation and whole-heartedly supports the suggestion by senior officers of the Department of Social Welfare and Pensions that the present Government Service Pensions Act, 1955, be replaced by a short enabling Act in which the various funds are created and provision is made for administrative procedure to be prescribed by regulation.

This resolution was passed as far back as August 1963. I take it, therefore, that this cannot just be described as an “innovation”. While I appreciate the spirit in which this measure has been discussed I, nevertheless, feel I should refer to the remarks made by the hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South) suggesting that this measure is simply a whim of the Department, that it is something of which the officials are totally unaware. I am quite satisfied to leave the interests of the officials in the hands of their own staff associations and in the hands of those bodies which are most closely associated with them.

The hon. member tried to suggest something else. He even went so far as to suggest that officials would now leave the service.

*Mr. PLEWMAN:

I did not say that.

*The MINISTER OF SOCIAL WELFARE AND PENSIONS:

The hon. member implied it.

*Mr. PLEWMAN:

I said this would not make the service more attractive.

*The MINISTER OF SOCIAL WELFARE AND PENSIONS:

The hon. member talked about competition between the Public Service and the private sector. What did he try to suggest by that? By saying that he tried to suggest that if this measure were accepted the Public Service would not be satisfied with it. But if that is not so, if he did not say that, I accept his word.

Mr. PLEWMAN:

I said I left it to them.

*The MINISTER OF SOCIAL WELFARE AND PENSIONS:

If he said he left it to them then he can take it that this is a measure they want.

I wish to express my appreciation of the fact that the whole House supports the principle underlying this measure, which is a measure which has emanated from the persons directly concerned. This Bill will not in the least affect the interests of those people; it will not in the least detract from their rights and privileges; it will not cause the slightest disruption. I appreciate the fact that the hon. member for Umbilo supports this measure in principle. Certain suggestions have been made and if, in the Committee Stage, certain improvements are suggested I will be the last person to turn those suggestions down provided they will be in the interests of those persons on whose behalf this measure has been introduced. I always welcome suggestions which are calculated to improve measures I introduce and I have again in this instance proved that that is so.

I think I have dealt with all the points raised. Sir. and it is now my privilege to move the second reading of this Bill.

Motion put and agreed to.

Bill read a second time.

The House adjourned at 6.40 p.m.

FRIDAY, 26 MARCH 1965 Mr. SPEAKER took the Chair at 10.5 a.m. QUESTIONS

For oral reply:

Delay in Trial for Motor Car Theft *I. Mrs. SUZMAN

asked the Minister of Justice:

  1. (1) Whether his attention has been drawn to the alleged delay in the trial at Vereeniging of a young man who was arrested on 16 September 1964, on a charge of motor car theft;
  2. (2) whether he will make a statement in regard to the matter.
The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:
  1. (1) Yes.
  2. (2) The matter is still being investigated. As soon as all the particulars are known, a statement will be made.
Visit by Seretse Khama to the Republic *II. Mrs. SUZMAN

asked the Minister of the Interior:

Whether (a) Mr. Seretse Khama, (b) Her Majesty’s Commissioner in Bechuanaland or (c) the British Embassy was informed of the lifting of the prohibition on Mr. Khama’s entering the Republic; if so. (i) on what date and (ii) by what means; if not. why not.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

(a), (b) and (c) No. It was not considered necessary unless a suitable opportunity arose or inquiries were made.

Recommendations by S.A. Indian Council *III. Mr. WOOD

asked the Minister of Indian Affairs:

(a) What recommendations have been submitted to him by the South African Indian Council since its inception, (b) what recommendations have been (i) approved and (ii) implemented and (c) when were these recommendations approved or implemented.

The MINISTER OF INDIAN AFFAIRS:

(a), (b) and (c) Since its inception the South African Indian Council, which is both a consultative body and the channel through which matters affecting the Indian Community can be brought to the Government’s notice, has considered a great number of questions pertaining to the affairs of South African Indians. Apart from procedural and formal resolutions adopted from time to time the Council also discussed many matters in circumstances which did not necessitate specific recommendations being submitted to me as Minister of Indian Affairs. Many of the discussions resulted in departmental action being taken or in representations to other Government Departments. The Council was also asked to consider various matters referred to it by the Department of Indian Affairs.

Because of the varied functions and activities of the Council and as many of the matters discussed are still in various stages of investigation and consideration, specific replies to the questions, as framed, can. at best, give an incomplete picture of the Council’s deliberations and the results achieved. The following examples will, however, serve to illustrate what the Council has done since its inception:

Recommendations to the Minister of Indian Affairs:

  1. 1. The abolition of fees for inter-provincial visiting permits. (The fees were abolished as from 1 January 1965.)
  2. 2. The change of name of the Council to that of South African Indian Council. (Recommendation approved with effect from 9 March 1965.)
  3. 3. Creation of Indian Investment Corporation. (Approved in principle.)
  4. 4. Admission of fiancees for members of Indian minority groups. (Representations refused.)
  5. 5. Planning of group areas. (Matter still under consideration.)
  6. 6. Various aspects of the implementation of group areas legislation. (Still under consideration.)

Formal and Procedural Resolutions:

  1. 1. Constitution: Rules of Procedure for meetings of the Council and Executive Committee.
  2. 2. General procedural matters.
  3. 3. Investigations by ad hoc Committees.
  4. 4. Resolutions conveying appreciation for improvement in services rendered for the Indian community.

Matters Referred to Other Departments or Authorities by the Department of Indian Affairs after Discussion by the Council:

  1. 1. Difficulties experienced by Indian hawkers and pedlars operating outside Indian group areas.
  2. 2. Indian business premises in controlled areas.
  3. 3. Residential removals to proclaimed Indian areas and various other matters arising from group areas.
  4. 4. Indian traders affected by group areas legislation.
  5. 5. Transit permits for the Transkei.
  6. 6. Radio programmes for Indians.
  7. 7. Industrial areas for Indians.
  8. 8. Facilities for registration abroad of children born to South African Indian parents.
  9. 9. Indian housing and basic value of affected properties.
  10. 10. Licences to possess firearms.
  11. 11. Essential services, e.g. transport, telephones, etc. in proclaimed Indian areas.
  12. 12. Unemployment and job reservation.

Matters Referred to the Council for Consideration in its Advisory or Consultative Capacity:

  1. 1. The training of Hindu and Moslem priests and religious teachers at the University College for Indians.
  2. 2. The transfer of all Indian education to the Department of Indian Affairs.
  3. 3. The Indian Education Bill now before Parliament.
  4. 4. The institution of faculties of Medicine and Engineering at the University College for Indians.
  5. 5. Emergency Planning (Part to be played by Indians in case of National Emergency).
Mr. LEWIS:

Arising out of the reply, would the Minister indicate whether he is prepared to Table a record of the proceedings of these meetings?

The MINISTER OF INDIAN AFFAIRS:

That is a new question.

Behaviour of Non-Whites at Soccer Matches *IV. Mr. ROSS

asked the Minister of Community Development:

  1. (1) Whether he has received any complaints about the behaviour of non-Whites at soccer matches at the Wanderers Club, Johannesburg, or in its vicinity; if so, (a) how many and (b) what was the nature of the complaints;
  2. (2) whether the complaints were communicated to him verbally or in writing.
The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

(1) and (2) In the past complaints of all natures were on many occasions from different centres in the Republic lodged to me or the Department of Community Development by Whites on cases of serious nuisance caused by gatherings of non-Whites before and after meetings, especially at night, at places of entertainment in the White group areas.

Housing Units Erected Under Crash Programme *V. Mr. OLDFIELD

asked the Minister of Community Development:

  1. (1) How many housing units in terms of the Department’s crash programme (a) have been completed to date and (b) are in the course of construction, and in respect of how many (c) have tenders been accepted but construction not yet commenced, (d) have tenders been called and (e) have tenders not yet been called;
  2. (2) how many housing units in this programme are expected to be of (a) conventional and (b) non-conventional construction.
The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:
  1. (1) (a) to (e) Tenders for 1,197 dwellings under the crash programme have already been called while the erection of a further 1,993 units under the Department’s normal programme has progressed to the tender stage or further. The dwellings in respect of which tenders were called and accepted have reached various stages of erection.
  2. (2) As tenders are being called in such a way that contractors who use conventional building methods as well as contractors who use preconstruction methods are able to tender and a large number of tenders still have to be called and/or accepted, it is at present difficult to give an indication as to how many of each type will be erected. The present indications are however that preconstructed dwellings will constitute a reasonable percentage.
Permits for Erection of Buildings *VI. Mr. OLDFIELD

asked the Minister of Community Development:

  1. (1) How many applications for permits to proceed with the erection of buildings have been (a) received, (b) granted and (c) refused by his Department since 2 December 1964;
  2. (2) (a) what is the total number of buildings for which permits have been refused, (b) what is the total estimated value of the proposed buildings, (c) how many of these buildings were (i) Government and (ii) provincial buildings and (d) what is the value of the proposed (i) Government and (ii) provincial buildings.
The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:
  1. (1) (a) 122. (b) 67. (c) 55.

The figures above are those of building plans which have been finally dealt with since the date of my second Press statement in terms whereof the machinery in connection with building control came into operation on 14 January 1965. There are still of course a number of cases which are from day to day received by regional offices and submitted to the building control Committee for consideration, which have not yet been submitted to me for decision.

  1. (2) (a) As mentioned above, 55 as building plans are considered and not applications for permits. As the hon. member is aware, permits are not granted or total prohibition of the erection of buildings is not ordered, but the erection of a specific building or work is only prohibited in terms of Section 69 of the Housing Act No. 10 of 1957 for a certain period.
    1. (b) R25,738,268.
    2. (c) (i) and (ii) and (d) Projects to the value of R3,331,000 as a first step and the various Government Departments and Provincial Administrations strictly carry out the policy regarding building control and continually restrict the erection of buildings and works. In this way projects to the value of approximately R7,000,000 have already been delayed by the State alone.
Report on Stock Exchanges *VII. Mr. MOORE

asked the Minister of Finance:

Whether he is now able to state when the report of the Commission of Inquiry into Stock Exchange Matters will be laid upon the Table.

The MINISTER OF FINANCE:

No.

Mr. MOORE:

Arising out of the reply, may I ask the Minister of Planning whether it is not possible for him to lay the report on the Table and think about it while it is on the Table?

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order!

Industries Established in the Transkei and Ciskei

The MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT replied to Question No. *1 by Mr. Thompson, standing over from 12 March.

Question:
  1. (1) (a) How many industries have been established in the Transkei and the Ciskei since 31 May 1948, (b) what are these industries, (c) when were they established and (d) where are they situated;
  2. (2) how many (a) Bantu and (b) Whites are employed in these industries.
Reply:
  1. (1) (a) Nine in the Bantu areas of the Transkei.

(a)

(b)

(c)

(i)

Phormium Tenax decortication

During 1960

Butterworth and Kentani.

(ii)

Spinning and Weaving Factory

During 1963

Umtata.

(iii)

Timber Sawing Industry

Taken over from White firm during 1957

Ntyenkwa, Tsolo.

(iv)

Timber Sawing Industry

Taken over from White firm during 1957

Kambi, Tsolo.

(v)

Timber Sawing Industry

Taken over from White firm during 1957

Amanzimnyama, Mount Frere.

(vi)

Timber Treatment Industry and Planning Mill

During 1960

Highbury, Umtata.

(vii)

Wood Preservation Installation

During 1960

Highbury, Umtata.

(viii)

Furniture Factory

During 1960

Highbury, Umtata.

(ix)

Meat Deboning and Cooling Factory

Initial stage after preliminary preparations were concluded

Umtata.

The manufacture of home industries such as furniture, wooden implements, baskets, bead ornaments, etc. is receiving specific attention and is encouraged.

My department is not in possession of adequate knowledge of the private industries such as bakeries, dry-cleaners, sweet factories, etc. that have been erected in the White towns in the Transkei.

As far as the Ciskei is concerned, it is mainly being served by border industries such as Cyril Lord and other factories at East London and Good Hope Textiles and other factories at King William’s Town and Queenstown.

2 (a)

(b)

(i)

400

2

(ii)

65

2

(iii)

91

1

(iv)

85

1

(v)

72

1

(vi)

188

10

(vii)

31

1

(viii)

157

3

(ix)

Initially between 200 and 300

Uncertain.

Cost of Coal Transport via Lourenco Marques

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT replied to Question No. *VI by Mr. Wood, standing over from 23 March.

Question:

What are the comparative costs of transporting coal from the coal fields to ports on the Cape sea board (a) by rail and (b) by sea from Lourenco Marques in chartered vessels.

Reply:

Based on railing from Witbank and the experience in respect of one vessel hired during the past year for the conveyance of locomotive coal to harbour cities, the comparative costs of conveyance are as follows:

  1. (a) Rail cost per ton—

Witbank—Cape Town

R5.64

Witbank—Port Elizabeth

R4.04

Witbank—East London

R4.53

The higher cost per ton over the shorter rail distance to East London in relation to Port Elizabeth is ascribable to higher operational costs to East London, resulting from the high incidence of double-headed locomotive working and low train loads on the Cape Eastern main line, compared with the low percentage of double-headed working and heavy train loads on the Cape Midland main line.

  1. (b) Rail and sea cost per ton via Lourenco Marques—

Witbank—Cape Town

R5.25

Witbank—Port Elizabeth

R5.33

Witbank—East London

R5.47

It will be noticed that the cost figure to Cape Town, the furthest port, is lower than that to Port Elizabeth, and that the cost figure to Port Elizabeth is likewise lower than that to East London. As a flat sea freight is applicable to coal from Lourenco Marques to all Cape ports, this position is due to variable discharge costs (mainly stevedoring and to a lesser extent cranage) at the destination harbours.

The operation of a flat sea freight and considerably lower discharge costs at Table Bay Harbour are the reasons for the cost of conveyance to Cape Town being higher by the rail route than by the sea route, whereas in the case of Port Elizabeth and East London the position is the reverse.

Salary Adjustments for Coloured Teachers

The MINISTER OF COLOURED AFFAIRS replied to Question No. *XII by Mr. Wood, standing over from 23 March.

Question:
  1. (1) Whether he has received any recommendations for salary adjustments from the Education Council for Coloured Persons; if so, (a) when and (b) what were the recommendations;
  2. (2) whether all the recommendations have been (a) approved and (b) implemented; if so, when; if not, (i) which recommendations have not been approved and (ii) why not.
Reply:
  1. (1) (a) Yes, during January 1964.
    1. (b) The recommendations as set out in paragraph 7.2 page 3 of the Report of the Education Council for Coloureds for the financial year ended 31 March 1964. which was tabled on 5 February, 1965, are the following:
      1. (A) That Coloured teachers be paid the same salary as European teachers where they hold the same educational qualifications.
      2. (B) That Coloured teachers should reach their maximum salary within a period of 15 years.
      3. (C) That no primary school teacher shall be paid a salary higher than that applicable to a grade C teacher.
      4. (D) That, on appointment—
        1. (i) special-grade assistants be paid a salary one notch higher and
        2. (ii) vice-principals be paid a salary three notches higher.
      5. (E) (a) That the salaries of inspectors, subject-inspectors, lecturers, principals and assistant teachers in categories b, c, d, e and f, be increased in terms of recommendation (A) above; and
        1. (b) that the salaries of assistant teachers in categories (a) and (aa) be increased as follows:

Category

Sex

Minimum Salary

Maximum Salary

(a)

Males

R 1,000

R2,000

(a)

Females

R900

R 1,800

(aa)

Males

R1,100

R2,200

(aa)

Females

R932

R 1,800

  1. (F) That salary increases for Coloured teachers be introduced with retrospective effect from 1 January 1964.
  1. (2) (a) No. (b) No.
    1. (i) Recommendations (A), (B), (D) (ii),(E) and (F).
    2. (ii) For the following reasons, respectively:
      1. (A) The time is not yet considered ripe for the acceptance of this principle.
      2. (B) This was not possible within the accepted salary structure.
      3. (D) (ii) Four notches instead of three were granted.
      4. (E)
        1. (a) The time is not yet considered ripe to give effect thereto.
        2. (b) The increases recommended do not take cognizance of the educational qualifications.
      5. (F) It was not considered expedient to make the increases effective from a date other than that of the commencement of a financial year.

For written reply:

Railways: Coloureds Recruited in the Transkei I. Mrs. SUZMAN

asked the Minister of Transport:

  1. (1) Whether any Coloured persons have been recruited in the Transkei for the service of the Railway Administration in Cape Town; if so, (a) how many during each year since 1962, (b) what was the period of their service contracts and (c) what were their wage scales;
  2. (2) whether any of them have left the service of the Administration; if so, (a) how many and (b) for what reasons.
The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:
  1. (1) Yes.

(a)

1962

Nil

1963

235

1964

58

  1. (b) Six months.
  2. (c) R 1.10 × 10c—R2.00 per day.
  1. (2) Yes.
    1. (a) 163.
    2. (b) Resignation, abscondence, dismissal, retirement owing to ill-health, death.
Loans Granted by Bantu Investment Corporation II. Mrs. SUZMAN

asked the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development:

  1. (1) (a) How many loans were granted by the Bantu Investment Corporation to Bantu business men during 1964 and (b) what was the total amount of these loans;
  2. (2) whether any undertakings were established by the Corporation during 1964: if so, (a) how many, (b) what is their nature, (c) where are they situated, (d) how many (i) White and (ii) Bantu persons are employed in each undertaking and (e) what was the cost of establishing each undertaking.
The MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:
  1. (1) (a) 92 (b) R450,370.
  2. (2) Yes.
    1. (a) 2.
    2. (b) (i) A bakery and (ii) a pilot scheme on the production and decortication of jute.
    3. (c) (i) Sibasa and (ii) the Okavango. South West Africa.

(d)

(i)

(ii)

1

15

3

25 and up to 100 casuals.

  1. (e) R27,500 and R 100,000.
Settlements for Bantu Persons

The MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT replied to Question No. *IV by Mr. E. G. Malan, standing over from 12 March.

Question:
  1. (1) What is the (a) name and (b) location of each Settlements for Bantu;
  2. (2) what is the (a) extent, (b) number of plots, (c) number of Bantu residents and (d) average size of plots in the case of each Settlements;
  3. (3) what are the financial obligations of settles in respect of (a) renting or purchasing the land and (b) water rights;
  4. (4) whether settles have any other financial obligations; if so, in what respect.
Reply:

(1), (2), (3) and (4) It is not clear what information is desired by the hon. member. There are in the Bantu areas no Settlements similar to those of the Department of Lands under Act No. 21 of 1956.

In all Bantu areas Bantu are settled in residential areas, with or without arable land or grazing rights, depending on the circumstances.

On irrigation schemes, Bantu are settled in residential areas, with a plot under irrigation, the size of which plot may vary, for each head of a family, together with the right to keep stock for the supply of milk to his family and for the proper cultivation of his plot.

The process of the Settlements of Bantu in residential areas continues in accordance with the progress made in the planning of the Bantu areas.

If information in respect of the aforementioned residential areas were to be furnished as requested in parts (1) and (2) of the question, much additional work, which is not considered as justified, would thereby be caused in all district offices where there are Bantu areas.

Shares in Comsat

The MINISTER OF POSTS AND TELEGRAPHS replied to Question No. II by Mr. E. G. Malan. standing over from 19 March.

Question:
  1. (1) Whether the Government has taken up any shares in a company being established in connection with the Comsat Agreement; if so, (a) how many shares and (b) at what price;
  2. (2) whether the shares were purchased through share brokers; if so, what are the names of the brokers.
Reply:
  1. (1) No, but the Interim Satellite Communications Committee approved a capital investment quota of 0.3 per cent to South Africa for its participation in financing and ownership of the space segment of the global commercial satellite communications system.
  2. (2) Falls away.
COPYRIGHT BILL

First Order read: Committee Stage,—Copyright Bill.

House in Committee:

On Clause 1,

The MINISTER OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS:

I move as an amendment—

To omit the definition of “arbitration” and to substitute the following new definition:
  1. “(ii) ‘arbitration’ means arbitration in accordance with the provisions of the Arbitration Act, 1965; (ii)”

Agreed to.

Mr. DURRANT:

I think the hon. Minister will appreciate my reason for asking that I be permitted to move—

That the further consideration of this clause stand over.

I think it should stand over until we have had an opportunity to consider some of the other clauses because the amendments standing in my name to amend certain definitions obviously depend on the acceptance of other clauses.

Agreed to.

On Clause 7,

*Mr. F. S. STEYN:

There are two subsections in Clause 7 in regard to which I should like some clarity, notwithstanding the fact that I served on the Select Committee. The first is 7 (3) which states that the reading or recitation in public or the broadcast of any reasonable extract from a published literary or dramatic work, if accompanied by a sufficient acknowledgment, shall not constitute an infringement of the copyright in the work. The problem in this regard is the question of broadcasting and the question of what is meant by a “reasonable extract”. I know that the intention of this provision is undoubtedly that if, for the sake of argument, somebody broadcasts a lecture on literature, he should be able to read or recite a poem or a portion of a poem which has reference to that lecture. But this provision can go considerably further than that. A substantial piece of work may be recited and yet one may still be able to say that it is a reasonable extract. In the case of a long epic poem, let us say, one may be able to recite from that poem for as long as five minutes and yet describe the quotation as a reasonable extract. I feel that in this regard we should, if possible, differentiate between broadcasting in public and reciting in public. In my opinion there is no reason why a body like the S.A.B.C. should not be able to make special arrangements for a broadcast which takes longer than a certain period which we may be able to determine in this regard, let us say, 30 seconds. We can then say that a reasonable extract is defined as something which can be broadcast within a period of 30 seconds. If the broadcast takes longer than 30 seconds, permission has to be obtained.

Sub-section (4) deals with the publication of work which is intended for use in schools. The term used here is “a short passage” from a literary work for use in schools but there is a restriction inasmuch as not more than two such passages may be used. Here we have a basically good provision if it were not for human fallibility because we have, unfortunately, to deal with writers who do not use a typewriter or a pen in order to write but, who use scissors and a glue-pot. The late Langen-hoven found it necessary to attack these writers who fill their own pockets by means of scissors and a glue-pot and by picking another man’s intellect and spirit. Because of this exemption, this, one could almost call, wicked South African tradition will be encouraged because we must remember that one of the most important uses or markets for books is the school. Sub-section (4) reads—

The copyright in a published literary or dramatic work is not infringed by the inclusion of a short passage there from in a collection intended for the use of schools …

Any collector can state that a collection of poems is intended for use in schools. A collector can maintain that any collection of literary polemics is intended for use in schools. If a court is requested to decide whether there has been any infringement of copyright, any writer will be able to submit that his work was intended for use in schools. I do not think that any court would find such person guilty, unless his work was of a really exceptional character. There is therefore an extremely difficult yardstick to apply. Once again the question is: What is a short passage; what portion of a long epic poem is a short passage? If the hon. member for Fort Beaufort (Dr. Jonker) published a collection of literary polemics, one entire polemic would not constitute a short passage from that collection. I have no objection if a short passage is taken from a specific polemic but I think that this provision lends itself to misuse. I think that the short passage should be defined in some or other way in order to protect the writer. I want actually to pass the necessary comment at a later stage when we deal with the copyright tribunal, because I think it is a pity that the copyright tribunal should be such a formal body. Actually, we need a less formal body to which questions of this nature could be referred and which could in advance decide what constitutes a reasonable extract for which no remuneration should be paid. In any case, I must put it to the hon. the Minister that I think that the broadcast provision in sub-section (3) should be restricted by a time limit and I should be pleased if he could be more explicit in the Bill in regard to the term “brief passage” in order to make its meaning quite clear. I know that he cannot do so today because he still has to consider what I have said but he may perhaps be able to do so in the Other Place.

Mr. CADMAN:

The point raised by the hon. member for Kempton Park is one argument in respect of collections published of the kind referred to in sub-section (4), but there is another argument as well and I would like to see the passage as it stands now remain the law. That is, I should like to see the Bill passed in the form in which this sub-section now stands, because if one bears in mind that there are many authors who rely for their living on the income they receive from the protection given in respect of the works they publish, one will appreciate that that income must be protected whilst at the same time the opportunity must be given to those who are responsible particularly for the teaching of languages in our schools to be able to include the best of current literature and poetry for educational purposes in the schools. I believe that this clause fulfills both those tasks. It protects the intellectual property of authors, and at the same time it allows for examples of their work to be used for teaching in schools, provided the four sub-sections (a), (b), (c) and (d) of sub-section (4) are complied with. I believe that that takes the best of both worlds. You do not want to use the intellectual property of an author or a poet to his disadvantage. At the same time you do not want him, through his copyright protection, to be able to hold the publishers of books or schools up to ransom. This clause, by making it permissible for reasonable extracts to be published with acknowledgment, enables that work to be used for the purposes of education, and yet at the same time in the broad field it protects the intellectual property of the author in question. I believe that the clause as it stands is a desirable one and that it should remain as it stands because it both protects the author and the property which he has created by his own genius, and at the same time it allows the benefit of his genius to be used for educational purposes.

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

The hon. member for Kempton Park (Mr. F. S. Steyn) referred to Clause 7 (3). I should also like to pass a few comments in this regard. The purpose of this Bill is to protect the author and the creator of the products of the mind. At the same time, as the hon. member for Zululand (Mr. Cadman) said, one does not want to prevent the author or creator of a product of the mind from having his work used or broadcast, or, on the other hand, to enable him, in the words of the hon. member for Zululand, “to hold people up to ransom”. But I do want to ask the hon. the Minister whether he thinks that sufficient protection is given in Clause 7 (3) to the creator of a product of the mind, and this holds good for the broadcast of reasonable extracts from published literary or dramatic works. I should like to point out that broadcasting is omitted from the British Act.

I think, however, that it is quite right that this provision should be included but one is still faced with the question which the hon. member for Kempton Park raised, which is: What is meant by a reasonable extract? The hon. member for Kempton Park suggested a remedy which in my opinion is not the correct one. He said that the Broadcasting Corporation should enter into an agreement with these people in regard to what can and what cannot be broadcast. I want to ask the hon. the Minister and the hon. member for Kempton Park whether they do not think that an amendment in the following terms will meet the case. The hon. member for Kempton Park does not want the Broadcasting Corporation to be able to rob, virtually, a writer of his income by quoting overlong extracts from his works, a fact which may damage the seller of those works. I think that he wants to protect the author against a possibility of this nature.

I want to suggest that the following proviso may perhaps be inserted: “Provided that it does not infringe the right of the author of such work to claim a fair remuneration.” Such writer cannot then prevent the Broadcasting Corporation from broadcasting extracts of his work but if the Broadcasting Corporation broadcasts extracts which are overlong so as to cause damage to the author, then the author can tell the Broadcasting Corporation: “You quoted so much and I demand payment for it.” The matter can then be settled either by the copyright tribunal or by way of arbitration. I agree with the hon. member for Zululand as far as sub-section (4) is concerned. It is very difficult to maintain a balance but I agree with the hon. member that the sub-section should remain as it is. But as far as subsection (3) is concerned, I want to ask the hon. member to consider giving the author protection by preventing the Broadcasting Corporation or somebody else making misuse of this clause by reading or quoting long extracts in public. If these words are inserted there will be no infringement of the right of the author to demand a fair remuneration. I think that this will meet the case put here by the hon. member for Kempton Park and will at the same time not place the Broadcasting Corporation in a less favourable position. I should like to make this suggestion to the hon. the Minister.

*The CHAIRMAN:

Does the hon. member move that proviso as an amendment?

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

No, I do not want to move it as an amendment. I am merely suggesting it for the consideration of the hon. the Minister who, if he deems fit, can move an amendment to this effect in the Other Place.

*The MINISTER OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS:

I quite understand the problem of the hon. members for Kempton Park (Mr. F. S. Steyn) and Vereeniging (Mr. B. Coetzee), but I am informed that the Bill as it is at the moment provides adequate protection in this case. We are protecting the author here but we must not allow the pendulum to swing too strongly the other way and so place bodies such as educational bodies at a disadvantage. As far as sub-section (3) is concerned, it is very clear that the reading of extracts is restricted to reasonable extracts. We have the court which can determine what a reasonable extract is. In cases of this nature, where they have decided that use has been made of extracts to an unreasonable extent, the courts have often awarded damages to the authors.

I think, therefore, that there is adequate protection in this regard. The same thing holds good for sub-section (4), to which the hon. member for Kempton Park referred. Here, too, the court has the right to decide whether the author has the right to any damages. I think that adequate protection is afforded by this Bill but if we do find that it is necessary to provide greater protection in this regard we shall give further consideration to the suggestion made by the hon. member.

Clause put and agreed to.

On Clause 13,

Mr. DURRANT:

I think the hon. the Minister will appreciate that the amendment which stands in my name reinstates the position as set out in the first Bill which the Minister introduced in 1963, in which the right of the S.A.B.C. in respect of broadcasting was confined to remuneration in respect of one service only as far as the public playing of records was concerned. Sir, I made my position quite clear in regard to the broad principle of this in the second-reading debate, and I do not wish to traverse the whole ground again. I want to point out to the hon. the Minister that no objection was raised before the Select Committee to what I have suggested in this amendment. Neither the S.A.B.C. nor anybody else objected to the principle contained in the amendment that there should be no exploitation of what any person has created in the shape of technical or spiritual or artistic works. This is applicable to both manufacturers and individuals.

What my amendment seeks to do is to prevent a manufacturer, who makes use of a medium established by the State for the purpose of advertising, from being protected by law to do what amounts to legalized theft, and that is to steal the product of another manufacturer who through his artistic talent has created a commodity. My amendment seeks to prevent one manufacturer from practising legalized theft in order to promote the sale of his own manufactured products. I think the hon. the Minister will appreciate that, and I think the Minister will also agree that the S.A.B.C. raised no objection to this provision. They recognized that there was a principle involved here, that principle being that there should be no exploitation of the product of another individual. It is on this basis that I appeal to the hon. the Minister to give further consideration to this amendment. The Minister will appreciate that I am not pressing the whole case as I argued it in the second reading. If the Minister’s legal advisers feel that the amendment does not quite cover the situation, but he is prepared to say that he will give further consideration to the principle involved here and that he is prepared to consult further with his legal advisers, I would be happy to accept that position and to withdraw my amendment pending the Minister’s further consideration and upon receiving an undertaking from him that he will put the matter right in the Other Place. I admit that my amendment was drafted rather hurriedly. I uplifted the provisions as they stood in the original Bill introduced by the Minister. In the meantime I move the amendment which stands in my name on the Order Paper—

To omit all the words after “The” in line 62 up to and including “recording” in line 65 and to substitute: “acts restricted by the copyright in a sound recording are—
  1. (a)making a record embodying the recording;
  2. (b)causing the recording to be heard in public; and
  3. (c) broadcasting the recording,

whether a record embodying the recording is utilized directly or indirectly in doing such acts: ”

; to add the following proviso at the end of sub-section (4):

Provided further that the Corporation shall have the right to broadcast sound recordings subject only to the owner’s right to receive an equitable remuneration for the use of such recordings in commercial broadcasts. ; and to insert the following sub-section to follow sub-section (5): (6) Where a sound recording is caused to be heard in public—
  1. (a) at any premises where persons reside or sleep or in factories or similar establishments as part of the amenities provided mainly for residents, inmates or employees; or
  2. (b) as part of the activities or for the benefit of a club, society or other organization which is not established or conducted for profit and whose main objects are charitable or are otherwise concerned with the advancement of religion, education or social welfare,

the act of causing it to be so heard shall not constitute an infringement of the copyright in the recording: Provided that this sub-section shall not apply—

  1. (i) in the case of such premises as are mentioned in paragraph (a) of this sub-section if a special charge is made for admission to the part of the premises where the recording is to be heard; or
  2. (ii) in the case of such an organization as is mentioned in paragraph (b) of this sub-section if a charge is made for admission to the place where the recording is to be heard, and any of the proceeds of the charge are applied otherwise than for the purposes of the organization.
*Mr. S. L. MULLER:

The hon. member for Turffontein (Mr. Durrant) has just indicated that he will be satisfied to leave the matter at that if the hon. the Minister will consider the principle contained in his amendment and perhaps move an amendment in the Other Place. Nevertheless those of us who differ from him in regard to this particular clause cannot leave the matter at that. I think it is our duty to express our opinion here, otherwise it will mean, as the hon. member stated in very mild terms, that we shall be leaving the matter at that and the House and the hon. the Minister will then not be aware of the fact that there are some of us who differ very strongly from the hon. member for Turffontein on this issue.

*Mr. DURRANT:

Why do you not leave it to the hon. the Minister to consider the matter?

*Mr. F. S. STEYN:

On a point of order, I think that the amendment which the hon. member for Turffontein (Mr. Durrant) has moved and which is now under discussion, seeks to introduce a new principle into the Bill. For this reason I submit that the amendment is out of order and that, accordingly, debate on the amendment is not permissible.

*The CHAIRMAN:

I am not quite sure that the hon. member is not correct but I should first like to hear arguments in this connection.

*Mr. F. S. STEYN:

May I immediately proceed then, Mr. Chairman, to argue the point?

*The CHAIRMAN:

Yes.

*Mr. F. S. STEYN:

The principle of the Bill, as adopted at the second reading, is that no remuneration will be paid to the party who has been responsible for the manufacture of the mechanical part of a gramophone record. This is the simplest way in which to put the position. This is the principle which has already been adopted and the amendment of the hon. member for Turffontein, with his proviso at the end of sub-section 4 which reads: “Provided further that the Corporation shall have the right to broadcast sound recordings subject only to the owner’s right to receive an equitable remuneration for the use of such recording in commercial broadcasts”, contains a pertinent provision to the effect that some remuneration should be paid to the manufacturer under certain circumstances. This is a new principle which is in conflict with the principle as adopted at the second reading.

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

I should like to support the hon. member for Kempton Park (Mr. F. S. Steyn) very strongly as far as this point of order is concerned. The principle in this Bill is that in the case of music and literary work and similar things copyright is vested in the author thereof. The hon. member for Turffontein (Mr. Durrant) now proposes to move an amendment to the effect that copyright will not only vest in the creator of these products of the mind but that copyright will also vest in the man who records it mechanically; in other words, that copyright should also vest the record-maker. The hon. member may just as well move an amendment to the effect that the copyright in a book should not vest in the writer of the book, in the creator of that product of the mind, but that it should also vest in the publisher of the book. In other words, the hon. member is trying to introduce a completely new principle—that the copyright should also vest in the publisher or the record-maker, as the case may be, which is completely in conflict with the principle of this Bill. This Bill provides that copyright should only be vested in the creator of these products of the mind.

Mr. DURRANT:

I just want to deal with one point made by the hon. member for Vereeniging (Mr. B. Coetzee). The hon. member has tried to draw a comparison between the copyright that exists in a book published by a publisher and the copyright that exists in a gramophone record made by a manufacturer, but this Bill, for the first time, gives protection in Clause 16 to the publisher of a book; it is one of the new principles written into this Bill. It is a principle which has never existed before. I mention that to show how erroneous the thinking of the hon. member for Vereeniging is.

Mr. B. COETZEE:

What copyright protection did he get?

Mr. DURRANT:

Copyright protection is given in this Bill to the publisher of a book, apart from the copyright enjoyed by the author. I will deal with that when we come to the relevant clause in a moment. Sir, that was even recognized and stated by the Minister in his second-reading speech yesterday, as the hon. member would have known if he had listened. This is one of the innovations in this Bill. I mention this in passing to dispose of the point made by the hon. member for Vereeniging because he has no point there. But I want to come to the argument of the hon. member for Kempton Park (Mr. F. S. Steyn) which is much more to the point. The hon. gentleman says that there is no provision in this Bill for compensation to anybody as far as mechanical reproductions are concerned. Sir, the hon. member is misreading the Bill. Clause 3 sets out what copyright is, and for the first time it deals with the question of copyright in respect of the performance in public of a copyright work or the broadcasting of a work which enjoys copyright. Sir, you will notice that the Bill is divided into Chapters and Clause 13, which falls in Chapter II, deals with copyright in sound recordings, which is also an innovation in this Bill. The clause that we are now dealing with deals with the copyright in sound recordings, namely gramophone records. This clause therefore provides that copyright may exist in respect of a gramophone record. [Interjections.] Sir, it is very difficult to proceed when there are so many interruptions.

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! Hon. members must give the hon. member an opportunity to proceed.

Mr. DURRANT:

These interjections obviously arise out of the utter ignorance and puerility of hon. members opposite in respect of a highly technical subject.

*Mr. FRONEMAN:

On a point of order …

*The CHAIRMAN:

Order! We are discussing a point of order at the moment. Let us first dispose of this particular point of order.

*Mr. FRONEMAN:

I wanted to raise a point of order on the point of order which the hon. member is discussing at the moment. I submit that he is going beyond the scope of that point of order. He is dealing with the merits of his case whereas he should confine himself to the point of order under discussion.

Mr. DURRANT:

Sir, I am not attempting to discuss the merits of my amendment. I am merely trying to make a case on a matter which is highly technical. My amendment does not contain any extension of principle. I am merely dealing in my amendment with what is termed in this Bill a neighbouring right in respect of the main principle. This Bill embraces the principle that copyright is given in sound recordings, in other words, in gramophone records, and all I say in my amendment is that there should be payment in regard to this copyright—and the whole Bill deals with the principle of payment to the creator of an intellectual product, which in this case is a gramophone record. All I am saying is that when the S.A.B.C. plays a record, compensation should be payable when the commercial aspect is involved. My amendment does not in any way extend the principle of the Bill as passed at the second reading.

*Mr. S. L. MULLER:

I started by discussing this clause on its merits and I should very much have liked to have continued in this vein but I cannot but agree with the hon. member for Kempton Park (Mr. F. S. Steyn) and I should like to explain my feelings in this regard. Sir, when one considers whether a principle has or has not already been accepted at the second reading, I think that one has to ask oneself to what extent such principle is a principle of the Bill, because, from the nature of the case, a Bill of this nature contains various principles which have already been adopted at the second reading. In this regard, I must agree with the hon. member for Turffontein (Mr. Durrant) on one point and that is that a definite copyright is given to the maker of gramophone records in this Bill. The copyright which is given to him is to the effect that that record cannot be duplicated in the form in which he has made it; this is the copyright which is given to him as the maker of the gramophone record. The hon. member for Turffontein has now moved an amendment which gives such person a very important additional copyright and that is that that record may not be played in public without his being remunerated therefor. In other words, over and above the copyright which the record-maker has for the duplication of the record, the hon. member for Turffontein also wants him to have a copyright in connection with the playing of that record in public or in connection with the playing of such record by the South African Broadcasting Corporation. I say that because that provision does not appear in the Bill as adopted at the second reading, the amendment which the hon. member has moved affects a principle, which does not form part of the Bill as adopted at the second reading. My submission is that a new principle of this nature cannot be inserted at the Committee Stage and therefore I feel that the amendment is in fact out of order.

Mr. CADMAN:

Sir, we are dealing with Clause 13 which establishes the principle of copyright. Now, copyright is the protection of intellectual property. It is the only means we have of protecting intellectual property because it is not something tangible and physical. That is the umbrella which is established by this clause—the protection of all kinds of intellectual property. Surely, Sir, it is open to us to discuss in the Committee Stage whether this or that type of intellectual property is proper to come under the umbrella of protection which is established in principle by this clause; that is to say, in arguing that this or that type of intellectual property should come under the umbrella of protection, is not arguing against the principle of protection already established. While it is open to argument whether gramophone records are a type of intellectual property which should come under the umbrella, it is not open to argument that that type of artistic creation is not intellectual property at all. To put my point crisply, what you, Sir, with respect, have to decide is this, that whilst this clause establishes an umbrella of copyright as a form of protection, it is open to my hon. friend and others to argue whether or not this or that type of intellectual property should properly be under that umbrella.

The CHAIRMAN:

The amendment moved by the hon. member for Turffontein (Mr. Durrant) extends the scope of the Bill beyond what was envisaged at the second reading. I therefore cannot accept the amendments.

Mr. DURRANT:

Sir, am I permitted to argue against the present restrictive form of this clause? May I refer to the discussions in the select Committee in respect of this clause?

The CHAIRMAN:

The hon. member may deal with the contents of this clause. He cannot discuss his amendment.

Mr. DURRANT:

If I cannot discuss my amendment then surely I can discuss the question of copyright in sound recording, which could be on a tape or on a gramophone record. If we are prepared to accept the principle of establishing a copyright in sound recordings, then I submit, with respect, that I am entitled to stress that this principle should not be unscrupulously exploited and that the Bill should give adequate protection to sound recordings.

The CHAIRMAN:

The hon. member may do that within the scope of my ruling.

Mr. DURRANT:

Sir, there was a lengthy discussion in the select Committee on this principle. Having once agreed that this Bill provides for a copyright in sound recordings, are we not entitled to discuss what degree of protection should be offered to the creator, the manufacturer of such sound recordings?

The CHAIRMAN:

That is out of order. The hon. member cannot discuss the protection which the manufacturer is going to get under this clause.

Mr. DURRANT:

May I put it this way then? In the other clauses we deal with the rights of authors and composers to create works and how those works will be restricted and what protection they will get, etc. Here we are dealing with another type of composer and author. A private individual who creates intellectual property by writing an article uses his pen to write on a piece of paper and he then transfers his thought processes on to the paper. Here we are dealing with a clause which extends copyright to a sound recording which can only be made by mechanical processes; it can only be made by machines but the machine must be guided by some intellectual processes on the part of the person operating the machine. What the machine records must obviously be created by musicians or composers or authors, and the reason why the select Committee recognized the principle of granting copyright in sound recordings was because it recognized that a person who makes a sound recording, in this case a gramophone record, has to exercise a certain degree of artistic talent and display a certain amount of intellectual ability.

Mr. B. COETZEE:

That is why I cannot reproduce it; that is the protection he gets. You are by-passing the Chairman’s ruling now.

Mr. DURRANT:

I am not by-passing the Chairman’s ruling. I am discussing that very point; here we are giving this very protection to the person who creates the sound recording.

The CHAIRMAN:

What is the point the hon. member is discussing?

Mr. DURRANT:

I am discussing this clause Mr. Chairman.

The CHAIRMAN:

The hon. member tends towards discussing the necessity of protecting the manufacturer and that is out of order.

Mr. DURRANT:

What I am trying to point out is that where the Bill gives protection to an author and a composer …

The CHAIRMAN:

This clause does not provide for that at all.

Mr. DURRANT:

With respect, Sir, somebody creates a sound recording and in this particular case the only person who creates it …

The CHAIRMAN:

I have given my ruling.

Mr. DURRANT:

Sir, I am not discussing my amendment; I am discussing the clause. Somebody must surely create the record and in this case it must be the gramophone record manufacturer and nobody else. That is the point I am trying to make, with respect, Sir. If that is so then I wish to discuss the point that this clause does not go far enough in giving adequate copyright protection.

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member cannot discuss that. That is out of order.

*Mr. S. L. MULLER:

I should like to discuss this sub-section briefly and submit a matter to the hon. the Minister for his consideration. As we have already said, this clause gives a copyright to the maker of the record in respect of the duplication of that record. That copyright is given to such person for 50 years. When one looks at sub-section (4), one finds that it reads as follows—

The act restricted by copyright in a sound recording, whether a record embodying the recording is utilized directly or indirectly in doing such act, is the making of the record embodying the recording.

Sub-section (5) expressly excludes certain acts. I feel that where one wants to make use of such records in private, one ought not to be deprived of the right to make a reproduction or a copy of that record. If we look at sub-section (1), we will see that its provisions are so wide that that copyright exists under all circumstances, particularly too in regard to the restriction which is imposed by subsection (4). I should like to ask the hon. the Minister whether, as far as this clause is concerned, private persons should not be given the opportunity to make reproductions for their private use.

*Dr. JONKER:

I should like to direct the attention of the House to the second portion of sub-section (4), the further proviso which starts in line 75. Certain concessions are made and then we have the proviso which reads as follows—

Provided further that the provision in paragraph (a) of sub-section (1) of Section 7. which permits fair dealing for the purpose of personal or private use, shall not be deemed to authorize the making of a record embodying the recording made directly from another record.

This means, Mr. Chairman, that if I have bought a record, I may not make a tape recording of that record at home for my own private use. Let me put it in this way: If I buy an expensive book, there is nothing to prevent me, because I want to preserve the book—it may perhaps be a book which I shall never again be able to buy—making copies of that book for my own use. I may even make photostatic copies of the book for my own use provided that I do not sell them or do anything of that nature. I may have an expensive record or a valuable or unusual record and I want to preserve it but I may not make a tape-recording of that record for my own use. I do not think that that is right. I should like to ask the hon. the Minister to consider the omission of the further proviso to sub-section (4). The position will then remain as it is set out in Clause 7—that for personal use, one will have the right to make a copy for one’s own use.

*The CHAIRMAN:

Is the hon. member moving an amendment to that effect?

*Dr. JONKER:

I am merely suggesting it for the consideration of the hon. the Minister.

*The MINISTER OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS:

I am sorry that I cannot accept the suggestion of the hon. member. This matter was discussed in detail and thrashed out in the Select Committee. This Bill is a reflection of the decisions of the Select Committee. If I were to accede to the hon. member’s request, anyone would be able to go to a record library, take out a record and duplicate that record for his own use. I do not think that it would be fair to the record makers if every person was allowed to make his own private recordings from records which he can obtain by other means.

*Dr. JONKER:

I am sorry, but I think that the hon. the Minister has misunderstood me. I said most expressly that if I had bought a record, as I had bought a book, I should then have the right to make a copy of it. This matter was discussed by the Select Committee and I think that I should say at this stage that I asked for a clarification of the matter when it was brought to a vote. The explanation was such that I voted for this provision. Immediately afterwards I was told that it did not cover this point. I then told the Select Committee that if that were the case I would move an amendment in the House. I am in complete agreement with the hon. the Minister that people should be prevented from taking records from a record library and making copies of those records for themselves. I am also opposed to the fact that if the S.A.B.C. broadcasts records, a person should make recordings of those records at home and then use them for his own pleasure. All I am saving is that when somebody buys a record and he wants to preserve that record, he should have the right to make a recording of that record just as he has the right to protect a book by placing that book in a cover and making copies of the book. I just want to add this, Mr. Chairman: This prohibition is quite impracticable. It has no value in practice. Nobody will be able to enforce it. The people who have to ensure that this protection is given will now have to come and search my house in order to see whether I have such a tape-recording and whether I have the record or not. When will they have the time to do this? What will the cost of such action be? In any case, I shall go ahead and make the recording. Technically, this is an offence and so they can take me to court and claim damages. What damage have they suffered? It is going to cost them far more to take me to court than the few rents which they would otherwise make out of this matter. I just want to emphasize the fact that this provision is impracticable. I do not know why we should make offenders of people who are actually not committing any offence at all and who are exercising a right which they will in any case exercise. I say that this provision is not enforceable.

*Mr. S. L. MULLER:

I should like to support the hon. member for Fort Beaufort (Dr. Jonker) in his argument. This point was dealt with and considered by the Select Committee but I do not think that that is any reason why we should not make this farther request because these circumstances actually only came to light after the Bill had been considered by the Select Committee.

*Mr. DURRANT:

Then you will be out of order.

*Mr. S. L. MULLER:

That does not mean to say that I shall not be in order in this case. Must we accept the fact that because there was a Select Committee we should not discuss the Bill at all!

I just want to explain what gave rise to this request. The hon. member for Fort Beaufort did not mention this. It may happen that I have a very valuable record. It is my own record which I have purchased: it is not a record which I have obtained from anyone else or which I have borrowed from a library. I may want to preserve this valuable record because it may no longer be obtainable. In those circumstances it may perhaps be desirable to put the record on tape so that I can play the tape and so preserve the record. That is why I feel that this is really a matter which merits consideration. I should like to support the hon. member for Fort Beaufort mainly because I think that this provision is really of no practical value as far as its enforceability in private homes is concerned. We may therefore just as well exclude this provision.

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

Although I am sympathetically disposed towards the argument of the hon. member for Fort Beaufort (Dr. Jonker) I am afraid that if we agree to his request we will be opening the door to a great deal of misuse. Let us take the case of cafés. Each café-owner buys 10 or 20 or 100 records to play in his café.

*Dr. JONKER:

But not for private use.

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

The record maker receives his profit. The records these café-owners buy are not for private use, or rather, one is never able to judge whether they are for private use or not. In practice the objection of *he hon. member for Fort Beaufort is covered by what he himself has said—that as far as the private individual is concerned, this provision is not enforceable. That is why. as the hon. member quite correctly said, he will continue to make tape-recordings of his valuable records. Nobody will enforce this provision m his regard. But if we give him the lawful right to do this, we will be leaving a loophole winch will be very unfair towards the record makers for the simple reason that café-owners, inter alia, who are a good market for the record makers, will then be able to make tape-recordings of records. They will then be able to play those tape-recordings without buying the records. That is why I think that, in practice, the hon. member for Fort Beaufort does in fact get everything he wants, but if we retain these words we will prevent the opening of a loophole which will be very much to the detriment of record makers.

*Dr. JONKER:

I just want to say that my hon. friend the hon. member for Vereeniging (Mr. B. Coetzee) has completely missed the point. If a café-owner has a number of records of which he makes tape-recordings and then plays those tape-recordings, he is not doing so for private or personal use.

*Mr. F. S. STEYN:

On a point of order, Mr. Chairman, how many times may an hon. member speak during a Committee Stage— twice or three times?

*An HON. MEMBER:

Three times.

*Dr. JONKER:

I do know the rules, Sir. The point is that if a café-owner were to make use of tape-recordings in his café he would not be making use of those tape-recordings for his private or personal pleasure; he would be using them in order to entertain his customers. If this further proviso is omitted, we will not be leaving a loophole because a café-owner who makes use of tape-recordings of records in this way will not be doing so for private purposes. I do not think that the argument of my hon. friend holds any water at all.

Mr. DURRANT:

I have enjoyed this little discussion between hon. members opposite. I think it reveals quite clearly the lack of knowledge on the part of some of them in respect of the actual import of this clause. When they argue at cross purposes it indicates quite clearly that they have a complete misunderstanding of the import of this clause.

In the first instance I want to draw the Minister’s attention to sub-section (1) of Clause 13 which reads—

Copyright shall subsist, subject to the provisions of this Act, in every sound recording which is made in the Republic, or of which the maker was a qualified person at the time when the recording was made.

What is a qualified person? “Qualified person” is defined in the definition as follows—

“qualified person” for the purpose of any provision of this Act which specifies the conditions under which copyright may subsist in any description of work or other subject-matter. means—
  1. (a) in the case of an individual, a person who is a South African citizen or is domiciled or resident in the Republic; and
  2. (b) in the case of a body corporate, a body incorporated under the laws of the Republic.

Let us take the principle of a copyright in a sound recording further and we come to subsection (4) which says clearly—

The act restricted by copyright in a sound recording whether … in doing such act, is the making of a record embodying the recording.

It is so clear, Mr. Chairman. The act restricted by copyright in a sound recording is the making of a record embodying the recording. It is not the music; it is the actual act of making the recording. It is there where the copyright subsists. If that is so all I want to suggest is that the act of making a recording should embody two further acts, namely, the public performance of this recording and the broadcasting of this recording. It is not a question of touching upon a principle at all. It is merely the act of making the recording. I am suggesting not only that act but the act of performing and the act of broadcasting. Where is there an extension of a principle?

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

On a point of order, the hon. member for Turffontein (Mr. Durrani) is continuing to try to circumvent the ruling you have already given, Sir. He is again trying to show why money must be paid to the record-manufacturing firms. You have ruled that that has already been decided on.

*The CHAIRMAN:

I shall see that the hon. member does not go further.

Mr. DURRANT:

The point I want to make with the Minister is this: Should the copyright in respect of a sound recording be restricted only to the act of making that recording? That is the query I raise with the hon. the Minister.

Mr. B. COETZEE:

That was decided on during the second reading.

Mr. DURRANT:

Surely I am entitled to query this clause. Why should the copyright be restricted only to the making of a recording. Surely I am entitled to move the deletion of these words “The act restricted by copyright in a sound recording … in doing such act, is the making of a record embodying the recording.” The moment I move their deletion I widen the whole provision of copyright in respect of a sound recording. I do not restrict it to the one act of making the recording. That is where I am stymied. Sir. If I cannot discuss the deletion of these words then what is there for me to discuss. Then we sit in a vacuum. Then I have nothing to discuss.

The CHAIRMAN:

The hon. member is again discussing his amendment and there is no point in doing that.

Mr. DURRANT:

I am not discussing the amendment, Sir; you have ruled my amendment out of order. I am trying to find out what to discuss in this clause if I cannot discuss the restriction implied here that the copyright in a sound recording is restricted to the act of making a recording embodying the recording. What do I discuss then? If I cannot discuss the deletion of these words then I am left with nothing to discuss.

Mr. F. S. STEYN:

Why do you not sit down then?

Mr. DURRANT:

That interjection by the hon. member for Kempton Park illustrates his complete ignorance of the full import of this clause.

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member has had an opportunity of putting his case. I have given my ruling and that is the end of the matter. The hon. member cannot go beyond the scope of the clause and he must accept that as final.

Mr. DURRANT:

I cannot argue against your ruling, Sir, once you have given it, but I want to put a question to the hon. the Minister. The question I want to ask the Minister is whether, in respect of the copyright in sound recording as set out in sub-section (1) of this clause, should only be restricted to the provisions of sub-section (4) …

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! I cannot allow that question.

Clause put and agreed to.

On Clause 14,

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

I should like to draw the attention of the hon. the Minister to subsection (6) of this clause. The Bill is so involved that I do not know whether I am correct in making this submission and I should like the guidance of the hon. the Minister in this regard. This sub-section reads as follows—

Where by virtue of this section copyright has subsisted in a cinematograph film, a person who after the copyright has expired causes the film to be seen or to be seen and heard in public or to be broadcast shall not be deemed thereby to infringe any copyright subsisting by virtue of Chapter I in any literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work.

As I understand this provision, it means this: Let us imagine that a person writes a book at the age of 20 and that his book is filmed. There is then a copyright attached to that film which exists for 50 years. In other words, after 50 years, that film can be shown on television, in cinemas and other places, even though the author is still alive. After 50 years such author is no longer entitled to further remuneration. In other words, the copyright in the case of a book which a person wrote at the age of 20 lasts until 50 years after his death but the copyright in connection with the film which I have mentioned only lasts for 50 years. Accordingly, at the age of 70, the writer receives no further income from that film. That film can then be shown gratis on all television programmes and in all cinemas. The difficulty is that television particularly is making increased use of old films. We shall therefore have the position where television will have material at its disposal virtually gratis, while the creator of that material receives no further benefit from it. I want to suggest an amendment which the hon. the Minister can discuss with his advisers and, if the position is as I have described it, he may consider moving such an amendment in the Other Place. I make this suggestion merely to protect the creator of these products of the mind. I should like to suggest the following proviso to the hon. the Minister—

Provided that it does not derogate from the right of the author of such literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work to claim a fair remuneration.

A provision of this nature will simply mean that such film can still be shown on television after 50 years but that the author will be entitled to a fair remuneration. I should like the hon. the Minister to consider this suggestion and, if my interpretation of this matter is correct, I think it is only fair that we should insert this amendment at a later stage in order to protect authors.

*Mr. F. S. STEYN:

I should like to support the hon. member for Vereeniging (Mr. B. Coetzee). We have the difficult position that copyright exists for 50 years in the case of a film while in the case of a book it exists during the lifetime of a writer and for a further 50 years thereafter. The author and his assignees cessionaries can therefore survive the expiry of copyright in the case of a film for a very substantial period. The only justification for the clause as it stands would be—I agree that this is the general practice—if the film-maker pays a lump sum to the author either for the use of the story or for the use of the music. That is why it can be argued that when the copyright in such film expires the author ought in any case to have no further interest in it because he has received a lump sum payment. Except for that possibility, there is no justification for this clause as it is worded at present.

The other possibility is that royalties may be paid to an author; that is to say, a certain percentage of the receipts from the film. The provision in respect of broadcasting and television particularly make it extremely important that consideration be given to the rights of authors. I also want to recommend to the hon. the Minister that be consider the amendment suggested by the hon. member for Vereeniging. I hope that he will consider it seriously. Indeed, there are a few people in South Africa who had certain works filmed in the old days, when the film industry was in its infancy, and now, 50 years after this work was filmed, the copyright is worth far more than it was when the film was made.

*The MINISTER OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS:

I understand that the position is that the author loses his right in so far as a film is concerned when the time has elapsed, but he retains his rights in his original book. I think that is what the hon. member has advocated.

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

May I explain the position? The copyright in the original book stands for the lifetime of the author plus 50 years thereafter. Fifty years after the death of Bernard Shaw his products may be used by anyone. Say, for example, that Bernard Shaw wrote “My Fair Lady” when he was 20 years old. In 50 years’ time “My Fair Lady” would still have the same value it has to-day. The filmmakers may have entered into a contract with Bernard Shaw in terms of which they purchased the rights for a globular sum. That is all very well and good; that is a contract. But supposing the position is as the hon. member for Kempton Park (Mr. F. S. Steyn) said, and the author is paid royalties. Then Bernard Shaw no longer gets those royalties in connection with the film “My Fair Lady” after 50 years. “My Fair Lady”, I suppose, will still be a classic in 100 years’ time and be shown over television, etc. The position briefly, is therefore this: A young author writes a book when he is 20 years of age, it is filmed and when he is 70, when he needs the money, he gets nothing more from that film. I do not want the hon. the Minister to reply to me now. I have given him the wording of the amendment. He can discuss it with his experts. This is a very technical matter and there may be other objections. If there are no other objections. the Minister may remedy the position in the Other Place. All I ask is that if after 50 years the television people still make money out of that film, the author should be entitled to a reasonable compensation.

Mr. C ADM AN:

I cannot support the argument advanced by the hon. member for Vereeniging (Mr. B. Coetzee).

Mr. B. COETZEE:

The hon. member for Zululand next year!

Mr. CADMAN:

Is that so! Surely by allowing the script of Shaw and the music of Rogers and Hammerstein to be used to make the film “My Fair Lady”, knowing that the copyright will lapse after 50 years and that protection will no longer be available after that period, the publisher as representing the author of the script and the composer of the music would demand a higher fee to cover the fact that those rights lapse after a certain period of time. So it seems to me that in those circumstances a protection to the author and composer respectively of that type of work is in the Bill as it stands. They merely have to use their own ingenuity and that of their advisers to extract at the time permission is sought to use their work, sufficient remuneration to cover not only the protected period but the period thereafter. I believe the law as it stands at the moment affords sufficient protection.

Mr. B. COETZEE:

Will you deal with the following point: These large companies have legal advisers at their disposal and they are always au fait with the law. But your individual author is an individual man and he has not got the knowledge of a very complicated’ Act like this, with the result that he is in a very unfavourable position vis-à-vis the maker of a film.

Mr. CADMAN:

That was discussed in the Select Committee. The fact of the matter is that 99.9 per cent of the composers and authors to-day are represented in these matters through their publishers and they are big companies and have legal advisers, as the hon. member has said. So there is no difficulty in that regard at all.

Clause put and agreed to.

On Clause 16,

Mr. DURRANT:

This is one of the new provisions in this Bill and I only rise because the hon. member for Vereeniging (Mr. B. Coetzee) probably is not aware of the position. I rise in order to point out to the hon. member for Vereeniging å propos of what he had to say just now, that Clause 16 for the first time in our copyright legislation provides that copyright shall subsist not just of the written word, the intellectual product of the man’s mind who wrote the book, but copyright can also subsist in the book itself, in the presentation, in its typography, in the manner in which it is presented.

Mr. S. L. MULLER:

Just as a gramophone record.

Mr. DURRANT:

That is correct.

Mr. S. L. MULLER:

But only for 25 years.

Mr. DURRANT:

Yes, but the hon. member for Vereeniging just now disputed the point. He said it did not exist. He used the analogy of a book to indicate that there was in fact no copyright. But here we are actually creating copyright as far as the publisher is concerned of a book, quite apart from the copyright that will subsist in the author of the book. I hope the hon. member appreciates that. I am grateful to the hon. member for Ceres for making the reference that I am not permitted to make in discussing this clause.

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

This protects the publisher of a book so that I cannot exactly reproduce and sell that book. But the hon. member wants something totally different. He wants to have an addition to this protection, viz. that I may not reproduce that book or gramophone record, but in addition, that the maker of the gramophone record should still be paid …

*The CHAIRMAN:

Order! That is not relevant.

Clause put and agreed to.

On Clause 31,

*The MINISTER OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS:

I move as an amendment—

In line 5, to omit “the provincial or local” and to substitute “a full bench of the provincial”.

Agreed to.

Clause, as amended, put and agreed to.

On Clause 37,

*Mr. F. S. STEYN:

Clause 36 contains the very useful provision that if somebody wants to relinquish his copyright, it must be done in writing. This is an excellent provision. In Clause 37 we are dealing with a person who gives an undertaking to sell his future copyright to some other person. This is really the case of an author who undertakes to hand over to a particular publisher what he produces in future, or in the case of a composer, to a particular publisher of music. Sir, when an artist goes as far as to sell his future work he is obviously a man who is in financial difficulties. He is obviously a man who needs protection, and I feel that in this case the consent should not only be in writing but that it should be notarially executed. We should at least give that artist who sells his future copyrights the protection that he should go, together with the business man who acquires the copyright, to a third person who will be able to tell him: Do you know what you are doing? This is a weighty document. Certain formalities must be observed. I want to suggest to the hon. the Minister that the necessary addition be inserted in Clause 37 to provide that the transfer of future copyright should be done notarially.

*The MINISTER OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS:

I shall devote attention to the matter.

Clause put and agreed to.

On new clause to follow Clause 49,

*The MINISTER OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS:

I move—

That the following be a new clause to follow Clause 49:
  1. 50 (1) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Act contained, the State President may make such regulations as he may consider necessary in regard to the circulation, presentation or exhibition of any work or production.
  2. (2) Such regulations may empower any person specified therein to prohibit the circulation, presentation or exhibition of any such work or production or to authorize the circulation, presentation or exhibition thereof on such conditions as may be specified in those regulations.
  3. (3) The circulation, presentation or exhibition of any work or production in pursuance of authority granted in terms of such regulations shall not constitute an infringement of copyright in such work or production, but the author shall not thereby be deprived of his right to a reasonable remuneration, which shall in default of agreement be determined by arbitration.

Agreed to.

Remaining clause agreed to.

The Committee reverted to Clause 1 standing over.

Amendment proposed by the Minister of Economic Affairs put and agreed to.

Clause, as amended, put and agreed to.

Schedules and Title of the Bill put and agreed to.

House Resumed:

Bill reported with amendments.

HOUSING AMENDMENT BILL

Second Order read: Report Stage,—Housing

Amendment Bill.

Amendments in Clauses 1 and 5 and the new Clause 6 put and agreed to and the Bill, as amended, adopted.

Bill read a third time.

CHILDREN’S AMENDMENT BILL

Third Order read: Third reading,—Children’s

Amendment Bill.

Bill read a third time.

GOVERNMENT SERVICE PENSIONS BILL

Fourth Order read: Committee Stage,—

Government Service Pensions Bill.

House in Committee:

On Clause 4,

Mr. PLEWMAN:

I move as an amendment—

In line 8, to omit “Subject to the provisions of this Act”; and to add at the end of sub-section (1) “except in pursuance of an Act of Parliament”.

I indicated during the second-reading debate that the White Paper was much more specific than the provision itself. The White Paper in dealing with this clause clearly indicates that the intention of this clause is that a pension which is payable immediately prior to the commencement of this Bill, will not be reduced and will continue to be paid from the same source from which it has been paid up to date. As I indicated at the time the insertion of the words “subject to the provisions of this Act” negatives that entirely and makes the safeguard no safeguard at all. Therefore the purpose of my amendment is to bring the section into conformity with what the White Paper says is intended. I need not elaborate on the meaning of the words “subject to the provisions of this Act”, because on the same page of the Bill it says that regulations can be made under Clause 5 (f) which says “prescribe the benefits (determined on the basis of emoluments received over any period or on such other basis as may be determined by the Minister and specified in the regulations)”. It was also made clear during the second-reading debate that a pension is very largely deferred remuneration for services to the State, and there is in the Public Service Act a safeguard in regard to current remuneration. If the hon. Minister will look at Section 22 of the Public Service Act No. 54 of 1957, he will find that there is a safeguard for the public servant that there shall be no reduction of his current remuneration, and it then provides “except in pursuance of an Act of Parliament”. Now one realizes that Parliament being supreme can introduce such legislation, but I think it is a wise safeguard to put it into the legislation specifically that if a change has to be made, it can only be made in pursuance of an Act of Parliament. That will then give the security in regard to what I have referred to as “deferred remuneration”. I hope the hon. the Minister will accept the amendment.

The MINISTER OF SOCIAL WELFARE AND PENSIONS:

I just want to repeat what is contained in the explanatory memorandum, namely that it is not the intention in ordinary circumstances to reduce the benefits. I further want to explain what the present position is and I trust hon. members will understand, after my explanation, why the position should be retained as it is at present. Clause 4 (1) of the Bill says—

An annuity payable to anybody immediately before the fixed date in terms of the Pensions Act shall, except as provided for in this Act, not be reduced.

It is essential that the words “except as provided for in this Act” should be inserted and that the sub-section should be retained, for the following reasons: The Minister may, in terms of Clause 14 (2) of the Bill which was taken over from Section 101 of the Pensions Act, order that payment of a pension under certain circumstances be withheld, suspended or stopped. In terms of Clause 15 of the Bill, which is taken over from Section 102 of the Pensions Act, an annuity may under certain circumstances be reduced. Section 65 of the Pensions Act deals with the annuities or gratuities payable to members of the pension funds who are dismissed on the grounds of physical disabilities or permanent ill health arising from and in the course of their service. It is therefore necessary to add these provisions because that provision must in these cases be retained, in the cases where those powers exist in the principal Act, that the annuities of these people may be reduced under certain circumstances, or be reduced gradually, or may eventually be stopped completely. I think hon. members will agree with me that it was not the intention to have any reduction in the benefits payable under ordinary circumstances.

Mr. MOORE:

I should like to make it clear that there is no suggestion that we are suspicious of the motives or intentions of the hon. the Minister. That does not enter into it. I accept what the hon. Minister says, that in no circumstances is there any intention of departing from the Act as it is at present. But the point is that in this Bill, the Minister is given arbitrary powers which we assumed in the past were the powers of Parliament. We regard the Public Service Pensions Act and similar Acts as a partnership between the employer and the employee, and where it is a partnership, there is only one adjudicator and that adjudicator should be Parliament and not one party to the agreement. The Government, the Executive, is a party to the agreement, and we feel that if there is to be any change in the agreement, that should be subject to an Act of Parliament. I do not suggest for a moment that the hon. Minister would do anything else, but he has the power now to make regulations, where in the past the power was the law. We know that the reason is that from time to time it is necessary to amend the law. We accept all that, but I think the hon. Minister would be well advised to accept this very modest amendment of the hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South) (Mr. Plewman).

Mr. PLEWMAN:

I regret that the hon. Minister has not seen fit to adopt the amendment. It is in the interest of course of persons who are drawing pensions to-day, not only those who may be getting them in future, but it protects their interests as well. I indicated during the second reading that I accept the hon. Minister’s assurance that so long as he is administering the Act, that will be the position. But times change and Ministers change, and I would like to see the law specific on the point. It does not imply that the hon. Minister himself will not handle the matter correctly, but the law should set out what the White Paper has indicated as being the intention. Now when the hon. Minister refers to the provisions of Clauses 14 and 15, they are really not germane to the problem at all, because they deal with how the Department can handle the operation of a pension in case of a defalcation. Moreover should a pension be apportioned to different people in case of need, that is not a reduction; the full amount remains payable, but it is then dealt with in terms of the Act in the interest of the State on the one hand and in the interest of the dependants on the other. But we are dealing with the question of reduction. I cannot take the matter further. If the hon. Minister is not prepared to accept the amendment, I think it would be very regrettable.

*The MINISTER OF SOCIAL WELFARE AND PENSIONS:

Hon. members will realize that I have not the least idea that they are now objecting to the Minister concerned, but this applies to any Minister who may be in charge of this Department at any time. I have now pointed out to hon. members that the Minister has the power in terms of Clause 14 (2) of the Bill, which was taken over from Section 101 of the Pensions Act, to order that the payment of a pension should be withheld under certain circumstances.

Mr. PLEWMAN:

The full amount. It cannot be reduced.

*The MINISTER OF SOCIAL WELFARE AND PENSIONS:

It can be withheld, suspended or stopped. In terms of Clause 15 of the Bill, which is the real essence of Section 102 of the Pensions Act, a gratuity may also be reduced under certain circumstances.

Mr. PLEWMAN:

Deducted, not reduced.

*The MINISTER OF SOCIAL WELFARE AND PENSIONS:

No, according to my information it may be reduced, and I will give the full position as to how it may be reduced. Section 65 of the Pensions Act deals with the annuities or gratuities payable to members of pension funds who are dismissed on the ground of physical injury or permanent ill health arising during the course of their service, and who then have to leave the service. In terms of sub-section (2) of that section, an annuity granted in that respect may in the first place be granted temporarily (for the whole year) and in the second place it may from time to time be increased or reduced depending on the variation in the member’s degree of labour disability it may be reduced until the extent of the labour disability of that member can finally be ascertained. That is the position as it now stands. The final determination of the labour disability must be made within a period of five years from the date of dismissal or resignation. Circumstances may arise where a temporary gratuity is granted only a week before the date of the coming into operation of the Bill, and it is essential that the Department should have the power temporarily to reduce the gratuity if the measure of labour disability decreases after that date. In terms of Clause 1 “this Act” also means a regulation issued in terms of this Act. That is the actual position with which we are faced, and the actuarial position in terms of the principal Act would be completely disturbed were I now to accept the amendment of the hon. member. I am very sorry, but I cannot accept the hon. member’s amendment.

Dr. RADFORD:

I do appreciate the hon. Minister’s difficulties and I hope that in return he will consider the difficulty that this side of the House is faced with in its responsibility as an Opposition, and their desire as far as possible to reduce the powers of regulation and write the power into the law itself. Would the hon. Minister not consider changing the words “subject to the provisions of this Act” by specifying the different provisions of the Act as he has given them to us now and put those in specially as subject to those particular provisions? In that case he will answer his own argument and he will not be opposed by this side of the House on the point.

The MINISTER OF SOCIAL WELFARE AND PENSIONS:

I just want to tell the hon. member that that is laid down in the Act.

Amendments put and negatived. (Official Opposition dissenting.)

Clause, as printed, put and agreed to. (Official Opposition dissenting.)

On Clause 5,

Mr. PLEWMAN:

I move the amendment standing in my name—

To omit sub-section (6).

Sub-section (6) has got nothing to do with the question of pensions as such, it has nothing to do with whether a pension law is administered or not. It is simply a situation in which Parliament is now being asked to provide that the edict of the Minister shall in future override the edict of Parliament. That, as I have indicated, is clearly an intolerable position and I do not think that any self-respecting Parliamentarian can agree to the inclusion of a provision of this kind in legislation. You see, Sir, it is trite law in South Africa that a statute always prevails over a proclamation and a proclamation always prevails over a regulation. Here we are now being asked to change the situation entirely and to provide that a regulation which may be made by executive government, whether it be by this Minister or any other Minister, if it should be in conflict with the provisions of any other law (which means a law made by Parliament)—that then the provisions of the regulation shall prevail. We are really being asked to indicate here that Parliament is now merely a waste of time, and we are saying in effect that executive government, if it makes regulations dealing with pensions in this very wide way, finds itself warped in any way by an Act of Parliament, that that Act shall simply be regarded as a nullity and that the legislation itself will not longer prevail. As I say, Sir, it is an intolerable position and I think that provision should be removed.

Mr. MOORE:

I think the gravamen of the whole charge lies in this sub-section (6). It is an abrogation of the rights of Parliament altogether. It is handing over the authority of Parliament to the Executive. If the provisions of any regulations are in conflict with the provisions of any other law, the provisions of the regulations shall prevail. It is not a question of whether the provisions of the regulations here are in conflict with the law. That could be challenged, but if the provisions of a regulation made under this Bill are in conflict with any other Act of Parliament, then the provisions of this regulation shall prevail. Well, there is nothing more to be said. Hon. members can throw in their hands. That is the end of Parliamentary government. We do not even require that sub-section. The whole content of the clause remains if (6) is removed, and surely the contents of the clause we are discussing are bad enough. If we look at the contents of the clause in sub-sections (1) and (2), sub-sec. (b) says that the Minister may prescribe the rate (determined on the basis of emoluments received or on such other basis as may be determined by the Minister and specified in the regulations) at which contributions shall be paid to any such fund. I come back to what we discussed in the previous amendment, that this pensions law and any pensions law dealing with contributory funds is in the form of a contract, and there are two parties to the contract, the employer and the employee. I say that the employee should be consulted and have the same authority as the employer. If it is impossible in the ordinary way to have these consultations, then obviously the protector of the employee is Parliament. It is the authority of Parliament we are discussing now, and not the authority of any party or of any court, but the authority of Parliament itself vis-à-vis the Executive, the Government. If Parliament is bereft of this authority, then Parliament ceases to exist in fact. That is the position we are contesting here. I think the Minister, without running any risk and without impairing in any way the efficiency of the administration of the Bill, can accept the amendment of the hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South) (Mr. Plewman).

*Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

I can quite follow the argument of the hon. member for Kensington (Mr. Moore) and I sympathize with him. I myself do not like the idea that a regulation should take precedence over an Act of this Parliament. But what one has in this case is a practical difficulty, and what is meant here by “law” is not defined. As far as I understand it, our difficulty is not parliamentary legislation but provincial legislation, that the provinces may provide things in an ordinance which are in conflict with the general tendency in regard to pension funds, and we do not want a provincial ordinance to obstruct the proper working of this Act. I want to ask the Minister whether it is not possible, even if he has to do so in the Other Place, to amend this sub-sec. (6) in such a way that it applies only to laws not made by this Parliament but by other legislative bodies.

*The MINISTER OF SOCIAL WELFARE AND PENSIONS:

It may perhaps shorten the discussion if I tell hon. members what I am prepared to do to meet them. In this case the expression “any other law” means a provincial ordinance, but I want to put it more clearly to meet hon. members. I am prepared to consider making a change in sub-clause (6) —“If the provisions of any regulation are in conflict with any other law …”—if hon. members will just give me an opportunity to discuss the wording thereof with the law advisers, I shall then undertake to change it in the Other Place so that it will refer specifically to provincial ordinances.

Mr. PLEWMAN:

The Minister has indicated that the provision as it stands is rather intolerable and he is now suggesting changing it. The Minister himself is not quite clear yet what form the change will take. In the circumstances it is extremely difficult for us on this side to leave the matter there. I would ask the hon. the Minister whether he will not ask the Committee to report progress and ask leave to sit again, or to let the clause stand over while he considers the amendment. Will the Minister consider doing that?

Dr. FISHER:

Like other hon. members, I am very perturbed about the provisions of this clause. If I follow the Minister correctly, and if he has inserted this because it may be in conflict with a provincial ordinance, I still think that we are in danger of governing by regulation only. If a provincial ordinance can be overruled by a regulation I feel that we will come into serious conflict with the provinces. The Minister must please go into the matter very carefully and he must fully understand that even if we give him the opportunity to redraft this sub-section, we on this side are still against this type of legislation and there will be no guarantee that we will accept what is brought forward by the Minister. If this is going to have any effect on the rest of the clauses in the Bill, I say that we should report progress and ask leave to sit again.

Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

It cannot affect the other clauses of the Bill.

Dr. FISHER:

I think it may still be in conflict with some of the other clauses and I was wondering whether it would not be better to let the whole matter stand over instead of just this one clause.

Mr. MOORE:

We are greateful to the Minister for assuring us that he will give this his earnest consideration. I do not think the Minister need worry about the provinces. Any legislation passed by a province is subject to the approval of the Central Government. Therefore if the provinces were to pass legislation of which the Minister does not approve, I think the Minister would have the authority, without this sub-clause, to override the provincial legislation. I appreciate his difficulty, but I think he will have that authority and therefore this sub-section is quite unnecessary.

*The MINISTER OF SOCIAL WELFARE AND PENSIONS:

I have now gone a long way to meet these hon. members. I have stated very clearly what our problem is. I have more or less drafted the concession we are prepared to make, and the sub-clause will then read as follows: “If the provisions of any regulation are in conflict with the provisions of any ordinance of a province or the territory, the provisions of the regulation shall prevail.” That is as far as I can go at the moment. I have already given the assurance that if hon. members will give me an opportunity to go into the matter again, I shall be prepared to reconsider it, and then I can make the necessary change in the Other Place if it is not in conflict with the law as such.

Mr. HUGHES:

Do I understand the Minister to say now that he will move that amendment he has read out to us and if it is not satisfactory he will move a further amendment in the Other Place? Will the Minister not rather agree to accept a motion now that this clause stand over until we have dealt with the rest of the clauses?

The MINISTER OF SOCIAL WELFARE AND PENSIONS:

If you move that the clause stand over, I am prepared to accept it.

Mr. HUGHES:

Then I move—

That the further consideration of this clause stand over.

Agreed to.

On Clause 10,

Mr. MOORE:

I move the amendment standing in my name—

In line 46, after “of” to insert “not less than”.

It is very simple. It does not in any way restrict the authority of the Minister. In fact, it gives him authority to be more generous. Sub-section (3) reads—

There shall be paid out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund to the joint pre-union fund on 31 March in each year interest at the rate of 4 per cent per annum on the average of the uninvested amounts in that fund at the end of each month during the period in respect of which the interest is paid.

I wish to add these words: “shall be paid on 31 March of each year interest at a rate of not less than 4 per cent”. In other words, if the Minister wishes to make the rate 4 per cent he may do so, but if he wishes to conform with what the Minister of Finance has told us is the modern tendency, to obtain higher rates, and he feels that these funds should receive a higher rate than 4 per cent, which I think is reasonable he may grant it. I think that 4 per cent on these invested funds is very much too low, and the Minister of Finance has explained to us that he is borrowing money at 5 per cent and higher. If the Minister in his discretion feels that this fund deserves a higher rate of interest than 4 per cent I am anxious to give him the authority to grant it. But the clause as it stands now fixes the rate at 4 per cent, unless it is changed by Act of Parliament. It cannot be changed by regulation. If the Minister wishes to make it 4¼ per cent or 4½ per cent, I wish to give him the authority to do so.

*Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

I do not know whether the hon. member is not tampering with something now which should rather be left alone. The position is that the State has to pay a higher rate of interest than 4 per cent on money at the moment, but there are times when the State can get money at 2 per cent. In this particular case one prefers to have a stable rate which is neither too high nor too low. I think we should leave this matter to the Public Debt Commissioners, and if they feel that a change is necessary, they will arrange with the Minister of Finance to put the matter right in his financial measures. When dealing with a pension law, we should not tamper with an old practice which has been in existence for many years, and we should not prescribe by means of legislation what rate of interest is to be paid on these funds. I just want to point out one practical difficulty. Let us assume that the pension fund invests the money with the Public Debt Commissioners at 4 per cent and obtains the necessary investment documents which are negotiable on the market. If the rate of interest is a very low one at that stage, they can sell these documents immediately, perhaps for 125 whereas they paid 100; then they can tell the State that they want certificates for 125, which they then sell again; in this way the capital in the fund appreciates. There is no justification for the State running risks. I think we should rather leave the position as it is. If a change has to be made, it is more a matter for the Treasury than for the Department of Social Welfare and Pensions. I want to appeal to the hon. member to leave this matter alone. It is an old practice that the rate of interest on pension funds is kept stable at a reasonable figure over a long period, and not for a short period only.

Mr. PLEWMAN:

I think the hon. member for Pretoria (Central) (Mr. van den Heever) is unduly concerned about the proposed change. The money involved is money which is deposited with the Public Debt Commissioners, and what they do with it is not affected by this Bill. It is the Treasury which has to provide from the Consolidated Revenue Fund a sufficient amount to cover this interest at 4 per cent on the investment. It says that the money shall be paid out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund, and by definition of “Consolidated Revenue Fund” in the Bill itself these moneys have to be appropriated in the normal way every year. So the administrative problem is overcome. The Minister, in getting an appropriation from Parliament, can say that in the circumstances he intends increasing the rate of interest to 4½ per cent, and there is no need to change the legislation. It can be done through an appropriation in the normal way and it will not affect the administrative arrangements at all. It simply leaves the matter entirely in the hands of the Treasury and the Minister, and if there is need for it it can be done.

*The MINISTER OF SOCIAL WELFARE AND PENSIONS:

This is the existing position in terms of the old legislation, in terms of Section 98 of the Pensions Act. This contains no new principle. I have been told that this section has worked well all these years and that there has never been any objection to it. This clause deals with the pre-Union fund, the combination of the old Cape Civil Pension Fund and the old Transvaal Civil Pension Fund. In terms of the existing law the Minister has the right to decide. Furthermore I just want to point out that what has been proposed by the hon. member for Kensington seems to me to be in conflict with what was said by the hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South) (Mr. Plewman). On the one hand they say that they do not want to leave the powers to the Minister, but on the other hand they do want to leave them to the Minister. The hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South) says the powers of the Minister must be restricted and must be controlled by Parliament. The hon. member for Kensington says the Minister must be granted the power to increase the rate of interest to as much as 10 per cent per annum without the approval of Parliament. And these are the hon. members who are so jealous of the rights of Parliament. Are they not jealous of the rights of Parliament when the expenditure of the country is involved? Do they now want to grant powers in terms of which expenditure can be increased to the maximum, and leave the matter in the hands of the Minister alone? If the hon. member for Kensington will look at sub-clause (4) he will see that interest at the rate of 4 per cent per annum is guaranteed to the fund in respect of the investment. The 4 per cent is guaranteed, but one also wants a guarantee that it is not being left to the Minister to increase the interest beyond this rate. The provisions of sub-clause (3) have been taken over directly from the old Act. These provisions have existed for many years and there have been no objections. I am sorry, but for these reasons I cannot accept the amendment.

Mr. MOORE:

Of course I have the same longing for the good old days which the Minister referred to. It is true that this thing goes back into history, but in those days the South African note was worth a golden sovereign. In those days we had Consols at 2½ per cent and 3 per cent, but those days are gone. The hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South) has indicated the manner in which the Government will come along, through the ordinary Finance Bill, and say that because of the high rates of interest the obvious thing to do is to pay a higher rate of interest.

Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

This is a shortterm adjustment and not a permanent one.

Mr. MOORE:

The hon. member for Pretoria (Central) is creating difficulties in an effort to help the Minister. We are the people who are helping the Minister here. There is no reason why the fund should be pegged at 4 per cent, and I am surprised that public servants in the past have not raised the matter. Why should their funds be pegged at only 4 per cent? It is true, as the hon. member for Pretoria (Central) says, that the 4 per cent is guaranteed, but higher percentages are guaranteed to-day. We heard the rates of interest that the Minister of Finance gave us the other day, as minima. I simply say that the Minister should have the authority to say that the rate of interest should be raised.

Amendment put and negatived.

Clause, as printed, put and agreed to.

On Clause 11,

Mr. PLEWMAN:

I move the amendment standing in my name—

To add the following proviso at the end of sub-section (3): Provided that no payment to the Consolidated Revenue Fund shall be effected save with the approval, by resolution, of the Senate and of the House of Assembly.

I want to forestall the Minister by saying that I know that Clause 11 has been taken over word for word from the existing Section 98, but as I indicated during the second reading, why perpetuate something which can be improved on? I indicated at the time that by the very nature of the matter, pension funds are the property of the present and prospective pensioners whose contributions are in the fund. The Government obviously has an interest as well, and I indicated that its interest was rather a fiduciary one of keeping the fund solvent. But once the money is paid into the fund it really vests in the pensioner and the Government is the trustee and holds this money as the custodian of all public moneys. I say that the principle is wrong that moneys of that nature should be transferred from one statutory fund to another without the sanction of Parliament. I know full well that the number of occasions when this provision is used might be small in number, but it is a safeguard both to Parliament and to the Government and to the beneficiaries of the pension fund that when a transfer of this nature is made it should be ventilated in this House and that Parliament should grant approval. That is a sound principle and I hope the Minister will accept the amendment and agree that it is an improvement on the present position. Any money taken out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund to be placed in a pension fund has to get the approval of Parliament. It has to be appropriated in the normal way and so gets the sanction of Parliament, but at present the reverse transaction can take place without any parliamentary sanction. I indicated before that on one occasion I know of when it did happen it certainly was a great shock to many of the beneficiaries in the fund to know that the fund had been substantially reduced without their knowledge. This will at any rate keep everybody informed and I hope the Minister will accept the amendment.

Mr. MOORE:

I do not think the Minister can have any objection to this. We raised a similar point in an earlier clause. We are simply asking that before any financial change can be made it should be subject to the approval of Parliament. That is the origin of Parliament, that the control of finance shall vest in Parliament and not in the Executive. This is a case in which the control of Parliament should be obtained before money is transferred from this account. I think it is a most important matter and I hope the Minister will accede to this request of the hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South).

*The MINISTER OF SOCIAL WELFARE AND PENSIONS:

This section has worked well all these years. Certain changes are now being proposed by these two hon. members of the Opposition, the hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South) (Mr. Plewman) and the hon. member for Kensington (Mr. Moore), who have both been in the Service.

*Mr. MOORE:

But I am not a pensioner; I do not draw a pension.

*The MINISTER OF SOCIAL WELFARE AND PENSIONS:

No, I am saying that the hon. member was in the Public Service.

*Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

They do not represent the public servants; they are just talking nonsense.

*The MINISTER OF SOCIAL WELFARE AND PENSIONS:

The hon. members come along here now and propose certain changes as far as this legislation is concerned, while I explained to them very emphatically that the changes proposed in this legislation meet with the approval of the whole of the Public Service. It was at the request of the entire Public Service that this Bill was drafted in this form. The hon. members like to accuse me of being a little stubborn and that I refuse to accept any amendments, but they, too, are not prepared to accept any suggestions made by me. I just want to point out that in the course of the years no less than R24,000,000 has been paid into the Joint Pre-Union Fund in order to keep it solvent. This has been the procedure all these years, and if this procedure were to be changed completely now, against the will of the Public Service itself, one would certainly get a chaotic state of affairs. This Bill was introduced after mature consideration by the staff associations and by the Advisory Council. They are the people who are best able to judge whether or not this measure is in their interests, and we cannot amend the Bill at this stage in the teeth of the fact that the provisions of this Bill meet with the approval of these people. I am very sorry, but unfortunately I cannot meet the hon. members in this regard.

Amendment put and negatived.

Clause, as printed, put and agreed to.

Remaining Clauses agreed to.

The Committee reverted to Clause 5 standing over.

*The MINISTER OF SOCIAL WELFARE AND PENSIONS:

I am prepared to move the following amendment to this clause—

In line 67, page 8, to omit “other law” and to substitute “ordinance of any province or the territory or any proclamation issued by the Administrator of the territory”.
Mr. PLEWMAN:

The hon. the Minister has met our objection to a very considerable extent. Since the hon. the Minister has moved this amendment, I will withdraw my own amendment, with the leave of the Committee.

Clause 5, of course, contains a very far-reaching provision which, as we indicated in the second-reading debate, really abrogates the authority of Parliament. It provides for a situation in which there will be legislation by executive decree rather than by Parliament. This is the most objectionable clause in the whole Bill. Its provisions are such that we feel that far more is being asked for than should have been asked for in legislation of this kind.

Amendment proposed by Mr. Plewman withdrawn with the leave of the Committee.

Amendment proposed by the Minister of Social Welfare and Pensions put and agreed to.

Dr. RADFORD:

I want to support what has been said by the hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South) (Mr. Plewman) and say that the whole clause is objectionable although it has been improved to some extent by the amendment proposed by the hon. the Minister. Nevertheless we find it particularly difficult to accept the powers that he takes in some of the other provisions, such as paragraph (f), which gives him the right to reduce or to change benefits or to give other benefits. I therefore support the hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South) strongly in what he has said here.

Mr. MOORE:

This amendment is, of course, a slight improvement because the Minister restricts his power in that respect, but the whole of this clause is an indication of what is happening in South Africa. We are governing by regulation. More and more regulations are being promulgated and Parliament is being by-passed more and more Clause, as amended, put and agreed to. (Official Opposition dissenting.)

Schedule and Title of the Bill put and agreed to.

House Resumed:

Bill reported with an amendment.

WINE AND SPIRITS CONTROL AMENDMENT BILL

Fifth Order read: Second reading,—Wine and Spirits Control Amendment Bill.

*The MINISTER OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING:

I move—

That the Bill be now read a second time.

On the one hand the object of this Bill is to make statutory provision for contributions by wine-farmers to a fund to be established for the purpose of financing research and publicity in regard to the wine-making industry; on the other hand the Bill contains a number of amendments to the Acts relating to the control of good wine and distilling wine, that is. the Wine and Spirits Control Amendment Act, 1940, and the Wine and Spirits Control Act, 1956, respectively. The proposed amendments are being made to adapt the said Acts to changed circumstances, and with a view to better control and greater clarity as far as the administration of the Acts is concerned.

In regard to the research aspect hon. members are probably aware that, as far as the part played by the Government is concerned, the Department of Agricultural Technical Services is responsible for research in the field of viticulture and wine making. The Research Institute of the said Department is well known, and last year the erection at Nietvoor by of new buildings for the Institute was commenced. Wine growers nevertheless felt that there was an urgent need to collect supplementary funds for research, and at meetings that were held they urged that a levy fund, such as that envisaged in the Bill, be established for research and publicity.

The intention is that the levy will be paid from the amounts received by producers for their wine, and that the price of wine to the trade or the consumer will therefore not be affected by the levy.

The research to be undertaken is not intended to take the place of the activities of the said Department in this connection. As a matter of fact, the K.W.V., which will be responsible for spending the moneys in the fund (subject to the approval of the Minister), has given the assurance that it does not intend to utilize such moneys in a way that may be in conflict with the policy or interests of the Department of Agricultural Technical Services. On the contrary, the idea is to assist that Department and to act in a supplementary way as far as research and the development of the wine-making industry are concerned.

It is also the sincere wish of the K.W.V. that a portion of the funds collected in this way should be used to support the research work undertaken by the Department of Agricultural Technical Services, and in particular, therefore, the research work undertaken by the Viticultural and Oenological Research Institute. The K.W.V. may also find it possible to make contributions from the levy fund to the Government’s Research Fund from time to time.

The Department of Agricultural Technical Services is very much interested in the proposed undertaking by the K.W.V. in connection with research and has already intimated that from the point of view of policy it has no objection to the K.W.V.’s proposed research undertaking.

Although in terms of its articles of association the K.W.V. can for this purpose impose a compulsory levy on distilling wine, it does not have the necessary powers to impose such a levy on the good-wine portion of the crop as well. In view of the fact, however, that it is good wine in particular that will benefit most from research and publicity, this special legislation has been asked for.

I shall now briefly deal with the individual clauses of the Bill.

Clause 1 contains the necessary definitions.

Clause 2 provides that the K.W.V. may, with the approval of the Minister, in respect of any year impose a levy on either good wine, or distilling wine and spirits and brandy, or both these classes of products. The rate of the levy imposed on the one product may differ from the rate of that imposed on the other.

This levy will be payable on such quantities of these products as are sold or disposed of during any particular year by a wine grower or a co-operative society to any body or person, including the K.W.V.

The levy will be fixed at a specified amount per leaguer of wine; in the case of distilling wine the amount will be fixed per leaguer of wine of a strength of 20 per cent.

In order to give timeous notice to all interested parties the K.W.V. will, by notice in the Gazette, have to make known before 1 February of any particular year what levy it has imposed and the time when payment thereof has to be made.

Clause 3 (1) provides that the levy will be payable by wine growers who and co-operative societies which sold or disposed of the wine in question.

In terms of the definitions of “wine” in the Acts relating to the control of good wine and distilling wine certain products of the vine such as grapes, “moskonfyt” (grape syrup), raisins, etc., are also classified as wine, and accordingly sub-sections (2) and (3) provide how the levy is to be calculated where such products are sold or disposed of by a wine grower or co-operative society for winemaking purposes.

Business suspended at 12.45 p.m. and resumed at 2.20 p.m.

Afternoon Sitting

Furthermore these sub-sections provide how the levy is to be calculated in cases where spirits or brandy as such, or in fortified wine, are sold or disposed of by a wine grower or a co-operative society.

Clause 4 provides that certain transactions will be exempt from the levy. The intention is that only commercial transactions in the Republic will be subject to the levy. For example, the levy will not be payable on wine disposed of in the ordinary course of dealing between a co-operative society and its members. Surplus distilling wine which has to be delivered to the K.W.V. by producers will also be exempt from the levy.

This clause further provides that the K.W.V. may collect the levy by deducting the amount due from any moneys which the K.W.V. holds on behalf of the debtor concerned. This will facilitate the collection of the levy fees.

Clause 5 provides that the K.W.V. must establish an account to be known as the Wine Research and Publicity Account, and that all the moneys paid to the K.W.V. in respect of the levy must be credited to this Account.

The K.W.V. will only be able to use the moneys in the said Account with the approval of the Minister, and these moneys can only be used for two specified purposes, namely research and publicity, in the Republic or elsewhere.

The research can relate to the cultivation of vines of wine-grape varieties (including rootstocks used for this purpose), the production of wine, other fermented or distilled products of the grape, or grape juice, and matters incidental thereto. The K.W.V. can use these moneys to undertake research itself or to aid or promote it.

I indicated at the outset that in this connection the K.W.V. also intends to supplement and to support the research undertaken by the State.

As is provided in Clause 5 (2) of the Bill, these moneys can also be used (with the approval of the Minister) for supporting or undertaking publicity in the Republic or elsewhere in connection with the marketing of wine, other fermented or distilled products of the grape or grape juice produced by the K.W.V. or by other producers or manufacturers in the Republic. The object of such publicity will of course be to promote the marketing of these important products of the Republic.

Clause 5 (3) provides that the K.W.V. must each year submit to the Minister a statement, certified by an accountant or auditor, of the income and expenditure in respect of the Wine Research and Publicity Account. This will ensure effective control.

Clause 6 contains the necessary penalties in order to make payment of the levy enforceable.

I shall now proceed to deal with the various clauses relating to the proposed amendments to the Wine and Spirits Control Amendment Act, 1940 (Act No. 23 of 1940), that is to say, the Act relating to good wine. I shall refer to this Act as the amending Act.

In terms of the amending Act the K.W.V. has control over the production and sale of good wine, and, subject to the approval of the Minister, also fixes the minimum price that producers are to be paid for their wine. Similarly the K.W.V. can fix a quality price for wine.

Clause 7 merely contains the consequential amendments which are necessary to bring the definitions of “minimum price” and “quality price” into line with the amendment proposed in Clause 9 (a). The last-mentioned amendment, that is to say, the one effected by Clause 9, provides that the K.W.V. may, with the approval of the Minister, fix an amount which must be added to the minimum price or the quality price if the wine concerned is purchased or sold in bottles, jars or other containers of a capacity of less than one gallon.

In practice this will mean that the minimum price for good wine sold in such retail containers by the producer will be higher than the price for the same kind of wine delivered in bulk. Where the so-called estate wines are bottled and sold on the farm it will no longer be possible to undercut the minimum price, as a result of the fact that in future the cost of bottling it will be recovered from the buyer.

The other amendments proposed in Clause 9 (a) are merely consequential amendments and improvements of the existing wording.

As far as Clause 9 (b) is concerned, the position is that wine growers and wine cooperatives may sell good wine produced by them directly to consumers at the same price as the minimum price dealers are required to pay for their purchases from producers.

This position came to the notice of the Commission of Inquiry into the General Distribution and Selling Prices of Liquor, and in its Report, No. U.G. 55 of 1960, the Commission recommended that sub-section (3) of Section 5 of the amending Act be amended to provide for a higher minimum price for good wine when it is sold directly to the consumer by the producer than the minimum price which the trade has to pay for such wine. I am referring to paragraph 370 of the Report.

In Clause 9 (b) it is accordingly proposed that the minimum price in the case of such sales be increased by such a percentage of the said price as may from time to time be prescribed by notice by the Minister.

The loaded price, however, will not apply to wine sold to other bona fide farmers exclusively for use on their farms, so that grain and other farmers will still be able to buy the wine they require for their farms at the usual minimum price. The trade also has no material objection to such sales being made to other farmer.

The trade has to pay the excise duty on good wine purchased by it from producers when it resells the wine. The producer, on the other hand, himself has to pay the excise duty on wine sold directly to consumers by him.

Accordingly it is provided that the producer must add the amount of the excise duty payable by him on such sales to his price in order to ensure that the minimum price is maintained.

Clause 8 provides that a wine grower who or co-operative which is not a member of the K.W.V. will, in respect of any good wine sold or disposed of by them, be subject to all the conditions and obligations to which they would have been subject if they had been members of the K.W.V.

We already have a similar provision in regard to the sale of distilling wine, spirits and brandy.

It has always been accepted that sales of good wine by wine growers and co-operatives that are not members of the K.W.V. are subject to the same conditions as apply to members of the K.W.V., and the proposed provision merely clarifies the position.

Clause 10. In terms of the existing provisions of the amending Act liquor dealers and distillers who buy wine from a wine grower or a co-openative must pay the purchase price to the K.W.V. for payment to the wine grower or co-operative concerned.

The proposed proviso makes it clear that the K.W.V. may set off debts against such moneys, and brings the position in respect of good wine into line with that already applying in respect of distilling wine. This proposal will facilitate the financial transactions of the K.W.V. in this connection.

In Clause 11 the same provision as in Clause 10 is made in respect of must, grapes, grape juice, “moskonfyt” (grape syrup), raisins, sultanas, and lees of wine intended to be used for or in connection with making good wine. The K.W.V. will be able to set off debts against any amounts paid to it for the ac-. count of the producer in respect of the said products.

Clause 12 contains proposed amendments to that section of the amending Act which relates to the making of regulations by the State President.

Owing to the ever-increasing part played by co operatives in the production of good wine it is necessary to state clearly in what cases regulations can be made applicable to cooperative societies and co-operative companies as well.

The proposed amendments will in any case not change the position in practice.

Clause 13. In terms of the Liquor Act, 1928 (Act No. 30 of 1928), certain persons or bodies may be granted authority to obtain liquor and to supply it to Bantu persons, and associations of Coloured persons or Asiatics may be granted authority to obtain and sell liquor, without such persons or bodies being licensed to deal in liquor.

As far as purchases of wine from producers by the trade are concerned, however, the control in terms of the amending Act relates to licensed persons only.

In order to make it possible to exercise proper control in regard to the purchasing of good wine directly from producers by such persons and bodies, it is necessary to make the provisions of the amending Act applicable to them as though they were licensed to deal in liquor.

I shall now deal with the proposed amendments to the Wine and Spirits Control Act, 1956 (Act No. 38 of 1956), and I shall refer to this Act as the principal Act.

The principal Act relates to the control by the K.W.V. of the marketing of distilling wine in so far as transactions between producers and the liquor trade are concerned.

Clause 14 substitutes a new section for Section 2 of the principal Act. The said Section 2 deals with the production and disposal of distilling wine, and with the disposal of spirits and brandy. The proposed new section is substantially the same as the existing Section 2, and is being substituted mainly to clarify the position already existing in practice.

However, certain provisions of the existing section, such as those in regard to the restrictions on the sale of brandy and spirits, the production of wine for distillation purposes and the payment of the levies on distilling wine imposed by the K.W.V. in terms of its regulations, relate to wine growers only.

The provisions in regard to observance of the minimum price at which spirits may be disposed of relate only to wine growers and the K.W.V.

As a result of the definition of the term “wine grower” in the principal Act the majority of the wine co-operatives are excluded.

In order to clarify the position, provision has been made in the new section for controlling the sale of spirits and brandy by cooperatives. Co-operatives will also be required to pay the levy to which I referred a moment ago, and will be obliged not to dispose of spirits at a lower price than the minimum price for distilling wine.

Clause 15. The section to be amended authorizes the K.W.V. to supply spirits to its members for fortifying their products, in exchange for distilling wine delivered to the K.W.V.

However, many members require spirits urgently at the commencement of the season, when they do not yet have any distilling wine to deliver to the K.W.V. in exchange f or spirits.

The proposed amendment provides that in such cases the K.W.V. may supply spirits to its members, but the distilling wine in exchange therefore must then be delivered to the K.W.V. within four months.

Clause 16. Section 8 (c) of the principal Act places a prohibition upon the sale or disposal, for potable purposes in the Republic, of spirits manufactured in the Republic from the produce of the vine, unless such spirits satisfy certain specified requirements. However, the section makes no specific provision for thus sale of gin and liqueur in the form of finished products which also satisfy the said requirements. This flaw is eliminated by the proposed amendment.

Clause 17. Section 9 of the principal Act prescribes certain returns which are to be rendered by wholesale dealers in spirits, by distillers and by wine growers. These provisions have become redundant because the information in question is already being obtained by another method and the returns are no longer deemed necessary by the K.W.V. and the Excise Department. The proposed amendment does away with these requirements.

All that is retained is the authority to carry out inspections, as contained in the proposed new Section 9.

Clause 18. In order to ensure effective control it is necessary to make the regulations in terms of the principal Act in regard to removals and sales of wine and spirits applicable to co-operative as well.

For the purposes of effective control the provision for making regulations in regard to the receipt, storage and disposal of wine by distillers and wholesale dealers are extended so as to be made applicable to spirits or brandy as well.

In addition the proposed amendment makes provision for regulations to be issued concerning the requirements to be complied with by any person in regard to the purchase or acquisition by him of wine, spirits or brandy from wine growers or co-operative societies.

Capt. HENWOOD:

We on this side of the House support this Bill because we know its provisions have been asked for by the wine industry. We are pleased to see the wine industry improving their own industry. The wine industry has made terrific strides in exporting its product during the last few years. The quantity and quality of the wine we are exporting to the United Kingdom and the exchange we are earning from the sales of that wine overseas is very impressive and worth a lot to this country.

We are going further in this Bill than only giving protection to the grower, i.e. the grower of the grapes. He has had that protection for some years. We are now going further in providing protection so that there cannot be under-cutting of the wholesaler by the producer of wine. We want to ensure that the wholesaler is not prejudiced when he sells the product he buys from the wine industry as such. Now that we have gone that far I wonder whether we should not go a bit further and see that the consumer, who, after all, is the person who is going to turn this into a wine consuming country, also gets some protection. A minimum price is now guaranteed to the producer and the wholesaler but the consumer, when he drinks wine in any public place, is not protected by a maximum price. Prices vary tremendously.

This is a country producing excellent wines, Mr. Speaker. We are going to a lot of trouble and spending a lot of money to improve the quality of our wines. The industry is now imposing a further levy to find money for research and to expand their markets overseas. It is a good thing. As a producer of agricultural products I am very happy to see it. But are we developing our local market to the full? Prices to the consumer in this country vary tremendously. Where a man can afford to buy his wine wholesale from what I can call the semi-wholesaler/retailer type he gets it at a reasonable figure but where the travelling public, especially the visiting public, the people we wish to capture as the consumers of South African wines, go into a café they are often put off by the very unreasonable price. That puts him off the drinking of wine. In respect of a well-known make of wine there is a big fluctuation in price in this city. It is sold on the average of 9s. or 11s. a bottle in the city but away from the city it is sold for as much as 17s. a bottle. I think this is something to which the hon. the Minister should give his attention if he wishes to expand the market locally.

With the quality of wine we have to-day, we could extend our market to a greater extent in this country, which would be a good thing instead of extending the market in respect of hard liquor, if we protected the consumer. I actually protested at one hotel here in Cape Town. I thought the waiter was doing me down. I protested because I was charged 17s. for a bottle of wine which was usually sold in Cape Town and in the whole of the Western Province for 9s. and never more than lis. I think it is iniquitous, Sir. That is one of the things I would like to mention to the hon. the Minister. I think the wine industry should go into the position and see what can be done.

But as far as this Bill is concerned, Sir, I think everyone in this House is very happy to see that the Minister is giving minimum price guarantees and trying to develop the industry. He is trying to give the industry every protection within reason so that the producer gets a reasonable protection for his hard work which is so seldom the case in respect of agricultural produce in this country to-day.

*Mr. SAUER:

I want to say in the first instance that all branches of the wine trade and the wine-producing industry in South Africa welcome this Bill. Some branch or other may think it could have been better as far as they themselves are concerned but in general this is a forward step as far as the industry is concerned especially inasmuch as it deals with research.

It has been my experience, Sir, that when you talk in this House and even outside this House about the wine industry the ordinary man in the street has a very vague idea of what it entails. Unless you know how the various facets of this industry fit into one another it is very difficult to give the necessary attention to a Bill such as this. In order to explain this Bill I think you will forgive me, Mr. Speaker, if I tell the House something about the wine industry.

The foundation of the industry is, of course, the wine farmer as he is called in spite of the fact that to-day most of them are no longer wine farmers but grape farmers. He is the person who grows the grapes which are subsequently used to make wine. He is the axle round which everything turns. In the olden days—when I talk about the olden days I talk about the relatively olden days when I was still a boy—he was a wine farmer in both senses of the word, that is, he produced the grapes and he also made the wine. Comparatively few wine farmers make wine to-day. In order to make wine under the modern circumstances of to-day, and because of the demands made, you need knowledge. The knowledge you require to produce grapes is totally different from the knowledge you require to make wine. The one is part of the farming industry and the other is part of the manufacturing industry. The one calls for one type of technical knowledge and the other for another type of technical knowledge. It is seldom if ever that you come across someone with both the technical knowledge how to grow grapes in the right manner and the technical knowledge to convert those grapes in good wine. That was the first main difficulty.

The second was that the demands made upon us because of increased production and the demands that had to be met to produce a good quality wine meant that we had to spend large sums of money on the building of wine cellars which were good enough to produce good wine. You require certain equipment in cellars to-day which was not used 30 or 40 years ago. It is necessary to have that equipment to-day if you want to make good wine. The result of all this was that the farmers came together and established the so-called co-operative cellars. They are the cooperative societies to which the hon. the Minister has referred. A number of farmers came together and decided that they would no longer make wine individually, but that they would build a cellar jointly, deliver their grapes to that cellar, and appoint as manager a wine expert who did not have to know anything about farming, hoping that that would increase the average quality of their wine. And that was what happened. There are many cooperative cellars to-day which produce good wine. I want to add, however, that the best wines made in South Africa to-day are still the wines made by individual farmers. But the general quality of our wines has improved vastly because of the co-operative cellars.

You have now reached the stage where the wine has been made but has not yet reached its final stages. Before that wine is ready to drink it still has to undergo many processes. It must mature, it must be stabilized, it must be prepared for the trade, it must be blended and it must be standardized as far as possible. All these are things which the small producer cannot do and the small producer may be either a farmer or a co-operative society. The result is that those co-operative societies and the wine farmers sell their wine to the wineries, the so-called trade producers. The wineries are the people who process the wine further, prepare it for the market and distribute it to the retail trade. The trade producers play an exceedingly important role in the wine trade to-day. Without them we would be unable to carry on. A great deal of the research which is done in South Africa to-day is done by them. The distribution channels have been created by them and they have built up the reputation of our good wines. It would be a sad day for the wine industry in South Africa if harm should befall them or if they were eliminated from the trade.

The Minister has had to keep all these people in mind in determining the prices and in addition there are the hotels and bottle stores which are the final distribution points. I only hope that in applying this law the necessary attention will be given to the interests of the wine industry as a whole and not to the interests of one or other facet of the industry.

I have not said anything yet about the most important factor in the wine industry, namely the K.W.V. Where does the K.W.V. fit into this whole complex? In order to understand that we must go back to early twenties when the K.W.V. was established, the days when the wine industry was in a precarious position, when there was over-production, when the wine producer had fallen prey to the traders of that time, traders who were totally different from the traders we have to-day, I might just add, and when nothing but ruin faced the wine farmers. It was then decided to establish a large co-operative society not to make wine, not to sell wine, but to control the entire wine industry. That was why we established the K.W.V. The K.W.V. was our help in need; the K.W.V. assisted the wine farmer out of the difficulties in which they found themselves, I won’t say the flourishing position in which they find themselves to-day, but in any case, the reasonably prosperous position in which they find themselves to-day. We owe all that to the K.W.V.

The K.W.V. does not make wine in the ordinary sense of the word. It is the duty of the K.W.V. to take all the surplus wine off the market but not to make wine in order to sell it to the people. The K.W.V. is also prohibited in its Constitution from selling its products on the retail market south of the Equator. The K.W.V. buys wine but it does not buy it for distribution in South Africa, not to prepare, blend and mature it for sale in the Republic but it does so for sale in countries overseas. The K.W.V. has achieved a great deal in this respect particularly as far as sherry is concerned. In the case of sherry the K.W.V. has been a pioneer. It is due to the K.W.V. that South African sherry has such a very big market in many of the countries in the world to-day. It is a market it has earned for itself on its own merits. But the K.W.V. is not an ordinary buyer of wine. The K.W.V. only buys wine for export purposes. The wines it acquires are distilling wines. Distilling wine is the wine used for the making of spirits and brandy. Spirits and brandy are distilled wine. It depends on how you distill it whether you get brandy or spirits. Spirits is pure alcohol. In the case of ordinary brandy one part consists of brandy, i.e. potstill brandy and three parts of its alcoholic content are spirits. As the brandy becomes more of a liqueur brandy it contains more and more pot still and less spirits. It is very much like milk which becomes creamier. The creamier the milk the nicer it is but if you drink too much milk that is too creamy you become ill sooner than you would if you drank milk which was less creamy. If you drank too much brandy with a very high potstill content, i.e. a very delicate brandy, you would find the effects much worse than in the case of a cheaper brandy.

That, then, is the role of the K.W.V. The K.W.V. is our father confessor; it is the organization to which we all belong (the traders also belong to it); it controls the whole wine industry; in consultation with the Minister it lays down the prices for the various types of wine; it produces the most brandy because it sells to the traders some of whom blend it and some of whom market it just like that. That is the role it plays and in that role it has become a vast power in our wine industry, a power without which we cannot manage. The K.W.V. has been and is of tremendous benefit to us.

Where the Minister will be concerned with fixing the prices between the various groups, I trust, as I said at the beginning, that he and his Department will always do so with a view to the interests of the industry as a whole, with a view to the selling of good wine to as many people as we can find to drink it. As long as this legislation is administered in that way we shall only benefit from it.

The second object envisaged in this Bill is to impose a levy on the sale of wine in order to build up a fund to finance research in the wine industry. I do not want to cast blame on anybody but since the wine industry was started in South Africa a few hundred years ago very little has been done in the way of research. In relation to what is done in other countries where the industry, in relation to the general economy is less important than it is in South Africa, we have done even less. We are very pleased that this Government has realized the need which exists and that we are now going to get a research institute at Stellenbosch. A great deal of research has been done so far but most of it has been done by companies on their own. We are very pleased to see that it has been realized. The field that can be covered by research is a tremendously big one. During the last few years tremendous progress has been made in South Africa as far as the product of the vine is concerned. The quality of our wine has increased to a surprising extent. That did not come about fortuitously. It came about as a result of research but there was no co-ordinated research. We shall get that now. Research was done at a number of places by a number of individual companies.

I want to give a few examples to illustrate what progress has been made in other parts of the world as far as research is concerned. In the Rhine valley the steen grape is the most important grape used for producing the best quality wine. But they have made 20 or 30 selections of the steen grape. If somebody wants to plant a vineyard of steen grapes he goes to the research people. They then come to him and study the lie of his land, the depth of the soil, the formation of the soil, its chemical content and tell him which particular selection he should plant—SI7 or S27 or something like that. They tell him which is the best one for his soil. Thus far we in South Africa have not yet done anything in that direction. We are only starting, more or less in a primitive fashion, with the selection of grapes. They have made such progress overseas as far as a particular type of grape is concerned that they have made 20 or 30 various selections and each selection is suitable for specific circumstances. They can tell in which circumstances a certain selection should be planted. A vine is very selective. In order to produce the right quality the vine is very selective. Here in South Africa we too have already discovered that a certain kind of vine which grows well in one district or in one part of a district or in certain soil will not grow as well in the same soil in another district. Why, we do not know. It is as though Providence has decreed where it should grow well and where not. But we have not yet made the progress other countries have. When you go to Burgundy in France where the famous Burgundy wines are made you find that all the good quality wines are made from one kind of grape only, namely, the pino. Of all the various types of grapes they have there they have only selected this one type. Pino selections have and are being made and all the wine produced in that district is made from pino. But slightly lower down, where the soil is somewhat deeper and does not yield a grape of such high quality they plant another vine called gamay. It thrives well there, bears well and the wine made from it is the wine they give to their employees. Just 30 miles further is Beaujaelais and there they only grow one kind of vine from which they make good wine and that is a type of gamay you get in Burgundy 30 miles away. They also plant pino there; they plant it in the deep soil and from it they make the cheap wine for their employees. That is how far they have progressed in those countries with selection. In South Africa we know nothing or practically nothing about selection. The people who produce export grapes have already done a considerable amount of selection but not at all as much as can be done. As far as wine is concerned, however, we have simply carried on as in the past. Once you have found a vine which thrives in your particular area you simply carry on planting it and you prune your vines indiscriminately without making proper selections. These are only the things concerned in the production of wine. You still have the question of root-stocks. As hon. members know if you plant the ordinary vine your vineyards get wiped out by the pheloxera which was introduced into this country from America towards the end of last century. You have to plant wild vines and graft the ordinary vines on to the wild vines because the latter is resistant to the pbeloxera. We have already had bad failures with the root-stocks we have planted. I can remember one type we planted; it was No. 1202 (they have numbers). It grew beautifully and promised a wonderful crop but just as the vineyard was about to reach its peak all the vines died because the root-stocks did not have the lifespan they should have had. We have discovered through bitter experience which are the best to plant. A great deal more can be done in that direction.

I have mentioned a few of the problems connected with the growing of grapes but there are many other problems connected with the preparing of wine. There are problems connected with fermenting. We in South Africa are to-day beginning to ferment at a lower temperature than previously. We have discovered, particularly in the case of white wines, that in South Africa fermenting at the natural temperature is too high; you lose much of the alcohol, you lose much of the bouquet and you have to keep the wine cooler artificially. The natural fermentation process in the vineyard is at a high temperature and fermentation does not set in at a low temperature. We have to produce special fermenting cells in order to be able to obtain fermentation at a low temperature. We are busy dealing with all those problems but they are problems, which we have not yet mastered and probably never will although the position is improving from year to year. There is the maturing problem. The cheap wines which are marketed to-day are prepared and bottled in a totally different way from the old wine which is a delicately attuned wine. It does not keep well. We should be able to stabilize it and the problem of stabilizing it is a problem which is still giving us many headaches. We are making progress but a great deal of research must still be done in this connection, particularly as far as stabilizing of wine is concerned. I merely mention these points to illustrate the problems that must still be tackled. There are hundreds of others. The wine-producing industry is a scientific industry with a vast number of facets and problems, problems of nature, chemistry problems and particularly human problems. We must solve these problems. The way in which our South African wines have improved in quality shows that we are on the right road, but we still have a long way to go. We must not sit back and think that, because we produce a good wine, we cannot improve on it. We can improve that quality: we can improve it much more. But we can only improve it by means of research. As far as this Bill promotes research, it will be of inestimable importance and value to our wine-producing industry, not only in that research will be carried on, but in that we shall have a place like the Stellenbosch Research Institute, where the results of the research that is done by the various branches of the wine-producing industry, the various separate factories, the various separate institutions, will be collected and co-ordinated. At the moment everything is done in water-tight compartments. The one person does not know what the other one is doing. We shall now have a place where the results of that research will be co-ordinated and that can only lead to even better wines being produced in South Africa. Where Providence has designated South Africa as one of the countries in the world where excellent wine can be produced, it would be a great pity if our people were too weak to make use of that wonderful opportunity Providence has placed at their door.

*Dr. MOOLMAN:

I shall not try to reply to the speech made by the hon. member for Humansdorp (Mr. Sauer) for obvious reasons. We have listened to a very interesting story about the history of the wine producing industry. What the hon. member for Humansdorp has forgotten about the production and consumption of the product of the vine I shall not try to acquire to-day. I want to confine myself more specifically to the latter portion of his speech in which he dealt with research. In this regard I want to address myself to the hon. the Minister and draw his attention to the fact that a fund is being established here with the specific and exclusive object of conducting research in connection with wine and the product of the vine. It also says here “promoting … the cultivation of vines … or in respect of matters incidental thereto.” I do not want to talk about this promotion fund but I want to suggest, again in consultation with the industry, that the objectives of the research fund should be made wider so as to enable the wine farmers, the K.W.V. and whoever administers the research fund to operate in a wider field and not to confine themselves to the production side only. The hon. member for Humansdorp had a great deal to say about the problems connected with research and the work that would be done but he did not say a word, nor is that given as one of the objectives of this fund, to indicate that this fund would also be used for research in connection with the consumption of various wines, the product of the vine. Where research funds have been established in respect of many other industries with the same object as the one we are discussing at the moment, namely, to promote the production as well as the consumption of the product, I am surprised to find that the definition is so narrow as far as the research fund is concerned. I just want to mention that as far as the kitchen is concerned we still have a great deal to learn in regard to the use of wine. In that respect research can be of great importance to us. In countries overseas, like Italy and France, wine is used freely in the kitchen in the preparation of various dishes, in tenderizing meat etc. In this respect very little research has so far been done in our country. I also want to refer to the use of wine for medicinal purposes. Wine can be used to great benefit in hospitals and in sick rooms. In this connection precious little has been done in this country. I therefore want to plead with the Minister to widen the scope of the research fund. It is so narrowly defined in this Bill that it will only be possible to use it for production purposes. I want to mention one other aspect and that is the aspect of alcoholism. J am not suggesting that this fund should be utilized to combat alcoholism but I do want to say this that as far as many other industries are concerned a great deal of attention is given to how their products are used. We also find that in the tobacco industry. Although the tobacco industry as such do not create funds to do research in this regard huge amounts are nevertheless spent on research in combating cancer, for example, in which connection it has not even as yet been proved that cigarette smoking is one of the causes of cancer. But because it is believed that it may be caused by cigarette smoke huge amounts are spent on research in this connection in order to see how the consumers could be protected if that were the case. I want to plead with the Minister to widen the field of operation of the fund so that in future it will also be possible to undertake research, perhaps by means of this fund or by means of a contribution by the fund, to ascertain how the alcoholic can more easily be cured. Unlike in the case of the tobacco industry, the wine industry is directly responsible for the existence of alcoholics. I think it ought to be possible for such a fund to make a contribution even as far as that is concerned. I am not saying that the grape farmers should do it on their own but I would like the objects of the research fund to be made wider so that attention can also be given to the question of consumption. I want to say a few words about sub-section (3) of Clause 5 which provides that the vereniging must have its accounts audited by a qualified accountant or auditor. I want to remind the wine growing industry that many agricultural industries have already come forward with schemes in respect of which the legislation had originally made provision for accountants to audit the accounts but who have subsequently found that it was better to let their accounts fall under the Auditor and Controller General. In that case their accounts are tabled in this House and both sides of the House can ascertain how they have spent their money.

*Mr. SMIT:

The hon. member for East London (City) (Dr. Moolman) had a good deal to say about research in regard to the consumption of wine. We are grateful to him for what he said in this regard. My only regret is that he made the remark that he did in connection with the hon. member for Humansdorp (Mr. Sauer) at the beginning of his speech. Perhaps that remark was not addressed to quite the right person.

This Bill deals mainly with two aspects of the wine-making industry, namely, research and publicity in the first place and, secondly, the right of the producer to sell directly to the consumer. A good deal has been said about research here this afternoon. The hon. member for Humansdorp succeeded very well in giving those members of this House who are not so well acquainted with the wine-making industry a clear picture of the extent of this industry, and in explaining that in the first place it is a matter of production, of growing the crop, that in the second place we must have an industry to process the product, and that there is the additional aspect referred to by the hon. member for East London (City), namely the consumption of the product, in regard to which some knowledge is also essential. Where the hon. member for East London (City) has made a plea in this regard, with which one cannot but agree, I do want to draw his attention to the fact that the provision made in this Bill, particularly in respect of publicity for the products of the vine, is of such a nature that it can be put to good effect in this direction as well. Because if one wants to advertise a product as effectively as the K.W.V. has done in recent years, one must not set about it in a haphazard way, but must see to it that properly trained persons who make a study of the field in which they have to operate are employed for the purpose. It amounts to this, that the provision made in this legislation covers the very aspects in respect of which a plea was made by the hon. member for East London (City), in that the publicity to be made will also seek to promote the consumption of the products of the vine.

It is to the credit of the wine-farmers and the wine-making industry in our country that they have approached the House of Assembly through the K.W.V., the controlling body in the industry, for legislation to enable them to impose a levy on wine products through the agency of the K.W.V. in order to establish a research and publicity fund of their own. Other good examples we have in this connection are the wheat industry and the wool industry, both of which realized long ago that one cannot build up an industry on a sound basis without the necessary attention being paid to research and publicity. As far as the winemaking industry is concerned, the hon. member for Humansdorp said that research had been neglected and left to the individual wine farmer and the dealers for many years. Then the Government set up the Research Institute, for which we provided the necessary funds some years ago, but here we now have a more modern and more ambitious attempt to afford every producer of wine or of grapes an opportunity of taking part personally in research work. I do not want to deal with the wide field in which research can be undertaken, but I want to say that I trust that the organization which will be put in charge of the utilization of this fund, which has so many possibilities, that is to say, the K.W.V., will, because of the contact it has with the various problems of the industry, be best able to decide when and where it can grant assistance from this fund for the purpose of promoting research in the wine-making industry. We want to congratulate the K.W.V. on this legislation, which will enable our wine farmers to make a personal contribution to the development of the wine-making industry, an industry which has a great future.

The hon. member for Pietermaritzburg (District) (Capt. Henwood) spoke about prices. This is an aspect of the wine-making industry about which consumers are particularly concerned. The hon. member said that he had found that the prices charged for the same bottle of wine varied by more than 100 per cent in the same area. This legislation does not deal with price control in the retail trade. As a matter of fact, it is impossible to have such control, because there is a great difference between the various wine products. One will never be able to lay down a standard price in advance and to apply price control. But this legislation does provide that the right of the wine farmer, and of the co-operative cellar, as representing a joint group of wine-farmers, as the holder of a wine-farming licence, to sell their product to the individual consumer will be preserved. Admittedly the price is being loaded a little in order to eliminate unfair competition; the trade also has certain functions to perform, as was rightly said by the hon. member for Humansdorp. But we are grateful that this legislation recognizes that the wine farmer has and should retain the right to sell directly to the consumer. I think this right will be one of the best guarantees that the prices of wine products will not get out of hand in the retail trade, which is the kind of phenomenon referred to by the hon. member. He has all my sympathies in this respect, but I want to say this to him: The fact that the wine farmer has and will retain the right to sell privately to the ordinary consumer will be a guarantee that matters will not get out of hand, and another guarantee will be the fact that that part of the advertising work which will be financed out of this fund will also be aimed at educating and enlightening the consumer in regard to and making him familiar with and knowledgeable about wine products. If by means of this Research and Publicity Fund the consumer can gradually be taught to realize what he is buying, to judge whether the price he is paying is a fair one, and to judge the quality, or if the consumer can be taught that a certain price is the standard one for an ordinary good wine, and can be taught the names of the various products, then we shall eliminate the problem of excessive prices which has been mentioned by the hon. member. Then the consumer will realize that there is a screw loose when he is charged a ridiculous price, and he will refuse to pay it. In other words, the consumer will be taught to know when he is paying for snob value and when an attempt is being made to exploit his ignorance.

*Mr. VOSLOO:

How does the consumer get to know that?

*Mr. SMIT:

There are, of course, consumers who find it very hard to learn, who find it much easier to consume than to learn, but we hope that this publicity will take such a form that the hon. member for Somerset East will also be able to get the full benefit of it and will be able to learn which products are the best.

For the reasons mentioned I should like to grant my full support to this legislation and to congratulate the Minister on it.

*Mr. HICKMAN:

I think the hon. the Minister will agree with me that this Bill in itself is certainly not an interesting document, but that the subject with which it deals is indeed a very interesting one. And if one wants to know how interesting it is, and how one can go into raptures about this subject, then the hon. member for Humansdorp, to whom we have listened with great pleasure, has illustrated it for us. He can entertain one for hours on the history of the product which forms the subject of this Bill.

As has been said, the K.W.V. is an enormous organization which exercises a controlling influence over viticulture in South Africa, and one always feels when a Bill requested by that organization comes before this House it should receive the support of the House in the normal course of events. This side of the House accordingly supports this Bill. Nevertheless there are a few matters which should perhaps be mentioned, and which have already been mentioned to some extent. I am thinking particularly of the question of research. The hon. member for East London (City) has pointed out that “research” should perhaps be defined in somewhat more general terms, and in addition I want to submit for the consideration of the hon. the Minister that as far as research is concerned, we should also use this fund to make provision for the necessary staff. I will be very glad to see, for example, that the fund can be used to enable the K.W.V. to send a young man who wants to make a study of these matters to university for the purpose. As I read the Bill, its provisions are not general enough to cover this aspect of the matter.

In the second place, the hon. member for Pietermaritzburg (District) (Capt. Henwood) spoke about the prices the consumer has to pay. I think what worried the hon. member for Pietermaritzburg (District) was that in this Bill we merely have a repetition of what stands in the original controlling Act, and that is that the wine-farmer must be willing to have his prices controlled by means of a minimum and a quality price in the case of good wine, and to have a controlled price in the case of distilling wine as well. The wine-farmer as such is satisfied, but what worries particularly the consumer of good table wines is the fact that there is virtually no statutory control of the price the consumer is charged. In many cases the licence holder can push up his prices quite indiscriminately, and one finds the ridiculous situation that for a bottle of table wine one sometimes has to pay an amount for which one could have bought a five-gallon jar of wine from the farmer. In my opinion this matter is one to which the hon. the Minister should pay attention in his capacity as Minister of Marketing as well.

Then there is the levy as such. I quite appreciate why the K.W.V. want the levy, and I think we ought to extend our sincere congratulations to the wine-farmers of South Africa on the fact that they come to this House to ask for statutory permission to use their own funds to build up the large fund which is required not only to market their product but also to undertake research. We must appreciate the fact that this request is made by the farmers themselves. But what still causes me some concern—and I hope the hon. the Minister will be able to reassure me in this regard—is that although I can see the justification for a levy on good wine, I think that the position is different in the case of distilling wine and brandy. Good wine makes no contribution whatsoever to what is known as the Surplus Fund, but I am not quite happy about the fact that statutory permission is being asked to impose a levy on distilling wine and brandy. After all, distilling wine and brandy contribute a considerable amount to the Surplus Fund which is under the control of the K.W.V. and its shareholders, and out of which any amount can be utilized for research and publicity at the discretion of the wine-farmers. I may be wrong, but I thought that, where the wine-farmer is a shareholder of the K.W.V., he should have the right to exercise complete control over his own funds, and that this House should not pass legislation to compel him to take certain steps. I realize that this is necessary as far as good wine is concerned. Apart from a contribution towards administrative expenses the producers of good wine make no contribution to the fund of the K.W.V., although they are the people who can draw the most benefit from research and from publicity. One is inclined to lose sight of the fact that the K.W.V. is concerned particularly with the sale of wines on the overseas market, where it not only is faced with the most difficult selling conditions, but also has to compete with the choice pro. ducts of the world, with the result that large funds are required to take care of the marketing there. One can therefore understand that the K.W.V. wants to build up such a fund so that it will be able to face world competition.

Then there is another little point that I may mention, and this is the fact that the wine-farmers will now be unable to sell bottled wine or wine in jars below the minimum price. I think it is Clause 9 that provides that once the wine-farmer has bottled his wine he is tied down to the minimum price. My own view is that the wine-farmer should be in a position to dispose of his product to the appreciative consumer as cheaply as possible. I do not think there is any wine-farmer that will bottle just any wine. He will only bottle his wine if he is able to produce quality wines, estate wines, and I believe that the consumer should not be forced to buy this product from the farmer at bottle-store prices. If the private consumer is able to get wine from the wine-farmer at slightly cheaper prices, the law should not prohibit him to do so, and I think the hon. the Minister should not go too far as regards the measure of protection he wants to afford to the trade. It is perfectly clear to me that the liquor trade is strong enough and large enough to look after its own interests, and I do not think the K.W.V. need go out of its way to afford protection to the trade.

Generally speaking, this is legislation on which we can congratulate the wine-farmers.

*The MINISTER OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING:

I think we had a very interesting speech from the hon. member for Humansdorp (Mr. Sauer) in connection with the Bill. I do not know whether you will permit me to say so, but I noticed that when the hon. member for Humansdorp dwelt on wine it seemed almost as if hon. members’ mouths were watering. I want to thank the hon. member for the interesting exposition he gave. I would just like to tell him that I think the K.W.V. and the wine farmer, as well as the Department, are fully aware that the liquor trade plays a very important role in connection with the sale of their product. For that reason, of course, if any steps are taken to amend legislation, the interests of the industry as a whole will always be taken into consideration so that the best market for the product can be assured.

I want to thank hon. members in general for their reception of this Bill. The hon. member for Pietermaritzburg (District) (Capt. Henwood) spoke about the fixing of a maximum price in the trade. I think the hon. member for Stellenbosch (Mr. Smit) has already to a large extent replied to the hon. member’s questions. There are various qualities of wine and there are various marks under which wine is sold by the wholesale trade. If particularly high prices are charged, it is not a function of my Department to control those prices. It has never been the function of the Department to fix the prices at which products can be sold. Here we are fixing a minimum price and the trade is entitled to buy any wine above that minimum price. It may just not buy wine below the minimum price. That is of course the reason why there are various prices for wines. Various marks are sold at various prices. Very often a specific type is much better than one which is sold at a higher price, but the latter has perhaps acquired a snob value and people like to have it on their table and therefore they pay more for it.

The hon. member for East London (City) (Dr. Moolman) asked for what purpose the funds obtained through this levy could be used. I want to refer the hon. member to Clause 5 (2). It reads as follows—

The vereniging may use so much of the moneys in such account as the Minister may from time to time approve in such a manner and at such times as it may deem fit, for aiding, promoting or undertaking research in the Republic or elsewhere in respect of the cultivation of vines of wine-grape varieties, including root stocks used in the cultivation of such vines, in respect of the production of wine, other fermented or distilled products of the grape, or grape juice, or in respect of matters incidental thereto, or for aiding and undertaking publicity in the Republic or elsewhere in connection with the marketing of wine. …

In other words, this fund can be used for all the purposes which the hon. member foresees it can be used for. The hon. member for Maitland (Mr. Hickman) asked whether the K.W.V. would be entitled to use this fund for study bursaries. They are already doing so. They may do so from this fund, too, because any training of a person who will later do research is surely part of the research. This Bill does not prohibit it. The hon. member for Maitland particularly referred to the question of the increased price in so far as co-operative sellers are concerned, and he asked whether that was necessary and whether it would not make the wine more expensive. The wine farmer and his co-operative seller are treated on the same basis. The reason for these amendments is very important. When the K.W.V. fixes a minimum price, the trade must pay the producer that minimum price, whether it is a farmer or a co-operative seller, but if that seller can also sell to the trade in bottles and there is no other price for it, it can sell retail to the ordinary consumer at the same minimum price at which it sells wholesale to the trade. That is one of the problems which arose and to which the trade objected. They said it was unfair competition with them, and that is so. That is why these amendments have been introduced. Where there were applications by these co-operatives for licences to sell wine, the trade objected to this unjustifiable discrimination. The intention is not to load the minimum price to such an extent that it is equal to the bottle-store prices, but just to put the co-operative in the same position in which the trade is, which has to buy at the minimum price. I think the hon. member need not be afraid that this is a method of making wine dearer to the consumer.

*Mr. HICKMAN:

How will the Minister explain the same position in respect of the estate wine farmer, who makes the best wine in South Africa?

*The MINISTER OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING:

The wine trade has no objection to that position remaining as it is.

The hon. member mentioned the levy and asked why it should apply also to wine intended for distillation purposes and brandy. In handling wine for distillation purposes the K.W.V. may use its own funds for the purposes prescribed in this Bill. There is nothing to prevent it from using certain amounts from that fund, but it will mean that only the producer who delivers wine for distillation purposes to the K.W.V. will then have to pay for this publicity and research, and the farmer who produces good wine will not pay for it because he is not obliged to sell to the K.W.V. Because it is felt that most of the publicity is given to good wine, this Bill is being introduced so as to impose an equal levy on the producers of the various types of wine, whether it is wine for distillation purposes or good wine. If one imposes the levy only on good wine, then the other types will not contribute to the fund, and there are many reasons why they should also make a contribution to publicity and research.

I want to thank hon. members for their support of this Bill and also because they still have so much confidence in the K.W.V. that they think the K.W.V. is the best body to control the wine trade. There are sometimes people who have doubts in regard to that matter, but I am glad we have unanimity on both sides of the House.

Motion put and agreed to.

Bill read a second time.

WILLS AMENDMENT BILL

Sixth Order read: Third reading—Wills Amendment Bill.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

I move— That the Bill be now read a third time.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

There is no objection from this side of the House. This is a Bill which the Opposition has supported throughout and one which will make the probate of wills easier and less costly.

Motion put and agreed to.

Bill read a third time.

ARBITRATION BILL

Seventh Order read: Report stage—Arbitration Bill.

Amendments in Clauses 16 and 20 and the new Clause 29 put and agreed to and the Bill, as amended, adopted.

Bill read a third time.

MAGISTRATES’ COURTS AMENDMENT BILL

Eighth Order read: Committee Stage—Magistrates’ Courts Amendment Bill.

House in Committee:

On Clause 2,

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

This is a clause which provides for the advisory board in relation to the appointment of regional magistrates. The Minister explained during the second reading that this was a necessary and desirable step, to have a board consisting of various people to assist the Minister in making these appointments, and to advise him. One of the thoughts that strikes one in looking at the constitution of the board is that on the board we have the Secretary for Justice and the Deputy Secretary, and so many officers of the Department of Justice holding office as Attorney-General or Chief Magistrate or Under-Secretary for Justice as the Minister may from time to time appoint. I wonder whether the Minister will give an indication as to how in fact this will be constituted so far as appointments, say for the Transvaal or Natal, are concerned. Presumably if an appointment is to be made in Natal, the Attorney-General of Natal will be there.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

That is behause he will know all about that particular magistrate’s work from the appeals that go through his office.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Provision is made only for representatives of the State only in so far as the prosecution side of the court’s practice is concerned. I appreciate that the Minister should not be asked to put a member of the Bar on the board, but when appointing members to the Bench the fact that one of the people Sitting in judgment is the State’s representative as far as prosecutions are concerned is an aspect which might perhaps be undesirable. What I want to suggest to the Minister is this, that in a province where a magistrate has served—and the regional magistrates are appointed from amongst magistrates with at least ten years’ experience—perhaps the best person to give the board and the Minister an idea as to what sort of judgments a particular magistrate gives is the Judge-President of that division, because it is to the Supreme Court that appeals and reviews will go. That person is possibly the best judge of the judicial capacity of the magistrate concerned and as to whether he is the sort of person who should be made a regional magistrate. Let us be frank about it. Regional magistrates to-day have perhaps more judicial responsibilities than any other judicial officer in the Republic, in the sense that to-day they do much of the work that judges used to do, and they do much more of that work than judges would ever be able to do. I wonder whether the Minister would not consider it advisable that this Board, in making appointments within any Provincial Division, should consult with the Judge-President before making an appointment.

Mr. CADMAN:

I support the point of view of the hon. member for Durban (North) (Mr. M. L. Mitchell) and I speak from my own experience not only as a practicing member of the profession, but before practising I spent a year as a Judge’s clerk in the Transvaal, and in that occupation one had going through one’s hands all the reviews which came to one’s particular Judge. It was quite noticeable at times how you found that one particular individual would have a great many more of his judgments upset on review than would another. That sort of information would of course be available to a Judge-President through the puisne Judges of his division. I think the suggestion made by the hon. member for Durban (North) has a great deal of substance in it. If there is consultation with a Judge-President by a body of this kind, they would get an unbiased opinion from an independent authority. Whilst the Attorney-General would, I have no doubt, also give an unbiased report as a member of such a board, and so would other officers holding his rank, his view, quite unconsciously, would no doubt be coloured by the position he holds and by the fact that he might consider that he would have to work with this man for the rest of his career. I think it would be a move on the safe side and it could only benefit the decisions made by such a board if there were to be consultations of some kind with the Judge-President of the division concerned. I think if one looks at the number of cases upset on review, the figures of which are available to the Minister but not to me, although in the past I have seen them, he will find that inevitably, seeing that we are dealing with human beings, there will be cases where this or that particular magistrate is upset time and again on review. In other words, he has taken the wrong view of the matter. That, I think, would be a most valuable guide to a body of this kind. Of course the Minister will appreciate that decisions made by a body of this kind have a tremendous impact on the community because they affect the lives of all of us.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

The matter raised here by the two hon. members who took part in this debate is one which was thoroughly considered by the Department and myself. Like the hon. member for Zululand (Mr. Cadman) I too was a Judge’s registrar in the Cape Supreme Court and I also have firsthand knowledge of this problem therefore. One could have appointed Judges to this committee if one wanted to bother them unnecessarily, but they have enough work as it is and it is not necessary at all to have Judges on this Committee because we have all the information in any event that they have at their disposal. Hon. members are aware of the fact that regional court sentences are not subject to automatic review. The sentence imposed by the man who is acting—and all these people are first tested in the regional courts before they are permanently appointed—can only be judged therefore when it is taken on appeal. There are numerous Judges who deal with these sentences; there is not one specific Judge therefore who can tell us how good this, that or the other magistrate is. We would be rendering the Judge a disservice in that he would first have to go and make inquiries with all the other Judges before he could express an opinion. But all the records go through the office of the Attorney-General and the people who are in the best position to know whether or not the Judges uphold the sentences imposed by an acting regional magistrate are the staff of the Attorney-General. If we want an opinion therefore with regard to an acting regional magistrate, the Attorney-General can give us first-hand information that Judge A found him to be a good magistrate, that Judge B thinks less of him and that Judge C set aside his sentences on so many occasions. Whatever information can be given by the Judges therefore can be obtained more fully through the Attorney-General. We cannot appoint all the Judges to this Committee, and to appoint only one Judge to the Committee would also be impossible.

With regard to ordinary magistrates, in so far as cases which are automatically reviewed are concerned, there the position is that one Judge assumes responsibility for that work for the week, and many weeks pass before he again does this sort of work. There again the position is that cases in which the sentences are altered on review come to the knowledge of the Department; the Department knows that the judgments of magistrate A are regularly set aside on review, or at any rate a large percentage of them, and that the judgments of magistrate B are regularly upheld by the Supreme Court. That information is available to us therefore. Moreover, before any Judge sets aside a sentence imposed by a magistrate when it comes before him on automatic review, it is more or less general practice that he first discusses the case with the Attorney-General, with the result that there too the Department has all the necessary information to be able to judge the capabilities of a magistrate. As far as the man’s qualifications are concerned, there need be no argument; he either has them or he does not have them. The only thing that one has to judge is his court personality and all the things that go hand in hand with it and in that regard the chief magistrate and the other magistrates serving on the committee will be able to express an opinion. After considering this matter very thoroughly I felt that since all this information was available to us in any case, it was not necessary to place this extra burden upon the Judges who have enough work to do as it is. After all, there is no screening as far as the appointment of a Judge is concerned whereas we have a host of people in this case screening the appointment of magistrates. I feel therefore that we have gone far enough here in evolving the best method of screening magisterial appointments.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

One appreciates the Minister’s point that the information in regard to the number of judgments reversed on review will be available to the Attorneys-General and, therefore, also to the Secretary for Justice, but I do not think that is a fair way of judging such a magistrate. He may have been unlucky in having a number of judgments upset on a certain point.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

That will be taken into account.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Why I suggested that the Judge-President should give a report is that he can assess the judicial capacity of a magistrate. He will be able, having regard to the way the magistrate gives his judgments, to decide whether he has a judicial approach which is suitable to such a responsible position as that of a regional magistrate. I do not suggest for a moment that a Judge should be appointed as a permanent member of the board. All I suggest is that, before coming to a decision, the board should ask the Judge-President of the division in which the candidate for appointment has served, for a report.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

These matters are discussed by the Attorneys-General with the Judge-President at all times in practice.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

I appreciate that. But it is very seldom that a Judge will make a remark about a magistrate unless he has really gone right off the rails. To call for such a report will not, I think, inconvenience the Judge-President and I think it can only help the board. I do not even ask the Minister to deal with it at this stage, but if that could become the practice I think it would help the board. The Minister says that nobody culls the Judges, but with a Judge one takes a chance. He may be a brilliant advocate and an awful Judge, and vice versa. But he is judged by his peers and in the end he is judged by the Minister of Justice because he does not take Silk until he has reached the top of his profession, and if he continues practising as a Silk he must be better than the average. Before he is appointed to the Bench the Minister consults with the other Judges through the Judge-President. The Minister is obviously guided by the views of the Judge-President as to the judicial capacity of that particular Silk. I think that is the very best judgment that could ever be given as to anyone’s judicial capacity, i.e., by the Judge-President. This is a most important appointment because there is no automatic review from the judgment of a regional magistrate. The sentence he may impose is anything up to three years, and these people do the bulk of the most important criminal work to-day. I put this forward as a suggestion for the help of the hon. the Minister who ultimately bears the responsibility.

Clause put and agreed to.

Remaining clauses and Title of the Bill put and agreed to.

House Resumed:

Bill reported without amendment.

GAMBLING BILL

Ninth Order read: Second reading,—Gambling Bill.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

I move—

That the Bill be now read a second time.

In introducing this Bill I do so fully realizing that there are many things which in the normal course of events are regarded as gambling and which in fact are not gambling, and hon. members who take part in this debate must please bear that in mind. One thing, for example, which is very definitely not gambling is to take part in elections! We can eliminate a great deal of unnecessary discussion on this Bill if we bear in mind what I said a moment ago. I also want to say right at the outset that this Bill is not a new creation of mine; indeed this Bill contains practically no new provisions. Hon. members or, at any rate, those who have read the Bill as far as page 11, will find, if they look at the Schedule to this Bill, that on pages 10 and 11, the Afrikaans text and the English text respectively, no fewer than 21 laws are mentioned which are now being repealed. The first of those measures dates back to 1860. I refer to the Act for Legalizing Art Unions. In the first instance, many of these old Acts are no longer available and, in the second instance, if they are available, they are only available in English, and on the other hand we have the position that each province had its own legislation in respect of gambling. This gave rise to a great deal of confusion; people did not know precisely what the law was, and the Department. therefore, considered it advisable to incorporate all the valid, legal provisions of the various provinces in one measure so that everybody will know precisely what the law is in respect of gambling. That is what we are now trying to do with this Bill which deals with lotteries, sports pools, games of chance and the keeping of pin-tables and other contrivances. I shall come back again to this question of pin-tables and other contrivances as I go on to explain the terms of this Bill. Sir, I do not think it is necessary for me to defend a Bill dealing with gambling. We have already discussed this matter on other occasions and we will have further opportunities to do so in the future. All we are dealing with here really is a measure which can be described as a consolidating measure since it consolidates the existing ordinances and laws which apply to the various provinces. I think my only task therefore is to explain this Bill clause by clause so as to give hon. members clarity as to what is contemplated here.

Clause 1, of course, contains the usual definitions; it sets out the definitions which are necessary for the purposes of the implementation of the proposed legislation. The definition of “lottery” and “game of chance” are particularly important because hon. members will observe that the Minister is being granted the power to extend the meaning of these expressions from time to time by notice in the Government Gazette. This is necessary in order to enable the Minister from time to time to adapt the provisions of the Act to circumstances which can hardly be foreseen at this juncture. There may be certain hon. members who will say that they are not prepared to give these powers to the Minister, and if there are such hon. members I want to tell them in advance that this provision is being inserted in this measure not because I have any desire that that type of power should be given to me as Minister or to any future Minister, but because practical experience has taught us that it is almost impossible to apply this Act effectively unless the Minister has such power. This is not a new principle; it is a principle which has been contained in this legislation ever since 1860. We are merely drafting it in different language here. I have already referred hon. members to the oldest of these laws, the Act for Legalizing Art Unions. To be perfectly honest, I did not even know that such an Act existed. When I first heard the name of this Act I did not know what it was all about. It might perhaps be interesting just to mention here that in terms of that Act persons, clubs and organizations were given the right to acquire paintings and to raffle them amongst their members. As a matter of fact, they were the only people who had this right. I was not even aware that such associations ever existed. The object originally was to encourage art. Apparently the promoters did not have very much success in achieving this object because I cannot remember ever having heard of such organizations. That old Act has been on the Statute Book all these years and it still applies at the present time. But the point is that we find that this principle was embodied for the first time in Section 1 of that Act which was passed as far back as 1860. Amongst other things, the Act provided that these Art Unions first had to submit their constitutions to the Governor for approval before they could be proclaimed as associations entitled to conduct such lotteries. The section reads—

Provided always that the deed of partnership or other instrument or instruments constituting such association and the rules and regulations relative to such proceedings of such associations for such purposes as aforesaid shall first have been submitted to the consideration and be approved by His Excellency the Governor and a copy thereof deposited in the Colonial Office; that it shall be expressed in every deed or instrument that it shall be lawful for His Excellency the Governor, whenever it shall appear to him that any such association is perverted from the purposes of this Act, to revoke or annul the deed or instrument under which the association so offending has been constituted. Nothing in this Act contained shall be deemed to apply to any association whose deed of partnership or other instrument constituting the same shall have been so revoked or annulled or to any member, subscriber or contributor thereto, or to any person acting under his authority or on his behalf.

This is clearly the same principle in different wording. These associations had to have their constitutions approved by the Governor, and once the constitution of an association was approved, it was regarded as an association that was entitled to conduct a lottery; its constitution still remained the same and under that same constitution the power was given to the Governor to suspend the constitution if he thought that they were conducting activities other than those strictly provided for in the Act. Hon. members will see therefore that this principle was contained as far back as 1860 in that particular Act, and they will find the same principle embodied in all legislation of this kind. Even in those days the Governor did not say to such an association, “The Court must first find that you are conducting something which was not contemplated,” or “1 require you to submit this, that or the other proof;” the Governor had the discretionary power, depending upon the circumstances, to suspend the constitution and to forbid these people to conduct such a lottery. But hon. members will find this principle not only in the Act of 1960; they will also find it in subsequent enactments; they will find it in the Natal Act and they will find it in the Act of 1938. This principle was embodied in all these Acts because experience had shown that it was impossible to combat lotteries unless one gave this discretionary power to the authorities. In 1860 this discretionary power was given to the Governor and it is still necessary to-day to allow the Minister a certain amount of discretion in this connection.

Clause 2 is designed to forbid participation in any lottery or sports pool or the making available of any place for the purposes of a lottery or sports pool or the sale or acquisition of lottery or sports pool tickets. In view of the fact that many lotteries and sports pools, although really conducted outside of the Republic, have a large following in the Republic, it is necessary also to forbid participation in such lotteries and sports pools. It is very difficult to prove that a ticket which purports to be a lottery or sports pool ticket is in fact such a ticket. A presumption is now being created therefore that a ticket which purports to be a lottery or sports pool ticket shall be deemed to be such a ticket unless the contrary is proved. Hon. members will agree with me that this does not place an unnecessary or an unduly heavy onus of proof on the person concerned. All we are saying here is that the ticket shall be deemed to be what it appears to be at its face value. The occupiers of places where lotteries or sports pools are controlled or conducted can hardly say in all honesty, having regard to the activities which usually go hand in hand with such affairs, that they were not aware of what was taking place on their premises. The onus of proof is therefore also being placed on such persons to prove that they had nothing to do with the management or control of lotteries or sports pools conducted on. their premises. I should like bon. members to understand perfectly clearly that the onus rests on the State to prove that a lottery was conducted on the premises, and it is only when the State has discharged that onus that the onus is transferred to the manager or the person in control to prove that he had no knowledge of it. If he proves that, then he is acquitted, and if he is unable to prove it, then, of course, he will be found guilty. But I do not think it is unreasonable to expect the person who is charged to prove that he was not aware of what was going on in his own home or on his own premises.

Then I come to Clause 3. Lotteries and sports pools, generally speaking, receive great publicity and in order to eradicate this evil root and branch it is necessary also to forbid the publication of notices and advertisements with regard to lotteries and sports pools. I think that goes without saying and it is unnecessary for me to give any further explanation in that regard. It would be of little avail to forbid the printer and owner of a newspaper or other periodical to publish information with regard to lotteries and sports pools if we allowed such information to be disseminated in some other printed document. Clause 4 is designed therefore to prohibit the dissemination of such information. Foreign lotteries and sports pools, as hon. members are aware and as I have already indicated, have a large following in the Republic. The suppression of lotteries and sports pools would therefore be useless if it was confined only to lotteries and sports pools conducted within the Republic. Activities in connection with foreign lotteries and sports pools, in so far as those activities are conducted within the Republic. are also being prohibited therefore.

Clause 6 places a prohibition on the playing of any game of chance for stakes, and nobody will be permitted to allow any place under his control to be used for this purpose. No person shall be allowed to visit any such place with the object of playing any such games. We do find, however, that games of chance are played on occasion in private places or clubs, not so much with a view to gambling but rather for the purpose of entertainment. This prohibition will therefore not apply to such occasions but if it is proved that such places are habitually used for the playing of games of chance for stakes, then the players, etc. will still be subject to this prohibition. I should like hon. members to understand this provision very clearly. In terms of this provision it will not be a contravention for an hon. member to play a game of bridge with friends for sixpence per 100 points; it will be no offence under this measure. It will be no offence for old ladies to play a game of rummy for a tickey per 100 points; it only becomes an offence if a private dwelling is used as a gambling house by inviting people—and this is the crux of the matter—other than the personal friends of the owner, to come and play there. In other words, just as a private dwelling may sometimes be used by persons for immoral purposes, so too a private dwelling may be used—and there have in fact been such cases —as a gambling house and not as a private dwelling. That is where the great difference lies in this connection, and it is in that light that hon. members must view this particular Clause.

We find in many cases that gamblers take precautionary steps with a view to ensuring that they will have ample warning of impending police raids. By the time the police raid the premises there is no game in progress and the police are powerless to act even if they find abundant evidence of the presence of objects normally used in gambling. This Bill provides that the finding of objects such as dice, balls and counters, for example, at any place or on any person shall be prima facie evidence that the person in control of the place concerned permitted the playing of a game of chance for stakes and that any person found at such place was playing such game and was visiting such place with the object of gambling. Hon. members will appreciate that police action will be frustrated if the police are obstructed or delayed in entering premises in which gambling is taking place. An innocent person has no reason for employing such tactics. It is not unreasonable therefore to place the onus of proof provided for in subclause 4 on persons in control of such places. It is particularly difficult to prove that a game of chance was played for stakes. A presumption is therefore being created here that such a game was in fact played for stakes. It should not be difficult for an innocent person to discharge this onus. Furthermore, it is also necessary to place the onus of proof upon persons referred to in sub-clauses 6 and 7 of Clause 6. otherwise it will seldom if ever be possible to take effective steps against them. The provisions of the sub-clauses in question are in line with existing provisions and they are not excessively onerous.

Then I come to Clause 7. Pin-tables and other contrivances of a similar nature are being used on a large scale for gambling purposes. It seems to be the youth in particular who fall prey to this type of exploitation. I just want to say that if this Bill is passed there will be many cafe owners who are going to be very annoyed and who are going to submit representations with regard to these pin-tables. Sir. I make no apology for taking advantage of this opportunity to say to the House that I am going to go out of my way to get rid of every pin-table in every cafe as far as it lies within my power to do so. I have seen children standing in cafes for hours on end wasting their time, both before and after school hours. In some cases they do not waste their money because there is no charge for playing the game, but they stand for hours in these cafes wasting their time playing the “one-eyed bandit” and goodness knows what other games.

*HON. MEMBERS:

“One-armed bandit.”

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

I notice that hon. members are well-informed on this matter and I am glad to have their assistance in this connection. Mr. Speaker I personally hate this sort of thing and if representations are made to me in this connection by hon. members on the other side they will get no sympathy at all from me. I do not think it is necessary to have these contrivances in our cafes; I do not think it is necessary that children should be enticed in this way to waste their time and money; I do not think it is necessary that this kind of temptation should be placed in the way of children. Cafe owners who keep these contrivances in their cafes do so purely and simply in order to attract customers to their cafes; I say that if they want to attract customers they should find other ways of doing so.

Mr. BARNETT:

Will this Act come into operation immediately?

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

It will come into operation on a date to be fixed by the State President by proclamation.

Mr. CADMAN:

If you remove these contrivances the children will waste their money on cigarettes.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Well, it is for the parents then to take the necessary steps. This is a matter over which parents have no control whatsoever, and I think that we as a House have a positive duty in that connection.

We have legislation already in terms of which steps can be taken against this evil, but it has not been possible in the past to apply the existing legal provisions effectively enough to be able to cope with this evil. As things stand at present the Minister, by notice in the Government Gazette—this is not a new principle either; it is an old principle which is already contained in the old 1938 Act—may declare that any person who allows anybody else to use or to operate a specified pin-table or other contrivance, shall be deemed to be conducting a lottery. Experience has taught us, however, that the existing legal provisions, in spite of such a declaration, are easily evaded. Clause 7 now gives extended powers to the Minister. What is of particular importance is the fact that the Minister may now prohibit the keeping of all pin-tables at places specified by him. In this way it will be possible to exercise some control over owners or persons in charge of well-known gambling places where pin-tables are used for the purpose of gambling. Moreover, it will also be possible in the future to bring within the scope of the relevant prohibition all pin-tables or contrivances which are similar to or which have anything in common with pin-tables or contrivances forbidden by the Minister. Gamblers, and particularly the keepers of gambling contrivances, do everything in their power not to be caught red-handed. It is often difficult to obtain the necessary evidence against such persons, even though one has very good grounds for suspecting that gambling took place. It is absolutely essential to create the presumption, which is provided for in subclause 2, so as to be able to take effective action against those who ignore the law. The relevant provisions are more or less in line with those contained in Clause 6.

The penal provisions prescribed in Clause 8 are not excessive and unnecessary for the effective implementation of the provisions of this Bill. The granting of jurisdiction to magistrates’ courts to try offenders charged under this Act will help us to dispose of gambling cases expeditiously. As a matter of fact there are very few, if any, gambling cases which are so serious that the offenders have to be tried by a Supreme Court. If such a step is justified by the circumstances then the trial, notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 9, will take place before the Supreme Court in any event. As hon. members will observe from Clause 10, the legislative powers granted to the provinces in terms of the Financial Relations Amendment Act of 1945 in respect of the licensing of totalisators, control over horse and other racing and betting, are not affected by the provisions of this Bill. This is a task which was entrusted to the various provinces by Parliament in 1945, and I would ask hon. members please not to fall into the temptation of raking up this matter again, if they wish to attack the Bill, because in point of fact it has nothing to do with this Bill.

The laws specified in the Schedule (Clause 11) now become redundant and are therefore being repealed. The administration of the territory of South West Africa is desirous of having this Act applied to the territory as well. Section 35 (Clause 13) of the Post Office Act, 1958, which grants certain powers to the Postmaster-General in respect of postal documents relating to lotteries and indecent or obscene matter, is now being extended, with the permission of the Postmaster-General, to postal documents relating to sports pools, so as to be able to combat gambling effectively. In view of the fact that certain notices, particularly those in terms of Clause 71 have to be prepared so as to be available when the Act comes into operation, it will not be possible for this Act to come into operation on the date of its promulgation.

Those are the principles of this Bill, and I move.

Mr. HUGHES:

The hon. the Minister started his address in a jovial mood and again referred to the election, which he said was not a gamble and then he went on to tell the House that this was really a very mild Bill, something that we are not used to getting from the Minister, and he said that it was really just a consolidating measure. Sir, it is not a consolidating measure as the Minister would like us to believe. He knows very well that the clause to which we object mainly is the definition clause in Clause 1, where “game of chance” is defined—

It includes any game which the Minister may from time to time by notice in the Gazette declare to be a game of chance.

He said that in effect this provision or a similar provision was contained in old laws, including the oldest of the lot, the Act for Legalizing Art Unions, which he said he did not know about until he saw it mentioned here. I must say that I did not know about it either. He pointed out that in that old Cape Act the Governor was given the right to authorize the formation of societies for conducting lotteries in order to support the arts. Sir, I submit that that is quite different from what the hon. the Minister now proposes.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

The principle is the same.

Mr. HUGHES:

Under that Act the Governor had to approve the constitution of the club, but once he approved of the constitution and was satisfied with the object of the club and the way in which they were going to run their lotteries, they were allowed to run lotteries. The Act did not provide that the Governor had to say what form the lottery should take.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

He could cancel the licence at any time.

Mr. HUGHES:

The principle in this Bill is to put a stop to all games of chance and lotteries, but the principle of that old Act was to allow games of chance.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

But the Governor had the power to stop it.

Mr. HUGHES:

The object of that Act was just the opposite of the object in this Bill. The object was to ensure that lotteries were under some sort of control. The Minister has not been able to refer to any other old Act which defined “game of chance” as he is defining it in this Bill. I submit that if there were such an old Act which gave any Minister or any other authority power to define “game of chance” the Minister would have referred us to that particular Act.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

I said you would find it in the 1939 Act.

Mr. HUGHES:

If that is so why did the courts decide in the past what a game of chance was? In the past when anybody wanted to run a lottery or take part in a game of chance the question he had to consider was what the courts had decided were games of chance. Now the criterion will be what will the Minister of Justice decide is a game of chance; what will the Minister promulgate as being a game of chance. Sir, we are taking a chance with the Minister. The Minister may be a prude and stop any form of entertainment of that nature. On the other hand the Minister may be very broadminded. If I were the Minister I am certain I would allow more than the Minister would. For instance, the Minister tells us he is prejudiced against pin-tables. I am not going to support pin-tables but he says he detests them and that he will do all he can to stop pin-tables. He says he does not want children to waste their time and money at pin-tables. I do not quarrel with the question of pin-tables. I personally am not a supporter of pin-tables but when it was pointed out to him that they would spend their money on something else the Minister said it was for the parents to stop them. If that is the line he takes then it is up to the parents to stop the children from playing at pin-tables too. The Minister himself is now going to decide what he would like his children to do: he is going to decide what is proper and what is not, act accordingly and stop games which other members of his party may perhaps not stop.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

I say that has always been the position.

Mr. HUGHES:

But I say it has not. In the past the courts have decided …

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Have you read the Act of 1927?

Mr. HUGHES:

The Minister cannot deny the fact that the courts have in the past decided what games of chance were.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

The Governor-General has decided.

Mr. HUGHES:

The Minister says the Governor-General has decided. The old Act the Minister talks about has become abrogated by disuse.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

No, No. It was stipulated again in the 1927 Act for one and repeated in Acts thereafter.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Only in respect of Natal in 1927.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Quite. But what is good enough for Natal is good enough for the Republic.

Mr. HUGHES:

Can the Minister tell me of any Act in the Cape, except the old Act he quoted …

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

I am telling you Act No. 1 of 1927.

Mr. HUGHES:

That did not apply to the Cape.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

It applied to Natal and surely Natal is part of the Republic.

Mr. BARNETT:

Only since Wednesday.

Mr. HUGHES:

Why must a liberal province like the Cape have the laws of Natal foist upon it? It is no excuse to say it was a provision in a Natal law. If there is some provision in all these laws which he is now repealing which he wants to include in this new law, this new law which is going to apply to the whole Republic, why did he not take over a very sound provision from Ordinance 13 of 1937, as amended by Ordinance 19 of 1952 which applies to South West Africa. In terms of that South West African Ordinance lotteries can be conducted on the authority of the Administrator. It lays down under what terms. Section 3 (1) reads as follows—

  1. (1) No person shall organize or conduct a lottery in the Territory except under the authority of the Administrator in writing under the hand of the Secretary.
  2. (2) The Administrator may give the authority when satisfied (a) that a substantial portion of the proceeds will be employed for educational, charitable, athletic or other similar purposes or for the support of hospitals and religious institutions or for organic farming interests and such deserving causes as the Administrator may, in his discretion, think fit.

It goes on to lay down other conditions.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

The whole of that ordinance is being repealed.

Mr. HUGHES:

I know. Why did he only take over the restrictive provision from a Natal Ordinance? Why did he not include this provision in the South West African Ordinance in his Bill? He can’t justify this Bill by merely saying this provision applied in some other province. That does not justify him applying this measure to the whole country.

Our main objection to this Bill is this definition clause, the definition of “game of chance”. It is because of the power which is being given to the Minister that we oppose this Bill. We know people differ; people in the same political groups differ as to whether lotteries and games of chance should be allowed. Gambling should be left to the conscience of the individual just as we leave questions of religion and liquor to the conscience of the individual. I say gambling should be treated likewise. It should be treated on a non-party basis. I am positive that probably more of the members opposite support gambling and lotteries than are opposed to it.

*Mr. FAUR1E:

Where are they?

Mr. HUGHES:

Look in their pockets and you will find lottery tickets there.

The clause which deals with the question of buying lottery tickets goes far too far. Clause 2 (2) reads as follows—

Any ticket which by any word, code, figure or any sign whatsoever indicates that such ticket is a ticket in a lottery or sports pool shall, until the contrary is proved, be presumed to be a ticket in a lottery or sports pool.

The Minister knows that you get football clubs and other organisations wanting money for some particular purpose. What do they do? They issue a ticket—the Nationalist Party does it the same as our Party does it—for 2/6d marked “Donation”. It has a number on it; a prize is offered … [Interjections.] Supposing a detective comes along and says: “I know this ticket is marked ‘Donation’; but I know it is for a lottery”.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Then he must prove it.

Mr. HUGHES:

Not necessarily. It may be presumed to be a ticket in a lottery or sports pool.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

You have not read the Bill; read the clause.

Mr. HUGHES:

There have been instances where a member of the Police Force has suspected a lottery. I am not talking about the Durban case. I am talking about other cases. It happens all over the country. The policeman walks into the office where he knows they are running some pool, some lottery, and that they are collecting money under the guise of donations. He takes the funds that have been collected and the list of names. Will anybody holding such a ticket be guilty of an offence?

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

No. Read the clause.

Mr. HUGHES:

Suppose it is proved that it is a lottery then 2 (d) covers him because it says “… if he has in his possession … any ticket in a lottery or sports pool”. If he has a ticket in his possession and any police officer or detective has already satisfied himself that a lottery is being conducted he is guilty of an offence. Supposing a friend or relative sends me a lottery ticket from Rhodesia and it is found in my possession—I have not asked for it—have I then committed an offence? I submit that this clause goes far too far but we can deal with that in the Committee Stage.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

The same applies in the case of an uncut diamond.

Mr. HUGHES:

No, Sir. If I have an uncut diamond in my pocket somebody must have sneaked it in there …

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Somebody can post it to you.

Mr. HUGHES:

I shall go to the Minister and ask him to dispose of it for me. People differ, as a matter of conscience, whether or not gambling should be allowed, which is not so with dealing in uncut diamonds.

In dealing with this principle in this Bill at the second reading it does not matter whether or not you agree with gambling. I submit everybody should oppose this Bill in its present form because of the definition of “game of chance”.

Mr. S. L. MULLER:

How would you define it?

Mr. HUGHES:

I would leave it to the courts to do so as they have done in the past. But I want to give that hon. member a chance to help me to define it. I know he feels the same way as I do; he is a lawyer. I know he feels that gambling in some form should be allowed. He is a broad-minded person.

Mr. S. L. MULLER:

Do not come to conclusions.

Mr. HUGHES:

I want to give him a chance, and therefore I move—

To omit all the words after “That” and to substitute “the Order for the Second Reading of the Gambling Bill be discharged and that the subject of the Bill be referred to a Select Committee for inquiry and report, the Committee to have power to take evidence and call for papers and to have leave to bring up an amended Bill.”.

If the Minister accepts this amendment of mine and appoints a Select Committee of both sides of the House, the Select Committee will thrash out the matter and produce a measure which will satisfy those who are strictly opposed to gambling and those who are not so strictly opposed to it. There should be some provision for authority to be given by the Minister or by the Administrator, as was contained in the South West African Ordinance, to allow some form of gambling. I think institutions which run on a non-profit basis should be allowed to run lotteries in order to collect funds as was provided in that Ordinance. On the other hand the Select Committee may decide, on the evidence submitted to it, that even that should not be allowed. But I do not think it should be left to the Minister himself, or to any Minister who follows him, to decide what is a game of chance.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Tell me, have you read any of the Acts?

Mr. HUGHES:

I do not care what the Minister says, but he is taking power to apply it to the whole of the Republic; he is taking provisions from ordinances. …

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Which existed before.

Mr. HUGHES:

Some of them existed before in different provinces, but he is now applying it to the whole of the Republic. He is making everybody subject to that law.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Other members will deal with it, but it applied to the whole of the Union, as far as the Minister was concerned.

Mr. HUGHES:

Will the Minister tell me why it was left to the courts to decide? We want the law to remain as it was instead of leaving it to one man to decide what a game of chance is.

*Mr. VISSE:

The main objection of the hon. member for Transkeian Territories (Mr. Hughes) is to the definition of “game of chance”. He says that the Minister was wrong in saying that this measure merely consolidates already existing laws. I want to point out to the hon. member that when they were in power in 1939 they passed a measure to amend the Gambling Act. I refer to Act No. 5 of 1939, in which it is provided that—

The Minister of Justice, or any other Minister of State, to whom the Governor—General may have assigned the administration of this Act may, by notice in the Gazette, declare——
  1. (a) that any person who, within the Union, allows any person to use or operate, or exposes for use or operation by any person, any particular pin-table, machine or contrivance, named or described in the notice, or any pin-table, machine or contrivance of a make or type, so named or described, shall be deemed to conduct a lottery; or
  2. (b) that any particular game or scheme named or described in the notice, or any game or scheme of a type so named or described, whether it be played or conducted within the Union or elsewhere, shall be deemed to be a lottery.

This is nothing new therefore. The hon. member says that Act 28 of 1860 has been abrogated through disuse. That is not true either,, because, in terms of Act No. 1 of 1927, the powers granted to the Governor-General under the Act of 1860 were also applied to Natal. …

*Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Only to Natal.

*Mr. VISSE:

That is quite correct, but Natal is a portion of the Republic. If an Act still applies to a portion of the Republic, one cannot put forward the plea that it has been abrogated through disuse. That is what I want to prove here. The hon. member for Transkeian Territories is entirely wrong in saying that the Minister is wrong and that that Act has long ago been abrogated through disuse.

*Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

It amends a Natal Act.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Forget about the Natal Act; think of the 1939 Act.

*Mr. VISSE:

According to the hon. member Natal was not a portion of the Republic, but according to the hon. member for Boland (Mr. Barnett), it has been a portion of the Republic since last Wednesday. This Natal Ordinance was amended in 1927 in terms of this Statute, and there can be no question therefore of abrogation through disuse; the period is too short. Sir, it is unnecessary for me to take this matter any further.

As far as pin-tables are concerned, the Minister has the power to prohibit their use. This is not a new provision which is now being inserted in the Act for the first time. I fully agree with the hon. the Minister that we should wipe out these pin-tables. I had occasion last year to go and have a cup of tea in a cafe in which there were a few of these pin-tables. Students were playing there, and one of them wasted 25 cents within the space of 15 minutes. Sir, we are constantly told by hon. members on the other side that we are doing nothing to reduce the cost of living. For my part I Shall be very pleased if the hon. the Minister will outlaw these pin-tables as soon as possible, because people are wasting valuable time and money there. We have a shortage of manpower, and manpower is being wasted there.

*Mr. GORSHEL:

What does a person do when he goes to the cinema?

*Mr. VISSE:

The hon. member for Transkeian Territories also mentioned the case of a lottery ticket which may be sent to him by a friend and which is then found in his pocket; he says that he will then be guilty of an offence. That is not how I read the Act. The onus still rests on the State to prove that you bought that ticket or that you acquired it with the object of participating in a lottery. If the State makes that allegation, you can prove the contrary by producing the letter under cover of which the lottery ticket was sent to you by your friend. You can simply say that you have no intention of participating in the lottery; that you are not going to send money for the ticket. Would you then be guilty of an offence? Most certainly not. I also want to deny emphatically that the National Party sells tickets in order to collect funds. We no longer do so, Mr. Speaker. The National Party does not participate in lotteries. The hon. member for Transkeian Territories says that the National Party sells tickets to people in a guessing competition, and that the winner is then given a motor-car.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

There is no need to guess the results; we know the results.

*Mr. VISSE:

I just want to have it on record that we do not participate in lotteries.

Sir, there was a case in Pretoria recently—I do not know whether it is still sub judice— where the secretary of the Gen. Hertzog Fund was prosecuted. …

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

I do not know whether judgment has already been given.

*Mr. VISSE:

In that case I would rather not discuss it. I feel that in no circumstances can we support the amendment of the hon. member for Transkeian Territories that this measure be referred to a Select Committee. All the provisions contained in this Bill are already contained in previous laws. This is nothing but a consolidating measure. I do not see why we should waste the time of hon. members and the time of this House by referring this Bill, which is nothing but a consolidating measure, to a Select Committee. We welcome it. There is just one other thing I want to say. I wonder, Sir, whether the hon. the Minister cannot bring about a slight amendment to Clause 3. This is the clause which deals with the placing of advertisements. I have often seen the results of football and soccer matches in England published in one of our local Sunday newspapers. The newspaper gives a whole list of matches which are to be played the following Saturday. Those results are published in the newspaper for no other purpose than to enable persons in the Republic to take part in the soccer pools in England. I wonder whether it is not possible for the hon. the Minister so to amend that clause that newspapers in the Republic will be prohibited from placing such advertisements. For the rest I wholeheartedly support this Bill. I am pleased that the hon. the Minister has introduced it.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

The hon. member for Prinshof (Mr. Visse) says in the first place that it will be a waste of time to refer this Bill to a Select Committee because everything contained in this Bill is already contained in the law of the land in one place or another. But the hon. member himself demonstrated that this was not true. The hon. member dealt with two Acts, to one of which the hon. Minister had referred. He dealt with the 1939 Act in the Transvaal and the 1927 Act relating to Natal. What I want to point out to the hon. member is this: The Natal Act gives the Governor-General the power to declare what is and what is not a game of chance.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

The same as this Bill.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Yes, but the big difference is that it does not give the Governor-General the power to decide what is a lottery. This is the difference. Exactly the same objection applies in the case of the 1939 Act. It gives similar powers to the Governor-General in respect of the Transvaal Ordinance but it does not give him the power to determine what is and what is not a lottery.

Mr. VISSE:

That is in respect of the Lottery Prohibition Act.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Oh no. I am sorry it is not there. Had it been there it would have been here as well. The 1939 Act goes even further; it puts some limitation on the Governor-General’s power to do this. It says—

Provided the Minister shall not make any such declaration in respect of a totalisator; or in respect of any pin-table, machine, contrivance, game or scheme etc. unless he is satisfied that the obtaining of benefits, rewards. or prizes thereby or in connection therewith depends on some degree of chance.

That is a limitation which is placed upon the Minister.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

That limitation is not worth the paper it is written on. That is why it is not necessary to repeat it.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

That is not altogether true, Sir. If in fact something was declared to be a game of chance and you could show to a court that no reasonable man could ever have thought there was an element of chance at all then, of course, one could have that promulgation upset.

You see, Sir, this is not a consolidating Bill in the first place. The Minister has indicated the attitude he and his party officially takes to it. But I wonder whether the hon. the Minister really reflects the views of his party members. I wonder if a secret ballot were held amongst members of this House, if we would find that there were a number of people in favour of a lottery?

Mr. VON MOLTKE:

Keep on wondering.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Yes, of course, I will keep on wondering. Because the hon. member, unless it was in secret, would not vote. The Government would not give its members a chance to have a secret vote.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Your candidate in North West Rand stood for a lottery and he lost heavily.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

I want to tell the hon. the Minister that his candidate in Ixopo also stood for a State lottery and he also lost heavily. So I do not think that proves anything at all. He was not a normal member of the Nationalist Party, I must give him that; he also stood for parental choice in education and he also stood for television. The fact of the matter is that something like a secret vote will never occur. It will never occur because it just might disclose what I am saying. So long as this thing is presented by the Minister of Justice to this House, or any Minister, they will go into the kraal like a lot of sheep and bleat when the time comes. Because it is a Government measure. This is not the sort of measure to be a Government measure in my submission. It is a matter for the conscience of the people. This is a matter for the conscience of the people: it is a matter for the conscience of every member to decide. It is a matter of morality, which the Government is not the guardian of. Mr. Speaker, as the hon. member for the Transkeian Territories (Mr. Hughes) pointed out, this is not the reason why we are opposing this Bill in principle at this stage. We are opposing the Bill in principle because of the new—I wish to repeat that—the new powers that are being given to the hon. the Minister which will enable him to declare anything to be a lottery or a game of chance, whether it is a game of chance or a lottery or not. Whether it is in fact a game of chance or a lottery or not, he will have the power to say that it is.

Mr. VON MOLTKE:

What would you call bridge?

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

When I play bridge it is a game of skill. I appreciate that when the hon. member plays it, is is probably a game of chance. But I do not mind him playing bridge. As I was saying, that is the essence of our objection to this Bill. As the hon. member for Transkeian Territories pointed out, this Minister—or any Minister that may succeed him—will have the power to determine for the people what a lottery is, whether a game or scheme is a lottery or whether it is not. Under this Bill he will have the power to do so. It does not help the Minister to say that he would not declare something a lottery which is obviously not a lottery.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

The Minister will only have the power in conjunction with what goes before.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Oh no. Sir.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Of course.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

No. If the Minister’s power mentioned in the second part of paragraph 2 of clause 1 were related to the first part then in my submission there would be no need for the second part to be inserted at all. Because the Minister would then have defined what a lottery is. A lottery is defined in the Bill and it also includes “every scheme, arrangement, system, plan or device … which the Minister may from time to time by notice in the Gazette declare to be a lottery.” Now, Mr. Speaker, if this restricts the Minister’s power, then the second part of paragraph 2 of Clause 1 would be unnecessary. If the Minister is not going to declare anything to be a lottery which does not fall within this definition of a lottery, then he does not need the power. All he has to do is to state what a lottery is so that everyone will know what it is. The law will then be certain, the public will know where they stand, they will know how to conduct their affairs, how to conduct their church bazaars and their fund-raising and political activities, just as they know to-day what a lottery is.

I am constrained to say that the Minister causes one to have misgivings as to what the Government may have in mind in respect of the prohibition of things which may or may not be lotteries or which may savour of lotteries, for instance things that we do in Natal that is not done in any other province. I am referring to the Jackpot in Natal which could be construed, if one had the attitude of this hon. the Minister towards pin-tables, as a lottery.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Surely you know that that is excluded in the Act.

Mr. HUGHES:

Why does the Minister say that?

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Because of the provisions in the 1945 Act.

Mr. HUGHES:

Why is it excluded?

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Because it is a provincial matter.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Say for instance the Minister wished to declare the Jackpot competition in Natal to be a lottery, then there is nothing in this Bill to prevent him doing it. This is later legislation whereby the Minister is given a complete discretion to decide what a lottery is. The off-course tote system in operation in Natal does not function anywhere else in South Africa. Many people participate in the Jackpot competition and every week each participant pays 50c. I must confess I do it myself on every opportunity that is available to me, but without any success unfortunately! This scheme is available to the Natal public and, to be quite frank. Sir, you just write down four numbers and trust to luck. I do not regard it as a matter of skill myself. But the competition is open to the public and at the moment it is not a lottery in terms of the definition of the law. If the Minister wants to leave this matter in the hands of the provinces then he must define the law so that the provinces can work within the ambit of the law and not within the ambit of the Minister’s discretion. When we talk about consolidating our laws, then for goodness sake …

*Mr. VISSE:

Is the hon. member prepared to propose an amendment to the effect that the Natal Jackpot should be abolished?

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Of course I am not prepared to do that. The Jackpot is something that is enjoyed by the people of Natal; they like it and, as I indicated. I also like it. Whenever I am in Natal I enter for the Jackpot every Saturday. I like it. But I am not disturbing my soul thereby, nor does it undermine the morals of the people of Natal. When the hon. the Minister and hon. members talk of consolidation, what are we consolidating? On what are we putting the stamp of 1965? I refer the Minister to the schedule on page 10 of the Bill where reference is made to the Cape Act 28 of 1960—more than one hundred years ago. Now it is proposed to place the indelible stamp of this Parliament upon something which reflected the morals of 1860! For what purpose. Mr. Speaker? Who wants it? In any case, the 1860 Act was passed in order to legalize art unions and not for the prohibition of art unions. In Natal there is the Act of 1878; regarding Free State legislation, reference is made to a certain chapter of the Law Book, and I think that was probably also during the 1870’s; in the Transvaal we have legislation of the year 1889.

What is the Minister really trying to do here? This is not a consolidating measure. This is putting the stamp on something this Government does not like—in the same way as it does not like television and many other things. The stamp of prohibition is being placed on it, and that because the Government thinks that the people of South Africa are of such poor substance that they will become incurably depraved by reason of these indulgences.

The Minister has said that he is going to do his best to get rid of pin-tables, to get rid of every single one. We do not want the hon. the Minister to tell us what his intentions in this respect are. We do not want him to tell the House how strong he is going to be about it. What we do want the Minister to tell us is whether a man will know to-morrow whether he can have a pin-table or not when this Bill becomes law. That is the function of this House, that is the function of this Minister and that is the function of this Parliament. Our function is to make the laws of South Africa. The Minister had indicated that he will do his best to get rid of every pin-table. If that is his attitude and if that is the honest approach of this Government and every member here, why then does he not put a clause in the Bill saying that to have a pin-table is unlawful? Let me ask the Minister how on earth he is going to distinguish between one pin-table and another, between one that has lights and another that does not have lights. When I was a child there was a game called bagatelle. I do not know whether it is still played, but it is exactly the same thing as a pin-table. It is in fact a pin-table. One can buy it in shops, it is sold in children’s departments of shops. What is the difference between a child of seven years playing a game of bagatelle and somebody playing a pin-table where he cannot gamble? A person can gamble if he wants to, in any event. How is the hon. the Minister going to decide between what is a game of chance and what is not?

I remember that the Minister spoke about one-arm bandits. Well, I recollect a case that was heard in the Peninsula where a person was charged under laws relating to games of chance in that he had a machine which was alleged to be a game of chance, namely a one-arm bandit. It is a machine that has a lever and when one pulls it three wheels revolve and through the three little windows one watches the wheels revolve whilst trying to stop them so that a combination of three cherries or three oranges, etc. is obtained, resulting in the machine discharging varying amounts of coins, depending on what combination was obtained. The machine was an exhibit in the case, it was put up in court and the presiding magistrate left the bench to try out the machine. He pulled the lever, pressed the buttons, hit the jackpot combination, returned to the bench, ruled that the machine was not a game of chance, and acquitted the accused. This is the sort of thing that happens.

An HON. MEMBER:

That case occurred in Pretoria.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

What is the Minister’s attitude, Mr. Speaker? Does he like pin-tables or does he not like pin-tables? We are surely entitled to know. The Minister seeks to obtain the power to decide which pin-table will be a game of chance and which pin-table will not fall under that category. Now, how is the Minister going to distinguish between one pin-table and another? If the Minister does not want pin-tables, then why on earth does he not say so and put a provision in the Bill, •declaring pin-tables to be illegal? It will be much better for everyone concerned in that people will know just where they stand. Then people will not be subject to all the vagaries of the hon. the Minister, subject to his various attitudes at varying times regarding various instruments.

The question of Jackpots in Natal is something very close to the people of that province, Mr. Speaker. They enjoy taking part in the competition, and they are not happy to see the Minister assuming powers under this Bill whereby he could declare the Jackpot to be a lottery.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

And I say that that is not so.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Does the Minister agree that he does have the power in terms of paragraph 2 of Clause 1 to declare something to be a lottery which in fact has no relation whatever to our normal conception of what a lottery is?

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

I say that it does not apply to horse racing and its results at all.

An HON. MEMBER:

Why not?

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Because of the 1945 Act.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

But this is later legislation. When this Bill becomes an Act of Parliament, it will be a later Act, and if it in fact is in conflict with the 1945 Statute— and I submit that in this respect it may well be—then this Act will by implication repeal any restriction there may have been. This is a basic and fundamental principle, and the hon. the Minister as a lawyer will understand that.

Mr. VISSE:

Clause 10 of the Bill deals with restrictions.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Clause 10 does not say anything of the sort in relation to a contrivance such as the Jackpot. The Jackpot is exactly the same sort of thing as a sports pool. In a sports pool competition one has to guess which teams are going to draw. In the Jackpot one has to guess which horse will be the winner in each of the last four races. The hon. member for Prinshof referred to Clause 10, which reads as follows—

Nothing in this Act contained—
  1. (a) shall be construed as restricting the powers conferred under paragraph 7 of the First Schedule or paragraph 12 of the Second Schedule to the Financial Relations Consolidation and Amendment Act, 1945 (Act No. 38 of 1945);
  2. (b) shall apply in relation to any lottery or sports pool in respect of which no subscription is to be made.

So far as the provinces are concerned, so far as the Financial Relations Consolidation and Amendment Act is concerned, the province has the power regarding horse racing.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

And everything incidental thereto.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

No, Sir.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Of course.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

No. Let us take a specific example. Say, for instance. I ran a sweepstake similar to the Irish sweepstake. Now, what is the Irish sweepstake? It is a scheme in terms of which one could buy a ticket and certain tickets were drawn against horses that would be running in the race. The whole thing was dependent upon which horse won the race. It was in connection with a horse race. And that, Mr. Speaker, is exactly what the Jackpot is. It is a competition based on the results of horse racing and is run by the Province of Natal. Each sporting club in Natal runs the races, but the public totalisators, the accumulations, the pay-outs, etc., are run by an entirely different body.

The principle that is involved here is the principle of certainty. The Minister is a lawyer and he knows that the essence of a good law is that it must be certain. The public are entitled to know where they stand—they are entitled to know what the law is. But in the light of this Bill the hon. Minister of Justice is failing South Africa very badly in this regard. Surely, Sir, it is not impossible to define what a lottery is. Since 1860 there has been more or less a definition of a lottery, but now in 1965 that definition is apparently not worth anything any more. Why does the Minister not define the law and then leave it to the courts to decide whether there has been a contravention or not?

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Why was it not left for the courts to decide in the 1927 and 1939 legislation?

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

That legislation covered a game of chance—it has nothing to do with a lottery. Sir, the Minister now comes to this House, to this Parliament, in 1965 with a charter regarding lotteries, a charter to prohibit lotteries, to prohibit games of chance, to prohibit pin-tables, in fact to prohibit every kind of thing which might have anything to do with gambling. Why cannot the Minister in 1965 define what the law is going to be? Why are the people not entitled now to have from this Government a definition? The answer is very simple. The Government does not want a strict definition. Because it is not what it wants to-day, it is not what is acceptable to-day that the Government wants determined, but it wants to determine in the future things that might crop up—anything at all. That is why I say the Natal Jackpot is in danger in view of the provisions of this Bill, because the Government might decide a little later that in fact it does not like the people in Natal indulging in Jackpots with financial help.

The hon. member for Transkeian Territories referred also to this question of the abrogation by disuse. Now, Mr. Speaker, I wonder how many prosecutions there have been in relation to lotteries, in relation to gambling, in relation to raffles. Because that is all a raffle is: It is a lottery. I hope the hon. the Minister, in reply to this debate, will give us some idea as to how many prosecutions there have been. In relation to the number of offences that are actually committed and the number of prosecutions, I should think that the greatest disproportion exists. I do not know of one fête in this country, not one fête held in aid of a political party’s funds, that I have been to which did not have a raffle. I have only been to one Nationalist Party fête and there was a raffle there. Very few church bazaars have no raffle. But a raffle is a lottery and as such it is illegal. It is illegal in terms of existing law. The hon. the Minister knows about these lotteries. His police know of it— indeed, everyone knows of it. But the police do not bother to prosecute because it does not really matter. It does not matter at all, because it does not hurt anyone. The hon. member for Transkeian Territories has said quite rightly that in respect of these matters these laws have been abrogated by disuse.

Adultery was a crime in our law. But it was decided by our courts that it had become abrogated by disuse, and as far as this matter under discussion is concerned, it follows exactly the same pattern. For years and years there were no prosecutions for adultery.

The Minister has come here with a new charter and a new attitude. He has come here with an attitude of mind to get rid of all the pin-tables. Is he now going to apply this Bill strictly when it becomes law? I submit he is not. I do not believe for one moment that the Minister will instruct his police to enforce the law at every church bazaar, at every fête and at every function where there is a raffle, even at every football club function, because everyone who wants to raise funds for some purpose or other does so by this means. Will the hon. the Minister indicate to us whether he is really serious about the application of this Bill if it becomes law? Is he, in fact, going to insist that every fête, for instance, is now going to be checked up and that every raffle is going to be dealt with? Because, if he is not going to do that, then the hon. the Minister is not being frank with this House, and that we object to because the Government is then not saying that it dislikes this and that and, consequently, prohibits it, but adopts the attitude of wanting to decide what people should do while the law is no longer a guide. As a matter of fact, we have so far not yet heard anything from anyone why, in these circumstances, this Bill should not be referred to a Select Committee for evidence on this subject to be heard, so that a new Bill might be brought up in which all the various offences will be defined.

Mr. BARNETT:

I do not think anything will move the Minister in his attitude to this Bill. I think he is determined to put us all into moral strait-jackets. Now, gambling has, as the Minister has said, been subject to laws for many years. But whereas in certain countries the tendency is towards moving away from imposing restrictions on the personal rights of people, particularly in America, we in this country are doing just the reverse and are placing an embargo upon the liberties of people in regard to certain matters which are to-day regarded as innocent gambling.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Can you give me any instance of a new principle contained in this Bill?

Mr. BARNETT:

Mr. Speaker, I think the hon. the Minister is missing the point which some of us are trying to make. The point is that even if there is no new principle in this Bill, assuming that I accept that, we are after all amending the law and we are now, as the Minister has said, discussing a Bill which is a consolidating measure. Are we therefore not entitled to say to the Minister that even with the law as it stands to-day, having regard to usage and custom and behaviour of people, he should draw up and insert in this Bill, notwithstanding all the provisions which have existed for 100 years. … After all, we have advanced over the past 100 years. Politically we may not have advanced, but in other respects we have. In the United States of America there are certain states which will not permit gambling. But in the State of Nevada one of the most beautiful cities stands right in the heart of the desert. I am referring to the city of Las Vegas. This city arose as a result of gambling, as a result of the one-armed bandit. Everywhere in that city there are one-armed bandits. You can even spend your spare time in the toilet operating one of these machines.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Do you want the same thing in this country?

Mr. BARNETT:

No, I do not. I am merely trying to indicate that conflicting views on gambling exist in America. One finds that one state will not want to have anything to do with gambling whilst an adjoining state will permit it. I am not asking that such a situation should be allowed to exist in South Africa. All I am asking the hon. the Minister to consider is the every-day behaviour of people. The hon. member for Durban (North) (Mr. M. L. Mitchell) referred to fêtes. Well, the Community Chest Carnival is taking place today and to-morrow, and I have no doubt that certain devices of a gambling nature are being used there. What I want to know from the Minister—because I think the public will want to know from the Minister—is whether all those things will be declared illegal. I have known Christians of all denominations to play a certain game commonly known as housey-housey. One pays 10c for a card, numbers are taken out of a bottle, and if one holds the correct numbers one wins a prize. This game is an accepted form of raising money for charity. The game is called Bingo.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

I played it on a ship.

Mr. BARNETT:

I am sure the Minister enjoyed playing it.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

I never won a sixpence, and that is why I grouse!

Mr. BARNETT:

Well, I think a pool should have been rigged for the Minister! It was bad management! In any event there are certain forms of gambling which are being indulged in. In saying this I intend no reflection on the police, because they cannot possibly keep their eyes on everything, especially now that they will be employed under the Group Areas Act! Will the Minister give some indication as to whether a raffle can be used, as the hon. member for Durban (North) said, for raising funds for any charitable organization?

The Coloured people at every fête—and I have attended dozens and dozens of their fêtes—come along with a list and ask you to put your name down and guess the weight of the cake. The Minister must not get the name of being “Kill-joy Vorster”. Let the little kids at school functions have their raffles, let them carry on.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

It could have happened under the old law, and everything that happened under the old law can happen under the new law.

Mr. BARNETT:

But the hon. the Minister obviously wants to get a little tough under this Bill.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Everything that possibly could happen under the old law can still happen under the new law.

Mr. BARNETT:

Well, then, what are we arguing about? We have been friends all the time, and we did not even know it! The Minister has now done everybody a good turn.

I should now like to deal in all seriousness with the Jackpot. I do not intend opposing the Minister any longer, although I feel that this Bill is very much more stringent than existing legislation.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

In what respect? Will you give me one instance?

Mr. BARNETT:

In respect of the pin-table question. I was present in this House when the Minister of Justice at the time said the following—

I will prevent pin-tables being used where money is put in and a prize is given, but I will permit pin-tables which are used for pleasure and for joy.

And that is why there are pin-tables to-day. That happened in 1961. There is one difference already. If the Minister wants to look after the youth, and he wants to say, “You are wasting your time by gambling, by playing these machines”, he might be taking a chance with these young people and may, by his action, be pushing them into other places where they might be exposed to much worse harm. I have drawn the Minister’s attention to a difference between this Bill and the law as it is to-day.

I also want to refer to the Varsity Rag. Everybody knows that the Varsity Rag people, as part of their fund-raising efforts, sell tickets in a competition where one has to estimate certain things with sometimes a motor-car as a prize.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

A fellow in Pretoria is being prosecuted at present for doing just that.

Mr. BARNETT:

Well, I have always thought that there are a few things in Pretoria which are not right! If it happens once a year, are those people to be affected by the Bill? Or will they have to obtain a licence, a permit, for it? The Minister knows that there have been hundreds and hundreds of this sort of cases in the past to which the police have evidently turned a blind eye. But this Bill will make the police more conscious of this type of thing, and will make them follow up the innocent participation in all these little games which we have always been playing.

There are certain types of gambling which all of us should like to see prohibited. But I submit that there is only on way in which we can find out to what extent we are ad idem in this regard and that is by referring the Bill to a Select Committee. This should be regarded as a non-political measure—as the hon. member for Transkeian Territories also said. On that we can all agree and, consequently, come forth from a Select Committee with an agreed measure. I do not think the hon. the Minister will in any way lose face by agreeing to that, nor will he lose any of his powers. We might even have been able to insert what is to-day common practice for the benefit of the Coloured people. The Coloured people will fear any contravention of the law, even though they know they may not be prosecuted. It will be a brake on their innocent activities at their bazaars, and so on, and I ask the Minister please to refer this to a Select Committee so that we can come forward with an agreed Bill.

Mr. MOORE:

Mr. Speaker, we have had two debates this afternoon.

*Mr. FRONEMAN:

The Stock Exchange is not gambling.

Mr. MOORE:

I am very glad to hear that. The two subjects we have been discussing are liquor and gambling, and it has become a tradition in this House that when those subjects are discussed members have a free vote and can express their views as they wish. We know that on the subject of liquor, which is very similar to gambling, we have all agreed that people will use and abuse liquor and the only answer therefore is to have a system of legal control. We have had a debate on the production of liquor this afternoon, but there are people in the world whose principles are so strict that they will say it is wicked to produce liquor, to convert the grape into wine. There are people who believe that conscientiously, for religious reasons. There are people who say that to drink any kind of alcoholic liquor is wicked. Not only groups of people, but a whole nation once said so. The U.S.A. introduced total prohibition at one time. That means that no one in the country was allowed to produce or sell or drink liquor. People will go as far as that in dealing with liquor, and in dealing with gambling we are facing a similar situation. I introduced a motion in this House quite recently to introduce a form of investment, a thrift movement in South Africa. Hon. members, including these hon. members here, held up their hands in horror and said it was gambling. By a strange coincidence in this country at that time, was the Chairman of the British Thrift Committee, Viscount Mackintosh, who said that they had various forms of thrift in Britain; they have the national savings certificates and the Post Office savings bank and premium bonds, and their best thrift investment for the people was the premium bonds. But hon. members said it was gambling. When people buy premium bonds they receive their capital back, but not the interest; the interest is drawn for. I would like to know whether the Minister, with the powers he assumes in this Bill, will declare premium bonds illegal if a private undertaking were to start a savings movement run with premium bonds. I should like to know because you, Sir, are quite aware that that practice is at present being carried out in South Africa in the redemption of debentures. If a company says that it is floating debentures to the value of R 1,000,000 in the form of R100 debentures, then they are not always paid out at once. In some cases they pay out a certain number per annum, and they are drawn for. That is the practice in South Africa to-day. and under the Minister’s powers he can prohibit that. He can also prohibit the Minister of Defence drawing for men to go on service. It is a ballot, a lottery, and not only that, but there is a very great prize. The prize is given to the man who is not drawn. He saves twelve months of his life for employment. The boy who is drawn has to serve for twelve months, while the boy who is not drawn can go to the University or be apprenticed, or he can leave the country. That is the position in South Africa. We have accented this principle of drawing, or gambling, as they did in Biblical days. In the Biblical days they did it as well. Hon. members here said so. But what surprises me is that when we discussed premium bonds, hon. members opposite spoke about the evils of premium bonds, but to-day they do not speak about the evils of lotteries. Clause 10 deals with horseracing and the totalizator. Hon. members have not said a word about that. They do not object to that.

Mr. FAURIE:

Yes.

Mr. HUGHES:

Do you object to that?

Mr. FAURTE:

Yes.

Mr. HUGHES:

Then get up and say so.

Mr. MOORE:

In the Transvaal where all the members of the Executive Committee are Nationalists, with the exception of one, they are going to extend the use of the totalizator. That is how far we have gone in South Africa. When we look at Clause 10 (b), it says that nothing in the Act will apply in relation to any lottery or sports pool in respect of which no subscription is to be made. That is for the S.A.B.C. The S.A.B.C. announces a lottery practically every day. They say if you listen in. whoever gets the right name of a tune will receive R5. Of course about 600 people get the right name of the tune, but who gets the prize? The first one out of the hat. The people are told to wait while they are going to draw, and then Mrs. Jones living at Vuurfontein gets the prize. That is a lottery, but it is the practice to-day. I should like to help the hon. the Minister. He has been quite frank with us. I want to pay him that tribute. He said right away that the important clause in the Bill was Clause 1 (1) (a), which gives him these powers. That power depends on the Minister himself.

It is customary in this House to say that of course we have complete confidence in the Minister of the day, but we do not know who will be the Minister in the future. Well, we do not say that. We say what the hon. member for Durban (North) has said.

An HON. MEMBER:

You will never get there.

Mr. MOORE:

I wish the hon. member would keep awake instead of waking up and going to sleep intermittently. (Laughter.) My hon. friend here says he would serve the House much better if he remained asleep. We have come to this position to-day that the Minister is granted these vast powers and we think the powers can be laid down in the law. Therefore the hon. member for Transkeian Territories (Mr. Hughes) has asked that the Bill should go to a Select Committee. We have brilliant lawyers in the House.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

That is the principle involved in all laws where the Minister is given powers.

Mr. MOORE:

I say the matter should be debated in the Select Committee and have these powers laid down in the law, but not the powers we have here. I think there are certain powers the Minister should have which he has not got.

But I want to come to one or two things in common life in South Africa and I want the Minister to give his reaction. What will be his reaction to premium bonds? Would he declare premium bonds illegal? The game of “house” has been mentioned. It has been called bingo. That is the only gambling game allowed in the British Army. Crown and anchor is not allowed.

Mr. VISSE:

The court in Port Elizabeth decided that it was illegal.

Mr. MOORE:

Then why do not the police exercise their powers? People are playing bingo all over the country. Surely they will not stop people playing bingo?

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

It is not played in public anywhere in the Republic.

Mr. MOORE:

But bingo is played in public in South Africa [Interjections.] Of course in our army you could play anything, even crown and anchor. We were not as strict about it as the British Army. There is a common example, and I should like the Minister to give us an indication as to whether he will take steps if “house” is played. The courts have decided, according to the hon. member for Prinshof (Mr. Visse) that bingo is illegal. That is what we have been arguing here, namely, that the courts should decide these things and not the Minister. What does the Minister say? Will he declare it illegal if he has these powers?

Finally. I want to ask the Minister whether there is anything he can lose by referring this Bill to a Select Committee. Surely he has everything to gain and nothing to lose by doing that. His own men can advise him on the Select Committee. I think we can come to a solution, but in gambling there is only one answer: that is control, and not prohibition. You cannot stop people gambling. They will gamble as they have gambled from the beginning of time, and they will continue to gamble.

Mr. GAY:

I want to add my voice to those that have already been raised and to ask the Minister whether he will net give second thoughts to this measure and refer it to a Select Committee.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

I am sorry, but I cannot do that.

Mr. GAY:

I am sorry the Minister has decided that way, because this is a matter which, rightly or wrongly, exercises the minds of the greatest section of the community one way or the other, either for or against. I am not speaking from the legal point of view.

I'm talking from the angle of the ordinary man in the street. The general attitude I find in regard to lotteries is the same as in regard to so many other things. Whilst you find a number of people—in this case I think a smaller number—who are very much opposed to any form of gambling or lotteries, you have a very large percentage of people who, provided there is control so that it cannot get out of hand, and provided also that it is in the cause of some well defined charity, are in favour of that type of sport. The Minister has omitted from this Bill the question of control over gambling on horse-racing on or off the course. Sir, let us face the hard facts: There are as many people in this country who are just as bitterly opposed to gambling on horse-racing as there are other people opposed to the buying of lottery tickets. In fact, there is a wide feeling in this country that much more damage is done to the pocket of the individual by gambling on horse-racing where the amount of the bet is completely unlimited, than by buying lottery tickets. Just think of the money which is spent on the so-called Jackpots, Quinellas. and other things for which fancy names have been coined in connection with horse-racing. Betting on horse-racing bears no relation to skill, except perhaps in the case of those few people who follow horse-racing very closely. The vast masses of race-goers, however, do not employ skill in selecting their horses. We know that large amounts of money are staked on these jackpots by individuals and syndicates, particularly when the jackpot has not been won for two or three weeks. One only has to go down to the race-course to see what vast amounts are staked on jackpots. You see people walking up to the ticket office with a handbag full of notes, to lay bets for a syndicate of people who are probably staking half their weekly wages. The betting is so heavy that extra ticket offices have to be brought in to cope with the betting. Vide Press reports it sometimes takes the ticket seller 20 minutes to issue tickets to one man who comes there with a handful of fivers. There is no control over that. A man may lose the whole of his month’s wages; his family and children may starve for the rest of the month unless he is one of the very few lucky ones. This Bill provides for the control of gambling by degree, the degree to which the Minister of Justice for the time being thinks it is necessary to control it. Sir, I am not advocating interference with gambling on the race-course. I do not indulge in betting myself, but if other people want to do it is a matter for their own conscience, their own taste, but if we have to apply control to one form of gambling, then I say that if the Government is completely honest and completely satisfied as to its own intentions in regard to gambling, the thing to do would be to refer this Bill to a Select Committee to consider gambling as a whole, not a particular portion of it which is now being placed under control as a result of pressure from certain institutions and certain organizations. So much pressure has been exerted upon the Government in this regard that it felt that it had to take some action; that is what it boils down to. Sir, lotteries are used, not in our own country but all over the world, in order to raise funds for needy charities, funds which we in this country raise by means of street collections but in other countries they are raised by means of premium bonds and state-controlled lotteries. These are all different forms of gambling. but the money is raised in that way because the public prefer it that way and they are quite prepared to pay their ten shillings for a ticket in the knowledge that some portion of it at least will ultimately find its way to some deserving charity. Well, if that is the desire of the masses of the public—and I believe it is—then why should we as a Parliament set out to thwart that desire of the public, or at any rate the desire and the wish of a very large percentage of the public to take their chance with a bet …

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

I have told you that I am just re-stating the law as it is at the moment.

Mr. GAY:

The Minister has made the point several times that he is simply re-stating the law as it is at present. Well, if it is necessary to restate the law as it is at present, or rather if it is necessary to re-state a portion of the law as it is at present, because there are some reasons for bringing it up to date so that it can be applied more effectively, then surely the thing to do is to examine the whole of the law applying to gambling and betting and to re-state it in the form of a new and up-to-date piece of legislation which covers the whole field, after the matter has been properly investigated. What we have before us, however, is piecemeal legislation. We are being presented here with piecemeal legislation because there has been an outcry in certain quarters against lotteries. Sir, this is not the way to pass legislation.

I want to come back to the various forms of lottery which the hon. the Minister, or whoever the Minister may be for the time being, will have to consider with a view to deciding whether they constitute gambling or not. Reference has been made here to tombola, as it is properly called, or housey-housey as it is known in the army. Tombola is played extensively right throughout the country to-day and that fact is well known to the police. It is played extensively purely for the purpose or raising funds at house parties and in halls where so-called clubs meet to have an evening’s sport and entertainment, and a very large proportion of the takings is devoted so some form of charity or other. This game has won approval by popular adoption right throughout the country. This is one of the easiest forms of gambling although to me it is one of its most boring forms. Sir, who are we to ban it if the public want it? But the hon. the Minister. or whoever takes his place, will have to decide whether or not this game should be allowed. If an attempt is made to control every form of gambling, I can assure the Minister that with the various forms in which this type of sport—if you can call it sport—is carried on to-day, it is going to mean quite a lot of additional work for whoever has to decide what is, and what is not gambling. Take 90 per cent of the radio competitions that we have now-a-days. Are they anything other than gambling? The qualifying questions which participants are asked are so fantastically easy, and they are prompted so well as to what the answers are, that most of these competitions are camouflaged forms of gambling in order to bring them within the scope of the law. Take Pic-a-Box, for example, and all the other similar competitions on Springbok Radio which have swept throughout the country and which are accepted by 90 per cent of the people as part of their day to day entertainment. Are they going to be condemned as lotteries? Because they may all fall within the ambit of this law. I do not believe that they should fall within its ambit. Sir. there is a vast difference between out-and-out gambling where a man ruins his home, his home life and his family, and the buying of one or two lottery tickets. One may find syndicates buying quite a lot of tickets, but the individual, generally speaking, limits his purchase to one or two tickets. I as an individual have an open mind in this matter. To me personally it does not matter whether lotteries are banned or whether they are allowed to carry on. The buying of lottery tickets, however, has come to be accepted as part of the life of the people of this country. Sir, the Minister says that he is merely bringing the law up-to-date, that he is consolidating the existing laws. But when we consolidate laws, some of which go back as far as 1860, surely it is time also to examine the whole law and to see whether some changes are not warranted in view of the fact that times have changed and that the outlook of people has changed over these years. In this Bill what was good enough in 1860, when the first Act was passed in the Cape to deal with this matter, and what was good enough subsequently when the other laws which we are about to repeal were passed, is good enough for to-day. But the whole pattern of life has changed. There are some of us who may believe that that change has not been for the better, but the fact remains that the pattern has changed. Surely if we are going to legislate to bring all these gambling laws up to date, it is also imperative that we should try to bring them into line with present-day thinking in this country. The hon. the Minister has pointed out that the passing of this measure will not affect bridge games played by old gentlemen for low stakes or rummy games played by old ladies, but here again it is going to be difficult to draw a distinction between what is gambling, or a game played for entertainment at a house party, and an organized game to raise funds, where a club invites its 50 or 60 members to pay half-a-crown and to come along to a particular drive to raise funds for the club or for this, that or the other party. For that reason, too, I believe that this Bill should be referred to a Select Committee. Although the hon. the Minister has said that he is not prepared to do so, I would ask him to think it over again and to consider whether, if he refers the Bill to a Select Committee, we are not more likely in the long run to devise a better piece of legislation, something more workable, something that the country will accept more gracefully than this measure, because the general feeling undoubtedly is that we are legislating here against certain forms of gambling in this country and excluding others. That we have not got the courage of our convictions to legislate against something which is bringing a lot of revenue to the State, directly or indirectly. Sir, horse-racing was originally promoted with a view to improving the breed of horses. Well, that is one of the finest objects that I can think of, and magnificent work has been done in this respect. We might say that motor-car racing is in the same category; that motor-car racing was first introduced to improve the build and the design of motor-cars and to increase their power.

The horse is moving out of the picture and its place is being taken by the motor-car. There has been a change in the whole outlook of the world as a result of scientific and other advances, and people want some outlet or other for their gambling instincts. Sir, I would comment to the Minister that he gives this matter very serious thought—second or third thought if necessary. There is no disgrace in anybody having second thoughts on a matter of this kind. I would therefore ask the Minister to re-consider whether he is not prepared to accept the proposal put forward by the hon. member for Transkeian Territories (Mr. Hughes) to refer this Bill to a Select Committee so that he can come forward at a later stage with a piece of considered legislation which we can perhaps all support.

*Mr. S. L. MULLER:

One can appreciate the Opposition’s difficulty as far as this legislation is concerned, but it is not merely a question of whether the legislation should remain as it was in the past. There is a fundamental difference of opinion on the question as to whether or not lotteries should be allowed. This fundamental difference was clearly noticeable on the various occasions on which motions were introduced in this regard. We already have legislation in this country which makes the necessary provision in regard to lotteries, legislation which, for all practical purposes, is embodied in this proposed legislation. Hon. members on that side want to make use of this opportunity to change the existing legislation as it suits them. If there are lotteries in a country it not only affects the individuals in that country; it affects the character of the entire nation. That is why this is a very important matter. The hon. member for Simonstown made the allegation here that we are putting legislation through this House piecemeal, but if the hon. member looks at pages 10 and 11, he will see that what is contemplated here is the very opposite. The fact of the matter is that, far from introducing legislation piecemeal, we are consolidating the existing legislation so that we shall have one Act dealing with lotteries and games of chance.

The hon. member for Transkeian Territories (Mr. Hughes) said that their main objection was to the definition of “game of chance”, and on that ground they asked that this Bill be referred to a Select Committee. He also objected to the definition of “lottery”, but if I understood him correctly, his main objection was to the definition of “game of chance”. This subject is one that requires detailed discussion, and in view of the time I move—

That the debate be now adjourned.

Agreed to.

The House adjourned at 6 p.m.

MONDAY, 29 MARCH 1965 Mr. SPEAKER took the Chair at 2.20 p.m. EASTER RECESS The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

I move as an unopposed motion—

That the House at its rising on Friday, 9 April, adjourn until Tuesday, 20 April, at 2.15 p.m.

Agreed to.

ESTIMATES OF EXPENDITURE FROM CONSOLIDATED REVENUE FUND

First Order read: Resumption of debate on motion for House to go into Committee of Supply and into Committee of Ways and Means (on taxation proposals).

[Debate on motion by the Minister of Finance, adjourned on 24 March, resumed].

Mr. WATERSON:

I said last Wednesday that we found no fault with the hon. the Minister’s statement of his aims to keep the economy moving at a reasonable pace and to attempt to help prevent inflation, to curb rising prices and to keep the cost of living down. Of course, incidentally, where the hon. Minister has followed the advice of this side of the House, we naturally, approve of it— in matters such as relief to pensioners, the relaxation of the means test, dealing with the question of income-tax in respect of married working women and altering the system of provisional taxpayers’ payments, and the principle of keeping a brake on government expenditure, and realizing that the growth rate must unavoidably slow down. All these things have been urged by this side of the House, some of them for years, and now in principle, at any rate, if not in practice, to any marked degree, they are accepted by the hon. the Minister and therefore by that side of the House as well.

The only pity, of course, is that the hon. Minister has not taken our advice much oftener and much sooner. We also agree with him in the survey that he made of the economic position of the country and of the outline he gave of the problems which he states. After his survey, his conclusion was that the economic upswing which started three years ago continues unabated. And of course now he has got to abate it somewhat. And the hon. Minister sets out in his proposals which we are now considering to, in his own words, contain the growth of the total monetary demand, and he said that “fundamental remedies were required to penetrate to the root of the trouble”. The troubles he enumerated were threefold: First of all, cost inflation, which, he said, was due to bottlenecks, of which the principal one was labour shortage, and secondly, demand inflation, which was caused by monetary demand being met by easy credit, both for investment and consumption purposes, and thirdly, the decline in the foreign exchange reserves which, as he pointed out, during the last two months have fallen by some R44,000,000, as compared with R89,000,000 during the whole of last year, and an increase the previous year of R87,000,000. Those were the roots of the trouble for which the hon. the Minister set out to find fundamental remedies. Of course they are all intertwined. One cannot really discuss one individually without coming up against the other. This afternoon we have got to look to see to what extent these problems are being tackled through the proposals which are before us, to what extent precept and practice march together, and what fundamental remedies the hon. the Minister has prescribed.

The hon. the Minister seems to suffer from a slight lack of memory. He forgets that he is not a doctor this year, and that he is a tailor. But he set out to prescribe the fundamental remedies. Sir, these problems that he has got are, as I have said, in the first place, cost inflation, which I think, by common consent, is the most important one, and in that respect the most serious facet is the shortage in manpower. Now I want to know where in his Budget are there any serious positive steps taken for tackling the labour shortage in this country. I cannot find any reference to it at all. One may well ask: Does the enormous government spending programme help in any way to lessen the manpower shortage? I am inclined to think that on the contrary it tends to increase it. As far as the second problem is concerned, demand inflation, strong steps have already been taken by the Reserve Bank to deal with that, and again one asks how does this Budget help to reinforce the steps which have been taken by the Reserve Bank already. One has to remember, Sir, that the squeeze which the Reserve Bank has initiated, the results of which have not yet become fully apparent, is going to restrict the amount of money available in the money market, and one also has to observe from the hon. Minister’s proposals that the Government itself is going to make heavy demands on the money market during the coming year. The Minister will have to reconvert some R188,000,000 Loan Funds and in addition to that he hopes to raise R70,000,000 of new money for government loans.

It may well be that the restrictions which the Reserve Bank has placed on credit will have the effect that some people will find it very difficult to convert the whole of their government holdings during this year, and the Minister, I think, is quite right in saying that he may find difficulty in getting that amount. But nevertheless the Government itself is going to make heavy demands on the money market, which is by no means going to lessen demand inflation, which the hon. the Minister talks about. Because, Sir, if you take money from the private sector and transfer it to the public sector, it does not really alter the threat of inflation, because the money is spent all the same. In fact very often in the private sector it is spent more economically than it is in the public sector. So the Minister, I think, cannot say that those demands of the Government are going to reduce demand inflation. The third problem, the balance of payments problem, was not touched on at all by the hon. the Minister, except to say that it might become serious. He gave no indication of the prospects of the decline ceasing, and he gave no indication of any plans he might have for stopping that decline, or restoring the increase which was taking place at the end of 1963. Of course, there is the one obvious step of import control, at which I think the hon. Minister hinted.

We imported last year some R 1,589,000,000 worth of goods, over half of which consisted of machinery, plants, transport equipment, and that did not leave so much for consumer goods, and of course if you tighten up on import control, you increase the demand for locally made goods and you tend to increase their price, and in addition, which was most noticeable last year, the increase in prices which takes place is much larger in locally made goods than in imported goods. That was shown last year, and therefore any substantial increase in import control must have a further inflationary effect. Of course one positive step which comes to the eye would be to increase our exports in this balance of payments question, and it looks to-day, owing to climatic conditions, as if our fruit, our maize, our wool, our sugar may all show decreases in monetary value as far as export value this year is concerned. Therefore the only increase we can look for would be either in respect of base metals or minerals or manufactured goods. I wonder whether the hon. the Minister has had discussions with his colleague, the Minister of Economic Affairs, as to whether there was nothing by way of fiscal proposals that he could make to further stimulate and encourage the export of manufactured goods. If he did discuss it, is it possible that the hon. Minister of Economic Affairs had no suggestions to make? Or has the Minister of Finance found that his suggestions were quite impracticable? What happened?

Because the actual fact is that whilst the hon. the Minister is worried about the balance of payments position, he has completely ignored this question of exports in his Budget speech. The hon. the Minister said that one remedy was to encourage savings, and he gave us his slogan “save for prosperity”. One looks back about three years when his honourable colleague, the Minister of Economic Affairs, told us “spend for prosperity”. Now we have the Minister of Finance saying with equal emphasis “save for prosperity”. Is it any wonder, Sir, that the public is getting a little confused at this steady stream of contradictory slogans from the Government benches? May I ask whether all this was planned in advance? The hon. Minister has told us repeatedly that all these economic developments of the last few years had all been carefully planned.

Everything these days is going according to plan. Was it planned that three years ago the hon. Minister of Economic Affairs issued the clarion call to spend and that the hon. Minister of Finance now should come forward and issue the clarion call to save? Was that planned three years ago? Was it a carefully organized scheme to lead the country up and down the garden path, or what? But the Minister went further than giving this slogan. He pledged his Government to set a good example in saving, and he called on the provinces and local authorities to help him in a measure of austerity. Just let us look at the Government’s example to see what inspiration we can get to follow this call for saving for prosperity. The Government’s current expenditure according to the printed Estimates is for R 1,121,000,000 this year, an increase of R74,000,000 on the previous year, or an increase of 7 per cent. I remember how last year the hon. the Minister observed in this House that he thought a 2 per cent increase annually in Government expenditure could be regarded as normal. This year he says that 7 per cent is reasonable. What makes three-and-a-half times as much as normal reasonable is a matter which the hon. the Minister himself perhaps can explain.

As far as Loan Funds are concerned, the printed Estimates ask for R446,000,000, that is an increase of 12 per cent. As far as staff is concerned, last year there were 174,500 people in the Public Service and this year we are budgeting for 184,000 in the Public Service, an increase of some 10,000, an increase of 7,000 Whites as compared with an increase of 4,000 Whites in the previous year. Does that look like economizing? An increase of R74,000,000 in ordinary expenditure, an increase of 12 per cent in loan expenditure, an increase of 10,000 in the Public Service! Would you really call that an inspiring example to the country to save and economize in every possible direction? I won’t embarrass the hon. Minister by expecting an answer to that very simple question, because there can be only one answer that any person can give. But looking at these figures and looking at what the Minister has to say, and his complete failure to offer any fundamental remedies, or any positive constructive ideas as to how he is going to tackle these root problems, one is led to say that this Budget shows no sign whatsoever of a planned approach to the root troubles which are worrying the Minister, and they offer no fundamental remedies whatever, and they are purely defensive and negative in their guidance. I think that that becomes apparent when you come to look at the actual financial proposals of the hon. the Minister.

Current expenditure, according to the Estimates, will be R 1,121,000,000. To that has to be added the increased expenditure on pensions, and one has to make allowance for all the alterations contained in these proposals, minor alterations, and then you come to total current expenditure of R 1,139,000,000 for the current year.

As far as revenue is concerned, on the present basis of taxation, it is estimated that the revenue would be R 1,146,000,000. Again making allowances for the various proposals in the Budget, some up and some down, it works out that the net revenue which the hon. the Minister expects, on the basis of the present taxation, is R 1,149,000,000. That means that on the present basis of the expected revenue, and the present taxation, and current expenditure for which the Minister is asking authority, he expects to have a surplus in the coming year of R 14,000,000. Well. Mr. Speaker, one might think that after three years of this much vaunted prosperity, after a surplus of R120,000,000 in the previous year and R110,000,000 this year so far, and R14,000,000 already in the kitty for the coming year, one would have thought that the taxpayer, somewhat timidly perhaps, knowing this Government, might have hoped for some kind of relief. Because after all: Who has brought about this economic development? Who has brought about this expansion? Whom have we got to thank for this prosperity? Sir, we have to thank the workers of this country, not the Government, but the workers and the taxpayers of this country, who by their sweat and their keenness and initiative have brought about the fact that the finances of this country have done so well in the past three years, and one might have thought that these people, the whole of the people, could have expected some small token of recognition for their contribution to what the hon. the Minister of Finance regards as a highly satisfactory state of affairs, but not a bit of it, nothing of the sort. Far from it. As you will see, Mr. Speaker, if you look at the hon. Minister’s loan figures! The hon. Minister’s Loan Account figures are the most remarkable piece of bucket-scraping that I have ever seen in any Budget. He fixes the Government Departments’ requirements at R446,000,000, an increase of 12 per cent. Allowing for certain other minor increases, which he detailed in his speech, the amount is brought up to R457,000,000. On top of that he has to redeem in the course of the year R188,000,000 of maturing loans, and he expects to have a short-fall on this year’s Loan Account of some R 19,000,000. That brings the whole total of this Loan Account, for which he has got to provide in the present Estimates, to the colossal total of R665,000,000. It is more than half the total revenue of the country, considerably more than half, and it is far away the biggest amount that has ever appeared on the Estimates of the Republic, or the Union before it, in any one year.

How is the Minister going to get the money? The hon. the Minister proposes to obtain R481,000,000 by what one might call normal methods. That includes the conversions, to which I have referred, foreign loans, public debt commissioners, and so on. But after having done all that, the Minister has still got to raise R 183,000,000 more. How does he set about it? He takes the whole of this year’s surplus of R 110,000,000. He thinks that Government Departments may underspend by R 10,000,000. It is rather interesting to see that whereas the hon. the Minister agreed to a sum of R446,000,000 for the Government Departments (and presumably the Cabinet approved of it), they were printed at the beginning of the year, no sooner was the green light given by the hon. the Minister, when his colleague, the Minister of Public Works, stepped in and put his foot down and said: Certainly not! In the middle of February he announced that he had already as the building controller cut down State spending by R3,000,000, and a few days ago he told us that that figure has now reached R7,000,000.

The MINISTER OF FINANCE:

Over how many years?

Mr. WATERSON:

He is holding up projects, which have been agreed to. I do not say that the whole of the R7,000,000 will be underspent this year.

The MINISTER OF FINANCE:

You have still got it wrong.

Mr. WATERSON:

Well, the point is this that it is quite clear that the building controller, the hon. the Minister of Public Works, quite rightly, in view of the present position, is pruning the public sector of the Public Works Department. But one would have thought, Sir, seeing what is happening, that that would have been done before the Estimates were printed and before the Minister came along with this enormous sum. One wonders just how this planning business is going. It seems to me that there are so many people planning in the Cabinet that it is the old story: When father says “turn”, we all turn and we are all right. But they don’t seem to have learned that in the Cabinet. When father says “turn”, they all seem to turn in opposite directions.

Then the hon. the Minister takes R20,000,000 from the Tax Reserve Account. You will remember, Sir, that last year, out of the surplus, he tucked away a nest-egg for the taxpayer —he said that he was the trustee of the taxpayer. R20,000,000 were tucked away for the rainy day, and he now says that he is entitled to borrow that money from the taxpayer to include it in his Loan Estimates. It seems to me a bit of a euphemism that the Government is borrowing from the Government, and the only way that the Government can repay the taxpayer, whose trustee the Government is, is to tax the taxpayer to repay the R20,000,000 which the Government owes the taxpayer. It is a most complicated business, and in effect it simply means that the taxpayer can kiss his little next-egg of R20,000,000 good-bye, only a year after it has been put away. Of course, we did at the time call this R20,000,000 reserve account the election reserve account, and the events may prove that we were right.

Then the hon. the Minister imposes two fresh taxes, a savings levy of R 13,300,000, and here he has struck a new blow at the taxpayer by refusing to undertake to repay the loan at any particular date. I call that a blow below the belt. Previously savings levies have always been payable on due date and the taxpayer has always known when he might expect it, and I think they were negotiable at one time. But now this is an undated, indefinite loan at 5 per cent on companies and about one-third of the taxpayers, I think the hon. Minister said, which may or may not be paid back as the Minister feels inclined, and they are non-negotiable. Then he increases the companies’ tax to get another R16,000,000, and then he has this surplus of R14,000,000, to which I have already referred, and that gives him the amount he wants for the Loan Account. Mr. Speaker, you can see what this all means. It means that in order to finance his Loan Account, the hon. the Minister has not only taken R20,000,000 from the surplus of the year before last, but he has taken the whole of this year’s surplus of R110,000,000, and if you add the extra taxes he is putting on, he is taking R43,000,000 out of ordinary revenue this year which normally would be regarded as surplus for the coming year. So he is not taking one year’s surplus to finance his Loan Account, but he is taking the whole of this year, part of the previous year and a good slice of the next year as well. It is a most unheard of thing. That is why I say that he is scraping the bottom of the bucket to finance his Loan Account, and one can only say that the hon. the Minister has approached this Loan Account question in quite the wrong way. He told us that departments had put in an inflated demand for R540,000,000 and that he had managed to cut it down to R446,000,000. What would he have done if they had put in a demand for R700,000,000? Would he then have cut it down to R500,000,000 and said, “Look how well I have done”? Surely the hon. the Minister should have calculated what he could reasonably afford for Loan Account and he should then have told the Departments that so much is available and that they must just adjust their estimates to that amount. But apparently he did not do that, and as a result he has to find an amount which is out of all proportion, I think, to the reasonable ability of the country to find money at the present time and under the present circumstances. Now you see, that in spite of R 14,000,000 surplus to start with for the coming year, the taxpayer has got to find another R29,300,000 in order to bolster up the Loan Account on top of these surpluses that the Minister has already taken. What kind of long-term planning is this? What kind of planning at all? We hear so much about planning these days. We even have a Minister of Planning. I do not know how much he knows about planning or about this Budget. What kind of long-term planning is this? If this is planning at all, Sir, I am a true blue “Broederbonder”. It is not planning. It is fumbling. What is the hon. Minister going to do about financing his Loan Account next year? With all this multitude of planners, with a Minister of Planning, if they are doing any planning at all, surely they are planning for next near as well. How is he going to finance his Loan Account next year when he has already raided all the surpluses which were available this year? I am quite certain that it will be regarded as unpatriotic, almost as sabotage to ask such a simple question, and I think it is certain that I will get no reply, because I am sure that the hon. Minister has not got the faintest idea what is going to happen in respect of the Loan Account in 12 months’ time.

The MINISTER OF FINANCE:

I will tell you next year if you are still here.

Mr. WATERSON:

If neither of us are here, we will be able to compare notes outside the House.

Last, and I am afraid least in the eyes of the Government: How do the taxpayers benefit by this Budget? Do not forget that it is not only a question of the income-tax payers who pay direct taxes, but there are hundreds of millions of rand paid in indirect taxation and every person in the country has to contribute. How do they benefit by this Budget? The hon. the Minister had something to say about the agricultural industry. He told us that there were large sums available and he hoped and prayed that things would improve for them, and that the Government would assist with all the money that was required. But, Sir, far more than money is going to be required to help the agricultural industry to get on its feet again, and having got there, to stay there. This disaster which has overtaken such large sections of the agricultural industry has of course not been felt in the towns yet, but it will be. The cost of living is bound to be affected by the shortage of foodstuffs, and, of course, the Minister’s credit squeeze is certainly going to make things worse for the agricultural industry, because the commercial banks are having to clamp down on credit facilities. Therefore it is not sufficient for the Minister simply to express sympathy for the farmer and to say that vast sums of money will be made available to assist them. I think the House has the right to expect a very full and complete statement from the Government during the course of this debate as to how they will cope with this disaster which has overtaken agriculture and how they propose to set the industry on its feet again. [Interjection.] Is there anybody opposite who disagrees with me? The hon. member for Cradock always reminds me of the nursery rhyme, “Baa Baa, white sheep, you have not any wool”.

What about the average citizen? He is told that his wages will be held down and the cost of living is increasing. What is there in this Budget to help him to meet the difficult situation in which he finds himself? As far as the average citizen is concerned, this Budget might well be called the budget of the forgotten man. What about the pensioners? We have heard about the relaxation of the means test and the increased assets a pensioner may have, and that is all to the good, but what about the poorest type of pensioner, the many hundreds and thousands of them, who have nothing but the old age pension to live on and who have no assets? This Budget offers them an extra R1 a month. Can one feel that that is very generous, having regard to the present state of the country’s affairs?

Mr. B. COETZEE:

You are talking utter tripe.

Mr. WATERSON:

I have no doubt that the hon. member for Vereeniging (Mr. B. Coetzee) will say it is too generous We all remember how he opposed any relaxation at all to the old-age pensioner last year. In view of all these facts, I should like to move the following amendment—

To omit all the words after “That” and to substitute “this House declines to go into Committee of Supply and into Committee of Ways and Means until the Government undertakes, inter alia, to—
  1. (a) indicate specifically what practical steps it intends taking to rescue the agricultural industry from its present desperate plight and to re-establish it on a sound basis for the future;
  2. (b) ensure that the average citizen is able to meet the increased cost of living and to obtain his rightful share of the benefits of an expanding economy;
  3. (c) give more adequate assistance to the neediest class of pensioners; and
  4. (d) take more active steps generally to ensure the continued growth of the economy of the Republic as an undivided and integral whole.”

The Minister this year called himself a tailor. I think of all his disguises this is probably the most inappropriate of the lot. The old proverb says you cut your cloth according to your pocket, but the Minister forgets that it is the customer who decides what he wants to pay for his suit, and in this case the Minister as the tailor tries with one hand to make the suit, whether the customer likes it or not, whilst with the other hand he drags the money out of the customer’s pocket. It is a wonderful racket and I hope it will not be followed by the tailoring profession as a whole. Sir, this Budget simply confirms what we have believed for a very long time. The sooner the customer changes his tailor, the better it will be for him and for the country as a whole.

*Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

Mr. Speaker, before I come to the hon. member for Constantia (Mr. Waterson), I want to congratulate the hon. the Minister very heartily on the White Paper which he gave us together with the Estimates. This document contains very valuable information which is presented in an excellent way. If the hon. member for Constantia had only devoted a little more study to this document, he would have spoken less nonsense here this afternoon.

Sir, we are dealing here with a Budget which testifies to realism and to the Government’s policy throughout the years to provide the necessary flexibility in the Budget to meet the circumstances of the time. The hon. member concluded his speech by talking about a suit of clothes. I want to tell the Minister that I think this Budget is a fine tailor-made suit for South Africa. But a suit tailored by the hon. member for Constantia would be more or less like a suit which is made for him but worn by the hon. member for Point (Mr. Raw). Judging by what he said here this afternoon, judging by the sort of Budget he would have introduced if he had had the fortune to be Minister of Finance, I would say that his Budget would have been like a tailor-made suit, the trousers of which one has to wear over one’s shoulders and the jacket of which one has to wear over one’s legs, a suit of clothes with zips, whereas we know that our farmers still believe in wearing buttons because a zip is an extremely dangerous thing to wear. Sir, I am afraid the hon. member has not been successful here to-day, and do you know why? He did not have enough to mourn over. As far as finance is concerned, he had nothing to mourn over and that is why he was unable to talk about finance. There are certain things, however, over which he might well have mourned, but about those things he had to remain silent. I think the hon. member had a better opportunity here to-day for mourning than he has ever had before in the past, but he allowed the opportunity to slip, and if one once allows an opportunity to slip that opportunity never presents itself again. I want to ask the hon. member whether he has ever heard of Pretoria (Rissik)? Has he ever heard of Pietermaritzburg (North), of Umhlatuzana and of Umlazi and Zululand? Has he ever heard of Jeppes and Port Elizabeth (Central), and of Ladysmith in Natal, alias Drakensberg? Has he ever heard of Germiston (District) and Springs and Cape Town (Gardens)?

*An HON. MEMBER:

And Queenstown.

*Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

As far as Queenstown is concerned, we already have a Nationalist representative in this House. I am only mentioning the constituencies which are not yet represented in this House by Nationalists. I wonder, Sir, whether one should not call upon the members representing the constituencies I have mentioned to stand up so that we can see which members are serving their compulsory notice? After all, here we have a matter in regard to which the hon. member did have cause for complaint and in regard to which he could have treated us to a jeremiad which would have put the late Jeremiah himself to shame.

But let us look for a moment at the hon. member’s speech and his amendment. In the last point which he makes in his amendment he says, “generally to take more active steps to ensure the continued growth of the economy of the Republic as an undivided and integral whole”. But according to the hon. member we have never had any growth in our economy! How are we to interpret his new attitude? After all, his attitude is that there can be no growth under this Government. This point which the hon. member makes in his amendment and in his speech entirely refutes and condemns everything that he has said in this House in the past. He says that the Minister should have planned better, but, Sir, there has been good planning by the Minister and by the whole of the Government and that is why we are having this wave of prosperity to-day. The hon. member has never believed before that there is economic growth taking place in this country, but to-day he talks about “ensuring the continued growth”. In other words, he now admits that there is growth. In the past the hon. member has always wanted us to do the opposite; he has always prophesied depressions and retrogression. But according to what he said here today, he is now saying in effect, “Do not take any notice of what I say because what I say is diametrically opposed to what actually happens”. Sir, I want to prove that statement. A short while ago, in June, 1961, the hon. member moved an amendment in this House on the Appropriation Bill, an amendment in which he said, “the House declines to pass the second reading because the Government (a) is responsible for the alarming decline in the country’s economy and (b) is making it impossible to restore the expansion and rate of advance”. He went on to say in the course of the same speech, “There is talk of a possible depreciation of our currency, of devaluation”. He said that the Minister denied it, of course, but that when one looked at denials made by the Minister in the past, “the Minister will permit us to say that we doubt what value can be attached to his statement”. In March 1962 he again made certain prophecies; he said, “I see nothing to encourage economic progress and to restore confidence. On the other hand I do see things which are checking economic development”. He did not use the word “delay”; he used the word “check”. He said that the Government’s statement that we were making the greatest possible headway within the framework of general Government policy was a contradiction in terms; that experience over the past five years had proved that no general progress was either probable or even possible within the framework of general Government policy. Well, what does that mean? It means that the hon. member was asking the Government not to plan for prosperity but to plan for adversity and retrogression, for depression; not to bring in immigrants because we had so much work here for them but to plan for immigration because we had unemployment and economic chaos in this country. To-day the hon. member finds that he has to fulfill a new role, but he has had very little success in playing this new role.

The hon. member for Constantia also made a further point in his amendment. In paragraph (c) he talks about giving “more adequate assistance to the neediest class of pensioners”. Sir, this Budget gives where it can give; it gives where the need is greatest; it checks the threatening inflation, and therein lies the value of this Budget. In the first place the hon. member says that too little is being given to working wives; he says that the concession given to them is too small. I do not know what the figure is, but I think there are many thousands of married couples who are going to derive great benefit from this Budget. The hon. member said in his statement to the Press that this concession was disappointing and would not adequately meet the grievance. What sort of concession did he want? Does he think that the ceiling of R8,000 is too low? If I had to put forward any criticism in this regard it would be that the Minister made the ceiling too high. I think a ceiling of R5,000 or R6,000 would be high enough for this concession because people with an income of R8,000 fall well and truly in the old super-tax bracket.

The hon. member then dealt with old-age and other civil and military pensions. In this regard the Government is doing a very fine thing; I think there are hundreds of thousands of people who will benefit by this Budget. Not only does the Budget benefit those who are already drawing pensions in that they are all being given something additional, but the people about whom we complained most in the past are in the first place those people who saved a little themselves, who own their own homes, and who therefore failed to qualify for a pension. These people are now being given a little extra; they are being given the opportunity to draw a more reasonable pension even if they own their own home. As a result of the abolition of the bonus system and its replacement by a new means test, there are many thousands of people, who could not previously qualify for a pension, who will now be able to draw a pension. I notice that the hon. member boasts about this concession. He says that this concession is really the result of pressure exerted by them. In the earlier part of his speech he said that there were quite a few good things in this Budget but that they were all giving effect to United Party policy. One would swear, Sir, that the hon. member introduced this Budget! He then proceeded to put forward a number of complaints in which there was very little substance. I want to say to the Minister that I think these concessions are going to cost more than the figure estimated by him. Sir, the hon. member said in a statement to the Press: “The concessions are, of course, welcome, but long overdue and only go part of the way to meet the plea made by the United Party over the years”. The United Party, Sir, are the last people who should claim any credit for themselves as far as this matter is concerned. We still recall what happened prior to 1948 when they were in power.

*Mrs. S. M. VAN NIEKERK:

At that time the pound was still worth a pound.

*Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

Yes, but in those days the ceiling of the means test was £48 or R96. Immediately after we came into power it was raised to R180; it was practically doubled; and the maximum pension that a person could get at that time was £6 per month. To-day that same person can get R528 in the shape of a pension together with income derived from his own assets, a tremendous difference. But that is not the point. The point is that every year, from the end of the war until 1948, the National Party asked for some concession to be made to pensioners, but the then United Party Government gave these people nothing. When the National Party came into power, Mr. Havenga made certain concessions to these people in his very first Budget. He immediately raised the means test ceiling from £48 to £90, or R180. I still recall very clearly that in that same year one United Party leader after another stood up here and said to the Government, “Look what a large percentage of the national income you are spending in this Budget; you are wasting money.” Sir, the party which is responsible for these increases is none other than the National Party Government. The concession which the Minister has made here has been advocated here from year to year by hon. members on this side of the House. We put forward the plea that the bonus should be abolished and incorporated with the pension so that people who just failed to qualify for the pension could also qualify. This plea has been put forward here by the hon. members for Paarl (Mr. W. C. Malan) and Kimberley (South) (Dr. W. L. D. M. Venter) as well as other members, and I myself made the same plea from time to time. When the United Party noticed that we were doing this, they started trying to create the impression that this was their idea and they also started putting forward this plea. I personally have often raised this matter here, and in this connection I just want to quote from one of my speeches. This is what I said in March 1962 (Col. 3163)—

I want to point out to the Minister—and I have already done so on previous occasions in this House—that there is a fairly substantial gap between the income of those people who receive a pension and those who do not, in favour of those who do get it. As a result of this Budget the position today is that a person who has an income of R312 per annum is not eligible for the old-age pension. But a person who does draw the old-age pension may have a total income of R474 per annum. I think this gap should be made smaller and, if possible, it should eventually be closed altogether. I feel that we should let these bonuses disappear eventually.

That is the attitude which the National Party has adopted throughout the years with regard to this matter, as stated here by various hon. members on this side. For the United Party to come along now and try to claim the credit for this is just so much nonsense.

Then I come to point (b) in the hon. member’s amendment in which he asks that the Government should do something “to enable the average citizen to meet the increased cost of living and obtain his rightful share of the benefits of the economic expansion”. He did not say it in so many words, but he did say by implication that there should be a general increase in wages, and I want to ask the hon. member whether the United Party advocates a general increase in wages, accompanied by inflation which will be the inevitable outcome of such a step? I think the hon. member should tell us. He talked about the surplus of R110,000,000 and said that we were not using it correctly. He urged that we should allow a greater portion of this money to find its way into the pockets of the taxpayers. Is it not inflation that he is advocating? Does he want this country to land in the morass of inflation, with the result that our main stabilizing industry, the gold-mining industry, will eventually have to disappear? No, I think it is very irresponsible to adopt that sort of attitude. The reason for the surplus that we have to-day is the fact that our economic growth over the past year has been much greater than even the greatest optimist could have anticipated. The Government did not anticipate that our rate of growth would continue at the same level as during the previous year. Sir, this is the fourth year during which this high rate of growth has been maintained. I am not aware of any other country in the world which has been enjoying boom conditions over such a long period. In every other country one finds that bottlenecks arise within the space of a year or two and then they first call a halt; in some cases their development comes to a standstill and they first reorganize their forces before they take the next forward step—and that is what we expected in this country. I say that what has happened here is an economic miracle and it is due to the brilliant leadership that we have had from members of the Cabinet that we have been able to maintain this position up to the present moment.

I want to say a word or two now in connection with the question of wages about which the United Party had so much to say. Sir, when I arrived in the Transvaal just before the election I found that political capital was being made out of the fact that the hon. the Prime Minister had allegedly stated that wages were to be frozen and that he had made that statement here in Parliament. That, of course, is a gross untruth. The United Party thought that they were dealing with a lot of pocket patriots in South Africa; they wanted to buy the vote of the railway officials and the Public Service officials. This is the eighth election that we have had since we have come into power and at every election the United Party have made promises left and right; at every election, however, the voters have shown them that they regard these promises as an insult because they are not pocket patriots. As far as this cry of higher wages to meet the higher cost of living is concerned, have the public servants ever asked them to ask for higher wages? No, they have not. This is something which the United Party is simply inventing. They think that whenever there is an election, all they have to do in order to catch votes is to make a lot of promises of monetary benefits, but on every occasion the voters have flung these promises back into their teeth, and the more promises they make the worse they will fare. The officials do not want this sort of thing. They look with contempt upon people who say to them, “You should vote for us in your own financial interests.”

I want to put this question to them: Do they want our wage structure to be linked up with the cost of living in this country? Do hon. members opposite feel that that is what we should do? My reply is: “No”, because in that case the public servants would be much worse off than they are to-day, and that also applies to the railwaymen. As the hon. member for Bloemfontein (East) (Mr. van Rensburg) pointed out to us in the course of the Railway Budget debate, wages in the Railway Service since we have come into power have been increased by 123 per cent whereas the cost of living has increased by 65 per cent; in the Public Service wages have been increased by approximately 116 per cent while the cost of living has risen by 65 per cent. In other words, a public servant who received R1,000 in 1948, should have been receiving R 1,650 to-day if his salary had to be increased to keep pace with the rise in the cost of living, but in actual fact he is getting R2,150. If the increase in wages must always keep pace with the rise in the cost of living, must the official’s wages be increased when the cost of living rises and must his wages be reduced when the cost of living drops? If that is the proposition that they advance, then it is only fair to say that these people have been overpaid R500 and that they should refund this amount. That is the only conclusion that one can draw from the United Party’s policy because they obviously want to link up wages with the cost of living, and if that is done then no provision is made for a growth in the real income of persons. That is an extremely unhealthy attitude to adopt.

The hon. member also came along with the cry, “Save for prosperity”, or rather he said that the Minister had suggested that people should “Save for prosperity”.

*An HON. MEMBER:

The Minister said so.

*Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

Yes. that is what the hon. the Minister said. The hon. member comes here and says that the Government is not setting an example; he says that provision is being made for an enormous increase in Government expenditure in the year which lies ahead of us. I want to ask the hon. member whether he has any objection to it. He voiced a certain amount of criticism but he did not say very clearly whether he was against it. Mr. Speaker, here I have the Loan Account and I want to ask the hon. member which items in the Loan Account he wants to prune. We have already approved of the Railway Budget here and we have voted funds to make it possible for the Railways to develop on a large scale in the years which lie ahead so that the Railways will always be in a position to cope with the growing volume of traffic of the country. We voted R37,000,000 more than last year for the Railways. We are now being asked to vote R22,500,000 more than last year for housing. Is the hon. member opposed to the building of this extra housing, particularly now that the Minister of Community Development has control over buildings and will be able to apply the brake to some extent as far as the construction of buildings other than dwellings is concerned? Has he any objection to our voting an additional R22,500,000 for housing? Sir, we are constantly told by the Opposition that there is not enough housing in this country. Why are they complaining then? Take Lands and Water Affairs, R 11,000,000. This increased amount is being asked for after the Government has decided to proceed a little more slowly with the development of the Orange River scheme, a decision which I rather regret because I think the sooner we complete that scheme the better it will be for the country as a whole. As I said, we are being asked to vote R 11,000,000 more than last year for Lands and Water Affairs. Do the Opposition want to prune that item? In the case of Commerce and Industries we find that there is an increase of R9,000,000. Do they want to prune that item? Have they any objection to our erecting an aircraft factory for which we are being asked to vote R5,000,000? Are they opposed to development in the border areas, for which we are being asked to vote R6,750,000? Have they any objection to developmental schemes in South West Africa at a cost of R4,250,000? These developmental projects will be undertaken by the Industrial Development Corporation and the House is being asked to vote this capital for the I.D.C., the establishment of which in my opinion is one of the best things ever done in this country, even though, as far as I remember, it was established by the United Party Government. After all, they cannot always be wrong; they must be right occasionally!

As far as Trust Lands are concerned, the increase is R 10,000,000. We are constantly told by the United Party that we should develop the Bantu areas more rapidly. Have they any objection to our asking for more money so as to be able to develop the Bantu areas more rapidly? Mr. Speaker, as I have just indicated, we find that there is an increase of R90,000,000 in five or six departments only. In the case of all the other Departments together there is an increase of only RIO,000,000. Is the United Party opposed to any one of these developments?

Let us look for a moment at the R74,000,000 of the Revenue Account. We find that there is an. increase of R20,000,000 in salaries. It is inevitable that the salary bill will increase. Does the United Party want to prune this item? They said a moment ago that higher salaries should be given to the officials; do they now want the salaries of the officials to be reduced? Take the interest on our public debt. Here we are dealing with an item in regard to which there can obviously be no argument; the increase in this case is R 14,000,000. The subsidies to the Provinces, which are fixed according to a formula and in regard to which there can be no argument, are being increased by R7,880,000. These three items alone, which nobody can do anything about, account for R42,000,000 out of the R74,000,000. We are constantly told by the Opposition that we need more technicians and that we should provide more facilities for technical and vocational education. What is the position as far as education is concerned? In the Education Vote we find that there is an increase of R3,787,000. What is the position as far as the Postal Vote is concerned? The Post Office is a business undertaking, and as its work increases its expenditure must necessarily increase. As far as the Postal Vote is concerned we find that there is an increase of R4,765,000. Mr. Speaker, I seem to remember that one of the United Party members said the other day that the Government ought to pay increased subsidies on food so as to keep down the cost of living. What do we find in these Estimates? We are being asked to vote an additional sum of R3,240,000 for the stabilization of the price of bread. As far as fertilizer is concerned there is an increase of R 1,700,000. The Bantu Trust Fund is being given R4,500,000. This is the only item to which the Opposition can object, but if they do object they will be doing so against their declared policy that we should develop the Bantu areas as rapidly as possible and that we should purchase the remaining land for the Bantu as soon as possible Sir, there are 50 different Departments in this country. [Time limit.]

Mr. PLEWMAN:

The hon. member who has just sat down started by criticizing my colleague, the hon. member for Constantia (Mr. Waterson) for not talking sufficiently about the Budget. Sir, I think he must concede that he did not do so well himself in that regard. He tried to indicate that the Budget was a realistic one and that the planning was good, but he gave no positive instances of good planning. To me he gave the appearance of the financial expert on the Government Benches who happened to be wearing one of these ill-cut coats tailored by the hon. the Minister, and he was certainly not feeling very happy about it, which rather indicates, of course, that he was not very happy about the Budget generally. The hon. member proceeded to select certain items in the Budget and to praise them, items which no one has as yet criticized and some of which are quite unlikely to be criticized. He tried to justify the very limited increase to pensioners by quoting certain comparative figures. But he forgot, of course, to mention that over the past 17 years there has been a considerable depreciation in the value of money and therefore a very great drop in the real value of the pension benefits now payable. Sir, I shall deal with some of the other remarks of the hon. the Minister during the course of my speech. I shall certainly touch on his comments in regard to what I call the Government’s failure to curb inflation before it could get out of hand and also its failure to recognize the needs of the gold-mining industry.

Mr. Speaker, as reported in the Press, the Stock Exchange seems to have regarded the Minister’s Budget as something of an anticlimax. It is not for me to go into their reasoning but I can certainly understand their point of view because what the Minister has very successfully done is that he has left a number of question marks scattered around his Budget and he has chosen to obscure as much as he possibly could avoid defining. Accordingly, as a declaration of faith by the Government in the continued progress of prosperity the Budget is hardly an inspiring document, and as a summary of the Government’s monetary and fiscal programme for the coming year it is a document which provides little comfort for anyone. The hon. member for Constantia has expounded on that aspect of the matter. Listening to his argument in that regard it seemed to me that in the circumstances it was perhaps fitting that the hon. the Minister reverted in character this year to his own drab self as the harassed fiscus, pointing the moral to others “to save for prosperity” but joyfully ignoring it for himself and his Government. But, Sir, I agree with the hon. the Minister that this is no time for his usual Budget-day game of charades. That way, as he himself rather indicated, could be the way to financial irresponsibility. I say that quite seriously because unfortunately there is evidence in this Budget of economic irresponsibility on the part of the Government. What I find particularly disturbing in that regard is that the Budget presents to the country and the financial world at large a picture of economic imbalance in many directions. Let me briefly touch on two such instances. It is, for example, quite fair to say that the Minister’s proposed taxation relief and his money concessions are meagre to a degree in respect of the lower income-groups, i.e., for the so-called man in the street who has a very limited amount to spend and virtually nothing to save. The hon. member for Constantia rightly pointed out that these are the forgotten men in the Budget, because you see, Sir, the actual cash value which they are going to get out of this Budget may well be likened to the crumb that has fallen from the table of the Minister’s surplus banquet spread—and what a spread it has been!—estimated by the Minister himself to run into R 110,000,000. It is likely, however, to run into many millions more. I say that because by the end of February the Minister’s intake on Revenue Account was already R 100,000,000 ahead of his estimates, and as at the same date the Revenue Account expenditure had fallen by something like R90,000,000 below his estimates. But in spite of this Budget of plenty, the Minister has granted concessions and relief to the forgotten man to a markedly small degree. He justifies this tight-rein hold that he keeps in granting anything more than a crumb of relief to the lower income group on the score that he does not want to add to the hardships that they are already feeling as the result of the presently steeply rising costs of living. In other words, more Budget relief for the poor, so the argument goes, would produce more inflation and thus increase the cost of living. Sir, what a demonstration of imbalance economic thinking! Some more generous concessions to help the needy, so the argument goes, will lead to inflation, but adding that same amount of money to the year-end revenue surplus and using it to bolster up Government spending will not. What a strange sort of logic! I think it amounts to this: Let the needy go hang and leave the spending to the Government because they alone know best.

Sir, I move on to another sphere in the economic scene, namely gold-mining. Gold-mining, fortunately, still remains the kingpin in the mechanism of the country’s economy, but according to the hon. the Minister’s own statement the gold-mining industry is now vulnerable on two fronts. Firstly, as the Minister says, the mining industry has commenced the downward curve in gold output and, secondly, as he indicated, inflation has become a crippling factor and is adding to the cost of production. We all know, of course, that gold stays at a fixed price. But in spite of this obvious dilemma, something which is quite beyond the control of the industry itself, the Minister and his Government refuse to heed the many appeals which have been made to them for a downward adjustment of the tax levy on gold mines. That, Sir, is a form of tax relief which in practice cannot add to the danger of inflation at this time. It is easy to understand why that is so, because the credit squeeze and the higher borrowing rates recently imposed by the Government make self-finance of capital outlay by the gold-mining industry more essential now than ever before. In practice therefore it means that there will be a ploughing back of a larger proportion of profits than before. It is quite true that certain modest concessions were made last year and the year before and that some of these are to continue and may even be stepped up during the coming year but, Sir, I think the economic imbalance of the Government’s outlook in regard to the gold-mining industry and taxation and the degree of its faulty outlook in that regard, is rather well expressed in an extract from a report which was given towards the end of 1964 to the shareholders of one of the major gold-mining companies. The reference in that report is to the concessions made last year and the statement reads as follows—

Concessions of this sort are unlikely to provide much encouragement for new ventures as they amount merely to a slight easement of the discouraging factors which tend to remove the incentive to find new ventures and to incur the risk of turning them to account. The only way the State can restore this necessary incentive is by taking the hold step of making a substantial reduction in the formula rate of tax thereby bringing the industry more into line with normal commercial enterprises.

Sir, I think that is a very fair statement of what I call the economic imbalance of the Government’s thinking. Instead of taking a bold step of that kind the Minister chooses to conjure up slogans.

*Dr. COERTZE:

Are the gold mines to pay no tax at all?

Mr. PLEWMAN:

Sir, if the hon. member wishes to disclose his ignorance about this matter he is succeeding very well. The chairman of a very important gold-mining company would not publish a statement of that kind without justification. I hope the hon. the Minister at any rate is going to be somewhat wiser than the hon. member who has just made this interjection. Sir, instead of taking that bold action the Minister chooses to conjure up slogans. The hon. member for Constantia has mentioned the first of these slogans namely: “Spend to start prosperity.” Well, that slogan flopped and it flopped very soon.

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

It did not flop; it started the prosperity.

Mr. PLEWMAN:

It has flopped. Perhaps the hon. member for Vereeniging (Mr. B. Coetzee) will answer this question: Why should the consumer be expected to spend for prosperity when prices are rising? That is precisely what has been happening, and that is a suggestion which is entirely beyond my comprehension. I am afraid the hon. member for Vereeniging has lost interest now because it is also beyond his comprehension. As I say, in spite of what the hon. member for Vereeniging says, this slogan flopped because the consumers themselves saw that it was also beyond their comprehension. There has now been a change in emphasis and the new slogan is: “Save to maintain prosperity.” But, Sir, that is equally sure to flop. I say that firstly because, as the hon. member for Constantia has already indicated, the Government itself shows no intention of following the precept themselves and, secondly, commenting on Friday last week, on 26 March on the combined effect of (1) the Budget, (2) the credit squeeze, and (3) the fixing of borrowing rates, the head of a motor manufacturing concern had this to say—

The financial and fiscal measures (referred to) will certainly significantly decrease the motor industry’s market and thus make manufacturing plans less viable economically.

This head of an important manufacturing concern sees in these measures the forging of a curb on the development of the motor industry and he very wisely therefore suggests a third slogan which goes like this: “Produce to ensure prosperity.” That certainly contains some sort of sense which I at least can understand and possibly the interjectors on the other side of the House as well.

I come next to the Minister’s proposals on the Loan Account for the coming year. As 1 said just now, the hon. member for Pretoria (Central) (Mr. van den Heever) selects certain items, praises them and then having set up the skittles he expects us to knock them down. But that is not the purpose of an opposition. The purpose of an opposition at this stage of debate is not to deal with individual items. We are not here to plan and to say how the estimates should be compiled. We are here to criticize the Budget in all its aspects and not in single items. Sir, it is quite obvious, looking at the figures which the Minister presented to us, that he faces the formidable task of finding the substantial sum of R665,000,000 for the coming year, which exceeds by something like R150,000,000 the amount which he needed during the year which is now drawing to a close. In that regard I am reminded that last year when I ventured to suggest to the hon. the Minister that Government borrowing on Loan Account might be difficult and might come at a time when capital investment in the private sector of economy was approaching its zenith, the hon. the Minister then simply brushed aside the matter and said that he saw no difficulties at all. But significantly enough he is now closing his financial year with a deficit of nearly R20,000,000. I know that an equivalent amount was readily available in the Exchequer Account, but drawing on that source is a questionable expedient. It certainly means that all the Minister is doing is to pass on the buck to next year and that in the meanwhile the taxpayers’ money is being used for a purpose not intended. Sir, I mention that incident because the Minister is now likely to face an even more acute financial problem on the capital market during the coming year, and I need do no more than quote his own words to make the point; this is what he said—

Conditions in the domestic capital market have become more stringent and substantial borrowings from the market are likely to involve considerable difficulties.

I think the hon. the Minister makes the point far better than I can and I leave it there.

Sir, I do not have the time to deal with detailed capital spending nor have I enough time to examine fully how the Minister intends to raise the money he needs on Loan Account, namely: (a) R457, 000,000 new money to pay for his capital commitments, (b) R188,000,000 to repay expiring loans and (c) R20,000,000 to meet the shortfall in the account at the start of the year. But, in order to avoid detail as much as possible I shall summarize the sources from which the money is to come under four main headings, and I shall give under each (a) the amount which the Minister now proposes to raise compared with (b) what he proposed last year.

The result is as follows: (1) From taxpayers R153,000,000 compared with R16,000,000; (2) from private investors, R237,000,000 compared with R 188,000,000; (3) from external borrowing R310,000,000 compared with R51,000,000 and (4) from funds in the hands of the Government—and that includes surrenders and moneys under the control of the Public Debt Commissioners—R244,000,000 compared with R245,000,000. The burden placed on the taxpayers’ shoulders in this regard is excessively high. The difference is R137,000,000 more in a single year, but it will be still higher if the R20,000,000 in the tax reserve account is to be added to this head as well. Private investors are being asked to increase their stock commitments by just under R50,000,000 and external investments are expected to drop by R20,000,000. Sir, as the hon. member for Constantia has already indicated, what all this shift in the money supply to pay for capital spending augurs for the future is perhaps best left unsaid at this time.

I myself thought last year that the hon. the Minister was being very hasty when he sought powers to borrow internally and then to lend abroad. I refer to Section 18 of the Finance Act, No. 76 of 1964. Events have now proved, of course, that he was being hasty and even impetuous. But to revert to the present, I say moreover that this change in the financing programme will do nothing to stem the march of inflation. No part of the excess tax revenues, the new loan levy, or the increased borrowing is to be immobilized from current use. On the contrary, as has already been pointed out, even the R20,000,000 in the newly created tax reserve account is now to be mobilized; it goes into the Loan Account to bolster up Government spending. I say therefore that this Budget is not an inspiring one. Business is likely to see in it a crisis of confidence, a crisis of confidence in the ability of the Minister and his Government to stop the march of inflation without stopping the march of prosperity at the same time.

Sir, in the few moments left to me I would like to deal with just one other matter and to ask the hon. the Minister to give the House some sort of clarity as to what the costs are to be of the Government’s policy for the development of industries in the border areas. In May 1964 the Board of Trade and Industries indicated in its report that the Government had decided to appropriate some R45,000,000 to the I.D.C. over the next ten years. That is apparently still the Government’s intention. By the end of March of this year R15,500,000 had been voted to the I.D.C. under Loan Vote J, but by the end of February 1965 the commitments and payments by the I.D.C. had already amounted to R22,500,000. That, of course, means that half of the ten year programme has already been committed.

There is also this additional aspect. Moneys are being provided for the same project under Vote B to the Department of Labour, to the Department of Community Development under Vote K and to the Department of Planning under Vote S. A certain amount of expenditure is also being incurred under Revenue Funds. I have not got the details with me in regard to the current financial year but all in all it amounts to a substantial amount. Not only is this a difficult financial problem to try to sort out, but it is becoming more difficult, firstly, because the actual provision of money is being spread over a number of Votes, and secondly, because the very policy of border industrial development is changing just as rapidly. Recent announcements by the hon. the Minister of Economic Affairs make the problem even more difficult to sort out. Unless the hon. the Minister himself can give us some clarity in regard to this matter I would urge him to suggest to the Controller and Auditor-General that he should provide some comprehensive statement in regard to what is happening on the financial side and thereby coordinate what is happening in no less than four Departments all in respect of one project. I would suggest that the hon. the Minister take the Controller and Auditor-General into his confidence so that he, the Controller and Auditor-General can at least assist the House by presenting the picture as it should be presented if we are to continue to vote money for this project.

Under Loan Vote J, for the current financial year an additional R6,750,000 is provided. I think that in itself is a clear indication how necessary it has become for the House to get a complete picture of what is happening before further money is voted. I would therefore ask the hon. the Minister, if he does not give it himself, to devise methods whereby this side of the House can get a clear picture about what is happening and what the cost is to date.

*Dr. COERTZE:

The hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South) (Mr. Plewman) put all kinds of ad hoc questions to the hon. the Minister to which I shall not reply, but in regard to which I have no doubt that the hon. the Minister will give him a very good reply. I just want to come back to a few general remarks he made in his speech which I think should not now be left unanswered.

The first is that he called the Budget such an uninspired document. He regards it as unbalanced and the first thing he mentions in that regard is that there is no relief for the lower income group. Now I just want to ask him this: Will he adhere to that statement if he knows that the real wages to-day are higher than ever before as compared with the cost-of-living index? In other words, where the cost-of-living index stands at 111, the real wage structure is appreciably higher than 111. That means that the lower-paid income groups have never been as well off as to-day. The hon. member says the Budget should keep that in mind; well, it does.

Another objection the hon. member has is that no relief has been granted to the gold mines. He says the gold mines constitute the king-pin in the economy of the country. I am surprised that the hon. member can make such a statement. According to what standards are the gold mines, or any industry, the king-pin of the economy of the country? If the hon. member looks at the White Paper which the Minister issued (and for which I am very grateful), he will see that in 1963 the mining industry was one of the least important contributors to the national economy. It made the second smallest contribution. Transport contributed least. To-day it is only second on the list. Only agriculture is less. In 1963-4 agriculture, forestry and fisheries contributed R559,000,000; mining contributed R764,000,000, but the manufacturing industries contributed R 1,698,000,000 — almost R 1,700,000,000.

*Mr. GORSHEL:

What would it have been without the mining industry?

*Dr. COERTZE:

Now that is very funny. What would the factories have been without the mines? What would the mines have been without the factories? One cannot say that one’s big toe is the most important part of one’s body just because one cannot jump without a big toe. Surely it is nonsense to say that. [Interjection.] The hon. member now realizes that he is on slippery ground because I am proving how ridiculous his argument is. According to what criterion can one say that this or that industry is the most important? There is only one criterion, and that is that the hon. member, who represents a constituency in which mining does not play a very great role, now poses as the advocate for the mining industry.

I should like to approach this debate from another angle. I want to begin by making the statement that the finances of the Republic are absolutely sound. I want to state the proposition—and I hope it will become clear during the course of my speech—that this is so not while the Nationalist Government is in power but because the Nationalist Government is in power.

*Mr. GORSHEL:

In spite of the fact that they are in power.

*Dr. COERTZE:

The hon. member for Hospital (Mr. Gorshel) should keep his peace. He will get an opportunity to speak later. I say the finances are basically sound and therefore it surprises me that the hon. member for Constantia (Mr. Waterson) says, in the fourth leg of his amendment, that the House refuses to grant leave to the Minister to introduce his Budget “until the Government undertakes, inter alia, generally to take more effective steps to ensure the continued growth of the economy of the Republic as an undivided and integral whole”. I do not know what he means by that, because we have had continuous growth in recent years. Our gross national product to-day is R7,417,000,000. It is almost R7,500,000,000. It is 11 per cent higher than it was last year. Has the hon. member reason for thinking now that this increase will not continue? When we make the necessary adaptations to the increased prices, we arrive at a rate of growth of1½ per cent. Have hon. members reason to think that this will now suddenly deteriorate? What measures does the hon. member think should be adopted? Now the hon. member is walking out. When we look at all the countries with an expanding economy and prosperous people, we find that 5 per cent is normally regarded as being excellent. Not only do we have 5 per cent, but with the adaptations we have 1½ per cent. In the light of that fact, I think it is absolutely unrealistic to say that we have “to take more active steps to ensure the continued growth of the economy”. There is not the slightest reason for thinking that this will not take place.

When we go still further and look at the national economy as a whole, we find not only that the economy is basically sound, but we also find that socio-economically it is very sound. That brings me more or less to the statement of the hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South) that nothing is being done for the little man. If we look in the White Paper at the distribution of the total gross product, we find that over the past ten years the proportion of the national income which went to the wage and salary-earner has fluctuated very little. In 1953 it was 57 per cent of the total. We find that in Table II on page 6 of the White Paper. I am saying this for the information and edification of the hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South). If he looks at the White Paper he will see that in 1953 the proportion which went to the salary and wage-earners was 57.7 per cent—almost 58 per cent. It declined over the period of ten years to 55 per cent. If the hon. member wanted to make a point, he could have said that the Government had not taken the necessary steps to stop that deterioration of 3 per cent. When, however, he studies the position he will see that it was only over the past two years that it declined by 1 per cent every year. This is not, however, such an extraordinary decrease that one need make a great fuss about it, nor is it an important point of criticism which can be addressed to the Minister. I say that socio-economically it is a particularly sound state of affairs if one can keep the share of the item “wages and salaries” in the gross national income within limits. I agree with the hon. member that it would be good if it were to be over 60 per cent, because I am also a wage-earner like many others. But the fact is that one has the problem in a young country that one cannot give the wage and salary-earners that share which one would perhaps like to give them, as is the case in more settled countries.

My second point is that socio-economically the economy of South Africa is sound. I not only say so by reference to the fact that wages and salaries have been maintained at a certain level, but I also say so by reference to the fact that the real income per capita has increased. That can also be found in the White Paper, Sir. I should like to advise the hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South) in future to study this document very carefully, because he may perhaps find something in it which is in his favour, although I must say that I think it is a disheartening document as far as the Opposition is concerned because it just evidences the good things the Government has done.

I want to refer the hon. member to fable “A” on page 5 of the White Paper where the national income is given. If the hon. member looks at it he will see that not only did the real income rise, but that the rate also rose. What I am trying to say now, Sir, is that the share which the wage-earner had in the boom not only remained as it was but that it increased. During 1953-4 to 1963-4 it was an average of 2.5 per cent per annum. But there was also a progressive increase. When we look at the figure for 1958-9 to 1963-4, we find that it doubled to 4.7 per cent. When we look at the figure for 1962-3 we find that it is 6.4 per cent. In other words, there was a progressive increase and it trebled. The hon. member should not think that he can make any impression on knowledgeable people by saying that the Budget takes no notice of “the forgotten man”, as he put it.

What I am so grateful for is that this Budget and the economy of the country prove that we are faithful to our standpoint, viz. private initiative and the interests of private undertakings. I am grateful in the light of this fact: We are under pressure from people who want to make South Africa a welfare state. I hope that we will never experience that. When I say this, it soothes us to realize that the contributions of the private sector are still just as important as ever before. I should again like to refer to Table II on page 6 of the White Paper, to which I have already referred. If we look at it, it gives us satisfaction to see that the contribution made to the national economy by the private sector remained approximately what it was in all the years of the past. In 1953 it was 79.7 per cent and to-day it is 78.4 per cent. In fact, there was a decrease, and that decrease was in favour of the public sector, but I am grateful that this decrease was so small. Even if this decrease is analysed, we find that the public sector has a double item, viz. the purely public sector and the quasi Government bodies like Sasol, Foscor, Iscor and Escom. I think that if we analyze the position carefully we will see that the increase in the public sector which took place at the cost of the private sector is actually comprised by that part of the State which we can really also regard as the private sector. Therefore I am so grateful and glad that this Budget has also brought that point to light.

We notice the same thing in regard to savings. I am glad that in this period of socialization and socialism, where there is the tendency for the State to do increasingly more things, we have not yet experienced that. When we look at the savings we find that the private undertakings were responsible for more savings than the Government sector, viz. 55 per cent as compared with 36.2 per cent. I think that is a real achievement on the part of the Government.

Dealing specifically with the Budget, I must say that I do not find it the uninspired document it was called by the hon. members for Port Elizabeth (South) and Constantia. I think the Budget takes note of the things of which notice should be taken in this present stage of our economy. Firstly, there was a rise in the cost of living, and which people could not safeguard themselves against that? The pensioners. Ample provision is being made for the pensioners, and improvements are being made. Now the hon. member says that should have been done 17 years ago already. If we had done this 17 years ago when our national income was still in the vicinity of R3,000,000,000 only, he would have been the first to object to the increased taxation. Now that we have a national income of nearly R7,500,000,000, and grant the pensioners that relief, the hon. member for Constantia claims the credit for it and the hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South) says it is not enough and we should have done it earlier. I say this Budget takes note of the things which should be noted and at the stage when notice should be taken of them.

What I am very grateful for—and here I associate myself with the remarks of the hon. member for Pretoria (Central) (Mr. van den Heever)—is that the burgers who took part in the rebellion will also receive a pension now. To me that is a personal matter because I come from a family of gaolbirds, three of whom were in goal during the rebellion, but of which unfortunately only one is still alive. I express my thanks on behalf of the whole of the Western Transvaal, three quarters of the population of which were rebels and were almost all imprisoned.

The hon. member says the Budget is an uninspired document. I say the Budget takes note of those things of which it should take note. It combats the inflationary tendency. Now the hon. member for Constantia asks what the Budget does to assist the Reserve Bank? Part of the monetary measures effected before the Budget was submitted forms part of this Government's policy of combating a danger when it sees that danger threatening. We on this side believe that these monetary measures, i.e. the increase in the bank rate, the raising of the liquidity of the banks in relation to their obligations and the withdrawal by the Government of various deposits in banks, etc., matters which we have already discussed in previous Budget debates, will probably suffice to combat this inflationary tendency. Apart from this, the Government is applying the brake to its own capital expenditure. The hon. member is happy about it but he thinks it will not be enough. That may possibly be true; it is a matter of opinion, but we must always bear in mind the capital which will flow into the country as the result of the confidence instilled by the Government’s policy in respect of our economy.

Now the hon. member for Constantia says the Government should have reduced taxation. I do not understand that argument. On the one hand the Opposition blames the Government for the fact that there is inflation, i.e. that there is too much money chasing too few goods, and therefore we have increased prices, but on the other hand they want more money released within the economy, so that there will be more money chasing too few goods. Surely these two things are mutually exclusive. I suppose he thinks that we on this side are stupid enough not to realize how hollow his argument is.

What does the hon. member say further? He says this levy is unreasonable. Now I do not know which one of the two he was referring to. We have a levy on a double front. We have an increase in company taxation and we have a savings levy. I think the taxation on companies is a reasonable increase. If we again look at Table V on page 10 we see that that group (the companies) is the group which is most prosperous, the group which can pay. If we see what their share in the economy was, we realize that they are the group which can bear it most easily. When we look at the structure of profit distribution in the White Paper—I have read these things and I do not think people would be so stupid as to talk about it in the way the hon. members for Constantia and Port Elizabeth (South) did —we find that as far as dividends and distributed income are concerned the manufacturing industry and commerce really contributed 73 per cent of the national income; in other words, the increased benefits to them were out of all proportion compared with the others. It is 73 per cent in the case of the manufacturing industry and 71 per cent in the case of commerce. Why cannot companies then pay extra taxation? It is nonsense to say that a 5 per cent levy on the taxation of people paying more than R95 per annum is unreasonable. I think this is a very reasonable proposal by the hon. the Minister, because also in that case, if we look to see who was responsible for the inflationary tendency, then it was the personal sector. At page 10, Table V of the White Paper, we-find the following—

Because of the sharp rise in income derived from work and property, total personal income, before taxes, increased by no less than 10.1 per cent in 1964, as against 7.1 per cent in 1963.

Then there is this sentence, which is very important—

Personal consumption expenditure, however, increased faster still—by 14 per cent in 1964—and, consequently, personal saving suffered a further appreciable decline, in both absolute and relative terms. Personal saving expressed as a percentage of total personal income, decreased from 12 per cent in 1962 to 8.2 per cent in 1963 and 5.3 per cent in 1964.

I think under such circumstances the hon. the Minister is fully justified in reprimanding the private sector somewhat and in saying: “Because you do not voluntarily want to save enough, I think I must assist you in doing so to some extent.”

I come to the remark of the hon. member for Constantia that the Budget will be remembered as “the budget of the forgotten man”. He says the Government took no steps to combat these inflationary tendencies. The Government has been busy for three years already combating and guarding against the possible inflation which will result from its policy. Let us review that history carefully. Both hon. members ridiculed this remark. The Minister of Economic Affairs is alleged to have said: “Spend for prosperity”, and the Minister of Finance is alleged to have said: “Save for prosperity”. In other words, the one says “Spend for prosperity”, while the other says we should not spend for prosperity. This is not as ridiculous as those hon. members pretend, Mr. Speaker, because the fact is that the hon. the Minister of Economic Affairs said it three years ago when it was necessary and when there was a lack of confidence in South Africa, a lack of confidence caused by the Opposition by means of the bad image they and their Press gave of this country. Therefore the Minister of Economic Affairs said: “Spend for prosperity”. That is why the Government gave an injection of confidence in the country by announcing the Orange River project. When the Government did so. the outside world sat back and said: “If these people are prepared to spend R 1,000,000,000, if they are prepared to plan a project in connection with a river which stretches over 1,000 mites, if they have the confidence to tackle a project which will not even be completed in 30 years time, then they must have sometime”. What was the result? The result of it all was that whereas the national expenditure was at a static level, after the Minister of Economic Affairs said “Spend for prosperity” it suddenly took a flight upwards. Here are the facts. One finds this fact also in the White Paper, on page 8 in the third table and in the heading “National Expenditure”. If hon. members look at it, they will see that the national expenditure was R3,300,000,000 in 1959 and R3,600,000,000 in 1960, R3,600,000,000 in 1961, and in 1962 there was an increase as the result of the Minister’s encouragement. Then it was R3,900,000,000. In 1963 it was R4,300,000,000, and last year it jumped to R4,900,000,000. Now the Minister of Finance, three years later, says the matter has now proceeded far enough, and really a little further than is advisable or sound.

It is not as ridiculous as hon. members tried to pretend it was. But the hon. member for Constantia says further that the Government has done nothing to reduce the manpower shortage. How can he say that? When one discusses that matter, one has to consider various facets. I want to mention one, namely the infrastructures. The Government has tried to improve the infrastructure of our country, as appears from what has been spent on education and on our universities, an amount infinitely greater than it was 12 years ago. We on this side have confidence in the Government and in the country and in its potentialities, and even then we were planning for the great country which the Republic of South Africa was going to become. Twelve years ago already we took care of that aspect of our economy.

The hon. member for Constantia has another item in his amendment. He says: “The House must decline to go into Committee of Ways and Means and into Committee of Supply until the Government undertakes, inter alia, to enable the average citizen to meet the increased cost of living and obtain his rightful share of the benefits of economic expansion.” Mr. Speaker, I should like to ask whether the hon. member is pleading for higher wages? Why does he not say so if that is what he wants? But supposing that the hon. member merely means that public servants receive too low salaries, because that is the only body for which the Government is responsible, then I say that if we look at the public servants it is not true that they do not share in the increased prosperity. Or does the hon. member for Constantia wait to allege that the public servant is underpaid? If so, why does he not say so? And if he does not want to say so, why does he come forward with such a nonsensical proposal? Just let us see what the position of the public servant is. In 1948 there were 98,000 public servants, and on 1 January 1964 there were 167,000. In 1948 the Estimates amounted to R72,000,000; in 1964-5 it is R267,000,000. That really tells one nothing, but let us look at the per capita payment of the public servants. On 1 January 1948 it was R735, and on 1 April 1964 it was R1,600, more than double. Now the hon. member says: Yes, but that does not take into account the increase in the cost of living. When we bring it into relation with the cost of living figure, we find that there was an average annual wage increase of 7.3 per cent, whereas the average increase in the cost of living over all those years was only 3.7 per cent. In other words, the public servant’s position has improved out of all proportion to what it was. [Time limit.]

Mr. HOPEWELL:

The Minister in his opening remarks said “in our country we cannot afford to gamble with inflation”. I agree with the Minister there. Then the Minister went on to read us a homily on inflation, and then he did nothing about it. Last year, Mr. Speaker, we warned the hon. the Minister of the danger of inflation, and the Minister in the course of his reply to the debate last year criticized us for warning of those dangers, the dangers that we foresaw have come about and this year dealing with the present Budget, the hon. member for Constantia (Mr. Waterson) and the hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South) (Mr. Plewman) referred again to this question of economic growth. They were both criticized. The hon. member for Pretoria (Central) (Mr. van den Heever) criticized the hon. member for Constantia on the question of growth and the hon. member for Standerton (Dr. Coertze) has attempted to ridicule this question of growth. But, Mr. Speaker, it is quite obvious to us that they have not read the Minister’s speech, because otherwise they would not have made such statements. Because the Minister said at the beginning of his speech: “Some temporary retardment of our rate of growth is after all a small price to pay for averting the disaster of a prolonged recession in our economy.” And again the hon. Minister said in his speech “It will be of no avail to treat the symptoms of the malady (referring to inflation), although direct action against price increases might be justified in certain cases. More fundamental remedies are required in order to penetrate to the roots of the trouble-—in other words, the containment of the growth of monetary demand.” Mr. Speaker, it is quite clear to us that the Minister admits in his own speech that he finds it necessary to retard the rate of growth, and that one of his principal difficulties is that too much money is chasing too few jobs, due to the shortage of manpower in this country, and that is having an effect on the cost structure. The Minister admits that the general price level rose in 1964, considerably higher than in 1963, and in the course of the Minister’s speech he indicated that he was concerned about the ordinary man. But here again his Budget does nothing for the ordinary man. He said “The picture I have presented to you is that of an economy enjoying a high rate of growth and widespread prosperity.” The Minister admits that he must contain that rate of growth. He went on to say “This conclusion has to be qualified in certain respects. Drought conditions are ravaging agriculture in certain parts of the country, while the lower income groups are suffering the adverse effects of rising prices, particular in respect of foodstuffs.” The hon. Minister admits that he has to curtail the rate of growth. We criticize that statement and say that the rate of growth could be increased provided we had the manpower.

The MINISTER OF FINANCE:

What about the balance of payments? Have you ever heard of it?

Mr. HOPEWELL:

The Minister’s present balance of payments’ difficulties will be dealt with in due course. You see, Mr. Speaker, the Minister comments on the large increase in the consumption of semi-durables. He referred to the fact that the motor car industry showed a 33 per cent increase in turnover compared with last year. Sir, is part of the difficulties of the large increase in consumer semi-durables not due to the fact that the Minister acted too late in regard to the unhealthy growth of credit? I suggest that the delay in curtailing credit has had the effect of increasing the amount of paper money which has caused the credit system to become congested. An example of the way in which credit has been created by certain financial institutions, is the way in which there has been put into circulation a considerable amount of paper money— paper credit and that in turn has caused prices to rise and that in turn has caused a considerable increase in the amount of consumer spending. The hon. Minister admitted that recently when he made a financial statement on 5 March and told us that there had been an increase of R346,000,000. We suggest that the hon. Minister was slow in acting. I think the hon. Minister’s difficulty is that the Minister does not like to say “no”. He does not like to say “yes”. He tries to say “perhaps”, hoping that things will adjust themselves, and the result is that if things do not adjust themselves, the Minister makes appeals to people, and people do not heed those appeals, and then the Minister has to act, and he acts too late. We see the same difficulty in this Budget. You see, last year, the Minister in the course of his reply quoted with approval one financial editor supporting the Minister’s case. I want to quote with approval an article on this Budget which says “this is a timid Budget, and it cannot halt inflation”. I refer to an article which appeared in the Sunday Chronicle yesterday, giving an analysis of the Budget. Mr. Speaker, this Budget is a timid Budget and this Budget certainly does not solve inflation. Inflationary difficulties will still be experienced after this Budget has been dealt with.

The MINISTER OF FINANCE:

Do you want me to be more tough?

Mr. HOPEWELL:

Yes, and we suggest where the toughness should start. Last year we warned the Minister that there was going to be inflation. The Minister in his reply ridiculed us and said that there would not be inflation. He told us that he had the position in hand. Last year he likened himself to a fisherman, and he talked about all the equipment of a fisherman, but there was one thing that he failed to observe and that was the change in the weather, until it was too late. Now he finds himself in difficulties and he virtually admits that he is going to have difficulties with his long-term loans, while the unhealthy competition in the short-term money market has increased the cost of money and created a supply of paper money which is causing uneasiness in responsible quarters.

The hon. Minister admits that the ordinary man is having difficulties. It is the ordinary man with whom we are concerned. He gets very little out of this Budget, and many of them get nothing at all. The hon. Minister pretends that they get something because he has not taxed them. I admit that the old age pensioners get something out of this Budget. The ordinary working man, the ordinary salary-earner has got nothing out of this Budget. It is true the Minister has relieved approximately two-thirds of the taxpayers of the compulsory savings levy, but the ordinary taxpayer will get no relief from this Budget, no relief which affects him in his ordinary day-to-day struggle against the cost-of-living, as the years pass, we find that more and more members on the Government side are prepared, as the hon. member for Standerton was prepared to do, to spend a lot of time on quoting statistics, and as the years go on they are less prepared to plead the case of the ordinary worker, the ordinary farmer, the ordinary state servant, and these are the people whose troubles require examination in this House. It is all very well to take a sheet of statistics and to attempt to quote them, as the hon. member for Standerton did, and he got more muddled as he went along, but the ordinary worker, the ordinary housewife finds that it is necessary for her husband to work longer hours, to work overtime, and in many cases the housewife goes out to work so as to give the children the good things of life, and in many cases just the necessities of life. Meanwhile if you go through the ordinary householder’s budget, you find increases in the price of meat, increases in the price of food, increases in rent, in transport. The Minister himself refers to the difficulties people are having as a result of the increased cost of food—and not only the increase in the cost of food as such, but also for instance the increase packaging costs.

The hon. Minister of Economic Affairs is here, and I hope when he gives consideration to the various developments which have taken place in this country, the amalgamation of big groups, involved in take-over bids, and various amalgamations particularly in the packaging industry, he will keep an eye open as to how that is going to affect the ordinary householder. If the hon. the Minister will examine the powers that he has under the Monopolies Act and other legislation, he will find that he has sufficient powers. Perhaps the hon. the Minister can tell us to what extent the ordinary householder is paying a larger share in packaging costs than should be necessary. When we are dealing with a national Budget, I think it is time to take stock and deal with the Budget as it affects the ordinary taxpayer, the ordinary taxpayer who is preparing his annual returns and working out what tax he has to pay, who ascertains from his employers what amount is going to be deducted from his income. Of course he is concerned with what the Government is doing to help him is his very difficult task of meeting the cost of living. There is a danger to-day of the cost spiral continuing which will have the effect not only of increasing the cost of our food but also of making exports too expensive for us to share in that market. It is this cost spiral which should receive the particular attention of both the Minister of Finance and the Minister of Economic Affairs because there is a tendency for wages to rise faster than productivity. I am not of course suggesting that wages be curtailed. What I do suggest, however, is that the emphasis should be placed on productivity. The Minister of Economic Affairs particularly must watch this in relation to factory labour in our border industries.

We have recently heard very little from members of the Government about the necessity for increased mechanization. If we are going to reduce costs, and if we are going to control the cost spiral, then we shall have to increase productivity and do so in every direction—in Government departments, in commerce and industry and in respect of land. We can take a long time if we want to examine the various facets of our economy from the point of view of reducing costs by the intelligent application of modern cost aids. When we find the Government with its large capital programme providing new buildings and facilities, then I suggest that one of the first persons who should look at expenditure is the hon. the Minister of Finance when making allocations to the various departments. Take, for example, Government buildings. How long will it still be necessary to have solid concrete walls between offices? The Minister has talked about tailoring. Well, how much more necessary is it not to erect the skeleton of a building and inside the building to have movable walls, walls which can be altered when changes in the department are made or when it is desired to change the interior design? Too many of our big buildings are really status buildings and too few are utility buildings. I think the time has come that the Government should set an example and should see to what extent it can halt the cost spiral. I think, for instance, of the many people in Government departments who do pencil work whilst so few make use of mechanical aids. If there is one department in particular that requires careful examination then it is the post office department. The whole of the postal system in the Republic is breaking down because of lack of communications owing to our inability to build fast enough to cope with the communication requirements of the country. In certain overseas countries one can to-day have any amount of business information transmitted over the wire to computers up to 200 and 300 miles away, computers receiving telexed data from various parts of the country which is co-ordinated and utilized as a managerial aid.

Mr. Speaker, to a very great extent nothing like that is done in this country. On the contrary, we are too fond of making use of old-fashioned methods, and as long as we can have an office and can put a person into it, bearing a label and enjoying a certain status, we are quite satisfied. I think the time is overdue for an intelligent examination in this respect, an examination that could start in Government departments and proceed right through the organization and methods to see to what extent something could be done about the cost spiral. The examination should have as its goal an increased efficiency in the manpower being used, and increase which should also be strived for in respect of the border industries. The main emphasis in so far as border industries are concerned is on manpower.

I should like to ask the Minister of Economic Affairs a question, and if he is unable to answer it I should like to put it to any Minister who can answer it. What happens in the case of an industry allocated in a border area when subsequently a more modern method of doing the same work is evolved, such as, for instance, the introduction of modern machines which will result in the reduction of manpower? What happens then? What will happen then as far as that industry is concerned? Will that industry no longer enjoy the benefits of a border industry or will it continue to enjoy such benefits? You see, Mr. Speaker, at the present moment the Minister is encouraging industries to establish themselves in border areas on the basis of so many Black to so many White workers. It is quite possible with certain of our technical industries to establish a factory on that basis and within a short space of time through the discovery of new techniques and inventions, techniques will make possible the substitution of manpower by machines. What happens then? Does the Black man stay and does the White man go away? Because it is certain that once you concentrate industries in this way and you introduce modern techniques, you require a very highly qualified standard of technicians to look after the technical side of the machines which have been introduced.

The MINISTER OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS:

What will happen to such an industry when it is, for instance, in Johannesburg?

Mr. HOPEWELL:

I am glad the Minister has asked me that question. Now, let me say that the industry in Johannesburg had the advantage of having a technical staff on the spot …

The MINISTER OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS:

What happens to the Black man?

Mr. HOPEWELL:

For instance, if there is a breakdown—say of an automatic loom. In such cases all that is required is to pick up the telephone and call half a dozen service people to the spot. In the case of a border industry, on the other hand, there usually are only one or two technicians for that industry. When the number of machines, however, is increased, it becomes necessary also to increase the number of technicians on the spot. Is there then going to be the necessary facilities for the services to be carried out?

But this is not the problem to which I want to refer. The Minister is granting various forms of encouragement to industries to establish themselves on the borders of the reserves. My question now is whether, when an industry no longer has a ratio of labour of, say, eight Blacks to one White and is able to dispense with three-quarters of their semi and unskilled labour units owing to new techniques being introduced, will that industry still enjoy the benefits accorded to border industries? This is a question which should be answered. If we are going to reduce the cost spiral, we have to increase productivity and we have to get new personnel. For that a vigorous State immigration policy is needed, a policy under which immigrants will come to South Africa on a far larger scale than at present. In addition we should have a more vigorous training scheme for our industrial workers. What plans have the Government in hand to assist industries in the training of unskilled and semi-skilled workers not only in our large cities but also in our border industries? The Minister will know that it is to-day not just a matter of the workman picking up information as he goes along. On the contrary, most industries have introduced training schemes. These can be seen on the mines where this is already done to a large extent. So have our secondary industries with the passage of years found that it is essential to have training schemes.

Also farmers will, with the development of new farming techniques, find that it will no longer pay them to have the expensive mechanical equipment they have to-day. In the U.S.A. to-day you will not find farmers having equipment which only operates four, five or eight hours per day. If you go to the Middle West region you will find equipment operating 24 hours a day. There contractors will come on to the farms, do the necessary repairs and checking up, and then the machines will move on to the next farm. During all this time, service records are being kept. Logs are kept to ensure that the machinery is serviced regularly. Machines which go beyond their log times in respect of service, are pulled out of service for repairs. All these modem techniques are necessary if we are to reduce the cost structure, something which we have to do if we are to reduce the cost of living for our own people and win our share of the export market overseas. Therefore I should like to know whether this aspect of increased productivity is receiving the attention of the Government.

The hon. the Minister has referred to the disappointingly low increase in savings. But what else can he expect? There is, of course, a disappointingly low rate of savings. Costs have risen. The Minister knows that the lower income groups have difficulty in buying their necessities. So how can they save? One can only save when one has a surplus. The Minister has now introduced a compulsory savings levy. To that extent he can now increase savings. But do not let us call that a savings levy. I do not call it that when I do not know whether I am going to get my money back. I regard it as being paid out and therefore I think it is a trifling with terms to call an imposition of 5 per cent a savings levy when the Minister does not tell us when he is going to pay it back …

The MINISTER OF FINANCE:

Have you read the Ways and Means proposals?

Mr. HOPEWELL:

These do not provide that it will be negotiable. So we do not know when we are going to get it back, nor do we know whether it is going to be negotiable. The former levy was negotiable whilst this new one is not. The Minister said the policy was designed to halt the excessive growth of monetary demand in respect of both investment and consumption, particularly in respect of non-essential consumption. I say that the Minister’s Department has, during the past year, created the very same difficulty about which he, i.e. the Minister, now complains.

Mr. Speaker, if the Minister is going to control inflation, he has to offer better remedies. The Minister has been timid and impractical. He has not faced up to the question of inflation. Inflation will still go on and the Minister will still have difficulties with his loan programme and with his balance of payments. This Budget is not going to solve these problems. It is all very well for the hon. member for Pretoria (Central) and the hon. member for Standerton to say that all is well and that no difficulties are foreseen. But from the Minister’s own Budget speech we can see that there are difficulties—it is quite clear, for instance, that the Minister is going to run into balance of payment difficulties probably even before the end of this Session and if not, then shortly afterwards. It is clear that the Minister has failed to budget adequately for the accounts of the country. He has failed to produce a Budget which will curb inflation and has given the average taxpayer little comfort. The only thing we can thank him for is for the partial relief he has granted to the old-age pensioner. This, however, is largely due to the fight put up by this side of the House over past years.

*Mr. S. P. BOTHA:

Having listened to the debate so far it is clear that it is very difficult for hon. members opposite to reply to the Budget. To put it crisply hon. members are struggling. I do not intend reacting directly to the many points raised by the hon. member who has just sat down. I want to react to them but I shall do so in the context of what I want to say.

The attacks made so far during this debate and during this Session have consisted of two reproaches. In respect of the one the hon. the Leader of the Opposition has given the lead to his side of the House and not to do him an injustice I want to repeat his exact words. The hon. member said, “We were not getting a fair share in the economic upsurge which most countries of the world have experienced over the last couple of years”. That is not true of course. The hon. the Minister of Economic Affairs, the hon. the Minister of Planning and other members clearly indicated subsequently that that allegation was not true at all; as a matter of fact the opposite is true because the real annual increase in our gross national income has been much higher than in the case of many other comparable countries. In respect of this allegation I want to make two submissions viewed against the background of South Africa’s growth as against that of the world outside.

My first submission is this that we could not have developed at a faster rate in South Africa without having come face to face with insurmountable difficulties in regard to our manpower position and our balance of payments and reserve position. I therefore want to submit that no matter what people say we could not have developed at a faster rate.

My second submission is that our economic growth rate could not have been at a faster tempo without having done what the United Party wanted us to do and that was to employ non-Whites in all spheres of the economy of South Africa. Had we done so we would not have had prosperity in South Africa and we would not have been able to retain the balance. In that event doubtful benefit would have accrued to us which would have formed the economic basis for losing White political control. I do not want to be diverted from the point I want to make because of what I have just said; I merely make that submission in response to the reproach that we could have developed at a faster tempo. For these two basic reasons our economic growth rate could not have been at a faster tempo.

A second reproach that has been levelled against us is that we have “mismanaged the prosperity of South Africa”. Those were the words used by the hon. the Leader of the Opposition, and the hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South) (Mr. Plewman) also talked about “imbalances”. I wish to say immediately that this reproach implies an imbalance in the economy of South Africa. Against this I want to submit that the most important characteristic of our economy is its very balance. And when we have to judge the balance of the economy it must be viewed from both the short-term and the long-term point of view. As far as the long-term point of view is concerned you have three specific large units which ensure the balance of our economy. These units have been planned because our economy is a planned economy. I want to mention the three most important ones: they are the steel industry, the chemical industry and the textile industry. The balance comes into the picture in that these three industries have been developed on a large scale, have served as props in our economy thus providing the necessary security of employment to labour and which, because they have reduced our imports from overseas, have consequently influenced our balance of trade and balance of payments. But apart from that—and this is also my reply to the hon. member who spoke before me—the second most important point as far as our balance is concerned is the balanced way in which our industries have been sited in South Africa. That has been the inherent factor in distributing our prosperity beneficially throughout the country. We must not lose sight of the fact that ours is a country with certain disadvantages. Ours is a big country and our people, our supplies of raw material and water resources are unevenly distributed throughout the country. So that the whole South Africa could benefit from the prosperity the specific policy has been to distribute the industries over the whole country. By doing that the economy has ensured that the whole nation has benefited equally, as have the various areas of South Africa which supply our raw material and it has also exerted equal pressure on our transport system. The hon. Minister of Transport will agree with me when I say that it is precisely because of the distribution of industries that it has been possible to handle the transport situation. A remark has been made to-day in connection with the border industries but the very fact that we have enjoyed prosperity, due to the distribution of industries throughout the country—also in the border areas—will make it possible in future to have a balanced growth in which all sections of the population, including the Bantu homelands will have a better share. Their primary development lays the very foundation for a balanced growth and development of their respective economies. That is why I say that its balance is our economy’s strongest characteristic.

Also as far as our import and exports are concerned—and this is my third point concerning our balance—these have been planned so as to make us less vulnerable. As far as our export of raw mineral materials is concerned the emphasis is placed on those exports which give us a cost advantage and offer us a safe market. It is also linked with our whole political set-up as far as our exports are concerned in that we make an essential contribution to the industrial production of the West and inasmuch as the balance of our economy also has a political implication it is of cardinal importance. But what is more, as far as the export of manufactured goods is concerned, the emphasis is placed on those very exports which give us a relative cost advantage. That is the reason why we can expand and sell products related to the metal industry at competitive prices.

But we are also encouraging the export of those agricultural products which give us a quality and seasonal advantage. I have two examples in mind. I think of the wine industry where we really have a quality advantage and I think of the fruit industry where we have a seasonal advantage. That is why I say that as far as our exports are concerned they are arranged in such a way that they fit into a balanced pattern. This also applies in the case of our exports. We emphasize the importance of replacing those imports which may make South Africa’s economy vulnerable. That then as far as the reproach in connection with the balance of our economy is concerned.

It is true that every young and growing economy has growing pains. There is not a single growing economy which does not experience bottle-necks. If the growth rate is fast there is pressure and when there is pressure you get bottle-necks. As far as bottlenecks are concerned there are three things to be remembered. In the first place in any growing economy bottle-necks are normal occurrences and I want to make this submission that, in spite of the allegations made by hon. members opposite, bottle-necks are normal occurrences in all developing economies. What is important in this connection is the fact that bottle-necks are of a temporary nature and can be overcome. What is also important is to ensure that those bottle-necks remain under control. We have the position as far as our economy is concerned that our economy will either right itself, as any sound economy does, or if it does not right itself the State will step in with adjusting measures as the hon. the Minister had already done in the past. Three years ago we experienced a slackening tendency in our economy and by way of fiscal measures the hon. the Minister as well as the Minister of Economic Affairs, by relaxing import control, as well as lowering interest rates, which is a financial measure, restored the vitality of the economy and it again went its normal way. The point I am making, therefore, is that where the economy needs it, if there is no balance, the Government can assist.

A great deal has been said recently about the highly liquid position of our banking system. That has exercised an influence in various respects. The result was that too much money was spent on consumer goods which in turn caused an excessive increase in our imports. That also resulted in a reserve shortage and a deterioration in our balance of payments position with a consequential drop in savings. But the steps the Minister is already taking will have the effect of less money being spent and of encouraging savings. I mention these examples to indicate how the Government can assist the economy by means of adjusting measures.

I want to say a few words in connection with the agricultural sector. Agriculture is at the moment experiencing a very severe drought. As far as agriculture is concerned the position is that it normally rights itself. But when such extraordinary circumstances obtain as those brought about by the present drought the Government is prepared, and has indeed done so in recent times, to assist to overcome the set-backs and we are very grateful to the hon. the Prime Minister for having given us the assurance that the Government will help agriculture. We are also grateful to the Minister of Finance for having promised assistance. On behalf of all those areas which are experiencing these set-backs I also want to express my appreciation of that. As far as that is concerned it is something which can either be overcome or which will right itself. And if it does not right itself quickly enough the Government can do so by means of adjusting measures.

As far as maintaining our economic balance on a long-term basis is concerned three important props have been established in the part. As far as the balance on a short-time basis is concerned there is no reason to panic or for recrimination. In fact, in view of the examples I have given, the Government is ready to step in with adjusting measures where necessary. Recently, however, there has been a tendency to over-spend on luxury consumer goods. The Minister is aware of this and has issued a warning in this connection. Too much of South Africa’s money is flowing to those institutions which specialize in financing luxury consumer goods, goods which are used in excess. I have in mind motorcars, refrigerators, gram radios, furniture and all these things which, I think, are being acquired in excess. This excessive credit also carries a high rate of interest with it but in spite of that we find the economy is prepared to carry it at that high rate of interest and that the high rate of interest in these cases do not scare people away. It has, however, serious repercussions on our economy. In the first place it destroys the tendency in the nation to save. The indications are there that it has reduced the tendency in South Africa to save. In the second place it creates a false sense of prosperity and a false sense of standard of living because it encourages reckless spending and it stretches credit economy to its utmost limits. It also attracts money away from those fields where it could be more usefully employed. I also want to add that it promotes interest warfare. We have already witnessed interest warfare. The Minister had to step in to put a stop to that and we are grateful for that. It has been said that the agricultural sectors may suffer as a result. We already have the answer to that and it is not necessary for me to give a further reply.

The fact remains that the Minister is now trying to stop it and we are grateful for that. The indications are also there that our commercial banks are very responsible institutions and that they will disclose the necessary sense of responsibility in these days and not abuse a position which has been brought about by an Act of God by placing the additional burden of increased interest rates on drought-stricken areas, or even of withholding credit.

*Dr. MOOLMAN:

That will be the day!

*Mr. S. P. BOTHA:

Before I got up to speak to-day I took the trouble of asking responsible people what the policy of their personal banks would be and anybody who inquires into the position will be given the assurance that the position will not be abused. [Interjections.] The Minister has warned against that but I want to say that imbalance will set in if we were to become enslaved to a spendthrift economy involving too large a portion of our national production capacity. That is why we are grateful that the Minister has acted the way he has because, had he not, wages would have been affected; wages and prices would have risen to such heights that a chain reaction would have set in. But I want to leave it at that; I think I have said enough on that subject.

A few points of criticism have been raised. In the first place it has been alleged that the cost of living is too high and that the salary structure has not kept pace. The hon. member for Standerton (Dr. Coertze) has gone into that as well as the hon. member for Pretoria (Central) (Mr. Van den Heever). When this allegation is made the question of inflation is erroneously brought in, suggesting that inflation means inflation that cannot be controlled. That would indeed be unsound inflation. I want to read what the recent quarterly statistical journal of the Reserve Bank has to say on this subject—

Although important bottle-necks are developing in our national economy and have caused certain price increases, there has not been any significant spread of inflationary tendencies and no general demand inflation in the sense of too much money chasing too few goods.

I do not think there is a better authority than the Reserve Bank itself. The purchasing power of the public has increased and that has made possible the selling of greater supplies at higher prices, but that is not yet inflation. Increased salaries and wages mean a greater demand but that does not yet mean that the position has become inflationary. The test we ought to apply when we talk about inflation and wage increases is the following: We must ascertain whether wages and salaries have kept pace with the cost of living and whether earnings have kept pace with expenditure on basic needs; in other words, whether salaries and wages have kept pace with what people have to spend on relaxation, transport, food, etc. Apart from the arguments already advanced I just want to state one point of view. In recent years salaries have been considerably increased in South Africa. Over a period of two years salaries in the public sector have been increased by a total figure of R38,000,000. The total figure has not been reduced to a percentage basis; we only know it has taken place. We also know that in the private sector higher wages are paid than in the public sector and we also know that the cost of living index has risen by 4 points. If we do not want to regard it as a figure I want to add that over a period of two years, in 1962 and 1963, R123,000,000 more was spent on luxury consumer goods, i.e. those that I mentioned early on. When we take into account the fact that 139,000 new motor cars were registered in South Africa last year and that we are second on the list after America as the country with most motor-cars per 1,000 head of the population we must come to the conclusion that after wages and salaries have been spent on the ordinary necessities of life sufficient remains to make spending on this scale possible. What I want to say is that the wage earner was entitled to share in the prosperity and he got his share and in future he will also enjoy his share of the prosperity. But what we admire is the measure of self-discipline the salary and wage earner has applied to themselves because their self-discipline is also their guarantee and their protection. That was why the economy could keep its balance in such a way that we enjoyed security in a murderous competition, something we would not have been able to do had the wage and salary earner not made it possible for us to do so. But they also saw their own future safety in that. While I am talking about the salary and wage earner I just want to say a few words in connection with company profits.

The indication is that during the past four years companies in the commercial sectors have showed a 79 per cent increase in their profits and 74 per cent in the industrial sector. That is too high and I think as far as company profits are concerned the same measure of self-discipline should be applied as that applied by the salary and wage earner. Because surely in an expanding economy accompanied by increased production and bigger profits the public is also entitled to their share. I do not want to make any reproaches but I think the private sector can fruitfully consider the question of whether it is not moving too fast along the road of prosperity. I think we on this side of the House should also warn that if there should be reaction to such profits in future the position would be indefensible.

I want to make a second remark in connection with another point of criticism regarding our manpower position. The reproach has been levelled at us that there is a serious manpower shortage. I do not want to mention the figures which have been mentioned from time to time but I think it is also necessary that we view the manpower position in its right perspective because we are a young country and in recent years the increase in the number of new undertakings has been astronomical. South Africa has ventured forth into numbers of new fields and has done so on a large scale. We are not an old industrial country with a reservoir of technicians from which to draw. We have had to do two things at the same time. We have had to develop and train the people simultaneously. For that reason we cannot be unduly criticized because of the manpower shortage. Many of the new industries are in the meantime also playing the role of training centres for the people in their employ. Take the example of Sasol. When we started Sasol there was nobody to teach South Africa but to-day we are leading the world. That has happened but in the meantime the Government has embarked on a gigantic training programme in order to narrow the gap between supply and demand. In 1955 there were 23,000 students at universities and in 1963 that figure had risen to 40,500. In the case of vocational training there were 17,000 in 1955 and to-day there are more than 30,000. A bottle-neck in respect of trained manpower also sets other factors in motion. As soon as there is a shortage the standard of efficiency must be increased and more mechanization must be introduced.

In conclusion I want to deal with another point and that is the criticism that all members of the public do not share in the prosperity. What yardstick do you use to test such a general statement? What test must be applied? Must the test be pensions or salaries or what? I maintain that over and above the physical income in which everybody shares there is one important national income which everybody ignores and that is the increased prosperity of the entire country, the way in which the entire nation has been able to live better socially. All that forms part of the prosperity and if the hon. Minister spends far in excess of R 1,000,000,000 he spends it on the entire nation does he not? [Time limit.]

Mr. EMDIN:

Sir, we have had a very interesting address from the hon. member for Soutpansberg (Mr. S. P. Botha) and I should like to spend a good deal of time replying to him, but of course that will not be possible. He took as one of his major points that there was no imbalance in the country to-day. He dealt with three facets; in the first place he said that there was no imbalance in the type of our industrial production, that there was no imbalance in the distribution of our industries and that there was no imbalance between our imports and our exports. But the problem that we are dealing with to-day is a different type of balance as the hon. member well knows, and it is no good avoiding this problem by bringing to the notice of the House balances in other aspects of our economy. He then went on to say that we were a young country and that we must expect growing pains. Sir, I think we all accept that growing pains are essential to youth, but one tries to see that these growing pains are reduced as much as possible, and where he says that the Government by its controls must take care of the growing pains, that is perfectly correct, but what we want to try to avoid is the start-stop policy that we have had through the planning of the Government. It has been mentioned here already this afternoon and I do not want to labour this point, but one day the public is told to save and the next day it is told to spend. I do not know what the public will be told next; maybe somebody will eventually find a mean between spending and saving and then we will get somewhere. But one thing that the hon. member did say is perhaps something which the hon. the Minister might comment on at a later stage of this debate, and that was that profits were too high. He issued a warning to commerce and industry that profits were too high and that these high profits were affecting the purchasing power of the man in the street. Does this mean that what we are going to be faced with in the not too distant future, is an excess profits tax? Is that contemplated by the hon. member and by the Government? Are we going to have a more rigid application of price control, which so far we have been spared? Is that what the hon. member means; is that part of Government policy? You see, Sir, the hon. member must be careful, because this question of a percentage increase is raised from time to time in this House without giving due consideration to what a percentage increase may mean. A company may make a profit of R1 per year and show a profit of 100 per cent if it increases its profit to R2. On the other hand it may have a profit of R1,000,000, and in that case a 100 per cent increase would increase its profits to R2,000,000. One has to be careful therefore in throwing percentages around; it would be far more intelligent to examine the actual difference in the profits.

Sir, the hon. the Minister’s Budget speech really fell into three parts. First of all he gave us an analysis of the present economic position of the country. I think it was a very excellent analysis. Then he gave us an appreciation of the situation based on this analysis, which I think can be summed up in one word and that is “inflation”. Thirdly, he made a number of proposals coupled with some rather vague statements, whereby the Minister hopes to bring our economy back into balance. But, Mr. Speaker, the hon. the Minister has a problem. Accepting the fact that he now faces an inflationary period that can become dangerous if not curbed, he unfortunately is unable to deal with this problem purely on its merits. His remedies are restrained by the over-all policies of the Government, and his flexibility of action and manoeuvreability are contained within the narrow confines of apartheid, because basically, as has already been said here this afternoon, the main purpose of his Budget should have been to achieve greater productivity; his objective should have been to reduce costs of production and to widen the scope of our export markets. Sir, where have we had these things in the Budget? Nowhere in the Budget is there any indication of steps which are likely to achieve these things. The hon. the Minister’s own political thinking prevents him from encouraging the proper utilization of our labour force, thus increasing production and lowering costs and at the same time it creates artificial barriers to our export trade.

We know that the problem of combating inflation is a very complex and delicate one. The hon. the Minister put it very well when he said—

Which fiscal instrument or combination of instruments should be employed, and to what extent, in order to restrain our still rising rate of growth just sufficiently, without bringing it to a standstill or a near standstill?

That is correct, Sir: Too little restraint and you have a boom and bust; too much restraint and the seeds of depression are sown. But there is nothing in the hon. the Minister’s speech that gives us any assurance whatever that he has found that fine balance of action that will give us, to use the words which the hon. the Minister himself used, a year ago in his Budget speech, “that glittering prize of economic growth with financial stability”. There is too much uncertainty in the hon. the Minister’s Budget speech. There are too many reservations. He tells us, for example, that the Budget can be a delicate instrument, influencing the various sectors of the economy in different degrees, according to the individual needs. But then he adds, “at least in theory”. Mr. Speaker, we would have expected the hon. the Minister and his advisers to have produced a Budget based on the economic facts at their disposal, not a plan based on theory. We would have expected a plan in which the hon. the Minister had full confidence. We did not expect the hon. the Minister to say to us, after producing his plan, “this is a theoretical plan; I am not quite sure what is going to happen”. Sir, that is the over-all impression that one gets from the hon. the Minister’s Budget speech. One gets the impression that he himself is not quite certain what the results of these proposals are going to be. One’s feeling of uncertainty deepens when one reads other portions of the hon. the Minister’s speech. He says, for example—

In South Africa we do not have at our disposal the full range of fiscal instruments available in some other countries to regulate the course of the economy.

That, of course, is undoubtedly true—

We do not have, for example, a general sales tax, quite common to-day in many countries, and which constitutes a useful weapon, in certain circumstances, for containing excessive consumption. We might have to consider supplementing our instruments at some future stage. For the present, however, we shall have to employ the tax and other fiscal measures which are at our disposal.

Sir, the hon. the Minister is well known for his choice of expression and his turn of phrase. But what does this really mean? At what future stage does the hon. the Minister mean? This year, next year or the year thereafter? We do not know how we stand with the hon. the Minister. Are we going to have a sales tax at some time in the future? What other instruments are going to be considered, and when are they going to be considered? It is most unusual for the hon. the Minister of Finance in introducing a Budget speech to deal with tax proposals other than those actually imposed by him, but here we are told of certain things that he is going to do and a host of other things which he may do or may not do. Then again, on the question of savings, about which I shall have more to say later, the hon. the Minister says—

Measures to promote saving will no doubt have to be considered.

What does this mean, Sir? Is he going to take action to encourage savings or is he not? He goes on to say—

The slogan, “save to maintain prosperity,” is certainly an appropriate watchword under present conditions.

Surely, Mr. Speaker, this House is entitled to more from the hon. the Minister than vague references to steps he will have to take to combat inflation. Surely the Budget debate is the right and proper place for the hon. the Minister to tell us exactly what his policy is; not to say “this is what I am going to do at the moment, and this is what I may have to do in the future; this is what I am considering doing or this is what I may have to consider doing.” The hon. the Minister goes on to say—

We thus have to steer clear of either extreme and follow the golden mean by seeking a fiscal policy which, in conjunction with other measures, would be sufficiently stem to contain inflationary tendencies and yet allow healthy expansion to continue.

Does this mean that the hon. the Minister and his advisers are going to take measures which have not yet been formulated? If I were a member of the hon. the Minister’s profession I might be bold enough to say that the hon. the Minister’s Budget speech this year was vague and embarrassing.

But, Sir, there are other matters that we want to consider. The hon. the Minister tells us that the rise in the consumer price index for 1964 was 4.1 per cent as against 1.4 per cent the previous year. He also tells us that it will not be unreasonable to assume a growth rate at current prices in the gross national production of between 7 per cent and 1½ per cent per annum, and that this has served as the basis of his calculations. But, Sir, if the increase in the consumer price index continues at 4 per cent for 1965, then the rate of increase in the real gross national production will be only 3½ per cent. This is an increase of 2 per cent less than the 5½ per cent said to be required by the Planning Council.

The MINISTER OF FINANCE:

The average over five years.

Mr. EMDIN:

That is what I want to get from the hon. the Minister.

The MINISTER OF FINANCE:

The rate is already 1½ per cent.

Mr. EMDIN:

The Planning Council said that it had to be averaged over five years, so what the hon. the Minister is now telling us is that this year it will only be 3y per cent.

The MINISTER OF FINANCE:

Oh no.

Mr. EMDIN:

What will it be this year?

The MINISTER OF FINANCE:

I said that I hoped that costs would come down.

Mr. EMDIN:

The real gross national production …

The MINISTER OF FINANCE:

No, the gross national production is per cent.

Mr. EMDIN:

Does the hon. the Minister anticipate no increase then in the cost of living?

The MINISTER OF FINANCE:

I said I hoped the cost structure would come down.

Mr. EMDIN:

I can only express the hope that the hon. the Minister is correct. I find nothing in this Budget to indicate that that is likely to take place and it seems to me that the hon. the Minister may well find himself at variance with the Planning Council at the end of this year.

Sir, another speed is the question of savings. One of the points made by the hon. the Minister in his speech is that the total savings increased by only 2 per cent in 1964, as compared with 7 per cent in 1963. He then went on to say—

This modest rise is disappointing, and was largely due to a fairly sharp fall in personal saving which, in turn, was the result of the large further increase in personal consumption expenditure.

Sir, that is perfectly true, but surely the hon. the Minister will agree that one of the best incentives for saving is the interest that can be earned? We know that the hon. the Minister has certain problems as far as interest is concerned but I would like to refer him to a leader in the Financial Mail of 26 March, which I think put the position extremely well. This leader deals with the question of inducements to make people save, and it says—

Here all the Minister can think of doing, apart from the modest but welcome step of introducing a new series of tax-free Treasury Bonds, is raising the interest rates offered by the Post Office Savings Bank from a completely uncompetitive level to a relatively uncompetitive level. Nor does he appear to recognize the inconsistency in calling for greater saving on the one hand, and, on the other, applying (as the Governor of the Reserve Bank did last week) an artificially low spectrum of interest rates on financial institutions in general.

Freezing interest rates at a time when policy makers are searching for ways and means of increasing saving and decreasing spending, appears to be the ultimate contradiction in monetary policy.

I hope the hon. the Minister will explain to us in the course of his reply to this debate how he reconciles his desire for greater savings by the public with his depressing of interest rates.

The hon. the Minister has transferred to capital account his surplus of R 110,000,000 for the year. This, of course, is nothing new. But this year he has gone a little further; he is also utilizing the R20,000,000 in the Tax Reserve account. He is taking from Revenue for the current year R30,000,000 for capital expenditure, plus the loan levy of R 13,300,000. Surely, Sir, these steps are only part of anti-inflationary? Surely it matters very little whether the spending is by the private sector or the public sector. I realize, of course, as well as the hon. the Minister, the benefit of using funds that would be available for consumer buying for Government capital works instead of finding investment capital. But, surely the real anti-inflationary action would be to curtail Government spending to some extent instead of increasing it by R 155,000,000 on capital works.

Then, Sir, we have another statement from the hon. the Minister and I am afraid we are not very impressed by it. The hon. the Minister said—

The Treasury will try to ensure that, wherever practicable, the capital programmes of the authorities are suitably pruned, deferred or stretched out.

I do not have to tell the hon. the Minister, who must have a great deal more experience than I have, that historically, in good times when funds are available, the demands of the Central Government and other authorities are insatiable. It is only in times of depression when Governments should be spending money that other authorities do not seem to be able to get money from the Government. In times of prosperity there is a never-ending drain on the available funds.

Sir, I want to come now to the loan levy. I suppose that the loan levy has some merit in a period of inflation, but, as has already been mentioned by the hon. member for Pinetown (Mr. Hopewell) this one sets a very dangerous precedent. There are normally three fundamental principles involved in the lending of money, whether on a voluntary or on a compulsory basis, and that is, firstly, the worth of the borrower, secondly the rate of interest and, thirdly, the term of the loan.

The hon. the Minister said by way of interjection when the hon. member for Pinetown was speaking, “Why don’t you look up the income tax proposals which have been already published?” Sir, I have looked at them and they say that the loan shall be repayable to the taxpayer at such times and such conditions as may be provided in the Act. But what did the hon. the Minister say in his speech? He said—

I do not wish to bind myself now …

and I do not know what the hon. the Minister means by “now”—

… to a definite date for the repayment of the levy.

Does it mean that he is going to tell us next week when these loans are going to be repaid, or next year, or the year thereafter?

The MINISTER OF FINANCE:

Be your age!

Mr. EMDIN:

I would like to suggest to the hon. the Minister that he should fix a maximum period during which these loans will be repaid; he will then have enough flexibility to maneouvre …

The MINISTER OF FINANCE:

That will be provided for in the Act.

Mr. EMDIN:

Why then did the hon. the Minister say in his Budget Speech, “I do not wish to bind myself now?” Does “now” mean the difference between the date of the Budget Speech and the date of the introduction of the Bill? The hon. the Minister should make the position clear because this Budget Speech is about the murkiest document that it has ever been my unhappy lot to read.

I want to make another suggestion to the hon. the Minister. Now that the Government has decided to impose a loan levy, I would have hoped that the hon. the Minister, instead of taking R30,000,000 out of revenue account and using it for capital works for 1965-6, would have reduced taxation by this amount and then imposed, if absolutely necessary, an additional loan levy for an equivalent amount which would at least have been refundable to the taxpayer at some future date. I hope that the hon. the Minister will take this matter into consideration. He has taken from the taxpayer more than the taxpayer should have paid; the Minister finds himself in a position where he says that because of inflation he cannot give anything back to the taxpayer now. Well, let him at least give it back to the taxpayer at some later date; let him reduce the taxpayer’s tax and raise that amount by way of an additional loan levy which will be refundable to the taxpayer at some future date.

Last year, Sir, I raised the question of a certain amount of tax relief for the working married woman. The hon. the Minister, in his reply to me, was good enough to say that he would go into the matter during the recess. I am grateful to the Minister for having done so, but the step he now proposes to help these women, namely that the tax levied on the combined income of the husband and wife be calculated at the tax rate applicable to an amount equal to the greater of the two incomes, plus one-half of the smaller income are to my mind entirely inadequate. I do not propose to deal with this matter in detail; that will be done by the hon. member for Benoni (Mr. Ross). But there is very little incentive for people in the lower and middle income groups to go out and work because the tax saving is negligible and I hope that the hon. the Minister will reconsider the position after he has heard what the hon. member for Benoni has to say about it. I think the hon. the Minister is also wrong in limiting this relief to joint incomes up to R8,000-plus. It is equally important to grant relief to women in the higher income groups, such as women doctors, women scientists and women executives, who earn quite large sums of money and who fill important posts. The services of women in these top echelons are as important to us as the services of women in commerce and industry. and I hope that the hon. the Minister will have second thoughts on this matter, before he finally implements these proposals of his, and see to it (a) that greater benefits are given to people in the lower income groups and (b) that there will be no ceiling to the joint incomes of husband and wife. I would also like to know from the hon. the Minister how he proposes to deal with this concession under the P.A.Y.E. system. Will the married woman now automatically work out her commitment for P.A.Y.E. at her reduced rate of tax, or what alternative procedure is to be adopted?

Sir. one of the more positive proposals of the hon. the Minister is the inducement of a larger pension offered to White persons who work longer and postpone their applications for old-age pensions. I think this is a proposal which we all welcome, but I want to ask the hon. the Minister to go further. I want to suggest to him that there should be an additional inducement; that a special allowance should be granted to taxpayers over the age of 65 years. I make this proposal for two reasons; firstly because it will induce elderly people to extend their working life. Many of these people are not in receipt of pensions and they need some inducement to continue to work longer; secondly, because it is a social benefit to which men and women in the twilight of their lives are entitled. Thousands of people who have given years of service to commerce, industry or the State, find themselves on retirement with greatly reduced incomes. Pensions, for example, which are taxable are never equivalent to previous earnings. For those without pensions, their sole income when they stop working is often the money earned on their life savings which has been invested. To me it seems right and proper, apart from the fact that they will be induced to work longer if they are given this tax relief, that they should be entitled to this tax relief in return for the services which they have already rendered to the State; when I say “the State” I do not mean directly but through the different occupations which constitute service to the State. I know it will be said that people of that age will pay less tax because their income will be lower; that their needs will be smaller because their families are grown up but, Sir, it is interesting to note that in the United States of America they have a provision in their income tax law whereby a person of over 65 years of age is granted an additional tax exemption of $600, irrespective of his income, and if the man’s wife is also over 65 years of age. she too is granted a special exemption of $600. Between the husband and the wife, therefore, they receive a total tax exemption amounting to $1,200. Sir, when you meet some of these elderly people from the United States they tell you what a great tax relief it affords them that the first $1,200 of their income is not taxable; they tell you that it makes a considerable difference to their standard of living. I hope that the hon. the Minister will give this matter some consideration.

Sir, there is one other matter I want to raise. I hope the hon. the Minister has not forged a two-edged sword with his surcharge of five per cent on the income tax payable by companies other than gold-mining companies. I hope he is not going to cut off the head of the goose that lays the golden egg. One of the reasons for our present prosperity is that the fiscus has allowed the entrepreneur and the business man and the investor to retain a reasonable share of the profits earned after satisfying the fiscus. These companies will now have to pay an additional five per cent on their taxes, and R 16,000,000 will now find its way to the Exchequer. This means that R 16,000,000 less might be available for dividends which is obviously what the hon. the Minister is trying to achieve. But, alternatively, it might mean that R 16,000,000 less is available for expansion of production, for modernization of plant and equipment, and for the installation of more efficient aids to production, and that the efficiency of production might be impaired. It is possible that this additional tax may well have the reverse effect to that which the Minister is trying to achieve.

There is one other aspect of this type of taxation. We are told by hon. members on the other side that they do not want any socialism in this country; socialism, they say, is a wicked thing and a bad thing. If you start imposing additional taxation upon certain sections of our community you are taking the first step towards socialism. When you say, as the hon. member for Soutpansberg said, “The profits are too high, we must take some portion of it away from these companies,” or when you select a certain group of person and tax them, then you are beginning to steer very close to the wind. Sir, I hope the hon. the Minister will give his serious consideration to the matters I have raised here and deal with them in his reply to this debate.

*Mr. VAN WYK:

The hon. member for Parktown (Mr. Emdin) referred sneeringly to the planning of this Government.

*An HON. MEMBER:

Bad planning.

*Mr. VAN WYK:

I should like to remind the Opposition that people who live in glass houses should not throw stones. Of course, the Opposition cannot be accused of a lack of planning; on the contrary, they have a number of plans but the unfortunate thing is that their plans are not always what they should be. The Opposition are always making plans to win elections. We have heard so little about politics in this debate this afternoon that I should like to talk some politics now. The Opposition are engaged upon plans to grip the imagination of the voters and to win their confidence. Their Senate plan was not successful in this regard; nobody could understand their federation plan and if we are to judge from the result of the provincial elections last week, their policy of White leadership throughout South Africa has not found favour with the voters either. Mr. Speaker, the Nationalist Party does have plans, many plans. The difference between the Nationalist Party and the United Party is simply that the plans of the Nationalist Party are put into practice one after the other. I just want to refer in passing to the freedom plan of the Nationalist Party. That plan, born in the years of humiliation and defeat, has been implemented step by step with determination and conviction. I do not want to elaborate in this regard. I just want to emphasize that those plans resulted in the Republic of South Africa. I want to ask the hon. member for East London (City) (Dr. Moolman) whether that was not a good plan. Our apartheid plan, in spite of the strongest opposition here as well as overseas, is growing in stature. There is a multitude of voters behind the Government and behind the Nationalist Party in the implementation of this policy. The hon. member for Green Point (Maj. Van der Byl) can vouch for this. The voters realize that this Government, unlike the Opposition, does not wander about aimlessly but that it has somebody in control who has a definite purpose in mind. Because of this fact, the Government has left no doubt in the minds of the people in regard to the direction it wants to take. In his speech at the opening of the First Session of the First Parliament of the Republic of South Africa, the State President mentioned four points particularly on which the future would be built. The first was that we would aim for national unity. The second was that every effort would be made to foster good relationships with the outside world. The third was to foster good race relationships in this country and the fourth was to improve the economy of the country to such an extent as to ensure the peaceful and happy co-existence of all population groups in the country. All the actions taken by this Government must be considered against this background. This Budget must also be considered against this background.

Before dealing with the Budget I should like in passing to refer to the amount of progress that has been made in regard to the planning which has already been announced. Nobody will dare deny that progress has been made in the field of national unity. I am sorry to have to repeat it but the results of the past election have produced undeniable proof in this regard. As far as the outside world is concerned it is pleasing to see and to know that foreign countries are at last seeing South Africa in her correct perspective. It is a significant fact that certain newspapers abroad have printed reports in this regard. The New York Times wrote as follows—

The economic picture in Africa shows trouble and promise. There seems to have been two Africa’s in 1964—one was the Africa of big headlines, the troubled Africa of crooks, army mutinies, war and horror in the Congo, anti-western demonstrations and other turmoil. This was the Africa that seemed to confirm the worst fears and forecasts of the pessimist. But there was another Africa which remained largely peaceful and intent on its drive for modernization. This was the Africa that seemed most likely to endure.

All they had to do was add that this was the Republic of South Africa. What is more. I saw the following report in the Argus last Saturday—

New Group to Improve South Africa’s Image: An unnamed private industrialist is financing a new organization to present a better image of South Africa in Britain.

They go on to explain—

What we are doing is striving to put over a correct view of the South African attitude. There is so much deliberate falsifying. What the group aims at is to collect a sympathetic band of members and then work as a vociferous active group challenging every statement about South Africa that is made. So often you see an item that So and So has been gaoled for 20 years for opposing apartheid. That is nonsense. They have been gaoled for taking part in acts of violence or for being associated with a party that is engaged in acts of violence. You see the policy of the South African Government has produced stability where there is none in other countries in Africa. The trouble is that the people of this country are not prepared to look at the facts. I assure you that we have got our feet very firmly on the ground.

The Budget confirms what has been contended in this newspaper article—that there is stability in the development of the economy of our country and that the continued prosperity and upsurge in this country is stronger than was ever anticipated would be the case. This growth and development has simply to be channeled correctly in order to ensure a sound balance in the economic structure of the country. That is why we welcome the recommendation of the economic development programme which has been drawn up by the office of the Economic Advisory Council of the hon. the Prime Minister. It points out the necessity for a balanced development in the economic sphere. One welcomes the fact that the directives contained in these recommendations are to a large extent reflected in this Budget. But one is concerned at the fact that there are trends which may possibly disturb the sound balance of our economy if they are not curbed in time. That is why we will welcome the fact if within the framework of an economic programme and within the framework of our financial policy attention is given to these tendencies in the economic structure of the country. One of these I want to mention and discuss is the production of gold in the country and another is the retrogression of our agricultural industry as a result of prolonged droughts. Here I want to emphasize, Sir, that the retrogression of our agricultural industry is a result of protracted droughts and not as a result of incorrect farming methods; not as a result of a poor agricultural policy on the part of the Government but as a result of natural disasters. Dealing with the last item first, I want to say that we note with appreciation the announcement in the Budget Speech of the hon. the Minister of Finance that this matter—the retrogression of our agricultural industry— is receiving the serious attention of the Government and that adequate funds will be made available not only for emergency loans but also for the building up of our agricultural industry. One is particularly concerned at the fact that our agricultural industry has reached the stage where it will probably not come up to the expectation of our economic development programme for the next five years. It was anticipated that the contribution which the agricultural sector would be able to make to our gross domestic production would increase in absolute amounts. It was also anticipated that the number of Whites employed in agriculture would gradually decrease. This is not something new. It is a general occurrence that as the economy of a country grows, the percentage of the workers employed in agriculture drops. But I am afraid that as a result of drought conditions this percentage is going to be so high that it will have a detrimental effect upon our agricultural industry. It will lead to further problems and difficulties in connection with the occupation of the platteland. We know that the economic upsurge in our country is accompanied by full employment, even of the younger generation. This results in improved living standards, increased purchasing power, increased consumption and so forth. For agriculture it means the supplying of more and better foodstuffs at economic prices, to the producer as well as to the consumer. This is the challenge facing the farmers of the Republic of South Africa to-day. The farmer can and will accept this challenge once natural conditions return to normal, but a steadily decreasing farming community may find this challenge too much for them. That is why we hope that the measures which are going to be taken for the rebuilding of our agricultural industry will be aimed at keeping as many farmers as possible on their farms and returning to their farms as many farmers as possible who as a result of these circumstances have had to leave their farms. Then and only then will the farmer be able to supply the food requirements of the country and will we be able to ensure that a sound balance will be maintained in the economic structure of the country.

In the second place I should like to say something in connection with the production of gold in our country. The gold mining industry is one of the most important foundation-stones of the economy of the country. While the Republic is in essence still an export country. which according to the White Paper, exported goods to the value of R955,000,000 in 1964. gold has played a leading part in earning important foreign currency for us. It must also be acknowledged that the gold mining industry has stimulated the development of our country in numbers of spheres. We think of the railways which developed as a result of the transport requirements of the gold mines. We think of the development of our coal fields as a result of the requirements of the coal mines. We think of the development of our agriculture as a result of the supplying of the foodstuffs required by the gold mines. We think of the fact that the oil and steel industry in its initial years served as a service industry for the mines. We think of the manufacture of explosives. This was undertaken in order to supply the requirements of the mines. There is the question of the generation of power. This was encouraged in our country because gold mines were important users of that power. It is interesting to know that the Republic of South Africa is to-day generating half of the total power generated in Africa and that the gold mines are using half of the power generated in the Republic. The mines are to-day also important consumers of our locally manufactured goods such as machinery, mining requirements, chemicals such as nitric add, sulphuric acid, lime, steel and so forth.

According to information supplied by Mr. Anderson, President of the Transvaal and Orange Free State Chamber of Mines, the following figures are significant: During 1963, the mining industry purchased South African timber to an amount of R 16,000,000 and they purchased maize, meat, vegetables and other foodstuffs for the compounds to an amount of R 17,800,000. The gold mining companies as a whole purchased goods to the value of R265,000,000 in 1963, of which less than 7 per cent were imported.

Mr. Speaker, for these reasons it is an undeniable fact that the gold mining industry plays a very important part in the economic development of our country. There are two aspects in particular in connection with the gold mining industry which require closer inspection. I say this in the spirit of trying to keep the goose which lays the golden egg alive as long as possible. In the first place, we are dealing here with a disappearing asset, and, in spite of the fact that large scale prospecting for gold has been going on over the past while, it appears as though the results have not been very encouraging. We have reached the stage at which the total quartz deposits which are still in the ground can be evaluated. That is my first point.

In the second place, we notice that no determined efforts have as yet been made to ask for an increase in the gold price. While an increase in the gold price appeared impossible some years ago, it appears as though the climate in this regard is becoming favourable, particularly having regard to the mergence of a third economic power in Europe.

I have here a cutting from The Star of 29 September 1964, in which the following appeared—

French put forward Gold Price Plan. The French plan—Composite Reserve Units linked to gold in such a way that the price of gold could be changed from time to time —has put a new and perhaps brighter aspect on the gold controversy.

The French are helping us to agitate for a higher gold price. I also have here a newspaper cutting of a speech which Dr. Buxebau made in which he also said that in our evaluation of the gold mines we have to consider the fact that there may possibly be an increase in the gold price in the near future. I mention this merely as a proof that we must not lose sight of the fact that there may perhaps be an increase in the gold price within the foreseeable future. It may only be a question of time before America loses her power grip on international monetary politics which must then of necessity lead to an increase in the price of gold. That is why one wonders whether it is a sensible thing, under the present circumstances in which an increase in the gold price may take place in the near future, and because of the fact that our gold-bearing deposits in this country are restricted, that we should increase our gold mining production to record heights. One reads too often what has been reported here in connection with the Free State gold mines: “Higher production and record profits by O.F.S. gold mines; higher dividends of three companies envisaged; higher crushing rate and further improvements in efficiency and so forth.” We hear so much of the increased rate of crushing at the mines. To this fact must still be added the problem of our marginal mines. A factor which is of real concern is that there are certain mines in the country which have fairly large low-grade ore reserves. Here I am thinking particularly of a mine like Crown Mines, which was in its day a rich mine, a mine which made large profits, which paid good dividends and which to-day has large reserves of low-grade ore which is of such a nature that that mine is struggling to maintain its profit margin. Mr. Speaker, is this not perhaps due to the fact that in their eagerness to show large profits, the mines are skimming off the cream? I do not want to elaborate on this point any further because it is an obvious fact that if large capital investments are made to expose the gold, it is in the interests of the economy of the country as a whole for every ounce of gold in the earth to be mined and for the life of such mine to be prolonged. This, of course, within the limits of payability. This must result in the maximum amount of benefit to the economy of the country as a whole. That is why I wonder whether the time has not come when the Government should apply a financial policy in respect of gold mining companies, the aim of which will be, as a mine manager once said to me: “To prevent the evil of picking the eyes out.” We must prevent the skimming off of the cream, leaving the skimmed milk behind. I know that this suggestion has many implications. It can affect our foreign exchange position; it can affect our investments; it can affect free enterprise, but, on the other hand, it is not a sensible thing to mine the gold of the country at such a swift rate and to sell it at a price which may possibly soon be increased. Should some sort of removal policy not be followed? I mean, should the gold mines not be forced by a financial policy to crush the rich ore together with the low-grade ore? I know that this may result in low profits for the mines, but mining will, nevertheless, remain profitable. A policy of this nature will prolong the life of the mine. But once the mine has been worked out, we will be sure that every ounce of gold has been taken from that mine. I believe that the gold assets of the country must be utilized for as long as possible. The aim of this Government must be to develop the economic resources of this country to such an extent that a sound balance is maintained in the economy of the country. If we permit one of the cornerstones of our economy to be gambled with, as I maintain is happening at the moment, in that only the rich ore is being mined, it may possibly lead to economic chaos. The gold mining industry is one of the anchors of our economy, and we must keep it in operation as long as we possibly can.

I want to conclude by saying that I believe that this Budget is based on a sound financial policy. What I have suggested here is within the framework of the sound financial policy of this Government. That policy makes provision for all the requirements of the country and, in its struggle against inflation, it may perhaps be desirable to apply the brake as far as undertakings are concerned which will in the long run benefit from a judiciously decelerated rate of development. This will ensure for us a balanced development in the economic structure of the country.

Mr. MOORE:

I am sorry the hon. member for Standerton (Dr. Coertze) is not in the House. We have had two speeches so far on gold mining, one of which was really an interruption expressing a view, and we have just had a very fine speech by the hon. member for Welkom (Mr. van Wyk). I did not think very much of his introduction to his speech. I think he improved as he went along, as good wine improves with age. He spoke about healthy relations between South Africa and the rest of the world. I wish it were true; it is a consummation devoutly to be wished. Not very long ago a leading Nationalist paper spoke about us possibly becoming the polecat among the nations of the world. That is an expression the Nationalists used themselves. If the hon. member were to spend some time overseas he would realize what the reaction to South Africa is. They don’t like us. There is no country in the world that likes us. I agree about that as much as he does and I have done my best to correct it. I go overseas occasionally. We should do something more as a Government to correct it. The hon. member spoke about the two Africas. They were not speaking about the Republic of South Africa only, but about Africa generally. That came from New York. The hon. member said we must create a new image. That is very necessary but how can you create a new image of South Africa overseas when you say to people “If you have a brown skin you cannot go to a soccer match?” That is our problem when we go overseas.

An HON. MEMBER:

Rubbish!

Mr. MOORE:

It is rubbish; I quite agree. That is the trouble we are confronted with, Sir, when we go overseas. The expression has become popular to-day: “There is such a thing as human dignity; the dignity of the individual.” Because we are confronted with that and because of these ridiculous acts on the part of this Government it is hard to explain South Africa. I have tried to explain South Africa overseas; I have done my best. I shall do more if necessary. I have offered in debates in this House to go overseas on tour or on T.V. or whatever they wish to try to improve the image of South Africa. That is what we are all trying to do but the Government makes it so difficult.

*Mr. FRONEMAN:

I don’t think you will look so attractive on T.V.

Mr. MOORE:

But they can improve me with a little make-up. I think even the hon. member for Heilbron (Mr. Froneman) could be improved.

I should like the hon. member for Welkom to give very serious thought to the position of South Africa overseas before he tells us that we are misunderstood. When he came to gold production he obviously spoke with knowledge and with some authority if I am to judge from the position he holds in his party. He paid a very fine tribute to the industry. He paid tribute to what the gold mining industry has meant to South Africa. Of course he did not refer to the fact that the hon. the Minister of Posts and Telegraphs had even advocated the nationalization of the gold mining industry in this House. There seems to be a new appeal from the other side. We have had the other view put forward in this House. We have a much better system than nationalization in South Africa. We have the lease system which the hon. member for Welkom will agree is superior to Government ownership. Because with a lease the Government only comes in when the venture is a success. They do not advance the capital but they take the profits only when mining is a success. They never lose money when a mine is a failure. They don’t come in on the low-grade mine that does not pay but only on the mine that does pay. It is a very fine system.

I am hoping the hon. member for Krugersdorp (Mr. M. J. van den Berg) will also take part in this debate because I think there is a great deal to be said. The hon. member for Welkom also referred to the necessity for doing something about the low-grade mines. I think the Government has tried to do something but there is a limit to what can be done as the hon. the Minister told us last year in his Budget speech. The hon. member for Welkom suggests that the mining policy of the mining companies is not a good policy. I don’t agree with that. All the hon. member has to do is to look at the gold reserves of any mine. If they are mining higher than their gold reserves then I can understand his argument. Then they would perhaps be picking the eyes out of the mine. But they don’t pick the eyes out of a mine today. On the contrary, the big mining groups are anxious to develop the mines for as long as possible. They are following the very policy the hon. member is advocating.

I want to say this. After talking about the mines and discussing mining policy I think there is no improvement that we can suggest as laymen to the policies being carried out by the mining companies on the Witwatersrand where the methods in mining are recognized throughout the world as the most efficient in the world. If there are better mining men in the world this industry will employ them. We are anxious to get them. I don’t think there should be any brake on mining. I think mining for gold will still continue for generations in South Africa. I think the hon. member for Welkom forgot a most important point in his speech, if he will allow me. It was the point referred to by the hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South Africa) (Mr. Plewman) namely, mining taxation. This is a budget debate,. The hon. member could have broken a lance for the mining industry, not only for the owners but for the workers as well. The gold mining taxation system in this country is grossly inequitable and has been recognized as inequitable for a very long time. The hon. Minister has given us his formula. I think it is Y = 60 - 360/x, as it appears in his taxation proposals this year. But it is not the amount of the formula that is wrong; it is the system of applying a differential and discriminatory system of taxation to the gold-mining industry. It is referred to every year. Hon. members shake their heads, but let me quote with authority. I quote from the report of the Social and Economic Planning Council on the economic aspects of the gold-mining industry. It is an old report, but is still a good report, and this is what they have to say in discussing the gold-mining industry in South Africa, just at the time when this Government came into office. I should explain that they are referring to a commission that gave us the present system of gold-mining taxation. That commission was not appointed by this Government. When I speak of gold-mining taxation. I am quite prepared to admit that the United Party and the Nationalist Party and every party we have had in South Africa has behaved in the same discriminatory fashion. I make no exceptions. There was a commission appointed. They called it a commission, but it was really a departmental committee, and on this departmental committee they had the Secretary for Finance, they had the Commissioner for Inland Revenue, they had the Government Mining Engineer and they had other experts from inside the Department. They gave us in South Africa the present formula system which differs from the form of taxation for any other company. When they introduced that system of taxation they thought the gold-mining industry should be treated differently because they used the old argument of the patrimony of South Africa. They said: The gold in the ground belongs to the people of the country. Of course it does. It belongs to the nation. It is a national asset. On that we are all agreed. And they said: “When they have finished mining. all that is left is a hole in the ground.” It is the hole-in-the-ground theory. We agree with that. As gold was mined in California and California was developed subsequently on the wealth of gold, so in South Africa the same thing is happening. We agree with that. But the Government’s lease system provides that the gold that is taken out of the ground is paying its share to the Government. Before a licence for gold-mining can be obtained, a lease has to be approved. That lease provides for the Government’s share, and it is a very considerable share. The hon. member for Standerton interrupted my friend here when he said that something should be done about the taxation of the gold-mining industry by saying “Should they not pay anything?”. Let me tell the hon. member what one company paid. I will not mention its name.

Mr. M. J. VAN DEN BERG:

Don’t forget the many concessions.

Mr. MOORE:

Concessions are necessary for the low-grade mines. They are not so necessary for the rich mines. The mine I am referring to is a good mine, and the chairman at the annual meeting said this—

“The effect of rates and tax paid by this mine is over 50 cents per Rand” (not 30 cents per Rand as in the case of other companies); “including the State’s share of profits paid by the mine during the year under review of more than R3y million, the amount paid by the company to the Government was more than 72 per cent of its taxable income.”

Not 30 per cent, not 50 per cent, but 72 per cent of the profits went to the Government.

Mr. M. J. VAN DEN BERG:

The old story.

Mr. MOORE:

The hon. member should support me when I am striking a blow for the gold-mining industry. The hon. member has not learned anything yet. Hon. members there never seem to learn.

Mr. GREYLING:

Why don’t you offer an alternative method of taxation.

Mr. MOORE:

I am prepared to do that. I thank the hon. member for Ventersdorp for his interjection. As a representative of a gold-mining area he is interested in this. I want to give the alternative. The alternative suggestion by the Social and Economic Planning Council was this—

The Council does not however, endorse the Committee’s approval of the formula income-tax on gold-mines. It is difficult to justify the application of graduated income-tax rates to companies as distinct from individuals. Graduated rates are not in fact applied to any public companies in the Union except gold-minnig companies.

There is the danger that the high discriminatory tax rates may discourage investment in gold-mining and prejudice new development. These considerations reinforce the council’s recommendation in its seventh report that the income-tax on gold-mining be progressively revised so as eventually to bring into line with tax on the income of other public companies.

I am not suggesting that gold-mining taxation should be the same as the taxation on industries or on commerce, but I think that recommendation on policy should have been followed up. This report was printed when the present Government came into office. Gradually there should have been a movement towards making gold-mining taxation similar to the taxation on other companies. That has not been done and the difficulties it has brought with it are very important ones. We have had suggestions in regard to taxation in this Budget. One of the suggestions is that there should be a levy on individuals; It is not really a tax, it is a loan; I do not quarrel with that; if the hon. the Minister feels that he has to have a levy, I think he should be allowed one. But then I do not think he should say as in Kathleen Mavourneen: “It may be for years, and it may be for ever”. I think he should give a period. Five years is a reasonable period. He should not say definitely that he has not made up his mind how long he will keep our money. A lot of people will be dead by the time they get it back. Their estates might get it back. I do not think that is reasonable. But that is not the important point.

I come to this question of the 5 per cent levy on companies, and the 5 per cent taxation of companies. I should like to read the Minister’s justification for this. He said—

In my view it would not be proper to seek the remaining R16,000,000 from the individual income tax-payers … I feel that companies can afford a small additional tax without unduly restraining their power of growth. I propose, therefore, that a surcharge of 5 per cent be levied on the income tax payable by all companies.

Where is the fallacy there? The fallacy is this, that the Minister, in imposing this taxation, does not act as intelligently as he did in the case of the individual, in regard to the loan levy. He says he will tax the company. Now a company is an association of individuals, of shareholders. There are millionaires who have shares in a company and there are men who depend for their income on the dividends they receive from that company. Some of them have incomes of under R1,000 a year. Hon. members who come from the Rand will know that in the old days men invested their money in gold mining shares and in their old age they lived on the dividends they received. That was their sole source of income, men who prided themselves on saying that they hoped they would never need an old-age pension. Now. when the hon. the Minister increases the taxation on the profits of a company, he is also increasing the taxation on those individuals. Every individual is being taxed in the same way. The Income Tax Commission, under the chairmanship of that great South African, the late Mr. Raymond Steyn, said they would like to consider reforming our system of income tax in South Africa and to bring it more into line with the system that has been adopted in the United Kingdom, where a shareholder receives credit for the profits tax that has been taken from the company. But they could not do it because there was a different system of taxation for industrial and commercial companies, as compared with gold mining companies. Subsequently the Viljoen Commission approached the same problem, and they also found they could do nothing. Therefore I would suggest that the Minister consider appointing a Commission to advise him on how the taxation system of gold mines can be brought more into line with the taxation of other companies. I am not pleading for lower taxation for them; I am objecting to the system and I wish the hon. the Minister would take that into consideration.

Now the Minister says we must save for prosperity. Well, I am very glad to have the opportunity of repeating what I said here on a previous occasion. Why not introduce a savings system which is rather better than those we have, a premium bond system? When I put that forward as a private member’s motion, hon. members opposite said it was gambling. But they will not say that now after the debate we have had on the Gambling Bill, because that debate exposed the fact that in the Transvaal the Nationalist Party Administration is going to introduce totalisators. I do not want to discuss a Bill that is still before the House, but I think the Minister of Finance should get together with the Minister of Justice, who has a broader outlook on the subject of gambling. [Laughter.] He has already played bingo. [Interjection.] Well, it is better to have loved and lost than never to have loved at all.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Not in politics.

Mr. MOORE:

When we discussed premium bonds, we had by coincidence in this country Viscount Mackintosh, who is Chairman of the Thrift Committee—not the Gambling Committee—of Britain. He said they had the Post Office savings bank and they had thrift certificates, but the best line was premium bonds. He said: If you intend introducing bonds in South Africa, I would gladly come out and give you my assistance. Well, I give that suggestion to the hon. the Minister.

Then I come to the suggestion that married women will have the opportunity of going into industry where we can use their skills even when they are married. Why we have waited so long I do not know. Every other country in the world has been making use of married women in industry and in the professions. We said in South Africa that if a woman has been trained for three or four years to be a teacher, she cannot teach when she gets married. She can come back later in an inferior capacity, but she has to leave the Service when she gets married. Overseas, in Germany and the U.K. and America, they encourage married women to come back to teach again, because when they are mature they are even better teachers than they were before. There is not only a manpower shortage. We speak of a woman-power shortage as well in the Transvaal. I should like to mention what the hon. member for Pretoria (Central) (Mr. van den Heever) raised. He said he would like to bring the margin down from R8,000 and he had in mind a ceiling of something like R6,000. We are not here considering the question of assisting people by reducing taxation; we are considering a principle, and if that principle is good enough for a man with an income of R4,000 or R5,000, it is good enough for any income. I think the hon. the Minister should consider that. We are not introducing this system in order to assist only the poorer people. We are introducing it to assist, for example, the woman who is a doctor and who marries a doctor. We want to encourage her to go back and practise her profession. It is the principle that we are discussing.

Sir, I am very glad that the hon. the Minister of Economic Affairs is here. I see he is arranging to dispose of the assets of Klipfontein Organic Products to a consortium of companies. Is that the intention? Sir, I approve of that. I think the sooner we dispose of assets of that kind to private enterprise the better. The only question to be considered is how it is to be done. I think that is a matter we should consider. I think we should pursue this policy of the hon. the Minister of Economic Affairs. When the I.D.C. was established, it was established to assist small, struggling companies to get on to their feet and to advance capital to them in the early stages either as equity, or preference shares, or as loans. I think the time has arrived when the hon. the Minister should consider disposing of some of the assets of the I.D.C. to private enterprise. I think that might assist the hon. the Minister of Finance in his budgeting. It has been suggested by a former chairman of the Federated Chamber of Industries; they are very anxious to move in that direction. I think this is a step worth considering. I do not know whether the hon. the Minister has given it any consideration. I can quite see the use of the I.D.C. at present as a channel by which Government enterprise can be applied, but where the I.D.C. has interests in private companies I think we should consider disposing of them. What I do not approve of is the I.D.C. coming into the market to do what my hon. friend, the member for Krugersdorp (Mr. M. J. van den Berg) referred to the other day when he objected to one company swallowing another. Here we had the I.D.C. coming into the shoewear market to try to buy up Cuthberts with public money. I think this is very much worse than the example that was put to him about the big publishing companies of the hon. the Prime Minister and the Minister of Posts and Telegraphs. Here our own I.D.C. under the name of Bonavel, comes into the market and competes with other concerns to buy up Cuthberts. Sir, that was never the intention in establishing the I.D.C. I think the hon. the Minister of Economic Affairs should discourage this.

Now, Sir, just one word before I close on a subject which I raised with the Minister last year, the question of blocked rands. I think the Minister should say “Boldness be my friend”, in this matter. After all, why make such a small amount available for this purpose? These people overseas do not wish to have at low interest or no interest a South African investment for five years. Let some of them take their money out. Surely we are strong enough not to have to worry about the small amount that will go out in blocked rands. I am not speaking of the money that comes out here for share dealing. The hon. the Minister has share dealings in his mind, but there are many other capital realizations which are not share dealings. I think he should consider capital realizations which are not share dealings. I think he can go further, because, according to the figures he gave me in reply to a question, South Africa is actually buying money because in one case they paid over 100 per cent to obtain 100 in five years’ time. Well, that makes our credit look bad! The primary object of the Minister of Finance is to create credit and confidence throughout the world. Sir, we have confidence in South Africa. We all have confidence in South Africa; that is why we invest our money here. We do not have confidence in the Government, but that is a different story. We have confidence in this country, and we have shown in the past that we have faith and confidence in the future of South Africa. I think the hon. the Minister should be prepared to allow a bit more to go out to these people overseas. I think he could ration this money instead of saying: “I am making a floor price of 90.” He can say: “We are going to ration it; we are going to make a floor price of about 85 or 82, and with that floor price you can have a loan for five years at, say, 4 per cent.” I make that suggestion to the hon. the Minister for his sympathetic consideration.

*Mr. W. C. MALAN:

The hon. member for Kensington (Mr. Moore) has always impressed me in this House as an excellent actor. This afternoon he again conformed to that picture I had of him, and I still believe that, even in this year in which United Party members are so fast losing their seats, a very good, new occupation is open to that hon. member—if he should lose his seat—in the fast-expanding film industry of our country. Particularly under the guidance of the dynamic Jamie Uys, he may perhaps still make a great name for himself as South Africa’s greatest actor. But the hon. member’s facts are not always quite correct. I should like to refer to a few of the remarks made by the hon. member.

The hon. member started his speech by saying that “people overseas do not like us”. Yes, there are, of course, people overseas who do not like us. To tell the truth, there are very many people in this country who do not like the United Party either. But it is not all the people overseas who do not like us, just as it is not all the people in South Africa who do not like the United Party. I think there are more people overseas who like us than there are people in South Africa who like the United Party Sir, I also went overseas recently, and I had the privilege of talking to many people in Europe, many Europeans and also many Americans whom I happened to meet there, and I just want to give the hon. member the assurance that there are many people overseas who do like us, and who realize that we have a very promising future. In fact, if that were not the case, why are we getting 40,000 immigrants a year? If those people do not like us, why do they come here? Why do they abandon their people and their country in order to start new careers here? Why should they do so if they do not like us? I respect the hon. member for the manner in which he states his case, but I think we should place a question mark after his facts.

The hon. member also spoke about the I.D.C., which enters spheres which, he says, it should rather not enter. He again made the suggestion that the I.D.C. should make available to the public some of its shares. Is that what the hon. member said?

*Mr. MOORE:

Certain companies.

*Mr. W. C. MALAN:

Is that not precisely what has already happened? Did not the I.D.C. two years ago establish Industrial Selections precisely for the purpose of making available certain of its shares to the general public? Is the hon. member once again just a little bit behind the times? That is just precisely what the present policy is. Or is the hon. member so interested in those gold mines that he sometimes fails to see these other important aspects? I know the hon. member is very interested in the Stock Exchange. I understand he was even at one stage chairman of the board of the Exchange. The hon. member should not, as has been the case ever since he has been here, just concern himself with gold. A great deal is being done in other spheres. What he asks for is already being done.

The hon. member also had a lot to say about “blocked rands”. Let me now tell the hon. member this—I think he is aware of it, but, as a good actor, he remains silent about certain things so as to let the emphasis fall on other things. The big problem at the moment with overseas financiers is exactly that they cannot get blocked rands. There is no abundance of them. There is, in float, at the moment a tremendous shortage of blocked rands, with the result that overseas investors are unable to obtain sufficient for certain investments which they want to make in Johannesburg. Does the hon. member not agree?

*Mr. MOORE:

I would be able to get some for you.

*Mr. W. C. MALAN:

I want to return to the amendment of the Opposition, and I particularly want to refer to paragraphs (b) and (c) therein—

  1. (b) to enable average citizens to meet the increasing cost of living and obtain their rightful share of the benefit of economic expansion; and
  2. (c) to give more adequate assistance to the neediest class of pensioners.

That is exactly in accordance with the pattern of the Opposition in several past Budget debates. The Opposition is merely repeating once more the old parrot-cry about the Government’s lack of sympathy for the ordinary man in the street. Mr. Speaker, were it not such a serious matter, we would not have paid any attention to it. It is really a most irresponsible proposition to make. Surely it is exceedingly irresponsible to say that the Government has no sympathy for the ordinary citizen? The hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South) and the hon. member for Kensington, who has just resumed his seat, had a great deal to say about the reduction in gold mining taxation. On the other hand, they plead for greater concessions to the ordinary man in the street. Now I ask you, Mr. Speaker: Where is the money supposed to come from? The hon. member for Parktown also had a lot to say about the R 16,000,000 which, by means of the 5 per cent surcharge on companies, except gold mining companies, will now come from the pockets of those companies. Where must the hon. Minister of Finance obtain the money for making these great concessions to the ordinary man in the street which the Opposition pleads for? The hon. member for Constantia spoke in a Press statement about the tax concession of R 14,500,000 and the new taxation, as against that, of R 17,800,000. He calls it “a neat example of robbing Peter to pay Paul”. But is Paul not then just the man in the street? Is he not the ordinary man? The hon. the Minister of Finance is now taking the R 16,000,000 out of the pockets of companies which can well afford it in order to make a concession to the ordinary man in the street, the pensioner with the lowest income who is finding things so difficult. How does one reconcile these arguments of hon. members on the opposite side? On the one hand they plead for the man in the street. The hon. member for Pinetown (Mr. Hopewell) said: “We are the party which looks after the ordinary man, the ordinary worker, the ordinary housewife; we are the party which wants to look after their interests.” Where must the money come from if it is not to come from the pockets of the companies which can afford it?

Business interrupted in accordance with Standing Order No. 23 and debate adjourned.

The House adjourned at 7 p.m.

TUESDAY, 30 MARCH 1965 Mr. SPEAKER took the Chair at 2.20 p.m. QUESTIONS

For oral reply:

Inquiry into Pension Funds *I. Mr. OLDFIELD

asked the Minister of Finance:

Whether a committee has been appointed to inquire into pension fund matters; if so, (a) when, (b) who are its members, (c) which organizations are represented on it and (d) what are its terms of reference.

The MINISTER OF FINANCE:

Yes.

  1. (a) 10 December 1964.
  2. (b) Messrs. H. J. F. Cilliers (Chairman), A. S. Thoms, P. W. Barke and G. H. Faulding.
  3. (c) The Office of the Registrar of Financial Institutions, the Department of Inland Revenue, the Life Officers’ Association of South Africa, and the Association of Pension and Provident Funds of South Africa.
  4. (d) The terms of reference are:
    1. “(1) To consider and to make recommendations on the question as to whether the Government should take steps, and if so, what steps—
      1. (a) to promote the transferability of members’ rights between and liabilities of pension funds;
      2. (b) to avoid persons acquiring, in whatever manner, the right to dispose of. their accumulated pension savings before they reach retiring age.
  5. (2) In pursuance of the foregoing to take into account pension funds established in terms of industrial agreements or which are subject to a measure of control issuing from a department of State including the South African Railways and Harbours Administration, a provincial administration and the Administration of South West Africa.”
Railways: Activities of the Sick Fund *II. Mr. WOOD

asked the Minister of Transport:

(a) How many (i) members and (ii) dependants are there in the South African Railways and Harbours Sick Fund, (b) what amount was collected in membership fees during the past financial year and (c) what was the expenditure on (i) doctors’ fees, (ii) specialists’ fees, (iii) medical services, (iv) hospitalization, (v) medicines and (vi) administration during the same year.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:
  1. (a)
    1. (i) 130,238.
    2. (ii) 251,975.
  2. (b) R4,513,667.58. (Excluding income derived from the levy on prescriptions.)
  3. (c)
    1. (i) R 1,297,451.05.
    2. (ii) R 1,556,561.10.
    3. (iii) R296,892.98, i.e. miscellaneous expenditure in respect of orthopaedic services, the provision of artificial limbs, dental refunds, etc.
    4. (iv) R1,661,433.35.
    5. (v) R933,729.02.
    6. (vi) R474,242.83.
Railway Pensioners *III. Mr. WOOD

asked the Minister of Transport:

  1. (1) How many (a) married and (b) single (i) men and (ii) women were in receipt of Railways pensions as at 31 December 1964;
  2. (2) what was the total amount paid in pensions on that date.
The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

Details of the position as at 31 December 1964, are not readily available. The position as at 26 March 1965, was, however, as follows:

  1. (1)
    1. (a)
      1. (i) 13,665.
      2. (ii) 1,444.
    2. (b)
      1. (i) 2,035.
      2. (ii) 6,676.
  2. (2) R921,000.
Rent Control and Business Premises *IV. Mr. GORSHEL

asked the Minister of Community Development:

  1. (1) Whether he has received any representations for the application of rent control to business premises;
  2. (2) whether he will make a statement in regard to the matter.
The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:
  1. (1) Yes, two instances during the past year.
  2. (2) I do not at present deem it justified to introduce rent control in respect of business premises.
Hotels of International Type *V. Mr. GORSHEL

asked the Minister of Tourism:

  1. (1) Whether any international type of hotel is (a) being built or (b) to be built in South Africa with Government assistance or other assistance from public funds; if so, what are the relevant details concerning the hotel or hotels and the nature and extent of the assistance (i) requested and (ii) given or to be given; if not,
  2. (2) whether he will make a statement in regard to the matter.
The MINISTER OF TOURISM:
  1. (1) (a) and (b) Yes. Three such hotels have been planned for Johannesburg. Details covering financial assistance given by the Government and the City Council of Johannesburg were furnished in a statement made by me in the Senate last year as appears in columns 3938 to 3941 of the Senate Hansard, 1964.
  2. (2) Falls away.
Restrictions on Prof. Roux *VI. Mrs. SUZMAN

asked the Minister of Justice:

  1. (1) Whether he has received representations from any association in regard to the restrictions imposed on Professor Edward Roux; if so, (a) from which association and (b) what was the nature of the representations;
  2. (2) whether he has reached a decision in the matter; if so,
  3. (3) whether he will accede to the presentations; if not, why not.
The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:
  1. (1) No, except protests from leftist student organizations.
  2. (2) and (3) Fall away.
Absconding of Pupils

The DEPUTY MINISTER OF EDUCATION, ARTS AND SCIENCE replied to Question No. *11, by Mr. Oldfield, standing over from 16 March.

Question:
  1. (1) How many pupils absconded from (a) reform schools and (b) schools of industries during 1964;
  2. (2) how many of these absconders (a) were returned to the institutions, (b) were transferred to other institutions and (c) have not been traced;
  3. (3) what steps have been taken or are contemplated to reduce the number of absconders from these institutions.
Reply:
  1. (1)
    1. (a) 51.
    2. (b) 640.
  2. (2)
    1. (a) 514.
    2. (b) 53.
    3. (c) 124, of whom 12 were released while at large.
  3. (3) No new steps: having regard to the fact that, in terms of Section 54 (2) of the Children’s Act, 1960, pupils returning late from leave of absence are deemed to have absconded and approximately 52 per cent of the absconders in 1964 fell into that category, the incidence cannot be regarded as alarmingly large. The various methods employed to minimize, as far as possible, the urge on the part of pupils to abscond are being, and have been, constantly revised in the light of modern knowledge on the subject. It is not, however, considered in the interests of the pupils themselves to restrict the freedom of all of them to any greater extent in order to achieve tighter security in respect of potential absconders.

For written reply:

I. Mr. GORSHEL

—Reply standing over.

Permits for Mixed Gatherings II. Mrs. SUZMAN

asked the Minister of Community Development:

  1. (a) How many applications for permits in terms of Proclamation No. JR26 of 1965 have been lodged with his Department since 12 February 1965, by applicants in each province;
  2. (b) how many applications from each province were (i) granted and (ii) refused; and
  3. (c) how many of the applications from each province were refused on the ground (i) of insufficient provision for separate facilities for different race groups, (ii) of insufficient provision for the segregation of different race groups and (iii) that the applicants are of a race other than that for which the area in which the place of public entertainment is situated has been proclaimed.
The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

Cape

Transvaal

Natal

O.F.S.

(a)

192

87

27

(b)

(i)

106

52

20

(ii)

72

28

4

The difference between (a) and (b) is the number of applications under consideration.

(c)

(i)

None

None

None

(ii)

None

None

None

  1. (iii) Proclamation No R26 of 1965 prohibits inter alia the attendance of persons disqualified in terms of the Group Areas Act, 1957, at places of public entertainment in group areas except under the authority of a permit. Each application for a permit is considered on its own merits so that apart from the fact that the reasons for the refusal of a permit is never made public, a reply to this part of the question is impossible and therefore unfortunately cannot be furnished.
III. Mrs. SUZMAN

asked the Minister of Planning:

  1. (a) How many applications for permits in terms of Proclamation No. R26 of 1965 have been lodged with his Department since 12 February 1965, by applicants in each province;
  2. (b) how many applications from each province were (i) granted and (ii) refused;
  3. (c) what were the main reasons for the refusals.
The MINISTER OF PLANNING:
  1. (a) Cape Province—58

    Transvaal—11 Natal—4

    Orange Free State—None

  2. (b)
    1. (i) Cape Province—26

      Transvaal—6 Natal—2

      Orange Free State—None

    2. (ii) Cape Province—2

      Transvaal—None

      Natal—None

      Orange Free State—None

      37 of the applications are still under consideration.

  3. (c) No reasons for refusals are furnished, but it may be mentioned that one applicant asked permission for a mixed dance and the other for mixed participation in sport.
Localities for Television Stations

The MINISTER OF POSTS AND TELEGRAPHS replied to Question No. VIII, by Mr. E. G. Malan, standing over from 16 March.

Question;

How many localities in each province and South West Africa were designated in terms of the Regional Agreement for the African Broadcasting Area concluded at Geneva in 1963 as places where television stations could be erected for each of the frequencies (a) 31-68, (b) 174-223 and (c) 470-960 megacycles per second.

Reply:

(a)

Tvl.

C.P.

O.F.S.

Ntl.

S.W.A.

(b)

13

50

8

6

43

(c)

42

86

13

13

70

The Regional Agreement lays down a provisional arrangement on a theoretical basis of radio frequencies as well as television frequencies for the entire Africa Region. The “television” frequencies under (b) and (c) above can be used for all forms of radio communication and are therefore of importance to South Africa.

ESTIMATES OF EXPENDITURE FROM CONSOLIDATED REVENUE FUND

First Order read: Resumption of debate on motion for House to go into Committee of Supply and into Committee of Ways and Means (on taxation proposals).

[Debate on motion by the Minister of Finance, upon which an amendment had been moved by Mr. Waterson, adjourned on 29 March, resumed.]

*Mr. W. C. MALAN:

When the House adjourned last night I was drawing attention to the Opposition’s irresponsible behaviour in this debate. The hon. member for Pinetown (Mr. Hopewell) said that the United Party was the champion of the ordinary worker, the ordinary man and the ordinary woman, and with the little bit of enthusiasm which the hon. member for Constantia (Mr. Waterson) could still muster after last week’s shattering election results, he exclaimed: “It is not the Government, but the workers and the taxpayers who have brought the prosperity that the country is enjoying at present.”

Since when has the United Party become a labour party? Surely with its history, with its composition, it can never be that? Is it not the United Party that is incessantly pleading for the abolition of work reservation? Is it not that party that pleads for unlimited numbers of Bantu to be drawn into our economy for the sake of achieving greater prosperity? Is it not that party that has all along wanted to remove the little bit of protection which the White worker still has, by lifting the colour bar? Was it not the hon. Opposition, in the persons of the hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South) (Mr. Plewman) and the hon. member for Kensington (Mr. Moore), that objected yesterday afternoon to the high tax on gold mines? Was it not they who objected to the fact that the hon. the Minister of Finance once again wants to take R 16,000,000 from the pockets of the rich companies? And then they want to present themselves here as the champions of the man in the street, of the poor man and the poor woman! The hon. member for Pinetown also objected to the so-called savings levy and said: “Do not call it a savings levy. Are we ever going to get it back?”

*Mr. HUGHES:

Are we?

*Mr. W. C. MALAN:

No, it is this side of the House and this Government that has always looked after the interests of the less-moneyed classes, of the man in the street, of the ordinary worker and his wife.

This is being done in this Budget as well. The Budget shows very clearly that it is this Government that looks after the interests of the lower and middle income groups. Is it not precisely the lower income group and the middle income group which are excluded in this Budget from the 5 per cent savings levy? When the hon. the Minister of Finance announced that married women would be granted a tax concession up to a maximum joint income of R8,000 it was that side of the House that pleaded that the R8,000 limit should be abolished. Not only the lower and middle income groups should receive some benefit, but also the rich groups. And then they want to present themselves as the champions of the ordinary man and woman! These are the so-called champions of the poor man, of the less-moneyed classes. Just as the leopard cannot change its spots, that party cannot change its plutocratic mentality. Because with its plutocratic mentality it can never understand the mind of the poor worker. The hon. the Prime Minister put it so well the other day when he said that this Government understood the mind of the poor man because he himself had known poverty and the same could be said of practically every member on this side of the House. The hon. the Minister of Finance himself probably felt the pinch in the parsonage in which he grew up, and that is why he adopts a sympathetic attitude towards the average worker and towards the lower and middle income groups. No, this cry of the hon. Opposition, as embodied in its amendment, namely “that the Government does not give the ordinary citizen a share in the prosperity of the country”, is as dishonest and as irresponsible as its new slogan of “White leadership over the whole of South Africa” shortly before the recent provincial elections. It will be rejected as decisively as the Opposition’s cry of “White leadership over the whole of South Africa”, has been rejected. No, the average voter in the Republic of South Africa is intelligent enough and has the necessary political sense to see through this clever new move.

I would definitely not have paid so much attention to this clever move, or supposedly clever move—and on the face of it this move is merely designed to catch votes, and heaven knows they need votes very badly—were it not for the fact that it was so terribly irresponsible. But the average worker in South Africa is a loyal citizen with an unswerving loyalty towards his country and, incidentally, towards this Government too. Naturally he is interested in the salary he earns, because who is not? But that is not what he values most in life, that is not his sole consideration. Much more important to him is a sense of the value of his work, a sense of achievement, the feeling that he forms an essential link, that he is virtually indispensable in his work and in his community. Just as the farmer who has bred a prize bull, or who has produced a promising new variety of grape, is proud of his achievement, so the average worker is proud of the work he does each day, and the factory worker who is able to make a new laboursaving suggestion to his shift boss is proud of the fact that he can do so.

I submit that there are things which are as important to the average worker as, or more important to him than, the salary he earns. The worker knows that he will be rewarded for any suggestions made by him. He has observed the rule laid down by the late C. J. Langenhoven in regard to work when he said: “Do not make money your primary objective, but endeavour to render the best service of which you are capable, and then your services will be in great demand, because people will realize their value, and your reward will follow of its own accord.” It is the essence of our capitalist system that the worker does his best and is rewarded for his effort. Does the United Party want to break down this system? No, I do not think so, but its actions may very easily have this result. If one keeps on telling the workers at all times that they are not getting their share, as the Opposition is again doing here, a sufficiently large number of workers may come to believe this, and the country will deteriorate into a socialist state before one realizes where one is. Is that what the Opposition wants? No, I do not think so. I do not think it really wants that.

Its history and its composition militate against such an attitude, but people who try to be too clever often come to grief. Nevertheless I do not think the workers of South Africa will allow themselves to be duped by this clever move on the part of the Opposition. The White workers expect much more from a Budget and from a Government than just a larger slice of the cake for themselves. The workers want security for themselves and their families. The socialist state to which this clever move by the United Party is quite likely to lead will not be a White socialist state. As little as the federation policy of the United Party will guarantee White leadership over the whole of South Africa, just as little will the economic paradise the prospect of which the Opposition is holding out to the workers give security to the White worker. This Government has always adopted a sympathetic attitude towards the White worker, towards the ordinary man and woman in our country, towards the stricken farmer and the needy pensioner. Consequently it appreciates what they are striving for, and therefore it will attend to their best interests in future as well. This, however, will not be done by making irresponsible promises, but in a very responsible way, as is being done in this Budget.

Consider, for example, the new dispensation as far as social pensions are concerned. Under the old dispensation a person with private means, a person who had saved a bit of money during his working life, did not receive a Government pension if his income amounted to a minimum of R312 per annum. In actual fact this person consequently had a lower income than the man who had saved nothing during his working life, because the latter received R324 from the State. A person with limited means of his own, say R180 per annum, had an income as much as R504, as against the R312 of the man with a private income. This anomaly is now being eliminated. To the officials who devised this system I should like to extend my sincere congratulations on this excellent piece of work.

The hon. member for Pinetown (Mr. Hopewell) said that the Minister of Finance spoke about the methods to be employed to promote saving, but then stated that the Minister was doing absolutely nothing in this regard. I submit, however, that this new pension scheme will contribute a great deal towards encouraging and promoting saving. The same applies to the plan of the hon. the Minister of Finance to encourage people to continue working till later in life, which is a brilliant plan. In due course this is sure to yield benefits in the economic field.

But, Mr. Speaker, I do feel concerned about the disappointingly small increase in savings in recent years. Our savings, expressed as a percentage of the gross national production, decreased from a figure in excess of 20 per cent in respect of past years to 14.8 per cent in 1964. To my mind this is a very serious matter, because we need capital for economic growth and capital is nothing but savings. On page 6 of the Budget Statement the hon. the Minister says that ways and means of promoting saving must undoubtedly be considered. I have already pointed out that the new dispensation in pensions will contribute towards greater saving, but I regard the observation made by the hon. the Minister as an invitation to make suggestions. For this reason I want to express a few thoughts in regard to this matter. Why has there been a decline in saving? In the first place as a result of an increase in the expenditure on consumer goods, an increase of 14 per cent. Therefore the first step to be taken if one wants to encourage saving is to check this excessive expenditure on consumer goods to some extent by restricting excessive credit provision for purchasing consumer goods. This is what the hon. the Minister has already done, not in his Budget Statement on Wednesday, but on 5 March, hardly three weeks ago. In addition there is the increase of the bank rate by ½ per cent, which will also have the effect of restricting personal expenditure on consumer goods to some extent. This is merely the negative side of combating excessive expenditure on consumer goods, this is the negative side of what has to be done to encourage saving. But there is also a positive approach, which takes the form of this new deal in pensions. But I should like to make a further suggestion to the hon. the Minister, and I want to ask the hon. the Minister to consider giving a little more encouragement to one of our most important methods of saving. I am referring to insurance. There are probably few financial institutions in the Republic that have done as much as our insurance companies to develop thrift amongst our people. Admittedly a concession of 7 per cent of premiums up to a maximum of R25 per person is being made for income-tax purposes as far as insurance premiums are concerned. I respectfully want to suggest that this limit be increased considerably. If this is done, it will provide a considerable incentive to our people to be more thrifty.

One of the main reasons for excessive expenditure on consumer goods is a psychological economic one. Because there is a progressive decline in the value of money, the taxpayer is very much inclined to adopt the attitude that saving is not worth the trouble, because money decreases in value, and that he should rather spend it. For this reason I want to refer to what the great Henry Ford the First said a few decades ago, and that is that we are inclined to teach our children to save, but that we should much rather teach our children to spend correctly, not to spend money only on sweets and cool drinks and that type of thing, but on capital goods as well. This is what we must teach our people, not only to save, but to spend correctly, not only on consumer goods, but also on capital goods. If we do this, we shall again get our people to save, and in this way we shall obtain the necessary capital for the further development of our very sound economy.

Accordingly I want to reject totally the amendment moved by the hon. member for Constantia, because it is irresponsible, and I want to give my strong support to the hon. the Minister of Finance for his very clever Budget.

Mrs. WEISS:

The hon. member for Paarl (Mr. W. C. Malan) has been reproaching this side of the House for advocating the interests of the ordinary man, the man in the street, the common man. I would like to draw the hon. member’s attention to the fact that all the shoals of red herrings that he tried to draw across the trail, have failed, as all his statements, to hide that there is little in this Budget for the man in the street. And what the hon. member perhaps has forgotten is that the men and the women that I am referring to, the ordinary workers, are the forgotten rank and file of the Nationalist Party; they have been forgotten in this Budget, and we on this side of the House would not have had to plead for them year after year and to ask by way of amendments and motions for increased wages and salaries for postmen, railwaymen, Government servants, policemen, for low-grade State employees if the Nationalist Government have not acted in this way, and also if they had acted by deeds of increased benefits instead of by words.

The Budget of the hon. the Minister of Finance as presented to this House is an attempt to counteract inflation, and it is appreciated that while it is difficult to strike the correct central balance between achieving this purpose without causing economic recession, the hon. the Minister of Finance has handled this problem with proper caution as far as the curbing of high consumption is concerned and the hon. Minister has applied classical short-term measures of reducing the circulation of money and by curbing credit, and also by applying fiscal policies and by increased taxation of companies, except mining companies, and the taxation of individuals in the higher income brackets, combined, of course, with the compulsory savings levy. Now while it has to be admitted that the hon. Minister had to budget for a year ahead for our finances, the Minister has to anticipate developments which are still far ahead in the unknown future. On the other hand, one feels that the hon. the Minister can watch carefully the current influx of revenue to-day through the P.A.Y.E. system and therefore he should be able to adjust any variations that could deviate from a planned Budget. It has to be understood that the hon. the Minister is probably intentionally avoiding a rigid clamping down on inflation. In doing so, he and his advisers are following the well-known Keynesian pattern of controlled inflation, which could be said to be an attitude shared everywhere in planning much of national economics in the world. Now looking at the hon. Minister’s Budget as a whole, it appears to be a deficit budget, except for the suspicion that the revenue when finally counted will result again in a large surplus due to over-taxation, as has been carried out over the last years. But I would like to say here that I feel that it is a great pity that the high-class tailoring of our efficient Department of Finance is spoiled by this incurable habit of the hon. the Minister of Finance which makes the pockets of the Budget sag and bulge with surplus taxation. I feel that this is really a sin against real sartorial elegance as well as against clean economic planning. Sir, the complete failure of this Budget lies in the fact that while it curbs consumption demand by short-term measures, it completely ignores the need for increased production, and, Sir, increased production is the long-range counterpart of anti-inflation measures as against the short-term curbing of consumption. Now I feel that it is impossible to understand the hon. Minister’s neglect of these long-term anti-inflationary measures, and in the lack of these measures we can expect perhaps a repetition of the stop-go trek-halt policy that was touched on by the hon. member for Parktown yesterday and that is fatally damaging to the economy of any country; we have seen what it can do by the example of the United Kingdom. This peculiar avoidance of dealing with long-term problems is, I feel, characteristic of the Government which has failed to solve in 17 years the country’s long-term problems in economy and in racial relations and in relations also with the civilized world; this attitude is an attitude of opportunism and not of statesmanship. Sir, in my speech on the Part Appropriation last month, on 17 February, I said—

The way to prevent the run-away increase in prices is not ad hoc measures such as over-taxation applied by the hon. the Minister. The fundamental solution can only be achieved by increased productivity, and such increased productivity demands the more efficient use of manpower and the training of manpower, and the modernization of the methods of production.

The hon. the Minister in his answer to that on the same day said—

It is, of course, quite true that increased productivity can combat inflation. That is almost an economic commonplace.

And he added: “But that is a long-term policy, and that the Government had not sat still in that regard, but that the Government had been active in that regard by, for example, to mention only one matter, tremendously increasing State expenditure on vocational training, in that in 1948, the amount was R2,300,000, in 1961 it rose to R9,100,000 and in 1963 it was R 11,100,000”. Sir, I feel that this juggling with figures does no alter the fact of the well-known acute shortage of skilled labour which still exists to-day, and I would draw the hon. Minister’s attention to a statement by the Administrator of the Transvaal in which he said that the shortage of labour was a threat to our economy, that too many jobs were chasing too few people, and that low educating was hindering our economy. Sir, I feel that in the present Budget there is a neglect of this vital problem. The hon. Minister has ignored the manpower problem and also the problem of more efficient production and the training of skilled labour, the training of more scientists, the training of more technologists. I find it very difficult to understand the cause of this shortsighted attitude of the hon. the Minister, especially as the hon. Minister in reply to my remarks on the Part Appropriation said that increased productivity could combat inflation and that it was almost an economic commonplace. I have no hesitation in saying that I feel that it is not only an economic commonplace but that it is also a basic truth, a corner-stone of the country’s economy. Yet the Minister’s Budget shows little provision for this, and it almost seems as if this supposedly common knowledge is uncommon as far as the hon. the Minister and his Department are concerned. Sir, in support of my warning and request for a long-range plan, I would like to quote among others. Dr. P. J. Riekert. Dr. Riekert is the deputy economic adviser to the Prime Minister and he is also the deputy secretary for Planning and he was speaking in Johannesburg at the launching of a national seminar on production management arranged by the Institute of Professional Management, and his subject was the shortage of executive and managerial manpower in South Africa. Dr. Riekert is reported to have said that the South African boom will not last indefinitely and also that unless the productivity of South Africa continues to increase, there can be no real rise in the standard of living of the population. Sir, I could quote almost every economist who has reviewed the Minister’s present Budget speech, and each one of these has criticized that there is very little inducement to increase productivity. They all ask where is the incentive to increase productivity. I have no doubt that the hon. Minister has also read these statements and is fully aware of them. But, Sir, as the hon. Minister knows I have particular interest in advocating the mobilization of the talented youth, the students of South Africa through university training in science and technology, and I feel that this is again one facet of long-range planning affecting South Africa’s economy, and here again we are dealing with the common knowledge that without highly trained scientists, without highly trained technologists and managerial staff, competitive modern industrialization is virtually impossible. Here again we have this common knowledge ignored at the expense of the country’s future. In the 1963 Budget debate I pointed out these facts and I advocated free university education and complete financial support for talented youth whouse parents are unable to carry the burden of university education; and I made out a case and asked the Minister in 1963 for a vote of R3,000,000 to increase the aid in order to get all talented youth to the universities and thus to alleviate the present shortage of skilled manpower in South Africa. I feel that the investment of this sum of R3,000,000 is one of the most important and most urgent requirements in the planning of the long-range progress of South Africa. I advocated that such financial support should be coupled with effective measures for the elimination of the wastage of money and effort through the successive failures of first and second-year students at all our universities, especially in the subjects of science and technology. Before going into details of such a scheme, I should like to mention that in the 1964 Budget debate the Minister sidestepped this issue by giving financial support to such students by way of bursaries through the national Loan and Study Fund, through a Bill, which is now an Act, by which companies could deduct from their taxable income up to a maximum of 1 per cent in respect of donations made to that fund to enable students in need of assistance to complete their education at the universities or university colleges or technical colleges, and the cost to the Exchequer last year was estimated at R500,000. I pointed out last year that R3,000,000 was the required sum and that even this paltry sum of R500,000 should have been provided from the then surplus of R88,000,000 and should not be left to the benevolence of the companies. Since then I inquired on 19 February and later from the Minister and the Department of Education, Arts and Science as to what were the accruements from the tax allowances to the National Loan and Bursary Fund, and I was not very astonished to receive the answer that up to 19 February no amount had been paid into this fund. In view of this I want to ask the Minister again seriously to consider taking the necessary steps to allocate at leasr R3,000,000 from this year’s Budget surplus of R110,000,000 in order to ensure the technical and scientific development of South Africa, this amount to be granted to all the universities and to assist all talented students whose parents are unable to cover the costs of their university education in science and technology. In order to contrast the close-fistedness of the Government in this respect, I should like to point out to the Minister that while in South Africa students’ fees comprise 30 per cent of the recurrent university expenditure, the same figure is only 11 per cent in the U.K. and 14 per cent in Australia. All universities to-day, owing to the economic pressure on them, are being forced to raise their fees, and this is a further imposition on certain classes of parents. Therefore it is more necessary than ever before for the Government to step up the bursaries and loans available to the talent of South Africa, to invest in the talented students who could help to solve our manpower crisis. The control of the expenditure for higher education is in the hands of the Minister of Finance. Increasing funds for further scientific and technological training will increase productivity, and surely the Minister will agree with this. Our modern age to-day demands new education at all levels, and one of the most pressing problems is the dovetailing of secondary and higher education, because we all know that there is a heavy wastage in the first and second years at the university. Between 40 per cent and 50 per cent failed and they are lost to South Africa, and it is obvious that better preparation for university studies is needed. It is needed both in the secondary schools, and different methods of teaching are also needed during the first year at the university, with increased tutorials. South Africa spends only about half on university education for students compared with what the U.S.A. and other countries spend, and our tuition and training are of a lower standard, and there is a need to improve the standard of university teachers. More and better qualified university staff are needed. Both Dr. Malherbe and Professor Cilliers emphasized that the handling of first-year students en masse in large first-year classes must be replaced by tutorials. We have to give incentives for this through increased bursaries and loans and also through a reassessment of the first year at university, so that it will include far more tutorials, smaller classes and the use of close circuit television and two-way telecommunication so that one top-grade teacher can address 20 to 30 classes at the same time, thereby obviating the 300 or so who are in one classroom. All these things I should like to bring to the attention of the Minister because it is felt very strongly that the Government must meet the urgent need for more scientists and technologists by the training of talented youths through systematic selection for bursaries and by the provision of more adequate teaching staff, and by reducing the first-year wastage in the universities, because that is one of the things which is increasing the manpower shortage.

Once again, I should like to draw the Minister’s attention to the fact that a large percentage of these needy students come from families who are supporters of the party opposite, and a stage will be reached when this neglected sector of the supporters of the Government will become conscious of this cold blooded and cynical treatment of their justifiable claims. This is only one example in the education policy of this Government, because a similar attitude is also displayed towards salaried Government employees in the Post Office and the Railways and other State Departments. I feel that it is time now that people should realize that the Government and the representatives for whom they vote are neglecting and ignoring their interests in this respect. That is another matter of common knowledge which is escaping recognition by this Government, namely that an efficient and trained labour force cannot be achieved without adequate wages and salaries, both in the private and the public sectors. The private sector is aware of this truth and pays its employees accordingly, but the lower ranks of employees in the Railways and the Post Office and the Police Force and also of the Civil Service are so badly paid to-day that they cannot meet the cost of living for themselves and their families and they are leaving the Government employment by the tens of thousands, with the result that our public services are grinding to a halt. The hon. member for Paarl (Mr. W. C. Malan) mentioned the Prime Minister’s statement. I should like to say that according to a Press report the Prime Minister said in Germiston on 22 March that those who asked why their salaries had not been increased by the Government must remember that there are other things which must be thought of, and an increase of R5 a month for everyone in the service of the State would mean little to the individual but it would cost more than R 100,000,000, thus soaking up any surplus. I feel that if this report is correct, it surely ranks as one of the worst political sophistries loaded with red herrings thrown out as a bait to the poor underpaid Government employees in the lower ranks, because obviously the increase in wages and salaries is not equally urgent among all members of the Public Service. One can assume, from the figures of registrations from the ranks of the lower-paid Government employees, that they number in the region of 100,000 and a rise of R5 per month such as mentioned by the Prime Minister would require only R6,000,000 per annum and not R 100,000,000, for the rise is needed for people whose wages are below the breadline, and these are the people whose demands are being artfully avoided by the Government in this Budget. That is why I wish finally to emphasize that once again the Government is playing with a short-term policy which in the long range could destroy our public services.

*Mr. PANSEGROUW:

Mr. Speaker, it is with mixed feelings that I rise to speak in this House this afternoon. On the one hand it is a wonderful privilege for me to have been elected to this House as the representative for Smithfield and on the other hand I am deeply under the impression of the responsibility which rests on my shoulders.

This constituency was represented for 33 years in this House by the late General Hertzog who for 15 of those years served this country as its Prime Minister. His contribution is history. He was followed by Minister Fouche, a man who has also made his mark in the annals of our nation, a man who was a revered and very successful Administrator of the Free State, a man who is to-day an outstanding Minister of Defence. He was succeeded by my friend, a man who for ten years was a team-mate of mine in public life, Dr. Buks Fouché, a man who has also gone a long way and we have further high hopes for him. In the light of these things you will realize, Mr. Speaker, as I have already said, that I as the fourth representative of this constituency appreciate the important and heavy responsibilities which rest upon my shoulders. All I ask is that I be given the opportunity to draw upon that source of all power. If I can do this, I shall be able to face the future confidently.

One stands amazed at the great changes taking place and the tempo at which these changes are taking place in every sphere. Great and swift changes are practically the order of the day in our country at present. These occurrences require an increasingly better insight into things and the ability to tackle matters timeously and with as little disruption as possible. If under these circumstances we were to neglect to appreciate the facts and neglect to put our shoulder to the wheel, we would be left behind. Although the changes in the larger urban areas particularly have been spectacular and obvious, we in the platteland areas have not remained untouched by all this. Indeed, the rural communities are experiencing changes which affect the basis of their economic existence. In the light of this fact I should like this afternoon to identify some of these problems and ask for assistance in our efforts to find a solution to these problems. Some of the problems to which I am going to refer are of a regional nature which may possibly affect my constituency particularly, but the solution thereto is of national importance.

The economic development problems of the southern Free State, that is to say, that region in which the ten towns forming my constituency are situated, are problems which I should like to set out against the broad background of the development of the country as a whole. The phenomenal growth and development of the country is, inter alia, reflected in the real national income which over the past 50 years has increased by 450 per cent. During this period the population as a whole has increased at the rate of 2 per cent per annum. Accordingly, the real income per capita of the population has increased by 1.5 per cent per annum. This means simply that over the past 50 years the real income per head of a family has doubled. Besides this, important changes have also taken place in the relative contributions of the various branches of production towards our national income. For example, the share of the factories in this regard rose from slightly less than 4 per cent to a full 25 per cent. The share of agriculture, forestry and fisheries, as could be expected in a swiftly developing country, decreased from 20 per cent to 10 per cent. These figures show a clear movement of the mutual ratio of primary to secondary and tertiary branches of production and is a clear indication of the extent to which our country has progressed towards economic maturity. The economic growth to which I have referred has, however—and this is very important—not been distributed evenly throughout the whole country. In other words, not all areas in the country have participated in this economic development to the same extent. Just as changes have taken place in the relative contributions of the various branches of production, so changes have also been apparent in the relative contributions of the various regions.

In order to illustrate this, I want to refer to the position in the southern Free State. The index of the total income of this particular district decreased from 100 to 90 during the period 1954-5 to 1960, taking 1954 as equal to 100. This means that during this period this region showed a drop in income of no less than R 1,600,000. Besides this there has also been marked fluctuations from year to year. The highest and lowest income levels differed by as much as 32 per cent over this period of six years. The most important branch of production in the southern Free State is agriculture which during the period 1954 to 1960 contributed more than half of the share of that region to the total income. Viewed against the background of the total agricultural income of the country, we find that it produced only about one-eighth of the total national income, or 121 per cent. The major role played by agriculture in the economy of that region is apparent from the fact that 44 per cent of the economically active people in that region make their living from agriculture. We must also bear in mind the fact that this figure is 10.3 per cent for the entire country. These facts are merely intended to prove that agriculture is the mother industry in the region which I represent. The income of the agricultural industry in that region fell considerably during the period 1954 to 1960. The index of agricultural income dropped from 100 to 69 during this six year period, taking 1954 as equal to 100, a decrease in the income of the agricultural industry of R3,000,000. There was a difference of 58 per cent between the income from agriculture in the best year and that in the worst year during this period. We must bear in mind the fact that the non-agricultural income of this area has increased but this fact has not been able to compensate for the marked drop in the income from agriculture. There was therefore a decrease in general income of R 1,600,000, as I have already said.

Great changes have also come about as far as the population is concerned. The total population of that region rose by 26 per cent from 1936 to 1960, but the White population dropped by 29.6 per cent during the same period while the non-White population increased by 50.6 per cent. I mention these figures because I should like eventually to suggest certain solutions in this connection. These are normal occurrences in my part of the world and in other provinces and in other rural areas throughout the world, but that is not the point that I am making. What I want to say is that we must correct the balance in this regard.

As I said at the start, we must look the facts in the face and see them in their correct perspective. Because agriculture is still the main source of income in the southern Free State and because almost all the other activities are dependent upon it, it is necessary that the agricultural industry be placed upon the soundest footing possible. That we have certainly tried to do. Our farming methods have improved; heavy capital expenditure has been incurred; stock has been improved and we have gone over to mechanization, with all its ramifications. These improvements have, however, resulted in an unexpectedly large increase in production costs. During the period 1954 to 1960 our agricultural expenditure increased by an amount of R2,200,000 which is equal to 56 per cent. This occurrence is not only due to the fact that improved farming methods and mechanization of themselves resulted in increased expenditure but also because during this period there was a constant increase in the price of all agricultural requirements. But when we look at the income the picture is less favourable than that in regard to expenditure because during the period 1954 to 1960 the gross income decreased by 7 per cent, and also fluctuated considerably. This state of affairs created a cost pincer which, inter alia, was responsible for the decrease in the contribution of agriculture towards the total income of the southern Free State. That is why I am making use of this opportunity to-day to say that it is clear that further steps will have to be taken in order to make better and more efficient use of the agricultural potential of that region. Only 70 years ago the old Republican Government of the Free State made land available to farmers free of charge or sold it to them at a very low price. There was a great deal of land and not many people. Because of the settling of a large number of people on the platteland, the available ground became inadequate and continued to become more and more difficult to obtain and provision had to be made to assist new farmers by the application of a quitrent tenure system by means of which the available ground was even further subdivided, a system to which we have clung for far too long. The result was that the average size of the farming units in that region decreased considerably over the course of a number of years. Improved production methods and better markets made it possible initially for even small farming units to be managed profitably. The cost pincer, however, with the resultant smaller profit margins, has made larger farming units necessary in order to enable the farmer to make a reasonable living. The swift expansion of our industries does, however, to a certain extent require manpower to be made available from the agricultural industry for use by those industries. Workers in industry to-day make a particularly good living. It is therefore no longer necessary to absorb these additional people in agriculture at all costs and thereby to create uneconomic units. This process of removal can already be seen in our region but an analysis of the size of farms indicates that a great deal of adjustment is still necessary. This removal of our White farmers to the industries is an economic law which we do not want to fight but I want to issue the warning that this flow of manpower from agriculture is something which we will have to curb in time.

The idea that our agricultural land may be undermined is disturbing because the future of our national existence depends upon this agricultural land. We must regard it as the most important duty and task of all of us never to close our eyes to this important aspect of agriculture because it would certainly be an evil day if we as a nation could be accused of the wasteful exploitation of our national assets.

Another important question is whether the farmer is always equipped to enable him to adapt himself to the swiftly changing circumstances affecting his profession. Because of the increased commercialization of farming the entire farming organization has to be adapted to a new set of circumstances which differ radically from those of a few decades ago. By means of our extension services we shall have to equip our farmers better in order to enable them to adapt themselves to these new circumstances. With this in mind careful attention will have to be given to the further expansion of our extension services so that attention can be given not only to the technical aspects but also the socio-economic aspects of farming. Practical adaptation in the true sense of the word has appeared to be something which is extra-ordinarily complicated but particularly with a view to the fact that it involves so many different aspects.

Scientific investigation confirms that this necessary adjustment will also demand an increasingly higher standard of training on the part of our farmers. Therefore more and more training facilities will have to be made available to farmers and they will have to be given every incentive to make use of those facilities. As far as agriculture is concerned I want in conclusion to state that the better utilization of the region’s agricultural potential also depends upon a wider knowledge in regard to the factors which are peculiar in that area. That is why I want to make an earnest plea that more research be done in and for our region. Moreover, because this region makes up an important part of the catchment area of the Orange River, it is of all the more urgent importance that every possible means be used to promote the careful use of the soil.

The regional problems to which I have referred are already receiving the serious attention of that community, so much so that some time ago a very active regional development association was established in co-operation with the north-eastern Cape. The first matter to which this association applied itself was to find out the position of this region in regard to our swiftly changing economy and how its development potential could be further increased. I want to say here that this association is so much in earnest in this regard that it has contributed a large amount out of its own pocket in order to achieve these aims.

We fully realize that the responsibility to develop our region rests in the first place upon ourselves. Our inquiries have already brought to light the fact that our region has other development potentialities besides agriculture, the most important of which is its potential as a border industry and tourist area. As far as the first mentioned is concerned I want to point out that this area is one of the best endowed parts of our country as far as water is concerned. Furthermore, it must be realized that the economic and social welfare of the Herschell Bantu area which borders on this region is going to depend largly upon the mobilization of its surplus labour potential. This could be done effectively by the establishment of border industries in that region. This then will also result in the removal of one of the most important stumbling-blocks standing in the way of the agricultural resources of the Herschell Bantu area, particularly too in view of the fact that this Bantu area is an important catchment area for the Orange River.

It is for various reasons which are also of cardinal importance that practical steps be taken as quickly as possible to bring about a more balanced proportion numerically between the various population groups. The use of the potential for the establishment of border industries would be a very practical step in this direction.

As far as the tourist potential of this region is concerned I want to point out that this region has all the potentialities to enable it to be transformed into one of the country’s most pleasant playgrounds in the interior. From the picturesque Drakensberg escarpment in the east the view changes in less than 100 miles into a restful tableau landscape in which will be situated the inland lake of the Orange River. This region can in the future be developed into a freshwater angling paradise to which our urbanized friends from the concrete jungles can escape to relax. The full development of the tourist potential of this region does however require a greater recognition of this fact on the part of the authorities, and I must make an earnest plea in this regard.

In conclusion I should just like to make the pertinent statement that it is in our national interests that the development potential of our rural areas should be uilized as effectively as possible. That is why it is necessary that we do not concentrate all our attention only upon the vigorous economic points of growth which exist in the larger industrial complexes of our country.

Mr. BLOOMBERG:

In accordance with the time-honoured tradition of this House, it affords me very much pleasure to congratulate the hon. member for Smithfield (Mr. Pansegrouw) on his maiden speech here to-day. In the course of a very interesting contribution the hon. member reminded us of the illustrious men who have over the years represented the constituency of Smithfield. I am sure that it is the sincere wish of every member of this House, on both sides that our new colleague will attain the same distinction as that achieved by his predecessors in this House and in the service of our country.

Before dealing with certain aspects of the Budget, I think it is necessary for me to avail myself of this the first opportunity which I have had of dealing with the position of the Coloured people of South Africa since the Provincial elections in which the majority of the Coloured voters returned as their representatives to the Provincial Council of the Cape, candidates of the Progressive Party. Sir, in the interests of the vast majority of the Coloured people, as distinct from the Coloured voters who registered their votes in favour of the Progressive Party, I do hope that the Government will not misconstrue the unfortunate decision of these Coloured voters. I think it is necessary for us briefly to consider the circumstances which motivated the Coloured voters in making their choice. It must be realized that in these Coloured elections we were dealing with a frustrated people, indeed the most frustrated part of the entire South African population. These people have had imposed upon them one indignity after another, despite the earnest appeals which my colleagues and I have made over the years in this House and despite the appeals that we made to the Government not to proceed with these petty pin-pricks against the Coloured people. Sir, the House will recall how session after session I have pleaded with the Government not to proceed with these humiliating apartheid measures. I warned the Government that a continuance of this policy was alienating our Coloured people from us. It is a thousand pities that these warnings were not heeded. On the contrary, we found that session after session additional discriminatory laws were inflicted upon the Coloured people which have had the effect of widening the gulf between them and the White people of South Africa. As though these were not sufficient, we find one blunder after another committed by certain of the Ministers, blunders which aggravated the situation tremendously. Therefore when these people were confronted with the choice of returning to the Provincial Council men who had loyally pleaded their cause or persons who were holding out to them Utopian promises which they would never be called upon to fulfil, in sheer desperation, I suggest, the majority of the Coloured voters leaned towards those who were holding out these Utopian promises. I believe, as I am sure many members of this House believe, on both sides of the House, that the Progressive Party with its concentration on coloured politics is doing a disservice to the Coloured people. The recent elections have shown that the Progressive Party has made no headway whatsoever amongst the White electorate. In fact, I suggest that they have been totally rejected by the White electorate and have suffered even worse defeats than in previous elections. In their last endeavours therefore to survive as a political party, the Progressive Party has made a concentrated effort to win these Coloured seats. Sir, the results of the elections in the White constituencies have shown how the Progressives have been ignominiously rejected by the White electors of South Africa. What earthly hope therefore has the Progressive Party of implementing the glowing promises which they made to these unfortunate Coloured people? I suggest none whatsoever. They have been rejected by the White electorate and are now using the Coloured electorate as their last hope of maintaining a public platform in this country. I repeat that to my mind the Progressive Party is doing a great disservice to the unfortunate Coloured people and I am certain that upon calmer reflection the Coloured people, in the light of what has happened in the White constituencies, will not allow themselves to be misled any further by Progressive Party policy.

Mrs. SUZMAN:

You are a bad loser.

Mr. BLOOMBERG:

No, it does not affect me at all. I am sorry the hon. member has not been here.

Mrs. SUZMAN:

You should have warned me.

Mr. BLOOMBERG:

I repeat that in my view and, I am certain in the view of the vast majority of the White people of this country, the Progressive Party is doing a disservice to our Coloured friends.

Mr. J. E. POTGIETER:

Your party gave birth to it.

Mr. BLOOMBERG:

At the same time, having dealt with the Progressive Party, I feel it is necessary for me once again to urge upon the Government not to continue with these petty pin-pricks which have largely been responsible for this change in the attitude of the Coloureds. I regard the unfortunate decision of the Coloured electorate in the last elections as a demonstration against the Government with regard to the petty apartheid laws which have been inflicted on the Coloured people throughout the years and particularly in recent months. I refer particularly, for instance, to the Government’s latest decision to break the old Cape tradition with regard to mixed audiences. I refer to incidents like the Luxurama theatre incident; I refer to what happened unfortunately at the Green Point Track where nearly 2,000 Coloured men were prevented from attending a performance because of Government policy. All these actions were responsible for aggravating Coloured opinion against the Government and indeed against the White people, and in sheer desperation the Coloureds voted for the Progressive Party candidates in order to demonstrate their complete rejection of the petty apartheid laws which have been inflicted upon them. Sir, I agree with the viewpoint which was put forward very forcibly in the leader of the Burger on 15 March …

Mr. G. F. H. BEKKER:

Why read the Burger now?

Mr. BLOOMBERG:

I am quoting it because it will do the hon. member a lot of good if he follows the advice of the Burger. Sir, I am quoting from the translation of this article which appeared in the Cape Times on Tuesday, 16 March. This leader writer deals with the way in which the Progressive Party has won over the Coloured people’s traditional preference for the United Party and he then goes on to say this—

No Nationalist will be sorry over that, because it has been an unholy alliance and harmful to the country.

I should like hon. members to listen carefully to the next sentence—

What is looming in its place, however, seems even more unpleasant in its implications, viz. a party of White politicians completely out of favour with the White electorate but kept going by majorities of the Coloured electorate. And if the latter is to vote overwhelmingly Progressive in provincial and parliamentary elections then at least it is probable that they will do the same in elections for their own local and national councils which are being started for them in terms of Government policy. Thus at all levels the country gets Coloured representation pledged to destroy Coloured policy as carried out by the Government and supported by the White electorate.

Sir, it is important to emphasize this. Whether we like it or not the White electorate has given its decision in regard to these issues. We will have the ridiculous position that Coloured representation will be out to destroy the policies which are being supported by the White electorate. The leader writer goes on to say—

It does not take much imagination to see what kind of White-Coloured relations would be furthered by such a position in politics.
Mrs. SUZMAN:

[Inaudible.]

Mr. BLOOMBERG:

My hon. friend must not get hot under the collar. The leader writer goes on to say—

We believe that the majority of Coloured voters have made a dangerous choice. We believe that the Progressive Party with its concentration on Colour politics is doing the country a disservice. However …

This is something for my hon. friends on the Government side to consider—

However for friends of separate development, White and Coloured …

This includes members on the Government side—

… it is now the time to control their disappointment and indignation and seek for more fruitful approaches than that of the recent past.

Sir, I agree with the sentiments expressed here. I say that the Progressive Party has done and is doing a tremendous disservice to the Coloured people.

Mrs. SUZMAN:

By offering a just policy?

Mr. BLOOMBERG:

At the same time I agree with the leader writer when he says that the time has come for us to control our disappointment and to seek more fruitful approaches than those of the recent past.

Mr. J. E. POTGIETER:

Do you suggest we drop our policy?

Mr. BLOOMBERG:

No, what I suggest is this: I am quite certain that even at this late stage, if the Government was prepared to put a stop to all these petty apartheid measures which are mere pin-pricks and which do not carry their policy any further, the vast majority of the Coloured voters would still unhesitatingly reject the Progressive Party and vote for those friends who have loyally stood by them.

Mrs. SUZMAN:

You have lost touch with your constituents.

Mr. BLOOMBERG:

I want to deal specifically with one aspect of the Progressive Party policy in order to show how the Coloureds have been misled. I want to deal with the party’s franchise proposals Under the present law, as we all know, a Coloured man qualifies as a voter if he earns not less than R100 per annum or lives in a house worth R150 and if, in addition, he is able to write his name and address and occupation without his hand being guided. That is the present law of this country. Sir, I now want to quote from the Progressive Party’s proposals dealing with franchise qualifications. To. enable this same Coloured man who has the qualifications to which I have referred to qualify as a voter under the policy of the Progressive Party, for the ordinary parliamentary roll—and I am referring now to the ordinary parliamentary roll, not to the secondary roll where the Coloureds will be on a mixed roll together with the Bantu; I am referring to the first-class roll of this country for which the Coloured man qualifies at the present time if he has the qualifications I have mentioned— he would have to have the following qualifications: He would have to pass Standard VI or its equivalent and in addition to that he would have had to prove that he has an income, for at least two consecutive years, of at least R600 a year, as against R150 at the present time, or that he has occupied, for at least two consecutive years, fixed property or the value of at least R 1,000. Sir, a comparison of these qualifications leads one to the conclusion that it is far easier for the Coloured people to attain the present qualifications than those suggested by the Progressive Party.

Mrs. SUZMAN:

But ours are for the Common Roll.

Mr. BLOOMBERG:

I would go so far as to say that if the Progressive Party’s proposals had applied to the last elections, the vast majority of the Coloured voters whom they enrolled, at tremendous cost to themselves, would not have qualified as voters. Sir, I mention this as one of the misleading promises made by the Progressive Party to the Coloured people.

Sir, if we can only get the Government to toe the line as far as the Coloured people are concerned there is no doubt whatsoever in my mind that the vast majority of the Coloured voters would realize that they are being led up the garden path by the Progressive Party.

I feel that having regard to the limited time at my disposal I have said sufficient to urge the Government to accept the excellent advice offered in this leader of the Burger and to seek more fruitful approaches than those of the recent past.

I now propose to deal with some of the aspects directly concerned with the Budget. Sir, it is a great pity that our party-political system in South Africa obligates the Minister of Finance to present a Budget which must reflect the demands of the political party to which he belongs. This system, to my mind, deprives the Minister of Finance of the opportunity of formulating a Budget which would lead to greater efficiency, greater productivity and a greater expansion of our export market. I am sure that if the hon. the Minister of Finance were able to do so he would agree that if his hands were not tied by the policy of his party, he would far rather have presented a Budget which, although curbing the inflationary trend, would at the same time have provided for greater productivity and for greater export. As it is, the present Budget is hamstrung by the ideological demands of the Government Party, and to that extent the Minister’s hands are tied. The Minister has not been left with much choice in framing his Budget as far as economic considerations are concerned.

Having made those general remarks, I want to deal with one or two aspects which struck me as I listened to the Budget speech and when I read it afterwards. In the first place I would like to congratulate the hon. the Minister on the step that he has taken to introduce a new series of tax-free Treasury Bonds. This decision has been welcomed throughout the country and will to my mind help a great deal to encourage savings. I would like also to express a word of appreciation on behalf of the low income groups to the Minister for having raised the rate of interests paid by the Post Office Savings Bank. Although the Minister has not been able to raise the Post Office Savings Bank rate to a competitive level, that is to say, competitive with other financial institutions, he has at least taken a step in the right direction, and I am certain that this increased rate of interest will help to encourage savings. On the other hand, I am not sure that the Minister has done the best thing in the interests of the country in freezing the interest rate payable by banks and other financial institutions at this stage.

The Minister’s laudable object, as I see it, was to increase saving in this country as much as possible and to decrease unnecessary spending. It appears to me that the higher interest rates offered by financial institutions generally was an inducement to citizens to save their surplus funds. The freezing of these interest rates might very well counteract that objective, and I think already the financial institutions are viewing this decision by the Minister in that light. It might very well have the effect of decreasing savings and of increasing spending. One realizes that the increasing interest rates offered by financial institutions had to be curbed at some time or another, but I think it would have been far better if some steps had been taken originally to curb those increased rates rather than now when the Government is exploring every avenue to increase savings and decrease spending.

I would also like to say that in my view the Minister might have given more favourable consideration to our industrialists with a view to stimulating exports from this country. The Government must surely realize that South African industry has had a very hard task in competing with other countries in the outside world in the sale of its products. To me it has been a source of amazement that we have been able to maintain a fairly substantial volume of exports in the face of the worldwide opposition to South Africa. I think our South African businessmen should be complimented on the wonderful way in which they have striven to overcome this tremendous world opposition, and it is for this reason that I think that the hon. the Minister might have done more to stimulate South African exports.

Another thing which strikes me as being contradictory is the fact that the Minister has not done anything to uplift the undistributed profits tax on private companies. This tax was originally introduced, as the hon. the Minister knows, with a view to encouraging, indeed compelling, private companies to make a distribution of their profits by way of dividends. The surcharge which the Minister now seeks to impose on company tax must tend towards curtailing dividend distribution. To my mind therefore if the Minister proceeds with his proposal to impose a surcharge on company tax, he should eliminate the undistributed profits tax. These two taxes standing side by side, to my mind, are contradictory, and I would urge the hon. the Minister to consider the advisability of eliminating the undistributed profits tax.

Sir, I would like on behalf of the social and other pensioners to express our appreciation of the concessions which have been made to them, including the raising of the means test and the increase of the basic pension. This is certainly a step in the right direction and will, I am sure, receive the support of every well-disposed citizen. At the same time, however, I feel that it is necessary for me once again to register my protest against the unjustified discrimination between pensions paid to our White pensioners and to those paid to our Coloured pensioners. There is really no justification on moral or other grounds for this differentiation. The Coloured pensioner is entitled to the same consideration as the White pensioner; he is just as hard-hit by the ever-increasing cost of living and has infinitely great difficulty in making ends meet. To my mind all social and other pensioners. White and Coloured, should receive the same consideration. This should apply not only to the basic pensions but also to the means test. I do hope that the time is not far distant when the hon. the Minister, of his own volition, will introduce a modification to the present system.

I want to pass on now to deal very briefly with two matters to which I would urge the hon. the Minister to give his very careful consideration. I refer to the question of estate duty and donations tax. These two duties are very closely interwoven. I know that these matters have been raised in previous years, but in view of our country’s economic buoyancy I think the time is appropriate for us to raise it again in the hope that the Minister will see his way clear to eliminate both these taxes. I know that the Government has increased the basic amount of exemptions over the last ten years as far as estate duty is concerned, but my complaint is not in respect of the basic exemptions; my complaint is in regard to the general principle of levying estate duty. This question, as I say, has already been raised in this House on many occasions, but one of the most outstanding cases for the abolition of estate duty was made by the present Minister of Labour in March 1956, and I would commend to the hon. the Minister of Finance the speech that was then made, by his colleage the present Minister of Labour. In the course of a lengthy and learned analysis, Mr. Trollip, proved that estate duty was having a most deleterious effect on the economy of the country. He showed that since money started depreciating from 1939 onwards there had been a gradual scaling down of estate duty throughout the world. Estate duty, to my mind, is an unnecessary duty which becomes very irksome and which bears very heavily on the surviving members of the taxpayer’s family. As far as the Government is concerned, estate duty can only be regarded as a fortuitous factor. The Minister will agree with me that no Minister of Finance can predict with any certainty how much he will receive next year from estate duty. That is the reason why this form of taxation does not fall within the category of stable sources of revenue. It is one of the reasons why the largest portion of the proceeds from estate duty are invariably paid into Loan Account. Sir, the average income from this form of taxation is in the vicinity of some R8,000,000, and the biggest proportion of that is invariably transferred to the Loan Account. In a Budget which shows a surplus of over R110,000,000, how can this comparatively small amount of estate duty make any difference?

The MINISTER OF FINANCE:

What about the contribution to the Loan Account?

Mr. BLOOMBERG:

I say that the whole amount of the Estate Duty is invariably transferred to the Loan Account.

The MINISTER OF FINANCE:

Not all of it.

Mr. BLOOMBERG:

Well, the major portion of it. As I say, the amount averages about R8,000,000 per annum.

In his present Budget the hon. the Minister urges our citizens to save and not to spend heavily. I want to ask the Minister in all seriousness what incentive is there to our citizens to save money if, on their death, their estates or their heirs have to pay substantial estate duty? We have been told by the hon. the Minister that spending causes inflation. What incentive is there to our citizens to save if the Government is going to take away their savings when they die?

There is another important reason why I think the hon. the Minister should give consideration to the abolition of estate duty and that reason is the hardship that that duty is causing to many of our citizens. There have been many cases of farmers who, by dint of hard work and saving, have amassed groups of farms. These farms or portions of them have had to be sold or heavily mortgaged in order to raise the necessary cash to meet the Treasury’s claim for estate duty. I want to concede immediately that it does not only apply to farmers. It applies to businessmen, professional men and every citizen of the country. I have known of estates which have had to realize landed property often when the market was bad in order to raise the necessary cash to pay estate duty. The Minister will appreciate that this is no new question. The matter has been raised time and again at his own party congresses and at farmers’ conferences. I feel that because of the hardship that is inflicted and because of the fact that the amount involved is comparatively small in our total economy the Minister might very well abolish the tax in its entirety.

I read in the newspaper the other day that this may be the last Parliament in which the hon. the Minister of Finance will serve. I sincerely hope that that is not so but if the hon. Minister really wants his name to go down to posterity he could do so quite simply by abolishing a tax which has caused a great deal of unnecessary hardship to all sections of our South African population. In the case of farms which have to be sold or mortgaged in order to raise the cash to pay this tax the hon. the Minister will remember that some of these farms have been in the family concerned for generations. The value of these farms has increased out of all proportion due to the hard work the farmers have put into them and above all due to the depreciated value of our currency. Money is becoming cheaper and less valuable as time goes on. Landed property is becoming more valuable. The result is that these farms have become much more valuable. When the unfortunate owner dies we find that the farm has either to be sold or mortgage bonds have to be raised against them in order to pay the estate duty. I repeat that our buoyant economy is such that South Africa can well afford to dispense with this form of capital taxation.

I am sure it would attract many people who, in the evening of their lives, wish to come here with their capital and settle permanently. They would do so if they knew their estates would not be liable for estate duty. I do urge the hon. the Minister to give serious consideration to the question of abolishing this form of taxation.

I want to deal briefly with the gifts tax. This is, of course, to a very large extent bound up with the question of estate duty. It was originally introduced to prevent people from disposing of their estates during their lifetime. It will be remembered that previously if a person created a trust or disposed of a major portion of his estate to his wife or children and survived five years after that disposition his estate was not liable for taxation. But that is no longer the position. The person wishing to create a trust in favour of his wife or children is liable for the gifts tax which is a very heavy tax. This tax I suggest has been a tremendous failure because people have done all sorts of things to try to avoid making these dispositions. The Government has received very little income from this form of taxation. Here again I suggest that in view of the wonderful position in which South Africa finds itself to-day, in view of our thriving economy, the hon. the Minister might very well dispense with this gifts tax which is also causing a great deal of unnecessary hardship. There have been instances where executors who have waived debts because of the debtor’s inability to pay them found that their estates have had to pay this gifts tax because it was a disposition in terms of the Act. I appeal to the hon. the Minister to give consideration to the abolition of this gifts tax. [Time limit.]

*Mr. SWANEPOEL:

Mr. Speaker, on this the first opportunity I have had to make my rather nerve-racking maiden speech, I want to thank you for having given me the opportunity to do so. I want to assure the House that I shall be very brief and that I shall confine myself to the question before the House—the Budget.

In the first instance I want to congratulate the hon. the Minister of Finance on this very good Budget which he has submitted to us and to the country. I say this because I represent a constituency which I am sure can be described as one of the poorest in the country. Because this Budget makes provision for a very large section of our less privileged people I am in the fortunate position of having obtained a considerable amount from this Budget for my constituency. That is why I am very grateful to the hon. the Minister for this Budget.

In discussing the few matters I wish to raise I want to say immediately that it is not my intention to ask for additional expenditure but rather, for a transfer of expenditure, expenditure which is already known to the House. I want to assure you Sir, that notwithstanding the fact that a considerable amount is being done in regard to housing, or rather, let me say, notwithstanding the fact that a considerable amount is being done to accommodate our people, there are certain sections of the people who are not so well provided for in this respect. It is for that small group of people that I want to take up the cudgels today. Although we are making housing available for White and non-White in almost every group by way of sub-economic and other schemes and even for out of the ordinary groups—I would almost say, even for criminals—there is one group of people who I really feel are being neglected and for whom provision must be made. The position in regard to housing and the effort that is being made in this regard is praiseworthy. I am sure that the State is doing what it can and that is why I said at the outset that I was going to ask for the transfer of certain expenditure. I feel that these people on whose behalf I am speaking, the people of 60 years of age and older, are those who come from the platteland, the people who are being forced out of the platteland because of prolonged droughts such as that which we are again experiencing. I am also referring to the people who go and work in our cities and towns and who have over the years been living below the breadline in order to try to save something for their old age. Those people do not qualify for a pension.

The first group do not qualify because they own farm property. The second group do not qualify because they have a few rand in the bank which puts them above the means test. Although there have been given concessions as far as these people are concerned, I feel that we should do more for this particular group. People who have been moved from the platteland because drought has broken them financially, has broken their spirit and courage, people who have the tendency in most cases to leave their farms to their children, are not eligible for a pension. These old people are to-day dependent upon what their children give them. Let me say immediately, Mr. Speaker, that one father can look after six children but six children cannot look after one parent or both parents. Things go well during the first year or three; during this period the children do look after their parents. But then their own difficulties begin; they have their own troubles; their own families come along and they are no longer able to care for their parents as they have done previously. The parents are then dependent upon the charity of the church and other bodies. Because they still own their farm they are not eligible for a pension.

The second group of people to whom I have referred are those people who have lived frugally over the years and who have taken out insurance polices which, at the age of 60 years, have amounted to R1,000 or R2,000. These people are not entitled to a pension because they own small houses. I ask that the hon. the Minister should make more concessions in regard to those people. I do not ask that the means test be raised. I ask that something be done for this group of people, in the first place, by way of a contribution towards their upkeep apart from the property which they own. Secondly, I ask that accommodation be provided for these people. The reason why I mention this question of accommodation, Sir, is because those people who for half a century have been the backbone of the country have had of necessity to move to a city or a town and cannot adapt themselves to urban life there. Because their income is very small they usually have to be satisfied with sub-economic housing. In the first place these people have to swallow their pride and have to live in the poorer parts because their financial position will not permit otherwise. They are not always fortunate enough in obtaining these houses because our town councils are not particularly anxious to build these sub-economic schemes. Neither is it in the nature of these people to put their pride in their pockets and to go and live in the poorer parts of the town.

You will probably ask me what I can suggest in this regard, Mr. Speaker. Let me tell you what I suggest. We have a very fine scheme in my constituency. We have a social settlement there where houses are built for far less than they would cost in the city under sub-economic schemes; we accommodate our ailing people on this settlement. A certain number of those houses are let to old people. I want to say something now, Sir, which will probably make you laugh. Do you know the qualification with which those people have to comply in order to obtain a house? They must have children! Good heavens, Sir, I think that the days of Sarah of the Bible are past! How can a couple over the age of 60 years still expect to have children? They can only obtain a house if they have children. To my mind this is a ridiculous position. Those people have to have children who are dependent upon them if they want to obtain a house and there are just no such people.

I want to ask the hon. the Minister of Finance, the State and the Government to ensure that more houses are built on those schemes for these old people, particularly the old people who come from the platteland, people who would still like to live in a rural atmosphere, people who can live there and feel that they are living amongst their equals. We have a wonderful scheme in which everyone is on a par with everyone else. They have their own minister and they support him themselves. They have their own schools and have everything that they need. I suggest that instead of making money available to unwilling city councils to build housing schemes, the State itself should build these schemes at places like Ganspan and others.

I ask now that this sort of settlement be built for our old people under the wonderful Orange River scheme upon which we are embarking. Houses must be built which they do not need to buy but which they can rent; they should also be provided with a small piece of land under irrigation.

I also want to break a third lance for those people. During the last few days letters have reached me from people who rent those houses and who have to pay about R7 per month out of their pension of R27, plus rates of R14 per annum. I feel that it is really an injustice that our old people who built up our country, who cleared it and kept it clear, who for half a century formed the backbone of the country, should have to pay for a house and should also have to pay rates on that house. I think that this is a matter to which the State should give its attention. The State must ensure that it is not necessary for those people to pay rates. That is why I ask that when these schemes are built, schemes which I hope will be built, they will be rate-free.

I should like to raise a second matter in regard to the question of housing. When we build housing schemes, we provide those schemes with electricity. I do not think you will believe me, Mr. Speaker, when I say that the scheme at Ganspan is not electrified, notwithstanding the fact that it abuts the street in which the Provincial Administration has already provided its schools and teachers’ houses with electricity. The electrical current cannot apparently be taken across the street to the Government buildings and the scheme because it will cost too much money! Can the comfort of our aged be measured in financial terms! That is the question that I should like to have answered. Can it be measured in terms of rands and cents? Every house has a morgen of land which is under irrigation. That is the rural spirit that is being created there. It is an agriculrutal idea that is being fostered there. This is being done so that these people can add something to their small incomes by way of farming. That area consists of a few square miles but I wonder whether hon. members realize that there is not one single street light in that entire area. Statistics will prove how many assaults and burglaries and theft there have been over the past years. There was a request for a police station which could not be granted. These old people have no telephones. There are two or three public telephones throughout the whole area. All those people are ill or old and when something happens at night they have to go to a public telephone in the dark in order to telephone the doctor or nurse or whatever the case may be. If the State cannot see its way clear to provide electrical power for these houses then I ask that it should at least provide electric light in the streets, although I want to make a special plea for the supply of electric power to the houses. Those old people, many of whom are ill, need the warmth and comfort of electricity far more than those of us in middle age. Coal and wood is supplied to those people but they have to fetch it themselves. I have seen old people of 60 and 70 years of age pushing a bag of coal to their homes on a wheelbarrow. I ask whether we cannot assist those people. I want to ask the hon. the Minister to transfer some of the money which he intends using for housing purposes and to spend it on that group of people who need it so badly—particularly on the scheme at Ganspan, but on other schemes in the country as well. I want to ask that the State establish more than one such scheme for our old people under this new Orange River project. I hope that it will soon be apparent that this plea of mine has not fallen on deaf ears.

*Mr. CONNAN:

I want to avail myself of the opportunity of extending my hearty congratulations to the hon. member who has just sat down on his maiden speech. Judging from the capable way in which he has delivered his speech and the clear exposition he has given us I believe he will be an asset to this House. I am also particularly pleased that he has practically sided with this side of the House in the plea he has made. It is refreshing to hear somebody get up and plead fearlessly for that section of the community for whom we on this side of the House are continually pleading. He made a strong plea for that section of the farming community on the platteland who are having a difficult time and who have to seek refuge in the cities. We on this side of the House are continually making the same plea. Once again I wish to congratulate him on his speech.

I wish to discuss a subject to-day in which I think all of us are interested and that is the question of soil conservation. We on this side of the House have for years been talking about the deterioration of our soil. It was in the ’thirties when we started with soil conservation works because we realized the difficulties we would be faced with. That gave rise to the Soil Conservation Act of 1947 the object of which was to avert the dangers which threatened us. Since the application of that Act some improvement has, of course, come about in certain respects but generally speaking I believe the position is still deteriorating. Generally speaking I believe that we are suffering greater losses than the actual progress we have made. It is of course the responsibility of the Government to apply the Act which is an excellent Act. The responsibility to apply it in such a way that it produces the necessary results rests on the shoulders of the Government, of course. We have already pointed out in this House how our soil has been washed away over a period of years to the extent of 300,000,000 ton. That soil is being washed down to the sea. That amounts to a total destruction annually of about 200,000 morgen of land. We said at the time that the tempo of these losses was increasing. Hon. members opposite did not want to believe us. They always said it was not so; they always said great progress was being made. They doubted the figure of 300,000,000 ton until the Chairman of the South African Agricultural Union said last year that it amounted to 400,000,000 ton per annum. It is soil which silts up our dams and for the rest gets washed down to the sea. Not only do we lose that soil but it also damages our dams, etc.

Progress has been made under the Soil Conservation Act. So far practically the whole of the Republic has been proclaimed. I think most of the farmers whose land has been proclaimed realize the value of that Act. I know of one hon. member opposite who speaks every year about the dangers of bush encroachment. As for the others I do not think many hon. members opposite realize the real danger of soil erosion in this country. Every year when this subject has been discussed it has been obvious from the speeches of the hon. Deputy Minister of Agricultural Economics and Marketing that he himself does not fully appreciate the extent to which soil erosion is taking place. Now that he occupies a more responsible position, however, it would appear that he does appreciate it. I want to read from a report which appeared in the Burger of 24 February 1965. This is what the Deputy Minister said to the Burger in that interview—

Agriculture in South Africa is to-day faced with the problem that soil conservation has become impossible because of the wrong use to which the land is being put. Unless this question of injudicious use of the land is tackled as a national problem the land may be lost to posterity.

He says “is tackled”; in other words, it has not yet been tackled. He went on to say—

Yesterday I returned from an extended tour in which I covered some 2,500 miles by helicopter visiting a number of soil conservation areas in the Free State, the Transvaal Highveld, Natal, the Eastern Province and Karoo.

Mr. Martins said that in all the areas he visited he saw signs of the soil being exhausted due to the continual application of a monoculture which tends to exhaust the soil.

*Mr. G. F. H. BEKKER:

Are you pleased?

*Mr. CONNAN:

How can I be pleased when I know our soil is being exhausted. I said there were hon. members opposite who did not realize or refused to realize what the position was and I think the hon. member for Cradock (Mr. G. F. H. Bekker) is one of them. He said further—

In some areas there was overgrazing due to inadequate camping systems and lack of rotational grazing to such an extent that the plant coverage had dropped to under 2 per cent. It is very clear that unless the farmer is disciplined to co-operate and to use his land judiciously and to apply soil conservation it will not be possible for the State to save the land, in spite of the millions of rand it is prepared to spend for that purpose. Proper camping systems and resting periods so that the vegetation can recover are aspects which must be strictly observed. Fortunately there are also signs that soil conservation has been successful. Mr. Martin said it was very clear to him that the temporary prosperity in the agricultural field was often the reason why farmers tried to extract everything they could from their land without fulfilling their responsibility of seeing to it that they left productive land to posterity. He had seen numerous examples in the Karoo where the farmers had completely overstocked their farms in order to make as much money as possible while the price of wool was high in spite of the fact that they were ruining their farms.

That proves that the hon. Deputy Minister fully realizes what the position is to-day. I believe that where farmers can apply the measures they will do so because it is in their own interests to protect their land. It seems, however, that the application of soil conservation has been somewhat relaxed. The Soil Conservation Board say the following in their report of June 1963—

Thus, although the opportunity was created for a marked speeding up of conservation activities, the results achieved in this connection did not come up to expectations. In fact, the rate at which works were completed showed a further decline during the past year.

Instead of increasing the tempo it would appear that there has been a decline and that should be prevented at all costs. I do believe that there are farmers who are not doing their duty. I do believe that there are farmers who receive subsidies but who do not do their duty as far as soil conservation is concerned. I do believe, however, that there are not many of them and that generally speaking every farmer will do everything he can to protect his farm. As far as those farmers are concerned who deliberately extract everything they can without putting anything back we naturally have no sympathy with them and steps will have to be taken against them. We are agreed on that. I repeat, however, that I do not think there are many of them. There is another section, of course, who, through ignorance, do not look properly after their farms. Those farmers do not receive the necessary guidance because we have not got the necessary extension officers and because the necessary research is not being done. Sir, it is of national importance that we ensure that we have the necessary extension officers to do this important work. Then you have the third section who for economic reasons do not look after their farms. One of the reasons, of course, is the droughts which we experience from time to time. While I am on the subject of droughts I want to say that we naturally often experience droughts and that we should plan in such a way as to make provision for an ordinary drought. I am not referring to an exceptional drought but we must make provision to withstand the ordinary drought which is experienced now and then. We should see to it that there are fodder banks, that the necessary dams are there, that proper grazing methods are applied, that proper research is carried out in regard to using prickly pear as fodder for instance, and above all how to feed sheep during a drought. Much more research can still be done in that direction. The present drought is an exceptional one, something which is probably experienced one in 30 years, and it is beginning to develop into a national catastrophe. As a result of this drought the farmers are marketing stock which they should never have marketed but they are doing so in order to save something from their farming operations because they are afraid they will lose everything. The market was recently heavily overstocked mostly with cattle of the wrong quality. The result was that prices dropped and the farmers got little out of it. The tragedy of the situation is, however, that they are marketing indiscriminately at this stage; they are marketing the breeding stock of our country. I want to say that this may easily result in a serious shortage of meat in future, one can even say that it will result in a serious shortage particularly if the farmers continue to market their breeding stock. There will be such a shortage that meat will become extremely scarce. It is not only in the interests of the farmer to save that stock and to ensure that the breeding stock is saved, but it is in the interests of the entire country and in the interests of the consumer otherwise the latter will eventually have to pay prices which he will not be able to afford. I believe it is the duty of the Government to take steps to save that breeding stock before they are all slaughtered or lost because of the drought. That stock must be saved in the interests of the entire country.

*An HON. MEMBER:

That will be done.

*Mr. CONNAN:

It should have been done long since because thousands and tens of thousands have already been slaughtered.

*Mr. G. F. H. BEKKER:

What has happened to your scheme?

*Mr. CONNAN:

The Government must not wait until it is too late. They should long since have taken the necessary steps, I have referred to the deterioration of the land and the reasons for it. There is another reason, of course, and that is an economic reason. The reason is that the price the farmers get for their products is too low and that their production costs are too high. I quote again from the report of the Soil Conservation Board—

The Board has accordingly given attention to the alarming state of affairs, to try to find out the factors which prevent farmers from participation in soil erosion activities. The occurrence of droughts, floods, disease and pests, decreases in the price of products and increases in the price of production requisites during the past number of years as a result of which farmers do not have the necessary capital available to construct soil conservation works or to apply the prescribed measures, are the most important factors.

The Board itself therefore says that because of decreased profits, because of production costs, it is impossible for the farmer to carry out the conservation works. They give another reason namely the “insufficient technical staff to do the necessary surveys and to draw up the necessary plans’*. The main reasons however are that the farmers are not economically in a position to carry out those works. That is why the farmer is obliged to exhaust his land and to overstock his farm. I repeat that the income of farmers has declined to such an extent that they are obliged temporarily to extract more than they ought to with the result that a form of farming is applied which can only lead to the deterioration of the soil. The hon. the Minister maintains that when the farmers experience temporary prosperity they extract everything they can as they did when the price of wool was high. I do not believe that. I do not believe that, when the price of wool is high and the farmer has a reasonable income, he will ruin his farm and allow his land to be destroyed just because he wants to extract more from it. I think there are farmers who are obliged to keep more stock and to extract more than they should in an attempt to augment their income in such a way that they can live decently.

I really do not believe that the Government has the interests of the farmers at heart. Because of the policy they follow posterity will suffer. I also believe the Government is sacrificing the farmer for industry. Take, for example, the production of bags and fertilizer in this country. These industries are protected. I do not object to their being protected but I see no reason why the farmer must pay those prices and why the farmer alone should carry those factories. It is the duty of the Government to subsidize such industries.

History teaches us that the nation which does not look after its agriculture will go under. This Government which is not looking after the farmers will cause the downfall of our nation.

*Mr. KEYTER:

In the first place I want to congratulate the hon. the Minister of Finance on the Budget he has submitted to us. I find it strange that the hon. member for Gardens (Mr. Connan) who represents an urban constituency has tried to state the case of the farmer.

*Mr. CONNAN:

I am a farmer.

*Mr. KEYTER:

Yes, the cities now have to be represented by farmers from the platteland. The United Party can obviously not find anybody in the cities to put up as candidates. It is obvious that the hon. member represents an urban constituency because the remarks he made in connection with farming matters sounded very much like the remarks an urban dweller who knew nothing about farming would make. Towards the end of his speech he said he was opposed to the increased price the farmer had to pay for bags. Sir, the farmer pays it when he buys the bag but the price is refunded to him in the price he obtains for his product. If the price of bags is increased that increase is added to the price the consumer has to pay.

*Mrs. S. M. VAN NIEKERK:

Where do you get that from?

*Mr. KEYTER:

If the hon. member would just look at the figures published by the Maize Board she would see that that is the position.

*Mr. HUGHES:

What about wool packs?

*Mr. KEYTER:

Wool is a product which is sold on the overseas market. When wool was nearly £1 per lb. and 15s. in 1952 or thereabouts did the farmers plough the big profits they had made back into their land? Or did they acquire even more expensive land?

*Mr. G. F. H. BEKKER:

Did they plough it back?

*Mr. KEYTER:

They did not. It is not quite correct to say that when a farmer gets a high price for his product he will not extract everything he can from his land. It would be an excellent thing if excess profits were ploughed back into the land but if the machinery is not there to see to it that it does go back into the land how can it be said that had the farmer received a higher price he would not have exhausted his soil? In that case there might perhaps have been more speculators who hired land, extracted everything they could from it in order to derive that higher income and then said: “I have now done what I wanted to do with the land” and then left the land.

*Mr. STREICHER:

Bring the prices down therefore!

*Mr. KEYTER:

The hon. member must not be stupid. He says increased cost of production have been the reason why the farmer cannot make a living. In the case of those products which are controlled, such as wheat, maize, etc., those products in respect of which the Government has a say in their price, increased costs of production is taken into account; as production costs rise the price of that product is increased.

*Mrs. S. M. VAN NIEKERK:

Where do you get that from?

*Mr. KEYTER:

If the hon. member would go into the matter more closely she would find that that is the position.

The hon. member for Gardens said that the price of products had been decreased in recent years and that production costs had gone up. We all know that production costs have gone up but as I have already said the increase in the cost of production is added to the price the consumer has to pay for that product. The only product of which the price has gone down in recent years, as far as I know, is wool. The price of wool has gone down, but, as I have said, wool is not a controlled product. The Government has no say in the price of wool. Most of our wool is sold overseas and if the Government should try to control the price of wool hon. members of the Opposition as well as the farmers would be the first to object. The position is simply this that the farmer must take into account the vicissitudes of the market overseas.

We are told that in the case of animals the market is being over-stocked and that breeding stock is being sold.

*Dr. MOOLMAN:

Is that not true?

*Mr. KEYTER:

Yes. But the surplus stock on the market is eventually sold at the floor price. We had the position in October, November, December and January before the drought was so general in the country, when we still thought we would have a bumper crop …

*An HON. MEMBER:

Northern Transvaal!

*Mr. KEYTER:

Northern Transvaal does not constitute the whole of the Republic. What was the price of stock at that time? It was as high as I have ever known it to be in this country. In December I sent sheep to the market of a vastly inferior quality to those I had sent in October, sheep which was of a lower grade and weighed less, and I received 160 cent per sheep more.

The position to-day is, Sir, that the United Party is trying to cash in on the drought and adverse conditions prevailing in the country. In the recent election, for example, they defended three constituencies in the Free State because they thought they would be able to cash in on the position there. Two of those constituencies are adjacent to the Basutoland border. Because the farmers were plagued by stock thefts last year they thought those farmers would be very dissatisfied. That is why they defended those two constituencies along the banks of the Caledon River. The other constituency was Kroonstad (West) where they thought the maize farmers in the Bothaville area were very annoyed with the National Party and would vote against them. That was the loot they had in mind. I want to tell the Opposition that the farmers do not like people who try to prey on their position because when droughts and other calamities hit the farmers the vultures circle in the sky and the moment a farmer sees a vulture he feels despondent because to him it is a sign of adversity brought about by a drought or other disaster. Then the vultures know there is food for them. When the United Party starts to prey they are in a bad position because the farmers do not like vultures.

*Mr. CONNAN:

Is the position of the farmer deteriorating?

*Mr. KEYTER:

When disaster strikes this Government will step in and help as it has again done in this Budget. The United Party expect to benefit if the drought continues. In fact the United Party want the Government to be ready at the very outset of a drought and say: “Here is money to see you through the drought.” We do not know which areas will still become drought-stricken, what proportion the drought will still assume, and consequently money will have to be made available according to the extent of the drought. The farmers know there salvation lies with the National Party Government because the National Party Government has so far always stepped into the breach for the farmers of South Africa.

*Dr. MOOLMAN:

That will be the day.

*Mr. KEYTER:

I just want to remind the hon. member that during the war years and shortly thereafter the previous Government claimed all the profits that were made on the export of maize. They said they were entitled to it.

*Mr. CONNAN:

And the National Party Government?

*Mr. KEYTER:

The National Party Government returned it to the farmers of South Africa and strengthened the Stabilization Fund of the Maize Board. Hon. members can say what they like but the farmers of South Africa know who is well disposed towards them in this country. We remember how people had to stand in a queue to buy food when the Opposition was in power and what was the price the farmer got for his product? While food was so scarce that people had to stand in queues (some of it was still exported) to buy it what did the farmer get? If food were to become so scarce to-day that people had to stand in queues to buy it the price would be much higher, five times as high as it was at the time the previous Government was in power.

*Mr. HUGHES:

To-day they cannot buy it.

*Mr. KEYTER:

Hon. members opposite try to make us believe that conditions are very bad in the country and that there is no prosperity. I want to say to the Opposition that when we look at the number of income-tax payers we find that there were only 189,000 White income-tax payers in this country in 1947, i.e. only 7 per cent of the White population and 1 per cent of the entire population. In 1954, after the National Party Government had been in power for a number of years there were 545,000 White income-tax payers, i.e. 20 per cent of the White population and 4 per cent of the entire population of the country. In 1962 there were 662,000 income-tax payers or 21 per cent of the White population and 4 per cent of the entire population.

*Mr. CONNAN:

You are taxing so many more …

*Mr. KEYTER:

Let me tell the hon. member that in 1947 a single person paid income-tax when he earned R500 and a married man when he earned R690. In 1954 a single man could earn R604 and a married man R962 before he was liable for income-tax and in 1962 a single man could earn R612 and a married man R972 without being liable for income-tax. If the income-tax scale has gone up like that then surely, expressed in a percentage, very fewer people should have been liable for income-tax. But it shows how the income of the South African nation has increased during the régime of the National Party. The United Party should rather think what is in the interests of the country and assist the National Party Government to the advantage of the whole country. Least of all should they always ask what will the world outside say. They should ask what will the voters of South Africa say. If they did that it would go much better with their party.

Mr. BENNETT:

The hon. Minister of Finance is not in his seat at the moment. While the hon. member for Gardens (Mr. Connan) was talking, hon. members on the other side asked what he could suggest. First of all I would suggest that the hon. the Minister of Finance should try to be present so that he can deal with the points raised here.

First of all I want to raise the question of the people who are over 65 years of ago who will have to pay this special levy of 5 per cent which is being imposed by the present Budget. The hon. the Minister has said that it will not be payable by people in the lower and middle income groups. In other words, anybody who pays more than R95 in income-tax will become liable to that levy. I think that these people over 65 deserve special consideration. Anybody who is in the middle income group is very often a person without a pension who has had to work throughout his life in order to build up a little bit for his old age, and he has worked for a salary which bears no relation to the salaries paid to-day or the cost of living to-day.

I feel that that is something that the Minister could well consider. The hon. member for Gardens has touched on one aspect of the lack of long-term planning for agriculture by this Government, and I am going to deal with another aspect namely the lack of long-term planning which this Government has shown in its conduct of control over the beef industry in this country. It is a very important issue indeed. Hon. members know that at least 70 per cent of our meat supplies are in the form of beef, and it is very true to say that the long-term problem of the beef industry has not been solved. We have had 17 years of this Nationalist Government and despite all they say about being the friends of the farmer, they have not succeeded in solving the long-term problems of that industry to date and they show no signs of doing so now. Mr. Speaker, as soon as one talks about the difficulties of any particular sector of the agricultural industry, hon. members opposite start to talk about droughts. Now we all know that there is a bad drought in the country, and we realize that that must add to the difficulties of the farmers concerned. We know that and this Budget makes provision for certain relief measures, but whatever measures they are they can only be patchwork. What is needed is a long-term pricing policy for the industry as such.

The reason why the beef industry finds itself in this state where it is not able to plan for the future is because we have had 17 years of Nationalist Government in which the Ministers have been afraid to raise the price to the producer. This story goes back a long way. It goes back to the years after 1948 when we had fixed prices for our beef and the then Minister of Agriculture, Mr. Stephen le Roux, rigidly set his mind against noteworthy price increases. At agricultural congress after congress there were heated discussions and the Government was warned that the beef industry would lose ground, and lose ground it did. We know what happened. Over great tracts of the country the ground was ploughed up and cash crops like mealies and groundnuts were sown, and in certain of the grazing areas of the country which could not be ploughed a switch was made from beef to sheep farming, with the result that the beef producers continued to suffer because of the timid policies of the Government. [Interjection.] Has the hon. member for Somerset East (Mr. Vosloo) forgotten that in 1955-6, eight years after this Government came into power, the fixed price for Grade 1 beef was only R8.60 per 100 lbs.? We know that in 1956 auctions were instituted and shortly after that the present Minister of Agricultural Economics and Marketing took over. I admit frankly that there has been an improvement because I think the hon. the Minister has shown himself to be slightly less rigid than his predecessor in respect of this matter. But despite that, despite the fact that the S.A. Agricultural Union pleaded for an increase in the floor price of Grade 1 beef from R8.60 to R11.50 per 100 lbs., it took them no less than eight years to achieve that under the pricing policy of this Minister. I think it is indicative of the overcautious policy that the Minister pursued to read the reports of the Meat Committee of the S.A. Agricultural Union year after year. I want to quote from the report of 1959—

The Meat Committee asked that the floor price of Grade 1 be fixed at 115s. per 100 lbs. at its lowest point. The Committee’s proposals were submitted to the Board by a deputation and another deputation of the Coordinating Meat Committee later interviewed the Minister in Cape Town and pleaded with him to grant the increase asked for. The increases were eventually granted and the new floor prices are as follows: Grade 1, 99s. at the lowest point. The Committee was extremely disappointed at the inadequate increases, and especially at the failure to increase the floor prices of the top grades. The Minister was informed that the increases granted could only be considered as one short step in the right direction and that the proper adjustment of floor prices remained an urgent necessity for the beef industry.

The Committee will continue its efforts to get the floor prices raised to a level which will restore faith and stability in the beef industry.

Again in 1961, two years later, the report said—

It was decided to repeat last year’s request, namely that the floor price of beef be increased to R11.50. The Board accepted your Committee’s recommendation regarding Grade 1 beef, but the Minister was only prepared to increase the price by 25 cents instead of by 75 cents as requested.
The MINISTER OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING:

Are you prepared to accept R11.50?

Mr. BENNETT:

Certainly not. The whole position has changed since then. Again, in 1962, the report read—

Your Committee repeated its request of previous years, namely that the price for Grade 1 beef be increased to R 11.50 per 100 lbs. This request was supported by the Meat Board, but the Minister did not see his way clear to approve it.

Lastly, I want to quote from the Annual Report of 1963—

The Committee repeated its request of previous years, namely that the price of Grade 1 beef should be increased to R11.50. The Meat Board supported this request, but the Minister did not see his way clear to approve of it. The Committee noted with concern that fewer and fewer cattle were being bred in certain areas of the country, and fear that the present floor prices do not provide the necessary encouragement for the breeding of cattle. If this tendency is not arrested it could have far-reaching effects.

Very prophetic words indeed, and what is the result of this timid policy of the Minister? He seems to be afraid of the beef producers making adequate profits so that they can build up their breeding stock and their herds and provide the consumers with the meat they want. What has been the result? Since 1949 the physical volume of agricultural products was increased as follows: All products, 72 per cent; maize, 135 per cent; groundnuts, 156 per cent; dairy products, 98 per cent. But what has happened to our cattle population. To-day we have approximately 12,500,000 cattle, which is exactly the same number that we had in 1948. And during the same period the country’s population has increased by 46.1 per cent and the national income has more than trebled while, as I say, the cattle population has remained static. [Interjection.]

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order!

Mr. BENNETT:

We have had years and years of uneconomic prices and the absence of a long-term policy. The hon. member for Ladybrand (Mr. Keyter) said that prices were very high last year. That is quite correct, but what the beef farmer of this country wants is not R20 per 100 lbs. one year and then down to R11.70 the next year, or R11.50. We want a reasonably stable average price which will give us confidence for the future and arrest this trend which is making beef production a relatively less important portion of our farming operations.

An HON. MEMBER:

Do you want a fixed price?

Mr. BENNETT:

No. The hon. member knows that when a man sends his cattle to a controlled market, he never knows whether the market will be overloaded, and the big thing in his mind is very often what the floor price is going to be. That is the price on which he must base his production estimates, and not on what he might get if the market is high.

I think we have been saved from a very serious shortage hitherto by two things only, one of which was mentioned by the hon. member for Gardens (Mr. Connan), namely that as the drought spread so people started to send off stock which was not fit for marketing, and they also sent off their breeding stock; and, secondly, we have also increased our turnover by slaughtering our cattle at a younger age. These two things have saved the position so far. But this country has really come to the position where we must plan ahead for a long-term period as regards our beef production. Last year I am very happy to say that the hon. the Minister seemed to have seen the light in this regard and when approaches were made to him by the S.A.A.U. and the Meat Board, which accepted their recommendation, he accepted those recommendations in full as regards the 60 cents increase per 100 lbs. I hope that the light that the Minister saw will be a green light for the beef industry and that he will not turn it into a red light again this year.

The MINISTER OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING:

Do you think that is sufficient as a long-term price?

Mr. BENNETT:

I do not know what recommendations the Board has made this year, but the recommendations of the Meat Committee of organized agriculture have been set out in the February issue of Georganiseerde Landbou, their particular journal, and read as follows—

Dat ’n minimum basiese vloerprys van minstens R15 per 100 lbs. vir Graad 1-beesvleis, met verhoudelike aanpassings vir die ander grade, vir vyf jaar vooruit gewaarborg word met jaarlikse hersiening (vir daaropvolgende tydperke van vyf jaar) ten einde die afwatering van hierdie pryse deur algemene prysstygings te voorkom.
The MINISTER OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING:

Then what happens to the R11.50 long-term policy?

Mr. BENNETT:

Let us hope for the sake of the beef industry that when the Minister makes his announcements for the present season, as presumably he will in the fairly near future, he will bear these considerations in mind and not adopt his timid and cautious policy as he has done in the past, because if he does that it will give new hope to the industry, and if he does not do it we will go on and on along the same old path that we trod since 1948, with the increases being too little and never enough to stimulate beef production so that the farmer can both be assured of a reasonable return on his investment, and also that the consumer will be assured of sufficient beef supplies at all times. I say this because one wonders whether the official organ of the National Party in the Cape, the Burger, had second sight when it stated in a report dated 19 March that—

Na gister op gesag verneem is, is ’n verhoging van selfs 50 sent per 100 lb. vir Graad 1-beesvleis nie uitgesluit nie. Die huidige waarborgprys vir Graad 1-beesvleis is R11.70 per 100 lb. Indien die moontlike verhoging van 50 sent per 100 lb. werklikheid word, sal die prys dus op R12.20 te staan kom.

Let us just bear in mind that the increase asked for by the Agricultural Union is something of the order of R3 or more. I have said that the farmers do not want to jump from R20 to R11.50 the next year. The hon. member for Ladybrand mentioned income tax as proof of how prosperous this country was. Again I say to him that it is very little use that in those odd good years which the farmer has he should get a big income and be taxed at a very high level while the next year he virtually makes nothing at all. It is the policy of this side of the House to equalize farming incomes for income-tax purposes over a period. It will contribute considerably towards easing the burden of the farmer from the income-tax point of view.

There is one other aspect I want to deal with, and that is that if the beef industry is to be efficient, then the Government must give us the tools to do the job. One of the chief causes of inefficiency at the moment is the fact that our animals remain sick for unnecessarily long periods of time, or die for lack of veterinary attention. I am sorry the Minister’s colleague, the hon. the Minister of Agricultural Technical Services, is not here, because he keeps on saying that we have Onderstepoort now to the point where they can turn out 45 veterinarians a year. We have in this country something like 450 veterinarians in private practice and in the Government service, and there is a shortage over and above that of no less than 250. If one assumes that the wastage in the veterinary service is something like 10 per cent a year, that comes down to exactly 45, which is all that Onderstepoort can put out. In other words, the best we can do is to hold our own, and I think the time has come —and it is now urgently necessary—when the Minister should give up this stubborn attitude of his of saying that we cannot train any more men and that he should make a plan to train those people whom we need so urgently for the benefit of our livestock.

*Mr. LABUSCHAGNE:

I should also like to associate myself with what has already been said by hon. members in congratulating the hon. the Minister of Finance on his Budget. We are grateful that our country is in such a position that the hon. the Minister has been able to present a Budget of this nature. We also appreciate the concessions which he has once again made and we hope that this will continue to be the position in our country for many years to come.

I should like to reply to the hon. member who has just sat down by saying that, listening to him, one could really conclude that he was speaking on behalf of a party which has never been in power in this country and which does not have a record. When one looks at the prices of beef and the prices generally which obtained during the period of office of his party, one realizes that they have no cause to point a finger at this side of the House. I am not one who is fond of pointing a finger at anyone but I want to tell them that they must think back first before they talk. We are far better off to-day as far as prices are concerned than we ever were during their period of office. But I also want to make a plea for the farmers. I want to assure hon. members that they do not have the franchise to plead the case of the farmers.

I want to start by raising a matter which is occupying the thoughts of the entire population in this country to-day and that is the drought which we are at present experiencing. Before I go any further I can say in this regard that we already have proof of the goodwill and a spirit of sacrifice on the part of the Government in its assistance in tackling this matter. I also want to express the thought that a more unorthodox approach and method should be used in order to try to protect the farmers from the greatest disaster which has ever faced them throughout our history. I had the opportunity recently to travel throughout large parts of our country and I was able to see something which I have never before seen in my life—that for hundreds of miles, the land was bleached white. When one travels further to the farming areas and to the sheep areas, one finds the countryside more barren and bare than has ever before been the experience of even the oldest inhabitants of those parts. Under those circumstances it behoves us to put our heads together and to see what can be done in order to assist those people. I want to raise one aspect of the matter here which is to my mind of vital importance in assisting the farmers and that is that notwithstanding all the assistance which the Government has already made available and which it will make available, we must find some means, and the Government must assist us, to support the credit of the farmer. Notwithstanding all the Government assistance that can be given, the most important factor as far as the continued existence of the farmer is concerned is his own solvency with his bank. I am pleased to know that this matter too is receiving the serious attention of the Government but I do not want to neglect to emphasize how urgently necessary it is that the credit of our farmers is not allowed to collapse. A farmer does not only need seed and artificial fertilizer and fuel in order to continue producing. The farmer is a businessman; he has a hundred and one commitments and if his bank manager tells him that he is no longer able to give that farmer any further credit, that he has to curtail his credit, that farmer’s courage will be broken and he will not be able to continue. And so it is one of the most encouraging signs to my mind that our country is so prosperous at this stage because this fact will enable us to bridge this gap. What will become of the prosperity of South Africa if we find ourselves with a poverty-stricken farming poulation? We in this House must declare war against the drought and we must say that every man must make his contribution to that struggle. We must all ensure that the farmer is not driven from his land. One can always find other men to work in other occupations but a man who loses his contact with the soil cannot again become a farmer. We must retain our farmers. We have the hardiest farmers in the world; I think that is why we must make the best use possible of this good material because we are living in a country where conditions are such that not every man can make a success of farming. A farmer in this country must be a man who can fight, otherwise he should not become a farmer. We have those people and we must carry them through. I am pleased that I have been able to stand up in this House to-day to tell the farmers who are in difficulty that they will obtain assistance from the Government whose heart bleeds for them because of the position in which they find themselves.

I wish to raise another important point. I think that the time has come when we should adjust our income tax system. We must try to design a system by means of which the farmer will not have to pay income tax next year for the stock which he buys now. This will be a concession. One can take either one year or the other; one can apply to have it transferred but in the second year a farmer may find himself worse off than was the position in the first year because he might find that he has been pushed up into a far higher tax bracket. I want to ask the hon. the Minister whether he will not give attention to this matter in order to make things easier for the farmers in this regard. We who are crop farmers may have two years of poor harvest and have a good harvest in the third year. The farmer has then to pay a large amount in income tax. What is the result? He has to pay so much tax that year that he still owes money on the debts which he incurred during the lean years. I think that these are adjustments which we can make in order to make things easier for the farmers. Because my time is limited I want to conclude by raising a further point which I think is of great importance. I want to ask the hon. the Minister whether South Africa’s position is not such to-day that we can do away with estate duty completely. I should like to say that estate duty is a threat to the farming unit and the latter is something which we do not want to lose in this country. Large companies are not affected by this tax. A business-man may invest R100,000 in a business but when he dies his estate duty is so high that his family can no longer compete with large firms which consist of companies. In other words, our estate duty makes it impossible for a family unit to compete and to remain solvent. It is a very healthy thing that the farmer or the businessman should build up a business for his family which can be passed down from father to son. We must try to ensure that this practice does not die out. The result is that the farmers will also now have to establish companies which will mean that we will not have the stability which one has in the case of a family unit. I want to ask the hon. the Minister to give his attention to this matter. I have here a scale with details but I do not want to take up the time of the House in this regard. I just want to conclude by saying that it is not only in South Africa that the farmers are finding themselves in difficulty to-day but throughout the world. Since the Second World War technological developments have progressed so swiftly that agricultural production has increased more swiftly than the demand with the result that we have had to contend with a cost price pincer. Our farmers and all the farmers throughout the world are feeling the pinch to-day and we have from time to time to take the necessary steps in order to keep our farmers in production. I am grateful for what has been done. I want to ask the hon. member who complained so much about the price of beef whether he and his party will support the hon. the Minister if the hon. the Minister were to announce a price which is considerably higher than the present price? If so, he must not tell the consumers that they are now paying too much for the meat that they are eating. If we co-operate we will be able to obtain more for the farmer. But the hon. the Minister must continually bear in mind the purchasing power of the consumer so that we do not find ourselves in a position where we have a price level which the consumer cannot afford with the result that there is no market for the product. The farmer will then have no market and he will find himself in an even worse predicament than he was before prices were increased. These are all matters which must be considered gradually; as the purchasing power of the public increases, so the price of the product can be increased.

*Dr. MOOLMAN:

It is always difficult for me to follow on the hon. member for Vryburg (Mr. Labuschagne) and to criticize him, because when I listen to him it sounds to me as if he is sitting on this side of the House. He is one of the few farmer-members opposite for whom we have a high regard and who is prepared to regard agriculture objectively.

*An HON. MEMBER:

See whether you cannot do so also.

*Dr. MOOLMAN:

The hon. member said in the beginning of his speech that we should look at what the prices were under the United Party Government, and see what they are today. I just want to remind the hon. member that these price increases took place not only in this country but all over the world, and in many countries the price increases for agricultural products were much greater than in this country.

I want to come back to the hon. member for Ladybrand (Mr. Keyter), who referred to city-dwellers who speak here on behalf of the farmers. I just want to tell the hon. member that I am convinced that a city-dweller in, say, Johannesburg, an advocate or an attorney, will represent the farmers better than hon. members opposite have done in recent years. Such a city-dweller will do it much better, because what was their standpoint when we warned them last year against the drought and said that plans would have to be made to cope with the drought conditions? All we had from hon. members opposite then was that things were going well with agriculture. According to them, things went so well with agriculture that they refused to assist us to devise means to enable us to cope with the drought. The hon. member for Ladybrand then spoke about wool. Well, I would rather not discuss the position of the maize farmers because perhaps I would then reveal the lack of knowledge he revealed in regard to wool. The hon. member then said that the hon. member for Gardens (Mr. Connan) had pleaded for increased prices for agricultural products and he made the statement that if produce prices rose the farmer would exploit his land even more because he would want to make bigger profits. Must I accept then that it is Government policy that if you keep prices low the farmer will exhaust his land less? For the rest, the hon. member for Ladybrand spoke about people who send so much of their stock to the markets. Sir, I wonder how long we will still have to continue pleading with the Minister of Agriculture for a change in the present meat marketing scheme in terms of which meat is sent to the controlled areas and the producer cannot compete with other buyers in order to obtain breeding-stock. The producer is completely excluded from that market.

*Mr. G. F. H. BEKKER:

Is it United Party policy that you are propounding now?

*Dr. MOOLMAN:

The hon. member will hear later what United Party policy is.

*The MINISTER OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING:

What does the Agricultural Union say about it?

*Dr. MOOLMAN:

The producer does not get the opportunity to compete on the markets in the controlled areas because the animal’s throat must first be cut before it can be sold. Just imagine, Sir, that the farmers are asked at a time like this to be satisfied with such a marketing system! That applies to any period, but particularly to the times in which we now live. When the farmer sends his livestock to the market, he loses control of it when that stock leaves his station. How long it will take to bring his stock to market depends on the Minister of Transport. When those animals can be marketed depends on the supplies reaching the market. If one sends an animal for a distance of 500 miles to the controlled market, it may take seven, eight or nine days before that animal is slaughtered, and when it is slaughtered the farmer must simply accept any price for it; he has no choice. He has completely lost control over his product.

*An HON. MEMBER:

He has a guaranteed price.

*An HON. MEMBER:

Do you want to send the animal back to the producer?

*Dr. MOOLMAN:

The day the producer sends that animal off from his station, he completely loses control over it. Sir, I was asked whether that animal should be sent back. Since when does the owner of a product not have the right to withhold that product if he is not prepared to sell it at a given price? What we want to recommend to the hon. the Minister for the umpteenth time is a scheme in terms of which people who need breeding-stock can compete with other buyers on the controlled market in order to buy breeding-stock if they need such stock. I strongly wish to recommend that we should have a system under which livestock is sold on the hoof. I strongly recommend that, irrespective of what the recommendation of the Meat Board may be. Only then will we have a scheme where the producer will be in a position to control his product and either to accept or to refuse the price offered.

*The MINISTER OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING:

Does the hon. member for Albany (Mr. Bennett) agree with you?

*Dr. MOOLMAN:

I have not come to the Minister of Agricultural Economics and Marketing yet. I was busy making recommendations to him. Irrespective of what this side of the House thinks of him as a Minister of Agriculture, we know that of all the members of the Cabinet he is the best maker of interjections when he is cornered. He will have the opportunity to speak.

I want to come back to the question of the drought to which the hon. member for Vryburg referred. May I just say this before I try to analyze what methods we may perhaps adopt to cope with these drought conditions better than we have hitherto been able to do? Last year we had a long discussion in this House on the same subject. Sir, in the civilized White world there has surely never before been a Government which treated its farmers so badly and which has caused such a great crisis as this Government.

*Mr. G. F. H. BEKKER:

Nonsense!

*Mr. J. J. RALL:

You know that is not true.

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member must withdraw that.

*Mr. J. J. RALL:

I withdraw it.

*Mr. STREICHER:

See how proud that hon. member is.

*Dr. MOOLMAN:

Sir, I will amend the statement I have just made by saying that there is not a farming population in any civilized country which has been treated so scandalously by their Government as our farmers have been treated by this Government in this catastrophe which has struck them. The drought we have to-day is not comparable with the one of 1933; it is a drought which stretches far north of the Zambezi What we are experiencing to-day is a country-wide drought, except for the small area along the coast. Last year we recommended that the Government should establish an agricultural credit corporation or a similar body to finance the farmer at a lower rate of interest than the current rate, and what did we find? The hon. the Minister of Finance in his Budget speech announced increased rates of interest, rates which the farmer as well as the business man will have to pay. The farmer will now have more difficulty in obtaining assistance from the financial institutions. That is what we got, Sir. Is that a sympathetic attitude towards the farmer?

There is so much talk about schemes which still have to be evolved and assistance the Government wants to offer the farmers in this catastrophe which has struck them. Does the Government want to put these schemes into operation only when it is already too late and when the farmers can no longer be assisted? Is this not the time to put such schemes into operation? We continually hear from hon. members opposite that agricultural production is increasing and that the prices are such as to encourage the farmers to produce more, but let us look at the agricultural statistics.

What is the position of dairy products, for example? In 1960, according to the statistics, the butter production was 114,000,000 lbs.; in 1961 it was 111,000,000, in 1962 103,000,000, and in 1963-4 97,000,000 lbs. Sir, you may guess what the production will be this year. The production has already fallen by more than 20,000,000 lbs. over the last five years. Have we had a continuous drought over the last five years? In certain areas, yes. Is it the price factor which has caused this decreased production, yes or no? I challenge any hon. member opposite to say that the price factor had nothing to do with this decreased production; that it had nothing to do with the fact that the farmers have sold their dairy cows; that farmers have sent dairy cows to the controlled areas where their throats were cut and the carcasses sold without the consumers ever knowing that they were eating the meat of cows. That is what happened to the dairy herds in this country. There are dozens of cases where producers advertised dairy cows in agricultural journals and sold them as slaughter cattle. Sir, is that not an indication that there is something wrong with the price? This decreasing dairy production surely proves incontrovertibly that there is something wrong with the price.

The same applies to cheese. The cheese production in 1960-1 was 38,000,000 lbs. In 4 it was 30,000,000 lbs., a reduction of8,000,000 lbs. What is the position in regard to the exports of butter? During the last year we exported 2,500,000 lbs. Let me rather start with the year 1962-3. In that year we exported 2,500,000 lbs. of butter at a loss of R35,000, and we imported 1,900,000 lbs. at a loss of R204,000. In 1963-4 we exported 2,490,000 lbs. of butter at a loss of R31,000, and we imported 17,000,000 lbs. at a loss of R141,000. Irrespective of what the hon. the Minister or hon. members may say about our attempts to try to find export markets for dairy products, is it wise to try to find export markets for a product whose production decreased by 5,000,000 lbs. during the past five years, particularly in view of the fact that our population has increased in the meantime? What sort of a policy is that? Is there any planning on the part of the Government? How can we try to find export markets for dairy products if the production decreases year after year? How can the Minister of Finance allow State subsidies to be used for the export of 2,400,000 lbs. of butter and for the importation of 17,000,000 lbs. during the same year?

We have heard here from the hon. member for Ladybrand what a wonderful year 1964 was for our producers, particularly the latter part of the year. It was so wonderful that the country looked like Canaan. In 1964 we had to import 17,000,000 lbs. of butter and millions of lbs. of cheese. Thus far I have not even dealt with cheese. There we find a peculiar position. In 1962-3 we exported 480,000 lbs. of cheese at a loss of R 11,000, and we imported 2,400,000 lbs. of cheese at a loss of R94,000. In 1963-4 the position was better; then we exported 466,000 lbs. of cheese at a loss of R4,000, and we imported 3,000,000 lbs. at a loss of R69,000. I do not know how a farmer on the opposite side of the House can get up and argue away these figures. There are produce prices which are remunerative, but there are also prices which are so low that it does not pay the farmer to produce. That is proved by the fact that the production decreases year by year.

*Mr. J. A. SCHLEBUSCH:

May I put a question to the hon. member? Is it true that in 1947-8 the price of butter was 24.2 cents, whereas in 1964-5 it is 37 cents?

*Dr. MOOLMAN:

There we have another hon. member who compares prices in 1947-8 with those of 1964-5. My reply to that is that if this party had been in power, the price would have been double the present price.

*Mr. J. A. L. BASSON:

What was P. M. K. le Roux’s salary then, and what is it today?

*Dr. MOOLMAN:

Sir, I come to a proposal we made last year and which the hon. the Minister of Agricultural Economics and Marketing almost treated with contempt when we made a plea for the people in the drought-stricken areas who could no longer buy fodder for their animals. We then made a plea that farmers who have grazing should be financed so as to enable them to go and buy stock in the drought-stricken areas and to remove them from those areas in order to save the lives of those animals. I still remember very well what the Minister’s reply was. He said (translation)—

Supposing the hon. member is a sheep farmer in the Karoo and it is dry on his farm and he were to say: “I have built up a flock and they are now dying of drought,” what will you do on your farm? We will lend money to somebody else to come and buy your stock so that you will have no stock on your farm. That would be a shortsighted policy. We must particularly assist the farmers to keep their stocks on their farms. We must help them to acquire stock so that they will not be compelled later to buy stock at extremely high prices.

I wonder whether the Minister of Agricultural Economics and Marketing will still say the same to-day. Sir, if the industrialists were to experience a catastrophe like the one which has now struck the farmers, by this time ten conferences of all interested parties would have been convened to see what could be done to help them. Winter is facing us, when rain will hardly assist many of the grazing areas. Thank goodness, as far as the Karoo is concerned, rain will still be able to save the position, but in many of the grazing areas rain will hardly be of any assistance. We are faced with the position where our stock is threatened as never before in this country. We are faced with the position where farmers have withered crops which they cannot reap, and if they were still able to take those crops off the land and to bale them, then one of two things would happen. [Interjection.]

*Mr. SPEAKER:

The hon. member for Cradock should not interject so continuously.

*Dr. MOOLMAN:

Two things could have happened. We could have financed them to buy stock under a scheme in terms of which they would then later send that stock back to the controlled area through the Meat Board or another board, which would first deduct the purchase price plus interest and pay out the balance to them, a scheme in terms of which they could make use of crops which had dried out—their maize or kaffircorn, etc.—by having it grazed off, or they could have cut it and baled it and used it in that manner, or they could have sold the bales to those people who had no fodder and so utilized it in that way. But what do we find? In my opinion it is a scandal that the Transvaal Agricultural Union should ask whether the Army cannot help us to cut the grass along the railway lines and on the aerodromes to serve as fodder for animals who are dying as the result of the drought. Are we not all ashamed of that? Are we not ashamed that an agricultural union should suggest that troops should be called in to cut grass to save animals which are starving? Do we not have a Government which has had large surpluses every year? We do not want anything for nothing. Nor do we want subsidies and loans if we can help it. We want the farmer to be enabled to help himself.

*The DEPUTY MINISTER OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING:

How?

*Dr. MOOLMAN:

I am busy explaining what can be done, and if the hon. the Deputy Minister does not understand me that is not my fault. I say very clearly that we should evolve a scheme according to which the man who has dry fodder but no money should be enabled to buy stock and to use the fodder in that way, because he has already received six or seven loans; the Farmers’ Assistance Board has already helped him so many times that the Government cannot assist him any longer unless it wants to give him the money gratis. We should assist that man to buy stock in drought-stricken areas, stock which would die in any case; he can then take the stock to his farm and keep it until prices rise or until they are in better condition, and then he can market them. If in addition we introduce a scheme whereby the farmer who needs breeding-stock can buy those animals on the controlled market, then we at least have two ways in which to help the farmers. I just recently returned from the Northern Transvaal …

*An HON. MEMBER:

A speculation scheme.

*Dr. MOOLMAN:

Is it a speculation scheme when we finance a man who has fodder to buy stock from the man who cannot feed those animals because he cannot buy fodder, because he has no more money, and then later to bring that stock back to the market to be sold to the farmer who needs breeding stock? Even though there should be an element of speculation in such a scheme, it is still a method of preventing the animals from dying of hunger or being taken to the abattoirs in a poor condition. Who wants such an animal, which is in poor condition, in the abattoirs? Who wants to let it die of hunger? Sir, when will the time arrive when the farmers opposite will get up and plead with us for the preservation of the stock in this country? When will the time arrive when they will get up and tell the Minister of Finance, after having thanked him, as the hon. member for Vryburg said: “We should like to see the system of taxation of farmers being reviewed and that this or that thing should be remedied, Mr. Minister of Finance”. If we have more pleas of that nature from that side of the House, we will achieve much more in the interests of the farmers. But I want to agree with the hon. member for Vryburg when he says that this drought crisis should never have been raised in this House; it should have been discussed outside the House long before this debate by everybody interested in agriculture and those who are prepared to make plans to save the stock of the country and to succour those people whose crops have died in the drought, who have no money to buy fodder and who can no longer obtain a loan to buy seed. The plea of this side of the House is that real assistance should be given to agriculture on, a basis where we do not feel that we are being subsidized, and that money is being lent to us which we cannot repay. We want to feel that we jointly tried to evolve a scheme by which the man who has lost his crops can be assisted to feed his stock, without troops being called in to cut dry grass along the railway lines. We want a Government which plans properly and has a policy which does not just rest on a loose footing; we want a Government which does not allow the situation to develop to a stage where the farmers are faced with ruin as the result of a drought.

*The DEPUTY MINISTER OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING:

The hon. member for East London (City) (Dr. Moolman) devoted a very large part of his speech to the drought. He said that this Government ought to be ashamed of itself. If there is something of which one ought to be ashamed, then it is the fact that a member tries to make political capital out of the conditions in the agricultural industry. The hon. member ought to know that no government in any country in the world has done as much during a period of drought to help livestock to survive and to save people from ruin as this Government has done. I want to mention a few examples. In an attempt to save the cattle in the Northern Transvaal, which the hon. member wants to have sold, this Government goes so far as to grant those farmers a 50 per cent subsidy in respect of fodder purchased by them to keep these animals alive. In addition the Government grants them a rebate of 75 per cent on the costs of transporting fodder to these animals and of conveying these animals to areas in which grazing is available.

*An HON. MEMBER:

He is not aware of that.

*The DEPUTY MINISTER OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING:

No, he is not aware of that at all. He wants these cattle in the Western Transvaal, which are immune to East Coast fever and heart water, to be sold, as a result of which they will lose their immunity and can never again be taken back to the Northern Transvaal, or will be of no value to the Northern Transvaal.

*An HON. MEMBER:

That is Greek to him.

*The DEPUTY MINISTER OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING:

Mr. Speaker, the hon. member speaks so incoherently; in the first instance he says that they warned us last year about the drought; he says that the drought extends from the Zambezi right down into the Republic, and just a little while later he comes along and says that the drought is confined to certain areas and that there should therefore be sufficient supplies of butter and meat and cheese. He contradicts himself in the course of the same speech. This is one example, but I want to mention a second example. The hon. member says that they pleaded for a finance corporation to render the necessary financial assistance to the farmers in these circumstances. Is the hon. member not aware of the fact that all the financial assistance required is being rendered to the farmers by the various departments, whether by way of mortgage loans, by way of loans granted to save the farmer from ruin when he has come to the end of his tether financially and is no longer in good credit, or by way of advance loans on crops? This assistance is being granted. Mr. Speaker, I watched the hon. member for Albany (Mr. Bennett) while the hon. member for East London (City) was speaking. The hon. member for Albany kept smiling while the hon. member for East London (City), uninformed as he is, was making incorrect statements here. I want to mention an example of this. The hon. member objected to the present system ot selling on the hook by auction; he wants cattle to be supplied to the abattoirs, to the markets, on the hoof. While he was pleading for this to be done, the hon. member for Albany, who has just come from the Agricultural Union organization, shook his head, because he knows that this scheme has been requested by and is supported by the S.A. Agricultural Union, the commodity sections of the S.A. Agricultural Union. I am just mentioning this as an example to illustrate how members differ among one another on that side.

But I first want to deal with the hon. member for Gardens (Mr. Connan). This hon. member tried to make out a case in connection with soil conservation and he quoted what Die Burger reported me as having said. I want to tell the hon. member for Gardens that I stand by every word I said, because the conservation of our soil is a national problem, and I shall not flinch for one moment, even though the United Party wants to make a political football of this issue. If it wants to make a political football of the issue of the conservation of our soil for posterity, then it will be destroyed, just as it was destroyed in the recent elections, and then it will be totally rejected in South Africa.

The hon. member went further and said that the Government was doing nothing. But let me tell him what has been done. A total of 827 soil conservation districts has already been proclaimed. More than 112,500,000 morgen have already been proclaimed. But let us examine what work has been done. There are 34,145 works, comprising an area of 64,500,000 morgen, which have already been mapped out and scheduled, plus an additional 13,000 which have been filmed. In respect of 7,120, i.e. 13,380,000 morgen, the physical planning has already been put into practice. As far as farming works are concerned, 389,062 have been approved, with a value of R55,990,000. Completed works total 180,227, with a value of R29,831,000. But the hon. member says that nothing has been done in connection with soil conservation. Hon. members must not think they can come along here and make political capital out of that statement. I myself have taken more than 220 photographs of soil conservation works. In that statement I declared specifically that I had come across numerous examples of successful soil conservation works, not only by the State, but also by the farmers. Furthermore it is interesting to note that such works are also being undertaken by small farmers. It is not only the large moneyed farmers that undertake soil conservation works, farmers possessing 10,000 or more morgen of land. I said that a time would come when the people of South Africa would expect these farmers, operating under the discipline of and in collaboration with the Department of Soil Conservation and the Soil Conservation Board, to do the right thing for the sake of posterity.

Hon. members are trying to make out a case that there is no planning in the agricultural field.

*An HON. MEMBER:

None at all.

*The DEPUTY MINISTER OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING:

In my opinion there are certain basic facts in agriculture which govern planning. I am not going to compare the position with 1948 and the period prior to 1948, because what the United Party did in South Africa cannot be compared with what this Government has done. It is not comparable. What they did was a mere trifle, something transitory, when we compare it with what this Government has done. The basic facts that I see in this country are, firstly, knowledge, that is, research and guidance; secondly, ways and means, that is, loans, services for which payment is made and free grants such as subsidies and rebates; and, thirdly, marketing, that is, research, publicity and control. I am now going to quote figures to prove that, if due allowance is made for the various hazards and the vicissitudes of nature, no Government, not even in the rest of the world, has to the same extent satisfied these basic requirements by providing services to the farmer as this Government has done. From 1 April 1959 to 31 March 1963—this i; the period I want to take— an amount of R60,594,000 was made available to agriculture in the form of research and guidance by the Departments of Agricultural Technical Services, Agricultural Economics, and Lands. As far as means are concerned— and it is in this regard that the hon. member for East London (City) creates such a fuss and says that financing is not done according to any definite method—an amount of R 167,077,000 was made available in the form of recoverable loans to farmers by the Land Bank, the Department of Lands, the Department of Agricultural Technical Services, the State Advances Recoveries Office, and the Department of Water Affairs. These loans have to be repaid by the farmers; the South African farmer does not want to be a beggar. In this short period of four years a non-recoverable amount of R160,078,000 was made available by the same Departments. In other words, over a period of four years an amount of R327,156,000, of which, as I have said, only a portion is recoverable was made available to agriculture in this respect alone.

As far as marketing is concerned—hon. members are deeply concerned about marketing—we made available an amount of R3,302,000 in the form of research and publicity and investigation over this period of four years. This amount was non-recoverable. Up to 1963 we enabled the marketing boards, the 18 control boards, to accumulate an amount of more than R110,000,000 in the Stabilization Fund of the farmers.

*Dr. MOOLMAN:

That came out of their own pockets.

*The DEPUTY MINISTER OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING:

The hon. member is a stranger in Jerusalem. Is the hon. member not aware of the fact that the Government contributes a certain amount as far as the levy on maize is concerned? Is the hon. member not aware of the fact that as far as butter, cheese and dairy products are concerned, the Government contributes a large amount in order to subsidize the consumers? The point I want to make is that this amount was made available to provide security for the farmer in case he should get into difficulties with his product in the future.

Hon. members on the other side are hawking about the Presidential Address of the South African Agricultural Union now, as they have done in two previous debates as well. They are using this Address as the norm. The hon. member for East London (City) said that capital investment in agriculture was on an economic basis. Let us analyse this statement of his. In the Report of the South African Agricultural Union it is stated that up to 1963 R4,819,000,000 had been invested in agriculture in South Africa. The Report also states that the farmers’ total debts represent approximately 16 per cent of this amount of R4,819,000,000. In other words, 84 per cent of this amount of nearly R5,000,000,000 is not loan capital. If we compare this with other economic institutions in South Africa, in the field of industry or with commerce or industrial development, then I challenge any person to prove to me that there is any other financial institution that manages with such a small amount in loan capital. On the contrary, if one looks at the balance sheet of General Motors, Mr. Speaker, one finds that only 20 per cent of their capital investment is unencumbered; that 80 per cent consists ot loan capital. In the case of commerce and industry nearly 54 per cent is loan capital. Do these hon. members want to tell me that farming is uneconomic? How has it been built up in this way? Agriculture has been built up over the years because, seen as a whole, agriculture is an economic undertaking for the farmer in the long run.

I want to mention a further example in connection with capital investment. In 1948 the capital investment was R2,107,000,000 and in 1964 it was R4,889,000,000. It more than doubled over a period of 16 years. Although it more than doubled, loan capital represented only 16 per cent thereof. In other words, the remaining 84 per cent was unencumbered. As far as capital formation is concerned, the position is the same.

Hon. members should not try to make out a case on the basis of capital investment. It merely serves to disprove their story that matters are taking the wrong course in agriculture as such. What does the Land Bank say in regard to this investment in their Report? This Report of the Land Bank shows how sound the position is. According to the latest report the arrears, expressed as percentages of interest and capital due, were as follows: In 1963 arrear interest amounted to 2.407 per cent, and in 1964 2.468 per cent. Arrear capital was 1.25 per cent and 1.27 per cent. Taken as a whole, arrear debts with the Land Bank amounted to only 3.74 per cent. In the rest of our economy in South Africa we find that arrear installments, whether in the housing or in the industrial sector, amount to approximately 10 per cent to 12 per cent, and in agriculture the figure is only 3.74 per cent.

I resent it that the hon. member for East London (City) should say, because we are stricken by drought, that agriculture as a whole is experiencing bad times. What does the Land Bank say? The Land Bank says that if it had not been for this serious drought in the Northern Transvaal the amount in arrears would only have been 1.6 per cent or .834 per cent. Surely the Land Bank’s capital investment in agriculture should be taken as the norm for measuring the economic soundness of the farmer in South Africa? I say that the hon. member for East London (City) ought to be ashamed of himself in using the drought as a political football in order to gain some advantage with a view to an election that may possibly be at hand.

The hon. member made another statement as well. Almost the same statement was made by the hon. member for Gardens (Mr. Connan). They claimed that the Minister had said that the high prices resulted in more overcropping and overstocking, which led to soil erosion. On two previous occasions these hon. members also tried to quote the President of the South African Agricultural Union on the subject of land prices in order to show that we cannot take land prices into account when trying to assess the profitability of agriculture, because these prices were not comparable. What are the true facts? What is the price of land? I just want to mention the prices of land in a few areas. From 1948 to 1963-4 the price of land per morgen in the maize area increased, on an index basis, from 97 to 282; in the maize region, therefore, the index figure trebled itself. I can go on in this way and take the wheat area. In the case of the wheat area the figure rose from 89 to 269. In the sheep-farming areas it rose from 96 to 327. If there has been such an enormous increase in the index figure in respect of these land prices it is due to the fact that the people who have invested their money in land considered it to be an economic investment and because they wanted to redeem their capital and to earn interest by this means. Do not come and tell me that land prices have no connection whatsoever with the profitability of the industry.

What does the Land Bank say in this connection? They say the following—

In financial purchases of farm land the Board, in terms of the provisions of the Land Bank Act, is limited to granting loans that do not exceed four-fifths of the value of the land, as determined by the Board for agricultural and stockbreeding purposes. The guiding consideration is therefore the productive capacity of the land as a farming unit.
*Dr. MOOLMAN:

For the purpose of the Bank?

*The DEPUTY MINISTER OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING:

Yes. What is the increase in the loans granted by the Land Bank for the purchasing of land? I am only taking the year 1963-4. This is the year in which things were supposed to have gone so terribly badly. I want to quote the land prices in a number of districts, and hon. members must bear in mind that this is land that was bought not by the Government, but by farmers who raised loans to buy land from other farmers. The increase per morgen in Bethulie was 97.4 per cent; in Rouxville it was 22.7 per cent; in Aliwal North 54.7 per cent in Venterstad 194 per cent and in Albert 111.3 per cent. These are the increases per morgen in this one year only, and the Land Bank’s loans to these farmers are based on the productive capacity of the land, not on a long-term investment. The Land Bank will not advance the money for a loan if it is a long-term investment. Sir, hon. members should therefore not just go ahead and try to advance the Presidential address by the President of the Agricultural Union as an argument in support of their case because they have no argument of their own to advance. If they want to advance an argument they must see to it that it is an argument worth advancing. I want to analyse these land prices a little further. In America a thorough investigation was instituted into land prices, and they say the following—

The relationship between farm land values and farm income is important. There is a cost involved in using land just as there is in hiring labour. This cost is clear when land is rented and a portion of the crop must be paid to the owner of the land. The situation is the same when one owns one’s own land—a cost is still attached to the use of the land. The size of this cost depends upon the present price of the land. The higher the value of the land the greater the proportion of the gross return which must be charged off as land cost when calculating the net returns at the end of the year. Thus, the greater the cost of using land the smaller the net return to labour and management.

These are the findings in the investigation that was instituted in America when they were also faced with these increased prices of land. They continue as follows—

Reduction in land prices on some farms would allow this goal to be obtained. In other words, if farmers paid less for their land they could have incomes more nearly comparable to off-farm employment opportunities.

The United Party says now, as it does so frequently, that we should not take land prices as a norm. But the hon. members on the other side have to tell us now whether it is their policy that land prices should simply be allowed to shoot up and that the Minister of Agricultural economics and Marketing should then guarantee prices to the farmer on the basis of these uncontrolled prices of land? Is that their policy?

*Mrs. S. M. VAN NIEKERK:

May I ask a question? Is it the policy of the hon. the Deputy Minister to force down land prices?

*The DEPUTY MINISTER OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING:

I shall reply to that immediately. It is the policy of the Government to take into account the Marketing Act with its control boards when determining prices and then to see to it that the prices are adjusted to the purchasing power of the public and to the productive capacity of the farmer, but it can never be the policy of any Government simply to allow interest on investment capital to be guaranteed. If that were so, the hon. the Minister said in the Other Place the other day, we should, if Senator Berman bought a piece of land on the foreshore, in the expectation that a township would be laid out there in ten years’ time, allow him to earn interest on that capital investment from the first year. Is that the policy of the United Party? When people pay large amounts for agricultural land as an investment, do hon. members want this Government to give them a guarantee in respect of their interest and redemption in the first year?

I shall carry on dealing with land prices now. If one buys 30 morgen in Pongola to which a sugar quota is attached, and it is good A land, but next to this piece of land there are an additional 30 morgen to which no sugar quota is attached but which is better land, one will pay ten times as much for the land to which there is a sugar quota attached as one will pay for the land to which there is no sugar quota attached. The same applies in the Western Province. Land to which a wine quota is attached is worth ten times more than land to which there is no wine quota attached. In other words, no matter how the United Party wants to argue as far as this matter is concerned, the production potential of land is the norm by which land prices must be measured for agricultural purposes.

The hon. members for East London (City), Gardens and Albany said that the cost structure has risen, that prices have decreased and that agriculture is not sharing in the economic boom in South Africa. Let us examine the index. Let us examine the price index in respect of agricultural products and the price index in respect of production costs. Mr. Speaker, if you look at the statistics report, and you take the index as being 100 for 1947-50, you will see that in the case of agronomy it was 110 in 1947-8, in the case of horticulture 96 and in the case of animal husbandry 96. This gives us an average total of 102. In 1963-4 agronomy rose to 176, horticulture to 210 and animal husbandry to 147. The average total rose from 102 to 167. These are the index figures in respect of prices of agricultural products in South Africa. (Time limit.)

*Mrs. S. M. VAN NIEKERK:

It was interesting to listen to the hon. the Deputy Minister speaking in his new capacity, but I am afraid that I have often heard that speech in this House. He quoted the same figures which he always quotes from some or other booklet although he never tells us from where he obtains those figures. The hon. the Deputy Minister did say something new; he said that he was the new State photographer. He has been travelling around by helicopter taking photographs.

*The DEPUTY MINISTER OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING:

I would never photograph you; the camera would break.

*Mrs. S. M. VAN NIEKERK:

Let me tell the hon. the Deputy Minister that I would not be available to be photographed by him! He boasted about the fact that he travelled 2,500 miles by helicopter. He is trying to tell the farmers how to run their farms. This is the closest he will get to a farm because since he disposed of his farm I think that he knows as little about soil conservation as my foot. It is surprising to see how swiftly he has learnt the story of the hon. the Ministers of Agricultural Economics and Marketing and Agricultural Technical Services. This young Deputy Minister who has only just been appointed is already talking about disciplining the farmers. I ask you, Mr. Speaker! I want to know how it was that he could not discipline himself to remain on the land of his fathers. He makes wild allegations. He says that a 50 per cent subsidy has been given to the farmers in the drought-stricken areas in the Transvaal, that a 75 per cent rebate has been given on railage and from this he comes to the conclusion that no other Government in the world has done as much for the farming population as this Government has done. But the hon. the Deputy Minister knows that that is incorrect.

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member must withdraw that.

*Mrs. S. M. VAN NIEKERK:

Mr. Speaker, I said it was incorrect.

*Mr. SPEAKER:

That makes no difference; the hon. member must withdraw that word.

*Mrs. S. M. VAN NIEKERK:

Mr. Speaker, may I say …

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member must first withdraw that word before continuing with her speech.

*Mrs. S. M. VAN NIEKERK:

I withdraw it, Mr. Speaker. Let me put it in this way. This matter is incorrect. Hon. members know that far more has been done for the farmers in other countries than in South Africa. If hon. members had read their newspapers they would perhaps have noticed that even communist Russia has done twice as much for her farmers than was previously the case.

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

And if Russia had done nothing previously?

*Mrs. S. M. VAN NIEKERK:

Hon. members know what the position is. [Interjections.]

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! Hon. members must give the hon. member an opportunity to make her speech.

*Mrs. S. M. VAN NIEKERK:

Hon. members ought to remember that we have pleaded for the farmers year after year in this House. Year after year we predicted that the time would come when disaster would befall South Africa, a disaster which has now befallen her. The hon, the Deputy Minister quoted Land Bank figures and said that the Land Bank valuation of these farms was about R5,000,000,000. He also said that only a certain percentage of them were encumbered. He advanced this as proof that things were going well with the farmers. But what do hon. members opposite want? They want the farmers to be driven to their knees before assistance is given to them. Do they not know the history of the farmers in South Africa? Do they not know that most of the farmers who are on the platteland to-day are not people who have just started farming. The third and fourth generation of their families are now on the farms; they are people who inherited their farms from their parents, farms which were unencumbered, but these people are to-day being forced to mortgage those farms because of the difficult circumstances they are experiencing. They do not always obtain their loans from the Land Bank; they also obtain loans from commercial banks. Then the hon. the Deputy Minister talks about a doubling of the land price and says that in 1948 the land was valued at R2,400,000,000, and that this year it is almost R5,000,000,000. Does the hon. the Deputy Minister not know that it is not only the farmers’ land prices that have doubled, but that the value of fixed property throughout South Africa has increased, and, in many cases, has more than doubled? Does the hon. the Deputy Minister not know that he could have bought a house in Cape Town at the time for £1,200, a house which he could not buy to-day for R 12,000 or even R 18,000? Is there any clearer proof of the increase than the fact that we have an amount of R63,000 in the Estimates to purchase a ministerial house, and an amount of R720,000 to purchase a house for an ambassador in Tokyo? The hon. the Deputy Minister is so fond of quoting figures to us, but he has apparently not read the White Paper which the hon. the Minister of Finance published last year, because the index is given very clearly there. The hon. the Deputy Minister had a few loose pieces of paper with him, and I asked him where he had obtained his figures. I have here the document which was published by the Department of the hon. the Minister of Finance just a week ago, and this White Paper proves clearly that producer prices remained far lower than production costs; that the increase in the producer price did not keep pace with the increase in production costs, and that production costs have increased more and more; that farmers suffered a loss up to the end of 1964. The hon. the Minister of Agricultural Economics and Marketing sniggers about this, but he should snigger at his own Deputy Minister. This is what the hon. the Minister of Finance has to say in the White Paper [translation)—

The prices of farming requirements and equipment have shown a constant upward trend over the ten year period and have over the period as a whole shown a larger increase than producer prices.

These figures are only given up to the end of 1964. Of course, we had the spectacle here of the hon. member for Ladybrand (Mr. Keyter) who is chairman of the Maize Board, saying that every increase in price is added to the price which the farmer receives for his product. That is of course not at all correct. But towards the end of 1964 there was an increase, according to the index. Why? Because at that time everything was so scarce and the farmers had nothing to sell. But, Mr. Speaker, the greatest economic instability in any sector of our national life is to be found amongst our farmers in South Africa. There is no doubt about that. Take the case of any product. Consider the price of milk. Milk prices were reduced in 1960-1 …

*Mr. G. F. H. BEKKER:

Milk?

*Mrs. S. M. VAN NIEKERK:

Yes, that hon. member had only one old cow and now he has sold her too. The hon. member sold his farms and all that he now has to milk is an old she-goat. The price of milk was reduced. It rose again at a later stage. But even then it was still below what it was before it was reduced in 1961. But the best proof of all is that 9,500 tons of butter have had to be imported into South Africa. The prices for pork were reasonable but the fluctuation in prices was such that pork had also to be imported. We stated over and over again in regard to maize that prices were such that if the farmers had a poor crop in one year it would take them years and years to make good the losses which they had suffered in that one year.

*Mr. J. J. RALL:

What price do you suggest for maize?

*Mrs. S. M. VAN NIEKERK:

If the hon. the Minister of Agricultural Economics and Marketing would resign I would know what prices to fix. The hon. member represents an agricultural sector. I do not know how much maize has been planted there but I do know that what they do plant there on a large scale is tobacco. Let me tell the hon. member …

*Mr. J. J. RALL:

What? Tobacco?

*Mrs. S. M. VAN NIEKERK:

I withdraw that remark if it was not the Chief Whip who is a representative of a tobacco-growing district who interpreted. But what is very clear from the latest issue of Agricon of January, 1964, is that (translation)—

It must be remembered that one crop failure under present circumstances can ruin a farmer in debt.

But there we have the hon. the Deputy Minister who says that the farmers have no debts. This quarterly paper which is issued by his own Department states (translation)—

It must be remembered that one crop failure under the present circumstances can ruin a farmer in debt, and that under favourable conditions it can easily put him back three to five years, financially, simply because it takes three to five successively good crops to compensate for the one which failed.

How does this sound to the hon. the Deputy Minister, who says that the farmers are so well off? For how many years now have we not said this to hon. members opposite? The hon. the Deputy Minister was always the one with most to say in regard to how well off the maize farmers were. How many years now have we not told them that the farmers would be forced to their knees, and that this Government was only prepared to assist the farmer when he had already been driven to his knees. For how many years have we said that the farmers should be assisted before they are driven to their knees? I can go on in this way in regard to all branches of farming. Take dried beans. Permission was granted for beans to be imported this year while we still had 90,000 bags of beans unsold in South Africa. Notwithstanding this position, permits for the importation of 85,000 bags were granted with the result that local prices were forced down, to the detriment of our local farmers. This is how well this Government treats the farmers!

I come now to meat prices. We know, of course, that the producers of beef are in a very critical position. We have already been told how agricultural products have risen. They have risen by 72 per cent, but during the same time products such as maize and sunflower seed and so forth have risen by 92 per cent, and citrus fruit and deciduous fruit by 107 per cent. The hon. the Deputy Minister gave us incorrect figures in this regard. He took the same figures as I have done, but he told us that livestock rose by 147 per cent. The actual figure is 47 per cent; he added the 100 himself. [Interjections.]

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order!

*Mrs. S. M. VAN NIEKERK:

The index is not half as old as the old cow, Mathilda, of the hon. the Deputy Minister. [Laughter.] When marketing control was instituted, the floor prices were too low. It is estimated that the capital investment per cow is R200 per day, while the price of beef remained virtually the same from 1948 to 1962. Then hon. members talk about high land prices. The land prices were not increased because of the higher beef price; they were raised because of short-term products such as cheese, butter and milk, which resulted in land prices increasing to a considerable extent. What is the position of lucerne? It is absolutely unobtainable this year, and lucerne seed is unobtainable. What is the position of the farmer generally speaking today, in spite of what the hon. the Deputy Minister has said? The position of most farmers is that they no longer know who is the master on their farms. They do not know whether the owner of their farm is the Land Bank, a commercial bank, the Farmers’ Assistance Board or the co-operative society which has loaned them money. When one listens to the threats of the hon. the Deputy Minister, one starts to wonder whether the Government will not become one of the masters of those farms.

Unfortunately, my time is limited, but I want to say that there is so much that can be done for the farmer, as has already been said. I was travelling on an aeroplane the other day with one of the persons who came down here to discuss matters with the hon. the Minister of Agricultural Economics and Marketing. I asked him what sort of assistance they wanted, and he said he did not know. He said: “We have already had so many loans that we do not want any more; we cannot repay what we have already borrowed.” I asked whether they wanted subsidies, and he said: “Subsidies on what? We have nothing to sell.” I asked whether they wanted assistance fram the Farmers’ Assistance Board, and he said that they already owed so much money there that they would never be able to repay it. I then said: “You have come down here to ask the Minister for assistance, but what assistance do you want?” To which he replied: “I do not know what to ask for; farming is in such a state that we no longer know what assistance to ask for.”

That is the absolute truth. The position of most farmers—and it this drought continues it will hold good for the whole of South Africa— is that they no longer know for what assistance they should ask. It is like a wheel which has started moving. The more our farmers try to climb over that wheel the swifter it rolls and the greater becomes the misery of the farmer, and the deeper he finds himself in trouble. [Laughter.] In spite of these facts, we have this laughter from hon. members on that side, and we still have to hear these nonsensical remarks uttered by the hon. member for Cradock (Mr. G. F. H. Bekker).

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order!

*Mrs. S. M. VAN NIEKERK:

Mr. Speaker, if only you could have heard half the interjections made by the hon. member for Cradock, you would have called him to order a long time ago.

*The MINISTER OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING:

What are you asking for now?

*Mrs. S. M. VAN NIEKERK:

The first thing I want to ask that hon. Minister is to assist the farmers of Lichtenburg, who said to me: “Tell Dr. Verwoerd to dismiss Dirkie Uys and P. K. le Roux from the Cabinet and give us Mr. De Wet Nel as Minister of Agriculture.” That is the first thing that the hon. the Prime Minister ought to do; he should get rid of the two Ministers of Agriculture we have to-day.

Another matter which I mentioned in the past, and which I want to mention again today, is the question of insurance. In the past I spoke about hail insurance, which is extremely high. I want once again to advocate a general insurance scheme for farmers. We find that there is a comprehensive crop insurance scheme in existence in America. If we had such a scheme in South Africa we would not find ourselves in the position in which we are to-day. The farmers complain about increased production costs. The farmers asked the hon. the Minister of Economic Affairs to have half-yearly statistics published of all the important requirements which the farmers have to buy, indicating the comparative prices which the farmers have to pay and the landed costs or the local cost of manufacture of an article. What was the hon. the Minister’s reply? The hon. the Minister’s reply was that if these things were brought to his attention he would have them investigated. The farmers asked that this list of goods should, inter alia, include the following: Implements, engines and spares, tractors and spares, types, batteries, fencing material and so forth. His reply to this was: “Let me know what your complaints are, and I shall have them investigated.” Mr. Speaker, my time is almost up. I want to repeat what I have said here in the past: What sort of nation are we that we can permit our farming population to be destroyed in this way? What sort of people are we to forget what we owe to the farming population who have made this country of ours habitable? I want to make no predictions, but I say, heaven preserve us if we continue in the direction in which we are going to-day. Our farmers are going to be the poorest and the worst off section of the people unless the Government takes positive steps to assist them. If we continue in this way, the future will be a sad one for us.

*Mr. G. P. KOTZE:

I want in the first place to express my appreciation to the hon. the Minister of Finance for the continued capital outlay in the lower Orange River irrigation valley, and also express my appreciation for the further capital outlay in this region during this period of protracted drought. This action has contributed greatly towards the economy of this region. I also want to express my appreciation for the increased amount which has been made available in these Estimates to Agricultural Technical Services and Agricultural Economics and Marketing. I trust that the Government will continue to make ample provision for assistance to the farming community.

The hon. member for Drakensberg (Mrs. S. M. van Niekerk) must not resent the fact if I do not devote much of my time to her; I do not want to be discourteous but my time is extremely limited. I want to express my appreciation for the appeals which have been made in this House on the part of those who are sympathetic towards the farmers of South Africa. Indeed, I think that everyone is sympathetically disposed towards the farmers in South Africa and the hon. member for Drakensberg should not try to use an extraordinary position which has arisen in the country in order to accuse this Government of allowing the farmers to be ruined.

I should like to put this question to the hon. member: Would the hon. member be prepared to pay more than 79c per 1001b for lucerne?

*Mrs. S. M. VAN NIEKERK:

I pay more every year.

*Mr. G. P. KOTZE:

The price which the hon. member pays includes the 10c in regard to the commercial undertaking as well as the storage costs, insurance costs, handling costs and transport. When everything is included, the price amounts to from 125c to 150c, but is the hon. member prepared to recommend a higher price for the producer and to pay an even higher price for lucerne?

As far as beans are concerned, the position is that in 1964 the hon. the Minister issued permits for the import of beans. But is the hon. member aware of the fact that this was in respect only of the ordinary white bean, the bean which we along the Orange River call the “tweemaal-dik”? At that stage there was still a small quantity of kaffir beans and a small quantity of salad beans such as the Port Natal beans and so forth available in this country. If the hon. member were a housewife, would she be satisfied if she were offered kaffir beans over the counter?

*Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

Bantu beans!

*Mr. G. P. KOTZE:

I do not want to bring politics into this matter. We call this bean the kaffir bean, and that will remain its name. Will the housewife of South Africa be satisfied when she asks for “Painted lady” over the counter, to be offered “tweemaal-dik”? Is the hon. member aware of the fact that there are contractors who have to supply large undertakings with beans, and that those orders have to be placed overseas a month before the time, and even earlier, so that those beans can be delivered in time? The hon. member should not blame the hon. the Minister for this. I, myself, am opposed to the import of beans, but one must look the facts in the face. If a housewife asks for salad beans, one cannot offer her “tweemaal-dik” and kaffir beans.

The hon. member mentioned a number of other matters here. She spoke about the price of maize, and she said that if a farmer has one poor crop he is ruined. The hon. member quoted from Agricon, to the effect that a poor crop of this nature would cause the ruin of a farmer. But we cannot determine prices on this basis, because then we will be making the farmer pay so much more for his bag of maize. That is a completely wrong approach.

In the very limited time at my disposal I want to come back to a matter which has been raised year after year for the past four years in this House—the question of a fodder bank for the farmer in order to see him through a period of drought, a fodder bank which, according to hon. members opposite, embraces the idea of a national fodder bank. I just want to say that a national fodder bank is a wonderful idea, but, as fine an idea as it is, so it is an impracticable idea for the farmer. If ever an ill-considered idea was given prominence throughout the agricultural world in 1947-8 by the commission dealing with drought matters—on which the hon. member for East London (City) (Dr. Moolman) also served—it was this idea of a national fodder bank. It channelled the train of thought of the farmer in such a way, into such a groove, that he was not able to think originally after that.

I am in favour of the building up of a fodder bank, but then it must be a fodder bank on each economic unit. It must form part of each individual farm. It must form part of that particular farming unit. Such a fodder bank must comply with two requirements in order to succeed in this country. The first requirement is that the farmer must, under drought conditions, be able to keep a record of his stocks from month to month. He must keep a record of his available grazing, of his animals, of his financial reserves and of the quantity of fodder on his farm. This is necessary, because those stocks of fodder take the place of a reserve camp or, as the farmers call it, a spare camp. A record of this nature is absolutely essential for success to be achieved. In order to make a success of a fodder bank, it must form an integral part of the farm unit. If it does not form an integral part of that farm unit, it will fail, because it does not appeal to the spirit of enterprise, the resourcefulness and the feeling of independence of the farmer. In short, it does not give the farmer sufficient latitude to give expression to his personality on his own unit. And subjected to those requirements the fodder bank, as proposed by hon. members of the Opposition, fails. In order to form an integral part of a farming unit, it must be on a farm, because the farmer has to make a stock survey from month to month. Any scheme which hon. members opposite suggest which does not comply with this requirement is a scheme which I must describe as defective.

I want now to start my speech. The accusation is made against this Government from time to time in this House that, as a result of a lack of planning, as a result of ministerial inefficiency, farmers in South Africa are facing ruin. A motion was moved in this connection, but I regard that motion simply as an abusive motion; it was only an abusive motion because it was devoid of any merit, tested against the results achieved by agriculture in South Africa. Because under no circumstances do I want to attribute anything untrue to hon. members opposite, I want to try to prove every word I am saying. Let us test the accusation which was forthcoming from the Opposition through the medium of the hon. member for Gardens (Mr. Connan), against the results achieved by agriculture in South Africa.

Under conservation farming, agriculture in South Africa is aimed at using the potential of the soil and developing it; using it in such a way that its potential is always being increased. In this way we will always ensure that a soil with an increased potential is available for future generations. The method we use in order to achieve that end is not a method by means of which we undermine the self-respect of the farmer in a democratic country like South Africa. We do not want to undermine his spirit of enterprise; we do not want to frustrate his resourcefulness; nor do we want to undermine his feeling of independence. Our agricultural expedients are used in such a way, in order to achieve that elevated ideal, as will stimulate those retentive characteristics of the farming population. In order to promote efficiency in agriculture, the Department has in its wisdom decided to divide it up into three chief sections—agricultural field services, which embrace agricultural training, soil conservation, and the use of the soil and inspection services.

Business interrupted in accordance with Standing Order No. 23 and debate adjourned.

The House adjourned at 7 p.m.

WEDNESDAY, 31 MARCH 1965 Mr. SPEAKER took the Chair at 2.20 p.m. FIRST READING OF BILLS

The following Bills were read a first time:

War Measures Continuation Amendment Bill.

Water Amendment Bill.

ESTIMATES OF EXPENDITURE FROM CONSOLIDATED REVENUE FUND

First Order read: Resumption of debate on motion for House to go into Committee of Supply and into Committee of Ways and Means (on taxation proposals).

[Debate on motion by the Minister of Finance, upon which an amendment had been moved by Mr. Waterson, adjourned on 30 March, resumed.]

*Mr. G. P. KOTZE:

When the House adjourned last night I was explaining that in order to operate to the best of its ability the Department of Agricultural Technical Services had divided its activities into three main sections, namely, agricultural field services, agricultural research and agricultural administration which, amongst others, was responsible for administering agricultural legislation.

Because of the accusation we have had from time to time from hon. members opposite, particularly from the hon. member for Gardens (Mr. Connan), we on this side of the House are practically forced to talk about agricultural research because I think that is the only way in which to reply to hon. members opposite. I want to deal with and test the accusation against the results which have been achieved honestly and sincerely. Mr. Speaker, agricultural research always concentrates on that which is the most important in agriculture and consequently the most important to the country in general, in order to do justice to agriculture and every section of the agricultural community of South Africa the country has been divided into seven agro-ecological regions and the research is also undertaken on that same basis. That prevents overlapping and is conducive to every region being treated justly. Within such a region the most important agricultural crop or crops are selected for special research and all the special research work connected with it is then referred to specialist research institutes of which there are ten spread over the country. We have the following agricultural crops in connection with which special research is done, namely, citrus at Nelspruit, tobacco at Rustenburg, wine production, preparing of wine and fruit at Stellenbosch, soil and botany at Pretoria, horticulture at Roodeplaat, veterinary science at Onderstepoort, stock-breeding and dairy production at Irene, and plant protection at Pretoria. But over and above these specialist research institutes the Department has also made provision for main research centres throughout the length and breadth of the country where research is carried on in certain main production lines. The most important products are as follows: summer wheat of which maize is the most important with the main research station at Potchefstroom; winter wheat and vegetables with the main research centre at Stellenbosch and Nelspruit. At these three main research centres they concentrate on research as to how constant the production of the particular product is as well as how profitable it is to an agriculturist. Apart from that, of course, means to combat the diseases to which these products are subject are continually sought. That research is mainly conducted at Onderstepoort. If we do not do it on that basis I am sure we would not have been able in South Africa to have increased production the way we have because of all the problems, such as various diseases, for example, we have to contend with from time to time.

Before I deal with the various crops I want to go further. There are other research centres which do research work in connection with the breeding of small stock and meat production. The main research centre in that connection is at Grootfontein. The same applies in the case of the breeding or large stock, citrus and meat technology at Irene. The research is more or less concentrated on quality, quantity and productivity, and the promotion of fertility amongst the animals so that the animal stock will increase at a sufficiently high rate. I shall return to that in a moment and show to what extent success has been achieved in that regard. Coupled with all the research work that is done in connection with domestic animals, agricultural crops and horticulture is the research work in connection with the use of water, the use of veld and of the soil. As far as the use of water is concerned the object is to obtain the optimum production from a certain quantity of water without wastage seeing that water remains a limiting factor in South Africa. The same applies in the case of the use of the veld. Large amounts of money are spent on tests to ascertain what the lowest number of stock is that can be allowed to graze on a certain type of veld in a certain part of the country without ruining the veld so that the veld can be conserved and passed on to posterity as an asset. We then come to the use of the land. One can hardly discuss this without discussing the question of the cultivation of agricultural crops, horticulture or the breeding of stock. They are all intertwined. In that regard the main object is to make use of the land in such a way that the fertility of the soil is maintained, and not only maintained but that its potential is continually increased without in the least disturbing its physical composition.

But the Department has not only made provision for that. It has also made provision for the publication of highly technical journals. We have The S.A. Journal of Agricultural Science, the Onderstepoort Journal of Veterinary Research, Flowering Plants of South Africa, and Landboukundige Navorsing, the latter contains reports on the various research projects throughout the length and breadth of the country. At one stage last year, Sir, they were busy with no fewer than 1,506 research projects throughout the country, all of which were under the Department of Agricultural Technical Services and all of which were handled by a limited staff. Provision is also made to impart the results of such research to the farmer and for that purpose the Department uses Farming in South Africa, departmental reports and so forth. There is also liaison between scientific research and agricultural guidance. By means of the information service contact is made with individual farmers and they are also contacted by means of “farmers’ days”. There are also talks over the radio. When we came into power in 1948 there were only two radio talks per week. That number gradually increased to the nine per week we have to-day. In those days 500 farmers at the most attended farmers’ days but last year we reached a stage where 12,200 farmers had attended farmers’ days in one year. It is not a phenomenal attendance but the Department cannot drag the people to the meetings. All they can do is to advertise the meetings and invite the people to attend. For the rest the attendance depends on how anxious the people are to attend. I have covered the field very quickly because my time is very limited. Hon. members opposite may ask me what all this proves; what have been the results in practice of all this research? I just want to deal with this in passing and I shall return to the whole question later on. When you consider agricultural crops, for example, you are immediately struck by the fact that you are dealing with two of the staple food products of the Republic of South Africa, namely, the summer grain products and winter grain products of which maize and wheat are the main products respectively. What would have happened to their production had we not continually had the support and assistance of Agricultural Technical Services which has from time to time succeeded in making available to us new varieties which are more resistant to disease and which are capable of a higher yield per unit? What quantity would we have produced had we not received guidance in regard to weed eradication and the combating of pests and plagues? The success obtained must be measured against that. To-day we have pushed up the production, as far as maize is concerned, to 67,000,000 bags and but for the drought and climatic conditions the production would perhaps have been even higher. In the case of wheat we have also been very successful, so much so, that the production has already reached the 10,000,000 bag notch. That has been achieved, in spite of the adverse conditions agriculture has had to contend with. Seldom if ever in the history of South Africa, has the country been so stricken by pests, plagues and unforeseen circumstances, apart from the droughts, as to-day.

As far as horticulture is concerned I just want to deal briefly with a product like the potato. Only recently the Department made no fewer than 11 new varieties available, varieties which make the country practically independent of imported seed potatoes from overseas. In the past we imported most of our seed potatoes from overseas. These varieties are resistant to most of the virus diseases, they are to a large extent resistant to black rust, do not go bad so easily and the yield is practically double per unit. This break-through on the part of our scientists must of necessity result in a complete revolution in the production of potatoes and the marketing of the product. In passing I want to deal with one other horticultural product namely citrus. We know that during all the years the citrus farmers have been faced with the circular purple scale disease in citrus orchards. We know how concerned the citrus farmers were about that. But in or about 1956 our scientists also succeeded in effecting a break-through there and they discovered that it was caused by nothing more than the grey mite which could easily be combated by means of a reasonably cheap spray.

That helped a great deal but apart from that comparatively recently the old trouble of greening in citrus which has always been prevalent in the orchards started to become more or less endemic and scientists not only here in South Africa but also overseas did not know what to do. A very important research break-through was effected by South African scientists when they discovered that that was also caused by a virus. The virus was isolated and further research is being done to-day in order to discover how to combat it.

I hasten to come to the protection of our animals. We all know what an important role the Department of Technical Services plays in the combating of those diseases which are continually threatening to cross our borders from our neighbouring states. We know what demands that makes on our manpower and on the funds available to Agricultural Technical Services. We must always be on our guard. At the moment we are conducting a campaign against foot-and-mouth disease. Research is also continually conducted to discover other means of combating internal parasites. We stock farmers know what great developments have taken place in the field of combating internal parasites. Research is continually carried on to find means of combating new diseases and to diagnose new types of virus or to isolate them. When we took over in 1948 we made 14 different kinds of vaccine available but only 13,000,000 doses were manufactured per year. But in 1964 26 different kinds of vaccine were available and no fewer than83,000,000 doses were prepared in one year. I want to mention a few of the successes which have been achieved over the past 17 years by the scientists of the Department of Agricultural Technical Science. Think of “ngana”. In 1948 there was an outbreak throughout Zululand but no outbreak in 1964. In 1948 there were seven outbreaks of east-coast fever but none in 1964. In the case of blue-tongue vaccine was available against four types of virus and against 14 types in 1964. In 1948 there was no vaccine to combat polpy kidney but in 1964 29,141,000 doses of vaccine were prepared to combat this disease. I can give many more examples but my time is limited.

Tested against these results we must admit that the increased agricultural production is directly attributable to the research in the agricultural field. What would have happened to our agricultural production had we allowed the red beaked finch to multiply freely; what would have happened had we not overcome foot-and-mouth disease? What would have happened to our production had the locust plague been given free rein or the Gerbille plague in the Western Cape? What would have happened to the health of the nation in South Africa had we allowed rabies to get out of hand? On each occasion, without failing once, the same group of people have come forward with some means or other to overcome and combat these problems and pests and plagues before much damage could be done to the food resources of South Africa. No, Mr. Speaker, the accusation we get from that side of the house vis-à-vis the hon. member for Gardens that there is lack of planning and ministerial inefficiency is devoid of all truth. What they have said here in support of their amendment amounts to nothing but abuse, is without merit, and we deplore it.

The results achieved must be attributed to the work done by a certain group of people. The hon. member for Albany (Mr. Bennett) made an appeal to the Minister yesterday but I want to advise the hon. member rather to appeal to the Leader of the United Party in the Cape Province, namely, the hon. member for Gardens not to make such irresponsible statements. I want to ask the hon. member for Gardens to remember that the officials who assist the Minister are not officials of the Nationalist Party, or officials of the United Party but officials in the service of the Republic of South Africa and he would assist more to keep those officials in the service if he were more grateful and less ungrateful to them. Many are tempted by offers of higher salaries both in South Africa and overseas but, inspired by their feeling of loyalty, they have stood by us. Therefore, no matter what hon. members opposite may say as Opposition, on behalf of this side of the House and on behalf of the people of the Republic of South Africa I want to say that we highly appreciate the loyal and successful way in which they have served the country in order to protect the food and food resources of South Africa.

Mr. CADMAN:

Yesterday afternoon the hon. member for Gardens (Mr. Connan) dwelt at some length on the difficulties that we are faced with on the question of soil erosion in many parts of South Africa. He dealt principally with the White farming areas of the country and he developed his theme on a survey which has recently been done of those areas by the Deputy Minister of Agriculture. But, of course, it is not only in the White farming areas that we have to deal with this question of soil erosion, and I think it is readily agreed that the problem is at its worst in the most acute form in the Native reserves of South Africa. Soil erosion in the Native reserves is not something which affects only the Natives who live in those areas, because it is generally accepted also that the future industrial and agricultural development in South Africa will take place to a great extent in those well-watered areas of the eastern sea board where the large rivers of South Africa flow, as yet untapped so far as industrial and agricultural water-drawing is concerned.

As a matter of historical accident the Native reserves in those parts lie astride to a large extent the central catchment areas of the large rivers of the eastern sea board, and anyone who knows those parts and who has an eye to the future development, either agriculturally or industrially of those areas, will appreciate the tremendous denuding and erosion of the large Native reserves lying astride those rivers from which the water is drawn which flows in those rivers, and they will appreciate the danger to the future development of those areas as a result of that state of affairs. Mr. Speaker, if one looks at these rivers and the description of them over the last 20 years, we find that whereas in the past, and at the present time too, you have a fertile farming strip along the coast with no erosion and a fertile midlands of Natal with no erosion, both being White farming areas, you have in between this greatly denuded area able decreasingly to support its Native population, and having a direct effect on the farming areas which lie below those water-sheds, in this sense that the greater the erosion in those Native areas, the worse the droughts and floods which occur as a result of that. And of course the farming areas and industrial areas below these water-sheds which rely on these rivers as a source of water, in times of drought like the present, are in a precarious position, and we find that the present drought has a greater incidence than ever before, and you have major rivers in that catchment which at the present time are wholly dry, with no flow whatever. And, of course, when rains do come, it is the occasion not of merely a swelling of those rivers, but of a major flood.

The hon. Minister of Agricultural Technical Services, yesterday, had a smooth passage through this debate, and I would like to say immediately that in so far as my speech is concerned, he is going to continue to have a smooth passage.

Mrs. S. M. VAN NIEKERK:

Why?

Mr. CADMAN:

The sting is coming. In the two instances, Sir, in which I have invoked his aid for a major survey to be undertaken in regard to the catchment areas of two of the major rivers on the eastern seaboard, he has been good enough to see that the survey was done. We have a report in respect of one and I believe we can expect the report on the other at any time from now. But for every good work that this hon. Minister does in the way of surveys and in the way of listening attentively to proposals for the building of a series of dams in the lower regions of these rivers, he is stabbed in the back by the colleague who sits next to him, the hon. Minister of Bantu Administration and Development, because from the reports of this Minister’s Department one thing stands out clearly, and that is that in none of the major catchments, certainly not the Umhlatuzi, which is perhaps the most important of them all, in none of the catchments has one sq. inch of reclamation or rehabilitation of the land been done by the Department of Bantu Administration, and the hon. Minister who has been co-operative in these matters can work as hard as he likes, but all his efforts are put to naught, until he can persuade the hon. Minister who sits next to him to do something about the reclamation and the rehabilitation of the large Native reserves in South Africa. And this is a problem …

Mr. FRONEMAN:

Have you ever been to one of those reserves to see what reclamation has taken place?

Mr. CADMAN:

The hon. member asks whether I have ever been to one of these reserves. Perhaps I should read to him the report of the hon. the Minister’s department itself in regard to a major reserve lying astride a major river on the eastern seabord, as follows—

With regard to the Native reserves, Mr. MacKay stated in discussion that the Department of Bantu Administration and Development had evolved five-year soil conservation plans for certain areas, but that no such plans have been prepared for the reserves within the Umhlatuzi catchment as yet.
Mr. FRONEMAN:

Just that area?

Mr. CADMAN:

That is one of the major catchments of one of the three major rivers in the eastern seaboard of Natal.

Mr. Speaker, it is not only in the physical sense of land that we have in the recent past had erosion taking place. The interesting thing during the last few weeks has been that we have had also a major erosion taking place in the enunciation of Government Native policy. You will recall, Mr. Speaker, that at least one person in this House, has taken a consistent stand on this issue, and I think one must begin at the beginning, and one must refer again in so far as the Native policy of this Government is concerned, to the kernel of it all, the basic philosophical basis of it, as expressed in the Tomlinson Report, and under the heading “Why the Consolidation of the Native Reserves is Necessary,” on page 180, the Tomlinson Report says this—

Save for a few blocs like the Transkei and Vendaland, the Bantu areas are so scattered that they form no foundation for community growth. Even if the potentiality of the existing fragmentary areas is such that it can provide the entire Bantu population with the means of living, this fragmentation can result in nothing else than a supplementary growth attached to the European community. The fragmentary pattern also results in scattering and consequent incoherence between historically and ethnically related Bantu, and this means that the cohesive forces of the social and psychological sphere are paralyzed.
Mr. VOSLOO:

What was the recommendation?

Mr. CADMAN:

The recommendation is to be found in the map at page 63 of the Tomlinson Report, which advocates for Natal wholesale consolidation into two blocs, the whole of the north and the east of Natal into the Zulu bloc and virtually the whole of southern Natal into the Transkei bloc, with very little left. That is the report and the philosophy of the hon. gentleman sitting opposite. The hon. the Prime Minister virtually throughout, with one lapse only, has adhered to that philosophy: Consolidation, without which you cannot have independent Bantu states. He stated it quite clearly in Durban in a speech which I have referred to before, when he said: History has decided this for us, history has done it for us. There must be given back to the Bantu those lands which are historically theirs. And that of course is consistent with the Tomlinson Commission’s Report, which was signed by the hon. Minister of Bantu Administration and Development. And then of course we have the hon. the Prime Minister, again consistent with this policy, shortly before the election, saying at Germiston …

We have accepted the verdict of history that there will be a separate Transkei and a separate Zululand, just as the United Nations have accepted the fact that there was a separate Swaziland and a separate Bechuanaland.

And for those, Sir, who do not like the reports of the Natal Mercury, precisely the same was said in the Vaderland on the same date—

Die Nasionale Party aanvaar dat die Transkei, Zoeloeland en ander gebiede deur die geskiedenis reeds ander lande gemaak is, net soos Brittanje en die V.V. aanvaar dat die drie Britse Protektorate ander gebiede is.

So we had the hon. the Prime Minister two years ago in Natal and again shortly before the recent election accepting the basic philosophy of the Tomlinson Commission Report which is consolidation and partition.

The MINISTER OF BANTU EDUCATION:

Read the Prime Minister’s speech in 1962, here in this House.

Mr. CADMAN:

I am referring to his most recent speech in Germiston. It is quite clear that the Prime Minister from the beginning until now has advocated consolidation. But what do we find? What has taken place recently? A wholesale retreat, erosion of that approach, led by the hon. Minister of Bantu Education, the leader of the Nationalist Party in Natal. What did he say? In his speech made shortly before the election at Utrecht he said—

Secondly, it is suggested that self-government cannot be given to the Zulu people in these scattered Bantu areas, and they suggest that the Government have some dark plan to consolidate these areas, thereby uprooting thousands of White farmers.

It is true that a consolidated homeland for the Zulus would have been more ideal, and therefore the Government will work towards that end …

I pause to say that that is the let-out for the future. But let us go on—

Furthermore it must be recognized that it would be totally impossible to consolidate all the Bantu areas in Natal. It must be expected therefore …
The MINISTER OF BANTU EDUCATION:

That was said by the hon. the Prime Minister in 1962.

Mr. CADMAN:

I hope the hon. Minister will listen carefully—

It must be expected therefore that there will always be a number of Bantu areas which together will provide the Zulu homeland. Pakistan consists of two areas lying far apart. Why can Zululand not consist of three, or five or seven areas.

But the story does not end there. I believe that Zululand was one of the most popular vacation spots for hon. members during the election: The hon. member for Ceres (Mr. S. L. Muller), the hon. member for Vereeniging (Mr. B. Coetzee) amongst others—they took the retreat and erosion a stage further, and of course the National Party candidate took it to its ultimate degree. But what did all these gentlemen say, with one notable exception, the hon. Deputy Minister of Bantu Administration, what did they say throughout Zululand—

There will be no change whatever in the existing Native reserves in Zululand. There will be no consolidation. They will stay as they are. Additional land will be given to them only from Crown Land in terms of the 1936 legislation.

I pause to say that there is not enough Crown Land to do that. And the final hammer blow was this, Mr. Speaker—

Not one inch more land will be given.

That was the theme of the hon. member for Ceres and the hon. member for Vereeniging. Now the interesting thing about this erosion, is the complete repudiation of the standpoint of the hon. the Prime Minister, a complete retreat from the whole basic philosophy of the Government’s policy in this regard, and it is no use the hon. Minister saying that consolidation was never their plan, because if it was never their plan why was a committee set up to see how the land in Zululand could be consolidated, and why has the report of that committee not been disclosed to us, and why have some of the important institutions for the development of the Bantu states been put in some of the most fragmentary areas, the University College for the Zulus, e.g? These things hang together. But there is yet another interesting point in all this, and it is not merely the fact that this retreat has been taking place, but it is the direction in which the retreat has taken place. What did we get from the speakers who held meetings in Natal? “The reserves will stay as they are. Crown Land will be added in terms of the 1936 legislation. They will be given local self-government in respect of those areas.” Independence, Sir, is pushed so far ahead that it will never happen, and you will have something almost identical with the communal council approach which is the cardinal point of the United Party’s race federation idea. [Laughter.] That is the extent to which this retreat has taken place. Let us face the facts, Mr. Speaker. Hon. members laugh, but what is the cardinal basis of our approach to these problems? Leave the Native areas geographically as they are, let us put a communal council, let us create a communal council for the Bantu people, so that they can have as much local administration as they can in the areas where they are, without consolidation and without wholesale movement of people. That is the direction and the position to which the Government has moved in this election.

Mr. FRONEMAN:

What about your new policy?

Mr. CADMAN:

Sir, in fact the retreat of the Government in this regard has been to such an extent that one might almost say that the result of the election in Zululand was a triumph for the principle of race federation.

There is one other point that emerges from this, and that is that the credit for this retreat, led by the hon. the Minister of Bantu Education, towards the policy of the United Party, lies in the debates that we have had in this House where we have pointed out the difficulties and the dangers right from the beginning of the application of this policy in Natal, and when faced with the crucial test, what does the hon. Minister, the leader of the Nationalist Party in Natal do? He does not stand up for a policy, as laid down as recently as 23 March by the Prime Minister. No, he runs like a rabbit, followed even further by every member of this House who held a public meeting in Zululand and the hon. member for Heilbron (Mr. Froneman) is one of them too. Now, Sir, if this were a permanent retreat by the Nationalist Party towards the policy of the United Party, we could derive a great deal of satisfaction from it. But I fear it is merely a tactical retreat because there is an election in the offing, and I fear that we will have the same thing again as we had with the Transkei. The junior spokesmen, and I hope the hon. the Minister for Bantu Education will not take that amiss—are allowed to go out and put across a policy wholly different from that of the Prime Minister until an election takes place, and then you will find, Sir—such is the docility of hon. members opposite—that the whip will crack from the Treasury benches and the policy will be as enunciated by the Prime Minister, and the process of consolidation, however difficult and impracticable, to use the word of the leader of the National Party in Natal, will go on. That is the difficulty. You know, Sir, one hears the phrase that all men are equal, but some men are more equal than others. When one has to face at the time of an election the expounding of Government policy so divergent from the policy laid down by the Prime Minister, one feels tempted to say in a whimsical way, of course, that whereas all members of this House are honourable members, some are more honourable than others.

*Mr. H. J. BOTHA:

The hon. member for Zululand (Mr. Cadman) has made the old attack on the Government about the borders of the Bantu homelands and suggested that the Minister of Bantu Administration was sabotaging the Minister of Agricultural Technical Services in the Native reserves. I do not know anything about Zululand—I have only been there once—but I am in a position to talk about the Transkei where they are engaged on a rehabilitation scheme and where the carrying capacity of the land has improved fantastically. In the constituency of Aliwal the United Party again raised the question of the so-called borders which were not supposed to be in the right place and they tried to create disunity amongst the people but what a defeat they suffered there! The same applies to the hon. member for Zululand. Yesterday the United Party tried to scare the public with our agricultural policy and to-day they are trying to run away from it. The agricultural policy of the Government is attacked from year to year. It has actually developed into a personal attack by hon. members opposite against our Ministers. Is it not a fact that the platteland has for the first time passed a motion of no confidence in the United Party? In 1948 they lost a large number of constituencies on the platteland but in spite of that they continually attack this side of the House. It is because the policy of the United Party has never been sympathetic towards the farmers. They are only paying lip service; they are not sincere with the farmers. They criticize us in this House but are they really sorry for the farmers because of the position in which they find themselves to-day?

*Mr. J. A. L. BASSON:

Where are your Ministers?

*Mr. H. J. BOTHA:

The Ministers of Agriculture know very well what is happening. The Deputy Minister is present and he is quite capable of dealing with you. During the régime of the United Party agriculture suffered such a shock, because of the low prices paid for its products, that it found it difficult to recover. To-day they blame us because so many farmers have left their farms but that is due to industrial development and the good salaries paid by industry. During that time industrial development was limited the salaries were not high and yet a number of farmers left their farms to go and work in the cities. To-day a sum of R5,000,000,000 has been in vested in land, in stock and in improvements. That is a greater amount than the amount invested in all our industries together. Climatic conditions have played an important part and have influenced agriculture. In many parts of the country people are suffering from the worst drought in memory. In addition of course there are other acts of God. We think of the hailstorm which hit the farmers in Langkloof and the heavy snowfall in my constituency last winter. Those are all things which have an adverse effect on agriculture and for which the Government is not responsible. In spite of the fact that some of our best grazing land has been placed under agriculture our animal population has remained constant. Our agricultural production has increased but the point I want to make is this: Have we not reached the stage where a halt should be called to the ploughing up of our land? Should we not rather consolidate the arable land which we have to-day instead of ploughing up more land? If we carry on the way we have been doing we shall be ploughing up the best grazing land we have in South Africa without getting much in return because even under the most favourable conditions you only get a good crop once every three years at the expense of our meat, wool and dairy production.

I want to deal for a moment with agricultural education. We know what the position is to-day. We have reduced the diploma course from two to one year, with which I agree. The practical side of farming can always be learnt on the farm but not the theoretical side. It saves time and it can only have a beneficial effect. However, I want to go further and plead for a two-year diploma course or a three-year university course for students for the simple reason that there are first-class and second-class matriculants. The first-class matriculants go to university and take a B.Sc. degree and they ultimately obtain a M.Sc. degree. They eventually join the Department of Agricultural Technical Services where they do not remain for long either. But the second-class matriculant is the practical person who will never make a great success of a university career. I think these boys should be assisted. Many of them are boys from the farm and can become good farmers. That is why I plead for a three-year diploma course at university so that they can develop and eventually be of valuable service to the Department of Agricultural Technical Services.

But I go further. Many of those boys, once they have finished their studies, lack the money to start farming on their own and they have to go in other directions. I want to suggest that once they have finished their course they should be assisted by appointing them as supervisors on Government farms. The Government can then always assist the deserving ones to acquire land. The Land Board allocates land to-day but very few qualified boys get any because most of them lack the necessary capital. I think this is a very important matter and we should give assistance in that direction because those will be the deserving cases. Many of our people who left the platteland without capital to go and work eventually returned to the farm. They were middle-aged but they made a great success of their farming operations in spite of the fact that they had been away from the farm for years. That is why I think the Government should assist our boys not only in regard to training courses but also in regard to acquiring land. There is hardly any unoccupied land today. It is practically humanly impossible for any farmer to start right from the bottom today. That can simply not be done. That is why we should help. There are many young students, capable youngsters, who will eventually be useful to the Department of Technical Services. Those boys can be absorbed into our soil conservation committees as extension officers. The Department of Technical Services will benefit by that because we lack the necessary staff to keep pace with the demand for extension officers. Those boys can be of assistance in that direction and they can render the State valuable service in future.

*Mr. J. A. L. BASSON:

I was sorry to hear the hon. member for Aliwal (Mr. H. J. Botha) talking and the two Ministers of Agriculture were not here.

*The MINISTER OF AGRICULTURAL TECHNICAL SERVICES:

I was here.

*Mr. J. A. L. BASSON:

No, the hon. the Minister has only just entered. Somebody went to call him, and I know why. I am sorry that the hon. member for Aliwal said by implication that the Deputy Minister was here and that he was worth both the other two Ministers together. I hear the hon. member for Aliwal was good at mathematics in his schooldays, but all he said was that “nothing” is equal to “nothing” plus “nothing”. Because these two Ministers of Agriculture have done very little for the farmers in all the years they have occupied those posts.

What is the position of the farmer in the Western Province to-day? [Interjection.] The Minister knows that I am a farmer just as he is. I want to ask him whether he thinks that we in the Western Province can continue as things are going with us to-day? In the first place I want to talk to the Minister about the labour position in the Western Province. Is the Minister satisfied with it? Now he keeps quiet, nor will he reply.

*The MINISTER OF AGRICULTURAL TECHNICAL SERVICES:

Am I perhaps the Minister of Labour?

*Mr. J. A. L. BASSON:

That is just the trouble. The Minister is now annoyed with the Minister of Labour, but I am annoyed with all the Ministers. Is the Minister, or any of the Ministers, satisfied with the labour position in the Western Province? I am waiting for a reply, but not a word. Not even the Minister of Pensions says anything. He just smiles. Why do they keep quiet? Because last year, when I said that the labour position was so drastic that farmers from other districts came and fetched one’s labourers on one’s farm in the middle of the night, they said that was untrue, and their daily organ, their political pamphlet, made it front-page news. But what happened? The reaction on the part of the Nationalists was so tremendous that not a single member of the Government can get up to-day and say that what I said is not true. Let one of those Ministers now tell me it was not the truth. Now they keep quiet again. Now they look at me with disconcerted faces, because they know it is the truth. But worse still, what about the hon. members for Moorreesburg (Mr. P. S. Marais) and Malmesbury (Mr. van Staden), the representatives of Western Province farmers, who advocated here that the Bantu should be removed from the Western Province? Now I want to ask all those Ministers: Are you still going to remove a single Bantu from the Western Province?

*Mr. G. P. KOTZE:

All. as far as I am concerned.

*Mr. J. A. L. BASSON:

The hon. member for Gordonia (Mr. G. P. Kotze) wants to remove them all, but he does not live in the Western Province. He hopes they will go to Gordonia. I am not talking about tortoise farmers now.

*Mr. G. P. KOTZE:

I farm in Piketberg.

*Mr. J. A. L. BASSON:

I do not talk to tortoise farmers.

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member should moderate his language.

*Mr. J. A. L. BASSON:

I should like to see the Minister who still advocates that the Bantu should be removed here. Now they keep quiet. Why? They have become so frightened of their own policy, and they know they have not vet removed a single Bantu here, and quietly, secretly, they now import Bantu to the Western Province. I want to ask the hon. member for Moorreesburg, who has now also entered the fishing industry, how many applications did you make last year for Bantu to come and catch fish in the Western Province, and how many came? [Interjections.] I am pleading that the Minister should ensure that we have more labourers on our farms so that we can continue farming and pay the taxes, and that they should not leave the farms. We are not all Cabinet Ministers who can sell our farms. [Interjections.]

*Mr. SPEAKER Order!

*Mr. J. A. L. BASSON:

The hon. the Minister has allowed increased wine quotas to be granted in the Western Province last year, which means that within the next five years an extra 2,000 to 3,000 additional Coloured families will have to be found to cultivate those vineyards and to press the grapes. What are they doing? We have heard about their wonderful planning in agriculture. What planning are they doing to provide for labour on the farms to cultivate those vineyards? The Minister of Economic Affairs should not look at the ceiling now. He should look at me. [Interjections.] I want to ask the Minister of Water Affairs what he intends doing in regard to the Berg River scheme; is he still going to build it? Where will be find the people to cultivate that area when he has completed the scheme?

*The MINISTER OF WATER AFFAIRS:

How can I build it? You say there is no labour.

*Mr. J. A. L. BASSON:

The Minister now admits it: he says he cannot build it because we do not have the labour. How can the Minister of Water Affairs make such an admission? What is the plan of the Minister of Economic Affairs? Is the development in the Western Province to continue? Where will the labour come from? The Minister of Transport at least is here. He is now recruiting farm labourers to work on the Railways for R2 per day. I want to ask the Minister of Agricultural Economics: How can we farmers pay the Coloureds on the farms R2 per day and allow them to work for eight hours a day only? Now he keeps quiet and gives an embarrassed little cough. He should not cough now; he should tell us: Can he as a farmer pay a Coloured labourer R2 per day and make him work eight hours a day?

*The MINISTER OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING:

Yes, I pay my labourers more than R2 per day.

*Mr. J. A. L. BASSON:

No, I do not believe the Minister, nor does he expect me to believe him. The Minister knows a farmer cannot do that. We shall inquire in his constituency whether his farmers are willing to pay R2 a day and let them work eight hours a day, which is what the Minister of Transport is offering them to-day. [Interjection.]

I want to come to another aspect of the matter. Seeing that the Minister of Agricultural Economics is so free with his money. I want to ask the Minister of Agricultural Technical Services why he does not pay his technical officers enough to keep them in his service? I will tell him what the position is to-day. What does the Minister nay a technical officer to-day? I want to ask the Minister whether he is satisfied that a university professor, a senior lecturer, should receive only R2,250 as an initial salary?

*An HON. MEMBER:

What do you pay Bill Horak?

*Mr. J. A. T. BASSON:

I have no objection to what is paid to Bantu or Coloured teachers. Even if they are paid more, I will have no objection. But now I want to ask the Minister of Agricultural Technical Services: Do you know that an inspectress in a special subject like needlework is paid R3,120 per annum by this Government, even though her qualification may be only Std. 8, plus three years’ training, and that you pay a senior lecturer at the university less than that? If these figures are correct, are you satisfied?

*An HON. MEMBER:

You are talking nonsense.

*Mr. J. A. L. BASSON:

I repeat that a Coloured inspectress—and I have not the least objection to the salary; pay her more if you like—gets R3,120 per annum, and a lecturer at the university, if he is connected with the Minister’s Department, receives R2,250. A senior lecturer receives R3,450 and an assistant technical officer, who is also a person with high qualifications, much higher than those of an inspectress of needlework, commences at R1,410, which is a scandal. At the moment the Minister pays a technical officer R2,280 and a senior technical officer gets R2,830, and only when one comes to the first technical officer is the salary greater. Is the Minister satisfied with that state of affairs? Let the Ministers now tell us. Why do I not hear a word from them? The poor Minister of Pensions is beginning to look quite discouraged. Why? That is going on while we need technical men to teach us to farm more economically. These people resign from the Minister’s service and take other jobs, and the Government cannot find the money to pay them decent salaries. Why does the Minister not pay his officials more so that they can assist us? Does the Minister know that one cannot find labourers to-day to keep one’s vineyards and orchards free of weeds? In America, in regard to loss of soil, the annual damage is estimated to be R 1,080,000,000, or 13.6 per cent of the total agricultural losses. Plant insect diseases are responsible for R7,614,000,000 and plant diseases for R2,080,000,000. But when it comes to the damage caused by weeds, the amount in America is R2,676,000,000, or 33.8 per cent of the total losses. And I say that the position here is not much different. [Interjection.]

*Mr. FRONEMAN:

There are no United Party supporters there.

*Mr. J. A. L. BASSON:

That is the tragedy of South African politics. There we have an hon. member who is flippant, and he has been flippant ever since his university days when I knew him. He is not interested in the farmers. To him, as to so many hon. members opposite, the farmers are the dregs of the country who serve only one purpose, and that is to vote the Nationalists into power after their scaremongering politics, their Native politics. Jn South Africa the position is not much different. Over a period of three years we spent R1,250,000 on eradicating jointed cactus, and it is still busy spreading. Prickly pear is still spreading also. There is a chemical which is used in America for weed control, for quick grass and other things, which works excellently between the vines, but for some inexplicable reason it kills the vines in South Africa. I ask the Minister what research he is doing in regard to weed control. We no longer have the labour to hoe out the quick grass. We no longer have the labour to hoe between the rows The onion farmers at Caledon no longer have the labour to weed their onion-beds in order to keep them clean. The rest of the world is making progress, but we are lagging behind in South Africa. What does the Minister intend doing? In America cotton, e.g. was one of the labour-intensive types of agriculture. As the result of chemical weed control, it has to-day become a labour extensive form of farming. In South Africa we can also do that, but I ascertained from experts that as the result of soil conditions and climatic conditions, rainfall, temperatures, humidity and various other factors, the position is that what is good for the one is perhaps bad for the other. In view of the fact that the Minister wants to do nothing in regard to our labour position, may I appeal to him to do something to ensure that our technical officers do not leave the service and accept better-paid posts in other countries.

*An HON. MEMBER:

It is you who criticize them so much.

*Mr. J. A. L. BASSON:

No, we do not criticize them. The best officials in this country are still the United Party supporters; why should we therefore criticize them? That may perhaps be the reason why the hon. the Minister does not want to pay these people decent salaries, because he knows that they support the United Party. But if that is the reason then I ask the Minister please to be big-hearted. It will give the Minister greater satisfaction if we have a flourishing farming community, if perhaps he again wants to win a political election.

*Mr. A. L. SCHLEBUSCH:

Mr. Speaker, just recently politics in the Free State have not been interesting, but I feel it is my duty to bring the meaning of the election results in the Kroonstad (West) constituency to the notice of hon. members. Kroonstad (West) is situated in the North-Western Free State crop farming areas where the farmers are experiencing particular problems. The fact that the Government is not unsympathetic towards those problems is proved by the fact that the Minister of Agricultural Economics and Marketing last year paid a special visit at short notice to those areas and investigated these problems. But the United Party particularly selected the Kroonstad (West) constituency to prove that the farmers of the North-Western Free State are not satisfied with Government policy. The election campaign there was introduced with a great flourish by no less a person than the hon. the Leader of the Opposition.

The result of the matter was that the United Party candidate there lost his deposit, and that is my reply to the harlequin speech we have just heard and to all the derogatory stories we have heard from the Opposition in regard to agricultural matters. The greatest tragedy is that the United Party candidate shortly before the election was too ashamed to admit that he belonged to the United Party, and kept silent in his pamphlets and advertisements about the fact that he was the official United Party candidate. The point is that the crop farmers of the North-Western Free State, in spite of their problems, stood solidly behind the Government and are grateful for the measures effected to alleviate their problems.

*Mr. RAW:

Are they satisfied?

*Mr. A. L. SCHLEBUSCH:

The reply to the hon. member for Durban (Point) (Mr. Raw) is that just as little as he realizes the problems of Durban (Umlazi) at the moment, just as little does he realize the problems of the maize farmers, and therefore he should rather keep quiet.

I just want to refer briefly to the serious problem of monoculture. We are facing at the moment in the maize-growing areas, and particularly in the so-called mealie triangle of the country. In order to realize the scope of this problem I must point out that at the moment there are almost 5,000,000 morgen on which mealies are being planted, whereas in the case of the crop approaching nearest to it, viz. wheat, the figure is only 1,500,000 morgen. Our most important crops take up approximately 9,000,000 morgen at the moment, of which maize takes up more than half. The average farmer in my vicinity, who owns between 300 and 400 morgen, ploughs everything and plants practically only maize; for various important reasons he does not see his way open to switch over to other crops. In the first place it has been proved over and over again that cash crops are the most remunerative; secondly, it is difficult to switch over to alternative crops like nitrogenous crops because of labour problems, if one tackles those crops on a large scale; and thirdly, it is difficult to switch over to planting grass on a large scale and to go in wholly for stock-farming on such small units because there is such a long interim period during which the farmer does not have a cash income. In other words, the hard facts are that after two years of struggling in those areas, the farmers still maintain that they get the fastest cash turnover by planting maize. This position requires serious attention and planning on various levels, in my humble opinion. In the first place, I am asking for research on an emergency basis in regard to all the various root rot and other diseases which at the moment constitute a very serious threat in those areas, much more so than drought.

*An HON. MEMBER:

It has also spread to the United Party.

*Mr. A. L. SCHLEBUSCH:

Secondly, I am pleading that serious attention should be devoted to the development of disease-resistant varieties. In the third place, I plead for urgent measures to protect soil fertility. In this regard I wish to refer the House to an article in “Boerdery in Suid-Afrika” of August 1964 by Professor E. R. Orchard, in which he proves that we do not replace in the form of fertilizers what we take out of the soil. He points out, e.g., that recently the winner of a maize-growing competition, who had a yield of 50 bags per morgen, spent R17 per morgen on fertilizers, but that in fact he deprived his soil of its fertility to the extent of R18 per morgen; in other words, he should have put back R18 more in the way of fertilizers if he did not want to impoverish his soil. Professor Orchard makes the following important statement—

The natural fertility of our soil should be regarded as a form of capital. This capital has in the meanwhile gradually been reduced through exploitation whilst this loss of capital has been tacitly represented as a profit. This is a state of affairs which our economists should investigate more closely.
*Mr. RAW:

But there is no Minister of Agriculture present now. You are wasting your breath.

*Mr. A. L. SCHLEBUSCH:

If I am wasting my breath, that is my affair and not the hon. member’s.

*Mr. F. S. STEYN:

He at least still has breath to waste; you have none.

*Mr. A. L. SCHLEBUSCH:

My plea is that serious attention should be devoted to this statement made by Professor Orchard in regard to the policy of fixing prices in future; that what is actually being taken out of the soil should also be taken into consideration when prices are fixed in future. Further, and finally, I plead that serious attention be devoted to rotational crops for the Northern Free State areas. We know that a few years ago in the winter rainfall area, in the grain areas here, the position was very critical, and the position was saved by the discovery of a crop like lupins, and it is urgently necessary that through the joint efforts of our farmers and the Agricultural Department we should obtain such rotational crops to save the position in our part of the country also.

Mr. ROSS:

I do not want to follow the previous speaker because I am not a farmer. All I can say is that it is quite obvious to me that the case made out by this side that the Government has messed up the farming industry has been proved up to the hilt.

I want to ask the hon. the Minister of Finance to clarify one or two things. In his Budget speech he said in dealing with the savings levy—

I do not wish to bind myself now to a definite date for the repayment of the levy. The date will be chosen to suit the requirements of the fiscus and of the economy.

Then in reply to the hon. member for Parktown (Mr. Emdin) and the hon. member for Pipetown (Mr. Hopewelll, who queried the wisdom of this loan levy having no fixed repayment date, the Minister said across the floor that the Income Tax Act would fix the date of repayment. Of course, we do not get the Act until June and I do think the Minister should tell us clearly whether a date for the repayment of this levy is going to be fixed or not; whether his Budget statement is correct or whether his statement across the floor is correct.

Then I want to turn to one other matter relating to the Budget speech before starting on my speech proper. The hon. member for Pretoria (Central) (Mr. van den Heever) and others gave the Minister a tremendous boost for the concession he made to married couples as far as income-tax is concerned. I want to refresh the memory of hon. members as to what the hon. the Minister said in his Budget speech. He said—

I propose that the tax levied on the combined income of husband and wife be calculated at the tax rate applicable to an amount equal to the greater of the two incomes plus one-half of the smaller income. Thus, for example, if the husband should earn R3,000 per annum and his wife R2,000 the aggregate income of R5,000 will be taxed at the rate applicable to a rate of R4,000, i.e. R3,000 plus R1,000.

Sir, some confusion seems to have arisen as to the Minister’s intention, some people even in the Press contending that tax in this instance would be charged on R4,000 only whereas, of course, the Minister quite definitely said that tax would be calculated on R5,000 at the rate applicable to R4,000. I went through the Schedule which we were given and I worked out a number of cases, with most extraordinary results. In the one instance which the Minister gave there is a difference of only a few rand if you work out the tax payable in terms of the statement contained in this printed document of 25 March 1965. When you consider that the Minister has a budget surplus of R110,000,000, the other examples are even more extraordinary. Where the husband earns R2,500 and the wife R1,500, in other words, where the joint income is R4,000, the rate applicable is the rate relating to R3,250, i.e. the husband’s income of R2,500 and one-half of the wife’s income, which is R750. Sir, if we follow the schedule you find that the tax payable is exactly the same in each case. In all the cases set out in the Schedule where the joint income is anything up to R5,000, the tax payable is practically the same.

Mr. W. C. MALAN:

You must go back to school again.

Mr. ROSS:

The hon. member who has just interjected is one of those who were so pleased with the Minister about this so-called concession. I will now give official figures from the Revenue Office and this is the sum total of the concession given to married couples where the wife is working. We know of course that the reason why wives work is because they are simply forced to under present conditions. Where the joint income is R1,200 there is no saving; where the joint income is R 1,600 there is no saving; where the joint income is R2,000 there is a saving of R3; on a joint income of R2,500 the saving is R4; on a joint income of R3,000 the saving is R3; on a joint income of R4,000 the saving is R8 and on a joint income of R5,000 the saving is R16. But when we come to the higher income we find a different position. The hon. the Minister specially mentioned in his Budget speech that he would have to make some changes in respect of incomes just over R8,000 in view of possible anomalies. On a joint income of R6,000 the saving would be R130; on R8,000 the saving would be R240: on R8,500 the saving would be R46 and on R9,000 the saving would be R9. Now, Sir, if you go to the annual report of the Secretary for Inland Revenue and you take the trouble of investigating the figures you find that 90 per cent of our married taxpayers do not have an income above R4,000. The bulk of the people making up this 90 per cent have working wives because in the case of people in those particular income groups the wives simply have to work. In other words, as far as 90 per cent of the joint taxpayers are concerned, there is going to be no relief whatsoever. Sir, it was rather extraordinary that so many hours before the polling booths closed, this announcement was made by the Minister. On the face of it it looked as though the Minister was making a very great concession to working wives. I am perfectly sure that the Minister’s statement had quite a considerable effect on the results of the election, and all the tough and nasty things that might be said about the Minister now with regard to this matter will be perfectly correct. Sir, I concede that the Revenue Department has worked out these figures in a slightly different way from the way in which I worked them out, and I have taken legal opinion on the matter. In any event, there is very little difference between our figures. There is so little at stake that obviously nobody will test the matter in the courts. I do suggest that the Minister’s generosity to working wives is exceeded only by his ability and skill as a tailor, and his estimated surplus of R110,000,000 will now increase by the major portion of the R 1,400,000 which he estimates this concession will cost.

Sir, having said those few words in approbation and acclamation in that connection in regard to the Minister of Finance, I want to turn to the subject that I really want to speak about and that is the question of the so-called industries on the borders of the reserves, and then to the question of the town native and his not being detribalized but being merely a migrant labourer or a temporary sojourner. Sir, we can go through the so-called border areas one by one to see how far the scheme has proceeded since the scheme was announced by the hon. the Prime Minister, with starry eyes some years ago, and the hon. the Minister of Economic Affairs told us that when the safety of a nation was at stake economic laws must be broken.

Mr. Speaker, the Government has conceded that in the East London area the nearest factory to the border of the native areas is 35 miles away. The Africans must apparently go home to sleep every night and return in the morning—70 miles by bicycle, I presume. I do not know what sort of roads there are but I understand that they are not too good and I want to ask what sort of border industry this is. Sir, I took the trouble to drive from Church Square, Pretoria, to Rosslyn, checking the distance on my speedometer. The municipal boundary is approximately six miles from Church Square and Rosslyn is just under six miles from this boundary. A new native town is being built a few miles away, and according to the Minister, the Rosslyn area can draw on the whole of the North and Eastern Transvaal for labour. In fact, at one factory —the one which was induced to move to Rosslyn from Roodepoort because they could not get Native labour at Roodepoort—I talked to some of the African workers there and found that some came from the Rand, some from Louis Trichardt, some from Pietersburg and in fact from the whole of Pretoria’s hinterland. This township of Rosslyn, if successful, is obviously going to create for Pretoria the same difficulties as the industries brought to Johannesburg during the war. In those days there was no housing for the Africans. They came into work in industries, and we had to win a war against considerable opposition in our own ranks. Sir, we needed the Black labour then but we did not have the manpower to pursue the war and at the same time tackle this question of the provision of housing. But now, Sir, the same conditions as existed in Johannesburg, are being brought into being in all the other big centres. Those same conditions are being brought into being by an unpractical vision on the part of the Prime Minister, and this matter is now being handled by his lackeys, handled under the fear that they will lose their jobs if they do not make a semblance of carrying out his instructions. The same position that applies to East London and Rosslyn applies to all the other so-called border areas.

I want to turn now to the question of the cost of this scheme. When this scheme was first mooted we told the Government that the United Kingdom, for instance, had spent £500,000,000 on new towns for the dispersal of industries and that this sum had provided 40,000 jobs at a cost of £2,250, i.e. R2,500 per job. These figures were jeered at and Government members were even ruder to us then than they normally are. But what is the position to-day? Dr. Rautenbach, Director of the Natural Resources Development Council and Chairman of the Committee in charge of Border Development, stated in Johannesburg recently that R80,000,000 had been invested by the Government in these schemes and had provided jobs for 16,000 workers, 12,000 of whom were Africans. This works out at R5,000 per head, double what it cost in Britain. This matter goes further, Mr. Speaker, Dr. Rautenbach stated that this figure of R80,000,000 did not include investment by the authorities in such services as water, power, transport and schools. Then in December 1964 Dr. Quass, then Industrial Adviser to the Natural Resources Development Council wrote an a tide for Commerce and Industries, a Government publication. In this article he estimated an expenditure of R320,000,000 for the development of industry to carry 36,000 employees. This included R40,000,000 for roads. Roads, water and power would cost another 25 per cent, bringing the cost to R400,000,000 for 36,000 jobs, a cost of over R11,000 per job. Dr. Quass also stated that an expenditure of R 10,000,000 a year would give employment to 75 Africans in industry, a cost of R13,000 per African employed. Sir, these figures have not been plucked from the blue sky. Another official report says that to make Bantustan border industries work, jobs must be found outside agriculture for 50,000 Africans per year. Sir, I would be entitled to take a cost of R13,000 per employee, but even taking a cost of R 10,000 per job, the cost would be R500,000,000 per annum. Do hon. members on the Government side consider that this is a practical proposition? Of course they do not, and that is why they are not trying to carry out the Prime Minister’s original idea. I want to remind you, Sir, that this grandiose scheme was based on the premise that the factories and industries would be in White areas on or near the borders of the reserves and that the African workers would have to go back to sleep daily in their own homelands. This was the essence of the Prime Minister’s thinking. This is what happens, of course, in Johannesburg and the other large towns, but there we are told that the Africans are temporary sojourners or migrant labourers. If hon. members on that side still think that they are temporary sojourners I am sure they will not think so for long. I am quite prepared to lay considerable odds that these areas will be made so-called Bantu homelands in due course, and that “due course” will not be in the very distant future. The residential areas outside the big towns will very soon become homelands for the Blacks; make no mistake about that. When hon. members opposite realized how ridiculous all this nonsense was they brought out the word “decentralization”; they said that we had to decentralize industry. Subsequently they said, “Now we are going to take industries to areas where there is a lot of unemployment.” Sir, where is the unemployment in this country to-day? I do not know and they do not know either. New factories are now to be encouraged to go to country towns too. The hon. the Minister admitted this in reply to a question which I put to him recently. The hon. member for Jeppes, has on several occasions completely debunked the suggestion that industry in this country is over-centralized, but this decentralization call had to be brought into existence in order to distract attention from industries on the borders of the reserves, the slogan of which was to save the nation. Sir, you will remember that the Minister of Economic Affairs said, “When the safety of a nation is at stake economic laws must be broken.” This whole policy has become a farce. I want to remind you too, Sir, that when the Government was assiduously spreading the rumour that the Vaal basin was already short of water, we pricked that bubble by referring them to the report of the Natural Resources Development Council in 1953. Care had to be taken in regard to this water question, of course, but there were no grounds to discourage ordinary industries from starting on the Reef as was done and as is being done to a large, extent at present. The Minister then said that he was appointing a new committee to investigate the water resources of the Vaal basin, and he told me in reply to a question this Session that the report was not expected before the end of this year. This water question was important enough for the Minister to appoint a commission to go into this question, but what did I find a few months ago to my astonishment—and this was confirmed by the hon. the Minister in replying to a question of mine" The Vaal River water is used by Pretoria and, in addition to that—I am sure, Sir, you will not believe me when I tell you this—it is used for industries in Rosslyn. This border area township is using water of which we are short on the Reef. [Interjection.] The hon. the Minister told me that in reply to a question. Do you know, Sir, that if an industrialist on the Reef to-day wants additional labour, he has only to apply to the local authority’s non-European Affairs Department or to the Department of Bantu Administration and he can import as many additional African labourers as he wants, at great trouble and expense, of course. I must admit, Sir, that factories and industries have opened on the Reef, but not nearly enough, and I wonder whether the hon. the Minister of Economic Affairs will give me some sort of answer to the following questions: (I) Does he not agree that the hon. the Prime Minister’s original plan has broken down? (2) In view of the fact that Africans can be imported for industry in any numbers is it not time for him to prevail on the hon. the Minister of Bantu Administration to make the Reef one influx control area? (3) Does he not agree that far more industry is required on the Reef to replace the dying mines? (4) Does he not agree that the hon. the Prime Minister’s original plan is beyond the country’s economic resources and in fact always was completely impossible of fulfillment from any angle? (5) Does he not agree that this breaking of economic laws is the real reason for our failure to increase our manufactured exports. Raw materials, of course, can always be exported if in short world supply. Then I think I have time for one more question: (7) Will the Minister please tell us how far he has got in his preparations for the Kennedy Round Conferences, which I understand are being held in May, and whether he is using the services of organized industry in this connection.

I still have time to ask another question: Does he not agree that the border industry competition is unfair competition with other industries and that it constitutes a stumbling block to expansion in existing industries? I realize the hon. the Minister will not answer all those questions. If he were to answer them all, he would embarrass his party. They are all serious questions. I hope he will choose those to which he can reply without embarrassing his party, and if he replies to them, I know I will get an honest reply.

*Mr. LOOTS:

The hon. member who has just sat down spoke in a way which has been characteristic of the United Party’s criticism of this Budget thus far. The United Party have taken extracts from the Budget, discussed them and criticized them. I want to refer immediately to one point raised by the hon. member who has just sat down. I shall be pleased if he will give me his attention. He discussed the concession made by the hon. the Minister to married working women. The hon. member for Kensington (Mr. Moore) is not here now but when he spoke the other afternoon he said that this was not a taxation measure at all but a measure which must encourage married women to work. The hon. member for Benoni (Mr. Ross) adopts the attitude that we are dealing here with an out and out tax measure. The two hon. members differ in that respect.

The hon. member for Benoni has the taxation tables on his desk. If he has worked things out correctly, then we have done the wrong thing in making this concession The hon. member said that the saving on a joint income would be R3. Where a man and his wife both work and they earn jointly, for the sake of argument, R2,000—the man earns R 1,200 and his wife R800—the tax is R144. If we take R 1,200 plus R400 and we work out the tax according to the relevant scale, it works out at R112, which means a saving of R32. Let me give another example. Where a husband earns R2,000 and his wife R 1,000— that is to say R3,000 jointly—the tax is R224.

Mr. ROSS:

Ask the income-tax office.

*Mr. LOOTS:

No, I try to work these things out for myself. Where a husband earns R2,000 and we add half of his wife’s income, that is to say, R500, we find that the tax on R2,500 is R184. If we deduct R184 from R224, we find a saving of R40. Take the case where the husband and wife jointly earn R5,000—the man R3,000 and his wife R2,000. The tax on R4,000 is R408 and the tax on R3,000 plus R 1,000 is R314. This means a saving of R94.

*Mr. ROSS:

Nonsense!

*Mr. LOOTS:

The hon. member says I am making a mistake. Their side of the House will have ample opportunity to stand up and point out to me where I am wrong. The hon. member has the tables before him; he can work out the figures for himself. The figure which he gave this House is totally wrong and misleading.

The people about whom the hon. member is so concerned—we are all concerned about them—are those having four children and who are only considered for normal tax when they earn R234 per month. The hon. member said that there was no concession to them. But in any case those people do not pay tax to the Central Government. Up to the present the United Party have been the only false note as far as this Budget is concerned, bearing in mind how it was received by the Press of South Africa, by the financial writers in our newspapers, by leading industrialists and also by organized commerce and industry. For example, Assacom says: “The Minister’s Budget is greeted with approval on most points.” The Federated Chamber of Industries says: “The Minister’s optimistic and realistic appraisal is shared,” “endorses the Minister’s views”, “note other steps with approval”. There was a particularly favourable article in the Cape Times just after the Budget: on 27 March there were headlines in the newspaper in regard to the reaction of the stock market: “Realizing that the Budget did not herald material changes for business in South Africa the share market resumed its quietly firm tendency.” Favourable comments have even come from London in regard to this Budget. The hope was expressed that the British Minister of Finance would follow the example of our Minister of Finance in certain respects, such as the loan levy.

I think that the Opposition make the mistake of not seeing the Budget as a whole. I do not think that one can look at this Budget without also looking at the monetary policy and monetary measures which have given rise to this Budget. One cannot look at the Budget without considering the measure of danger of inflation which exists in South Africa. I think that one must view this Budget against the background of the development which we have had in South Africa since 1952, the Budgets which we have had since that year, the growth which we have experienced and the position in which we find ourselves at present. I want to remind you, Mr. Speaker, that we have had a tremendous credit expansion in South Africa during these years. The old situation which we had in which money was formed in this country by the Reserve Bank and by the commercial banks, has disappeared. New deposit-receiving institutions, new money forming institutions have come into being and this has brought about a tremendous credit expansion in South Africa.

When one sees this Budget as a whole I think one is better able to decide whether this Budget is a success or not and whether it complies with the requirements of the times or not. Every Budget is to my mind a product of its time but it is also a creator of its time. South Africa, like any individual, has a certain ability to be successful in the economic sphere. A person has the means to do certain economic things, to undertake them, to digest them and to finance them. Our country has the same means. As long as our country is successful in the economic sphere within that means, so long will we be able to maintain this continued curve, so long will we be able to continue this process of growth which we have. We must also consider this Budget in the light of what we in South Africa can do and what we can achieve. If we progress too swiftly we must of necessity experience certain problems. But if we stay within our means to handle matters, to digest them and to finance them, we shall be successful. In that respect I cannot do otherwise than say that this Budget is a definite success.

The Opposition have come to light with loose points of criticism. They say, for example, that the Budget does not encourage productivity sufficiently. When we look at the Budget we see many things which encourage productivity. Very large amounts are going to be spent in order to train people, to train them technically. This in itself is already a positive effort to increase productivity. The complaint has been made that companies are not sufficiently encouraged to increase production. Mr. Speaker, to my mind that argument does not hold water because the companies in South Africa have held back 33 per cent and 39 per cent of their incomes for reserve purposes. Is it not possible for them to make investments from those reserves in new production factors? The hon. member for Kensington was very worried about the people who invest their money in shares. He was worried that the companies will now pay lower dividends. I repeat that if the companies want to do it. there is scope for them to increase their production. The percentage increase is not on small amounts. There are 133 companies which have on the average made an additional profit of nearly R 1,000,000 per company over the past year, and these in the commercial sector have made almost R750,000 per company more. My contention is that there is ample scope for these companies to expand and to tackle new economic undertaking.

Hon. members also complained about the 5 per cent surcharge. Five per cent sounds a lot but 5 per cent on 30 per cent is only 1½ per cent, and this in any case is not very much. This brings me to the question of exports. Hon. members have asked what the Government is doing in regard to exports.

On page 74 of this development programme hon. members will see what is being done in regard to exports. There is the establishment of an Export Credit Insurance Corporation, the provision of funds for the financing of the export of capital goods for medium and long terms, the appropriation of a certain amount for the establishment of a national export organization, the stimulation of the export trade by an income-tax rebate to exporters according to how successful they are in increasing their export trade in that particular year, the expansion of South Africa’s overseas’ trade representation and so forth. I think that it is a difficult matter to encourage exports from South Africa, no matter how important this may be to us from a long term point of view. It is absolutely necessary that we should do this from a long term point of view, but we also have a very large local market. We have an expanding local market. We have a non-White population whose purchasing power increases annually and who are consumers of all sorts of consumer goods. That is why it is difficult to promote this export programme. That does not mean to say that positive efforts are not being made to promote it, but it remains a long term project.

Hon. members have advanced the argument of overtaxation. The hon. member for Johannesburg (North) (Mrs. Weiss) spoke yesterday about “gross overtaxation”, if I understood her correctly. What is the position? If we say that the people of South Africa are being overtaxed, we must say so according to a particular yardstick. The yardstick by means in terms of which I can to some extent test that statement, is what other countries pay in taxation. In Great Britain, on an amount of R2,000, a man and wife with two children pay R73, in Australia, R146 and in South Africa, R48. On R3,000, the figures are R340, R374 and R150, and on R5,000 the figures are R952, R1,036 in Australia and R417 here. It appears to me that when we consider the position in other countries, we find that we are not overtaxed here. Why do we have a surplus this year? It is not because the hon. the Minister has overtaxed the people of South Africa but because the economy in terms of the Budget has not grown by 1½ per cent but by 11 per cent. That is the gross growth. That is the reason why we have this enormous surplus. Because this surplus is not the result of overtaxation it is not a sound argument to say that the money must be returned to the people. This is one of the things which falls within the fiscal policy.

In a year such as this year no people with any economic sense at all can advocate that the money should be given back to the taxpayers. If we had had a year of reasonable progress or even a year of recession, it would have been an excellent idea, it would have been a very sound fiscal policy to repay the money to the taxpayers in order by so doing to revitalize the economy. This was in the discretion of the hon. the Minister and he decided to transfer that money to Loan Account. For the edification of the hon. member for Jeppes (Dr. Cron je) I want to ask whether it is actually a surplus as such. It is popularly called a surplus but if we lump together all the requirements of the State, if we put these two accounts together, we find that we do not have a surplus this year; we have a deficit. The fact that these accounts are separate results in the fact that we are not given a clear picture of our country’s fiscal or loan policy. But when we bring these two accounts together, we are more easily able to judge what the country’s fiscal requirements and its loan requirements are. We can then decide in this way whether we are going to keep all the money on capital account or whether we are going to give back a portion of it. The Opposition say that whether it is spent on Loan Account or on Revenue Account or is repaid to the taxpayer, the position still remains that we are placing the money in circulation once again. The point is this: If it is given back to the public, they spend it on consumer goods. It falls back into the consumer stream; it results in a demand inflation and it increases prices. If we use it on capital account, it means that there is at least that amount of money which is not put back into circulation, or, at least, is put into circulation by roundabout means; a portion of it is productive, particularly productive such as, for example, the money which is used for the Orange River scheme or for loans to universities or to students. One can actually say that part of it is not at all inflationary.

I shall be pleased if the hon. member who is to speak after me will tell me whether the amount of R4,000,000 is inflationary. I do not think so. I think that the hon. the Minister has followed an extremely sensible fiscal policy by transferring this money to Loan Account. Of course, the Opposition are traditionally in favour of a surplus on Revenue Account being returned, while the Nationalist Party Government prefers to transfer that money to Loan Account. That has always been the difference between us since 1948. I just want to say, Sir, that from 1948 up to last year, we spent R3,573,000 on Loan Account. During that period our national debt has increased by only R2,000,042; in other words, we have financed our Loan Account out of Revenue to an amount of only R 1,531,000. This has brought about a fantastic saving for us in the form of interest and in regard to our commitments in the form of redemption and so forth. I just want to tell you, Sir, that in 1948 nearly 10 per cent of our Revenue Account was intended to cover interest payments, while this year it is only 6 per cent. Hon. members now say that the hon. the Minister has said that people must not spend so much, and yet he continues to spend. They spoke about a “spending spree”. They say this simply because this year we are spending 12 per cent more on Loan Account than we did last year. Actually, it is not a “spending spree” because included in that amount of R446,000,000 there are certain transfer pay—merits—certain loans are being incurred and so forth. I think that one can say that the actual increased expenditure on capital account in comparison with last year is only 9 per cent or 10 per cent. When we look at the White Paper we see that this is in complete conformity with what we spent in past years. It is also in conformity with what is taking place in the private sector.

I want to say something else in regard to this question that people are being asked to save. Hon. members actually ridiculed the hon. the Minister to a certain extent because he said that people must save for prosperity. Hon. members say that the people are becoming confused because in earlier years we said “Spend for prosperity.” I want to point out to hon. members that it was not only this side of the House which said “Spend for prosperity” in 1962. That side of the House also said it. Hon. members opposite should read the speech of the hon. member for Constantia (Mr. Waterson) which was made during the Budget debate at the time. He complained vociferously about the R 1,600,000 which, so he said, “was lying idle in the country”. He said that we should encourage spending; we should encourage development. I just want to read what the hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South) (Mr. Plewman) had to say on 26 March 1962. He said—

My main criticism of the Budget proposals is that the Budget tends to weaken the country’s purchasing power at the very time when buyers’ spending should be increased in order to stimulate industrial output and to get the wheels of industry turning faster.

At that time hon. members of the Opposition. as well as the hon. the Minister, told the people to spend. Prosperity has two legs. It has the leg of spending and the leg of saving. When one emphasizes the one leg. one does not say that the other leg must come to a complete halt. This year all that we say is: “Save, but do not stop spending completely.”

In discussing these matters and looking at the Budget, I have only two things to say before I resume my seat. The one is that we in this House and the public of South Africa must once again be reminded that the old adages are still true in the financial sphere as well. One cannot reap unless one has sown. A person, like a nation, must live within his means. What all of us together in South Africa are doing is the sum total of what we are producing, and, according to economic principles, it is divided up among us. The harder we work and the more we produce, the more we earn and the higher becomes the standard of living of each one of us. I just want to point out that the standard of living of the ordinary man in South Africa has risen annually over the past 10 years by 2.5 per cent. Over the past five years it has risen by 4.7 per cent per annum. This is the real income, that is to say, the increase in his standard of living.

We must work hard, we must live within our means and we must save. Not even under the most wonderful credit schemes which this country has imported from the U.S.A. or anywhere else, has a method ever been discovered in terms of which a person can in the long run spend more than he earns or produces. We must increase our productivity and then our economy will remain sound. The public of South Africa must bear these basic principles in mind. We have experienced a period in which we have lived in the future in which we lived ahead of time. We must return to the present and then we shall be able to maintain the constant growth of South Africa. There is nothing to prevent our doing this. It is a growth which will take account of our manpower, of our balance of payments position and so forth.

Before I resume my seat, I should like to put one question to the hon. the Minister. When we consider the position in the world to-day it appears to me that the world of international finance is uncertain. Financial matters are uncertain in Britain; matters are. to a certain extent, uncertain in America in regard to the dollar. We see the action of France on the international money market. I should like to put this question to the hon. the Minister: If something drastic were to happen in the sphere of international finance; if, for example, Britain were to devalue; if, for example, the price of gold were to be raised or doubled, do the hon. the Minister and the Government have the necessary powers to overcome a crisis in the financial position of South Africa until the dust has cleared and until a decision has been arrived at in regard to the position? Do they have the powers to handle the tremendous speculation which we can foresee may take place in certain instances in South Africa on the stock market, or in connection with any other matter, until they have decided how further to act?

Mr. TIMONEY:

The hon. member for Queenstown (Mr. Loots) has made an interesting speech on the speeches made from this side of the House. To deal with his last question to the hon. the Minister of Finance first I think that is a question the Minister of Finance must answer when the time comes. The question of the international monetary systems and the position of sterling and the dollar is one which every country must answer itself. We are in the fortunate position that we produce gold. No body wants to see devaluation of any currency. The effect would be very deleterious to the economy of the country concerned. But that is a decision that must be made when the question arises.

The hon. member for Queenstown replied to the hon. member for Benoni (Mr. Ross) on the question of the joint taxation of the incomes of ‘he husband and wife. I would like to ask the hon. member for Queenstown whether he agrees with the system under which the combined incomes of the husband and wife is taxed? After all to-day, with the emancipation of our womenfolk, when a wife goes out to work she stands on her own feet. Their combined income should not be taxed. They should be taxed individually. It does create a terrific hardship. The hon. member went on to say that the only false note struck in the whole of this country in regard to the Budget by the hon. the Minister was struck by the United Party. He quoted from newspaper cuttings to prove his point. He also said that the share market went quietly on his way on a firm note. Well, Sir, that is just the thing. That was the impact of the Budget. It was not startling. It really had no impact as far as industry and the share market were concerned. We in South Africa since this Government came into power have got used to the hon. the Minister of Finance coming to this House and declaring a surplus and then transferring the surplus to Revenue Account and Loan Account, and forgetting about the people who helped him to get that surplus. This year he has come with the colossal surplus of R110,000,000 and again the taxpayer has been forgotten. He has offered them nothing in the way of return for their loyalty to this country of ours. After all if we are gong to go on in this manner, the taxpayer will say: Well, what difference does it make, my taxes will never come down. That is one of the items that the Nationalist Party and this Government have got to live down, that while they have been in power they have never been able to reduce the taxation to the man in the street, notwithstanding the enormous surpluses that they have declared from time to time.

The Government feels that they can get away with this year after year, and specially under the P.A.Y.E. system where they feel that the taxpayer by paying his taxation in this way, will not notice any increase, and therefore there will be no trouble. But I would like to remind this House of what is happening to-day with the high cost of labour. You find that there is a tendency to-day, in order to attract labour, for the employer to pay this tax on behalf of his employees. That is the way it is. But there is no doubt about it that the taxpayer has not benefited to any extent in this Budget that has been presented to us, and as I say there is nothing to thank the Nationalist Party for since they have been in power because no relief has been given as far as taxes are concerned.

The Government admittedly, as the result of continued prodding from this side of the House have increased pensions and have granted relief in various ways, and this year they have also relaxed the means test. Again I want to say with the enormous surplus that the Minister has, he could have gone very much further, but other speakers on this side of the House will deal with that aspect. Suffice it to say that when you look at the White Paper on page 22 at the indices of retail prices, you will find that with the retail price 100 in 1953, for foodstuffs the index has risen to 124.8 to date, and all items, including clothing, have risen to 125.5. These figures must be taken into account when dealing with the question of pensions and the rising cost-of-living.

Mr. Speaker, with the rising cost of production and the real purchasing power of the R receding daily, the man in the street finds it getting more difficult to balance his Budget on his fixed salary. During the war time when the United Party was in power we were faced with that position, and as you know, Mr. Speaker, we introduced cost-of-living allowances to help the workers, but these allowances to-day have been consolidated in the salaries and wages. Mr. Speaker, the scheme had its merits, and the hon. the Minister, if he is not able to control inflation, may have to reconsider introducing a measure similar to this in order to help out our civil servants who are experiencing difficulties as a result of rising costs.

Mr. Speaker, the standard of living of the average White South African has risen, but it has risen in this way that both husband and wife work, and that is the standard on which they live to-day. It has had its effects on family life, but it is a system we have got to face up to and it will be with us for a long time. The Government should take note of that. In the Budget the hon. the Minister has made no mention of increased family allowances to encourage larger families. The Government’s efforts to discipline the taxpayer to save by introducing a loan levy will prove of little value, unless the wage-earner and the salaried man have the necessary funds to save. The average working man to-day, in the vast majority of cases, cannot save and lives from hand to mouth and exists on extensive credit granted to him when buying clothing and household goods. I think we must get away from the idea that everybody in this country is prosperous, because that is not so. There are some very poor people in this country. Where the wife cannot work, the husband struggles on to keep a large family going, and he finds it very difficult with the rising cost-of-living. The hon. the Minister and that side of the House probably do not know of these people, but there are many of them, very, very poor people in our community. The hon. Minister’s hint to introduce a measure of price control in the form of a purchase tax, I think, is one that should be taken note of, because one must realize what happened overseas when the British Government placed a purchase tax on commodities, such as household goods, motor cars, etc. It caused a considerable recession in those industries, to such an extent that they had to grant relief to the taxpayers as far as this purchase tax was concerned. The hon. member for Queenstown (Mr. Loots) spoke of productivity, but this particular Government of ours has since it has been in power, failed to make full economical use of the manpower available in this country. The Government is in a cleft stick of political ideology as far as labour is concerned. The ideological legislation in relation to labour over the years, has been pressed on with regardless of economic consequences, and like the lady’s slip is beginning to show. The desperate attempts of the Government to recruit skilled labour overseas have had very little success, notwithstanding the attractive terms that have been offered to would be immigrants. I do not know whether hon. members know—those who have been overseas will know—that there is a world shortage of skilled labour and the very attractive conditions under which workers live overseas, make them reluctant to leave home. They have a high-wage-scale. The hon. member for Queenstown was quoting scales of taxation overseas, but I would like to remind him that they have a high wage-scale over there, plus family allowances and other fringe benefits that we do not have in this country, such as a national pension scheme, a national health scheme, and they also have television. These are very big factors, to take into consideration when you want to induce immigrants coming to this country; we have none these benefits in our country. The main reason why they come here is our sunshine and nothing else.

The lack of a positive policy in the field of industrial training is of course well known. You have a divided control as far as training is concerned. The Labour Department controls the body, the technical colleges, universities and vocational schools control the teaching. There is no combination at all, and the result is that we are turning out very few trained executives and artisans through this source. Industry itself recognizes this fact and most of our big industrial units, such as the mines, have set up schools for training and have done everything possible to recruit would-be workers and technicians and they do a lot of the training themselves. They do not say it, but it is an admission of the fact that the Government is not doing its duty in that respect. But they cannot cater for the whole of the industrial market of this country and there is a short-fall. I think the Government must wake up to the fact that they are not going to get skilled technicians from overseas unless they follow the policy that is followed in Germany and other countries, where they import migrant labour, migrant artisans; in other words, the artisans will come here and return home when they feel like it. We might be faced by that alternative. The migrant Bantu policy of this Government on the other hand is creating a completely unsettled Bantu population round our cities, with the net result that Bantu who are recruited for factories are trained and reach the semi-skilled stage, and then before you can say Jack Robinson, they are either endorsed out or they go home, and the possibility of them coming back is very remote. Then the factory has to start training the next batch, and the result is a very low productive ratio. That is basically unsound and that is one of the things the Government should take note of, and it should revise its policy as far as Bantu labour is concerned. The hon. member for Benoni (Mr. Ross) has pointed out the difficulties they have on the East Rand and the West Rand in regard to labour, but I can assure him that these difficulties are also experienced in other areas. The Government fondly imagines that the creation of border industries is going to solve their problem. Of course it solves nothing really. It is a running away from the whole issue as far as the labour requirements of this country are concerned. We have heard a lot about crash programmes in regard to training in the various sections of our economy. Hon. members will remember that during the war when this country was faced with a very, very serious manpower shortage, the fit individuals went to the front and the semi-fit stayed here.

Mr. ROSS:

Not all of them.

Mr. TIMONEY:

I am told that not all of them went. I thought everybody went. But maybe most of the people on this side of the House went. But it was a critical period and the Government of the day recognized this fact. It could not import skilled artisans, but we had to get on with the job, and the basis of the industrial expansion in our country today comes from this: The Government set up the C.O.T.T. training scheme where labour was given intensive training, and they were drafted either into the army or into the private sector, and that is how this country carried on during the war years. It is something that I can commend to the Government to-day, to get on with the job and to re-introduce such a scheme, and let us train these skilled technicians that we require in the country, but you won’t get these people if you sit back and expect them to come automatically overnight out of the blue.

*Mr. J. J. RALL:

The hon. member who has just sat down must pardon me if I do not follow up what he said because I do not have much time at my disposal. I just want to say that during this Budget debate the Opposition have made no constructive suggestions whatsoever. They have tried to criticize every item but they have neglected to give planned advice and to suggest solutions in connection with any matter whatsoever. Their actions have been completely negative. Therefore, I want to leave the Opposition there except to add that when hon. members of the Opposition participated in the debate on agriculture it was quite noticeable that they as a party were completely out of touch with what is happening in the agricultural sphere. The figures which were mentioned, the price structures which were given, did not correctly reflect the position as it obtains at present.

I want to make use of this opportunity to take up the cudgels for agriculture and, in particular, the sector producing maize and similar crops. This Budget shows a few wonderful increases in regard to Departments exercising control over agricultural matters. As far as Lands and Settlement are concerned there is an increase of R4,310,000, as far as Water Affairs is concerned there is an increase of R6,572,000 and the State Advances Recoveries Office is to receive an additional amount of R2,000,000. But although these amounts convince us that the Nationalist Government and, in particular, the Ministers who are at the head of these Departments, does not hesitate to make more capital available in order to supply the requirements of agriculture, I do want to say a few words in regard to a particular aspect of the matter—a State-aided production costs insurance scheme. You see, as far as State Advances are concerned there has been a considerable increase of R1,500,000 for production cost purposes. As far as the Land Bank is concerned there are also large amounts made available for fertilizers—R10,300,000; an amount of R3,125,000 is also being made available by the Land Bank to agricultural cooperatives. These are large amounts which are intended to assist agriculture to plant its product, to cultivate and scientifically fertilize the soil and to make use of weed-killers and pollination. I mention these figures because in the light of these facts I have come to the conclusion that positive action must be taken in order to protect the farmer, particularly in connection with the spending of these large amounts of money. Therefore, I am suggesting a State-aided production costs insurant e scheme. I want to call it a State guaranteed scheme to start with because premiums will have to be paid by the farmers who wish to be covered by such a scheme although it will be the task of the hon. the Minister of Finance and the hon. the Minister of Agricultural Economics and Marketing to work out the scheme. When one considers the amounts which are made available in this regard, the amount of Loan capital, all of which is risk capital it is very clear that there is a great risk factor as far as agriculture is concerned in regard to the cultivation of those products which the country cannot do without. We have a variety of insurances in various spheres for agriculture. We already have hail insurance and there are numbers of insurances in other spheres which protect the individual against some or other contingency, even in regard to claims which can be made against him. In order to prove that the farmer is ready for an insurance scheme I want to say that in regard to hail damage insurance alone, the Land Bank gives advances to the co-operatives resulting in an amount of R537,217 in premiums. as appears from the report of the Land Bank. I want to point out further that no production costs insurance scheme is applied in other countries. More comprehensive schemes are applied—schemes covering full crop insurance. I shall indicate later why at this stage I am not advocating full crop insurance. We have here a report regarding a comprehensive crop insurance scheme by an expert in the Division of Agricultural Economic Research. In his introductory remarks he has, inter alia, this to say—(translation)

That a comprehensive “all risk” insurance follows logically upon specialized insurance in agriculture, such as fire and hail insurance. Even a moment of thought makes one realize that it is virtually useless to insure, for example, against hail alone while the farmer’s crop is also threatened by, inter alia, drought, floods, hot weather, insects, diseases and pests. No effective defence is available against most of these dangers and risks, that is to say, dangers or risks which are beyond the control of the farmer.

If in the light of the facts stated here by this Chief Professional Officer one considers the position in our country, it is clear immediately that when the farmer has used these large amounts in order to try to obtain a crop, he must involuntarily live in a state of tension. I have further proof here that a very large amount of risk capital is spent in this particular sphere and I have made an estimate in regard to maize production only. I have taken these figures from a report by the Maize Board itself. In the cultivation of maize the basic production costs—and this of course excludes interest adjustments, bags and cordage, contingencies and so forth including the entrepreneur’s wage because we are dealing here with the basic production costs of maize only. If we take this basis of the Maize Board in which it fixes the basic production costs at 183.90 cents per bag, we come to the conclusion that in order to obtain an estimated crop of 70,000,000 bags, a tremendous amount of risk capital is required to be invested by the maize farmers. If then, because of climatic conditions to which I referred just now and as summed up in this report given in Agricon by Mr. O. E. Burger the Chief Professional Officer, the capital of the farmer is to a very large extent exposed to loss by certain factors completely beyond his control, it will be realized how important this matter is to the farmers. I contend that this is one of the important reasons, as has been experienced over the past two years during which period the country has been subjected to prolonged droughts (which is still the position at present in the Northern Transvaal, the Northern Free State, the South-Western Free State and in many other parts of our country, why the risk capital which is used by the farmers in order to harvest a crop is exposed to greater risks than is the capital in other industries. And, Mr. Speaker, the farmer tries to harvest a crop not only on his own behalf and that of his family in order to obtain the necessary funds to look after his family and to feed his children, but also in order to feed the nation and add to our national economy as a whole because without the products of the farmer there can be no progress in our country at all. None of the mining industries or other secondary industries can survive and prosper without having the fruit of the farmers’ labour at their disposal. When one takes these figures and analyses them further in regard to the figures which are mentioned by the Maize Board, it is very clear that there are fantastic amounts invested in risk capital. There is a comprehensive crop insurance scheme in the United States of America. I said just now that I would return to the question of why I was not advocating a comprehensive crop insurance scheme at this stage. The reason is as follows: If one considers the capital amount which is made available by the Land Bank by way of the products which are marked according to their value—and we shall have to take the market value as a basis in the application of crop insurance—no insurance company would undertake it even though the premiums were to be set considerably higher than those which have normally to be paid in connection with insurance. I doubt too whether the State would be willing to insure a colossal amount like the total value of agricultural products. If it were possible I should certainly say that such a scheme should be implemented in order to assist the farmer. The result of the introduction of a production costs insurance scheme will then be that when a farmer suffers certain losses, he will be covered by that scheme and he will then immediately be sufficiently solvent to obtain production capital for the planting of his next crop. The doubt and the sorrow which the farmer has experienced over the past few years as the result of climatic conditions is so heart-rending that one can really not do otherwise than seriously consider some or other scheme of assistance, apart from what I have already mentioned. I have already said that the Land Bank made an amount of R8,900,000 available to agricultural co-operatives in 1963 for fertilizers, and an amount of R3,300,000 for seed. In 1964 these amounts were even larger, namely, R10,300,000 for fertilizers and R3,150,000 for seed. Apart from this fact a large amount of capital is provided by our commercial banks and other bodies which have carried the farmer and enabled him to obtain the necessary means of production. Climatic conditions which have also to be considered in America and the crop insurance system there is on a broader scale than the one I am advocating. As I have said, I believe that the hon. the Minister of Finance and the hon. the Minister of Agricultural Economics and Marketing should consider this system of production costs insurance. There is a problem in connection with crop insurance because as a result of other related factors one will not always be able to obtain an accurate determination or estimate of what the actual loss of the farmer is. When I speak of production costs we do at least have all the statements at our disposal, particularly as far as fuel, fertilizers, sprays, spare parts and everything else that the farmer needs is concerned. Invoices have to be issued for all these things and so one is able to arrive at an amount which is accurate. But I also want to say that I do not advocate the introduction of a scheme which should be made compulsory for the farmer. This sort of scheme must be introduced in such a way that those who feel that they want to protect the capital which they have invested in their lands can do so on a voluntary basis. We know that under hail insurance, which is only a small fact of insurance and to which I referred just now, as a result of the amounts which are made available by the Land Bank, the farmers are proving more and more clearly every year that they require a scheme to cover and pio-tect them. There is no business man who invests as much risk capital in an industry who does not protect himself by means of insurance.

If the hon. the Minister cannot introduce a scheme of this nature immediately because he wants to consider it further, I should like to suggest that a committee or commission be appointed to give immediate attention to this question of production costs insurance. Amounts are made available for the farmers in these Estimates. We who represent agricultural constituencies feel particularly pleased in the knowledge that we have a Minister of Agricultural Economics and Marketing and a Minister of Agricultural Technical Services who are sympathetic and we are grateful for the attitude which the hon. the Prime Minister has adopted in this state of emergency. That is why I find it particularly misplaced that the Opposition should try to make political capital out of this state of emergency. If only they were in contact with the farmers they would not do this sort of thing because the Government has proved over and over again by putting numbers of schemes into operation in the Northern Transvaal that it is sympathetic towards the farmers. This sympathy is extended to every farmer in South Africa. We have the assurance that they will do these things for the farmers in this state of emergency and that further rebuilding work will also be done at a later stage. Why should hon. members like the hon. member for Drakensberg (Mrs. S. M. van Niekerk) try to make use of this position in order to make a little political capital out of it? Why can the Opposition not suggest a practical plan if our plans are inadequate? No, I say that I deprecate the actions of the Opposition. In conclusion, I want to make a very earnest plea to the hon. the Minister of Finance and the other hon. Ministers to introduce this scheme which I have mentioned, the establishment of a State-aided production costs insurance scheme, as soon as possible.

If those large amounts are to be lost for a further number of years, the other assistance which the Government so readily gives agriculture will not have the desired results. If the farmer loses his risk capital it will take him at least four years under favourable circumstances to make up the backlog, according to this report. We know that it seldom if ever happens in this country that we have four successively good years, with the result that the backlog which is built up and which cannot be caught up on and which is not covered by insurance will result in the fact that the farmers will have to struggle along for a long time. I want to conclude by repeating my request that the hon. the Minister give his very urgent consideration to my suggestion in order to insure the farmer against the loss of this very large amount of risk capital which he has invested in his own interests, in the interests of South Africa and in the interests of everyone in this country, even the gold mines, the Bantu and the Whites. Everyone has to live and each man can only do his work if he has sufficient calories to give him the energy he requires. These calories are provided by the farmers of South Africa.

*Mr. BOOTHA:

Mr. Speaker, I feel rather dissatisfied because none of the critics of agriculture is present here. But that is what happens to people who have a lot to say. They issue challenges and when those challenges are accepted, they fail to appear. None of them is here and there is nobody to reply to us. But a party which seeks to justify its existence by means of abuse and by making belittling remarks and passing unfair criticism, has no right to exist. As I have said in the past, the position is as expressed in the old saying: Undeniable facts are the weapon of the wise man but abuse and belittling remarks and unfair criticism are the weapons of the man without facts but also without wisdom. The United Party have once again come forward here to-day as in previous years with the most unfair criticism against our two Ministers of Agriculture that one can imagine but there is not one member opposite who has had the courage to suggest one single price or to say what they would do under the circumstances. It is easy to talk. The easiest speech to make is that of a member of the Opposition who can only resort to abuse and, as soon as a reply is forthcoming, he is not here. That is a very easy attitude to adopt. I said once in this House that that policy was a rattle-trap (kokkoloelogus) policy. By this I mean an ancient cart whose bushes are very badly worn so that the wheels do not run straight but wobble all over the road. That is the way in which the United Party policy is being handled. It wobbles all over the place. It no longer has a bush. It no longer runs straight and nobody can say in which direction it is heading. It has no direction at all. We have experienced that sort of policy here for a long time. We have been entertained in this regard for some time and the criticism of our Ministers of Agriculture has been so unfair that it has really been inclined to annoy one at times. If it were not for the fact that we are governed by sensible rules in this House, one could use language which was really not parlour language. Because I am rather afraid of you, Mr. Speaker, I shall not use that language here but I can tell you that I have to restrain myself because I feel like using it!

*Mr. MOORE:

He does not feel at home.

*Mr. BOOTHA:

The United Party has attacked our colour policy in the strongest language possible. They have incited the Coloureds and the Blacks and have given overseas countries to understand that this group of barbarians on this side are the oppressors of the Black man. Things got so bad that countries overseas later believed that only a little pressure would cause the fall of this Government. They also believed that there was an Opposition in South Africa which would assist in that overthrow. Now that they see that the European countries are not in favour of sanctions and boycotts, the United Party has swung aside and is seeking another weapon with which to attack the Government. Now they say, as they said during the no-confidence debate, that they want to have White leadership throughout the Republic. I say that this is supremacy because leadership is something which comes voluntarily and it will not remain voluntary under their policy. They want to place the whole country under the supremacy of the Whites and they have now given us even greater trouble than we have ever experienced before although the outside world knows that our policy is one which has more respect for human rights than that of the United Party. The United Party say that they want to maintain supremacy forever but we say that when the non-Whites are ready for it, they will be entitled to what we are entitled to. How will we now appear in the eyes of the world? Now that they see that they cannot succeed by means of that old story, the United Party have come to light with another story, but again without success. The Coloureds did not at first accept it. The Coloureds rejected them at the Provincial elections. The Coloureds no longer believe in the fine promises and honeyed words of the United Party. They voted the Progressives into the Cape Provincial Council and they rejected the United Party.

*An HON. MEMBER:

And what about you?

*Mr. BOOTHA:

That honey brush was no longer successful just as it has not been successful with the farmer and the labourer for years now. But then they had another plan. To our sorrow we have been experiencing a terrible drought for four or five years now, particularly in the Northern Transvaal. This has been the position for five years. The United Party have suddenly come to light with a new idea. All of a sudden it is the hard-pressed farmers whom they wish to protect. But they do not know what is going on. They have to ask those of us who represent those farmers, because I do not think that hon. members opposite have ever approached a Minister to assist farmers who need assistance. No, they have a great deal to say in this House about the farmers but when help has to be given they are not available. We have tested this and we have proved it to them. We have two constituencies in the Northern Transvaal which have been hard hit by the drought. If there is anyone who knows them and feels sorry for them, it is we. The Ministers sitting here can also feel sorry for them because at our request they travelled through those constituencies and those dry parts and discussed matters with the farmers. If there is anyone who has seen the starving animals in the Northern Transvaal it is the hon. the Minister of Agricultural Economics and Marketing. He met those farmers and tried to reassure them. These hon. Ministers are attacked undeservedly in the most spiteful way. But that was not enough. When the Railway budget was being discussed here, hon. members opposite spoke about the railway workers. But we remember when railway workers worked for 4s. 6d. a day. We know what the United Party Government did in its time. Where then was their affection for the workers? Nothing came of it. But now they advance the argument that the Government is building its surpluses on the shoulders of the poor people. And yet, with all their fine words and with all their grand sayings, they can get nothing done. The United Party has been steadily deteriorating over the past years. If we need a yardstick in this regard we can say that those people whom they are trying to protect should want to vote for the United Party because the United Party are protecting them while the Government wants to do nothing. Surely that is the yardstick? The yardstick is that one should ask oneself where one belongs. Can the United Party not see that they are wasting their breath because the farmer and the worker know that it is lip service; it means nothing. One of the farmers here wanted to take the place of the hon. the Minister yesterday but when they were asked to give us their ideas in regard to prices and so forth, they were not here. The leader of the United Party in the Cape has moved extremely critical motions in this House every year. They even appointed a candidate at Kroonstad which is also in the drought-stricken area. Can you see their plan? They appointed a candidate in the two Lowveld constituencies where we have a majority of 4,000 and 3,000 voters, because they thought that the farmers of the Bushveld would fall for this syrup-brush attitude. The hon. member for East London (City) (Dr. Moolman) is one of the syrup-smearers, but when we ask him to give us a price, he says he does not belong to the Government. What sort of Opposition is it which cannot use its brainpower but which can only criticize? When one asks what the farmer should receive for his maize, they say that that is the work of the Government. This simply goes to show that when they have to state their case clearly they cannot do so. Can that hon. member tell me what price should be fixed for maize? Is there any hon. member opposite who is willing to tell us? No, there is not one. Is there any one of them who can tell us what the price of meat should be? Not one of them is prepared to say a word about prices but everyone is prepared to express blind criticism of Ministers who are working day and night for the farmers.

I come back now to those two constituencies. The Opposition were overjoyed to find those two drought-stricken areas. They wanted to prove to the Nationalists that they could reduce their majority. I was at a meeting there and one of their leaders said: We know that we cannot beat you but we want to bring down your majority by 400 or 500. Do you know what happened, Sir? We won Rustenburg with a majority of 1,100 and Marico by more than 1,000 votes. These are constituencies in the drought-stricken areas. I want to ask hon. members opposite where those 1,100 and 1,000 voters, respectively, came from. They are not children who have grown up there because hon. members opposite have said that a number of people have left those districts. If ever there were districts from which people have moved and which farmers have left to find work elsewhere, it is those drought-stricken districts. People have left those areas and we have not been able to trace them, but notwithstanding this fact, the United Party lost by 1,100 and 1,000 votes respectively. Why? Who voted? They were not even able to retain the votes of their own people. I think that hon. members opposite must understand that those farmers who are in so much difficulty will not be caught out in this way. I am being very serious now. If we boast that we are a Chritian nation as do the leaders of the Opposition, we will not exploit misery and drought in order to attack the Government but we will come together as a Christian nation and we will pray. We will not adopt the attitude adopted by the Opposition. Is that the conduct of a Christian nation? I believe that the farmers who are suffering to-day will prove in the future, as Natal has proved, that these remarks of the Opposition against these two Ministers are unjustified. I believe that even the urban voters will discover in due course that hon. members opposite will never again win the vote of the rural areas.

Mr. FIELD:

The hon. member for Rustenburg (Mr. Bootha) says that the arguments that we put forward from this side of the House do not take into account the facts. Well, I will give him some facts, but in the meantime he has said a lot about the United Party which is not in line with the facts. He talks about those constituencies where they have increased their majorities, but he forgets to mention that the Nationalists have constituencies in which their majorities were reduced. When the rains come the Government likes to take responsibility for the prosperity that follows, but when drought comes they do not want to acknowledge that a lot of the losses that are suffered are due to the negligence of the Government, in not predicting these droughts when everybody knows that they come regularly in South Africa. The hon. member for Harrismith (Mr. J. J. Rail) has gone out. He said that this side of the House was always destructive and not constructive. I will try to be constructive, but I must point out that sometimes one must be destructively constructive. It is often necessary to pull down a tottering building before you can build something better in its place.

I am pleased to see that while we started discussing economic affairs the Minister of Bantu Administration is also present, because in dealing with the economic affairs of the border areas it is quite obvious that the Minister of Bantu Administration plays a bigger part in the decision in regard to industry there than the Minister of Economic Affairs himself. I want to say that it must now be clear to everyone what is going on in the Ciskei and the Transkei where border industries are concerned, and that the Government’s policies in that respect are now definitely a failure and a flop and in fact a fiasco, and I will proceed to prove this with facts. In dealing with the question of Bantu industries and Transkei industries, it seems to me that people lose their sense of proportion, particularly the Ministers who report on these affairs. We get reports which seem to leave any proportion quite out of account. When we discussed the Transkei Bill in this House three years ago, several members opposite said that the Bantustan scheme must succeed, and that Government policy depended on it; that if the Bantustans failed then South Africa would fail. To that I replied later that if the Bantustan scheme fails it would not necessarily be South Africa that fails, unless they had gone too far, but in all probability it would mean that the Nationalist Party would fail, and I quoted from Shakespeare—

When he falls he falls like Lucifer Never to hope again.

I want to show that the border industries plan is a failure, and on the basis of statements made on the opposite side of the House, the Government’s whole policy is a failure, because their policy depends on the success of the Bantustans. For these Bantustans to be a success, they must obviously be viable. We should be able to see planning by this time by the Government to make the Bantustans viable. There are two propositions we must take into account. The first is the possibility that these Bantustans will become independent. We have been told for several years by the Prime Minister and the Minister of Bantu Administration that the Bantustans will eventually become independent. If they are to become independent, surely we must make them viable first, otherwise they will compel us to bid with other countries overseas for the necessary funds to make them viable. They will hold us up to ransom and tell us that if we do not supply the capital, they will get it from other countries. If, on the other hand, what many Nationalists have told me is true, that the Prime Minister will never carry out his promise to make these Bantustans independent, and they say they do not believe him, my reply is that if they do not believe him in that respect, in what respect can they believe him? If they do not believe his word in this case, they must ask themselves whenever he makes a statement: Whom is he bluffing now? I think that is the answer to those who say that the Prime Minister will not carry out this policy. I feel that we must proceed on the assumption that the Prime Minister will carry out his intention to make these Bantustans independent, in which case obviously there should be some plans to make them viable.

Mr. FRONEMAN:

Why must they He viable? Is Basutoland viable?

Mr. FIELD:

If the hon. member does not know the meaning of the word, he will find it in the dictionary. It means that they must be able to pay their way. Apart from the many hundreds of millions of rands which have already been thrown into these Bantustans by way of the purchase of land and development, in the very first budget brought forward in the Transkei the budget was for R 16,000,000, of which R3,000,000 was to be found by the Transkei and the other R 13,000,000 by the taxpayers of the Republic. That is for one Bantustan. Take it on the basis of seven Bantustans, and then this part of South Africa will have to find about R 100,000,000 per annum to keep these Bantustans viable, unless we can find some means of making them viable. What is being done in that respect? The Tomlinson Commission reported this I would be necessary for White enterprise to be encouraged in the Transkei in order to build up industries to make it viable. The Government rejected that and said that it must be done by means of border industries, a policy under which the Bantu would live in the Bantu areas and work in the White areas in White industries. The Government rejected the report of the Tomlinson Commission and we are now faced with the problem of trying to find some means of making these Bantustans viable via border industries. The Tomlinson Commission report said that it would be necessary to provide new employment for 30,000 Bantu annually in the Transkei; that new employment would have to be found for them in order to make the Transkei viable. In answer to a question from this side of the House last week, the hon. the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development said that since 1948 eight industries had been established in the Bantu areas of the Transkei giving employment at present to 1,089 Africans and 21 Whites. In eight years they have found employment for 1,089 Africans when the Tomlinson Commission required them to find employment for 30,000 annually. On that basis I think we can say that the Government’s policy to make the Transkei viable is a failure and a flop. Let me read a little further what the hon. the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development said in the course of his same reply—

Home industries such as the manufacture of furniture, wooden implements, baskets and bead ornaments were receiving specific attention and were encouraged.

That is what they are doing to make the Transkei viable. Sir, that is how the position stands at the present time. Then going to the latest report of the Bantu Investment Corporation I find the following statement there: Over the past five years the loans granted to the Transkei amounted to R463,000. Let us see how this figure is made up. According to the report 105 new businesses were established. This refers to the taking over of trading stations. How is that going to develop the country? Then there were 17 new service industries established, concerns such as motor garages, service stations and things of that sort. Sir, I wonder if anybody can guess how many new industries were established during that period? Over the past year one new industry was established. The report goes on to say—

Loans for trading concerns constituted 86 per cent of all loans granted, whilst service industries were responsible for 10 per cent, and smaller industries for 4 per cent of the total.

I suppose by “small industries” they mean baskets and beads. On the basis of 4 per cent of the total it means that there was a capital investment of approximately R4,000 in this one industry. Sir, that is the best effort in one year after five years of effort. On that basis we are supposed to consider that the Transkei is going to become viable in some way or other. Sir, if the Government thinks that the establishment of one industry at a cost of R4,000 is developing the Transkei, it is simply wishful thinking.

Mr. BEZUIDENHOUT:

Actually we are doing much better than the United Party. You are fading away altogether.

Mr. FIELD:

Sir, the United Party policy is to develop the Transkei will all the available enterprise and capital.

An HON. MEMBER:

As part of South Africa.

Mr. FIELD:

The Government rejected that idea, but the Government has stated definitely that they are going to develop the Transkei with Bantu industries and that is what we have had so far. The Government’s intention is to make the Transkei viable by means of the wage packets of the workers who are going to work in the White industries and go home at night over the fence into the Bantu areas. Well, perhaps that is a proposition; let us have a look at it. What are they doing in that respect? I find that in this respect the Minister also made a statement, to the following effect—

The Ciskei was mainly served by border industries such as a textile and other factories at East London and a textile and other factories at King William’s Town and Queenstown.

The textile factory at King William’s Town which is the biggest of them all was started in the days of the United Party Government. Sir, when I speak of border industries I mean industries which comply with the Government’s requirements for a border industry. Engineering works which largely employ Whites cannot be regarded as border industries. The Government’s requirement is that border industries must be industries employing mainly Bantu labour. Over the past five years only one such substantial industry has been established and that is the Cyril Lord textile factory at East London, and this in spite of the assistance which the Government is giving in the shape of tariffs and taxation benefits to encourage industries to go to the borders and in spite of everything that the local municipalities have done, including the sending of representatives by the East London Municipality to Europe and Great Britain to scour those countries to try to persuade industrialists to come and establish industries in South Africa. I know that I will be reminded that a large industry has recently been transferred to this country but that is an engineering industry which does not comply in any respect with the Government’s border industry plan. That is the position that we are faced with to-day after five years of effort by the Government. On the other hand, we find that in a place like Rosslyn in the Transvaal a large number of industries have already been established just outside Pretoria. There must be at least seven or eight industries there now.

Mr. ROSS:

About four.

Mr. FIELD:

I was up there recently and I counted seven industries in various stages of development. But the point is that more industries are going to Pretoria than to the real border area lying between the two great masses of Black population, which is where they are intended to go according to the Government’s border industry plan. Sir, what is the reason for this? Rosslyn does not comply in any respect with the Government’s requirements for a border industry in that it borders on a small black area, with an insufficient population really to keep their present industries going. The fact of the matter is that the border industry development is in inverse ratio to the facts of border industry requirements. Sir, if the Government’s border industry plan is to be a success, then by this time dozens of industries should be established every year, otherwise how is the Government going to make the Bantustans viable? In the meantime, passing through Port Elizabeth I see as many as four or five large new industries going up one after another. In Johannesburg they are being established by the hundred: in Pretoria and Durban they are being established in large numbers. Why then are they not coming to the border areas in spite of all the assistance given by the Government in order to encourage them? Obviously there must be a reason and the reason quite clearly is nothing else but Government policy itself. It is because of statements made by the hon. the Prime Minister, by the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development and by Chief Kaiser Matanzima that the border industry policy is a failure. If these border industries were carried out without the Government’s ideological policy, if they were carried out on the merits of the area, on the basis of all the facilities that the area has to offer to attract industries, then there would be a reasonable chance of the border industry policy becoming a success. Sir, these facts which I have put before the House are indisputable facts; I have extracted them from Government publications, and in the light of these indisputable facts I think I can claim definitely that the Government’s Bantustan policy will be a failure and a fiasco. Their Bantustan policy is a fiasco and their other policies will necessarily also be a fiasco. I say therefore that the time has come to challenge the Government to find ways of making a success of border industries; if they cannot make a success of them, then they must make way for another Government that will tackle the whole problem on a sounder basis.

*Mr. GROBLER:

We do not agree with the hon. member who has just sat down. The hon. member said that what the Government was doing was a fiasco. What a fiasco is the race federation policy of the Opposition! The past election also turned out to be a fiasco for them. We simply do not understand how they can still go on telling the same old tales and harping on the same old string about the separate development and Bantu homeland policy of the Nationalist Party and its border industry policy because their action in this regard has cost them various elections. It cost them the last election but nevertheless they still harp on that same string. The brakes of the United Party’s policy cart are very loose and that cart is gathering speed down a dangerous hill. It has already thrown off quite a few passengers—at the Rissik corner, at the Jeppes corner and at the Natal and Cape corners. And I want to say that if their leaders, their political policy mechanics do not succeed in applying the brakes a little, 1966 will turn out to be an even greater fiasco on the last corner and even more United Party members will be thrown from that political cart.

Mr. Speaker, just as was the case with the Budget of 1964 this Budget once again proves the maintenance of a continued economic growth and prosperity. It remains a fact that the rate of growth of the Republic’s economy is still one of the highest in the world, if not the highest, and this is due to the efficient administration of the Nationalist Government which has succeeded, because it is a stable Government, in creating an attractive investment field for foreign capital such as was never the case before. It is clear to me that all sections of the population in all sectors of our economic structure are participating generously in the prosperity which is prevailing in our country to-day. I and all of us are sincerely grateful in this regard. We do not begrudge anyone the fullest and most generous share of what this period of upsurge may have in store for him. And yet, Mr. Speaker, I must admit to-day, as the representative of an agricultural district, no matter how unpleasant and how disappointing it may be, that a considerable number of our farmers in the agricultural sector have not enjoyed their rightful proportionate share of the prosperity which the country is experiencing.

The reasons for this are certainly not those which the Opposition have advanced. It is not due to maladministration on the part of the Government; it is not due to a lack of sympathy on the part of the Government towards our farmers; it is not due to inadequate planning or inefficient Ministers and officials as is alleged by hon. members opposite. The real reasons are known and are, in my opinion, firstly, the revolutionary change which farming methods have undergone over the past two or three decades. The farming industry has changed from a way of life a few years ago to a highly specialized industry. The elimination of the draft animal, of the ox and the mule, and the swift mechanization of the farming industry has required an almost abnormally swift adjustment, firstly, on the part of the farmer in order to enable him to keep pace with the growing requirements of efficiency in regard to his farming machine, and secondly, in respect of the regulating of his economy in order to adapt it to his greatly increased running expenses. It has also made greater demands of the State in respect of protection, information, marketing, price determination and a legion of other necessary service adjustments. There are numerous factors over which the farmer has no control which contribute towards the adjustment backlog on the part of the agricultural industry.

Let me mention a few factors: Too high running costs, which simply cannot be tempered; rising prices of agricultural requirements which simply cannot be controlled; inefficient marketing methods which simply cannot be improved; wide gaps between the producer and consumer prices of agricultural products which simply cannot be closed; unrealistic prices for products which cannot be adequately increased; ineffective agricultural finance facilities and, last but not least, all the risk factors, with the drought factor being perhaps the most important, of which the farmer cannot rid himself.

I am aware of the fact that the responsible Ministers with their agricultural economic advisers are trying to unravel and solve this problem of adjustment. We are grateful for the success which has already been achieved in this regard. I am optimistic in regard to anticipated announcements of more realistic prices for products, particularly of red meat and specifically, beef. But I want this afternoon to discuss a factor which I mentioned last, a factor over which the farming industry has no control, and that is drought.

As the representative of a sprawling agricultural constituency, I consider it my duty to give a brief survey here of the widespread drought conditions by which at least 95 per cent of the farmers in my constituency are affected. I do this with a heavy heart because by doing so I may be accused of trying to make use of the critical position of the drought-stricked farmers, or rather, misusing it, to win sympathy and to ask the State for charity for them. The pride, the honour and the integrity of the farmers of the Marico constituency, just like the farmers of the rest of the country, is well known. They have held out to the bitter end; they have hung on with grim determination, but after two or three years of continuous drought a breaking point has been reached and some of them have all but given up hope. While engaged in this duel, they ask themselves: “Shall I, or shall I not? Shall I sell my stock and go and work temporarily; shall I sell my farm with everything on it and go and work and never return; shall I approach the agricultural co-operatives or the Farmers’ Assistance Board once again and ask for another loan or for an increase of my overdrawn account; shall I get work? Will I as an unskilled worker obtain a profitable position in the city; will I be able to adapt myself to city life; will I be able to outgrow my first love, my land and my animals; will I or will I not?” That is the duel which I have encountered on the part of hundreds of our drought-stricken farmers. This duel is a dreadful thing. Young farm wives have told me that their husbands are on the verge of a nervous breakdown: that they wander about like lost souls on their parched fields and barren-trodden grazing lands. Mr. Speaker, I travelled through my constituency for ten days and covered a distance of nearly 200 miles from the northern Cape boundary to the Waterberg border in the north. I visited 50 farms and crossed numbers of them for a distance of nearly 1,000 miles.

I want to vouch here for what I saw there. In the Marico bushveld, the Rustenberg bushveld and the Thabazimbi bushveld there are only about 30 per cent of the animals still alive, according to the registers of the stock inspectors. I came across farms of our larger stock farmers, farms of 10,000 and more morgen on which there is not one single head of stock to be seen. I came across farms of 1,200 morgen with only eight animals; farms of 2,000 morgen with 12 animals. I arrived at an auction at Mahkoppa where 1,200 animals were offered for sale of which 100 cows with calves under three months were sent to the abattoirs. I visited the crop areas in the west and according to the estimates of the agricultural co-operatives at Marico, to the west of Zeerust there is still 20 per cent of the maize crop standing, 20 per cent of the ground-nuts and 25 per cent of the kaffircorn.

In the Koster area which is an excellent maize region, there is only 30 per cent to 40 per cent of the crop standing. In a region of the same district but which actually falls under the constituency of the hon. member for Ventersdorp (Mr. Greyling), namely the Derby-Boons-Syfontein region, 70 per cent of the crop is standing, and in the Swartruggens district, 10 per cent to 15 per cent. I mention these facts, Sir, to indicate what the drought can do and what it is doing in bringing the farmers of the north-western Transvaal to their knees. There was a word of thanks on the lips of every farmer for what the Government has done for the farmer in the northwestern Transvaal over the past few years. They also want to express their gratitude in advance for what the Government is still going to do to assist them, but all felt that something great, something new, another approach should be born from this disaster which has struck them in order to enable them better to combat drought conditions in the future and to draw the sting from the effect of drought conditions.

In brief, it amounts to this: The re-application, extension and increase of all possible emergency measures that were applied in the past. We know that special emergency measures will be taken by the Government. Measures which must be taken immediately are, inter alia: (a) Increased subsidies on cattle licks and cattle fodder; (b) increased rebates on the transport of cattle fodder and cattle to grazing; (c) increased fodder loans with lower interest rates; (d) lower or even frozen rates of interest on pressing loans; (e) the creation of more long-term credit facilities; (f) the creation of long-term rehabilitation schemes for farmers who are no longer solvent. These are all measures which will have to be put into operation immediately over a far wider area. There is one new proposal that I want to make for the consideration of the Government and that is the creation of a long-term rehabilitation scheme for farmers who, because of the drought, are no longer solvent or who are very close to this unfortunate position. The possibility of the purchase of farms owned by these farmers at the consolidated debt price by the Department of Lands and the immediate return to those same farmers of their own farms in terms of the provision of Section 23 of the Land Board Act of 1956 must be investigated. Such a farmer will then have the advantage of the lower initial rate of interest of 1 per cent, 2 per cent, 3 per cent, 4 per cent and 4½ per cent, respectively, over the first five years. Thereafter capital redemption will be added and he will have a further period of sixty years in which to repay this money. This will be something positive and I think that the Land Board Act should be amended accordingly to make provision in this regard.

Then there are also bodies which ask that the Government should give attention to the employment of those who have had to leave their farms, particularly those who are forced to find a temporary position as close as possible to their homes. These measures will certainly relieve the position of our farmers but they do not penetrate to the crux of the drought problem as such. Good sometimes comes from catastrophic disasters which affect nations, and that is why I want to suggest a new approach by the Government—that serious attention be given to the creation or establishment of a separate drought-control Department or Division of one of the existing Departments of Agriculture with instructions to undertake all aspects of the combating of droughts and to do no other work at all. I adopt the attitude that there is no other single factor which causes as much damage to our agricultural economy as do droughts. They are unavoidable and unwelcome but regular visitors which make their appearance as surely as does the moon which waxes and wanes and darkens but nevertheless appears each time on the horizon in its course around the earth. My second point is that the combating of drought is not the task of the farmer only; indeed, it is the responsibility of the people as a whole. My third point of view is that emergency measures during droughts are usually temporary and do not affect the crux of the problem. I know that millions of rand from our growing national income are earmarked for this purpose but I feel that the spending of that money should rest with a specially appointed State organization or State Department which, in terms of its instructions and in terms of its aims will, in my opinion, be better equipped and better able to control and combat droughts.

The task of such Department must primarily be to plan during the years of plenty and not simply to take action once a drought has struck. Mr. Speaker, I dare to ask: Which State Department in our present Government set-up is actually responsible for and is established chiefly to combat droughts, to plan intensively to combat droughts and droughts only? Which Department has effective administrative machinery to handle drought conditions properly? Is it Water Affairs with its praiseworthy irrigation schemes and drilling services? Is it Agricultural Economics and Marketing with its extensive duties in connection with the marketing of products, price determinations and the application of drought control measures once a drought has struck in earnest? It is Agricultural Technical Services with its praiseworthy soil conservation schemes and farm planning projects? Is it State Advances Recoveries Office with its crop loans and other advances to those who have been forced to the brink of ruin because of droughts? Is it the Department of Lands with its praiseworthy loans to land-hungry farmers to enable them to purchase land? I agree that each one of these Departments is making a great and remarkable contribution towards stimulating the agricultural industry and is also doing a great deal in an indirect way to temper the harmful effects of drought. But I contend that drought-control is not the exclusive task of any one of these Departments. In my opinion that is where the weakness lies. There are specialized advisory boards in almost every sphere of our economic life to-day whose task it is to devote themselves exclusively or chiefly to research, to study, and to advise the Departments or organizations to which they are attached. I want to mention a few of those bodies. I think of the National Council for Education, of the Economic Advisory Council of the hon. the Prime Minister, bodies which are engaged on matters of education and economics on a high level in order to assist the responsible bodies to plan in advance and so forth. I want to ask this question: Is there such a Department with its officials or a board which has been established with no other purpose than to study all aspects of drought and the combating of drought and to formulate plans in that connection? I think that the time is ripe for this to be done.

I want to conclude by saying that tasks such as the following can be given to such a department as its prerogatives. What about the establishment of a State-aided drought insurance scheme for more security for the farmer? This could be the task of such a department. What about a State-aided fodder bank after the experience of a few years ago and now once again during the drought in the north-west, as the task of such a body? What of the idea of leading water from permanent streams and state dams by means of extensive pipelines to dry stock areas? For some years now it has been quite clear even to laymen that the subterranean water level is falling dangerously, that millions of rand are being wasted by the State and private enterprise on the supply of water and that the earth’s crust is being deprived of its water in this way. What about a State extension service which will concentrate exclusively on the avoidance of the worst results of drought? Mr. Speaker, the child must have a name. The present information given to farmers is praiseworthy but is more production-centric than drought-centric. This too is necessary, but there must be more specialized action in this sphere. Attention must be given to water saving and water conservation, both subterranean and surface, as part of a drought control plan. Attention must be given to the building of weirs in rivers which flow through the dry areas; attention must be given to the building of smaller dams, to the storage of waiter in the dry stock areas. Our larger schemes concentrate on irrigation and take a long time to be completed. “Water throughout the country” should be the watchword of such a department. Water is the only thing that can solve the drought problem. The first phase of the drying up of the earth’s crust was when our valleys were drained of their waters. The second phase is the pumping of water out of the earth’s crust by means of strong pumps from a depth of 1,000 feet. The third is the drying up of our dolomite springs by large-scale pumping of the feeder compartments thereto. There are springs which are drying up to-day—I have the official departmental figures here which prove how swiftly the flow has decreased as pumping has increased—as a result of the fact that the compartments which feed them have 10 or 12 or 15 boreholes, some of them nine inches wide, sunk into them. By means of modern pumping machinery these boreholes pump out thousands of gallons of water per day. The whole order of nature is being changed. Where previously dry-land farming was practised, extensive irrigation units are being established to-day and the farmers who had irrigation farms below the springs for 100 years and more, have to leave that land. These are all aspects which can be made the concern of such a department in order to enable it to approach the matter from the point of view of the combating of drought. That is why I ask that attention should be given to a new approach so that something great can come from this disaster which has struck us and which will continue to strike us from time to time in the future, a disaster which, judging by present methods, we are always going to combat by means of emergency measures— without any permanent results. Cannot we try something new which may perhaps bring greater relief in the future and give a new character to the combating of drought as an active department perfects and applies more efficient methods for drought control? The time for this is ripe.

*Mr. KNOBEL:

While I was listening here to the speeches of hon. members of the Opposition, I could not help asking myself whether the Opposition was still asleep. Do they think they are still fighting an election? I want to bring them out of their slumbers; the election is over and they were ignominiously defeated.

I hope hon. members opposite realize that, because the sooner they realize it the better it will be. What was the outcome of the election? Sir, the electorate of South Africa passed a motion of no-confidence in the Opposition. The voters realize full well that, in terms of the policy of the United Party, the Whites in South Africa have no hope of survival. What I found even more interesting was the fact that the farmers of South Africa rejected the present Opposition.

*Mr. RAW:

What about Wolmaransstad?

*Mr. KNOBEL:

I want to analyse the results and remind the hon. member for Durban (Point) (Mr. Raw) that they lost no fewer than three platteland seats in Natal—Umkomaas, Queenstown and Zululand. What is the reason? [Interjections.] They lost two in Natal and they lost Queenstown. The fact that Queenstown is not in Natal does not matter; in all the United Party lost three seats. Sir, these are seats which were regarded as safe United Party seats. In addition to that, the majority of the farmers in those constituencies are English-speaking. They rejected the United Party. Why? Because they have no confidence in the United Party’s agricultural policy. After all, they know what happened to the farmers in the days when the United Party was in power. In an analysing the results further, I find it even more impressive that, in no fewer than 22 platteland constituencies in which the United Party put up candidates in the last election, the Nationalist majorities increased considerably. The Nationalist majorities were not reduced in a single constituency.

*Mr. RAW:

That is untrue. What about Wolmaransstad, Christiana, Queenstown, etc.?

*Mr. KNOBEL:

It is true; there is not a single constituency in which the Nationalist majority was reduced. Here we have further proof that the farmers have no confidence in the United Party. After all, the voters of South Africa have not forgotten how, when the United Party was in power, women throughout the country had to stand in queues for food, so much so that some of them actually fainted.

*Mr. GORSHEL:

That was during the war.

*Mr. KNOBEL:

I think the wife of the hon. member for Hospital (Mr. Gorshel) probably also had to stand in queues. What was the result? The electorate, not only the farmers but also the consumers, totally rejected the United Party because they were not satisfied with the policy of the then Minister of Agriculture, Mr. Strauss.

Sir, there is one thing that happened in this lasit election that one deplores, and that is the fact that the United Party concentrated particularly on those constituencies which are suffering as a result of abnormal drought conditions; they did so in the hope that they would be able to turn these climatic conditions to good account and catch a few votes. But, as the hon. member for Rustenburg (Mr. Bootha) has already said, they were bitterly disappointed r our majorities increased.

*Mr. RAW:

What was the majority in Wolmaransstad?

*Mr. KNOBEL:

I only made a cursory analysis of the majorities. The Opposition tried, in a most reprehensible way, to exploit the drought conditions. Sir, hon. members on the other side, particularly the hon. member for Drakensberg (Mrs. S. M. van Niekerk), asked what this Government had done for the farmers. They told the farmers that the Government was allowing them to be ruined.

*Mr. RAW:

We still say so.

*Mrs. S. M. VAN NIEKERK:

I said so again yesterday.

*Mr. KNOBEL:

What did hon. members say in this House yesterday? I should like to refer to the speeches of the hon. members for Gardens (Mr. Connan), East London (City) (Dr. Moolman), Drakensberg and Sea Point (Mr. J. A. L. Basson). Mr. Speaker, you will agree with me when I say that there was nothing constructive in those speeches. I think if the hon. member for Drakensberg had to listen to a tape recording of her speech she would refuse to believe her own ears. I think if she analyses her speech, she will admit that, apart from flinging mud here, she said nothing at all. She made a personal attack upon the hon. the Deputy Minister of Agriculture. She asked him what he had done with the heritage of his fathers. What has that to do with agriculture? I want to ask the hon. member for Drakensberg whether that is the sort of attitude that we should adopt here. Must we go into the personal affairs of hon. members? I wonder how the hon. member for Drakensberg would like it if we discussed her personal affairs across the floor of this House? I do not think she would like it; I think she would be ashamed to show her face in this House again. These are private affairs; they have nothing to do with agriculture.

I should like to refer to the speech of the hon. member for Gardens. Sir, the hon. member made the very irresponsible statement here that this Government was not interested in the farmers at all; that the Government was only interested in secondary industries. I have never heard such nonsense before. Does the hon. member for Gardens think that the hon. the Prime Minister and the members of the Cabinet are a lot of stupid mules who do not realize that no country can have a sound economy unless it is founded on a sound agricultural economy?

I come now to the hon. member for East London (City). I am sorry the hon. member is not here, because I do not like attacking a member in his absence, but I have no choice.

*HON. MEMBERS:

Where is your Minister?

*Mr. KNOBEL:

I think the hon. member should be ashamed of the frivolous statements which he made here yesterday in connection with the joint effort by the Government and the S.A. Agricultural Union to cope with these abnormal conditions. Does the hon. member realize that the drought has assumed such proportions that it has become a matter of national interest? It is no longer a Party matter. The situation which has developed is such that we should all put our heads together and see what can be done to save what we can still save. The hon. member ridiculed the fact that the assistance of the Army was being called in to help with the conveyance of bales of fodder to the railway stations, so that that fodder can be brought within the shortest possible period to animals which are succumbing to hunger. I thing if the hon. member for East London (City) and other hon. members opposite, who talked so much nonsense (“kaf”-chaff) here put it into bales, it would yield quite a large tonnage of fodder. They ought to bale it, and then offer it free of charge to the farmers in the drought-stricken areas as fodder for their animals. I am only afraid that much of that chaff would be so poisonous that it would kill the animals. I want to warn the farmers, therefore, not to use it.

Sir, we have been listening here to the criticism of hon. members on the other side, but I want to put a straightforward question to them. Hon. members opposite always represent themselves as the true champions of the interests of the farmers. They know that we are facing unprecedented drought conditions, and I want to ask them what they have done to help in the course of this Session. They were sent here to promote the interests of every branch of our national life. Hon. members on the other side also have a farmers’ group. Has the United Party farmers’ group ever held a meeting during the course of this Session to review the situation and to consider what measures they can suggest to the Government to cope with this situation? Have they ever submitted a memorandum to the Minister of Agricultural Economics and Marketing and to the other Minister of Agriculture in this connection; have they ever suggested certain measures which, in their opinion, offer a solution? No, Mr. Speaker, hon. members opposite have never once done so. All they do is to make cheap propaganda.

As far as the credit restrictions announced by the hon. the Minister of Finance are concerned, as a result of which the credit of the farmers will allegedly be affected, would there be anything wrong with it if hon. members on the other side went to see the Minister of Finance and brought this matter to his notice? Have hon. members opposite done so? No. They are not interested in the farmers. They prefer to keep alive a grievance; they prefer to launch a strenuous attack upon the Government across the floor of the House and to pose here as the champions of the farmers. We, on the other hand, also have a farmers’ group. We realized the seriousness of the situation, and we convened a conference. We obtained a full report in connection with the local conditions from every region in which drought conditions prevailed. We put our heads together; we held discussions, we put forward suggestions, and we devised certain measures for submission to the Ministers. Thereafter we convened a conference where we met all the Ministers and the heads of the departments concerned. We submitted memoranda to them; we put forward suggestions to them which we believed would alleviate the conditions in the various regions. We are convinced that the suggestions that we put forward will be accepted in the near future—perhaps even during this debate—and incorporated in the numerous existing measures in terms of which assistance is already being granted to farmers. We also went further; we did not simply raise a hullabaloo about the curtailment of credit facilities. Our farmers’ group took active steps. We approached the Minister of Finance and asked him whether these credit restrictions also applied to agricultural credit. The Minister of Finance made it clear to us that these credit restrictions were not intended to apply to agricultural credit. We also had a discussion with the President of the Reserve Bank, and he confirmed that the credit restrictions were not intended to apply to credit for the purpose of agricultural production. The Minister and the President of the Reserve Bank assured us that they would raise this whole matter with the commercial banks, and that credit for the purpose of agricultural production would not be curtailed. It goes without saying, of course, that if a farmer is credit-worthy he will be given further credit. If he is not credit-worthy, he will have to go to State Advances. But there will be no curtailment of credit for the purpose of production, for the purchase of fertilizer, fuel and seed, and in order to meet the wage bill, nor will credit be curtailed in the case of essential means of production such as agricultural implements, tractors, etc., which have to be purchased. If it is necessary for a farmer to buy a new tractor, the commercial banks will give him the necessary credit. Where a farmer has lost his cash crop as a result of the drought, and he converts that crop into silo fodder or ordinary fodder, and he does not have the necessary capital to purchase cattle, to fatten them and then to recoup himself by selling them, he will also be given credit by the commercial banks to enable him to buy livestock. Then I want to come to another accusation which was made here by the hon. member for Gardens. He said that there was no planning in the agricultural industry and that the Government was not interested in the farmers. In this connection there are one or two matters that I want to bring to the notice of the House to show what a keen interest the Government has taken in farmers who have found themselves in financial difficulties as a result of drought conditions. Whereas in the year 1962-3 an amount of only R2,700,000 was voted for State Advances, in 1964-5, as the severity of the drought increased, an amount of no less than R7,000,000 was voted in the two Additional Estimates, and in the present Estimates we are being asked to vote an amount of R6,000,000.

*Mr. RAW:

How will they ever repay it?

*Mr. KNOBEL:

That is quite a different story. The hon. member wants to know how they will ever be able to repay it. I will tell him. The hon. member for Point is not a farmer. They will repay it just as the farmers in the North-Eastern Free State, who found themselves in dire straits in 1947-8 as a result of climatic conditions, are now able as the result of favourable seasons in recent years, as a result of a record crop over the past year, to repay the interest on all those loans together with the capital. Fortunately, unlike hon. members on the other side, we are not a lot of pessimists who are too hopeless to win an election. We on this side face the future of South Africa with confidence. We believe that this assistance which the State is giving the farmers will eventually produce the results which they are intended to achieve.

I want to go further, Sir, by pointing out to you that, as at 31 March 1964, in respect of all forms of assistance given to farmers, there was an amount of R30,542 million outstanding. In 1961-2 the Department of Water Affairs made available a sum of R14,128 million for the provision of water and water schemes. But in 1964-5 that amount was increased to R3,881 million, and for 1965-6 the amount has been further increased to R40.53 million. Sir, it has been said here that there is no planning. It seems to me that hon. members on the other side are living in a dreamland; their memories are very short. Have they forgotten that the wonderful Orange River scheme was announced here just a few years ago?

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

That is our scheme.

*Mr. KNOBEL:

Is that so! That is not true. Sir, this is the biggest water scheme in the whole world, and it is going to be undertaken by the National Party Government in South Africa; it is a scheme which will cost more than R350,000,000, apart from the cost of hydro-electric expansion and the cost of other industrial development. It is a scheme under which 333,000 morgen of land will be placed under irrigation and under which 12,000 to 15,000 additional farmers will be placed on irrigation holdings. I also want to point out how the amount made available by the Department of Lands has increased. In 1961-2 the amount was R9.45 million. In 1965-6, that is to say, in these Estimates, we are being asked to vote an amount of R18.3 million. What is the purpose of this appropriation? The purpose is to help farmers, foremen and farm managers, people who have no land, to acquire land. A further purpose is to help farmers who are farming on small uneconomic units, so that they will eventually be able to acquire economic units to enable them to make a decent living.

Mr. Speaker, I think I have said enough to prove that there is no truth in the stories propagated by hon. members on the other side that this Government is not looking after the farmers, and that the Government is not showing the maximum sympathy for the farmers who are suffering at the moment as a result of the drought; I say that this Government takes a real interest in the agricultural industry. I think hon. members opposite can go and tell those stories to the marines.

*Brig. BRONKHORST:

I am very pleased to see the hon. the Minister of Information here. During the recent election campaign the hon. the Minister, together with the Minister of Labour, addressed meetings in my constituency. We were never really in any great trouble there, but, nevertheless, I want to thank him very much; he helped us a great deal. I want to say to him, in the words that one often sees on placards, just outside towns: “Thanks very much for the visit; do come again.”

*The MINISTER OF INFORMATION:

We will come before the general election; I wonder whether you will thank us then.

*Brig. BRONKHORST:

We are frequently reminded by hon. members on the other side, in particular by the hon. member for Bethlehem (Mr. Knobel), that this side of the House accuses the Government of not being interested in the farmers but only in industry. Sir, we have now had four or five speakers on that side who have dealt with agricultural matters, but where is the Minister? Surely we are entitled to say that they are not interested in the farmers.

*An HON. MEMBER:

He was sitting on the cross-benches.

*Brig. BRONKHORST:

The hon. the Minister of Agricultural Technical Services was sitting with the hon. member for Rustenburg (Mr. Bootha), but what was he doing there? He was passing the time in small talk; he was taking no notice of what was going on here. We have the fullest right therefore to say that they are not interested in the farmers.

Business suspended at 6.30 p.m. and resumed at 8.5 p.m.

Evening Sitting

*Brig. BRONKHORST:

When business was suspended, I was saying that, seeing that we had an agricultural debate this afternoon in which so many Government members took part, it was significant that not a single Minister of Agriculture was present to take note of it except the one who sat and joked here. Therefore I say that our accusation that this Government does not care about the farmers is quite justified.

It was quite interesting to see how the speakers representing farming constituencies did an egg-dance here in telling us how well things were going with the farmers. We have been saying for years that things were going badly with the farmers under this Government. If the farmers are prosperous, why do we lose thousands of farmers every year, who leave the land? If things go well with an industry, people do not leave it, but stay there. We have heard much about the drought, and some hon. members have accused us of exploiting the drought. I really do not think that was a justifiable accusation. Many of our members spoke about the drought, and as far as I can remember they all expressed their sympathy for the farmers who are going through such bitter times, and they then made certain suggestions. Therefore to say that we are exploiting the drought is not correct. The hon. members for Rustenburg (Mr. Bootha) and Marico (Mr. Grobler) went so far as to say that in the recent provincial elections we were a lot of vultures and that we went to the constituencies where people were encountering difficulties and put up candidates there, and they mentioned the Northern Transvaal and the Western Transvaal. Sir, did we know two or three months before the election that it would not rain? That is the time when we appointed our candidates. They might as well say that we kept the rain away. Now that it has not rained yet they say that we are exploiting the position. No, if one uses such arguments one really has a dearth of arguments. But I should like to take this opportunity to thank the hon. member for Marico, and also the hon. member for Vryburg to a certain extent, for the support they have given us. The hon. member for Marico spoke about the deplorable position in which the farmers are. It is not all due to the drought. It has been going on for years, and under this Government’s agricultural policy it will continue.

*Mr. J. J. RALL:

What is that policy?

*Brig. BRONKHORST:

They have no policy. They struggle along from day to day. I just want to react to what the hon. member for Rustenburg has said, viz. that even the Coloureds have now rejected us. I want to ask him why his praty did not put up a candidate in that election.

*Mr. BOOTHA:

We are not interested. We have enough members without them.

*Brig. BRONKHORST:

The hon. member for Bethlehem (Mr. Knobel) told us that under the S.A.P. Government the people did pick-and-shovel work for 4s. 6d. a day. I remember how in 1931/2 people did pick-and-shovel work for 3s. 6d. a day, and that was not under an S.A.P. Government. If one has to fall back on such arguments and dig up such old skeletons, then one has no arguments. Conditions in those days were completely different.

I should, however, like to direct a few remarks to the hon. the Minister of Defence, particularly in regard to the training of ballotees. Let me say immediately that we all agree with the scheme adopted by the Government and we assist the Government wherever we can, but just lately we have received a fair amount of criticism and complaints, and hon. members opposite will agree with me that we continually hear that much time is being wasted in the training. The picture we get is that for the first three months the boys are kept thoroughly busy, they are drilled on the parade ground and they become smart soldiers, but the general complaint is that thereafter they are not always kept busy. They stand guard for very long periods at useless places, and that applies even to the Gymnasiums.

*The MINISTER OF DEFENCE:

Do you want to say, as an ex-soldier, that standing guard is not useful?

*Brig. BRONKHORST:

Standing guard at useless places to make a young man stand guard night after night while giving him no other exercise, is not of much use. Even in so far as Gymnasiums are concerned, we are told that after the first three months, the men are very idle and have much time on their hands. Last year, for example, we had the display at The Warnderers in Johannesburg in which the Gymnasiums participated, and it was excellent, but it is said that for almost six months beforehand the boys were practically being prepared only for that display. That is all well and good, but I think we lay too much emphasis on parade-ground work. If we get these boys for nine months we should teach them more about the actual handling of weapons, behaviour in the field, etc.

Some time ago we read in the Press that the Air Force had held manoeuvres in the Northern Transvaal. That is par excellence the way to exercise the Army, the Air Force and the Navy, under actual conditions. But can the hon. the Minister tell me why we no longer hear of large-scale manoeuvres by the Army? I say that if, for example, we should use our forces to carry out a manoeuvre, just to mention an example, by moving a brigade group from Oudtshoorn to Pietersburg by road and by air, and we keep them in the field for a fortnight and bring them back again, that would give the men tremendous experience and exercise, and not only the men, but also the non-commissioned officers and the senior officers. They are almost all young men who did not take part in the last war and who can benefit enormously from this sort of manoeuvre. I do not want to say that nothing of this nature is done, but I think it is essential that these large formations should be moved under our heavy traffic conditions, and the manoeuvres should be held under those circumstances as training for the officers and everybody else. If we become engaged in war, surely that is what they will have to do, and we cannot wait until then to give the men this training. I am very sorry to say that during the past few weeks things have leaked out which disturb us somewhat. I think everybody will agree with me that if we can combat those things it will redound to the honour of everybody. I am thinking of the unfortunate young men who lost their lives in the manoeuvres. I know that one often gets a false impression from Press reports, and I also know that the Minister will cause a thorough investigation to be made into these matters, but we should remember that we should not allow the parents of these young men to get the idea that there is not enough supervision. We who have experience know that the Minister’s task is a difficult one. He started this scheme with a very small number of officers and non-commissioned officers with experience. He first had to train them, but this has now been going on for three years already and one does not expect things still to happen as happened, e.g. in Strandfontein where a large number of these young men could have been killed. There should be a responsible person present to see that these young men do not do irresponsible things. They are young boys and it is only natural that they will do such things, but they should be curbed. I have already said that we should make sure that people do not lose confidence in our training.

*The MINISTER OF DEFENCE:

What happened at Strandfontein? What are you referring to?

*Brig. BRONKHORST:

I refer to this number of young men who were pushing a motor vehicle and the wireless antennae came into contact with the power-lines. A matter came to my notice not long ago in regard to a parent who said that his son had arrived at the camp and after a uniform and new boots had been issued to him he was immediately put on a route march of 20 miles, with bricks in the pack on his back, and when he returned his feet were covered with blisters and he had to walk around for days barefooted and tidy up the parade-ground. I readily admit that this may perhaps be exaggerated, but when this type of story leaks out it does us no good. We all agree that we should make our young men hard and tough, but I feel that we should do so gradually and not immediately put them into uniform with a heavy pack on their backs and make them walk 20 miles in the hot sun. That is no use; it does more harm than good.

*The MINISTER OF DEFENCE:

Why did you not write to me?

*Brig. BRONKHORST:

Another matter to which I wish to devote a few moments is the malpractices which take place and have taken place in regard to the purchase of war material. Quite a few of these matters have come to our notice. The first was when the Army Chief of Staff suddenly left the Force. The second was a court case against a certain Commandant van der Merwe, and others who were punished, and the third case was one which appeared before a judge. But the aspect which I do not like is that these cases were dealt with in secret and not in public. The persons who are guilty go free; suspicion clings to certain persons.

*The MINISTER OF DEFENCE:

You are going rather far when you say that people who are guilty go free.

*Brig. BRONKHORST:

I will say what I meant by it. As the result of these secret inquiries, rumours circulate and if they are only rumours the best way to dispose of them is to reveal everything. There are rumours circulating that a certain officer has £150,000 in an overseas bank. It is said that during the last secret investigation exemption was given to six witnesses, and they are particularly the persons who gave the bribes.

*Mr. GREYLING:

Do you believe that?

*Brig. BRONKHORST:

It is not a question of whether I believe it, but an end should be put to these rumours, and it should not be allowed.

*Mr. GREYLING:

What should we not allow?

*Brig. BRONKHORST:

Certain persons and officials and certain firms outside are still under suspicion. We have had this case which we do not like at all, and I think it is unjust towards the Deputy Minister of Agriculture—his name was mentioned, but that was all. There are certain others; there is a certain Mr. Greveling whose name was mentioned, and who is such an important person that even the Broadcasting Corporation had to apologize after the Minister had accused him of being an irresponsible person. It is not right towards these people, and the only way is to ventilate these matters. Let us say what the facts are. Then these people who get exempted will not go scot-free. Then we will know who they are. Who says they are not again busy doing that sort of thing? The Minister says these inquiries must be held in secret because our military secrets must be preserved. Sir, it preserves nothing! The secrets which may be revealed at these inquiries are already known to our enemies. We know the military potential of our enemies and they know ours. If we place an order there is not only one firm concerned, but hundreds, and there are hundreds of people who work for those firms, and it gets known immediately. It is not necessary for us to be afraid of doing these things in public. These secret inquiries simply serve to cover up irregularities and mistakes. I go further and say that the better our enemies know how strong we are, the better for us. Is it not better for us to frighten them off than to wait for a hot war? Let them know it. They know it in any case. These secret inquiries are of no use to anybody. They are of no use to the Force or to the officials who are accused. I want to make the accusation to-night that the Minister dare not reveal these investigations and trials because too many people and too many companies are concerned in them. The sooner these things are revealed the better.

Before leaving this point, I just want to say something about our new aircraft factory. I am not going to deal with the merits; there will be other opportunities for that, but I can give the hon. the Minister the assurance that in regard to this aircraft factory there is already, before it has even been started, a lot of connivance and underhand dealing, and the sooner an investigation is instituted, and the sooner it is placed on a proper basis, the better.

*The MINISTER OF DEFENCE:

What must I investigate? What is wrong?

*Brig. BRONKHORST:

This is not the place to mention names. I am prepared to give the Minister the information I have.

I should like to say something in regard to our submarine-chasing off the Transkeian coast. It happened a few months ago and our Navy was sent there and also the Air Force, and later we received a statement to the effect that there was nothing in it. Let me say that I fully agree with the Minister that he had to take these steps. If a report is received that there are suspicious submarines off our coast, it must be investigated. But now I want to put this question to the Minister: If it is so dangerous for submarines to be near the Transkeian coast, what will the Minister do when those states are independent and those submarines surface and take into the Transkei what they like and bring out of the Transkei what they like? Then it will be equally dangerous, if not more so, for South Africa. We should like to know what the position is, because that is one of the greatest pillars on which the Government’s policy rests. We know that when that state is free and independent, much trouble will arise. We have the example of the other states in Africa. Therefore I say that it will be equally dangerous if our enemies, or the enemies of the West, go there as it is now.

I wish to conclude by referring to a very brave young lady who recently fell into the sea at Simonstown. I read in the Press that this lady visited her boy friend on the ship at 8.30 p.m., and when she departed she fell into the water. What I should like to know from the Minister is whether it is now the practice to allow women on board ships and in military places?

*The MINISTER OF DEFENCE:

I have never been a soldier. You should you know.

*Brig. BRONKHORST:

When I was a soldier, that was not allowed, although I cannot say that it never happened. All I wish to say is that if it is allowed now, I think I was a soldier 50 years too early.

*Mr. GREYLING:

The hon. member for North-East Rand (Brig. Bronkhorst) started off by asking why so many farmers were leaving the farms. Does the hon. member not know that this process is a normal one, that depopulation of the rural areas is a process which is taking place in all countries that are being rapidly industrialized? Does the hon. member not know that, as compared with other industrialized Western countries, South Africa, on a proportionate basis, still has one of the largest rural populations. After all, some of these people die and others sell their farms for personal reasons. There are also weaker elements in the rural areas, just as there are in any section of the community, who are pushed out in the normal course of events. Look what has happened since I came to the House of Assembly 12 years ago. More and more Opposition benches have become vacant; one promising young United Party member after another has disappeared, and only the dead wood remains. The hon. member must realize that the effects of this drought are felt much more severely to-day because our agricultural industry is in a period of transition, and any transition period is necessarily accompanied by crises and difficulties. When I compare the transition period in South Africa with similar transition periods experienced by other older countries in the past, I find that our agriculture in South Africa has come through this transition period with surprising ease, and in all these difficult situations, which have been aggravated by the drought, we find the Government offering a generous measure of assistance, not to seek popularity, but because of a profound desire to keep agriculture sound and to keep the farmer on his farm. But the most significant aspect is this, and I want to emphasize it: Wherever governments in the past have granted assistance to the farmers, a visible gulf has been created between the consumer class and the working class on the one hand and the producers in the other. In South Africa this transition period and the generous measure of assistance which the National Party has rendered to the farming community over the years has caused no real gulf to develop between the labourer and the producer in South Africa. This is one of the striking features of our political history, and in this respect we differ from the rest of the world. I want to give you the assurance, Sir, that these difficulties that have arisen in agriculture at the present time for the reasons I have mentioned, will disappear just as quietly and will not result in a gulf developing between the labourer and the producer, but that the co-operation, the bond of union, which has existed will be maintained, as was shown so clearly in the recent provincial elections.

I do not want to say anything this evening about the so-called malpractices referred to by the hon. member for North-East Rand. I do not have the necessary information at my disposal, and the Minister will certainly give an adequate reply in this regard in due course. In regard to the fact that the hon. member connected the appearance of submarines off our coast with the establishment of the Transkei as a Bantu state, I want to say that I heard this story in Natal when I was holding meetings there …

*Brig. BRONKHORST:

Is it not true?

*Mr. GREYLING:

It is true, but what country in the world does not have its coasts visited by foreign submarines from time to time? It is an international phenomenon, and the hon. member, who has served in the Defence Force himself, ought to know that this is not something that is limited to the Transkei.

*Mr. RAW:

Why are they off the Transkeian coast, and not the coasts of the White areas?

*Mr. GREYLING:

They are everywhere, but you do not notice them because you are concentrating on the propaganda you want to make out of the Transkeian coast—that is why you notice them there.

I want to say a few words about the present political situation in the country and about the dangers that may threaten our country. Sir, I am deeply concerned about the false sense of security that is creeping into our people and even into the ranks of the National Party in regard to the struggle in which the Republic of South Africa is involved on various fronts. This false sense of security arises firstly from the growing strength of the National Party from the point of view of the number of seats it holds. The large mass of the population considers this increase in the strength of the National Party as being synonymous with the Republic’s ever-increasing capacity to resist attacks, and its increased unassailability. The second cause of this false sense of security is the apparent lessening in the vehemence and the effects of the propaganda of the Black states, which, on their own admission, are hostile to the Republic. This decline in the effectiveness of their propaganda is due firstly to their internal dissension and mutual strife; secondly, their economic impotence and economic difficulties; thirdly, the fact that they reached the end of the game they have been playing with the West and the East over the past number of years—this game of bargaining; fourthly, the shift that has taken place in the emphasis placed on various issues in the very heart of the United Nations Organization, as a result of which the game played by the Black states has become less effective than it was in the past. A further reason for the loss of effectiveness of the propaganda of the Black states is the tremendous growth in the economic strength of the Republic of South Africa, as a result of which economic sanctions, trade boycotts and the prohibition on the supply of arms, as means of forcing the Republic of South Africa to its knees, have become a razor-sharp, double-edged sword; fifthly, the gradual acceptance by the people of the fact that the pending South-West Africa case will not force South Africa into an immediate military crisis, as a result of the erosion of power that has taken place in the United Nations Organization because of their internal disunity and the conflicting interests of the member countries of UNO, which factors have led to the deteriorating international situation in which so many other fronts are assuming much greater importance than the South West Africa / Republic of South Africa front. A further cause of this sense of security is the success achieved by your Government in freeing us from the grip of the subversive revolutionary powers in South Africa which were meant to bring us to our knees. And to come nearer to the political front, there is also, of course, the elimination of the Progressive Party as an effective political force in the House of Assembly and in the politics of our country. In addition, there is the loss of prestige suffered by the United Party. The United Party received a severe blow during the recent provincial elections. Another reason for this sense of security is the unparalleled lack of morale in the United Party as a fighting political force. To my mind the best definition of morale we have ever had was the one given by Gen. Marshall when he said—

Morale is a state of mind. It is steadfastness and courage and hope. It is confidence and zeal and loyalty. It is élan, esprit de corps and determination. It is staying power, the spirit which endures to the end—the will to win. With it all things are possible, without it everything else—planning, preparation, reorganization (for the next election)— count naught.

Mr. Speaker, the United Party over there is “morale-less”, if I have to coin a new word. This sense of security which is developing amongst our people and amongst us Nationalists in regard to the struggle in which we are engaged is a false one and is a dangerous approach which is based on an unrealistic conception of the true position. Sir, to adopt this approach is to assume a security which is by no means fully guaranteed. We are building up security, but a hard struggle still lies ahead for us on the domestic front. Unlike the Progressive Party, the United Party was not finally eliminated as a political factor in South Africa at these elections. I want to credit them with that.

*Mr. RAW:

Far from it.

*Mr. GREYLING:

We shall still have to contend with them, in the next election as well. There is only one matter in regard to which a final decision was given in the recent elections, as at previous elections, and that final decision given by the people was in regard to the colour policy. I want to say this to the United Party: However much they may exert themselves and jump to and fro, the people of South Africa will never accept their colour policy. The people will accept the colour policy of the National Party, no matter what other circumstances may develop against us. This aspect has been finally put to the test.

I am not so sure whether, at the forthcoming national congress of the United Party, the members of the United Party will not force their leaders to change their policy in regard to the Coloureds. That party is a political weathercock; it is unpredictable. I venture to predict this evening that at their national congress they will make a change as regards their colour policy and as regards the Coloureds. The United Party is pre-eminently a political weathercock party and it will turn to the right as far as possible with the object of blurring the clear lines dividing us from them.

*Mr. RAW:

You are not rightist; you are liberal.

*Mr. GREYLING:

They will pose as the Santa Claus of our farmers and they will present themselves as the guardians of the security of our workers. They will go even further and follow the pattern of the English-language Press. They will present themselves as being ardent republicans. They will accept the Republic, although they opposed it a few years ago. But they will have an object in doing so. They will endeavour to destroy the image of the National Party as an integral part of the Republic, as the party which was responsible for its establishment on the political front; they will endeavour to destroy the image of the National Party as an integral part of that political structure, and they will endeavour to remove the image of the National Party from the image of the Republic. That is what they will do, and that is what we must expect, and therefore our fight against the United Party is not over. They will accuse the National Party of breaking up the Republic of South Africa.

*An HON. MEMBER:

Perfectly correct.

*Mr. GREYLING:

They will say that the United Party stands for White leadership, but not for domination. Does the hon. member for Durban (Point) (Mr. Raw) stand for White leadership or for domination? [Interjections.] I say they will seek to impair the image of the National Party.

*Mr. RAW:

You are giving us good tips now.

*Mr. GREYLING:

They are doing so already. They will go further and they will blame the National Party for the droughts and for any economic set-backs that may arise. If we should experience any economic set-backs they will use against us the stream of immigrants which is flowing to South Africa and which is so greatly welcomed by them. They will carry out a pincer movement by using the great prosperity in the country and the influx of large amounts of capital into the country as one arm of the pincers and the economic distress being suffered by the farmers as a result of the drought, together with the increasing cost of living, as the other. They will try to catch the National Party in these pincers and they will try to close them upon us, and in attempting to do so they will make use of the economic distress inevitably caused by the normal development of circumstances. That is the task that the United Party will set itself in the future.

*An HON. MEMBER:

Why are you so afraid?

*Mr. GREYLING:

I want to admit that the National Party has many patriots in its ranks who love South Africa and who regard South Africa as a bastion of security for them, who belong to our party, but do not realize what is involved in the struggle being waged by the National Party. The task that lies ahead for us is to keep these people away from that destructive party with its erosive policies and to get them to support us on the basis of their inner convictions. This is an enormous task that lies ahead for the party. Some people are already saying that we must have a new party in South Africa. The task of the National Party has not even commenced yet. We are about to commence with an infinitely greater task than the tasks we have accomplished. The struggle has not come to an end. We must ask in all seriousness to what extent the influx of immigrants and of capital into South Africa will have an effect on the present right-wing National Party Government, and whether these factors, helped along by the United Party, will not open a breach in the direction of concessions which will afford the powers waging a cold war against us an opportunity of getting a better hold on us. The duty of the National Party, as the ruling Parliamentary party, as the interpreter and executor of the royal commands of the people, is therefore to carry out the task assigned to it and, as a strong party, to deal with the Opposition, which, realizing its own weakness, will be capable of actions that will do great harm to the nation; to see to it that the price the United Party is prepared to pay for its White control or leadership over the whole of South Africa is not paid, because the price the United Party is prepared to pay for its White control is that it wants to open the doors for the Black man to come in gradually. It is the task of the National Party to see to it that that price is not paid.

It will also be the task of the National Party to preserve its image as the bastion of a pure democratic state, as the protector of the democratic principles and the foundations on which this State is based. But it will also be the task of the National Party to maintain the security of the White man in South Africa in spite of the Opposition. It will be the task of the National Party to continue to protect the small worker, the small entrepreneur, the humble public servant and the ordinary citizen. It is the National Party that will for many years continue to develop the form and the content of this Republic as we as Nationalists see it.

As far as the domestic political front is concerned, we therefore have to deal with a party which is a dangerous snake on the one hand and a harmless chameleon on the other.

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member must not compare hon. members to a snake. He must withdraw the word “snake”.

*Mr. GREYLING:

I withdraw it. Sir. What task remains? I want to come to the second aspect, which involves an assessment of the nature of the attacks against us from the broad international front. Although I may be wrong in my assessment in certain respects, I do think it will be right as far as general strategy is concerned. There are five facts that are perfectly obvious. The first is that, in the struggle for Africa, South Africa remains the most coveted economic, geographical and political prize, because of the enormous food potential, raw materials potential and geographic strategic importance of the Republic of South Africa. As far as these considerations are concerned, no other state in Africa can be compared with the Republic of South Africa. Secondly, we remain an objective in this cold war. In future we will be assailed on the political, economic and psychological fronts to an increasing extent. We have warded off the attack on the domestic political front for the time being. We still have potential saboteurs in South Africa who are waiting for an incident that may possibly arise so that they can again raise their heads, and if that should happen, Sir, I wonder whether the hon. member for Benoni (Mr. Ross) will be prepared to fight? [Interjections.] The third point I want to make in connection with the threat against us is that the cold war against the Republic imposes an obligation upon us to be in a constant state of military preparedness. Attempts will be instigated both at home and abroad to create unrest in South Africa. There will always be the possibility that the cold war may turn into a hot one. Fourthly, the position of checkmate which has been reached in regard to the use of nuclear weapons has made war by means of conventional methods, whether on a local or limited scale or on a world scale, a definite possibility. The arms race is in top gear. In certain countries the process of psychologically conditioning people to war is beginning to reach the stage where people are prepared to accept war. Fifthly, communist countries and the non-committed countries are openly advocating military action against the Republic of South Africa. Promises of assistance are being made, and active assistance is being reduced in the form of economic and technical aid and military training. Capital goods are being promised. Training in methods of conventional and guerrilla warfare is being provided. Artillery, anti-aircraft guns, aeroplanes, long-distance bombers, transport aircraft, tanks, armoured vehicles, torpedo boats, submarines and naval equipment are all things that are being promised at some stage or other to the so-called freedom fighters in Africa by various countries. We must ask openly, and I want to ask openly now, whether the Republic of South Africa has a broad enough strategic appreciation of what form the attack against us will take in the geographic or economic or political sphere? In view of this military assistance and these military preparations South Africa can expect the following from potential aggressors. We can at any moment expect an incident arising from an attack against us from a Submarine in the Indian Ocean, operating from an advanced base in North Africa. We can expect a conventional attack by the air force of some power or other. The Republic of South Africa stands alone. Our defence is not reinforced by any treaties. Our flanks are not covered by strong neighbours. We are not supported by neighbours who are able to defend themselves in the economic field. We do not have the support of a stockpile of weapons that can ward off atomic bombs. No, we shall have to rely on four main things, and these are our morale, the type of armaments that we possess, our economic strength, and our strategic conception and appreciation of what we can expect. We therefore must have arms. We must have a broad strategic conception of the nature of the aggression, of the strategic geographic fields of attack, and of the organization that will be necessary after such a first attack against us has taken place. [Time limit.]

Mr. GORSHEL:

For the sake of courtesy, I would be delighted to fallow the hon. member for Ventersdorp, but after the ride which he gave his hobby-horse, all around the world, I am afraid it is a very tired horse—and I simply cannot mount it and ride it off in all directions, as he did; he surveyed the four corners of the earth. The odd thing about his speech is that he said that we, the Opposition, were “moraal-loos”. This is a newly-minted word which I abhor and detest, but I take it for what it is worth. Now, considering that we have no morale, and that he has written us off, it is an extraordinary thing that we still seem to give him the horrors. He has a nightmare about this Opposition. Then he took the hon. member for North-East Rand (Brig. Bronkhorst) to task for referring to the presence of unidentified submarines off the coast of a part of South Africa known as the Transkei—he was heard to say during the speech of my hon. colleague, when he referred to these submarines, “Skande!”; it was a scandalous thing to refer to them. But in the last five minutes of his speech he pointed out that we were vulnerable to submarine attacks from the Indian Ocean. Now, where is the Transkei coast-line? Is it in the Mediterranean? [Laughter.] I will remember this speech, because, apart from the reference to our defeat in the provincial elections, this was the speech which the hon. member made last year! It was a good speech then, and it is a good speech now —but it is no more in point now than it was then! So I would suggest to him that, while he had the opportunity, he should have told us something about the policy of the Government of which he is a member, a senior member who carries some responsibility as its military strategist. The fact that he is self-appointed is not my fault; that is the business of the Minister of Defence. But he should have told us about the dangers inherent in the Government’s policy which requires the complete and utter dismemberment of this Republic of South Africa (of which the hon. member is so proud) until we arrive at the stage, logically—if they mean what they say— where we will have seven, eight or nine in dependent Bantustans, all sovereign and all open to the machinations of the people who send submarines to our coasts, who have the atomic power with which to attack us “die kernkrag”, as he calls it. Then he speaks of patriotism! The first duty of a patriot, as I understand it, is to preserve the land in which he was born. This land happens to be 475,000 square miles of territory stretching from the Cape to the Limpopo. Who is that hon. member to talk to us about patriotism, when he is a member of a party which is avowedly determined to dismember this country and to leave us embattled in what they call “White South Africa”, and they do not know even where that will be? And it will not be White either, because they have made no provision at all for the Cape Coloureds, and the Indians, and for the 5,000,000 Bantu who will remain in the urban areas because we need their labour. I have a great regard for the hon. member, but I cannot mount that tired hobby-horse, and therefore I want to discuss what I believe is the subject of this debate, the Budget.

In the unfortunate absence of the hon. the Minister of Finance, I must point to the fact that he has in recent years apparently drawn his inspiration from the one or other nursery rhyme or jingle. He has been, in turn, a soldier and a sailor, and last week when he delivered his speech he was a tailor—but it seems to me that he has missed one fitting role, that of a tinker! Because in actual fact the complete line is “tinker, tailor, soldier, sailor”, and this Minister has done nothing else but tinker with the economy of South Africa for many years. Now, if he were Peter Sellars, he would no doubt play all the roles—not merely that of the soldier, the sailor or the tailor, but also that of the tinker. But in the light of his own difficulties, he does not talk about the tinker because it does not suit his role at this time. Sir, he goes out of his way to say that “the tailor’s creative ability is circumscribed by the materials available and the affluence or otherwise of his client”. I want to suggest with great deference to the honourable and absent Minister that he should make a closer acquaintance with other characters in his favourite jingle, because in the second line of that jingle or nursery rhyme, “tinker, tailor, soldier, sailor”, there is reference to “rich man, poor man, beggar man, thief”. I say that the only obvious inference from this Budget is that it is a Budget for one “client”, for the rich man, and with that category of persons referred to in the jingle, the Minister has more than a passing acquaintance, as is evidenced by his Budget. For example, we have it on record that since last year the profits of non-mining companies rose 31 per cent. This is not bad, Sir. I have a cutting here from a newspaper which advertises the annual meeting of a certain company, to whom I do not wish to give a gratuitous advertisement, which reads as follows—

Notice is hereby given that the final, ordinary dividend of 15 cents per share inrespect of the year ended 31 December 1964 has been declared and will be paid on or about 5 April 1965 to ordinary shareholders registered in (the books of the company at the close of business on 10th March; together with the interim dividend declared in September 1964 this makes a total dividend for the 1964 financial year of 50c per share (100 per cent). The estimated net consolidated profit for the year ended 31 December 1964, before providing for taxation and subject to audit, is R3,000,000, which compares with R1,994,000 for the financial year 1963.

So, as I say, the Minister knows very well what goes on with the rich man, because the situation at the moment is that people who happen to be fortunate enough to have substantial shareholdings in companies like this have little to complain about in regard to the Government’s financial policies.

Mr. BEZUIDENHOUT:

How do you know it is not the poor man who holds the shares?

Mr. GORSHEL:

Here is the point. I read quite recently in a certain newspaper that a certain lady had gone into a shop in my city of Johannesburg and bought two fur coats for a total price of R6,000. It is common cause that there is a dearth of gem diamonds because so many people can buy diamonds for R6,000. Now this is the remarkable thing— that when the same person, the controlling shareholder or managing director of such a company, enables his wife to acquire two furs or one diamond for R6,000, that is called a “hedge against inflation”, but if that person should pay his 1,000 employees each R1 more per week, that is called, by the Government, inflation. This is something which I, as a part-time economist, cannot understand.

Mr. B. COETZEE:

You are talking “Gorshel”.

*Mr. G. P. VAN DEN BERG:

On a point of order, should not the hon. member for Vereeniging (Mr. B. Coetzee) withdraw the word “Gorshel”? [Laughter.]

The DEPUTY-SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member may continue.

Mr. GORSHEL:

I submit to this House, and particularly to the hon. members opposite who are so concerned, as the hon. member for Ventersdorp said, about the poor man, that the kind of policy they are to-day establishing as the normal financial policy of this Government means that increasing profits can allow a person, or a number of persons, to spend as much as they desire, and then that has nothing to do with the problem of inflation; but when we advocate an increase in the earnings of the working classes, or even in the pensions of the aged, we are told that is not advisable because of the danger of inflation.

Mr. B. COETZEE:

Who told you that?

Mr. GORSHEL:

You have said so over and over again.

Mr. B. COETZEE:

You are talking nonsense.

Mr. GORSHEL:

Now I want to deal for a moment with the position of the class of persons I will describe as the “poor man”, with whom the hon. the Minister merely has a nodding acquaintance, the people who represent the majority of the population, the people who have jobs and make a reasonable living, but who have financial problems because they are barely able to manage on what they can earn. Let us not run away from the fact that the person who is prepared to work for his living is entitled to expect from any self-respecting Government the opportunity to earn a reasonable livelihood, and not merely to try to make ends meet, month after month.

Mr. B. COETZEE:

You are talking utter tripe.

Mr. GORSHEL:

The other day the hon. member for Vereeniging told the hon. member for Constantia that he was talking tripe, when, as it turned out, the hon. member for Constantia was quoting the hon. member for Vereeniging. [Laughter.] If the hon. member for Vereeniging, Sir, had a baritone voice, I would have liked to sing a duet with him, but he makes it extremely difficult for me to say what I want to say. I want to talk about the poor man, the average wage-earner. This is the kind of problem that he has to face—I will merely read the headlines. Here is one: “The boom has not helped the housewife.” And here, according to the Bureau of Statistics: “Food prices have increased by more than 10 per cent in the past year after rising by only 4.4 per cent between 1958 and 1963.” Will you deny that? Then the hon. the Minister of Economic Affairs has a headline all to himself in the Cape Times of 4 March: “Diederichs plans to curb soaring prices.” Will you accept that prices are going up? Why do we have thus unearthly silence on that side now? The moment the Minister speaks, they are not prepared to argue! Here we have another one on the question of rents. On the question of having a roof over your head, we have this kind of headline: “Landlords …”

Mr. FRONEMAN:

What is your point?

Mr. GORSHEL:

The point which the hon. member for Heilbron has missed is that, first of all, this is a rotten Government, and secondly, this is a rotten Budget! Here we have headlines dealing with accommodation: “Landlords cashing in.” “Tenants told to take it or leave it.” “Intimidation of flat tenants alleged: pay extra or go, before appeal verdict.” “Flat dwellers (in Cape Town) to fight rent racket.” “Seventy tenants told to pay or go.” This is in Johannesburg. “4,000 controlled flats go up.” The increase in some cases has been 60 per cent. “Tenants call for rent freezing at level of May 1964 in Cape Town.” Whether it is Johannesburg or Cape Town, from one end of the country to another—that is the position.

Mr. FRONEMAN:

Is that not due to the inflationary tendency?

Mr. GORSHEL:

What does the hon. member call “inflationary tendencies”? The opportunity of the working man to earn a little more, so that he can make ends meet a little better? Is that an inflationary tendency?

Mr. BARNETT:

He has an inflated opinion of himself.

Mr. GORSHEL:

Here is just one of the many letters which I am sure are typical of letters which other hon. members received. I am sure even hon. members opposite received similar letters. They may suppress them, because they are so committed to the support of the Government that they no longer have an independent opinion. Here is a letter which sets out one simple problem which is typical of hundreds of thousands of people in South Africa. It comes from a woman in Johannesburg, in my constituency, who says—

I am an elderly single woman and I wish to retire from my daily work. Over the years I have invested in some building society shares and have a savings account, also earning a little interest on the capital I earned. On the capital, as earned, income-tax was paid as it was earned, year after year. Now on the interest earned on this capital, I am also charged income-tax, which means that I pay tax on the money I originally earned over and over again.

Is that right or not? This is your fiscal policy. This is the kind of instrument the Minister talks about, when he says he may have to find “other instruments”. This is the bludgeon which compels the elderly person who has saved all her life to pay tax, to begin with, year after year, and having accumulated a little savings to tide her over her old age, she has to pay income-tax on the return from those savings. This is the way this “poor man’s Government” takes care of the poor man.

No, I say this is a rich man’s Government. What protection has it given the ordinary working man in regard to his investments in financial institutions? Does the hon. member for Vereeniging remember Parity? Does that ring a bell?

Mr. B. COETZEE:

I believe it went bankrupt under a United Party chairman. [Interjections.]

The DEPUTY SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member for Vereeniging (Mr. B. Coetzee) must now stop interrupting.

Mr. GORSHEL:

In reply to a question I put to the Minister, the question being designed to get some information about what had happened in regard to a large number of financial institutions which have failed in recent years, and to ascertain how much had been lost by the public and how many people were involved, this is the kind of figure that emerged from that answer and this, if nothing else, proves conclusively how interested this Government is in protecting the working man, the ordinary man in the street. First of all, there was a large number of companies which failed but about which the Minister was unable to give chapter and verse as to the exact amount lost and the number of people involved. But in regard to those about whom he did give me the figures, the total number of persons involved was 742,190 and the total amount of losses ascertained was R21,985,138! Is this not a reflection on a Government which claims that it is, first of all, interested in and, secondly, concerned about the poor people? Is it not? Then I can only say that what covers the frame and the flesh of the hon. member for Vereeniging is even thicker than I suspected. Take the African Mutual Credit Association— just one company. It disappeared after R 14,000,000 had been lost by its very “small” investors, who totaled 135,000 people. The reply to my question makes it perfectly clear that the victims of this AMCA crash will not get a single cent. But then, apparently, someone in the National Party caucus, someone with a conscience—which is a rare thing on that side—decided that something had to be done about it. So quite recently—in fact, early this month—a report began to circulate that there were proposals in the National Party caucus that compensation should be paid to those persons who had lost money in Parity, money which they could ill afford to lose. Yet when I questioned the hon. the Minister about it, it turned out that he knew nothing about the approach which the hon. members concerned had publicized in the Press, and he moreover had no intention of giving any compensation in whatever form. Now, it must be remembered that this is the time when the Government claims prosperity to be at its highest peak, that there is an enormous upsurge in our economy, and that money is coming out of the ears of the people—at least, on the Government side. But here we have a situation where they cannot, in decency, find the money to compensate those people who lost their money because of the negligence of Ministers of this Government. Thousands of people have written to hon. members on this side of the House, as they must also have written to hon. members on that side of the House. I have a letter here in which the writer refers to one of the companies in this list, i.e. the Provident Insurance Company, and in which he said that he was insured with this company under an endowment policy—his life’s savings, on which he was going to retire, He said that he read in The Star that I was going to take up the matter on behalf of the insured persons with the Minister of Finance —just as hon. members on that side of the House claimed that they would take up the matter with the Minister. This man told me that he made regular payments for seven years—and all this has disappeared! Now, this person is only one of thousands. What kind of protection is this for the ordinary working man, the poor man in the jingle: “Rich man, poor man, beggar man, thief” …?

Before coming to the “thief,” I should like to deal with a class which, for the sake of convenience, I shall call the “beggar man”— people who do not wish to be regarded as beggars at all. I am referring here to the old age pensioners. They are compelled by the policies of this Government to stand cap in hand, day after day and month after month, waiting for a handout and that while they are entitled to much more by virtue of every moral law. Well, we have heard a lot about morals from that side of the House.

Mr. FRONEMAN:

What did the United Party give them?

Mr. GORSHEL:

After 17 years, the hon. member has no business to ask us why we did not give them certain things. Figures given to Parliament last year show that 34 per cent of White old age pensioners and 91 per cent of Coloureds depend entirely on their pensions. We know what this means—the position in which hundreds of thousands of people have to eke out a living. Admittedly many of them are getting the extra Rand a month but the fact remains that they have to eke out a living, a meagre living, because of the policies of this Government. It therefore ill becomes the Minister of Finance, apart from the one jingle from which he draws his inspiration, to go to another one, pat himself on the back and say “What a good boy am I! ” He has given practically nothing, except to those who already have as much as they need. All the others, also those to whom I have referred, he has left out in the cold. Hon. members on that side of the House are aware of that, even though they may not want to admit it.

I now want to come to the category of the “thief,” in this case those who, unfortunately for them, enter our prisons. Recently we have had a statement by a judge of the Supreme Court drawing attention to the fact that the incidence of crime in South Africa has increased tremendously, so that it has become more than a social disease—it has become part and parcel of what we call “the South African way of life.” It is startling to find that in the Budget there is provision for more prisons, a provision which this year is going to be R7,000,000 more. Let us see where all these prisons have been or are to be built: Barberton, Baviaanspoort, Nigel, Paarl, Pollsmoor, Pretoria, Stofberg, Sonderwater. Utrecht, Bloemfontein, Brandvlei, Goedemoed,

Grootvlei, Cape Town, Odendaalsrus, Paarl, Witbank, etc. It seems as if the prison has become the status symbol of the South African community! Does the Government know that? Wherever you look in this vote of the Budget, you either find increased prison facilities or provision for the building of new prisons …

Mr. S. L. MULLER:

You ought to be ashamed of yourself.

Mr. GORSHEL:

I should not be more ashamed than the hon. member should be. The point I want to make is that if we say that we have a society in South Africa which is well-ordered, and that we have a Government which is ordering that society properly, there should be no need, surely, to point to the fact that there is this tremendous increase in the provision for prison accommodation, and that there is a daily average prison population of 70,000 in this country.

Mr. S. L. MULLER:

Disgraceful …

Mr. GORSHEL:

Of course, it is disgraceful!

Mr. S. L. MULLER:

It is disgraceful what you imply.

Mr. GORSHEL:

But instead of paying attention to such an important matter, a matter which, as I said, was more than a social disease, we are constantly being dragged away from it by means of such devices as Bantustans.

In conclusion, I want to say that for so long as we have a Government which tinkers with our economy from year to year, which despite a very flowery 5-year Economic Development programme, does not, on the admission of the hon. the Minister himself, know from one month to the next exactly where our economy is heading, for as long as you have such a Government, you must expect to have this imbalance in our economy, you must expect this kind of injustice in regard to the spreading of the benefits that economy produces, and you must expect those consequences to which I referred when I dealt with the provision of additional accommodation for the “thief”.

*Mr. FRONEMAN:

Mr. Speaker, I immediately wish to express my indignation at the scandalous things the hon. member has just said, namely that this Government is now alleged to be making provision for additional prison accommodation and that South Africa’s prisons have now become a symbol of the country. I do not know whether he said it because many liberals of his type find themselves behind bars, but in any case I think it scandalous that the things which are necessary to ensure the preservation of law and order in the country should be depicted in this light, and that according to him it should be symbolic of the people of South Africa. I am glad that I do not belong to that section of the population of which it might be a symbol. It may be a symbol for that hon. member.

The hon. members of the Opposition are very chary of one matter. Ever since Monday until to-night—Wednesday—they have been talking, but they are as afraid of this particular matter as the devil is of holy water. I am referring to last week’s election. The hon. member for Ventersdorp (Mr. Greyling) has given that side of the House a golden opportunity to discuss this matter. We know that the matter lies near to their hearts; we know that they are continually holding caucus meetings about it, but nevertheless they are very loath to touch on that matter. Well, I am not going to follow their example by also ignoring the matter, because I want to discuss this matter and to give my views in that regard.

Mr. Speaker, the events last week were important, and I think that what actually happened last week in South Africa should be put in the right perspective. What happened can either be exaggerated or minimized. It may be exaggerated, and I know that it has been put on a par with the debacle of 1948. I also know that it is even being compared with the results of the referendum. But on the other hand it has been grossly minimized, particularly by certain supporters of the United Party who want to ascribe this debacle to just a little bad organization on the part of the United Party. But apart from these two possibilities, there is also the possibility that the actual meaning of this event may be completely ignored.

The Press supporting the United Party and most of the conjectures in regard to the results bring those results into context with the Opposition and its failure in the election. Well, I do not think we should attach too much value to the Opposition in this case. I feel that the most important meaning of these results should be regarded against a particular background. Firstly, there is the fact that the Whites in South Africa regard themselves as a separate nation and that they want to maintain themselves as a separate nation, and accept the intention to remain living here as a separate White nation as one of the fundamental facts of our politics in the Republic. Secondly, there is the fact that the continued existence of this separate White nation is being threatened by the outside world. The hon. member for Ventersdorp expanded on this point and therefore I do not wish to say too much about it. But I want to state that it is quite clear that every South African, whether English or Afrikaans-speaking, is all too conscious of the fact that South Africa has become the target for international criticism. The first and most important meaning of the election results is that the conservative White voters of South Africa are increasingly joining forces to defend themselves against this foreign interference. The English liberal Press describes it as “entering the laager”. Sir, all nations have the right, if they are threatened, to gird their loins to ensure their continued existence. I am thinking, e.g., of Great Britain which did so during the last war under the leadership of Sir Winston Churchill, and it redounds to their honour. In the same way it redounds to the honour of every conservative South African if he now wants to “enter the laager” to fight for the existence of White South Africa. As long as that laager is the National Party, this party will be proud to undertake that task. Consequently, Sir, I want to allege that the National Party is therefore not an ordinary political party but it has in fact become a national bastion. In respect of this fundamental matter, it is the task of the United Party itself to decide what it wants to do, but every right-thinking conservative South African, English as well as Afrikaans-speaking, will stand by the National Party to work and to fight, and to stand guard. We dare not relax, nor will we relax in this political struggle, because we are struggling for our lives, and it may even be a struggle to the death. In so far as it is the task of the National Party to be a national bastion, we must obtain greater national unity, and that within the ranks of the National Party.

This election must necessarily have made an impression abroad, and I am convinced that it has given our enemies overseas the impression of solidarity and determination on the part of the Whites in South Africa to maintain themselves. And in view of the fact that the dangers in the outside world are increasing instead of decreasing. I want to emphasize that we in South Africa can achieve the necessary measure of determination and solidarity only within the ranks of the National Party. It is therefore a task which the National Party will undertake.

But the recent election also brought something else to light, namely that the Whites of South Africa want to remain in existence as a separate nation through the application of the policy of separate development, because it is this policy which ensures their continuance in South Africa. Another fundamental principle revealed by this election is that Afrikaans as well as English-speaking people want to see the preservation of the White nation within the National Party because it is this party which stands for separate development, a policy which can ensure that we continue as a White nation. In this respect there is also, we may say, “an entering of the laager”. I am glad that there are so many English speakers who want to join us and that the old set-up according to which our people were politically divided, on a language basis, is now disappearing. At best that division was only artificial. The deplorable attempts on the part of the United Party during the recent election to try to separate the English-speaking people of Natal from the National Party is, in my opinion, a crime towards South Africa and against the continued existence of the Whites.

Another fundamental significance of the recent election is that English as well as Afrikaans people indicated that they wanted to see the Whites continue as a separate nation through this Government’s policy of separate development. Now I want to make this statement, namely that just as little as the nation will tolerate that its existence is threatened by the outside world, just as little will it tolerate its existence being threatened by the watering down of its policy of separate development in this country. The National Party has therefore become a national bastion, not only against communism and liberalism emanating from abroad, but also against racial integration, which wants to destroy it, in this country.

In view of these circumstances the United Party can now choose which course it wants to follow. I have heard much as to what they intend doing, and that they are now in a state of “re-thinking”. But I predict that there will be increasing unity within the National Party against the threats from abroad, as well as those in the country, to ruin the policy of separate development.

*Mr. RAW:

And also the abandonment of White leadership.

*Mr. FRONEMAN:

I shall have something to say about White leadership later. I suppose there will be people who allege that I am advocating a one-party state consisting of the National Party and the destruction of the Opposition. Well, that is simply not the case. We of the National Party are democrats, and we need an Opposition. There is room for an Opposition, but then it must comply with two requirements. The first of those is that it should have a love for its own nation and fatherland—in other words, that White South Africa should come first. The second requirement is that it should be honest. The opportunistic game played by this Opposition in the recent election was a deplorable exhibition of dishonesty. Now they come with this story of White leadership, but this story was rejected in the recent election, because the voters know that it was dishonest, that it was not something in which one could believe. They know that this is an opportunistic game. There is, therefore, as I say, room for an Opposition in South Africa, but, as I have also said, that Opposition must be honest. There is a need in South Africa to-day for a good Opposition.

There can be no compromise in respect of the continued existence of White South Africa or the policy of separate development. Now we hear of the “re-thinking” which is in progress in the United Party, and the Press supporting it is also thinking aloud. They ask for a rethinking and for a compromise in respect of certain aspects of separate development. But an aspect in regard to which no compromise is possible is that the Bantu who are within the White area are here merely as immigrants or migrant workers. Their homeland is in the Bantu area, and there they must enjoy all their rights and privileges. There can be no compromise about that. That the development of the Bantu homelands can then be accepted as common cause, and that the colour question should be limited only to the Bantu in the White area—the so-called detribalized Bantu, as they like to call them—must be rejected because it does not reinforce the policy of separate development. This, therefore, offers no solution to the problem, but is merely a shifting of standpoint in favour of racial integration, because the White man does not have his own homeland yet, and the continued existence of the White man will not be ensured if the Bantu is to be integrated in his area.

There is a second aspect in respect of which there can be no compromise in regard to the policy of separate development. This is that the Bantu areas should remain there as the homelands of the Bantu and should be developed by the Bantu himself. Consequently, there can be no compromise in respect of the proposal that the Bantu areas should be developed by White capital, because racial integration will necessarily accompany it. The hon. member for East London (North) (Mr. Field) said this afternoon that—

Bantustans can only be a success if they became economically viable.

But this story that separate development can only succeed if the Bantustans can become economically viable is pure nonsense. We know that. We know the Basutoland, for example, is not economically viable, but it will receive its independence within a year or so, in spite of the fact that it is not economically viable. Why should our Bantu areas then be economically viable if we want to lead them to independence? I cannot understand it. Take Bechuanaland, which is much worse off than even Basutoland. It will never become economically viable. But if they are led to independence, that is no sin. Then they need not be viable, but the Transkei and the other Bantu homelands in South Africa must be viable!

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

What African state is economically viable to-day?

*Mr. FRONEMAN:

Yes, that is true. None of the African states is economically viable today. All of them are kept going with American aid or British aid.

*Mr. RAW:

Just as the Transkei will be kept going with Chinese aid!

Mr. FRONEMAN:

The hon. member also said that the development of the Transkei had failed. He intimated that only a few industries had been established there. But the test for determining whether our policy has succeeded is surely not how many industries were established. The test is how many Bantu regard the Transkei as their homeland and accept it as such, wherever they may work. That will indicate whether our policy is successful or not. Now I want to give the hon. member the assurance that by far the greater majority of the Bantu in the White areas do in fact accept the Bantu areas as their homelands. That is the test, and not how many industries have arisen there. As I say, the test is how many Bantu accept the Bantu areas as their homelands and do not demand social and economic rights in the White areas, but in their own areas.

With reference to the speech made by the hon. member for Zululand, I want to say something in regard to the borders of the Bantu areas. I want the hon. member to listen now. In Zululand he told the same story during the recent election that he has told here. In the first place, the hon. member ascribed certain words to the hon. the Prime Minister which the Prime Minister never used. The hon. member intimated that the Prime Minister said that all traditional Bantu land would become Bantu areas. To that he added that the whole of Zululand was traditionally inhabited by the Zulus and should therefore go back to the Zulus.

Mr. CADMAN:

I said that historically it belonged to them.

*Mr. FRONEMAN:

Let me now quote what the hon. the Prime Minister said in this regard. The hon. member could have read it for himself but he never does that. On 12 April 1962, Col. 3810, the Prime Minister said the following—

If the hon. member for South Coast were to say that approximately one-third of Natal will be handed over to the Bantu, that is one of those unfortunate acts which we have been talking about all these years, namely that there is such a large Bantu area in Natal. We are not creating a Bantu area there; it is there. When the hon. member causes confusion between Zululand in the broad sense, including the White and non-White areas, and Zululand in the sense that it is the area which is really claimed and occupied by the Bantu. I cannot help it if he confuses those two conceptions in order to make people suspicious. When we talk about the area of the Zulus which has to be managed by the Zulus, in other words, the area which falls under their territorial authority to-day, we are only dealing with the actual hereditary area of the Zulu as it exists to-day, and we know where its borders are.

That then is what the hon. the Prime Minister said. He also said—

The way in which Bantu areas can be consolidated is not to join all Bantu land together, wherever it may be, by purchasing all White-owned land in between and thus obtaining a unit.

That is the story which the hon. member told during the recent election in Zululand. The Prime Minister said—

The method is not, therefore, to deprive the White man of large sections of South Africa and to add those on to the Bantu area, but consolidation will take place by joining Bantu areas together by means of exchange and in co-operation with both White and Bantu.

That is surely very clear. I hope that the hon. member now thoroughly understands the matter and that he will remember it. But the hon. the Prime Minister continued and said (Col. 3927)—

I said very clearly that through the process of clearing up Black spots and the process of shifting small reserves, one would to a large extent be able to consolidate everything around the larger areas … If that is done, the large number of smaller Bantu areas will also disappear. If there are hon. members who say that we ever stated that one would be able to consolidate large reserves, e.g. the large areas which are Zulu areas in Southern Natal, and the large Zulu areas in Northern Natal, and to make them one area, then they are wrong or they are deliberately trying to cause confusion.

That is what the hon. member for Zululand alleged. This afternoon still he accused the hon. the Minister of Bantu Education of having said something in conflict with that. The hon. the Minister said in the first place that consolidation in one area was the ideal position. [Interjections.] He also said that unfortunately it was not possible everywhere. Therefore consolidation is done by clearing up Black spots in White areas and adding them to the Bantu areas. The process is, however, gradual and takes place in consultation with the Whites and the Bantu. That is what the Minister said. He also said that where it was not possible to consolidate everything in one area, there may be two or three or four Bantu areas for one population group, as in Natal, and that the Zulus may be given self-government over those areas. In regard to the exchange of areas there must always be consultation between the Bantu and the Whites. Now the Prime Minister has also said this. I want to quote what he said in Col. 3927 of Hansard of 13 April 1962—

I stated on a previous occasion that in the same way that it was not possible, when the state of Pakistan was established, to join together various large Mohammedan-Indian territories, and to make one territory of them, neither is it possible here. There government control is exercised to-day still over two areas which are separated from each other … We shall have to accept it as a basic problem that some of these Authorities will have control over various large areas, but their administration of them will be easier, because these areas are not as far apart as in the case of the similarly divided state of Pakistan.

That is what the hon. the Prime Minister said. It is therefore clear that there is absolutely no contradiction between what the Minister of Bantu Education and the Prime Minister have said. That hon. member said this afternoon “Leave the Bantu areas (alone) as they are”. Is that not fragmentation? Will it not be fragmentation if various small areas lie scattered all over the place? And what does the Natal Agricultural Union say about it? They say that they particularly want those areas consolidated because they want to protect the catchment areas about which the hon. member complained this afternoon.

I wanted to say something about the further aspect about which there can be no compromise, namely our policy of border industries, but I am afraid that my time has elapsed and I cannot go into that further.

Mr. OLDFIELD:

The hon. member for Heilbron (Mr. Froneman) has dealt with the Provincial Council results and has covered a wide field in regard to the reasons for those results. But we have had no indication at all as to how the R 110,000,000 surplus is going to be allocated. This being a Budget debate one would perhaps have expected a number of the Government members to discuss the present financial position. The hon. member for Heilbron also dealt with the question of the role the Opposition has to play. I can only say that the United Party, as the official Opposition, will fight back. We shall continue to fight for what is right and just. The hon. member also spoke about love for the fatherland. It is for that very reason that we on these benches believe that our fatherland should be kept as a whole and not be fragmented in terms of Government Party policy. It is the very love of that fatherland that will make the United Party continue to put forward a policy which indicates the just path to follow.

The great prosperity which it is claimed South Africa is enjoying at the present moment is not a prosperity which is being enjoyed by a large section of the community, a section which has made its contribution to the welfare of the country. One of the legs of the amendment moved by the hon. member for Constantia (Mr. Waterson) says—

To give more adequate assistance to the neediest class of pensioners.

I wish to address the House on this particular leg of the amendment particularly in regard to the announcements made by the hon. the Minister of Finance when he introduced his Budget. When I heard the surplus of R 110,000,000 I felt that the Minister of Finance could have been more generous. When we think of it in times of prosperity, in times of large surpluses, it is deemed unwise to put further financial assistance in the hands of the consumers and in the hands of the neediest group of all, because of the fear of inflation, it means that in difficult times those persons can expect even less in the form of assistance from the Government.

In this announcement the Minister of Finance dealt with the relaxation of the means test. I believe some progress has been made in this very important matter. It is a matter which members on this side of the House have pleaded for many years. We have pleaded for a more satisfactory basis on which the means test could be calculated. We have suggested that the ceiling of the income permitted should be raised; that the applicant for a social pension should be allowed to own more assets and the consolidation of the allowance with the basic pension so that the ceiling for the means plus pension limitation would automatically be raised. Naturally we on this side of the House are pleased to see that the Government have taken notice of those pleas of ours. We are pleased to see that the consolidation of the allowance with the basic pension has brought about a raising of the ceiling.

However, Sir, I did not intend dealing in great detail with the proposals put forward by the Minister of Finance in his speech as amending legislation will naturally come forward later in the Session, a Pension Laws Amendment Bill I presume, on which occasion we shall have an opportunity to discuss in greater detail the proposed amendments in regard to the means test. But I should like to deal with these proposed amendments in the light of the Government’s degree of generosity in affording some relief to those people who require some assistance from the State by means of a social pension. When one comes to analyse what these suggestions mean one finds that one important feature is the means plus pension limitation. Although some concession has been made in regard to the assets permitted, the free income permitted has only been increased by R1 per month. Previously the pensioner was allowed a free income of R15 per month. In terms of the proposals put forward by the Minister of Finance now, that free income will be raised to R16 per month. That is indeed a very small concession, although the over-all ceiling is to be raised because of the consolidation of the allowances with the basic pension from R26 per month to R42 per month. The question of the raising of the income limit is very important because the value of the income of the asset together with the income in excess of R15 per month brings about the means plus pension limitation which in turn affects the concessions which have been given in regard to the permissible assets. The hon. the Minister of Finance indicated when he introduced his Budget that the assets to be permitted would be raised from R2,400 to R5,600. On closer examination one finds that in actual fact R2,400 still remains the amount allowed in respect of assets because the income value of the amount over R2,400 is still taken into account. Although a person will be entitled to claim a full pension of R28 per month with assets up to R 5,600 we must remember that the amount of income from any other source must be below R16 per month i.e. R192 per annum. Consequently that small increase in regard to free income and the adjustment of the income limitation has brought about a restricting effect on the concession that has been given in respect of the assets that are permitted.

The White Paper sets out the position and says that an amount of up to R 10,800 as an accumulated asset would still entitle a pensioner to the minimum pension of R2 per month. That figure relates to the person having no other income whatsoever. I mention this point because a considerable number of people, on reading the Budget speech, would perhaps be under the impression that they would now qualify for a pension and would possibly be disappointed. Because of the limitation value in regard to income it means that, although a person is entitled to the minimum pension of R2 per month with assets up to R 10,800 and he has an income from another source in excess of R192 per annum, his pension would remain at R2 per month if he has an income in the R192 to R216 per annum bracket. This in turn means that he will be restricted to assets up to R7,200 and if his income is just over R192 per annum he will also qualify for R2 per month which is the minimum pension. Whereas had he had no income whatsoever he would have been entitled to a pension R20 per month. So you can see, Sir, that the limitation placed by this sliding scale does bring about a slightly different picture from the one gained in listening to the Budget proposals.

However, as I said earlier, we on this side of the House are naturally pleased and welcome any steps which show progress in relaxing the stringent means test which has been applied to applicants for social pensions in the past. Another important feature concerning the means test is the drop in the purchasing power of money and a decrease in the value of money. All the properties in the major municipalities have been re-valued which means that there will be some persons who were previously disqualified from receiving a pension and who will now receive a small portion. We naturally welcome that. The other aspects of the relaxation of the means test are important, I believe, when one takes into account cost of living. The hon. member for Hospital (Mr. Gorshel) quoted the various cost of living index figures to show how the cost of living had increased in recent times. In view of the increase in the cost of living a large percentage of our social pensioners will only receive an extra R1 per month. This will be the first increase they have had since 1 April 1963. The Coloured and Indian pensioners will only receive an additional 50c per month and the vast majority of them have not received an increase since 1 April 1963. The question of the adequacy of this pension to the neediest of our pensioners is one of the important legs of the amendment moved by the hon. member for Constantia.

I shall deal at a later stage with other aspects regarding these increases. I should just like to mention what I regard as important omissions in regard to the relexation of the means test. I think it is an anomaly that the income earned by a person over 70 years of age as an employee is not taken into consideration for the purposes of the means test but in the case of the person who is self-employed he is discriminated against in that the profit he derives from his business is taken into account and classified as income for the purposes of the means test. It is this particular class of person whom I thought would have received some consideration from the Government as the Government claims to be one which encourages initiative. Yet in the very instance of the person who is self-employed he is discriminated against. No concession seems to have been made in regard to those persons who are endeavouring to supplement their pensions by self-employment. The other omission in regard to the means test is that no consideration is given to the war veteran over 70 years of age apart from a increase in the means plus pension limitation which has been brought about by the consolidation of the allowances with the basic pensions. As far as the assets are concerned they appear to remain unchanged so the war veteran of over 70 years of age has received no concession.

This side of the House agree in principle with the deferred pensions. We think it is an excellent move in that it will encourage people to continue in employment. It seems, however, that certain difficulties can arise. For example, if a person deferred his application for a social pension for two years and then receives an additional R6 per month what would his position be if after a period of a year he once again recommenced employment? What would his position be if after another period of 12 months he re-applies for a pension? Would he then be entitled to a higher rate of his deferred pension or not? However, these are matters which could perhaps be dealt with at a later stage when the Minister of Pensions introduces legislation to give effect to the various concessions.

In terms of the present Budget the maximum pension will be increased from R27 per month to R28 per month. This is indeed a very small concession. I thought the Government would have seen fit to be far more generous to this deserving group of members of our community. It is estimated that the concessions to pensions in respect of the means test will involve the State in this financial year in a further R5,000,000. As far as the increase of R1 per month to the White pensioners and the 50c to the Coloured and Indian pensioners are concerned this will involve the Government in an increased expenditure of R2,000,000. Surely, Sir, it would not have caused any inflation had the Government seen fit to grant them at least R2 per month. That would have cost the country another R2,000,000. This would have greatly alleviated the plight of those pensioners who are fully dependent on their pensions as a means of livelihood.

The increase which has been granted is one which will be welcomed by the recipients but we must take into account that many of them have waited for a period of two years before receiving any increase. In terms of the figures given in 1964 in regard to those persons who received increases in 1963, 274,000 of the total number of 524,000 social pensioners of all races received an increase—the Whites R2.50 and the non-Whites a proportionate lesser amount. This represented 42,500 Whites i.e. one-third of the total number of White social pensioners, 62,650 Coloureds, i.e. 91 per cent of the Coloured social pensioners, 8,000 Indians, i.e. 73 per cent of the total number of Indian pensioners and 160,850 Bantu pensioners which represented 57 per cent of the Bantu pensioners. Therefore in effect it means that 274,000 social pensioners have not received an increase for a period of two years. They represent 52.5 per cent of the total number of social pensioners. When we take into account the increase in the cost of living, which the Government itself admits and which is causing consternation amongst the Ministers concerned, such as the Minister of Economic Affairs, we realize that this is a very minute increase indeed. In the case of the Coloured pensioners, who definitely fall into the category of the neediest of the needy, their increase is only 50c per month. I think this increase is scandalous in comparison with the surplus of R110,000,000.

The other 250,000 pensioners received an increase on 1 April, 1964. They received their increase a year later than those who were termed in 1963 by the Minister of Finance himself as the neediest of the needy. In terms of the Budget before us the neediest of the needy have only been granted a small amount of R1 per month or 50c per month in the case of the non-Whites, after a period of two years.

The other group who are affected by these proposals of the Minister of Finance are the Bantu pensioners. In their case the system is to be altered from 1 October, 1965. They are now all to be brought into one category receiving a pension of R44.40 per annum, or R3.70 per month. This in effect will bring about a reduction as far as the Bantu in the city areas are concerned although, I understand, they will not in actual fact have their pensions reduced, but that it will mean that all future Bantu pensioners in the city areas will receive R44.40 per annum instead of R47.40, i.e. a decrease of R3 per annum. The town Bantu will receive a slight increase and the rural Bantu will receive a considerable increase. The Government recognize the fact that cost of living in the cities is higher than in the rural areas. However in the case of the Bantu pensioners the Government have seen fit to reduce the rate of pension in the city areas.

I think the Government has once again lost a great opportunity in augmenting the manpower shortage when we think of the reservoir of labour which we have in the pensioners, although they are in the latter part of their years. They can still play an important part in the development of the country. The Government has once again lost an opportunity in not encouraging other pensioners to continue in employment. The social pensioner has been given this inducement to delay his application for a pension thereby qualifying for a higher pension but what about the civil and the Railway pensioners who are dependent on the policy of the Government in regard to the other civil pensioners. We find that their position is still restricted by a means test limit. There are many cases of civil and railway pensioners who are most anxious to continue to play a part in the labour market of this country but they are reluctant to do so due to the fact that they would sacrifice their temporary allowance. This temporary allowance which is payable to civil and railway pensioners and which can reach a maximum of R40 per month is a very important factor when they consider whether or not to take up employment. I might mention that a large number is involved. There are something like civil pensioners and 23,820 railway pensioners, i.e. nearly 44,000. They have served the State and are willing to continue to serve, not only the State, but to serve in the open labour market in the interests of the country. However, they are restricted by a means limit and in the case of a married person this limit is R150 per month and R75 per month in the case of a single person. This limit decidedly has a restricting influence and is certainly not an encouragement to these people to take up employment. I know of cases, which I know for a fact are genuine cases, where the persons are anxious to take up employment but when they come to work out the figures they find it is not worth their while doing so. When a person has qualified for a pension and receives a temporary allowance he has to take into consideration, when considering employment, whether he will score if he takes that employment but loses his temporary allowance. I know of a case where a person went on pension and received a pension of R116 per month. He qualified for a temporary allowance of R34 per month. That gave him R150 per month which is the means limit in the case of the civil pensioner. He was then offered part-time employment at R40 per month which he was most anxious to take. However, he was advised that if he should take up that employment he would automatically lose his temporary allowance of R34 per month. So in actual fact he would have been R6 per month better off. This can hardly be considered an inducement for these people to take up employment. When he takes up employment he has additional expense in regard to transport and better clothing and so forth. It is therefore not worth his while if he only scores R6 per month.

I think this was an ideal opportunity for the Government to have made a concession towards these people. If the Government want to be consistent when they say they want to encourage these people to play an important part in the labour market, they can be so by doing something concrete, by making a concession to these people, by raising that means limit as well so that those persons will be encouraged to continue to help to build up the country as they have done in the past.

*Mr. VOSLOO:

As little as the hon. member for Umbilo (Mr. Oldfield) followed up the remarks of the hon. member for Heilbron (Mr. Froneman) so little do I wish to follow up the remarks of the hon. member for Umbilo.

*Mr. MOOLMAN:

You cannot.

*Mr. VOSLOO:

It is easy to say “you cannot”. I shall come to the hon. member for East London (City) (Dr. Moolman). I want to refer to something that was said by the hon. member for Umbilo. At the start of his speech the hon. member said that as far as the speech of the hon. member for Heilbron was concerned he could give him the assurance that the United Party would continue to put its policy to the country and to convince the country that the policy of the United Party was the correct policy. This is more or less in conformity with the statement which he had yesterday afternoon from the caucus of the United Party by their Chief Whip. We do not resent this fact, Mr. Speaker. The United Party can continue to put their policy. But the United Party must also not resent the fact if, on each occasion, we expose them and explain to the electorate how the United Party is giving them wrong information. In this connection I want to refer to the speech made by the hon. member for King William’s Town (Mr. Warren) on 4 February, 1965, during the Second Reading debate on the Part Appropriation Bill. I do not want to reply to that speech at this stage but I just want to say this: The hon. member for King William’s Town chose the time for his speech in such a way that he made his speech just before the period for that debate expired and nobody could reply to him. On that occasion he replied to the hon. member for Edenvale (Dr. Koornhof) who said that land was not becoming any more plentiful. The hon. member for King William’s Town said: “Land is not becoming any more plentiful but it is this Government which is giving the little land we have to the destroyers of land—the Bantu.” These were statements made by the hon. member for King William’s Town during the past election campaign in that area. Unlike the case in other constituencies, he was successful in retaining King William’s Town but I want to tell him that we shall give the people in that area the correct information. What is the position? Is this Government giving away land to the destroyers of land—as the hon. member put it, to the Bantu—or are we simply giving effect to the provisions of the Bantu Trust and Land Act of 1936?

The hon. member is aware of the fact that under the 1936 Act provision is made for scheduled areas, demarcated land, to the extent of 10,729,433 morgen. The hon. member is also aware of the fact that quota land has been released. The idea was that a further 7,250,000 morgen of land should be purchased and certain land was released for that purpose, in other words, land which was released from the provisions of the Natives Land Act of 1913 which provided that no White land could be sold to a Bantu. Only 6,789,544 morgen of land was released and not 7,250,000 morgen. The hon. member for King William’s Town is aware of that fact. The hon. member ought also to know that there is no scheduled land nor is there any released land (oopgestelde grond) but 188,000 …

*Mr. BENNETT:

What is “oopgestelde grond”?

*Mr. VOSLOO:

Open land …

*Mr. BENNETT:

“Vrygestelde grond” (Released areas).

*Mr. VOSLOO:

“Vrygestelde grond” or “oopgestelde grond”. The term used in the 1936 Act is “oopgestelde grond”. I do not know whether the hon. member is aware of this fact. Mention is made of “open ground”. There were 188,660 morgen which did not fall into one of these categories but which formed black spots and which had to be cleared. This was Bantu land within White areas. The hon. member for King William’s Town had this to say—

I want to tell the House firstly that that corridor has surrounded completely the whole of the land that was scheduled in the 1936 Act. There is nothing left. The schedule has taken the lot but it has done something else. It has taken something approaching another 100,000 acres of that corridor which was never scheduled or released in the 1936 schedule.

The hon. member for King William’s Town ought to know that that is not true. I want to say this; No 100,000 acres of unreleased land was purchased in that area; neither was 50,000 acres purchased. Will the hon. member admit that?

*Mr. WARREN:

I shall deny it when I reply.

*Mr. VOSLOO:

I also want to tell the hon. member that 10,000 acres of land was not purchased either. Why, knowing what the position there is, did the hon. member try to give us the impression that 100,000 acres of land, which is not scheduled land, was purchased there in order to make that area Black? What was this hon. member trying to do? The hon. member was trying to create unrest as he was trying to do when he said that a bomb was going to burst and that the hon. the Minister would be responsible for it. I said by way in interjection that he was trying to make people afraid just before the election. I want to tell the hon. member that 100,000 acres of land was not purchased; there is not that much land available.

Mr. WARREN:

They purchased 100,000 acres which was land scheduled under the Act.

*Mr. VOSLOO:

Just listen to that, Mr. Speaker. I have here what the hon. member said. He says that this land was scheduled under the Act. Where does he get that from? The land which was scheduled was scheduled in 1913 and is mentioned repeatedly in the 1936 Act. And in 1936 that hon. member was a very strong supporter of the then Government which passed the 1936 Act. He is now trying to make out that we passed this legislation.

The hon. member made another wrong statement. He said that this Government wanted all the land lying to the west of the railway line from Berlin, I think. The hon. member also knows that that statement of his is not correct. Now he shakes his head. The hon. member was present at the meetings which were held. The farmers were never told that Bantu Administration and Development had to have the land to the west of the railway line. It was put to them that they should obtain the land on the southern side of the national road which is something completely different.

*Mr. HUGHES:

Which national road?

*Mr. VOSLOO:

The national road running from East London to King William’s Town via Berlin. The hop. member for King William’s Town says that it is the land to the west of the railway line, but the hon. member for Transkeian Territories (Mr. Hughes) does not know that part of the world. He should leave this matter to the hon. member for King William’s Town and myself.

Then the hon. member said that 200 farmers were being uprooted. He said that that corridor would be excluded in such a way that King William’s Town would become a White spot in a pitch black area. He spoke about the German settlement of Frankfurt and Brunswick. Does the hon. member know that there are still two released areas in the vicinity of Frankfurt, Braunschweig and Wiesbaden?

*Mr. WARREN:

What are the numbers?

*Mr. VOSLOO:

There are two released areas between those German settlements. They lie from Frankfurt via Wiesbaden to Braunschweig.

Mr. WARREN:

You do not know your geography.

*Mr. VOSLOO:

Does the hon. member deny this? If I am wrong I am prepared to stand up here in the House and apologize to the hon. member.

Mr. WARREN:

You will still have to do that.

*Mr. VOSLOO:

I shall apologize to him if there are not two released areas in that area, that area which is still White at present.

The hon. member made the further statement that the hon. the Minister was making that area so Black that the national roads would have to go through a Black area and that the power lines would have to do the same. This is through those 100,000 acres which has been made Black by this Government! The hon. member knows that the area from near Alice up to King William’s Town is an old Bantu area and that it has never ever been anything else.

Mr. WARREN:

What about Melitsha?

*Mr. VOSLOO:

I shall come to that. The hon. member is wasting my time. I shall discuss Melitsha with him at some other stage. The hon. member knows that that area has never ever been a White area. When I was a little boy I travelled through that area; the road ran through Bantu area. At a later stage they built a tarred road there. Think of the road through King William’s Town via Peddie to Grahamstown. The hon. member knows that when one leaves King William’s Town one travels through an old Bantu area until one crosses the Fish River bridge except for a short distance between the Keiskama and Peddie.

*Mr. WARREN:

No.

*Mr. VOSLOO:

Mr. Speaker, the hon. member cannot make me believe that his knowledge of King William’s Town is so poor. What is the policy? The hon. member is now seeking to make out—he also said this on the occasion I have mentioned—that this Government, at the request of Mantanzima, wants to join up the whole Bantu area of the Ciskei with the Transkei. The hon. member knows that the efforts that are being made are being made in order to clear that White corridor through to Stutterheim; there are a number of Black spots in the hon. member’s own district.

Mr. WARREN:

How many?

*Mr. VOSLOO:

I shall give the hon. member the number but my time is running short. He asks how many? He told us how Mooiplaas and Newlands had been trampled down and how much squatting there was there. The hon. member is aware of the fact that Mooiplaas and Newlands are both places which must be cleared, that they are both scheduled areas which have to be taken out and they can only be taken out if other land is given in compensation. The hon. member also says that released area No. 34, situated to the north of East London, has already been withdrawn and that other land has to be given in compensation. Mr. Speaker, it would be very easy to solve these problems of consolidation if we had people who were prepared to co-operate with us, as is the case of so many fanners’ associations. The fact which makes this problem so extremely difficult is that there are people like the hon. member for King William’s Town who—I cannot express it in any other way—sabotage one’s plans to bring about consolidation.

Mr. WARREN:

I hope I have.

*Mr. VOSLOO:

Is it necessary that we should have consolidation? I should like to quote to you, Sir, the finding of the Tomlinson Commission. I come now to the hon. member for East London (City). He is not here now but he was co-responsible for drawing up the Tomlinson Report. I hope that he still stands by it because he signed it. This is what they have to say on page 210, chapter 50, paragraph 14 (12) (translation)—

The present geographical pattern of the Bantu areas is so fragmented that the development programme as proposed by the commission cannot be given effect to properly in all respects. The commission accordingly came to the conclusion that it was necessary to have a policy which would aim at the consolidation of the areas and which would be based on the historical, logical home areas of the most important ethnic groups.

Business interrupted in accordance with Standing Order No. 23 and debate adjourned.

The House adjourned at 10.30 p.m.

THURSDAY, 1 APRIL 1965 Mr. SPEAKER took the Chair at 2.20 p.m. ESTIMATES OF EXPENDITURE FROM CONSOLIDATED REVENUE FUND

First Order read: Resumption of debate on motion for House to go into Committee of Supply and into Committee of Ways and Means (on taxation proposals).

[Debate on motion by the Minister of Finance, upon which an amendment had been moved by Mr. Waterson, adjourned on 31 March, resumed.]

*Mr. VOSLOO:

During the course of my speech yesterday evening I paid the hon. member for East London (City) (Dr. Moolman) a compliment by saying that he was a member of the commission of inquiry in connection with the socio-economic development of the Bantu areas. My attention has been drawn to the fact that it was not Dr. J. H. Moolman the hon. member for East London (City) who was a member of that commission but Professor Moolman. If I have done the hon. member any injustice by referring to him as a member of the commission, I withdraw my remarks and I apologize.

The hon. member for King William’s Town (Mr. Warren) asked me last night what released areas there were in the vicinity of Braunsweich. If he looks at the 1936 legislation he will see that released areas nos. 27 and 28 lie there. The hon. member also asked how many areas there are there which still have to be cleared up if the corridor from East London via Stutterheim through to Queenstown is to be made White. I want to tell him that there are at least six scheduled areas in that area. I do not know whether it is necessary to mention them for the hon. member. He ought to know this. They are Newlands, Kwelegha, Mooiplaas (in the district of East London) Umgwali and Wartburg (in the district of Stutterheim), and then there is also the Goshen Mission station in the district of Cathcart although I am not sure whether this has already been cleared up or not. There are still about 30 or more Black spots in that area, which have to be cleared up.

I do not have much time at my disposal. To sum up I just want to say this. Notwithstanding the opposition which we have had from the hon. member for King William’s Town it is the Government’s intention to develop and consolidate the Ciskei just as it is developing other Bantu areas. I want to tell the hon. member that it is not this Government which has created problems in that area. The problem there is age-old. The Bantu had their reserves there which were never White areas. The Black spots were there and it is this Government which will clear those Black spots and which will consolidate the position there. This was the recommendation of the Tomlinson Commission which I quoted to him last night. It does not avail us to try to frustrate this aim which the Government has set itself. It does not avail the hon. member for East London (North) (Mr. Field) to say that the policy of the Government has failed in this regard and that border industries are not being developed swiftly enough The opposite is the truth. That area has enjoyed a development over the past few years which has been unknown hitherto, and the inhabitants there are grateful. The Government is going to clear the Black spots but it must have land for exchange purposes in order to make those Black spots White. But when the hon. member says that so many and so many farmers have to be removed, I want to point out to the hon. member that Black spots are cleared and are then made available to White farmers. The Government will solve the problem there as painlessly as possible, but it will not allow itself to be put off by the hon. member for King William’s Town. There will be deliberations with interested farmers, in consultation with the agricultural unions. I want to make an appeal to the hon. member for Albany (Mr. Bennett). I know that we will be given his co-operation in this connection. He has given us some co-operation in this connection up to the present. I hope that he will continue to do so in the future and that he will not allow himself to be influenced by the hon. member for King William’s Town who in this case is playing directly into the hands of the Progressive Party against which he is continually warning us. If we leave the position as it is—the hon. member for Zululand (Mr. Cadman) also said here yesterday that the areas must remain precisely as they are—the Government will not be able to develop that area and so the problem cannot be solved because there will be the same intermingling there that there has been in the past. But now there is a ray of light at which the hon. member for King William’s Town has taken fright, and that is that we are beginning to receive the co-operation of the farmers themselves. The hon. member for King William’s Town said in a speech to which I also referred last night—

He … referring to the hon. the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development— He has caused a complete revolt and there are those who are anxious to sell, who have almost got those people to stampede in that part of the country.

He is not causing a “stampede”. Those farmers are approaching him in order to assist in the implementation of the policy of the Government to clear those Black spots, to consolidate the fragmented areas and to give the Government the opportunity to develop those areas as they should be developed.

Mr. WARREN:

I think I had better just reply to the question put to me this afternoon by the hon. member for Somerset East (Mr. Vosloo), rather than start with the questions he put yesterday. It is quite obvious that the hon. member has lost sight of the fact that there are such things as released areas and there are scheduled areas. Now it was never intended under any circumstances that the scheduled areas should be bought up. I will deal with that at a later stage.

When the hon. member referred to me as having said “He …”, then I want to say that I do not blame the hon. Minister at all. It is those people who are working for the hon. Minister who have stampeded a group of people into offering their farms who had no intention to sell and who do not want to sell. That is the position. However, I want to suggest to the hon. member for Somerset East that he has been very badly briefed on the subject he dealt with. First of all he must be well aware of the fact that we have got to take advantage of time and opportunity in this House to present our case. He knows that I placed a notice of motion on the Order Paper to discuss this matter, but when I found that I was 28th on the list, notwithstanding the fact that I had handed my motion in before anybody else, I found that I would have no opportunity to discuss the subject.

Mr. VOSLOO:

Blame your own Whips.

Mr. WARREN:

I do not blame my own Whips at all. I blame the Government, and they have got to take the blame for it. My Whips were extremely good to me. They allowed me the opportunity to discuss the matter on the Part Appropriation Bill, and if it so happened that I discussed the matter when the hon. member did not have the opportunity to reply to it, well, blame the House.

The hon. member went on to suggest certain misrepresentations by me in respect of this whole matter, as did the hon. the Minister and I intend to reply to each of those categorically. He told us that the Government is only carrying out the 1936 Act. Now where in the Act of 1936 is there any suggestion of consolidation into an independent Bantustan? At no time was it suggested in the 1936 legislation that that should happen. Then he goes on to question my accuracy in regard to the land to be bought. I want to repeat what I said because I think it is necessary that the House should get this completely straight. The hon. Minister sent one of his officials down there to tell us what land he wanted. It had evidently been selected in Pretoria, and he came down to tell us what was wanted, and he wanted Frankfort, Wiesbaden, and he wanted Izini, Braunschweig, and he wanted land at Alice and at Peddie. That was what we were told at five different meetings. What we objected to is this, that we were told that the Minister’s Department wanted this land and that if we were not prepared to give them that land it was up to us to find compensating land. We realized that certain compensating land had to be found, but I will go on to illustrate to the Minister that we found all the land that we could possibly grant him in that corridor. What I objected to, and the Minister knows it, in private conversations (I do not want to deal with that now), but it was also stated categorically that the hon. the Minister would not interfere with the catchments and the water resources that serve East London, King William’s Town and the other towns in that area, and if the area as claimed by the Minister’s representative is taken by the Native Affairs Department, it takes the complete area on which those waters are dependent in respect of those towns.

The hon. member for Somerset East told us that the hon. Minister wanted no land west or north. Sir, he has got his whole geography mixed up. These are definitely west of Kei Rd. and Amabele. It is the whole of that section of country comprising that catchment. Again I say that the hon. the Minister will be ill-advised to embark upon that plan. But, Sir, there is this fact that if he does not take that land, he still leaves the border corridor in a dangerous position, whereby the railway line on the one side, the national road, all telegraph communications and all power lines will be running through Black territory. Sir, are we to be at the mercy of the hordes that he is going to put into that country in the future? The hon. the Minister is wrong in doing things like those he is trying to do in that corridor.

I indicated to the hon. member for Somerset East just now that the hon. the Minister had released numerous areas of land, and I was questioned on the position of the land that had been released, on which the Government had options, and so on. Let us get this straight. Released area has gone over to Government control. Do not let us make any bones about it. Once this Parliament has released an area, it goes over to the Government. Those farmers can do nothing about it. Other than to sell out to the Government or to sell to each other, perhaps on a speculative basis. To confirm the figures that I have given, I want to say that the hon. Minister has taken or has released the whole of the area between Fort Jackson and Arnoldton, that is at Umdanzani. He has taken the whole of Potsdam, the whole of Mxesha, he has taken the whole of the Mt. Coke farms on the western boundary of the Buffalo River, he has taken the whole of Welcome Wood farms and he has bought farms right down to Chalumna. The hon. Minister cannot deny it. The hon. member there talks in terms of 10,000. Mr. Speaker, is the Government not ashamed of the fact that it released these areas years ago and that it has got anything from 150 to 200 farms, the farmers sitting there waiting to be bought out. They can do nothing about it. And when they have been bought out, there is nothing that this Government is prepared to do about them. But added to that I want to remind the hon. member for Somerset East, that the farm Fort Merriman was bought. That was never a released area until that time, that he created a Black spot in the midst of the European area. You have the two farms that were bought in the Chalumna River, from the late Senator Malcomess, you have the six farms adjoining Mooiplaas, which were bought to relieve the position of squatters in the Komgha District. But what happened? The Native Affairs Department went and collected 72 families from Chalumna and put them into the Komgha District. It bought Dank den Goeverneur, which was not a released or a scheduled farm, creating a new Black spot on the western side of the Keiskamma River. I want to remind that hon. member that it is not 10,000 but at least 30,000 or 40,000 morgen that have already been bought, and at least another 50,000 acres are scheduled or in the process of being purchased by this Government. These are figures which cannot be denied. That is, excluding the Alice section and the Peddie section, in respect of which the hon. the Minister is making demands.

The hon. member for Somerset East was only putting up a smoke-screen. The significance of the motion that I put before the House and the request that I made to the Minister at the time was that he should clear the Border area of that corridor of the countless thousands of illegal squatters that were to be found in that area.

Mr. FRONEMAN:

That is quite a different matter.

Mr. WARREN:

I repeat that there are thousands of them and the hon. Minister is doing nothing now. He has had reports from his officials day after day and the position is becoming unbearable to the people living in that area.

Mr. FRONEMAN:

You know that that is not true.

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member must withdraw that.

Mr. FRONEMAN:

I withdraw.

Mr. WARREN:

I want to put the parallel to the hon. the Minister. If that was in Cape Town or in any of the cities of South Africa, those would be regarded as redundant labourers, or labourers who have lost their employment. And where are they sent to? They are sent to the Transkei or wherever they came from. But because it happens in the corridor, the Minister calls upon us to find land for them, to turn them all into peasant farmers. The hon. Minister knows that that is true. The officials with whom I discussed the matter told me that they cannot find the land. But can the hon. the Minister stand up and tell me now that any of these Natives that are to be found in the corridor differ in any way from those down in Cape Town? These in Cape Town can be sent back, but those must have land in our midst, and the Europeans must surrender land to them. That is one of the smoke-screens the hon. member is putting up.

There is another extremely important item, but before I proceed with that, may I remind the hon. the Minister that it has been the boast of this Government when it took over office in 1948 that it would rid us of squatters. Here is a pamphlet issued in 1949 “Fruits of the National Régime” and it mentions “an Act to prevent unlawful squatting”. And many of the other pamphlets have got exactly the same thing: “This Government will see to it that squatters will not be allowed in your midst”. So you go on. But where the real smoke-screen comes in, is in the following. We are suspicious, and can the hon. the Minister blame us if we are suspicious? The hon. member for Somerset East and the hon. member for Heilbron surely cannot blame us for being suspicious. They expect our co-operation, but here is a statement issued by the hon. Minister as late as 1964—

Nel Confirms: Transkei and Ciskei to be one.

And this is what the hon. Minister said—I quote “The Government’s aim is to consolidate the Transkei and the Ciskei into one Bantustan with the capital as Umtata, the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development, Mr. M. D. C. de W. Nel told me this week”.

No target date had been set for the amalgamation of the territories, nor was it possible to give any idea at this stage when the incorporation would take place.

And this is significant—

“But it was part of the Government’s Bantustan plan, and there was no intention to deviate from it, said Mr. de W. Nel.”

No deviation from the consolidation of the Ciskei and the Transkei, with a link between the two. Sir, we have the right to be suspicious, until such time as the hon. the Minister can get up and tell us that that European area is not expendable, we will not be satisfied.

When we come to his corridor, one appreciates that he came down there and said: “Well, there will be a corridor to the north and there will be a corridor to the south.” But where? When I questioned that particular item. I was told that there would be a corridor through what is known as the Mantindo’s over-crossed aerodrome, over to meet a road that is to be built from Maclean Town to the north. Is that what the hon. Minister means? Because if he means that, it is not going to fit the bill. That means he is going to take the land which constitutes the catchment area of the whole area of the Buffalo River. We plead with the hon. the Minister: Put us at ease, and if he does that he will get all the cooperation that he wants. But leave our catchments alone, give us a reasonable corridor, give us a reasonable no-man’s land between those Natives and us. because the hon. Minister knows that no Native knows any boundaries, and if he is going to make the railway line the boundary and the national road running through the area and all the power lines, he is courting serious danger to all the Europeans in that corridor.

*Mr. J. A. MARAIS:

The hon. member for King William’s Town Mr. Warren) will forgive me if I do not deal with what he has said because there are other and more important matters I wish to discuss.

During the last week, the United Party was searching for excuses as to why it lost four seats to the National Party in Natal. I hear the hon. member for Zululand saying that the policy of the United Party really won, but that the party itself lost. I have seen other statements in which it was said that it was due merely to a lack of organization. Well, they can still overlook places such as Jeppes and Port Elizabeth (Central) and Cape Town (Gardens), but not Durban and Pietermaritzburg and Zululand. That is not something from which the United Party will ever get away.

The reason why the United Party lost those seats is obvious, but they do not want to recognize it. They have been told this many times, but they do not want to accept it. The United Party wants Natal to live in the past. They do not want Natal and the English-speaking people there to have a share in the present and the future of South Africa. But Natal wants it. The English-speaking people of Natal want to have a share in the future of South Africa together with the Afrikaans speaking people in the rest of the country. That is why the United Party has lost the support of those people. That is why the English-speaking people in Natal are seeking refuge with the National Party. When I say the reason is that Natal wants to live in the present and the future and not in the past, then I am only repeating what has already been said in Natal, and perhaps more authoritatively than I can say it. Therefore I should like to quote what was written in the Natal Mercury in order to prove what I am saying here.

*Mr. MILLER:

Read the Springs pamphlet.

*Mr. J. A. MARAIS:

I want to quote what the Natal Mercury wrote in a leading article—

No doubt in its own esteem the United Party believes that it has good reason to pat itself on the back, but the majority of voters in Natal who are not particularly addicted to forms of political idolatry find this practice more than a little sickening.

More in sorrow than in anger we feel it necessary to pass what some may regard as harsh criticism. The mumbo-jumbo of political doctrinaires may go down well on the platteland, but in Natal it cuts no ice. This province wants to live in the present and the future, not the past …

It is not that this province is hostile to the United Party …

Now listen—

But it is not prepared to tolerate the oxwagon mentality of some of its leaders …

“The ox-wagon mentality of some of its leaders.” Then it continues—

Natal’s demand is for a Government that is in touch with the common people and the everyday realities of life; that adheres to democratic, not autocratic, principles … In the past week, if it has illustrated anything at all, it has been shown that the United Party is still living in the clouds. In its own interests it is high time that it came down to earth of its own accord before it is dragged down by a thoroughly dissatisfied electorate.

This is an unbelievable prophecy, because it was written on Wednesday, 15 October 1947. In 1947 this is what the people of Natal were already telling the United Party: Take us out of the past, bring us into the present, and accept the future with us. But the United Party was powerless to do so. Sir, just as little, or even less, than it was able in 1947 to accept the present and the future of South Africa, has it been able since our becoming a Republic to accept the new reality of South Africa. That is why this breakthrough has taken place in Natal, in regard to which the United Party is so terribly concerned. Because in the first place the realities of South Africa demand not only a single patriotism and allegiance to the Republic. That is very important, but it is not all. It also demands a recognition of the real situation with which we are faced in South Africa and of its important constituents.

One of the most important constituents of the real situation with which we are faced in South Africa is that there are national and racial differences as the result of which the South African population cannot become a single community or nation. That is what the United Party refuses to accept. That is the reality it refuses to accept and which to-day still brands it with an ox-wagon mentality in the same way as it was branded in 1947 by the Natal Mercury. It does not want to accept the fact that we are not a single nation or community. It wants to go back to the days of the old British Colonial Government, when all “loyal subjects” were regarded as members of one community which had a political share in South Africa, as it was expressed in the 1854 constitution of the Cape Colony.

It is still the object of the United Party to try to establish a multi-racial community in South Africa in these times when it is clear to everyone from the evidence we have had from all over Africa that a multi-racial community cannot exist, that there cannot be any such thing—the evidence of Kenya, of the former Central African Federation, of Tanganyika, of Zanzibar, where Whites did not come into conflict with Blacks, but other races. That is what is proved by every happening in Africa. Those are the facts, but the United Party will not admit them. It still wants to live in the past. It still wants to bluff us that we should apply this multi-racial theory in South Africa. It does so with all the piousness and cleverness with which it was introduced in the rest of Africa, and it wants to tell us that it will not have the catastrophic results here which it had there.

This object of theirs, in whichever way one looks at the policy of the United Party and this race federation plan of theirs, and if one strips it of all the trimmings, is simply directed towards the establishment of a single community in South Africa which will include all races and nations.

In the beginning of the year the hon. the Leader of the Opposition came along with a new slogan. He changed his slogan of former years, and instead of saying, as he had done previously, “White leadership for the foreseeable future”, this year he said: “White leadership over the whole of South Africa.” Last year and the year before it was the time factor he emphasized—“for the foreseeable future”; this year it is the territorial factor he emphasizes. Well, I have already heard about “trading space for time” in military strategy, but I have never yet heard of “trading time for space” as he has now done. When the hon. the Prime Minister asked the Leader of the Opposition what he meant by “White leadership”, he said, “It is control”, and when the Prime Minister asked him: “How do you get that control in terms of your race federation plan?” he said: “You have it now.”

Therefore what the United Party wants to tell South Africa is that the situation we have here to-day is White control in terms of his race federation plan. White control, they pretend, is equal to the status quo in South Africa, a word of which the hon. member for North-East Rand (Brig. Bronkhorst) is so fond. But the status quo we have in South Africa to-day was brought about in 17 years of Nationalist government, particularly to recognize the existence of separate communities in South Africa, and to promote their development. That is why there is racial classification, as the basis of the recognition of racial and national differences. That is why we have group areas separation, why we have separate universities, and that is why we have separate Voters’ Rolls for Whites and Coloureds. Those are the essential components of the present position in South Africa. And the United Party surely knows that it does not want to maintain this status quo. It does not want to preserve these measures. It wants to repeal these measures— and this is important, and I challenge any member of the United Party to give me another reason—because these measures are in conflict with the United Party’s conception of one community, one nation, for South Africa. Because that is what it wants, it wants to repeal these measures, and in the place of it the United Party wants to restore mixed universities in South Africa and reintroduce the Common Voters’ Roll for Whites and Coloureds, and it wants to allow mixed residential areas again, and to repeal the group areas segregation.

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

Surely you are not stating it correctly.

*Mr. J. A. MARAIS:

As the corollary of that philosophy and those conditions it wants to create, the United Party wants to establish a multi-racial Parliament in South Africa, and in the long run it wants to have a multi-racial Government here. [Interjection.] The United Party does not try to deny the fact that it is its policy again to have mixed universities and Common Voters’ Rolls and mixed residential areas, but it tries to deny that its policy will lead to a mixed Parliament and a multi-racial Government. The hon. member for Hillbrow (Dr. Steenkamp) was so loud in his denial, and I want to call him as a witness to what his leaders themselves said, and I want to begin with the hon. member for South Coast (Mr. D. E. Mitchell), who is not here now. Note the date. It was in September 1961, before the election, when he held a meeting in Durban and said the following, according to the Star

Mr. Douglas Mitchell, leader of the United Party in Natal and candidate for South Coast, said last night that if the United Party were returned to power it would give elementary training to certain Natives with a view to their ultimately entering Parliament under the party’s plan for racial federation.
*Mrs. S. M. VAN NIEKERK:

Surely it is not true that he said that.

*Mr. J. A. MARAIS:

On 4th October, at another meeting, according to the Transvaler, he said the following at Scottburgh—

According to Mr. Mitchell, the first representatives will be Whites. The Bantu will, however, eventually elect their own representatives.
*Mrs. S. M. VAN NIEKERK:

Untrue.

*Mr. J. A. MARAIS:

If it is not true, why did the hon. member for South Coast never reply to the very simple question put to him by the hon. member for Pietermaritzburg (City) (Mr. Odell)? Why did he not say then that it was not true? Dr. Carel de Wet got up in this House on numerous occasions and asked the United Party: “Give us a guarantee that you will not bring Blacks here,” and there was no sound from the Opposition benches, just as there is no sound now. But I want to come to the hon. member for Yeoville (Mr. S. J. M. Steyn). On 5 December 1961 the Star published a leading article in which it said this—

Hitherto it has been assumed that all these representatives would be White and that the Cabinet drawn from the national Parliament would, of course, be all White too. Now there are strong indications, not least from what Mr. Marais Steyn has said in a recent interview, that the party leadership is trying to get its local bodies to agree that each race should send its own people to the Central Parliament, thus creating, in Mr. Steyn’s words, a multi-racial Government.

Not a multi-racial Parliament, but a multiracial Government. Now I ask the hon. member for Yeoville whether he ever refuted that leading article in the Star. No, he never denied it. The Star not only referred to a multiracial Parliament but to a multi-racial Government, and the hon. member for Yeoville never denied it. That was on 5 December 1961. On 12 December 1961 the official organ of the United Party, the Sunday Times, that great authority on the United Party, published a front-page report: “United Party plans a multi-racial Parliament,” and then the report says—

United Party policy will lead eventually to a racially mixed Parliament, but power will be retained in the hands of the White group for the foreseeable future. This emphatic statement was made by United Party spokesmen this week after the first of a series of post-election meetings to review the party’s programme.

It was therefore a review of their former policy. What does this report in the Sunday Times say further—

The deduction that the members of the different race groups would ultimately be able to elect M.P.s from their own group is inherent in the whole concept of race federation.

But listen to this—

So is the idea of a racially-integrated Parliament, Government and Cabinet.
*An HON. MEMBER:

What is Sannie saying now?

*Mr. J. A. MARAIS:

We know what happened in the beginning of the year when the Sunday Times gave an exposition of United Party policy with which the United Party did not agree. Then the Leader of the Opposition got up in this Parliament and stated that they did not agree with what was published by the Sunday Times. This was a front page report in 1961 and I challenge any member of the Opposition to prove to me that what was written here was ever denied by the United Party. It was not denied because it is part of the United Party’s whole philosophy to establish one community in South Africa, and one cannot escape the conclusion that if one wants to establish a single community in South Africa one must have the representatives of each of these racial groups in this Parliament. It is just the simple consequence of the United Party’s whole view of South Africa. Because that is the basic standpoint of the United Party, the Leader of the Opposition told Mr. Clive van Ryneveld at the time when he wanted to join the Progressive Party: Remain in the United Party, because here you can express your principles just as well as in any other party. And he told him that as a Progressive. [Interjections.] There is the hon. member for Hillbrow (Dr. Steenkamp). I challenge him. Show me the denials of what was published in these newspapers as the authoritative statements of the Leader of the United Party in Natal and of the hon. member for Yeoville. And now I finally want to quote what the Leader of the United Party himself said. Remember, this was in the beginning of December 1961 when the Sunday Times published this report, and on 7 May 1962 the Leader of the Opposition addressed a meeting in De Aar. Remember that all these statements had been made that the United Party would establish a multi-racial Parliament and Government and what does the Leader of the Opposition say on the one occasion he then had either to confirm or to deny these things? He spoke about the advantages of this race federation plan of theirs and said—

It will contribute to the immediate relaxation of racial tension by providing for the participation of all races in the machinery of Government on the administrative as well as the legislative level.

But that is not all. He said, further—

It will not merely be representation without participation in executive and administrative functions.

The hon. member for Pinelands (Mr. Thompson), who has so much to say, should tell us how one can participate in the executive functions of a state without sitting in the Cabinet of that state. No less a person than the Leader of the Opposition put his official stamp of approval on all these statements I have read out on 7 May 1962.

For the United Party to pose to-day as the people who stand for White leadership is nonsense. I say that the whole philosophy and policy and struggle on the part of the United Party do not differ one iota from the British colonial policy which resulted in so much misery and disaster in the rest of Africa. The United Party wants to put South Africa back on a road which South Africa has irrevocably deserted under the leadership of the National Party. It wants to put South Africa back on the old road of integration, and that is why the English-speaking people of South Africa are no longer prepared to be taken in tow by the United Party. That is why the English-speaking people of Natal and the rest of South Africa will join the National Party in growing numbers “to live in the present and the future, not in the past”, as the editor of the Mercury told the United Party. They will come to the National Party in order, together with their Afrikaans-speaking fellow-citizens, to build a future and not go back to the past, a future of which the United Party cannot know anything because it just wants to live in the past.

Mrs. SUZMAN:

Mr. Speaker. I hope the hon. member for Innesdale (Mr. J. A. Marais) will forgive me if I do not enter into his private fight with the United Party. Judging by the cries of dismay from this side, I feel sure that somebody else from the Official Opposition will take up his challenge. I want to deal with another matter altogether, but before I do that I cannot allow to pass without reply the remarks made by the hon. member for Peninsula (Mr. Bloomberg) a couple of days ago about the recent election and the part played by the Progressive Party in fighting the Coloured seats. I am sorry the hon. member is not here, but I have no doubt that his Whip will convey my remarks to him.

The hon. member for Peninsula was indignant that the Progressive Party should have put up candidates in the Coloured seats, and he seemed to think that there was some moral implication about this. Now why it should have been all right for himself and his colleagues to represent Coloureds in this House for all these years and then it is immoral for the Progressive Party to do so, is beyond me. As far as I know, there is no personal monopoly in regard to any seat in this country, and according to the ordinary democratic procedure at elections, any party is entitled to put up candidates for the seats that are offering. We did so in the normal constitutional way and won those seats in the normal way. I must tell the hon. member, too, that not only is there no monopoly in regard to seats, but seats are not hereditary; they cannot be handed down from father to son. I also want to tell the hon. member that he has lost touch with the Coloured voters entirely. Perhaps if he had played a more active part in the election he would have realized how the Coloured voters are thinking these days. They have opted to support the policy of the party I represent, and not any promises we made, because we made no wild promises. We stated our policy, as every party does at election time. No more is the Official Opposition able to implement its promises or its policy than we are, so clearly it is absurd for the hon. member to take exception to the fact that we placed our policy before the Coloured electorate, which was accepted by them. They voted against race discrimination, and in so doing they voted against the Government as well as against the official United Party candidates. But mostly they voted for our party because we offered them not patronage but the hand of friendship which they have accepted. We offered them not protection against racial competition but equal opportunities on a non-racial basis, and they were quite prepared to accept the fact that ours is a qualified franchise party and not a party which offers universal franchise. The Coloured have therefore shown a clear preference for our party in these elections and I have the highest regard for their courage in demonstrating this preference, because in so doing they not only stood out against intimidation from the Government, veiled threats and intimidation, but they also withstood the blatant “swart gevaar” propaganda which I regret to say was used by at least one of the candidates. That is what I have to say in reply to the hon. member for Peninsula.

I now want to come to the main matter I intend raising this afternoon, and that is to try and trace the most extraordinary new example of this Government’s compulsive urge to interfere with the most ordinary activities of the citizens of this country. I refer to these new bans on multi-racial entertainment in South Africa. It was of course quite inevitable that this would have to come. Last year when I had a private member’s motion on civil rights before the House, in which, needless to say, nobody supported me, I pointed out that this sort of interference was quite obviously the sort of line which the Government had to take; that South Africa more and more was becoming a country subject to officials issuing permits and refusing permits and renewing permits and withdrawing permits, with all the normal activities of life completely at the mercy of officialdom. But until fairly recently there were certain accepted exceptions from what I call Government by ukase in this country, and the exceptions involved also multi-racial entertainment in this country.

The legal position I think is fairly clear, although to get clarity out of the Group Areas Act is a matter of great difficulty. But certainly under the original Group Areas Act of 1950, the casual presence of disqualified persons in an area set aside for groups other than their own, was in fact tolerated under the law. In 1957 the position changed when the Government amended the Group Areas Act and took unto itself powers to prohibit by proclamation even the casual attendance of so-called disqualified persons, except by way of permit, at places of public entertainment or at restaurants or cafés for the purpose of partaking of refreshment or being in a club for the same reason. This power by proclamation has in fact been used on several occasions since 1957, but mainly in so far as cinemas are concerned, and where restaurants and clubs are concerned, for the purpose of partaking of refreshments. That means that until recently there was a large variety of places of public entertainment such as theatres, concert halls, civic centres, sports stadiums, amusement parks, show grounds and racecourses, where multi-racial entertainment could and in fact did take place without any need for obtaining a permit. The discretionary right to allow or disallow multi-racial attendances at these places was left entirely in the hands of the owners of these places. That is why there has always been in South Africa a great variation in practice from town to town and from province to province. For instance, in Johannesburg the City Hall may not be used for multi-racial audiences. In Cape Town this has always been allowed, and the same applies to Durban and to various other parts of the Cape Province. The so-called tradition to which hon. members opposite refer in fact does not exist at all, because there have been so many variations of custom over the years. Last August, however, there was a new turn in the whole trend of events. A cloud no larger than a man’s frown appeared on the horizon, the frown of the hon. the Prime Minister, before which I might add, Rotarians quail and lesser mortals have been known to faint dead away. But this frown appeared, and the Prime Minister made a statement at a Nationalist Party Congress when he talked about this traditional way of life in South Africa as far as multi-racial audiences are concerned. Since then that enunciation of policy was actually used with the force of law on two occasions that we know of, the Luxurama incident being one. Since then we have had further action being taken, and on 16 January in this House, we had first of all a long verbose statement by the hon. the Minister of the Interior enlarging on this so-called traditional policy as enunciated by the Prime Minister. He did so in reply to a question put by the hon. member for Orange Grove (Mr. E. G. Malan). He talked about transitional periods during which time multi-racial attendances would be allowed until new venues could be found and adequate facilities could be provided. He said that non-White audiences at certain international matches would be permitted but if such events could be repeated, they would not be admitted, and so on. Since then we have had the appearance of Proclamation R.26 of 12 February, and it is no exaggeration to say that the whole world of public entertainment in South Africa has been in a state of utter chaos and consternation since the appearance of this proclamation.

Mr. B. COETZEE:

Do you expect us to submit to that silly organization called Equity?

Mrs. SUZMAN:

The Equity incident came long afterwards. I have just been tracing the absurd history of what has been going on in this country since Proclamation R.26 made its appearance. We have had a sort of Nationalist variety of the Mad Hatter’s tea-party. That is the only way I can describe the events which have been going on in this country ever since then. Proclamation R.26 now enables the Government to implement to the full the amendment passed in 1957, and with the quaint exception of people being allowed to enter premises for which they are disqualified persons, provided they do not partake of refreshment sitting down—this appears to have some special significance. It would appear that the 1957 amendment has now been fully implemented because it not only applies to cinemas but it applies generally to all places of public entertainment. Now this is the difficulty with this incredible proclamation. It is impossible to know what it means, because first of all there is no definition that I know of in the original Group Areas Act or in any of the amending Acts which defines what is meant by a place of public entertainment. We have had ministerial statements, of course, and in fact we had one from the Minister of Community Development himself, who was kind enough, with a note of realism I might add, at least, to inform us that political meetings did not fall under the umbrella of public entertainment. How right he is about that one! Secondly, nobody is clear as to what the real point at issue is. What is the deciding criterion which operates in the ministerial minds when they make their decisions? We do not know whether it is what the Minister of the Interior originally said, that it is just to prevent the presence of mixed audiences. We do not know whether the point at issue is to stop Coloured performers appearing before White audiences, or vice versa. We do not know whether the point at issue is the provision of adequate separate facilities at the actual place of entertainment. We do not know whether the point at issue is whether the entertainment can in fact be repeated or not, such as an international match or a club match, or whether it is the existence or otherwise of adequate facilities for the different racial groups in their own areas. Indeed, every one of these different criteria has in fact been used since Proclamation R.26 appeared in the Gazette.

So it appears that we have six different criteria. We do not know which takes precedence over the others, or whether it is a combination of these factors, or what it is that is the real deciding factor. Not only have we six criteria but to add to our confusion, we have four separate Ministers to deal with. It would have appeared from the first statement by the Minister of the Interior that he was going to be the guiding spirit in all this, because he actually mentioned his own name in the statement. He said that interim provisions would be made until the Minister of the Interior decides otherwise. In fact, he has become a very unimportant entity now. It now seems to devolve on two Ministers, on the Minister of Planning if the venue happens to be in a controlled area, and on the Minister of Community Development if it happens to be in a proclaimed group area. Now the Minister of Bantu Administration floats about in all this in some ephemeral way and I am not too sure where he comes in, but in one of the statements, it was said that where Bantu were concerned, he would be the Minister who would make the decision. So we have six criteria and four Ministers, adding tremendous confusion to an already vastly confused situation. I have here a veritable forest of cuttings to show how these different Ministers have been making different decisions, and each time they have used a completely new criterion for deciding. In six weeks only, the Minister of Planning has had 73 applications and the Minister of Community Development. 306. The Minister of Planning has granted 34, refused two, and is still considering 37, and I have no doubt that more applications have come in since I put this question to the Minister last week. The Minister of Community Development, busy little bee that he is, has granted 178 permits and refused 104. and he is still considering 24, although I have no doubt that he also has more to consider now. But the point I want to make is that all these decisions are ad hoc decisions, all by grace and favour of permits granted by Ministers who do not have to give any reasons whatever for granting or refusing a permit. For example, the Wanderers Club in Johannesburg was forbidden to allow non-Whites to attend a football match, although always at the Wanderers there have been separate stadiums, separate entrances, separate toilets, etc. At Hartleyvale in Cape Town non-Whites were allowed to attend a football match. In Durban, at the Kingsmead Soccer Ground and the King’s Park Rugby Grounds, both situated in proclaimed White areas, they were allowed to admit non-Whites. Nobody knows who decides in the case of race meetings where you have non-White jockeys riding horses. God knows whether that is considered multi-racial entertainment or not.

Now there are other events which are classified as “public entertainment”, where we have the same absurd confusion. We have had the Maynardville incident and the Red Cross parade, where there were 40 schools involved, some of the children coming from Coloured schools. That was forbidden. The Community Carnival, however, was granted a permit at Maynardville. At the Rand Show now only five days are set aside for non-White attendance. All cultural events are now in a turmoil. The Selborne Hall in Johannesburg, which was always open to non-White audiences, is now closed to them. The City Hall in Cape Town may have non-White audiences, provided separate facilities are provided. As for social events, heaven knows what happens to the poor promoters of social events. The use of the Woodstock Town Hall has been denied to the Marion Institute and the St. Philip’s Church, both of which wanted to hold functions there, for Coloured people only, not with Whites too, but because Woodstock is now a proclaimed White area, they were forbidden to have those functions. Finally we had what I consider to be a most shaming incident, the St. Dunstan’s incident, where permission was refused to hold a mixed banquet for ex-servicemen, men who have been blinded in the service of this country. They were not allowed to attend a mixed banquet, and when those Coloured ex-servicemen were given facilities for a separate banquet, the chairman was not allowed to attend because he was a White man, and we had the shaming incident of one of the Ambassadors having to stand outside the doorway to read a message to the ex-servicemen who were Coloured. I think that is absolutely disgraceful. If ever there was a case of confusion worse confounded, it is +Tis unbelievable muddle over Proclamation 1.26. I do not believe the Government has even begun to understand the implications of what it is doing. The hon. member for Vereeniging mentioned Equity. That is the tip of the ice-berg, let me tell him. After this we are going to be in trouble with every international body, with the Red Cross, with St. Dunstans, with boy soccer organizations. with girl guides, with rugby organizations and soccer organizations. All those organizations are going to have something cruel to say about this country, and I might add with very good reason indeed.

Mr. B. COETZEE:

If they want to mix in politics, they have only themselves to blame.

Mrs. SUZMAN:

No, they do not have only themselves to blame. All this came about through the Government’s absolutely paranoiac inability to stand being challenged by anybody. They cannot bear it. One would have thought that after 16 years of power they would have grown up and could have ignored the stupid challenges which were in fact issued to them, and have allowed this country to carry on in the way it has always carried on. But it is asking for trouble all the time because of its adolescent inability to ignore a challenge. It considers it a slight to its “kragda-digheid”, to its power complex. After 16 years one would have expected that the Government would have grown up, and it is just too unfortunate that it has not. I do not believe that the electorate knows what it has let itself in for, either. I am sure one of the Ministers is going to say that the electorate knew about this and voted for the Government in March, but I believe people did not have the slightest idea of where this would lead this country, and I am convinced that we are adding to the legacy of bitterness and hatred and mistrust in this country to a degree we have never had before. I do not consider this petty apartheid or a pin-prick. I consider it to be a very serious matter indeed, and I want to add that I am shocked that not a single leading member of the Official Opposition has raised his voice about it in this House. [Interjections.]

Mr. B. COETZEE:

You never said a word about it, Marais. She is quite right.

Mrs. SUZMAN:

One of them said something about the Luxurama incident. The hon. member for Wynberg (Mrs. Taylor) said something, but much though I respect her, I do not consider her to be a leading member of the Opposition. This Proclamation has not been raised by the Official Opposition at all. [Interjections.]

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order!

Mrs. SUZMAN:

This country is deliberately adding insult upon insult to the non-Whites. The result is that thousands upon thousands of innocent non-Whites who have been enjoying themselves in their leisure hours following innocent pursuits, are now denied those facilities, because it is not true to say, as the hon. the Minister for Community Development has said, and the Minister of the Interior, that adequate facilities exist in their own area. They do not. Not even the beginnings of adequate facilities are there and there can be no way in which theatre, drama and international sporting events or sporting events of any magnitude can be carried out in their own areas. I say that there is no end to the abysmal stupidity of White South Africa.

*Mr. G. DE K. MAREE:

The hon. member for Houghton (Mrs. Suzman) has proved once again to-day that she has chosen the road of integration for herself and that she rejects the road of separation. She complains that the rules in connection with admittance to places of entertainment are simply beyond her comprehension; she says that she does not know precisely what the object is. Sir, I want to say to her that if she accepted the accepted policy of South Africa, she would have no difficulty in understanding these things. I shall come back again to this later on, but before I leave the hon. member’s speech I want to refer to one allegation that she made here. She says that she appreciates the fact that the Coloureds supported the Progressive Party in the Provincial election in spite of covert threats. I wonder what she meant in making that statement; I wonder whether she can quote a single case where covert threats were made against the Coloureds that if they supported the Progressive Party they would be discriminated against or that steps would be taken against them. Mr. Speaker, the fact that the Opposition protested here so strenuously to-day against a certain allegation made by the hon. member for Houghton, proves beyond any doubt that what I am about to say is absolutely true. The Opposition strenuously denied the charge that they had done nothing in connection with the matter referred to by the hon. member for Houghton. We have had the phenomenon in recent weeks that the allegation has been made in the Press—and the hon. member for Peninsula (Mr. Bloomberg) has made the same allegation here—that Government policy or the implementation of the policy of the Government is responsible for the fact that the Coloured voters have now turned to the Progressive Party, in spite of the fact that the United Party contend that they have always objected to the Government’s policy. Sir, that is one of the most illogical statements that I have ever heard in my life, namely, that the reason why the Coloured voters are no longer supporting them and are now voting for the Progressive Party is the fact that the Government is following a certain policy, a policy to which they, the United Party, have always objected. The hon. member for Houghton has also made the allegation that the Coloured voters are voting for the Progressive Party because they have accepted the Progressive Party’s policy. Sir, they are both wrong. The Coloured voters voted for the Progressive Party because they had no alternative; they no longer wanted to vote for the United Party, not because of anything done by this Government, but because they found out that the Opposition were telling them a different story every second day. I think it is an absolute insult to the intelligence of any person to think that you can tell him a different story every day and that he will still go on believing your story.

*Mr. J. A. L. BASSON:

May I put a question to the hon. member?

*Mr. G. DE K. MAREE:

I will come to that hon. member in a moment; my time is very limited; the Whips have asked me not to speak at great length. I shall come back to the hon. member for Houghton later on.

Mr. Speaker, what is interesting about the amendment moved by the Opposition this year is not what they say in that amendment but what is omitted from the amendment. In this year’s amendment we do not find the usual allegation that the Government’s policy is responsible for the fact that we are unpopular with the outside world. Instead of that, the amendment this year deals with farming matters, cost of living, pensions and development. One was entitled to hope that the Opposition would at last awaken and that they would decide to carry out their function as opposition in a worthy manner in this House; that it was their intention to make the contribution that the country is entitled to expect from an Opposition. But what did they do? One deplores the fact that certain members of the Opposition, for political gain, saw fit to exploit the disaster the terrible drought, which has hit our farmers. Sir, I sat here listening to hear whether the Opposition was going to put forward any constructive proposal in this connection. But what happened? The drought was simply exploited by the Opposition. They made the accusation against the Government time and again that it had done nothing in this connection. I want to tell the Opposition that this matter was thoroughly discussed by the representatives of the drought-stricken constituencies; it was discussed for days on end with the Ministers concerned and with the Departments concerned. Proper planning is being undertaken at the moment with a view to granting further assistance to the farmers. The farmers have already been given a great deal of assistance; number of temporary measures has been taken and at this very moment the Departments and the Ministers concerned are devising plans with a view to introducing a permanent scheme of assistance for our farmers, a scheme under which it will be possible to help them without making them lose their self-respect. But the implementation of schemes of assistance is not such a simple matter. Certain schemes are being planned at the present time in the closest co-operation with organized agriculture with a view to granting further assistance to the farmers. I want to tell the Opposition that the farmers will not thank them for the attitude which they have adopted in this House. On the contrary, the farmers will only condemn and criticize them.

I want to refer just briefly to two terms which are being used more and more nowadays by the Opposition, namely the so-called “Cape way of living”, a term which they never define, and “little apartheid”. I want to come back now to the hon. member who spoke just before me. As a person who was born in the Western Province, who grew up in the Cape Province, I want to say emphatically that the Cape way of life has always been one of mutual respect and goodwill but not integration between White and non-White. The hon. member says that we do not know what we are talking about when we talk about a traditional way of life. I want to say to her that I come from a family which has lived in this country for many generations and that the traditional way of life of the South African people has always been one of the greatest mutual respect and the greatest goodwill be tween all races but that the people of South Africa have never believed in the integration of White and non-White.

Mrs. SUZMAN:

Have you never attended the mixed concerts in the City Hall?

*Mr. G. DE K. MAREE:

These are things which have only been introduced in recent years. What we want to do is to restore the traditional way of life of our people in South Africa. That is precisely what we are trying to do. There are certain people who are trying to create the impression that mixed residential areas have always formed part of the traditional way of life in South Africa. Sir, I want to say to those people that this intermingling of the races was always looked upon by the old White population of this country with indignation and by the Coloured population with scorn. I myself have heard them hold it up to scorn. The hon. member knows that they will never convince the voters or mislead them to support them in their policy of integration, and I just want to say to the Opposition, since they continually talk about the “Cape way of living” and about “little apartheid” that I regard these things, which are constantly on their lips, as just another form of integration, as an attempt to bring together families which do not belong together. I submit that if it is not a strange thing for families to live apart, each in its own home, then it should not be a strange thing, in our broad national life, for racial groups to live apart, each in its own area. Why should there be hositility between us if we cannot all live together in one large community? As far as families are concerned, we know that the best way to live in love and peace with one’s relatives is for each family unit to live in its own home. If you want hostile relations between two family units, bundle them together in one house and then you can be sure that there will be clashes. Why do the Opposition refuse to believe that in a multi-racial country such as South Africa, the best way to maintain harmonious relations between the races is for the various races to live apart. The best policy, in the words of the hon. the Minister of Community Development, is to maintain good neighbourliness but to see to it that your boundaries remain intact. Sir, is that not the best policy basically? The Opposition strenuously denied the statement made here by the hon. member for Houghton that the United Party had refused to join her in objecting to this legislation. They almost had a heart attack when she made that accusation against them. [Interjections.] I am talking to the Opposition …

*Mr. RAW:

You know that we are in favour of separate residential areas.

*Mr. G. DE K. MAREE:

The Opposition know that the electorate of South Africa has repeatedly accepted the principle of separate development and that Nationalists have been returned to this House in ever-increasing numbers; that is why they are now trying to undermine us. Now suddenly they tell us, as the hon. member for Durban (Point) did a moment ago, that they also stand for apartheid. The Opposition now suddenly come along with these white-ant tactics and they tell us that they stand for apartheid but that they do not stand for full apartheid.

*An HON. MEMBER:

Nonsense.

*Mr. G. DE K. MAREE:

Sir, I want to say here to-day that there are only two roads in South Africa. The National Party, throughout the years, both when it formed the Opposition and since it has been in power, has never advocated anything but total apartheid.

*Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

Nonsense.

*Mr. G. DE K. MAREE:

I want to quote here what a previous Prime Minister, the late Dr. Malan, said years ago, if hon. members opposite allege that what I am saying here is not correct. According to the Burger of 5 March 1953, the late Dr. Malan made the following statement at Stellenbosch at a meeting on 4 March; he said—

Vaccilation at this stage would be fatal. In making our choice there are only two courses open to us, two courses which sooner or later must inevitably result either in equality, that is to say, the removal of all colour discrimination, or in apartheid which seeks, on both sides of the colour line, to allow and to encourage the free development of each race in accordance with its own capacity and level of civilization.

Sir, I want hon. members of the Opposition to listen now and to tell me whether I am wrong; this is what the late Dr. Malan said as far back as 1953—

These courses are not parallel courses; they are diametrically opposed courses, the one chosen by the Nationalists and the other chosen by the Liberals. There is no middle road between the two …

such as the Opposition is now trying to find—

… There is no middle road between the two as advocated by the Opposition.

Those were the words used by Dr. Malan, and it is on the basis of that policy of apartheid as enunciated by Dr. Malan that the National Party, without deviating from it, without any compromise, has grown to become the force which it is in South Africa at the present time. Do not tell me that the electorate of South Africa did not know what our policy was. The hon. the Prime Minister has already referred in the past in plain language to the four-stream policy, under which four racial groups in this country, isolated from one another, are living side by side on terms of good neighbourliness. Sir, the policy of integration has been tested time and again and it has failed time and again. Why do the Opposition refuse to accept that? Why do they say that they accept apartheid partially, as the hon. member over there told me a few moments ago? I say that they do not accept the policy of separation in its entirety because we have heard from them time and again that they do not accept this, that or the other part of our policy of separation.

Mr. Speaker, I do not want to deal with this at greater length: I just want to say that separate development is the guarantee for the survival of the White man in South Africa; but I go further, the survival of the White man also guarantees the survival of the Coloureds in South Africa. Is there anybody on that side who is prepared to deny that if the Coloured is to survive in South Africa, then the White man must survive otherwise the Coloured will disappear.

*An HON. MEMBER:

Will he disappear into thin air?

*Mr. G. DE K. MAREE:

I do not think there is a single member on that side who would be prepared to deny that. I do not have the time to motivate this statement, but if there is any member on the other side who is prepared to deny it, then perhaps we can debate this matter further on another occasion.

Sir, in the few minutes still at my disposal I feel that I must come back to something that happened in the House yesterday. I am sorry, but I must refer to the statements made here by the hon. member for Sea Point (Mr. J. A. L. Basson) in connection with agricultural matters, statements which were not only irresponsible but also in bad taste. He linked up his statements with the question of labour problems in South Africa. The hon. member in this debate was not only irresponsible, as usual, but in addition to that he also became personal. He repeated the very reckless statement which he made here last year that labour has become so scarce in this country that farmers are beginning to steal one another’s labour. He said that he made this statement here last year and that he wanted to repeat it this year and that he challenged any member on this side to deny it. Well, I deny it. I deny that the morality of the farmers of South Africa has sunk to the level where they are beginning to steal one another’s labour. I say that that is a reprehensible statement and as farmers we take the strongest exception to it.

*Mr. J. A. L. BASSON:

May I put a question to you?

*Mr. G. DE K. MAREE:

I shall reply to the hon. member’s question even before he puts it. Let me first finish my statement and if by that time the hon. member has still not got his answer, he may put his question. But the hon. member went further. When the hon. member for Gordonia (Mr. G. P. Kotze) told him that that had not been his experience as a farmer in the Boland, the hon. member for Sea Point said to him, “yes, but you are not a farmer; you are a ‘skilpadboer’ (tortoise farmer).” Sir, it is extremely insulting to address those words to somebody who enjoyed the confidence of the farmers as the hon. member for Gordonia did. The hon. member for Gordonia was chairman of the Orange River Agricultural Union, and I am convinced that that is a post which the farmers would not entrust to the hon. member for Sea Point. I think it is a very great pity that the hon. member used that term in relation to the hon. member for Gordonia.

*Mr. J. A. L. BASSON:

May I ask a question?

*Mr. G. DE K. MAREE:

Let me first finish what I want to say and if time permits I will then reply to the hon. member’s question. Sir, I want to put a pertinent question now to the hon. member for Sea Point: Does he object to the removal of the Bantu from the Cape; does he object to it in principle?

*Mr. J. A. L. BASSON:

May I give the answer now?

Mr. G. DE K. MAREE:

The hon. member need only say “Yes” or “No”. Does he object in principle to the removal of the Bantu from the Western Cape?

*Mr. J. A. L. BASSON:

Yes.

*Mr. G. DE K. MAREE:

Well, now we know where the hon. member stands.

*Mr. J. A. L. BASSON:

I have answered your question; may I ask my question now?

*Mr. G. DE K. MAREE:

Let me first finish my speech; I will then gladly reply to the hon. member’s question if I still have time. Sir. this Government adopts the attitude that the natural home of the Coloured is the Western Cape and within this natural home of his preference must be given to him as far as employment is concerned. That is the first point.

*Mr. HUGHES:

And what about the Whites?

*Mr. G. DE K. MAREE:

That also applies to the Whites, of course. But I say that this is the natural home of the Coloureds and that is why preference must be given to the Coloureds over and above the Bantu when there are limited opportunities of employment. That is my first submission. I now come to my second submission: We know that at the present time we are experiencing an economic boom which has resulted in a manpower shortage in all sectors of the economy. I want to say immediately that it is only natural that there should also be a shortage of farm labourers.

*An HON. MEMBER:

Why are you complaining then?

*Mr. G. DE K. MAREE:

I have never complained about it but I do object to the hon. member’s attitude that we must not remove the Bantu from the Western Cape when we have a labour surplus here. But how does one know that there is a surplus unless one makes a survey? How can anyone on earth know whether there is a surplus when no survey has ever been made? Sir, what did the Ministers concerned do in this regard? They established an inter-departmental directorate of labour, and that directorate of labour is at present conducting large-scale surveys of the labour potential and the availability of labour. After all, that is the way in which a responsible Government sets about things. That is precisely why this Government is growing from strength to strength. But the Opposition are apparently not aware of the survey or they are simply taking no notice of it. As I said, this directorate of labour is conducting a survey at the present time to ascertain the labour requirements as against the labour potential in the Western Cape. Once this survey has been completed, a register will be kept of unemployed Coloureds who will then be available to fill vacancies. Those who are not equipped for the labour market will then be equipped properly; facilities are being created to equip them for the labour market. That is the second step. Has the hon. member for Sea Point any fault to find with that? When we come to the final step and we find that all Coloured labour has been absorbed in this area, in which we say that preference should be given to them as far as employment is concerned, then the Government will allow Bantu migrant labourers to come here on a temporary basis. The hon. member over there pretends that he is an absolute stranger in Jerusalem; that he has never heard of these steps. Why does he not rather co-operate with the Government to make it possible for these registrations to be completed as soon as possible? Why do members of the Opposition not rather give their co-operation to the Government with a view to creating facilities to equip these people for the labour market? Once we have done that, then, if there is still a labour shortage, the Government will allow migrant labourers to come here. Sir, the Government has repeatedly given the guarantee that it will see to it that our agricultural industry and our secondary industries are not killed. We will then make available migrant labour on an organized basis in places where it can best be controlled and utilized. The existing labour force will then be made available to places where Bantu labour cannot be provided. What is wrong with that policy? Would the hon. member for Sea Point prefer to have the state of affairs which prevailed here when scores of Bantu walked our streets looking for employment? Would he prefer that state of affairs to the organized state of affairs that we are now going to have in South Africa? That is my question to the hon. member; what is his reply? A moment ago he was very anxious to reply but now it seems to me that he is no longer so keen.

*Mr. J. A. L. BASSON:

On a point of order, may I reply to the hon. member’s question?

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! That is not a point of order.

*Mr. G. DE K. MAREE:

Mr. Speaker, the hon. member for Houghton has always come here with the plea: “Away with job reservation, away with your policy of removing the Bantu from the Western Cape.” I just want to say to her, since she and her party are now taking a little more interest in the Coloured vote, that if they persist with that story the Progressive Party will perhaps not be as successful in the next Coloured election as they were in the recent Coloured election. The hon. member for Sea Point may now put his question.

*Mr. J. A. L. BASSON:

After the hon. member’s eloquence …

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member-must not make a speech now.

*Mr. J. A. L. BASSON:

Is it true that the hon. member for Namaqualand (Mr. G. de K. Maree) was so short of labour that he later on hired a farm belonging to the Government from Coloureds and farmed there at a rental of R30 per annum?

*Mr. G. DE K. MAREE:

The hon. member for Sea Point has nothing to do with it if I hire a farm. It has nothing to do with the shortage of labour in any event because unlike certain members who like to spend their time in the Sea Point swimming pool, I am not too lazy to do my own work.

*Mr. E. G. MALAN:

I think that there was more steam and dust in the speech of the hon. member for Namaqualand (Mr. G. de K. Maree) than there was substance. I think it ought to be clear to him that no matter how much his party may talk about the removal of the Bantu from the Western Cape, the number of Bantu in the Western Cape continues to increase week after week and month after month and all the towns and cities in the Western Cape are becoming blacker and blacker under the policy of the Nationalist Party. The hon. member based his speech on the fact that the Nationalist Party has always been in favour of total apartheid, and he quoted Dr. D. F. Malan, a former Prime Minister, in this connection. I wonder how accurately the hon. member read the speeches of the late Dr. Malan? I have here the speech which Dr. Malan made in this House on 12 April 1950 in which he said (Translation)—

If one could have total apartheid, if it were practicable, it would be an ideal position. But that is not the policy of our party.

That is not the policy of the Nationalist Party! Let the hon. member read that speech at column 4251 (Afrikaans).

Before dealing with other matters I also want to refer to the speech of the hon. member for Houghton (Mrs. Suzman) in which she attacked this side of the House for apparently not having taken strong enough action in connection with places of entertainment where the rights of the Coloureds were being curtailed.

I wonder whether she knows that the hon. the Leader of the Opposition raised this matter at a large meeting in the City Hall, Cape Town, at which 1,000 people were present? He discussed this matter at some length and pointed out the mistakes which the Government was making in this regard. Does she not know that frontbenchers on this side, inter alia, the hon. member for Yeoville (Mr. S. J. M. Steyn), have travelled throughout the country and have spoken about the scandalous action of the Government in this connection? Does she not know that the first person who raised this matter here in this House was myself through the medium of a question to the Minister? I do not know where the hon. member for Houghton was at that time; possibly she was busy helping the Nationalist Party in one or other of those three-cornered contests. No wonder the hon. member for Vereeniging (Mr. B. Coetzee) addressed the hon. member for Houghton as “my girl”. Neither can I understand that the Progressive Party, just like the hon. member for Houghton, can still go on saying that their policy will not lead to “one man, one vote”. To put the position very simply, they want to give the vote to every Native man and to every Native with a Standard VI education or an income of £25 per month, in the case of men. …

*Mrs. SUZMAN:

And Standard VI.

*Mr. E. G. MALAN:

Yes, Standard VI and an income of £25 per month in the case of men, or only Standard VIII. Does she not know as is stated here in one of the pamphlets which they published, that it is also their policy to make education compulsory up to Standard VIII?

Mrs. SUZMAN:

Of course.

*Mr. E. G. MALAN:

She admits it. She says that all Natives with a Standard VIII education should be placed on the voters’ Roll and that education should be made compulsory up to Standard VIII in the case of Natives. This is clearly a policy which will lead to “one man, one vote”. Her own leader, Dr. Steytler, has said—

The Progressive Party has constantly made it clear that their qualified franchise would not prevent an ultimate Black electoral majority.

Their great propagandist, the editor of the Rand Daily Mail, wrote as follows only a few weeks ago on the policy of the Progressive Party—

Once we accept that pattern of integration there is no stopping the process. One concession leads to another until all is conceded. It means mixed schools, mixed hospitals—and even mixed marriages. Indeed it does. It means the dismantling of colour bars in every sphere.

This is the policy of the Progressive Party—

It means the likelihood of having a Black family one’s neighbour or a Black man as one’s boss.

Then Dagbreek had an interview with the leader of the Progressive Party, Dr. Steytler. Dr. Steytler said that he could find no fault with what the editor of the Rand Daily Mail had written about integration in this connection. I do not want to argue any further with the hon. member for Houghton; they have suffered a tremendous defeat in the important constituencies. The stronghold of the Progressive Party has moved from Houghton to Hanover Street—but let us leave the matter at that.

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

May I ask a question?

*Mr. E. G. MALAN:

I wish the hon. member for Vereeniging (Mr. B. Coetzee) would not give the Progressives so much help to-day. We have heard a great deal during this debate about the past election. We have heard pearls of wisdom from the hon. member for Heilbron (Mr. Froneman) and also from the hon. member for Ventersdorp (Mr. Greyling) in regard to what apparently happened to the United Party and how badly things apparently went for us. I think it is time that we replied to these charges. In the first instance, we all agree that the election was disastrous for the Progressive Party. I am also prepared to admit that things did not go as well with the United Party as I expected, but to conclude from this fact that it was a great victory for the Nationalist Party is equally wrong. I want to mention a few facts and I challenge hon. members opposite to deny them. In 37 constituencies in which the election was fought in the Transvaal and in the Cape in regard to which a comparison can be drawn, the United Party did better than the Nationalist Party in no fewer than 13 of those constituencies, that is to say, in more than a third of them, in comparison with the position in 1961. We reduced the majorities in no fewer than eight Nationalist Party seats. We brought down their majority in Marico by 829 votes; by 1,080 in Christiana and by 1,129 in Wolmaransstad. No, Mr. Speaker, the United Party did not suffer a total defeat.

*Mr. G. P. VAN DEN BERG:

That is a lie.

*Mr. RAW:

On a point of order, Mr. Speaker, is the hon. member for Wolmaransstad (Mr. G. P. van den Berg) allowed to say: “That is a lie”?

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member must withdraw that remark.

*Mr. G. P. VAN DEN BERG:

I withdraw the word “lie”, Mr. Speaker.

*Mr. E. G. MALAN:

I have the Burger in front of me and if the hon. member for Wolmaransstad wants to say that the Burger is lying, then I shall accept his statement. In the Burger’s article on the rise and fall of the parties’ majorities, it is stated that in 1961 the majority in Wolmaransstad was 4,469 and was only 3,340 this year, in other words, a drop of 1,129.

*Mr. G. P. VAN DEN BERG:

What was the percentage vote?

*Mr. E. G. MALAN:

What does the percentage have to do with the position? I have mentioned the facts and the hon. member has denied it; now he must admit that he is wrong.

There was another characteristic of this election; never before has there been such a low percentage poll, as far as I can remember, at a Provincial Council election. If we look at the figures, Sir, we will see that Nationalists stayed away from the polls in their hundreds and thousands. Hundreds and thousands fewer than in 1961 voted in many cases. In Brakpan they had a thousand fewer votes than in 1961; in Christiana, 1,500 fewer; in Langlaagte, 700 fewer; in Baberton. 900 fewer; in Rustenburg, 700 fewer; in Wolmaransstad, 1,600 fewer; in Aliwal, 800 fewer; in Hottentots Holland, 700 fewer; in Prieska 700 fewer. The Nationalists simply did not go and vote for their Party as they voted for it in 1961. Hon. members opposite now boast that they have won the votes of so many hundreds of English-speaking people. If the votes of those English-speaking people are to be counted amongst the votes which were cast for them, then even fewer Nationalists voted for them than I have described.

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

Can you imagine what will happen if all of them vote?

*Mr. E. G. MALAN:

It is just as well we should analyse a few of the nebulous statements which were made after the election. Firstly, we had the shameful lie that there was apparently a split in the United Party. When an unimportant newspaper dishes up rubbish like this, one may just as well ignore it. There is, of course, not a single word of truth in it. If we want to talk of internal strife, if we want to talk of a threatened split, let us look for a moment at the Government itself. I wonder whether hon. members remember that an independent Nationalist candidate stood at Wonderboom? He was so aggrieved by his own party that he stood against the official candidate of that party and received 2,700 votes. I hope that the hon. the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development, who is the hon. member for Wonderboom, will reply to this. Where is mention made about the establishment of new parties? It was the hon. member for Humansdorp (Mr. Sauer) who said a few weeks ago that he hoped that the Nationalist Party would become like the old South African Party. They want to see change in their party; they are dissatisfied with their party.

There is no unanimity amongst them as far as policy is concerned. Just think of the struggle between the editors of Die Transvaler and Die Vaderland. Mr. Speaker, you will remember how the editor of Die Transvaler wrote that the White man could never survive unless he did away with the Bantu labour. This editor was strongly attacked in a special article which appeared in Die Vaderland in this regard. Hon. members say that there is a split in our party but that split is not in this party. Just consider the tension between the north and the south, between the west and the east in their party. Where is the hon. member for Moorreesburg (Mr. P. S. Marais)? He was actually called a “liberalist” in a Transvaal newspaper; he was also called a “radical” which is even worse. He was called a “radical” like Jonty Driver, the former president of Nusas. He was called this by his Transvaal friends from the north. We in the United Party do not say things like this about one another; we are more united than that. Then there was a counter attack on the part of the hon. member for Innesdal (Mr. J. A. Marais) in Dagbreek. After this the editor of Die Vaderland stated that any person who disagreed even slightly with the official Nationalist Party policy could be called a liberalist and a radical. Let me read what the editor of Dagbreek had to say (translation)—

Now Mr. Piet Marais, the M.P. for Moorreesburg and the chief Secretary of the Nationalist Party in the Cape, is under suspicion of not being a good Nationalist. “Welcome to the Nationalists under suspicion, Mr. Marais.”

His own people say that he is not a good Nationalist! Dagbreek went on to say (translation)—

This, according to Pretoria, is the language of a mover to the left. What surprises me is … once again the over-eagerness to use the pink paint brush even on the most important office-bearer in the Provincial head office of the National Party. The old story over again! Those of us who differ are pseudo-liberalists! …. The loose and hasty use of “liberalism” has now become an irritating and even dangerous practice.

This is how fond the Nationalists of the north and south are of one another, Mr. Speaker! Let us now consider the reaction of Die Burger in regard to the attacks from Pretoria on the Cape Nationalists. This is strong language; it is almost as strong as the language which they use against the United Party. The editor of Die Burger writes as follows (translation)—

This search by some of our enthusiastic northern brothers (broeders) ….

Note, Sir, “broeders” and not “broers”— with a magnifying glass and delousing comb for un-national and liberal deviations in southern circles has now become worse than ridiculous. When these people pretend to start searching for their bogies in the head office of the Nationalists Party in the Cape then it is time to tell them: “Listen, go and play marbles with your mates”.

This is how the Burger writes about the northern Nationalists! Then they talk about a split in our ranks! In any event, one group in the United Party did not call another group a Jonty Driver; one group in the United Party did not call another group delousing-comb carriers.

Another nonsensicality which we hear in Nationalist circles is the story that the English-speaking people went over to them in large numbers during the past election. That is just not true. What the ordinary English-speaking voter thinks of the Nationalist Party is reflected in a letter from a former chairman of their’s in Natal who resigned and who wrote as follows—

With deep regret and only after mature consideration I am forced to accept the fact that English-speaking members, other than the “ja-broer” type, are not wanted in the Nationalist Party. In addition it becomes daily more apparent that the extremist element is gaining control and that the political power, rightly and justly used to obtain equality for the Afrikaner, is now being used by this element to promote its own ascendancy. Feeling as I do, you will appreciate that I can no longer remain a member and, therefore, request you to accept my resignation.—(Signed) Bill Jones.

He was a Nationalist for 30 years. Let me add that he is an enthusiastic United Party supporter to-day.

Attempts were made a few months ago to obtain co-operation in the economic sphere between Afrikaans mining interests and English mining interests. Do you remember, Mr. Speaker, that there was almost an explosion in Nationalist Party circles and newspapers when this matter was raised? There is the hon. member for Edenvale (Dr. Koornhof), the secretary of the Broederbond. He was so shocked to see that there was co-operation between Afrikaans- and English-speaking economic interests that he made a special announcement in which he said (translation)—

Mr. Oppenheimer’s remarks in regard to the unity between Afrikaans and English business organizations go far deeper than simply striving for the unity that we know. It was a typically liberalistic view.

I do not know whether the hon. member is still the seoretary of the Broederbond. We should like to know from the hon. member for Edenvale and leading frontbenchers of the Nationalist Party whether, when they talk of co-operation between Afrikaans- and English-speaking people, this also holds good in the case of the Boy Scouts and the Voortrekkers, the Red Cross and the Noodhulpliga? Have there ever been any signs on their part? Mr. Speaker, when the hon. member for Zululand (Mr. Cadman) and I addressed a meeting at Empangeni a few weeks ago, the hon. member for Zululand put this question to the audience: “I ask any Nationalist in the audience to mention one organization for me in which it is possible for an English-speaking Nationalist to be placed on an equal footing with an Afrikaans Nationalist?”, to which a voice from the back of the hall replied “Avbob”!

Another untruth which is spoken in connection with this election is that the United Party has apparently swung right and has shirked its policy completely. That is not true; the United Party still stands where it has stood over the years. It is the hon. the Prime Minister and his party who have swung in a radically anarchistic direction, while the United Party is the party that has held its course. Since the establishment of the United Party in 1933, under General Hertzog, we have been explaining what the United Party stands for. We are pleased that it has at last begun to penetrate clearly to the Nationalist Party, to the country and, I hope, to the S.A.B.C., who will publish it, that the important basic difference between the parties to-day is the following: The United Party stands for an enlightened White leadership throughout the whole of South Africa, the Nationalist Party stands for White leadership over a part of South Africa, and the Progressive Party stands for White leadership nowhere in South Africa. As long as that fact can penetrate to the ordinary voter in South Africa we can discuss the minor details of policy further at a later stage.

*An HON. MEMBER:

Are you going to stand against Mantanzima?

*Mr. E. G. MALAN:

No, it is not my intention to stand against Kaiser Mantanzima. I can refer you to an interview which Kaiser Mantanzima gave in which he said that he was very fond of the Prime Minister. I can also refer you to the Hansard of the Transkei which I have here in which Kaiser Mantanzima now says: “I recognize no Central Government.” He is already repudiating this Government.

I want to come now to an extremely important matter. This is something which affects every person and every business in South Africa. I am sorry that the hon. the Minister of Posts and Telegraphs is not here; I hope he will be back in time. I want to deal with the threatening crisis which exists in the Post Office to-day. Collapse threatens the Post Office in South Africa, Sir. This is a matter which is causing inconvenience to the public. There are few Members of Parliament who have not received complaints in this connection. There are cases in which it takes a week for a letter to go from one end of a street to the other end. I know of a case in which a person travelled 120 miles and arrived at his destination before the call which he had booked was put through. As far as this matter is concerned, we have the fullest sympathy with the hardworking Post Office staff. We, on this side, thank them for what they are doing. We agree with them when they say that this Government is neglecting them shamefully. I have here a telegram which reads as follows (translation)—

We appreciate your interest in our cause. Carry on with the good work. We are pleased that there are people in the House of Assembly who are interested in the Post Office and its people.

Where does this come from? From “Nationalists, General Post Office, Johannesburg”; We have now to look to the interests of their people, Mr. Speaker! That is how poorly they look after their own people. There is discrimination against Post Office staff; they have a longer basic working week than other departments; the opportunities for promotion in the Post Office are the most limited of all Government departments. Only one in 50 in the Post Office can ever hope to earn more than £1,400 in basic salary, while one in ten in the Department of Bantu Administration and Development can look forward to this. What a great difference between the two! The working conditions of the Post Office workers are dreadful. The building programme of the Post Office is 20 years behind; there is a fantastic shortage of staff; there were no fewer than 30,000 resignations during a period of five years, and the total staff number only 47,000. Hundreds are resigning from the Post Office every month, and the reason for this is simply the weakness of the hon. the Minister to look after his officials and the obstinate refusal and delay on the part of the Prime Minister and his Cabinet to do anything. I warn the Government that if they do not do something in connection with our Post Office, if they do not create better working conditions and pay better salaries, there will be a collapse in the Post Office within the next few months. It is necessary for conditions of service to be improved; it is necessary to improve working conditions. If agreement can be reached with existing staff associations as a means of alleviating the great temporary shortage, we can also, where necessary, make use of non-White postmen. This must, however, only be done where agreement can be reached with existing staff associations and where the non-Whites are not used—I want to make this clear— as an excuse not to pay better wages or salaries to Post Office workers.

I am pleased that the hon. the Minister is here now. I have here one of the official publications of one of the largest Post Office associations, the S.A. Telecommunications Association. It consists of 32 pages. The leading article is 16 pages long. That leading article consists only of criticism of the policy of the Government towards the Post Office. I can quote from this, Mr. Speaker, until my time no longer permits me to do so. “We have pointed out,” they say, “the inability of the Department of Posts and Telegraphs to recruit and retain the services of an adequate number of pupils and trainees.” They talk of the inability of the hon. the Minister to retain staff; they refer to the extra burden which is placed on the shoulders of the faithful worker who remains in the Department; they refer to the strict application of administrative procedures; they refer to the fact that the salaries which are paid outside the Department are far higher than those paid by the State; they refer to the bitter grievances which spring from agreements, in terms of which private firms are prevented from recruiting men from the Post Office who have been out of the service of the State for less than six months; they refer to the slow rate of salary increases and to the despondency which is caused by the knowledge that the ordinary Post Office man will at no stage during his career in the Department ever be able to afford anything but the ordinary necessities of life.

I make an earnest appeal to the hon. the Minister to stop this delay in dealing with the requests of the Post Office staff. They approached him more than a year ago. In 1964 they approached him in a body. They were told: “The Ministers are on holiday; the Cabinet cannot decide now what to do.” The Cabinet met at a later stage and it took weeks and weeks before a committee was appointed to inquire into the grievances of the Post Office staff. In reply to a question I put to him, I now understand from the hon. the Prime Minister that the committee which he appointed has submitted a report to him. I want to ask the hon. the Minister what the decision of the Cabinet is in regard to this matter. We want to know what that decision is. The hon. the Minister is present. If he has decided that something can be done, we will be able to judge whether it will be adequate. One thing is unforgivable and that is the delay which has existed for weeks and months. Mr. Speaker, have you ever thought of the thousands and thousands of ordinary businesses which are suffering as a result of the fact that the Post Office cannot deliver their letters? Important legal contracts are not being delivered; documents are not being received in time. How many hundreds of postal votes were not delivered in time during the past provincial election? These are examples of a collapse in the Post Office. Unless something is done on the part of the hon. the Minister, that collapse is going to take place. If it comes, I hope that it will also mean the end of the hon. the Minister of Posts and Telegraphs.

*Mr. VAN STADEN:

When listening to the analysis of the election given by the hon. member for Orange Grove (Mr. E. G. Malan), and when one considers that he must have given more or less the same analysis to his caucus, one can quite understand the cheerfulness of the United Party during the last few days. He says he can give an account of how many Nationalists did not vote. If we give them such a hiding when the Nationalists do not vote, what is going to happen in the next election when all the Nationalists vote?

I have now heard three statements already from the United Party in regard to White leadership. The first was that their policy was White leadership with justice. Early this year they said that their policy was White leadership. Then they omitted the “justice”. The hon. member for Orange Grove to-day propounded a new policy, viz. enlightened White leadership. Sir. it is for that reason that the ranks of the United Party are so thin; it is this double-talk, this dualism, which is thinning their ranks to such an extent. They do not propound a policy with one tongue. I want to give the United Party an analysis of elections. In 1934 the National Party formed the Opposition with 19 members in the House of Assembly. During the 15 years the National Party was in Opposition, it only on one occasion, viz. in 1938, lost two constituencies, but it increased its numbers from 19 to 27. The National Party never again lost an election: it never again lost a constituency. Its numbers never decreased thereafter. It won more or less all the by-elections, and in 1948 the National Party came back to this House with 79 members.

What happened to the United Party during the past 17 years? In 1948 the United Party formed the Opposition with 71 members, and this year they have only 50 members sitting there. I shall tell them why things are going so badly with them. It is because they do not have an accurate and sincere policy based on principles which they can announce. When I think of the United Party. I think of a book I read years ago. The title of the book was “Niemand se Liefling”. The Afrikaans-speaking people have now for a lone time refused to accept the United Party. This election has proved that the English-speaking people do not want them any more either. The election between the United Party and the Progressive Party has shown that the Coloureds do not want them either. I think if there were to be an election among the Bantu between the United Party and the Progressives, the Bantu will also prefer the Progressive Party. They might perhaps prefer the National Party, but certainly not the United Party. Everybody is rejecting the United Party. Nobody wants to accept it, and there is only one reason for it, and that is because the United Party, as a party, is not honest and sincere with South Africa. That party serves the United Party interests, but it does not serve South Africa. If a party had to have a mother, I do not think that the United Party’s mother would have loved it because a mother is not fond of insincerity and dishonesty. The opposite can be said of this party. We have made a breakthrough. and I shall tell you why, Sir. The National Party throughout the years, when it was still in opposition for 15 years, and also when it came into power, had principles. It always based its policy on and adapted it to those principles. In addition, we have ideals which we held up to the people, ideals which were deeply rooted in the people of South Africa. Do you know what happened on 24 March. Sir? The whole nation is taking part in a march. I shall tell you where to. The whole nation, English and Afrikaans-speaking, is gathering around its heritage. It gathers around its symbols. It rallies to the Republic, it rallies to the flag, to its two official languages, to its possessions, to its soil. And, do you know. Sir, Natal is also busy taking part in this march. The hon. member for South Coast said in this House a few years ago that he would march and that he would make Natal march. Sir, Natal is marching, but the hon. member for South Coast is not in those ranks. Do you know what he reminds me of? The story is told that during the French Revolution a man was walking along and another joined him and asked him, “Who are you?” and he replied. “I am one of the leaders of the revolution”. Then the first man asked, “Where are your followers?” His reply was. “There they go. ahead of us.” The hon. member for South Coast is still the leader of the United Party in Natal, but he has lagged behind. Natal is far ahead of him. Natal is rallying around its heritage, South Africa. The hon. member for Durban (Point) (Mr. Raw) may laugh. He may laugh that sneering laugh he also laughed before 24 March, but he knows that what I say here is the truth. The English-speaking population of South Africa have also found the United Party out. It took years. It took the Coloureds many years to find them out. but they did so.

I want to point to another matter. The United Party had much to say here about agriculture and about the farmers of South Africa. Now I want to ask the United Party: If in their hearts they are interested in the farmers of South Africa and in their plight, not only for political reasons and not merely to catch votes, why did they as an Opposition not do the obvious thing? In terms of the rules of this House, the Opposition has the right and the privilege, when there is a matter which needs urgent attention, to move a motion of urgent public interest in this House. Sir. South Africa has now been suffering for years as the result of drought. We on this side do not deny that there are farmers who have suffered hardships. As the hon. member for Bethlehem (Mr. Knobel) explained here yesterday, we on this side have been busy for months already, not only since this Session began, but we have been busy for years struggling with this problem which has arisen as the result of climatic conditions. Now I ask the United Party: If they regarded it as being of so much importance, if they are sincere towards the farmers of South Africa, why did they not move a motion of urgent public import? Then one could have believed that they were serious. They have the right and they have had the opportunity to do so. I cannot help but think, and I think that is more or less the impression of the whole of the population of South Africa, that the United Party is not interested in South Africa or in its people as such; the United Party is interested in one thing only, and that is the United Party itself. They do not ask what is in the interest of South Africa. When they start considering formulating policy, the question they put to themselves is: What is in the interest of the United Party? And let me tell them that as long as that is the mentality, so long will the United Party deteriorate and so long will the National Party grow.

There is another matter I should like to touch on. The hon. member for Sea Point (Mr. J. A. L. Basson) said yesterday that he was repeating what he had said the year before. Sir, last year he accused a man here, a farmer who was alleged to have said that another farmer—and he mentioned the name—stole his Coloured labour from his farm, and the other day he had to admit that he had mentioned the wrong name. And he actually comes along and repeats it. I am glad. I want to leave him there. I do not want to discuss this matter with him further, because I say that last year he told an untruth here, but now he repeats it. The hon. member will definitely not catch votes for the United Party in that way. It suits us if they allow an hon. member of this House to chase votes away from them in this way. But he now says that we will not repeat that the Bantu should be removed from the Western Province. Sir. of course I shall repeat it. It is Government policy and it remains Government policy. The hon. member for Namaqualand (Mr. G. de K. Maree) has already pointed out that as the result of this process of removal the Western Province is not troubled to-day by vagrants, and I say it was troubled by vagrants. Because in the first place the object we wanted to achieve was to get rid of these vagrants, and as the result of this process of removal we have already achieved that ideal. The Western Cape is no longer the breeding-ground for vagrants. We have one problem, namely that under the old set-up—and I want to admit, also under this Nationalist Government, for a long time, as the result of certain reasons, a wrong situation continued, and the old set-up did not train the Coloureds for work. For that reason this process of removal will proceed slowly, not as fast as we should like to see.

The Coloured is not prepared to work. We must prepare him for work, and we must create opportunities to prepare him for work, because the United Party may be assured that this process of removal will be continued with.

I should now like to bring something to the notice of the Government. I think the facilities exist for what I want to advocate. In view of the fact that the removal of Bantu from the Western Cape is Government policy,

I want to plead that what the dairy farmers call the pole system should be introduced in the Western Cape, with assistance of the State. Sir, this new system is much more effective than the old-fashioned milking machines which were installed in grand stables, and which increases the production cost of milk by 10 per cent. But under this new system, these expensive stables are worthless. They will become white elephants, and the new system will cost a farmer between R5,000 and R7,000. Now I want to plead that the Government will consider providing short-term loans to farmers on the basis of a low rate of interest over a period of at least seven years, so as to enable them to introduce this system, because this system saves at least 50 per cent labour on the present basis. It means that a dairy farmer who to-day needs eight Bantu to keep his dairy going can let at least four of them go. Therefore I strongly want to plead with the Government to devote attention to this matter and to evolve a system according to which these dairy farmers can be assisted.

Then just this: The hon. member for Houghton (Mrs. Suzman) and the hon. member for Boland, and also the hon. member for Peninsula (Mr. Bloomberg) and other hon. members opposite, are guilty from time to time of giving a wrong interpretation of the policy of the National Party. Sir. we do not run away from our policy. Our policy is social, economic and political segregation.

*Brig. BRONKHORST:

Economic segregation?

*Mr. VAN STADEN:

Yes. and that is the legal position in South Africa.

*Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

How many segregated factories are there in the Cape?

*Mr. VAN STADEN:

We have the permit system, not as a right but as a privilege where we have not yet created separate facilities for the various racial groups.

*Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

In Cape Town also? What about the shops?

*Mr. VAN STADEN:

The permit system operates in Cape Town also. I repeat that it is not a right but a privilege. It takes place under job reservation, but of course the hon. member for Yeoville does not want that either. Now they come along with their story of petty apartheid. Petty apartheid is the thin end of the wedge.

*Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

Tell that to the Burger.

*Mr. VAN STADEN:

It is the thin end of the wedge. Do you know how those people argue? They say: “We must now take the good type of Coloured with us on the beaches and elsewhere, because they are too good to be pushed away together with the skollies”. Do you know, Sir, it is the old British colonial policy which that party has inherited, and it is bound up by that heritage. That was also the policy applied to the Afrikaner: Take the top strata and reject the rest. In that way almost the whole of the Afrikaans-speaking nation became poor Whites. We say, “No, on our beaches and all the other places where people gather we also have the White skolly type, but we do not chase them away from us”. We say: “No, we will accept them; it is our responsibility and we will uplift them”. Now we say: The good type of Coloured, and there are many of them, cannot be separated from the skollies; they must do the same that we did as a nation and as a people, and they must uplift their skolly types because that is their responsibility, and they must make use of the opportunities the Government creates for them. The hon. member for Peninsula has accused the Nationalist Government and has said that it was our fault that the Progressives won in the Coloured constituencies. Sir, I want to accuse the four Coloureds’ representatives. If they had disassociated themselves, as the hon. member for Outeniqua (Mr. Holland) did. from the United Party and had not expressed opinions in regard to White politics, they would have been able to do something for the Coloureds. It is not too late yet. I want to give them the advice the late Mr. Tot le Roux gave them when he was still alive. Let us dissociate ourselves from White politics and let us take this opportunity to do something for the Coloureds. I want to tell the Coloureds’ representatives that they have not made use of the opportunities this Government has offered them to assist in uplifting the Coloureds. The Coloureds will not honour them for it but will curse them for it, and one of the ways in which the Coloureds do so is to turn their backs on those representatives and to turn their faces to the Progressive Party.

Maj. VAN DER BYL:

The hon. member who has just sat down, well, “me thinks he does protest too much”, giving all these reasons. Fact is that they have changed their policy year after year. When Dr. Malan was leader of the party they changed their policy, but that policy was never adhered to. What did Dr. Malan say about votes for Coloured women and to the Natives and Malays in the twenties in 1928? Sir, there are several hon. members I would like to reply to, as for instance the hon. member for Welkom (Mr. H. J. van Wyk) on planning, apartheid and “volkseenheid”, the hon. member for Paarl (Mr. W. C. Malan) on the subject of friends overseas and blocked rands, the hon. members for Innesdale, Houghton and Namaqualand, but I want to deal with my own points first before I come to that, so I have very limited time.

Sir, again and again have we on this side of the House urged the Government to make a gesture to the non-Europeans, and, as I said last year, let us start with the Coloureds.

Speaking for myself, I believe most sincerely that in the long view of the safety of our Western way of life, as well as that of the White civilization, we can only be assured if we make the Coloured people feel that they are part of the Western civilization and that they must help us to defend it. I am not talking of social equality or social intermingling. We stand for residential separation. But I am talking about the ideal of patriotism, making the Coloured man feel “my country, right or wrong”, and above all having a feeling of belonging to South Africa. I saw a picture of the hon. Minister of Defence inspecting the Coloured Corps the other day. There they marched past with rifles, and fixed bayonets. I congratulate the Government on creating that corps, because in every war the Coloured man has fought in the interests of and for the White man. And surely if a man is good enough to fight in the interest of Western civilization he is good enough to be accepted as part of it.

I will obviate repeating what we stand for, as it has been said again and again in this House, and if anybody does not know what we stand for he is deaf and blind, or otherwise he is a high-grade moron who can’t understand it.

I maintain that full segregation is only necessary where, if it is not imposed, it will endanger our White civilization, or if not imposed would be a danger to the State. We are entirely against “one man one vote”, or ever handing over the political power to the non-European. But except where necessary for other reasons, such as influx control, I for one would do away with this petty apartheid which hurts the feelings and personal pride of the non-European. Last year, I gave a detailed account of what I meant by “petty apartheid” and I do not propose to cover that ground again. I have said before, and I repeat: Never touch the pride of any man, never touch his personal self respect, never touch his ego, because that is one of the things he will never forget or forgive.

To-day I want to deal with the Coloured question and to emphasize what I mean by touching the ego of the individual. I will give a simple example of a remark made by an official of the Public Works Department that will ever rankle in the mind of the non-European. It will serve as an example of what I mean “by touching his ego”. The incident was petty, but its implications were far-reaching. I read from a longish report in the Sunday Times of 23 August 1964. The heading is—

Public Works Department Rule: Only Whites may touch Flag.

It goes on to say—

Only White hands may touch the South African Flag. To ensure that the national Flag is kept clean, there is a rule that no non-White hand may touch it. This is an official ruling by the Department of Public Works.

A more disgraceful—I might even say a more subversive remark as far as race relations are concerned—I cannot imagine. Surely the Flag is the flag of everyone living in this country. Surely he or she must be made to realize with pride that it is his or her flag to which complete allegiance and loyalty is owed. How can they feel that, how can the Coloured man feel that it is his flag if he is told that he may not even touch that bit of bunting because he will defile it if he does. For that is the implication and must cause deep resentment; and any decent government would have thrown that official out of the service. But not a word was said about it by anyone on that side of the House nor was it repudiated. It is incidents like this that make the non-European feel that he is not a citizen of the Republic, or owes any allegiance to the Republic or the Flag.

All the letters I get from Britain, the Continent, America, Australia, Canada, and other parts of the Commonwealth (and they are quite a considerable number), bear out the statement made by our High Commissioner in London, Dr. Carel de Wet, that due to what is happening in the black states to the north of us, the attitude of thinking people overseas is slowly beginning to swing more towards a sympathetic outlook to South Africa. Dr. Carel de Wet was perfectly correct when he said that. But surely now is the time, when the pendulum has reached its peak and is starting to swing back, to give it a push; and this can easily be done if the Government makes a gesture by not piling on more and more forms of petty apartheid, more and more forms of hurts which embitter the non-European; and which are not necessary for the safety of our civilization; and which are indefensible in the eyes of the world. Things which we who go overseas cannot defend, and that is why I do not go overseas any more, because whilst I am prepared to attack the Government here, I am not prepared to let strangers attack the Government of my country as much as I disapprove of its policies. For heavens sake, let the dust settle for a bit! The Government is always talking about the South African traditional way of life when it suits them. When we pointed out from this side of the House that in the Cape segregated mixed audiences were our way of life, and had been for centuries, the hon. Minister of Planning said: “Ah. that was a long time ago.” Apparently he does not understand the meaning of the word tradition. Because what is a tradition? Something that has been built up over the years. Sir, but why not allow local option to decide such things? Why not let the local bodies, the municipalities, the divisional councils, the village management boards decide what they want? If they do not do what the people want, the people can chuck them out at the next election.

The hon. member for Houghton (Mrs. Suzman), whose outlook and policy I dislike and disapprove of entirely, made a few remarks, and I am mentioning this here, because I do not want her to think that what I am going to say now is because she made those remarks; because I have it in my notes here which I prepared long before I heard her speech.

We have recently heard a number of the most deplorable hate-creating statements made about mixed audiences. There was the shaming case recently when decent, educated, well-dressed Coloured people arrived to see a show. At the last minute they were turned away, and because Whites in their cars, who arrived after them, had parked behind the Coloured’s cars in the parking area, those Coloured people had to sit in their car for two-and-a-half hours before they could get out. Had I been a Coloured person and had had all that took place that evening happen to me. I would never have forgiven or forgotten it. It has been said by certain Ministers here that the Coloured will not be allowed to attend open-air sports meetings, even if they are fully segregated. Do these Ministers think that their presence will pollute the air? Do these Ministers think that they are gods and that a non-White cannot be allowed to breathe the same air as they do? Are our Ministers going to out-Banda Dr. Banda eventually? Will we have to stop our cars when we see a car approaching flying a flag, must we get off the roads and take off our hats and breathe in them while the great man passes? I would like to know. Frankly were I a Coloured man and I was humiliated like they have been I would have a burning hate that would last for ever. Can’t these hon. members opposite whose forebears fought at burghers, courageous men from 1899 to 1902 realise that just as those forebears had a hatred for the British for humiliating them, that the Coloureds also have feelings? To-day after 60 years the descendants of those forebears are still fighting the Boer War. Can’t they realize that the humiliations suffered by the Coloured people will never be forgotten? That is the point, if you touch a man’s ego, if you humiliate him. that is what happens. I still remember a speech made by Gen. Hertzog on 4 September 1939. when he talked about what humiliation can do to a man and to a nation. That happens when the ego is touched, and just so the hatred of the Coloured man is boiling up because of the continuous and unnecessary hurts he has to suffer in many cases to-day. Sir, it is pathetic to see how the moment there is a more favourable climate towards us overseas (and here I come back to the speech made by the hon. member for Paarl) the Government seems to go out of its way to do some, stupid thing which plays straight into the hands of our enemies and the detractors of our country abroad. For heavens sake, give our overseas friends a chance to speak up for us. We have many friends there, but let us help them to help us to improve our image abroad. Old Afrikaner families when they had prayers, allowed the Coloured people to sit on the stop, or (when it rained) inside the voorhuis to listen to the morning and evening prayers. That was our tradition. To-day, the way the other side is behaving, these people will feel that they are not wanted and they feel that they are being insulted. I know there are a number of dishonest overseas correspondents who will stick at nothing to blacken our good name, but it is largely the asinine, adolescent actions of this Government which play straight into the hands of our enemies. They are the people responsible for ruining our name overseas.

I for one do not believe in giving ground when dealing with definite principles and which are necessary to safeguard our White civilization. I do not believe in compromise when dealing with principles or letting down your friends so as by compromise to suck up to some possible future enemy. Such people usually merely succeed in dragging themselves down as well as their friends. Hence the remarks I made to a friend of mine when we walked out of the dining-room having heard the “winds of change speech”. I said: “That fellow Macmillan will go down in history as a second Neville Chamberlain with his compromise, compromise, compromise, and letting down his friends, like ourselves.” Whatever the cost, we must never compromise over the question of “one man one vote” or making it possible for the Bantu ever to gain the political power. But there are many aspects of apartheid which can be no possible danger to our civilization, but which are quite impossible to de fend, and which engender hate and bitterness.

We, on this side of the House, especially my Leader, have pointed out again and again that in the long view the Bantustan policy can never work and constitutes a great danger to the Republic, for which our children will have to pay in future. In fact it is already coming apart at the seams. It was only started in the first instance for political expediency, and from what the hon. member for Transkeian Territories (Mr. Hughes) said earlier in the Session, it is clear that our Prime Minister is to the Whites of the Transkei what the British Prime Minister is to the Whites of Southern Rhodesia I do not propose to repeat the arguments we have used again and again, except to say that the danger and stupidity of that policy becomes more apparent every day. Very few of the rank and file of the Nationalist Party—I am not talking about the professional politicians—any longer believe in the Bantustan policy, or believe that it can ever be carried out to the full. What is the position? In a short while we will be in the same position in which Britain was 100 years ago when she was surrounded by a galaxy of colonies, and that at a time when the word “colonialism” had became a dirty word in international politics. Two great powers, the United Kingdom and France, and two lesser powers, Holland and Belgium, have been unable to hold their colonies against the rising disapproval of world opinion, when it was of the utmost importance to the economy that they should hold those colonies. If they could not hold them, how can we, a small nation of 3,000,000, a small White island in a great Black ocean, do it? But that is exactly what we are doing. These Bantustans, until they get sovereign independence, will merely be colonies, and nobody believes for a moment—certainly not anyone on that side—that they are going to get sovereign independence within the next 50 or 100 years. What will happen? We will have these little colonies all along our borders, with the whole world blaming us for doing so and with those same people telling UN that they are colonies. At a time when the great colonial empires of the world have been unable to maintain their position, here we have our Prime Minister forming a galaxy of colonies around the Republic. But for the sake of argument, let us accept that there will be separate development in the Bantustans, and let us suppose for argument’s sake that it will succeed. How can you apply partition and separate development or a form of self-government to the Coloureds who have never had any territory of their own of which they can eventually have entire control with their own Prime Minister and their own Cabinet and their own Parliament, like the Transkei? Admittedly you can create a patchwork quilt, bits and pieces all over the Republic, which areas can be set aside for the Coloureds, but it is not possible to give them separate representation or full self-government in those areas as we are doing in the Transkei. That being so, can the Coloureds have partition and a separate Government on the same lines as the Bantustans? In other words, the Government is putting the Coloureds, whom we and they look upon as more cultured and educated than the Bantu, into the position where the Government are making them lower-grade citizens of the Republic than the Bantu. You cannot treat Mamre and Elim and Genadendal as little separate governments. On the periphery of the suburbs here you have Coloured areas. You cannot give them separate government. They have no areas like the released areas or the scheduled areas which the Bantu have. Will anyone other than a high-grade moron believe that the policy appertaining to the creation of Bantustans (out of what have always been Bantu released or scheduled areas) can be applied to the Coloureds who have never had such defined areas? So obviously the whole Coloured policy is hypocritical, unrealistic and absurd and very dangerous for our White civilization. The Prime Minister has told us that he really did not like the Bantustan policy, but was forced to implement it in order to appease world opinion. My Leader earlier in the Session said that not only has it failed hopelessly to cause any favourable, impression abroad—it has caused no favourable world reaction—but it has endangered our White civilization. I suggest that the Government really adopt a policy which will create an immediate impression on world opinion and will strengthen the position of the Whites and of our Western civilization. Let them adopt our colour policy and solve the problem by replacing Coloureds—with certain qualifications—on the Common Roll and allowing, under certain conditions, Coloured men to be elected to this House if they can get sufficient votes. Sir, in the days of Gladstone and Disraeli, one party said that the other had caught them bathing and had stolen their clothes. Well, nobody on that side is going to suggest that the Government has caught the United Party with their pants down; but that is merely by the way. But it is obvious that on several occasions the Government has stolen our clothes, our policies; they have taken over our policies and our suggestions and have pretended that they were their own. The blatant one was, of course, our policy of immigration. Not only did they purloin our policy when it was nearly 15 years too late, but they pinched a United Party trained man to carry it out for them. Let me say at once: I do not begrudge them that. They are welcome to both. In the first place they are welcome to our immigration policy because it is in the interests of South Africa, and they are welcome to the gentleman who is carrying it out, because it was in the interests of the United Party that he left us.

The MINISTER OF INFORMATION:

Now that is a very smart remark.

Maj. VAN DER BYL:

Do you think so? Wait until I come to you. [Interjections.] Then there is the question of unity that the Government talk about creating between the English- and the Afrikaans-speaking people. Who created real unity? Who created the United Party? Hertzog and Smuts, two great opponents, came together and Afrikaners and English got together on the same footing to meet each other in the same party. Now Frankie you asked for it, and you are going to get it. What does the Nationalist Party do? They get a few tame Englishmen looking for jobs who swallowed their policies hook, line and sinker, and what are they? They are just yes-men and nothing else. Sir, we are a patriotic party. My colleagues are South Africans and we put our country above party politics. We are only too pleased to pass on our wisdom and our policies to the Government and we will gladly let them take the credit for our ideas if it will help the country. Therefore I say to the Government: Take our colour policy and use it and you will solve one of the great problems of South Africa. Not only will such a step safeguard our White civilization; not only will it nearly double our numbers and manpower to defend South Africa, and not only will world reaction be immediate, but the Government will be handing to our friends abroad a weapon which will help them to fight our battles before the world.

The Minister of Justice in a foreword to a very sound pamphlet issued by his Department, “The Survival Plan for South Africa”, has this to say, and he is entirely right—

“Owing to the technological advances in the field of guided missiles, distance no longer affords protection to South Africa. In fact, because of its strategic position South Africa may become one of the main objects of an enemy power.”

I entirely agree with him. He rightly foresees what the future could possibly hold for us. But all the great nations of the world including America and Russia are looking for friends, and are trying to consolidate their alliances against the holocaust that the future might hold for the world and ourselves. What is our Government doing? We, one of the smallest nations in the world, are doing nothing to strengthen our position internationally; but for the sake of political advantage locally, the Government continues to pass legislation that not only creates more enemies for us overseas until we stand practically alone and naked in a dangerous world, but it goes out of its way to antagonize the Coloured section who are anxious to stand by us and they also create hatred in the minds of the Bantu as well. Meanwhile they bluff the unthinking or the uninformed section of the people that they are out to save White South Africa, when in reality they are digging the grave of White civilization here. So hard-up are they for some good and cheerful news that when they win a few seats in a provincial election they behave as if they have won a great international victory. They rush around in the Lobby slapping each other on the back till they have corns on their shoulder blades. They behave like a mighty empire once did in 1899 when they relieved a little drop called Mafeking from a handful of burgers who had encircled it, and they coined a new word in the English language and made themselves look ridiculous in the eyes of the world. But this mighty Government, mighty in numbers only, is meanwhile losing the battle for White South Africa. They are throwing away all that our ancestors worked, sacrificed, and in some cases, died for. What a Pyrrhic victory! What a bunch of little men!

*Mr. G. P. VAN DEN BERG:

Mr. Speaker, 12 years ago when I had the privilege of being elected to this House. I had often to listen to the hon. member for Green Point (Maj. Van der Byl), a highly respected person, and I was able to see the fire in him. We saw someone then who fought with conviction for a cause in which he believed at the time. To-day, 12 years later, we see that same highly respected frontbencher of the United Party, the hon. member for Green Point, as a man without fire and without conviction. The only fire which he revealed was contained in the last few words of his speech when he said contemptuously: “What a bunch of little men!”

*Maj. VAN DER BYL:

I have done far more for South Africa than you have.

*Mr. G. P. VAN DEN BERG:

I have a great deal of respect for the hon. member for Green Point and we will excuse him because the hon. member gave me the impression throughout his speech that he is more closely aligned to the Nationalist Party than to the United Party. Older people can also learn from younger people, and if the young Mr. Van Byl in Rhodesia gives the lead and the hon. member for Green Point wants to follow that lead, that is something which we will not resent. That was what I gathered from his speech.

The hon. member put a question when an interjection was made in regard to the steadily growing national unity in this country. The hon. member for Green Point referred to the United Party as the symbol of national unity and asked this question: Who made the United Party? I want to reply with a counter-question: Who is rejecting the United Party and its pernicious policy at this moment? We know the history of the United Party and we know how it came into being. We know the principles of the old S.A. Party and the principles that were followed in 1933 and 1934 and we also know what happened in 1939. I am now going to accuse them of something of which they often accuse us. Three are hon. members sitting there who stabbed General Hertzog in the back in 1939 and destroyed the United Party. Already at that time they had rejected the principle of greater national unity in South Africa.

I am pleased to be able to say to-day that a very clear voice is being raised to-day, a voice which can be heard throughout the world, a voice which is listened to. The people of South Africa are massing and consolidating themselves behind the policy of separate development. That is the clear voice which is speaking and not the besmirching voices of individuals. That voice speaks to the world and the hon. member for Durban (Point) (Mr. Raw) knows that what I am saying now is the truth.

*Mr. RAW:

That voice whispered at Wolmaransstad!

*Mr. G. P. VAN DEN BERG:

I am pleased that the hon. member has made that remark because I want to deal with Wolmaransstad. I am sorry that the hon. member for Orange Grove (Mr. E. G. Malan) is not here. He drew certain comparisons but he compared things which are not comparable. I shall be very pleased if the United Party choose to go on living under that misapprehension, because it is a misapprehension. Let them bluff themselves; as long as they do so I am satisfied. Listening to the hon. member for Orange Grove one would swear that they had actually won the election! Let me just draw the attention of hon. members to these few statistics. At the Parliamentary election in 1958, the Nationalist Party had a majority of 3,502 in the Wolmaransstad constituency. In 1961, with the same delimitation, the Nationalist Party had a majority of 4,469. These are comparable figures. At the Provincial election in 1959 the Nationalist Party had a majority of 2,811. Last week, in 1965, the Nationalist Party had a majority of 3,340. I want the hon. member for Orange Grove to listen to this because these are comparable figures. At the Provincial election in 1959 the Nationalist Party obtained 70 per cent of the total number of votes cast, as against 30 per cent for the United Party. Last week the National Party obtained 75 per cent of the total number of votes cast as against 25 per cent for the United Party. That is the sign of whether there is growth or not. I just wanted to rectify these figures.

But, speaking of this election, I want to tell the hon. member for Durban (Point) that they had already lost this election on 24 February, not on 24 March. Because the United Party have no faith in themselves, they did not have the courage to put up sufficient candidates against the Nationalist Party in order to win the election.

*An HON. MEMBER:

There is a shortage of manpower!

*Mr. G. P. VAN DEN BERG:

One does not need much manpower in order to find a United Party candidate. The United Party candidate at Wolmaransstad was a good example in this regard! I say that the United Party had already lost the election on 24 February and in that respect it has flagrantly neglected its duty as an Opposition. It is one of the tasks of an Opposition to make some effort at least to come into power in a democratic country having a parliamentary system of Government such as ours. How can the United Party ever hope to come into power if it does not appoint sufficient candidates to win an election? And why does a party not put up sufficient candidates? It is because it does not have sufficient faith in itself. I accuse the United Party of not having sufficient faith in themselves. How are the voters to show their faith by voting for the party if it does not even put up candidates? And if the voters in a constituency do not even have a candidate to vote for—in our part of the world the United Party candidate was not nominated but was dragged in by the hair …

*Mr. VAN RENSBURG:

Did he hold meetings?

*Mr. G. P. VAN DEN BERG:

I take it that he did hold meetings unlike the position in the Free State, but he would have been far better off if he had not done so. He would have been even better off if the Opposition had not sent their chief propagandist, Mr. Marais Steyn, to waste his time on the Saturday evening before the election by holding a meeting in a Nationalist stronghold like Leeudoringstad. Perhaps he should rather have assisted his colleague from Jeppes on that evening. But I thank him for the meeting which he held in Leeudoringstad. Every time they hold a meeting there we get more votes.

We have had the opportunity to listen to this debate for a few days now. One can listen quite objectively but to my mind not one convincing argument has been advanced by the Opposition as to why the Government should make way for another party, apart from the fact that the voters have repeatedly rejected the United Party. The criticism to which we listened was not strong enough to convince anyone that this Government is not able to handle its Budget and to act as the trustee of the taxpayers’ money, both as regards its collection and spending. Any objective listener sitting here would have come to the conclusion that South Africa is satisfied with the way in which her money is being spent, having regard to all the factors and sectors which must receive attention. While it behaves us to-day to thank the electorate of South Africa for the wonderful victory they gave the Government it also behaves us to thank the hon. the Minister of Finance and the people assisting him, on behalf of the voters, because he is spending our money in the interests of the development of South Africa.

We have listened to the criticism which has been passed in regard to the administration of the country. I want to ask any objective listener or observer: Where has the United Party put its finger on a sore point and said that this Government is not fit to continue to govern South Africa? On the contrary. I am happy and proud and grateful to be a member of the governing party which is keeping South Africa’s administration on such a high level after so many years. I think this merits the respect of the whole country and of the whole world, and for this reason we do not resent the fact that the Opposition is unable to pass criticism of this point. The voters went to the polls last Wednesday with their eyes open. We have an intelligent electorate who know what they are doing when they vote. It is characteristic of the citizen of the Republic of South Africa that his vote is a serious thing to him because he knows that in a country like South Africa, with all her problems, when he makes his cross he helps to determine a direction and to create a future. That is why he goes to the poll in a necessarily serious frame of mind and he goes not speculate with his vote. The voters knew exactly what they were doing last Wednesday. Over and above the fact that they rejected the negative direction of the United Party the voters did something else last Wednesday. For the umpteenth time they confirmed the mandate which they gave the Nationalist Party at the polls in 1948. We are still following the same policy and direction.

I want to hasten to say that this mandate which the Government has received from the voters is not a chance political fluke. The policy of the Nationalist Party has been hammered out on the anvil over the years. It is born of the needs of a nation. We went from congress to congress with points for discussion and we planned a road for South Africa, bearing in mind all her problems. The Nationalist Party’s policy is founded on separate development and is, in fact, national for every group in the country. We laid down that mandate in a manifesto which was submitted to the electorate at election after election. The voters knew what they were doing and last Wednesday they reaffirmed this mandate and by so doing gave the Government the green light, not to act recklessly with the future of South Africa but to create a future for her in accordance with the dearest wishes and cherished desires and aims of a nation. That is why there is only one political party in South Africa which can adopt a definite attitude under any circumstances, notwithstanding world opinion. When it adopts an attitude, it is influenced and inspired by what is in the best interests of South Africa. The party which can do this is the one which has up to the present protected the honour of South Africa and that of her inhabitants, the party which has led South Africa along the road of her constitutional development, the party which will continue to administer the country for many years to come, and that party is the Nationalist Party.

*Mr. BEZUIDENHOUT:

Mr. Speaker, for the seventeenth year in succession we have before us a Budget introduced by the National Party Government. We find that this Budget introduced by the Minister of Finance places the emphasis on the promotion of economic stability. We also find that measures have been taken in this Budget to check inflationary trends in our economy and that this Budget helps to relieve the manpower shortage in our country by making concessions to working wives. We are very grateful for this tax concession and we are convinced that it will be of great assistance to married couples where the wife also has to work in order to be able to educate the children.

I want to ask the hon. the Minister of Finance, however, whether the time has not come when we should order an investigation into the way in which our Estimates are drawn up. We have before us Estimates of Revenue and Expenditure as well as capital estimates. Our Estimates of Revenue and Expenditure show a surplus of R110,000,000. John Citizen is only interested in the Estimates of Revenue and Expenditure and in whether revenue and expenditure balance or not. When John Citizen sees such a large surplus he immediately thinks that we are over-taxing him. He is not interested at all in where the money comes from for the capital works of the country. I want to ask the hon. the Minister this afternoon what possibility there is of our having just one set of estimates which will embrace everything—our revenue, our expenditure and our capital works. I think that if we do succeed in drawing up such estimates we will at the same time put a stop to this exploitation of our large surpluses by the United Party. The second problem in connection with our Estimates is that no adjustments can be made to them in the course of the fiscal year to which they relate. If therefore the rate of expansion tends to decrease unduly or to increase unduly, very little can be done from the fiscal point of view to check the deterioration or to promote progress. We are a young country which is expanding rapidly in every possible sphere. We are expanding in the field of mining, in the industrial sphere as well as in the field of agriculture, but we are hit very hard by natural catastrophes such as droughts, floods and hail. Must we continue to adhere slavishly to the old conventional way of drawing up our Estimates, or has the time not come to devise a budgetary method which is suited to our problems and our circumstances and which will reflect the true and correct facts for the information of the public? The result would then be that we would not show surpluses which in fact do not exist.

The third matter that I should like to bring to the notice of the Minister is this: When we look at the annual reports of companies for the past year we find that their profits have assumed record proportions. To a certain extent the Minister has now placed a damper on net profits by increasing company tax and by introducing a savings levy. But since we are asking the worker to-day to make sacrifices, I want to suggest for the consideration of the Minister of Finance that companies are being allowed too much latitude with their so-called expense sheets. These companies incur excessive costs which they then deduct from their taxable income. We have just had the case in Pietermaritzburg where a certain company invited its clients from the Witwatersrand. chartered aircraft to bring them to Pietermaritzburg and treated them to as much caviar and champagne as they wanted, and I am convinced that the costs of that function will be deducted from their taxable income.

I want to put forward a plea here that these expense sheets should be very thoroughly checked to see to it that justice is done to the poor worker.

Mr. Speaker, I now come to the United Party. Their “expense account” is empty. On 16 May 1948 the people of South Africa expressed their confidence in the National Party. What was the position on 16 May 1948 when the National Party took over the United Party’s bankrupt estate?

*Mr. HUGHES:

What about the gold loan to England?

*Mr. BEZUIDENHOUT:

We inherited the greatest dissension between White and non-White from the United Party. We inherited the unbridgeable gulf of hatred and mutual suspicion between Afrikaans-speaking and English-speaking from the United Party Government. By 16 May 1948 the relationships between White and Black had almost reached breaking point. In 1948 this country was almost paralyzed by strikes by White workers as well as non-White workers. We inherited the most inadequate educational facilities for Whites as well as non-Whites from the United Party, so much so that in 1938 our children had to receive their schooling in tents or even in the open air under trees. Hon. members who represent the East Rand know that that is true. The hon. member for Springs (Mr. Taurog) knows that on the whole of the East Rand we did not even have a high school, because of the chaotic conditions brought into being there by the United Party Government. The housing conditions at that time were chaotic; we inherited a situation from them in which Whites and non-Whites were living cheek by jowl. Just think of the chaotic conditions which had developed in squatters’ camps as a result of the fact that non-Whites had been allowed to flock to the cities without control; think of the campaign launched in South Africa as well as in the outside world by the Opposition and the English-language Press which supports the Opposition to sow suspicion against and to blacken the name of South Africa. Mr. Speaker, when the National Party came into power with a slender majority in 1948 it was faced with these tremendous problems both internally as well as abroad. The leaders in the National Party, imbued with an ideal, then came along with the slogan, “South Africa first”, coupled with the further slogan, “Let justice be done to all national groups in this country of ours”. The National Party had to decide in 1948 which course it was going to adopt; there were three courses open to the National Party. It could have followed the road which the United Party is still following to this day, the road of integration, but, Sir, the National Party was not so stupid; if it had been so stupid the National Party would today have been sitting on the Opposition benches. Sir, I can only describe the road which the United Party is following at the present time as the road of cowardice. There was a second road which the National Party could have followed; it could have ignored world opinion entirely and refused to take notice of it: it could simply have carried on and said, “We are the masters in this country and we take no notice of what the outside world says.” Indeed there were people in South Africa at that time who would have liked the National Party Government to have adopted that attitude but the National Party was not so stupid or so ignorant as to follow such a course. The National Party followed the third road, namely the road of separation between the various national groups. In actual fact, it followed the only sensible road. The National Party chose the road of separation because we have four national groups in South Africa. We found that from the very moment the National Party accepted the policy of separate development and began to implement it in a practical way, a flood of vituperation was let loose against the National Party both within and outside of this country. [Interjections.] The hon. member over there must listen carefully now. Sir, the sins which they have committed against this fine country of ours over the past 17 years are catching up with them. Let the United Party consider all the insults, the scorn, humiliation and calumniation that we as a White nation had to endure in this process of becoming a nation. Instead of helping us in this process, what did they do? What role did they play? I hope the hon. member for Florida (Mr. Miller) will listen carefully now. What attitude did the City Council of Johannesburg adopt when the National Party Government wanted to clear up the squatters’ camps in Johannesburg? Did they support us? No, under the false pretext that they wanted to protect the rights of the non-Whites, that they wished to preserve land tenure rights for the non-Whites, they allowed the non-Whites to live in squatters’ camps under chaotic conditions. Sir, whose rights were they protecting there? They were protecting the rights of the owners of the land, the owners of the land who were exploiting these poor Natives. They protected the land-owners because they were donating funds to the United Party to enable them to contest elections from time to time. I want to remind the United Party of the role that they played in connection with the reference book system. The United Party so strenuously attacked the reference book system that they built up hatred and jealousy between White and non-White. They fanned the flames of hatred between White and non-White to such an extent that it eventually led to a clash between White and non-White on 20 March 1960 at Sharpeville and Langa. Sir, I lay the blame for that clash on 20 March 1960, a sad day in our history, squarely at the door of the United Party. That is one of the sins that they committed against the Republic of South Africa. We go further and we think of the hatred that they encouraged between White and White here in South Africa, a hatred which eventually culminated in an attempt to assassinate the hon. the Prime Minister on 9 April 1960. Sir, the United Party together with their Press, were responsible for engendering that hatred. I also want to remind the United Party of the role that they played when we withdrew from the Commonwealth and became a Republic. Just think of all the prophecies that they made here. They said that our commercial banks would close; they caused Whites to flee from the Republic; they predicted that our fruit would rot on our quays. As a result of their prophecies the outside world withdrew its investment capital from our country. They prophesied that the mines on the East Rand would close. Sir, here I want to say a few words to the hon. member for Germiston (District) (Mr. Tucker), a person who is very fond of talking of the East Rand, and also to the hon. members for Springs and Benoni (Mr. Ross). I want to make the accusation against the hon. member for Germiston (District) this afternoon that he is one of the persons who, together with the building societies, was responsible for the fact that towns such as Brakpan and Nigel were almost brought to their knees because the building societies refused to give loans to the people in those towns.

*Mr. TUCKER:

That is completely untrue.

*Mr. BEZUIDENHOUT:

Their refusal to give loans to people in these towns only came to an end when I, in my capacity as a member of the Provincial Council, had discussions with the Executive Committee with a view to the establishment of our own loan fund, because the hon. member and the building societies wanted to choke us to death.

*Mr. TUCKER:

That is completely untrue.

*Mr. BEZUIDENHOUT:

The hon. member knows that they wanted to choke these towns to death but they could not succeed in doing so. I want to go further; what role was played by the United Party when the United Nations sought to bring us to our knees? Did they try to alleviate the task of the Minister of Foreign Affairs? No, they joined the enemies of the Republic to fan the flame of hostility against us. And what role did the United Party play in this House last year to facilitate the task of the Minister of Justice and of the police in taking steps against Communism and saboteurs? They fought him day and night here in Parliament.

In conclusion I just want to remind the United Party of their election slogans, “Vote for the right to vote again”, and “Exterminate Nationalism”. I also want to remind them of the fact that their blue-eyed boy, Patrick Duncan, went to seek assistance “across the colour line” against the Whites. That is what Patrick Duncan did. Mr. Speaker, the Bible tells us that the sins of the fathers will be visited upon the children up to the third or fourth generation. But the sins of the United Party are already overtaking them. Their sins are being visited upon them in the first generation already. After 17 years of rule we are the only White Christian nation in Africa to-day that refuses to submit to world demands to clear out of Africa; that refuses to lose its identity. In this struggle to achieve nationhood we have taken everybody along with us and after 17 years of rule we can pride ourselves on the fact that the two White language groups are much closer to each other to-day. We can pride ourselves on the fact that the non-Whites are obedient subjects of the Republic. We can take pride in the fact that we have a stable Government, free of corruption, a Government which has been responsible for excellent planning, a Government which has maintained law and order, a Government which has built up a strong Defence Force, a Government which has maintained racial peace and labour peace in our multi-racial country and which has freed the workers of the yoke of the United Party. That is why the workers voted for the National Party last week and returned Nationalist candidates with such large majorities, because they have been freed of the intimidation and victimization to which they were subjected throughout all these years under United Party rule. Sir. our majorities are going to grow from day to day. The workers have completely rejected the United Party.

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

I do not think the House will expect me to reply to the hon. member who has just sat down. The hon. member said that he was a Christian, and I am all the more surprised therefore that he made so many vague statements and uttered so many half-truths and, I might almost say, untruths against this side of the House.

This side of the House has proved that it always puts South Africa first. My hon. friend should have thought twice before using that slogan. It was not we on this side who ran away and committed sabotage during the 1939 to 1945 war; it was that side. It was not we who stabbed General Hertzog in the back.

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member cannot accuse members on that side of committing sabotage.

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

No, Sir, I am speaking of the Nationalist Party.

*Mr. SPEAKER:

The hon. member must withdraw the word “sabotage”.

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

I withdraw. Sir. They voted against and worked against participation in the war. It was not we who stabbed General Hertzog in the back in Bloemfontein in 1941; it was the Nationalist Party that did it.

*An HON. MEMBER:

You betrayed him.

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

I cannot reply to arguments of that type, but in passing I want to refer to the conceitedness of my hon. friends on the other side over the hollow victory they had a few davs ago in the Provincial Council elections. Their conceitedness is quite understandable, but it leaves this side of the House quite cold, because we realize full well— because we have had the experience: hon. members on that side of the House have not had it yet—that the larger and stronger one’s party is, the deeper one is planting the seed of its destruction, and that is precisely what is going to happen to the Nationalist Party. On 24 March it planted the seed of its own eventual destruction.

In the second place I want to refer to the vagueness of that party’s policy in regard to the main planks in its platform. I want to refer to four of these planks in particular, four of the most important planks in its platform. which I have heard discussed here in the past few days. The first one that hon. members on the other side boasted about was the Nationalist Party’s immigration policy. The immigration policy of that side of the House is something that is foreign to them; immigration is something that was always condemned by them. Perhaps this immigration policy of theirs is due to the entry of the two “Nationalized” (mak) Englishmen to the Cabinet! Be that as it may, this policy was stolen from us.

A second plank, the main plank, the basis of the policy of this side of the House, which led to our formation, is co-operation between the Afrikaans-speaking and English-speaking sections. This basis of the policy of the United Party has now become the basis of the policy of that side. This is a second instance of political plagiarism being committed by the Nationalist Party Government; it is the second political theft that has been committed by them, but we are proud of the fact that after so many years that side has at last seen the light and stolen the policy of this side holus-bolus and that they are now showing off with it.

There is a third instance of theft, Sir. We have heard a great deal about the Orange River Scheme in this debate. Sir, that, too, is a project which they stole from this side of the House.

I am glad that the hon. the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development is present here, because I want to say that if we are not careful they will also steal our Native policy.

*Mr. G. F. H. BEKKER:

You have no policy to steal.

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

I should very much like to get an honest and unambiguous explanation in regard to this matter, and therefore I am glad that the hon. the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development is here, because he is an honest man and he will reply to my question although he may say something different again to-morrow! My hon. friend will recall that in 1950 the then Minister of Native Affairs—at that time the Minister in charge of Bantu Administration was still known as the Minister of Native Affairs—addressed the Natives’ Representative Council. He will recall that the then Minister of Native Affairs told that Council on that occasion that the Bantu would be granted certain things. Through the statement he made that day, when he propounded the famous or notorious “baasskap” theory (theory of mastery), he created uncertainty in the ranks of not only the Bantu, but also of the Whites. One would have assumed that what he said on that occasion would have been accepted as the policy of the National Party, but shortly after that statement had been made and after this side of the House had pointed out that it was a dangerous statement which could have far-reaching repercussions, Dr. Malan, in the first place, pointed out that that statement by the then Minister of Native Affairs would not mean that the Bantu areas would be granted sovereign independence; that it would not mean Bantustans. The hon. the Chief Whip on the other side asked me the other day to quote Dr. Malan’s words and said, “You refer to him, but you do not quote his actual words.” Our interpretation of the statement to the Bantu at that time was held up to ridicule. But what did Dr. Malan say? He said—

If one could attain territorial apartheid, if it were practicable, everybody will admit that it would be an ideal state of affairs; but that is not the policy of our party, and I said so clearly on platforms, that total territorial separation was impracticable, where our whole economic structure is to a large extent based on Native labour. It is not practicable and it does not pay any party to endeavour to achieve the impossible.

Shortly afterwards, in 1953, Mr. Strijdom said—

You cannot quote anything to show that I stand for total territorial apartheid. You cannot quote anything like that unless you fabricate it.

A short while later, in 1956, Mr. Strijdom said that he believed in permanent mastery of the Whites over the Bantu.

*An HON. MEMBER:

That is what you are saying now; you have taken it over now.

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

You will recall, Mr. Speaker, that the last time I spoke about this matter in this House, I stated that the present Prime Minister had stuck to his guns as far as this matter was concerned; that he had consistently adhered to the statement made by him to the Natives’ Representative Council in 1950. But, Sir, I was wrong, and I want to put the matter right and apologize for perhaps having embarrassed the hon. the Prime Minister, particularly in view of what he said in the Other Place on 1 May 1951, of which I was not aware. To put the record straight, I want to correct it in Hansard—because the Press and the radio will not give publicity to it— and I want to quote in some detail what he said at the time. The then Minister of Native Affairs said the following in the Other Place—

I wanted to deal with that in Afrikaans. That was the question on our policy of apartheid. *Senator Jackson: Mastership. *The Minister of Native Affairs: Perhaps I might as well start on that at once. Seeing that the hon. Senator Jackson has mastership (“baasskap”) on the brain, I must simply start with that subject. I used that expression in a speech, as the hon. Senator said, but his leader, Mr. Strauss, has misused that expression in public speeches with which he hoped to influence the Ceres by-election.

I come to an important part of his speech now—

He tried there to create the impression that I had announced the forming of an independent Native state, a sort of Bantustan, with its own leader, and which could make its own treaties, even with Russia. Sometimes they spoke of a state as stretching from the Limpopo to the Fish River on the Indian Ocean. *Senator Conradie: One of your candidates said that. *The Minister of Native Affairs: It may be in so far as one individual is concerned, but that is not the policy of the party, and it has never been that, and no leader has ever said it, and most certainly I have not. I am very clearly aware of the fact that you have the Native areas spread about over the whole of the country. I think it would be sheer stupidity to start their organization from the top. … The word “baasskap” was clearly intended to convey that they should be able to get full self-government, a full opportunity of development as leaders of their own people—not just with advisory rights—there, even in the long run involving the exclusion of the Europeans. *Sen. Jackson: Would it be sovereign? *The Minister of Native Affairs: Now the hon. Senator wants to know whether this series of self-governing areas would be sovereign. The answer is obvious. There are Native areas all over the place in South Africa, as in Pietermaritzburg, for example. There is Zululand. There are other areas everywhere in the heart of South Africa. It stands to reason that White South Africa must remain their guardian. We are spending all the money on those developments. We are leaving the Natives to develop. How could small, scattered states arise? The areas will be economically and otherwise dependent on the Union. It stands to reason that when we say that the Protectorates should be incorporated in South Africa and at the same time talk about the Natives’ rights of self-government in those areas, we cannot mean that we intend by that to cut large slices out of South Africa and turn them into independent states.

Has one ever heard such a thing Mr. Speaker? Surely this is United Party policy! I shall read further—

Surely that speaks for itself. It also speaks for itself that South Africa will in her international relationships have to leave the control in the hands of White South Africa. We have never yet tried to bring about here a sort of splitting up of the country into clashing neighbouring states, when if they would only look at a map of the country they would be able to see that it is a completely impossible and impracticable interpretation of self-government in their own areas. Self-government within one’s own area is something entirely different from saying that South Africa is to be divided into a series of states. *Senator Conradie: Then it does not mean the same thing in the White areas?

Now we find this gem—

*The Minister of Native Affairs: No, wait. Each will exercise mastership in his own area, but we have always taken up the attitude that White South Africa is the guardian, and will control South Africa’s general interests. I should like to hear from the hon. Senator whether he differs with me; does he consider that the Whites should not retain that control over South Africa?
*Mr. B. COETZEE:

The world has stood still in the meantime of course; nothing has happened in the meantime.

*DR. STEENKAMP:

Do not try to evade the issue now! Here we have a clear statement by the present Prime Minister that total territorial separation, that Bantustans, were not the policy of the Nationalist Party. We agree wholeheartedly with what Dr. Malan and the late Mr. Strijdom said, of course, but the speech made by the present Prime Minister in 1951 shows us clearly that we were right at the time when we pointed out how divided my hon. friends must have been in their caucus. I am sure they are still quarrelling about this matter to-day. I am convinced that most of the members on that side of the House love South Africa with its present boundaries as much as I do, and that they will not allow the Prime Minister or anybody to give away our country, to give away the land we have inherited from our fathers.

In 1959 the then Minister of Native Affairs became Prime Minister, and what did he say then? Now it was no longer guardianship; now it was no longer control over those areas for all time. Now he said the following—

The reserves will be converted into self-governing states possessing all the rights any nation can lay claim to.

And now? Where is the logic now? His firmness of principle?

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

The world has not stood still in the meantime.

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

No, my hon. friend; you have run away from the land you inherited from your fathers, you have run away from South Africa. If the United Party had been prepared to cut up South Africa, we would have been accused of liberalism, but we have never been prepared to give away one square inch of the land left to us by our forefathers. And we shall fight for the preservation of our fatherland as it is to-day. If anybody wants it, he will have to take it from us by force. The Prime Minister continued——

The Bantu authority, in its own area, will get the same status as our Government has in the area of the Whites. I say that the Bantu has the capacity to develop to complete independence. Neither he (that is the member) nor I am able to stop this.

In other words …

*An HON. MEMBER:

What is the point?

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

The point is that you are misleading the people, that you are committing political fraud against the people.

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member is not allowed to say that the party is committing fraud. The hon. member must withdraw the word “fraud”.

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

I withdraw it, Mr. Speaker. The people are being misled. My hon. friends on the other side do not tell the people the truth. Why was a court order made against the Nationalist Party during the recent elections and what was it about? It was about what we on this side of the House are saying, and that is that that side of the House wants to give away the land we have inherited from our fathers, that they are going to establish Bantu-stans which are going to become independent. What did my hon. friends say in their pamphlet? “That is a downright lie.” That is what they are leading the people to believe. In the lobbies and outside they say: “We do not mean it; do you think we shall ever grant the ‘Kaffirs’ their freedom?”

*The MINISTER OF INFORMATION:

“Kaffirs”!

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

I did not use that word. I am quoting. Call them “Africans” or “Bantu” or “Natives” or whatever you like, but my question is simply this: If it is the policy of the Government to establish sovereign independent states, let them tell the people that candidly.

*HON. MEMBER:

We are doing so.

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

No, you are not. Hon. members are running away; they are running away so fast that lately the hon. the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development is no longer talking about territorial apartheid, but about political apartheid. They are stealing our policy again. One of these days they will say that it never was their policy that the Bantu areas should ever become independent. They will tell the people, as they are already doing: “We shall always remain the guardian; we shall retain a position of guardianship for ever.” But to the Natives and to the world they say: “We are going to grant independence to these territories.” Tell us and tell the people precisely what your policy is. Are the Bantu areas going to become sovereign independent States or not? Is there going to be total territorial apartheid? Or is the White man going to remain the suzerain? Is the White man going to maintain his control? It is very important that the people of South Africa should know.

*HON. MEMBERS:

They do know.

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

No, you are too afraid to tell the people. Mr. Speaker, even the Chief Whip is too afraid to say these things outside.

*Mr. J. E. POTGIETER:

I say them outside and I say them here.

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

No, you do not. Why do you deny these things in that pamphlet? Surely the hon. the Chief Whip must have been aware of that denial. And why these new statements to the effect that it is not so much a matter of territorial apartheid as of political apartheid? That is why I say that it is absolutely essential that we should know precisely what the policy of the Nationalist Party is. The United Party says: Our policy is race federation on such and such a basis. The people may criticize us, you may condemn us, but we are honest and we say precisely where we stand.

*An HON. MEMBER:

Where do you stand?

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

We say that we would rather have eight Native representatives in this House of Assembly than eight Bantustans. It is the country of my people that you are giving away.

*Mr. GREYLING:

I want to put a question to the hon. member. Is White rule over the whole of the Republic, including the Bantustans, not synonymous with White domination?

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

In terms of the United Party’s policy there will never be a Bantustan. There will be developed Bantu areas, there will be Bantu homelands, but they will always be subject to control and suzerainty of this Parliament. The Whites will always retain the leadership.

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

“Baasskap”.

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

No, I did not say “baasskap”. Political leadership. We have never believed what was said by the late Mr. Strijdom, which was that we should practise “baasskap”. We believe that White leadership must be maintained in South Africa.

*Mr. D. J. POTGIETER:

The United Party members remind me of a broodhen with a very high fever, who is so anxious to brood that instead of sitting on her own eggs she sits on duck’s eggs with the result that she hatches ducklings. The time then duly arrives when she sits all alone on the wall of the dam while the little ducklings play about in the water where they belong. That is exactly what is happening to the United Party. They do not adhere to a policy. They are continually adopting a new policy. I can think of about seven policies they have announced over the past few years. That is the reason why their ranks have become so depleted. I predict that the people will reject them at the next general election. Many of those sitting on that side to-day will not return.

I want to say a few words about the remarks made this afternoon by the hon. member for Green Point (Maj. van der Byl). He referred to this side of the House and said “what a bunch of little men”. The hon. member has often been wrong and has had to retract. Sir, you will remember how he carried on when we held the referendum on the republican issue. I think it was only last year when he admitted in this House that he had made a mistake in voting against the Republic.

Maj. VAN DER BYL:

I did not say I had made a mistake; I said I wondered whether I had not made a mistake.

*Mr. D. J. POTGIETER:

If we are a “bunch of little men” why does he wonder whether he did not perhaps make a mistake by not following this “bunch of little men”? I can give numerous examples of things this Government has brought about and about which hon. members opposite are ashamed to-day for having opposed us. The hon. member for Brakpan (Mr. Bezuidenhout) has referred to it. Everything this side of the House has done to promote the interests of South Africa that side of the House has opposed.

The hon. member also referred to the hon. Minister of Information and the hon. Minister of Immigration as tamed Englishmen. The hon. member should be ashamed of himself. And then hon. members opposite tell us it is their policy to bring about unity in South Africa! Is that the way to bring about unity? We have two honourable Englishmen in our Cabinet.

Maj. VAN DER BYL:

What did you think of them when they were still in the Opposition benches?

*Mr. D. J. POTGIETER:

We thought of them exactly what we think to-day of every English-speaking person in South Africa who places South Africa first and who gives his undivided loyalty to South Africa. I want to tell hon. members on that side that they will not bring about unity in that way. They have continually tried to get into power by stirring up racial feeling in this country.

The hon. member for Hillbrow (Dr. Steenkamp) who has just sat down also said it was the policy of the United Party to bring about unity in South Africa. What did he do when we provided in legislation that South Africa would have only one flag? It was the late Mr. Barlow who proposed it. That hon. member then went to Paarl and said to the English-speaking people there: “This Government has now taken your flag, the Union Jack, away; to-morrow they will take your language away”. Is that the way in which to try to bring about unity in South Africa? That is to cause disunity and stir up racialism. They want to strengthen their own position by bringing about racial disunity. It is due to the United Party’s policy of sowing suspicion and creating disunity that the English-speaking people in this country have become wise to them. The English-speaking people are not such fools. They are faithful patriotic citizens of the Republic and they will no longer fall for that kind of United Party bait.

*Mr. RAW:

When did you discover that?

*Mr. D. J. POTGIETER:

I shall deal with the hon. member for Point (Mr. Raw) in a moment. He must not be so forward.

The hon. member for Green Point suggested that the people who voted for us were a lot of unenlightened people.

*Maj. VAN DER BYL:

No.

*Mr. D. J. POTGIETER:

The hon. member always works himself into a temper and then he says things which he subsequently does not remember having said. He said the people who voted for us were unenlightened people. Is the hon. member suggesting that everybody who voted for us is stupid?

Maj. VAN DER BYL:

[Inaudible.]

*Mr. D. J. POTGIETER:

A short while ago the hon. member also denied having said something which I had maintained he had said and when I read out the reports to him he had to admit that he had been wrong.

*Maj. VAN DER BYL:

That is not true; you know it is not true.

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order!

*Maj. VAN DER BYL:

I withdraw that Mr. Speaker.

*Mr. D. J. POTGIETER:

The hon. member for Hillbrow said the United Party always placed South Africa first but that he could not say the same of this side of the House. I want to give him a few examples. I have already referred to the instance when the hon. member for Hillbrow went to Paarl. When we said South Africa would only have one flag did he place South Africa first? Do you place South Africa first if you do not want your own national flag but the flag of another country as well? Another complaint of the hon. member for Hillbrow was that we had opposed the war effort. He said we were against the war. Of course we were and we had good reasons for being against it. The late Dr. Malan got up in this House and said to General Smuts: “Do you know what you are doing? The Russian colossus will straddle the whole of Europe because of what you are doing”. General Smuts then said to him: “You should rather remain quiet on external affairs because you do not know anything about it”. What was the result: What did they fight for? What threatened us? Had South Africa been threatened we on this side of the House would have been the first to defend South Africa.

*Maj. VAN DER BYL:

You were Hitler’s allies.

*Mr. D. J. POTGIETER:

Has the hon. member forgotten the Denk case? Has he forgotten the scandalous stories they spread around that Dr. Malan had gone to Pretoria with the specific object of handing South Africa to Hitler on a platter? The hon. member for Green Point was the person who spread that story. I still questioned him about it and he confirmed it.

*Maj. VAN DER BYL:

That was what I had read in the newspapers.

*Mr. D. J. POTGIETER:

Do you place South Africa first when you represent your fellow citizens in such a wrong light in the eyes of the public?

*Maj. VAN DER BYL:

What did you say about the soldiers?

*Mr. D. J. POTGIETER:

Who referred to the soldiers as “skunks in uniform”? Was it a front bencher of the Nationalist Party or a front bencher of the United Party? [Interjections.] No, it was a front bencher of the United Party.

*Maj. VAN DER BYL:

Who?

Mr. D. J. POTGIETER:

Just read Hansard. The hon. member should be very careful about making interjections because every time he does he puts his foot deeper into it.

The hon. member for Hillbrow accused us of having stabbed General Hertzog in the back. He said they did not stab General Hertzog in the back in 1941 but who stabbed him in the back in 1939? Whose newspapers said he was quite mad, that he was a person who had a screw loose somewhere? Who said that? The newspapers of the United Party or of the Nationalist Party? To-day they say we were the ones who stabbed General Hertzog in the back.

The hon. member for Hillbrow said they knew from experience that the stronger a party became the deeper embedded became the germs of its own destruction. Yes, we know it. We know that as far as the United Party is concerned. But we are not the United Party.

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

Thank Heaven.

*Mr. D. J. POTGIETER:

Yes, thank Heaven, because we are not going to sow the germ of self-destruction. If we were to sow the germ of our own destruction it would mean the end of this nation because there you see the alternative government, Sir. If we were to be destroyed and the United Party came into power it would mean the end of White South Africa.

The hon. member said we were against immigration. Where does he get that from? That is the party who said they would throw open the doors of South Africa so that the immigrants could enter by their millions, the good and the bad, to plough this side of the House under. If anybody wants to do that to any nation with self-respect does the hon. member not think such a nation would oppose it with all its might? That is how we know the hon. member; when he gets a beating he pretends not to be listening.

When it was their intention to plough us under with immigrants, the good and the bad, we were against immigration. Who would not have been against it? Anybody with self-respect will fight for his own preservation. But when we came into power we said: “We shall bring in immigrants provided they do not constitute a danger to our own people on the labour market.” Nor does the hon. member know his history because the moment we needed immigrants we screened them and brought in those we wanted. We do not want the good and the bad. Nor do we want to bring in immigrants who will take the work out of the hands of our unskilled labour. We are not only concerned about the Whites; we are also the guardian of the non-Whites. We must also see to it that there is work for them. We cannot import unskilled labour on a large scale and be the cause of our own non-Whites dying of hunger. The hon. member must not say immigration is foreign to us. He would be more correct if he said: “The National Party must be ploughed under with millions of immigrants; that is how we want to remain in power”.

The hon. member says we shall steal their Bantu policy one of these days. The hon. members then quoted what Dr. Malan is supposed to have said, what Adv. Strijdom is supposed to have said and what Dr. Verwoerd is supposed to have said in 1950-1.

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

Why “supposed to have said”; they did say so.

*Mr. D. J. POTGIETER:

Very well—“what they said”. I accept that for the sake of argument. Mr. Speaker, the National Party has always said it was the guardian of the non-Whites. [Interjections.] I did not interject once when the hon. member spoke. It has always been the policy of the National Party that it would remain the guardian of the non-Whites until such time as they became of age. A guardian cannot remain guardian over the ward for all time. He remains guardian over the ward until the ward becomes of age. We have always adopted the attitude that when the non-Whites become of age we shall give them self-government provided they have developed the necessary maturity. We say it to-day and we say it outside that we are going to give the various non-White national groups of the Bantu their own homelands, homelands which we shall recognize.

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

Independent and free?

*Mr. D. J. POTGIETER:

The day the Bantu proves that he is ready to maintain independence and appreciate it.

*Maj. VAN DER BYL:

And they are colonies in the meantime?

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

What does your leader say about it?

*Mr. D. J. POTGIETER:

I wish the hon. member would give me a chance. He asked questions and made allegations which I want to refute. We have never yet hidden it under chairs and benches. The United Party who is to-day opposed to Bantu homelands entrenched the idea in legislation in 1936. They recognized the areas in which the Bantu had been living traditionally and they went further and said an additional million morgen of land had to be purchased from the White man and given to them. The National Party says that in view of the fact that the White man has given his word to the Bantu he, the White man, is going to honour it. Have hon. members opposite forgotten their union congress at Bloemfontein? I think it was the hon. member for South Coast who said “not another inch of land to the Bantu”.

*Mr. RAW:

To Bantustans.

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

What you are saying is not true.

*Mr. D. J. POTGIETER:

Why do you want to buy land for the Bantu if you do not want to add it to the existing Bantu areas? I speak subject to correction but I think it was the hon. member for Hillbrow who objected to the people being moved to Meadowlands when we cleared up slum conditions in Johannesburg.

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

To the way in which you did it.

*Mr. D. J. POTGIETER:

The hon. member said he would only vote for it if the Bantu were given property right there. He was prepared at that time to give them property right in the White areas, to give them land.

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

You are talking a lot of nonsense; you ought to know what the facts are.

*Mr. D. J. POTGIETER:

I promise to check up in Hansard and if I am wrong I shall apologize to the hon. member, but if I am right I expect the hon. member to apologize to me. No, Mr. Speaker, they are not honest as far as these matters are concerned. They recognized it in 1936 but now they refuse to recognize it. I want to put this question to them: If they come into power what will they do with the traditional areas of the Bantu?

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

We shall develop them but they will remain part of South Africa.

*Mr. D. J. POTGIETER:

What are you going to do with the Transkei?

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

But it will remain part of South Africa.

*Mr. D. J. POTGIETER:

How are they going to develop it? Are they going to invest White capital there on a large scale and are they going to leave the Transkei to the Whites?

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

I shall give you a copy of our resolution.

*Mr. D. J. POTGIETER:

Are they going to honour the undertaking they gave to the Bantu in 1936? We are not the people who gave them that land. History has given it to them. Every White man in this country knows where they live and knows it is Bantu area.

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

You are closing your eyes to the truth.

*Mr. D. J. POTGIETER:

They say they will maintain leadership over the whole of South Africa. How are they going to do that? The hon. the Leader of the Opposition said at a meeting that they wanted to maintain White leadership over the whole of South Africa for all time and that it would require a revolution to deprive them of it. In other words, according to the Leader of the Opposition, the United Party says, only a revolution will upset their policy. He therefore at this stage already recognizes the fact that the possibility of a revolution is inherent in that policy of theirs. But what else does it mean? With this battle-cry of theirs the United Party is suggesting that they want to keep these Bantu politically subordinate for all time and they know that is impossible. However, that is not what it is all about. What does this battle-cry of theirs really signify? They have realised that they cannot tell the people straight forward that they want a race federation, that they want to give the Bantu the opportunity of being represented in this Parliament and that it is possible that the Bantu will be represented by Bantu in this House. They do not want to tell the public that because they know the public will reject it. But to-day they come forward with this battle-cry that they want to maintain White leadership over the whole of the Republic of South Africa. It is only a battle-cry and they hope the nation will accept it. Once the nation has accepted it and put them in power the quickest and easiest way to destroy South Africa would be for them to apply their policy. Then they will not have any opposition; then it will be too late to oppose them. However, they do not want to tell the Republic what is the motive behind this battle-cry of theirs.

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

The maintenance of White civilization.

*Mr. D. J. POTGIETER:

The hon. member has already tried to catch the public in many ways but the National Party is wide awake. We shall inform the nation as to the motives behind this battle-cry.

That hon. member says that by creating Bantu homelands we are giving away our heritage. Did our forefathers ever regard those Bantu homelands as a heritage they would be leaving us?

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

Always. Ever since they were conquered.

*Mr. D. J. POTGIETER:

In that case I should like to know why the United Party recognized that that was not a White area in the 1936 legislation? Sir, how can you expect the nation to vote for a party which says that the area in which the Bantu are living and have been living traditionally, an area which the nation has recognized as being theirs, is a White area. Sir, have you ever heard such nonsense? If it is a Bantu homeland how can it be a White area? And they admitted it. But to-day they want to pull wool over the eyes of the nation but they will not succeed.

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

We shall.

*Mr. D. J. POTGIETER:

I am sorry the hon. member was not here from the beginning. He said we refused to tell the public what we had in mind with the Bantu homelands. When have we refused to tell them?

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

During the last election

*Mr. D. J. POTGIETER:

For Heaven’s sake, Sir, we said it throughout the election. We say it here and outside, everyone of us. I dealt with this matter at every meeting I addressed.

I said we did not hide our policy under chairs and benches. This is what we have in mind with the homelands. [Interjections.] Hon. members are getting foolish.

In conclusion I just want to say this to the United Party particularly to the hon. member for Hillbrow. As an Afrikaans-speaking person he will gain nothing by trying to stir up racial feelings against the English. He was not here but for his benefit I want to repeat what I said, namely, that when the Flag Act was piloted through this House he immediately held a meeting at Paarl and said to the English-speaking people: “This Government has now taken your flag away and one of these days they will take your language away.”

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

That is not true.

*Mr. D. J. POTGIETER:

If it is not why did the hon. member not repudiate it? I think I quoted it in this House at the time. I just want to tell him that he will gain nothing by trying to incite the English-speaking people against the Government because the English-speaking people have become wise to him. They have discovered that the United Party only thrives on racial hatred. Nor will the hon. member gain anything by referring to these two Ministers of Information and Labour as tamed Englishmen.

*Mr. RAW:

Detribalized Englishmen.

*Mr. D. J. POTGIETER:

I am grateful for that interjection.

*Mr. RAW:

I said I was regarded as a detribalized Englishman.

*Mr. D. J. POTGIETER:

Those English-speaking persons who are joining the National Party in greater numbers will know in future that they are regarded as detribalized Englishmen. But the English-speaking people will no longer fall into that kind of trap. They are firmly rooted in this country to-day. They are citizens with one loyalty and one love and that is for South Africa. That is the reason why they reject the United Party and are joining this party in greater numbers. I can tell him that the more they sneer at the English-speaking people on this side of the House the more shall we, the Afrikaans-speaking people support and welcome them because here they will find a real home.

*Mr. HOLLAND:

Mr. Speaker, I hope the hon. member for Vryheid (Mr. D. J. Potgieter) will forgive me if I do not follow his arguments or reply to them. As in the past I would rather confine myself to the interests of the people I represent and not take part in the dispute between the White political parties.

A few weeks ago when the results of the provincial elections in the Coloured constituencies came out people had a great deal to say because it showed that the overwhelming majority of the Coloureds had voted for the Progressive Party. I was pleased to some extent when I heard in private conversation with many members of the Government why they were concerned about the results. I was pleased to hear so many expressing concern that if the Coloureds were to be represented in the highest forums of the land by people who belonged to a political party which was completely rejected by the Whites it would only harm the cause of the Coloureds; it would only harm the feeling of goodwill that had been built up over recent years. People asked what the reason could be. I think there are three reasons for it. In the first place I do not think anybody will deny that the results of that election should be interpreted to mean that the Coloured voters and the Coloured people as such differ from a feeling of frustration and humiliation. They have been subject to humiliation over the past few years as a result of the actions of the Government. In the second place, Sir, you will remember that the Coloured voters were faced with the choice of voting for a Progressive Party candidate or a United Party candidate. I have in the past warned the United Party that they could not sit on two stools. I have told them that the policy they advocated was not acceptable to the Coloured voters because of its ambiguity. These elections have proved that it is not acceptable. However, there is a third reason for the results. I do not think I put it too strongly when I say that the third reason is the reprehensible methods employed by the Progressive Party. In the good old days when the Coloureds were still on the common roll and the matter discussed in this House the accusation was often made that during elections there was corruption as far as the Coloured voters were concerned. If any truth attached to those words in those days I can assure you, Sir, that the corruption which took place during the past election in which the Progressive Party took part, has no parallel in the political history of South Africa.

*Mr. G. P. VAN DEN BERG:

Did you report it?

*Mr. HOLLAND:

The interjection by the hon. member is of no value; the hon. member knows very well that reports were made and that those people who had acted illegally in connection with the registration of Coloured voters were caught but the hon. member also knows that when money is thrown about during an election it is very difficult to find out who the guilty persons are. I do know, however—and I say this in all honesty—that financial offers were made to me to support the Progressive Party or their candidates. I know of Coloured voters who were approached by members of the Progressive Party in an attempt to get their support and were told: “Naturally we have Mr. Oppenheimer behind us and if you vote for the Progressive Party all your financial worries will be over.”

*An HON. MEMBER:

Disgraceful!

*Mr. HOLLAND:

It is a disgrace.

*An HON. MEMBER:

The same thing happened when the United Party was in power.

*Mr. HOLLAND:

No, the hon. member for Wolmaransstad should not talk about the old United Party Government because in the days when the United Party did things like that the Nationalist Party was equally guilty. But those days are past; the Coloureds are on a separate roll to-day.

It was clear in four or five cases where, because of inexperience on the part of the persons concerned, they acted in such a way that it could be determined by those in charge that it could not have been possible for one person to have signed as witness at so many registrations on one day or one evening. There were four or five such cases but that is nothing in comparison with other things that were done. I am sincerely and honestly afraid that the methods employed in this case can only lower and harm the political consciousness of the Coloured community and if the Coloured people, or rather the Coloured voters, were to elect people to represent them in the highest forums of the land, people who did not stand the slightest chance of fulfilling the promises their party or they themselves had made, people who were not sincere with the Coloureds but only wanted to use the Coloured vote to obtain a political platform in the highest forums of the land, it would only worsen the very difficult position in which the Coloured people find themselves to-day, a position in which they aspire to higher development but feel that their political development is being hampered, and drastically retard their development. After the formation of the Progressive Party there was an election in 1961. They said at the time that they would not take part in Coloured elections because the policy of separate voters’ rolls was to repugnant to them that they did not even want to take part in the elections. But the results of the 1961 election also clearly indicated that the Progressives had as little hope as the proverbial snow ball in the other place to come into power on the White vote and that is the reason why their hearts are suddenly bleeding for the Coloureds. I just want to say this to the people I represent, the people for whom my heart bleeds and whose fate is my concern, that if the day should arrive when those people who want to use the Coloured vote merely to get a platform, become their representatives, the growth of their development will be irreparably damaged.

I want to deal with the second reason I have mentioned: The hon. member for Green Point (Maj. van der Byl) has appealed to the Coloureds to accept the policy of the United Party. The hon. member is completely out of touch with the Coloureds and their ideas. The Coloureds of South Africa have developed to the stage where they no longer believe the story that if you have certain qualifications you are politically so mature that your name can go on the voters roll in the Cape Province but the moment you cross the border into the Orange Free State you are no longer politically mature. That is the kind of anomaly which is responsible for the fact that the Coloureds are no longer attracted to the policy of the United Party and were no longer attracted to the United Party as such during the last election. The days are past when the Coloured was only faced with the choice of voting United Party or Nationalist Party and voted for the better of the two candidates. That situation no longer obtains. The Coloured voters who voted on the common roll up to 1953 only constitute a small percentage of the voters on the separate roll. The United Party can no longer appeal successfully to the Coloureds to vote for the United Party. There must be a re-adjustment of policy if they want to give a certain measure of satisfaction to the Coloureds as far as their political aspirations are concerned. I want to say a few words about the third reason I have mentioned. This is something which happens from time to time as far as the Coloureds are concerned. I do not want to rake up old stories but I want to say a few words on this question of mixed audiences and the steps taken in that connection. It is something of minor importance which could have been avoided. I want to say in all honesty that no Government has ever done as much for the Coloureds as this Government as far as their housing, their education, their economic upliftment and so forth are concerned. That is undeniably true. But, as I have said before, you can have a beautiful home with a pretty garden, you can have the best furniture and wonderful toys for your children, but if there is no happiness in that home it is not a home in the true sense of the word. It is true that as far as material things are concerned the Government has done a great deal for the Coloureds (particularly when you think if it, Sir, that in 1950, in the municipal area of Cape Town alone, there was a shortage of 20,000 houses for Coloureds. It is clear, however, that there is no happiness in the Coloured home. On the 18 March a letter appeared in the Burger. The letter was written by a Mr. Phillip Stohr and he said this—

In your editorial of the 15th instant, you express a feeling of disappointment about the recent provincial election results in the Coloured constituencies. Your disappointment is understandable. The Coloureds have, with a great majority, elected a candidate who totally rejects apartheid; and by doing that they have once again showed that they reject the policy of apartheid, as they see it. Is that surprising? What does apartheid mean to the ordinary Coloured in his every-day life? It means a less comfortable seat in the bus; it means that he has to make an inconvenient detour to buy a train ticket; it means that most of the beaches of the Peninsula, including those most conveniently situated, are closed to him; it means that he has to leave his home to go and live on the windswept sandy Cape Flats, often far from his work; it means more stumbling blocks, some real and some threatening, in the road to work with better pay; it means that places of entertainment are closed to him. Who would willingly accept such annoyances in his daily life.

I say again that the entire Coloured community appreciate the beautiful University College which has been established for them at Bellville. I encourage them to go there because the more B.A.s and B.Sc.s coming from that university college the faster will be their upliftment economically and culturally. But what do we see in this morning’s Burger: “Civic Centre refused to Coloureds.” The University college has not yet got a hall big enough in which to hold their graduation ceremony. I was present last year and it was held in a lecture room which was hopelessly too small. A suitable hall has still to be built. They have applied for permission to use the Bellville civic centre for their graduation ceremony. Only intellectuals and the parents of the students who have to receive their degrees are invited to the ceremony but the application has been refused. I am informed that the mayor of Bellville said that it was not their policy to allow Coloureds to use it. Of all these statements we have had about mixed audiences there was one which I could understand and that was that it was suggested that if facilities were not available to Coloureds at any particular place they would be allowed, under permit, to use those of the Whites. What goodwill is shown to the Coloureds when a municipality goes as far as that? I was present when the University College was opened. The Coloureds sat on one side of the hall and the Whites on the other side. Subsequently there was a reception to which only Whites were invited. One would have thought it was a university for Whites. The Coloureds were not invited because they are not allowed in the civic centre!

Mr. Speaker at such a ceremony you only have to do with intellectuals, with students who have to get their degrees and their parents those parents who have been able to educate their children to that standard. But the Coloureds are humiliated in public by not being allowed to hold their graduation ceremony in the civic centre at Bellville. How can we expect them not to show extremistic tendencies when it comes to an election? What is worse is this: A Bantu choir may perform in that hall before a White audience. In other words, Coloureds and Bantu may appear on the platform but they may not appear in the auditorium. I ask you, Mr. Speaker, what stupidity?

A few years ago the hon. the Minister of Finance said in this House that the world outside must remember that there were five million hearts here beating as one. How can you expect the heart of a person who is insulted in that way to beat in unison with yours or mine, Sir? How can you expect these people who are daily humiliated in their very soul to have a feeling of absolute loyalty and faithfulness to South Africa and to the Government of the country? I appeal to the Government, in heaven’s name, in the interests of the future of South Africa— the future of both White and Coloured because their fate is the same as ours—to reflect and to put an end to these unnecessary pin-pricks; to stop inflicting wounds unnecessarily. I appeal to the Prime Minister and to the Cabinet to stop making mountains out of molehills and to stop insulting the Coloureds in this way.

*Mr. TREURNICHT:

During the course of this debate some hon. members, particularly the Coloured Representatives, made some remarks which caused us to believe that they were a little worried. We can well understand that because the recent election has clearly showed that the Coloured people have more or less washed their hands off the United Party and were looking for other avenues to realize their political ideals. We also gained the impression that the present Coloured Representatives were also very worried. They think their representation of the Coloured people will probably also be interfered with.

I think it is good that on an occasion like this we should take stock of ourselves as regards our own attitude towards the Coloured people. I think I can say without fear of contradiction that, in spite of the signs that the Coloured people are tending towards the Progressives, this Party and this Government will continue to fulfill its obligations towards the Coloured people.

Business interrupted in accordance with Standing Order No. 23 and debate adjourned.

The House adjourned at 7 p.m.

FRIDAY, 2 APRIL 1965 Mr. SPEAKER took the Chair at 10.5 a.m. QUESTIONS

For oral reply:

Medical Students Enrolled *I. Dr. FISHER

asked the Minister of Education, Arts and Science:

How many (a) White, (b) Coloured, (c) Indian and (d) Bantu students were enrolled for 1965 in the first and final year courses, respectively, in the faculty of medicine at the University of (i) the Witwatersrand, (ii) Pretoria, (iii) Cape Town, (iv) Stellenbosch and (v) Natal.

The DEPUTY MINISTER OF EDUCATION, ARTS AND SCIENCE:
  1. (a) (i) 126 and 74, (ii) 430 and 111, (iii)151 and 94, (iv) 148 and 38 and (v) none.
  2. (b) (i) None, (ii) none, (iii) 18 and 17, (iv) none and (v) 4 and 3.
  3. (c) (i) 5 and 3. (ii) none, (iii) 13 and 10, (iv) none and (v) 34 and 17.
  4. (d) (i) None and 2, (ii) none, (iii) none, (iv) none and (v) 17 and 14.
Passenger Rolling Stock Placed in Operation *II. Mr. WOOD

asked the Minister of Transport:

  1. (1) How many (a) all-steel first-class passenger saloons and (b) air-conditioned dining saloons have been placed in service since 1 March 1963;
  2. (2) how many train sets made up from new rolling stock have been placed in operation between specific points since that date.
The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:
  1. (1) (a) 112. (b) Nil.
  2. (2) Only first-class and first and second-class composite saloons of the new Nigel all-steel type are at present in service. These, together with first-class all-coupé and second-class saloons of the 110-volt all-steel type placed in service in 1948-9, are used as fixed train sets on the Trans-Karoo, Trans-Natal and Orange Express trains. Eight such train sets are used for these trains.
Bantu Teachers Employed *III. Mr. WOOD

asked the Minister of Bantu Education:

What was (a) the total number of Bantu teachers employed by his Department and (b) the total amount paid in salaries to Bantu teachers during the financial year 1963-4.

The DEPUTY MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:
  1. (a) On 31 March 1964, 767 Bantu teachers were employed by my Department in Government Bantu schools whilst 21,223 were employed by Bantu school boards and managers and owners of State-aided Bantu schools.
  2. (b) R 15,676,139 was spent on the salaries of Bantu teachers in State-aided schools. The amounts spent on the salaries of White and Bantu teachers employed by my Department are unfortunately into kept separately. The total expenditure incurred in this regard was R 1,932,260 of which approximately R990,000 was spent on the salaries of Bantu teachers. This gives a total of approximately R16,666,139 for 1963-4.
Report on Insecticides *IV. Mr. WOOD

asked the Minister of Health:

  1. (1) Whether the Committee appointed to investigate the use of insecticides and other poisons has submitted its reports; if not, when is it expected to do so;
  2. (2) whether the report will be published; if not,
  3. (3) whether copies will be made available to interested persons.
The MINISTER OF HEALTH:
  1. (1) It is not yet known when the Committee will be able to conclude its deliberations, but present indications are that it may submit an interim report in about six months time.
  2. (2) and (3) The nature of the report itself will determine whether it should be made available for general information and it is therefore not possible to give any indication at this stage.
Railways: Concessions to Pensioners *V. Mr. EATON

asked the Minister of Transport:

Whether the concessions to social pensioners, grantees and war pensioners, announced by the Minister of Finance in his Budget speech, are to be extended to South African Railways and Harbours pensioners; if so, to what extent.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

Yes; to the same extent, i.e. the minimum income limit will, with effect from 1 October 1965, be increased by R2 per month in the case of single pensioners and R4 per month in that of married pensioners and unmarried pensioners with dependent children.

Unredeemed Loan Levies *VI. Mr. GORSHEL

asked the Minister of Finance:

  1. (1) What, in respect of each year since 1953, (a) was the total amount derived,(b) is the total amount still unclaimed and (c) is the number of unredeemed certificates in respect of loan levies;
  2. (2) what steps (a) have been taken and (b) will be taken to remind the taxpayers concerned to redeem their certificates.
The MINISTER OF FINANCE:
  1. (1) A loan levy was imposed only in respect of the 1953, 1957, 1958 and 1959 tax years.

(a)

(b)

(c)

Tax Year

Total amount derived from Loan Levy.

Total amount unclaimed as at 28.2.1965.

Number of Unredeemed Certificates.

R

R

1953

26,068,141

995,529

47,383

1957

21,110,145

913,653

122,042

1958

21,585,990

1,608,880

186,688

1959

19,697,393

9,534,756

269,892

  1. (2)
    1. (a) From time to time taxpayers are reminded, by means of announcements in the Press and over the radio, to redeem their certificates.
    2. (b) The above-mentioned steps will be continued.
Racial Clashes in America *VII. Mr. GORSHEL

asked the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development:

  1. (1) Whether (a) he, (b) his Department, (c) any other department or (d) any other agency or person on behalf of the Government is making a study of racial clashes in America; if so, (i) when was the study initiated, (ii) from which sources has the information been or is it being obtained and (iii) what is the estimated cost of the body;
  2. (2) whether the study has been completed; if not, when will it be completed; if so,
  3. (3) whether he has arrived at any conclusions; if so, what conclusions;
  4. (4) whether the results of the study will be laid upon the Table.
The DEPUTY MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:
  1. (1) (a) and (b) I regard it as part of my duties to study, as far as I am in a position to do so, conditions in all countries having racial problems and to draw there from conclusions and compare conditions with those in our own country. If every South African were to accept that as his duty there would be fewer people in South Africa who, through ignorance, go about slandering South Africa, instead of advancing the true facts.

Senior officials of my Department as a matter of course give regular attention to this matter. There is, however, no question of a specialized study of the matter.

  1. (1) (b) and (c) (2), (3) and (4) Fall away.
Bantu Affairs: Films Exhibited Overseas *VIII. Mr. GORSHEL

asked the Minister of Information:

Whether arrangements have been made since 1 February 1964 for the release and exhibition (a) in South Africa and (b) overseas of any films produced by or for his Department; if so, (i) which films and (ii) what arrangements.

The MINISTER OF INFORMATION:
  1. (a) and (b) Yes; (i) and (ii) Films were shown in South Africa and overseas through non-commercial and commercial channels. Representatives of this Department in Australia, Belgium, Canada, France, Germany, Italy, the Netherlands, Portugal, Rhodesia, Switzerland, the United Kingdom and the United States are continually liaising with television authorities in respective countries for televising of films and features and news items on South Africa.

In view of the great number of films and film items shown or televised I would like, with the permission of the House, to lay the list on the Table.

LIST OF TELEVISION ITEMS

The following events were covered and distributed from February 1964, specifically for use on television abroad:

  • Unveiling Spioenkop Monument.
  • Rugby Festival.
  • Opening Pretoria Art Museum.
  • Visit of the Rhodesian Prime Minister. Operation Pain in the Neck.
  • Belgian Conductor: Sterneveld.
  • Visit French Senators.
  • Kruger Day Celebrations.
  • M.C.C. Cricket Tour.
  • Harris Trial.
  • Presentation first South African manufactured F.N. Rifle to Prime Minister.
  • Visit New Zealand M.P.s.
  • George Hazle receives Helms Trophy. Enlarging Cape Town Docks. Demonstration Canadian built tractor at Woodstock.
  • Kyalami International Race.
  • Restoration Cape Dutch home Coornkoop. South African Paraplegic Olympics.
  • Air Display Pietersburg.
  • Super VC10 on Trial.
  • Rock Lobsters from the Deep.
  • Manufacturing golf balls in South Africa. New Catholic Church for Portuguese Community.
  • Rand Easter Show, Johannesburg, Festival. Visit of the French Rugby Team.
  • Chief Matanzima’s Tour of Orange Free State and Transvaal.
  • Flemish Poet: Stijn Streuvels. Commemoration Cultural Agreement with Belgium.
  • Trials for M.C.C. Tour.
  • Visit Portuguese students.
  • New Coins being Minted.
  • Christmas in South Africa.
  • Visit President World Nursing Council.
  • 70th Birthday of the State President.
  • Arrival S.A. Frigate President Pretorius. Opening new Cape Town Station.
  • Arrival French Frigate Le Praneucel. Balmain Fashion Show.
  • Australian Bowls Team.
  • Shipping Iron Ore to Japan.
  • South African Built Hovercraft.
  • Opening Parliament.
  • Oldest Among the New.
  • South African Open, Gary Player instructs youngsters.
  • American Television Star and German Actress to play in film in South Africa.

LIST OF FILMS

  1. (i) Non-commercially, through South African Missions abroad the following films:
    • The Wild are Free.
    • Citizens of To-morrow.
    • The Young Country.
    • Timeless Land.
    • Fishermen of Skeleton Coast. Impressions of Another Land.
    • Fisherfolk of Kalk Bay.
    • Vaal River Story.
    • My Own My Native Land On the Move.
    • Friendly Touch Down.
    • S.W.A.
    • Fort Merensky.
    • A Great Day.
    • Workshop of a Continent.
    • Southern Symphony.
    • South African Commonwealth.
    • Face of South Africa.
    • Golden Valley.
    • Winter in the Sun.
    • Fox has Four Eyes.
    • Bastion of the South Anatomy of Apartheid.
    • Portrait of a People.
    • Hands Across the Border.
    • The Challenge.
    • Assegai to Javelin.
  2. (ii) Commercially, through Sterling Movies, Sound Services, Modem Talking Pictures, Rank Organization: Workshop of a Continent, Wild are Free, The Young Country, South African Commonwealth, Golden Valley, Impressions of Another Land, Southern Symphony, Citizens of To-morrow, Vaal River Story.

In South Africa (i) non-commercially at the Rand Easter Show, Batfair, through our own regional offices, State Departments and Organizations the same films as under (i) above plus:

Light in the Darkness, Order out of Chaos, We Build a School, Development in Bantu Areas, A Full Bucket Brings Money, Better Cattle for the Bantu, Take Care of Your Eyes, Homelands of the Bantu, Zulu Children, Against the Swirl of Time.

(ii) Commercially through African Consolidated Theatres and Ster, the following films: Bastion of the South, On the Move, Friendly Touch Down, My Own My Native Land, Hands Across the Border, Anatomy of Apartheid, Portrait of a People, The Young Country, Southern Symphony, A Touch of Gold, Workshop of a Continent.

*IX. Mrs. SUZMAN

—Reply standing over.

Subsidies for Social Amenities in Indian Areas *X. Mrs. SUZMAN

asked the Minister of Indian Affairs:

What amount was spent by his Department in each year since its establishment on the provision or subsidizing of social, cultural, entertainment and sports amenities for Indian people in their own areas.

The DEPUTY MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:

Local authorities, and not the Department of Indian Affairs, are responsible for the provision of such amenities. Subsidies can nevertheless be paid within the ambit of approved subsidy schemes towards the promotion of adult education and for the further development of such amenities which have been provided by local authorities.

The following amounts were spent for this purpose by the Department of Indian Affairs since its establishment:

1962-3

R4,000

1963-4

R3,335

1964-5

R5,686

Subsidies for Social Amenities in Coloured Areas *XI. Mrs. SUZMAN

asked the Minister of Coloured Affairs:

What amount was spent by his Department in each year since its establishment on the provision or subsidizing of social, cultural, entertainment and sports amenities for Coloured people in their own areas.

The MINISTER OF COLOURED AFFAIRS:

The following amounts were spent by my Department annually in respect of the relative amenities for Coloured people, since its establishment on 1 April 1958:

Financial Year

Amount

1958-59

R58,699

1959-60

R57,556

1960-61

R65,634

1961-62

R76,851

1962-63

R105,528

1963-64

R113,997

1964-65

R114,691

The considerable amounts spent on sports amenities at schools have not been included in the abovementioned figures.

Delay in Payment for Airport at Port Elizabeth *XII. Mr. DODDS

asked the Minister of Transport:

  1. (1) Whether there has been any delay in making payment to the Municipality of Port Elizabeth for the airport taken over by the Government; if so, (a) what is the length of the delay and (b) what is the amount outstanding;
  2. (2) whether interest will be paid on the outstanding amount.
The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:
  1. (1) No.
    1. (a) Falls away.
    2. (b) Amount outstanding is R 151,812.
  2. (2) No.
Building of Rissik Street Post Office *XIII. Mr. E. G. MALAN

asked the Minister of Posts and Telegraphs:

  1. (1) Whether any work is being planned in connection with the proposed new post office in Rissik Street, Johannesburg; if so, (a) what work, (b) at what cost and (c) when is it expected that it will be possible to put the post office into service; if not, why not;
  2. (2) whether any revenue accrues to the State from the existing premises; if so, (a) what amount per annum and (b) what is the nature of the revenue.
The MINISTER OF POSTS AND TELEGRAPHS:
  1. (1) Yes, (a) the erection of a new post office building on the site bordered by Market, Joubert and President Streets, (b) an estimated cost of R 1,056,000 and (c) reliable information is not available because the service has been deferred in terms of the temporary building control measures.
  2. (2) (a) and (b) No, because all the available accommodation in the present building is still occupied by the Post Office and other Government Departments.
*Mr. E. G. MALAN:

Arising from the hon. the Minister’s reply, could he inform us whether a certain amount of construction work in connection with the Post Office is being carried out this year?

*The MINISTER OF POSTS AND TELEGRAPHS:

As I have stated, the work has been postponed in terms of the building control measures.

*XIV. Mr. M. L. MITCHELL

asked the Minister of Justice:

Whether any decision has been arrived at in regard to the fees payable to counsel in pro deo cases; if so. (a) what decision and (b) when will it be implemented; if not, why not.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

The matter is still under consideration.

Salaries Paid to Interpreters *XV. Mr. M. L. MITCHELL

asked the Minister of Justice:

  1. (1) What is the scale of salary payable to White interpreters in (a) the Supreme Court and (b) the magistrates’ courts,
  2. (2) whether an increase in these scales has been considered; if not, why not.
The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:
  1. (1) (a) R2,280 × 120—2,520 and R2,520 × 120—2,760.
    1. (b) R780 × 60—900 × 102—1,920 × 120—2,280 and R2,280 × 120—2,520.
  2. (2) As soon as particulars which are at present being analysed are available the whole matter will be reviewed.
Shortage of White Interpreters *XVI. Mr. M. L. MITCHELL

asked the Minister of Justice:

  1. (1) Whether there is a shortage of White interpreters in (a) the Supreme Court and (b) the regional and magistrate’s courts; if so, what shortage;
  2. (2) whether non-White interpreters are being used; if so, how many in each case;
  3. (3) whether steps have been taken to alleviate the shortage of White interpreters; if so, what steps; if not, why not.
The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:
  1. (1) Yes.
    1. (a) Supreme Court 9
    2. (b) Regional Court 16
    3. Magistrate’s Court 36
  2. (2) Yes.
    • Supreme Court 4
    • Regional Court 10
    • Magistrate’s Court 444
  3. (3) Yes.
The Chief Court Interpreter carries out intensive recruiting on his visits to the various centres throughout the country. At present attempts are also being made with the assistance of the Secretary for Justice of the Transkei to recruit White interpreters there. In 1960 the grading of posts and conditions of service were improved in order to stimulate recruiting.
Publication of Extracts from “The African Communist”

For written reply:

I. Mrs. SUZMAN

asked the Minister of Justice:

  1. (1) Whether permission was (a) sought and (b) obtained by any newspapers to publish extracts from the publication The African Communist; if so, by which newspapers; if not,
  2. (2) whether his attention has been drawn to the publication in Daagbreek en Sondagnuus of 21 February 1965 of such extracts;
  3. (3) whether any steps have been taken or are to be taken against this newspaper; if so, what steps; if not, why not.
The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:
  1. (1), (2) and (3) Application was made on behalf of the newspaper concerned and its representative was informed that permission is not necessary.
Erection of Schools for the Bantu II. Mr. WOOD

asked the Minister of Bantu Education.

  1. (1) (a) How many applications for the erection of school buildings were received from school boards each year since his Department took over the control of Bantu education and (b) what were the total amounts applied for each year;
  2. (2) how many of these applications were (a)granted and (b) refused and for what amounts respectively.
The MINISTER OF BANTU EDUCATION: Detailed statistics along the lines as requested by the Honourable Member for each of the financial years from 1954-5 to 1960-1 are unfortunately not available. The amounts which my Department made available during this period to school boards as its share of the erection costs of school buildings on the R for R basis are, however, as follows:—

1954-5

R 33,436

1955-6

R 24,711

1956-7

R 48,365

1957-8

R 60,375

1958-9

R146,689

1959-60

R198,015

1960-1

R292,866

The particulars in respect of R for R projects for each of the financial years from 1961-2 to 1965-6 are as follows.

(1)

(a) Number of applications

(b) Amount (R)

1961-2

159

347,429

1962-3

133

207,580

1963-4

141

260,490

1964-5

169

233,484

1965-6

144

250,535

(2) Financial Year

(a) Applications Approved

Amount

(b) Applications not approved

Amount

R

R

1961/62

90

193,146

69

154,283

1962/63

121

187,635

12

19,955

1963/64

130

250,690

11

9,800

1964/65

136

183,559

33

49,925

1965/66

122

199,452

22

51,083

Apart from the particulars concerning R for R schemes as shown above, the following additional particulars are furnished concerning buildings for Bantu Community schools erected on behalf of school boards during each of the financial years from 1961-2: (a) lower primary school buildings in proclaimed Urban Bantu Townships erected by local authorities:

Financial Year

No. of Schools

No. of Classrooms

No. of Caretakers’ Cottages

Estimated Amount

R

1961/62

53

467

23

R571,900

1962/63

35

283

17

348,100

1963/64

21

203

8

247,600

1964/65

24

206

8

251,200;

  1. (b) buildings erected by the Government:

Financial Year

Amount

1961-2

R126,181

1962-3

R173,883

1963-4

R235,872

1964-5

R265,984

(preliminary figures)

Annual Suicide Rate III. Mr. WOOD

asked the Minister of Planning:

  1. (a) What is the annual suicide rate for the different race groups in the Republic for the last five years for which figures are available;
  2. (b) how many suicides in each year were due to the use of drugs; and
  3. (c) what drugs were used.
The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

(a)

1958 Whites 374 Coloureds 42 Asiatics 37

1959 Whites 367 Coloureds 43 Asiatics 28

1960 Whites 437 Coloureds 65 Asiatics 39

1961 Whites 535 Coloureds 59 Asiatics 45

1962 Whites 536 Coloureds 71 Asiatics 44

(b)

1958 Whites 16 Coloureds — Asiatics —

1959 Whites 14 Coloureds 3 Asiatics 1

1960 Whites 22 Coloureds — Asiatics 2

1961 Whites 37 Coloureds 1 Asiatics —

1962 Whites 31 Coloureds 6 Asiatics 1

Figures for the Bantu are not available.

  1. (c) Information is not available.
IV. Mr. E. G. MALAN

—Reply standing over.

V. Mrs. SUZMAN

—Reply standing over.

Films Released in the Republic

The MINISTER OF THE INTERIOR replied to Question No. I, by Mr. Gorshel, standing over from 30 March.

Question:

What was the (a) title, (b) country of origin, (c) name of producer and (d) name of importer and/or distributor of each full-length feature film (i) submitted to the Publications Control Board, (ii) passed by the Board and (iii) released for exhibition during 1964.

Reply:

The information contained in the attached list* is in respect of full-length feature films submitted to the Board and approved by it for exhibition. Whether the films mentioned were released for exhibition cannot be confirmed in view of the fact that the Board is not in possession of any record of issues for exhibition. The function of the Board ceases with the approval or rejection of a film.

* Laid upon the Table (see end of last Volume of Annexures, 1965).

EXPROPRIATION BILL

Bill read a first time.

ATMOSPHERIC POLLUTION PREVENTION BILL

First Order read: Consideration of Senate amendments to Atmospheric Pollution Prevention Bill.

Amendments in Clause 43 put and agreed to.

COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AMENDMENT BILL

Message from the Senate transmitting the Community Development Amendment Bill for concurrence in the amendments made by the Senate.

Amendments in Clauses 6 and 10 put and agreed to.

ESTIMATES OF EXPENDITURE FROM CONSOLIDATED REVENUE FUND

Second Order read: Resumption of debate on motion for House to go into Committee of Supply and into Committee of Ways and Means (on taxation proposals).

[Debate on motion by the Minister of Finance, upon which an amendment had been moved by Mr. Waterson, adjourned on 1 April, resumed.]

*Mr. TREURNICHT:

I started last night by saying that it was my considered opinion that in spite of the fact that there is a tendency on the part of the Coloured voters in our country to veer towards the Progressive Party, I am convinced that the Government will not shirk its responsibilities towards the Coloured people. But it is a great pity that the Coloured Representatives in this House—and I am thinking particularly of the hon. member for Peninsula (Mr. Bloomberg)—are so absolutely negative in their actions in connection with the Coloured people. During the few years that we have been in this House, I have heard little else from the hon. member for Peninsula than accusations against the Government in connection with what he has regarded to be mistakes made by the Government in its dealings with the Coloured people. I have seldom heard him make a positive suggestion in connection with the real interests of the Coloured people or make a positive suggestion in regard to what can be done in this regard. In the few minutes at my disposal I should like to say something about the mobilization of Coloured labour in the Western Province and in the Western Cape in general.

The hon. member for Sea Point (Mr. J. A. L. Basson) has since last year gone out of his way to say that our policy in regard to the removal of the Bantu from the Western Cape has been a complete failure. Sir, the fact that he represents a constituency like Sea Point is sufficient reason to maintain that he is not informed in regard to this whole matter. I want to say here this morning that we have made very good progress in regard to the removal of Bantu from the Western Cape and I want to mention a few facts. In the first instance, we have progressed to such an extent that we now have proper control over the influx of Bantu into the Western Cape. If the policy of the Government had not been implemented, I think that I can safely say that we would not have had 250,000 Bantu in the Western Cape today but probably 1,000,000, and then the position of the Coloured people would also have been greatly affected. We have proper control over the influx of Bantu into the Western Cape. In certain areas, particularly in the constituency which I represent, very good progress has been made in regard to the removal of Bantu. In 1959 in the Divisional Council area which includes the two districts of Vanrhynsdorp and Vredendal, there were about 3,000 Bantu; at the moment, there are about 1,400 there. In the fifties there were 5,000 Bantu in the Ceres district and that number has been brought down to about 700. During the season, that number is supplemented by contract labourers and the figure is then about 1,400. I want to mention another place in the district of Clanwilliam where there is the largest concentration of Bantu. At one stage there were 2,000 Bantu there and the Bantu population lived in an uncontrolled squatter community. Since that time action has been taken by the Town Council of Lamberts Bay and that Bantu population of 2,000 has been brought down to about 500 registered single Bantu workers who live there in a properly controlled small compound. Our problem in regard to the removal of the Bantu from the Western Cape lies more in our urban and industrial areas. The problem is greater there particularly as a result of the industrial expansion which we have experienced over the past years. But notwithstanding this fact, we have reached a position where the number of registered Bantu workers in the Western Cape is approximately 140,000. I want therefore to say this morning that we have made very good progress.

But, Mr. Speaker, I want to say that to my way of thinking the question of the removal of Bantu from the Western Cape depends upon the mobilization and the co-ordination of Coloured labour in the same area. We have to deal with a Coloured population explosion in the Western Cape. I do not know whether hon. members are fully aware of the position but in the area of the Western Cape we have no fewer than 1,100,000 Coloureds, and here, in the Peninsula, there are no fewer than 500,000. We must further bear in mind the fact that towards the end of this century we shall have at least 1,000,000 Coloureds in the Peninsula, at the rate of the present increase. I want to tell you, Mr. Speaker, that our total White population is at present slightly more than 3,000,000 and the Coloured population is about 1,500,000, but the increase in the Coloured population is at present more or less the same as the increase in the White population.

*Mr. STANDER:

Slightly more.

*Mr. TREURNICHT:

This gives us an idea of the position when the birthrate of 1,500,000 Coloureds is the same as the birthrate of 3,250,000 Whites. That is why I am not very concerned about the question of whether we will be able to remove the Bantu from the Western Cape. I foresee that we shall be compelled to remove the Bantu in order to make space for our Coloured people and in order to make proper provision for them on the labour market.

Mr. BARNETT:

At slave wages.

*Mr. TREURNICHT:

That hon. member’s remark is typical of the Coloured Representatives. Any form of manual labour is “slave labour” to him.

Mr. BARNETT:

I said “slave wages”.

*Mr. TREURNICHT:

I want to say that the mobilization of Coloured labour is an integral part of the whole process of the removal of the Bantu from the Western Cape, and where we have this Coloured population with its very swift rate of increase, this is a matter which requires our very serious attention. I have always felt that we have a very good system of control over Bantu labour in the Western Cape but we do not as yet have this system in regard to Coloured labour. If someone dismisses a Bantu to-day, that Bantu can through the medium of the existing registration bureaux, the control offices, be employed by someone else to-morrow. But when someone dismisses a Coloured, that Coloured does not know where to go to look for work. He has to find someone to employ him and in times of a scarcity of work and of unemployment it happens that these people spend weeks at home because they do not know where to go and work. So I want to make the point this morning that there is a serious need for the proper co-ordination and control of Coloured labour. In this connection I also want to say that we have fortunately made good progress in that the Department of Labour has gone over to the establishment of a Directorate of Coloured Labour. I want heartily to congratulate the Government and the Departments concerned and thank them for this positive step. But where we are at the start of a new undertaking, which I am convinced will produce good fruit in due course. I should like to raise a few points which will at the same time be requests to the Government. I want to say that we must seriously consider the establishment of Coloured Labour Bureaux, whether under the Department of Coloured Affairs or under the Department of Labour. It appears to me that they should be established under the Department of Labour. These labour bureaux must eventually also take over the control of Bantu labour and Bantu administration in the Western Cape so that we will have one co-ordinated service. In my opinion this is very necessary. It does not help to say that the local magistrate is the representative concerned of the Department of Labour. My experience is that the local magistrates are overloaded with a tremendous amount of work and that they will simply be unable to perform these other tasks; nor do they have the staff available to develop the labour bureaux properly. That is why I hope that we will eventually have one central labour bureau in every magisterial district, or in a few magisterial districts together, which will not only exercise control over Bantu labour in the Western Cape but also over Coloured labour, and that we will concentrate particularly upon the mobilization of Coloured labour in the Western Cape.

The next point that I want to make, which is contingent upon what I have said, is that we should have a review and readjustment of Coloured education by the Department of Coloured Affairs. I have no accusations to make against the Department of Coloured Affairs which took over Coloured education recently, but, as we know, Coloured education has over the passage of our history always been an appendage of White education. The whole system of education in the Cape was adjusted to the potential, the intelligence and the ability of the White population, and the Coloured population had simply to go along with it. But if we want to employ the Coloured people properly and mobilize them properly as a labour force, it is my considered opinion that Coloured education must be reviewed and readjusted. I accept the fact that we will in due course have more high schools for our Coloured people but the ordinary high school with its academic flavour can at most serve 30 or 35 per cent of our Coloured youth. I see according to last night’s Argus that the Coloured Council is complaining about the results of the Junior Certificate examinations. They are disappointed in the results. Too many candidates failed and too few obtained first class passes. But there is an important reason for this and that is that the whole pattern of education is not adapted to the actual ability and potential of the Coloured people. We are inclined to accept the fact that they can all pass the Senior Certificate examination, but they cannot. Only a relatively small percentage can. That is why I should like to see the Department of Coloured Affairs reviewing the whole system of Coloured education and giving serious consideration to the establishment of intermediate trade schools where Coloured girls and boys can be taught simple work, taught to drive a car well, or a tractor, or to prune a tree, or whatever the case may be. There is such a wide variety of employment. We are living in a period of specialization. A man can make a good living to-day even though he is only a tractor driver or a lorry driver, and we need people like this. But even if a Coloured child has been at school for five or six years and has made hardly any progress, I think that he will still be too educated to do farm work or any manual labour. We must release our Coloured people from that pattern of thought.

We have further to deal with the problem of the skolly element amongst the Coloureds, ne’er-do-wells, drunkards, youthful unemployed persons who do not know where to go and work and who do not want to work either. That is why I want to make a third point and it is that the State should give serious consideration—the Department of Labour or Coloured Affairs—to the establishment of service depots for Coloureds. In the ’thirties we had our Special Service Battalions for Whites which produced excellent results. I think that we must give serious consideration to making depots of this nature available to magistrates so that before people reach the stage where they become criminals—because of vagrancy or drunkenness or similar offences which do not actually place them in the category of criminals—they can be sent to these institutions where they can be disciplined and formed and assisted to discover themselves. If one has not learnt to work one develops no self-respect; one does not discover oneself and one drifts through life aimlessly.

I want to make a fourth suggestion and that is that the State should give serious attention to the introduction of compulsory service for Coloureds. At the moment we accept our compulsory service for our White lads of 17 and 18 years of age but this is not the only form of compulsory service which we can have. We do not need our Coloured lads for military service; I am not advocating that. I am advocating the consideration of the introduction of compulsory service for every Coloured lad who reaches the age of 17 or 18 years so that he will at least do a year’s compulsory service. This can eventually be extended to the Coloured girls. It will give us an opportunity to prepare them for a task if they can be placed in an establishment at which there is proper discipline and where they can formulate a way of life. In this way we will make available a labour market for necessary service in various parts of the country, whether in agriculture or whatever the case may be. I personally think that up to the present the State has gone out of its way to convince the Coloured people that it means well with them and that it is prepared to spend millions on their welfare and progress. But I think that we have now reached the stage where we should tell the Coloureds that the time has come for them to accept co-responsibility for the welfare of the Republic and that they should also make a contribution in this regard. If we can get the Coloured people to accept co-responsibility for peace and prosperity in the country, for housing and for everything that they enjoy, they will also be more proud of their country and we will also find a greater allegiance to South Africa among them. South Africa is at their service but they also have a responsibility to develop the country as their inheritance.

Mr. MILLER:

Mr. Speaker, if the hon. member who has just sat down would try to assist his Government to improve the general relationship with the Coloured people and not submit them to the experiences of which hon. members have complained for the last two or three days, then one might see some possible content in his concern for their future. How successful his advice is going to be in the light of what is taking place is very doubtful indeed. But I do agree with him about one thing, and that is that he is certainly becoming very conscious of the fact that with the possible improvement in the industrialization of the Cape the problem of labour is very important, and he is probably well aware of the failure of his Government’s policy of apartheid in this country, particularly in the industrial, commercial, mining and engineering complexes, and so he is trying to find a remedy to avoid the presence of the Bantu in this expanding economy. I should like to deal with this particular subject, but before doing so I should like to say that if hon. members opposite who have been lauding their efforts in the Provincial elections are taking comfort from the fact that their policies of independent sovereign Bantustans and the uprooting of the urban Bantu population as provided for in the Urban Areas Act. as amended over the last year or two, and the final stripping of their concern and their tolerance for the Coloured people has been accepted by the public, and that that brought about the result of the elections and thereby is an acceptance of those policies, then I am afraid they are in for a very rude shock. Far from accepting the Government’s policies, their propaganda, exploited not only in their own Press but over the only radio service we have in South Africa, a monopoly service, has created a psychological fear of the multi-racial complex of South Africa. They have endeavoured to instil into the public of South Africa a fear of competition and a fear of population majority and a fear of the economic importance of this multi-racial complex; so much so that their boasting that they are herding the White people into a laager to support the Nationalist Party, and that they are welcome there, is not an indication of South African patriotism but rather an indication of fear and defensive attitude into which they are virtually herding the White people of South Africa. I say this unhealthy and artificial means of securing votes and thereby, as they well know themselves, heading for a one-party State, which is virtually what they are hoping to achieve. …

Mr. B. COETZEE:

That is entirely your own fault.

Mr. MILLER:

… which they are heading for deliberately and hoping to achieve within the framework of the constitution, this dividing of the country into a White and a non-White camp by this insidious propaganda and other persuasive means which they are using, will as they know themselves head this country towards plenty of trouble and strife.

An HON. MEMBER:

So you also believe that the United Party is going to pieces?

Mr. MILLER:

They are also sowing a lot of suspicion and distrust and restiveness and, above all, frustration and enmity, because in bringing about the division of the country on this basis they are not only trying to achieve permanency for themselves but they are leaving the rest of the country in this very difficult position where instead of having friends they will find themselves faced with enemies. We believe that the people of South Africa should be made aware of this potential danger which Nationalism is trying to make South Africa accept, a Nationalism which they say is patriotism; but I say that patriotism implies a love for one’s country and devoted service to ensure its future and not love of oneself or of one’s own party and the securing of that party’s future for what is nothing else but merely a blatant form of nationalism. If you read the leader in Die Burger, where they are paying very high praise to what is happening in Rhodesia—they are in fact saying that what is taking place in Rhodesia is that we are getting a clear picture of a one-party State, of Whites versus Blacks, and the country is now adopting a form of nationalism to which we South Africans can look with a great deal of interest and watch its possible success. That is the story which their own newspaper is now spreading. I say that what the people of South Africa should know is that this fear which they are engendering and which they think has helped them to gain seats in the last election, perhaps contains the spark of the greatest form of danger for South Africa, and that what the people are virtually being asked to adopt is a form of nationalism which will spell a very dark future for South Africa. This is a multi-racial country. There is no question at all about that, and I say that they have to take adequate and intelligent steps to deal with its future on that basis. We have stated, and we believe, that the policy of independent Bantustans and this principle of sovereignty has sufficient inherent dangers apparent to South Africa not to demand discussion to-day. I think they themselves realize full well that there are very serious dangers contained in this boast of granting to eight separate portions of this country independence and sovereignty, and in that way to continue to fragment South Africa as we know it.

But there is another important problem to which their attention should again be directed, in spite of what the hon. member for Heilbron (Mr. Froneman) has said, and that is the urban Bantu problem. It is all very well to say that the foundation of their urban policy is migrant labour and the fact that the Bantu has no place in this country at all. I say that the urban Bantu has a definite place in the urban life of this country, of which he is a permanent feature, and he is vital to South Africa from the economic point of view, and from the point of view of his physical presence in this country.

Mr. B. COETZEE:

What place are you willing to give him?

Mr. MILLER:

I just want to explain what is taking place and then I will deal with that. To-day, of 4,475,000 workers in South Africa, there are 3,386,000 who are Bantu. In the first ten years of Nationalist Party rule, the urban Bantu increased from 2,900,000 to 4,400,000, an increase of 1,500,000, and in the last five or six years their numbers in the urban areas have increased to 5,500,000. In fact, separate development has been dynamically outpaced by economic integration. The whole question of this denuding of the towns of Black population is regarded as a myth, not only by the towns but is even regarded by these very politicians themselves as a myth, and it is placed in the legislation in order to have a party plank for the unenlightened people who do not know what is taking place in the towns. Do the hon. members opposite realize that the Bantu in the urban areas have created a productivity revolution over the last few years equal to any industrial revolution that we have known of in history? They do not have to take my word for it; let them take the word of people like members of the Economic Advisory Council, which the Prime Minister set up. There is a member of that Council who is the chairman of an association known as the Bantu Wages and Productivity Association, and he makes one important fact perfectly clear, and that is that in practice the tremendous spending capacity of the Bantu, which has gone up to R 1,200,000,000 per annum, and its continued growth, is having just the reverse effect of what the Minister of Finance is afraid of in providing more money for circulation to the average wage-earner. The effect of his increased spending power is creating an anti-inflationary process because, as he says—

In practice, the wage increases paid to Bantu industrial workers since 1958 have been accompanied by a greater than equivalent increase in productivity, so that the effect has actually been anti-inflationary.

If you look at the figures of what is taking place in the country to-day—and I quote from the Monthly Bulletin of Statistics for October 1964, we find that in the Railways there are 112,000 odd Whites and 109,000 non-Whites, of which 96,000 are Bantu. In Communications, Posts and Telegraphs, there are 13,000 White males, and approximately 5,000 non-White males, of which the Bantu number 3,300. In the engineering division of Posts and Telegraphs the White males number 8,488, the non-Whites 6,578, of which number the Bantu are 5,170. In the Public Service of our country the total number of White employees of both sexes is 112,781. There are 143,933 non-Whites, of which the Bantu are 129,936. In the Provincial Administration there are 72,000-odd Whites and the non-Whites total 92,000, of which the Bantu are 68,500. In local administration there are 39,900 Whites, and 118,400 non-Whites, of which the Bantu are 98,100. I say that a complete change of attitude must take place because the Bantu is playing an increasingly greater part in our economy. One is very grateful for that. It is one of the latent sources of wealth that we have in this country. Where other countries have to look for labour and get immigrants to provide their basic labour, particularly unskilled labour, we have them on our doorstep. This bears out what a man said to me in another country. He said that South Africa was one of the luckiest countries in the world from the labour point of view. He said we did not need immigration when it came to labour. The Minister of Labour has admitted that by immigration we could never catch up with the labour shortage in this country. So it is quite clear that we must rely on the labour resources we have. The policy of the United Party is the policy they must adopt, to give home ownership to the Black man in the urban areas because he is a stable and permanent feature of the urban community. He has to have better conditions under which to live. In other words, even assuming that we were to take the treatment of that community at its worst, we must treat them as we would treat any other labour force in any other country. In other words, there has to be a complete change of thinking, particularly in view of the fears of the Minister with regard to inflation and there has to be a complete change of view in regard to the maintenance of our production and the continued development which is called for in this economic development programme, if we are to maintain our development at the rate of 61 per cent or 7 per cent per annum. We cannot do it if we are continuously going to be struggling to train people for the skilled jobs without realizing that you must have masses of unskilled workers to carry out these programmes.

The idea that was suggested this morning to be applied to the Coloureds, namely that of labour bureaux has virtually become impracticable. They may be mechanical channels for bringing people into the country and to organize and to mobilize the labour force, but in fact this whole policy which has been boasted of by the hon. member for Heilbron, this policy of saying that you must regard the urban Bantu as a migrant worker and leave it at that, is the most fallacious, foolish and mythical principle that you could find anywhere. I say that if we are to look to the future of South Africa—and I want the Government members to realize that this momentary victory which they think they have achieved will only be a momentary one and the situation will change completely—there is no question about it because we are satisfied that the causes which brought this about are not the causes which they believe brought it about, and I think there is naught for their comfort in what has taken place last week. If anything at all, I think the electorate has been deeply shocked by realizing what the implications can be if there were unfortunately to be any greater measure of support for the Government, because they realize that this danger will lead back to the days when one will live like the ostrich with one’s head in the sand, and completely blind to the difficulties which this country is going to face. I would like to know whether anyone on the Government side will continue with this famous theory they propounded some time ago that the Bantu in the urban areas will continue to grow in numbers until 1978. If it has grown by nearly 2,000,000 in the last 17 years of Nationalist Government, God knows what it will grow to by 1978. Probably 75 per cent or 80 per cent of the total Bantu population of South Africa will then be in the urban areas. Then they say that in 1978, when it has reached that tremendous peak, it will begin to decline. Let me say one thing further. Any student of economic history knows, particularly from the industrial point of view, that the stronger your proletariat becomes economically, the more the Government has to pay attention to their normal needs. You cannot continue as the Government is doing by sowing every possible seed they can to prepare virtually the beds of Communism right throughout the urban areas of South Africa by frustrating people, by injuring their dignity and by destroying every vestige of human self-respect merely because, as the hon. member said, “Hulle is net daar vir hul trekarbeid en niks anders nie.” I ask the hon. member for Vereeniging, who used to be the great exponent and wanted to destroy what he called the fallacy of migrant labour, to prove to us what he will do in 1978 with these 12,000,000 or 15,000,000 Africans who will be helping the economy to expand as the Minister of Finance wants it to. He is only concerned with finance and not with the other ideological things, although he has to cut his cloth according to ideology, and not according to the extent of the material. He must say: Well, boys, give me the ideological body and into that I am going to fit it. This calls for a very serious explanation and I say: Do not come along and throw over what you have achieved. Tell us rather how you will face these practical issues of the future which the United Party has expounded and by which we stand because we believe that that is the future of our country.

*Mr. SADIE:

Mr. Speaker, the hon. member who found it difficult to resume his seat merely confirmed the true United Party policy as we know it and as we have been trying to impress upon the electorate over the years. He spoke about the results of the provincial elections which have just gone by and he said that these results did not simply signify the approval of the voters of our policy of separate development; he said that these results were in effect simply a sign of fear on the part of the voters, fear of what we hold up to them. He also said that we want to group people together in a laager. I want to ask the hon. member for Florida (Mr. Miller) who has stated that we are trying to impose this laager complex upon the public, what he thinks of the cry of White leadership for ever. Does he believe in it? Is he in favour of that cry? No, he is one of the hon. members opposite who has had to keep quiet. When the provincial election was being fought, he had to remain silent. He was not permitted to address meetings because of his liberalistic interpretation of the United Party policy. That interpretation was not given to the voters. The hon. member simply confirmed what we have always said is true United Party policy. They want to form one joint nation, irrespective of colour or civilization, one joint nation of all the inhabitants of this country. All have to be grouped into one nation. This is the typically liberalistic attitude as we know it throughout the world. All barriers between person and person must be removed and one man, one vote, is the eventual result of that movement. But within the framework of that policy of one joint nation, that removal of barriers between person and person …

*Mr. MILLER:

We did not speak of Black and White as one mixed nation.

*Mr. SADIE:

That hon. member can say what he likes but that is their policy and that is how that policy has been declared in this House by no less a person than his leader. A short while before the election the hon. the Leader of the Opposition stated quite clearly that that was their policy. The hon. the Leader of the Opposition stated very clearly just prior to the election that they did not believe in the unification or welding together of the Afrikaans- and English-speaking people only; they believed in the unification of the whole population. It is within the framework of that policy that they have announced what their actual policy is, and they are now trying to get away from what they said; within the framework of that policy they are now trying to lead the public up the garden path by means of slogans but the public and the electorate have found them out. The electorate have discovered that the things they actually stand for and the things they say before elections cannot be reconciled. We had a speech here yesterday by the hon. member for Innesdal (Mr. J. A. Marais) in regard to which there has been no reaction from the United Party. The hon. member for Innesdal made a definite accusation against them and produced proof to show that they were moving in that direction. It so happened that the hon. member for Houghton (Mrs. Suzman) had to speak immediately after the hon. member for Innesdal and, as often happens when it suits them, in this case the United Party once again hid behind the Progressive Party. Their speakers could have replied very easily to the speech of the hon. member for Innesdal. They could have said that the statements which he had made were not true, but there was no reaction from that side.

*Mr. RAW:

It was all untrue.

*Mr. SADIE:

If it was untrue then the United Party should have proved that that was the case. Mr. Speaker, what was the reason for the poor showing of the United Party during the past provincial elections? I do not resent the fact that they are standing up in a gesture of bravado; they could not take it lying down; they simply had to stand up in a gesture of bravado because if they did not what impression would it give to their supporters? They know and the Press which supports them has admitted that they were given a severe drubbing (kafferpak).

*Mr. RAW:

A “Bantu-pak”!

*Mr. SADIE:

The hon. member for Durban (Point) (Mr. Raw) is the man who is continually peddling his “kaffir” tales on the platteland. What was the reaction of the English-medium Press? They admitted that large numbers of English-speaking people had rallied to the Nationalist Party during the past election. What was the cry raised by the English-medium Press? Sir, these newspapers are the advocates for and the mouthpieces of the liberalists. What was their reaction immediately after the election? Their reaction was that heads should roll; that the people who had had to pull the United Party irons out of the fire, the people who had to work hardest during the provincial elections were those whose heads should roll. The heads of the hon. members for Natal South Coast (Mr. D. E. Mitchell), Germiston District (Mr. Tucker) and Gardens (Mr. Connan), men whom we know to be conservative frontbenchers of the United Party, had to roll! That cry was immediately raised by the English-medium newspapers—that the heads of those people should roll. This was also said by members of the United Party; they did not say it in so many words but that was how they felt. That is how the liberalists in the ranks of the United Party feel because they want to make room for liberalists in the front benches of the United Party, in the positions of leadership. The cry was raised that the heads of the conservatives should roll; the heads of these people who had virtually to do the dirty work for the United Party during the election had to roll. That is the difficulty which the United Party is experiencing. They have to try to reconcile the two extremes—the conservatives and the extreme leftists, the Mitchells and the Rosses. Of course, it is quite impossible for any party to reconcile these two extremes. That is the reason why the United Party cannot do anything; that is the reason why the United Party cannot hold out anything positive to the voters. It has no ideals which its leaders can hold out to its followers. It has constantly to pass destructive criticism. It has to operate in such a way that it can keep these two extremes, the conservatives and the liberalists in its ranks, together. But, Sir, that will not work either; this has been very clear to us in regard to the cry of White leadership over the whole of South Africa which they raised during the election campaign. The voters realized that these two things could not be reconciled. The voters realized that what the leaders of the United Party had said in the past could not at all be reconciled with their new slogan, and for that reason newspapers which would otherwise have voiced their disapproval, took practically no notice of this cry. That is also the reason why there was no reaction on the part of the United Party left wing to this cry which they actually detest and do not approve of. I want to mention a few examples to indicate how conflicting their policy statements are. Let us take the question of consultation with the Bantu. In an election pamphlet issued in 1961, entitled “Election News”, the United Party said: “We ask the Bantu to tell us what he wants as far as his political rights are concerned.” But who are the people whom the United Party wish to consult? We have evidence that they allowed former A.N.C. leaders into their caucus and that those former A.N.C. leaders addressed their caucus.

*Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

That is untrue.

*Mr. SADIE:

We know what Luthuli’s attitude is. We have heard repeatedly that he totally rejects the point of view which they put to the voters. Let us take another example, that of Bantu representatives in this House in terms of their race federation policy. The hon. member for Innesdal made a quotation from the speech of the hon. the Leader of the Opposition at De Aar in May 1962. I also want to make a quotation from that speech in order to prove how their declared policy is in conflict with this cry of White leadership over the whole of South Africa. The hon. the Leader of the Opposition said at De Aar that representation by their own people would not be withheld from them—the Bantu—forever. There is a further example I want to mention. In 1963 the hon. the Leader of the Opposition wrote articles to the Argus group of newspapers on the race federation policy of the United Party. I should like to make the following quotation from those articles—

But I have more than once told my party’s conferences that the right to represent their own people cannot be withheld indefinitely.

That is what he said. I also want to tell the House what the hon. the Leader of the Opposition had to say on another occasion. On another occasion he said that leadership depends upon the measure of civilization of a particular group. Leadership is completely dependent upon civilization and numbers.

*An HON. MEMBER:

He said that here in 1959.

*Mr. SADIE:

Yes, he said that here in this House in 1959. I quote (translation)——

It must also be remembered that as the standard of civilization of a community rises, leadership which will depend to an increasing extent upon numbers of restrictive laws will never be a final solution.

These are only a few of the many quotations one can make to prove that in the declaration of his policy the hon. the Leader of the Opposition is completely at variance with this election cry which they raised during the past election. Let us see what the hon. member for Yeoville (Mr. S. J. M. Steyn) said. The hon. member for Yeoville made a very well-known statement at Green Point on 15 February 1962 on the occasion of a by-election which they fought against the progressive Party. He said (translation)—

Race federation will be meaningless unless every race has the right to be represented by its own people.

But now we have this other farce; they say that these things are possible but that they cannot happen without a definite instruction from the people; that they cannot happen without a referendum or an election. This is the basis on which their race federation policy is founded. This is an invitation to those people, once they have eight representatives here, to agitate for more because it is their foster-father’s policy to give them more representatives. But the Peninsula secretary of the United Party put the matter very clearly in a letter which he wrote to the Burger in 1963 in reply to certain allegations. He, inter alia, had this to say (translation)—

Each time it is deemed desirable to increase the number of Bantu representatives the Whites and the Coloureds alone will again be entitled to vote.

Here we have a clear admission therefore that the increase in the Bantu representation will not take place only once; each time there is a request for an increase in the number of Bantu representatives the voters will decide. He admits that it is quite impossible to prevent the number of representatives being increased time and again. This, Sir, is White leadership! Is this step promotive of White leadership? It is very clear that this cry has failed completely and that the voters have fortunately regarded it as being a bluff.

Mr. BARNETT:

Until the hon. member for Piketberg (Mr. Treurnicht) spoke I had intended to take a certain line in this debate. The hon. member for Piketberg who is now leaving the Chamber thought that he would make a valuable contribution to this debate by talking about the Coloured people. I want to say that he ought to be thoroughly ashamed of what he said here. Sir, the hon. member, before he became a politician was a preacher whose duty it was to promote the welfare of all people, irrespective of race, colour or creed. He has now forgotten his duty towards the Coloured people and he has made a speech here to-day which I say will further widen the gulf which already exists between the Coloured and the White man, because, if I may use the word, of the scurrilous suggestions made by the hon. member with regard to the Coloured people.

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member must withdraw the word scurrilous.

Mr. BARNETT:

May I use the word “insulting”? Sir, the hon. member was very proud of the fact that the Government had succeeded in removing the Bantu from the Western Province. He suggested that we must now get the Coloured people to do the work formerly done by Bantu in the Western Province. He indicated that there would be an increase in the population of the Coloured people over a certain time and that they must form themselves into what the late Mr. Pirow had years ago, that is to say, a special service battalion. He then went on to say that the Coloured student was not capable of passing the same examinations as White students. That, of course, is completely untrue. The Coloured student to-day is not only anxious to learn and to improve his educational qualifications, but he finds, as I have said before, that however good education may be for him personally it only brings him to a stage where he cannot use that education in the interests of South Africa, and yet the hon. member says that the time has arrived for the Coloured people to play their part in the affairs of South Africa; I take it he meant that they must play their part in the economy of South Africa. Sir, one of the life-lines of South Africa, one of the main arteries to the heart of South Africa, is the Coloured people and if that artery ceases to function the Republic will die. I want to say to the hon. member that he should be thankful for the fact that the Coloured people are able and willing to do the work which they are doing despite all the adversities which they have to suffer. Sir, when the hon. member spoke about the labour force in South Africa I interjected to say, “Yes, at slave labour wages.” I want to point out to him that in one of the most important industries in the country unskilled labourers receive an average of R7.60 per week. Does the hon. member realize what R7.60 means to a person working in an important industry? Sir, it is no wage at all. These are people working in one of the most important industries in South Africa. What did the Government do when there were strikes by the workers in this industry? The Government declared it an essential service and stopped them from striking. The hon. the Minister told me that in reply to a question which I put to him about a year ago. That reply indicated how many strikes there had been because the workers were dissatisfied with their wages. In many cases the employees concerned were discharged; in other cases the employers felt that the employees had a case, but in order to stop all demands for wage improvements the Government passed a Bill declaring that industry an essential service, with the result that to-day these people cannot strike. Wages have now been laid down for these people which I can only describe as slave labour wages. No decent person can exist and no decent man can advance economically on wages such as those paid in this particular industry. This also applies to workers in other sectors of the economy. Let me take the postal workers, for example. After 14 years of service they receive the magnificent sum of R40 a month. I want to ask the hon. member which White man would be prepared to work for 14 years and be content with a wage of R40 per month. The White man would be the first to object, and rightly so. Why must the Coloured man be paid R40 a month after 14 years’ service in the employ of a Government Department? What right has the hon. member to come along and say that the Coloured man is not capable of receiving the same education as the White man in this country? Why does he not plead, as I have pleaded and as members on this side representing the Coloureds have pleaded, for compulsory education for Coloureds? Does the hon. member realize what the economic position is of a Coloured family anxious to give the children a decent education? The children go to school and when they come back from school they have to help their parents to earn a few rand to supplement the family’s meagre income. I referred here last year to Coloured boys who have matriculated, who have acquired degrees of B.Sc. and M.A. I refer to the case of a Coloured boy who became one of the most brilliant students in nuclear physics. Where do these people go from there? I asked that question here last year and I am still waiting for a reply. But the hon. member over there says that he does not want these people to be educated. I throw that back in his teeth. I say to him that he does not want the Coloured man to be educated; he wants the Coloured man forever to be the drawer of water and the hewer of wood. He does not want the Coloured man to be educated because he wants the Coloured man to do the work now done by the Bantu whom he wants to remove from the Western Cape. He knows that if the Coloured man is educated he will refuse to become a labourer …

Mr. BOOTHA:

May I ask you a question? What do you propose should be paid to unskilled labourers?

Mr. BARNETT:

I propose a living wage for these people.

Mr. BOOTHA:

What do you regard as a living wage?

Mr. BARNETT:

A minimum of R2 a day.

Mr. GORSHEL:

And that is not a great deal, is it?

Mr. BARNETT:

I want the hon. member to come with me and I will show him places where Coloured men are receiving 50 cents a day.

An HON. MEMBER:

And what else?

Mr. BARNETT:

Water to drink.

Mr. GORSHEL:

And wood.

Mr. BARNETT:

And wood to make a fire.

An HON. MEMBER:

And houses.

Mr. BARNETT:

I am glad the hon. member has mentioned housing. In this particular place, Sir, all the housing has been condemned and these people do not have the money to repair them. They are getting 50 cents a day.

Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

And rations.

Mr. BARNETT:

Even if they do receive rations, what would that amount to? Sir, if the farmers in this country will stop giving tots to their Coloured workers under the present tot system, if they will only try to prevent their Coloured workers from drinking then we may get somewhere with the Coloured man. The Coloured man wants to play his part in this country but he is forever being suppressed in his desire to become somebody; he wants to be somebody.

Mr. SCHOONBEE:

You cannot expect that from the farmers only. It is for the Government to do something about it.

Mr. BARNETT:

I do not care how you do it as long as it is done.

Mr. SCHOONBEE:

You are attacking the farmers.

Mr. BARNETT:

I am not. The hon. member for Rustenburg (Mr. Bootha) asked me a question and I said that I wanted a wage of at least R2 a day for these people, and I pointed out that in an area not far from here, Coloured workers are only receiving 50 cents a day. Sir, here I have the wage determination in the industry to which I referred a moment ago. Here we have a case where the Government laid down a maximum wage of R7.60 a week.

An HON. MEMBER:

That is the minimum, not the maximum.

Mr. BARNETT:

Is that a living wage for any decent Coloured man? Can the Coloured man survive on that wage and still support his wife and children. This wage was reduced in 1963; they used to get a little bit more but instead of being increased it was reduced. Sir, I only have two more minutes at my disposal and all I want to say is that if you want the Coloured man to play his part effectively in the country, as he wants to do, as he is willing to do and has always tried to do, you must treat him as a decent, respectable citizen of this country and until you realize that you cannot expect the Coloured man to play his full role. We cannot allow speeches of the kind made here by the hon. member for Piketberg, because if those are the lines along which hon. members on the Government Benches are thinking as to what they want the Coloured people to be, I say to them that they are doing a disservice to South Africa. I say to them that they must uplift the Coloured people, that they must educate them, that they must introduce compulsory education. Sir, we have a shortage of labour at the present time. Why does the Government not make use of the services of the Coloured people? Why do they import labour from overseas? Why do they not make use of the Coloured man who is educated and skilled? No, hon. members opposite want the Coloured man to be in a rut; they want him to go so far and no further.

An HON. MEMBER:

Where do you want Coloureds to be employed?

Mr. BARNETT:

Their services can be used on the Railways, in the Post Office and in other Government Departments. The Government does not mind importing Portuguese, Spaniards, Greeks and Brazilians, but they refuse to use the services of our Coloured people. Sir, I say shame on the Government. If they want to help South Africa, let them encourage employment of Coloured people in occupations for which they are qualified; let them give the Coloured people an opportunity to render the services which they are capable of rendering to South Africa.

*Mr. HICKMAN:

I just want to refer briefly to the Budget in particular. I want to refer particularly to the concessions granted by the Government in regard to the rate of taxation applicable to married couples where the husband and wife are both working. We know that as a result of certain conditions in South Africa there is a large number of cases where both husband and wife have to work, simply because they are forced to do so by economic circumstances. The hon. the Minister of Finance has now come along and has represented this new system of taxation in respect of married couples where both husband and wife are working as a very great concession. Sir, I have certain figures here which were obtained from the Department. The question I want to ask is this: How much does such a married couple really gain as a result of this concession, a concession which is being lauded so much by hon. members on that side that one would think that these people were being given a big Christmas box by the Government?

Take the case of a married couple whose joint earnings amount to R2,000 per annum and there are large numbers of married couples who fall in this income group. The total concession granted to them by the State amounts to the colossal sum of R3 per annum. But listening to hon. members on the other side one would think they were being given a very big present indeed. Let us examine the position where the joint earnings of a married couple amount to R2,500 per annum. There are literally hundreds of married couples whose joint earnings amount to R2,500 per annum or less. The rebate they get for the year amounts to the colossal sum of R4. What a wonderful present to these people! Take the case of a married couple whose joint earnings amount to R3,000 per annum. They get a rebate of R3—a wonderful present that is being given to them! I hope that hon. members on the other side who spoke so highly of this Budget are very proud of this present of R3 per annum which is being given to such a married couple.

*Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

And if their joint earnings amount to R2,900?

*Mr. HICKMAN:

Let us take the case where the joint earnings of a married couple amount to R4,000. I am now dealing with the large mass of the population of South Africa where both husband and wife are working. These people are doing very well indeed as a result of this new system! The husband and wife together will now save R8 per annum! The next category is the R5,000 one.

*Mr. VAN DEN HEEVFR:

Why are you taking round figures only? Take the figures in between.

*Mr. HTCKMAN:

The hon. member for Pretoria (Central) (Mr. Van den Heever) need not be so concerned. I am only reading out the figures which have been made available by the Government. I am not playing all sorts of tricks. I am merely giving the statistics as furnished to me. I come now to the R5,000 category. This category embraces the largest number of cases where both husband and wife are working. Here we have the case where the maximum concession is being granted to husband and wife, It amounts to the colossal sum of R16! After having been told of this fine Budget and of everything that is being done in it for the people, I say that this is really a poor attempt on the part of the hon. the Minister of Finance to rectify the position. This matter is one which affects thousands of families in South Africa. I honestly thought that if the hon. the Minister wanted to do something about it he would come forward with a better effort.

Mr. Speaker, let us understand one another clearly in regard to this matter. There are few married couples where both husband and wife work because they want to do so. Lean think of few wives who take up employment because they have nothing to do at home. They work because they are forced to do so by economic conditions. That being the case, and since we need extra labour in South Africa, I really expected a better effort from the hon. the Minister When hon. members on the other side rise …

*Mr. HUGHES:

They cannot rise; they are dumbfounded.

*Mr. HICKMAN:

One can understand why they do not rise, because I take it that they have no adjectives left to describe this Budget.

*Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

May I put a question to you?

*Mr. HTCKMAN:

The hon. member for Pretoria (Central) has really had enough to say. He has already taken part in this debate and it seems to me his conscience is beginning to trouble him a little. I do not think he is feeling so happy now. I hope the hon. member is feeling so unhappy that he will still beg a colleague of his this morning to get up and to plead with the hon. the Minister to rectify the position as far as married couples in South Africa are concerned where circumstances force both parties to take up employment.

I want to come back to another matter which is of particular importance to me and to which the House as a whole ought to pay attention. I refer to the recent elections. I want to analyse these elections and I hope to do so objectively. I want to analyse the facts as I see them. What conclusions must one draw from these facts? The first fact is clear and I concede it: The Government has won the election and I do not blame them if they feel proud of it. My party has lost the election. I am not squealing, but it is only human for me to feel sorry that this has happened. Sir, it behoves any Opposition which loses an election to examine the facts and to try to learn what lessons it can from those facts. But if it behoves us to examine the facts, then it also behoves Government members to do so. The first question I ask myself is this: Why did the Government win the election; on what did they win it? [Interjections.] Hon. members must not ask me. Or why did we lose the election? It is the same question. I do not want hon. members to ask me; I want to accept the word of the Nationalist Party Government and say that the main reason why they won the election was that they succeeded in satisfying the people that they are the only political party in the country which really wants to safeguard and is really capable of safeguarding the White man and his way of life. The election was won on the strength of that idea, in spite of the fact that we have less racial separation and less apartheid in the South African set-up to-day than ever before despite the large volume of legislation on the Statute Book. We have less apartheid than ever before, but nevertheless the Government won this election because, according to themselves, they satisfied the people that they are the only party that wants to save and is capable of saving the Whites.

The next question I ask myself is this: By what methods did the Government win the election? By what means did they win it? [Interjections.] If the means had not been effective, the Government would net have won the election. The hon. member for Zululand (Mr. Cadman) has put his case in this House in a convincing way. He has told us how, in his constituency, where the policy of separate freedom should be applied more than anywhere else, the Nationalist Party ran away from that policy. He put his case in a convincing way; he left no doubt about the matter, and I do not think hon. members on the other side-—not the hon. member for Vryheid (Mr. D. J. Potgieter) either—can get up and suggest that the hon. member for Zululand was wrong.

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

I say that he was wrong.

*Mr. HICKMAN:

Let us come nearer home. What methods were employed in the Gardens, where the performance put up by the Nationalist Party has been described on all sides as a brilliant one. The Gardens constituency was won against the background of a poster which read: “Keep White South Africa White.” [Interjections.] It is obvious to me that I did not misinterpret the poster. Now I ask the hon. member for Moorreesburg (Mr. van Staden)—he is one of the thinking people —if he wants to keep White South Africa White, where is White South Africa?

*Mr. VAN STADEN:

Do you still not know?

*Mr. HICKMAN:

No, I do not know, and I do not think the hon. member knows. Where is the White South Africa that you want to keep White? Have we reached a stage now where our Nationalist friends are also prepared to classify the Coloureds as Whites, as they did with the Japanese? [Interjections.] If I am wrong, I shall withdraw my statement, but are the Japanese not regarded as Whites for the purposes of the population register?

*The MINISTER OF COLOURED AFFAIRS:

All that is being done is that no group areas are being established for them, because there are only 50 Japanese in this country.

*Mr. HICKMAN:

A principle is not destroyed by numbers, Mr. Speaker. Numbers have nothing to do with the principle. I do not mind sitting next to a Japanese.

Let me come back to my basic question, Sir, and the hon. member for Kempton Park (Mr. F. S. Steyn) may be able to help me: Where is the White South Africa by means of which you win elections? Two or three years ago—I can quote from Hansard—the hon. member told the people in the Transvaal how the Nationalist Party was removing the Bantu from the Western Cape. He called it “the bastion of the White people in South Africa”. Why does he use these methods? I have the figures here. Listening to the hon. member for Piketberg (Mr. Treurnicht) this morning, I would have thought that there was no longer a single Bantu in agriculture in the Western Cape. The hon. member told us how the Bantu were disappearing from agriculture in places such as Clanwilliam and Ceres. Sir, let us examine the figures for a moment. Sometimes I am more inclined to believe the statistics rather than the Nationalist Party’s propaganda. In 1963 there were 22,500 Bantu in agriculture in the Western Cape, and in 1964 there were 24,890. But if I am to believe the hon. member for Piketberg …

*Mr. HUGHES:

Then there is none.

*An HON. MEMBER:

Where are the boundaries of the Western Cape?

*Mr. HICKMAN:

My friend, if you want to know where the boundaries of the Western Cape are, ask the Minister who made these fieures available to me. I want to deal further with the Western Cape, this “White bastion of South Africa” of the hon. member for Kempton Park, this touchstone of their policy, a policy which cannot succeed unless the Western Cape is cleaned up. In 1963 there were 5,000 Bantu in local authorities and in 1964 there were 5,800. In 1963 there were 3,390 in the service of the Provincial Administration and in 1964 there were 3,536. This is a decreasing figure, of course, if I have to believe my hon. friend, the member for Piketberg! In 1963 there were 25,700 in industry and to-day there are 29,000! We are cleaning up the Western Cape! That is the type of method that the Nationalist Party employs to win elections in South Africa; that is the type of distorted representation of the truth by means of which they win elections.

Let us examine another method. Not so long ago the following words were used in this House: “This House takes cognizance of the blatant opportunism of the Opposition in now suddenly proclaiming itself the champion of the Whites.” “Now suddenly” we are proclaiming ourselves the champion of the Whites in South Africa; we have never done so before! In other words, all the thousands of English-speaking and Afrikaans-speaking supporters of the United Party have all along supported a party which refuses to safeguard the White man in South Africa! That is what this statement implies. But this statement also implies something else; it implies that this is only opportunism, that it is only a stunt, because as soon as the elections are over, the United Party will revert to the old “Kafferboetie” (negrophilist) idea again! I can think of no greater insult to 99 per cent of the South African people than to say to them that they belong to a party which has a policy which means in effect that the Whites in South Africa will be destroyed. No greater insult than that can be hurled at a South African.

*Mr. F. S. STEYN:

That is your policy.

*Mr. HICKMAN:

Who hurled that insult at the people of South Africa? No less a person than the hon. the Prime Minister. These are his words. Surely this is a misrepresentation. This is one of the methods employed by the Nationalist Party to win elections. In the course of this Session hon. members will still hear of other methods which are even more reprehensible. I concede that they have won the election. I do not blame them for feeling triumphant and glad. But when it comes to the means they employed, it is a different matter. And this aspect is the dangerous one.

In the first place there is the South African Broadcasting Corporation. Let us not argue about this matter any longer. The fact of the matter is that the S.A.B.C. to-day has directly and indirectly become a tremendous national champion of the Government’s colour policy. That is beyond all doubt.

*The MINISTER OF COLOURED AFFAIRS:

Do you want the S.A.B.C. to sabotage it?

*Mr. HICKMAN:

I expect objectivity from the S.A.B.C. It is difficult for the hon. the Minister to understand when one is being objective and when one is not, and that is why he asks that question.

The S.A.B.C. is one method of reaching the minds of the people. There is a second method and that is the Press. What is the Press doing in South Africa? On the one hand there is the Afrikaans-language Press, which displays no independence of thought and which slavishly supports the Nationalist Party. For the first time in the history of the people of South Africa we find to-day that no Afrikaans-language newspaper in South Africa ever expresses a single word of criticism in regard to any action taken by the Government.

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

What about the Landstem? Even Graaff’s own newspaper is not criticizing us any more.

*Mr. HICKMAN:

The Nationalist Press— that is all one can call these newspapers—has degenerated—there are good newspapers among them; I read them every day—into a slavish instrument of the Nationalist Party. They are incapable of independent thinking. On the other hand we have the English-language Press in South Africa. I am the first to say that often I do not agree with the English-language Press, but do let us give them credit for the fact that they are an independent Press with independent ideas. [Interjections.]

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order!

*Mr. HICKMAN:

Mr. Speaker, I think hon. members opposite are beginning to share a little of my concern. As independent newspapers—and I should not like to see them being deprived of this right—the English-language newspapers are expressing independent views to-day. Virtually all these newspapers are opposed to the Government, but as a result of the fact that they put forward independent views, they are not mobilizing the Opposition against the Government, they are watering down the idea of Opposition. That is true. The Opposition idea has been watered down in South Africa to-day as a result of the normal right exercised by the English-language Press to influence thought. I repeat that I do not blame them for doing so; it is their right. But what do we find, Sir? We find that in the S.A.B.C. and the slavish Afrikaans-language Press we have a more powerful thought-conditioning instrument in South Africa to-day than we have ever had before. Here we have the beginning of large-scale indoctrination of minds and regimentation of thought, and as a result we find that people ignore facts in supporting the Nationalist Party. I repeat, Mr. Speaker, the Government wins an election with the cry of racial separation, and we have never had as little separation in South Africa as we have at the present time. The fact that they win elections I can explain in one way only, and that is that the Nationalist Party deliberately makes use of these instruments to impress one idea upon the minds of the people, to indoctrinate the people to the extent that they become a slavish bunch of yes-men. There is no doubt about it.

What are the consequences? Where is this leading South Africa? If the Nationalist Party continues with this tendency, if they continue using an instrument of the State such as the S.A.B.C. to influence public opinion in their favour, if they continue receiving the support of this slavish Press of theirs, where will it lead the people?

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

Away from you.

*Mr. HICKMAN:

If that were all, Mr. Speaker, I would not be concerned. But where is it leading us? As far as the colour issue is concerned, it is leading us on to a road along which South Africa will be converted into a State with White nationalism on the one hand, and ardent, fiery Black nationalism on the other. Black nationalism has never been favourably disposed towards the White man in South Africa—or in Africa. I can see only one thing in this creation of racial nationalism in the country, and that is …

*Mr. G. P. VAN DEN BERG:

May I ask a question?

*Mr. HICKMAN:

Let the hon. member listen to my words and then perhaps he too will become wiser. In the creation of Black nationalist groups within the framework of the present Republic—I am using the word “present” purposely—I can only see the end of the White man and his way of life in South Africa.

There is another point which I consider to be of equal importance and which is another consequence of this election, a consequence of the trend of thought which is revealed in the interjection “away from you” that was made by the hon. member for Vereeniging (Mr. B. Coetzee). Mr. Speaker, if the Nationalist Party continue with their methods of indoctrination in South Africa, if they continue to enslave the minds of the people, there is only one thing that will happen in South Africa—and it will happen in spite of hon. members on the other side—and that is the coming into being of a one-party state in South Africa.

*An HON. MEMBER:

What an admission of weakness!

*Mr. HICKMAN:

I expected that. But if the Nationalist Party willfully, intentionally, premeditatedly, continues to use an instrument of the State—it is not being done accidentally —and if the Nationalist Press continues with the same thought-conditioning, then I foresee the day when, in spite of the will of the people … [Laughter.] Mr. Speaker, hon. members laugh. Can they tell me that it is the will of the people to have a one-party state? It is no use laughing; this laughter of theirs may turn into a grimace. Do you want to tell me, Mr. Speaker, that the majority of the people of South Africa will be content to stand quietly by when they realize that that Party is dragging them into a one-party state? I have enough faith in the Afrikaner and in the South African people to believe that when they are aware of the facts, they will put a stop to this Government and its methods and its instruments as certainly as I am standing here this morning.

The last question I ask myself is this: Where does the United Party stand; what must we do? I said at the outset that we must be objective. Against the background that I have just outlined to you, Mr. Speaker, the United Party has only one duty—and it is a sacred one—and that is to continue putting its policy to the people, to continue fighting in the firm conviction that the vast majority of the people of South Africa will never accept as their fate what the Nationalist Party apparently wants to be their fate. We shall continue to have faith in the White man; we shall continue to have enough faith in the White population of South Africa to believe that he will be able to govern the country in such a way that he will safeguard his own position while at the same time doing justice to the other racial groups. We shall continue to put our policy of White political control over South Africa from platform to platform. We shall not lose hope. I believe that as long as there is hope that South Africa will return to Western ways, nothing will defeat the Opposition in South Africa.

*Mr. F. S. STEYN:

The hon. member for Maitland (Mr. Hickman) concluded his speech by saying that the present political tendencies might result in a one-party state. That libellous implication in regard to a one-party state will never become reality in South Africa. I can, however, promise the hon. member that as long as the international crisis continues we will reach the highest degree of unanimity which has ever been attained in a democratic state. We are going to reach that unanimity and retain it and expand it, in spite of the efforts of hon. members opposite. The hon. member in his analysis pointed to two basic reasons why the United Party cannot develop any further. He tried to make the cheap little debating point that the position of the Japanese, who are one of our most important trading partners in the world, constitutes a delicate inland situation, and in order to gain a momentary advantage in a political debate in this House he is prepared—and that reveals the spirit of that party—to harm the vital interests of South Africa. As long as they can derive even the slightest temporary advantage, they are recklessly prepared to grasp at it, irrespective of whether it is in the interest of the country or not.

The second argument the hon. member advanced was to say that this party is misleading the people by saying that our policy is separation, whereas in the Western Province during the past two years no numerical progress has been made in regard to the removal of the Bantu. He does not take into consideration that there is a greatly increased demand for labour; he does not take into consideration that a greater percentage of the Bantu are controlled migrant labour; nor does he take into consideration that the industrial figure, which has increased by about 4,000, includes the fishing industry, where the Bantu are housed in compounds. We have always said that the compound Bantu constitutes no evil as a migratory labour phenomenon. I and my party stand by that attempt to clean up the Western Province. The difference is this, Sir, and that is why the people have voted for us: In so far as we fail, we regret it, and it serves as an impetus to us really to try to achieve these objects, but the United Party has as the object of its party that the Bantu should not be prevented from coming to the Western Province. According to the policy of the United Party, they want the Bantu here to increase in numbers. It is the object in terms of their policy that the industrial production of this area should increase by means of the employment of an increased number of Bantu. That is why the people choose us, in our weakness, rather than the United Party with its evil intentions. That is the difference.

The hon. member as again assured us, as his Chief Whip has already done before and also various other speakers in this debate, that the United Party has decided not to go into voluntary liquidation. That does not surprise me, because for a party to go into voluntary liquidation is something original, something which requires insight and imagination, and the United Party does not have those characteristics. They are going to follow the difficult road, Sir, until the people put them under compulsory liquidation in the coming general election. The reason why they are going to be liquidated is because they dig themselves in so senselessly. Listen to the brave words of their leader on 26 March—

So let us dig in and fight for the things in which we believe.

A beautiful sentiment, Sir, very soldierly! I have just one criticism of this statement: What do those gentlemen believe in? Do they believe in the Senate Plan with which they fought the election in 1958? Do they believe in the race federation scheme as enunciated in December 1961 and adapted early in 1962, or do they believe in the race federation plan as it was interpreted before the recent election and is now being interpreted further? If those hon. members knew what they believed in, they would undoubtedly be able to fight. No, I am doing them an injustice. There is one thing in which that party does not believe; there is one thing to which that party is devoted with absolute faith and dedication: They believe that they, that coterie of men, must again govern this country instead of the National Party. They grasp devotedly and enthusiastically at everything which they think will bring that about, anything which will serve that belief of theirs.

Mr. MOORE:

You believed in the High Court of Parliament. Do not talk about beliefs.

*Mr. F. S. STEYN:

The hon. member is now dealing with the pre-republican period. Let us come to the more recent past, seeing that the hon. member is now taking me back to the past. That brave United Party which is now going to fight for what they believe in must now be evaluated, and we must remind them of what their best Press friends, as the hon. member for Maitland (Mr. Hickman) had to concede, have said. The Sunday Express described their exhibition in the past election as follows—

The expected has happened with unexpected severity.

The Sunday Chronicle perhaps gave the neatest summing up in regard to this courageous fighting party—

The United Party, battle-scarred and weary after last week’s massacre …

Just see how they are trying to get on to their feet again to-day. And then there were such expressions as, “the election results rocked the United Party”, and “the results badly battered the United Party”, “they only held on to Gardens by a pair of raised eyebrows”. The hon. member over there would rather not hear this. This is what their friends like Stanley Uys and the Argus, etc., said about them. The significant breakthrough of the National Party is generally recognized, but now the hon. member for Maitland has tried to tell us why it took place. Now I want to try to tell them, quite objectively and without party bitterness, and also the country, why we believe that the United Party lost the election. It is because of the egalitarian and superficial and perilous answer that the United Party gives to the predominant political question in South Africa, viz. the relations between White and Bantu. I say it is an egalitarian, superficial and perilous reply they give to this question. The United Party rejects the idea of the independence of the Bantu homelands. They stand for eight representatives for the Bantu in this Parliament, and they say they will even use—their leader used this expression, I think, at Caledon—the force of the State, the Police Force, to limit the representation to eight. And that is really the whole Bantu policy with which they went to the public and asked them: “Vote for us. We reject the idea of independent homelands. We are going to give the Bantu eight representatives here, and come what may, we will confine it to eight.” That is their whole policy. Sir, this policy which the hon. members used in the election and which they believe in is a single-dimensional, flat-dimensional reply to a three-dimensional question, because there are three aspects of the coexistence of Whites and Bantu. In the first place it is a question of co-existence in southern Africa. It is not merely a republican problem, but a problem of co-existence in southern Africa. That is what we may call the depth facet of this problem: How will we co-exist in southern Africa? The height facet of this three-dimensional question is: How will the governmental power in the Republic and the right to freedom within the Republic be divided between the Whites and the Bantu? The width or breadth facet of this problem is: What will be the labour relations between White and Bantu?

Instead of the single-facet reply which those hon. gentlemen gave, the National Party gives its three-dimensional reply. In the first place the National Party policy, in respect of the depth facet, clearly says that southern Africa differs from the rest of the Continent of Africa in so far as we believe that in southern Africa the number of the Whites and the contribution made by the Whites to southern Africa justify the recognition of their permanent and separate continued existence, whereas we concede that the northern territories of Africa are exclusively Black areas which must be developed in that nationhood alone. In the second place, we say that we in southern Africa must seek the road to co-existence along the way of separate freedoms, that the Protectorates and the other homelands should be separate and free here and in South West Africa; and as far as that is concerned, in the whole of southern Africa we see the solution in the fact that White and Black freedom must be realized in separate states. But we do not see southern Africa as a splintering, because where we constitutionally recognize and preach separate freedoms, we have always stood by the concept of a common market. That concept has been developed and stated, not in respect of the Republic and the Protectorates only, but in respect of southern Africa, and in that respect the first step has already been taken in this Budget with the loan granted to Rhodesia.

*Mr. RAW:

Territorial freedom?

*Mr. F. S. STEYN:

Territorial separate freedoms for Whites and non-Whites in southern Africa. Then we have stated the proposition that the Republic should lead this economic unit by financing and assisting it. I refer to the Prime Minister’s offer to the British Protectorates and other steps. Then we have always held the standpoint that there should be political co-operation in southern Africa, in the first place, of course, among the constitutional units which may be established in the Republic, and there the Prime Minister used the term, “The Commonwealth concept”, that there should be consultation. But here we come to an important point of difference between the National Party and the United Party. We seek co-operation between Black and White in southern Africa and in the Republic through consultation; we seek correlation through consultation, and by bringing together the various units in conferences for periodic discussions of specific matters. You seek the co-operation and the correlation through a constitution, and we cannot establish a common constitution for White and Black in southern Africa without the Blacks encroaching upon the independent governmental powers of the Whites, and therefore we must reject the concept of correlation through a constitution, and adhere to correlation through consultation only.

*Mr. HICKMAN:

What about the Coloureds?

*Mr. F. S. STEYN:

But then those hon. members so often talk about the tremendous dangers resulting from it, and that is the only respect in which their Bantu policy touches on this important facet of our colour problem. Now they just come along with the objection to the idea of separate freedom for the Bantu areas in the Republic and they say that as the result serious military dangers may be created. Sir, just as we have always adopted the standpoint that financially and in the monetary sphere we will lead southern Africa, in the same way it will be very easy when the time arrives also to lay down the policy that we will lead southern Africa in the military sphere, and that if we guarantee independence and integrity to the whole of southern Africa, it is not necessary to establish any other military force except a police force in southern Africa.

*Brig. BRONKHORST:

What if other powers get a hold there?

*Mr. F. S. STEYN:

That is the sort of independence which the whole of South America enjoys in terms of the Monroe doctrine, but I do not expect the hon. member for North-East Rand (Brig. Bronkhorst) to beat out his brains about that.

The United Party policy is totally lacking in this depth concept. They have a shallow image, a single dimensional picture of limited representation which will evoke the enmity of Africa. The whole process of achieving independence in Africa was a revolt against the limited representation of the Black people in legislative bodies, and that is what they offer Africa. They say that is their solution for southern Africa, that single-dimensional shallow solution which will only evoke the enmity of Africa.

Then we come to the important height facet, and that is the division of governmental power and the right of freedom inside the Republic, and there we stand diametrically opposed to each other. The United Party says that they will not share the governmental power and the right to freedom in the Republic. They will have a single governmental power and a single right to freedom in the Republic, and they will give the Bantu a small share in that right to govern. We say that separate freedom is the only way of solving this dilemma, and that where the Bantu areas make it possible, there we will give those Bantu areas the opportunity to develop even to full independence.

*Mr. HICKMAN:

And the Coloureds?

*Mr. F. S. STEYN:

In regard to this facet, the hon. members opposite at least have a policy. On this one level they have an alternative, and there it is for the public to choose what is safest for the Whites, what gives the greatest security and what is most moral and what is safest in the light of the world situation and the pressure brought to bear by Africa: That we grant separate freedom or that we give the Bantu here a small share, a small share which can be fortified by their vitally dangerous intention to place the Coloureds back on the Common Voters’ Roll of the Cape Province, and to hand over approximately 30 constituencies in the Cape Province to the Coloureds.

Then the breadth facet: They said nothing about that in this election, and they run away from it. That is the labour relations. In the first place we come into conflict in regard to the right of the Bantu to be in our White areas. Our standpoint is quite clearly that the Bantu are here temporarily, and in that regard they want to ridicule us. They say: Just see how these people have been living here for years already. We say it is a privilege the Bantu enjoy and therefore we granted the power last year in the Urban Areas Act to remove any Bantu from the White areas. The United Party opposed that. They ridiculed it. Their standpoint is that the Bantu has the right to offer his labour in the White areas in the best market he can find, and they accept the perpetual occupation by the Bantu of the areas outside the reserves (which we call White South Africa). They accept the perpetual occupation of those areas by the Bantu.

The next point of conflict in regard to the labour relations is not only the standpoint we adopt in regard to the temporary presence of the Bantu and the fact that he has no right to come and go as he pleases and to remain here for ever. It is a question of property rights. The policy of the United Party is that the Bantu has the right to sell his labour wherever he wishes, and then they fortify it by wanting to grant him the right to own property in the Bantu urban areas which have been established. We deny the Bantu the right to own any property in the White area.

Then we come to the question of influx control. Last year still we discussed this matter in this House. The United Party is opposed to influx control, but eventually the hon. member for South Coast (Mr. D. E. Mitchell) was compelled to admit that the United Party in fact stands for influx control if it is necessary to prevent serious unemployment among the existing urban Bantu. The United Party stands for influx control only in so far as it is a means of preventing unemployment among the urban Bantu.

*Mr. HUGHES:

Who said that?

*Mr. F. S. STEYN:

If I am wrong, I am prepared to sit down and the hon. member can tell me what it is. I say that is your policy.

We are in favour of influx control as a principal mechanism to limit Bantu labour in the urban areas of our country to the absolute economic minimum. If we do not succeed in it, that still does not derogate from our attempt, because Rome was not built in a day, and to turn around this stream is no light task. But the difference is: We want what is good and you want what is bad.

Let us deal further with influx control. There is the burning question of the influx of women. Last year the United Party irrevocably took the standpoint that the Bantu living in the city should be entitled to fetch his wife and to allow her to live with him. It is the United Party policy to multiply the number of Bantu women in the White peri-urban areas. The increase of 2,000,000 in the number of Bantu in the White area during the last 17 years to which the hon. member referred is not an increase in the working population, but it is the natural increase in population, born of women whom the United Party allowed to be here from 1935 to 1938.

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

Aikona!

*Mr. F. S. STEYN:

Does the hon. member wish to deny it? The increase in the labour force since 1948 is not even 50,000, but those hon. members do not know what the facts are. If they are faced with unsavoury facts, they deny those facts.

*Mr. RAW:

Are you not building houses for families?

*Mr. F. S. STEYN:

These are the important differences. There are still problems of intermingling to which we must have regard. We try to control the numbers by means of the servant system, the sleeping-out system, and, inter alia, also with the assistance of border industries. We are trying to do something to reduce the intermingling of White and Black. The United Party capitulates before this intermingling and accepts it as a permanent position and as the image of South Africa. The choice which was made in favour of the National Party is explained by the fact that the people are prepared to choose the party which strives to attain what is good, and oppose the party which just stares blindly at the material aspect and capitulates to the unfortunate realities of our time.

*Mr. J. P. DU P. BASSON:

The trouble with the hon. member for Kempton Park (Mr. F. S. Steyn) is that he gives a completely superficial picture of the attitude of this side and then proceeds to deal with it entirely out of its context and without having regard to the background. Take the question of influx control. People are not flocking to the cities just for the fun of it. They are flocking to the cities because they cannot make a living in the Bantu areas. Sir, the United Party is the only party whose policy it is to develop the Bantu areas on a large scale by making use of White capital and, if necessary, foreign capital; to develop them on a large scale, not on the small scale on which the Government is doing so at the present time. With the large-scale development of these areas influx control will assume an entirely different meaning. The approach of the Nationalist Party is entirely negative, and that is to remove the Bantu, to throw them out, without making it possible for them to make a living elsewhere. The difference between the two sides is that while our approach is a positive one, the Government has a completely negative approach. Sir, I shall deal in a few moments with some of the points raised by the hon. member but I should like to say first that the day before yesterday I received a formal note from the hon. member for Vereeniging (Mr. B. Coetzee) which read as follows—

“Dear Mr. Basson, I expect to participate in the debate tomorrow afternoon” (that is to say, yesterday). “as a matter of courtesy I wish to inform you that in the course of my speech I propose to make some critical references to the speech made by you during the debate on the motion moved by Mr. Jannie Loots earlier on this Session. Yours faithfully, Blaar Coetzee.”

I sat here the whole of yesterday afternoon from half-past-two until seven o’clock; I sat here waiting for so many hours that my body still aches. I sat here licking my lips; I was anxious to reply to him because there is nothing that would have given me greater pleasure. I have also sat here waiting the whole of this morning, but it now seems to me that the hon. member for Vereeniging is the sort of person who likes to put forward criticism but does not want a reply to it. He wants me to speak first before he puts forward his criticism. I want to say to him that in the normal course of events it would have made no difference to me when he spoke, but in view of his formal note and the fact that I sat here waiting the whole of yesterday and that he did not rise to speak, I want to say that if he now puts forward criticism after I have spoken, it will be no sign of political manliness. If he puts forward criticism at a time when I have the opportunity to reply to him I will regard him as a man, politically speaking, but if he now puts forward criticism after I have been waiting here for a whole day for him to speak, I will regard him as a political coward.

Mr. Speaker, I think it is time we had clarity about one thing with reference to the speeches that we have heard here, and that is the question as to where exactly the Government stands in respect of the question of negative discrimination in this country. Our attitude is that in the interests of the safety of the White man, not only in the interests of the non-White but also in the interests of our future as Whites, in the interests of the future of the White man himself, it will be necessary sooner or later to remove from the Statute Book the coercive laws that we have to-day which unfairly discriminate against people, which discriminate against them purely on the ground of colour, which are purely negative and which humiliate people on the ground of their colour. The mistake that hon. members on the other side make is that they see only two things; and when one opposes these things one is told that one is in favour of integration. Sir, the contrast, the choice, does not lie between apartheid and integration. The policy of this Government is compulsory apartheid; the opposite is compulsory integration. We reject the principle of coercion, compulsory apartheid and compulsory integration. We believe in the traditional policy of South Africa. Our traditional policy was that relationships were determined by public opinion, by the natural process of birds of a feather flocking together. Because surely one of two things must be true: Either the White population wants to retain its identity and maintain some form of separation or it does not wish to do so. I believe that if that is what the White population wants, then coercive measures are not necessary, and if the time should come when the White population no longer wants it, no laws on earth will be of the slightest use. That is the attitude that we adopt. I pointed out earlier on this Session in the course of the no-confidence debate that there had been a change of emphasis in high Government circles as far as political idiom is concerned. The emphasis nowadays, particularly when they address the outside world, is placed on “equality” and “the removal of discrimination”. “Apartheid” has now become just a means; the principle is “removal of discrimination”. This attitude was solemnly announced not so long ago by the Government through the hon. the Minister of Foreign Affairs and it was also solemnly announced in The Hague that the Government’s aim was—I quote—to eliminate all forms of political inequality. I am quoting the words used by the hon. the Minister of Foreign Affairs before UNO in December of last year. But having listened to the hon. member for Malmesbury and the hon. member for Kempton Park and others and looking at all the ugly things which are being done in this country to-day in terms of the policy of compulsory apartheid one begins to wonder whether this is not just a trick. Sir, is this an honest statement of policy or is it not? I am prepared to accept that the hon. the Minister of Defence is being honest when he says that we will have to accept the principle that all human beings are equal; I am prepared to accept that the Minister of Foreign Affairs is being honest when he tells the world that we want to get away from discrimination. I believe that the Burger is being honest when, in conducting a debate with Trouw, it puts the position as follows—

Amongst other things there is already talk in Nationalist circles about “getting away from racial discrimination”, a tacit admission that in princple negative discrimination, however necessary it may be in certain circumstances, has become undesirable and that in the nature of things it must be temporary. (The Burger, 13 December 1963.)

There we have the same sort of thing that we have been propagating from this side of the House and that we have said on more than one occasion in this House. We are realistic enough to know that these things cannot be done overnight. One cannot change the entire pattern within the space of a day. But it is sheer nonsense for any person in South Africa to think that in this world in which we are living we can build up in this country a structure in which, from top to bottom, there is only one thing that counts and that is the colour of a man’s skin. Sir, we cannot go on building Berlin walls between people in South Africa. We see what is happening in Berlin. The longer those walls stand the higher they have to be built; the more one has to resort to arms. We cannot carry on as we are doing to-day. Anybody who thinks that we can follow the road that the Government is following at the present time is a fool. We have reached the stage to-day where it has to be decided at Government level which concert a man may attend, which rugby match he may attend. Just imagine! It is decided at Cabinet level who may or may not be present wihen a pop singer gives a performance and who may marry in which hall; the Minister has to decide who may marry in a certain hall. Do you think this sort of thing would have happened under great leaders such as General Hertzog and General Smuts? Do you think we would have had this sort of nonsense that a member of the Cabinet has to decide these things? In the days of General Hertzog or in the days of General Smuts, would Coloured children have been dragged out of a cinema in a Coloured residential area, when we know that Japanese are admitted to the Colosseum; that South African Chinese children may attend the Alhambra, while on the other hand Coloured children are thrown out of a theatre in a Coloured residential area by the police? Where is it all going to end? We have reached a position in South Africa which is such that it calls for serious discussion. I challenge any lawyer to mention the name of any country in the whole world where the Government interferes so much in the daily lives of the citizens of the country as happens under this Government—and I include the Castro régime and every Communist Government. Nowhere else—and I include the Communist Governments—does one find any nation living under a system of permits and restrictions and authoritarian and arbitrary decisions at Cabinet level as is the case here in South Africa. I say with all the earnestness at my command that apartheid has gone mad. Unless this state of affairs is brought to an end, unless this sytem of compulsory apartheid, which has been carried to such foolish lengths, is destroyed, the White man in South Africa will be destroyed. The ugliest aspect of this whole situation is that this policy is creating in the mind of the average White an attitude of selfishness and conceitedness and of contempt towards the non-Whites. The non-Whites are being pushed aside and pushed down everywhere, so much so that it has affected the character of our people; it has become a canker in our national character. It has made us repulsive and hateful in the eyes of others. It is a sad thing that our young people, as a result of this policy, have to grow up to-day regarding their fellow-men, who happen to be non-White, as lepers, as people who cannot cross one’s threshold, as people who have to be pushed aside. Look at the incident which was again reported in the newspapers this morning. Sir, we have the University College of the Western Cape. Here we are dealing with educated Coloureds. The University College has no hall of its own as yet where they can hold their graduation ceremonies so they asked the Municipality of Bellville whether they could use the Bellville civic hall for their graduation ceremony. What was the reply? “No, you are Coloured.” They are not even prepared in time of emergency such as this to extend a helping hand to the Coloureds. What the University College has to do now is to empty the library of the University so that they can hold the graduation ceremony in the library. Sir, I do not blame the mayor of Bellville or the town council because what has happened here is the outcome of the ugly, petty spirit of racism that has been cultivated by this Government. This attitude of mind has been created by the Government and people are becoming petty and mean. I say that we and our children will still be called upon to pay the price for this; our children will have to pay a terrible price for these things which are taking place to-day under this Government. Sir, let me say this: The Nationalist Party was established as a party representing South African Nationalism. Let me give credit where credit is due. The Nationalist Party has done some fine things for South Africa. It has given South Africa its sovereign independence, its political personality. It led South Africa on the road towards a Republic, a process which has now been completed. As a constitutional party …

*An HON. MEMBER:

You fought against it.

*Mr. J. D. du P. BASSON:

No, my friend, you are talking to the wrong person; you are a mere child in Parliament. The Nationalist Party was established as a constitutional party. It brought sovereign independence to South Africa and it has done fine things for South Africa and for the Afrikaner. The main task for which it was established has now been completed. To-day it is on a road leading nowhere, a dead-end road. History will honour the Nationalist Party for what it achieved in the constitutional sphere, but it has now become a racist party; and as a racist party it is sowing the seeds of hatred and alienation and the curse of history will rest on it for what it is doing at the present time. I believe that we have been placed at the southern extremity of Africa to show greatness. The Afrikaner’s destiny in coming here was to be great, but this Government has taught him to be small. Under this Government we have become small. All that we nurture is selfishness and arrogance. We have seen the same thing happening in other countries where nations submitted themselves to extreme forms of ideology. Unfortunately we have not learnt the lesson, but the Government is continuing to turn us into something that is ugly. Fortunately revolt is springing up in the right quarters. There is a growing revolt amongst the young Afrikaans writers, amongst the Afrikaans industrial leaders, the academic leaders, and thank the Lord, among the Church leaders too, and it is growing more strongly than ever before. This revolt is growing amongst the intellectual leaders, and it is only a matter of time. That is why it does not matter to us on this side if we lose an election for the time being. We know that sooner or later free Afrikanerdom—and I regard myself as a free Afrikaner—will deal with this Government and with the harm it is doing to the soul and the character of the Afrikaner. That is why it is our conviction that this Government is a danger to the security and the future of the White man in this country. The White man has only one thing to fear, and that is the follies and the injustices of this Government.

I do not suggest that we can solve our problems overnight, but we must begin to move in the right direction; I have sufficient faith in the brain-power of the White man to believe that in due course we shall find means of ensuring our survival and of retaining our leadership without resorting to this multitude of laws which are only negative and which humiliate people on the ground of their colour.

I know that the average White voter—and that is our difficulty to-day—has no conception of these things, because they are beyond his field of experience. What does the average voter know of the disruption of families, of the misery of the thousands of people who are evicted from their homes under group areas?

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

That is a downright lie.

Mr. HUGHES:

On a point of order, Sir, is the hon. member entitled to say that that is a downright lie?

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member must withdraw that.

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

I withdraw it.

*Mr. J. D. du P. BASSON:

I say that in Johannesburg thousands of Indians are being given notice to leave places which have been their traditional homes and to move 18 miles out of the city. They are being pushed out far beyond the municipal boundaries. That is a disgrace. I say that here in the Cape Province thousands of families are being broken up by the Government. Thousands of people are being evicted from their houses. Go to Stellenbosch or Johannesburg. [Interjections.] You see, Sir, even Members of Parliament are not aware of these things. They are so out of touch with events that they are not even aware of these things. How must the poor voter know these things? We have no objection to new areas being set apart for people. People automatically move to where there are more facilities. They move to areas where they will be nearer to the schools and the churches if one provides these at places which are convenient to them. But I say that it is unforgivable to evict a man from his house on the ground of colour where he was the first to live in and to own a house in the area concerned; and it is as great a misdeed to break up a family. But a change will come at some time or another. After there has been a change of government we shall have to restore the good name of the White man. We shall have to consider ways and means of restoring it. [Interjections.] The other day an Indian told me that he could not understand that Christian people should do these things to them. Is it a Christian policy to break up families? Day after day one can open the newspapers and read this sort of thing—

A married Bantu woman who, according to evidence, had been living in Paarl with her husband since 1960, was found guilty by Magistrate F. R. Smit of being in Paarl illegally.

Just imagine, Sir, one is living in a place illegally if one is staying with one’s husband! This Government is the first to talk of double standards, but if there is any government which applies double standards, then it is this one. In every part of the civilized world a wife’s place is with her husband.

*Mr. F. S. STEYN:

The Bantu’s place is in the reserve.

*Mr. J. D. du P. BASSON:

[Interjections.] Prosecutors are at their wits’ end in the courts. I can quote here from court cases in which the prosecutor admitted that he did not know where the wife’s “home” was; he only knew that it could not be where her husband was. I am asking the Government, what is it doing about the findings of the Snyman Commission? Must we have another Paarl before we learn our lesson? The Snyman Commission came to this finding—

The Government needs to institute a special drive to educate and reform the attitudes of both the White and the non-White sections of the community in respect of inter-racial relations … The restrictions on the movement of the Bantu and the interference with his mode of living … are not understood by the bulk of the Bantu … In the circumstances some resistance from the urban Bantu is to be expected.

What is the Government doing? Is it continuing to break up families? Why is Communism growing under this Government, while it did not erow under the United Party Government? [Interjections.] It is the disruption of families and the creation of instability which are responsible for that. The Minister of Coloured Affairs himself has said that a man who owns his own home does not become a communist. Communism is an unnatural thing.

It is not natural for people to turn to Communism, because it goes against human nature. A man only turns to the devil when there is no alternative. [Interjection.]

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order!

*Mr. J. D. du P. BASSON:

The hon. members opposite will be very quick to tell one that everything is very fine and peaceful in South Africa, but just knock down a Bantu to-day while driving one’s motor-car, as happened at Luipaardsvlei near Krugersdorp, and within a few minutes they come streaming out in their thousands and they do not ask who was in the right or who was in the wrong, but a White man has knocked down a Bantu and all White people’s motor-cars are stoned. When my chairman in Bezuidenhout knocked down a Bantu while driving along Jeppe Street the other day, he was surrounded by Bantu within a moment, and they did not want to know who was right or wrong. They only think: This is a White man; cut his throat. That is the attitude. [Interjections.] That is the result of the actions of this Government. Must we sit and wait for another Paarl before the Government acts and tries to put matters right? The White man in this country will not be saved by laws or by an army or by the police. There is only one thing that will save the White man and that is that he must be just. Nothing else counts. With his justice he must command the respect of the non-White. If he does not do that, we have no future. That is why I say that it is of no use that those hon. members are so glad about the election. We on this side have little to be glad about as far as the election is concerned; I concede that readily, but it is no crime to be in the minority temporarily. The followers of the Christian faith are in the minority in the world. Will anyone say that they must give up the Christian faith for that reason? This Government has been in the minority at UNO for many years. Will Government members say that they must be wrong because they are in the minority there? It does not matter to us that we are in the minority temporarily. The facts about South Africa remain the same. Sooner or later the voters will realize that they cannot evade the facts. It is a matter of time. The Government has been in power for 17 years. Let Government members name one single problem that they have solved in that period. Hundreds of racial laws have been put through Parliament. The only result that has had is that we are armed to the teeth, and are totally bereft of allies in the world. We have no friends. Every year the Government becomes more authoritarian and wants to arrogate more powers to itself.

In one respect, however, it is marvellously successful, and that is in devising formulae. It is excellent at devising formulae. One can sum up its policy as being, firstly, “A White State”; but this state is not White and will never be. Then for the Coloureds there is to be “A

state within the White State”. There is no student of constitutional science anywhere in the world who will not burst out laughing over this concept of a state within a state. One cannot have two Parliaments in the same state. The year before last the hon. member for Hottentots-Holland (Mr. J. D. de Villiers) introduced a motion asking that we should apply the “Keep Right” traffic rule in South Africa. Suppose Parliament agreed to that, but the Coloured Parliament said no, the Coloureds would keep to the left-hand side of the road? This is an extreme example, but I am trying to prove that this whole concept is a political abortion. When a White man and Coloured man collided in their cars, in which court would they appear? In a court of the Coloureds’ state within a state, or in a court of the White state? The whole idea is crazy. But for the Indians, too, there is to be such a state within the state. No one on that side can give a proper explanation in this regard. It is purely a formula. But now one comes to the formula for the rural Bantu. In their case one will have a series of states outside the state, nine in the Republic, 11 in South West Africa. That makes a total of 20—a balkanization and disintegration such as the world has never seen. There will be one so-called White state and 20 non-White states and three Protectorates, which are also becoming independent, and South Africa will disintegrate into 24 independent states, each of which, moreover, will consist of a large number of disconnected pieces situated all over the country. As yet no one has explained how one would regulate traffic, or air traffic if one or more of these states should become hostile and close its air space. How would one get from one part of the country to the other? How would one’s military forces carry out their movements? How would the police carry out their movements in times of emergency? How would the railways function? [Interjections.]

They are speaking of a commonwealth of states now, but a commonwealth of states is a voluntary organization. If some of these states refused to join the commonwealth, what would one have then? I want to make this further statement. If this policy can solve our problems, we ought to give serious consideration to it—but it does not affect the heart of our problem; it does not affect the Coloured or the Indian. Nor does it affect the major problem of those Bantu who are settled in the towns and have been born there and have never lived anywhere else. Partition is a well-known idea, but do these hon. members think that partition will succeed if it is applied unilaterally, if one political party cuts up the whole lot and distributes the pieces as it likes? Who will be satisfied with that? Sir, let us take the formula for the urban Bantu. The urban Bantu is declared to be a “visitor”. Just imagine! In Johannesburg alone, 58,000 houses have been built for the Bantu at a cost of R27,000,000. R19,000,000 has been spent on services. All these things have been done for “visitors”! One must be silly to believe that. It is a formula, but no solution, and it is not accepted. The urban Bantu are laughing at the Government. You are not solving anything. In 17 years not a single problem of importance has been solved by this Government, and therefore there will have to be a change of Government. We are young; we have patience. It is just a matter of time. [Time limit.]

Business suspended at 12.45 p.m. and resumed at 2.20 p.m.

Afternoon Sitting

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

Mr. Speaker, the hon. member for Bezuidenhout (Mr. J. D. du P. Basson) threatened to accuse me of political cowardice. Well, I do not take much notice of that. He was annoyed because I had referred in critical terms to a speech made by him in this House. I do not know why he should find that so surprising. I have been sitting in this House for 12 years and I have never set out deliberately to criticize a speech made by an hon. member without paying him the courtesy of letting him know that I am going to attack him. and that was all I did in the case of the hon. member for Bezuidenhout. It is certainly not my fault that I have not had a chance to speak earlier; I do not arrange this debate. I take it that he does not arrange the debate on the other side either, and he certainly does not arrange the debate on this side. He says he sat here until his body was sore. I am not surprised. He sat here the whole day yesterday after having received my letter. Why is his body sore? Because he never sits here! Was the exertion too much for him? The only time he comes to sit here is when he wants to make a speech; that is why his body is sore now. Sir, I do not want to make an attack upon the hon. member; I just want to put a few questions to him with reference to a speech which he made earlier on this Session, a few friendly questions. I just wanted him to answer those questions, but there is still a great deal of time left. I am in no hurry to get replies to these questions; the whole of the Session is still ahead of us. But I predict that he will not answer these questions. He is the most fortunate man in the world that he spoke before me, because if he had to speak after me he would have been in great trouble. I want to ask him a few questions with regard to his party’s policy, a policy which he now supposedly supports.

*Mr. RAW:

Why do you not talk about your own policy?

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

I will talk about it. The hon. member cannot, of course, reply to my questions in the course of this debate, and the fact that he cannot do so is a much greater relief to him than it is to me, but I want to challenge him to answer my questions at some time or other during the rest of the Session. I predict that he will bluntly refuse to answer any questions here this afternoon.

*Mr. J. D. du P. BASSON:

Of course, I cannot.

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

But I go further; I say that he will bluntly refuse to reply to my questions during the remainder of the Session.

The trouble with the hon. member for Bezuidenhout is that he is called upon to-day to support a policy in which he does not believe. Just to show his lack of political courage, I want to start by putting a few questions to him. Sir, the hon. member has always had a great deal to say here about families which are being broken up in South Africa, about husbands and wives who are not allowed to live together. He says that the fact that they are not allowed to do so is terribly un-Christianlike.

Sir, there are thousands of mineworkers working in the mines. Let me put this to him: Is he prepared to allow the families of those mineworkers to live with them? [Interjections.] Of course not. His party’s policy is not to allow the families of Bantu mineworkers to live with them. [Interjections.] Very well, I will give him time to answer. After all, it is very unfriendly on my part to expect him to answer immediately, because one cannot expect to get an immediate answer from a man with so little courage. We have thousands of mineworkers here without their families and the policy of the United Party is not to allow those families to live here. I want to ask the hon. member for Yeoville (Mr. S. J. M. Steyn) whether it is not true that in terms of the policy of his party that the families of those mineworkers are not allowed to live here. I am talking about Bantu mineworkers. But the hon. member comes here and tells the world that the National Party is following an un-Christian policy when he knows that his party advocates precisely the same policy and when he knows that because of our circumstances it would give rise to an impossible position if we allowed the wives and children of those Bantu mineworkers to come and live here. He knows that that is not what his party wants but he accuses this Government of being un-Christian.

But the hon. member made the further statement that we were kicking thousands of people in this country, Indians, Coloureds and Bantu, out of their homes. He made that bald statement without enlarging upon it. He said that we were kicking thousands of Coloured, Bantu, and Chinese out of their homes. Surely he knows that that is not true. He knows that that is not the full truth.

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member cannot say that, the hon. member knows that what he says is not the truth.

Mr. B. COETZEE:

Very well, then he knows it is the truth. However, I withdraw what I said. It is common knowledge that it is not the full truth to say that thousands of people are being kicked out of their homes. People are being put out of their homes, as was done at Sophiatown, but the full truth is that those people are then given better housing, as they were given in Meadowlands. But the hon. member for Bezuidenhout is not prepared to admit that truth. Sir, the hon. member for Green Point (Maj. van der Byl) said here, “We are just as much in favour of residential separation as you are”. I want to ask the hon. member for Green Point how one can bring about residential separation without putting certain people out of their homes and building houses for them elsewhere? They say that their policy is one of residential separation, but the hon. member says that we are kicking people out of their homes. He does not add, however, that those people are willing to move into other houses that we provide for them.

The trouble with hon. members on the other side is that they find themselves in a terrible dilemma, and that dilemma is this: After the provincial election the hon. the Chief Whip of the United Party issued a statement in which he said, “There is no indication of any difference on party policy and no signs of the emergence of any weakness”. Sir, I say that that is absolutely untrue. There is a deep-seated difference of opinion in the ranks of the United Party as far as policy is concerned. On the one hand we have the hon. members for Maitland and Drakensberg who believe that the policy announced here to-day is the real policy of the United Party. On the other hand we have the hon. members for Bezuidenhout and Port Elizabeth who do not believe that that is the real policy of the United Party. They believe in an entirely different policy and I propose to prove that statement by referring to what I would describe as the conspiracy of utter silence in South Africa in regard to certain important events which have taken place in recent months.

The one event was the refusal by St. George’s Grammar School to admit the child of a highly developed Anglican for the simple reason that he was a Coloured. Here we have a party and a Church which accuse the Government of committing the greatest crime against the country by discriminating on the grounds of colour and colour alone, and that accusation was repeated here this morning by the hon. member for Bezuidenhout. The hon. member knows that this child is being excluded from that school for one reason only and that is because he is Coloured; he is being excluded purely on the ground of the colour of his skin. Sir, I do not want to try to make political propaganda out of the dilemma in which those people find themselves; I understand their dilemma but I want to point out that if that same child had been refused admittance to the Luxurama, it would have caused the greatest sensation and consternation in South Africa. Did the hon. member for Bezuidenhout utter a single word of criticism of the fact that the school authorities refused to admit the child? Did he utter a single word of criticism of this blatant discrimination which is taking place purely on the ground of colour? No, he did not utter a single word of criticism. But, Sir, we had another political event in South Africa recently and that was the announcement earlier on this Session of an entirely new United Party policy, a so-called new United Party policy. The impression that they want to create in the minds of the public is that they are in favour of a policy of White leadership over the whole of South Africa for all time to come. They want to create the impression that that is the policy that they advocate in contrast with the National Party’s policy of permanent White leadership over portions of South Africa. I say that if the impression which the United Party seeks to create in the minds of the public, the impression which the hon. member for Durban (Point) seeks to create in the minds of the public, that they are in favour of White political control, which amounts to nothing but White political baasskap (mastery) over the whole of South Africa for all time to come, in fact reflects their new policy, then it should have caused the greatest political sensation in the history of South Africa. Because here we are dealing with a party which has condemned our policy of White baasskap over portions of South Africa as something evil, as the hon. member for Bezuidenhout did again this morning and as the hon. the Leader of the Opposition has done in the past. They said that this was a policy which would lead to South Africa’s ruin; that it was a policy which would cause the world to take steps against us, which would cause the United Nations to take stpes against us, but to-day these same persons come along and say that their policy is not only baasskap over a portion of South Africa, as we say our policy is, but that their policy is one of everlasting baasskap over the whole of the Republic of South Africa.

*Mr. RAW:

Was that the policy of the Nationalist Party?

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

Sir, I do not want to do an injustice to hon. members opposite, but let me put this to the hon. member for Durban (Point). Their policy is one of White political domination over the whole of South Africa. Is that correct, or is it not? No, they refuse to reply. If that had really been their new policy it would have created the greatest political sensation in South Africa, but in point of fact it has evoked no comment whatsoever in the English language newspapers; it has evoked no comment from the English priests; it has evoked no comment from the English language universities; they are all as silent as the grave. The Sunday Express is the one newspaper which had most to say about this so-called change of policy and the Sunday Times described it as “one of these curiosities in our political life”. Sir, there must be a reason why the English language Press and all these bodies to which I have referred have refused to comment on this so-called new policy of the United Party. The reason is perfectly clear. It can be one of two things; the reason may either be that those newspapers and bodies no longer regard the United Party as a political factor in South Africa—and I think that is very close to the truth—but another reason—and I think this is the most important reason—is that those English language newspapers do not believe a single word uttered by the United Party. The English language newspapers do not believe it because hon. members on the other side themselves do not believe it. They do not believe that their policy in the future is going to be one of everlasting political control over the whole of South Africa. I concede that the hon. member for Durban (Point) does believe it; the hon. member for Maitland (Mr. Hickman) also believes it, but not a single liberal member on that side believes it. and the hon. member for Bezuidenhout does not believe it. Sir, I want to put a question to the hon. member for Bezuidenhout. I know that he has been forbidden to reply to me but that will still not deprive me of the pleasure of putting the question to him: Does the hon. member believe the statement by the Leader of the Opposition that their policy is “political control over the whole of South Africa for all time”? Of course, they will not answer.

I come now to the speech which the hon. member for Bezuidenhout made here when the motion moved by the hon. member for Queenstown (Mr. Loots) was under discussion. That motion dealt with the position of South Africa in Africa and with the position of South Africa in the international world, and on that occasion the hon. member for Bezuidenhout said: “Unless you remove from our Statute Book this negative and humiliating discrimination on the ground of colour, the world will have a casus belli against South Africa.” The hon. member must correct me if I am quoting him wrongly; he said that the world no longer regarded the question of colour discrimination as a domestic matter.

*Mr. J. P. DU P. BASSON:

The Transvaler says the same thing.

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

Why then does the hon. member adhere to a policy which is tantamount to the most terrible colour discrimination that one can imagine in South Africa? The hon. member went on to say that the outside world would be entitled to say that it was justified in declaring war against us unless we removed this humiliating, discriminating legislation from our Statute Book. If that is the hon. member’s attitude, why then is he in favour of a policy which amounts to the greatest and the most humiliating discrimination that one can imagine in South Africa? Because that is the policy that they have announced. Sir, I hope that the hon. member for Bezuidenhout will now have the courage to reply to a few questions: What does their policy of White political control over the whole of South Africa for all time amount to other than saying to the Bantu, “However good you may be, however educated you may be, however civilized you may De, you will forever remain a political minority in this country?” Is that what the hon. member for Bezuidenhout is saying to the Bantu? No, now he sits there re-arranging his books instead of replying. He is the man of courage but he is afraid to reply to this question. In effect they are saying to the Bantu that they will forever be treated as inferior human beings without at the same time saying to them, “We are willing to give you your own land”. But the hon. member for Bezuidenhout goes further. He tried to place himself on a high moral pedestal here this morning. He says to the Bantu, to Luthuli, “You are a Nobel prize winner; no matter how educated, how civilized, how developed you may be, I, Japie Basson, say that you will never sit in this Parliament”. Is that the hon. member’s policy? Of course it is not his policy. He is only pretending that that is his policy. He refuses to reply to my question. Sir, what the United Party is doing is to say to the Bantu, “You can go and buy land in Langa and live there as part of a labour pool in South Africa; we refuse to give you your own territory but at the same time we also refuse to give you any further rights in the Republic of South Africa”. Sir, am I to believe that the hon. member for Bezuidenhout, who says that the outside world will have cause to declare war against us, is in favour of a policy such as this, a policy which is as abhorrent negative and humiliating as one can possibly imagine? And then, Sir, he is the man who has so much courage! He may say perhaps that he does not agree with that policy and that he has never agreed with it; that there are just a few members who agree with it. That is absolute nonsense. The fact of the matter is that when the United Party tell us that they are in favour of a policy in terms of which eight Whites will represent the Bantu in this House; that they are in favour of a policy in terms of which the Coloured voters in the Cape Province and in Natal are to be placed on the Common Voters’ Roll, and in terms of which a certain number of White representatives are to be given to the Indians, what they are really saying is this, “That is our policy as long as we sit on the Opposition benches, but once we come into power we are not willing to give any guarantee that that will remain our policy”. Sir, I think the hon. member for Durban (Point) is going to speak when I sit down. I want to challenge him here to give me a reply to the following question: In terms of their policy, must the Bantu always be represented by Whites? That is what they say on public platforms. Of course it is not their policy. The hon. the Leader of the Opposition has opened the door for the number of White representatives to be increased to more than eight. Not only will the number be increased but the time will come when the Bantu will be represented by Blacks. The hon. the Leader of the Opposition wrote in an article published in The Friend that it was inevitable that Black representatives would eventually represent the Blacks in this House and yet they tell the public that their policy is one of White domination over the whole of South Africa for all time. The hon. member for Bezuidenhout knows—and that is why he pretended to defend this policy—what policy he advocates, and the policy advocated by him is not that the Bantu are to be represented in this House by eight Whites but eventually by eight Blacks and later on by a greater number; he knows that that is the policy that will eventually be applied. He knows that that is his policy and that that is the policy of the United Party; he knows that the public has discovered that that is their policy and that is why they now come along with this story that they guarantee that the number of Black representatives will not be increased until such time as a referendum has been held. Sir. they think that this is their trump card but in actual fact it is their greatest weakness, because the mere fact that they say that they will hold a referendum to find out whether the Whites are prepared to allow more Black representatives in Parliament, whether the Blacks should be represented here by Blacks, proves that they are not sincere. They say that they will only do this after holding a referendum with regard to this matter. Sir, I want to put this question to the hon. the Leader of the Opposition: If he becomes Prime Minister and he holds such a referendum, does he want the voters to vote for eight Black representatives in this Parliament? If that is not what he wants, why then does he want to hold a referendum? Surely then he should simply maintain the status quo: all he has to do then is to carry out what he says is in fact his policy. The hard fact of the matter is that implicit in the holding of a referendum is the intention of the United Party to allow more and more and more non-White representatives in this Central Parliament. That is why the United Party is such a complete failure. They are a failure because they think they can make people believe that their policy is one of White leadership over the whole of South Africa for all time to come, whereas in fact it is part and parcel not only of their policy but of their whole “establishment” that South Africa will inevitably have to follow the road followed by the hon. member for Houghton (Mrs. Suzman). Sir, that is inevitable; that is why the hon. member for Bezuidenhout is willing to accept this policy because he knows that if they come into power, which they will never do, this will already be part and parcel of their policy. Sir, no political party can exist in vacuo. Every political party in this country belongs to what I would describe as an “establishment”; I cannot think of a good Afrikaans word for it. The establishment of the National Party is the Afrikaans newspapers, the Afrikaans universities. the Afrikaans schools, the Afrikaanse Sakekamers, etc. The establishment of the United Party is the English language universities, the English language newspapers and all those things. One cannot decide upon one’s policy outside of the complex of that establishment—and that is what they have tried to do. That is why they have earned the hostility of the public and the contempt of their own people; that is why not a single English language newspaper has so far recommended this policy of theirs. That is why not a single English clergyman has recommended it; that is why no single English language university has so far recommended it, and at the same time they are losing support in their own ranks and they are losing their self-respect. Sir, I sympathize with the hon. member for Durban (Point) because he does believe in this policy of White baasskap over the whole of South Africa for all time. He believes in that policy and that is why I sympathize with him, but the hon. member for Bezuidenhout does not believe in it; the hon. member for Hospital (Mr. Gorshel) does not believe in it; the hon. member for Jeppes (Dr. Cron je) does not believe in it. They are putting up a false facade here and that is why they are a failure. I say to the hon. member for Durban (Point) and the hon. member for Maitland therefore—I do not know whether there are many more of them—that there is no political home for them in the United Party and in that establishment. I am not so sure about the hon. member for Germiston (District). The policy of the United Party is against their outlook on life: it is against the philosophy of 90 per cent of the supporters of the United Party. Sir, I want to extend this invitation to the hon. member for Durban (Point): The sooner they find their home in the “establishment” of the National Party the happier they will be and the greater the service that they will render to South Africa.

Mr. RAW:

Hon. members opposite seem anxious to have an answer. I can assure them that they are going to get it. I want to deal firstly with the last point made by the hon. member for Vereeniging (Mr. B. Coetzee) because I think it is important in considering the political issues which face South Africa, and that is his reference to the so-called “Establishment”. I want to make it quite clear that this is one of the points of fundamental difference between the United Party, to which I belong, and the Nationalist Party, to which he belongs. We in the United Party do not believe in misusing and abusing cultural and religious organizations. The hon. member for Vereeniging sees the Nationalist Party as a political front with its religious, economic and cultural wings. The universities, as he put it, are the indoctrination wings, with the churches as the religious wings. We in the United Party believe that a political party deals with politics and the churches deal with religion and with Christianity. We will make no move to become, as the Nationalist Party has become, the slaves of an “establishment” in which the freedom of the individual is destroyed. That is fundamental. We believe that every man has his own conscience and that in church he worships as he wishes. It would be a sad day for South Africa when the churches had to align themselves behind political parties.

An HON. MEMBER:

What about Joost de Blank?

Mr. RAW:

It will be an equally sad day when the Press of South Africa becomes, as the Nationalist Party has done with its Press, the slaves of political parties. We will continue to fight as a political party, standing for principles and a way of life in South Africa.

An HON. MEMBER:

Which way of life?

Mr. RAW:

I am going to deal with the way of life of South Africa but before doing so I want to deal with another question posed by the hon. member for Vereeniging. He dealt with the question of housing for the wives of Bantu working in the White areas.

Mr. B. COETZEE:

On the mines.

Mr. RAW:

He also asked what the attitude of the United Party was towards the question of housing the wives of mineworkers. Let me ask the hon. member for Vereeniging a question: Has he forgotten that it was his Government which, when the newly developing mines in the Free State, wished to build married quarters for their mineworkers, forbade it: that it was his Government which said that it would not allow them to build married quarters. But, secondly, is he aware that every mineworker comes to work under a contract which is usually limited to 12 months? At the end of that period the mineworker must return. His contract may be renewed, but after a fixed period his contract terminates and a new contract is entered into. Is he aware or is he not aware that the vast majority of these Bantu mineworkers are young men who come to the mines to do their spell of work before they get married and then return to the native areas. Sir. on an issue which has nothing whatsoever to do with the basic question of an established and undisturbed family life for the permanent urban Bantu the hon. member for Vereeniging tried to draw a red herring across the floor of the House by trying to avoid the fundamental issue of the permanently established Bantu who are permanently established and will forever continue to be permanently established in the so-called White areas. In order to avoid facing up to that issue he tried to draw the red herring of migrant mineworkers into the debate. Sir, let me say to him that until he and his party face up to the issue of the permanently urbanized Bantu they cannot hope to have a policy for race affairs in South Africa. They have no policy whatsoever because they have tried to ignore the existence and the reality of a permanently settled urban Bantu population. Neither that member nor any other member has tried to face up to the demands and the needs of that population group. Instead of that. Sir, the hon. member for Vereeniging challenged us on the question of White leadership and political control in South Africa. He called it the United Party’s new policy.

HON. MEMBERS:

“So-called” new policy.

Mr. RAW:

Yes. he said it was a so-called new policy. I want to take the mind of the hon. member for Vereeniging back a little. I have here a pamphlet issued by the United Party in 1949 by a body of which he was a member. It was issued in the name of a committee of the party of which he was a member. In that pamphlet Section 3 is headed, “White leadership with justice”, and in the index there are seven points:

White leadership with justice: the Party will bring about and maintain residential and social separation between the races of different colour but accepts the fact that the non-European is essential to the economic progress of South Africa. The United Party will continue positive measures for the welfare of the non-European by betterment of his health, education and living standards, by improvement of his reserves and areas of urban residents and by encouragement of his progressive management of his own affairs. European civilization in South Africa can only be perpetuated by White leadership based upon principles of justice.

Sir, the hon. member for Vereeniging subscribed to that in 1949. Now he says it is a new policy. In 1953 the policy of the United Party was re-stated and re-published in pamphlet form. Let me quote what is stated in the pamphlet under the “basic principles of policy”—

In belang van sowel die blankes as die nie-blankes behoort dit die doel van Suid-Afrikaanse staatsmanskap te wees om blanke leierskap in Suid-Afrika instand te hou.

That was in 1953-4; now the hon. member says it is new policy. Sir, in the latest policy statement the United Party says—

Ons glo dat blanke leierskap behoue moet bly as die draer van die westerse beskawing in Suid-Afrika in belang van sowel blankes as nie-blankes.

In election after election from 1949 onwards we have stated plainly and clearly our policy of White leadership. Sir, I have here an election manifesto by the United Party which again says the following—

Maintenance of Western civilization in South Africa through a policy of Christian trusteeship over the non-European races …. It ought to be clear to you that the points I have emphasized are all calculated to strengthen and to secure the position of the European in South Africa, in accordance with the traditional policy of the Voortrekkers and the British settlers, which is a policy of White leadership with justice to all.

I hope the hon. member for Vereeniging will now give me his attention. This statement of policy was issued by the United Party. Does he agree with it or does he not? Sir, he does I not agree. Let me repeat it—

The United Party policy is in accordance with the traditional policy of the Voortrekkers and British settlers, a policy of White leadership with justice to all.

I wanted to know whether the hon. member agreed, because this pamphlet happens to have been issued by the hon. member for Vereeniging. Not only did he accept the United Party policy, he put his signature to it. He signed it, “Yours sincerely, Blaar Coetzee.”

Mr. B. COETZEE:

That is why I left you —because you do not stick to your policy.

Mr. RAW:

Sir, let me look at some of the other things which the hon. member for Vereeniging believed in. He believed in the maintenance of our free association with the Commonwealth of Nations; he believed in upholding the Constitution of South Africa; he believed in upholding the Constitution of South Africa, raped by the party to which he now belongs. He believed in recognition of the fact that no single political party was equal to the task of finding a satisfactory solution to the non-European problem. Now suddenly he belongs to a party which has found a solution to all the problems of South Africa. The only difference is that it has not solved one of them. He believed in the conversion of the Unemployment Insurance Fund into unemployment and pension fund.

An HON. MEMBER:

What has he done about it?

Mr. RAW:

The hon. member for Vereeniging this afternoon said that the United Party had a new policy of White leadership. In 1953 he himself, under his own signature, publicized, announced and proudly supported a policy of White leadership in South Africa. To-day he has conveniently forgotten it. Sir, it may be because in this pamphlet we have an interesting statement.

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

Japie, did you agree with me in those days?

Mr. RAW:

This is the basis on which the hon. member for Vereeniging sought the support of his voters for a policy of White leadership all over South Africa; he said it in a pamphlet signed by the divisional chairman of the North-East Rand—

In politics Blaar is and will remain an idealist. Since his earliest participation he has remained a member of one party and his entire career provides eloquent testimony of his remaining faithful to the principles of the party to which he has given his allegiance.

The pamphlet goes on to say—

Changing his tune is something of which not even his bitterest opponents can accuse him.

No, he has not changed his tune; he himself says that he is an idealist and that he has never changed his tune, therefore he still believes in White leadership over the whole of South Africa. In fairness, there is one other thing in which he believed. He said that he believed in a United South African people. He now says that the Nationalist Party has created that unity. Is that right?

Mr. B. COETZEE:

Yes.

Mr. RAW:

This pamphlet says—

During the past 20 years his greatest ideal has been the building of a United South African nation. Often he has said to me, “Ben, when that ideal has been attained I will say farewell to politics.”

I hope I may bid him a fond soldier’s farewell. As we say good-bye to him with a soldier’s farewell I hope he will still sing the tune …

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! What is a soldier’s farewell?

Mr. RAW:

Sir, that depends on who the soldier is; it depends on whether he is saying farewell to a friend or an ally. I shall leave it to the hon. member for Vereeniging to determine for himself the sincerity and kindness of the farewell he will get from us. Because quite obviously he does not belong in his own party. That, Sir. is indicative of the extent to which the Nationalist Party is desperately trying to withhold from the people of South Africa the real choice which stands before them. We have had from the hon. member for Vereeniging and from speaker after speaker on that side of the House an attempt to belittle and ridicule the fundamental policy for which the United Party has always stood.

I want to say this: The policy of the United Party in regard to affairs of race is more than mere words. It is a way of life based on centuries of decency, tradition and background. It has grown after 300 years of contact between White and non-White in South Africa; 300 years in which the White man has learnt to live with the non-White. It has therefore become more than a policy. It has become an approach to life, a philosophy which makes it possible for people of different races to live together under White leadership. It has happened for 300 years. It is the position to-day. All the attempts on the part of members on that side of the House to play with words, to try to turn political leadership and control into “baasskap” will fail. Our policy is a policy of leadership, leadership requiring political control in the hands of the White man. But leadership involves consultation with all races and at all levels. This is not something new, Sir, I regret to say that people as senior as Cabinet Ministers have been guilty of this: They have quoted an extract from a speech made by General Smuts in 1929 out of context to show that General Smuts believed in totally separated states. But they have omitted to quote the conclusion to which he came in that same speech. I believe that that omission was deliberate and I believe it was tragic.

I want to quote it to put it on record. When General Smuts dealt with the question of territorial separation and the Bantu reserves he came to the following conclusion—

I do not think there can be, or at bottom there is amongst those who have given the subject serious attention, any doubt that in the supreme legislature of a country with a mixed population all classes and colour should have representation. It is repugnant to our civilized European ideas that the weaker in a community should not be heard or should go without representation either by themselves or through European spokesmen where their interests are concerned.

Going right back to those days, Sir, it has been the philosophy of the United Party that the White man should rule, should maintain his political control, that he should give to the non-White the greatest possible measure of self-government in his own areas, his own reserves and in his townships, but that in the supreme Parliament which governs us all there should be a mouthpiece for each race. The policy of the United Party is loud and clear: It is representation for the Bantu by eight White representatives in this House.

An HON. MEMBER:

For how long?

Mr. B. COETZEE:

Will the Bantu never sit here?

Mr. RAW:

The hon. member asks for how long. I say for as long as we can see ahead. Unlike the Nationalist Party we are not prepared to remove from the White man the power to determine the future. The Nationalist Party is prepared to take the irrevocable step of creating independent separate states which removes from those areas the power of decision from the hands of the White man. We say that no responsible political party can determine the future for all time and that the responsibility of a party is to leave in the hands of those who follow it the power to decide. So we say that when the time comes to decide whether that representation should be changed in number or in kind it will be decided in the light of the circumstances at that time. The hon. member for Vereeniging asks where we would stand? My Leader has answered that when he said we stood for White leadership because we believed that was right to-day. But we cannot say what is going to happen in 20 or 50 years’ time. What we do say, Sir, is that when the times comes to change it it is our responsibility to leave the right of decision in the hands of the Whites who must make it. The Nationalist Party is prepared to remove the right of decision; it is prepared to take steps which rob future generations of the right to decide. The United Party believes that it can only govern in the circumstances of the situation which it can see ahead. The United Party believes that our prime responsibility to the future is to maintain, in the interests of all races, the guidance and the leadership which we as Whites have brought to this country.

Mr. BOOTHA:

Will the Black man accept that?

Mr. RAW:

We believe that the Black man will accept that. Whether he does or not we believe it is in the interests of South Africa and therefore it is our policy. Unlike the Nationalist Party which has bowed the knee before the demands of extreme African nationalism we do not say, like they do: “we surrender; we will give you your own states; we will give you parts of South Africa.” The hon. the Prime Minister himself admitted that he did not want to do it. He said it was forced upon him by world opinion, and by extreme Black nationalism. The United Party will govern in the interests of the people of South Africa and will not bow the knee to any Black extremists wherever they may be or whoever they may be. Therefore, unlike the Nationalist Party, we will not be cowed or intimidated by the sort of thing which strikes terror into their hearts and which makes them abandon the responsibility of the White man. That is what they have done. As a result of this the Nationalist Party policy has turned full circles. The Nationalist Party came into power on the basis of “baasskap apartheid”, a policy which they now want to hang on to us, “baasskap apartheid” which denies all rights to non-Whites. That is the difference between “baasskap” and White leadership with political control. “Baasskap” denies the dignity of the individual, the rights of the individual. White leadership and political control recognizes the individualism of every person and his need of recognition within the structure of the State.

I have photostatic copies of pamphlets which the hon. Minister of Bantu Administration will remember because he issued them. Here I have the “baasskap” pamphlet, the “swartgevaar” namphlet, the “doing-loo-much for the Bantu” pamphlet, the “spending-too-much-on-immigration” pamphlet, the “spending-too-much-on-the-Bantu” pamphlet, the “too-high-pay-for-the Bantu in -the-Civil-Service” pamphlet, “Geld-vermorsing op nie-blanke soldate” and so forth. The nationalist Party said in those days: “Die party huldie die beskouing dat die Indiërs ’n vreemde en uitheemse element is wat nie assimileerbaar is nie.” From those days of “die kaffer on sy olek en die Koelie uit die land” it has turned full circles.

To-day the result is that the true conservative party in South Africa is the United Party. It is the party which has as the foundation of its policy ordered advance. “Ordered advance” is the hall-make of conservatism. It is moving forward at a controlled pace—ordered and controlled. I say that the Nationalist Party is the radical party of South Africa. Now they are quiet, Sir. They are quiet because they know I have as my witness the Burger’s leading article this morning, the leading article in which the Burger recognizes that the United Party is the conservative party and the Nationalist Party the radical party. I want to quote it. The Burger says, speaking about the United Party’s maintaining the support of “die soliede massa”—

Dié kon hy altyd die beste mobiliseer deur weerstand teen radikale nuwe dinge, teen afsonderlike kieserslyste, die Republiek en politiek-selfstandige Bantoe-tuistes.

In other words. Mr. Speaker, the Burger recognizes that the Bantustan policy of the Nationalist Party is a radical policy. It says that the United Party’s hope is to sweep up opposition against the radical policy of the Nationalist Party. Dealing with the United Party the Burger says—

Nasionaliste vergeet soms dat die party hom allergies getoon het ook vir links-radikale beleidsrigtinge, nie net vir die regse soort nie.

In other words, the Burger has had the honesty this morning to recognize that the United Party, in its traditional conservatism had rejected radical leftism and radical rightism. Hon. members on that side of the House have now got to sort it out for themselves. It is now up to them. The hon. member for Moorreesburg (Mr. P. S. Marais) and the hon. member for Innesdal (Mr. J. A. Marais) can fight it out between themselves. But not only the Nationalist Party backbenchers, Sir. the leaders have to fight this out. because its official mouthpiece recognizes the true position of politics in this country. It recognizes that the Nationalist Party more and more is being driven to become the radical party of the urban worker. The hon. member for Moorreesbure nods his head in agreement. South Africa will soon realize it. The day that the Nationalist Party fails, as it must in time, to withhold from the people—as it succeeded in doing during the last election—the real implications of its policy it will be rejected by the people, people who do not want to see South Africa destroyed by radicalism.

*Mr. S. L. MULLER:

The weakness of the United Party in the past has always been that their policy was not based on principles. That lack of principle in the policy of the United Party has again been clearly reflected by the speech of the hon. member who has just resumed his seat. He made this lack of principle very clear when he replied “I hope so” to the vitally important question as to whether the non-Whites would accept their policy and cooperate in it.

We all realize that our position in South Africa is so serious that we cannot be satisfied merely with hope for the future. We must plan the future not only for ourselves but for all the races living in South Africa. We on this side of the House believe that the policy we apply will be to the benefit of all the various race groups. Apart from the fact-that it is to the benefit of all race groups, it is par excellence in the interest of the White man and his continued existence. I think that as far as that is concerned there is surely no difference between the official Opposition and ourselves. Their speeches, as I have listened to them, amount to this, that it is also their desire that the White man should maintain his position in South Africa. The best way in which he can do so is to exercise domination over that part of South Africa which is his own.

The hon. member for Durban (Point) (Mr. Raw) referred in the beginning of his speech to what was said by the hon. member for Vereeniging (Mr. B. Coetzee) when the hon. member for Vereeniging asked why the United Party wants the Bantu to have his family with him in the urban complexes whilst they do not adhere to the same principle in respect of the Bantu working in the mines. The hon. member for Point tried to draw a very vague and arbitrary distinction between the Bantu living in the cities (who is now supposed to be a permanent inhabitant there) and the Bantu who works on the mines under contract for 12 or 18 months or for two years. I should like to know from the hon. member what the difference is between the permanent Bantu and the non-permanent Bantu? Until such time as we are able to lay down a principle in respect of that matter, we cannot hope to achieve any success in regard to it. What is good for the Bantu who stays here for two years or 18 months is also good for the Bantu who in different circumstances comes to work in the White areas.

What I have found most peculiar in recent times is that the United Party has run away from its own policy. In recent years there has not been the slightest doubt in the minds of hon. members here in respect of their prospects that the Bantu will eventually be represented by their own people in this House. I admit that they did not stamp this as their policy. It is true that the United Party said in the past that it was not their policy, but that they visualized such a prospect. If one visualizes something, one must be prepared to accept it when it does eventuate. If the United Party visualizes it, they must accent it if it does happen. Recently when I held a meeting in Natal and told the audience that the United Party visualizes the prospect of the Bantu eventually being represented by their own people in Parliament, to my surprise I noticed great consernation among the people. They said it was not true. Evidently they had never heard of this before. That is the way in which the United Party announces their policy, Sir. They do not go to the people outside and honestly tell them what their policy is. I was compelled to read out to the audience what was said by no less a person that the Leader of the Opposition himself in this House in respect of this matter. I should like to read it again and put a few questions to hon. members opposite in regard to it. In 1963 the hon. the Leader of the Opposition said the following in this House—

The policy of our party is that Natives should be represented by Whites, but we realize that it will not be possible forever to deprive them of the right to be represented by their own people.

Hon. members need not tell me that they do not intend putting Natives here. I accept that. By implication this is what is said in this statement by the Leader of the Opposition. But I should like to put this to hon. members opposite: If they envisage—that is the least they do in terms of this statement—the Bantu being represented here by his own people, will they be prepared to accept it when it happens?

As recently as last year, the hon. the Leader of the Opposition put it even more clearly. There are indications, I think, that hon. members opposite no longer want to adhere to these prospects in respect of Bantu representation in this House. Then they should be honest enough, if they have any honesty at all, to say: "We said so in the past, but we want to change our policy once more in respect of this matter because we see that the public outside has now rejected us to a greater extent than ever before in the past as the result of this attitude we adopted.” Last year the Leader of the Opposition dealt with the same matter, and I think hon. members opposite owe the House more clarity in respect of this matter. The Leader of the Opposition said the following—

Then the hon. gentleman said that the danger existed that the representatives of the Natives in this House would one day be Blacks. I have repeatedly stated that it is the policy of the United Party that those representatives shall be White but we realize, and we are not afraid of being attacked on it, that we shall not be able indefinitely to deny them the right to be represented by their own people, particularly in view of the development in the Bantustan areas of the Prime Minister.

He now tries to put the blame on the Prime Minister. Nevertheless he accepts that they will one day be represented by their own people in this House. We reject that. We have always consistently rejected it. If it is accepted and applied as a policy, that can only be done by the United Party. No other party will do so. The Leader of the Opposition went further and said—

I have also repeatedly stated that if I have to choose between eight Black representatives in this House and eight Bantustans, then I choose the eight Black representatives every time. I say this particularly to the hon. member for Pietermaritzburg (City) (Mr. Odell), who made such a half-hearted speech here yesterday and who does not realize what the policy of our party is.

The hon. the Leader of the Opposition can now ask himself where the success fell in recent days. Did it fall on his side or on the side of the hon. member for Pietermaritzburg (City)? Where did the support of the people outside go in respect of this matter in regard to which the hon. the Leader attacked the hon. member for Pietermaritzburg (City) at the time? The history of the past few weeks has shown us what the results were.

I now want to put a question to the hon. the Leader of the Opposition because I think we should have clarity in regard to this matter. If the United Party visualizes this, as the Leader of the Opposition in fact does in the statement he made in this House, that Bantu should be represented by Bantu here, under what circumstances will it happen? The United Party told us in the past that if there is an extension of representation in this House it will be done by way of a referendum. Now I should like to ask the Leader of the Opposition: If the test is set as to whether it should be Bantu or Whites who represent the Bantu in this House, what will that test be? Will there be a vote about it or not? I receive no reply. Sir. I receive no reply as to whether there will be a referendum or not.

*Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

You are talking nonsense.

*Mr. S. L. MULLER:

The hon. the Leader of the Opposition can tell me on another occasion if I talk nonsense, but I want clarity in this regard. There sits the alternative Government. They are still the alternative Government and they owe us an explanation. They visualize something, namely that the Bantu will one day be represented by Bantu in this House. How will that take place? If the Leader of the Opposition says a referendum will be held, as he has already said, namely that all extension of representation in this House will take place only by way of a referendum, then I should like to ask in the first instance what attitude the United Party will adopt in that referendum? It is not necessary for the Leader of the Opposition to tell me what attitude they will adopt. All they need say is that if a referendum takes place and the people outside, or whoever takes part in it, decide that Bantu should be represented by Bantu, they will accept that decision. They will then have to accept that decision. I do not even want to ask them whether they will accept it because they will have to accept it. They wrote out the referendum, and having done so they cannot ignore the will of the people, but must accept it.

The most important question in regard to which they still have to give us clarity is who will take part in the referendum. They say the Whites will take part in it. Does the United Party think that the political discrimination they are applying will continue for ever?

*Mr. F. S. STEYN:

How can they identify Whites on a Common Roll?

*Mr. S. L. MULLER:

Precisely. Previously, when we wrote out a referendum in regard to the Republic, they were not satisfied with it. They did not want the Whites alone to vote, but also the non-Whites. Can the United Party now, in spite of their attitude of the past, in respect of a problem directly affecting the Bantu, justify it if they say: “No, you will have no voice at all in it; only we will have a voice.” Then they are the people who talk about discrimination and petty apartheid! We on this side of the House believe, at least in respect of politics, that we should eliminate discrimination as far as possible. We want to eliminate it, but in terms of the policy of that party it will never be eliminated. We know that discrimination has become a swear word in the world. In terms of the policy of that party, discrimination will go from bad to worse as against the various racial groups here in South Africa.

*Mr. HUGHES:

Will discrimination against the Coloureds be eliminated in terms of your policy?

*Mr. S. L. MULLER:

I did not say that discrimination would be completely eliminated. I have never said so. But in the case of the Coloureds, we are dealing with quite a different problem. Because the Coloureds are quite a different group from the Bantu, we give the Coloureds other governmental powers. The hon. member knows it just as well as I do. But I give the Coloured at least better rights than he in fact has, greater rights to govern his own affairs than he will have in terms of the United Party policy. The hon. member seemed to refer to the Coloured as if the Coloured is in great danger in South Africa. I said right in the beginning that the most important thing for us in South Africa is that the various race groups should live together peacefully in the conditions we create. But above all, we realize that the Bantu constitutes the great problem for the White man. and that that is really the problem we should solve to ensure that continued existence of the White man. That is the matter I am dealing with. That is where our great danger lies for the future, and that is where we want to eliminate political discrimination.

Mr. HUGHES:

You discriminate only against the minority groups, like the Coloureds?

*Mr. S. L. MULLER:

If the hon. member wants to call it that, let him do so. This is a matter of hair splitting. In regard to the Bantu, we believe that we can best state our case to them and to the world if we can eliminate political discrimination as far as possible, so that we give them in their own areas everything we demand for ourselves in our areas.

*Mr. HUGHES:

What about the Coloureds?

*Mr. S. L. MULLER:

Surely we cannot do that with the Coloureds. The Coloureds did not live in reserves in the past, as did the Bantu. We must treat them on quite a different basis.

Hon. members opposite now talk of eight representatives for the Bantu in this House who will be Whites to begin with. I do not want to analyse that matter further because it has been done often already. But I should like to put a few questions to the Leader of the Opposition, and he may reply to them on any day he likes if he does not wish to give his replies now. I want to ask him whether he, or any hon. member opposite, can give us or the people outside an assurance that there will always be just eight representatives of the Bantu in this House? They now say that if it has to be changed, it should be done by way of a referendum. In other words, they cannot give us that assurance. But if they cannot give us the assurance that it will remain eight, let us push it up to 32. Supposing there is a referendum and the number is increased to 32. Can they give the assurance that it will never be more than 32? Is there a single member opposite who can give us the assurance that in terms of their policy there will never be more than 32 representatives of the Bantu in this House? If they cannot give me that assurance, can they give it in respect of twice that number, viz. 64? And if they cannot give it to me in respect of 64, can they give it in respect of 300? Is there anybody on that side who can give us the assurance that in terms of their policy the Bantu will never have 300 representatives in this House? Or make it 161. There are now 160 representatives of the Whites in this House. And if not one of those hon. members opposite can give me that assurance, how can they expect the people outside to support them? If they cannot give that assurance they are surely following the road leading to the doom of the White man in South Africa. I sincerely hope that the hon. member who speaks after me will be able to give us an assurance in that respect. They envisage that the representation of the Bantu in this House may become more than eight. But then they must tell us where they will stop. And if they cannot tell me where it will stop, they must accept that eventually they will be here in the same proportion as the Whites are represented here to-day, and then it is not necessary for me to tell them what the result will be.

*Mr. RAW:

Can the National Party give the assurance that the borders of the Bantustans will not be changed?

*Mr. S. L. MULLER:

That question is irrelevant to what I am discussing her.

*Mr. RAW:

It is the same principle.

*Mr. S. L. MULLER:

Let me tell the hon. member that there will at least be borders. If I now say that I am willing that it should be changed one day if an emergency arises, at least there will always be borders. That is the big difference. There will be borders between neighbouring states, instead of an intermingling in which eventually the majority will rule.

In the few minutes still available to me, I should like to pay tribute to the hon. the Minister of Finance for the various budgets he has introduced since he has held that portfolio. I know that if one expresses appreciation on this side of the House to a Minister, there is always some ridicule from the opposite side. I am glad that there is nothing of the kind to-day, and I think I am right in assuming that they agree with me that the hon. the Minister deserves appreciation for his work.

Hon. members opposite have regularly during recent years been eager to say that South Africa was in a serious financial and economic position. However flourishing our economy was in the past, they always tried to belittle it. This year for the first time the hon. member for Constantia (Mr. Waterson) said in the beginning of his speech: “The economic upswing which started three years ago goes on unabated.”

Mr. WATERSON:

I was quoting the Minister.

*Mr. S. L. MULLER:

So you did not believe it?

Mr. WATERSON:

I did not say that either.

*Mr. S. L. MULLER:

In other words, the hon. member still does not believe that the upsurge is continuing.

Mr. WATERSON:

I did not say that either.

*Mr. S. L. MULLER:

If the hon. member does not agree with that statement, it surely means that he still does not believe that we have a flourishing economy in South Africa. In any case, in so far as there may be doubt in his mind as to whether it is a flourishing economy, I accept that with appreciation. I want to pose the question, however, as to why there has been such a flourishing economy in South Africa in recent years. In the first place, I want to ascribe it to the policy of the Nationalist Government in respect of race relations. There is no doubt that as the result of the policy of separate development, confidence has been instilled in the whole world to invest in South Africa, and as the result of that confidence our economy has flourished in recent years. But apart from that, the Government, through the Minister of Finance, has followed a policy which in fact always anticipated economic trends, and as the result of the actions of the Minister of Finance we made this wonderful adaptation to the economic growth. As the Minister of Finance once said: “A fiscal and monetary policy must never be inflexible, so that it may be used in any direction as circumstances demand”. I have been in this House since January 1961, and it has been characteristic to me of the Minister’s various budgets that he adopts a flexible policy and that he wants to adapt that flexible policy in respect of monetary and fiscal matters to the greatest advantage of the economy of South Africa.

If we briefly look at 1961, we find that the Minister’s watchword then was, “Prevention is better than cure”. In that year there was a sluggishness in the economy and a decrease in our foreign currency. Since that Budget of 1961, the Minister of Finance has said: “We want to try to achieve an upsurge in the economy”, and he made funds available particularly for that purpose, funds for the expansion of border industries, for the Coloured Development Corporation, for the development of the Bantu areas, etc. At the same time he also imposed import duties on motor-cars in order to improve our unfavourable balance of payments. What was the result? There was an immediate and spectacular improvement in our balance of payments. In 1962 our balance of payments improved tremendously. Our imports decreased by 10 per cent and our exports increased by 5.3 per cent. That was the planned Budget as submitted by the Minister of Finance. In 1963 the Minister’s policy was again to improve the rate of growth. We found that the gross national product increased that year by 7 per cent. There was again an upsurge in the economy and the reserves increased further by R 154,000,000. In this way the Minister of Finance continued to make adaptations, and when we saw that things were going very well indeed he came along with the idea of “spending for prosperity”, to which the hon. member for Constantia referred. But every year, when our economy flourished, the Minister of Finance also helped the less privileged. In not a single year from 1961 until now have the pensioners been forgotten. Every year there were real benefits for the pensioners in the Budget.

Now this year we find our selvs in the position that there is an appreciable shortage of labour. There is a great shortage of manpower. The Minister of Finance foresaw that last year already and then made provision for it. I want to refer to the speech he made then—

To return to the domestic economic position, where the problem of bottle-necks particularly require attention, in respect of skilled labour, the Government is doing its best to relieve the shortage by means of training and immigration, and it will not relax its efforts in this respect. But employers can also do much to solve the problem by using the available labour more efficiently, by organized systems of labour training, and by making increased use of those types of labour of which full use is not being made, like the older workers and the partially disabled people.

I mention this because we are so often reproached by hon. members opposite that there is no planning in the Budgets submitted by the Minister. Here we see that the Minister of Finance foresaw last year already that we would be faced with the problem with which we are in fact coping this year.

My time has almost elapsed. The problems with which we are concerned may be solved in various ways, and in his wisdom the Minister of Finance has tried to find certain solutions for them. I have no time to discuss it further, but I should like to say something with reference to the speech of the hon. member for Queenstown (Mr. Loots). Sir, I believe that South Africa’s manpower shortage will be solved to a large extent if we teach our own people to work more and if we, as South Africans, are prepared to work more. The hon. member for Constantia has unfortunately made a plea for the workers in order to gain political advantage. He has the right to do so. He said that they did not share in this prosperity of the country. I am convinced that more work can be done, and the next few years will show that in the countries where the people work harder there will be progress because the joint product of the labour of the people is what the prosperity of the country depends on. We must compete with other countries. I can speak from the experience, because I worked for years on the Railways as an artisan. For months I worked 12 hours a day, seven days of the week. It did not kill me. It did me good to work like that. That was not in the days when the National Party was in power. In those days the United Party was in power. Now that side of the House wants to plead for the workers. I well remember that years ago when I wanted to attend classes at the Technical College I was told that I could not do so because I had to work overtime. Those were the circumstances prevailing in those days. But I do not want to make excuses. All I ask is that we as patriots should prove our patriotism not only in words but in deeds. I think we can prove it in deeds if all of us—and I think this Parliament can take the lead in that respect—work harder for the greater benefit of our country.

Dr. CRONJE:

Mr. Speaker, after listening to the speech of the hon. member for Durban (Point) (Mr. Raw) in which he showed how the Government’s policy has come a full circle from full “baasskap” to an abhorrence of White control of South Africa, I was rather surprised that the hon. member who has just sat down should accuse this side of the House of lack of principles. The main burden of that member’s speech was an attack on the United Party’s policy of having eight White Members of Parliament representing the Bantu. Now, what is amazing is that if that hon. member had to cross over to this side of the House, he could have made a similar attack on the Government in regard to its policy relating to the Coloureds, or in respect of the Indians. Of course, when he was challenged on that point, on that aspect he turned around and said that the Coloureds are numerically less than Whites, as if numbers had anything to do with political morality and political systems! He turned round and said—if I understood him correctly—that the real danger lay in the Black majority and not in the Coloured minority. But even if one assumed that to be a valid basis, if one conceded that morality is a question of numbers, then he must admit to us —in view of their undertaking that they are going to keep South Africa White for all time—that bearing in mind the rate of population increase in South Africa it is only a matter of time when the Indian and Coloured people together will outnumber the Whites. Must we then assume that, in terms of the Government’s policy, the representatives of the Coloureds will eventually outnumber the other representatives in this House? At the present time we have four Whites representing the Coloureds. As their numbers increase, as their standard of education improves, and as they gradually become more and more westernized, it will require only two generations for the Coloureds to attain the same level of Western civilization as the Whites in this country. The Government is doing a lot to educate the Coloureds, and we are prepared to concede that immediately. Well, when that stage is reached, will their representation still be limited to four Whites in this House? [Interjections.]

*Mr. S. L. MULLER:

My answer is yes, because it is part of this country’s history that the Coloured people should be represented in another council.

*Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

Then you agree with us!

Dr. CRONJE:

In other words, if I understand the hon. member correctly, when the time comes that the Coloureds will probably be equal to the Whites in numbers, considering their rate of increase in this country, and certainly with the Indians they will outnumber the Whites, notwithstanding having reached the same level of civilization as the Whites in terms of the Government’s policy they will still only have four White representatives.

Mr. S. L. MULLER:

In this Parliament they will only have four …

HON. MEMBERS:

For all time.

Dr. CRONJE:

In any event, Mr. Speaker, the hon. member for Ceres should, with his intelligence, realize that the Government’s policy is only an answer as far as the Bantu living in the Reserves are concerned. It provides no answer to the permanently detribalized Bantu living in the White areas in our big cities. Surely he should realize that! He has no answer to the latter type of Bantu.

But this Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde attitude on the part of the Nationalist Party runs through the whole debate of the past ten days. It was significant that on the very day they were at the hustings, fighting the election on the basis that they would keep South Africa White— “Ons sal Suid-Afrika wit hou”—through separate development, the Minister of Finance on that very same day introduced his Budget in this House in which no attempt is made to do that and, as I will show just now, it in fact allows the economic integration which we have known for the past 300 years to continue. Mr. Speaker, the Nationalist Party are political Dr. Jekylls and economic Mr. Hydes, and just like Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde they are apparently unaware of the fact that they have a split personality!

An HON. MEMBER:

I think they know it all right!

Dr. CRONJE:

I think they do not know it, and I say this because apparently their economic hand does not know what their political hand is doing, or vice versa.

I do not think I can prove this point better than by referring to the role in which the Minister of Finance chose to cast himself this year in presenting his Budget, namely that of a tailor. He pointed out himself that a tailor is a very passive creature. As the Minister said, a tailor must follow the posture of his client. He must make a suit to fit the stomach and the sagging shoulders, etc. That is the role in which he cast himself—a completely negative role! Surely, if the Government really believed in separate development, and if separate development is going to lead to separate freedoms which will enable the races to be separated, then the most important instrument to use is this Budget. As I pointed out to the Minister earlier, he is not doing that, and indeed no Nationalist Minister of Finance has done so over the past 17 years, for the simple reason that it will cost too much if they tried to do it. That is the simple truth really, Mr. Speaker.

Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

The policy is a bluff.

Dr. CRONJE:

If the Minister wanted to cast himself in a role he should have cast himself in the role of a physical culturist who when he sees a weak specimen tries to change him in this or that direction. He will probably say that he will reduce the person’s stomach and make his shoulders square. That is the type of role the hon. the Minister should have cast himself in.

In any event, I said that the Government should have introduced a Budget which would go some length towards carrying out the Government’s policy of, what they call these days separate development. Secondly, it should have thought of remedies for curing the present weaknesses of the economic body. weaknesses which we see developing and of which the Minister himself is fully aware. Thirdly the Government should have taken steps to ensure the continuation of the rapid development of our country. These are the tasks the Minister should have set himself and he could not do it from the role in which he has cast himself because that role was too negative. In his introduction the Minister himself stated that a budget was a very delicate instrument to bring about desired economic changes. Well, I differ from him in this respect. A budget is not a delicate instrument. Indeed it is the most powerful instrument you have for the purpose of effecting economic changes and bringing about a separate political development, if you want to bring that about. The Minister also stated that he did not have the required range of instruments. Well. I do not know why. It is certainly not due to a lack of a majority on his side that he, the Minister, does not take all the powers he requires.

Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

The instrument is out of tune!

Dr. CRONJE:

Hitherto they have not shown much hesitation in taking it. If one has regard to the vast spending and taxing powers of a modern Government, the budget is a powerful instrument to effect political and economic changes. That the Minister must admit. He should not pretend that he has only a passive role to fulfill and so merely to follow the figure of the country because the figure of the country over the past 300 years has been the figure of economic integration. That has been the economic posture of the country.

If the Government really wants to see the separate development of the various races in their own areas and is spread to pay the price, the budget is the best to employ for that purpose. But this Budget, like all previous budgets of this Government, only makes token gestures to separate development. Admittedly the token becomes a bit bigger every year but it nevertheless remains a token only. Surely the Minister must realize that as long as the great bulk of the budget, about 90 per cent, is to be spent in the White areas—this is the case to-day, the Minister can split up the figures if he does not accept this—all economic development will of necessity take place in the White areas and on that must surely follow that the Bantu must come from their reserves in their hundreds of thousands to come and work in the White areas. It is as simple as that! It is nonsense to believe that a sort of self-contained Bantu economic renaissance can take place in the Bantu homelands in the foreseeable future. The Minister of Bantu Administration seems to believe in that from time to time. But, surely, the Minister of Finance is too much of a realist to believe that sort of fairy tale that big cities and big industries can merely by way of some Bantu economic renaissance arise under their own steam in the Bantu homelands in the course of the next two or three generations. The Bantu homelands will only be able to carry much larger populations with massive Government and private capital investment. That the Minister must surely also accept.

But economic apartheid in theory and economic integration in practice is such a palatable drug to the electorate that the Government is not likely to change its prescription. But like all drugs it might make the patient very sick in the long run.

I want to deal now with some of the most obvious weaknesses in our economy at the moment. The Minister himself diagnosed these weaknesses but then did too little to cure them.

I should like to stress four aspects in particular, aspects which the Minister also admitted to be weaknesses in our economy at the moment, namely the unfavourable balance of payments, the unfavourable trend of savings, the shortage of skilled manpower and the rapid increase in retail prices over the past year—a rate of increase of 4.1 per cent. I am sure the Minister will agree that all these weaknesses must be corrected if South Africa is to maintain the growth rate projected by the economic development programme over the next five years. In regard to the unfavourable balance of payments, the disinflationary monetary measures already taken in recent months will of course assist in restricting imports and go some distance towards curing this unfavourable balance. But if we have to maintain an average rate of growth of 5½ per cent per annum, then we must have a favourable balance on current account for the next five years. The Minister should therefore try to correct this unfavourable balance as quickly as possible. The Minister told the House that in 1964 the current account showed a deficit to the extent of 78,000,000 and that it was running at an annual rate of not less than R228,000,000 in the last quarter. This, surely, is a serious situation which requires fairly drastic measures.

Apart from restricting imports through credit control, surely everything in the power of the Government must be done to encourage exports, industrial exports in particular. The Minister himself admitted that there was room for improvement. The country is undoubtedly in a difficult situation at the moment. First of all, this is the result, as has already been pointed out, of the serious droughts in recent years. Secondly, there is the fear that the volume of international trade might contract in future. For all these reasons I think it is imperative for the Government to stimulate industrial exports at all costs. We are, of course, aware of all the measures the Government has taken in recent years to this end—by credit guarantees, assistance to export promoting organizations and tax concessions. Our foreign trade representation has also been strengthened. But I think the record shows that these steps have not been effective enough, that something more is required and that it is vital that the Government should use the stick and the carrot to a greater extent. I am aware of the present tax inducement to exporters but the Minister should consider making it more rewarding and simpler. He might think of allowing more than 100 per cent of expenses incurred in the development of export markets and of taxing profits on the shares of a firm exported at a lower level. There are also other ways and means whereby exports could be subsidized without contravening G.A.T.T. Everyone in this House will, I think, agree that unless you get a massive capital inflow again, it is imperative that our industrial exports should be increased rapidly in the following five years. Despite the drought conditions, I feel that there is considerable scope for increasing agricultural exports if only the Government had a constructive agricultural policy. That is however a question on which I do not want to elaborate now. Other members on this side have already pointed to the complete lack of a coherent agricultural policy on the part of this Government. If not for that, agricultural exports could have been at a much higher level.

The Minister pointed out—and it is also in accordance with the economic programme— that for sustained rapid growth, increased savings is as essential as increased exports. The Minister has pointed to the alarming drop in personal savings this year. Moreover, of the savings available the Government is going to take an increased share, leaving a smaller share to the private sector of the economy. The Minister said that the question of increasing savings must be considered, but here again I feel that his proposals are inadequate. What is needed at this stage is surely a national savings campaign tied to some or other attractive scheme to induce savings among private persons. It is true that the Minister has increased the interest rate to 5 per cent and the maximum amount to R20,000 for tax-free Treasury bonds, and this will certainly be a strong inducement to the rich man to invest in these bonds, but as the Minister is probably aware, the rich man is to a large extent an automatic saver already. The Minister has also increased Post Office Savings Bank rates and savings certificates rates to make them more realistic, but it seems to me that the obvious instrument, if unfortunately the Government had not denied themselves that instrument, in a situation like this, would have been a system of premium bonds linked with a national savings campaign. It has had great success in other parts of the world, but the Minister is probably precluded by Government policy from even considering that. May I also suggest to the Minister that in order to encourage savings one member on the Government side has suggested increased deductions for insurance premiums, but he might also consider making half the interest payments on building society bonds deductible for income-tax purposes no to a limited maximum, of course. He might also think of instituting more popular savings accounts in which a certain proportion of the savings is made deductible. The Post Office is already there, but as the Minister knows, a fairly small portion of savings seems to go to the Post Office.

I now come to the question of skilled manpower. The Minister has mentioned it. but apart from making concessions to old-age pensioners, which of course we have been advocating for many years, and also concessions to married women to go back to work, I cannot see any active steps in this Budget for improving the manpower position. This Budget does not seem to reflect the necessity and urgency for rapidly improving the education and skills of all races. The Government seems to be unaware that in modern societies the emphasis is on investment in human beings as much as in things, and that economic progress is as much dependent on education as on capital investment; that increased wealth flows from better educated and trained people as much as from new investments. The Minister must be aware of the work done in recent years by economists, particularly the professor quoted by Professor Horwood in his articles in “The Economic Journal”, in which he suggests that in America more than half the growth in wealth does not come so much from investment in things and machinery, etc., as from improving the skills of the people through better education. Of course the quickest and cheapest way of getting skills into the country is and was always immigration. That is why we have suggested it for the past 13 years, but it was turned down by the Government not for economic reasons but for purely political reasons. Fortunately they have become converted to immigration, but I still think it should be stepped up. I think it is essential to do so.

I think in a modern Budget such as the Minister showed, the percentage of the national income invested in goods and in things is shown, but it would be a good idea if in future he shows what the nation really invests in education, because as I will show from the figures it seems that the South African record in recent years has not been too good. Some years back we saw a dramatic increase of expenditure on defence. I would suggest to-day that there is need for an almost equally dramatic increase of expenditure on education for all races. The bottleneck of our economy after all is mainly skilled manpower, which apart from immigration can only be cleared up by a long, slow process of more and better education at all levels. If you want to increase your number of scientists gradually in ten or 20 years’ time, you must start educating them now. In this modern technological age one would expect expenditure on education to increase faster than national wealth or income. In a recent publication by Professor Horwood in the S.A. Journal of Economics of September 1964 he gives the figures of total expenditure on education in this country, and a most alarming situation seems to have developed since 1950. According to his figures, whereas in 1950 the country spent about 3.25 per cent of its national income on education, in 1963 this figure was down to 3 per cent.

Again, Mr. van Waasdijk in “Public Expenditure in South Africa”, on page 226, calculates that the outlay on education by the provinces has dropped in the same period from 2.4 per cent of the gross national product to 1.9 per cent. Surely that is a serious reflection on any Government in this modern technological age that as you get wealthier you actually spend less of your national income on education. The modern trend should be the other way around, particularly in a country like South Africa. If you compare our level of expenditure on education with that of other countries, we already do not compare too well. For what it is worth, Professor Horwood in this article I mentioned cited an American authority to show that, e.g., in a country like the U.S.A. they spend 4.6 per cent of their national income on education, in the Netherlands 5.2 per cent, Belgium 5.6 per cent, Japan 5.7 per cent, Finland 6.5 per cent, and in Soviet Russia 7.1 per cent. He remarks that we seem to be midway between the developed and the undeveloped countries, our rate of expenditure being about 3 per cent. I would say it is obvious that it should be Government policy from now on that an increase in percentage of the national income should go to education. The Government must provide more money for education. It should also encourage it through tax concessions. Professor Horwood shows that as compared with other countries donations to educational institutions in this country are comparatively low, but they are fairly high in countries like America, where there are extensive inducements to private people and companies to make donations to educational institutions. Surely the Minister should think along those lines, too, so that there may be a greatly increased flow of donations for education as well as the Government itself voting much bigger amounts. It should obviously start with the salaries of teachers at schools. I think everyone in this House will agree that the salaries of school teachers and teachers in technical colleges and universities should be increased far more quickly than salaries in general. Academic salaries in this country have certainly lagged behind salaries in general. Professor Horwood compares the salaries of professors in this country with those in other English-speaking countries like England and the U.S.A. and Australia to show that our salaries are lagging behind. This is the only way of improving the status of the teaching profession and to restore it to what it was a generation or two ago, and it is the only way to attract more and better teachers and to lay the foundation for an improved educational system for the country as a whole.

Again I come to the special system of financing Native education on a formula which allows for only a very slow increase. Surely that is indefensible in the modern world. I am aware that hon. members opposite might feel that if you educate the Natives too fast, integration might be speeded up, but surely separate development itself can never take place if the Native population is to rely, as it has in the fast and must under the present system of financing Native education, on the administrative and technical skills of the White population to a large extent. They can therefore justify greatly increased expenditure in terms of apartheid. In fact, I cannot see how separate development can ever be practicable unless the Government is prepared to spend sufficient money on Bantu education so that they can build up their own administrative and technical élite. With the present expenditure on education it is inevitable that the Bantu population must for the foreseeable future at any rate rely on the technical and administrative skills of the White man. In any event, if increased expenditure on Bantu education should lead to more rapid economic integration, I do not know why the Government should not welcome it because it is one of the ironies of the political situation in South Africa at the moment that our strongest shield against external interference, like sanctions, is the strength of our economy and our large import and export market which results from it, which again, ironically, has not arisen because Government policy has succeeded but because it has failed, because there has been rapid economic integration. In other words, we stand more strongly against the outside world because of the rapid economic development we have had in recent years, which has been made possible very largely by economic integration.

I now come to inflation. The Government has tried to restrain inflation by restricting demand. If this Budget was intended to assist that, the Government should surely have pruned Government expenditure even more ruthlessly than it did. as has been suggested already by some hon. members on this side. But in any event, apart from the monetary measures, the Minister should have taken other measures, too, to reduce costs and to increase production. After all, there are two ways of fighting inflation, as the Minister knows. The one is by restricting the demand, and the other is by increasing the production. Obviously a more rational and less restrictive use of our non-White labour is one of the ways of reducing costs and increasing production. I see the Minister smiles, but the fact is that as the White workers do more and more of the highly skilled work, the non-White labour must of necessity be up-graded. This, of course, is happening even in Government Departments, but the process is slowed down by Government policy. I may quote here what Professor Schumann has recently written to show the inevitability of this and that it makes very little sense to oppose this development. In the annual review of the S.A. Economy published in the Cape Times on 20 February, Professor Schumann says this—

The problem of labour is basically not one of over-all quantity, but of finding and training sufficient men and women to fill in the emerging bottlenecks in our labour demand pattern, given the technological revolution which is also affecting South Africa and assuming a fairly high rate of economic advance. Even with the increased net immigration, the future demand for certain types of skilled and semi-skilled labour will probably be such that adjustments in the labour supply pattern, especially as between Whites and non-Whites, will become inevitable.

Now why does the Government not accept the inevitable? Again I see no signs in this Budget of attempts to provide greatly extended labour training programmes, particularly for the non-Whites. The Government should accept the policy of up-grading non-White labour and try to encourage it. The Minister could probably also have done more to encourage the installation of modern plant. I know that the investment allowances are already quite a big inducement, but as far as I know they will expire in 1968. The Minister could surely give an assurance that this will be carried on with. He could also think of increasing the depreciation allowance, particularly for buildings.

Lastly, to reduce costs, the Minister could surely have examined his list of customs duties and reduced duties on those raw materials which are not produced locally. I am sure if the Minister investigates the list of customs duties he will find that there is an enormous number of raw materials which are not produced in South Africa, and there are many anomalies on the clothing industry and in the pharmaceutical industry of which I am aware, and I am sure in many other industries, too, where some of the duties on the raw materials are actually on the same level as the protected duty for the finished goods produced here. Surely that would have been quite a considerable step to reduce costs if the Minister had considered this and had seen where he could cut the duties. It would have made a reduction in taxation possible … [Time limit.]

*Mr. HEYSTEK:

Mr. Speaker, the hon. member who has just sat down will forgive me if I do not follow his arguments. It is not entirely due to chance that it is my fate to sing the swan song in this debate. Yes, my fate, or shall I say my doubtful honour, doubtful because although I am singing the song the United Party is the swan.

I just want to refer to what the hon. member for Durban (Point) (Mr. Raw) has said. He said: “Our policy is loud and clear.” He said furthermore that the White man would determine the future of this country. I just want to refer to the fact that under their policy it is impossible to believe that they will escape from the tyranny of numbers. When we consider the fact that over the past 20 years no fewer than 700,000,000 non-Whites have been given their freedom and that Bechuanaland. Basutoland and Swaziland will get theirs before long, we must be very naive to believe that under the policy advocated by the United Party the non-Whites in this country will be satisfied, for the unforeseeable future, with perpetual White supremacy. He said their policy was “loud and clear” but what does Mr. Horak, their chief secretary, say? The election results have disillusioned him and he says: “The time has now arrived for us to bring this policy of ours clearly home to the voters.” What is “loud and clear” about politics or a policy such as that? He said they should bring it clearly home to the voters so that they would not cut such a poor figure next time. Stanley Uys thinks differently and that is that if the National Party continues in this way the day will soon arrive when the country will be in precisely the same position in which General Smuts was in 1948, when, according to Mr. Uys, we very nearly succeeded in obtaining perfect co-operation between the Afrikaans and English-speaking sections in this country, as he regarded it. Sir, when this day is over 100 hours still remain for the Budget and all we can do is to shout “Be of good cheer” to one another, to the Press and to the radio, because we intend talking the full 100 hours.

The hon. member for Constantia (Mr. Waterson) said that if there were any planning in this Budget he was a full-blooded “Broederbonder”. I want to remind him ol certain youth gangs in America. One of those gangs call themselves “Hell’s Angels”, a terrible contradiction in terms, and the other call themselves “Strayed Satans”. When I look at brother Syd. and one usually sees him better in absentia than when he is present, and I associate him with the Broederbond. I cannot help but think of a strayed satan, or if you will not allow that, Sir, I cannot help but think of that gang which calls itself strayed satans and in saying that I am withdrawing my first statement which is rather strong.

I read the following in the Sunday Times of 21 March—

Graaff slams the reckless Nationalists. Says United Party can re-shape South Africa.

I read further from the same newspaper—

In his message Sir de Villiers Graaff urges voters to go to the polls on Wednesday to speak out against the destruction of South Africa.

What happened? The voters expressed themselves against the proposed destruction of South Africa by Sir de Villiers Graaff under his policy and in favour of retaining South Africa under the National Government. He refers to the National Party and the Progressive Party and says—

As against both these extremes, the United Party offers communal government for each race, subject to the over-all political control of the White people. This political control will be exercised in a Parliament in which all communities will be heard through a defined number of representatives. Thus the United Party will ensure civilized government …

All we get from him is civilized government but he does not tell whether it will be White or non-White or mixed—

… and the maintenance of Western standards over all of South Africa. … We want to retain the South Africa we know and love as a firm unit advancing under civilized leadership.

It is then suggested that the National Party and the Progressive Party are in collusion with each other in their common opposition to the United Party. Reference is made to North East Rand, Pietermaritzburg and Zululand. In those constituencies the United Party is opposed by both the Nationalist Party and the Progressive Party. That was true and then he said—

Nowhere are the Progressives and the Nationalists in direct opposition to each other.

In other words, it is insinuated that the Nationalist Party is in collusion with the child of Sir de Villiers Graaff, his own child whom he has made a bastard. This insinuation is unfair and untrue. Had there been a little more humour within the ranks of the United Party after their defeat, had they shown a little more humour as an appetiser—but I suppose that would not be fitting in view of the fact that having spurred the people on to save South Africa from total destruction, as the Leader of the Opposition had done, that action has practically led to their own destruction. I must admit that we ourselves are not as pessimistic as the Mail and the Star about the dangerously ill condition of the United Party nor are we as optimistic as those two newspapers about the incredible chances of the National Party in future. What does the Rand Daily Mail say? They say that if the swing to the right continues the party opposite will shortly have shrunk to 12 representatives in Parliament. They also say that during these elections the National Party has proved that a majority of 3,000 no longer guarantees a constituency, and that in the general election the National Party may take no fewer than 18 seats from the United Party. We are not as optimistic as that. The Star admits that the United Party is facing a crisis as regards its continued existence. That is probably again being over-pessimistic. They say the struggle was waged along such a narrow front that the National Party has actually been more successful that one could gather from the results. According to the Star the National Party must reconstruct its own house. It must bring about a change in its own house so that it can offer a roof and a home to the constant flow of English-speaking voters who flock to the party. I just want to issue a note of warning that we must not allow ourselves to be lulled into a false sense of security by these newspapers and pat ourselves on the back but that we must remember that we have to continue to fight. Mr. Horak, the general secretary of the United Party, said they must bring home to the public the essence and the importance of their policy. It is very late to do that to-day. He said they should convince the people of the dangers inherent in Government policy and, thirdly, he said they should spur their people on to action before the next election. Having received instruction to destroy the National Party, if possible, they are only to-day saying that they must bring home their policy to the voters. It is very late in the day to came forward with that advice to-day and we just want to remind them that they must start timeously if they still want to succeed in bringing home that policy of theirs to the country. We want them as an opposition which can form the alternative government but, as I have said, we are waging a struggle and we must win that struggle. If we win it now a military attack will possibly be the last desperate attempt on the part of the enemy and that will ensure the crown of victory to us. On the other hand if we lose that struggle today a possible military onslaught at a later stage would tragically seal our lot. If we give up that struggle we shall be accelerating the speed of the evil forces. Our indifference would intensify the degree of their hatred. A false sense of security in this struggle would expose our bastions to traitorous elements. If we accept this philosophy of world peace and world citizenship on their conditions we shall be letting loose something which will destroy us. Once we have become soft and allowed ourselves to be conditioned to abandon all principles, the promoters of our destruction will, in the last hour of our good faith, with renewed indifference and devilish pleasure, try to destroy us. As against that we can, with deliberate action, put a stop to the evil onslaught. Our inspired determination to survive will change their hatred into a fire which will turn and devour them. If we are on our guard we shall close the portals of our bastions to the infiltration of malicious elements and if we reject the false idea of peace founded on world citizenship we shall increase our own safety. Our refusal to take spiritual drugs will cause truth to be triumphant. Truth must be the foundation of our determination, our peace and the security of our continued existence in future. We must keep our eyes open. It makes no difference of which threat to South Africa you speak in these days and which form it takes and where and how it operates and what its objectives are. You can only call it by one name and that always remains Communism. Communism received a great boost when Roosevelt recognized the Soviet Government a little over 30 years ago, a mistake from which the entire world is still suffering to-day. When Russia was succumbing to the crippling blows of the German tanks Roosevelt provided them with weapons to the value of nearly R8,000,000,000. 11 billion dollars. When Stalin pleaded at Yalta that 80 per cent of the industrial output of Germany should be given to him he got it. When the German scientists tried to surrender to the West towards the end of the war they were refused and forced and chased into the arms of the Russians with whom they made peace, and it is from their ranks that Russia has obtained the technical assistance for her flights into space; that is the reason why the Russians are still far ahead with their programme to-day. If the West were to disappear from the scene completely history would show how the West itself had worked out that programme. At the moment Communism has enslaved no less than 35 per cent of the nations of the world, while the hammer and the sickle throws a dark shadow over 25 per cent of the surface of this earth. I repeat that if these things were allowed to continue we shall probably see the Western world disappearing as a result of its own stupidity. The danger in this country is that we have an Opposition which in actual fact, no matter how sincere they are, and no matter how good their intentions are concerning this nation, is still propagating those evil ideas, difficult as it may be to believe and to accept it. If this evil which seeks to undermine White civilization is allowed to carry on with its work unchecked it will ultimately bring about the destruction of White civilization and of the Christian Calvinistic religion. That is why we appeal to them to join us in the struggle and to help us in the fight against these evil powers so that we can show a united front and be strong to-day as well as in the future.

Business interrupted in accordance with Standing Order No. 90 (1).

The MINISTER OF FINANCE:

Mr. Speaker, this must indeed be a wonderful Budget. If I am to believe what the hon. member for Jeppes (Dr. Cronje) said it is a Budget which does nothing to carry out the policy of separate development; if I have to take notice of what hon. members opposite say, it is a Budget in which the Minister has been circumscribed, too circumscribed, by ideological considerations. A Budget that can satisfy everybody in this way must indeed be a wonderful Budget. I now move—

That the debate be now adjourned.

Agreed to.

COPYRIGHT BILL

Third Order read—Report Stage,—Copyright Bill.

Amendments in Clauses 1 and 31 and new Clause 50 put and agreed to, and the Bill, as amended, adopted.

*The MINISTER OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS:

I move—

That the Bill be now read a third time.
Mrs. WEISS:

We on this side of the House support this Bill in its third reading, and I wish to place on record the reasons why we do so. We support it because it is a consolidating and modernizing measure. We feel that it is desirable that the Copyright Bill should be modernized and brought up to date from the original 1916 Patents Act which has already been divided into four portions. The Patents Act of 1952 was the first of these; the Tradesmark Act of 1964 was the second; the Copyright Bill which is before us now is the third step in modernizing this Act and the Designs Bill, which I understand is going to be introduced in the near future, is the fourth. May I say that the Plant Breeders’ Rights Bill last year was something different because it was a Bill drafted by a departmental committee, embodying principles of which we did not approve. The aim of the present Bill is, as expressed in the first report of the Select Committee, to preserve all existing rights of the Patents Act, 1916. Here I would like to say that this Bill, in one of its principles, departs from this aim. The second aim was to bring copyright law up to date with the Berne-Brussels Convention. In substance the Bill, except for this one principle, with which members of the Select Committee representing this side of the House were not in agreement, does not depart from the original principles of copyright law. It has been modernized to cater for present trends. It defines the respective rights of the author and the user of copyright which has been in existence in South Africa over the past 50 years, but it includes new features and exemptions from copyright which have arisen from time to time and which were incorporated in the Berne-Brussels Convention. The Rome Convention of 1961, which South Africa has not yet ratified but which I understand South Africa intends to ratify, in articles 12 and 16, gives an optional, not an excluding right, in broadcasting gramophone records and performers’ rights. This Copyright Bill has incorporated the first two provisions, that is to say, copyright in broadcasting and an incomplete right, if I may say so, for the makers of gramophone records, but it does not provide for performers’ rights which will come under a separate Bill which is at the moment in the hands of a Select Committee.

Before I come to the principle in regard to which hon. members of the Select Committee representing this side of the House were not in agreement, there are important additions to existing copyright law, and these include the provisions of Chapter 2. which creates a new copyright in broadcasting and in television. Clause 15 (1) of the Bill specifically states—

Copyright shall subsist, subject to the provisions of this Act—
  1. (a) in every television broadcast made by the Corporation …

the “corporation” being the South African Broadcasting Corporation—

… and
  1. (b) in every sound broadcast made by the Corporation.

Here I would first like to ask the hon. the Minister whether he can give some explanation to the House as to why it is necessary to include this television copyright protection in a Copyright Bill for South Africa? We understand that television is mentioned in ten clauses and in the fifth schedule to this Bill. Surely that is a pointer to the fact that the eventual introduction of television is envisaged by the Government, and I think we can bear that in mind, regardless of present Government policy. We know that before the Select Committee the Registrar of Patents said that these television provisions had been incorporated by virtue of their inclusion in the Berne-Brussels Convention, but one would ask why it is necessary to include them in this Bill before the House when there is no television in South Africa at the present time. There are two questions that I should like to ask the hon. the Minister in this connection: Has he consulted with his colleague, the hon. the Minister of Posts and Telegraphs, regarding these provisions? Because judging by statements made by the Minister of Posts and Telegraphs there seems to be no likelihood of the introduction of television in South Africa for some time to come. I would also like to ask the hon. the Minister whether the insertion of these clauses in this Bill was asked for by the South African Broadcasting Corporation? Would it not have been simpler to include these television clauses by way of amendment later on rather than to insert them in this Bill now when there is no television in South Africa? I should like to know from the Minister whether his Department was asked by the South African Broadcasting Corporation to insert these television protection clauses in the Bill and whether the South African Broadcasting Corporation is perhaps applying its mind to the advent of television in South Africa. That seems to be a possible explanation when one reads Clause 15 (1) (a) of this Bill. Will the hon. the Minister please enlighten the House in this regard?

I wish to comment now on the new Clause 50 which has been inserted to follow Clause 49. Clause 50 (3) provides that “the circulation, presentation or exhibition of any work or production in pursuance of authority granted in terms of such regulations shall not constitute an infringement of copyright in such work or production, but the author shall not thereby be deprived of his right to a reasonable remuneration, which shall in default of agreement be determined by arbitration”.

I feel that this extension of copyright is broadening existing legislation, because under the Patents Act of 1952 it is recognized that when an applicant takes out a patent to a project if no use is made of such patent within a period of years or if no licence is taken out to produce or manufacture the product for which the patent has been taken out, then outside bodies or people may apply for a licence to produce the same product on payment of a fee to the owner. I feel that this same principle is now being extended to the Copyright Act. It broadens the scope of copyright and it will enable our local producers to perform the works, for example, of overseas playrwights who, for their own idealistic reasons, may ban the production of their plays in South Africa. These authors would still receive adequate compensation for their work but they will not be able to prevent the production of their plays in the Republic. There is a strong body of opinion that South Africa’s theatre, which has carefully built itself up over these last years, might wither and die if for ideological reasons it is deprived of a supply of overseas plays. I should like the hon. the Minister to deal with this in some detail and also with his reasons for having decided definitely against the matter going to the tribunal.

As far as these new extensions to the Copyright Bill are concerned, I want to come now to the points of difference between hon. members of the Select Committee representing this side of the House and hon. members of the Select Committee who represented the other side of the House. Sir, there are certain conflicting inclusions. On the one hand we have the claims of the South African Broadcasting Corporation and on the other the claims of certain vested interests which are internationally recognized. I refer to the association of the South African Phonographic Industry, the South African Society of Composers and Authors and Music Publishers and the South African Recording Rights Association. The evidence of all these bodies is included in the report of the Select Committee. May I say that I appreciate that the Berne-Brussels Convention excludes recordings, and any country is therefore at liberty not to protect them, or if we do decide to protect them, we can lay down certain conditions under the Rome Convention of 1961 dealing with broadcasting and gramophone records, but there appears to be no international obligation upon South Africa for the payment of royalties in connection with the playing of records in public. Nonetheless it is felt very strongly not only by hon. members on this side of the House who were members of the Select Committee but also by the South African Institute of Patent Agents that a record manufacturer is entitled to a reward for the intellectual effort which is put into a record. This provision is in conflict with the South African Broadcasting Corporation Act in Clauses 7 (5) and 13 where the words “make and” are included. This amounts to a serious abolition of the right of reproduction of records and the subjection of the Mechanical Copyright Protection Society to the “fair dealing” provision under Section 7. While the S.A.B.C. recognizes vested rights of the author or the composer, the Bill does not incorporate copyright for record makers. Sir, the crux of all the above is to determine whether the record makers’ reward totals a greater amount than the profit that he normally takes on every record he sells, and whether the record manufacturers can satisfy the authorities that there would be a material drop in their income if they had no copyright protection in this sphere. I want to mention that these vested rights of the record manufacturers were incorporated in the 1916 Act; that they have been utilized since 1934 by way of agreement with the S.A.B.C. It is a right which exists at the present time and which the Copyright Bill is now going to remove.

Then, Sir, there are what one may call “neighbouring rights” which, in this case, seem to be limited to public performance and broadcasting. The test seems to me to be this; Would the absence of neighbouring rights discourage the intellectual effort on the part of gramophone companies in making records? Possibly not, but if we insist on these “neighbouring rights” they must surely be diluted by equitable clauses on “fair dealing”.

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! That is a point which should have been raised at the second reading or at the very latest in the Committee Stage.

Mrs. WEISS:

Sir, may I say then at this stage that these are the reasons why we feel that there is still a conflict in regard to the contents of the Copyright Bill. May I also say that if suitable adjustments such as these had been made in the Bill as it was originally presented to the House, then the main objection of this side of the House to this Bill would have fallen away.

I would like, in conclusion, to ask the hon. the Minister whether he will consider amending this Bill in the Other Place in order to meet the valid criticism which has been raised here ant) which I am raising again in this third reading. with regard to the royalties paid to record manufacturers. One feels that if these adjustments can be made, the Minister will be placing on the Statute Book a new and modern Copyright Act that will not deprive certain sections of the record manufacturing industry of a copyright which they had enshrined in the 1916 Act.

*Dr. COERTZE:

The hon. member for Johannesburg (North) (Mrs. Weiss) has put a number of questions to the hon. the Minister but I am under the impression that she really wants to know from the Minister of Economic Affairs whether the Minister of Posts and Telegraphs will at some time or other introduce a television service. I just want to draw the attention of the hon. members for Johannesburg (North) and Zululand (Mr. Cadman) to the fact that one of the objects of the South African Broadcasting Corporation …

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! That is not relevant at the moment. I pointed out to the hon. member for Johannesburg (North) that she should have raised the point she did raise at an earlier stage.

*Dr. COERTZE:

In that case she really should not have put those questions to the hon. the Minister. I just want to say, Sir, that one of the objects of the S.A.B.C. is to introduce a television service and if we want to round off the Act completely provision has to be made for it. What is indeed relevant is the fact that the S.A.B.C. has drawn up television programmes in this country which are used by people overseas and it is in order to protect the copyright in that respect as well that provision is made for it in the Bill. Had we not made provision for that this measure would already have been obsolete at its very inception.

The hon. member wanted to know why provision was made for arbitration. I do not know whether that question falls within the scope of this debate and whether I should reply to it, but you must call me to order, Sir, if I am out of order. The fact of the matter is that countries reciprocally protect copyright and the reason why it is protected is not because there is reciprocity as regards the cents made by the different parties but the reason why it is protected is because the one country does not begrudge the other its intellectual product. They allow one another to use one another’s intellectual products and that is why they pay one another; but when a group of authors or composers, the owners of the intellectual goods, refuse to make their intellectual products available to South Africa they are acting contrary to the spirit of the Berne and Brussels Convention. By including this provision we are doing exactly what they are doing; there is nothing immoral in it and I am pleased that the hon. member did not object to it.

She asks why the provision governing copyright is not similar to and in conformity with the provisions governing patent rights. I shall tell her why not. In the case of patent rights we have this situation: Somebody patents his right to reproduce an article and to make it available to the world against compensation. If he does not patent it anybody else can reproduce it but even if he does reproduce the patented article anybody else can still copy that article for his own use; that is the analogy. If, for example, an author does not make his intellectual property available to us it is like a patented article that is not being reproduced; in that case every individual can use it for his own purposes; in other words, on that basis we ought to use that copyright without any compensation whatsoever, but because we are doing so at a profit we make them pay for it. As far as the question of arbitration is concerned the hon. the Minister might just as well appoint the tribunal which is being established here as the arbitrator. The reason why the Minister has made provision for arbitration is because he wants to leave a choice between arbitration and the tribunal. Had there only been a tribunal it could have been said that we were not quite fair towards overseas authors. But now they are free; they can choose the tribunal; any of the theatrical people can ask the tribunal to act as arbitrator; nothing prevents them from doing so nor are they prohibited because they are not mentioned.

The hon. member made the same allegation she made during the second-reading debate, namely, that we were depriving people of rights they have enjoyed previously. I refer to the gramophone record makers. I emphatically deny that. The facts of the situation are that the British law of 1916, which we adopted in this country, contained a certain provision which was first interpreted in 1934 to mean that the maker of a gramophone record enjoyed a copyright parallel with and comparable to that enjoyed by a composer. That was only in 1934. Prior to that nobody thought that that section lent itself to such an interpretation. That interpretation was placed upon it in England, not in South Africa. But the hon. member now suggests that that interpretation should also apply in South Africa. That interpretation is, in fact, not automatically applicable here. It may be that the gramophone record makers in South Africa thought they had a so-called vested right but there is nothing to prove that the South African courts would place the same interpretation on it. They have had the opportunity of testing it in the South African courts. Various people have refused to grant that quasi-copyright to gramophone record makers, to pay them for using their records and they never dared to take the matter to court. The only body on which they descended with determination was the South African Broadcasting Corporation. As I said during the second reading if anybody can be accused of anything in connection with this matter the management of the S.A.B.C. can be accused of having been too weak to take the matter to court. But if the hon. member for Johannesburg (North) says the people have vested rights to demand a fee from the S.A.B.C. what about the hundreds of other people in this country who have refused to pay? Surely they too have a vested right to say “We refuse to pay this impost to the gramophone record makers.” How can she claim a vested right for the record manufacturers on the one hand and on the other hand, on the same basis, deny people who play records at a profit the vested right to refuse to pay. Surely that is illogical —or may I not accuse the hon. member for Johannesburg (North) of being illogical?

*An HON. MEMBER:

She is a woman.

*Dr. COERTZE:

Yes who would dare try to understand a woman—no, you must not try to understand her; you must only love her. But in this case I have to accuse the hon. member of being illogical; he has been looking for it. I repeat that the cinema owner who plays records has refused to pay; the elderly widow who runs a boarding house and plays records is not asked to pay. But all the municipalities who were asked to pay where they played records objected and many did not pay. The Chamber of Mines objected and said the gramophone record makers should make their profit in the ordinary way of business. They too have a vested right to refuse to pay.

I again want to ask the hon. member for Johannesburg (North) how she can demand such a vested right for the one group but deny another group a vested right based on the same facts? We on the Select Committee, with the approval of the advocate who appeared for the gramophone record makers said: You should get either everything or nothing. We were of the opinion that they should not receive anything for the very simple reason that they had no vested right and if we were to give them that right it would be in conflict with the Berne and Brussels Convention.

Mr. Speaker, I think that concludes my remarks as far as her speech is concerned. I repeat that the whole industry, all the authors, all the publishers, all those who make use of a copyright and of the right of composers are grateful that this legislation is ultimately going on the Statute Book and grateful that machinery is being created whereby it will be possible to settle disputes between composers and the users of their music.

Mr. CADMAN:

As the hon. member for Johannesburg (North) (Mrs. Weiss) has said, we support this Bill in principle because it modernizes our legislation and it equates our legislation with international conventions, and of course it brings it into line with modern technological advances which have been made, particularly in the field of television. But I think it is a pity that a good piece of legislation of this kind should be marred in one respect. Since we are now dealing with a Bill at its third reading. I shall only deal with the principle that is involved. The principle which is involved and which I am sorry has been embodied in this legislation is that there is a discrimination against one section of industry in favour of another. That is the simple principle that is involved. I say that despite what the hon. member for Standerton (Dr. Coertze) has just said. One section of the industry, that is, the manufacturers of gramophone records, has been built up over a period of 30 years under an existing state of the law, whereby it has certain established rights. It has drawn its income from a number of sources, all of which, for the whole period that the industry has been established, have been protected by legislation which has existed up till now. Sir, one of these long-established sources of revenue is being summarily abolished in this legislation. I say, “summarily” not because I intend to convey that there has not been discussion in this regard but I say it because it is happening in one blow and not over a period of years and by degrees. That source is being abolished in favour of the S.A.B.C. and in favour of the cinema owners of South Africa. These two bodies, the cinema owners principally and the South African Broadcasting Corporation are being given a financial advantage which they did not previously have, and the record manufacturers industry in effect is being penalized in order to create this advantage. That is the principle of the thing. This approach to legislation is wrong in any circumstance and it is particularly wrong in a circumstance such as I have mentioned, where it is an established right which is being done away with. I believe that it can be justified only on the basis of sectional self-interest in respect of those bodies which are going to benefit. It should be emphasized that the industrial group, to which I have been referring here, do not ask for any privileges at all; they merely ask that the status quo under which they have always operated be maintained. They object to a privilege being granted to the cinema owners and to the S.A.B.C. to the disadvantage of themselves. This is not a case where a privilege can be granted to the S.A.B.C. and the other users of records in public without detrimentally affecting the interests of others. This is not one of those cases. That privilege can only be granted to the disadvantage of established rights, and I feel that that is a wrong principle. It amounts to this, that the S.A.B.C. may now use the intellectual property of another without payment. I say that because it cannot be denied that the skill used in the making of a successful record is intellectual property. It can be argued to what extent that skill plays a part but it cannot be denied that that skill is intellectual property and it should have been protected, as it always has been in the past, by a Bill of this kind.

It has been said that the record manufacturing section of the industry refused an offer by the S.A.B.C. to receive payment in respect of records used only on their commercial services. That is incorrect. That offer was never made. It is no use that offer now being made because this Bill does away with the basis upon which any such relations would be negotiated.

There is one other aspect of this measure with which I wish to deal and that is the so-called piracy clause about which I believe there is a degree of misconception. One hears that this clause enables the intellectual property of overseas playwrights, in particular, to be used in South Africa without permission from the playwright concerned and without any financial remuneration for the use of his intellectual property. That of course is quite wrong. I believe it is wrong to label this clause with the title of “piracy”. Because whilst it has been designed to overcome a form of economic sanction against South Africa for ideological or political reasons—I believe it has been rightly inserted to overcome that difficulty—it has not been so designed that use can be made of the intellectual property of overseas playwrights without payment. It is quite clear that provision for payment is embodied in the Bill. If there is any disagreement as to the amount that should be paid it is settled by an independent tribunal.

The only point on which one might have a query with the hon. the Minister in this regard is as to why he should prefer arbitration to a case before a tribunal which is established in the Bill itself. This is merely a matter of detail and for my own part I would have preferred the tribunal deciding on this issue rather than arbitration.

Mr. B. COETZEE:

You prefer a tribunal but the other party may prefer arbitration.

Mr. C ADM AN:

That is true, Sir, but the point is that you can only get before that tribunal by agreement on the part of both parties in terms of the Bill as it stands. This is a point on which opinions might differ but the important thing to appreciate is that this is not piracy. It is the licensing, if you like, of the use of these plays in South Africa for proper payment. I think it is important that that should be known.

For the rest, Sir, the Bill has our support but I do say again, because I believe it to be important, that it is a very great pity indeed that a fine piece of legislation of this kind should have adopted a principle against the interests of one section of the industry in favour of another section. It is a principle which cannot be defended on any basis. It is wholly wrong to go about affairs taking away vested rights by legislation to the disadvantage of one section in favour of another for no other reason than to take it away from one and give it to the other. We believe that is wrong and I think consideration should be given perhaps to have it put right in the Other Place.

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

In the first place I should like to express my appreciation for the attitude adopted by the hon. member who has just spoken in regard to the amendment moved by the Minister in regard to overseas plays which are produced here without the consent of the authors. I think the hon. member for Zululand (Mr. Cadman) is quite correct in saying that it is wrong to talk about “piracy” in that regard. I want to thank hon. members for the attitude they adopted, and I want to congratulate the hon. the Minister on having had the courage to give this protection to our local theatres. I am grateful that we are unanimous in regard to this matter. I want to thank the hon. member for Zululand for so effectively having resolved the misunderstanding which existed amongst certain Johannesburg artistes, who described it as “piracy”.

The only other point of difference, which was thrashed out very thoroughly in the Select Committee, is the question as to whether record-makers are entitled to anything more than the profits they derive from the sale of their records; the question as to whether they are in the same position as the original composer of that music when those records are played in public places and over the radio. According to hon. members opposite, this is a vested right of which they are now being deprived. The hon. member for Zululand says that has hitherto been the position in terms of the law in South Africa. That is not the position. Sir, this matter has never been tested. That was the whole matter on which the Select Committee had to decide. It was not the law of the land, it was never tested in a court.

Mr. CADMAN:

It was tested in court.

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

Yes, but in Britain. That matter has never yet been decided in South Africa. After having heard the evidence of the record-makers, under the very efficient leadership of Advocate Gert Coetzee, we came to the conclusion that there were no vested rights. What happened, in fact, was this: As the result of an agreement entered into between the record-makers and the S.A.B.C., those people received money to which in fact they were never entitled. Now the hon. member says this is the intellectual product of the record-makers. The hon. member must now explain to me what the difference is between the making of a record and the publication of a book. The making of a record is just as mechanical a process as the publication of a book.

*Mr. CADMAN:

No.

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

Of course. The intellectual creation is what was produced by the composer. Another intellectual creation is when the actor presents that product, and that is dealt with by an Act, as the hon. member for Johannesburg (North) (Mrs. Weiss) correctly said, which is at present being considered by a Select Committee. The point I wish to make is this: The making of a record is just as mechanical a process as the printing or publication of a book. If one gives the maker of a record the right to regard it as an intellectual creation, why not give that right to the publisher of a book also? The Hon. member for Zululand will perhaps say, quite correctly, that some record-makers can record that music much better than others, and that consequently it is an intellectual creation. But in the same way one publisher of a book can make a much more artistic product of it than another publisher, but we do not recognize it as being an intellectual creation. I want to put a question to the hon. member for Zululand, and if he can give me a satisfactory reply to it I may perhaps be inclined to change my opinion in regard to the matter. The record-maker to-day derives his income from the profit he makes on the sale of his records. The S.A.B.C. or a café or a cinema buys that record and they play it in public. They cannot reproduce it; that is obvious. Just as the publisher is protected against the reproduction of his books by another publisher, so the record-maker is protected against the reproduction of his records. The hon. member for Zululand goes further and says that not only may the S.A.B.C. not reproduce that record but they may not play it unless they pay a fee for playing it. Can the hon. member now tell me where the difference is in principle? We have a number of libraries in South Africa—I am not talking about State or school libraries, or anything of that nature, although the same principle applies there, too—which buy books from publishers. They lend those books to people. Must that library pay the publisher every time they lend out the book?

Mr. CADMAN:

That is no analogy.

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

Sir, if that were not analogous, my case would have had no foundations at all. One cannot find a better analogy than that. The creator of the intellectual product, the author, is protected at all times. The publisher of that book must make his money out of the sales of that book. If I buy that book, I am entitled to read it out to other people or to lend it to others. I am even entitled to make commercial use of it. Nobody has ever yet said that copyright vests in the publisher of that book.

Mr. CADMAN:

May I put a question? Does the hon. member buy a book because of its dust cover, or because of its content?

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

Naturally, because of the content. Nor do I buy a record because of its dust cover; I buy it because of its content. The point the hon. member wants to make is that it is much easier to reproduce the content of a record than that of a book, but he is not correct. What about the library which buys 20 copies of the same book and then lends it out to everyone who is willing to pay a 6d. for it? That library reproduces the contents of that book just as the record-maker does. The library is not compelled to pay anything either to the author or to the publisher of that book. Why should a greater right be granted to the record-maker? If the hon. member for Zululand were to say that the author of a book is entitled to a royalty every time somebody reads his book, he would perhaps have had a case and he might perhaps have convinced me to apply the same principle to the record-maker, but that is not what he says. The principle is that a certain right vests in the creator of an intellectual product, and not in the manufacturer of that mechanical product. All that happened is that the record-makers have been receiving money all this time to which they were not entitled. They are now being placed in precisely the same position as the publishers of books. In other words, no copyright vests in the publisher of a book. It is not an intellectual product; it is a mechanical process just as the making of a record is a mechanical process.

Therefore I think the hon. the Minister should not accept the suggestions of hon. members opposite and he should place this Bill on the Statute Book as it is before us now.

Mr. TUCKER:

I have said what I feel about this measure during the Second reading but I don’t wish what has just been said by the hon. member for Vereeniging (Mr. B. Coetzee) to go on record as the final word prior to the Minister’s reply. I therefore rise to express my disagreement with the hon. member. He says this right has never been tested in the courts.

Mr. B. COETZEE:

In South Africa.

Mr. TUCKER:

Yes, in South Africa. It has been recognized in many other countries. One thing is quite clear and that is that the right to that payment has been recognized, as the hon. member has said, by agreement. He takes the point that had this matter gone to court the results might have been otherwise. Sir, the reason why this matter has come to this Chamber is because those who held that view obviously were not certain as to what the result of a court case would be. In those circumstances they saw fit to make representations in order that Parliament might take the action which it is taking in this Bill. I deeply regret that that action has been taken. I believe that where there are recognized rights this is not the way they should be dealt with. I associate myself fully with the views expressed by the two hon. members who have already spoken from this side of the House.

The hon. member for Vereeniging says these record makers should never have got this payment. He himself said they got it in terms of an agreement which can only be a recognition of their right to get that payment.

Dr. COERTZE:

They should never have entered into that agreement.

Mr. TUCKER:

It is not for Parliament to judge whether or not they should have entered into any agreement. The fact is that a recognized right is being taken away by legislation. I submit that it is very regrettable that that has been done. As the hon. the Minister knows we have supported the majority of the provisions of this Bill from the start. It is a good piece of legislation. I agree entirely with what has been said from this side of the House that this particular aspect is a blot on a very fine piece of legislation. I sincerely hope that the hon. Minister—it is too late for him to do anything about it here—will give this matter further consideration in view of the views expressed from this side of the House and agree to remove this provision which I regard as utterly wrong in the whole of the surrounding circumstances, in the Other Place. It is not necessary to say more than that, Sir, but I did feel that I wanted, at this final stage of the measure before us, to record my final protest and to associate myself with the remarks expressed by those who have already put this point.

*The MINISTER OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS:

Hon. members on the other side have really raised three important points, one or two of which they also raised in the second reading debate. The hon. member for Johannesburg-North (Mrs. Weiss) has put a question to me in connection with the reference made to television in Clause 15 and other clauses. I just want to tell the hon. member that that has absolutely nothing to do with the question as to whether or not the Government intends to introduce television in this country. The position is simply that we intend joining the Rome Convention, and if we want to do so then we are obliged also to make provision for television. Amongst other things, the Rome Convention makes provision for broadcasting organizations. Hon. members will admit that we must make provision for the protection of our broadcasting organization. Hon. members may want to know what constitutes a broadcasting organization: this is what the Rome Convention says—

Broadcasting is the transmission by wireless means or public reception of sound or of images and sounds.

In other words, broadcasting includes television. If therefore we become a member as far as broadcasting is concerned, then we also become a member as far as television is concerned. The Rome Convention goes on to say in Article 16—

Any state, upon becoming party to this Convention, shall be bound by all the obligations and shall enjoy the benefits thereof.

In other words, we have to accept the Rome Convention as a whole, including television, if we want to become a member. We had no other choice therefore: we are simply obliged to make provision for television. In doing so. of course, we also protect the members of this Convention in other countries against the reception of their television by private persons in South Africa.

The second question which was put to me was in connection with the new Section 50 as with regard to the question of making use of the works of authors who forbid the use of their products in South Africa. If the writer of a drama forbids the presentation of his drama in South Africa, perhaps for ideological reasons, and somebody in South Africa wishes to present that drama, there are two methods open to him under this Bill. He can either have recourse to the Copyright Tribunal in terms of Clause 28, or he can invoke the provisions of Clause 50. The difference between the two clauses amounts to this in the main: In terms of Clause 28 he has to go to the Tribunal, a court of law, a procedure which is a lengthy, protracted one, and may prove expensive. He cannot make use of that drama until such time as the Tribunal has given judgment. In terms of Clause 50, however, the State President has the right to nominate the Minister, for example, and the Minister may then give such a person the right to present the drama; it can then be presented immediately. The regulations, of course, still have to be drawn up. The right can be given to that person immediately to use the copyright of that drama, provided, as the hon. member for Zululand (Mr. Cadman) has quite correctly said, proper compensation is paid. I am very pleased that the hon. member for Zululand has made the point here that this does not amount to theft. As a member of the Convention we are also entitled to the intellectual products of others but we have to pay proper compensation for making use of them.

*Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

Who will determine what is proper compensation?

*The MINISTER OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS:

It will be determined by way of arbitration. There is a difference therefore between Clauses 28 and 50. One can get a decision more quickly in terms of the one clause than in terms of the other.

Then we come back to the old question that we have discussed at great length already and about which I do not propose to say much at this stage. Many arguments were advanced in the second reading debate with regard to the right of record manufacturers in connection with the public playing of their records. We have now given a copyright to the author of a work of art; nobody will have the right to make use of his work in public. We have given the right to the author that his work may not be recorded on a record without his permission. The question of performers’ rights is at present before a Select Committee. We have given the right to the record manufacturer that nobody may reproduce his record but now the record manufacturer wants the additional right under this Act that nobody may play his record in public. Sir, I do not want to go again into all the arguments advanced here. It has been argued that this is a vested right; that point has been disposed of by the hon. member for Standerton (Dr. Coertze). Another hon. member said, “This is intellectual property; we want to protect the intellectual property of a person.” Mr. Speaker, the making of a record does not require an intellectual process, it is a purely mechanical process. The intellectual property resides in the music itself or in the performer, not in the maker of the record. It is for that reason that we feel that he is not entitled to this protection.

Mr. Speaker, if you will permit me to do so I just want to read out a letter which was submitted to the Select Committee by a firm which nave evidence; this is a well-known firm of accountants, and this is what they say with reference to the 1934 case in Britain and the judgment which was given there in favour of the makers of records—

though the decision may well be a correct legal interpretation of the section as it was worded it is submitted that it may very well never have been the intention of the draftsman of the English Act of 1911 or of the Legislature who passed it to create a copyright in favour of the makers of records which extended as far as to entitle them to restrict public playing of their records. In principle the purpose of copyright legislation is to give protection to an original expression of thought where it takes the form of a literary, dramatic, artistic or musical work so giving encouragement to the development of the human genius and cultural endeavours in these directions. The making of a gramophone record requires no expression of thought and none of the human qualities and artistic genius applied in the creation of literary, dramatic, artistic or musical work. It is the product of mechanical processes only. Whilst it is conceded that there is justification for protecting makers and pressers of records to the extent of enabling them to restrain unlicensed copying of their recordings, whether on further records, tapes, or by other processes, it is submitted that no public purpose is served by extending such protection to the further extent of entitling makers and pressers to prevent purchasers of their records from playing them in public, except under payment of licence fees.

I think that is a very effective reply to the argument of my hon. friends on the other side who say that the making of a record is an intellectual process. We have considered the arguments for and against this matter carefully. I am not suggesting that all the arguments advanced in favour of the makers of records are entirely without substance; there are some arguments which do carry weight. But when one weighs up the arguments for and against, I adhere to my opinion that what we propose to do in this Bill is the right thing. I am not prepared to depart from the existing provisions.

Mr. CADMAN:

May I ask the hon. the Minister a question? Since a right is being taken away here, would it not have been fairer to take it away gradually instead of taking it away at once?

The MINISTER OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS:

We do not agree that it is a right; this is a practice which has never been tested in our courts.

Motion put and agreed to.

Bill read a third time.

GOVERNMENT SERVICE PENSIONS BILL

Fourth Order read: Report Stage,—Government Service Pensions Bill.

Amendment in Clause 5 put and agreed to and the Bill, as amended, adopted.

Bill read a third time.

MAGISTRATES’ COURTS AMENDMENT BILL

Fifth Order read: Third reading,—Magistrates’ Courts Amendment Bill.

Bill read a third time.

WINE AND SPIRITS CONTROL AMENDMENT BILL

Sixth Order read; Committee Stage,—Wine and Spirits Control Amendment Bill.

House in Committee:

On Clause 5,

*The MINISTER OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING:

Mr. Chairman, I move the amendment standing in my name on page 304 of the Order Paper—

In line 1, page 6, after “may” to insert “(a)”; in line 2, after “time” where it occurs for the second time, to insert “after consultation with the Minister of Agricultural Technical Services”; and in line 9, to omit “or” where it occurs for the first time and to substitute “and (b) so use so much of the moneys in such account as the Minister may from time to time approve,”.

The effect of this amendment is merely that where the Research Fund is to be used subject to the approval of the Minister of Agricultural Economics and Marketing, a provision is now being inserted to the effect that the Minister may only grant this approval after consultation with the Minister of Agricultural Technical Services, because the Department of Agricultural Technical Services is mainly concerned with research.

*Dr. MOOLMAN:

Mr. Chairman, in regard to Clause 5 (2) I once again want to draw the Minister’s attention to the fact that when this matter was under discussion during the second reading debate, the Minister gave his explanation in this regard, and that I then said that the definition in connection with the use of the research fund was not wide enough in that it only allowed research in so far as the products of the vine were concerned. To that the Minister apparently replied that in his opinion the words “or in respect of matters incidental thereto” extended the purposes for which the fund could be used. I want to point out to the Minister that the words “or in respect of matters incidental thereto” relate only to the after going, which is the cultivation of vines and the production of its products, and not to any other type of research. I submitted a plea to the Minister to the effect that the wine-farmers may want research to be carried out in respect of the use of the products of the vine, or that medical research may be required, or other research projects which I mentioned on a previous occasion. There has obviously been some confusion in this connection, and therefore I want to emphasize once again that in my opinion the clause now refers to and is limited to the matters relating to production as defined in the clause. I therefore move the following amendment—

In line 9, page 6 of the Bill, after “there to” to insert “or in respect of other research contemplated by the vereniging”.

If any other type of research is contemplated, research not related to production only, this amendment will mean that such research will also be covered by the research fund.

*The MINISTER OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING:

Mr. Chairman, I really cannot see the necessity ’’or the proposed amendment. Let me read out the clause again—

5. (2) The vereniging may use so much of the moneys in such account as the Minister may from time to time approve, in such manner and at such times as it may deem fit, for aiding, promoting or undertaking research in the Republic or elsewhere in respect of the cultivation of vines of wine-grape varieties, including rootstocks used in the cultivation of such vines, in respect of the production of wine, other fermented or distilled products of the grape, or grape juice, or in respect of matters incidental thereto …

In other words, this clause makes provision for all kinds of research as envisaged by the hon. member for East London (City). If his amendment were to be accepted, it would mean that the K.W.V. could use the fund for research which has no connection with viticulture at all. I cannot see why the hon. member has misgivings about the clause as printed. It will be possible to use the fund not only for research, but also for publicity, for example. And where such provision does exist, the hon. member will probably agree with me that publicity is related to the consumption of the product. The fund may be used for improving the product, if necessary. Consequently I cannot see why the hon. member is afraid that insufficient provision is being made here for using the fund for research purposes. Unfortunately therefore I cannot accept the amendment.

*Dr. MOOLMAN:

Mr. Chairman, as far as publicity for the product is concerned, I should like to point out that one certainly cannot carry out any research in regard to the way in which the publicity can be undertaken! I was referring to medical research. Surely the hon. the Minister realizes that the matters defined in the clause in question relate to production only, because all the various stages of production are specified therein. I am not afraid, as the Minister wants to make out. I just want to be of assistance, if possible. As one who has had a great deal to do with research funds and the expenditure thereof, I know only too well what problems are experienced when the definition of the purposes of such a fund is too limited. I wanted to frame the definition in slightly more general terms in order to widen the scope of what may be contemplated by the Vereniging. Surely the Vereniging will not contemplate anything which is not to the benefit of the industry. If research into other aspects is required—and I mentioned, for example, medical research, research into consumption, and so forth—then I cannot understand why the hon. the Minister refuses to agree to other research, research on behalf of the vine farmers too, being undertaken as well. I cannot understand why the hon. the Minister wants to limit the definition so that it will exclude such other research.

*The MINISTER OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING:

Mr. Chairman, the function of the Vereniging, apart from this fund, is in any case one of marketing. That is inherent in the K.W.V.’s function of marketing overseas. The K.W.V. cannot market in this country, of course, and domestic marketing is undertaken by the trade. The development of the domestic market and the research in that connection must be undertaken by the trade which exploits this market. But, because overseas marketing is a function of the K.W.V.; the K.W.V. can pay attention to the pattern of consumption or the selling pattern on that market without this fund being used. This fund is merely a research fund. The K.W.V. has its own funds which it can use, and it is using them every day. Consequently it is not necessary for the K.W.V. to use its research fund to carry out research work in connection with the sale of wines, nor is it necessary for it to have a fund for such research. These facilities already exist.

*Dr. MOOLMAN:

What I have in mind is research in regard to the consumption of wine.

*The MINISTER OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING:

The K.W.V. is already undertaking that. That is its very object—to market its surplus wine overseas. And a second object is to develop and to study its markets. Therefore it need not use this fund for these functions. As far as the domestic market in South Africa is concerned, that is the province of the trade; they undertake the distribution of wine and it is their function to undertake research in that connection and to see where they have marketing possibilities. I see no reason therefore why this fund should be used for that purpose. It is a special fund intended only for the purposes of the K.W.V.

*Mr. HICKMAN:

I want to ask the hon. the Minister what will be the position if the K.W.V. decides to use money from that fund for a purpose that is in no way related to viticulture as such. It seems to me the Minister is being a little overcautious here. This money belongs to the K.W.V. in any case, and the K.W.V. is under absolute control of its shareholders. If the shareholders resolved at an annual general meeting to take some particular action which was in no way related to viticulture, a matter of health for example, what would the hon. the Minister …

*The DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member is going to far now.

*Mr. HICKMAN:

… do in a case where the K.W.V. would want to use this fund …

*The DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member is out of order.

Amendment proposed by the Minister of Agricultural Economics and Marketing put and agreed to.

Amendment proposed by Dr. Moolman put and negatived.

Clause, as amended, put and agreed to.

Remaining clauses and Title of the Bill put and agreed to.

House Resumed:

Bill reported with amendments.

Amendments in Clause 5 put and agreed to, and the Bill, as amended, adopted.

Order of the Day No. VII to stand over.

NATIONAL ROADS AMENDMENT BILL

Eighth Order read: Second reading,—National Roads Amendment Bill.

*The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

Mr. Speaker, I move—

That the Bill be now read a second time.

Mr. Speaker, hon. members are undoubtedly aware that the appropriation of land required for declared roads is carried out by the various Provincial Administrations in terms of the provisions of existing Provincial Ordinances on behalf of the National Transport Commission at the expense of the National Road Fund.

It is perhaps advisable that I should give a brief further explanation in regard to the question of the appropriation of land required for declared roads. The National Transport Commission itself does not expropriate land, nor does it negotiate with landowners in regard to compensation. It merely considers expropriations of land proposed by the provinces, and grants authority for compensation, which they determine according to their own procedures and submit to the Commission for approval. The Commission does not take transfer of the land either. Servitudes of right of way in favour of the public are registered against the properties concerned for statutory road-widths as laid down in the Ordinances. Where expropriated land exceeds these statutory widths, the Commission only authorizes the transfer of the land concerned to the State. As a matter of fact, only the cost of expropriating and required for declared roads is met from the National Road Fund.

In regard to the appropriation of land required for national through-roads and limited access roads, however, another aspect has come to the fore.

Where a landowner previously had free access to an existing national road running over his property, he does not have that free access in the case of a new national through-road or limited access road running over his property. He is not being deprived of anything, however, because previously there was no road where a new through-road is now being built.

As a result of representations received from various quarters in regard to the payment of compensation for all land required for new national through-roads or limited access roads, the Commission, on the recommendation of the Roads Advisory Committee, decided as a matter of policy to compensate landowners from the Road Fund at market value in future for all land taken up by such roads, that is to say, also for those widths which are expropriated and for which no compensation is payable in terms of the Ordinances. The factor underlying this policy was to compensate the owner to some extent for the restriction of direct access.

In this regard, however, provincial legislation provides, inter alia, that compensation is only payable and claimable for the value of expropriated land of a width of more than 120 Cape feet in the Transvaal, 100 English feet in Natal and 100 Cape Feet in the Cape Province and the Orange Free State, respectively.

In order to deal with this problem and also to save the provincial authorities embarrassment, the Commission decided to recommend that a provision be inserted in Act 42 of 1935 in terms of which the Commission, at its discretion, may authorize an Administrator to compensate a landowner, in the case of declared roads, with retrospective effect as from 1 April 1964 and at the cost of the National Road Fund for any land taken up by such roads and in respect of which no compensation is normally payable in terms of the provisions of the relative Roads Ordinance.

In this respect Section 4bis of Act 42 of 1935 already lays down the principle that the Commission may authorize an Administrator to obtain, either by agreement or by expropriation, remaining portions of land unprofitably cut off from the rest of any property by a declared road, and then to dispose of them for the benefit of the National Road Fund, if necessary.

Where in terms of Sections 4 and 4bis of the Act a landowner is granted the right to claim damages in respect of expropriated land and is given the right to have reverse to arbitration, and, in addition, certain obligations are imposed upon an Administrator, these provisions apply, firstly, to additional land required for declared roads over and above the statutory road reserve width and, secondly, to land unprofitably cut off from the rest of the property by a declared road. In these cases it is only fair that a landowner should have the right to claim damages and that certain obligations should be imposed upon an Administrator.

In the case of damages in respect of statutory road reserve widths, however, circumstances are different. In terms of the relevant Ordinance, firstly, landowners have no right to claim damages, and, secondly, an Administrator is under no obligation to pay damages (except for improvements). To put it briefly, a landowner must cede a particular strip of land free of charge for road purposes.

Where the proposed amendment proposes to compensate landowners for land taken for declared roads and for which they would otherwise receive nothing in any case and cannot even claim damages, it has been deemed advisable not to grant them the right to claim damages or the right to have recourse to arbitration but to leave the compensation on the basis of ex gratia payments. On the other hand, the only obligation imposed upon an Administrator is to pay such damages to a landowner as may be determined by the Commission in its discretion. This has the additional advantages that it will not come into conflict with established rights and powers laid down by an Ordinance nor will it embarrass the Provincial Administrations in regard to land which is taken for provincial road purposes.

I might just inform hon. members that since a modern through-road costs between R300,000 and R400,000 per mile in the rural areas, expropriation costs never represent more than approximately 2 per cent of that cost, and the additional amount payable in terms of the proposed Section 4 ter will cause no appreciable increase in the total cost of building a through-road.

In order to compensate landowners within the framework of the Commission’s policy for all land expropriated for declared roads, it is necessary, therefore to bring the proposed Section 4ter into operation with retrospective effect as from 1 April 1964 as it provided for in sub-clause (2).

The principle of Clause 1 is supported by the Provincial Administrations, and I am convinced that this measure will be welcomed generally, because it represents a considerable concession to landowners.

As far as Clause 2 is concerned, I have to inform hon. members that owing to the ever-increasing demands being made upon the National Road Fund the Commission is simply unable to manage with the funds at its disposal. At present die Road Fund is receiving an allocation at the rate of 5.35c per gallon on the customs or excise duty on petrol, kerosene, distillate fuel or residual fuel oil.

The Cabinet is satisfied that an increased allocation of 6c with effect from 1 April 1965, is justified in order to enable the Commission to meet its many commitments. As announced by the Minister of Finance in his Budget Statement, the allocation will be 6c as from 1 April 1965 and Clause 2 is necessary to give effect to that.

Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

This little Bill with its two clauses has the support in principle of the Opposition. We feel that the time is long overdue when the provincial laws concerning the use of land for declared roads should have been revised. We feel it is all the more important because of the fact that the National Roads Board is now concerned with constructing freeways through our cities, which can impose tre—

mendous losses upon private owners if their land is taken for the purpose of building such roads. I hope I understood correctly from the hon. the Minister that the provisions of this Bill would apply to urban land as well.
The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

No, that is already provided for. This only applies to undeveloped land.

Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

Then all the more we gladly support this Bill in principle, except that we are a little concerned about the ex gratia nature of the payments proposed to be made. We understand that this is a concession made to land-owners which they did not enjoy before, and therefore one takes it that the authorities can make this concession on the terms they wish. But it does seem a pity that where an offer is made to a landowner and he finds it unreasonable, there can be no reference to some impartial body to determine the dispute. We believe it would have been better if the provisions for arbitration contained in the provincial ordinances concerned could have been applied to this. We sincerely hope that the Minister will still consider whether it would not be in the public interest to have such a provision in this Bill. I believe that there will be only a small number of cases in which such references will be necessary, but where one wants the public to feel that justice is being done to them, one may as well do a thorough job of it and let the aggrieved person have the right to put his case before an impartial tribunal, before arbitration, and have it determined in that way.

I should very much like to know from the Minister when he replies whether the Commission, in deciding upon compensation, will be guided by principles which will be known to the public and to all landowners, or is the idea that each case which arises will be dealt with as sui generis, or will it be made known to the people that where land is required for this purpose, whereas they did not have compensation before they will now get compensation calculated according to certain principles which will apply to all instances, so that people can know where they stand and so that the decisions can be judged by some external criteria.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

That is never done in any arbitration. No general principles are laid down except what the market value is.

Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

Is this the principle in this case, too?

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

No.

Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

Then there is another point. This gives us the opportunity of bringing to the attention of the Minister that there are other instances, which are not covered by this Bill, where injustices are done to landowners in the interests of road construction. We have had representations from many people with vested interests where those vested interests are most adversely affected by the deviation of an existing road. With the construction especially of our higher quality national roads, it is very often necessary to re-lay a road so that it takes a completely different course. In that process people like hotel-owners and motel-owners and nurserymen find that their business interests are adversely affected, and they suffer considerable losses. Does the Minister not consider that people like that should be entitled to some compensation as well, because they have built up businesses over the years from which they make their living and they have acquired vested interests, and then the Commission comes along and in the public interest they deviate the road and these people suffer considerable losses? Surely where the man makes that sacrifice in the public interest, the community owes him some compensation. It will be interesting to hear the Minister’s comments upon that.

Another instance which I will only mention, because I am sure other speakers on this side of the House will deal with it in greater detail, is the practice of taking soil from farmlands for national roads.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

That has nothing to do with this Bill. The National Transport Commission does not build the roads. The Provincial Administrations build them. We only finance them.

Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

Surely if the National Transport Commission is responsible for the land on which a road is built, there must be some responsibility also where land is destroyed in order to build a road. Surely the provinces act as the agents of the Commission. We have had instances where the topsoil of farming land, acres and acres of it, was used for the metalling of the roads. I think the Minister will find that other speakers will develop that subject.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

If they dig up a man’s land because they require the soil for the road, of course they must pay compensation, because we do not expropriate that land.

Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

Then under Clause 2 we on this side of course cannot possibly object to the greater payments being made to the Road Fund and to the money collected by way of taxes on petrol because we have pleaded for that on many occasions and in our opinion this is a step in the right direction. But again, the Minister is not going far enough.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

It is not a question of me not going far enough; it is the Treasury.

Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

There are many issues which arise out of this, and perhaps we should choose other opportunities to discuss them fully because we realize that this is not a measure which deals with taxation. But we would have liked the Minister to consider whether something should not be done to relieve the people of the Cape Province of the Divisional Council’s road rates.

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! That is not relevant.

Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

Then I will not take the matter any further, having expressed the fact that we are wondering about it. I am very glad to say that in principle we support this Bill, but the Minister will be called upon in the course of the further discussions to answer a few questions.

*Mr. W. C. MALAN:

Mr. Speaker, this Bill contains a number of very important principles which I want to support very strongly, but I want to say immediately that I differ with the hon. member for Yeoville (Mr. S. J. M. Steyn) in regard to his argument about compensation to be paid according to fixed standards, because under the old dispensation compensation was in fact paid according to fixed standards, according to absolute standards, such as 25 cents for a bush-trained vine and 75 cents for a trellised vine. This was in fact the weakness in the old system, and the hon. the Minister is now eliminating it by basing compensation on the market value of the property. To my mind that is a very great improvement, and I differ very strongly with the hon. member for Yeoville on this point. Then there is a further compensation for which no provision is made in this Bill and which I want to bring to the hon. the Minister’s notice for his consideration, and that is in the case where we are now getting these so-called “freeways” where the farmer cannot cross such a road at any point. We find a case, such as the one in my constituency just on this side of Paarl, where a farmer’s farm is cut up into three pieces by such a national road. It is now possible to pay the farmer due compensation for the land taken up by that road, but he receives no compensation at all for the very serious inconvenience he has to suffer as a result of the fact that his farm has been cut up into so many small pieces. I want to make a strong plea to the hon. the Minister that consideration should be given to this aspect as well. Sir, one has the position that at the moment a farmer can cross the national road at three or four points to get to a portion of his farm that is situated on the other side. When this road becomes a freeway, he has no right to cross the road; when he wants to get to a part of his farm that is situated on the other side, he has to cross the road by way of a subway or a bridge or a crossing only, and in view of this inconvenience which costs the farmer a great deal, I want to submit for the Minister’s consideration that provision should be made for the Commission, which can compensate the farmer by way of an ex gratia payment, to consider this matter as well, so that the farmer will be entitled to compensation for the very serious inconvenience he has to suffer.

Maj. VAN DER BYL:

As it is late I wish to move—

That the debate be now adjourned.

Agreed to.

The House adjourned at 6.3 p.m.

MONDAY, 5 APRIL 1965 Mr. SPEAKER took the Chair at 2.20 p.m. FIRST REPORT OF SELECT COMMITTEE ON IRRIGATION MATTERS

Mr. G. F. H. BEKKER, as Chairman, presented the First Report of the Select Committee on Irrigation Matters, as follows—

Your Committee, having considered the Report of the Secretary for Water Affairs on the proposed Irrigation Scheme for Noord-Agter-Paarl, prepared in terms of Section 157 of the Water Act, 1956, recommends that a loan amounting to R240,000 be granted to the Noord-Agter-Paarl Irrigation Board. Gerard F. H. Bekker, Chairman.
INSOLVENCY AMENDMENT BILL Mr. VISSE:

As chairman of the Select Committee on the Insolvency Amendment Bill, I move as an unopposed motion—

That the instruction to the Select Committee on the Insolvency Amendment Bill, in terms of which it has to submit its Report by 9 April, be rescinded.

Agreed to.

ESTIMATES OF EXPENDITURE FROM CONSOLIDATED REVENUE FUND

First Order read: Resumption of debate on motion for House to go into Committee of Supply and into Committee of Ways and Means (on taxation proposals).

[Debate on motion by the Minister of Finance, upon which an amendment had been moved by Mr. Waterson, adjourned on 2 April, resumed.]

The MINISTER OF FINANCE:

Mr. Speaker, I am sure you will forgive me if I devote a few minutes of my time to the general debate of last week. I find the temptation to do so, before I deal with the financial points, almost irresistible. We know that on 24 March the United Party suffered a heavy defeat at the provincial elections. In the five-day debate of last week it was clearly shown why they had lost that election, because the debate largely followed the main lines of stereotype United Party policy. It is that policy which has brought them to the plight in which they are to-day. You know, Sir, the United Party have gone from one defeat to the other but like the Bourbons, they forget nothing and they learn nothing. They forget nothing of their old tricks and political cliches but they learn nothing from the experience they have regularly had at the polls.

The fact that neither the hon. the Leader of the Opposition nor the Deputy Leader nor any of the provincial leaders took part in this very important debate last week may be significant.

I think it is significant. It may even show that the United Party’s agonizing re-appraisal of their policies is not yet completed, because it is quite obvious that the reasons for their defeat go much deeper than merely organization. After all, Sir, organization must have something that makes it tick. It is not a soulless machine. The United Party have not yet learnt after all their agonizing experiences, that voters do not accept criticism, however well-directed, as a substitute for policy. They have not yet learnt that extravagant promises impress only the weak-minded. They have not yet learnt that a party which exploits grievances, a party which is based on grievances, can have no cohesion. The most important lesson that they have not yet learnt is that political opportunism will always lose out to steadfast principles, particularly if those principles are South African in bone and marrow. We have heard a great deal about promises, grievances, opportunism and more in this debate.

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

What about the 5,000,000 hearts beating as one?

The MINISTER OF FINANCE:

I shall condole with the hon. member by and by. I say it is significant that the Leader of the Opposition and the Deputy Leader or the provincial leaders did not take part. It is equally significant, at any rate, that five out of the 12 new apostles did take part in that debate. I think I will not be premature, Mr. Speaker, if I conveyed my congratulations at this stage to these 12 new apostles on this greatness that has been thrust upon them. Nor do I think it would be altogether out of place if I were, at the same time, to extend my condolences to those who have failed to make the grade. Somebody once said something about dropping a pilot, but in this case it is not dropping the pilot but dropping the whole front bench! My heart almost bleeds for these people who have worked so hard only to find that his Master’s voice has decreed that they should no longer be the shadow cabinet of the United Party! I say, I do not think it is very premature, Sir, because one usually finds that if his Master’s voice speaks on Sunday, the caucus of United Party responds affirmatively on Tuesday. Let me say at once it will not be sufficient to jettison key leaders. What the United Party wants is to jettison key policies. There are certain policies which, if they want to survive, they will have to jettison and that is a much more difficult task than merely to jettison leaders.

The hon. member for Point (Mr. Raw)—I see him in his smiling self—did his very best to “dress up” the United Party policy of race federation. He said it was a way of life, almost a philosophy, of many races living together in peace under the leadership of the White man. Those are brave words, but I am afraid that race federation is completely unrealistic in at least two respects. The first is that to accept leadership is a voluntary act of those who are to be led. It is not something which can rest on merit alone unless that test is accepted by all who are to be led. Lord Milverton, a very distinguished colonial administrator in Africa and elsewhere, said last year that the skeletons of multi-racial dreams lay scattered over Africa. That is true. History has shown that a Black majority will not accept White leadership once they get a share, however small, in the government of a country. That is the lesson that history has taught over the last 20 years. It is also unrealistic in this respect that, as far as I know, the United Party policy has not appealed to any body of Bantu opinion. It has been rejected by the Coloureds; it is daily losing the support of the White electorate. One of these days it will be one of those dreams; the skeleton of one of those dreams that lie scattered over Africa! Facts have shown that this policy, this way of life, this almost philosophy of the United Party, has no future in South Africa either.

The hon. member for Point has sought comfort in an article in the Burger. He says it is admitted in that article that the United Party is the true conservative party to-day; but I am afraid there is bought for his comfort in that article because the Burger was merely referring to the truism that the United Party has consistently and strenuously resisted every attempt to make South Africa free, independent and great. The United Party denied us our right to neutrality; the United Party resisted our right to secede up to the very end; the United Party fought against giving South Africa its own citizenship, its own flag, its own decimal coinage—the hon. member for Kensington (Mr. Moore) was given special dispensation to disagree with his party. The United Party fought—that is what the Burger referred to specifically—against the coping stone of our independence, namely, our own republic. I know this is hurting because this is history but the United Party has resisted all efforts to free South Africa from political, economic and military subservience. In every way they have resisted us. Even now the United Party is trying to make it difficult for English and Afrikaans speaking South Africans to be welded into one great nation. We have as an example that letter written by the candidate of the United Party for the Provincial Council to the late Mr. Murphy and that letter has not yet been repudiated by the Leader of the United Party. In all these vital matters the United Party has always been the political “remskoen” (brake) failing to adapt itself to the changing conditions in South Africa. In that sense I agree with the hon. member for Durban (Point) in that sense they are conservative; they are conservative in the same way that the Dinosaurus was conservative!

I do not want to be unfriendly to the hon. member for South Coast (Mr. D. E. Mitchell), but I think if I interpret the feelings of the Sunday Times correctly, they looked at the front bench of the Opposition and seemed to say in their own minds that nothing reminded them so much of a number of extinct volcanoes. [Interjections.] I must leave the United Party now in its travail. I am sorry I cannot offer them the comfort of twilight sleep in their labour. They will have to rely on a lot of midnight oil and midday sweat in order to devise something which will satisfy their followers in South Africa.

Maj. VAN DER BYL:

You are as good as Punch.

The MINISTER OF FINANCE:

There is still life in the old volcano!

The financial criticism of this Budget was more confused than ever. We had all the old errors repeated. The assumption that the whole Budget consisted of what was said in the Budget speech was an old error which was again repeated. We had another old error repeated namely the limited and sectional view of our economy and its needs instead of a wide national approach. This year there was additional confusion for two reasons. I think the first was because the Budget was generally so well received by commerce, by industry, by the Stock Exchange and even by trade unions, by the Press and by many economists. That was one reason which probably confused the United Party more than ever before. The second was that the results of the provincial council elections upset my critics.

To the critics of the budgetary suit I have tailored, I offer this quotation: In making this suit “every snip of the scissors has been regulated and prescribed by ever active influences which doubtless to intelligences of a superior order are neither invisible nor illegible”. The operative words here are. of course, “intelligences of a superior order”.

I want to tell you, Sir, that I took a calculated risk this year in casting myself in the role of a tailor. Had the Opposition been well versed in English literature, they could literally have turned the tables on the tailor. They could have retailored the tailor—Sartor Resartus. I can imagine with what glee they would have performed this operation; I can even imagine, when I look at some of the members opposite, with what dandiacal extravagance they would have tried to retailor the tailor. But my fears on this score were needless. The combined literary attainments of the United Party did not rise above the nursery rhyme: “Tinker, Tailor, Soldier Sailor”. That was the height of their literary attainment, Sir, and the title of Thomas Carlyle’s famous work missed them altogether. I said this nursery rhyme was the height of their literary attainment, but perhaps that too is indicative of many things!

One of the main points made—I shall deal briefly with them—was that there was no fixed limit to the loan levy. I want to assure hon. members immediately that had it been my object to make the loan levy permanent or even to make it for an indefinite period, I would have said so or I would have made it a tax because that is virtually what it would have been. All I was trying to convey is that unlike-former loan levies, it will not be repaid within a fixed period of time. Some elasticity in repayment was necessary otherwise we may find ourselves in the position in which we found ourselves last year when we had to repay R18,000,000 at a time when it was very undesirable, from the national economic point of view, to make such a repayment. The details will be in the Act and as hon. members will see in the Ways and Means proposals, but I can take them into my confidence at this stage already and assure them that I am instructed that the computer which has to deal with these matters, cannot carry more than seven years on its register. So within a maximum period of seven years, at a time most necessary for the national economy, that loan levy will be repaid.

The hon. members for Constantia (Mr. Waterson) and Port Elizabeth (South) (Mr. Plewman) spoke rather scathingly about the contrast between the slogans “spend for prosperity” and “save to maintain prosperity”. The hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South) even went so far as to say that “spend for prosperity” as a slogan “flopped”. Well that, Sir, is a strange use of words when personal consumption expenditure rose from R3,389,000 in 1961 to R4,603,000 in 1964. It flopped because it rose by 37 per cent! The trouble is that that slogan was too successful. For the benefit of hon. members I may be allowed to say a few words about the relationship between consumption spending and saving. Hon. members will see that personal incomes are usually divided into three segments, i.e., taxation, personal spending and savings. If taxation remains constant and spending is curbed, then naturally savings must rise. If hon. members look at page 10 of the White Paper on the Budget they will see, for instance, that in 1962 spending amounted to 77.2 per cent and savings to 12 per cent. The rest is taxation and smaller items. In 1963 spending had risen to 80.2 per cent and savings fell to 8.2 per cent. In 1964 spending had risen to 83 per cent and savings, in consequence, fell to 5.3 per cent. You will see, therefore, Sir, that there is a inverse relationship between the figure for expenditure and the figure for savings, if taxation remains more or less constant. Eighty-three per cent is too high for spending and that is why we are now saying “save more”. If spending is curbed then, by the same token, savings will be increased. There is nothing inconsistent in that. If we said in 1962 “spend for prosperity” and “save to maintain prosperity” in 1965 it is not inconsistent. There is nothing inconsistent in a man putting on his over-coat when it starts to rain and taking off his jacket when the temperature rises over 100 degrees! That man is not inconsistent; he is not vacillating; he is merely being plain sensible and that is what we are in this Budget to-day.

I believe in a balanced line tailoring, but it must be a national balance. I know some of my critics have their own yardstick of balance. But often their yardstick is warped by the desire to make political capital. Very often it is bent by personal and sectional and class interests. The balance I have struck in this Budget, let me say at once, is not affected by the availability or not of labour. Hon. members argued as if the labour shortage was our greatest difficulty. I want to make this statement that even if skilled labour were available today and had been available in the past in unlimited numbers the growth rate would still have had to be cut down for balance of payments reasons. Perhaps I could explain that to hon. members by quoting from the survey of prospects for 1965 of the Bureau of Economic Research. They say—

On the short run, the much publicized labour shortage may therefore prove a self-correcting influence of considerable importance. By retarding private investment, it may prevent the economy from becoming over-heated, relieve inflationary forces and lessen the pressure on imports.

I am quite sure had we had an absolute surplus of labour available a year ago we would, at this very moment, have been in very serious balance of payments difficulties. That is obvious and this argument that everything depends on the shortage of labour is therefore a yardstick of balance which is warped by the desire to make political capital out of the situation.

I want to come to the hon. member for Pinetown (Mr. Hopewell) who indicated that this Budget was not tough enough to stop inflation. I asked him and he said yes, but at the very same time he says more concessions should have been granted to the ordinary taxpayer! The refrain of the political dirge from the Opposition side right through has been “more concessions to the ordinary taxpayer”, “more concessions to married women”, “more for pensioners” even though they are getting R10,600,000 under this Budget. The United Party is asking me in this Budget—which they say is not tough enough to stop inflation— to pump more and more money into the spending stream. I can almost hear them say “to blazes with inflation, because if inflation increases we can always blame it on the Government”. That is not a national yardstick of balance. Why do the Opposition speakers not follow the financial papers in this respect in praising the Budget for not granting general tax concessions? In almost all other respects they have slavishly followed what the Financial Mail and the Sunday Times have had to say by way of criticism. Why do the United Party not follow those newspapers also in this sensible respect? Now they forget all about their economic masters. Had these been preelection speeches in order to try to attract votes, I could still have understood it—though it cut no political ice with the electorate—but as a post-election plea, I think it is just irresponsible and unbalanced.

The next argument was that there was nothing to increase productivity in this Budget But not a single member of the Opposition told me what I should have done. Because if they had, I would probably have been able to point out that that has been done in this Budget, I notice that the President of Assocom is not impressed by this argument, and says that there are inducements to married women to work; there are inducements to elderly people to work longer. The president of Assocom then says: “What can you do in a Budget more than that?” Of course you can do much more than that and we have done that. In order to increase productivity as a long-range objective we have done the following, for instance, in this Budget. In the case of assistance to immigrants and to immigration organizations we budgeted last year for a total of R3,386,000. This year we have budgeted for R5,065,000. That is an increase of almost 50 per cent. I readily admit that part of that increase was already voted last year in the Additional Estimates but I am comparing the original estimates for last year with those of this year. Last year we granted an amount of R16,290,000 to universities and this year that figure is R18,678,000, i.e., more than R2,500,000 more. Let us take the figures in respect of research and technology. Last year we voted roughly R23,500,000 and this year we are voting R30,757,000. In the case of the training of artisans—and this is more or less all that is offering to be trained—we voted R 34,000 last year and R87,000 this year. In the case of all forms of education, excepting university education, we voted R122,500,000 last year and R131,600,000 this year, i.e., more than R9,000,000 more. In the case of bursaries and grants we are voting R2,195,000 this year plus the amount which may be collected under the 1 per cent scheme from companies. Last year it did not really produce any results but I am hoping that, as in the case of the 1 per cent allowance for technological research—which brought in over R1,500,000 last year—this bursary fund will also benefit to the same extent.

That is the position as far as our efforts to increase our labour force, i.e. our productivity, is concerned. You cannot do everything immediately. Even if we could do so it would not be wise, because as I have already shown our balance of payments position will immediately show the effect. But private enterprise itself can and has done much to improve productivity. Let me give hon. members an example in this respect from the Bureau of Economic Research. They say—

That some success in obtaining greater productivity has already been achieved is borne out by the increases in production which have been obtained by industry recently without comparable increases in employment. For instance in 1963 the volume of manufacturing output was 12.9 per cent higher than in 1962 while average employment rose by only 6.8 per cent.

In other words, productivity per man hour has improved, and that is a function of the private entrepreneur. The modest surcharge which I have put on company tax this year, which only amounts to an increase of 1£ per cent— they will pay 31i per cent now instead of 30 per cent—should, I think, act as a spur to companies to promote efficiency still further than they have done in the past, and by promoting efficiency they will increase productivity. As Mr. Keller, the president of the Chamber of Commerce says—

It seems to me that the Budget did what little it could to help the labour supply position.

It is not any amount that you give directly for a purpose, but it is indirectly in the means of educating and training facilities and technological research that you spend that money. It is a long-range policy. It does not show results immediately. Immediately the only effective remedy is the question of immigration, and there we have done more than, I think, many people would have expected possible.

Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

Look at your speeches in the past.

The MINISTER OF FINANCE:

The other argument has been that in this Budget there is no incentive to export. But, Sir, that is an illusory argument. After all, all the old incentives in the shape of tax concessions remain. But what has happened in the past year with this increasing local demand, resulting from inflationary over-spending, was that factories have not been able to give sufficient time for the export market; the local market demanded all their products; they were not able to give proper attention to the export market. But all these incentives are there. They could have been used much more fully if it had not been for this over-spending in the local market. The local demand was so great that many of these local markets had perforce to neglect the export market, and when we are now taking steps to make this demand less as a result of monetary and fiscal steps, it stands to reason that export will come into its own again, and all these incentives which still remain will be there for the exporter who wants to make use of them.

The existing tax concessions for export are generous, generous to a degree, and it is not clear how they can be improved. No member of the Opposition told me what I should do; I have not heard from exporters any specific request for improving the incentives for export. But, Sir, the restraint of inflation is the best way to promote exports and to improve the balance of payments. One hon. member said: What is done in this Budget for the balance of payments? If you restrain demand inflation, then it means that there is more opportunity for your exports to rise. There will be less money to buy and your imports will grow less, and in that way your balance of payments will be improved. Restraint of inflation is the best way to encourage exports and to improve the balance of payments, and it is also the best service that one can render to wage-earners and to employers. It is the surest way to make prosperity continue, even if at a slightly lower rate of growth, and it is the surest way, and that is almost most important of all, to improve living standards of all sections of the people.

There are just two points I want to deal with in passing. In regard to the Defence Special Equipment Account, I want to say that the Account clearly needed strengthening because of heavy drawings expected in 1965-6, and as there were substantial savings on other sub-Heads of the Defence Vote, it has been planned to transfer R20,000,000 to the Account by means of virement. This money would have been invested with the Public Debt Commissioners and hence have been available for the Loan Account. Although this virement procedure has been used on previous occasions, it appeared at the last moment, that is just before the end of March, that there was some doubt about the legality of this procedure in this case. It was therefore not followed and the money remained in the Revenue Account, the Loan Account being correspondingly reduced. The matter will be set right in the Finance Bill.

The other remark I want to make is this: In my Budget speech I estimated the surplus on Revenue Account for 1964-5, as hon. members will recall at R 110,000,000 and I proposed that this whole amount should be transferred to the Loan Account for 1965-6. It will be some time before final figures regarding the surplus become available, but if the amount should eventually exceed the R110,000,000 it is my intention to transfer the excess to the Tax Reserve Account, and if the surplus should fall short of R110,000,000, the transfer to Loan Account will be correspondingly reduced.

*Having dealt with a few general points I want to deal with a few specific constructive points that have been raised. To start with I want to say a few words about agricultural credit. The granting of bona fide loans for agricultural production does not constitute a danger to the position in which we find ourselves and which has been caused by excessive credit facilities. Bona fide loans for production do not constitute a danger but loans for land speculation and for luxury or semi-luxury consumer goods do indeed. That is the danger we want to avoid. The difficulty lies in this, Sir: The Reserve Bank discusses the position with nine banks; those nine banks in turn discuss it with 1,600 branches or more. And in such circumstances it easily happens that there is not uniform explanation or interpretation. I have arranged with the farmers’ group of the National Party, who have asked for it, to have personal discussions with the President of the Reserve Bank in order to bring the difficulties to which the hon. member referred to his attention. He will then see to it that clearer instructions are given to the Bank so that bona fide loans for agricultural production will not be restricted under the monetary measures we have taken provided the necessary security is provided.

The hon. member for Queenstown (Mr. Loots) asked me whether the Government had power to take action in the event of a monetary crisis, as for example, widespread devaluation. That is a sensible question and I just want to reply to it: Yes, the Government has the power in terms of the Currency and Exchanges Act of 1933 and the State President may promulgate regulations in order to meet such a situation.

The hon. member for Brakpan (Mr. Bezuidenhout) has also made a few interesting suggestions. He asked whether it would not be better to have one instead of two accounts in the Estimates, not to have a Loan and Revenue Account but only one in order to avoid misunderstanding in connection with the so-called surplus. Many countries follow this system and much can be said in favour of it but naturally it is something which calls for very thorough investigation and study. I cannot at the moment say I think we have studied the position sufficiently or that we have reached the stage of development where that would be possible. He also asked whether it was not possible to modernize the budgetry system so that the budget could, during the course of the year, be adapted to changed circumstances. That too is a very important question and a great deal can be said in favour of it. On the other hand it must be remembered that the principle of parliamentary control must be retained. It is desirable, however, that a measure of elasticity be left in the hands of the executive authority, both in regard to income and expenditure. In Great Britain, for example, the Minister of Finance has limited power to change certain taxations. He may take such steps during the recess if circumstances arise which make it necessary for the national economy. It may not be anything of such importance as to warrant Parliament meeting specially to discuss it but circumstances may arise which make it necessary to have some elasticity. That is definitely something to which we must give attention. I referred to it in my Budget speech and the hon. member for Parktown (Mr. Emdin) criticized me severely for it. He says that where I said we must simply use the fiscal instruments at our disposal and that it was a pity that we did not have all the instruments merely indicated how uncertain I was. He criticized me severely. But it is like the man with a 7.9 mauser who goes into a camp where there is the danger of elephants being present. He probably thinks to himself that it is a pity he has not got a gun to shoot elephants as well. It was in the same sense that I murmured to myself and said: “It is a pity that I have not also got that other fiscal instrument which I may perhaps need if I come across an elephant! I trust we shall not meet the elephant but it is something which we shall have to face up to at some time or other and for which provision will have to be made, within limits, in some way or other. That will have to be reported to Parliament immediately more or less on the same basis as it is done in Great Britain. There is a need for a certain measure of elasticity in order to enable the executive authority to make such changes as are necessary during the course of the year. The position is different in the case of monetary steps. Those we can take at any time but as far as fiscal steps are concerned we are confined to taking those once a year. Sir, you win remember that Parliament recently gave the Government further power to advance additional funds for the same purpose. We may have to consider increasing the total amount asked for by way of a special power of attorney. I am attending to that matter.

The hon. member for Brakpan also asked for stricter control to be exercised by Inland Revenue over so-called expense accounts, deductions in respect of entertainment, etc. I can assure him that the Department is doing its best but it is difficult, of course, to know where to draw the line.

There are certain other questions I want to deal with. The hon. member for Parktown (Mr. Emdin) asked whether the P.A.Y.E. deduction tables for married women will be adjusted so as to give effect to the concession announced by me of calculating the tax on the combined incomes of spouses at rates based on amounts equal to the greater plus half the lower of the two incomes. The answer is “Yes”. New tables will be prepared for that purpose.

There was some discussion about the effects of the relief for married women given in this Budget. I do not want to go into too much detail, but I want to point out that this relief costs the State R 1,400,000. Of course the greater the amount of people amongst whom it has to be distributed, the lesser will be the amount that each can get. But it costs the State R1,400,000, and somebody must get the benefit. We tried to work out a system, which we think is fair, but now hon. members come and say: Look, what does it mean? Here is a person with a joint income of R2,000, made up of R 1,200 earned by the husband and R800 by the wife. The only tax-saving for this man is R3 But those hon. members forset what his total tax liability is. That family’s total tax liability under the old system was only R13. We give him back R3, which is more than 20 per cent. Now hon. members complain that he only gets R3! This whole matter is affected by a number of points. The first is how near the two incomes are to each other; the nearer they are to each other, the bigger naturally the benefit will be. But on the other hand, we cannot go to extremes. The hon. member there said that 90 per cent get nothing. That of course is just nonsense! The hon. member cannot expect that relief must be given where no tax liability exists. Thanks to the very low rates of tax in this country and that taxation only starts when the income is already fairly high, due to the generous rebates enjoyed by taxpayers in this country, many are excluded from tax liability. Married persons in the following category do not pay normal tax at all: Persons with no children and an income of R972 or less pay nothing; if they have one child, it goes up to R1,400 before they pay; if they have two children, it goes up to R 1,826; three children R2,314, and if they have four children R2,802, and if they make full use of the allowances for medical expenses, you must add R200 in each of these cases. Therefore, you see, Sir, that only where the taxable income level goes over R4,600, you have this bulge and then there is an appreciable rise of normal income-tax and there the aggregating of the incomes of spouses might cause a measure of hardship. It is quite logical therefore that married couples with joint incomes of from R4,600 to R8,000 stand to gain most from the proposed concessions, but their percentage will not be so very much different if the relationships between the husband’s and wife’s income is constant right through. As I say, I do not want to go very deeply into this, because it seems to me that it is even worse than looking a gift horse in the mouth. Even if we do what some of the hon. members have suggested and tax the joint income on the rate applicable to the larger income, hon. members will still see that individuals will get very little. The one who will get R3 will get R7. That is all. But it will cost the State so much more, it will cost three times as much. Sir, this has been worked out and to come and say here that 90 per cent will not get any relief at all …

Mr. ROSS:

Correct.

The MINISTER OF FINANCE:

Well, well. The estimated number of married taxpayers who fall within these limits, is 625,000: the estimated number of married couples of the 625,000 where the wife also has an income, is 235,000. If the hon. member for Benoni is correct that 90 per cent of the married couples will gain no benefit from this concession, then it means that only 23,500 couples will have the advantage of the R 1,400,000! That is simple arithmetic. In fact it is estimated that of the 235,000 who are now married couples falling within these limits, 231,000 will get some measure of relief! You see it is these irresponsible statements that make one wonder whether anything can be done to the party over there.

The hon. member for Parktown pleaded for relief for persons over the age of 65. Now there are many rich people over the age of 65. and why should you give them relief? The hon. member did not plead for any limit in that respect. The hon. member motivated his case by stating that in the United States of America relief was granted in that the first 1,200 dollars of an aged person’s income was free of tax. But in the Republic of South Africa a married man who makes full use of his medical expenses’ concession, only starts paying when he earns R 1,172, which is the equivalent of about 1,500 dollars. The income in South Africa must be already considerable before a man pays taxation and in a very large number of cases such a concession would not be necessary, and those who fall above these amounts in very many cases can well pay. The hon. member asked me to exempt people over 65. But on the other hand, an aged person does not have the same financial commitments as for instance a father of a growing family, or a couple just married who have got to set up house. Why should there be this discrimination between them, singling out of aged persons for tax relief while in fact they and all the other classes of taxpayers are treated so well under this system. These are more or less the points that have been put to me.

I just want to say a word in conclusion. Sir, the dangers of incipient inflation should be seen in their proper perspective. There is no need to magnify them unduly and in that way talk ourselves into a major inflation and panic. But it is also unwise to ignore the danger signals and just to slip quietly into a major catastrophe. I have done my best to steer between Scylla and Charybdis; not to let the economy grind to a stop and on the other hand not to let it race faster downhill and land us in the ditch of inflation. I have done my best to keep the balance between the two.

There has been very little criticism that I have acted too drastically in the circumstances. I do not think any hon. member here suggested that. There were some doubts whether I should not have taken stronger fiscal measures. That is the doubt that was expressed by the hon. member for Pinetown. But let me tell hon. members this: I took into consideration firstly that the demand inflation which we have now stems chiefly from inflationary over-spending and that monetary measures must be the chief weapon, monetary measures which may be reinforced at any time if it is found necessary to do so; fiscal measures are merely supplementary. But I also took into consideration, Mr. Speaker, that the widespread drought when its effects trickle through to the other sectors of the economy, will of itself retard general demand. I believe that these measures will be sufficient. I have said that I have steered the course between grinding our economy to a sudden stop or racing downhill to destruction; between that Scylla and Charybdis I have tried to steer my course. The measures taken are the measures which go as far as, I should imagine, any Government should be able to go at this stage.

But I wish to repeat what I said in my Budget speech, viz. that the maintenance of prosperity and economic growth is not the responsibility of the Government alone. Every South African can assist towards the attainment of this goal by working harder, spending his money judiciously and trying to save a little more, in this way we can ensure that the phenomenal development of recent years is not dissipated in inflation but is preserved and continued, thereby enabling our economy to rise to even greater heights in future.

Question put: That all the words after “That” stand part of the motion.

Upon which the House divided:

AYES—82:Bekker, G. F. H.; Bezuidenhout, G. P. C.; Bootha, L. J. C.; Botha, H. J.; Botha, P. W.; Coetzee, B.; Cruywagen, W. A.; de Jager, P. R.; de Villiers, J. D.; de Wet, J. M.; Dönges, T. E.; Faurie, W. H.; Fouché, J. J.; Frank, S.; Froneman, G. F. van L.; Greyling, J. C.; Grobier, M. S. F.; Haak, J. F. W.; Henning, J. M.; Hertzog, A.; Heystek, J.; Jonker, A. H.; Jurgens, J. C; Keyter, H. C. A.; Knobel, G. J.; Koornhof, P. G. J.; Kotze, G. P.; Labuschagne, J. S.; Malan, A. I.; Malan, W. C.; Marais, J. A.; Marais, P. S.; Martins, H. E.; Meyer, T.; Mulder, C. P.; Muller, H.; Muller, S. L.; Nel, J. A. F.; Nel, M. D. C. de W.; Niemand, F. J.; Odell, H. G. O; Otto, J. C.; Pansegrouw, J. S.; Potgieter, J. E.; Rall, J. J.; Rall, M. J.; Sadie, N. C. van R.; Sauer, P. O.; Schlebusch, A. L.; Schoeman, B. J.; Schoeman, J. C. B.; Schoonbee, J. F.; Serfontein, J. J.; Smit, H. H.; Steyn, J. H.; Swanepoel, J. W. F.; Treurnicht, N. F.; Uys, D. C. H.; van den Berg, G. P.; van den Berg, M. J.; van den Heever, D. J. G.; van der Ahee, H. H.; van der Spuy, J. P.; van der Walt, B. J.; van der Wath, J. G. H.; van Eeden, F. J.; van Niekerk, M. C; van Rensburg, M. C. G. J.; van Staden, J. W.; van Wyk, H. J.; van Zyl, J. J. B.; Venter, M. J. de la R.; Venter, W. L. D. M.; Verwoerd, H F.; Viljoen, M.; Visse, J. H.; Vorster, B. J.; Waring, F. W.; Webster, A.; Wentzel, J. J.

Tellers: D. J. Potgieter and P. S. van der Merwe.

NOES—48: Barnett, C; Basson, J. D. du P.; Bennett, C.; Bloomberg, A.; Bronkhorst, G. J.; Cadman, R. M.; Connan, J. M.; Cronje, F. J. C.; Dodds, P. R.; Eden, G. S.; Emdin, S.; Field, A. N.; Fisher, E. L.; Gorshel, A.; Graaff, de V.; Hen wood, B. H.; Hickman, T.; Higgerty, J. W.; Holland, M. W.; Hopewell, A.; Hourquebie, R. G. L.; Lewis, H.; Malan, E. G.; Miller, H.; Mitchell, D. E.; Mitchell, M. L.; Moolman, J. H.; Moore, P. A.; Oldfield, G. N.; Plewman, R. P.; Radford, A.; Raw, W. V.; Ross, D. G.; Steenkamp, L. S.; Steyn, S. J. M.; Streicher, D. M.; Suzman, H.; Taurog, L. B.; Thompson, J. O. N.; Timoney, H. M.; Tucker, H.; van der Byl, P.; van Niekerk, S. M.; Warren, C. M.; Waterson, S. F.; Weiss, U. M.

Tellers: N. G. Eaton and T. G. Hughes.

Question affirmed and the amendment dropped.

Motion accordingly agreed to.

House in Committee:

Estimates of Expenditure from Revenue Account and from Loan Account

Revenue Vote No. 1,—“State President”, R87,000, put and agreed to.

Revenue Vote No. 2,—“Senate”, R322,000, put and agreed to.

Revenue Vote No. 3,—“House of Assembly”, R883,000, put and agreed to.

House Resumed:

Progress reported.

WINE AND SPIRITS CONTROL AMENDMENT BELL

Second Order read: Third reading,—Wine and Spirits control amendment Bill.

Bill read a third time.

NATIONAL ROADS AMENDMENT BILL

Third Order read: Resumption of second-reading debate,—National Roads Amendment Bill.

[Debate on motion by the Minister of Transport, adjourned on 2 April, resumed.]

Maj. VAN DER BYL:

Mr. Speaker, no doubt this Bill has evoked very great interest in the rural areas. Other speakers who follow me will deal with the urban areas, but I want to deal with the rural areas where this problem is becoming an ever-increasing menace for landowners. There is a new conception about national roads to-day. It is no longer merely a road giving access to his farm for the farmer. To-day a road across his property is not just an asset, but it can become a very great liability. I am talking about national roads here. In fact, it may make economic farming on a particular bit of land impossible.

A national road can be a freeway or a highway to which there is no access except by bridges, tunnels, fly-over bridges, clover leaves, etc., and there is no means of crossing them except by means of these entries and exits, but I will come to that point later in the course of my speech. These bridges, be they fly-over or clover leaves, need great areas of land. I am told that in some cases almost a dozen acres of land is required to make a proper approach and a fly-over bridge. They also need huge quantities of earth to build the ramparts and to raise them above the main highway over which they are to go. These works make great incisions into the farmer’s land. The hon. member for Paarl (Mr. W. C. Malan) raised a very important point the other day, and I ask the House to consider what he said. He spoke about the question of crossing these national roads.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

These matters have nothing to do with this Bill.

Maj. VAN DER BYL:

That may be so, but do you not think you should allow Mr. Speaker to pull me up if I am out of order?

Mr. HUGHES:

Does this not deal with compensation?

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

Not in this instance.

Maj. VAN DER BYL:

If the hon. the Minister would just keep quiet and let me get on with my discourse, perhaps he will see what I am getting at. Supposing a farmer has a national road right across his land, how does he get his heavy machinery across to work the land on both sides of the road? That is where the question of compensation comes in.

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! I was listening to the hon. member and I was waiting for him to come to his point, but that point has nothing to do with the Bill before the House.

Maj. VAN DER BYL:

Sir, I bow to your ruling at once, but the whole question of making the land on the other side of the road impossible to farm and creating a strip of land, there which cannot be used, crops up, and my argument is going to be that if that land becomes economically useless, compensation should be paid for it.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

On a point of order, may I point out that this clause deals with one matter only, and that is compensation for undeveloped land within the road reserve, for which no compensation is paid. All the other matters raised are irrelevant.

Maj. VAN DER BYL:

But the Act talks about compensation for the individual whose farm is being cut up.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

That is unimproved land within the road reserve. That is all it deals with and nothing else.

Maj. VAN DER BYL:

Yes, but if by taking that land you make it impossible for the man to farm the land next door to it, surely it is relevant.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

It has nothing to do with the taking of the land.

Maj. VAN DER BYL:

But surely it deals with the compensation for the land that is being taken to build the road on?

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

That has never been the position in the past and I am now making a concession by paying compensation.

Maj. VAN DER BYL:

Is the Minister trying to be difficult? I am trying to help the Minister, and that is why I am going to suggest later on that he appoint a commission of inquiry so that these points can be cleared up, because we do not want to hold up this Bill even for an hour, because I think it is essential that the compensation this Bill allows for should be paid, but there are so many other snags in the Bill that we want to make suggestions to the Minister which he may accept, otherwise we will have to move amendments. We want to make suggestions which are fair, because obviously this Bill is trying to be fair to the man who has had bits of land taken from him to make up the full width of a national road. I hope we will be allowed to put our case in the interests of the public. After all, the hon. the Minister did not pull up the hon. member for Paarl when he raised the question of crossings.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

That has nothing to do with the Bill.

Maj. VAN DER BYL:

I am in the hands of Mr. Speaker, who will decide whether I can carry on or not. We are trying to improve a Bill which is out to be fair to the man whose land is taken for a road to be built, but there are many other implications attached to it which must affect him. Take this case. You take a strip of land right through his farm to build a road, and by doing so you make it impossible for him to use the land on the other side of this strip. Should not compensation be paid for that?

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

Compensation is being paid. You should read the principal Act.

Maj. VAN DER BYL:

Oh, for heaven’s sake, shut up for a moment.

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member must deal with the contents of the Bill now.

Maj. VAN DER BYL:

It is very difficult for me to talk when the Minister keeps interrupting me. But I am entirely in your hands, Sir. The question of crossings was raised by the hon. member for Paarl. Was that irrelevant, too?

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

On a point of order, I wish to point out that this clause deals with two matters. It deals with land contemplated in sub-section (2) of Section 4 (1)bis of the Act. That is what one might call the primary purpose of taking land for national roads. This clause is in respect of land taken for a purpose other than that purpose.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

No, it is not.

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

I am sorry. It is in respect of land which is for other than that purpose because there is no compensation payable. It is land in respect of which no compensation is payable as if it was land mentioned in the section I have just quoted. It is land falling outside of land for which compensation is payable to-day under the existing law. Under the existing law compensation is payable under certain circumstances, for land taken for national roads purposes. Certain land can be taken and no compensation is payable. This clause surely is to provide that compensation is payable in those cases where land is taken and where under the existing law no compensation is payable.

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! That is not a point of order.

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

On a point of order, the Minister is interrupting the hon. member on the ground that he is not dealing with the contents of this clause, but I submit the hon. member is dealing with the contents of this clause. He is dealing with that land for which no compensation is payable under the existing law and for which compensation is being provided in terms of this clause, and he is entitled to deal with it because the land to which this clause refers can be the land which the hon. member is describing and which falls outside the area of jurisdiction of the law dealing with compensation as it stands on the Statute Book at the moment.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

On a point of order, hon. members have apparently not read this Bill, nor have they read the principal Act.

Maj. VAN DER BYL:

Are you referring to me?

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

Yes.

Maj. VAN DER BYL:

Well, I read it very carefully.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

Then apparently the hon. member does not understand the Bill. Sir, this clause deals with one matter only. In terms of the principal Act, no compensation is paid for unimproved land in rural areas within the road reserve. The road reserve means the area taken from one boundary of the road to the other. In some provinces it is 124 feet to 120 feet, and in other provinces it is 100 feet. Lands expropriated by Provincial Administrations are expropriated and compensated for in terms of their ordinances, and their ordinances provide that compensation is not payable for unimproved land within that road reserve. Is that clear now? All I am doing now is to enable the National Transport Commission out of the Road Fund to pay compensation for that unimproved land within the road reserve. It has nothing to do with ingress or exits. Provision is already made for compensation for strips of land falling outside the road reserve, and that is what this clause deals with.

Maj. VAN DER BYL:

May I ask the Minister what compensation is made for land lying outside that area?

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

If the hon. member read the principal Act he would have seen that strips of land outside the road reserve which become useless to the farmer are compensated for. I amended that two years ago.

Maj. VAN DER BYL:

Sir, if one reads the English version of this Bill and you read the Afrikaans version, there is a difference in colloquial language in the wording. It says in English “at the request of the board may pay the owner of the land”. In Afrikaans it says “op versoek van die Raad aan die eienaar van die grond”. Now “land” in colloquial English means an area. If you want to talk about taking bits of land to build the surface of the road you then talk about “earth”, or about “building material” or “road material”, but the word “grond” in colloquial Afrikaans, I take it, is an area; it is a farm. But if you want to dig up a bit of ground there and cart it away to build the road surface, you also call it “grond”. Therefore you can have a whole farm taken away and used to surface the road and yet he will get no compensation whatever. To-day the divisional council can do so without paying compensation. I wanted to bring that to the notice of the Minister because I thought that he should, if he has any sense, appoint a commission of inquiry to go into the whole matter to make sure that no further injustice is done. Surely we are here to watch the interests of the people. Here we have a chance of bringing it to the notice of the Minister, and I thought he would be pleased, considering that we are supporting this Bill, to show him that all the implications of road building are not always understood even by the planners or the road builders or the engineers. I wanted to bring that to the Minister’s notice, but he does nothing but make rude remarks to me the whole time.

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order!

Maj. VAN DER BYL:

Well, if you rule me out of order, I cannot discuss it.

Mr. BENNETT:

There is one point on which I hone the hon. the Minister will enlighten the House. The Bill provides that such compensation shall be payable as the board may in its discretion authorize. I think I am correct in saying that on Friday the Minister said that the basis of the compensation would be the market value. I should like the Minister to inform the House how the market value is arrived at, and who arrives at it. Is it merely an official of the board, or is it arrived at by means of a sworn appraisement? This is an important point because the Bill merely makes provision that such compensation shall be payable as the board may in its discretion authorize and there is no provision whatever in the Bill for any resort to arbitration or anything like that by which the man who is losing his ground could object to the amount of compensation payable if he is not satisfied with that amount.

Mr. TIMONEY:

We on this side of the House are proud of our national roads scheme which compares favourably with any road scheme anywhere else in the world. We also recognize the fact that in constructing these roads they have to be straightened and have to go through private properties, and as a result there has been trouble about compensation. What the Minister wants to get at in Clause 1 is clearly stated in the White Paper. The provinces have the right to expropriate land and pay compensation, but there is other land for which the Minister now wants to pay compensation for from the Road Fund in terms of this Bill. It would appear from listening to the debate and what was said by the hon. member for Green Point (Maj. van der Byl) that the general feeling of members is that the payment of compensation is a very difficult matter, and a commission should be appointed to consider the whole scheme of compensation and to straighten it out.

I should like to come to Clause 2 of the Bill, which authorizes the stepping up of the grant from Treasury to the National Road Fund from 5.35 cents per gallon to 6 cents a gallon. It has always been a sore point with the motorist that every time he buys a gallon of petrol he pays 12 cents in indirect taxation. I do not think the would mind to any extent if he thought that the 12 cents was going to improve the road system, but up to now that has not been the case. The Minister, by twisting the arm of the Minister of Finance, has now managed to get it up to 6 cents. I see that this year an amount of R34,200,000 has been appropriated for this account. I am not sure whether this includes the increase from 5.35 cents to 6 cents, but the Minister can tell us. Our road system is a national asset and I should like to suggest to the Minister that he again bring pressure to bear on the Minister of Finance to grant more relief than the 6 cents to help him with his road fund. The cost of constructing roads to-day, particularly limited access roads where you have to build bridges and by-passes, is very high. What was a comparatively cheap road yesterday is a very expensive one to-day. Furthermore, the necessity of building roads to a heavier axle weight is very necessary. At one stage our whole road system was considered to be secondary to our railways. That position has changed considerably, and to-day the primary transport of our country is rapidly becoming road transport. The Government is recognizing the position by relaxing the issuing of permits, and therefore roads must be constructed to a higher standard. In order to do that the Minister and the provinces will require more money. As far as the provinces are concerned, the licence fees paid go into the Provincial Roads Fund and it is ploughed back into the roads systems of the provinces, and we see the results when we drive through the Republic today. There are some very fine secondary roads and other by-pass roads. But one of the greatest users, and who pays very little, is the Minister of Railways, and the Minister of Transport should speak to the Minister of Railways.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

That has nothing to do with this clause.

Mr. TIMONEY:

The clause deals with increasing the tax from 5.35 to 6 cents, and I take it this money will go towards the building of national roads. It is a question of the total amount which will be appropriated from the Minister of Finance to build these roads. It is relative to the fact that the Minister of Transport should know that the Railways pay nothing into this fund.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

You should speak to the Minister of Finance about it.

Mr. TIMONEY:

No, I think I must ask the Minister of Transport to speak to the Minister of Railways, who in turn can speak to the Minister of Finance. The Minister of Railways pays no tax on fuel or licence fees.

The DEPUTY-SPEAKER:

Order! That is not relevant.

Mr. TIMONEY:

Then I would like to appeal to the Minister of Transport to approach the Minister of Finance to give the motorist a fairer deal and to appropriate the whole of this indirect tax of 12 cents a gallon to the road fund. The Minister of Finance smiles, but I do not think it is right that one section of the public should be asked to pay for the upkeep of the roads to this extent. The Minister of Transport requires the money and I should like to see the Minister of Finance pass it on to him.

*Brig. BRONKHORST:

I am very sorry that we cannot continue to discuss the disadvantages of roads running over farm lands in respect of which compensation is now to be paid. What confuses one somewhat is this explanatory memorandum which states definitely that this compensation is payable in respect of any land appropriated for a declared road and for which no compensation is otherwise payable. I want to put it to the Minister that that is not only the land which is actually intended for the road which falls under this Bill but if a quarry is started half a mile further down it will also fall under this.

*The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

No.

*Brig. BRONKHORST:

Why not?

*The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

You are totally wrong.

*Brig. BRONKHORST:

In any case that seems to be the position according to this explanatory memorandum.

Mr. S. L. MULLER:

Do you object to this clause?

*Brig. BRONKHORST:

In any case, Mr. Speaker, you have given your ruling and we want to observe it. This is a step in the right direction. It was quite right in the past to appropriate land for road construction purposes. I am talking mainly of what the position is in the Transvaal where 120 feet can be appropriated without any compensation being paid and if the road is wider, if it is to be a national road which is 200 feet wide, under the old set-up the owner was only compensated for 80 feet.

*The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

You are totally wrong.

*Brig. BRONKHORST:

Sir, I am not wrong. Where the road is to be wider than 120 feet compensation is paid, in terms of the Transvaal Ordinance, for the additional land.

*The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

That is right.

*Brig. BRONKHORST:

The owner is not compensated for the 120 feet, and I want to point out that there is land, over which these roads pass to-day, which is very valuable. I know of certain farms between Pretoria and Johannesburg for which the people paid R400 per morgen ten years ago. The road now traverses that land and in terms of the Ordinance the owner is only compensated for 80 feet.

*The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

Which 80 feet?

*Brig. BRONKHORST:

The 80 feet over and above the 120 feet.

*The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

You are totally wrong; read Section 4bis of the principal Act. That lays down how compensation should be paid.

*Brig. BRONKHORST:

But the position is nevertheless that compensation is paid for the 80 feet and not for the 120 feet. In terms of the new Act the board will empower the Administrator to pay compensation for the whole width of 200 feet. We are grateful for that concession but we still say the Minister does not go far enough. Many other disadvantages attach to such a road, disadvantages which cannot unfortunately be discussed at this stage. What I do want to put to the hon. the Minister is this: Under the old set-up the Transvaal Administration was prepared to pay compensation for the 80 feet over and above the 120 feet and if the owner was not satisfied with the compensation offered he could call for an arbitration. Can the hon. the Minister tell us what the position will be in regard to the 120 feet which also now falls under the Act?

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

The hon. member for Green Point (Maj. van der Bijl) is leaving the Chamber so I will reply to him in his absence and he can read my reply in Hansard. Let me first explain what the present position is. First of all, the National Transport Commission does not expropriate ground; that is the function of the Provincial Administrations under their relevant ordinances. Those ordinances provide that all unimproved ground expropriated for the purposes of a road will not be compensated for except in Natal where they are paying compensation for the ground actually used for the laying out of the national road.

Mr. WARREN:

Is the position not that compensation need not be paid?

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

No, the ordinance provides that compensation will not be paid. The Cape ordinance also provides that no compensation is payable for either a provincial road or a national road where unimproved land is required for the road. After receiving numerous complaints from farmers that valuable grazing land of theirs is being expropriated for national roads and that no compensation is being paid, I am now making this concession that I can authorize an administrator to pay compensation. That is all we are doing. It has nothing to do with the ground which is used for the building of the road. Provision is already made in the principal Act for compensation to be paid for all other ground expropriated, apart from the ground within the road reserve. If the hon. member reads Section 4 bis of the National Roads Act he will see that it provides that an Administrator shall, at the request of the board, acquire by treaty or, failing that, by appropriation, any remaining extent of any piece of land which has been appropriated for the purposes of a declared road. In other words, where the road goes through a farm and a small piece of ground is left on the side of the road, which is useless to the farmer, provision exists that that piece of ground can be purchased by treaty or otherwise by the Administrator and compensation paid. That is already the position. The matter raised here by the hon. member for Green Point is already provided for in the principal Act.

Maj. VAN DER BIJL:

Has provision been made for taking gravel? I am not talking about surface ground. Our soil is only 15 inches deep, so to cover a road 80 feet wide you have to remove a very great deal of soil. Is there any provision for compensation for that soil in our area?

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

Yes, the provinces do pay compensation.

Maj. VAN DER BIJL:

They do not. The divisional councils do not.

*The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

I am not speaking about the divisional councils. We are dealing with national roads, not with provincial roads or divisional roads. The provinces have their ordinances which provide for expropriation and compensation under certain circumstances. The National Transport Commission only deals with national and special roads, and provision was made in this Act only two years ago for compensation to be paid for all other ground expropriated apart from that required for the purpose of building a national road.

Maj. VAN DER BIJL:

What about the material; what about the gravel and sand?

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

That has nothing to do with this Bill. This Bill only deals with unimproved land actually within the boundaries of the road reserve, for which in the past no compensation was paid. Provision is now being made that compensation will be paid. As I say, this is a concession that I am making to land owners. In the past they never received any compensation, and I am making this concession now to enable compensation to be paid out of the National Road Fund. That is all that this Bill deals with and nothing else. As I have said, the National Road Commission is not a road building authority; it does not expropriate land. That is entirely the function of the Provincial Administration.

Mr. TUCKER:

Will the hon. the Minister please answer a question? Can the Minister tell me why, instead of providing that compensation must be paid, provision is made that it may be paid. Obviously therefore the payment of compensation will be within the discretion of somebody, and compensation cannot be demanded as of right.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

It is within the discretion of the National Transport Commission. The reason why this is being done is simply that the provinces are not prepared to amend their Ordinances to provide for the payment of compensation in cases such as these.

Mr. TUCKER:

Why not provide that compensation must be paid?

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

The Ordinances provide that no compensation will be paid for land expropriated for the purpose of either a national, or provincial road. The provinces refuse to amend their Ordinances to provide for compensation. It is now being worded this way with the agreement of the provinces, namely that at the discretion of the Commission an Administrator may be authorized to pay compensation. It is similar to Section 4bis, which reads: “An Administrator shall, at the request of the board, acquire by treaty, or, failing that, by appropriation any remaining extent of any piece of land which has been appropriated for the purpose of a declared road.” This is a concession that is being made to land-owners. They have never received compensation in the past for unimproved land and they will now receive compensation. That is all the Bill deals with, nothing else.

Mr. WARREN:

Is the hon. the Minister aware of the fact grantee farms are entitled to the payment of compensation?

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

Under the provisions of Ordinances, probably yes, but not in terms of the National Roads Act.

Mr. WARREN:

They are entitled to it under the John Currie Act. Only the owners of quitrent land are not entitled to compensation.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

That may be so, but that has nothing to do with the National Roads Act. The only compensation provided for in the Ordinances is in regard to improved land and in the National Roads Act for land outside the boundaries of the road reserve. As far as the question of determining the value of the ground is concerned, the same thing will be done as in the case of the remaining pieces of land. In other words, appraisers are appointed by the provinces, the value of the land is determined and compensation is paid on that basis.

The hon. member for Salt River (Mr. Timoney) suggested that the hon. the Minister of Finance should make a bigger contribution to the roads fund. I fully agree with him and if he can persuade the Minister of Finance to do so I will be very thankful.

Mr. DODDS:

May I ask whether this compensation is applicable only to new development or is it to be paid with retrospective effect?

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

From 1 April 1964.

Motion put and agreed to.

Bill read a second time.

LAND BANK AMENDMENT BILL

Fourth Order read: Second reading,—Land

Bank Amendment Bill.

*The MINISTER OF FINANCE:

I move—

That the Bill be now read a second time.

The main object of this amending Bill is to facilitate the exercise of certain administrative functions in the Land Bank. As hon. members know, the activities of the Bank are controlled by the Land Bank Board under the chairmanship of the Managing Director, who is also the chief executive officer of the Bank.

When the Managing Director cannot carry out his official duties for some reason, such as when he is on leave, the Minister of Finance may, in terms of the present provisions in the Act, appoint a member of the Board as Acting Managing Director. The disadvantage attached to this is, however, that ordinary members of the Board in the execution of their duties as members of the Board are not in such close contact with the administrative aspect of the activities of the Board that they can take over the functions of the Managing Director immediately. In practice it amounts to this, that the General Manager of the Bank in fact has to assume the responsibility without actually filling the post.

It is now being provided in this Bill that in the absence of the Managing Director, the General Manager will take his place and act as chairman of the Board. The same will also happen if the post of Managing Director is vacant. Next to the Managing Director, the General Manager occupies the highest post in the Bank and, like the Managing Director, he is appointed to his post by the State President. In fact, his status in the Bank and his knowledge of the administration make him the obvious person to act as Acting Managing Director whenever necessary.

It may of course also happen that the Managing Director and the General Manager are absent simultaneously. In such a case the Minister, in terms of the proposed amendment, will be able to appoint another competent officer of the Bank as Acting Managing Director on the recommendation of the Board, but such official will not act as chairman of the Board.

Then there is the provision in regard to annual leave to members of the Land Bank Board. A member of the Board is, in terms of the present provisions of the Act, entitled to be absent from the meetings of the Board, without the consent of the Board, for a period not exceeding 24 sitting days per annum. In practice such an arrangement is unsatisfactory, firstly, because it does not allow a member to accumulate any leave which will enable him to go away on long leave, and secondly because it grants the Board as such no authority to exercise control over the granting of vacation leave to its members. In terms of the proposed amendment, the vacation leave of a member will in future still be 24 sitting days per annum, but from the leave he has allowed to accrue in that way he will be allowed to be absent from meetings for a period not exceeding 48 sitting days during a particular official year. A member will, however, be able to utilize his leave only with the consent of the Board.

I now come to aspects of the Act relating to certain powers of the Land Bank in regard to the granting and administration of loans. A number of amendments are being proposed, some of which are intended to state beyond all doubt the powers which the Bank already has, and others are intended to make adaptations which have become necessary due to changed circumstances. None of these amendments is, however, of a drastic nature.

In the ordinary course of its business the Bank issues numerous guarantees. So, for example, a guarantee is issued to the seller of the ground at the request of a farmer to whom the Board has granted a loan to purchase land. In other cases again, guarantees are issued on behalf of co-operatives for the importation of machinery and goods. Many other examples may be mentioned and the issue of guarantees can in fact be regarded as an essential part of the Bank’s functions. The Act, however, at present grants no express power in terms of which the Bank may issue such guarantees, and to put the matter beyond all doubt the necessary power is now specifically being granted to the Bank to do so.

Hon. members are aware that the Land Bank, apart from ordinary mortgage loans, also grants loans for specific purposes to individual farmers. So, for example, loans are granted for the building of silos and for the provision of water supplies, but in terms of the present legal provisions such loans may not exceed R300 for a silo and R700 for the provision of a single water supply. These limitations have now applied for the past 40 years and during the course of time the aforementioned amounts have lost all proportion to the actual cost of building a silo or making available a water supply. Therefore the deletion of both these limitations is now being proposed. It will therefore in future rest with the Land Bank Board, as in the case of all other loans, to determine the scope of a loan for one of the aforementioned purposes in accordance with the circumstances and the merits of every individual application. The Bank provides for the seasonal requirements of sugar-growers, wine farmers, fruit farmers and citus farmers by way of cash credit loans in order to enable them to defray the costs in connection with the production, cultivation, reaping, processing and marketing of their crops. This is a form of short-term credit which originally was made available to sugar-growers only, but which with the development of the wine and fruit industries in recent years was extended also to those sectors of agriculture. The possibility already exists that this type of loan will also be able to be granted to producers of wattle bark as the result of the measure of stabilization which has been achieved.

As hon. members know, the production and marketing of sugar is controlled by a quota system. Where the Land Bank grants a sugar-grower a cash credit loan the Act provides that he may not without the consent of the Land Bank Board, transfer or cede his quota for the production of sugar cane to anybody else before the loan has been repaid. That affords the Bank the necessary protection in view of the fact that the farmer’s crop serves as security for the loan. Moreover, if the Bank for some reason should be compelled to attach the sugar crop and to sell it to defray the debt in terms of the loan, the Act provides that the farmer’s quota in such a case vests in the purchaser. This then enables the purchaser to deliver the sugar cane at a sugar mill for sale under the previous owner’s quota. In terms of an amendment of the Act which is now being proposed, similar provisions will be made applicable in regard to the quotas of wine farmers and wattle bark producers to whom the Bank has granted cash credit loans.

A provision is also being inserted in the Act to supplement to some extent the security received by the Bank for these cash credit loans. At present the security consists only of the crop which is being produced with the assistance of the loan. In future, however, the Bank will also have a hypothec on articles or materials which the farmer has purchased with the assistance of the loan. All that actually happens is that these farmers to whom the Bank grants direct loans for their seasonal requirements will now be placed in the same position as regards the hypothec on the goods they purchase with that money as farmers who receive seasonal assistance from the Bank through their co-operatives. The only difference is that such goods which members of a co-operative purchase are in the first place, in terms of the co-operative Societies Act, hypothecated to the co-operative, which in turn cedes the hypothec to the Land Bank as additional security for the loan.

In regard to hypothec loans for the purchase of stock or implements, the Act at present provides that if the debtor fails to pay an installment of his loan on due date, or fails to comply with a condition of the loan, the Board may, after seven days’ notice to the debtor, attach the hypothecated goods and sell them. The intention is, of course, that the loan should then be repaid, but the Act at present does not provide that specifically, and in order to remove any doubt which may exist in that regard the relevant provision in the Act is now being supplemented in this respect.

In cases where the Bank grants a loan to a female person, or where the Bank requires a female to renounce a right such as usufruct in respect of a loan, it is necessary for the Bank in all such cases to obtain from a woman a renunciation of her legal benefits, or otherwise the danger exists that the court may declare null and void her actions in connection with the loan. In our common law, i.e. the Roman-Dutch system of law, there are two types of these legal benefits on which a woman may rely. The Senatusconsultum Velleianum protects any woman, married or unmarried, in all cases where she assumes somebody else’s debt or obligations, whether she does so voluntarily or not. The other legal benefit, called the Authentica si qua mulier protects the husband in addition where she takes over her husband’s debt or obligations.

In order to save applicants the costs attached to the provision of such renunciation of legal benefits, a general provision is now being inserted in the Act in terms of which it will in future no longer be necessary for the Land Bank to obtain these renunciations. It will also save the Bank an appreciable amount of administrative work. I may just mention that a similar provision was inserted in the Building Societies Act of 1934 during the past session.

Hon. members will remember that the Farmers’ Assistance Amendment Act last year granted the Farmers’ Assistance Board the special power, in cases where a farmer did not fulfill his obligations to that Board, without any judicial process to instruct the Deputy Sheriff to attach the security under the loan and to sell it. Formerly the Farmers’ Assistance Board in such cases had to obtain an order of court against such a farmer like any other creditor. When in terms of such an order the security for the loan was attached and the Land Bank also had a mortage on the same property, the Land Bank, in terms of the provisions of the Land Bank Act, could itself attach and sell that land. The Bank always holds the first mortgage on the land. Now the Bank has been deprived of that power it had, and an amendment is therefore being proposed to restore to what they were before the Bank’s powers in respect of such attachments by the Farmers’ Assistance Board. In other words, the Bank will again have the right, in terms of its own mortgage, to attach property which has been attached by the Deputy Sheriff on the instructions of the Farmers’ Assistance Board. In order to prevent unnecessary costs being incurred by the Farmers’ Assistance Board in connection with such attachments, the Bank will further, in terms of the proposed amendment, be able to exercise its right of attachment as soon as the Farmers’ Assistance Board has instructed the Deputy Sheriff to attach the property. The Bank has already consulted with the Department concerned in regard to the practical implementation of these amendments.

I come now to the last proposed amendment, which is also purely administrative. The Act at present provides that the Bank’s financial statements must be sent to the Minister of Finance annually within two months after 31 December. Thereafter they must be published in the Government Gazette and submitted to Parliament. Because of the more extensive activities of the Bank in recent years, it takes an appreciable time to prepare the financial statements and to have them scrutinized previously by the Controller and Auditor-General. The present time limit of two months is too short for that and it is therefore being proposed to extent it to three months. Furthermore, the Act provides that these statements should be signed as correct by the Managing Director, two members of the Board and the accountant of the Bank. The appellation “accountant” is now being replaced by “chief accountant”, because that is the correct designation of the accounting officer entrusted with the preparation of the financial statements.

As you see, Mr. Speaker, these are mostly administrative amendments to facilitate the handling of the Bank’s business and to put the matter beyond all doubt where a reasonable legal doubt existed.

*Mr. CONNAN:

We on this side of the House support this Bill wholeheartedly. Most of the amendments are aimed at facilitating the administration of the Act. We know that during the past 40 years the Land Bank has played an increasingly important role in the country in financing the farming community either by way of direct loans or by way of co-operative institutions. In that way the Land Bank has played an important role which has been of great value to the farmers. The Land Bank has, of course, so far always conducted its business or business lines. On the other hand I also want to point out that throughout the years the farmers have fulfilled their obligations exceedingly well and that the Land Bank has suffered very little loss over this long period of time. I just want to repeat that we support all the amendments proposed in this measure.

*Mr. G. F. H. BEKKER:

I am pleased that such a fine spirit prevails in the House. We as farmers welcome this Bill wholeheartedly. A very great improvement is definitely being effected. More money will now be voted for the storing of ensilage and water. We realize that under present circumstances the loans granted in the past were insufficient. We also welcome the fact that provision is to be made for short-term loans. We are pleased to see that these loans will not only be granted to sugar growers but also to fruit farmers and wattle farmers. We on this side of the House want to thank the hon. the Minister and the Land Bank for these improvements.

*Mr. STREICHER:

I wholeheartedly support the hon. member for Gardens (Mr. Connan) where he welcomed this Bill on behalf of this side of the House. The hon. the Minister has explained that the object of this measure was mainly to facilitate the administration of the Act. I notice, however, that in Clause 2 reference is still made to the Governor General. In Clause 2 reference is again made to the Governor-General. I should like to know why we cannot immediately substitute “State President” for “Governor-General”. It would only mean that the necessary amendment would have to be effected at a later stage if we did not make it now. I think I should draw it to the attention of the hon. the Minister that the amendment might just as well be effected now. It could perhaps be made during the Committee Stage. That is the only point I want to raise seeing that most of the other provisions are welcomed by the farming community and will facilitate the administration.

*Mr. GREYLING:

I just want to raise three matters in connection with this Bill. Firstly, the House is being asked to do away with the restrictions to which the Land Bank has been subject when granting loans for the storage of ensilage and water, for example, restrictions which limited the Land Bank to certain maximum amounts and to leave it to the Land Bank to exercise its own discretion. As far as I personally am concerned—I think I am speaking on behalf of all of us—I gladly accede to that request. I want to pay tribute to the Land Bank for the manner in which it has stuck to its guns in these days of rising land prices, I can almost say in these days when people have panicked because of the unparalleled rise in land prices, and have observed sound conservatism, applied the brake, and done everything in its power to maintain a sound outlook as far as land values are concerned. Because of the sound conservatism practised by the Land Bank in the past I gladly accede to the request that those restrictions be removed from the Land Bank and that it be left to the Land Bank to exercise its discretion in determining the amount after it has dealt with the matter on its merits.

The second point I want to raise is in connection with hypothecation loans. In the past an applicant for a hypothecation loans was expected to prove that he either owned land or hired land. It happens that an applicant produces his contract under which he is renting a piece of land for two or five years. The contract discloses the period, the rental payable and the person applies for a certain amount to buy cattle, sheep and implements. That system was defective in the past in that the Land Bank was not always placed in possession of all details concerning the production potential of the specific piece of land on which the applicant was conducting his farming operations for which he wanted to borrow the money. I, therefore, want to know whether it is not possible to make it a rule, as in the case of an applicant who applies for a loan to buy a piece of land, that before a hypothecation loan is granted to anybody, a Land Bank valuator be asked to submit a report on the suitability of that piece of land for farming operations.

The third point deals with the relationships between the Farmers’ Assistance Board and the Land Bank. It often happens that a person approaches the Farmers’ Assistance Committee in his magisterial district and asks for assistance. It seems to me that the necessary liaison is lacking between the Land Bank as creditor and the Farmers’ Assistance Board or the Farmers’ Assistance Committee who is now going to give further credit to the applicant. I want to know whether greater liaison cannot be established between the Land Bank as creditor and the State Advances Recoveries Office or the Farmers’ Assistance Board as another creditor. It sometimes happens that a farmer owes money to the Land Bank and falls in arrear with his interest and capital redemption payments. He is then in difficulty, approaches the Farmers’ Assistance Committee and applies for a further loan or for his debts to be consolidated. The necessary liaison between these two sources of credit is lacking. I think that is a defect and I consequently ask for greater co-ordination in that respect. I cannot enlarge on this matter under this Bill; I would have liked to say more about coordination between the various sources which give credit to the person who asks for such credit but I think it would be just as well that a start be at least made with the Land Bank and the Farmers’ Assistance Board. I should like to know what the Minister’s considered opinion is in this connection.

*Mr. FRONEMAN:

I just want to deal briefly with a small matter under this Bill. I also want to say that I welcome this Bill. I want to refer to Clause 6 in particular. It deals with advances by the Land Bank for dipping tanks, silos or other contrivances. We are now changing the position and in future advances will only be made after the Department of Agricultural Technical Services has approved of the specifications. We know that there is a shortage of staff in the Department of Agricultural Technical Services with the result that they cannot approve of all the specifications beforehand. It often happens that a farmer wants to effect certain improvements, that he submits his specifications but that Agricultural Technical Services, due to shortage of staff, cannot approve of those specifications immediately. I want to know whether it cannot be considered at a later stage to provide that the subsidy or assistance may be granted provided the work the farmer wants to do complies with the general specifications of the Land Bank and that it should not be subject to the prior approval of Agricultural Technical Services. This is a real problem of the farmers because it has been the experience of many of them that they cannot get assistance for the very reason that Agricultural Technical Service has not approved of their specifications. A farmer has to construct his silo or other contrivance because he has to carry on with his farming operations. He cannot postpone that work. If he does the work without Agricultural Technical Services having approved of the specifications he forfeits the subsidy he previously received from Agricultural Technical Services; and in this case he will not get the advance before Agricultural Technical Services have approved of his specifications. It is to eliminate this difficulty that I am asking for the law to be amended in such a way that it will not be necessary first to have the specifications approved provided the work conforms to the general specifications of Agricultural Technical Services.

*The MINISTER OF FINANCE:

I want to thank hon. members for the friendly reception they have given this Bill. I also think it contains a few changes which are very necessary. The fact that all the speeches have dealt with matters which do not fall under this Bill confirms my belief that this is a very good Bill. I want to say to those hon. members who have spoken that consideration will be given to their suggestions. Naturally we cannot do anything in that regard in this Bill. I just want to add, however to reassure hon. members, that the Land Bank has assured me that they have all the necessary reports and information at their disposal.

As far as the hon. member for Port Elizabeth (West) (Mr. Streicher) is concerned my information is that those clauses conform with the existing Act and that the position is covered by general legislation. I shall, however, attend to the matter raised by him.

As far as hypothecation loans are concerned I just want to tell the hon. member for Ventersdorp (Mr. Greyling) that in most cases the services of the field officers of the Land Bank are used to-day. They visit the farms before such a loan is granted.

*Mr. GREYLING:

In all cases?

*The MINISTER OF FINANCE:

In as many as possible. We are trying to ascertain whether it is possible to call in other assistance so that the loan is not granted before such a farm has been inspected. I think all members will agree that the Land Bank is very careful but it can be even more careful. We shall see whether anything further can be done.

As far as co-ordination between the Farmers’ Assistance Board and the Land Bank Board is concerned, there is already a great degree of co-ordination between them to-day. I think the object of both those bodies is to co-operate to an even greater extent.

Motion put and agreed to.

Bill read a second time.

SOUTH AFRICAN ROAD SAFETY COUNCIL AMENDMENT BILL

Fifth Order read: Second reading,—South African Road Safety Council Amendment Bill.

*The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

I move—

That the Bill be now read a second time.

Hon. members have had the benefit of an explanatory memorandum on this Bill, and I think we can accept that this is not an opposed measure. Hon. members know that I appointed a Committee of Inquiry into Road Safety, Road Traffic and Road Traffic Legislation under the chairmanship of the Hon. the Administrator of the Orange Free State. The Report of this Committee was laid upon the Table on 2 February 1965.

Hon. members are probably aware that this Committee made certain recommendations, particularly in regard to the composition of the Action Committee. The Du Plessis Committee made the following proposal in this regard—

That the constitution of the action committee be amended as follows:
  1. (a) by the appointment of the deputy-chairman in a fulltime capacity; such appointment to be made by the Minister after consultation with the administrations of the provinces and South West Africa;
  2. (b) by increasing the representation of the provinces on the action committee so that the administration of each province as well as of South West Africa will be entitled to nominate a representative.

The recommendations made by the Committee have been accepted by the provinces and the Executive Committee of South West Africa, and I accept them too. Accordingly the primary object of this Bill is to give effect to these recommendations, and the relevant amendments in this regard are those contained in clauses 1, 2, 3 and 4 and paragraphs (a) and (b) of Clause 5.

It will be noted that no specific provision is made for the appointment of the deputy-chairman of the action committee in a fulltime capacity. The existing provisions of Section 3 (8) of the principal Act in terms of which, amongst others, the deputy-chairman is appointed on such terms and conditions as the Minister may determine at the time the appointment is made are wide enough to permit of the proposed full-time appointment recommended by the Committee.

The South African Road Safety Council was established five years ago. The experience gained since then has shown that, with a view to enabling the Council to carry out its functions in the most efficient way, it is in some cases necessary and in other cases desirable to make improvements to the principal Act. For this reason I have decided to make use of this opportunity to introduce amendments in this regard as well. No new principles are being introduced by the proposed amendments. They relate mainly to the streamlining of existing administrative provisions in regard to the appointment of staff, the determination of conditions of service, the investment of funds, and the powers of the Council, as a good manager, to insure itself and some of its officials. Mr. Speaker, I do not think it is necessary for me to deal in detail with the provisions of any of the individual clauses of the Bill at this stage. As is stated in the explanatory memorandum, the sole purpose of this measure is to increase the efficiency of the Road Safety Council on both the administrative and the executive level. I am sure it will meet with general approval.

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

I want to say at once that we on this side of the House support this measure. There are certain points in connection with the Bill which we naturally want to deal with. We think there are some which we think it is necessary to discuss very carefully indeed and we shall no doubt deal with those at the Committee Stage although we want to deal with certain points at the second reading. The hon. the Minister has referred to the report of the Du Plessis Committee and in terms of the terms of reference of that committee No. 3 was—

In what way the South African Road Safety Council can function more efficiently and effectively in order to fulfill its task and achieve its purpose in combating road accidents.

Much follows then which the committee, quite rightly in my opinion, has taken as being one of its major tasks. On page 5 under the heading “Road Safety as Government Responsibility”, Chapter 2, it says—

The matter of road safety or road traffic involves in particular two main aspects, namely, the passing of legislation …

Here we have legislation—

… the enforcement of legislation and the research, education and engineering insofar as it relates to road safety.

It is in regard to road safety that I want to deal with the matter for a moment or two. It is very interesting, in regard to road safety, to find that the South African Road Safety Council, which has been a matter for the Central Government to legislate upon and to deal with in the past—it has never been a matter for the provinces—now comes before us for amendment to its constitution, its powers and so forth in terms of this Bill. Provision is made in regard to the disposal of some of its finances from time to time. Provision is made for the taking on of staff—full-time or part-time, staff which may be of a temporary character to see whether they are going to do their job efficiently and properly or staff which may be taken on permanently. Finance and staff are now two of the features of this Bill before us. We are associating that staff with this question of road safety.

If I may start at once with one aspect of road safety it is very interesting to find that the committee reported that uniform legislation in some respects was not a major factor in regard to road safety and that accidents were not due, as a major factor, to the lack of verbal uniformity in the legislation of the four provinces. But they do point out certain aspects in respect of which they think there might be uniformity and those aspects are not dealt with in this Bill before us. The hon. the Minister, quite wisely, has realized that we live in a world of men; that we have to deal with people’s feelings and certain powers and functions of the existing authorities such as the various provinces and so forth. One of the matters in respect of which the committee found that there was a need for a certain measure of uniformity to assist in road safety was the licensing of the vehicles and drivers. The Bill before us deals with the four provinces but we must remember that under the Transkei Constitution Act the licensing of drivers and so forth is a function of the authority in Umtata, namely, the Transkei Government. It is no longer a function of the Provincial Council of the Cape of Good Hope. Apart from South West Africa which is now imported into this Bill for the first time we have a sixth body and that sixth body is today charged with this very important function which the committee has found to be associated with road safety and the prevention of road accidents. The Minister shakes his head. It is for him to say where he draws the line. I am merely concerned with the facts as they are on the Statute Book and the facts as they appear in the documents before us including the present Bill.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

The action committee has nothing to do with the licensing.

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

I am not concerned whether the committee has anything to do with licensing, Sir, I am concerned with the fact that the committee reported that licensing was one of the factors which were of great importance in dealing with road safety and the prevention of accidents. I have already said that I appreciate the position of the Minister in trying to cut through the recommendations of the Du Plessis Committee in regard to certain matters. The Du Plessis committee recommended certain things which the hon. the Minister has not put into this Bill and there are other matters which the Minister has imported into it. In the main, what is important, are the administrative measures but the Minister has gone further than that. He has brought in financial matters and the question of staff. We are concerned with, the avoidance of accidents, if we can. Surely there is nothing at the present time in regard to road safety or traffic or any of these other matters related to traffic on our roads, whether it be motor vehicle insurance or accident rate or anything else, which has shocked South Africa more than the growing number of road accidents. Every man, woman and child who goes upon the national road, a main road or a secondary road, on foot or in a vehicle, is in jeopardy. The accident rate has shocked South Africa. This council has, as one of its chief functions, the prevention of accidents which is road safety. Many measures are adopted for that purpose and if the Road Safety Council has the staff and the money, which it apparently has because provision is made for the disposal of money, one of the things it could do is to set a standard by which there can be a test in regard to speed limits and matters of that kind instead of the hotch-potch arrangements that are in force all over South Africa at the present moment. We have the position to-day that each municipality is left entirely to its own devices. The truth about road accidents in South Africa is that it is mainly due to impatience on the part of someone; impatience on the part of the motorist or on the part of the pedestrian. A pedestrian will take a chance because he is impatient. A cyclist takes a chance; a motorist often takes a chance in the hope that he will get away with it. Having said that there are many other things which have brought the whole question of road safety in South Africa into disrepute. All our laws dealing with road safety to-day are in disrepute. If in an ordinary circle of people talking around their teacups a question arises as a person who has managed to beat the traffic cops he is looked upon as a sort of local hero. Instead of being ashamed of himself of whatever he may have been guilty of, it may have been an infringement of the spirit or the letter of some road safety regulation or other, he is looked upon as a bit of a hero because he has managed to get away with it. That is the position because our road safety legislation is in disrepute to-day. The public is not backing it, Sir. There is no general acceptance and the creation of an atmosphere in which a member of the public, motorist or otherwise, having endangered the lives of innocent people, is looked upon with disfavour because of the attitude in general of men and women towards people who do that kind of thing. It is in this respect that additional money can be spent and additional staff taken on. One of the things that could be done is to lay down clearly the precise nature of dealing with people who exceed the speed limit throughout the Republic. What happens to-day? They hope they will be able to get away with it. They hope that the one system adopted in one city or municipality will not be adopted in another.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

The Road Safety Council has no executive powers; that is the responsibility of the provinces.

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

The whole of the work of this body is advisory at the moment, as I understand the position. On what do they advise?

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

On all matters.

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

Yes, on all matters. Let the Minister refer to paragraph 2 (3) of the report which says—

To fulfill its task and achieve its purpose in combating road accidents.

Surely one of the things on which it should give advice is to satisfy itself what would be a satisfactory system to adopt throughout the whole of the Republic to limit speed limits, a system which could be applied by all municipalities whether they be large or small.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

That is part of its job.

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

Yes, it is part of its job but where does it do it? We have had cases recently where some local authorities have used radar. We recently had a radar case which was thrown out. I believe there has been an instance where a radar case has been accepted by the magistrate. So that a magistrate who is confronted by a new psuedo-scientific principle submitted to him by the prosecution, it may be by a local authority through its own traffic police or by a province (although I have not heard of such a case as far as a province is concerned) has to satisfy himself that that is in fact a good and a satisfactory and legally water-tight case which can be brought against the accused. It is for the magistrate to say whether he is prepared to accept the case whether it is radar or some other system which trapped a motorist who was going too fast. The old stop-watch method of timing the motorist over a certain distance and so forth all come into the picture. I want to give an example to illustrate how dangerous that sort of approach is. There was a case of a man who was trapped by a gasometer which is a trapping device consisting of two rubber tubes across the road. An electrically operated machine takes the time when the vehicle passes over the one tube to the second tube; it immediately gives the speed the vehicle was passing over a matter of 25 ft. magnifies it and gives you the mileage per hour. In this particular case the person was charged but the case did not go to court. It dragged on and eventually somebody was called from the C.S.I.R. because the motorist had taken counsel’s advice and had decided to defend the case. This was no easy walkover for the municipality concerned. When the municipality had to prove that the gasometer was a correct device for the purpose and accurate it sent for an official from the C. S.I.R. to give evidence to the effect that the gasometer was an accurate and scientific device for the purpose of checking the speed limit. He was asked a few questions about it, the way it was to be operated and that sort of thing, and then he climbed onto the next train and went back to Pretoria. He was not prepared to give any evidence of a specialist character in regard to this matter. Now, Sir, this particular machine is sold throughout South Africa, and I would like to read to you from a letter that accompanies the offer to sell the machine to various local authorities. I have it here, and as a mark of my good faith I am prepared to show it to the hon. the Minister, but otherwise I do not want to mention names, but it is signed by a director of the agencies who sell the gasometer, and here I am going to mention names, this is the Tellus Agency—

We are pleased to inform you that your first order for the gasometer was placed last week by the Victorian police. As all the police forces in Australia are state-controlled, once the gasometer is approved by one state, we still have a wide open road to all the other states.

This was to sell it in South Africa. This is from a letter sent to people in Johannesburg, telling them what is going on in Australia. It also states—

If we have one successful demonstration in one state, we have covered that state completely. All we have to do now is to wait until the gasometer is received and tested … As soon as somebody parts it (that is the gasometer) it means that he or she is driving at a higher speed than allowed. The police will then follow in their car for a short distance to establish the speed it is driving at and the offender is then booked. The other side knows from experience that this system works very well, although it is rather costly. Radar has been used for a while, but as the courts would not approve of the correctness of the speed established by the radar system, this method of speed checking is not used any more. As the fatality rate is growing, we have high hopes of getting speeding under control with the gasometer.

Now we come to South Africa, where we have the agents De Jong & Co. (Pty.), Ltd., taking over now from Australia. Their address is in Johannesburg. They say, inter alia, I do not want to read all of it—

With the present stop-watch system, including the telephone system, offenders are sometimes found to be not guilty of speeding. The very next day the same traffic inspectors are back on the very same road with the very same stop-watches.

This is criticism of the stop-watches—

The gasometer is designed in such a way and its operating instructions are such that an offender will always be found guilty …

“Always” in capital letters——

… even when assisted by capable attorneys and advocates. The gasometer is automatic, the timing started and stopped by the offender himself. The gasometer only requires one operator who stops the vehicle and writes the ticket. The distance over which it is measured is only nine yards … For the very same reason it is of no practical value to have a so-called test case. Such a test case could always be cooked in such a way that the accused would be found guilty.
Mr. S. L. MULLER:

Who wrote that letter?

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

That is what the agent who sells the machine states. It says here “he would always be found guilty”, and then “it is no good having a test case, because the accused would always be found guilty”. Because the machine can be cooked. Sir, this is being used by some of our municipalities, this gasometer, a machine in respect of which the people who are selling it are prepared to go on record in black and white of saying that the machine can be cooked so that there will always be a conviction. It continues—

However, should the next day another motorist be charged under a different set of circumstances, a new test case becomes necessary. In addition, even should it happen that an accused is found not guilty because of possible special circumstances, this does not imply that the device has suddenly become inaccurate or incapable of measuring speed. The result can always be cooked to make the accuse guilty.

This is the kind of thing that is happening now in South Africa. This is the machine that is being used. For these people it is a question of money, and we have before us this Bill in regard to staff and money to be spent with a view to try and stop motor accidents. Sir, one of the major causes of accidents is speeding, is impatience. And what we should have throughout South Africa in my opinion is a method whereby there can be no questioning but that when a case is brought to court, the system and the method which is adopted shall be a system and a method approved by the top possible authority as to the testing and the checking, so that there can be no argument as far as the accused is concerned, providing the testing and checking has been adequately carried out by the people concerned. Sir, until we are prepared to take steps, and very, very serious steps, against the motorist who speeds under circumstances where to speed is dangerous, we are going to be in the difficulty that we are to-day of seeing a continually rising and ever-growing list of casualties, more and more people being killed on the roads. Sir, I cannot over-plead the case here. We have got the Road Safety Council, we have got the instrument, and in the money that we provide, we have got the necessary finances, and in this Bill we are giving them the staff. It may well be, as the hon. Minister interjected just now that they are an advisory body, but, Sir, their advice can go with the full force and effect of the Minister and his Department, and indeed the Government behind it when it comes to dealing with matters of this kind. Sir, we are tinkering with this question of road safety, of road accidents. We are playing with it.

I want to deal with one other aspect to which I think the Road Safety Council should apply its mind, and with which they should deal with the new powers and functions given to them under this legislation, and that is that when you are dealing with accidents on the roads and you get official reports as to where the accidents have taken place, over and over again you find from your own knowledge, or the knowledge of local people such as a local authority, that the official list of accidents at a given spot does not tally with what the local authority says. Over and over again is there not only a discrepancy, but a vast discrepancy. Only a few years ago when the Secretary for Transport and members of the National Transport Commission and others came down to my own area, this very point cropped up in an acute form, and it took me months and months of investigation to try and find out why these discrepancies occur, why it is that when you go to the authorities in regard to a particular point and ask how many accidents have taken place here during the last 12 months, one authority, the official authority representing the road safety people will tell you that there were X accidents, and then a local authority or some other authority concerned in the matter will say it was X × 2 accidents, double the number. Mr. Speaker, a tremendous lot of accidents to-day do not go to court. If there is nobody injured, by-and-large the police are so worked off their feet, that they do not want to have cases going to court where all that they get out of it is a conviction for somebody because somebody else’s mudguard was dented. But the difference between a dented mudguard and a dead person may be a very slight difference indeed so far as the actual accident itself is concerned. The police simply have not got the time to deal with all these minor cases. So that one does not go down on the official record. If it did, we might see some engineering problems, which are referred to in this Bill.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

You are not discussing the Bill at all, but the Road Safety Council.

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

That is in the Bill.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

No, only the composition of the actual committee.

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

It is no good the hon. Minister trying to put me off my point. We are setting up an action committee.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

We are not setting it up, it is there already.

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

We are recreating it.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

No.

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

Does the hon. Minister deny that we are recreating it, with the nominees of the five Administrators.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

The hon. member for Green Point (Maj. van der Byl) moved a motion on 26 February, when the whole question of road safety was discussed.

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

I am not concerned about a private member’s motion. I am dealing with the Bill before us now. We are recreating the council. The Minister cannot deny that.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

Of course I deny it.

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

The five Administrators have never had the right to nominate a representative. There a joint representative for the four Administrators, and now you have brought in the Administrator of South West Africa.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

What has that got to do with the functions of the Council?

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

We are providing the money for it. I refuse to be diverted like this. We are voting the money and putting down the law as to how the money should be spent, and we say what the functions are, and we are providing the staff for the Road Safety Council to carry out its functions, and the functions are laid down.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

That is already provided for in the principal Act.

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

Mr. Speaker, when the matter comes before us in this form, with the increase in staff and the disposal of moneys, then we are entitled to discuss what the functions of that new body are, which is now being recreated, which is not the old council at all but an entirely new one and a new action committee. Read Clause 5 and then Clause 6.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

You misunderstand the position.

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

I simply refuse to be diverted. I say on this question of accidents that there are engineering problems as well that the council should go into and make representations to the appropriate road authority. That is one of its functions. That is the thing that is not being done, and I emphasize it here as part of the work that they ought to do. We cannot expect the police to do it, we cannot expect the police to deal with the innumerable cases. But the report that we get in regard to accidents at the certain spots are entirely erroneous and they are giving a completely false impression to everybody involved in the matter, because they are not listing all these minor accidents of which there must be tens of thousands, which never appear in the police courts and are never the subject of a charge. This is the kind of work which in my opinion this new body we are now reconstituting can get down to with advantage to South Africa and in the interest of road safety and with a view to preventing further road accidents. Place the whole matter on a proper basis, a basis which will be acceptable to the motorist and to all local authorities, and get definite data in regard to all accidents, all kinds of accidents, so that the map prepared on the basis of accidents on our roads shall be a true reflection of where the accidents take place and the precise reason why accidents have taken place, instead of scratching out probably more than half of the accidents that are occurring at the present time. Then we will be taking the first step towards dealing with road accidents and the fatalities on our roads.

Mr. MILLER:

As the hon. Minister rightly said when he introduced this Bill, he has followed up the recommendations which he found in the report of the Committee of Inquiry into Road Safety, Road Traffic and Road Traffic legislation, submitted by a committee over which the hon. the Administrator of the Free State, presided, Mr. du Plessis. I am very pleased indeed that the hon. the Minister has taken certain steps because they are very long overdue. Sir, this committee reported back in November 1964 and it had been appointed in February 1964, some four years after the principal Act appeared on the Statute Book. Now if one reads this report it is very clear that it was essential that certain steps should be taken. I can tell the hon. the Minister that not only the public, but industrialists and commercial people, many of whom served on the various regional road safety councils throughout the country, will appreciate the fact that something positive, is now taking place with regard to this particular council, and when the hon. Minister talks of appointing a chairman on the advice of the Administrators and extending the Action Committee by giving it a representative from every province, including South West Africa, that is one of the features which was found necessary in order to activate this body into greater action. Now one is not critical in the sense that one wants to in any way tear to pieces what the Road Safety Council has been trying to do. But the criticism, Sir, rather is the fact that the council has not moved; it has set up bodies, it has sent out a great deal of information, it is providing funds, but in many senses its conduct is virtually that of a defeatist body which knows that it is difficult to do anything to arrest this tremendous rate of fatalities in South Africa, that it is common to all countries in the world, and that one has to continue to do research until one finds some solution. But we maintain, Sir, that machinery has been created and one can try and do something very much more effective than has been done in this direction. When the hon. Minister talks about the fact that he is taking powers in this Bill for the Action Committee to appoint additional personnel, he virtually has arrived very close to what is one of the most vital aspects of road safety work in this country, something that is supported by the people who have had a lot of experience, namely the local authorities throughout the country, which believe that one of the most important methods that can be used to-day is to have personnel on the roads and in the field in order to afford the greatest measure of watchfulness, care and advice to the motorist. It has been found that that is the most successful method of trying to instil into the mind of the motorist how essential it is for him to curb his exuberance on the roads with the modern type of vehicles that are being used.

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! I do not want the hon. member to go too far. I allowed the hon. member for Natal (South Coast) (Mr. D. E. Mitchell) to put the case on behalf of the Opposition, but the hon. member must deal with the Bill as it is before us.

Mr. MILLER:

With the utmost respect, Sir, Clause 6 of the Bill talks about the appointment of personnel. It is a new power, and the hon. Minister made that very clear.

Mr. SPEAKER:

But the hon. member must not go into too much detail.

Mr. MILLER:

Sir, I am dealing with the principle of the reconstruction of the Action Committee, following upon a report. I would like to say this that one of the local authorities in fact has submitted that it would be wise if the Road Council would make use of its funds to assist local authorities in the form of a subsidy which it gives to all the regional road safety councils in any event to help them to carry out their work, a subsidy to local authorities to step up the salary of the average traffic officer, the so-called traffic constable …

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! That has nothing to do with the Bill.

Mr. MILLER:

Mr. Speaker, in terms of Clause 6 there is a substitution of one subsection for another, which provides for the Action Committee doing something which it has never done before and that is to appoint personnel, a very vital feature.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

It has done that before.

Mr. MILLER:

Why then the amendment to give it greater powers?

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

Read the principal Act.

Mr. MILLER:

I have studied the principal Act very thoroughly. This is an expansion of the Action Committee. I do not know why the hon. Minister is so sensitive about it. He should be glad that we want to assist him, because the opinion of the public is that this Road Safety Council, despite its machinery, despite its set-up and its finance, is virtually not making the headway that one would expect. In increasing its powers to provide additional personnel, I say it is getting as near as it can for the first time to some glimmer of hope in this whole problem that faces us. We have had a debate on road safety. We know that people are dying like flies. Over the week-end 16 people were killed in this country. We are having greater casualties now than we had in World War II as far as South Africa is concerned. We know that the cost to the country is already nearly R70,000,000 per annum.

Mr. SPEAKER:

That matter is not germane.

Mr. MILLER:

Yes, Sir. The hon. Minister knows these facts. Therefore I say that we support the provisions of the Bill but we ask the hon. the Minister to do one thing and that is to try and ensure that more positive action is taken with this fresh set-up, with the introduction of a representative of each province, with the strengthening of the Action Committee by closer co-operation of each province, which is the body that is charged with legislative rights and other rights in regard to traffic control—that is why they are introducing the various Administrators—and they are increasing the representation of each province in order to strengthen the liaison between the provinces specifically and the Road Safety Council Action Committee, because the province is the channel through which the control of traffic takes place and the Government of the whole of the traffic laws and regulations throughout the country takes place. This fresh set-up was specifically recommended by the committee, and perhaps to assist you, Mr. Speaker, because I am sure you cannot read every report …

Mr. SPEAKER:

I do not require the assistance of the hon. member. The point he is raising now has been made already.

Mr. MILLER:

All I want to say is that this Bill which accepts that particular report has as its purpose the strengthening of the Action Committee, and therefore I say that the hon. Minister should give the House an assurance and give the country an assurance that with the strengthening of the Action Committee, steps are taken which not only are more positive, but which are not defeatist. Sir, we are not prepared on this side of the House as representatives of the vast public outside to allow the Road Safety Council to continue with a defeatist attitude.

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! That has nothing to do with the Bill.

Mr. MILLER:

Under those circumstances, Mr. Speaker, I am prepared to resume my seat.

Dr. RADFORD:

Mr. Speaker, in view of your ruling, before I start, I want to ask you whether I am entitled to refer to page 6 of the report chiefly, which says—

In regard to legislation and the enforcement thereof, the Council has no executive power, but it has executive powers in regard to research, education and guidance.

Now if you are prepared to allow me to speak on research and guidance and education, then I can continue, but if you feel that under the circumstances it is no concern of this Bill, then I must at once resume my seat.

Mr. SPEAKER:

It has nothing to do with the contents of the Bill.

Dr. RADFORD:

Sir, I will resume my seat.

Mr. BARNETT:

Sir, before you rule me out of order, I want to tell you that I intend to deal with Clause 6.

Mr. SPEAKER:

If the hon. member knows that he will be ruled out of order, he should sit down.

Mr. BARNETT:

Mr. Speaker, I have no desire to go against the ruling which you have given, but I would like your guidance as to what we can deal with under Clause 6. The amendment which we are asked to deal with is—

That subject to the provisions of subsection (2) of the main Act, the Action Committee may appoint for a probationary period or permanently such officers as it may deem necessary, to assist the Council.

What I want to deal with, if you permit me, is what is intended by the word “officer” in this amendment, because I would like to see it extended to a much wider field than apparently is the intention here. I would like to suggest to the hon. the Minister that these officers which are to be appointed should be people who not only do their work for the Road Safety Council as a council, but they should have the power, in terms of the main Act, to extend the purposes of this Act to the schools and universities where I feel road safety should start. It is for them to be taught …

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

That is being done.

Mr. BARNETT:

I know that in the Coloured areas and in the Coloured schools many of these people are anxious to form what one might call a corps, perhaps in uniform, where they can be trained in the work of road safety, and I was going to ask the hon. the Minister whether he will extend this and accept an amendment in respect of Coloured schools …

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

That has nothing to do with it.

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! I have given the hon. member an opportunity of coming to this point, but as far as I can see it has got nothing to do with the Bill.

Mr. BARNETT:

Then, Mr. Speaker. I am a casualty of the road and I will sit down right now.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

I would like to deal with the matter which the hon. member for Natal (South Coast) (Mr. D. E. Mitchell) dealt with, and I would like to deal with it in relation to Clause 6 which provides for the appointment of certain officers, which the hon. the Minister does not dispute. Now Section 18, which is being amended here, provides that “subject to the provisions of subsection (2), the Action Committee may appoint such officers as it may deem necessary to assist the Council to achieve its object and to perform its functions and duties”. Now, these officers here being appointed are going to be appointed for the purpose of helping the Action Committee to achieve its object. But they are also going to be given exactly the same powers, because that is what the Act says, that is to say the section here being amended—they are getting the same powers as the Action Committee, and the Action Committee in turn has exactly the same powers as the Road Safety Council, and it exercises those powers when the Road Safety Council is not sitting. What then are the functions of these officers? What is the purpose of appointing these officers here? It is to achieve the objects and the aims of the Road Safety Council, to perform its functions, through the medium of the Action Committee? But be that as it may, the hon. the Minister is appointing these people; the Road Safety Council presumably meets them to fulfill its functions. The hon. Minister surely would not appoint them otherwise. But one of the functions that this Council has is not only to promote road safety education and so on, but in consultation with interested bodies to undertake or promote road safety education in respect of all sections of the adult population, and to attain the support and co-operation of all bodies interested in road safety. Surely one of the things that this body is going to have to do is to seek the co-operation of the local authorities who are vested normally with the task of regulating traffic, and as the hon. member for South Coast has so rightly said, surely there is no factor more conducive to death on the road than speed, carelessness, impatience. But what are the traffic police doing? What are they going to co-ordinate? Surely they are going to co-ordinate the activities of the traffic police and surely they are going to put the traffic police to some good, to some better use than what they are employed for now. Because most of the traffic police in South Africa to-day are being employed for the purpose of collecting revenue h r the local authorities.

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order!

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

What I want to ask the hon. Minister is that when he appoints these officers to perform the functions of the Council through the Action Committee, surely the point made by the hon. member for South Coast is one of these matters which needs his and the Council’s and the Action Committee’s and these persons’ (to be appointed) urgent attention.

Why is it that no one knows of this gasometer that the hon. member for South Coast (Mr. D. E. Mitchell) has mentioned? Why does the Minister not know about it, or does he know about it? I think we are entitled to know. If these officials he now seeks authority to appoint are going to do anything at all, then surely this is one of the things the Minister must have been aware of. If the Minister is not aware of it, he is not doing his job properly. It is no good the Minister saying that it is up to these people to make recommendations. They make recommendations to the Minister, inter alia. The hon. member for South Coast has now raised the question of the gasometer. In one area of South Africa …

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! I have allowed the hon. member for South Coast to state his case, which he did clearly, and it should be left at that.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

I merely wish to enlarge upon it.

Mr. SPEAKER:

There is no necessity for that, because it is not relevant to this Bill.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

I should like to ask the Minister, when these officers are appointed, and are obliged to perform the functions of the Council, how will they go about promoting the general application of traffic engineering principles which affect road safety? What sort of people is he going to appoint? Will they be engineers? I hope so, and I hope that he has regard also to these devices such as have been mentioned, and when these persons take the power to make representations to the authorities in regard to legislation affecting road safety, I should like to know whether they are going to make particular reference just to one province, or whether they will make general reference to all the provinces? One of the functions of this road safety council, and therefore of these officers, will be to promote or encourage an institution for training facilities for persons engaged with traffic law enforcement. I should like to know from the Minister what he has in mind with these people. I believe this would be a very good school for such persons, to set up a school for the promotion of road safety. What is traffic law enforcement to-day? What are the causes of the high death toll on the roads?

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! That is not relevant.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

May I not continue?

Mr. G. F. H. BEKKER:

Sit down.

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member for Cradock (Mr. G. F. H. Bekker) is not the Speaker of this House and if he does it again I shall ask him to leave the Chamber.

Dr. RADFORD:

High time.

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! Who said that?

Dr. RADFORD:

I did.

Mr. SPEAKER:

Will the hon. member withdraw it?

Dr. RADFORD:

I withdraw it.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

One of the other functions of these officers is that they will organize safe driving schemes. Can the Minister tell us how they will do that? What is a safe driving scheme?

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member must come back to the Bill or else resume his seat.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

In terms of the Bill, the persons to be appointed are to have, inter alia, the power from time to time as circumstances make it desirable to arrange for road safety congresses to be convened on a national, provincial or regional basis.

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member must resume his seat now.

Mr. TIMONEY:

The Bill before us is a measure by which the Minister is trying very hard to get the Road Safety Council to work. Since the formation of the Road Safety Council, we have had the du Plessis Commission on road safety and the result of that commission and the memorandum submitted by it, have convinced the Minister that the Council is not serving the purpose he thinks it should serve. The Council consists of some 90-odd members who work on a voluntary basis, and in order to get a council of this magnitude to work properly it is necessary to have some sort of continuity and to strengthen the action committee when the Council is not sitting. It is also very necessary for the Minister to have a body with whom he can consult in order to take action in regard to road safety. We on this side welcome these additions and particularly the strengthening of this action committee. I think that is very necessary in order to get this Council to work. When one sees such a large body, one would think it is unwieldy, but they have been broken down into six sub-committees which do very useful work, but unfortunately the information channelled by these sub-committees may take some months before any action is taken.

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member must come back to the Bill.

Mr. TIMONEY:

I am talking about the constitution of this Council and the Action Committee. This Bill seeks to strengthen the Action Committee.

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! That point has been emphasized already. The hon. member must raise new points.

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

On a point of order, I should like to address you on that point, Sir. It is perfectly clear from Clause 6 that provision is made for officers to be appointed by the Action Committee, and these officers are to assist the Council to achieve its objects. We have been asked to pass that clause. We are being asked to give authority to the Action Committee to appoint those officers for that purpose. Sections 5 and 6 (a) of Act 1 of 1960 say that the objects of the Council are to promote and encourage road safety in the Republic in all its aspects and to formulate and propagate a co-ordinated national policy concerning road safety matters. These officials who are to be appointed by the Action Committee are to assist the Council in regard to such matters. This is not just an advisory council. In regard to matters such as research and education …

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member has made his speech already and he cannot make another speech. He must state his point of order clearly and concisely.

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

The point is that the officials to be appointed in this clause, are officials who are there for the purpose of assisting the Council to deal with these matters, and I submit that we are entitled to discuss those matters because the officials will have to deal with such matters. We are entitled to discuss the duties and functions of the officials whose appointment we are being asked to approve.

Mr. SPEAKER:

The hon. member may proceed, but he must confine his remarks to the Bill.

Mr. TIMONEY:

The Bill strengthens the Action Committee and it also seeks to pay the full-time members some remuneration so that they are not out of pocket. Any measure which can strengthen the Minister’s hands in connection with road safety matters is welcome. I am limited in my discussion, but this Action Committee and the Road Safety Council are very important matters. The du Plessis Commission shows how far they can go and they give their reasons why these extra people should be appointed. We are dealing with the Bill that appoints them, but unfortunately we are restricted in discussing why they are being appointed. But it can do no harm to strengthen the hands of the Council and the Minister, and we hope it will do something to ensure road safety.

Mr. TUCKER:

I wish to refer to sub-sec. (1) (b) of Clause 6. I should like the Minister to tell us what intention he has in mind in giving this Council the right to appoint temporary staff, which is contrary, of course, to what is generally accepted in bodies of this nature. If the intention is that this will enable the Council to have persons who will go in for research programmes in various fields, I believe this provision is a very sound one. I raise this because I particularly have in mind a matter of great importance to road safety and which is the subject of contention in my own constituency. I wish to put it very briefly so that the Minister can go into it. I believe it is in the interest of road safety that it be done. I refer to the use of the gasometer. It has been used on the roads in the area and there is great contention as to the accuracy of the instrument and whether it should be used. I submit that it is desirable that the Minister, in case of need, should have someone temporarily appointed to examine the whole of this question so that we can have an authoritative opinion. If the instrument is as efficient and accurate as is claimed, it is unquestionably of great importance to road safety and can bring about a great change, as I must say it has brought about in the area concerned. If on the other hand an instrument like this is inaccurate as is claimed by persons having knowledge of it, it is also important, and I ask the Minister to have the matter investigated thoroughly so that we can find out authoritatively whether the use of this instrument is fair and whether it is accurate or not.

*The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

Mr. Speaker, I do not know what the game is that hon. members opposite are playing now. If they are opposed to this Bill, why do they not vote against it?

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. the Minister must confine himself to the Bill.

*The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

Sir, with all these senseless remarks they are merely applying delaying tactics, and I am replying to the nonsensical statements which have been made. I do not know what hon. members had in mind. Just about everything they said here had absolutely nothing to do with this Bill. If they are concerned about road safety, why were they not here on 26 February …

Mr. TUCKER:

On a point of order, I think the hon. the Minister is reflecting upon the Chair.

*The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

I am saying that if those hon. members were so concerned about road safety, why were they not in their places on 26 February when the hon. member for Green Point (Maj. van der Byl) had a motion on road safety before this House? [Interjections.] I say that they were not here. I replied to that debate, and the only hon. member on that side who was present, apart from the hon. member for Green Point, was the hon. member for Florida (Mr. Miller). In the afternoon there were about ten of their members here. [Interjections.] It was not only the fact that they did not speak, but they were not even present. I made the observation, and the hon. member for Green Point concurred, that so little interest was shown in the debate that it was really a disgrace.

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! I must now ask the hon. the Minister to come back to the Bill.

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

The hon. member should control his language.

*The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

Virtually all the remarks that have been made here have nothing to do with this Bill. This is an amending Bill the sole objects of which are, firstly, to grant the Action Committee wider representation, on the basis of a recommendation made by the Du Plessis Commission, and secondly, to bring about greater efficienty in the administration of the road safety organization. But the hon. members want to discuss the functions of the road safety organizations. They have already had an opportunity of doing so and I am not going to reply in this regard. I am prepared to reply to questions in connection with this Bill, but the hon. members want to know now what the road safety organizations have done. The hon. member for Florida used the word “defeatist”, and said that the road safety organizations were standing still. I have never heard such nonsense in my life. It is absurd to make such an allegation. If he wants to know what they are doing and what they have done and what they are still busy doing, he can look at column 1939 of Hansard of this year. The whole of my reply is set forth there. This Bill merely deals with extending the representation on the Action Committee and making the administration of the road safety organization more efficient, and it has nothing to do with all the senseless stories they have put forward here.

Motion put and agreed to.

Bill read a second time.

OFFICIAL SECRETS AMENDMENT BILL

Sixth Order read: Second reading,—Official

Secrets Amendment Bill.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

I move—

That the Bill be now read a second time.

Mr. Speaker, if you will allow me, I want to say that this Bill deals with the safety of the country, and not with road safety. [Laughter.] Therefore I believe that, in view of the fact that this is a brief and clear Bill, there will not be much discussion about it. Hon. members who made a study of the Official Secrets Act will know that the principal Act of 1956 deals only with military matters. Here a new principal is now being introduced, namely the words “military or police matters”. In other words, police matters are now being included in this Bill. If hon. members look at the clauses dealing with it, they will see that it refers to any person who has in his possession any sketch, plan, model, article, note, document or information which relates to any military or police matter. The military or police matters are qualified by the preceding words. Hon. members may now ask me, firstly, why it is now found necessary to include police matters here. and. secondly, they have the right to ask me how far it goes and what precisely we envisage, and what the police matters comprise; what may be published and what may not be published. I have said that the basis originally, in connection with this paragraph, was that it really dealt only with military matters, and now we are also introducing police matters. Hon. members who have noted what has been happening in South Africa in recent years will readily agree with me that, in regard to certain matters, one can hardly draw a dividing line between police matters and military matters. It is a fact, and we have seen it over and over again in recent years, that there is increasingly less difference between the cold war on the one hand and the real war on the other. Hon. members know that in former years, when one was faced with conventional warfare, there was a formal declaration of war between countries, but we increasingly find that to-day there is hardly any declaration of war. Hon. members will know that particularly the communists concentrate on undermining a country to such an extent that, without declaring war and during the period of cold warfare, it is hardly necessary for them actually to wage war to get that country under its domination. It tries to subvert it to such an extent that it falls into its lap like a ripe apple. The happenings of recent years in South Africa make this so clear that I do not think it is necessary for me to go into it any further. Therefore I believe that any person who has in his possession any sketch, plan, model, article, note or document, etc. in respect of a police matter should be covered by the terms of this Act.

But of course it does not end there. That sketch, plan, model, etc. must, of course, stand in relation to the safety of the State. It is quite clear that the mere possession alone of anything like that is not being made punishable. In addition there must be the intention to use it “in any manner or for any purpose prejudicial to the safety or interests of the Union”. Hon. members will also note that the word “publish” is also new in this Bill. The people who, in the first instance, are, of course, interested in this matter are the National Press Union.

Some time ago I had a discussion with the representative of the National Press Union. This morning I discussed the matter with representatives of the National Press Union, namely with the Cape Town representatives of the N.P.U., who were authorized to discuss this matter on behalf of the Press Union. They put their problems to me. I put my side of the case to them, with the result that the Press Union and I understand each other in respect of this Bill, and that they accept the Bill as it stands here; and I gave the very clear assurance to the Press Union, which is also undoubtedly contained in this Bill, that the Bill has nothing to do with the formal matters concerning the police such as the transfer of officers, police salaries, etc. Those matters are not affected because they have nothing to do with the safety of the State. Nor has the Bill anything to do with the combating of crime or the reporting of crime.

We are dealing here only with matters which may jeopardize the safety of the State.

*Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

Can you give an example?

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Yes. The question was put to me by the Press Union whether we could not define more closely what our intention was, and that was a fair question. I went into it very thoroughly, but my problem is that as soon as one begins watering it down, one does not know where one will end up. Therefore the position, as I explained to the Press Union, is that the safety valve in this case, as in the case of the other security legislation, is the fact that, in terms of the 1956 Act—and this Bill does not affect that position—the Attorney-General, and he alone, has the right to decide when a prosecution should be instituted. It goes so far that before any prosecution can be instituted the Attorney-General must hand in to the court a certificate to the effect that he authorizes the prosecution. I gave that reply to the Press Union and it satisfied them, and they understand the position and realize why it cannot be otherwise.

I may also tell hon. members in this regard that there is an agreement between the police and the Press Union in regard to reports, etc. That agreement is now being reviewed and the negotiations between the police and the Press Union are still in progress. I have given the Press Union the assurance that if they find it necessary, before the negotiations are finalized, to discuss this aspect of the matter with me further, they are very welcome to do so, and I shall grant them the opportunity.

The hon. member for Yeoville asked me to give examples. I shall do so. During the Poqo troubles, for example, we found sketches, etc. of police stations, notes in regard to the strength of the police and in regard to weapons and ammunition in their possession. These people could not be charged under the principal Act, because it does not refer to police matters. It is expected that in future—I do not want to say too much about it at this stage—we will probably come across more of these things. But I want to give hon. members two examples. In one newspaper—its name is not relevant now—a sensational article appeared about certain operations which the Security Police were alleged to be carrying out during the Poqo troubles in Basutoland and on the borders of Basutoland. Even the names of agents of the S.A. Police are alleged to have been mentioned in this article. It so happens that this was quite untrue. There was nothing of the kind, but it could quite possibly have been true, and, if it were true, this report would, of course, have given those subversive elements precisely all the information they needed in that regard. I repeat that one must cover oneself in respect of those things as the result of the turn which cold warfare has taken recently, not only in this country, but in the rest of the world. I can give another example. In combating these subversive elements, it may, e.g., be necessary for the police to have a concentration of men at some spot in order to surprise these elements at a given moment. If one does not have this legislation, and such information should reach a newspaper which is not concerned about the safety of the State, there is nothing to prevent it from publishing that information, to the detriment of the safety of the State. I therefore repeat that the basic principle contained in this Bill, in so far as the police aspect of it is concerned, is simply that we want to guard against the publication of information affecting the police in so far as the safety of the Republic is concerned, or that it should not directly or indirectly be divulged to anybody. The safety valve is the Attorneys-General. In the past we have already taken wide powers in terms of similar legislation, where the Attorneys-General of the various divisions of the Supreme Court were the safety valves. I make bold to say—and I think hon. members on both sides will agree with me—that the Attorneys-General exercise those powers in such a way that nobody, however carping he might be, can in any way criticize the way in which they exercise their powers. I have every reason for believing that where the basic standpoint here is that one wants to ensure the safety of the State further, and that no prosecution will take place in terms of the Act without the Attorney-General issuing a certificate to authorize it, nothing will go wrong in respect of this legislation either. This, Mr. Speaker, is the basic and only principle of this Bill.

Mr. TUCKER:

The hon. the Minister has told us that the Newspaper Press Union is satisfied with this legislation. I wish to say at once that I hope to show that this legislation goes too far. I hope that it will be possible for us to convince the hon. the Minister that this legislation goes too far and that it is necessary to bring about important amendments. We accept that the safety of the State is the supreme law; that has come down to us from Roman times, but on the other hand we also believe in the freedom of the individual. We believe that it is most important that that freedom should be upheld, subject only to the safety of the State. We concede that it is necessary to protect the safety of the State. Sir. we also believe that another very important freedom is the freedom of the Press, and my submission is that the provisions of this Bill, particularly the provisions of Clause 2, are so wide that they can, and, I believe, do interfere, with the freedom of the Press. I believe that the freedom of the Press could be restricted very much under the provisions of this measure. We believe that one has to look not only at this Bill but at the Act which is being amended here so as to be able to understand fully the implications of the amendment which is proposed to be made here. I refer only to Clause 2. I think the remaining provisions of the Bill are completely non-contentious. Sir, Clause 2(b), to which I confine my remarks, reads—

Any person who has in his possession or under his control, any sketch, plan, model, article, note, document or information which relates to munitions of war or any military or police matter and who publishes it or directly or indirectly communicates it to any person in any manner or for any purpose prejudicial to the safety or interests of the Union, shall be guilty of an offence …

Sir, this goes very far indeed. It is very interesting to see what the amendments are. The amendments have already been referred to by the hon. the Minister, and in the very clear form in which they now appear, the words proposed to be inserted being underlined, you can follow them very clearly. The words which are being inserted in line 18 are “or any military or police matter”, and in the following line the words “publishes it or directly or indirectly” are proposed to be inserted. Those words, incidentally, substitute the words “directly or indirectly” which now appear in the Act. Sir, a person does not have to be guilty of having contravened all the provisions of this section, but only of the relevant provisions. We have no difficulty whatsoever in respect of matters affecting the military. So far as the military are concerned, we believe that these powers are necessary. The difficulty arises from the inclusion of police matters. We know that our police are our first line of defence, and when they act in support of the military there is no difficulty. The words proposed to be inserted here are, “publishes it or directly or indirectly”, but the really objectionable provision is the reference to publication “in any manner” prejudicial, not to the safety of the State—that we must accept—but prejudicial to the safety or the interests of the State. Sir. the “interests of the State” are tremendously wide.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

The same applies to the military aspect.

Mr. TUCKER:

The hon. the Minister can reply later on. Let me try to put my argument first. What has to be proved in this respect is that information has been communicated to a person “in any manner”, not necessarily for any purpose; if it is communicated for a purpose prejudicial to the interests and safety of the State it is a different matter. But information might be communicated quite inadvertently and it need not relate to the safety of the State; it may relate to “the interests” of the State, and the word “interest” covers a tremendously wide field. The clause taken as a whole, in my opinion, is worded in such a way that it could cover matters far beyond the ambit of the matters which the hon. the Minister has indicated to us he wishes to control. It is my belief that this clause can be limited by amendment to cover only what it is necessary to control, leaving out matters which it is quite unnecessary to deal with. I hope that the hon. the Minister will agree that if we can put forward amendments which, while protecting the safety of the State, limits the operation of this clause to cases where it is absolutely necessary, amendments whereby we may be able to arrive at a clause which is generally acceptable, it would be all to the good. For our part we will try to frame such amendments and we hope that the hon. the Minister will be prepared to give very careful consideration to the proposals that we will put forward. We hope that it will be possible to arrive at an agreed measure which will go as far as is absolutely essential for the purpose of protecting the safety of the State but which, on the other hand, does not cover matters which, judging by what the Minister has said, he does not intend to cover.

Sir, there are also difficulties which arise from the provisions of the existing law which is being amended. Section 8 of the Official Secrets Act deals with “proof of purpose prejudicial to the safety and the interests of the Union”, and it reads as follows—

In any prosecution under this Act upon a charge of committing an act for a purpose prejudicial to the safety or interests of the Union, it shall if on the circumstances of the case or the conduct of the accused, it appears that his purpose was a purpose prejudicial to the safety or interests of the Union, be presumed, until the contrary is proved, that the purpose for which that act had been committed is a purpose prejudicial to the safety or interests of the Union.

This is a case where the onus is reversed, which makes it all the more possible that innocent persons might find themselves before the courts, and convicted under the provisions of the law if it is amended as suggested here by the hon. the Minister. Sub-section (2) of Section 8 of the Act which is being amended provides—

If in any prosecution under this Act upon a charge of making, obtaining, collecting, recording, publishing or communicating anything for a purpose prejudicial to the safety or interests of the Union, it is proved that it was made, obtained, collected, recorded, published or communicated by any person other than a person acting under lawful authority, it shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed that the purpose for which it was made, obtained, collected, recorded. published, or communicated is a purpose prejudicial to the safety or interests of the Union.

Sir, that is an enormous onus for an accused person to discharge, and that onus is being increased very greatly by the amendments which the hon. the Minister proposes to make to the sub-section which I am discussing. Sir, there are circumstances in which there can be no objection to reference to police matters if those are matters which are appropriate, but I do believe that the wording of the clause as it stands is such that persons and newspapers could be convicted in cases where they have acted in all innocence and where they have no intention of committing an act which is prejudicial to the safety of the State. One must be prepared to concede—and I do concede—that where the safety of the State is concerned, there is a very heavy onus on us when it comes to legislation of this sort. But the term “the interests of the State” is a tremendously wide term, and after having thought over this matter very deeply, it is my honest opinion that this clause goes very much too far. I repeat that I hope that it will be possible to limit this clause to cases which it ought to cover, and that it will exclude cases which it ought not to cover. If we can devise such an amendment and find common ground, then we will support this Bill at its third reading, but we believe that the clause as it stands goes too far. We believe that the Opposition would be failing in its duty if it did not take a firm stand on what we believe are the true interests of the State, and also for the protection of the freedom of the individual in matters other than those affecting the class of case, to which I have referred, where we say it is proper that there should be legislation. In those circumstances—and I hope that the hon. the Minister and the Press will understand that we are taking this line because we believe it to be in the highest interests of this country of ours—we should be very careful in considering legislation of this sort. In order to protect the good name of this country, I wish to move as an amendment—

To omit “now” and to add at the end “this day six months”.
*Mr. S. L. MULLER:

In considering a Bill of this kind, it is certainly not necessary for us to review the circumstances under which we are living, because I think it is common cause on both sides of the House that we are living in a world which is full of problems, that we are living on a continent which is full of problems, and that in our own country we are faced with problems and threats. I think that is a proposition with which hon. members on that side of the House will agree. Indeed that was also the attitude which was revealed here by the hon. member for Germiston (District) (Mr. Tucker), namely that the interests of the State deserve our very serious consideration. Before I go on to discuss this measure, there is one matter in regard to which I should like to have a little clarity from the hon. member for Germiston (District). If my memory serves me correctly, he said that they had no objection to the insertion of the word, “military matter”, but that they objected to the insertion of the term “police matter”.

Mr. TUCKER:

That was not the only point I made.

*Mr. S. L. MULLER:

Is the hon. member satisfied with the insertion of the words “military matter” or is he not?

Mr. TUCKER:

Make your point; we will reply to it in due course.

*Mr. S. L. MULLER:

Sir, surely this is a simple question. I do not want to become involved in an argument with the hon. member for Germiston (District). I just want to have clarity as to whether we differ on this issue. I do not want to put words into the hon. member’s mouth, but if my memory serves me correctly, he said at the beginning of his speech that the Opposition had no objection to the insertion of “military matter”, but that they did object to the insertion of “police matter”. Is that correct, or is it not correct?

*An HON. MEMBER:

He did say so.

*Another HON. MEMBER:

He cannot reply; he is not a member of their Cabinet.

*Mr. S. L. MULLER:

Sir, I call this House as my witness. The hon. member said that he did not object to the insertion of the words “military matter”, but that he did object to the term “police matter”.

Mr. TUCKER:

I am not a witness under cross-examination.

*Mr. S. L. MULLER:

Sir, I said at the outset of my speech that I wanted to try to ascertain in all friendliness in what respect we differed. If the hon. member did say what I attributed to him a moment ago—and until such time as he tells me that he did not say it, I accept that he did say it—then I want to point out to the hon. member how completely illogical he is being. This Bill deals only with the insertion of the words “or any military or police matter” and the insertion of the words “publishes or directly or indirectly”. In other words, formerly it constituted no offence where information, etc. was communicated to a person in connection with purely a military or police matter. It is now being made an offence where information is made known in connection with a military or police matter. Formerly it did not constitute an offence if something was published for general public knowledge; it was only an offence where information, etc., was divulged to a person directly or indirectly. Sir, this constitutes the whole principle of the Bill. The hon. member says that he has no objection to the insertion of the words “military matter”; he only objects to the insertion of the term “police matter”. He says that if this clause is passed unaltered, innocent people will be brought before the courts. His objection is that the Bill does not define sufficiently clearly what may be done and what may not be done; that innocent persons will therefore be brought before the courts and, what is worse, that the onus will rest on them to prove their innocence. If the difficulties which the hon. member foresees are created by the disclosure of information, etc. which relates to police matters, why then cannot the same circumstances be created by the disclosure of information which relates to military matters? If he has no objection to the insertion of “military matter”, then I need argue no further with him; if he wants to be logical, he should also accept the insertion of “police matter”, because the problems which he mentioned in connection with the onus of proof and the other problems to which he referred, apply just as much to military matters as they apply to police matters. If the hon. member is still not prepared to tell me that he did not use the words which I attributed to him, then I think we need not go any further because then he has proved my case for me.

Hon. members of the Opposition admit and accept that the interests of the State must be protected and particularly the safety of the State. Sir, the safety of the State in peace time is just as important in the hands of the police as it is in the hands of the military, and that is why we feel that this clause should apply, not only to a sketch, plan, model, article, note, document or information which relates to munitions of war, but that it should also be extended to information, etc., which relates to military or police matters. If hon. members on the other side want the safety of the State to receive preference and to be protected, then they should give us the necessary support when we seek, for their sakes and for the sake of all of us, to protect the safety of South Africa. I know it is difficult to determine where the line should really be drawn; it is difficult to determine what is a contravention and what is not a contravention, but on the other hand hon. members opposite must realize that where we are dealing with the safety of the State, the interest of the individual is really a secondary consideration. I do not have the slightest hesitation in saying that in my opinion the safety of the State is the primary consideration, and if the preservation of the safety of the State happens to cause some inconvenience to the individual, then the individual must simply be prepared to endure that inconvenience.

The hon. member then went on to analzse this clause. The impression which he has created is that it will be a very easy thing now to bring a charge against a person. But that is not quite correct. It is not only a question of the disclosure of information which relates to military or police matters. The clause goes on to refer to information which such a person “has in his possession or under his control” and “who communicates it to any person in any manner or for any purpose prejudicial to the safety or interests of the Union”. The English text refers to “the interests of the Union” and the Afrikaans text refers to “die belange van die Unie”. And I want to put it to the hon. member that “belange van die Staat” has a much narrower meaning than “interests of the State” and, from that point of view, I do not think the hon. member need be concerned that the word “interests” has such a very wide meaning that it can be interpreted to cover practically every act, because the Afrikaans word “belange” which is used here to define the object which it is proposed to achieve, has a very much narrower meaning. Sir, I hope that hon. members on that side, since they themselves are so concerned about the interests and the safety of the State, will accept this proposed amendment. But there again they are being illogical; they say that if they can get this sub-section (2) altered in such a way as to suit them or in such a way that it will be a little clearer to them, they will be prepared to support this Bill at the third reading. But, Sir, what they are doing here is to oppose the principle of the Bill. In moving as an amendment that the second reading of the Bill be taken this day six months, they are opposing the principle. They must not come along with a pious expression on their faces therefore and tell us that they are concerned about the safety of the State, because according to the hon. member’s amendment, they reject this Bill entirely. I feel that the hon. member should rather withdraw his amendment.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

The hon. member for Ceres (Mr. S. L. Muller) appears to suffer from the same delusions as the N.P.U. representatives seem to have laboured under when they spoke to the hon. the Minister. They appear to have done what the hon. member for Ceres appears to have done, except that he has less excuse because he is a lawyer; they appear to have listened to what the hon. the Minister said the Bill meant, and not what was in fact in the Bill. The hon. the Minister made out a case of sweet reasonableness. He said that the Bill dealt only with certain matters relating to the safety of the State and he mentioned, in answer to the hon. member for Yeoville, certain matters which nobody in this House, at any rate not in the Official Opposition, would quibble over.

But before I leave the hon. member for Ceres, I want to point out to him that when he answered the hon. member for Germiston-District (Mr. Tucker) he was unfair to him in quoting what he had said out of context. The hon. member for Germiston (District) indicated that the context in which these words, “military or police matters” appeared, was in fact objectionable because these words were so wide. The hon. the Minister’s case was that there was really no change at all: he said that before the Official Secrets Act applied to military matters and that all we were doing now was to extend it to police matters. Sir, it goes very much further than that. The hon. the Minister says that to-day it is difficult to distinguish between a police matter and a military matter. I suppose there is no one who can bear better witness to that than the hon. the Minister of Justice, and the Minister of Defence. It seems that they were so confused as to whether Mr. Plotz was a military man or a security man that everyone forgot about him and that he disappeared. The hon. the Minister should rather have said that it is very difficult to-day to distinguish between what is a police matter and what is not. What is a police matter, when you look at the situation in South Africa today? There is not one act, from the cradle to the grave, whether it is in your business, at your home, in the field of entertainment, in your motor car, which does not in some way or other concern the police in South Africa. A police matter is any matter whatsoever, but prosecutions in relation to the publication of police matters will be determined, as the hon. the Minister pointed out, by one person. There will not be a prosecution in the normal course of events unless one person instigates it. In this connection the hon. the Minister stood behind the record of the attorneys-general of South Africa. Sir, do I have to remind the Minister that when he shows that the attorneys-general have a good record and when he says that the N.P.U. does not have to worry about what will happen, that the attorneys-general will exercise their discretion properly, the hon. the Minister himself is in fact the attorney-general. The Criminal Procedure Code provides that every attorney-general shall exercise his authority and perform his functions under this Act or under any other law subject to the control and direction of the Minister who may reverse any decision arrived at by an attorney-general and may himself in general or in any specific matter exercise any part of such authority and perform any such function. It does not help the hon. the Minister to hide behind the attorneys-general and their record as to what is going to be done and what is not going to be done. The hon. the Minister is going to decide that. He is going to decide in which cases the Press, as it will generally be, or anybody else is going to be dealt with and for what purpose.

*Mr. FRONEMAN:

That is a strange argument.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Sir. I hope that the hon. member for Heilbron (Mr. Froneman) will not follow the example of the hon. member for Ceres; I hope he will have a look at the Bill before he speaks and see what it says. The hon. the Minister talks very glibly about the safety of the State. If the Minister, as the hon. member for Germiston (District) has pointed out to him. had framed this Bill in such a way that it dealt only with the safety of the State then we would not have had any objection to this Bill at all. But it does not do that at all. What it says in effect is that any person—usually it will be a newspaperman but it could be anybody—who publishes any information that he has in relation to a military or police matter and communicates it in any manner or for any purpose prejudicial to the safety or the interests of the State, shall be guilty of an offence. The hon. member for Germiston (District) quite rightly pointed out that it did not matter whether he had the intention to do it or not. If you do it in a certain manner which might be prejudicial to the interests or the safety of the State you are committing an offence. How is anyone to know what the hon. the Minister will regard as being in the interests of the State?

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

How do you know it is an offence then?

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

It is not a case of doing something with the specific object of undermining the State. In that case you commit an offence in any event. You don’t need this Bill to convict somebody for having done something with the intention of undermining the safety of the State. As I understand the position that is treason and our law already provides for that. This Bill goes much further and is much more vague. It is not a case of whether you publish something with the object in mind of prejudicing the State or of prejudicing the interests of the State, for example. The point is that if you publish it in such a manner as is likely or calculated to be prejudicial to the interests of the State then you are guilty. How is anyone to know what manner of publication is likely to be prejudicial to the interests of the State?

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Those are the words of the old Act. You tell me what the difference is.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

These are the words of the old Act in relation to munitions of war. “Munitions of war” is a term which is defined in the Official Secrets Act as meaning “any article, material, etc.”. What is a police matter? Can the hon. the Minister deny that any matter is a police matter to-day. The Group Areas Act is a police matter; everything to do with group areas, every investigation is a police matter. Bingo is a police matter; attending a rugby match at Newlands is a police matter to-day.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

You know the clause does not stop at police matters; it goes further.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

That is the point. What I am trying to indicate to the hon. the Minister is that all you have to say in South Africa is “police matter” and you don’t have to go any further; you have covered almost every aspect of everyone’s life.

Mr. FRONEMAN:

Nonsense.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Now I know I am right hearing the hon. member for Heilbron (Mr. Froneman). Let me give the hon. the Minister an example. An article appeared in the Argus of 23 March 1965, under the heading “Keevy Replies to Comment on Police Pay”. It says—

The Commissioner of Police, Lieutenant-General J. M. Keevy, has blamed a section of the Press and certain individuals in Cape Town for the irresponsible manner in which they have engendered discontent and for an unscrupulous attack made on the morale of the policemen.

Then it goes on—

It is regrettable indeed that what was intended to alleviate the lot of those feeling the pinch, the matter has thus been exploited recklessly by a section of the Press and certain individuals in Cape Town.

Then it goes on—

In this irresponsible manner discontent has been engendered where none existed and an unscrupulous attack made on the morale of the South African Police which has never been as high as at present.

What I want to ask the hon. the Minister in all seriousness is this. To judge from his attitude towards what I have just quoted, he seems to think that this is not in the interests of the State.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

It has nothing to do with the Bill whatsoever.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

But he could be charged.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Of course he cannot be charged.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Of course he could be charged in terms of this Bill. I ask the Minister to look at the Bill again. There has been a publication of some information in relation to the pay of the police the object of which, let us presume, was to ensure that the police got better pay. A worthy object but the manner in which it was done apparently, according to the Commissioner of Police, had this effect. So this was publication of information in a manner which, as alleged by the Commissioner of Police—I can give the hon. the Minister no higher authority —was prejudicial to the interests of the police and if it is prejudicial to the Police Force it is prejudicial to the interests of South Africa. On the wording of this clause, as it reads— I don’t have to read anything into it—that situation is covered.

If the hon. the Minister’s case is that he only wants to deal with the matters such as those he gave in his example, he should have brought a Bill to that effect. Had he brought a Bill to that effect, or if he could change this Bill to that effect, he would have the wholehearted support of this side of the House, as the hon. member for Germiston (District) indicated. The hon. the Minister is a lawyer; he knows perfectly well that this goes much further than the examples which he gave us. It deals with so many different things that it is very difficult to know what one should do if one has such information. There is certain information which would be in the interest of South Africa to disclose. Let me say to the hon. the Minister that it not only affects the Press, but it affects anyone, and as I see it, it even affects a member of this House. There is no protection here given to a member in this House. If they have something which, if it were disclosed and were published, and if it is said jn this House it would be published, published to the House and to the public, then it may “in the opinion of the Minister not be in the interest of the safety of the State”.

An HON. MEMBER:

Outside the House?

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Whether he says it here or says it outside. It seems to me there is no protection.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Surely you know that you are now talking nonsense!

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Will the hon. the Minister tell me whether this Bill in any way changes the natural construction of Statutes? Is this not a later Act than the Powers and Privileges of Parliament Act?

The MINISTER OF INFORMATION:

If you go on like that the Sunday Times will drop you.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

You know, Sir, the hon. Minister has got an advantage. He could run away from adversity very more quickly than I could. The hon. Minister knows as well as I do that, in terms of this and his own Press—I must say this is the one occasion when I can say “his own Press” supports this interpretation—it provides that persons, e.g., who are detained by the police, should not be disclosed. The hon. the Minister will not deny that. It may not be in the interest of the State to disclose the names, “in the opinion of the Minister”, and he may be able to prove it. But where does this stop? Surely it is always in the interests of justice, in the interests of the public and in the interests of the State to know who is being arrested, why they are being arrested or if they have been arrested. You see, Sir, one of the difficulties about this is that at the trial, when it is held, someone is charged by the Minister, and then the trial may be held in private. I don’t think the hon. the Minister will deny that if someone did publish that information the Minister could prosecute him. If someone, for instance, published information about submarines off the Transkeian Coast, a matter which caused this Government a lot of discomfort during the recent elections. [Laughter.]

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member must come back to the Bill.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

I would like to ask the hon. the Minister whether he will confirm or deny this, that in terms of this Bill, as it now stands he would be entitled to prosecute him in terms of this provision. The fact of the matter is that the hon. the Minister has been less than frank with the House when he introduced this Bill. It does not deal just with the matters indicated by the hon. the Minister, and if the hon. the Minister is sincere in that, I am quite sure we can find a formula, as the hon. member for Germiston (District) indicated. We would be able to find a formula in the Committee Stage, and we can test the hon. Minister’s sincerity.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

But according to your amendment you do not want a formula. You do not want the Bill at all.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

We do not want the Bill at all as it is now. That is what the amendment says. Unless the hon. the Minister is prepared to change it, we will have none of it. But the hon. member for Germiston (District) made it very clear. He said if a formula could be arrived at, if the hon. the Minister is prepared to accept an amendment to limit the Bill to what he said was aimed at when he introduced the Bill, then at the third reading we will support the Bill. That is what the hon. member for Germiston (District) said.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

You do not want it at all.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

The hon. Minister’s sincerity will be tested in this regard, and I hope the hon. the Minister will live up to the second-reading speech that he made.

*Mr. FRONEMAN:

Before replying to the hon. member for Durban (North) (Mr. M. L. Mitchell), I just want to say that I really cannot quite understand the Opposition’s logic in this matter, because, although they are only dissatisfied with certain aspects of the Bill, they move an amendment aimed at wrecking the entire Bill. In other words, they are not apposed to any particular clause of the Bill which can be put right in the Committee Stage, but in regard to this matter they do not want any Bill whatsoever placed on the Statute Book, not of this nature nor of any other nature. We listened to the hon. member for Germiston (District) (Mr. Tucker), who is, of course, a shadow minister in the shadow cabinet, and then we listened to the other hon. member, who is also a shadow minister now, and I want to say that if they carry on in this way, the United Party is going to find itself in a very precarious position during the next stages …

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! That has nothing to do with the Bill.

*Mr. FRONEMAN:

Mr. Speaker, let us try to view this measure in its proper perspective. I gather that the Opposition has certain objections to the scope of this measure, but only to the scope of this measure, and not to the principle, because if they were opposed to the principle, they would have been logical in their arguments and would have rejected the measure in its entirety—as they are in fact doing in their amendment. But in their arguments they object to the scope of this Bill. This Bill, Sir, has two aspects. It relates to military matters on the one hand and to police matters on the other. The safety of the State is of primary concern. That is accepted by the Opposition as well. The safety of the State has two aspects. The one is external security, in regard to which no outside interference can be tolerated. In this regard military matters are of primary importance. However, the Opposition concedes that the safety of the State can also be threatened from within, and then it becomes a matter for the police. I want to say a few words in connection with the police aspect of the matter.

The hon. member for Durban (North) says that the term “police matter” is too wide, and he tries to make out that this term can include any matter. For instance, he mentions “bingo” and horse-racing, and, as he put it, anything from the cradle to the grave. But surely he should read the Bill in its proper context. In the first place the Opposition is not opposed to the inclusion of the word “military”. The hon. member for Germiston (District) said that. His only objection was in regard to police matters. I want to say immediately that “military matters” is as general a term as “police matters”, because “military matters” is not defined in the Official Secrets Act, just as we are not defining “police matters” in this Bill. Therefore, neither of the two is limited to certain matters only. In this respect the hon. member for Durban (North) is again not being logical.

But now we go a little further. The measure provides that “police matters”, which is what they are objecting to, only refers to matters involving “the safety or the interest of the Union”. Therefore it is ridiculous to mention “bingo” as an example, because the safety and interest of the State are not involved when a man plays “bingo”. The term “police matters” does not include anything whatsoever; it only relates to “any matter prejudicial to the safety and interest of the Union”. The safety of the State must be involved. If somebody trespasses on my property, it is a matter for the police, but it does not affect the safety of the State. So there are many police matters which are not involved in this Bill, because they do not affect the safety of the State. The hon. member says that if a member plays “bingo”, he will also be prosecuted, because it will be in the interest of the State to prosecute him, but that is not the case. Consequently his argument is without any foundation.

I want to point out once again that, although they have no objection to the principle, they move an amendment which rejects the principle. Secondly, they have no objection to the scope being extended to include military matters, but military matters are not defined, just as little as police matters are defined; and, thirdly, I think the entire matter has been taken out of its context by the hon. member for Durban (North), whereas one should view it in its proper perspective, which is that the safety of the State has two aspects, the external one and the internal one, and if they want to be honest they must watch both these aspects, and not do as they did last year when they spoke against the measures that were taken against sabotage. First they refused to provide the means with which to combat sabotage, but when sabotage was actually committed, they were piously …

*Mr. SPEAKER:

The hon. member must return to the Bill. Last year’s measures are not under discussion now.

*Mr. FRONEMAN:

With all due respect, Sir, I am merely showing how this Bill is running parallel to what happened here in the past, but if you rule me out of order, I shall resume my seat.

Mrs. SUZMAN:

I wish to oppose this Bill most strongly. I oppose the introduction of a Bill which goes very much further than anything we have had up to the present. I want to say at once that I see a considerable difference between the Defence Force and the Police Force. As I understand it, the Police Force is a branch of the Public Service which is there to protect the public. I have always understood that that is the basic function of a Police Force, to protect the public. I do not understand the Defence Force to have quite such a function. It is there to protect the State as a whole, while the Police Force is there to protect the public, and therefore there is a difference between the two. It is true that the primary function of the Police Force has largely been obscured in this country because of the introduction of an enormous Security Branch of the Police Force over the last few years, and therefore one tends to forget the basic function of a police force as it functions in other civilized democratic countries. But apart from that, the Defence Act also goes very far. It is extremely difficult to report any actions which have to do with that Ministry without first referring the matter back to the Defence Chief, and I understand that the Press has considerable difficulty in this regard, so that even if there were not this distinction between the Police Force and the Defence Force, I would still be opposed to this Bill.

Mr. FRONEMAN:

Would the hon. member have any objection to this Bill if the security forces were attached to the military force instead of to the police?

Mrs. SUZMAN:

I would then have fewer objections because that would at least narrow the scope of the whole thing. That would have been one intelligent direction for the Minister to have thought of, rather than include the whole ambit of police action within the purview of this Bill. But the hon. member for Heilbron must remember what I have said about the Defence Act, and that is that I believe that that Act goes too far in any case. But I think the suggestion that the Security Branch be put under the Defence Act rather than under the Police Act would, of course, go at least some way towards meeting some of these objections. My objections are, first of all that there is no definition in this Bill of “police action” and that as the Bill stands it could have a very wide cannotation indeed. It need not necessarily involve security matters only. This means that it will have a crippling effect on the Press in reporting any matter referring to police action. I do not know how any newspaperman is going to know what he may or may not report.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Strangely enough, they do not object.

Mrs. SUZMAN:

The hon. the Minister tells us that the National Press Union has agreed to this. I think that in fact the newspaper people are going to find this law very difficult indeed. As it is, they have to run to the Ministry for permission to print even the most innocent article about movements of the Defence Force. They have to run to the prison authorities for permission to print the most innocent article about the prisons. Under the Prisons Act they fall under severe strictures if they inadvertently report anything which is not strictly correct in connection with what is happening in the prisons. This Bill now adds additional strictures with regard to what the Press may or may not report. I do not know how any newspaperman is going to discharge the onus of proof which is now being placed upon him; how he is going to show that what he reported was not intended to be prejudicial to the State. I think it is a most difficult onus of proof for him to discharge. Already the newspapers are functioning under considerable difficulties and this Bill widens the whole scope of ministerial actions. They have to clear every matter with the Minister which may fall under “police matter”, as they already have to do under the Defence Act and as they already have to do under the Prisons Act. The hon. the Minister has given us the explanation that the police were handicapped by the publicity which was given to certain matters relating to Poqo last year but. Sir, surely South Africa is not the only country which has difficulties about security matters. Surely this cannot be the only country where the police may find themselves in difficulty if premature publicity is given to the actions of persons in subversive activities or matters affecting the security of the State. But other countries take an intelligent attitude towards this matter; they have an agreement with the newspapermen, with the editors of newspapers who, after all, are adult and responsible persons. They have an agreement whereby if certain matters were considered to be prejudicial to the State, advance information is given to the Press and the Press is asked to suppress the reporting of such matters. In England, for instance, there is what is known as a D Notice. This is given to responsible members of the Press who are told that any advance publicity would affect the security of the State, and in terms of a gentleman's agreement, such news is not published until the Government gives the green light. In the United States also this matter is not one for legislation. What happens is that the White House press attached will call together the responsible editors and inform them that security might be breached if any advance publicity be given. The newspapermen, being responsible adults, and as much concerned about the safety of the State as the hon. the Minister is, will not give advance publicity to such news. I see no reason why the Minister could not also take the Press into his confidence when there are any swoops, for instance, by this Security Branch, and when premature publicity may jeopardize the interests of the State. The hon. the Minister could surely inform newspaper editors accordingly, and I am sure that those editors will act like responsible people and that they will not publish that information in advance. This happens in America. It happens in England and I see no reason why it should have to be a matter for legislation in this country, and moreover, legislation of as wide a nature as the hon. the Minister is introducing here to-day. It seems to me that that is the sensible way to deal with security issues. The sensible way would be to try to obtain the co-operation of the newspapers. Instead of that, however, we have the heavy hand of the Minister here once again and we will again have legitimate complaints that news that comes out of South Africa has to be smuggled out of the country and that the so-called freedom of the Press is now being further impinged upon. Sir. one argument that one could use overseas in attempting to off-set extravagant criticism against this country was that at least there is some form of Press freedom.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

“Some form of Press freedom”!

Mrs. SUZMAN:

Yes, it is by no means complete. The Press is already severely circumvented under the Defence Act and under the Prisons Act in what it may or may not report.

An HON. MEMBER:

We have always had it.

Mrs. SUZMAN:

Not to this extent. In fact, it is not a matter for legislation. If the hon. the Minister had listened to what I said about the United Kingdom and the United States he would understand that it points to exactly the opposite. There might be an Official Secrets Act, but the publication of matters relating to Defence, the publication of incidents that take place in prisons and now the publication of so-called police matters, are not matters for legislation in other countries. They are matters of co-operative action between the Minister concerned, the Government concerned and the responsible newspaper editors. As far as I know these confidences are not abused; they are respected by newspaper editors overseas. There is no reason whatsoever why the hon. the Minister should not take the Press into his confidence when these matters are under discussion or when they are about to be given publicity. The fact that the onus of proof is being placed on newspapermen, the fact that no definition is given of “police matters” and the fact that very heavy penalties may be imposed under this Bill, certainly impel me to oppose this Bill in the strongest possible way. I do not know what amendments the Official Opposition intend introducing in the Committee Stage. As far as I can see there is only one clause in this Bill which also contains the principle of the Bill; the other amendments are of a purely consequential nature. If any really far-reaching amendment can be introduced and accepted that will be another matter, but as the Bill stands, the principle is embodied in this clause and I see no prospect of amending this Bill in such a way that I would be prepared to support it.

Business interrupted in accordance with Standing Order No. 23 and debate adjourned.

The House adjourned at 7 p.m.

TUESDAY, 6 APRIL 1965 Mr. SPEAKER took the Chair at 2.20 p.m. QUESTIONS

For oral reply:

Appointment of Delimitation Commission *1. Mrs. SUZMAN

asked the Minister of the Interior:

Whether he intends to appoint a delimitation commission during 1965; if so, when will the commission (a) be appointed and (b) commence its duties.

The DEPUTY MINISTER OF THE INTERIOR:

No final decision has as yet been taken in the matter.

*II. Mr. WOOD

—Reply standing over.

Sale of Yellow Fever Vaccine *II. Mr. EATON (for Mr. Wood)

asked the Minister of Health:

  1. (1) Whether any authorities in foreign states have placed standing orders for yellow fever vaccine with his Department; if so, in which foreign states;
  2. (2) whether all such purchasers have met their liabilities in full; if no, (a) which purchasers failed to do so and (b) what reasons were given for their failure.
The MINISTER OF HEALTH:
  1. (1) and (2) Yellow fever vaccine is manufactured by the South African Institute for Medical Research and not by the Department of Health. It is understood that the health authorities of Israel and Mozambique have standing orders for such vaccine, and that they have met their liabilities in full.
Expropriation of Properties in Fordsburg *IV. Mr. RAW

asked the Minister of Community Development:

  1. (1) Whether any properties in Main Street, Fordsburg, have been or are being expropriated; if so, (a) what are the stand numbers of these properties, (b) on What date, (c) what is the race of the (i) previous and (ii) present owner and (d) by members of what race is each property occupied at present;
  2. (2) (a) for the occupation of which race group has this area been declared and (b) when is it intended to enforce such occupancy;
  3. (3) whether the present occupiers have been informed of the date of this enforcement; if not, why not.
The MINISTER OF PLANNING:
  1. (1) Yes.

(a)

(b)

(c) (i)

(c) (ii)

(d)

451

7/10/64

White

Group Areas Development Board

1 Indian and 1 White

452

Indian

1 Coloured and 1 White.

453

White

Vacant.

454

White

1 White, 1 Indian and 1 Coloured.

713

White

4 Coloureds and 1 White.

714

White

2 Whites and 1 Indian.

715

White

4 Indians and 1 White.

738

White

4 Whites.

739

White

4 Whites.

740

Indian

1 White and 1 Indian.

741

White

3 Indians.

794

White

1 White.

795

White

1 White

796

White

1 White.

797

White

1 White.

  1. (2) and (3) The area has not yet been proclaimed as a group area. The aforementioned stands were expropriated by the Development Board to enable the City Council of Johannesburg to implement the re-development of the complex. The stands will be utilized for a modern shopping centre, where those persons who are displaced by re-development will receive preference. Disqualified traders in the group areas of Johannesburg will also be re-settled there. Section 25 (5) of the Development Act, 1955 (Act No. 69 of 1955) provides that the property rights vest in the Development Board on the service of the expropriation notice. It is, therefore, for the Board to judge when development has progressed to a stage where the occupiers could be required to vacate the relevant premises. The planning is already well advanced, but has not reached the stage where notices can be served.
*V. Dr. FISHER

—Reply standing over.

Road Motor Service Agents *VI. Mr. S. J. M. STEYN

asked the Minister of Transport:

  1. (1) How many road motor service agents are employed by the South African Railways and Harbours;
  2. (2) whether these agents are paid according to a salary scale; if so, what is the scale; if not, how are they paid and at what rates;
  3. (3) whether the agents are given paid annual leave; if so, what provision is made for their relief while on leave; if not, why not;
  4. (4) whether the agents are given assistance in the loading and unloading of vehicles; if so, what assistance; if not, why not.
The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:
  1. (1) 166.
  2. (2) No; in terms of a formal agreement concluded with each agent, he is paid for his services on a monthly basis, with due regard to factors such as the volume of traffic handled by his agency, the number of road transport vehicles calling at the agency, whether or not the agency provides its own premises, the amount of labour provided by the agent, etc.
  3. (3) No; agents are not Railway servants, and therefore do not qualify for paid leave.
  4. (4) No; the relevant agreement provides that agents must provide the necessary labour.
Date of General Election *VII. Mrs. SUZMAN

asked the Prime Minister:

Whether the Government has given consideration to the proclamation of a general election during 1965; if so, what decision has been reached.

The PRIME MINISTER: No, but in any case it is not necessary to satisfy curiosity by disclosing all that it only considers.
Hall for Graduation Ceremony in Western Cape *VIII. Mrs. SUZMAN

asked the Minister of Coloured Affairs:

Whether he has taken any steps to assist the University College of the Western Cape to find a suitable hall in which its graduation ceremony can be held in May 1965; if so, in which hall will the ceremony take place.

The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

No. This is a matter which falls within the purview of the Council of the University College of the Western Cape.

Loan to Film Company *IX. Mr. GORSHEL

asked the Minister of Finance:

  1. (1) Whether approval has been (a) sought, and (b) obtained from the Registrar of Insurance for any loan or advance by or through a registered insurance company in Cape Town to a person or company engaged in the production, importation, distribution or exhibition of films; if so,
  2. (2) whether he will state (a) the name of the insurance company, (b) the name of the borrower, (c) the date and amount of each loan or advance, (d) the conditions of repayment, (e) the nature and extent of security given, (f) the amount repaid to date, and (g) the balance outstanding.
The MINISTER OF FINANCE:
  1. (1)
    1. (a) No.
    2. (b) No.
  2. (2) Falls away.
*X. Mr. GORSHEL

—Reply standing over.

International Type of Hotels *XI. Mr. GORSHEL

asked the Minister of Tourism:

Whether building operation in respect of each of the three international type of hotels planned for Johannesburg have commenced; if not, why not; if so, (a) when did building operations commence in each case, (b) when is each hotel expected to be completed and (c) what is the number of suites and single and double bedrooms that will be available in each case.
The MINISTER OF TOURISM:

As the building of the hotels planned for Johannesburg is in the hands of private enterprise the following is the latest information at the disposal of the Department:

  1. (a) A.C.P. Investments started building operations during October 1964. The building is expected to be completed late 1966 or early 1967. The plans have to be changed as the building progresses but the aim is that the hotel will have at least 250 bedrooms. The number of double and single rooms is not known at this stage. The sitting of this hotel is in De Villiers Street opposite Park Station.
  2. (b) The Anglo American-South African Breweries project has not commenced with the building yet. The planning requires portions of two streets, Fox and Main, to be closed. The City Council approved but due to subsequent objections the Administrator was obliged to appoint a commission to investigate the matter. Advocate C. F. Eloff was appointed as a one-man commission. The Commissioner is busy at the moment and the matter is being dealt with as expeditiously as possible. Until authority is granted to close the streets the planning cannot proceed. Assurance has been given that the hotel section of the Carlton Centre Complex will receive priority. Although there is no final plan yet, at least 400 bedrooms with approximately 600 beds are envisaged.
  3. (c) Amalgamated Hotels have not started building and it is not known when building will commence. The original planning was for at least 200 bedrooms which could be used as either single or double rooms plus 15 suites and 4 penthouses. The original site which was intended for this hotel was situated in Plein Street opposite the old Union Grounds.
*Mr. GORSHEL:

Arising from the hon. the Minister’s reply, is he aware of the fact that “Amalgamated Hotels” do not intend building an hotel?

*The MINISTER OF TOURISM:

No.

*XII. Mr. DODDS

—Reply standing over.

Bantu Education: Higher Posts Occupied by Bantu *XIII. Mr. MOORE

asked the Minister of Bantu Education:

How many of the (a) 28 higher administrative posts, (b) 80 higher professional posts and (c) 42 administrative posts on the salary scale R2,280 × 120—2,760 in his Department are occupied by Bantu persons.

The MINISTER OF FOREIGN AFFAIRS:

(a), (b) and (c) None.

Report on Ionizing Radiation *XIV. Dr. RADFORD

asked the Minister of Health:

  1. (1) Whether the commission on ionizing radiation has submitted its report; if so,
  2. (2) whether the report will be laid upon the Table; if so, when; if not, why not.
The MINISTER OF HEALTH:
  1. (1) Yes.
  2. (2) Yes, possibly during this Session.
Bantu Medical Graduates in Departmental Employ *XV. Dr. RADFORD

asked the Minister of Health:

(a) How many Bantu medical graduates have accepted (i) full-time and (ii) part-time service with his Department and (b) what salaries are paid to them.

The MINISTER OF HEALTH:
  1. (a)
    1. (i) None.
    2. (ii) Five.
  2. (b) These five persons are employed as part-time district surgeons at the under mentioned centres and are paid as follows:

Tabankulu

R 1870 per year

Umtata

R 1,800 per year

Tsolo

R 1,900 per year

Qumbu

R 2000 per year

Middledrift

R 832 per year

Subsidized Training as Psychiatrists *XVI. Dr. RADFORD

asked the Minister of Health:

How many medical officers who were subsidized by his Department to train as psychiatrists have joined the mental service of his Department.

The MINISTER OF HEALTH:

The Department of Health has never subsidized its medical officers to train as psychiatrists. However, posts of Clinical Assistant have been created at several of the Department’s hospitals, which are recognized by the South African Medical and Dental Council as training hospitals for psychiatrists. Registered medical practitioners may be appointed to these posts to be trained as phychiatrists on condition that after completion of their training they continue to work for the State for a period equal to their period of training. The first group of medical practitioners appointed to these posts has not yet completed their training.

Persons Sentenced to Death *XVII. Dr. FISHER

asked the Minister of Justice:

  1. (a) How many (i) males and (ii) females of each race group were sentenced to death in 1963 and 1964, respectively, and
  2. (b) how many of them were hanged.
The MINISTER OF HEALTH:

1963

(i)

(ii)

(a)

Whites

4

Coloureds

11

Asiatics

1

Bantu

152

2

(i)

(ii)

(b)

Whites

4

Coloureds

7

Asiatics

Bantu

109

1964

(i)

(ii)

(a)

Whites

5

Coloureds

17

Asiatics

Bantu

105

2

(i)

(ii)

(b)

Whites

5

Coloureds

14

Asiatics

Bantu

65

1

Restrictions Applicable to Whites and Non-Whites *XVIII. Mr. E. G. MALAN

asked the Minister of Planning:

Whether any restrictions that are not applicable to Whites are applicable to the admission of non-White (a) visitors from (i) Japan, (ii) Formosa and (iii) the Philippines and (b) South Africans originating from these countries to public entertainments, public amenities, beaches and bathing-places, hotels and places of residence; if so, what is the nature of the restriction and the statutory authority therefor in each case.

The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

(a) and (b) No. In terms of the Group Areas Act, 1957 (Act No. 77 of 1957) the same restrictions on the admission to public entertainments and places of residence applicable to Whites are also applicable to non-Whites. In terms of Sections 15 (2) (b), 17 (2) (f) and 23 (2) (b) of the said Act a bona fide guest in an hotel is exempt from such restrictions. Admission to public amenities, beaches and bathing-places is not controlled by the said Act but may in terms of the provisions of Section 2 of the Reservation of Separate Amenities Act, 1953 (Act No. 49 of 1953) be reserved for the exclusive use of persons belonging to a particular race or class.

*XIX. Mr. E. G. MALAN

—Reply standing over.

Reports of Speeches by Minister of Foreign Affairs *XX. Mr. E. G. MALAN

asked the Minister of Foreign Affairs:

  1. (1) Whether a report broadcast in the national news of the South African Broadcasting Corporation on 1 October 1964 of a statement said to have been made by him at a news conference in Cologne in regard to the Government’s policy relating to the elimination of racial discrimination, has come to his notice;
  2. (2) whether he has taken any steps in regard to the accuracy of the report; if so, (a) what steps and (b) with what result.
The MINISTER OF FOREIGN AFFAIRS:
  1. (1) and (2) No, although brief reports on what I said at various places during my visit to Europe did come to my notice periodically. I am, however, not prepared to add anything to the reply to Question No. VIII given by me to the hon. member on 16 March 1965.
*Mr. E. G. MALAN:

Arising from the hon. the Minister’s reply, could he tell me whether that report over the S.A.B.C. was correct?

*The MINISTER OF FOREIGN AFFAIRS:

That report was not brought to my notice.

Salaries of Magistrates *XXI. Mr. M. L. MITCHELL

asked the Minister of Justice:

What are the scales of salaries payable to (a) magistrates and (b) regional magistrates.

The MINISTER OF HEALTH:
  1. (a) Special Grade Chief Magistrate: R6,900 x300—7,200.
    • Chief Magistrate: R5,850x150—6,150.
    • Chief Magistrate: R5,400x150—5,700.
    • Principal Magistrate: R4,500x150— 4,800.
    • Senior Magistrate: R4,080—4,200—4,350.
    • Magistrate: R2,880 × 120—3,240/3,480 × 120—3,840.
  2. (b) Regional Magistrate: R4,500x150—4,800 / 5,400x150—5,700 / 5,850x150— 6,150.
Subsidized Amenities in Bantu Townships

The MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT replied to Question No. *IX, by Mrs. Suzman, standing over from 2 April.

Question:

What amount was spent by his Department in each year since 1960 on the provision or subsidizing of social, cultural, entertainment and sports amenities for Bantu in Bantu townships in White areas.

Reply:

Amounts spent by the Department itself are negligible but local authorities are prevailed upon to subsidize these amenities from funds in their Bantu revenue accounts. Figures for the whole country are not available but in respect of the Witwatersrand, Pretoria and Durban areas the following total amounts were spent;

1960/61

1961/62

1962/63

1963/64

Social

R813,769

R948,083

R961,402

R 1,456,024

Cultural

R134,144

R111,049

R141,942

R167,392

Entertainment and Sports

R270,088

R448,224

R523,311

R668,913

For written reply:

Payment of Salaries in Education Department I. Mrs. SUZMAN

asked the Minister of Education, Arts and Science:

Whether there has been any delay in the payment of salary increases authorized for members of the staffs of educational institutions under the control of his Department; if so,

  1. (a) what is the length of the delay,
  2. (b) what is the cause of the delay,
  3. (c) how many persons are affected and
  4. (d) what is the total amount involved.
The MINISTER OF EDUCATION, ARTS AND SCIENCE:

No.

Equipment Supplied to Coloured Pupils II. Mrs. SUZMAN

asked the Minister of Coloured Affairs:

Whether his Department makes provision for the supply of free stationery and text books to indigent pupils; if so, (a) what provision, (b) how many pupils (i) applied for and (ii) received free stationery and books during 1964, (c) what was the expenditure on this provision during 1964 and (d) what is the estimated expenditure for 1965.

The MINISTER OF COLOURED AFFAIRS:

Yes. The different bases upon which the various Provinces made free issues at the time Coloured Education was taken over have been retained and are the following with regard to each Province:

Transvaal:

  1. (a) Education is free for all pupils.
  2. (b) Falls away.
  3. (c) and (d) No separate statistics are kept in respect of the free issue of books and stationery.

Natal:

  1. (a) Education is free for all pupils up to Std. 6. Free issues are also made to indigent pupils in Stds 7-10 under the age of 17 years upon approved application. This is done within the limits of an allocation calculated per capita cost and enrolment. The basic allocation for 1964 was as follows:

State Schools:

Class I to Std. I—R1.80 per pupil Std. II to Std. VI—R2.75 per pupil Std. VII to Std. X—R1.90 per pupil State-aided Schools: R1.50 per pupil
  1. (b) and (c) As Coloured education was only taken over on 1 April 1964 after applications by secondary pupils had been dealt with by the Province, no statistics are available.
  2. (d) R41,000.

Orange Free State:

  1. (a) Free issues of books and stationery to indigent pupils are made within limits of an allocation calculated on 25 per cent of the enrollment × R3 for primary and × R8 for secondary pupils.
  2. (b) and (c) Statistics are not available as Coloured education was only taken over on 1 April 1964 after the Province had dealt with the applications.
  3. (d) R4,500.

Cape Province:

State-aided Schools:
  1. (a) Books and stationery are requisitioned from the Provincial Store and sold to pupils at catalogue prices. The Department redeems 50 per cent of the return on sales. Managers of schools approve free issues and utilize the 50 per cent discount for this purpose.
  2. (b) Formal applications are not submitted for consideration as in the instance of State schools. Comparable statistics are therefore not available.
  3. (c) R 122,657.
  4. (d) R 132,000.

State Schools:

  1. (a) Free issues to indigent pupils are made according to approved applications within limits of a per capita allowance calculated according to actual costs incurred during a year in relation to the number of pupils enrolled in each region. The basic allowance per pupil therefore varies from region to region.
  2. (b)
    1. (i) 47,167
    2. (ii) 44,711.
  3. (c) R90,577.
  4. (d) R97,000.
III. Mrs. SUZMAN

—Reply standing over.

Subsidies Paid for Salaries of Bantu Teachers IV. Mr. WOOD

asked the Minister of Bantu Education:

What is the total amount paid by his Department in subsidy on the salaries of Bantu teachers employed by Bantu school boards and managers and owners of State-aided Bantu schools during 1963-4.

The MINISTER OF BANTU EDUCATION:

R15,676,139.

Income and Expenditure of Bantu Radio Services

The MINISTER OF POSTS AND TELEGRAPHS replied to Question No. IV. by Mr.E. G. Malan, standing over from 2 April.

Question:
  1. (1) What was the (a) total revenue, (b) revenue from (i) listeners’ licences and (ii) other sources and (c) profit or loss of the Bantu radio services in 1964;
  2. (2) from what other sources was revenue derived by the Bantu radio services and what was the amount from each source;
  3. (3) (a) what was the total cost of these services during that year, (b) under what heads were the costs sub-divided and (c) what were the costs under each head;
  4. (4) whether any steps have been taken to reduce the costs in respect of these services; if so, what steps.
Reply:
  1. (1)
    1. (a) R 1,328,525,
    2. (b) (i) R717,255. (ii) R611,270.
    3. (c) The calculation of the expenditure has not been completed and audited and consequently this information is not yet available.
  2. (2) Bantu Commercial Service R586,270 and Bantu Education Account for the school radio service R25,000.
  3. (3) (a), (b) and (c) The costs are sub-divided under the heads Programmes, Technical Services, Administration and Miscellaneous costs, Depreciation and Interest on Loan. As mentioned under (2) above this information is, unfortunately, not yet available.
  4. (4) The S.A.B.C. does everything possible to limit expenses by means of improved working methods and economy measures.
Legislation in Regard to Report of the Press Commission

The MINISTER OF THE INTERIOR replied to Question No. V, by Mrs. Suzman, standing over from 2 April:

Question:

Whether he intends to introduce legislation during the current session of Parliament to give effect to the recommendations of the Press Commission.

Reply:

This matter is under consideration.

EMERGENCY PLANNING BILL

Bill read a first time.

COMMITTEE OF SUPPLY

First Order read: Resumption of Committee of Supply.

House in Committee:

[Progress reported on 5 April, when Revenue Votes Nos. 1 to 3 had been agreed to.]

On Vote No. 4.—“Prime Minister”, R 128,000,

Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

Mr. Chairman, may I ask for the privilege of the half-hour? It has been customary in past years to draw to the attention of the hon. the Prime Minister the activities of certain of his Ministers with whom we were not satisfied and whom, if I might put it that way, we wanted to report to the hon. the Prime Minister. This afternoon I want to draw to his attention particularly the activities of the two Ministers, one deputy Minister and the Cabinet Committee dealing with the subject of agriculture. I do it for a number of very good reasons, reasons which are of interest, not only to the farming community, but also to the entire economy of South Africa. The first reason is that the drought from which the country is now suffering has no doubt reached something in the nature of a national catastrophe, a national catastrophe especially, I believe, in respect of beef producers, although many cereal producers have been very hard hit indeed, and have the greatest sympathy from everyone on this side of the House. I use the phrase particularly in respect of and in connection with beef producers, because I believe the situation is becoming a catastrophe, not only to the beef producers themselves, but also to the nation itself.

The second reason why I felt it necessary to draw the Prime Minister’s attention to this matter was that I believed that had there been adequate, timeous and long-term planning, some of the worst effects of this drought might have been avoided. The third reason is that I believe the plans to cope with the situation seem to me to a large extent to be patch-work, and not imaginative enough to deal with the whole situation. I say that even if some of those plans have been formulated as a result of consultation with organized agriculture. What is so worrying is that certain aspects of this matter were raised during the Budget debate a few days ago by several speakers on this side of the House, when there was no reply from either of the Ministers charged with the care of agriculture in this country or from the Deputy Minister concerned. In view of the situation, I have no alternative but to bring this matter to the Prime Minister himself and to ask him to reply on behalf of his Ministers and to see to it that the country knows what the attitude of his Government is and what its policy is in regard to this matter. [Interjections.] Just as I expected, Sir, there is the parrot-cry that I am trying to exploit the drought for political purposes. May I say, Sir, that in my opinion it is this Government which is using the drought to cover up both its sins of omission and commission in respect of agriculture in this country. In any event, it was interesting to listen to the hon. the Minister of Finance earlier during this Session when he said that if large areas of the country were in the grip of a stubborn and prolonged drought, all other sectors of the national economy must inevitably suffer. If that is so, then this is a matter of national importance and one in respect of which a reply is due to the public from the hon. the Prime Minister himself. Just how serious the effects of this drought are going to be are going to depend, firstly, on the nature of the assistance given to the farmers concerned in the drought-stricken areas and, secondly, on what the state of affairs was in that section of the agricultural industry which was affected at the time the drought began. I think I can already say that there is no doubt whatever that the effect of this drought on the economy as such is going to be felt for several years to come. I do not suppose any one person—I doubt if even the Prime Minister himself at this stage—fully knows how seriously or otherwise various groups of farmers have been affected.

I want to say that in the course of my travels round the country in recent weeks in the course of the election campaign, when people are apt to come forward to give you some idea of the circumstances in their own areas, it is interesting to know that in most of those areas the Opposition party did better even than it expected and certainly very much better than the Government. [Interjections.] When members have made up their own minds. Sir, and finished their debate, I can perhaps say that I think I was able to form some picture of the sort of situation that was developing, not only as a result of what I myself saw, but as a result also of reports made to me and letters and complaints sent into me through the post. I say it was a tragic picture of many hundreds of thousands of morgen in which there were withered crops, in which maize farmers were suffering from a most serious situation, a tragic picture of exhausted grazing, of cattle, at the end of summer, in such poor condition that it is quite clear that there is no hope of their lasting through the winter unless they get artificial feeding of some kind or other, of fanners in so desperate a plight that many of them were leaving their farms and in some cases speculators trying to cash in on the misfortunes of the farmers.

In addition there is another development as a result of this drought, and that is that in certain of the Bantu areas, not only are the stock exhausted or have ceased to exist, but in many areas there have been crop failures to such a degree that there is no hope whatever of those people lasting through the winter without suffering very seriously from hunger and shortages of various kinds. The result is that already in some of those areas the population is on the move on a substantial scale without any regard to the normal sort of restrictions upon their movements. They are moving in such a way that the results may be frightening and serious unless steps are taken to deal with it. I think one of the matters on which we should like a reply from the hon. the Prime Minister is as to what steps are being taken to deal with that situation and what his plans are to meet the sort of difficulties which are going to arise, especially as it seems that certain voluntary associations, anxious to visit certain of the areas, have encountered difficulties in being granted permission to enter those areas.

The tragedy of this drought situation is that these blows have been struck at the foundation of an industry, the agricultural industry, which, on the whole, has not shared in fair measure in the prosperity the country has enjoyed in recent years. Because they have not shared in that prosperity, they are not in a strong position to withstand these onslaughts upon them, onslaughts from nature which has dealt with them so unfairly in their fight for survival. It is not only I who say that, Sir. The president of the South African Agricultural Union himself drew attention, in his last presidential address to his own unoin, to the fact that, in his opinion, the agricultural community had not had its just share in the prosperity of the country. Despite the explanations from the Deputy Minister of Agriculture and certain of the officials of the Department, that congress passed a unanimous resolution associating itself with the remarks of their president.

In the report of the director of the South African Agricultural Union, he made it clear that in his opinion the agricultural community was getting a very low-rated interest and a very high capital outlay in agriculture. In fact, he indicated that it might be as low as 2.1 per cent on the average. There are also figures indicating that the percentage of farmers farming at a loss, to judge from income-tax returns, was just about 6 per cent in the last three-year period for which information is available.

In addition to all this, most of the farmers affected by the drought have been farmers producing articles marketed in terms of the Marketing Act and producing products in respect of which the Government has followed a price policy which has been severely criticized, a price policy which, according to critics —and I believe justifiably so—has tended to hold the reins too tight and take insufficient regard of the vagaries of the weather and the difficulties to which they expose the farming community of this country. The result is that most people in many cases have not been able to build up reserves. They have had cost of production plus a certain reward, but in many cases that reward has been such that they have not been able to build up reserves for the bad years. Now you find them already in difficulties, in no position to withstand these further economic onslaughts which are being made upon their position.

I know the moment I make statements of this kind, when I speak of the agricultural community generally, I shall have the Minister of Agricultural Economics and Marketing—if he can be persuaded to speak on this occasion —bounding up and telling us: How can things be bad with agriculture when land prices are going up steadily in South Africa. I want to tell him that that is certainly not the opinion of the President of the South African Agricultural Union that because land prices are going up, agriculture is necessarily profitable. I must also tell him that that is a very similar situation to what is happening in Great Britain at the moment where, despite the many millions spent on subsidies—I believe over £1,000,000 per day; that is the last figure I have—to the farming community, land prices continue to rise but farming continues to be more and more uneconomic.

I believe the reason here in South Africa could perhaps be sought in the fact that investments in land are often made by farmers themselves who know very little about other types of investment and who are seeking security against inflation; they are seeking to maintain a way of life for themselves and their families. Very often they are people who have been in the game a long time, people who have inherited large farms and are able to average out overheads and cost in a way which completely excludes the possibility of the young man coming into agriculture and being able to make a profit from the business at all.

I must say I am not impressed by arguments of that kind because one sees on every side the difficulties with which agriculturists are faced, agriculturists whose products are controlled and marketed in terms of the Marketing Act. I think if one needed further evidence then the sad story as to soil conservation in South Africa must illustrate the difficulties of the farming community and the neglect of the Government in that regard. Once again. Sir, you have the Soil Conservation Board, in its annual report, drawing attention to the lack of capital amongst farmers for the erection of soil conservation works. You get the blame given not only to floods, diseases and pests but also to the cost price squeeze that has been taking place in South Africa. In addition that board has emphasized yet again the lack of technical staff to do the necessary surveys and to draw up the necessary plans. It is a truism, I suppose, that well conserved land is far longer proof against drought than land that has been over-grazed and neglected. Here again we have an example of what I believe is primarily neglect on the part of the Government to give attention to this matter.

Hand in hand with conservation should go proper control of veld and grazing management. For the very same reason I ask how much has been done in this regard? I think it was two years ago when Dr. van der Watt, the Chairman of the Wool Board, drew attention to the deterioration of our grazing in South Africa over the last 20 years. It was less than that when Dr. van Wyk, the head of the Karoo Agricultural Region, drew attention to the neglect of grazing management and the resultant drying-out in our soils, the deterioration of soil cover, the scope even for termites and the deterioration of the soil itself. I myself have drawn attention to these matters at agricultural congresses and I believe the attention of this House has been drawn to these matters. The reply comes back: “Yes, but this is the responsibility of the farmer.” But what can the farmer do when, in many cases, because of poor price margins, he was forced to mine his soil, unable to adopt conservation farming methods and unable to protect his own heritage in that regard in order to make a living and to stay on his farm? I think a classic example of the sort of difficulties that have been arising, is the tragic position of our beef industry in this country. Do you realize, Sir, that our cattle population has been virtually constant for the last eight to ten years with a growing population and a growing demand for meat? A growing demand for meat not only because of the growing population but because of the changed eating habits amongst various members of the population who are demanding more meat and less bread and particularly moving over from mealie meal to meat. But our cattle population is remaining virtually constant. Do you realize, Sir, that from the year 1938 all there has been in South Africa has been a growth in our cattle population of roundabout 7 per cent? It rose from about 11,700,000 to about 12,300,000. Compare that with other countries of the world. Compare that with Swaziland and South West Africa where there has been a jump of over 50 per cent since the war years; compare that with the United States of America, a developed country, where there has been a jump of over 60 per cent over the last 22 or 23 years; Brazil with a jump of 85 per cent, Australia 40 per cent, France 33 per cent, Communist Russia 50 per cent, the Federation of Rhodesia 66 per cent and South Africa, under this Government, 7 per cent! Why? The reasons are not far to seek. Sir. The reasons are the lack of security which could be offered by a long-term policy in respect of the meat industry. This has been lacking from this Government.

Secondly, the eternal fixing of prices below what would make beef production attractive. We read year after year the report of the meat committee to the South African Agricultural Union; we have seen the requests they have made and the extent to which those; requests have been granted by the authorities concerned. This year we have perhaps seen the biggest jump, namely R2,30, I think, per 100 lb. for Grade I. But the damage has been done because we find ourselves in the position to-day that approximately 40 per cent of our breeding stock is in the hands of the Bantu population. Such severe inroads have already been made upon our own breeding stock by drought conditions that I have no doubt whatever we are going to face a serious beef shortage in South Africa within the next few years when the calves of that breeding stock should be coming on the market. I fear that we are going to be placed in the position where we shall have to import meat for South Africa just as we are having to import cheese and butter to-day to meet our own demands, demands which have arisen not just because of drought conditions but because the dairy industry as a whole has lost confidence in this Government because of the price policy it has applied to those commodities.

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

Japie, are you going to make him your Minister of Agriculture?

Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

You know, Sir, there is an old Afrikaans saying: “Waar die hart van vol is, loop die mond van oor.” We have had this gentleman aspiring year after year to some job. however lowly in the hierarchy of the Nationalist Party, without success. He is not a member of the Broederbond; he has not got a hope. I must say, Sir, that he would probably do better than the Ministers the Prime Minister has at the moment; it would be difficult to do worse …

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

You will have to try for English, Blaar.

Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

We have the difficulty in respect of technical services, the shortages for which the Government has been responsible, the lack of progress in breeding referred to by people like Professor Bonsma and Dr. Romain when speaking of our difficulties over the past 25 years. What is the picture? The picture is a simple one. Droughts are nothing new in South Africa; one could virtually say they are always with us. All that varies is their intensity and their extent but they are best withstood by an economically strong agricultural community aided by longterm plans to meet such contingencies on a national scale. Neither of those things is present in South Africa at the present time. We have an agricultural community affected by a variety of things, lack of long-term agricultural planning by the Government, a price policy which militates against building up of reserves, lack of technical services and research, inter alia, into marketing and things affecting the agro-economy in South Africa, insufficient attention to conservation farming and proper grazing methods and very small advances in respect of breeding progress. Above all no long-term advance plans to meet such contingencies at a national level. We have a Ministry of Planning; we have a Minister of Planning. That hon. member is new in his job but he has found time to interfere in such things as mixed audiences, social amenities. What has he done about long-term planning to meet the position in respect of droughts in South Africa? These difficulties can be expected year after year in this country and what has the hon. gentleman done about it? As long as I can remember there has been talk in South Africa of nationally constituted fodder banks. There has been talk about cattle hotels where cattle suffering from drought would be shifted and fed at the expense of the farmer concerned and sold for his account. What has been done? [Interjections.] If the Chief Whip is interested let me tell him: R 12,000 has been paid towards the creation of a central fodder bank in the Transvaal. I believe I spent more than that on feeding my own cattle in one year, and I am sure the hon. the Prime Minister did the same. R12,000! Sir, what are we faced with? We are faced with a crying shortage of roughage. The Government is assisting in an attempt to harvest withered crops and make it available with chemical feeds to the farming community, and I think we have to ask ourselves whether the Minister of Transport’s hard-pressed transport system is going to be able to move that food, and we have to ask him also whether he is going to be able to move the molasses, so necessary an ingredient of that food? We know already the difficulties which the sugar mills have in getting the molasses moved. We know how much has to be wasted from time to time so that they can proceed with their milling because transport facilities are not available.

I want to say at once that I have not a great deal of fault to find with the financial assistance which the hon. the Prime Minister and his Departments are offering at the moment by way of loans, but what I want to know and what is worrying every decent, self-respecting farmer in that area is: What is the position going to be when those farmers are expected to pay off those loans; what is going to be the position when they are expected to pay off those loans under the present price policies of this Government? You see, Sir, so many of them have talked to me. They are honest men. Some of them have attended explanatory meetings held by the Ministers of Agriculture. They have not been satisfied. They are loath to commit themselves for loans or commitments which they don’t believe they are going to be able to pay for while the present price policies of this Government are applied to the products they are producing on their farms. An honest man rather than commit debts which he cannot meet, will quit, and there are a great many of them who are honest men, good men, who are not prepared to commit themselves if they don’t see a way out. and I think the Government’s treatment of this matter is going to be a test of its attitude towards the entire farming community, is going to be a test of whether it wants a stable farming community in South Africa, and is planning for it. If the Government wants that, then I believe it must now commit which I would regard as an act of faith. I think it must indicate at this stage to the hard-hit farming communities in these areas that where loans have been taken up for approved purposes, such as saving breeding stock or for sowing for the coming season, and things of that kind, the State will either write off a portion of those loans, or subsidize them, or see that the rate of interest on which they are loaned is so low that amortization can be undertaken at a rapid rate. There are precedents for that sort of thing in other countries of the world. The United States of America under drought conditions, make uneconomic loans to the farming community; rent-free loans are made to the farmers who are affected by those weather conditions. I believe there have been similar instances in the past in South Africa, although I must say at once that I have not been able to check up on them at this stage.

I think the State’s attitude towards the farming community is going to be judged by its actions in this connection, and not only to the farming community, because the whole economy is going to be affected by the speed with which recovery can be effected by the farmers concerned, the whole economy is going to be affected by the success or otherwise of the proposals of the Government in this regard. You see. Sir, already, unfortunately, there is the suspicion that this Government is concentrating on the large-scale wealthy farmer and that it is not determined to try to maintain the stability of, shall I say, the average type of farmer, the middle type of farmer on the land of South Africa of the present time. [Time limit.]

*Mr. WENTZEL:

For the first time since I have been in this House it has so happened that the hon. the Leader of the Opposition has confined himself to one subject—the position of the farmers. It has always been the practice of Leaders of the Opposition to discuss a variety of subjects under the Vote of the Prime Minister. But it is also interesting, Mr. Speaker, that the hon. the Leader of the Opposition, after the results of the latest provincial elections, did not say one single word about the Bantu problem, as has been the case on other occasions. I accept the fact that the hon. the Leader of the Opposition has learnt his lesson once and for all during these past provincial elections—that his federation plan is not accepted by the people of South Africa and that it is categorically rejected, because the whole election campaign of the Opposition during the provincial elections was based on the federation plan. I have had various pamphlets issued by the hon. the Leader of the Opposition and which deal only with the federation plan. The Opposition are now trying to make political capital out of the drought conditions which prevail in the country at the moment. The speech of the hon. the Leader of the Opposition was devoted solely to this question. It was aimed at making political capital out of the critical position. I want to say that all of us in the Government are aware of the position. I think that the Ministers concerned have already visited most of the areas which are affected by drought conditions and that they are fully acquainted with the position there.

*Mr. RAW:

The farmers want more than sympathy.

*Mr. WENTZEL:

The Ministers are acquainted with the position. Another thing which interested me was the fact that the Opposition, knowing that the Government has made itself aware of the serious drought conditions which prevail and that it is already making plans to meet this situation, has concentrated on trying to mention examples of individual farmers who may be dissatisfied. The hon. the Leader of the Opposition belittled the steps being taken by the Government. Can you imagine! He spoke belittlingly and contemptuously of the R 12,000 which is being made available to the South African Agricultural Union. Is this the assistance which the State has offered to the farmers at this stage? The hon. Leader of the Opposition knows that this amount is only for the organization of the South African Agricultural Union; he was silent about the millions which have already been made available in various ways. The hon. the Leader of the Opposition also knows very well, and has read reports in the Press, of all the assistance which is planned, and yet he has stood up in this House and spoken belittlingly about the assistance which has been made available, particularly for organizational purposes. The Government has given this assistance because it realizes that the South African Agricultural Union can be of very great assistance under these circumstances by carrying on with its administration as far as these conditions are concerned. I am sorry that the hon. the Leader of the Opposition spoke in such a belittling way.

The second point is that there is not one of us who does not have the greatest sympathy for these farmers, knowing what the position is and how serious conditions are. But the hon. the Leader of the Opposition knows that the assistance which has already been announced is extraordinarily comprehensive. I believe that the State will counter these conditions because over the course of years it has proved that it is always prepared to take the necessary steps, indeed, more comprehensive measures than any previous Government has ever taken to combat conditions of this nature. Just let me tell the hon. the Leader of the Opposition that, knowing the farmers of South Africa as we do, I am convinced that the farmers will find their feet again. I know their self-confidence and their trust in the soil of South Africa, and if they are given the opportunity and if they are assisted, they will, as they have done in the past, not disappoint the State and the Government. They are not asking for charity; all they want is assistance to combat the prevailing conditions and I am convinced that the Government will take all the necessary steps to see that this is done.

The hon. the Leader of the Opposition also referred to the Marketing Act. He said that the rules governing the Marketing Act systems should be made less stringent. Mr. Speaker, I think that, as far as most products are concerned, a system of prices has been drawn up, a system of price determinations, which is the finest cost system of its kind and which gives the farmers confidence. I have the privilege of often coming into contact with the farmers at the agricultural unions and elsewhere and both as regards wheat and maize there is one thing on which the farmers stand firm and that is that they do not want to see any deviation whatsoever from the system of price determination because this system gives them security. The farmer knows that the price for last year will be the price for next year, unless circumstances change. Compare this with the methods which the United Party followed in the past when they were in power. The rules governing the marketing systems, which the hon. the Leader of the Opposition mentioned, were such at that time and the powers which the then Government had under the Marketing Act were used to such effect that prices were forced down according to the size of the crop. If the crop was large and was larger than was required in the country, it was the policy of the United Party to force prices down. The policy which is followed by the present Government of a fixed price determination system is one of the finest methods which has ever been worked out in South Africa as far as price determination is concerned; the farmers have confidence in it and they do not want to deviate from it. If any person were to stand up at one of the agricultural meetings and say that he wanted to depart from these methods of price determination, the whole community of maize farmers would be up in arms, and the same thing holds good for the wheat farmers. The hon. the Leader of the Opposition mentioned some thing which was apparently said by the President of the South African Agricultural Union.

I have the report here, the annual report of the Chairman of the South African Agricultural Union. When one reads this report and when one considers the circumstances under which this statement was made, I feel that there was no justification for the President of the South African Agricultural Union to make a statement of this nature in the light of his own report. I do not have the time now to quote from the report in regard to his comparison of the position here with that overseas, and in regard to his remarks in connection with the position of capital. This report certainly does not justify his having made a statement of that nature. But the hon. the Leader of the Opposition has made statements of this nature previously without producing any proof of them. He has dragged in the President of the South African Agricultural Union in this regard without trying to produce any proof of the allegations which he has made. He has never tried to produce proof to show that his allegations were correct. According to the report of the South African Agricultural Union itself, that remark was not justified. [Time limit.]

Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

It has been really amusing to hear the chairman of the Nationalist Party’s agricultural group trying so hard to get away from agriculture and trying to get involved in race politics immediately he got onto his feet. I do not blame him, but let me promise him that he will have his opportunity later to discuss these matters.

What has the hon. gentleman said? He has criticized the President of the South African Agricultural Union for the remarks he made in respect of the agricultural industry. Why does the hon. member not tell this House that the entire South African Agricultural Union voted unanimously to associate itself with the report of its president? The hon. member has attacked me for daring to criticize the Government’s price policies. Here are extracts, covering two years running, from the reports of the Meat Committee of the South African Agricultural Union. This is their request for the fixing of prices at a certain level. In 1963—

This request was supported by the Meat Board, but the Minister did not see his way clear to approve of it.

The following year—

The Meat Board supported the request (a new request this time), but the Minister did not see his way clear to approve it.

Now, Sir, who knows more about what is going on in respect of the fixing of prices, the Meat Board of the South African Agricultural Union or this hon. member who does not seem to know what the unanimous decision of the union was? Sir, I have said that I believe that the time has come for an act of faith by the Government, an act of faith to the farmers in the areas worst hit by the drought, an act of faith indicating that the Government will give them consideration by way of subsidies or lower rates of interest, allowing for rapid amortization, in order that they should be able to remain on the land. I pointed out the difficulties of the honest man in that regard, the man who is not prepared to go blindly forward if he does not see the opportunity of meeting his commitments. I want to say at once that even such an exceptional step would be useless in South Africa, it, after it had been made use of to rehabilitate the farmers concerned, we are going to continue with the Government’s present agricultural policy and if we are going to continue with its present price policies. I believe the time has come for a reappraisal, a clear statement of objectives and the adoption of a more realistic approach in respect of agriculture generally.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

And you are not concerned about the consumer at all?

Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

Of course I am concerned with the consumer, and I have already said that if this position of the drought is not repaired rapidly, we are going to have to import meat at higher prices into South Africa. The same has happened in the case of butter. Whilst the Government used to subsidize butter with lc per lb., they are now paying 9d. per lb. subsidy on imported butter. I think the hon. Minister of Transport should keep to transport. But let me take it a little further. In that new approach there must be a general acceptance of the fact that where the prices are to be fixed, the farmer must be assured a guaranteed and fair income over and above his production costs. In that framework steps must be taken generally in what I believe is the right sort of direction, namely, that there must be better co-operation between grain and meat farming in South Africa, with the accent on beef production; there will have to be rationalization of the price ratios in that regard.

I believe, secondly, Sir, there will have to be better control, better management, more research, more assistance in respect of grazing land, and I believe this is going to mean also greater efforts on the part of the State to assist in reducing and keeping production costs down. That is going to mean four things particularly on the part of the State: The first of those is more qualified personnel in the Department of Agriculture and in the Department of Economic and Marketing Services, particularly technical personnel to assist the farmer with guidance and advice. I believe, thirdly, that better facilities are required for the training of farm labour; and, fourthly, better teaching and training opportunities for the farmers themselves. I believe we still have the position that only 12 per cent of all those who start farming each year in South Africa have had any agricultural training and have been to any agricultural school, college or university in South Africa.

I believe we should also move in the direction of a thorough reform of the control board system in South Africa. When that system was introduced, the idea was that it would give attention to things such as price stability, orderly marketing and, what is perhaps the most important of all, efficiency in respect of the farming community. If you read the report of the Commission on Control Boards of 1947, you will find that it accepted that these boards must give more attention to the efficiency of the farmers. Now, Sir, are these boards so constituted to-day that they can give attention to that matter, that they can give assistance in respect of the efficiency of the farming community? I think the third thing we have got to look to is that strenuous steps must be taken to combat the depopulation of the platteland and I believe it can be done by a sensible decentralization of industry in the rural areas and not only to border areas. Lastly, there is the need of better schooling facilities for the children, better teaching facilities for their sons and daughters in those areas. Do you realize, Sir, what is happening on the platteland at the moment. It is not a question of depopulation of those rural areas. It is a question of repopulation. For every White man who leaves at the present time, 26 Bantu are coming into our rural areas. That is what is going on under this Government. Those are the last figures for the ten-year period available to us. People talk about depopulation of the platteland. It is not being depopulated, it is being repopulated by Black men. That is what has been happening over that period. I believe also we must give more attention to financing smaller type farmers so that there can be more intensive production on small units, many of which tend to become uneconomic as a result of the present price policy of the Government.

Then I believe that we have got to have a country-wide scheme for the rehabilitation of those farmers who have been forced off their land through no fault of their own. Sir, in the United States of America steps are being taken for retraining these people for other occupations, and there is consideration even for pensions for elderly farmers who cannot be trained for new occupations. I believe that with the sort of development we are having here in South Africa, something of that kind must be undertaken in the interests of the farming community.

We have talked about production, but what about marketing? I think there are three things in connection with marketing that have got to be realized. The first is that there must be sensible acceptance of the fact that the prosperity of the farmer depends, in the absence of unexpected weather conditions or pests and things like that, depends in the last resort upon the prosperity of the whole community. That means the Black community as well as the White community. That possibly is why the Minister of Defence was so right when he told the agricultural community that their future was assured as long as they did not expect prices for agricultural products to rise faster than the wages of non-Europeans in industrial employment. He saw the connection, although he expressed it in a somewhat unfortunate way. But there is no doubt whatever that the Black market is part of our home-market and that it is not going to be assisted by a policy of forcing these people back to the reserves, to an economic standard which lacks industrialization and will not enable them to build up the demand for agricultural products, which is so essential for the wellbeing of our farming community. [Time limit.]

*Mr. G. F. H. BEKKER:

The speech of the hon. the Leader of the Opposition reminded me strongly of the action of a pupil, a person who has heard something for the first time or who has learnt a lesson, or has learnt something from a book. That was the way in which the hon. the Leader of the Opposition spoke about agriculture. Long before he ever entered politics the farmers organized themselves on their own initiative. They established the Marketing Act. That is the Magna Charta of the farmers, and whoever interferes with that Magna Charta interferes with the very being of the farmer, because stabilization came about through the Marketing Act. I want briefly to sketch the policy of the United Party of before that time. During their period of office they departed completely from the provisions of the Marketing Act. They governed by way of emergency regulations. They closed down the agricultural colleges. They commandeered meat and paid Id. per lb. for mutton, which was the highest price paid during their period of office. They had the lambs slaughtered and decimated our herds of stock to such an extent that it took years and years to rectify the position again. That was the policy of the United Party. I remember the days when they were still in government and when we did not even have storage space for our maize. The maize just lay and rotted under their policy. To tell the truth, they went further and paid into the Treasury the money which the farmers made after the war when maize was exported, when an extra profit of £5,000,000 was made on the export of that wheat, and it was the present Government which, in 1948 under Mr. Klasie Havenga, brought the first stabilization fund into being for the farmers by using that same money. I should like to know what the United Party has done for the farmers during the period that we have been in power? Not one of them has gone to the departments. Not one of them has suggested a policy. Have they ever said that they have approached the banks, or whatever the case may be, in order to try to do something for the farmers? No, all they do is to try to make political capital out of the drought conditions. What solution have they suggested? Have they said anything to indicate what they would do under similar circumstances? I can give hon. members the assurance that this side of the House and the South African Agricultural Union, with whom we co-operate very well indeed, is very sympathetically disposed towards the farmer and shows it in a practical way. Hon. members opposite have spoken belittlingly of the hon. member for Christiana (Mr. Wentzel). I want to tell them that he is one of the most prominent personages in the sphere of agriculture in South Africa. He knows a great deal; he knows far more about agriculture than the hon. the Leader of the Opposition does. He has co-operated over the years to place the maize industry on a sound basis. But what did we do further? While hon. members opposite were sleeping and were doing nothing in this regard, we were cooperating with the Meat Board and the Agricultural Union and we worked out a plan not only for to-day but for the future as well. We worked out a scheme to encourage the production of beef, a scheme in terms of which we have a floor price which will not be a floor price only but a floor price which makes it a paying proposition for farmers to breed cattle, something which has never been done before in the past. I want to add that the increase last year was effected by this side of the House together with the Meat Board and in consultation with our other boards. We took the initiative in encouraging the farmers in South West Africa and in the Northern Transvaal who were experiencing drought conditions. and we gave them an opportunity to build up their herds of stock once again. It was this Government and our boards which brought this about. I have not heard one remark of a constructive nature from that side of the House. Previously we had a floor price for meat which was not a paying proposition. That was why we consulted the Agricultural Unions and the boards. When one considers the increase in the floor prices of beef, one is able to appreciate the amount of work that has been done in this regard. Last year it was 112 and it is now 140 and I am convinced that this will be an incentive to farmers and encourage them to produce meat, because nobody will produce meat if it is not a paying proposition. That is why this basis has been drawn up; it is slightly more than the usual production costs. It is an incentive price. What did hon. members opposite do in order to introduce an incentive price? We sympathize with the people experiencing difficulty owing to drought but we have also done something about the matter. Who approached the Departments in order to obtain assistance for the farmers? It was the farming group on this side. We visited the Reserve Bank; we did everything that we possibly could to obtain relief for the farmers, and we were successful. The other day the hon. the Minister made a statement indicating what this group has done to assist the farmers. What did that side do? We visited all the banks and the people who finance the farmers and we arrived at an agreement whereby the production of the farmers would not be curtailed by the banks in times of drought. It was this side of the House which succeeded in bringing this about. I am sure that that side has never had a group which approached the Land Bank. To what is the improved assistance by the Land Bank due? We amended the Land Bank Act yesterday. Who effected those improvements? It was our group and this Government. That is why we have all those improvements in the Land Bank Act in order to encourage production. That is why there is more money available for silos and more money for water, and water and fodder are two of the most important items in this country which is so prone to drought. When we look at our conservation programme, we see that this group, together with the Agricultural Unions, has made every effort to obtain increased subsidies for fencing material, silos and so forth. Hon. members opposite have never been near the South African Agricultural Union. All they are trying to do is make political propaganda out of the difficulties of those people who are in such dire straits. If they had come to this House with a comprehensive scheme to assist these people, one could have understood it. But I make so bold as to say that they have done nothing but try to make political capital out of a drought, the worst drought that we have had for 40 years. They are playing with the livelihood of those people. I myself am a farmer and I want to challenge them to show what they did for the animal husbandry industry. We did everything. Take for example the development of our stud-books and our milk recording schemes. Who established these things? This side of the House, together with the Agricultural Unions. Not one of those hon. members opposite has ever done anything in this regard. Not one of them has ever tried to do anything for the farmers. That is why I say that everything they have said to-day is simply aimed at making politcal capital out of the position of those farmers who have to be assisted. This Government made every facility available in the Northern Transvaal to assist the farmers there. Fodder loans were granted and we even went so far as to keep these people on their farms. What has that side ever done? [Time limit.]

*Mr. CONNAN:

As usual, we have once again heard the speech which we hear every year. We heard that the Marketing Act is the Magna Charta of the farmers. The only thing that the hon. member for Cradock (Mr. G. F.

H. Bekker) forgot to mention was that the United Party was responsible for the Marketing Act. We have again heard the old story of the closing down of the agricultural colleges, but the hon. member did not tell us that the course has now been reduced from two years to one year. As far as the price of maize is concerned, he did not tell us either that in the first few years during which this Government was in power maize was exported at a profit but that the farmers did not receive that profit. The strange thing to my mind is this: Every time that we have a Nationalist Party Government, the farmers find themselves in the greatest difficulty. In the early ’thirties the farmers were in such dire straits that the United Party had to assist them by means of subsidies on wool and mortgage interest repayments so that the farmers could find their feet again. We have the same position here and once again this position will result in the farmers voting this Government out of power.

The hon. member for Cradock said that no person would produce something that was not a paying proposition. That is why the cattle population has remained static and has not increased—because this industry has not been a profitable one over the years. The new prices which have been announced are floor prices which will not affect the position because the market prices are above the floor prices. We have heard the hon. the Minister of Agricultural Economics and Marketing tell us here and in the Other Place that the farmers have certain liberties and that if they want to retain those freedoms they must not expect the Government to guarantee prices in any way at all. On one occasion he also said that the farmers must take what they can get.

*The MINISTER OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING:

I said nothing about guaranteed prices. I was speaking about guaranteed income.

*Mr. CONNAN:

After all, the income depends upon the price. He said that any farmer who wanted to buy land could do so; that he could pay what he liked for the land, he could farm that land as he pleased and he could grow what he pleased. Those were his basic freedoms. There is nothing wrong in saying that a person who wants to buy land can buy it. The second point is that he said that the farmer can pay what he wants to for land. I believe that generally speaking the farmer pays a price which is an economic price. But it is to this fact that the hon. the Minister seeks to ascribe the difficulties which the farmers are experiencing to-day. He says that they are paying uneconomic prices for land and that is why they are in difficulty. I believe that the farmers will not pay prices which are unnecessarily high unless it is by way of exception. What percentage of the hundred thousand farmers has over the past 10 years purchased this so-called expensive land? It must be a very small percentage and I am sure that in most cases it happened when a farmer moved from one part of the country to another. He then had to buy expensive land but he also sold his for a good price.

*An HON. MEMBER:

Who then bought his?

*Mr. CONNAN:

In the case where his land was purchased, it was usually purchased by more than one neighbouring farmer. But I want to repeat that the percentage of farmers who purchased land during this period was small. One cannot link up the difficulties which the farmers are experiencing at present with the fact that they have purchased expensive land. When a farmer sells his land it is usually bought by neighbouring farmers to make their farms larger. These farmers usually have some money and they pay for that land but generally speaking a farmer can get by because he has a farm which is not heavily encumbered.

The third point is that the farmer grows what he pleases. I believe that the farmer farms with the product which he finds most profitable. Here and there there may be an exception; a farmer may farm with the wrong product because of his ignorance, but if he does so, it is the fault of the Government because the Government has to provide that farmer with the necessary information.

*An HON. MEMBER:

Must the farmer be controlled?

*Mr. CONNAN:

No, but he must be informed. There are few farmers who farm uneconomically. I do not think that the hon. member for Cradock would plant maize at Cradock. He knows what it will pay him to grow there and the same holds good for the other farmers.

*The MINISTER OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING:

And if he plants maize there, he must not expect to get a good price for that maize.

*Mr. CONNAN:

That is quite right. But the hon. the Minister has given us to understand that there are a number of farmers who do this, and I say that that is not the case. There are only a few individual farmers who farm with the wrong product and in most cases they do so from ignorance. There may be other cases of people who have continually to produce cash crops because their economic position is so uncertain.

*An HON. MEMBER:

When are you going to discuss the drought?

*Mr. CONNAN:

The farmer farms as he pleases. Of course the farmer farms as he pleases but he does so because he is sure that that is the most efficient way to farm. There will probably be a few exceptions. We said the other day that there are farmers who farm inefficiently but these farmers must make way for the man who is a better farmer than they are. I am convinced of the fact that every farmer farms in the most efficient way he can. These freedoms of the farmer therefore are freedoms which are practised, so it is not right to say that when they practise these freedoms they cannot expect an income. [Interjections.] The farmers are struggling but not only as a result of drought. There is a very serious drought at the moment but it is exceptional. We are always experiencing periodical droughts in our country and this factor has always to be considered in any price determination.

*Mr. GROBLER:

Are we supposed to know of a drought in advance?

*Mr. CONNAN:

No, but the farmer must be placed in the economic position where he can withstand those droughts. The farmer’s financial position must be able to be developed to such an extent in the good years that he is able to withstand a period of drought. [Time limit.]

*Mr. SCHOON BEE:

I think that it was probably quite refreshing for the hon. the Prime Minister to note this new pattern of attack on the part of the Opposition this afternoon. I think that if hon. members in this House are sensible, they will realize that something useful can come of this. But if we try to make political capital out of this disaster which has struck the country, it will not get us very far. I just want to mention a few statistics. It is anticipated that, because of climatic conditions, the Western Province has lost about 25 per cent of its crop. The wool clip will be 22 per cent lower than anticipated and the maize industry has suffered a 40 per cent loss. Besides this, there are all the other branches of farming which have been detrimentally affected. South Africa will pay dearly for this in the years which lie ahead. But what on earth could the Government do as regards these unfavourable climatic conditions? The hon. member for Gardens (Mr. Connan) said that the farmer is going to vote this Government out of office, but, good heavens, we have just had a test, and what happened to that party? The hon. the Prime Minister and his party were given a vote of the fullest confidence by the public and in every agricultural district in which there was an election, with the exception of one, there was a great majority in the number of votes cast for this side of the House. In other words, the confidence of the country in us is increasing by the day, and not only this, we are winning over the supporters of hon. members on that side of the House. I am speaking of the English-speaking people of South Africa, especially in Natal. How they joked about it when the hon. the Prime Minister made a break through in Durban! How their newspapers ridiculed the appointment of two English-speaking persons to the Cabinet! But where does their party stand to-day? We have the judgment of the public. But, like the Bourbons of France, the Opposition have never forgotten a thing and have never learnt a thing, as the hon. the Minister of Finance said yesterday. Year after year they come to this House and, if they do not discuss the Broederbond, then they discuss the Bantu, but they never discuss the matters which really affect our economy.

In the short time at my disposal there are a few accusations which I should like to make against hon. members opposite. For the past 20 years now I have been closely connected with farming organizations and co-operatives in the Transvaal and, during that period, a revolution has taken place in agriculture. That side of the House was in power in 1947, and they appointed a commission of inquiry to abolish the control boards. These were its terms of reference. Now that side of the House has come along this afternoon and has said that we are not sympathetically disposed towards the farmers. In 1947 they wanted to abolish the Magna Charta of the farmers, as it is called by the hon. member for Cradock (Mr. G. F. H. Bekker). I want to put this question to the hon. member for Gardens: Who determines the price to the farmers? Does the Government determine the price to the farmer? The farmers themselves determine maize prices, wheat prices and tobacco prices. We ourselves run the boards and we determine each price ourselves. We then approach the hon. the Minister with these prices and we have to consider the consumers who have to obtain the product at an economic price. It does not help to raise salaries on the one hand in order to enable the consumers to live, and on the other hand, to have a too-wealthy sector. The task of the Government is to treat all sections of the population in an honest and just way. Twenty years ago, when I became director of a co-operative for the first time, the largest of its kind in the country, what happened? At that time maize was lying and rotting by the hundred thousand bags over the length and breadth of South Africa. This country lost thousands of pounds in revenue as a result of the policy which that side of the House was following. I myself was a farmer when we asked for 21s. per bag. and we were paid 19s. The farmers said that they would not continue producing, with the result that we had to import maize from the Argentine. We also know what happened in regard to meat, how our wives had to queue for a small piece of meat, for a little bread and a little butter. That was the position during their period of office. It was because of that fact that the conservatism of the platteland rose up against them. It was because of that fact that the farmers turned against them practically as one man—their own people. I want to give a definite example. Groblersdal was virtually a settlement of soldiers. I know what I am talking about, because I bought land there at that time. They treated those pooi soldiers on that settlement in such a way and the agriculture there was so unprofitable that those people turned against them within a period of five years. I am sure that Groblersdal will never again send a United Party candidate to this House. These are the people who tell us that we are treating the farmers badly! But if we put our heads together to-day we can do something to alleviate this critical position in the country. It is of no avail to blame everything on the Government. I just want to put this question to the hon. the Leader of the Opposition. This year started with more promise than any previous year in South Africa. It was to be one of the most promising years as far as the whole country was concerned. We all expected to harvest one of the largest crops in history, which would have resulted in greater prosperity for agriculture than ever before. If this had happened, and we had had a maize crop of 80,000,000 bags, what would the position have been to-day? Would we have made this a national matter for discussion, and would we have tried to score off one another, in this regard? No, the United Party would then not have made these accusations. But now that this disaster has struck the whole country—and I may say that in all my life this is the first time that the whole of South Africa has found itself in such a position. [Time limit.]

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

I do not propose to follow the hon. member who has just sat down. I want to deal with another aspect of the difficulties we are facing here. Whether it flows from the drought or not. I can merely say that droughts ate always with us. Some years are worse than others, but whatever we do so far as our economy is concerned it seems to me that any Government should take into account the fact that we will always have droughts. Some droughts may be more severe than others, but it is a factor which we must bear in mind. One of the points I want to deal with is the number of Bantu who are coming into the towns from the scheduled Native areas. Only just this weekend I had occasion to return from Natal and as the result of the reports I had received I was not able to carry out a very wide survey of the position, but I saw ample to indicate to me that the Bantu are moving in not by the hundreds but by the thousands. I do not know what information the Prime Minister has in this regard. It is mainly due to the drought. I saw miles upon miles of country where the Bantu will reap no crops whatever. It is not a case of small crops, but the mealies have no cobs at all. I wonder how far the proclamations dealing with drought-stricken areas are realistic and reflect the drought with which we are faced. I was amazed to read in the Press recently that the drought was broken in such-and-such an area. If you make inquiries you find that there were 40 points of rain. That is not breaking the drought; it is hardly laying the dust. It does not even make the grass grow at this late time of the year. The growing period is finished and the drought is not broken but is increasing day by day in severity and the high temperatures and the winds we are having add to our troubles. So we see this huge drift from the Native areas into the towns. These are hungry people. They are going into the towns whether there is influx control or not. We cannot arrest them all. They are streaming into the White areas because they are hungry and are looking for food. Their own food supply is finished. Natives I have spoken to, who are the owners of stock, have seen their stock on the point of perishing and have killed them, or they have taken those who have already died and eaten them. Hon. members know that is what happens to Native cattle which die. I want to point out that the Bantu are in many respects the small farmers of this country. Hon. members who know what takes place at Native cattle sales will know that hundreds upon hundreds of cattle pass from Bantu ownership into the hands of the feeders, people who fatten these animals and market them.

That brings me to the beef supplies of South Africa. I am prepared to stick my neck out and to say that in three years’ time we are going to be importing beef increasingly every year. It will not be just for a year or two. Hon. members who are engaged in cattle raising will know that there is this difference between raising beef and, e.g., pork or mutton, that from the time the man makes up his mind to go in for beef production it takes him five years before he can put a finished steer on the market. He buys a calf, he rears that animal …

*Mr. J. J. RALL:

You are out of date; you can market it after two years.

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

Sir, I am trying to deal with the position in South Africa as it usually obtains. From the time you buy your cow, and that cow has gone through the period of gestation and has produced its calf and that calf has been reared—and whether it is reared by a breeder or a feeder makes no difference—it takes the best part of five years under South African conditions before that calf is marketed and I defy anybody to say otherwise. I am not talking about baby beef. We do not supply the meat market in South Africa with baby beef. I repeat that the small White farmer in South Africa has gone out of production. The man who is producing a small number of stock goes to the towns and becomes a consumer. The level of money wages paid for such a huge proportion of our working population has brought into being a fresh section of our people who are meat eaters and who are paying these prices. Sir, they are quite unrealistic. I want to ask the hon. the Prime Minister, because we can get no answer from the Ministers of Agriculture or from the Deputy Minister, whether the Government is prepared to guarantee a floor price for five, six or ten years so as to give the man who comes into the picture to-day an opportunity of saying. “I will be marketing my first beef in four to five years’ time and for four years after that I know that I am going to get a secure price”. Because. Sir. unless something of that kind is done, we are simply going to see these small people dropping out of the picture more and more as feeders and as breeders. Breeding is dropping and feeding is dropping, and one of the worst aspects of the lot is the way that our veld is torn up, veld which in the past has been grass veld, producing beef, producing ordinary products. Today it is being put under trees. I am a timber grower myself to-day in the main. Sir, why are people drying up grass veld and putting it under trees? Because they are satisfied that in the long run they are going to get a worthwhile paying proposition: that they are going to get their money back with adequate interest and when we see that the price of land is going up, the answer is that many of the big combines which are buying tens of thousands of acres of land every year, are business men who form combines to buy this land; they are not farmers; they are businessmen taking their surplus profits, putting it into land where they believe it is going to be safe, where it will be a safeguard against inflation. They are to-day putting that land under timber for a long-term return on their capital investment. They are quite prepared to wait for it. They look upon it as some kind of security in their old-age, some kind of pension for themselves. Sir, every acre of that land is reducing our dairy products and is reducing the meat that we want for our South African tables at a time when consumption and the numbers of consumers are growing year by year. I ask the hon. the Prime Minister therefore whether the Government is prepared to guarantee a floor price for the next five to ten years for red meat in South Africa, so that the South African consumer will not have to rely on imported meat within three years, because that is what is otherwise facing us in this country.

*The PRIME MINISTER:

This is presumably the first time in the history of this Parliament that an agricultural debate has been conducted under the Vote of the Prime Minister. It is perhaps an important matter for the country—that is true—but there is a time for everything. There is a time when broad national policy should be reviewed, and there are times when special matters should be dealt with. There is no doubt but that agricultural matters, particularly at this period, are of the greatest importance to South Africa, but they cannot be discussed in terms of generalities. The future of agriculture will have to be dealt with in a clear way. in regard to specific ideas, and the place for that is without any doubt when the Votes of the Ministers of Agriculture come to be discussed.

*Mr. RAW:

But they do not reply.

*The PRIME MINISTER:

The complaint we have had so far that the Ministers do not reply is of course so much nonsense, because when a Minister’s Vote is discussed it is en-evitable that he should take part in that debate and reply to it. What he says need not always be in accordance with what hon. members opposite want. Let me illustrate this with a pertinent example in regard to the question put here by the hon. member who who has just sat down. He now asks me, because the Ministers of Agriculture are alleged to be unwilling to answer the question, for a specific assurance that a floor price for beef will be guaranteed for the next five or ten years. I call that a nonsensical request; it is a completely unpractical, stupid request, because supposing one guarantees a certain amount, and within three or six months or a year there is inflation which completely reduces money values, what on earth will be the use of that so-called guarantee then? Then it has no meaning at all.

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

If you cannot do so, say so.

*The PRIME MINISTER:

It is not a question of not being able to do so; it is unwise to do so. The prices that are guaranteed must be announced from time to time. The farmer has no certainty at all in regard to his production plans for the future whilst he lives in this changing world, and anyone with common sense knows that. One does not guarantee a price for any other article like a motor-car, or for sugar, or for any article. The prices of articles continually vary in consonance with the change in the purchasing power of money. Therefore I say that to level the accusation that the Ministers of Agriculture do not want to reply just because they do not give the replies one would like to get, whether the question is a stupid one or not, is no accusation at all.

Mr. Chairman, it is quite clear to me why this debate is being carried on in this way to-day. It is because the United Party, as the result of the recent election results, no longer sees a chance to fight this party on broad principles of national policy. This is now the time when we should get a picture of South Africa and its future development, but I am obviously bound by the nature of the attack. In view of the fact that the attack has the characteristics of a double-barrelled shotgun, with the one barrel aimed at agriculture and the other at policies in regard to colour—those are the two matters raised so far—I am now compelled to bear that in mind. I want to add that one excuse has been given for the fact that an agricultural debate has been introduced on this occasion, and that is that it is a personal attack. It is the old dodge of people who can no longer defend their policy and their standpoint, and so they attack personalities. The target this year is the two Ministers of Agriculture and the Deputy Minister, who has only recently been appointed, and the Cabinet Committee about whose work the hon. the Leader of the Opposition knows nothing. That is now the excuse he advances for the fact that an agricultural debate is being held under my Vote. I am not impressed by that excuse: I do not think it has covered up anything. The country and everybody will know that the hon. the Leader of the Opposition does not see his way clear to attack the Government on any other ground. The hon. the Leader of the Opposition still obviously thinks that he gained an advantage in the rural areas during the last election, and that is perhaps a reason why he has grasped this opportunity. I think he will soon discover how wrong he was in that belief. He thinks he is dealing with a group of people who have developed grievances with which they will readily burden the Government. I do not think our farmers are so unwise. I think they are able objectively to regard the problems with which they are faced and that they clearly understand and highly appreciate the bona fides of the Government, and particularly what it has done. Therefore the attack launched by the hon. the Leader of the Opposition does not frighten me. I just feel that it was not made at the appropriate time.

Now to come to the subject matter itself, the impression was created here that the Government does not take serious notice or does not have complete knowledge of the problems of the farmers in the country, and particularly of the scope of the drought and its consequences. I wonder whether the hon. the Leader of the Opposition daily studies the position in the country with quite the same attention, whether the facts in regard to it are placed on his desk daily, and whether he is as concerned about it and devotes as much attention to it as the Government and I do. I may state that not a day passes without my ensuring that I am kept au fail with the conditions developing in every part of the country. Nothing causes other members of the Government and myself as much concern at the moment as the almost hopeless conditions prevailing in certain parts of the country, which are not anything new this year, but which have prevailed in certain areas for years already. Nobody is more aware than we are of the consequences this may have on the general economy of the country. It is not necessary to bring it to our notice that the consequences of an agricultural setback will have an effect on the whole of the economy of the country. I myself have repeatedly in former years pointed that out in this House and outside. A few years ago there was a severe industrial setback, particularly as the result of a setback in the agricultural sphere. The seriousness of it for our country and its prosperity, apart from the humanitarian aspect which evokes one’s sympathy and arouses one’s concern, is generally understood; but that is just why one ought not to make it a political question. One should rather approach it from a more positive angle, namely this: How can one relieve the concern and the misfortune of these people; how can one plan, not only to help them, but in such a way that the country as a whole will not suffer as the result? Therefore I should like to approach quite objectively a few of the main matters referred to here, but I want to add that I do not intend going into details in regard to the agricultural problem; that is a matter which should rest in the hands of the Ministers of Agriculture, and I think those are matters which can be more advantageously discussed under the Votes of the Ministers of Agriculture concerned. But I hope that some of the Ministers who are here will participate in this debate to-day also, although it is not customary for other Ministers to speak under the Prime Minister’s Vote.

*HON. MEMBERS:

Hear, hear!

*The PRIME MINISTER:

I do not want to create the wrong impression. I know with what devotion and efficiency the Ministers of Agriculture perform their duties. Those Ministers are regularly in communication with me in regard to any plans which are made, as well as in regard to the existing conditions, and I want to express my fullest confidence in them here. I also want to take co-responsibility in regard to any plans which are made and published, and also for those plans which have perhaps not been made public yet. At the same time I want to say that it is the easiest thing in the world in an emergency of this scope and depth to make general allegations in regard to directions in which plans should be made, as was done by the Leader of the Opposition; but it is quite a different matter to be specific. It is also a different matter whether it is wise to formulate complete plans and make them known in advance, before the time for a solution arrives. I think it might often be foolish to do so.

I just want to refer for a moment to the question of meat production. It was said here to-day, as if this was a fresh warning to us, that meat production must necessarily be affected by the drought and its consequences, as if this is now a prophecy which the hon. members make before this House and the country, that there will be shortages and that it will take so many years to catch up with the backlog again. Mr. Chairman, it is easy to say that. Everybody knows—and we have all stated so publicly—that in respect of meat production the consequences of this drought will still be felt for a long time. This is no ordinary drought; it is a very serious drought, and its seriousness in this sphere is obviously all the greater because the drought has unfortunately affected particularly the cattle-raising areas in the various parts of the country, in the Eastern Cape, the Northern Transvaal, the North-Western Cape and in South West. The areas where the drought was most serious and protracted were particularly the cattle-raising areas. Not only have the slaughter cattle already been killed, but the breeding stock has diminished as well. The result has been that prices have risen, and also that a certain amount of speculation has taken place. We know that breeding stock has also been slaughtered. The results of it are apparent. Of course South Africa will face a difficult time in respect of meat production. That does not mean, however, that it is something which is not being dealt with at the moment. Nor does it mean that one cannot apply means and measures whereby these difficulties may be reduced. But it would be a fool who to-day closes his eyes to the fact that South Africa is facing a difficult time in regard to meat production. Is the solution then so obvious that it is just a question of prices being increased? That is what the Leader of the Opposition evidently suggests. Yes, prices can be increased to such an extent that people will eat so little meat that theoretically there will no longer be a meat problem, because only the well-to-do will then be able to buy meat and the greater majority of the population will not be able to buy any. One can of course seek such a solution, but that is not the eventual solution, because that lies in the sphere of production. I do not want to go into it too deeply but I just want to say that we are fully aware of this and of the problems connected with it.

After the Leader of the Opposition had said that not only meat producers were finding themselves in difficulties but also grain producers, he said that the grain producers should also be helped to overcome their difficulties, but a little later on in the course of his speech he tried to face the fact that that was really a contradiction, by admitting that one must have regard, as he put it, to rationalization between meat prices and grain prices. In other words, one cannot agree to price increases for various products without maintaining a balance between the various products. One must continually take into account all the different aspects that come into the picture. My main criticism of the hon. the Leader of the Opposition is that he did what it is very easy to do and that is to make a lot of general accusations, to give general advice and to make general prophecies. Mr. Chairman, anybody can do that; it is not a difficult thing. But to be able to determine what precisely the differences are between United Party policy and Government policy and which of the two is the most valuable, one has to be specific. I want to mention an example of the thread that runs consistently through the attacks made here by the hon. the Leader of the Opposition. All the accusations against the Government are based on the charge that what the Government lacks is a good price policy. I take it that in saying that he meant that the prices should be higher because, after all, he is trying to gain the support of the farmers. He tries to do that, as usual, by means of promises. The accusation that the Government’s price policy is wrong contains the insinuation that all the various farmers’ groups can expect higher prices under a United Party Government. What precisely does he mean? If he says that the price of meat should go up, what price does he want for meat? If he wants the price of maize to go up, what does he want the price of maize to be per bag? If he wants the price of milk or of butter or of cheese or any other agricultural product to go up, he must tell us precisely what his Government would make the consumer pay and what prices the Government would guarantee to the producer.

*Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

Then you will say in your reply that I am being too specific.

*The PRIME MINISTER:

No. The hon. the Leader of the Opposition says that if he complies with my request to indicate precisely what prices a government led by him would fix as consumers’ prices and as producers’ prices for meat, bread, maize, milk and butter, I would say that he is being too specific. My reply to that is that I challenge him to do so. The hon. the Leader of the Opposition must tell us what prices he wants to guarantee to the producers and what prices he wants the consumers to pay; we will then be in a position to argue quite objectively precisely what effect that is going to have on our economy and on the cost of living of the consumers of this country; we can then discuss the ability of the consumers to pay those prices and what chances the farmers will have of retaining a market of which they can be sure in the future. The entire stability of the agricultural industry and the whole question of the cost of living can then be thrashed out and we will know exactly where we stand. But that is not what hon. members of the Opposition do. They do not put forward anything substantial that one can get one’s teeth into. Because if he says, as he said a moment ago, that he is going to pay 45s. per bag for maize …

*An HON. MEMBER:

Thirty-five shillings.

*The PRIME MINISTER:

Well, he has either come down 10s. or I misunderstood him. That price would then have an effect on meat production and dairy production and on the subsidies paid by the State with a view to keeping food prices low. It would also have an effect on taxation, and all these factors would have to be taken into account. That is the only way in which we can find out whether we are dealing here with sound criticism or once again with just vague criticism that leads one nowhere. That is my charge against the hon. the Leader of the Opposition. I carefully followed his speech; I made a note of each of the so-called solutions that he suggested and I find that he made no clear, specific proposal that one can get one’s teeth into. In other words, it is perfectly clear to me that although the Leader of the Opposition is prepared to talk in general terms, although he asks us for a clear policy; although he asks for planning, he confines himself to the usual generalities that we have been having from him for years.

The Leader of the Opposition says that there should be better planning in South Africa, that there should be better training facilities for our farmers and better training facilities for our workers. But has any Government in South Africa ever done as much in the field of research, extension services and education as is being done at the present time? We all know and every farmer knows what a high degree of technical skill has been displayed by the Departments concerned. It is easy for him to say that we should engage more experts. Where is he going to get them? Surely he is not going to train Bantu for these posts. If you say that we must have more technicians, that we must have more extension officers, then you should also say where you are going to get them and how you are going to get them. The hon. the Leader of the Opposition must not tell us that he is going to get them by paying slightly increased salaries because with the competition that we find to-day in all spheres of life there has been a sorting-out process and a pattern has been established which is not going to be changed easily. In the sphere of technical guidance the Departments are doing everything they can. I want to add in passing that when the Leader of the Opposition makes an attack on the Ministers then indirectly he is also attacking the Departments, and I think that is very unfair. I think our Departments of Agriculture in South Africa are known throughout the world for the thoroughness of their work and for their value to the agricultural industry. There is no country in the world which is in a happier position than we are in South Africa because we are fortunate enough to have capable, well-equipped Departments. The charge which was recently made against the Ministers and the Departments that there is insufficient planning and insufficient guidance is an unfair charge for which there is no justification in South Africa. I am afraid therefore that the conclusion to which I have to come is that although these matters have been raised in this debate under my Vote, the debate has produced nothing which calls for a more detailed reply than these few broad propositions that I have advanced. The one is that the position of the farmers in our country gives us the greatest cause for concern; the second is that we are constantly devising and carrying out plans to see the farmers through in this present difficult period; the third is that the steps that will have to be taken for their eventual rehabilitation will have to be considered in the light of the situation that prevails when the drought comes to an end. May I just enlarge upon this: The hon. the Leader of the Opposition has stated that we should make an announcement at this stage already with regard to reduced rates of interest, remissions of debt and similar steps. Some of these steps will certainly have to be taken into consideration at the appropriate time, but it would be folly at this stage to come to any decision or to make any announcement. If the drought is broken immediately, the situation of the farmers will be entirely different from what it would be if the drought were to last another year or two. Must we commit ourselves at this stage to a certain line of action which may prove to be unpractical and impracticable when the emergency situation is over? We are not going to allow ourselves to be led astray but what we will do is this: We will show these people the greatest consideration and give them all the assistance we can mobilize to carry them through this difficult period and when the time comes to put them back on to their feet again we will announce the plans which are presently being devised, in accordance with the needs and the extent of the needs at that particular moment. May the drought conditions come to an end sooner rather than later so that the position will be easier and not more difficult. But I made an appeal from public platforms a few weeks ago already that we should all be prepared to assist, not only the Government but also the consumers —the whole public of the country—to put our farming community on to its feet once again, because the farming community has always been and still is the backbone of our country in these modern times.

Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

It is most interesting to have the hon. the Prime Minister saying that this is the first time an agricultural debate has taken place under the Vote of the Prime Minister. Fortuitously I have before me the debate of 1946 when the old Nationalist Party insisted on conducting almost the entire debate on meat prices under the Prime Minister’s Vote. What was so amusing, Sir, was one of the speeches by Mr. Erasmus who said—

The Minister of Economic Development used words which sounded very much like the words used by the Government on the eve of the great meat shortage which South Africa experienced. He said to us there is no need for panic.

Sir, that is precisely what the hon. the Prime Minister has told us here this afternoon. If agriculture is not to be discussed under the Prime Minister’s Vote then I say it is high time that it was. It is high time that it was because in the Budget debate there was a discussion on various agricultural matters and on the drought but there was no reply from either of the Ministers of Agriculture or the Deputy Minister. The night the debate ended they issued a public statement through the Press. I say if there is anything which is in the nature of contempt of Parliament then it is the behaviour of those Ministers and that is why it has become essential to bring it to the notice of the Prime Minister. I have no hesitation in saying that if Ministers treat the House in this manner then their actions will be brought under the attention of the Prime Minister under his Vote or whatever the occasion we have the opportunity.

I want to say that the Prime Minister’s reply is completely unsatisfactory for a variety of reasons. When asked whether there was any possibility of long-term price fixing in advance we were told such a thing would be extremely stupid because the value of money might change. It might; that is perfectly true. But what is interesting is that there is a five year guarantee in Rhodesia in respect of meat prices and what is even more interesting is that their cattle population has risen by 66 per cent as against our 7 per cent despite the increase in population and despite the change in the eating habits of our people.

The hon. the Prime Minister is also critical about my having raised the position of the farmer who has been deprived of his land through no fault of his own under the hon. gentleman’s Vote. Sir, under whose Vote do I raise this matter? It must affect four or five Ministers in this Cabinet. It is becoming a great sociological problem under this Government. The farmers are losing their land annually under this Government, as a result of its policies, and what is being done to rehabilitate them and to assist them to adapt themselves to earning a living from sources divorced from agriculture? It is a sociological problem which other countries in the world are studying. There is a long report on it in the United States of America. It does not affect one Minister of Agriculture; it affects a large number of Ministers. It affects Social Welfare, it affects Health, it affects Community Development, it affects Education, it affects a number of other Ministers. But the Prime Minister says these are specific matters that should be raised under the particular Vote of the Minister concerned. Sir, I make no excuse at all for raising the question of the drought-stricken farmers under the Prime Minister’s Vote. This is not a decision for one Minister; this is a decision for the Cabinet of the Government of the Republic of South Africa. What I want from this hon. Prime Minister is an assurance to the honest farmer, who is not prepared to incur debts which he knows he cannot meet because of the price policy of this Government, that he will receive cost of production plus a reasonable reward, a reasonable reward which will enable him to pay off his debts. How can that man. who is an honest man, be prepared to commit himself when the hon. the Prime Minister says he will give him no assurance for the future? He wants that assurance now. He must know whether he can go on and farm and commit himself in the assurance that the State is going to look after him by means of some type of subsidized loan or something of that nature. I have made various proposals to the hon. the Prime Minister. All we get are vague statements that the matters will be considered or that it would be foolish to consider them now because the drought might be broken any moment. Let me tell the hon. the Prime Minister that if the drought is broken to-day it is going to be a year before most of those farmers can produce anything on their land and it is going to be a long time before there will be grazing for their animals because the growing season is over. The hon. the Prime Minister should know that.

Other countries have other ideas. I do not believe I am wrong in saying that in Australia, where there are severe droughts, the farmer is taken off his land, paid a salary by the State, and is not allowed to put animals back on that land until the soil has been rehabilitated. These are matters which the hon. the Prime Minister, and I should have thought the entire Cabinet, were considering in view of the seriousness of the situation. And when these matters are raised under the hon. gentleman’s Vote I am told I am being too specific that I should raise them under the Vote of the particular Minister. I make no excuse either for raising the problem of the Bantu who are being forced out of their areas at the moment because of the fact that they are short of food, because of the fact that their stock has died or has been eaten. We are faced with a sociological problem the extent of which it is difficult for me to judge at the moment but goes far beyond the stage of being dealt with by only one Minister.

*The PRIME MINISTER:

But the Minister has been telling you for a long time what he was doing in regard to the Bantu.

Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

The hon. the Minister of Bantu Administration has told the public that he is trying to give the Bantu work, work in the shape of relief works, bridges, conservation dams and things of that kind; that he was trying to supply food to those who were staying in the reserves. But what about this drift from the reserves? He cannot check it. Who is stopping it? Even the women are going into some areas and we hear nothing on that from the hon. the Prime Minister.

Mr. M. J. DE LA REY VENTER:

How are you going to keep them there?

Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

That is the Government’s problem; not mine. And that is exactly why I am raising it with the Prime Minister.

*The PRIME MINISTER:

That would be a whole problem because you are opposed to strict influx control.

Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

Mr. Chairman, who provided for influx control of the Statute Book? Has this side of the House not always said it stood for the maintenance of influx control? On no single occasion has there been any doubt about that. The Prime Minister cannot get out of it that way. The Prime Minister has to tell us not only that he is going to look after these farmers and how he is going to do it but he must tell us what he is going to do about the Bantu. If he is going to assist those farmers the Prime Minister must tell us that we are going to have a departure from the slap-dash agricultural policy which has been followed by this Government and that is not just a Minister’s responsibility, Sir, but the Government’s responsibility. Right along the line the snag has been a lack of long-term planning and the lack of security to the farming population. Why, does the hon. gentleman think, that within a period of about ten years, 28,000 farmers have lost their land and trekked away from agriculture? Why, does the hon. gentleman think, that the return on capital invested in agriculture is as low as it is? He tells us these are specific matters to raise under the vote of the hon. Minister concerned! These are matters of fundamental importance to the country, and the Prime Minister tries to get me involved on a discussion on prices for specific products and what the affect will be on the cost of living. I will tell him. Sir, that with his surpluses he can pay a good deal better prices, he can give more food subsidies and also give cheaper food to the public. [Time limit.]

*The DEPUTY MINISTER FOR SOUTH WEST AFRICA AFFAIRS:

The hon. the Leader of the Opposition made a few points which I should like to deal with, the first being the depopulation of the platteland. He blamed the Government and the Minister for the depopulation of the platteland and alleged that it is as the result of the policy of the National Party that the farmers leave the land. That is a phenomenon we see right throughout the world to-day, and not only in South Africa. Here I have a report on Shortage of Manpower, which says the following—

The decline in agricultural employment was widespread and particularly notable in the United States, Canada, Denmark, Finland, Italy, Japan and Porto Rico.

Now I come to the point—

Almost 1,000,000 workers left the land in the United States in the past five years. In Denmark only 15 per cent of the total labour force is still employed in agriculture; 23 per cent in 1953. In Japan 600,000 workers have abandoned agriculture in 1963 and in 1964, in Italy, 400,000.

I want to tell you further what happened in America, Sir. I have here the News and World Report, which says—

The number one United States farm problem is how to liquidate some 2,400,000 American farmers. In the past 20 years, even with all the Government help for agriculture there has been liquidation of 2,600,000 farmers, i.e. these farmers have left the land.
Mr. TAUROG:

What percentage of the population is that?

*The DEPUTY MINISTER FOR SOUTH WEST AFRICA AFFAIRS:

Work it out for yourself. I read further—

Said Mr. Johnson in his Budget message to Congress on 25 January: “In view of the market outlook for farm commodities at home and abroad farming alone cannot be expected to provide a decent living in the future for more than about 1,000,000 farm families. Even with continued Government assistance many low income farm families will have to find other ways of earning a living or other sources of income to supplement farm earnings.

That is what happens in other countries, and surely the Nationalist Government of South Africa is not responsible for it. In America they think that 1,000,000 farmers are sufficient to supply the agricultural needs of the whole country. Let us now have regard to the problem in South Africa, Sir. Why do our farmers leave the land? Why do they leave their farms? There is one reason alone, and that is drought. History shows that every time a serious drought has struck the country the farmers have left the land. Why? For the following reasons: The farmer with capital does not leave the land. He remains on his farm and tries as far as possible to save his animals. You will always find, Sir, that it is the farmer who goes in for farming and who, firstly, does not have the necessary capital and, secondly, does not have the necessary training and, thirdly, does not have the necessary tenacity, who leaves the farm. I can speak about drought. Not a single hon. member opposite has experienced droughts as I have. There are members on this side representing constituencies where drought prevails. I can tell you, Sir, that you can be just as good a farmer as you like, you can plan your farm and farm according to that plan, and you may have capital, but eventually a lengthy drought overtakes you and brings you to your knees. The hon. the Leader of the Opposition has suggested many plans but I ask him: What is he going to do to save that farmer’s crop? He cannot trek with his crop; he cannot carry water for his crop; he will simply go under, and why? Because he farms on expensive land; because his production cost is high.

The hon. the Leader of the Opposition has not said what he would do to save the stock. It is easy to say: You must save the cattle and the sheep. How? Sir, one can still feed a sheep for a year or two, but one cannot feed cattle economically for two or three years; within a year any profit is consumed. Éven though the Government should make funds available to those farmers to save their animals they cannot do so because there is no fodder available and that is not the Government’s fault. One hon. member said that the farmer farms with what is economic for him. If it pays the lucerne-grower better to plant sultanas, then he will not plant lucerne. Do you blame him? Who is going to compel him to plant lucerne? Let us face the position. South Africa is experiencing a drought unprecedented in history. We have had a drought for five to seven years in South West. I do not want to weary the House by mentioning everything that the South West Administration has done to help the farmers there. But I can tell you this. Sir, that had it not been for the rains 70 per cent of the farmers of South West would have gone under. We gave them all the assistance suggested here by the Leader of the Opposition, like the transportation of stock from the drought-stricken areas, fodder for stock in those areas, subsidized grazing, guarantees to the S.A. Railways in connection with the transportation of stock from the dry areas. So I can continue.

We gave loans to the commercial banks so as to obviate their curtailing the credit of the farmers. Those loans to the banks amounted to a few million rand. We gave loans to the co-operatives and to the canning factories and to the farmers to buy food for their labourers; we provided them with food; we subsidized maize products and lucerne. It has cost us over R20,000,000 over the past five years to assist the 5,000 farmers of South West. Many of them did not make use of these facilities. All that assistance would not have saved the farmer had we not had rains now. Therefore I want to say that this Government should not be blamed if the farmers are in a perilous position. I want to emphasize what the hon. the Prime Minister has said, viz. that the Cabinet is fully acquainted with what goes on in the country. There are members on this side who are in daily contact with those stricken areas; they know what the requirements are. They put that information at the disposal of the Government. The farmers of South Africa know the Nationalist Government; it is the farmer’s Government. And the National Party Government knows the farmer. My experience is that the farmer has never disappointed this Government. We have rendered much assistance, but we have always got our money back. The State has never suffered damage as the result of assistance it gave to the farmer. We do not want to do what is done in America. We do not want to drive the farmers from the land. It would be a sad day for South Africa if we were to say: So many farmers must leave the land and just so many are sufficient to keep agriculture going. No, Sir, this Government will ensure that also the small farmer remains on the land. It will assist the small farmer. When a farmer dares to go farming without capital and has to borrow large amounts, he is looking for trouble and he will go under.

*Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

The contribution of the hon. the Deputy Minister for South West Africa Affairs is particularly interesting. It makes one understand more clearly why the farmers of South Africa are in trouble to-day. The hon. the Deputy Minister said that the Government would not allow the small farmers or the less economic farmers …

*The DEPUTY MINISTER FOR SOUTH WEST AFRICA AFFAIRS:

Not the less economic farmers.

*Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

… to leave the land. But at the same time it was announced by the Economic Advisory Council of the Prime Minister, and confirmed by the hon. the Minister for Planning, that farmers will have to leave the land at the rate of about 2,600 per annum. That is accepted as inevitable in South Africa.

*The DEPUTY MINISTER FOR SOUTH WEST AFRICA AFFAIRS:

They say what type will remain.

*Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

That makes no difference. The fact remains that it is accepted that the farmers in South Africa will decrease in numbers.

*The PRIME MINISTER:

Under the Orange River Scheme new ones will be added again.

*Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

I take it that it is such an urgent matter that when the Minister of Finance had to prune expenditure the Orange River scheme was the first scheme in respect of which he pruned expenditure.

*The PRIME MINISTER:

There will be no delay.

*Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

Then we are now dealing with a miracle. The Minister of Finance announced that the expenditure would be pruned by 25 per cent.

*The PRIME MINISTER:

There will be no delay.

*Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

In other words, the Government is prepared to waste 25 per cent of the expenditure on the Orange River scheme by spending it unnecessarily. If one can save 25 per cent of an item of expenditure without its having any adverse result, then that 25 per cent was not necessary. It is seldom that one hears such arguments from a Prime Minister.

The point I wish to make is this: The troubles of the farmers are not caused only by the drought as the Deputy Minister for South West Africa Affairs and the hon. the Prime Minister wanted to intimate to-day. The deterioration of the farming population of South Africa is something we have been aware of for years, and nowhere does it appear more clearly than from the statistics supplied by the Department of Agricultural Economics and Marketing in its Annual Report for 1964. On page 124 of that report statistics are given in regard to the producers’ prices for all agricultural prices over the past years. I find that in 1953-4 the index figure for producers’ prices was 144 if one takes 1947-8 as 100. In 1962-3 it had risen from 144 points to 147—a tremendous increase of three points! Last year it in fact rose to 155 points, but that was due to the temporary circumstances of the drought. In more or less normal years the producers’ prices for all agricultural products rose from 144 in 1953 to 147 in 1962-3.

Look at what happened to the cost of living of the farmers over the same period. See what happened to the index for retail prices. In 1953-4 it was 133 points, if one takes it as 100 for 1947-8. In 1962-3 it had risen to 156 points. In other words, while the prices received for his products by the farmer rose by three points, the retail prices rose by 23 points.

What is even more interesting is the table one finds on page 5 of that annual report. It is a table of the estimated net income of Whites on farms. Factors like the increase in retail prices, the depreciation of his possessions, the cash wages for non-Whites, etc., are all taken into consideration. We find that in 1954-5 the net income of all our White farmers was R391,800,000. Ten years later it had fallen to R383,300,000. It decreased by R8,500,000. I am not one of those who like to hurl challenges over the floor of the House, but to-day I want to do so. I challenge any hon. member opposite to show me any other important population group whose income decreased to the same extent over the past ten years—and that whilst there is prosperity in the country; whilst we hear about a boom, whilst we hear that things are going so well for every population group. The official statistics of the Department of Agricultural Economics shows that the income of the farmers, as a community, has decreased by R8,500,000. That is shocking proof of the neglect of the farmers.

*Mr. VOSLOO:

What about the decrease in wool prices alone?

*Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

There is a decrease in the income of the farmers only. I shall be glad to hear of other communites whose income has decreased. I shall be glad to hear that this has happened to the workers and to the big capitalists and the other big undertakings in the country. But it happened to the farmers. Now we know why the platteland is being depopulated. It is not being depopulated. My hon. Leader is quite correct; the platteland is being repopulated. In the case of America which was mentioned by my Leader, we find that a Goals Committee was appointed a few years ago, the American Goals Committee, under the chairmanship of Professor Riston. They laid it down as one of the objectives of the American State policy to reduce the farming population by 2,000,000 over a period of years. That is deliberate State policy because they found that they could supply the needs of the American people with a smaller number of farmers. The result is that those who remained behind on the land have a better chance to make a good living. Is there anything comparable with that in South Africa? The farmers in South Africa are not becoming fewer; the platteland population is not decreasing; only the Whites are becoming fewer. It is only the White farmers who have to get out. In the nine years from 1951 to 1960 the White population of our platteland, according to official statistics, decreased by 50,000. That is the only area in South Africa where the White population decreased. In the same period the Native population, however, increased, not by 50,000 to take the place, one by one, of the Whites, but by 1,300,000. As my Leader said, for every White who left the platteland, 26 Bantu came in to take his place. It is the replacement of Whites by non-Whites. There is no comparison at all with the position in America or Britain or Germany or the Scandinavian countries. There the farming population is decreasing and here the farmers are changing in colour and the numbers are increasing. That is the difference. I think that is a matter which I can justifiably discuss under the Prime Minister’s Vote. The Prime Minister has changed the slogan of the National Party. When I opposed him in Alberton their slogan was, “Keep South Africa White”. It was not, “Keep South Africa White this side of the Fish River”. [Time limit.]

*The MINISTER OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING:

The hon. the Leader of the Opposition has made the accusation here that neither the Ministers of Agriculture nor the Deputy Minister of Agriculture took part in the Budget debate to reply to the attacks made here by the United Party. I do not know whether the hon. the Leader of the Opposition was so preoccupied with other matters after the election that he could not be present when the Deputy Minister did in fact reply to these attacks. Sir, when he makes a statement of this kind he should at least be sure of his facts. But the position is that after the Deputy Minister of Agriculture had replied succinctly to the attacks made by the Opposition, there was nothing else to reply to. That is the very simple position.

The hon. member for Yeoville (Mr. S. J. M. Steyn) made reference here to the income of the farmers over a period of years and pointed out how the income had dropped during certain periods. Agricultural income, of course, is something entirely different from the ordinary income of people who receive fixed salaries and wages. Agricultural income depends to a very great extent on the size of the crops, and if the maize crops shrinks by 30,000 bags as a result of drought conditions, if the wool production is reduced as a result of drought and if prices in the oversea market drop, then it stands to reason that agricultural income will drop during that particular year. In the year quoted by the hon. member when the total income dropped from R389,000,000 to R383,000,000, there was a drop of almost 20,000 bags in the maize crop. In spite of the drop in the maize crop therefore, the income derived from other agricultural products increased.

The hon. member for Yeoville also says that there are more Blacks in the rural areas to-day and that there has been a decrease in the number of White farmers. I want to ask the hon. member whether that land is owned by Whites or whether it is owned by Bantu who have gone to the platteland? The hon. member makes the charge that there are more Bantu in the rural areas to-day and he blames the Government for it. But in the Budget debate the hon. member for Sea Point (Mr. J. A. L. Basson) stood up here and raised a great hullabaloo about the fact that the farmers could no longer get Bantu labour. That statement of his was supported by his side and greeted with “hear, hears!” And then the hon. member for Yeoville and the Leader of the Opposition come along and make the accusation against the Government that more Bantu are entering the rural areas. But in the same breath the Leader of the Opposition complains that there is insufficient Bantu labour in the Western Cape as a result of the policy followed by the Government.

*Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

Only in the Western Cape.

*The MINISTER OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING:

I am just pointing out the inconsistency of hon. members on the other side. On the one hand they plead for more Bantu in the rural areas and on the other hand they make the accusation against the Government that there are more Bantu in the rural areas to-day.

*Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

Is the Western Province the whole country?

*The MINISTER OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING:

And then they criticize the Government’s policy when the Government says that it wants fewer Bantu in the Western Cape.

The hon. the Leader of the Opposition and the hon. member for Yeoville also made another statement that was incorrect. They said that throughout the years, before South Africa was hit by drought conditions, there had been a progressive deterioration in the agricultural industry in South Africa. I want to give the hon. member a few figures. In 1948, just after the present Government came into power and after a period of United Party rule, the investment in agricultural land in South Africa amounted to R988,000,000; in 1964 the investment in land amounted to R2,292,000,000. The figure had more than doubled. In 1948 the investment in fixed improvements on farms amounted to R496,000,000 and in 1948 the figure was R1,082,000,000. The investment in implements and machinery in 1948 was Rl54,000,000 and in 1964 the figure rose to R519,000,000, more than three times as much. I am quoting comparable figures now. As far as livestock is concerned, the investment amounted to R468,000,000 and to-day the figure stands at R994,000,000. The total investment in the agricultural industry amounted to approximately R2,000,000,000 in 1948 and in 1964 the figure stood at R4,889,000,000. Do these figures show a constant deterioration? Sir, I sat here this afternoon listening to attacks made by hon. members opposite. Because certain problems have arisen as a result of the drought, which has hit the cattle-producing areas in particular, we are now told by hon. members on the other side that problems are going to arise in connection with the production of meat in South Africa. The production of meat will naturally be affected but, remarkably enough, we have heard nothing from hon. members opposite about the sheep areas which have been hit just as hard by the drought, at any rate in certain parts of the country. We heard nothing from them about sheep prices and wool prices and the drop in the income of the wool growers. Why not? For the simple reason that the Government or the Minister of Agriculture cannot be attacked in connection with the fixation of prices when there is a drop in the price of wool. When the price of wool drops, as it has dropped, hon. members opposite cannot come along with the argument that it is the Minister’s fault that the price has dropped.

But I now come to the question of beef prices. Hon. members opposite must not come along, because of the fact that beef production has also dropped considerably as a result of the drought, and talk about a long-term policy in connection with the fixation of beef prices. They think they have a fine opportunity here to exploit the situation for political purposes. Let me put this question to hon. members: Is cattle farming an uneconomic proposition under present-day circumstances in areas which are not drought-stricken? You see, Sir, hon. members of the Opposition talk about a longterm price policy. During the three years preceding this particular year the South African Agricultural Union, together with the Meat Board and other interests, pleaded for a longterm policy. They were continually considering the matter and their attitude was that a price of R11.50 for first-grade beef on a longterm basis would be sufficient encouragement for the farmers to produce meat. They went further and put forward a scheme for the export of super beef, a scheme of which I approved, and their attitude was that if super beef could be exported at R16 per 100 lbs. it would encourage beef production. That was 12 months ago. We accepted that scheme and our reason for doing so was that we wanted to encourage beef production in South Africa along those lines. That price of R16 per 100 lbs. in the overseas market was insufficient in many cases and this meat had to be exported on a subsidy basis. This was regarded at the time as a long-term price policy which would give certainty to the farmer for five or ten years. Only six months have elapsed since then and to-day R18 for super beef is no longer a guarantee and R14 per 100 lbs. for prime or first-grade beef is no longer a guarantee for a long-term scheme. It only goes to show how easy it is to talk about a long-term price policy. The hon. the Prime Minister has already touched upon this matter. Sir, a price policy must be adapted to circumstances and the guarantee given to the farmer that he will not receive less than a certain amount for his meat in any particular year but that he will be able to get much more if there is a good market. The hon. the Leader of the Opposition talked about the lack of long-term planning with regard to the production of beef in South Africa. He referred to other countries in the world and said that beef production had increased in those countries. But why is it that our beef production in South Africa, apart from the present drought, has not increased to the same extent as in other parts of the world? The reason is obvious. In the first place, there has been a complete change in recent years in South Africa in the character of our cattle population. Seven, eight, 15 years ago when we had a very large number of draught-oxen forming part of our livestock and when cattle were marketed at a much older age then is the case to-day, we naturally had a much bigger cattle population. There was a much smaller demand for production than there is to-day. In spite of the fact that our cattle population has not increased to the same extent, there has been a continual increase in the supply of beef to the markets. During the past year alone the consumption of beef in South Africa has increased by 24,000,000 lbs. and that beef comes from cattle produced and slaughtered in South Africa. But there is another reason too why our cattle population did not increase to the same extent and that is that sufficient beef was produced in South Africa to meet the requirements of the population. At the prevailing floor price there was sufficient beef to meet the requirements, and any cattle produced in excess of those requirements had to be bought in in South Africa at the floor price and exported at a loss. In other words, the oversea market was such that one had to sell there at a lower price than one could get for beef in the domestic market. But with the tremendous development in our country, of course, the demand changes from time to time and that is why one has to adapt one’s price policy to changed circumstances. At the present time supply is not keeping pace with demand and it is possible that under normal circumstances it may not keep pace with the increased demand, and that is why we have the position to-day, since we have been producing beef in South Africa by way of grazing … [Time limit.]

*Mr. STREICHER:

Towards the end of his speech the hon. the Minister of Agricultural Economics and Marketing outlined a problem to us. He said: “Our difficulty as far as beef production is concerned is that we cannot produce enough beef to meet the demand.” That is precisely what we have been arguing about the whole afternoon and we want to know from the Minister what the policy of his Department is and what plans they have in respect of this difficulty which has arisen. The hon. the Minister has been aware of this problem all along but has never yet found a real long-term solution for it. He tried to avoid the issue by pointing out what a tremendous increase there had been in the capital investments of farmers, how the value of their land had increased, that they were prosperous to-day and that they were doing well. That was the impression he tried to create. We know as well as the hon. the Minister that there has been an incredible increase in the capital invested in agriculture. Our argument is precisely that the farmer does not get a decent dividend on the capital he has invested in agriculture. The argument is not that so much capital has been invested in agriculture. After all you do expect a decent turn-over and a decent dividend on the money you have invested. That is the big difficulty of the farmers in South Africa.

The hon. Minister tried to ridicule the figures mentioned by the hon. member for Yeoville but I want to quote to the Minister from “Agricon” to show him that it is not the drought which is responsible for the difficulties in which the farmers find themselves to-day. We admit that the drought has indeed played an important role but what did “Agricon” say in July of last year—

Prices of production material continue to show a rising tendency. In addition the rise in prices in the non-agricultural sector not only increases the demand for agricultural products but also has an affect on their production costs particularly as far as labour is concerned in which field agriculture is meeting increasing competition on on the part of other economic activities.

Then you get the following paragraph—

The decline in the production of certain agricultural products is, therefore, not exclusively due to unfavourable climatic conditions but to the pressure of economic factors to a certain extent.

But this Government is continually trying to create the impression that it is mainly the drought which is to blame for these conditions. If it is true, as they say, that the drought is to blame for this position I want to draw attention to the following. Four years ago one of the members on that side of the House introduced a motion in which he asked for the appointment of a commission to inquire into the question of drought conditions in South Africa. What happened to that motion? The Government boast to-day about the assistance they are giving to the farmers, this new form of assistance which was announced in their daily newspaper the Burger during the weekend: “New Assistance Scheme to Farmers to be Introduced.” I want to know from the hon. Minister of Agricultural Economics and Marketing what is new in this plan; what does it contain that we have not had before? They boast about the fact that as far as sheep are concerned they will lend a farmer R40 per month to keep 100 head of sheep alive. I want to quote what was said in that debate in 1961 by nobody else than the hon. member for Prieska (Mr. Stander). He said—

The Government decided recently to make £20 available for every 100 sheep. Formerly it was £14. It is granted to a farmer as a loan. But we have proof that you require at least from £25 to £27.10s. per month for 100 sheep. If you spend £25 per month on 100 sheep it works out exactly to £3 per sheep, per year, if you have to feed them for 12 months.

And to-day they boast about the new plans they have announced to assist farmers. It is precisely the same plan we had before and which the hon. member for Prieska described as ineffective three or four years ago in this House. To-day we are told it is such a wonderful plan to assist the farmers of South Africa. Then the hon. member for Cradock (Mr. G. F. H. Bekker) has the audacity to say to the United Party: You must come forward with plans; you must come forward with schemes on black and white.

*Mr G. F. H. BEKKER:

Of course.

*Mr. STREICHER:

Sir, his own side of the House does not even listen to him. On 28 March 1963 the hon. member for Cradock said the following—

I then come to the second portion, namely, the recommendations made by the farmers’ group to the Minister concerned in respect of a possible long-term solution.

He said that a full-fledged Department of Agricultural Finance and an Agricultural Finance Board should be established. Can the hon. member tell me what has happened to this plan he suggested to his own Government? If his own Government is not even prepared to listen to the suggestions of his own farmers’ group to whom will they listen?

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

He was chairman of that group.

*Mr. STREICHER:

That is precisely our difficulty on this side of the House. The hon. the Prime Minister told us the following—

There is nothing which concerns us more than the drought. Nor is it necessary to draw our attention to it.

The Prime Minister himself said it was not necessary to draw their attention to it. They are kept fully informed from day to day. I want to say to that side of the House that it is unnecessary for them to try to sympathize with the farmers who are struggling in the grip of a drought. They are getting more than enough sympathy. What those people are interested in is what assistance they are going to get. They realize that in these circumstances this so-called new programme of assistance will be absolutely ineffective. When the hon. the Minister announced this new programme of assistance he boasted of the fact that it would, inter alia, mean that R12,000 would be given for the administration of a fodder bank. But in terms of that proposed programme the subsidy on lucern is to be stopped. Why?

*Mr. VOSLOO:

Do you know?

*Mr. STREICHER:

Of course I know. The reason is that there is no lucern available. The hon. the Deputy Minister for South-West Africa Affairs said: “A farmer is simply ruined by a drought, and there is no fodder.” I think it is scandalous for this Government to admit that there is no fodder in South Africa while they advised the lucern farmers at Vaalhartz and along the Orange River a few years ago to plough up their lucern.

*The DEPUTY MINISTER FOR SOUTH WEST AFRICA AFFAIRS:

Each farmer farms with the product which pays him.

*Mr. STREICHER:

Had there been longterm planning and had they listened to the hon. member for Kimberley (North) (Mr. H. T. van G. Bekker) who is no longer with us, in those days and who pleaded for this sort of thing, had there been planning and had the Government realized that droughts were normal occurrences in South Africa we would not have been in the position in which we find ourselves to-day. [Time limit.]

*The MINISTER OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING:

I was discussing the floor prices of beef and the reasons why the number of cattle had not increased very much. Now I want to say that the demand for beef has always been smaller than the supply, except now with this drought. But it is obvious that as the country expands and the consumption increases one will later have to apply other methods to produce beef, and one will be able to do so because there will be the demand at a higher price. That will mean that one will be able to make use of expensive fodder to a larger extent to feed cattle for beef production. Then the number of cattle will automatically increase. I do not think anyone will deny that we are used to having droughts in South Africa, but neither will anybody deny that the present drought is one of the most serious we have had for a very long time, and everyone will agree with me that had it not been for this serious drought in recent years, and had we had normal rains, the shortage of fodder would not have arisen. This shortage of fodder therefore arose because there was an abnormal drought in large areas of the country. Now the hon. member says that the Government did nothing about it and that the plan for assistance it has announced is worthless. The hon. member says it is only the old method. In the statement the Government announced that it was granting a subsidy of 50 per cent on all fodder feed in the heartwater area of the cattle-raising areas, to the amount of R1 per month per beast.

*Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

R2.

*The MINISTER OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING:

Yes, but the subsidy is R1 per month per beast for all breeding cattle in those areas. It was increased from the number of 250 to any number. But the Government went further and gave a guarantee to the co-operatives in regard to mealie-stalks still available in the maizegrowing areas, to collect those stalks, a guarantee of R6 per ton to make it available as fodder in the drought-stricken areas. The hon. member said that the R 12,000 the Government made available to the S.A. Agricultural Union to administer this scheme of theirs was worthless. But the R12,000 is not intended for the purchase of cattle. There are other systems in terms of which fodder can be bought. The R12,500 was made available at the request of the S.A. Agricultural Union itself. But now the hon. member knows what the Agricultural Union requires better than they themselves know. They said: Give us that amount and we will organize the matter between the farmers producing it and those needing it. The Government gave this ex gratia assistance to cover that administration. If those hon. members want to pose as the spokesmen for the S.A. Agricultural Union, they should at least make certain in regard to what these people themselves asked. On various occasions the Agricultural Union came and discussed these matters, such as the price structure and other things, and within limits the prices were always fixed in accordance with their recommendations. The hon. the Leader of the Opposition has said that there were various occasions when the Minister said that the proposed floor price was too high. The reason for that is clear. It is because on that occasion the meat bought in had to be exported at a tremendous loss. Therefore we said that the floor price was only a basis of protection, and in most cases the floor price was below the actual price they received.

The hon. member has now made the allegation that the hon. member for Cradock said last year or the year before that a scheme of agricultural financing would be established. But that scheme has been established and it is busy developing. An amount of R4,000 is made available under certain circumstances for production purposes, a scheme which never existed in the past; those are loans by State Advances to the farmers. We have done much towards making farming units more economic. Legislation was introduced in Parliament in terms of which loans could be granted to farmers for the purchase of land to consolidate their land. We made other loans available for the purchase of stock. Apart from the fact that the hon. member mentioned a separate Department for financing, the whole scheme mentioned by the hon. member has been tackled and we are gradually expanding it. That, however, has nothing to do with the drought. It is a normal method of financing certain categories of farmers. But now the hon. member says that this scheme has not been put into operation yet; the Minister sits there and does nothing. The Minister does not even listen to his own members. It is very easy to get up here and just make a noise. Now the hon. member says that had we paid more attention to what they said there would not now have been such a shortage of lucerne. But there is enough lucerne for ordinary consumption. Lucerne is not only used during droughts. Lucerne is used to a large extent in the production of milk and other things. Now, however, we have special circumstances and the demand for lucerne is much higher than it ever was in the past. And of course we know what will happen. If it rains within a short time, what will the position be then? In the North-Western Cape, where rains have now fallen, I do not think the farmers will buy any more lucerne in three weeks’ time, and then the producers of lucerne are landed with that lucerne and must find other markets when the drought is broken.

No, Sir, the drought-stricken farmers in South Africa know that they have the ear of the Government. They know that the representations they made to the Government when conditions were difficult were not only dealt with sympathetically but that actual steps were taken to assist them to bridge these troubles. Now the Leader of the Opposition says that we should announce beforehand that certain of these loans will be at a lower rate of interest and that some of them will be written off or that subsidies will be paid. The Prime Minister referred to it in passing. There is not a drought in the whole of South Africa, but only in certain areas. If we now institute a subsidized scheme, are we to do so for all the farmers? If we want to charge a lower rate of interest, must it apply to all the farmers? No, it is essential, after conditions have changed, to review the whole position of the farmers in the area concerned and thereafter, according to the circumstances then prevailing, one can adapt the assistance to those circumstances.

*Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

What about those who go under in the meantime?

*The MINISTER OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING:

They need not go under. Loans are available for them to continue and to keep their stock alive and to continue their production. But three or four years ago the North-Eastern Free State was to a large extent faced with the same problem as the result of the drought and bad crops which the rest of South Africa is now experiencing. We gave assistance to the farmers of the North-Eastern Free State which does not even compare with what is now being given. Thereafter they had two good harvests —unfortunately this year the crop is again not too good—but those farmers rehabilitated themselves to a tremendous extent, without being granted relief by way of reducing their interest or writing off their loans. That proves that when climatic conditions are normal, the prices are such that the farmers can rehabilitate themselves and improve their position. Surely one cannot in advance announce schemes applying to certain farmers and not to others. If one takes measures to combat the drought, one must take special measures, and these measures have been taken and are increasingly being taken. As circumstances develop and fodder becomes available in other parts of the country, possibly on the sugar plantations and other farms, further steps will be taken to make fodder available to save the herds as well as the farmers. [Time limit.]

*Dr. MOOLMAN:

The hon. Minister has referred to the replies given by his own Deputy Minister to the representations made by this side of the House during the Budget debate. I just want to tell the Minister of Agricultural Economics and Marketing that his Deputy Minister did not in a single instance respond to any of our suggestions how to combat the drought. The Minister talks about the wonderful assistance they are giving to-day, this dry fodder which the co-operative societies can now buy at R6 per ton from anybody who has shrivelled up cobs to sell. For heaven’s sake must they go and buy the machine to bale it? Had this been a strong Government which had the interests of the farmers at heart they would have fetched 20,000 Bantu from the Transkei to come and help to cut and bale that fodder so that the effort could have been effective. They would have given financial assistance to the people to fetch the animals from the drought-stricken areas.

*Mr. G. F. H. BEKKER:

That is stupid.

*Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

On a point of order is the hon. member for Cradock (Mr. G. F. H. Bekker) entitled to keep on telling the hon. member for East London (City) (Dr. Moolman) he is stupid.

*The CHAIRMAN:

Did the hon. member say that?

*Mr. G. F. H. BEKKER:

I said it was a stupid remark.

*Dr. MOOLMAN:

In regard to the Minister’s reply to my leader it is becoming more and more apparent that there are three alternatives. The hon. the Prime Minister is either not kept fully informed by his Ministers in regard to agricultural matters and the Ministers in turn are not kept fully informed by those hon. members opposite who represent agricultural constituencies, those hon. members who are always trying to gloss over the acts of this Government and do not tell them what the real state of affairs is; or otherwise the Prime Minister is indifferent towards the plight of the farmers who have been hit by this disaster and when I say a disaster I mean a disaster. That is also the reason why my Leader raised this matter under the Vote of the Prime Minister because we believe he is not kept as informed as he should be [Interjections.]

*The CHAIRMAN:

Order! Hon. members must stop making these continual interjections.

*Dr. MOOLMAN:

We believe that the hon. the Prime Minister is not fully informed about the extent of this drought and its effects. Last year we discussed this drought and we accused the Ministers of Agriculture of foolish fumbling, of being without definite plans, while the farmers were perishing in the drought. That was last year. This drought is nothing new. We on this side of the House made many suggestions last year but these Ministers ignored those suggestions because they came from this side of the House. We suggested a particular form of financial assistance to agriculture; the establishment of a fodder bank; financing the person who could no longer feed his animals so that he could take those animals to the farmer who could feed them but had no money. Not only did we do that but we cited other examples. I repeat them—

The drought in Southern Rhodesia has reached the point of no return.

That was on 1 April 1964—

In a statement yesterday the Minister of Agriculture said that it must now be accepted that the main rains are over and that it is too late for the situation to be redeemed. The Government has appealed to the more fortunate farmers whose farms are able to carry a greater number of cattle to help to alleviate the situation by leasing grazing or buying in cattle from drought-stricken areas. The Cold Storage Commission has offered financial support to farmers to buy in cattle. To delay the assessment or to over-estimate the carrying capacity of their farms may in the end compel farmers to dispose of more cattle than would have been necessary had the assessment been made in good time.

Can anything be more condemnatory of South Africa than this warning by a neighbouring State to its farmers on 1 April 1964—the situation has changed there as little as it has here— and this special appeal to those who have grazing to buy the stock. They were prepared to lend money to those who did not have any to buy the stock. But what has this Government done?

*The MINISTER OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING:

We did the same. We introduced a subsidy.

*Dr. MOOLMAN:

We do not want to be assisted by way of subsidies and loans for all time. We do not want to become the slaves of this Government. We do not want to be in the employ of this Government. We suggested a fodder bank from which the farmer could draw fodder and pay for it. Sir, do you know that there are thousands of bales of chaff here in the Western Province. Nobody is going to tell me that is not fodder.

*Mr. G. F. H. BEKKER:

You are chaffing.

*The CHAIRMAN:

Order!

*Dr. MOOLMAN:

That only shows how indifferent the hon. member for Cradock is about the drought. Nobody is going to tell me that chaff is useless when you have no other roughage to add to the concentrated food you feed the animals that are dying in a drought. Those hon. members regard the drought and the plight of the farmers as a joke. [Interjections.] The hon. member for Cradock is the Goliath amongst the Philistines but you do not require a stone to knock him out.

All you need is a light cane. During the debate last year this side of the House recommended methods to overcome this crisis, this catastrophe, but so far not one of our suggestions has been accepted. Then the Prime Minister tells us he wants to rid himself of this matter because he does not think this catastrophe should be discussed under his Vote. If ever there was a time when it was necessary, in the words of the hon. member for Pretoria (District), to lift this matter out of the political arena and for us to put our heads together, it is now. The hon. member for Pretoria (District) was the only one who said this was a serious crisis and that we should put our heads together, not only to save the farmers, because they were not the only ones concerned in this, but the economy of the entire country. Over the years there has been a shortage of meat, butter and breeding stock. It will take years before not only agriculture but the animal population have rehabilitated themselves. Nobody can say what the losses have been up to the present. Who can estimate the damage that will be suffered from now to October?

*An HON. MEMBER:

What do you suggest.

*Dr. MOOLMAN:

We are repeatedly asked to suggest something. There are still hon. members who cannot understand when we say: Finance the man who has grazing to buy the animals that are on the point of dying from the other man. In that case he is not subsidized but given financial assistance which he can pay back into the Treasury at a later stage. That is not the only suggestion we have. Those friends do not want to touch a fodder bank. This side of the House has been pleading for it for years. No fodder is of too little value to use in fodder bank whether it be chaff or straw. In the circumstances we shall have to use every grain of roughage and every grain of mealie to feed to the animals in order to save our animal population. [Time limit.]

*The MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:

The hon. the Leader of the Opposition and the hon. member for South Coast (Mr. D. E. Mitchell) has raised the question of the drought conditions in the Bantu areas. When my Vote comes up for discussion I shall deal with that in greater detail and give a full report on it but I feel obliged to rise to my feet because the two hon. members have raised the matter in such a way that an impression will be created in the world outside which is not worthy of South Africa. I do not think it is fair towards South Africa. Why did the Leader of the Opposition and the hon. member for South Coast not first make sure of their facts? I have repeatedly given the assurance that we knew exactly what was happening in the Bantu areas. I admit that the position is fairly serious in many places but it is with a certain amount of gratitude that I want to say that never before has a Government helped its Bantu population so humanely through a drought as this Government has done. We are continually creating opportunities for the Bantu, in the form of developmental works in the Bantu areas. I find it strange that only a fortnight ago the United Party launched a bitter attack on me in the Other Place because I was creating so many working facilities in the Bantu areas, particularly in those areas which were drought-stricken and because the Bantu were returning to their areas on such a large scale and that they no longer had farm labour. But the hon. member for South Coast tells us to-day that the Bantu are moving to the cities in their thousands. Why does he not make sure of his facts? And if that is the position, why does he not draw my attention to it?

I do not want to say a great deal. In the first place the Red Cross Society in South Africa told me they wanted to convince themselves of the truth of what I had said. They asked permission to send a representative to go into the matter. I said he could go wherever he wanted to go. He submitted his report to the Red Cross Society on 27 May 1964 and this is what he said—

There is no doubt that the Bantu Affairs Department has undertaken successful massive relief measures for the Bantu in the Northern Transvaal and I am of opinion that further voluntary relief measures by welfare organizations should not be undertaken. Any voluntary relief feeding schemes, in opposition to the plans of the Bantu Affairs Department, would be, in my opinion, an absolute waste of the funds of the Society without achieving any real useful purpose.

That was what he said but the Leader of the Opposition knows better than he does. That was on 27 May 1964 but in the meantime we have extended those development works in practically all the areas. An official of my Department is stationed there permanently. I want to give another example and it comes from Professor E. J. Krige, a well-known anthropologist, and head of the Department of African Studies of the University of Natal. He wrote to the Chief Bantu Affairs Commission as follows—

Government Departments are so often criticized for their shortcomings that I think it is only fair that I should take this opportunity of congratulating you on, and expressing to you and your Department my appreciation of, the measures you took for drought relief in the Northern Transvaal recently. I should like to mention more particularly the far-sighted and imaginative manner in which the relief was given. As an anthropological field-worker in the Lovedu area during the greater part of 1964, I was in close touch with events. For months I had watched the deterioration of the food situation and the increasing despondency of the tribesmen. Cattle were dying, food had been reduced to the barest minimum, people were wondering how they and their children would survive the winter. There was a feeling of hopelessness. Tribal morale was at a low ebb. Then came the drought relief—not a distribution of basic foodstuffs but in the form of paid work for the needy. And the psychological effect was remarkable. A despondent people was electrified into action. Tribal leaders had to organize the work projects and decide on whom to help; district headmen and others became foremen directing the work, women were given a taste of the labour conditions of their menfolk in town and they were proud to be earning wages. Self-respect was restored. I believe that the steps taken for drought relief in your area made an important contribution towards improving the image of the White man in the eyes of the Bantu. I heard many spontaneous expressions of appreciation of what the Government was doing. I have given these details because I thought you might be interested to see how your plans worked out in terms of human life and emotions. Best wishes for the success of your Department in its difficult work.

[Interjections.] The hon. the Leader of the Opposition asks which month it was. I shall give it to him but it was only a short while ago. I repeat that this work has been expanded. I went to the trouble of visiting these places myself and I am leaving for north Natal tomorrow to see how the position can be alleviated there.

*Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

And south Natal?

*The MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:

I shall travel through south Natal as well as east and west Natal because I am not a United Party supporter; I am not only concerned about the welfare of my own people, but about the welfare of the whole fatherland. The hon. the Leader of the Opposition laughs but does he think it is fair towards South Africa to get up in this House and to send stories like those into the world? The hon. Leader made the accusation that certain welfare organizations were not allowed to enter there. I challenge him to mention their names. Let him give the names to me. I refused to give permission to one but I shall tell him why I refused. When he knows the reason he will agree that I acted correctly. I refused permission because it was not a welfare organization which wanted to go and do welfare work there. They wanted to conduct a smear campaign in those Bantu areas just as there are certain welfare organizations—and I can mention their names— which manufacture food and sell it to the Bantu on the pretence of doing welfare work while they are really only making money out of the Bantu. They piously represent themselves as welfare organizations but in the meantime they are besmirching South Africa in every possible respect. I cannot allow that sort of thing. No decent White man or Bantu in South Africa would allow that. We have our officials throughout the country and one of my strict instructions to them is that they must immediately bring this sort of thing to my notice. We have a network of Bantu authorities, territorial authorities and regional authorities over the whole country and they are in direct contact with my officials and with me. [Time limit.]

Mrs. SUZMAN:

I did not really intend entering into this debate between the passionate plattelanders, but I feel I should like to say one or two things in reply to the Minister of Bantu Administration and then to come back to the Prime Minister and ask him whether he will be good enough to give this House, and the country, an explanation for something which has been happening largely as the result of a policy he pronounced last year.

I just want to say to the Minister of Bantu Administration that I am very glad indeed that his Department is now taking steps, during the last few months anyway, to relieve the famine conditions in the Transvaal and in Natal, because unfortunately only last year he was denying that there was drought and famine, and he was insinuating that people were attempting to smear South Africa’s good name when they tried to bring to his notice the terrible conditions which had existed in those areas after several years of severe drought. I am not worried about “competitive organizations” because there had to be welfare organizations which attempted to do a job at the time when the Minister’s Department was not attempting to do a job. I for one am very glad that the Department is moving now and is assisting those people, although I do not have as much praise for the way in which it is being done as have the Red Cross or Dr. Krige.

I want to ask the hon. the Prime Minister whether he does not think the time has come to give a statement to this country on the whole policy in regard to mixed entertainment which has been upsetting everybody to such a degree. I ask him that because one of his own newspapers, Dagbreek, only a few days ago in an article entitled “Gemengde Gehore” in fact asked that the whole position be clarified. I think that the Prime Minister owes it to all of us to give us some idea just how far he intends to carry this rather nebulous policy which he enunciated for the first time last year in Port Elizabeth at a National Party Congress. Since then that policy has been widened considerably by the hon. the Minister of the Interior, who made a statement in this House on 26 January this year. At the time the Prime Minister spoke to his congress he said—and I am translating from an article in the Transvaler of 27 August last year the following—

There are artists, actors and writers who say that they will only come and perform here if the audience is mixed. This must come to a stop. We are not prepared to allow them to dictate to South Africa how entertainment shall be arranged or organized. We pay them the money they earn and we appreciate their talent, but they may come to South Africa according to our traditions or they can stay away.

Now this is all very well, but I would like to know exactly what the Prime Minister means by our traditions and why the whole concept has been widened far beyond the original criterion of mixed audiences; because we have gone well beyond that both in the statement of the Minister of the Interior and in Proclamation R.26 which was published in February. I would like to ask the Prime Minister to tell us in words of one syllable just what he believes the determining factor should be, since we have gone far beyond this idea of mixed audiences only. I presume it is no longer the mere presence of different races at the same function which is now to be the yardstick for the two Ministers who have to make the decision. Will he tell us exactly what types of functions he means? Are they sporting events out-of-doors, cultural functions indoors; does he frown more heavily on White audiences attending Coloured performances, or on Coloured audiences watching White performers; or is it mixed audiences watching Coloured or White performers? Does he object to mixed audiences if completely segregated facilities are provided? Does he mind, if the events cannot be repeated, allowing mixed audiences in that case? Because we have had every type of conceivable differentiation and variation ever since the Prime Minister made his statement which had the force of law prior even to Proclamation R.26. Is he aware of the first-class mess this country has got into since Ministers have been attempting to apply Proclamation R.26? Has he any idea how many officials are involved in trying to sort out all the permits streaming into these Departments, applications for permits for multi-racial entertainment? Does he know that in six weeks there have been 389 applications?

An HON. MEMBER:

Where do you get the figures?

Mrs. SUZMAN:

The figures come from the Ministers. I presume the Prime Minister is aware that we are suffering from a severe shortage of manpower, including the Public Service Departments. I wonder how many man hours are involved in sorting out these applications and finally making the decisions. The Department of Community Development is supposed to be responsible for housing the people of this country and for providing other essential services. I wonder whether he realizes how many man hours are taken up in that Department in dealing with all these applications for permits. Since when have we not accepted mixed entertainment as the norm in this country?

Ever since I can remember, I have been attending sporting events at The Wanderers in Johannesburg and at Newlands, and I have always seen separate stands set aside for non-White audiences. They have always been allowed at Ellis Park, Hartleyvale, etc. Why does the Minister now tell us that it is not a tradition of this country to have mixed audiences?

I wonder whether he has any idea, being a psychologist and a pretty good one, how hurtful it is for non-White people to be turned away from entertainment they have always attended without friction, simply because they are non-White. I wonder whether he knows what sort of turmoil charitable organizations are in, which have always had multi-racial functions. I wonder whether he took note of the bitter comment of a Coloured man recently when he said: “They take and they take and they take until they have taken everything and have everything, but the goodwill of the people concerned.”

Does the Prime Minister think race relations will be improved in this country and that foreign relations will be improved? He is always telling us that South Africa’s problems are being better understood in the outside world. Of course, I do not believe that for a moment. I do not believe the outside world understands our problems and that it is accepting our form of racial discrimination. Quite the contrary. It is true that South Africa is considered a good risk by investors and that the tough forms of sanctions are out of the question at present for various reasons, owing to the UN’s own difficulties, for one, and, of course, the fact that there are trouble-spots all over the world. But the Prime Minister, I am sure, does not believe that our brand of race discrimination is understood and approved of any more now than it has been in the past I want to put it to him that for South Africa to embark on this particular form of multiracial fracas at this particular juncture is abysmally stupid. It is just the sort of thing which will infuriate people of colour all over the world, because it is an affront to human dignity. I want to point out to the Prime Minister that at this particular time it is especially stupid for us to do this, because 1965 is a very important year for South Africa internationally. I do not need to remind the Prime Minister that we are expecting a very important decision by the World Court, and if that decision goes against us all sort of pressures will be put on UN to take action against this country, and South Africa will need every possible friend she can get.

The hon. the Prime Minister knows or should know that the whole scope of international responsibility has widened in the world over the last few years and that these things are no longer regarded as domestic issues. I think the hon. the Prime Minister owes it to this country to give us an explanation of his policy and how far he envisages this policy is going to go before he is satisfied that what he believes to be the traditions of South Africa are indeed being followed. [Time limit.]

*Mr. NIEMAND:

I want to come back to the hon. member for East London (City) (Dr. Moolman). Listening to him one would think that he was a stranger in Jerusalem. He put forward various plans which he says the Government should have carried out during this period of drought. He says that the Government should have hired the services of Bantu in the Transkei and that the Government should have purchased machinery to process and to bale fodder, etc. Sir, I want to tell the hon. member that the steps taken by the Government were taken in close collaboration with the Members of Parliament who represent the drought-stricken areas and, in the second place, in close collaboration with organized agriculture. The hon. member now comes along and says that the Ministers of Agriculture were not informed. Sir, can you imagine anything more laughable than that statement by the hon. member that the Ministers were not kept informed with regard to the drought position, particularly in view of the fact that we have been sitting on the Ministers’ doorstep from morning till night in recent months and years and in view of the fact that organized agriculture has been making representations regularly to the Ministers and that the Ministers themselves have gone to see for themselves what the conditions are like? In spite of all this, the hon. member says that the Ministers are not informed with regard to the drought conditions.

I agree that the idea of fodder banks is a good one, but even if the Government were to undertake the financing and establishment of a fodder bank and to process sufficient quantities of fodder to last for three or six months, we may very well have a drought lasting for 12 months and then the supplies will again be inadequate. That is the problem that we face in that connection.

I want to make use of this opportunity to thank the Ministers concerned, the Deputy Minister and the hon. the Prime Minister for the intense interest that they have been taking in recent years in the drought conditions in South Africa. They have shown in these times of emergency that they are the farmers’ friend, and I want to thank them for it wholeheartedly. Sir, much more has been done for the farmers than the hon. member for Port Elizabeth (West) (Mr. Streicher) suggested here. He says that we are simply introducing the old 1961 scheme again. The hon. the Minister has already replied to that and he has pointed out that the new 50 per cent subsidy introduced by the Government gives considerable relief to our farmers.

Sir, the hon. the Leader of the Opposition has said here that our cattle population has increased by only 7 per cent since 1938, but I want to assure him that the quantity of meat produced in South Africa has increased by much more than 7 per cent. There was a time in South Africa when we farmed entirely on an extensive basis. Our cattle were reared mainly on grazing; they were marketed off the veld. To-day the position is quite different. We are beginning to farm much more scientifically in South Africa, and the marketing of cattle at the age of 12 months, 15 months or 18 months is nothing exceptional; it is being done to-day on a reasonably large scale. One can get a much bigger turnover by feeding livestock and marketing them earlier. Even with our present cattle population we are able to feed many more people, even allowing for a considerable increase in our population. In this connection I want to point out that the production has increased considerably but that prices have also risen considerably. When we take the index figures for agricultural products, with 100 as the basic figure for the years 1947-8 and 1949-50 we find that the producers’ index figure for 1947-8 was 97.7, whereas it was 214.1 for the year 1963-4. In other words, the price of slaughter-stock has more than doubled since 1948, and it has also more than doubled since 1950. This price increase naturally benefits our farmers. The number of head of cattle slaughtered over the past two years, 1962-3 and 1963-4, has increased by 100,000 a year. It is clear therefore that we are producing considerably more than the hon. the Leader of the Opposition suggested here. Sir, that is also my reply to the hon. member for South Coast (Mr. D. E. Mitchell) who says that it takes four years before cattle can be marketed. The Opposition are now trying to suggest to the farmers that the floor price of beef should be guaranteed in advance for a number of years. Sir, that has never been done throughout the years. I want to ask them—and I want to see whether they are brave enough to reply to this question— whether they would be prepared to tell us what prices they would be willing to guarantee for five years for mutton and beef. If they are not prepared to do so we know that we need take no further notice of their stories.

The hon. the Leader of the Opposition also held it against the Ministers of Agriculture that they refused to accept the prices submitted to them by the chairman of the S.A. Agricultural Union. He held the Ministers up to contempt because they refused to accept those recommendations. Sir, let me put this question to him: Would he be prepared every year, if he came into power, to accept the prices recommended by the S.A. Agricultural Union? I hope he will tell us whether he would be prepared to do so. [Interjections.] The hon. the Leader of the Opposition suggested it very clearly by implication because he said that the Ministers had refused to accept the prices recommended by the S.A. Agricultural Union, and I can only infer from that that he would be prepared every year to accent the prices recommended by the S.A. Agricultural Union …

*An HON. MEMBER:

And guarantee prices for five years.

*Mr. NIEMAND:

I want to say just a few words now with regard to the depopulation of the platteland. Sir, South Africa is rapidly expanding in the industrial sphere. We find throughout the world that where a young country expands industrially, the population in the rural areas always decreases and the urban population increases. One finds the same pattern throughout the world; it is a sign of economic growth and of prosperity, but when we have the same pattern in South Africa it is attributed to the so-called unsympathetic policy of the Government towards the farmers. We know, and statistics prove, that the number of farmers is diminishing, but that is not something which has happened under this Government only. It also happened under United Party rule. But the total agricultural production of the country increases every year; its value increases year by year, and the position of the farmers who remain on the land, fortunately, actually improves because there is an increase in the average production per farmer. After all, the Government cannot forbid farmers to give up farming; the Government cannot forbid them to go and work in some other industry. On the other hand, there are many salaried people who think that they will do much better if they take up farming and there are some of them who actually do better as farmers. Then again there are people employed in the cities who have to take over the family farm when their parents die. Those people have never farmed before but they also enter the farming industry.

*Dr. MOOLMAN:

But that does not amount to a depopulation of the platteland.

*Mr. NIEMAND:

We often find that people leave one industry and enter another, but a farmer is not allowed to do so; when a farmer leaves the platteland and takes up employment in another industry the reproach is levelled at the Government that it is responsible for the depopulation of the platteland because of the wrong policy followed by it.

I also want to deal just briefly with the statement made by the hon. member for East London (City) that the farmers do not want loans. He has tried to create the impression in the minds of the farmers that loans are something evil. [Time limit.]

*Mr. RAW:

We have been told by the hon. the Prime Minister that he has the fullest confidence in his Ministers of Agriculture and that they have the whole problem of agricultural administration and the drought problem entirely under control; that they have taken all the necessary steps to cope with these problems and that those steps are being proceeded with. But, Sir, the hon. member for Pietersburg (Mr. Niemand) who has just sat down has now made an interesting admission; he says that members on that side have been sitting on the doorstep—I am using his words— of the Ministers from morning till night during the whole of this Session; that every member on that side has been pleading with the Ministers from morning till night. What is the truth? Is this problem under control, or is the position so serious that the hon. member over there is speaking the truth when he says that they have had to plead with the Ministers from morning till night? Why do they have to go and plead with the Ministers from morning till night, day in and day out. [Interjections.] Sir, these are not my words; they are the words of the hon. member for Pietersburg. Hon. members opposite cannot have it both ways. They are either pleading with the Ministers day after day, which proves that the situation is unsatisfactory, or the situation is satisfactory; it must be the one or the other, and if it is true that hon. members opposite are so dissatisfied that they have to plead with the Ministers from morning till night, then the position cannot be satisfactory.

But I want to refer to the very interesting speech made by the hon. the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development. The hon. the Minister read out an impressive list of steps taken by him and his Department to help the Bantu during this period of drought. He referred to various measures introduced by his Department. He read out a long, impressive list of steps which have been taken to overcome the difficulties and the problems of the Bantu. Sir, we wish the hon. the Minister luck. There are certain areas in which much more will still have to be done, as the hon. the Minister himself admits, but I think it is only fair to congratulate the hon. the Minister on behalf of this side of the House on the steps he has taken. Sir, if the Ministers of Agriculture had done as much for the farmers for whom they are responsible, the farmers would not have found themselves in this critical position. [Laughter.] However, I want to be serious. At meetings which I held throughout South Africa I made a promise to numbers of farmers who asked me whether I had any influence with the Prime Minister. I told them that I had very little influence. They outlined their problems to me and I told them that I had very little influence but that I would try to assist them. I want to carry out that promise now. I promised to ask the hon. the Prime Minister on behalf of the farmers of South Africa to exchange the two Ministers of Agriculture for Oom Daan. The farmers tell me that if they can get the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development, who does look after his people, as their Minister of Agriculture, they will be on a good wicket. If the Prime Minister is not prepared to exchange the two Ministers of Agriculture for the Minister of Bantu Administration, I am prepared to throw in the half-Minister of Agriculture as well!

Sir, the problems of the platteland are becoming more and more serious.

*An HON. MEMBER:

And you make a joke of it.

*Mr. RAW:

All we get from members of the farmers’ group of the Nationalist Party is a series of expressions of thanks to the Ministers for what is being done for the farmers. The hon. member for Christiana (Mr. Wentzel) stood up here and told us what his Party had done for the farmers. Sir, I want to put two questions to the hon. member in his capacity as chairman of the farmers’ group of the Nationalist Party …

*Mr. WENTZEL:

I am not the chairman.

*Mr. RAW:

Well, then I put these questions to him as the first speaker on the other side representing the farmers’ group of the Nationalist Party. I want to ask him whether he is prepared to say in this House that he and the Nationalist Party members of Parliament are satisfied with the way in which the farmers have been treated; whether they are satisfied with the planning and with the policy of the Departments of Agriculture. I want him to stand up and to say unequivocally that Nationalist Party members who are farmers are satisfied with the policy of the Ministers of Agriculture and with the implementation of their policy. If he is prepared to reply immediately I will sit down. Is he satisfied, yes or no?

*Mr. WENTZEL:

Yes, I am satisfied with the steps which the Ministers of Agriculture are taking at the present time. Now that the farmers’ group has negotiated with them and pointed out the general conditions that prevail to-day, conditions with which they themselves are familiar, I am perfectly satisfied with the steps which are being taken to help our farmers, and I am convinced that those steps go much further than any steps which have ever been taken in the past.

*Mr. RAW:

Well, we have just had a half admission from the hon. member. I notice that the hon. member made no reference at all to the policy of the Nationalist Party. He did not say a single word with regard to the policy or the implementation of the policy of the Nationalist Party. He merely expressed his approval of the emergency steps which are being taken in connection with the drought. He deliberately refrained from saying a word about the policy and the implementation of the policy.

*Mr. WENTZEL:

Do you want me to make a speech?

*Mr. RAW:

No, I gave the hon. member an opportunity; I sat down to give him a chance to reply. The hon. member spoke here on behalf of his party and I want the farmers to notice that the members who represent the farmers of South Africa in the Nationalist Party are quite satisfied with what is being done for our farmers. I do not think hon. members on the other side willl find it very easy to justify that statement when they get back to their constituencies where these problems are forcing the farmers off the land today. Does the hon. member know that in his own constituency farmers, who formerly only had to obtain a permit for their harvesting teams, now have to go along personally in a lorry to go and fetch them and that when they arrive at Mafeking they have to enter into a written or official contract with the captain of the team and sign that contract? They are no longer trusted; they have to appear personally before the Bantu Commissioner, whereas in the past their word was good enough. Whereas in the past they paid four bags per hundred, they now have to pay six bags per hundred. What has the hon. member over there done to help the farmers in his constituency in connection with this problem which is pushing up their costs? If that hon. member had been Minister of Agriculture, he would have seen to it that the present Ministers of Agriculture, who would then have been Ministers of Bantu Administration and Development, did not place such obstacles in the way of the farmers.

*Mr. WENTZEL:

You know that that is not true.

*The ACTING-CHAIRMAN (Mr. Vosloo):

Order! The hon. member cannot say that another hon. member knows that what he is saying is untrue; he must withdraw it.

*Mr. WENTZEL:

I withdraw it.

*Mr. RAW:

I challenge the hon. member to go and ask the farmers in his constituency what they will have to pay this season to get their crops off the land.

*Mr. WENTZEL:

I know what I am talking about.

*Mr. RAW:

Sir, I was in the hon. member’s constituency three weeks ago and the farmers were all complaining about the fact that they have to pay six bags per hundred and, moreover, the Nationalist Party majority there was reduced by 1,100. [Time limit.]

*Mr. GREYLING:

Just imagine, Sir, that the fetching by lorry of teams of harvesters at Mafeking should be discussed under the Vote of the hon. the Prime Minister by an hon. member who serves in the shadow cabinet of the United Party! Is that not extraordinary?

*An HON. MEMBER:

Boxer!

*Mr. GREYLING:

That hon. member should beware; he has already received several knock-outs. Does it not prove that what the hon. the Prime Minister said here is the truth, viz. that the United Party flatly refuses to discuss the general national policy with the Prime Minister under his Vote? I heartily agree with the hon. the Prime Minister, but I wish to add something: The whole object of hon. members opposite with this trivial agricultural debate under the Vote of the Prime Minister is that the other wing of the United Party must not be given the opportunity to discuss the most delicate subject, the predominant problem in the country, as they have always described it, namely the colour question.

*An HON. MEMBER:

Do you regard agricultural matters as trivial?

*Mr. GREYLING:

The hon. member ought to know what I mean. I did not say that agricultural matters were unimportant. Sir, see how silent the hon. members of the Opposition are. Just see how they sit there. They do not say a single word about this vital problem. It is only the hon. member for Durban (Point) (Mr. Raw) who speaks, who paid a visit to Bloemhof and Christiana and came back with his tail between his legs. It is only the hon. member for Port Elizabeth (West) (Mr. Streicher) who gets up to speak; it is only the hon. the Leader of the Opposition who gets up to participate in this debate. A characteristic of this debate is that the Gorshels and the Mitchells keep silent.

The hon. member for Durban (Point) accused my colleague, the hon. member for Christiana (Mr. Wentzel), of making only half a statement, of not saying anything about our agricultural policy. Let me tell the hon. member that our agricultural policy rests on two great, broad foundations which I will mention. I jotted them down briefly while the hon. member was talking. The first is this: We seek to practice conservation farming by protecting our soil, our water and our useful flora, and also afforestation. That is the first broad basis on which our agricultural policy rests.

*An HON. MEMBER:

Good old United Party policy!

*Mr. GREYLING:

The second is to make our agriculture increasingly more productive by doing four things, four foundations to which we have adhered and on which we have built. The first is to increase the educational level of our farmers in order to make the application of more modern farming practices possible; the second is the increase of the skill, the efficiency and, along with that, the standard of living of our farm labourers in order to enable them …

*Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

And the third is the insolvency of the farmers.

*Mr. GREYLING:

… to be more useful in a more productive system of farming. The hon. member for Durban (Point) says we have no policy. The third basis on which our policy rests is to promote price stability and to ensure it as far as possible …

Mr. WARREN:

Since when?

*Mr. GREYLING:

… always taking into consideration the quantitative aspect of the matter and the overseas marketing possibilities. The fourth basis on which our agricultural policy rests is to ensure as far as possible that the increasing production complies with the increasing food requirements in our country; and the fifth is to provide the necessary assistance, such as transport, electrification, canalization and distribution in order to bring the farmer’s product to where the consumer in this country or overseas wants it. That is my reply to the hon. member for Durban (Point). The hon. member probably wanted the hon. member for Christiana to explain the foundations of our agricultural policy by way of interjection. The hon. member for Christiana could obviously not do so by way of interjection, but the hon. member now has his reply.

*An HON. MEMBER:

Do you stand by that policy?

*Mr. GREYLING:

I stand by this policy 100 per cent, and I can say that the National Party has remained faithful to these basic policies, and I shall prove it in a moment. But, Sir, in 1943 there was a Reconstruction Committee of the then Department of Agriculture, and that committee was instructed to draw up a report in regard to the agricultural conditions prevailing in those days. I cannot go back much further, nor can I take a year much later than 1943, because we came into power in 1948. I therefore just want to quote what that Reconstruction Committee said about agricultural conditions under the last United Party Government If one reads that report, one comes to the following points of agreement they had with the then Social and Economic Planning Council which had to comment on that report. It is interesting to note that they agreed in regard to the weaknesses inherent in agriculture at that time, and I want to mention a few. They drew up a joint statement in which they said the following: The farming units are uneconomic and too small. Sir, if our Ministers want to solve that problem the members of the United Party go around the country spitting fire and saying that the Minister of Agricultural Economics and Marketing said that the small farmer should be chased off the land. That is not the truth. I come to the second thing they said: The then Government over-emphasized the slogan, “Back to the land”. This matter of going back to the land is not something which one can solve by means of a slogan. It is a process which is not peculiar to South Africa alone; it is a process one finds throughout the world particularly where there is industrialization. That commission further said that there was an unequal movement between rural and urban price levels and incomes; that there were unstable prices for farm products. They accused the then Government of inefficient distribution, of too heavy mortgage bonds on the farms, of over-valuation of land and they say that the price and export quality led to a badly managed farming structure. Sir, those are serious accusations against the last United Party Government. The present Opposition now flounders around here with a lot of confusing ideas and tries to ascertain where they should launch their attacks. They range from the Mafeking harvesting teams to any other triviality. That is what I meant when I said that they came here with a trivial agricultural debate. This report was followed by the White Paper of the then Prime Minister in regard to agricultural policy, and listen to what it says. I just want to read a few sentences (translation)—

The production potential of our country has in this way been dangerously undermined in large areas where Whites are farming, whilst an extensive area in the Native areas has been totally destroyed.

The second accusation is this—

It is obvious that the productivity of agriculture has been endangered by a dissipation of its resources.

That was during the United Party régime. The third accusation is—

In addition, agriculture, as it is to-day, does not even afford a decent living to the majority of farmers and farm labourers. [Time limit.]
Mr. CADMAN:

Until the hon. member for Ventersdorp (Mr. Greyling) spoke in this debate I was under the impression that there was general agreement that we were dealing with this drought as something which was approaching the proportions of a national catastrophe. I thought there was general agreement on that. But having heard the hon. gentleman, we have a point of view heard for the first time, to this effect that this drought is of so little consequence that it ought not to have been brought up …

*Mr. GREYLING:

That is a lie.

*The TEMPORARY-CHAIRMAN (Mr. Vosloo):

Order! The hon. member for Ventersdorp must withdraw that.

*Mr. GREYLING:

I say the allegation is a lie.

*The TEMPORARY-CHAIRMAN:

The hon. member must withdraw that.

*Mr. GREYLING:

I withdraw it, Sir, but it remains the truth.

*Mr. RAW:

Mr. Chairman, on a point of order, the hon. member says he withdraws it but it remains the truth …

*The TEMPORARY-CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member must withdraw it unconditionally.

*Mr. GREYLING:

I withdraw it, Sir.

Maj. VAN DER BYL:

On a point of order, should the hon. member not stand up and apologize?

*The TEMPORARY-CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member for Zululand (Mr. Cadman) may continue.

Mr. CADMAN:

Those were, of course, not the words of the hon. member but that was certainly the impression he conveyed in the earlier part of his speech.

The discussion we have had so far has had to do principally with the livestock industry in South Africa and the mealie industry.

Mr. FRONEMAN:

You are going to talk about the sugar industry.

Mr. CADMAN:

Although the hon. member for Heilbron (Mr. Froneman) may think the sugar industry is virtually of no importance in South Africa I propose to say something about it because the impression has been given by some hon. members that this drought is confined to relatively few areas in South Africa. I do not believe that that is correct. I believe that the hon. Minister for Agricultural Economics and Marketing, for one, said it was confined to certain areas. I believe that that puts the emphasis wrongly. I believe it is only certain areas to which it is not confined. It covers largely the whole of this country. The emergency measures which have been announced so far are virtually of no use whatever to the sugar industry in Natal—and I am speaking of the farming aspect of that industry. I do not blame the hon. Minister for that because his attention is devoted to farming industries other than sugar—sugar falls under the Department of Commerce. But the announcement has been made that the sugar crop which we are to expect this season may well be down to an extent of 40 per cent. That announcement was made only yesterday. That is a very substantial blow to this large and important industry. It does not end there.

*Mr. FRONEMAN:

Zululand is becoming “Nat”.

Mr. CADMAN:

But unfortunately it has not rained yet. The announcement was made yesterday that a certain number of the important mills on the North Coast and in Zululand will not be able to open and commence crushing on 1 May which is normally the beginning of the crushing season, unless there is widespread and general rain during the period from now to 1 May. Unless rain falls between now and 1 May no cane will be crushed along the North Coast. And I think, unlike the hon. member for Heilbron, the hon. the Minister of Economic Affairs will appreciate the magnitude of the disaster that would be. A couple of inches between now and then is not sufficient because the major rivers on which these mills have been built are dry. That is the situation. A couple of inches will not restore the water-flow to those rivers; it must be a widespread general rain.

I believe I am correct in saying that not only has there been so far—whether rain comes in large quantities make no difference —a major fall in the sugar crop for the ensuing season, a fall which cannot be rectified now because the growing season is over, but unless widespread rains fall there will be a considerable reduction in the milling capacity we have available in Natal. That will be a major catastrophe whichever way one looks at it— both from the national point of view and from the point of view of the people concerned. In these circumstances one is entitled to ask whether there are long-term measures which can be brought into operation to prevent this sort of thing from happening again? Short-term measures cannot help; you cannot make rivers run in a short-term. Are there measures which can be brought into effect? I say too that this must not be looked at, as far as the sugar industry is concerned, as merely a drought, a severe drought which will not happen again. Because the situation of the mills not having sufficient water in the rivers to enable them to crush has happened before. It happened in 1952. The tragedy is this—and I would appreciate the attention of the hon. the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development in this regard—that it seems that the lack of water in the main rivers of Natal bears a very definite relationship to the denuding of the veld in the reserves which form the catchment areas of those rivers. If we continue on our present course this will occur more frequently as the years go by. The incidence of the drought will be greater and greater, in the sense that these rivers which were perennial, and always have been, are now beginning to dry up completely at periods, and I speak not of streams, Sir, but of major rivers of the Eastern catchment area. How can this be tackled? It can be tackled only in the long-term, by two measures, I believe: Large-scale storage dams to ensure that the milling capacity of this major industry can be kept going throughout the winter months, even in exceptional periods. Because the whole of that crop is lost, even the 60 per cent that is remaining, unless these mills can crush, that is clear. Storage dams and storing capacity as a long-term solution will only be of some use if the hon. Minister of Bantu Administration and Development, who expresses such great concern for the areas under his charge, will see to it that rehabilitation measures are begun immediately and are pursued in an energetic manner in those Urge areas, because in every instance these rivers are fed by a catchment covered largely by Native reserves in Natal. I have said that it seems that only long-term measures can rectify this situation. But it is the thought of longterm measures to which the hon. the Leader of the Opposition referred in his opening address on the Prime Minister’s Vote, and it has to be looked at from the national point of view—it is not something of which the hon. the Prime Minister can say that that is a matter for the hon. Minister of Bantu Administration, or the hon. Minister of Agricultural Technical Services. This affects the economic life of part of a province, virtually the whole of a province. It affects not only the Whites, it affects the Blacks alike. You have heard the speeches of other hon. members of the effect this drought is having on the Bantu population as well. We know that there is a great deal of truth in that, and unless this is approached as a national problem under the aegis of the Prime Minister, then we are in for a sorry future, because these droughts will occur and their incidence will become greater. [Time limit.]

*Mr. HEYSTEK:

I am quite serious when I say that if one considers the motives on which the arguments of the Opposition are based in their criticism of the agricultural policy of the Government, then one can meet those arguments with this rhyme: “ ’n Boer laat hom nie vlei nie, hy laat hom ook nie vry nie.”

I want to try to give a very objective reply to the question as to whether the agricultural sector is really sharing in the economic prosperity. Firstly, I want to refer to two extremes, and thereafter to an average. The first extremes I wish to refer to are the climatic conditions accompanied by sound Government policy and good prices (which is part of the policy of the Government) and good, practical, and hardworking farmers. Then things go well with our farmers, and there are parts of our country which are really getting no less than their legitimate share these days. The wheat-growing areas, and here I think particularly of the Western Province, in 1963 had a wheat crop of 9.6 bags per morgen and in 1964 it was 12.1 bags per morgen, an increase of 3.5 bags, and in addition in 1964 the price was increased by 27 cents a bag. Here they derived three benefits, namely a higher production per morgen, a higher price per bag and an increased demand. Fortunately the supplies were there to satisfy the demand. Things are therefore going very well with them, and it is very wrong of the Opposition to allege that right throughout the country agriculture is in a perilous position and that the farmers are going insolvent and cannot make a living.

But these same conditions prevailed at the same time in the Northern Transvaal when it rained and everything went well. It was the same in the North-Western Cape and in the Eastern and Western Transvaal, and in future it will be so again. I now come to the second extreme, and hon. members will forgive me if I refer to the Northern Transvaal, and I ask myself the question: Does the Northern Transvaal share in the prosperity? Then I say: “No, no, no, three times no, definitely not!” But that is not the Government’s fault. Just to take one example, the farmer has to spend State loans to keep his animals alive, instead of preparing them for the market and selling them in order to make a living. How can he share in the economic prosperity? Seven years ago we were afflicted by foot-and-mouth disease, which lasted two years and after that, in the third year, we immediately had the drought. As the result of the foot-and-mouth disease we were unable during the drought to sell two calf crops; we could not sell a single animal, with the further consequence that as the result of that catastrophic drought and over-grazing the two next calf crops were lost to us as well. When the drought struck us in the third year, immediately after having had foot-and-mouth disease for two years, it had the effect of a drought in its fourth year, with the result that where we had foot-and-mouth disease for two years and after that a drought lasting for four or five years, we are actually experiencing the effects of a 9-year long unbroken drought in the Northern Transvaal, and whatever the Government may do, those farmers cannot share in the economic prosperity of the country. At the moment it is so dry there that four of our schools at Nylstroom which accommodate 3,000 children have no water. We have to sink boreholes to get water for the children to drink, and we are already busy with the fifth borehole. We bored to a depth of 400 and 500 feet, but we could not find water for our schoolchildren to drink. That is the position there. There are farmers who have 10 or 12 production loans on which they have not yet been able to pay a single cent by way of interest or capital simply because it has not rained. You can follow the weather reports every day. Whereas other drought-stricken areas have at least had some rain, the Northern Transvaal has for three months already just had a few clouds and a burning sun. Things cannot go well there. If I had the time I would have liked to tell the House what the Government has in fact done, and how millions of rands were spent to assist those farmers, to keep them going, and how, as hon. members heard again to-day from the hon. the Prime Minister, if better times come along further assistance will be rendered and the farmers will be able to stay on the farms and rehabilitate themselves and again become strong farmers as they have been in the past.

I now come to the intermediate group and I also refer to the crop farmers. They are finding things very difficult. There have now been lengthy droughts lasting for four years or longer, and it is a fact that long droughts result in long and severe winters. As the result of the drought there was an average decrease of 4 per cent in the volume of production. It is true that there was an average increase of 5 per cent in produce prices, but that could not make up for the decreasing income due to the decreased production, partly also because the cost of production increased. We also know that agriculture’s contribution showed a small decrease from R538,000,000 in 1963 to R521,000,000 in 1964. There was decreased production, an increased demand and somewhat better prices, with a declining income nonetheless, and that just about managed to keep the middle class farmer going so that he is still a man with a proud, independent character and he still has that characteristic of independence for which we respect and honour the farmers where in those drought-stricken areas their morale is still so high that we take off our hats to them and salute them.

Let us just review the following: The part played by agriculture in the economic upsurge, whether or not viewed against the background of the decrease in the proportionate contribution to the net internal product. It is important. In 1951-2 the contribution made by agriculture was R354,000,000. The net internal product was R2,589,000,000. Therefore proportionately the contribution of agriculture was 13.6 per cent. In 1962-3 agriculture’s contribution was R538,000,000 and the net internal product was R5,481,000,000, and now we find that the proportionate contribution made by agriculture is only 9.8 per cent. Now people are inclined to say that agriculture is in a deplorable position because the proportionate contribution decreased from 13.6 per cent to 9.8 per cent, but the actual contribution in fact increased by 15 per cent, because the R345,000,000 had become R538,000,000.

*Mr. WENTZEL:

The gold mines showed the same decrease.

*Mr. HEYSTEK:

Yes, proportionately there was also a decrease. The decrease in the proportionate contribution made by agriculture is a normal economic phenomenon everywhere and always when there is such tremendous industrial development as we are experiencing at the moment. I just want to show that the same thing happened overseas. In the U.S.A. in 1951-2 agriculture’s proportionate contribution to the national income was 6 per cent. In 1961-2 it was 4 per cent. In Canada it decreased in those ten years from 13 per cent to 6 per cent, in Western Germany from 11 per cent to 6 per cent, in Holland from 13 per cent to 10 per cent, in Australia from 18 per cent to 13 per cent, and in the Republic of South Africa from almost 14 per cent to 10 per cent. Do we now want to intimate that because the proportionate contribution of agriculture to the income of those countries I have mentioned has decreased, the farmers are all bankrupt and that agriculture is in a deplorable position? Surely that is not the case. What emerges from this is that the decreasing relative or proportionate share of the agricultural sector in the net internal product is not merely a result but is a requirement for a progressive economy. We have, therefore, nothing to fear in this regard. There are temporary setbacks localized in places where severe drought prevails. Elsewhere things are going well, and if it rains again in those areas things will go well again there too within a few years. As a primary branch of activity in the economy of the country, agriculture follows industry, albeit at a distance and only to a certain extent. The local market has always proved to be the best market for the farmer, and whereas industrial development must contribute towards a greater internal consumption, this development must benefit agriculture, and we can see the results of it already. The consumption tendency is one of the best barometers to determine whether or not agriculture shares in the economic prosperity. If consumption increases and is accompanied by higher prices, it becomes a significant factor in the participation of agriculture in the economic growth, and that is happening in this country as industrial undertakings expand, accompanied by a higher per capita income which increases the purchasing power, and, naturally, if fat stock can be marketed and good crops can be harvested.

I just want to give an indication of the increase in the consumption of maize and wheat and butter. [Time limit.]

Mr. WARREN:

We have been discussing the seriousness of the drought all afternoon. We are now in April and I am wondering what we will be saying in August, because this is the last month in which our summer rainfall areas can expect any rain, and if we only get limited rains during April, can this House imagine what the position will be by the time August comes, which is the earliest month in which we can expect any rain? What growth can we get now? What is still worse, does the Government realize what will happen if the water resources give out completely? The hon. member for Zululand (Mr. Cadman) indicated a short while ago what is taking place in his part of the country and I want to assure the Minister that in my part of the country those rivers which have been known as perennial for many years have stopped running. What is going to happen in regard to water? Let the Government answer the two great questions: How is it going to carry the farmers through the next three or four months, with their stock which has to be fed and watered? And when that is over, to what extent has it worked out any long-term planning for rehabilitating agriculture and setting it on a sound footing? Neither of the hon. Ministers replied to the questions of my hon. leader, and they are fundamental to the whole issue. One of his major questions to which there has been no reply is in regard to the mining of our soil as the result of prices being fixed for certain commodities which were uneconomic to the people producing that commodity, so that they have had to mine their soil by producing products quite unsuitable to that soil.

Sir, then there is the question of meat production that was raised by the hon. member for South Coast (Mr. D. E. Mitchell). What has the Government done with regard to cattle improvement in this country since it dropped the cattle improvement Act that was introduced by the United Party, Sir, except for some outstanding studs in the milk and the beef industry in this country and some outstanding dairy herds in this country, would the hon. the Minister suggest that the remainder of that stock is of a quality in keeping with what South Africa requires to feed its people? What does the hon. the Minister intend to do with a view to bringing about the necessary improvements? What has the Minister done to try to keep some of the best breeding beef herds out of the abbatoirs? Because it is when you have conditions such as the present conditions that they find their way to the abbatoirs. It is the duty of the hon. the Minister to devise a plan whereby this can be done.

The MINISTER OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING:

We have given them special subsidies.

Mr. WARREN:

I know that the Government is giving special subsidies but they are nevertheless going to the abbatoirs and they have to be kept away from the abbatoirs. What are you going to do for mother stock for your future beef industry of South Africa? Sir, that is the state of affairs that exists to-day. The tragedy to my mind is that it has taken a severe drought such as this to spotlight the fact that the farmers of South Africa are in a desperate plight. It is not only the drough-stricken areas which are in trouble; the rest of the farmers of South Africa are in trouble as well. They are faced with the position that they are down financially and they do not know how to rehabilitate themselves. Sir, over the years we have drawn attention to this fact but, of course, the moment we criticize the Government we are told that they are the farmers’ friends and that the farmers have never been better off before. I know that the farmers are in a desperate plight in the drought stricken areas and that they are not in a sound financial position in the other areas. [Interjections.] If the hon. member for Cradock (Mr. G. F. H. Bekker) does not know that I think it is time he acquainted himself with the facts.

Mr. G. F. H. BEKKER:

I know more about it than you do.

Mr. WARREN:

I want to tell you, Sir, that the farmers of South Africa are in a desperate plight in many respects in the drought-stricken areas, and as I have said, it has taken this drought to spotlight the fact that they are down financially. The tragedy is that the farmers are in this position not only because of the drought but because of the failures of this Government. Their present position is due to one important factor, one thing for which even hon. members on that side pleaded when they were in Opposition, and that is to establish fodder banks. Throughout the years that I have been in this House we have been pleading for fodder banks, and whilst we appreciate that a national fodder bank or a provincial fodder bank is a difficult thing to establish, have the hon. the Minister of Agricultural Economics and Marketing and his colleague given any thought to the encouragement of domestic or farm fodder banks, because therein lies the answer to many of our troubles.

The MINISTER OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING:

[Inaudible.]

Mr. WARREN:

I will sit down if the Minister will get up and tell me what he is doing to encourage it.

The MINISTER OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING:

We are giving subsidies for the building of silos.

Mr. WARREN:

Fine, but what happens next? There are many progressive farmers who establish fodder banks, but on 28 February those farmers have to pay income-tax on the fodder that they have accumulated to carry their stock through the winter. The hon. the Minister cannot deny that.

The MINISTER OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING:

Do you ever pay income-tax on silos?

Mr. WARREN:

Of course, you pay income-tax on fodder that is on hand or produce that you have on hand at the end of the financial year. It is not everybody who produces silage or ensilage.

Mr. LOOTS:

Surely he can deduct his expenses?

Mr. WARREN:

Yes, but the position is that it is subject to taxation. However, this is one of the items that I want to deal with at a later stage.

Sir, has the hon. the Minister abandoned all idea of trying to save the farmers from the excessive taxation in this country. Has the hon. the Minister given any thought to the fact that our Cape farmers, of whom he is one, are paying a capital tax varying from R200 to R400 on every 1,000 morgen of their farms?

The MINISTER OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING:

If you plead for the abolition of the divisional councils I will support you.

Mr. WARREN:

Sir, will the hon. the Minister make representations to the Prime Minister for the abolition of that tax? Will he make that recommendation to him? He can indicate to the Minister of Finance what taxes should be removed and what steps should be taken.

The MINISTER OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING:

The Minister of Finance does not get that tax.

Mr. WARREN:

Will the hon. the Minister make recommendations to the Administrator in this regard then?

The MINISTER OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING:

I say again that if you plead for the abolition of the divisional councils I will support you.

Mr. WARREN:

It has been done for a period of 20 years; where was the Minister during that period? We said that if we could not get rid of the divisional council tax alone we would be prepared to get rid of both. Where was the hon. the Minister then? [Time limit.]

Business interrupted to report progress.

House Resumed:

Progress reported.

The House adjourned at 7 p.m.

WEDNESDAY, 7 APRIL 1965 Mr. SPEAKER took the Chair at 2.20 p.m. COMMITTEE OF SUPPLY

First Order read: Resumption of Committee of Supply.

House in Committee:

[Progress reported on 6 April, when Vote No. 4.—“Prime Minister”, R120,000, was under consideration.]

Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

Mr. Chairman, in opening the discussion on this Vote yesterday I raised what I regarded as probably the most important subject in South Africa at the present time, namely, the drought and its effect on agriculture. To-day I want to raise what is perhaps the second most important subject. But before doing so I want to express my disappointment with the fact that the wrong impression created by the hon. the Prime Minister—I take it in error—that this was the first time that agriculture as such had been discussed under the Prime Minister’s Vote, was perpetuated over Radio South Africa.

I believe the second most important matter at the moment is an aspect of race relations in South Africa as a result of which it is becoming increasingly clear to me that the public is not being placed in a position of making an informed judgment in respect of the policies which should be followed and the situation which is developing before our eyes. I believe the public is not in the position to make that informed judgment for two reasons. The first is that the thinking and the policies of the hon. the Prime Minister and his party have vacillated so much in connection with important aspects of this matter that numbers of the public have been left behind, are becoming confused and do not really understand what the Government is standing for or trying to do.

The second reason is that it is quite clear that Government policy has failed in certain very important respects. But those failures are being concealed to all but the most politically-conscious members of the community by stratagems, by adaptations and sometimes by revolutionary changes which are going so far as to undermine the original fundamentals of Government policy but are also resulting in the public being misled as to what the true state of affairs is. I think at no time has this situation been more clear than it was during the last election. At no time was the public more greatly misled than it was as a result of these tactics and these stratagems during the election campaign.

I want to give examples which I think will make this matter very clear indeed. In dealing with vacillations of policy I think the most obvious one which has come to our notice is the change in attitude on the part of the Government and its supporters in respect of the question of the actual physical separation of the Bantu from the European population. We know what the policy of the party was in the past. The hon. the Prime Minister himself stated it on several occasions both in the Other Place and here when he became Minister of Native Affairs. I have an extract here from a speech he made in February 1951 when he said—

If the stream into the towns continues unstemmed we will be drowned in a Black sea whether we like it or not.

In the same year he said—

The flow of Natives to the cities will have to be stopped.

In 1960 he said—

The Government is aware of the fact that its policy of separate development necessitates that the Bantu homelands must be able to provide for both their increases in population and the returning flow of the Bantu.

It is quite clear therefore what the objective was; they were going to stop the flow into the cities; they were going to develop the Bantu areas in such a way that they would provide a living to both the natural increases in the homelands and the returning flow from the cities. By June 1960 the hon. the Prime Minister, when speaking in Düsseldorf, said the following—

The fact that hundreds of millions of pounds have already been spent on the building of permanent home services and means of transport proves the allegation false that the policy of apartheid aimed at the elimination of non-Whites from our White areas.

Then came the final point, in this change-about-face which we have had on the other side, in the no-confidence debate this year when the hon. the Prime Minister said—

The crux of the policy of separation is political separation.

He went on to make it clear that it did not matter if the number of Bantu increased provided only there was separation in the political sphere. What are the people voting for? Are they voting for the Bantu to be sent back to the reserves or are they voting for a policy under which the number of Bantu in the cities has already increased by over 1,000,000 under this Government and is going to increase by at least 600,000 over the next five years according to the Economic Development Programme? Or are they voting for as many Bantu as are necessary here subject just to political separation?

Let us take another example, namely, the position with regard to the Cape Coloured people. We have always had difficulty in getting clarity as to just what the attitude of this Government was towards the Cape Coloured and the Indian people. Here I have extracts from statements made by the hon. the Prime Minister. On 5 May 1959 the Prime Minister is reported to have said—

The Prime Minister said yesterday the future development of the Coloured people was not as clear as that of the Bantu.

I have no argument with that; that is quite clear—

They would be given separate areas. He was speaking on the Prime Minister’s Vote in Committee of Supply.

He is reported to have said the following in August 1961—

Addressing the Natal Congress of the Nationalist Party the Prime Minister said that the Government insisted that Indians would have to develop as an independent group in their own areas. Just as the Bantu and the Coloureds would have their own homelands in South Africa so the Indians too, in accordance with the policy of separate development, will be given their own area.

This is a most remarkable statement. Since then we have had talk about states within states.

The PRIME MINISTER:

Where was that speech of mine reported?

Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

In the Cape Argus of 24 August 1961. Now we hear from the hon. the Prime Minister that as far as he is concerned he personally felt that South Africa should rather be poor but White than rich but mixed. Where is this poor but White South Africa going to be? I accept that it is no longer the policy of the Prime Minister that the Coloureds and the Indians are going to have separate homelands but where is this White South Africa when there are more Coloureds and Indians in many areas than Europeans? Coupled with the Bantu permanently settled in the White areas there are going to be more non-Europeans than Europeans in virtually every part of South Africa.

Then we had this election cry during the last election “‘Hou blank Suid-Afrika blank”! Where is this “blank Suid-Afrika” the hon. gentleman talks about? In every big town in South Africa there are more non-Europeans than Europeans. In every province of South Africa, cut out the reserves, and you will find more non-Europeans than Europeans. Where is this “blank Suid-Afrika” that the hon. gentleman is talking about? What is the position? Are the Coloureds and the Indians always going to be part of “blank Suid-Afrika”? What is the policy in regard to them? Is it going to be “ewigdurende baasskap”? What is going to happen about the removal of discrimination that we hear about? You see, Sir, when you face up to questions of this kind you begin to see the vacillations in Government policy. Then you are not surprised that the voter does not know what he is voting for in respect of this Government. Every Government speaker emphasizes something else. “Hou blank Suid-Afrika blank”! Where is this “blank Suid-Afrika”? I have stressed that difficulty.

There is another difficulty with which the ordinary voter is faced and that is that certain aspects of Government policy have already failed or are failing. Those failures have been concealed from the public by various strategems. Let us take one example, namely, the abandonment of any real attempt to develop the reserves industrially internally. We know what the Tomlinson Commission recommended. We know that the kernel of the recommendations of the Tomlinson Commission was the development internally of industries in the reserves. What has happened? There is virtually no industrial development inside the reserves. The hon. the Prime Minister and his party will not allow White capital in the reserves to develop industries privately, so what is happening? There are attempts to conceal this position by emphasizing the Bantu Development Corporation and the loans it has made. What do those loans amount to in terms of industry? There is the policy of depriving the Whites in the Transkei of certain of their rights and privileges. We see the establishment of certain primitive industries like broom and pottery making and a little bit of furniture making which cannot even absorb the growing Bantu population in one district in the reserves, let alone the whole of the reserves. Where is this internal development? What has happened to this grand design to develop the reserves and to rehabilitate this backward and poverty-stricken area? What has happened to the grand design to attract the Bantu back to the reserves? Does the hon. the Prime Minister still want to tell the public that he is developing these reserves to carry not only the natural increases in the reserves but also the expected flowback from the White areas?

It seems to me that one of the fundamentals of the policy of separate development is being shipwrecked. Nothing is happening to justify the whole grand design of the plan. Why does the hon. the Prime Minister now avoid the question of the swamping of the White areas which he spoke about and as set out by Scholtz in “Swart Suid-Afrika” on page 2? The hon. the Prime Minister speaks about 12,000,000 Bantu—

Waar gaan hulle gevestig wees? Ek het die standpunt ingeneem dat as daardie aanwas nie kan gehou word in die naturellegebiede op die een of ander wyse nie hulle net sal kan graviteer na een plek en dit is rondom die industriële gebied, d.w.s. by die blanke stede van die land as niks gedoen word om hul trek te verhoed nie. Dan moet ’n mens jouself afvra: Wat word van Suid-Afrika as binne 50 jaar, binne die leeftyd van die jong mense van vandag, daar ’n 11,000,000 of 12,000,000 naturelle woonagtig sal wees by en rondom ons blanke stede?

What is the position to-day? The number “woonagtig by en rondom ons blanke stede” has increased by over 1,000,000 under this Government. And under the economic development programme of this Government they are going to increase by 600,000 in the next five years. What is the public to believe is the policy of apartheid? They talk about developing the reserves. Is that really their policy?

Mr. VAN DER MER WE:

Have you read the Tomlinson report?

Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

Yes, I have read it right through. I shall deal with the Tomlinson Report very soon. That is an example of failure of Government policy being concealed by means of these strategies. Let me give another example. There is tremendous emphasis on border industries and their importance, not supported by facts, and certainly not in accordance with the time-table of Tomlinson’s recommendations. The Tomlinson Commission recommended that, if anything like their proposed time-table were to be achieved, there should be border industries to absorb 30,000 Bantu in new jobs annually. What is happening to-day? We have seen the tiny development that is taking place. I believe this emphasis is really designed to disguise two facts, firstly, the failure to develop the reserves boldly and imaginatively so that they can carry this increased population, even the failure to accept the offers of co-operation from this side of the House for the development of the reserves, and, secondly, to disguise the fact that essentially, under this Government’s policy, we will continue to establish White industries, industries managed and owned by Whites, but employing Blacks and transferring the problems concerning those industries from places like Johannesburg and Port Elizabeth to Durban and East London which are now regarded as border areas. The hon. the Prime Minister argues that if you establish a factory with White capital inside the reserves then that is something akin to neo-colonialism but that if you establish a factory within 30 miles of reserves that is developing the reserves. Where does this sort of thing get us, Sir? This policy of border industries itself is failing. What was the reply to the question of the hon. member for Pinelands (Mr. Thompson) to the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development only the other day as to what new industries had been established in the Transkei and the Ciskei over the last five years? The reply seemed to indicate that increased employment in existing industries plus new industries over the last five years had only offered employment to about 4,800 Bantu. In fact, Sir, I do not believe, if the programme is gone into, that in the ten years since 1955 this Government has achieved what Mr. Tomlinson expected them to achieve every four months.

*Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

Have you read the Tomlinson Commission’s report? [Laughter.]

Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

What is happening? You have the fiction being adopted by the Government that certain little Black spots, Black spots not originally intended to be part of the so-called Bantu homelands, are converted into homelands for the purpose of industries established near them. All that is happening is that they are merely being transformed into locations for newly established industries in White areas. You have it outside Pretoria. It was discovered only the other day that one of the Black areas in Durban was officially designated as a reserve but for the purposes of certain figures given to the House we were told that the industries in Durban were border industries. This sort of thing is not going to put a stop to the 12,000,000 in and around our White industrial areas inside 50 years which the hon. the Prime Minister talked about.

One gets the impression that this whole policy is so much eye-wash. It is an attempt to bluff the public. In fact, all that is happening is that, subject to the age-old rules of residential separation, social separation, educational separation and now, of course, amusement separation, we are getting economic integration taking place faster than ever before in our history. The only real difference seems to be this: In the past political segregation or separation was regarded as being achieved if you had people in separate rolls—it suited them in those days; that was political segregation, but to-day, in order to have political separation, you are giving political rights in a foreign country, or a country that is going to be foreign, and giving no political rights in the place most important of all, namely, the Parliament that controls your own destiny. The result is that there is still an attempt by members on that side of the House to bluff the public that the Bantu are only here temporarily. It is suggested that the basis on which they are here in their locations is now something new. What has the Government got for it? It has got a rootless proletariat that can easily become the prey of any agitator, any communist or any seditious operation which is based inside or outside South Africa. That is what we are getting.

There is a third example I would like to give to give you an idea of what is happening. The whole basis of the original Tomlinson Report, the whole underlying idea, was that there would have to be consolidation of the Bantu homelands. I think they realized that without substantial consolidation of some sort the whole idea of creating Bantu states was futile. The Prime Minister talked about the possibility of not having complete consolidation. He gave us the example of Pakistan where there are several millions in one area and several millions in another area separated by a few miles. But do we have? The hon. the Minister of Bantu Education tells the people in Natal that there is no question of the consolidation of Zululand; that it will always be four or five areas.

The MINISTER OF BANTU EDUCATION:

That is not true; I said we were working towards consolidation as fast as possible.

Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

I accept it at once if the hon. gentleman says it is not true. But the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development himself said the consolidation in respect of Zululand would leave them with four or five areas.

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

Or seven.

Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

Or seven areas. Take the position of Tswanaland. There are separate areas as well. What has happened to the policy of consolidation which was one of the fundamentals of this idea of establishing homelands? The Tomlinson Report made it quite clear what the difficulties would be if you did not have consolidation. Of course. Sir, if you do not have consolidation you will have the eternal difficulty of moving out of one small section of a foreign state into a piece of your own state and into another piece of a foreign state. You will land yourself in the most impossible difficulty. It makes the whole thing absolutely ridiculous. It would offer no difficulties had it not been a sovereign state; had it not been intended to be sovereign. It would offer no difficulties had it been administered under the United Party race federation policy. It would not have offered any difficulty at all as I have said so often in this House. But it presents unsurmountable difficulties if it is to be part of a sovereign independent state. You see, Sir, this is a new concept, a concept of dispersed and fragmentary areas, forming, in the end, a sovereign but dispersed state. It is as unrealistic as it is impossible of fulfillment. It is quite impossible to disguise the fact that this aspect of Government policy has failed, is continuing to fail and has no hope of ever succeeding. The whole foundation of separate development has been destroyed under this policy. When is the Government going to admit that to the public? They have no right to continue on the basis …

The PRIME MINISTER:

The same speech as your election speech.

Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

My election speech was better; much better. I have to assume that the Prime Minister has some knowledge.

The PRIME MINISTER:

I read about your election speeches in the papers.

Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

I have to admit I study those of the Prime Minister very carefully, too, with most profitable results, I may say. It is because I read the Prime Minister’s election speeches that I know he has not admitted to the public that his policy has failed.

I know he is still trying to conceal it. I know he is still trying to lead the electorate to believe that there are ultimately going to be consolidated homelands. I do not believe the hon. gentleman is being as frank with the public as he should be. Take another example, namely, the removal of the Bantu from the Western Cape. The Burger, the Nationalist Party newspaper in the Cape described this as the ultimate test of apartheid; here was the one area where apartheid could be applied, and the theory proved to be correct; here you had an alternative source of labour, Coloured labour, who would do the work that had been done by the Bantu. Of course, the areas varied when we first heard about it from the hon. the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development. Then the boundary was on the Fish River. It has moved considerably westwards since then. I believe it is somewhere between Port Elizabeth and Humansdorp to-day and it goes up towards Upington. In the few years this policy has been in operation it is quite clear that it is failing. The number of Bantu in the Western Cape is increasing. All that is happening is that the Bantu are being endorsed out from time to time with the result that you have an ever-changing Bantu population, a population which is unable to acquire any sort of skill in the industries in which they work; a population which is putting up cost of production, putting up expenses, not only in the building industry but in many others because they only stay for short periods. There is a tremendous waste of time in travelling to and from the reserves which are between 600 and 700 miles away. That is all that is happening. The population is rotating; it is not getting any fewer. The answers to question as to the number of Bantu in Cape Town itself show what is happening. But the Government is still trying to tell the public that that is its policy.

Then we have the most pathetic of all attempts on the part of the Government to cover up its failures by fixing on this date of 1978 as the magical moment when the flow of Black workers out of the reserves will be reversed and when there will be an exodus from the Republic to the pipe-dream Bantustans. I have always been interested in this day; very interested indeed. I go back to the references in the White Paper which was issued at the time the Tomlinson Commission’s Report was discussed in this House because it seems to me that that is portion of the basis for this claim. That White Paper said—

The Government welcomes the endorsement of the standpoints that the Government has maintained through the years that sufficiently rapid progress will have been made, and the further advancement of the process of separation guaranteed, in other words, that security would be ensured for White civilization, and opportunities created for both racial groups in all spheres, each in its own territory, amongst its own people, if after a period of 50 years an approximately equal proportion of Whites and Bantu has been reached in European territory.

That was the sort of forecast we had in the Tomlinson Commission’s Report. But that was based on a development that would ensure the finding of 50,000 new jobs a year for Bantu in the reserves. That was the condition precedent to this forecast. What has this Government done towards finding new jobs in the reserves during the period it has been in power? When one looks at what has happened then any reference to this date is entirely illusory. Year after year they tell us that in 1976 or in 1978 there will be a reversal of the flow. What are the prerequisites set out in the Tomlinson Report? Has the Government kept up with that timetable in any way at all? I think I must accept that that forecast, means nothing to-day. It has become ridiculous in the light of the development which has taken place. Is it not time that the Government took the public into its confidence and told them that the number of Bantu in the White areas is increasing; that it has never increased as fast as it has done under this Government; that it is even going to increase faster if the economic development programme is put into operation and that there is no question of their ever going back to the reserves; that they are going to stay here in increasing numbers during the next 25 or 30 years and thereafter as well? But the Government tells the public; “We warned you the numbers would increase till 1976 or 1978 and after that they would start decreasing.” Mr. Chairman, I challenge the hon. the Prime Minister to prove to this House that there is ever any likelihood of the number of Bantu in the White areas becoming less as a result of what has happened.

What is worst of all is that, having failed with this policy, we find the Government trying to conceal from the White electorate the presence of the non-Europeans in its areas by the application of these petty apartheid restrictions, many of them vicious restrictions, restrictions which hurt. [Time limit.]

*The PRIME MINISTER:

I merely rise in order to give the hon. the Leader of the Opposition an opportunity of carrying on.

Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

May I express my gratitude to the Prime Minister. I appreciate it very much indeed. We have had this petty apartheid to try to do what apartheid was not doing, what the main policy should have done, and that is to lessen the points of contact. We find it applied even to amusements in South Africa in a way that is hurtful, in a way in which it does untold damage to race relations and causing untold harm which many years will not put right, no matter what the Government does about it. I think the whole attitude of the Government exhibits to the world the essential ingredient of “baasskap” in the apartheid policy.

It is no good their talking about getting rid of discrimination and things of that kind, Sir, the essential ingredient remains “baasskap” and that is exhibited by this action of petty apartheid. I think it is in shrill contrast to the United Party idea of leadership in respect of race relations. If you try to describe the two then I would say “baasskap” was arrogant, that it humiliated, that it hurt the people to whom it was applied. In contrast I would say that leadership was wise and human; that it could not exist except when there was a forward movement; that it brought those on whom it was exercised forward and upwards; that it developed them; that it sought to maintain the standards of civilization and values; that it was willing and eager to share those fruits with those who were ready to share them; but that it was adamant and fearless in its determination not to cast the precious pearls of our civilization before those who were not fit either to accept them, to benefit from them or not prepared to uphold them.

What is the result of this contrast? If you look at the urban Native the result of this contrast means certain differences in policies. When you look at the urban Native under Government policy he becomes a rootless, rightless, proletariat. We want him as a property-owning middle class, a responsible citizen, on our side in maintaining law and order. The Government regards them as interchangeable labour units. We regard them as individuals, as human beings, entitled to dignity and respect and home-ownership in their own locations. The Government treats them all as migrant labourers. We accept that some of them have become permanently detribalized and permanently settled outside the Bantu areas and the reserves. The Government seems to be chary of developing those Native homelands because it wants certain advantages for the Whites from the border development. It is interesting that the development is always on the White side of the border. We never hear of it on the other side of the border. The United Party wants to develop those reserves both from inside and from outside as part of the economy of South Africa but at the same time to relieve the pressure of the Bantu on the White areas.

If I were to ask what was the fundamental sin of this Government I would say the sin of this Government was that they pretended that South Africa was not a multi-racial state. That is also where we differ so fundamentally from them. They pretend that we are different nations within one state, in the political sense. I believe their error is just as fallacious as that of the liberalists who want to pretend that South Africa is a non-racial state. But both can have disastrous results for South Africa. I think the results most noteworthy at the moment are that we stand for a greater South Africa whereas the Government stands for a smaller South Africa. It may be a smaller South Africa but I think it is going to be a South Africa which is certainly going to be much smaller than they imagine, much smaller because of the pressure of the Bantu demanding more land and because they will have to find a solution to the Coloured and Asiatic problem either involving homelands for them or they have to accept that what they are standing for is “ewigdurende baasskap” over those people in the White areas. That is what they accuse us of, Sir. It looks to me that these hon. gentlemen have ceased to be the Voortrekkers; they have ceased to extend South Africa; they are trekking back; they are the “agteruittrekkers” if they are anything to-day. I believe, with due apologies to van Riebeek Day, their policy has resulted in the wrecking of the Goede Hoop and if their policy is carried out they need a Rijger and a Dromedaris to take them off and move them out of South Africa.

*The PRIME MINISTER:

I think it is best for me at this stage of the debate immediately to follow the hon. the Leader of the Opposition, so that we may try to deal logically with the various points he raised.

By way of introduction, I want to say that it is clear that this is now the second round of shot which I predicted yesterday would come. I call it that, not to sneer at his argument, but to make it very clearly understood that there has again been absolutely nothing new in this attack. It is just the same again as we have so often had it. This is the matter in regard to which the public has repeatedly given its decision, viz. that they have no faith in these arguments. We have also repeatedly replied to these arguments in the finest detail. That is in fact what I deplore in the attack we have had to-day, viz. that one gets only a repetition of a slanted view on standpoints which we state in all honesty in order to try to achieve a definite object. When people differ, it is right that they should advance their counter arguments, but it is not right to try to cast a distorted light on the arguments of one’s opponent, thereby trying to undermine his argument, whereas in fact one is unable to controvert it. That is the criticism I have of the whole argument of the hon. the Leader of the Opposition. But I shall react to his various points. I shall answer every argument he advanced, as far as I could hastily jot them down.

The first allegation made by the Leader of the Opposition was that the public does not gain a proper impression of the policy of the Government because there is continual hesitation, a perpetual change of standpoint—vacillation, as he calls it. Now I think that if there is a party in regard to which the public is convinced that it does not know where it is going, and which can rightly be accused of continually changing its policy, it is the United Party. The United Party has been rejected in election after election, and after every election it has had a different colour policy. We are discussing colour policy to-day for the umpteenth time.

Now the hon. the Leader of the Opposition has accused us of vacillating and changing our standpoint, and he tried to illustrate it with a series of examples which I will deal with in order to show where he went wrong. But right in the beginning I want to say that where he says there is no properly enlightened public opinion because we on this side are supposed to have changed our standpoint, the public opinion of the very politically conscious public of South Africa, which is seriously concerned with the future of South Africa in this period of crisis, is on the contrary the well-informed opinion which has come about as the result of its thinking for itself and deciding between two choices. The voter in South Africa is in a position where he can easily obtain clarity, except in regard to the directions more leftist than those of the United Party. There is a clear choice between the United Party policy and the National Party policy which is continually brought to the notice of the public, and a section of the public gains knowledge of it only through the image of a Press which is inimical to this Government. I am referring now to the English-speaking section of the public, particularly those who do not even read Afrikaans newspapers. That section of the public can, in spite of the one-sided views they get from their newspapers, judge as to what the policy of the Government is and as to what the policy of the Opposition is, and through using their own judgment they have come to the conclusion that the standpoint of the Government is the correct one. How could that have happened if a continually changing and vacillating standpoint was being adopted by the party in power? Because the public in that regard judges not only on the basis of what they read in the Press, but on the basis of a policy, the development of which they can see in practice.

*Mr. HUGHES:

Which they hear over the radio.

*The PRIME MINISTER:

Yes, what they hear over the radio and what they hear in respect of both sides over the radio. [Laughter.] And what they hear from the Opposition platforms and from the Government platforms. I seem to have a much greater respect for the ability of the public of South Africa to form an opinion than the Opposition has. I evidently have much more respect for the common sense of the public and its ability to judge than the Opposition has, because I allege that the conclusion to which an increasing section of the public has arrived, namely to support the Government, was arrived at by them under the most difficult circumstances in which an electorate can find itself, namely that a large number of these people had to take a decision after being informed not only one-sidedly but in a hostile manner in regard to what our policy is. But still our policy is so clear and strong and makes such an impression on their minds that they are swinging towards the Government. Therefore my first statement in reply to what the hon. the Leader of the Opposition has said is that there is an informed public opinion in South Africa. That fact should be recognized. The United Party should not, in addition to all its other mistakes, in addition make the mistake of thinking that the public of South Africa cannot think for itself and does not know what policy it prefers. There is an informed public opinion, and that public opinion has decided that the Government knows what it wants to do, that it adheres to its course and that it aims at an objective which is in fact attainable and eventually will be attained, however difficult the interim period may be and however long it might take. The public has further decided that the United Party, the only alternative Government there is for them, has no firm policy; that the United Party continually swings around before and after elections, to the right and to the left; that it is struggling to evolve a policy and to do rethinking and replanning; that at the moment it has landed itself in such a muddle that it must try to struggle out of it again. That is why the United Party also gets all this advice in regard to all the internal reforms in its party and its policy about which we are continually reading. I do not want to rub salt into the wound by quoting what a Press which normally supports, or partially supports, them is now saying. I must honestly admit that I also no longer have the temerity to talk about “the Opposition Press” after what I have read in the newspapers recently. I now accept the word of the Leader of the Opposition that he has no Press supporting him. I have some of those articles here, but I would rather leave them aside and argue purely logically, if hon. members will permit me to do so, about what was said here to-day. With this I have disposed of the first point, in regard to vacillation on our part and the unenlightened opinion of the public.

Then the hon. the Leader of the Opposition raised a second point, namely that Government policy has failed in regard to extremely important matters, and that the Government has really got where it is by conniving and humbug and by announcing all kinds of changes which it does not bring about, and that the Government is even busy undermining its own basic policy, which is called its “old policy”. Of course I absolutely deny everything the hon. the Leader of the Opposition has said in that regard, and I shall try to prove it by reference to the examples mentioned by him.

The Leader of the Opposition made another allegation which I cannot allow to pass, namely that this so-called failure of policy became most apparent and that the public was misled most during the recent election. What an admission! What an attempt to get rid of the ignominy of a defeat which was more serious, as the supporters of the hon. member admitted themselves, than any other defeat they have suffered since 1948. Since 1948 when they suffered that great defeat and we came into power, the United Party has suffered one defeat after another, and this side of the House has consistently made progress; but the latest defeat of the United Party, unexpected to many people, unexpected I suppose also to the Opposition and the Press which at times supports them, was so great that it indicated a change in the opinion also of English speaking South Africa, under the circumstances I have just described. Now the Leader of the Opposition has, I almost want to say, the temerity, after having suffered a defeat at the hands of the electorate, to give them a slap in the face by telling them: “You are a stupid lot of voters who allowed yourselves to be misled and that is why you did not vote for us.” Because that is the implication of his statement that the recent election clearly proved how the public had been misled. I have more respect for the electorate of South Africa than ever to dare to say anything like that.

Let me now proceed to deal further with his argument. He mentioned various ways in which we were alleged to act in a vacillating manner. Firstly he said that in respect of physical segregation we had changed our outlook. He says that at first we said—and he quoted from statements I am supposed to have made —that if the influx of Bantu to White South Africa, to our cities and to the rural areas, continues to increase, it must eventually make South Africa a Black man’s land. Yes, I said that, and I still say so now.

*Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

You said that it should be stopped.

*The PRIME MINISTER:

I should be glad if hon. members would give me an opportunity to argue logically. Yes, I said that this flow should be stopped. I still say so. The third allegation he made was that I said that separate development makes it necessary that the Natives should be accommodated in the homelands, not only the natural increase there, but also those who are in White South Africa at the moment. Yes, I said that, and I still say so now. There is no contradiction at all in what I said thereafter, namely that the crux of our political policy is separation. But what I did not say was that it did not matter if the Bantu increased. I said that was a minor matter, compared with political separation. Political separation is the essence of the matter. It is in fact essential for us to get physical separation, but physical separation is the secondary object, not the primary. Therefore I did not say that it made no difference. It does matter. But this has been the basis of our whole fight with the United Party right from the beginning, that the United Party was not prepared to apply influx control in the way we wanted to apply it. They are not prepared to regard the Bantu as being in South Africa temporarily, and to accept that if moving them back is the object, but that some of them must be here, they are people who are clearly not connected with this country as their fatherland, but who are here and work here in the same way that in Europe people go to other countries to work but do not regard those countries as their fatherland, nor are they regarded by countries like Switzerland and Germany and England as being permanent inhabitants. I must perhaps omit England because I am thinking now of the Spanish and Italian migrant workers in the various countries. We have the phenomenon that as against the United Party’s policy ever since 1948 to allow the Bantu to flow in freely, as against its declared policy after 1948 that the Bantu women should also come to live with them, as against its declared policy that they should be regarded as permanent inhabitants who must also be able to obtain property rights here (wherever that may be)—as against that whole policy which will result in there being an increasing birth rate resulting from an ever-increasing number of Bantu in the whole of South Africa, also in the White area, and that they would be regarded as part of the White population, people who live there with their children and grandchildren as a firm right as the result of which they must obtain all possible rights which flow from their permanence, we set up a different ideal. It is that the numbers of these people in the White areas should decrease, that there should be physical separation, not only physical separation between the residential areas, particularly as regards the Bantu, but that there should be physical separation also in the sense that they would be given homelands, and that their homelands should gradually develop in such a way that not only can they accommodate the increased numbers, but also these other people. That was our policy and it is still our policy. That is the ideal, the objective we strive to achieve. But what we also said right from the beginning was that throughout the centuries there has been a development as the result of which we have an economic and social structure here which we cannot remedy in a few years only; we said that although that was our objective and our ideal it should not be expected that we could achieve it immediately. Even before 1948 and after 1948 we always repeated on our platforms that there would be no question of disruption, that there was no question of removing them immediately. Certain things must be done at once, i.e. the segregation one can implement while these people are still so physically spread over South Africa as we inherited it. And one of the things which should be done first is to achieve complete political separation. Thereafter one should ensure economic and social separation, residential separation and separation also in the various spheres of social life such as e.g. education, etc. Apart from that, one must try to give these people proper housing while they are in our midst. We said that we should build all the locations and all the railways, which cost millions and millions of rand, to transport these people to their work. Why? To send them back again immediately afterwards? Of course not. It was an obvious part of our policy right from the beginning that the process of physical separation should be carried out gradually over a long period, which is obviously necessary unless one wants the whole of the country to be disrupted. We are realists; we are practical people dealing with practical matters. To infer from this, as they have always done merely for political purposes, that we are alleged to have said that within two or five or ten years all the Bantu will have begun to disappear from our country, or will have been removed, and that the economy and the industrial development will just have to look out for themselves, is surely nonsensical! We always said that this was not the outlook nor the policy.

But the point which the hon. the Leader of the Opposition made in his speech when he tried to ridicule the year 1978 further reveals how false the argument he advances is in saying that we propound conflicting policies, because the year 1978 was used in argument by us long before there was a Tomlinson Commission. It is a date which was worked out by demographs, and here I want to mention the name of somebody whom they have often lauded, Professor Sadie; They evolved a process by which there would be a reversal of the number of Bantu in the country, and according to which they particularly calculated how the numbers would increase over the years until the year 2000. I myself used this argument long before the Tomlinson Commission was appointed and before we came into power when I said that it should be understood that as against the policy of the United Party which would make South Africa Black, as the United Party was in fact doing before 1948 (and that is why that party was defeated) there should be a policy of separation, politically and also physically, but that the physical process would take a long time. Therefore we said that we make our objective what was worked out as a possibility, namely that the turning point could come in 1978. What do the words “turning point” mean? Surely they do not mean that one must have a decrease in numbers now already. It means that one knows that one will not be able to stop the process whilst the economic development is taking place as it is to-day, and that one will not be able to stop it in the transitional years, but that one hopes that the process of mechanization and automation being introduced in industry will eventually enable one to achieve that ideal. I then gave the example that sociologists were of opinion that the time would come, in 10, 20 or 25 years, when people would no longer have work enough to keep them busy continuously, and that they would have to learn how to use their leisure, because manual labour would decrease in importance in the course of that development. Therefore I said: On the basis of that opportunity which is being created we will be able, without disruption and while continuing with our industrial development, to make this process take place naturally. Therefore the increase in numbers now is not unexpected. It is not in conflict with our attitude. It is something which is clearly proved by this very argument we used in regard to 1978.

I should now like to remind hon. members of something else they should remember in regard to what I and other people said before 1948 already. I said that in my opinion it seemed that the whole process could take place in the way we envisaged it and tried to achieve, and then by the year 2000 we would probably again reach the stage when the number of Bantu in the White area of the country would be equal to the figures for 1950, which was when I said this. Now what value is there in this story about vacillation and uncertainty and hesitation? If one wants to argue and make an attack, then one should attack on the basis of the true facts. Do not twist the other man’s argument in order to destroy it. I have now again used the true argument. Having said this, there is no further argument in this regard for me to controvert, except that I should perhaps say that the Leader of the Opposition concluded with the question: “Is the public therefore voting for an increase in numbers?” No, the public knows what it is voting for. It is voting for a process whereby eventually, after many years —and in the meantime there will be an increase—physical separation will be achieved to the highest degree possible, whilst in the meantime separation will be implemented between those who are here, and there will in any case be separation between the homelands and the White man’s land. They know what they are voting for.

*Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

Pie in the sky!

*The PRIME MINISTER:

I do not know how to respond to such an attitude, because of course it says nothing. There is only criticism without content of a standpoint which very clearly indicates the road ahead, which sets an objective which is aimed at, in contrast with a standpoint which envisages taking up the Black man in South Africa as part of the country, which is what the United Party intends doing. The United Party will still discover that under such a policy not only the Progressives but also the Liberals will one day be proved correct, namely that the Black man will rule here. As against that, I have a policy with a totally different aim and object, and the public of South Africa believes in it. They not only believe in our genuineness, but also in our ability to lead the country to that safe future.

Now I have been told that I must prove that the turning point will come in 1978. No, Sir, one does not adduce proof for objectives and ideals. One sets oneself ideals and objectives. I could not adduce any proof, and none of my predecessors could do so, that the Republic of South Africa would be established, and that the Republic would not be part of the British Commonwealth, but that it would be a free, independent Republic. One could not adduce any proof for it, but one could state the objective. Just as the objective was achieved in regard to that ideal of the Government, so this objective also will be achieved.

Now the hon. the Leader of the Opposition further referred to the Coloureds in the Cape Province. In this regard there are two problems, one of which was stated yesterday by the hon. member for Houghton (Mrs. Suzman), and which was just touched on in passing by the hon. the Leader of the Opposition, and with which I shall deal later. The other is the point made here by the Leader of the Opposition that our policy in regard to the Coloureds and the Indians is not clear. He quoted something from a report in the Cape Argus in regard to a speech I made; I must of course deny that I put it in the way in which the report put it. I did not see that report in the newspaper, but I must say that where he quoted me as having said that the Indians would be treated just like the Bantu and the Coloureds in their own homelands, it is obvious that I could never have said that because it is not in accordance with my views. I have always consistently spoken of the Bantu reserves, their areas, as their homelands; but in regard to the Coloureds and the Indians I have never spoken otherwise than of their own residential areas. It is true that as far as the Coloureds are concerned they have certain reserves where only Coloureds live, but it is equally clear, and we have often said so, that those Coloured reserves cannot be homelands. It is not a potential state for the Coloured community, and for the Indians there is nothing of that kind either. When certain persons try to indicate how certain areas, for example, in Northern Natal, should be set aside as an Indian state, we always opposed it and said that was not our policy. What we say in fact is that there should be separate residential areas, separate, clear, urban residential areas, for the Indians and the Coloureds, although the existing Coloured reserves may be retained and can be developed. Therefore I never put the problem of the Coloureds and the Indians on an equal footing with that of the Bantu, because I have always admitted that they were two separate problems which require separate solutions. But what I did in fact say in respect of the Indians was that in the same way that we want to develop their own residential areas for the Coloureds, and in the same way that within their own circles we want to make it possible for them to develop their own potential, without a ceiling, in regard to the posts they may occupy and inter alia also self-government in regard to their own affairs, so we shall have to accept that, seeing that the idea of Indians being repatriated can no longer be adhered to, we must also see the development, of the Indians in the same light as that of the Coloureds in respect of residential areas, community development, their own council for Indian Affairs, a council which can be elected, and which can have leaders to cater for the interests of their own people. Therefore this attack was also without any foundation. It was a clear statement of standpoint to which I still adhere.

The hon. the Leader of the Opposition tried to ridicule my statement that I prefer a South Africa poor but White, rather than intermingled and rich. Of course I said so. But I did not make that statement in the way they tried to interpret it, namely that South Africa would in fact be poor. On the contrary, I particularly said that South Africa would be under White control and it would be prosperous, and that is what has happened. We want a prosperous South Africa for the future and we will ensure that it will remain a White-controlled country, while accepting the fact that the Bantu can develop their own areas to any level of independence they are able to achieve. I adhere to my old, clear standpoint. Therefore if the Leader of the Opposition asks where that poor, White South Africa is, he is asking a rhetorical question and he knows it. He was not asking a question which was intended to be replied to in that form, and therefore he is now receiving the reply from me that he knows very well what we call White South Africa.

*Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

But it is not White.

*The PRIME MINISTER:

I shall deal with that point. He knows where White South Africa is, viz. that portion of South Africa controlled by the White man and over which he will retain control, exclusive of the Bantu areas which may still develop to independence and which will still remain under the control of White South Africa for as long as it is still necessary to lead them to civilized self-government on a democratic basis.

The hon. the leader then again made the accusation that we are following a policy of perpetual supremacy in respect of the Coloureds and Indians. It ill-behoves him today to talk of our perpetual supremacy over the Coloureds and the Indians. He also tried to give an ugly connotation to “baasskap” (supremacy) later, but at this stage I am just dealing with the concept in its normal sense of supremacy. It is very clear that we adopt the standpoint that the White man should remain supreme in the country he settled and established. That is our clear standpoint. But what did the Leader of the Opposition recently say his standpoint was? He said it was leadership over the whole of South Africa, and when we tried to ascertain what he meant by it he said that he meant control.

*Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

Political control.

*The PRIME MINISTER:

Very well, political control. I then tried to discover how he would attain that political control.

*Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

Surely we have it. [Laughter.]

*The PRIME MINISTER:

I shall interrupt my argument for a moment to reply to that. We have political control. We also have political supremacy and political domination. In terms of the constitution of the country as it now is, the White man alone governs the country and it is not within the power of any group to deprive him of that. That is the system which I propose should remain in operation. But what does the United Party want? Is it satisfied with that, or does it put an alternative in the place thereof, namely race federation? And what does it say this race federation means? It says it means the participation of every other non-White group or race. Is that what we want to-day? Is the idea that the Bantu should have a share, not in this Parliament but in a federal Parliament? Is that what we have to-day? How dare the hon. member for Yeoville (Mr. S. J. M. Steyn) make such an unfounded allegation and think that anyone will take any notice of him?

I then tried to ascertain in what way there would be that control under the United Party, and the reply was that it would be done by clearly defining in the constitution the rights of every individual group. In other words, the control given to the Whites must be determined by the constitution, and the constitution will provide that only eight representatives of the Bantu will sit here. For the moment I am excluding the Coloureds and the Indians and the uncertainty which exists in that regard and which we ask them in vain to explain to us. I take only the one fact which is clear, namely that they say that in terms of their constitution they will give the majority of Bantu in the whole of South Africa, which they want the Whites to govern, eight White representatives in terms of the constitution. They will provide in the constitution how many there will be and what they will be. Now I ask what that control is other than supremacy or domination provided by a constitution? In other words, I can infer nothing else but that when the Leader of the Opposition tries to reproach us in regard to perpetual supremacy, he consoles himself with the thought that people in this country and in the outside world will not realize that his alleged perpetual White control by a mixed Parliament under a written constitution, which he hopes will endure although it has not endured anywhere else in the world, is perpetual control or supremacy. If that is not the case, I shall be glad if the hon. the Leader will tell me when that perpetual control will disappear, or when that control will become such that the majority of people in his mixed fatherland which he wants to establish with a mixed population, in which there are no separate nations but only races which will all form one multi-racial nation, will be satisfied with the supremacy of the Whites over the other groups; and if that does not take place he must explain to me in what way his policy is not perpetual supremacy or domination. When he lands in that difficulty, he should not try to sneer at another party which frankly says: We want to have perpetual control over our fatherland. We are not afraid of words; call it what you like, but we will do justice in various ways to the other groups. On the one hand we will deal with the majority group by giving them sovereignty, if necessary, in their various national homelands, and to the minority groups, the Coloureds and the Indians, we will give more rights than are enjoyed by any minority group in any other country in the world. But I shall revert to this point a little later.

Then the Leader of the Opposition said that our policy had failed and he gave various examples of it. Let me analyze it. Firstly, he said that there was an avoidance of any attempt—he really went further and said an abandonment of any attempt—to develop the Bantu homelands industrially. He makes this accusation because we, as he correctly states, do not want to allow White capital to develop the Bantu homelands. What is the real position? We did not abandon any attempts, but we adhered to our basic policy, which I have repeatedly explained. It has been applied to the various spheres of economic life through the years. I have previously tried to explain it in the industrial sphere by referring to agricultural and commercial development. I have pointed out that since the days of Sir George Grey it has always been the standpoint of the people of South Africa that the Bantu have their own areas and should keep them, and even though they cannot properly develop their areas agriculturally their sole right to the agricultural development of the country should be preserved for them in the hope that through the training given by the Whites they will gradually reach a stage when they will become good farmers and when the maximum number of people can make a decent living on the agricultural land of the Bantu homelands. Therefore throughout the years we have refrained from sending in Whites as farmers even though they could have cultivated that wonderful soil available in the Transkei so well that it would have had three or four times the agricultural carrying capacity than it has to-day. All Governments, including United Party Governments, refrained from doing so, Because it was considered that that potential should be preserved for those people because it was their own. We tried to train them in agricultural-schools. By means of our Bantu Commissioners and the experts of the Department of Bantu Affairs, we gave guidance to those people. We suffered bitter disappointments and can show very little for 50 years’ attempts, but nevertheless we always adhered to the basic principle that the farmer there had a right to cultivate his own land and to develop so that one day he would be able to make use of his opportunities.

In the sphere of commerce one could not adopt quite such a firm standpoint. The public there has the right to be served by their own traders, but they are mostly unable to do so although the need exists for the consumers to buy, and therefore the standpoint was adopted that Whites should enter the area to serve as traders. They did that to the great benefit of the territory and of the Bantu. But right throughout, also during the time of the United Party, as is proved by the legislation they passed during their régime, the basic principle was adopted that the Bantu, if he wanted to be a trader, should have the right to compete with the White trader, because it is his basic right to trade with his own people. Various measures were passed giving them a prior right. The basic conception was that the Bantu had a prior right in commerce. The same applies to the industrial sphere in terms of our policy. We are quite consistent. We say that in this period of the tremendous development of the Black states of Africa, of the development of the potential of the Bantu such as never before, of better education, and where particularly in South Africa many have been trained to work in industry, and where there are a large number who have already accumulated capital and have developed managerial ability, the time cannot be too far distant when they can develop various industrial undertakings. They are already beginning to do so. There are the ordinary service industries, brickworks and garages. Some of them have already established that type of industry in the Bantu residential areas near the cities, and some of them have even become rich. Our own industries have developed from service industries. The Ford Motor Company developed from an ordinary bicycle shop. If one wants to give the Bantu the opportunity to develop the basic service industries, one must allow them to do so without the competition of Whites who come in and take the money away from them, just as the White farmer may not take their land away from them. Therefore there is no deliberate policy here of not allowing development to take place by refusing permission for White industrialists to operate there. On the contrary, it is just the opposite; it is the positive policy of saying: I will not deprive the Bantu of his potential opportunities which he is just on the eve of utilizing; what I should do is to create the infra-structure; I must make the roads and supply the water and the electricity and try to solve the problems in regard to capital. We are doing that through the Bantu Investment Corporation. As a State, we should assist them in regard to their managerial ability, and we do that through the economic Development Corporation. With what right, in the light of this whole positive policy of which I have only sketched the outline, dare the Leader of the Opposition accuse us of deliberately not wanting to develop the Bantu homelands? And how will the people in time be drawn there as if by a magnet? [Interjections.] Do hon. members think, if one plans for a period of 50 years and one tries to achieve an average, that one manages to do so in the first year, or does one start with a comparatively small number which after a certain period becomes much more than the average? If hon. members know with what opposition we were faced in regard to this whole development, opposition particularly from hon. members opposite and also from our own industrialists in this country as well as from many others, it is a miracle that in the past ten years we have already achieved what we have in regard to the laying of foundations. Of course the progress will come. If hon. members think that an area like the Transkei has no potential because it is too small, or because its population is too small, and that it cannot become a state, then I just want to give them a few figures which I hap pen to have with me. In any case, I should like to have these figures on record, even it only for the benefit of UN or other people who have so much to say about the few opportunities we grant the Bantu. I wonder how many hon. members have knowledge of the following facts. Let us just take the Transkei. People say it has no potential for development and therefore the world cannot regard it as a potential state. They say we are only bluffing. Let me mention states which are represented at UN, recognized states, and then I will give their sizes and their populations.

The total area of the Transkei is approximately 16,000 square miles. Other states of about the same size in Africa are Burundi with 10,747 square miles, Ruanda with 10,169, Basutoland with 11,716, Swaziland with 6,705, and Gambia with 4,000 square miles. Let me take other countries. There is Albania with 11,000 square miles, Belgium with 11,778, Cyprus with 3,572, Denmark, just like the Transkei, with 16,611, Haiti with 10,700, Israel with 7,993, Kuwait with 5,800, Jamaica with 4,411, Luxembourg with 999, Malta with 94, Holland with 15,784, Trinidad-Tobago with 5,0000, and Switzerland with 15,941. In other words, among the countries of the world which decide the fate of nations and play a role in UN, some of them highly developed, some old, some in Europe and some elsewhere —I have mentioned 19 countries here—there are many which are approximately as large as the Transkei. But let us look at the populations. In the Transkei we have the Xhosa nation numbering 3,250,000. Then I take the following countries of Africa: Basutoland has 727,000, Bechuanaland 335,000, Swaziland 283,000, Burundi 2,600,000, the Central African Republic 1,250,000, Chad 2,750,000, the Congo (Brazzaville) 82,000, Dahomey 2,200,000, Gabon 458,000, Gambia 316,000, Libya 1,270,000, Mauritania 770,000, Niger 3,117,000, Ruanda 2,780,000, Sierra Leone 2,183,000, Somalia 2,250,000, and Togo 1,500,000, Then we take South America: Paraguay 1,903,000, Uruguay 2,556,000,. Cyprus 589,000, Israel 2,237,000, Jordania 1,827,000, Kuwait 347,000, Lebanon 1,760,000. Mongolia 1,019,000; and in Europe there are Albania with 1,711,000, and Malta with 328,000, and there is New Zealand with 2,538,000. I have now mentioned 35 countries-whose populations are all smaller, or in the vicinity of, that of the Transkei.

*Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

The figure you have for the Transkei, 3,250,000, do they all reside in the Transkei, or are they supposed to be citizens of the Transkei?

*The PRIME MINISTER:

I said that was the Xhosa nation; in other words, that is the nation which can build up the Transkei, and that is the point I want to make. The criticism is that the Transkei is too small, but now hon. members can see how many countries are accepted as states, many of them with a far smaller potential. The states which are so highly developed as New Zealand or Holland or Denmark developed in spite of being so small, and why? Because of the calibre of their people. The opportunities are here, and do not tell me that we are deliberately not giving the Bantu homelands the potential for development when the whole idea of our planning is to develop them, but on the basis of the efforts of their own people. In so far as that human material makes this development slow, it will take a long time, because a nation can only develop by itself; others can assist it, but cannot give it its full development, because then they become its economic over-lords. Because we do not want to do that, because our policy has a positive content,, particularly to allow them to retain their human dignity and all those other things which the Leader of the Opposition says we want to deprive them of, for that reason we are now being attacked. It is my contention that our policy has not failed. Our policy is genuine and clear, and the future will decide as to its success, and not the first few years of laying foundations.

The Leader of the Opposition secondly said that our policy has failed in regard to the border industries. Where does one immediately achieve great development? Here we are faced with a demand for fast development. But when one has an objective in regard to which millions of rands have to be invested and people have to be interested in undertaking that development privately, even in areas where their undertakings may be retained by them, it is difficult and it takes time. Then surely it is clear that it will be even more difficult inside the Bantu areas because there the chances of retaining the undertaking and remaining under White control are less, and therefore the chance that the White man will want to go there is also less. Where the policy is to establish industries in the border areas where the man knows he will be able to retain his undertaking for himself and his children, one of course gets slow development in the beginning. But industrial development becomes the magnet for further development. It is the beginning that is difficult, not the development. It is the beginning that takes time, not the development. As the person who first evolved this idea of border industries and then received very little support for it, I am highly satisfied that within the period of 15 years since I first mentioned it it has already become so generally accepted and support to such an extent by economists and industrialists that the foundations have already been soundly laid in so many places. I am highly satisfied with the growth and I think it is a wonderful success, particularly in view of the continuous opposition of the United Party, which probably has more influence with the majority of industrialists than we have. I think it is a wonderful achievement for us to have triumphed over the opposition and to the undermining of it and to have made so much progress in this period.

The Leader of the Opposition also tried to cast suspicion on the idea of such border industries, but we have a clear object in regard to those industries. It is easier to develop industries there because one can more easily attract the industrialist to a White area where he is under a White Government and will have the support of the White State than when he knows there will be a slow development of Bantu-owned industry in the Bantu area, and one wants to provide a stimulus there for the development of the Bantu areas. Then one must do it in the form of border industries. And if one wants to have a place where the Bantu can be given the opportunity to be trained in industries of the type which he may later develop in his own area, then it should be done there. One cannot attract all the industries and the Bantu to the cities where the residential land outside the cities is expensive and where the Bantu will spend most of their money in the White areas. One can assist the Bantu by allowing them to work in the border areas whilst giving them the opportunity of taking their money back to the Bantu areas, in that way to assist in financing at least the tertiary industries in the Bantu areas with the money they earn in the secondary industries. If we are able to employ 100,000 people in the border industries, it means that 100,000 families live and spend their money and have to be provided with services in the Bantu areas. It means that 500,000 people live on the earnings of those 100,000 industrial workers. The whole community is built on that. The clergymen, the traders, the garages, the builders, the brick-makers, the clerks, the laundries, and all the other services that have to be supplied, the clerks and teachers and everything necessary to serve those 500,000 people, all add to that community because the money is attracted there. That is the magnet we provide in the form of border industries. What right has the Leader of the Opposition to ridicule it because this process must needs be slow? He says it is all eyewash and it is economic integration more than anything else. It is just the opposite. Here the policy of separation is very clear. But what surprises one is that Chose hon. members laugh at this way of ensuring that the Bantu community is enabled to stand on their own feet, while they pretend to be friends of the Bantu.

Let us look at the difference between our policy and theirs. What do they want to do? Instead of allowing the Bantu to work in the border industries and to live in their own areas where they will spend their money, they want to keep the industries near Cape Town and Johannesburg, and they want to attract all the Bantu there so that they will spend their money in the White areas. [Interjection.]

They want to integrate them there into one multi-racial nation, while refusing to grant them the franchise. They will not succeed, of course, and the ultimate tragedy for the country will be that their plans will not work out; what they want to do is to bring these people in there and to keep them down. This being the case, how dare the hon. members sneer at our attempt at positively building up not only our own nation, but also the various Bantu nations, each in its own area and under its own people?

*Mr. TAUROG:

Tell us about the Transvaal Bantustans.

*The PRIME MINISTER:

The hon. the Leader of the Opposition also said that all we could say was that we were establishing areas such as Zululand, Tswanaland, and so forth, but what were the possibilities of consolidation? I have dealt with this matter so frequently that I do not want to deal with it in detail again. I just want to say this, that it is very clearly the object to bring together as far as possible, by means of clearing up Black spots and rearranging small areas, the various areas which belong together. It is perfectly obvious that it will not be possible to do this completely. It is impossible to consolidate North and South Zululand into one continuous unit. That is obvious and everyone knows that, because the concept here is that, as in the Pakistan case, one will have one area, or even more areas, that will be separate but will fall under the same government. That is an unavoidable result. One has a choice between this problem and the other problem which the United Party wants to create, which is that the Black majority will be together with the Whites in one country, in one state, in one government, in one public service, in one defence force, and will then supposedly be kept down.

The other respect in which he says the Government has failed is in regard to the removal of the Bantu in the Cape. As far as the Cape is concerned, we are, of course, faced with a problem which cannot simply be changed or solved instantly. No one has suggested that we are going to remove all the Bantu from this area at a given moment. We said that we are keeping this situation fluid. Why have we had Nyanga built? Surely not because we are going to remove all the Cape Bantu immediately. Why have we had Bantu residential areas built at Worcester and at other places? Surely because we have accepted that there will still be Bantu in the Western Cape for some considerable time. What we have done, though, is to accept the basic principle and to make it a definite object that the Bantu will not be permanent inhabitants of the Western Cape; that as the Coloureds increase in number and become more skilled and better educated and as it becomes possible to absorb them into industry and to reorganize matters completely, which we know will take years, that area will be their guaranteed home, where they will have opportunities of employment, while we have to provide the Bantu with avenues of employment elsewhere, that is to say, in their own areas. We shall therefore have to organize the removal process in these areas as well, to the best of our ability, over the period which we have set for ourselves. As far as these problems are concerned, we are dealing with a long-term policy; we have always said that; everyone knows that, and it is quite unfair to try to create the impression now that we had something else in mind.

The hon. the Leader of the Opposition says that the result of all this is that we are now lapsing into a form of petty or small apartheid. This matter is one which we have already discussed a great deal. I still want to say a few things in regard to the Coloured policy as well, but I think that topic must be separated from the debate on Bantu policy which we are holding now. Therefore I intend to sit down now, so that the Bantu aspects which are under discussion can be disposed of, and then I shall rise again later in the day and reply to the hon. member for Houghton (Mrs. Suzman) and to the questions which she, in particular, has put in regard to the Coloureds.

Sir DE VILLTERS GRAAFF:

Sir, we accused the hon. the Prime Minister of vaccilations in policy and gave him certain examples concerning firstly the physical separation of the Bantu and, secondly, the question of Coloured areas, and, thirdly, the position in respect of poor and White rather than rich and mixed. From what the hon. gentleman has said it is quite clear that there have been changes of policy in respect of the Cape Coloured people. He has not even sought to deny it. There has been vaccilation in that regard in so far as the Bantu are concerned and the question of physical separation, it is quite clear that there has been a change of emphasis. The hon. gentleman now tells us that he himself forecast the year 1978 or 1976 even before 1948.

Sir, I do not know on what figures he based it. He says that he had the assistance of a demographer in the person of Professor Sadie but, Sir, Tomlinson had the assistance of the present Minister of Bantu Administration and Development; he had the assistance of an extremely learned commission which went into this whole issue and worked out a timetable. The timetable they worked out was that round about the year 2000 they hoped that the relationship of White to Black in the so-called White areas would be 50-50. But their prerequisite for a development of that kind was clearly stated, and the first of those was that border industries should provide new employment for 30,000 Bantu annually over the first ten years. They gave their reasons for it, which was that they hoped to displace 2,000,000 people from agriculture because of the denudation of the soil and the harm being done to the soil by over-farming. The hon. the Prime Minister tells us now after ten years that he is more than happy with the development of border industries, but he is nowhere near the Tomlinson timetable. In ten years he has not done what Tomlinson expected him to do in four months. He cannot still say that he believes that he is going to get a 50-50 relationship by the year 2000. Tomlinson set a prerequisite and he is not measuring up to it. Sir, there was a second thing that Tomlinson said. Tomlinson said that if you were to achieve that objective, you must average, 50,000 new jobs for Bantu in the reserves every year. The hon. the Prime Minister has been busy for ten years; how many new jobs has he provided in the whole of this period of ten years? You see, Sir, it has become absolutely ridiculous to talk of the year 1978 or 1976. It has ceased to be of any importance at all; it bears no relation to reality.

To talk loosely of that date, in my submission, is misleading the people. But I want to go further. The hon. the Prime Minister tells us that in time to come there is going to be “ekonomiese skeiding” when there will be more mechanization and things of that kind. Does the hon. gentleman really believe that when we have mechanization we are going to be able to get on without our labour force despite the growth of industry in South Africa? Does he really believe that he is going to be able so to shift our industrial complexes that they will all be situated on the borders of the reserves and that the Bantu workers will live inside the reserves?

The PRTME MINISTER:

Who said such a silly thing?

Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

The hon. the Prime Minister says: “Who said such a silly thing?” Sir, I agree. It is a silly idea, it is a ridiculous idea, but unless you have it you will never do with less labour. I think that to tell the people that we are going to have fewer Bantu in our White areas and that we are going to have economic apartheid is to mislead the people. It will never happen, and if the hon. the Prime Minister does not know it it is high time he realized that. Sir, who is going to do the work if he is going to have economic separation? Who is going to do the work in the White areas, work which is at present being done by the Bantu, if he is going to have economic separation? [Interjections.] Sir, I repeat my charge that this is a policy which is misleading the public and causing them to vote on certain matters over which there is complete confusion at the present time.

The hon. the Prime Minister is going to say some more about the Coloured people, for which I shall be grateful, but I come back to this point again: Is it right to talk about “blank Suid-Afrika” when it is going to have Coloureds and Indians living in it …

*The MINISTER OF FINANCE:

But you talk about “White leadership”.

Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

I want to know if it is right to talk about “blank Suid-Afrika” … [Interjection.] Sir, if the hon. the Minister of Finance wants to get up and make a speech let him do so.

The MINISTER OF FINANCE:

Do not be so touchy.

Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

[Interjection.] What does it matter if there are certain representatives of the Coloureds in this House? Sir, how can the hon. the Prime Minister talk about “blank Suid-Afrika” when they are going to be living with Whites and Coloureds, to whom he says he is going to give the right of a minority group? What are those rights going to be? He is always complaining to me that the Bantu will not be satisfied with a certain limited number of representatives in this House. Is he going to tell me that the Coloureds are going to be satisfied with a limited number of representatives in this House and the Indians with no representatives at all? He is always making accusations against me that our policy will lead to race friction between Black and Whites. Does the contrary argument not apply that his policy is going to lead to race friction between Coloured and White and Coloured and Indian? Sir, to talk about “blank Suid-Afrika” in the way the hon. gentleman does is to mislead the public into believing that they are voting for something which the hon. gentleman knows will never exist at all.

Then I come to this question of the industrial development in the reserves. The Prime Minister’s point is that he is not going to allow that development with private White capital, White skill and White initiative because it would be removing the potential from the Bantu. Sir, that is not my point. My point is quite a different one; my point is that Tomlinson worked out what the programme was to be. Tomlinson said that if you want a 50-50 ratio by the year 2000 you must provide 50,000 new jobs a year inside the reserves, apart from those that you provide in the border industries, but he was sensible enough to see that you could only do that if you developed industries inside those reserves. The hon. gentleman now comes along with excuses for not developing those industries. Where is his timetable now? What is happening how to the timetable that Tomlinson worked out so carefully? Those 50,000 new jobs are not being provided.

The PRIME MINISTER:

It was not a timetable; it was just an average.

Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

Tomlinson worked out that over a 50-year period up to the year 2000 you would require an average of 50,000 a year. How is the Prime Minister going to achieve that without industries inside the reserves? He is not going to do it. Now when he talks of a 50-50 ratio, it is not the year 2000 but probably the year 3000 the way he is setting about things at the moment, because first of all he is not going to do without his Bantu labour and secondly he is not going to get his industries unless he allows private White capital inside these areas. The hon. gentleman says that he is doing the same in respect of agricultural land. In that regard we all agree. Surely the agricultural land in the reserves is reserved for the Bantu. There is no doubt that we could make better use of it; there is no doubt about that whatever, but the fact remains that the Bantu are using it. Here we have an absolute vacuum; nothing is being done in respect of industries. How can you compare the one with the other? There is no parallel here. I do not see how the hon. gentleman can use an argument of that kind. I come back to my charge that there has been vaccilation. We are faced with the fact that Government policy has either not taken off the ground yet in respect of certain of these things or it is already clear that it is going to fail, and the Prime Minister still brings the public under the impression that that policy is succeeding and that he is going to achieve his objectives.

*Mr. J. E. POTGIETER:

I want to ask the hon. the Leader of the Opposition what right he has to accuse this side of the House of having misled the public during the recent elections? I think the public of South Africa knows that the big faux pas committed by the United Party at every election as far as the colour question is concerned is that it pretends to be what it is not. As a result of consecutive elections the colour policy of the National Party, the policy of just racial apartheid, and the colour policy of the United Party, the policy of race federation and race integration, have become not only the focal point of political interest but the two policies have been compared with each other with the result that the White electorate is fully informed to-day as to the direction in which the National Party is moving and the direction in which the United Party is moving. What is more the White electorate is wise to the old tactics the United Party so often indulge in. Do you know what those tactics are, Sir? It is at every election to camouflage their unacceptable—I can almost say gruesome, dangerous—colour policy under a cloak to make it attractive. I want to tell the Leader of the Opposition that that is the reason why they got such a political thrashing at the last election. This new so-called slogan of theirs of White leadership over the whole of South Africa …

*Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

What is new about that?

*Mr. J. E. POTGIETER:

Very well, call it an old slogan, but it is the same old false disguise. The United Party did not come inward with its real policy; it came forward with a sham policy and it was this sham policy of White leadership over the whole of South Africa which had to be conveyed to the whole of South Africa particularly by the conservative Members of Parliament of the United Party. The hon. Leader of the Opposition should have gone to the constituency of Standerton and he should have seen the hon. member for Drakensberg (Mrs. S. M. van Niekerk) in action there when she had to serve this so-called policy of White leadership over the whole of South Africa as a political dish to the voters there. Mr. Chairman, I wish you could have attended that political feast.

*An HON. MEMBER:

But you were there.

*Mr. J. E. POTGIETER:

Yes. The hon. the Leader of the Opposition has often attended the Speaker’s dinner with me; you get a balanced diet and it puts you in a pleasant mood but had he attended that feast he would have suffered from political ptomaine poisoning because it only amounted to incitement of the people; it was nothing else than a poisoning of race relations. That is the reason why the defecting conservative voters of the United Party suffered from political indigestion after they had swallowed that food. What is more, when I think of the results of the recent election, I think, the United Party are showing the symptoms of a chronic disease, a disease which I shall call political shrinkage. Sir, look at the United Party to-day. When I came to this House for the first time in 1943 there were 111 United Party members. But having carried out their real policy during the years they sat in the Government benches—the Opposition is most dangerous when it forms the Government because it is then that it implements its policy—up to 1948 in this House its numbers shrank in 1948 from 111 to 74 but it did not even end there. In 1953 their numbers were 66; in 1958, 57 and in 1961 54.

*Mr. STREICHER:

May I ask the hon. member whether he told his voters in his constituency that the policy of his party was to give independence to the Bantustans?

*Mr. J. E. POTGIETER:

Oh yes I say it because that is the very charm of the truth. We believe in independent states for the Bantu; we say they can become completely independent and what about it? Ours is not a policy of oppression. Our policy is positively attuned. But the hon. member will not divert my attention from the phenomenal way in which the United Party has shrunk. The United Party has lost one member after the other; it has lost its conservative members; the Progressives have left the ranks of the United Party. We on the contrary have not lost one. Whom have we lost? Yes, we did indeed lose Japie Basson but in his case we did not lose anything. We gained by it.

The hon. the Leader of the Opposition says we are misleading the electorate but I can tell him that it is because of these tactics of the United Party that it is ridiculed in South Africa to-day. “White leadership” on the lips of the United Party sounds more like mockery than good political intentions. Their real policy and their sham policy swear at each other in shrill contrast. The germ of the destruction of the whole object they pretend to be striving at, namely, White leadership in South Africa is inherent in their real policy. The hon. the Leader of the Opposition must not laugh at me because he feels embarrassed; I am telling him why he has suffered this crushing defeat at the recent election. It is because “White leadership over the whole of South Africa” on the lips of the United Party can never become a clarion call in South Africa to consolidate the defecting conservative United Party voters in the arms of a United Party which is now posing as the advocates of the maintenance of the White race. There is no such thing. I want to state clearly that their slogan of “White leadership over the whole of South Africa” does not sound like a clarion call; it sounds more like an anguished political cry; it sound more like a death rattle after the election results. It is the death rattle of a political party which has indeed misled the public by propounding a sham policy; on every occasion they have to clothe their gruesome policy in a pious suit of clothes. They never talked about race federation during the recent elections; they disguised that in the pious suit of clothes of “white leadership over the whole South Africa”. Sir, you get the one disguise after the other; It is not their object to state their policy clearly but to hide and disguise it so that the people will be confused in their choice. That is why I say today that the hon. the Leader of the Opposition is afraid and ashamed to put his real policy of race federation to South Africa; that is why they dress it up in a pious suit of clothes. They colour their colour policy to suit the circumstances. [Laughter.] The hon. Leader of the Opposition laughs but his party has generated into the greatest political chameleon South Africa has ever known, a typically South African chameleon. That is why they make such slow progress, not even forward but backwards. They shrink and shrink. This shrinking disease they are suffering from is an incurable disease. Sir, the hon. the Leader of the Opposition deceives himself …

*Mr. HICKMAN:

May I ask a question?

*Mr. J. E. POTGIETER:

I only have ten minutes. I am very tempted to settle accounts with that hon. member when I think of all the stories he spread on the platteland. The electorate know that this policy of the United Party is not their real policy; they know it is only a sham policy. Sir, you know that sham deceives and that is why the voters of Standerton and everywhere in South Africa have said that this policy of the United Party is nothing else than unadulterated fraud, if you would allow me to say it here. Their policy is unadulterated cheating. The hon. Leader of the Opposition knows why the hon. member for Zululand (Mr. Cadman), the hon. members for Durban (Musgrave) (Mr. Hourquebie), Pinelands (Mr. Thompson) and many of the Leftists have not taken part in these debates. Why was it that the conservative members had to go to the platteland? Why do they want every Black man to regard the White man as his enemy; why must the White man be incited against the Black man? Why must the good faith between the Whites and the non-Whites be destroyed on the platteland? [Laughter.] Hon. members may laugh about, Sir, but that is a fact.

*An HON. MEMBER:

It is untrue.

*Mr. J. E. POTGIETER:

It is true. That is what happened: perpetual supremacy by the White man over the Black man—that was what the hon. member for Drakensberg preached wherever she addressed meetings; in Natal they applauded her.

*Mr. HICKMAN:

But that is your policy.

*Mr. J. E. POTGIETER:

This image of apartheid which hon. members of the Opposition have presented as perpetual supremacy by the White man over the Black man throughout South Africa is a gruesome and false image; it is a false label they have attached to this policy of apartheid. They wanted to use it as a deterrent but what they have used as a deterrent they used as political bait during the recent election, but the electorate saw through it. Surely a door cannot be shut and open at the same time. It is true that they can be both dead and alive; that may sound illogical, Sir, but that is indeed the state of the United Party to-day. I want to warn the White electorate of South Africa that the United Party present a sham policy at every election: they only need the White electorate of South Africa once to get into power. They want to get into power on the strength of a sham policy but once they are in Dower they will not implement their sham policy but their real policy and therein lies the big danger. Their real policy of race federation. will ultimately lead to a Bantu controlled South Africa, not supremacy by the White man over the Black man in the whole country or domination by the White man … [Time limit.]

Mr. BLOOMBERG:

I am glad that the hon. the Prime Minister has deferred his answer in respect of his policy in regard to our Coloured people, because I wish to raise with him a very important aspect of Government policy which is affecting our Coloured citizens in this country very seriously indeed. Sir, I am quite sure that the hon. the Prime Minister could not have foreseen the serious repercussions and the shattering effects which his policy statements on mixed gatherings has produced in this country. This statement was made by the Prime Minister on 26 August of last year in Port Elizabeth, and following that statement Government Departments have attempted to give effect to the policy adumbrated by the Prime Minister. The Ministers who are responsible for the Departments concerned in this matter have sheltered themselves behind the Prime Minister’s policy statement. As it would appear therefore that the Prime Minister is directly responsible for the grave and unfortunate situation which has developed it is appropriate that I should address myself to him here this afternoon on this very important matter. I do so in the hope that the hon. the Prime Minister, even at this late stage, will do something to remedy the grave situation which presently prevails. I would like to assure the Prime Minister that the entire Coloured population of South Africa and a very large section of our European population are deeply concerned about the latest infringements of the rights of a law-abiding section of our community. Sir, it is no exaggeration to say that the mixed gatherings proclamation of 12 February, following the Prime Minister’s policy statement, has created absolute chaos in the Cape in general and in Cape Town in particular and threatens to destroy the last vestige of goodwill on the part of the Coloured people towards the White people of this country. I am quite certain that the hon. the Prime Minister could never have intended that his statement should be given effect to in a fashion which has resulted in tremendous hardships for a very large section of our South African population. Indeed, I am reminded of a statement made by the hon. the Prime Minister on the same occasion in Port Elizabeth when the hon. the Prime Minister said this—

The future of the country will be shared by all her inhabitants. There was no question of a single section of the population flourishing or having more difficult times than others. At all times unity was essential. South Africa was standing on the brink of vast developments and should develop into a major power and play an important role in the world. We must stand together. South Africa has a great future. We are only at the beginning. We look forward to a South Africa that can become something very similar to the United States.

Sir, how the Prime Minister can reconcile these glowing sentiments, with which I am sure every well-disposed citizen of this country agrees, with the humiliating position which his policy has inflicted upon the Coloured people, is simply beyond me. How can this appeal for all the inhabitants of South Africa to stand together and flourish as a nation be reconciled with what the Government is presently doing with regard to our Coloured citizens. The gatherings ban has not only resulted in the deprivation of the civil rights of our Coloured citizens but, what is far worse, it is having the effect of completely eliminating any remaining goodwill between the Coloured and the White people of this country. I do not wish to reiterate many of the incidents which have arisen from this mixed gatherings ban and which have caused so much humiliation and ill-feeling amongst the Coloured people. We have had incidents like the removal of innocent children from the Luxurama Theatre; like the turning away, without prior warning, of respectable Coloured men and women from a theatre which they were lawfully entitled to attend; like the turning away of Coloured citizens from the Green Point stadium which they were also in law entitled to attend. These are incidents which have been quoted times without number and I am sure the hon. the Prime Minister knows of them. I am sure the hon. the Prime Minister never intended, when he made his policy statement, that those incidents should take place. I give the hon. the Prime Minister credit for it that I am certain that he never intended his policy statement to have this effect.

One of the worst impacts this ban has had upon our Coloured people has been the decision of the Government to refuse their admission to municipal halls. This is one of the most important impacts it has made on the Coloured people. All this has been brought about …

An HON. MEMBER:

Where did that happen?

Mr. BLOOMBERG:

I shall give you instances in a moment. All this has been brought about, not by any change of the law, and certainly not by any sanction of Parliament, but by a proclamation, having retrospective effect, which seeks to stretch the word “occupation” to mean virtually anything that the Government intends it to mean. This notorious proclamation has brought about more ill-feeling and resentment on the part of the Coloured people than anything yet experienced in this country as fair as the Coloureds are concerned. The tragedy of this upheaval is that the Government has not acted legally and that the proclamation under which all this banning has taken place is, to my mind, of no legal validity. Unfortunately the Coloured people have not the means to test this in court but it will be tested in due course. I venture to suggest now that it will be found by our counts that his banning proclamation has no legal validity whatsoever in terms of our present law. But I have no desire to become involved in the legality of this important matter. I want to deal with the hon. the Prime Minister on the basis of the moral issues involved. I would like to ask the hon. the Prime Minister point-blank whether at any time he intended that his declaration of traditional policy should impose such grave hardships upon the less privileged members of our community? Was it the Prime Minister’s intention that municipal halls, towards the building of which the Coloured citizens of South Africa have contributed substantially as ratepayers, should be closed to them for their private use on occasions when only members of their own group would be present?

The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

When did that happen?

Mr. BLOOMBERG:

It happens time and again. It has happened in respect of the Wynberg Town Hall; it has happened in respect of the Claremont Civic Centre; it has happened time and again in respect of the Cape Town Banqueting Hall. These people cannot use these halls because, they are told, it is contrary to Government policy. I shall quote instances where that has happened. For generations it has been the tradition in Cape Town to allow our Coloured citizens to use municipal halls for their own organizations and clubs and for their private festivities such as weddings, birthday parties and family gatherings where their own homes were inadequate for the purpose. This traditional policy was accepted without any hesitation whatsoever by the citizens of Cape Town. That is in fact the tradition of Cape Town; that is the tradition of the Cape. The Whites in the Cape realized that the Coloured community, in common with all sections of our community, had made their contribution towards these public halls. What justification can there be, Sir, to deprive them now of the use of these halls merely because they happen to be in an area which the Minister of Community Development has allocated to another group? That is the only ground upon which they are refused to use these halls. There have been instances of respectable and responsible Coloured families being denied the use of municipal halls in Cape Town for private weddings as a result of Government policy. If the hon. Minister for Planning wants the names and the details of those instances I am fully prepared to give them to him. When these people apply for permission to use these municipal halls for their own personal use they are told that they could not get permission by reason of Government policy. They are told to hold their functions at halls situated many miles from where they live. I am quoting from statements made to me. When they remonstrated and pointed out that the situation of these halls laid them open to attacks from skollies and other undesirable elements they were told that that was their concern. [Time limit.]

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

Everything went reasonably well between the Coloureds and the Whites in this country and also in Cape Town and in the Cape Province until a ridiculous body like Equity tried to tell us what kind of audiences we should have in South Africa. The >hon. member for Peninsula (Mr. Bloomberg) has never raised his voice against this deliberate interference on the part of Equity and people who have nothing to do with us whatever. Had he had his way and had the English Press and the United Party had their way this thing would never have ended until all our places of entertainment were multiracial. They would not have stopped until there were mixed audiences in the Colosseum in the Alhambra and in the whole Peninsula. [Interjections.] What is the difference? That was what those people wanted to do. They did not want to appear on the stage unless they could appear before mixed audiences. I have not yet heard the hon. member for Wynberg (Mrs. Taylor) condemn Equity. I challenge her to get up and to condemn Equity for trying to dictate to us which policy we should follow. I want to say this to the hon. members for Peninsula and Wynberg: They would not have rested until the whole issue was so bedevilled that we would never have straightened it out. This Government is doing the right thing by nipping in the bud this unnecessary interference in our domestic affairs.

I want to refer to the question asked by the hon. the Leader of the Opposition. He took exception to it that this Government raised the cry of “Keep White South Africa White” during the provincial elections. He asked how we were going to keep White South Africa White if Bantu were flocking to the White areas in increasing numbers. That is a reasonable question and a question to which I want to react. I want to tell him how we intend keeping White South Africa White. We are going to keep White South Africa White by keeping this Parliament White. Political power is absolute power. If you want to retain power in the White areas you must retain the political power because that is the last of all the power you have. That is the most important of all power you have; that is absolute power. My reply to the hon. the Leader of the Opposition is this, therefore: As far as keeping White South Africa White is concerned; we shall keep it White by keeping this White Parliament White.

*An HON. MEMBER:

Where is White South Africa?

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

At the moment it includes the whole of South Africa. But that will not of necessity always be the position. The policy of this party is that the Bantu homelands should be allowed to develop to self-government. There will be a gradual process of emancipation in the Bantu homelands, homelands where they will eventually, if they prove themselves capable, be able to have their own Parliament. But here in White South Africa our White Parliament will remain White in all circumstances. That is the fundamental difference between us and the United Party. We say this White Parliament must remain White but they refuse to say that this White Parliament will remain White under their policy. They say, firstly, that they will allow Coloureds here. I do not think I am wrong in saying that. It is not yet clear what they intend doing with the Indians. They do not tell us whether they will also be willing to allow Indians here.

I want to deal with the question of the Bantu. My charge against the United Party is this: Their fixed policy is ultimately to allow Bantu to sit in this Parliament; in this respect they have compromised themselves in their own consciences. When we ask him how he is going to prevent the Bantu from sitting in this Parliament, how he is going to prevent more than eight Bantu representatives from sitting in this Parliament, how he is going to prevent their numbers from growing to 16 or 24 or 50 all of whom will be Bantu, the hon. the Leader of the Opposition always shields behind the argument that our policy is to allow four Coloured representatives in this House. Then he asks how we can continue to have four Coloured representatives in this House without giving way to the pressure for more. He says if we can do that as far as the Coloured representatives are concerned, why cannot they do likewise as far as the Bantu representatives are concerned? The fundamental difference between us is that it is the policy of the National Party to allow four Coloured representatives here and no more. We do not say the number will be increased; we do not say it is possible that the number may be increased. As far as this White Parliament is concerned, Mr. Chairman, there will be four Coloured representatives. The further political development of the Coloureds will take place at a totally different level. Our policy is that the Coloured representation in this Parliament will be limited to four.

*Mr. BARNETT:

There is an exception.

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

Yes, except if the number of Members of Parliament increases. The ratio will remain the same. The United Party is not prepared to say that. That is the weakness of the hon. the Leader of the Opposition and of the hon. member for Yeoville (Mr. S. J. M. Steyn). We say there is a ceiling as far as the number is concerned; it cannot increase. Any further political development on the part of the Coloured people they will get at another level. The United Party is not prepared to say that as far as the Bantu are concerned. They are not prepared to say they will limit the number to eight White representatives. Even the hon. member for Point (Mr. Raw) is not prepared to say the number will always remain at eight. The hon. member for Yeoville has already told us. that it was inherent in their policy of a race federation, and that important members on their side of the House believed, that the policy of race federation would not succeed unless Bantu were represented by Bantu in this House. The hon. the Leader of the Opposition wrote an article in the Friend in which he said the following—

I am often asked whether each race will be represented in the Central Parliament by its own people. The answer is that present party policy provides that the representatives in the Central Parliament will be Whites or Coloured. But I have more than once told my party’s conference that the right to represent their own people cannot be withheld indefinitely.

In other words, the Leader of the Opposition does not see his way clear to withhold that. That being the case we are surely quite correct when we say to the public it is inherent in the policy of the United Party that Bantu will sit in this Parliament and an increasing number of Bantu. That fits in completely with the rest of their policy.

Mr. RAW:

Tell us what you said in 1953.

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

I want to make the hon. member for Durban (Point) this offer: I shall let him have a whole bunch of pamphlets I issued at that time. He can use them as he pleases. If it gives him pleasure I grant him all the pleasure he can get from it because I know he is very unhappy in that party. When I have finished speaking I shall go and fetch a number of pamphlets and he can quote from them what I said in 1953 to his heart’s content. The disaster does not lie in the fact that I have changed my views. We are not living in an unchanging Africa; we are not living in an unchanging South Africa. The disaster does not lie in the fact that I have changed my views; the disaster lies in the fact that the hon. member has not changed his views. I shall post the pamphlets to him and he can quote from them as much as he likes. He must only promise me that he will let me know when he is going to quote from them so that I can be present to listen how hon. members laugh. They are welcome to it.

The hon. the Leader of the Opposition said to-day that the Bantu were streaming in. The hon. the Prime Minister hold him clearly that the Bantu were entering on the basis of migrant labour. That is why it is a temporary factor. The great objection the hon. the Leader of the Opposition has against our policy is that we do not want to give property rights to the Black people who enter and that Communism will thrive as a result. I want to ask the hon. the Leader of the Opposition what property rights he is prepared to give to the Bantu in the cities. Only the right to own a small plot of 50 by 50 feet with a house on it or is he prepared to give them further property rights? [Interjections.] Not only does he want to give them property rights but he also wants to do away with job reservation. It should be possible for a Bantu to be trained as a fitter and turner, as an engineer manager and so forth. When the Bantu have reached that stage and have saved some money—I am addressing this question to the hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South) (Mr. Plewman)— will they have the right to buy farms in the Western Province? [Interjections.] Why not?

If you are not prepared to allow them to buy farms then surely you are not prepared to give him anything more than that little house on that little plot so that they will only constitute a labour reservoir. In that case there won’t be any future for them; in that case they won’t be able to develop; in that case they will remain unskilled workers. [Time limit.]

Mr. HUGHES:

The hon. member for Vereeniging (Mr. B. Coetzee) said that if the hon. member for Durban (Point) (Mr. Raw) could find a few more pamphlets he would let him know and he would willingly attend when the hon. member for Point quoted from them. All I can say, Sir, is that I looked at his reaction when that happened last time and if he relished in it I can only say he is a devil for taking punishment.

The hon. member for Vereeniging says they will keep “blank Suid-Afrika blank” by keeping this Parliament White. All he offers to the voters is that they will keep South Africa White by keeping this Parliament White. It does not matter to him how Black the whole of South Africa gets; as long as this Parliament is White South Africa will be kept White. The hon. member also went on to say we lived in a changing world. He has changed his politics three times now. He first belonged to the United Party, then to the Conservative Party and to-day he belongs to the Nationalist Party. He justified that by saying we lived in a changing world. I think he now belongs to the right party because that party is always changing its policy. In 1948 their policy was apartheid. They came into power on the slogan of “apartheid”.

Mr. B. COETZEE:

It is still apartheid.

Mr. HUGHES:

It is not. He is the only member who uses the word “apartheid” because he has been newly converted to nationalism. All the other hon. members on that side have dropped that word. The hon. member for Vereeniging got in under the old policy of apartheid; it is time he woke up and discovered that his party has forgotten about that. After apartheid they had “baasskap”. Mr. Strijdom stood for “baasskap” over the whole of South Africa—political “baasskap” over the whole of South Africa. [Interjections.] I am sorry, Sir, they never use the word “baasskap” now; you never hear the word “baasskap”; they have given up the idea of “baasskap”. To-day the policy is one of no discrimination. In 1959, in justifying his policy of separate Bantu states, his policy of political separation between Black and White, the Prime Minister said that if that were brought about there would be no discrimination between these two groups. The Minister of Foreign Affairs said in Cologne last year that the policy was one of no discrimination between the groups.

Mr. B. COETZEE:

Moving away from discrimination.

Mr. HUGHES:

Moving away from discrimination. If that is so I want to know why the policy of no discrimination must only apply to one group. Does the policy of no discrimination not apply to the Coloureds and the Indians? Are they going to be discriminated against forever? The Prime Minister says that the Coloureds and the Indians will get fairer treatment in this country than the minority groups in the rest of the world. He says there will be no ceiling to what they are going to get. Now the hon. member for Vereeniging assures us that they will never get more than four representatives in this House.

Mr. B. COETZEE:

What did I add to that? I said after that their political development will be in an entirely different sphere.

Mr. HUGHES:

The Prime Minister holds out the hope to these groups that they will be able to develop to a stage where there is no ceiling.

The PRIME MINISTER:

Within their own groups; not the mix-up like under your policy.

Mr. HUGHES:

Within their own groups. Are they going to have sovereignty? Are they going to have the representation which they have to-day? Are they going to continue to have four representatives? Not so long ago the hon. the Prime Minister was not certain. At one stage he said that once they had their own council they would not need members in this House. I want to know whether the Government is going to keep the Coloured representatives. What about the Indians? The Prime Minister and the Nationalist Party cannot pretend the Indians do not exist. If the Africans are going to have their own political representation in their own reserves and the Coloureds, for the moment, are going to have four representatives in this House, we want to know what political rights the Indians are going to have. We are still waiting to hear that. The Prime Minister is not being fair to the country and the electorate until he tells us what the future of the Indians is.

The hon. the Prime Minister has said that we are continually changing our policy and that the electorate do not know what our policy is. I want to remind the Prime Minister that White leadership has always been our policy. If he does not want to believe me let him ask the hon. Ministers for Labour and Information. They will tell the Prime Minister that that has always been the policy of the United Party. Ask the hon. member for Vereeniging. When he stood for us originally he stood on the basis of White leadership. Our policy has always been White leadership. Our policy has never been anything else.

The PRIME MINISTER:

On a voluntary basis or by constitutional pressure?

Mr. HUGHES:

I do not know what the Prime Minister means by “voluntary or constitutional pressure”. Our policy is to keep the leadership in the hands of the White man. The Prime Minister asks: “How do you get it?” We have it at the moment. We are not giving it up but if the Prime Minister is not careful it will be taken from him. The record of the United Party and of the old South African Party has always been to keep control of the country. The old South African Party and the United Party have fought not only against unarmed local inhabitants but against foreign invaders as well. We have fought to maintain our country and to keep it free. We are certainly not going to hand it over on a plate now. We and our forebears have fought for this country.

Although members of the Government admit in this House that their policy is to give the Bantustans independence, no matter what they say, they do not say that outside. [Interjections.] Outside on the platteland the impression is given that they will develop constitutionally to self-government but that the Prime Minister, as the defender of the White man, will never give them independence.

Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

They say, for overseas consumption, that they will give them independence.

Mr. HUGHES:

There is no doubt about it …

The PRIME MINISTER:

We stated our standpoint to the whole country before the election.

Mr. HUGHES:

If the hon. the Prime Minister were to ask his followers outside what their impression was as to what would happen to these Bantustans they would tell him that their impression was that they would not be given independence. [Time limit.]

*The DEPUTY MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:

I should like to deny with all the seriousness at my disposal that hon. members on this side—I am not talking only of the Prime Minister or of Ministers but of members in general—did not put the implications of our policy to the voters at the last election. I deny that we did not explain to them that the Bantu areas could develop to complete independence. I can tell hon. members opposite that on this point we received the greatest support and ovations from the voters. I received it in the constituency of Zululand, which became National; I received it in the constituency of Umhlatuzana, where I held a meeting; I received it in numerous other constituencies, and other members also. It has never yet been hidden. In fact, Sir, if ever anything became clear from this election it is that on that point we can go back to the electorate even stronger than before. We can go to the public and tell them that the Bantu can attain his independence in his areas if he is able to do so, and that we even help him to become able to do so.

The hon. member for Transkeian Territories (Mr. Hughes) said something else which I want to controvert. The hon. the Prime Minister referred to it this afternoon, but the hon. member keeps on with it. It may be that hon. members opposite may persist with this idea. In view of the fact that they stand for White leadership, they say that we now have White leadership in South Africa. I deny that, Sir. I deny that we have a sort of White leadership in South Africa, and least of all the sort of White leadership which the Opposition can hold up to the public as the leadership which resembles the leadership they stand for. We have supremacy over the White areas of South Africa. The Bantu areas of South Africa have not yet developed to complete independence. In that sense they are still also subject to the supremacy of the Whites. But this Parliament does not govern on a basis of White leadership, not any sort of White leadership, but on a basis of White supremacy. That should be clearly understood now. This Parliament worked according to a sort of leadership idea, but not the sort of leadership favoured by the United Party, when we still had the Coloureds on the Common Roll, and when the Natives were still on the Common Roll and later on a separate roll. Then there was perhaps a sort of leadership, but what we have now is not leadership at all. Hon. members should not think that they can deceive the electorate by saying that what they stand for is what we are already experiencing, because that is not true.

Now I should like to come back to another point in regard to which the hon. the Leader of the Opposition had much to say and that is, as he expressed it, that “economic integration is taking place faster than ever before”. He means now, under the Nationalist Government.

*Mr. J. A. L. BASSON:

Yes.

*The DEPUTY MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:

The fact that the hon. member for Sea Point (Mr. J. A. L. Basson) now also agrees with it means nothing, because he agrees with everything without understanding it. But I want to tell hon. members opposite that I strenuously deny that the presence of the Bantu in the economic development of South Africa, as we control it under our regime, amounts to economic integration.

*Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

Then what is it?

*The DEPUTY MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:

I will tell the hon. member. My time is limited and I shall try to do so as briefly as possible. The hon. the Leader of the Opposition makes a big mistake, just as in regard to the misrepresentation about the so-called White leadership and I now want to tell him very clearly: We do not have economic integration now. [Interjections.] There is no economic integration going on between Bantu and Whites in South Africa. We do not have it. I shall explain it, and I shall tell hon. members when it will be there.

Mr. TIMONEY:

You must be blind.

*The DEPUTY MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:

No, I am not blind, but the hon. member does not want to give me an opportunity to explain my point. He wants to shout me down in order to avoid hearing the truth. Sir, what is economic integration? What is integration? Integration means the intermingling of people in all kinds of spheres, constitutional, economic, agricultural, educational, social, governmental—intermingling in all kinds of spheres with the potential of becoming increasingly more equal to each other.

*Mr. MILLER:

We are talking about economic integration.

*The DEPUTY MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:

Yes, I mentioned economic integration as one of the examples. Take the economic sphere as an example. If integration takes place there, then (and that is what the United Party favours) the Bantu must be allowed in those industries, as I expressed it a moment ago, in such a way that he is potentially equal and will gradually become increasingly more equal to the Whites in that same economy. In other words, those Bantu should not just do unskilled work; they must be able to become apprentices in a trade, and when they have completed their apprenticeship they must be able to become artisans, and they must be able to make progress and become foremen and managers. And that is not all, because it will be dishonest to throw down the boom at managership. Then you must allow him also to become an entrepreneur. In other words, the Bantu must be allowed to build his factory in Epping or at Paarden Eiland or in Johannesburg. That is economic integration, that Bantu and the Whites become increasingly equal in the same context. Now I want to say that this is absolutely not our policy. We clearly say that this is not our policy and in White South Africa we lay down a bar and say: Economically the Bantu cannot develop further than a certain level. Now it is true that the bar is elastic. It can be shifted here and there. But we say that they will not have economic development all the way up to the top. We say that in the White areas the economic potential is the sole right of the Whites, the primary right of the Whites, and we say that that is not available to the Bantu also. But we say at the same time that those economic possibilities are a primary right of the Bantu in his homeland, and there I and all the other Whites cannot share that primary right with the Bantu to develop to the top economically, and where it existed that development must be put into reverse gear, as is now being done in the Transkei. That is the fundamental difference, and let hon. members opposite now clearly understand that when they tell us that there are a large number of Bantu in Cape Town or in Johannesburg or in Kroonstad or in any other place, who play a role in the economy it does not amount to economic integration by far.

And this is not the only example. There is still the point of wage equality. Those hon. members stand for equal wages for equal work. We do not adopt that standpoint. That standpoint of theirs, of equal wages, is an integrationist standpoint, but we reject it. And then the same economic principles goes a little further and it also applies to the ownership of land. The hon. member for Vereeniging just touched on the question of land ownership. The ownership of land is intimately linked with this economic integration I have mentioned, because the man who becomes an apprentice and then becomes an artisan and a manager will, if he becomes an entrepreneur, surely want to own the land on which his factory is built. Surely it is logical, that he should want to own the land on which the factory of his company is built. That is denied to the Bantu here. It cannot happen here. All this is part of the chain constituting economic integration, and hon. members opposite should stop telling us that if the numbers of the Bantu in Cape Town increase then economic integration has increased. All that has increased is employment. There is no economic integration. [Time limit.]

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

I also want to come back to this question of economic integration. Not long ago we had a torrent of words like this, words, words, words. But let us come back to tin-tacks in regard to this particular matter we are dealing with, this question of the Government’s Native policy. I want to remind the hon. Deputy Minister of Bantu Administration of an occasion not very long ago in this House when he was also shouting and waving his arms about and when he was dealing with this same question of political separation. The hon. the Prime Minister comes now—not by saying that there will be no more territorial separation; I accept that. He says that that is important to remain, but the main thing now is that we have to get political separation. That is the big thing. That is what the hon. the Prime Minister said.

The DEPUTY MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:

And I agree.

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

If the hon. Deputy Minister says that that is so, then let me remind him of his own words—

I want to mention a third factor where we have achieved a brilliant success… “achieved”— … viz. we have already brought about total political separation between the White man and the Blacks.
An HON. MEMBER:

But we have.

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

But the hon. the Prime Minister now tells us that this is what we must aim at, political separation, and the hon. Deputy Minister told us that we already have achieved that, that it was one of their most brilliant successes. How are you going to achieve what you have already done? It is entirely in line with the way the Nationalist Party talks. They make statements of this kind, and it is the veriest rubbish, because the hon. the Prime Minister immediately contradicts what the hon. Deputy Minister says. The hon. Deputy Minister said—

I want to say very clearly that we see the people of South Africa as constituting various nations, various peoples. The Opposition is so fond of the word “races”, which I do not like very much. I would say “various nations”. There is the White nation in South Africa, there is a Coloured nation, an Indian nation and there are various Bantu nations. For that reason we adopt the inexorable moral standpoint and principle that what we demand for ourselves, we must also grant to the Bantu. If he is able to exercise greater responsibilities, if he is able to do so, we are in favour of giving him the absolute right to govern his homeland. Our policy therefore amounts to this that we are in favour of every separate nation, and there are many within the borders of South Africa, having an inherent right of self-determination to develop along the road to independence.

And what did the hon. the Prime Minister say this afternoon? Truly the hon. the Deputy Minister should resign and get out.

An HON. MEMBER:

When did he say that?

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

I am quoting from the speech made on 27 January, this year, two months ago. Then the hon. Deputy Minister talked about separate nations and their right to develop to independence. And now he comes with a cock-and-bull story about the difference between economic separation and political separation. And the hon. the Prime Minister says, we will first have political separation and then we will have economic separation. Perhaps in a thousand years? I am surprised at the hon. the Prime Minister. He is a man of high intelligence, of high learning. He knows the background of the history in South Africa, and then he comes along and talks to a world of men about first political independence in South Africa, and then economic independence the same as enjoyed by the White man in this country. Let him listen to the Deputy Minister of Bantu Administration. He is going to give independence to the Coloureds and the Indians. And then the hon. Deputy Minister talks about the moral right of the Bantu. Is there no moral right for the Indian and the Coloured man in South Africa? Have they no moral right to have that independence? Is the moral right only a moral right when it relates as between Whites and Blacks, between the Bantu and the White man? Is there no moral right in regard to the relationship between the Indian and the White and the Coloured and the White man? Is it a moral right only as between the Bantu and the White man? Let the Deputy Minister get up and answer this? I do not want him to bandy about words. Let him get up and say that there is no moral ground …

The DEPUTY MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:

There is a moral ground. That was my point, but you do not understand it.

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

Then he should get up and tell us where these people will get their right to independence? Where is the area going to be in which the Indians will be given the right to independence in South Africa? Where is the area where the Coloured people will be given the right to independence? Will the hon. Deputy Minister fight it out with the hon. Prime Minister? You see, this is exactly what my hon. Leader said this afternoon. You get the Nationalist Party speaking with many voices, a cacophony of sound to high heaven.

The hon. Deputy Minister says that he went to Natal and Zululand. Of course he did. And now he tries to avoid the consequences of what he said here in the shadow of Table Mountain.

The DEPUTY MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:

Mention me one.

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

The hon. Minister of Bantu Education went on the record as having said that the Bantu homeland for the Zulus could be perhaps three or five or seven separate areas and that was supported by the Deputy Minister of Bantu Administration. Let him deny that.

The DEPUTY MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:

I will make my own speech.

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

We have this curious set-up of seven separate Zulustans for the Zulus with one central government being independent, and the hon. Prime Minister’s policy is to have political separation between them and the White people in Zululand and in Natal and in South Africa. And thereafter there will be separation along the lines of economics, economic separation. Economic separation. Economic separation for seven little spots dotted about like plums in a plum pudding in Zululand. What kind of concept is that which can be conceived outside a nightmare? Seven little spots under one central government, calling themselves a separate Zulu nation, with complete separate economic independence, separate from the rest of South Africa! You just have to think about it for a moment, to realize how fantastic it is. If this is the policy after five years, haven’t they found one boundary yet for a single Bantustan? Why can’t they say where the boundaries will be?

Mr. J. E. POTGIETER:

Wait and see.

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

The hon. member for Brits (Mr. J. E. Potgieter) gives the impression that he is the author of the whole scheme. I would say that it would be about the level of his intelligence to conceive such a scheme. I think it would be quite fitting. And then they say that we are wrong when we say “White leadership over the whole of the Republic”. The Nationalist Party is trying to deny the Europeans in the Republic that White leadership. We insist upon it. We stand for the maintenance of White leadership over the whole of the Republic. I now want to quote what the hon. the Minister of Finance said, with the approval of the hon. Deputy Minister of Bantu Administration. [Time limit.]

*Mr. FRONEMAN:

I could not always follow the hon. member who has just sat down, but the last words he said were that they stand for White leadership over the whole of South Africa. Now I should like to analyse what the hon. member means by “White leadership over the whole of South Africa”. The hon. the Leader of the Opposition said in the no-confidence debate that leadership is White political control. Now I want to put this questions If White leadership over the whole of South Africa means White political control over the whole of South Africa, do they still stand—and I direct my remarks to the hon. the Leader of the Opposition and the hon. member for South Coast (Mr. D. E. Mitchell) —by the standpoint propounded, e.g. by the hon. member for Yeoville (Mr. S. J. M. Steyn)? The hon. member for Yeoville made a statement at Green Point on 15 February 1962 which was published in the Cape Argus of 16 February, in which he said this—

The Federal Parliament will not necessarily be sovereign. There would be a functional division of powers among the Parliaments of the racial groups, with a possible sharing of sovereignty. Each Parliament would be sovereign in its own sphere.

If each of those Parliaments of each racial group is going to be sovereign in its own sphere, then I should like to know whether as far as those Parliaments are concerned, there can still be any talk of White political control over those non-White Parliaments. He says that each will be sovereign in its own sphere. I now ask the hon. member for South Coast, who spoke about White leadership over the whole of South Africa, whether the White leadership over the whole of South Africa still applies to those non-White Parliaments of those racial groups of which the hon. member for Yeoville said that they would have sovereignty in their own spheres? Can there still be any talk of White political control if there is a divided sovereignty? Unfortunately the hon. member for South Coast is not listening, but I should like him to reply to this question.

But I should like to go a little further and come to what the Leader of the Opposition himself said on this point. He held a meeting at De Aar after having addressed his congress in Johannesburg, and then he said the following about his race federation at De Aar—

Race federation will contribute to the immediate relaxation of racial tension by making provision for the participation of all races in the machinery of government …

Now note. Sir—

… on the administrative as well as the legislative level. It will not merely be administrative without participation in executive and administrative functions.
*Mr. THOMPSON:

Communal councils.

*Mr. FRONEMAN:

In other words, those race groups will have a share not only in the Legislative Council, but they will also have a share in the administration of the country.

*Mr. THOMPSON:

Through the communal councils.

*Mr. FRONEMAN:

That was not said. Now the hon. member talks about communal councils. But the communal councils are going to be sovereign within their functional sphere, according to the hon. member for Yeoville. Therefore the communal councils are now irrelevant because they will be sovereign in their own spheres.

*Mr. THOMPSON:

That is a misrepresentation.

*Mr. FRONEMAN:

No, it is not a misrepresentation. I now ask the hon. member for Yeoville, as well as the hon. the Leader of the Opposition: Can he bring the participation of the Bantu and the participation of the other races into line with White leadership over the whole of South Africa? Will he please explain that? But still further: The hon. member for Vereeniging has already pointed out that the hon. the Leader of the Opposition also said the following in the House of Assembly in 1962 (translation)—

If the party’s race federation policy is to have any attraction for the Bantu, representation through his own people cannot be withheld from him for ever. The time when such a step is to be taken will be determined through proper consultation with the voters.

That is what the Leader of the Opposition said as reported in the Volksblad and in his own newspaper, the Weekblad, of 11 May 1962. If the Bantu are then to be represented in this House …

*Mr. S. F. KOTZÉ:

And in the Cabinet.

*Mr. FRONEMAN:

Yes, but I am speaking now of the House of Assembly only. If the Bantu are to be represented in this House, how can that be reconciled with what the hon. member for Transkeian Territories (Mr. Hughes) has just said, that we now have White leadership in this House and that they will retain this House as it is now forever more? That is what the hon. member said. How does the hon. member for Transkeian Territories reconcile that statement of his that this House will for ever more remain as it is now with the statement of his leader that the Bantu cannot be denied the right of also being represented by the Bantu in this House? I also want to quote what the hon. member for Yeoville said in this regard on 21 January 1962, when he wrote the following—

Responsible opinion in the United Party believes that the very idea of federation will be negatived unless each race can be represented by its own members.

Now I should like to know whether they still adhere to that standpoint they adopted in 1962 when they came along with their race federation plan and all these statements were made. Now they have deviated from it and they now talk about political White leadership and White political control over the whole of South Africa. I should just like to put a question to the hon. member for South Coast: Does he agree with what the hon. member for Yeoville said here? Will he reply to me? The hon. member for South Coast is so allergic to these questions since South Coast was won by an independent. Does the hon. member for South Coast agree with what the hon. member for Yeoville said, that—

Responsible opinion in the United Party believes that the very idea of federation will be negatived unless each race can be represented by its own members.

Does he agree with that? Why will he not reply? Must I translate it into Afrikaans or Zulu to get a reply from him? No, the hon. member is not able to reply to him. He cannot reply to it. He accuses our side of the House of making contradictory statements. Here I have now quoted four different members of the United Party and not one of them tells the same story as the others. Who now makes the contradictory statements? We, or that side of the House? After the debacle of the defeat suffered by the United Party in the last provincial elections, the country is entitled to know whether the United Party still stands by that federation plan of theirs and whether they are still continuing with it. I am not even referring to the Bantustan part of it. our homeland policy which they now evidently want to accept, but I ask whether they still stand by the other parts of it? I want to know whether they will stand by the sovereign Parliaments for every racial group and how they reconcile that with political control over the whole of South Africa?

The hon. member for Yeoville went further. He pointed out that in this federal Parliament each of these Parliaments for the different groups would be represented. He embroidered on it and also said that the various areas would also be represented in that Parliament. And he did not say it about the provincial areas. [Time limit.]

Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

A great number of challenges are being thrown at this side of the House and most prominent amongst the challengers has been the hon. Deputy Minister of Bantu Administration and Development in regard to the accusation that we make against the Government that for certain purposes they say that their policy means independent Bantu states to be created out of the present body of South Africa. They attach great importance to that and when the Minister of External Affairs goes to Cologne in Germany, he tells his German audience that this is a policy which means no discrimination. There will be no discrimination among the races in South Africa.

Mr. VAN DER MERWE:

That is not so. He did not say that.

Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

So it does mean discrimination?

Mr. VAN DER MERWE:

He was referring to what ultimately might be the result.

Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

The essence of Nationalist Party propaganda, the essence of Nationalist Party apologies for their policy of so-called separate development is that there will be independent Black states, that the Black states can get this independence when they ask for it.

Mr. B. COETZEE:

Who said that?

Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

The hon. the Prime Minister said to my Leader that they will get it when they ask for it, and that neither my Leader nor the Prime Minister would be able to stop it. We are told for certain purposes that this will inevitably happen, that neither the Prime Minister, nor the Leader of the Opposition can stop it. It will mean no discrimination in the end. Sir, what happens when they face political audiences at election time? The hon. the Deputy Minister of Bantu Administration challenged us to give examples of where they put the emphasis in a different way or told another story, I see that in the Senate on 11 February it was disclosed and it could not be denied that the hon. Nationalist Senator Potgieter speaking at Donnybrook quite recently, on 2 December 1964 lulled his audience into a sense of security on this issue by telling them: “Not one of you will live to see the day when the Transkei will get independence.” I do not know the hon. Senator Potgieter and I do not know with what degree of authority he spoke for the Nationalist Party. I would like to have a somewhat more authoritative statement, and since the hon. Deputy Minister of Bantu Administration made this challenge, I looked through a few notes, and I found in the Cape Argus on 25 May 1962 that the Minister of Bantu Administration himself speaking in the Senate said that it would take generations for the Bantu areas to become independent. He told them not to worry because it would not happen. He said they would be dead for many years before anything like this would happen. He said this policy was not for the living, but for the unborn. On 11 May 1962 the Minister of Bantu Administration, speaking in this House, said that he had always maintained that the Bantu states would not easily be led to complete independence; he was convinced that it would take many generations before they were independent states. He was setting people’s minds at rest and telling them not to worry too much about the policy of the hon. the Prime Minister. On 3 February 1960 the Minister of Bantu Administration denied in the Assembly that there would be independent Bantu states in South Africa as the result of the Government policy. He said that it was true that if they wanted it they could get it, but he said—

I predict that there will be so much goodwill that they will not wish to be separate …

[Laughter.] But that is not all. On 16 June 1961 the Minister, addressing the Calvinist Union at Stellenbosch, said that because it was advisable that the Bantu learnt to walk before he tried to run—no, that is a similar one; I have better ones. There are so many that I must be selective. The Minister of Bantu Administration on 25 May 1960 speaking in the Senate, said that it would take generations for the Bantu areas to become independent. Sir, I am looking for the excellent reply which the Minister of Bantu Administration gave to the hon. member for Wynberg at Maclear in 1959, when she asked him questions about the borders of the Bantustans. He gave the people of Maclear the assurance—I have it here somewhere—that they need not worry. [Laughter.] I must titillate them a little. Sir. On 25 May 1959 at Maclear, according to a report in the Cape Argus, the Minister in reply to Mrs. Taylor said he did not believe that the future Bantu states would ever develop to full independence because they would be economically dependent on South Africa.

An HON. MEMBER:

Is that the best you can give us?

Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

Yes, it is the best I can find in the short time at my disposal. But I leave it to any impartial judge. What we have here is a most interesting phenomenon. For overseas consumption the story is that we have a Government which is moving away from discrimination because they are going to create independent states for the Bantu, but then the Minister and other speakers go round the country and reassure the people: Do not worry about this; it will take generations, and none of you will live to see it. The Minister denied that it would ever happen. Has that policy any moral value, is that the morality we have to hear about day after day? The hon. member for Heilbron (Mr. Froneman) thought he had discovered a tremendous thing when he quoted from speeches I made and articles I wrote in which I supported the statement made by my leader and said that under a policy of race federation the various races would all participate in the Government of South Africa at administrative and executive level. What is so surprising about that? That is the very essence of our policy. We believe— and that is where we differ from the Progressive Party—that to give people merely the vote and representation in Parliament and Provincial Councils does not solve the problem. [Time limit.]

*The DEPUTY MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:

I should like to address myself to the hon. member for South Coast (Mr. D. E. Mitchell) in regard to the passage he quoted from my speech. I hope, therefore, that he will remain in his seat for at least ten minutes, but I first want to deal with the hon. member for Yeoville (Mr. S. J. M. Steyn). The hon. member has now done precisely what he did nine or ten years ago also, and the older members will still remember it. On that occasion the church clause was being discussed in legislation introduced at the time by the Prime Minister, who was then Minister of Native Affairs.

*Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

That unnecessary piece of legislation which has never been used yet.

*The DEPUTY MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:

I think the hon. member knows what I am getting at. On that occasion the Leader of the Opposition, who was then the hon. member for Hottentots-Holland, denied that he had said certain things at Vereeniging according to a newspaper report, and I still remember what he said. He said there that this Bill introduced by the Prime Minister would make it impossible for Bantu to worship together with White people in South Africa. [Interjection.] On that occasion, when we challenged the then member for Hottentots-Holland in regard to that untruth, the brave member for Yeoville, who was then the member for Vereeniging, jumped in and said that he was present at that meeting and that he could confirm that the newspaper report was wrong, and then he produced as proof the same sort of evidence which he brought forward here today. He said: Here are my notes; I sat there and made notes of the speech of the hon. member for Hottentots-Holland. To-day we have again seen the same inelegant egg-dance when the hon. member stood up and read notes, in handwriting, as to what was said in the Senate and in Maclear and which were given to him by other of his henchmen who made notes for him. I do not take any notice of that sort of thing. The hon. member should adduce better proof than notes made later by other members of his party.

In regard to the point he made in connection with the time factor as to when the Bantu areas may reach independence, nobody on this side can say that it will take ten or 100 years. [Interjection.] The Minister said it could take generations, but the Minister was referring to all eight of these potential areas, and it may take generations before the last one becomes independent. But we have never said that it may or will take generations. A week ago a very prominent American visited me and discussed these matters with me and he wanted to know precisely when it would happen. I said: Here we differ radically from all the other powers who withdrew from Africa. In Belgium they said that on 30 December 1960 at midnight the Natives would receive their independence, and almost immediately all of them including the king had to flee in the night. We do not set any such period. It depends on human capabilities and on the rate of development and on all kinds of unpredictable factors. We say we will assist them along that road, but nobody can speculate as to how long it may take. Nobody has said that it would happen by the year 2000 or over the course of so many generations. It may happen, and it may not.

I now come to the hon. member for South Coast. He quoted from my speech and committed a blatant injustice. To begin with, I spoke in Afrikaans. He quoted me from the English translation. It is official, but it is not precise, and he quoted me incompletely. [Interjections.] I am not dealing with somebody else’s notes now, but with Hansard. In Col. 131 of the Afrikaans volume, and in Col. 126 of the English volume I said this here, and you will see how I was interrupted by questions from a whole series of hon. members opposite, inter alia, by the hon. member for South Coast. The hon. member for South Coast asked whether he could put a question and I said—

No, Sir, I am busy replying to the question. And then I said this (translation)— We are now discussing the problem of the Bantu areas.

The English version also has the same words: “We are now discussing the problem of the Bantu areas.” I had nothing to do with Coloureds and Indians but was dealing with the Bantu only. Then I very clearly said what I wanted to say, and later I came to the bit from which the hon. member quoted to-day. It is to be found at the bottom of Col. 126 of the English Hansard and at the top of Col. 132 of the Afrikaans Hansard. In reply to an interjection by the hon. member for Green Point I said that I was still dealing with the main question, in regard to the Bantu areas, and now I want to read everything which I said here, and that is precisely what the hon. member quoted a moment ago—

Ons beleid kom dus daarop neer dat ons ten gunste daarvan is dat elke afsonderlike volk, en daar is bate binne die landpale van Suid-Afrika, ’n inherente self-beskikkingsreg in hom het om te ontwikkel op die pad van sy self standigheid.

I stand by every letter of it, because I was discussing the main matter, the Bantu areas. I said that I was in favour of all those nations having that right. I said that day that we did not have one Bantu nation in South Africa but numbers of them, and the hon. member quoted only up to there. “The hon. member read only up to that point.”

*The CHAIRMAN:

Order!

*The DEPUTY MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:

May I not switch over to the other language? Or may I not switch over in the Committee Stage?

*The CHAIRMAN:

No.

*The DEPUTY MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:

The hon. member read up to that point, and here we have a translation difficulty, but it does not really make any difference. The English version reads as follows—

Our policy therefore amounts to this, that we are in favour of every separate nation, and there are many within the borders of South Africa, having an inherent right to self-determination to develop along the road to independence.

“Independence” is not an accurate translation of “self standigheid”. But there is no positive word in English for “self standigheid”. There is only the negative word for “onafhanklikheid”. But let us accept the word “independence”. I now read further in English. I then explain that sentence, and I repeat the words—

… having an inherent right of self-determination to develop along the road to independence.

The hon. member quoted me up to that point. Why did he not read the next few words also, then he would have seen how they fitted it with my introductory words where I spoke about the Bantu areas. The words which follow are these—

We accept that in so far as the Whites in the White homeland are concerned, and if the day for it arrives, we also accept it for the Bantu in their homelands.

[Interjections.] Let me just finish first. That marching member for South Coast has a complex about running. I may run away from many people, but never from him. [Time limit.]

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

It appears to me as though this egg-dancing is now getting out of hand. I well remember the speech of the hon. member in which he spoke about the various peoples and nations, but he has neglected to read that portion of his speech. He did not speak only about the Bantu. This is what he said (Col. 125)—

I want to state very clearly that we see the people of South Africa as constituting various nations, various peoples. The Opposition is so fond of the word “races”, which I do not like very much, whereas I would say “various nations”. There is a White nation in South Africa. There is a Coloured nation in South Africa, there is an Indian nation, and there are various Bantu nations.

Why does my hon. friend shy away from what he said? I congratulated my hon. friend the other day on being honest enough to give us a frank exposition of the policy of his party. Now he too is running away! Why? It is unnecessary to do so. It is clear from what I have quoted that my hon. friend was speaking about the various race groups in South Africa. He said that he did not like the word “races” but referred to speak of nations, peoples or nations, and he said that each one of them would be guided to their eventual sovereignty and independence.

*An HON. MEMBER:

Where did he say that? [Interjections.]

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

He says that he spoke only about the Bantu but he did not. He spoke about all the various “nations” in South Africa.

It is a pity that one has to return to another aspect of the matter. Hon. members opposite know that in the recent election they ran away from the true state of affairs. Why do they deny this? This side of the House says openly that race federation with all its implications is its policy and that it stands or falls by that policy. The hon. the Prime Minister says that he has remained consistent. I also thought so but on the last occasion—a week or so ago—on which I addressed this House in regard to this matter, I pointed out that his present attitude was not in conformity with his attitude in 1951. In 1951 he stated categorically, together with Dr. Malan and Mr. Strijdom, that complete territorial apartheid or Bantustans was not the policy of the Nationalist Party.

*The PRIME MINISTER:

Did Dr. Malan say, under present circumstances?

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

No! I want now to quote from the Hansard of the Other Place in regard to what the hon. the Prime Minister, as Minister of Native Affairs, said at the time—

There are Native areas all over the place in South Africa as in Pietersburg, for example. There is Zululand. There are other areas everywhere in the heart of South Africa. It stands to reason that White South Africa must remain their guardian. We are spending all the money on those developments. We are leaving the Natives to develop. How could small, scattered states arise? The areas will be economically and otherwise dependent on the Union. … It speaks for itself that South Africa will in her international relationships have to leave the control in the hands of White South Africa. We have never wished to bring about this sort of splitting up of the country into clashing neighbouring states, and if they would only look at a map of the country, they would be able to see that this is a completely impossible and impracticable interpretation of self-government in one’s own area. This is something entirely different from saying that South Africa is to be divided into a series of states.

The hon. the Prime Minister went on to say—

We have always taken up the attitude that White South Africa is the guardian. Besides this, she controls South Africa’s general interests.
*Mr. J. E. POTGIETER:

May I ask a question?

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

No, I only have ten minutes. I want to go further. This was said in 1951. I attacked the hon. the Prime Minister the other day and said that he changed his mind in 1959, and that what he said in 1959 was now being denied outside this House. In 1959, the hon. the Prime Minister said that nobody could determine when those people would receive their independence. The hon. member for Heilbron (Mr. Froneman) said that when an apple is ripe, it falls from the tree, and that we cannot stop its falling. This is what the hon. the Prime Minister said on 20 May 1959 (Hansard, Col. 6221)—

I say that it is within the power of the Bantu to develop to full independence. Neither he (the hon. member) nor I will be able to stop it …

Of course, we know that that is correct. They, the Bantu, will decide that. This House will not be able to decide it: those people themselves will decide it, and Mantanzima is already saying that he wants certain powers, that he wants to extend his territory and that he wants independence, and who is going to prevent it?

But what is being said outside this House?

“The Bantu will never receive their independence”! That was said during the recent elections and nobody can deny it. I ask again: Why then that court order, if I am not correct? If my hon. friends do not deny outside the House what is said in the House why then that court order?

*Mr. FRONEMAN:

Which court order?

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

The hon. the Prime Minister says that this side of the House wants to make South Africa Black.

*The PRIME MINISTER:

I have never said that. I said that that would be the result of your policy.

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

That is correct, but the result of the policy of that side of the House is that South Africa is becoming blacker and blacker; the hon. the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development said so himself. He asked whether I did not understand that in terms of their policy South Africa would initially become blacker and blacker before it became whiter and whiter. Now the hon. the Minister says that it is not dangerous because these people are not being integrated economically. Have you ever heard such a thing? Every man who contributes towards the production of whatever it may be in one’s country is, after all, integrated economically. The man who contributes towards one’s welfare and one’s profits is, after all, integrated economically. The man who contributes towards the production of a bag of wheat or a bag of maize is surely integrated economically? [Interjections.] This is another attempt on the part of my friends opposite to run away. They may be able to say these things to people who do not know any better but I think that they underestimate the intelligence of hon. members on this side. [Time limit.]

*Mr. SADIE:

The hon. member for Hillbrow (Dr. Steenkamp) says that if the Black man helps to produce a single bag of wheat, then he is integrated in the economy of the White man. Let me ask him this: If he has 20 non-Whites on his farm, are they economically integrated in his farming; do they have a share in the control?

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

Of course.

*Mr. SADIE:

If that is the hon. member’s answer then it is perfectly clear to me that the United Party has no inkling as to what integration means. The United Party and its leaders have made many inconsistent statements that they have confused their own people to such an extent and had alienated the voters to such an extent that to-day they are on the wane. Last year at their Party Congress in Bloemfontein none other than the Leader of the Opposition made an attack in his opening speech on the policy of the National Party; he said that the policy of separate development, in terms of which the Bantu is to be given full political rights in his own area and no rights in the White area, was wrong, and he used the following words—

The Bantu are not going to be satisfied with limited land and with limited opportunities.

Sir, have you ever heard anything which is a greater condemnation of their own policy ?I want to put this question to the Leader of the Opposition: He talks about the limited representation of the Bantu in the United Party’s federal parliament, in which the urban Bantu are to be represented initially by Whites. Let me put this very pertinent question to him: They also want to develop the Bantu homelands. They have gone so far as to say that it will fit in with their race federation plan because these homelands will be able to serve as constituencies for the federal parliament. Those were the words of the hon. member for Yeoville. Let me ask them this: How many people and who will represent the Bantu homelands in their federal parliament? will every one of those Bantu homelands be given representation in their federal parliament? Who are those representatives going to be? Are they going to be Whites or non-Whites, even in the initial stages? I should like the hon. the Leader of the Opposition to reply very pertinently to these questions.

Sir, I made the accusation in this House recently that the United Party, in consulting people in connection with the political rights of the Bantu, had also consulted pro-Left elements: that they had even consulted former A.N.C. leaders; that they were prepared to consult those people and in fact had consulted them. I also made the accusation that a non-White leader had addressed their party caucus. Do they want to deny that? I challenge them now to deny it. The hon. the Leader of the Opposition said the other day that this was a lie: that there was no such thing. I challenge them now to deny that a non-White leader addressed their party caucus. Is that untrue? [Interjections.] Sir, the hon. member for Hillbrow (Dr. Steenkamp) says it is untrue. Does the hon. the Leader of the Opposition also deny it? Does he deny that a Bantu leader addressed their caucus? No, he cannot deny it because he is the person who made that statement at a public meeting; and he went very much further. He said that he was not prepared to disclose the name of that Bantu leader because the Security Police were also present. It looks as though hon. members of the Opposition want to deny this allegation. This is what the hon. the Leader of the Opposition said at a meeting held in Mowbray on 2 October 1961 in reply to a question as to whom the United Party had consulted before deciding to give the Bantu eight representatives in the House of Assembly—

He had had too much experience of the Security Branch of the Police to reply to that question. A Black leader had addressed the United Party caucus during the previous session.
*Dr. STEENKAMP:

Where do you get hold of that?

*Mr. SADIE:

I ask the hon. the Leader of the Opposition again: Did a leader of the Bantu community, a Black leader of the Bantu community, address their caucus? Did they consult him with regard to political rights for the Bantu?

*An HON. MEMBER:

What are you quoting from?

*Mr. SADIE:

From the Volksblad of 5 October 1961. Mr. Chairman, we have heard a great deal here to-day about discrimination. The hon. member for Yeoville has stated very pertinently that he also stands for discrimination. Let me put it this way: The Prime Minister has said on various occasions and we have all said on public platforms that our policy of separate development will gradually do away with racial discrimination, and that is quite correct; I say it again and we all say it. Our policy is steering away from racial discrimination. The United Party also say that they are steering away from racial discrimination, but on what basis? On the basis of equality between White and Black in one integrated community. What situation will the removal of racial discrimination bring about under their policy of one integrated community? It will inevitably result in wiping out the rights and the interests of the White man here in South Africa; surely that is self-evident. Sir, hon. members of the Opposition talk with many different voices; they come along with all sorts of stories. They come along with one story for elections, but on the other hand they also have to satisfy their pro-Left members who did not have a single word to say in the recent election. [Time limit.]

Mr. BLOOMBERG:

I wish to return again to the Government’s policy in respect of our Coloured people. I am sorry to interrupt the trend of the debate but I feel that this is a very important subject which should be raised again at this stage to enable the hon. the Prime Minister to deal with it later on in this debate.

Sir, I am not going to be distracted by the hon. member for Vereeniging (Mr. B. Coetzee) who, as usual, is trying to evade the real issue by introducing political red herrings into the debate. The hon. member for Vereeniging asked me why I had not raised my voice when the Equity Association of England tried to impose their wishes upon South Africa. Let me tell the hon. member for Vereeniging that I did protest against this outside interference. In February I protested in this House against this interference but I claimed that our Coloured citizens should not be prejudiced because of Equity’s interference. I pleaded with the Government on that occasion not to be so petty as to be influenced by Equity or by the outburst of that little girl, Dusty Springfield, against this country. But, I am not interested in Equity to-day because the incidents that I complained of in this House and to which I want to draw the hon. the Prime Minister’s attention has nothing whatsoever to do with Equity. I would like to ask the hon. member for Vereeniging what Equity has to do with the cycle marathon at the Green Point Cycle Track from which nearly 2,000 respectable Coloured people were turned away because of Government policy. The cycle marathon was not conducted under the auspices of Equity. Equity had absolutely nothing to do with that function.

Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

They were on their bicycles!

Mr. BLOOMBERG:

We find that 2,000 respectable Coloured men and women were turned away from this function. Sir, what has Equity to do with the graduation ceremony of the Western Cape University College? We find that the University College applied to hire the Civic Centre at Bellville for their graduation ceremony, which was going to be attended by the cream of Coloured people in this area. They were refused the right to hire this hall in terms of Government policy.

The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

That is not true. It was not refused by the Government.

An HON. MEMBER:

Bellville is not a Coloured area.

Mr. BLOOMBERG:

What has Equity to do with it? Permission was refused by the Municipality because of Government policy. The Town Clerk of Bellville said publicly that the University College was refused permission to hire the hall because of Government policy. Now. what has Equity to do with that decision? What has Equity to do with our municipal orchestral concerts in the City Hall from which our Coloured citizens are banned because of Government policy?

The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

When were they banned?

Mr. BLOOMBERG:

They have been refused permission to attend the concerts since the mixed audiences proclamation.

The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

That is not true.

Mr. BLOOMBERG:

I say it is true. The tragedy of it is that only a handful, not more than ten, cultured Coloured people have availed themselves of the opportunity of coming to these orchestral concerts and they have been refused permission to attend. These Coloured citizens, as I am reminded, have subscribed towards the maintenance of this orchestra, as ratepayers of this City, and they have been denied the privilege of attending these concerts by reason of this proclamation.

Equity cannot by any stretch of the imagination be blamed for what is happening to-day. There is only one body responsible and that is the Government. I appeal to the hon. the Prime Minister because the Ministers concerned are shielding behind the Prime Minister’s policy statement in regard to this matter.

When my speech was interrupted by the time limit I had mentioned that responsible Coloured persons had been denied the right to use public amenities to which they had subscribed as ratepayers of this City. I want to cite one example, and that is the position in regard to the Wynberg Town Hall. This public hall has for the past 22 years, to my knowledge, been used almost exclusively by Coloured people and Coloured organizations for their private functions. They are now being denied this facility. They were told that they had to hold their functions in another hall at Gleemore.

Mr. S. F. KOTZÉ:

That is not right.

Mr. BLOOMBERG:

Sir, these are facts. Let the hon. member get up and deny it. They were told that they could not have the Wynberg Town Hall because of Government policy and that they should go to Gleemore. I do not know whether the hon. the Prime Minister has been to Gleemore, but let me tell him that this hall to which they were sent is situated many miles away from where the people who have used the Wynberg Town Hall for many years live. Apart from transport difficulties they are subjected at night to attacks by the skolly elements which gather around these places in outlying areas.

*Dr. OTTO:

From which section of the community does the skolly element come?

Mr. BLOOMBERG:

I want to ask the hon. the Prime Minister whether he intended that such a situation should develop? Sir, I received a telegram from responsible Coloured leaders whose names I am prepared to give to the hon. the Prime Minister, in which they urged me to endeavour to persuade the hon. the Prime Minister to ease the unfortunate situation which has now arisen in this city and throughout the whole of the Cape. This telegram reads as follows—

Your constituents, in particular Coloured sporting and social welfare bodies, alarmed at trend in Government policy relating to letting of municipal halls Stop No exaggeration in stating that peaceful co-existence with Whites in South Africa seriously threatened Stop Mood of people alarmingly resentful and angry Stop Appeal to you to make strongest appeal to Government and personal representations to Prime Minister to ease situation and return to status quo.
*Mr. S. F. KOTZÉ:

Who sent the telegram?

Mr. BLOOMBERG:

I will give this telegram to the hon. the Prime Minister, not to the hon. member. I am afraid of intimidation. The Prime Minister, however, can have this telegram with the greatest of pleasure because I know that he will respect the wishes of these people. I would like to assure the hon. the Prime Minister that this telegram by no means exaggerates the grave and alarming situation which has arisen in the Cape. The Coloured people are most resentful and angry because of the grave individual hardships which have been inflicted upon them. They are fully conscious of the fact that they, in common with all other sections of our community, have contributed towards the creation of social amenities in the Cape. They resent the humiliation which has been inflicted upon them as a result of Government policy. What justification is there for depriving our Coloured citizens of these amenities to which they are lawfully entitled and which they have enjoyed for generations without in any way intruding upon the rights of the White people? Sir, the tragedy of this whole matter is that we are alienating almost irrevocably the goodwill and the friendship of this highly-educated, cultured non-White group of South Africa. After all, it is this section of the Coloured community who are really being hit by this ban. I would like the hon. the Prime Minister as a highly cultured man to bear this aspect in mind. It is the educated and the cultured non-Whites who resent so bitterly this inhuman action in banning them from these functions, and enjoying the facilities to which they have been used for so many years. Sir, they are denied these facilities merely because of the colour of their skins. In these times, with all the difficulties confronting our country, can we afford to allow this frustration and bitterness to continue? Can we stand by and allow these indignities and insults to be inflicted upon these unfortunate human beings? What crime have they committed other than the fact that they are of the wrong colour? That is their only crime. Sir, I appeal to the hon. the Prime Minister: What has happened to our national conscience in this country if we can stand by and allow a large section of our people to be treated in this cavalier fashion? Surely we cannot allow this bitterness created by Government policy to continue. From a purely human aspect, we cannot allow decent, respectable and responsible Coloured citizens, who are as civilized as we are to be treated in this cavalier fashion. [Time limit.]

*Mr. M. J. VAN DEN BERG:

I do not propose to reply to the hon. member who has just sat down. I want to come back to the hon. member for Hillbrow (Dr. Steenkamp). The hon. member for Hillbrow has tried here in his usual way to make out a case; he tries to create the impression that he is quoting somebody else when he knows perfectly well that he is not doing so.

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

On a point of order, I object to the accusation that I know perfectly well that what I am quoting is wrong.

*The CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member must withdraw those words.

*Mr. M. J. VAN DEN BERG:

The hon. member tried to create the impression that the hon. the Deputy Minister was referring …

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

On a point of order, I ask you, Sir, to order the hon. member first to withdraw those words.

*HON. MEMBERS:

He did withdraw them.

*Mr. M. J. VAN DEN BERG:

I object to the way in which my time is being wasted. The hon. member for Hillbrow tried to create the impression that he was quoting the hon. the Deputy Minister; he sought to create the impression that the hon. the Deputy Minister was referring to all the various population groups, including the Coloureds and Indians and that the hon. the Deputy Minister had suggested that all these population groups would eventually be given independent homelands in the same way as the Bantu. I challenge him or any member on that side to quote the words of any person on this side of the House who said, as alleged by him, that the Coloureds and the Indians would be placed in their own homelands and that those homelands who achieve the same status as the Bantu homelands. I say that the hon. member cannot do so.

The hon. member was very concerned at the hon. the Prime Minister’s reference to guardianship. He tries to create the impression that he does not know what guardianship means; that he does not know what “guardian” means. Sir, must guardianship never come to an end? After all, the concept of guardianship implies that the ward will eventually become emancipated.

I am pleased, Mr. Chairman, that we have an opportunity again this afternoon to discuss the race federation plan of the hon. the Leader of the Opposition. The hon. the Prime Minister put certain questions to the hon. the Leader of the Opposition in the recent no-confidence debate in connection with the maintenance of White leadership. When the hon. the Prime Minister practically forced him to say whether he meant “baasskap” when he spoke about leadership, he replied that he would come to it later on in the course of his speech. The hon. the Prime Minister then again pertinently asked him later on in the course of his speech how he was going to maintain his leadership and by what means. The Prime Minister said that he was prepared to maintain his policy of White rule by means of force, if necessary. The Leader of the Opposition then replied that he would maintain his policy of White leadership with all the means at his disposal. Sir, I want to deal for a few moments with the means that he will have at his disposal. We must remember, Sir, that he is going to give eight representatives to the Bantu in this House. In the no-confidence debate the year before last he not only said that there would be eight representatives of the Bantu in this House but he went further, and I now quote his own words—

But I believe you will only achieve that sense of function in South Africa if all our peoples have not only representation in the Parliament which controls their distinies, but also some participation in the day-to-day administrative processes of the State.
*Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

When was that?

*Mr. M. J. VAN DEN BERG:

This is what the hon. the Leader of the Opposition said the year before last in his reply to the no-confidence debate. The hon. member will find it in Col. 33 (22 January 1963). The question was put to him: “And what is going to happen when the Bantu insist on further representation?” He then said that he would hold a referendum. He was then asked, “Will that eventually lead to Bantu representation by means of Bantu members in this House; what is the United Party’s reply?” Unless I am mistaken it was this cardinal issue which caused Mr. Odell to leave the United Party. The reply to that question is contained in an article by the hon. member for Yeoville (Mr. S. J. M. Steyn) which appeared in the Sunday Times of 21 January 1962. The hon. member for Yeoville was replying here to a question as to what their advice would be when a referendum was held; what they would advise the voters to do. This is what the hon. member for Yeoville wrote—

Responsible opinion …

And “responsible opinion” means the leader—

Responsible opinion in the United Party believes that the third stage of the very idea of federation would be negatived unless each race can be represented by its own members. Mr. Stanley Uys was quite correct to report that fact. That responsible opinion will not shirk the task of asking our congresses and the electorate to endorse their view when it becomes practical politics.

I come now to the bravado of the hon. the Leader of the Opposition in saying that he will maintain his leadership with all the means at his disposal. What means will he have at his disposal? In his speech of the year before last he referred to participation in the day-to-day administrative processes of the State. What will that mean in terms of their race federation policy? Sir, I challenge any member on the other side to say that what I am saying here is unreasonable. Once the Coloureds have disappeared as a race, in terms of their policy that the Coloureds will then be treated as Whites, there will be three Bantu as against one White man. Under their policy of race federation, what can that mean other than that there will be one White Judge on the Bench as against three Black Judges? In the Defence Force there will be one White soldier as against three Black soldiers, and remember, Sir, this also includes generals and colonels. In the Police Force there will be one White policeman as against three Black policemen. According to their rate-for-the job policy the tradesmen will all be Blacks. The hon. member for Durban (Point) (Mr. Raw) now comes along and says at a public meeting at Coronation that if the Blacks put forward more demands, “then we will shoot them”. Those are the words he used—“We will shoot them.” Let me put this question now to the hon. the Leader of the Opposition: If you have three Black soldiers as against one White soldier— and I say again that this includes generals and colonels—who is going to shoot whom? I am now discussing the means that the hon. the Leader of the Opposition will have at his disposal. When he comes to the third stage which the hon. member for Yeoville wrote about, the means that he will have at his disposal will be the means to which I have just referred here. Those will be the means that he will have at his disposal to maintain his White leadership. He will have to maintain his White leadership with three Blacks as against one White man in the Defence Force, in the Police Force, in the judiciary and in the day-to-day administrative processes of the State.

*Mr. J. D. DU P. BASSON:

The hon. member for Winburg (Mr. Sadie) raised the question here of a Bantu who had apparently addressed the caucus of the United Party. The position is that the United Party has a Native Affairs study group and prominent Natives have on occasion, by invitation, addressed the study group. This will happen frequently. What a ridiculous attitude for that side of the House to adopt! Here we are in this House and we have to govern millions of Natives, but hon. members opposite consider it wrong that we should remain informed and that we should find out what the feelings of these people are whom we have to govern. This proves how wrongly orientated that side of the House is. Sir, we will continue to consult these people.

The hon. the Prime Minister has given us to understand that he will reply at a later stage to matters in connection with Coloured policy. I want to say a few words in this regard. There was a time when the hon. the Prime Minister said that he still needed a little time to consider certain aspects of his policy in regard to the Coloured people. Now, this Government has been in power for 17 years and the hon. the Prime Minister himself has been at the head of affairs for nearly six years. I think that it is only fair that after all this time he should be able to tell us how the scheme and the theories which he has for the Coloured people of South Africa are going to work out in the long run. Sir, we hear a great deal these days about the meaning of separate freedom, with the emphasis on “freedom”. We are continually hearing about “separate development to separate freedom for all”. I think that the hon. the Prime Minister himself is the originator of this idea. The whole intention is that there should be no damper on anyone. Every group will be master in his own area—and now I quote—“the one group in no respect subordinate to the other”. We can all understand that if a tribal area like the Transkei were to become independent to-morrow, or whenever it may be, it is self-evident that the people who live there will be released from discrimination; but that release will not spring from the value of the policy itself; it will spring from the fact that they will, as it were, have moved away from the jurisdiction of the Government. The same thing would hold good for a man who takes his hat, leaves the country and goes to live in another country. He will have freed himself from the policy of the Government and thus escaped from discrimination. Therefore, the test of “separate freedom” is not going to lie with those who leave the Republic; the test of that policy of separate freedom is going to lie with those who remain; and I think that after six years as Prime Minister the hon. the Prime Minister ought now to be able to explain to us what his scheme of a state within a state for the Coloureds in which their freedoms and rights are going to be “equal” to those of the Whites, is going to look like eventually. I want to ask him whether he actually wants to give us to understand that there can be a number of Parliaments in the same state, each of which makes its own laws, for people living within the same political economy. Will each group have its own court? Will each have its own public service, its own police, all with equal powers? What will happen then if a case has to be resolved between a Coloured and a White? In which court would that case he heard? Let us imagine that the Coloureds are to be given full power and freedom in their own group areas. Will the Coloureds have the right in their group areas to abolish all discrimination between people? Will they have every right to sell their land there to whomsoever they please? Will they have the right, for example, to introduce a lottery there for Coloureds? Will they be able to open a radio station there? Will they be able to start television for Coloureds in their own group areas, although this Government does not want it for the Whites? Sir, the expression “freedom” can mean only one of two things because a man is either free or he is not free, and I think that the time has come for the hon. the Prime Minister to convince us that his policy of separate freedom for all—this is also being declared in the outside world—rests on a firm foundation and is not simply a game.

Business suspended at 6.30 p.m. and resumed at 8.5 p.m.

Evening Sitting

*Mr. P. S. MARAIS:

I do not want to refer to the hon. member who spoke just before me. He falls in the leader class nowadays and I leave him there with great humility. I rise at this stage of the debate to say three things which I think materially affect the official Opposition in South Africa. Opposition politics are always important in a democratic country. In South Africa, where our colour policy is always a matter of real importance, Opposition politics are always important. In saying these three things in respect of the official Opposition at this stage of our political activities in this country, I do not want to refer in the first instance to the election results and the weak party organization that existed as far as the official Opposition is concerned. The hon. member for Maitland (Mr. Hickman) is fully aware of that. I do not want to refer either to the clumsy attitude of the English language Press and the support given by it to the United Party. I do not want to refer either to certain persons in the United Party who should now perhaps be shifted to other places where they can once again serve that party. Sir, three important things have happened in the past few weeks In respect of Opposition politics in South Africa. The first is that for the first, time in history the Coloured has turned his back on the United Party. The Coloured in South Africa, throughout the years, has always found a home within the broad framework of the Opposition Party. [Interjections.] The hon. member refers to Bruchner de Villiers. I admit that Mr. Bruchner de Villiers did perhaps transport a small number of Coloured voters to the polling booths to vote for the National Party. But the truth is that the image presented by the United Party was such that the Coloured found a home within that party. We saw that in practice. What happened before the Coloured was taken out of the political arena was that when election day came along shiny motor cars from Sea Point and Rondebosch and all those areas were used to transport hundreds of Coloureds to the polling booths. [Interjections.] That is true, Sir. I adhere to my statement that the image presented by the United Party was such that the Coloured found a home within the framework of their policy.

As recently as 5 February of this year the hon. the Leader of the Opposition stood up in this House and took pride in the fact that the proposition that I am advancing here was the truth. This is what he said—

The second portion of the Prime Minister’s proposal is that he wants to live in friendship with all other races. I assume that that includes the Coloureds and the Indians. I am also prepared to live in friendship with all races, but where is the moral justification for the Prime Minister’s statement? I want to ask: What becomes of the morality of his party in respect of the Coloured and the Indian?

You will see therefore, Mr. Chairman, that here he takes pride in the fact that basically the Coloured finds his home within the framework of that party’s policy. [Interjections.] He said this on 5 February of this year. Two weeks later the provincial election took place and for the first time in the history of that party the Coloured turned his back on the United Party. [Interjections.]

*The CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. members for Durban (Point) (Mr. Raw) and Sea Point (Mr. J. A. L. Basson) must please control themselves.

*Mr. P. S. MARAIS:

I say that for the first time in the history of the United Party the Coloured, three weeks after this statement by the Leader of the Opposition, turned his back on the United Party. I want to go further: the Leader of the Opposition knows as well as I do that there is a very strong movement afoot in his party at the moment to try at their next Union Congress to change the party’s policy so that the Coloureds will no longer be placed on the Common Voters’ Roll in terms of their policy. The hon. the Leader of the Opposition cannot deny that. At this moment there is a strong movement in his party, a movement that will come to a head at his Union Congress. None of them can deny it.

But, Sir, there is a second thing that has happened in respect of the United Party; for the first time in many, many years, the English-speaking voters have started permanently to turn their backs on the United Party. The election results proved it; the United Party cannot get away from it. The United Party has always represented itself as the one party which is able to unite English-speaking and Afrikaans-speaking within its ranks. The results of the recent election prove that as far as the United Party is concerned this situation is coming to an end. The English-speaking person is turning his back on the United Party.

*HON. MEMBERS:

Where?

*Mr. P. S. MARAIS:

In Natal and elsewhere. I want to predict here that the more progress we make in respect of the new Republican set-up in South Africa, the more the English-speaking section will turn its back on that party.

There is a third thing, and that is that everybody in this country is beginning to realize that the United Party’s formula for handling a Black majority is out of date, awkward and clumsy. That is why the election results were what they were. As far as this formula is concerned the United Party has no message to-day for South Africa. I say that for two reasons. The United Party believes— I should like the hon. member for Maitland to listen carefully now—that, in the long run, a White minority will be able to remain the masters over a Black majority within the framework of an undivided political set-up in South Africa. That is what the United Party believes basically. That is the first reason why it is suffering these defeats. There is a second basic proposition and that is that the United Party believes that one can regulate the basic urge for freedom of a Black majority by means of written formulae. Sir, one cannot formulate the basic urge for freedom of the Black majority by means of some written formula. It is these two basic principles, these two basic approaches, which are responsible for the United Party’s failure to-day. In that respect it has no message for the people. Let me use this fine analogy, Sir: In this respect the United Party is like a small buck strenuously fighting for survival during a summer drought on the vast Karoo plains. That is the position of the United Party. It is this attitude of the United Party in our basic political reasoning that makes them antiquated and that will cause it to disappear permanently from the scene. [Time limit.]

*Mr. J. D. DU P. BASSON:

I want to ask the hon. member for Moorreesburg (Mr. P. S. Marais) what is so terribly strange about the fact that a small group of English-speaking people is supporting the Nationalist Party? There have always been race jingos amongst both the English-speaking and the Afrikaans-speaking people. There was a section of English-speaking jingos who took it out on the Afrikaner; and now that that era is past, they are taking it out on the non-White. I am not at all surprised. The jingo type would sooner or later have gravitated towards that side. But I am convinced that the vast majority of English-speaking people will remain sober-minded, not because they are English-speaking but because they are South Africans, and that they will continue to support the United Party.

When business was interrupted, I was dealing with the meaning of the Government’s “state within a state” for the Coloureds, the idea of separate equality for the Coloured. I said that it was time that the hon. the Prime Minister convinced us that this idea held water, that it was practicable politically and that it was not simply a game, because in our eyes it is somewhat in the nature of a hat without a brim and having no crown!

There sits a great party; it boasts about its power; it boasts about how strong it is in the country, but when one comes to the question of the Coloureds, it does not have the courage to face up to the position of the Coloureds squarely. And in the meantime the sands of time are running out for us. The Government is to-day creating a false atmosphere of complacency amongst its followers. The truth is, Mr. Chairman, that things are building up in the world around us; they are building up against us as a result of the Government which we have. As we sit here this evening and day after day plans are being drawn up against us in the highest Western circles as a result of the Government that we have. In the meantime, the Government is playing with formless ideas such as a state within a state, and over and above this, it continues to add fuel to the flames of hatred against South Africa in the outside world by its extremism and by interference in the daily life of decent people. I say without reservation: There sits the greatest creator of unrest in South Africa —the Government. The Government is also the greatest originator of agitation against South Africa in the outside world because of its laws, its regulations and its actions. I say this without reservation.

I was discussing the question of the Coloureds. The Coloureds are a minority group in regard to the Whites. They only number about half the number of Whites in South Africa. They can therefore not constitute any threat whatsoever to the White man as far as numbers are concerned. Culturally, they are our people; they are brown Afrikaners. The Coloured problem is therefore the easiest of all our problems. And if the Government cannot work out a practical policy for the Coloureds, then there is no hope at all of its being able to solve our more difficult race problems. If it is powerless when faced with the easiest problem, what are we to expect of it when we come to the difficult problems?

The question is, what do we suggest? We readily admit that the Coloured has progressed in the material sphere but this is no favour which we have done the Coloureds. It is their right as citizens to be given what is their due. I believe that every citizen in South Africa, no matter what his colour may be, is entitled to certain basic things—a living wage for a good day’s work; secondly, a roof over his head for himself and his family; thirdly, full education for his children and fourthly, assistance in time of illness. Every citizen ought to be able to demand these things. Accordingly, the Government must stop telling us about the favours it is doing the Coloureds. It is their right to receive those things. The development of the Coloureds in the material sphere must therefore continue. Secondly, we say that in the interests of the White man himself, the Government must stop building artificial walls; it must stop deliberate alienation. Our task in South Africa is not to find out how people must live past one another and act as though the other one did not exist; the work of a sound Government in this country is to find the way for us to co-exist—not how to live away from one another. Our attitude is that the Government must stop its negative, petty apartheid.

What does separate “development” mean? I shall be pleased if hon. members opposite will explain to me what development it is for a person to be told: “You are not good enough to enter by the same door as I do” ?Is that development? That is apartheid, yes, but it has nothing to do with development. All that results from this is humiliation. [Interjections.]

*Mr. RAW:

You are a liar.

*The CHAIRMAN:

Order!

*Mr. RAW:

On a point of order, the hon. member said that it was a lie.

*Mr. J. D. DU P. BASSON:

What they say does not affect me.

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member for Durban Point (Mr. Raw) must withdraw the word “liar”.

*Mr. RAW:

I withdraw it, Sir.

*The CHAIRMAN:

Hon. members must please give the hon. member an opportunity to make his speech.

Mr. HUGHES:

On a point of order, the hon. member for Durban (Point) (Mr. Raw) said that somebody else had said: “It is a lie.” [Interjections.]

*Mr. J. D. DU P. BASSON:

It does not worry me at all. We ask the hon. the Prime Minister why he cannot give the Coloureds the right to be represented by their own people here. What is his fundamental objection to the fact that a man like Mr. Tom Swartz should sit here in this House? What is so wrong about that? I am a member of the D.R. Church and there is a non-White on the Federal Council of the D.R. Church; there are non-Whites on the Synod—the Parliament —of the D.R. Church. No members on the other side of the House have resigned from the D.R. Church because there are non-Whites in the “Parliament” of the church. [Interjections.] Let me say this: There are members sitting on that side—I will not be so mean as to mention their names—who are in full agreement with me that the Coloureds should be allowed to take their seats here. [Interjections.]

*The CHAIRMAN (Standing):

Order!

Hon. members must please not conduct themselves in this way. I shall have to take steps against them if they do.

*Mr. J. D. DU P. BASSON:

When foreign visitors come to this country—and I wonder whether the hon. the Prime Minister knows this—there are hon. members on that side— and I know who they are—who tell these foreign visitors: “It is just a question of time before the Coloureds will be sitting here.” These visitors repeat these things to us.

*HON. MEMBERS:

Mention their names!

*Mr. J. D. DU P. BASSON:

I shall not do that, but it is the truth. Let hon. members opposite themselves decide whether they want to believe me or not. There are numbers of hon. members sitting there who agree that the Coloureds should have direct representation here.

*Mr. J. J. B. VAN ZYL:

On a point of order, may the hon. member make such an accusation against this side of the House? [Interjections.]

*Mr. J. D. DU P. BASSON:

The hon. member can discuss the matter with the hon. the Prime Minister in his caucus. That is the time when the hon. the Prime Minister investigates his own party. Numbers of his followers are in favour of the Coloureds being represented here by their own people.

In conclusion I want to say that I think it is time that the Government put an end to its intimidation of the Coloured population. The Coloureds were on a common roll. The Government removed them and gave them four members here and two in the Provincial Council. We have had a Provincial Council election. I am sorry that the Coloureds did not elect members of our party but I am convinced that it is only a question of time before we win back their support. But that is not the important thing. [Time limit.]

*The PRIME MINISTER:

Mr. Chairman, it was alleged some time ago by certain members on the other side that three hon. members on this side of the House had behaved in a reprehensible way. Nobody was prepared to say who those members were. There were no such members. The hon. member who has just sat down has again hinted at reprehensible conduct on the part of hon. members on this side of the House, but once again, like the writer of an anonymous letter, he dare not say who the members in question are. I am going to take no notice of what he said, just as I would take no notice of the writer of an anonymous letter.

The hon. the Leader of the Opposition availed himself of the privilege, both yesterday and to-day, just to repeat his previous arguments after I had put forward counterarguments. In doing so he only testifies to the fact that he believes that the mere repetition of the same old story is tantamount to a cogent reply. That, of course, is symptomatic of tactics which have been employed here throughout the years. We have become accustomed to the fact that the United Party, instead of coming forward with something new, merely repeats the same charges and arguments over and over again. That is why they have alienated the confidence of the electorate. I do not propose therefore to set out my attitude once again. I have made my attitude sufficiently clear. I just want to point out also that after that stage the debate assumed a deplorable form; it turned into a play upon words, a quarrel over what people had allegedly said or had not said, with different meanings attached to a certain form of expression. What on earth does anybody achieve by doing this; what does it produce that is of any value to the national cause? I want to mention a few examples. When we were discussing economic integration we clearly had in mind the question of integration or otherwise of people in our economic life. In this connection I said that I did not believe in it; that we believe in economic separation. Quite clearly the expression in that context referred to persons in our industrial life or in our economic life generally. It is perfectly clear that in saying that I was indicating, as I had often indicated before, that this party did not believe that in our economic life there should be an amalgamation or a fusion or integration between White and non-White. I do not propose to go again into the obvious difference, as far as terminology is concerned, between hon. members on the other side and members on this side, as to what precisely constitutes “integration”. It is quite obvious that they want to interpret the word “integration” as meaning the mere presence of non-Whites in an industry. According to the United Party the mere presence of non-Whites in an industry means that they have been integrated economically. Our attitude, of course, is that that is the wrong meaning to attach to it and that one cannot talk about the integration of people in our economic life unless they have been fully absorbed to form part of our economic life. It is only when they have been absorbed in our economic life, both as workers and as entrepreneurs, when they can become partners, when they can become the heads, when White and non-White can be thrown together indiscriminately at every level of our economic life, that one can talk about economic integration. We say that that is where United Party policy would lead, but in that sense we do not have economic integration. In that sense we are in favour of separation in the economic sphere. Having explained that— I do not want to enlarge upon it—I just want to deal with what happened here this afternoon. I do not know whether it was done deliberately or because of a misconception but this issue was confused with the question of integration or separation or co-operation between territories, between the Republic of South Africa and neighbouring territories, or between the White areas of South Africa and Bantu areas. It was said that my attitude revealed that we believe in economic separation between as many as seven areas in Zululand, or whatever the number may be. Of course I said nothing of the kind. We on this side have stated perfectly clearly over and over again that we believe in political independence and economic interdependence. This refers to the relationship in the economic sphere between territories, between states, between neighbours, but it has nothing to do with my use of the term “economic separation” in respect of the absorbtion or otherwise of persons in the industrial life of this country. Why cause such confusion; what useful purpose does it serve? That is one example. I want to mention a second example of a useless play upon words—and I make this charge against the hon. members for Yeoville (Mr. S. J. M. Steyn) and Hillbrow (Dr. Steenkamp). They quoted here what I and others are alleged to have said in 1950, in 1959 and on other occasions. It was pointed out, amongst other things, that I had said in 1950—and I do not deny it—that we visualized the retention of the White man’s guardianship over the Bantu areas that were being developed. Other members are alleged to have said that they did not know how long this would last, that it would last a long time and that what might very well happen—I think so myself—was that the relationships might become so harmonious that these people would not ask for greater independence in the shape of self-government. Such things were certainly said. The world of 1950 is not the world of 1965. At that stage both Dr. Malan and I said that under the then prevailing circumstances the time was not ripe. In saying that we indicated perfectly clearly that in determining what is practical politics, apart from one’s long-term ideal, one must take into account what the prevailing circumstances may necessitate or make possible.

In 1946, when General Smuts was at UNO, he could not foresee this movement towards the emancipation of the Africa States. Plans were then devised for a junior partnership in Kenya and Tanganyika. They thought that this would last for 20 year, but it was thrown overboard within the space of five years; it ended in independence and, within a few years after independence, there was an infiltration of Russian influence. Could anybody foresee all these things? One will naturally have one’s own views in the light of the circumstances prevailing at the time as to whether one can retain one’s guardianship. One may find in the course of time that that is not what will happen, but that is neither here nor there. The main difference between the policy of the National Party and the consequences that the National Party is prepared to accept, and the United Party and the consequences that the United Party is prepared to accept, or that will follow in any event even if it does not want to accept them (just as in our case)—the difference which is now debatable before the electorate of South Africa, and in regard to which the voters in every constituency will have to give their decision—lies in the attitudes of the parties when they go to the electorate. We have left the public in no doubt as far as our attitude is concerned, and that is that if the Bantu states are to obtain independence —it will probably have to come—then that would be better in our opinion than to turn the whole of South Africa into one multiracial nation, into one community, with all the misery that would result from it, as the history of Africa over the past few years has proved. That is the choice. Why all these reproaches about having said one thing at one time and saying another thing now? After all, it makes no impression upon sensible people.

Let me refer to a few other debating points made by the Leader of the Opposition himself. He made great play of the fact, as they constantly do, that we talk about “White South Africa”. Who determines to whom a state belongs? Surely in the first place one asks oneself who the people are who brought that state into being. One asks oneself: Who were the settlers who came to this country; who developed the country; who guided and built up the State? Secondly, one asks oneself:

Who governs the State? That is what determines to whom the State belongs.
*HON. MEMBERS:

The entire State?

*The PRIME MINISTER:

I am not dealing with silly things now; I am dealing with the realities of the present political position of our country. The people who are governing here are the Whites; the people who brought this State into being are the Whites; the people who settled this country are the Whites. [Interjections.] No, certain parts of the present South Africa were not settled by Whites; they were settled by the Bantu, and those areas should rightfully go, in the form in which they have existed to this day, to those whose forebears settled those areas. Surely it must be clear that when one talks about “White South Africa” one refers to the State in terms of settlement and in terms of government, and that one is justified in calling South Africa a White State. There are some members who point out that when the Bantu’s separate rights are recognized, you will still have Coloureds and Indians here, the suggestion being that we are not entitled to talk about a “White State”. But let us look, for the sake of clarity, at what is happening in Malaya, for example. There we have a state in which the Malays constitute the majority group, but there are two other large population groups, groups with separate languages, with separate origins, which have also been there for generations, namely the Indians and the Chinese. Is Malaya regarded as a sort of Chino-Indio-Malaya? Or is it regarded as Malaya, the country of the Malays? Let us take another example, that of Ceylon. In Ceylon there is a minority group, the Tamils, who are Indians by descent, with a language of their own and a national identity of their own. They have citizenship rights in the country and they complain about oppression. But they are not Ceylonese at all. How would you describe Ceylon? As the country of the Tamils and the Ceylonese? No, you describe it as Ceylon, the country of the Ceylonese. There one has to do with certain groups who have been living there for a long time; they are not all the same; they are entirely different, as different as we are from the Bantu, as different as we are from the Indians. Let me take another example. In Britain there has recently been an influx of a large number of Jamaicans and other non-Whites. They have been absorbed there to such an extent that Britain proposes to give them franchise and other citizenship rights because they come from Commonwealth countries. Has that made Britain a multi-racial country; has it made Britain a Coloured state? Or is Britain still the country of the English; is it still the Britishers’ country? Can we describe Britain as a White country, or can we no longer talk about Britain as a White country because of the presence of a minority group in that country in which the Government is obviously a White Government—a minority group with whose creation they had nothing to do, with whose development they had nothing to do? If all this is true, why on earth should the United Party begrudge us the right in South Africa, a country governed by Whites, a State established by Whites, to talk about our fatherland as “White South Africa”?

I do not deny that we also have and will continue to have minority groups in our country—Coloureds and Indians; but that fact does not alter the real character of the country. The United Party, however, wants integration with the other population groups so as to bring about one multi-racial nation in the hope that those groups will give it the necessary support to get into power, support which it cannot get from the Whites in this country; that is why the United Party pleads for a mixed society. Sir, I think that disposes of the accusations which are continually made against us when we talk about “White South Africa”.

I want to come now to the question which I said I would deal with further, and that is the position of the Coloured community. Let us go back for a moment and ask ourselves of what value the United Party’s policy was to the Coloured community. Before 1948 the United Party also accepted that the Coloureds formed part of this common society. The Coloureds were on the Common Voters’ Roll and the United Party wanted to treat the Coloureds as a section forming part of one common society. What benefits did this give to the Coloureds? In the political sphere the United Party courted the Coloureds purely for the sake of their votes whenever there was an election, but for the next five years after the election they were never properly consulted. It is true that there were a few isolated cases where Coloureds received a certain amount of recognition, where they were employed by municipalities, or where they were absorbed in some church or in some social group, but in actual fact the masses of Coloureds derived no benefit from this so-called partnership in this so-called common society. The National Party recognized that fact, of course, and this was what gave rise to the birth of its policy of acknowledging the existence of heterogeneous groups! It adopted the attitude that the policy of separation was the best policy to ensure that justice was done to both the Whites and the Coloureds, viewed as two separate national groups with big differences between them, quite apart from the question of colour but also as far as colour is concerned. We then deliberately accepted as our policy the concept of separation; we accepted it not with the object of appropriating all the benefits for ourselves, but in order to create the opportunity both for the Whites on the one hand and for the Coloured community on the other to develop as separate communities within which each community would have the opportunity and the right to develop to the maximum of human ability. I am not suggesting that the maximum ability of development is precisely the same in both cases. I say that quite clearly, but I want to state here unambiguously that the principle on which this Government was elected, on which it has built over a period of 17 years and on which it will continue to build so as to complete this process more and more, is the principle of separation between the two groups of the community, a separation which will exist not only in the one sphere—let us say the political sphere—but which will also exist in the residential sphere and in every sphere of community life.

*Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

And in the economic sphere?

*The PRIME MINISTER:

Hon. members on the other side are not anxious to know what our true policy is with a view to arguing the matter. What they are anxious to do is to hinder one because they want to mislead the public. I propose to take no notice of these interjections, therefore. I hope I have now made my point perfectly clearly that the attitude of this Government, the policy on which this Government was elected and by which it will stand or fall, is that there must be separation.

*Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

Separate factories?

*The CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member must not interrupt continually. If he wishes to put a question he should do so in the customary manner.

*The PRIME MINISTER:

I am trying to comply with the request which came from the entire Opposition, and that is to give a clear picture of our policy; and if hon. members opposite were in earnest in putting forward that request, then I think the least they can do is to give me an opportunity to deal with that request in a serious way. I can deal with them in a political way, as they know well enough, but I want to avoid doing so this evening, if possible.

I have said that that is the one principle, but that principle has been interpreted as though it means a lack of positive intentions in dealing with the Coloureds and as though we are simply out to grab everything for the White man. I want to say specifically that that is not the case. The basic principle is that there will be separation because separation is really and actually in the interests of both groups. Let me start by applying this immediately to the one sphere in regard to which certain questions were first put to me, namely, the sphere of entertainment and the other social phenomena that we have had to deal with. I want to say at once that it is not my intention to deal with the individual cases which have been raised here, such as the Luxurama Theatre or the Wynberg Town Hall. These are matters which fall under the Ministers concerned, who administer the Act and the regulations, and I hope that the hon. the Minister of Planning, who is present here, will still have the opportunity this evening of dealing with those specific points. But my duty, as I see it, is to give a clear policy picture; to outline in unambiguous language the broad lines of the party’s policy, as I now propose to do. I say that the basic idea of separation is to give each of the two national groups the best one can. I think it has been proved that the Coloureds got practically nothing out of the old dispensation, which is the set-up that the United Party wishes to re-introduce. Under that dispensation the Coloured was given few opportunities of advancement in the economic sphere. But in the cultural sphere, too, in the sphere of Coloured education, in the sphere of entertainment. in every sphere, he remained just an appendage, a small appendage, a weak appendage, an appendage that had to be fed through the body of the White community and which thereafter simply had to vegetate without being able to develop and to achieve anything for itself. As against that we in the National Party want to make the Coloured an individual in his own right in all these spheres, a self-developing unit, a community which will be able to get and to utilize its chances, a community which will be able to govern itself in all matters directly affecting it, in matters such as Coloured welfare and Coloured education. I will deal separately in a moment with the political aspect. I want to proceed now to apply to these other spheres this principle of affording opportunities of development. I have already referred to the sphere of education. When we established the separate universities for the Coloureds it was also attacked as a means of oppression. But what did we actually do? We took the Coloured student away from universities where he had to play second fiddle and third fiddle and sometimes fifth fiddle, and we gave him an opportunity to develop self-respect in his own university, to develop respect for his nation, to feel that it was his duty to take upon himself the leadership of his own people, and to have himself educated for that purpose. He has now gained experience in the community circle of the university, which is a reflection in miniature of the broader community life outside. By giving him his own university, therefore, the Coloured has been given the opportunity to allow fundamental developmental work to be undertaken as far as his own intellect is concerned, but to do it in the interests of his own people. As a result of the establishment of his own university he now has the prospect of being taught in due course by his own professors and lecturers; he has the prospect of his own university being under the control of his own rector and of the university having its own university council and its own university senate. Can this be compared with anything that could be achieved under the policy of integration? But that is true not only in the sphere of education; it is also true in the sphere of entertainment. What hope have the Coloured masses of ever getting anywhere in the field of entertainment and of achieving a higher standard in the sphere of entertainment if they do not have the opportunities; if they can only go to the cinemas and theatres of the Whites? Who are the people who would wish to go there? Some of the Coloured Representatives have made reference here to the way in which we are unnecessarily hurting the feelings of Coloureds with regard to the question of attending a certain performance, a performance which in any case is attended by no more than about nine Coloureds. That is not our ideal as to the opportunities that should be given to the Coloureds in this sphere. Our ideal is that the masses of the Coloureds should be given the same privileges which these nine Coloureds enjoy but that they should be given these privileges amongst their own people at tariffs within their financial means. We do not want them to constitute the audiences only. We want to make it possible for them also to be the performers. And how can one develop any group of performers unless they are assured of an audience? Must they be dependent. once they have formed a group like the Eoan Group, upon White audiences; must their survival as a group of performers be dependent upon White audiences, or must it be based on their achievements before their own people, supported by their own people? Hon. members opposite seek to create the impression that this goal is unattainable. But 50 years ago it also seemed to be unattainable to the Afrikaner. I predict that within the foreseeable future, within a reasonable time, with the proper community development of the Coloureds by means of concentration in their own residential areas, with the development that we will promote, large useful halls of their own will come to be erected in their immediate neighbourhood, halls which will be suitable for every type of entertainment; I predict that, the whole community will get away from the state of affairs which the representatives of the Coloureds themselves mentioned, a state of affairs in which at the present time they are not keen to go to their own halls in their own neighbourhood because of fear that they will be molested there by skollies and therefore prefer to go to White cinemas. What a terrible indictment against a section of that community! We want to make all this something of the past; we would like these people to develop into a community group which is able to maintain itself, even against the disorderly elements in its own midst, so that they can live their own cultural life in their own community circle, in their own residential area and so that there will be no necessity for them to flee to the White man’s area.

When steps were recently taken in this direction, it was not done with the object of oppression as it has been so wrongly represented in public. Indeed, this is part of the process of developing the Coloured community and promoting their own interests. Why did we establish the Department of Community Development? It was not established just to provide these people with housing; it is not just a Department of Housing. We also hope, by means of these new residential areas, to be able to mould them into communities which will be able to take care of themselves in every respect, which will be self-sufficient and which will be able to find happiness there, a community that does not lose its leaders because there are political and other groups outside of the Coloured community who for their own purposes try to entice the few Coloured leaders away from the broad masses so that they can use those leaders for their own purposes. We shall see to it that these people retain their own leaders so that they can play their part not only in the development of their fellow-citizens but lead them on the road towards that development. This policy has a positive character therefore which is of the greatest value, but it is being belittled in the Press and in attacks such as these so as to bring the outside world under the impression that what we are doing is to oppress the Coloureds! Sir, when this policy is discussed in public and when journalists write about it in their newspapers, why is this positive aspect, which we have explained over and over again, never emphasized? What pleasure do they get in refusing to let it become known that there is this positive aspect to the Government’s policy? Why do they carefully conceal it so that the whole world is brought under the impression that this is a mean trick on the part of the Government? And why does the entire Opposition associate itself with that movement? Why? I think we are justified in strongly criticizing the United Party in connection with this abuse of the situation.

As far as the sphere of entertainment is concerned. we are now told that there was a different tradition; that the tradition in the sphere of entertainment was that the Coloureds had access to certain halls, that in the sphere of sport they had access to sportsgrounds, etc. In the first place it is true that in certain respects, in the Cape particularly, in the Boland (Western Province), the Coloureds had an opportunity to attend various cinemas under certain segregation arrangements and to attend sports gatherings and the like. It is true that there was such a custom and there is a long history attached to it. But at the same time this custom. which was a traditional one, was ruined later on by persons who tried to abuse it. It was really on the basis of segregation that the Coloureds attended these places; in other cases where they had access to certain halls, it was for the purposes of attending purely Coloured functions. Where they attended cinemas at which Whites were also present, the two groups were segregated. It was a later development, an almost willfull development, inspired by Liberals, in terms of which an attempt was made to let Whites and non-Whites sit together on such occasions; to allow them to mix socially. That was not the old tradition. This willfull campaign has been grossly intensified in recent times, and the result is that where as otherwise it might have been possible to bring about segregation gradually through the sheer powers of attraction of this developing community, on the basis on which we are dealing with the matter, it has now become essential to take steps against these various abuses which have been set in motion deliberately, inter alia, by people with political motives. In saying this I refer inter alia to the Progressive Party, whose representatives first raised the matter in this House. I want to add that when one is faced with an attack one must meet that attack and one must do so as quickly as possible in the interests of both the Coloureds and the Whites. After all, it is common knowledge that the policy of this Government is one of separation in all spheres. And we did not leave it at “separation in all spheres”: we did not leave it at “separation in the political sphere” and “residential segregation”; we also made it perfectly clear that it included “social separation”. When we started implementing this policy, particularly as it unfolded in connection with the development of group areas, which goes hand in hand with this policy, it was clearly provided for in the Act that in order to facilitate the transition, use would be made of a permit system which was deliberately introduced. The permit system does not represent a different policy. It is simply a method whereby, in carrying out the policy on which we were elected and which we have every intention of carrying out in the interests of both communities, an attempt will be made to give relief where possible. We are making use of the permit system therefore to try to solve problems that may arise and to make concessions where it is reasonable to do so. not only from the point of view of the Coloureds but also from the point of view of the White community whose views we also have to take into account. But what do we find? We not only find that what actually happens is continually misrepresented but that incidents are deliberately created, and having been forced now, because of abuses which have taken place, to set out the method of application of the policy in clearer terms, we find that an attempt is now being made to exploit the permit system in such a way that it inevitably creates practical problems for the authority administering the system. The aim in doing this is to create an opportunity once again for attacks to be made, both internally and externally, upon the Government, and to attack the attitude of the White man towards the non-White. Sir, this is tantamount to sabotage of the policy of the State, it is a form of sabotage which this Government does not intend to allow. I hope that it is clear therefore that in terms of the principle which is involved here in respect of all forms of social intercourse. including entertainment and sport, we are obliged to adopt the attitude that we must help the Coloured to build up and see to it that they build up their own community life in those particular spheres; that they have their own facilities and their own teams of entertainers, audiences and visitors. We are going to see to it that they have their own facilities in every sphere in spite of opposition from the United Party who simply want to turn the Coloureds into a sort of appendage of theirs for their own selfish purposes. In spite of the United Party and all its attacks we are going to give these people a community development to which they themselves (the United Party) will be able to point with pride in later years, as has happened so often before once our policy has been fully implemented.

But there is another issue in connection with the Coloureds to which I also have to refer and that is the question of their political position. Are these people free at the present time or are they not free? Are they or are they not to be given sovereignty? In this connection one must look again at the situation with which we are confronted here. It is a very simple and a perfectly clear situation. If we eliminate the Bantu from our political life and ignore them in the situation that we are considering here, then the position is that we have a White majority in South Africa and two minority groups. What happens to minority groups in other countries? Even where minority groups have the vote, the position is that their chances of getting into power are very slight, unless they hold the balance of power between two equally strong parties, two majority groups, and the result is that they are powerless. The great grievance of the Tamils in Ceylon, for example, and the great grievance of the Madhis and the Sikhs in India is that as minority groups they are powerless and that they have absolutely no say therefore. If the minority group becomes the tail that wags the dog because it happens to hold the balance of power between two equally strong parties, a colossal injustice is done towards the majority of the people because then it means that the minority rules the majority. But unless that happens, that minority has nothing; it can achieve nothing and such a minority, which has nothing, although it seemingly has a share in the control, although it seemingly has rights, has no real control over anything that it can put to its own productive use. Surely it is much better then to give such a minority group limited powers and opportunities. That is the basis of our policy. One must not only ask for separate freedoms in the sense of freedom for a minority, freedom which is equivalent to the sovereignty of the entire nation. It stands to reason that the position of power of the majority in a state is such that the control of the State is in the hands of the majority. But when we give our minority groups something which the Chinese and the Indians in Malaya would dearly like to have and that the Tamils in Ceylon would dearly like to have, why should we be accused of unfair treatment of these minority groups to whom we want to give something which practically no minority group has ever been given in any State in the history of the world? Because what is being given to them is self-government over matters which are of real importance to them. That is what we are doing, and the privileged treatment of the two minority groups in South Africa lies in the fact that we are prepared to allow bodies to be developed for them which will be parliamentary in character, which will exercise control over all matters which affect them as a group and which one can entrust to them within the group. It is true that for the rest, in respect of foreign affairs, in respect of taxation and in respect of other similar matters, they will be subject to the authority of the entire State which is controlled by the majority group of the population. That is true but the position would be no different if they had a sham vote, except that the sham vote would enable them in the circumstances to which I have referred to do an injustice to the majority group.

If we look at this matter from the point of view of justice therefore, we must look at it from every angle. We must ask ourselves which people are going to benefit and in what way you can best serve the interests of everybody, even if it means that the one gets slightly less than the other. That is the honest and right way to view this matter.

Hon. members of the Opposition can now go and represent the position to the outside world as though we are committing an injustice here; they can go and tell the outside world that we are not giving sovereignty to the minority groups within our sovereign state; that we would only be doing justice to them if we gave them a minority share in the control of the State, but I say that this concept as we are developing it is much more honest, much more genuine, much more valuable to these groups, than to give them sham representation here by means of constitutional means and by ensuring at the same time by means of an entrenched section in the Constitution that the White man retains absolute supremacy, as the United Party proposes to do.

All that remains for me to do is to say a few words about the question as to why we have said that we are not going to allow Whites to interfere in matters which affect the non-White groups themselves. What I am concerned with here in the first place is the hard fact that we are instituting various forms of self-government in the Transkei and in the other Bantu areas, and also for the Indians and the Coloureds. In each of these cases these people are being given a council, a body of their own, which is being given jurisdiction over matters which are of real importance to them. What right would the Government have, in respect of all the machinery which it is giving these people to regulate their own affairs, to serve their own interests, to allow other people—the Progressive Party, the Liberal Party or anybody else—to go and interfere in the affairs of the Transkeian Parliament and to try to influence those people, by means of intrigue or the spending of money, to do the things that they (the Parties concerned) want, so as to give them an opportunity to come and make fresh demands in this Parliament and in this House? What right have they to misuse the Transkeian Parliament in an attempt to cause trouble in the Republic of South Africa? What right have those people to deprive the Bantu of the first opportunity given to them to control their own interests and their own affairs? And if they have no right to meddle there and to misuse the form of government which is coming into being in another state, what right have they then to deprive the Coloureds, or for that matter the Indians, of the right to manage their own affairs in accordance with their own views and in accordance with their own line of thinking? What right have they to poke their noses into the welfare work that the Coloureds want to do amongst their own people in their own way? What right have they to try to exercise any influence over the educational trends which the Coloureds may wish to follow in their own schools and in their own university once they are under their control? I say therefore that it would be an injustice for the Government which seeks in terms of its policy of separation to give something positive to a community, to make it possible for that community to build itself up—to allow groups of Whites, outside of the sphere of their interests and their rights, to deprive those people of guidance and leadership by means of all sorts of forms of intrigue, designed not to promote the real welfare of those people but to promote their own selfish interests.

I frankly admit that in terms of our Constitution, apart from the Coloured Council which is to be established, the Coloureds must be represented in this Parliament by Whites. I accept that that is right in terms of the Constitution, and in that sense I accept that there must be contacts between Whites and Coloureds with regard to matters which are discussed in this Parliament and which affect their interests. In other words, I do not deny that it is the duty and the right of the White representatives of the Coloureds to go and consult with their people and to come here to state their attitude, and I accept that when elections are held they must naturally go and tell their Coloured constituents what attitude they would adopt here on behalf of them. But what is their duty? Must they come here to act as interpreters of what the Coloured community regards as being in its own interests, as evidenced by its vote and its choice of candidate, or must they secure election by bringing the Coloureds, under the wrong impression, as the Progressive Party did—I am not accusing the United Party in this connection—that they are coming here to promote the interests of the Coloureds? [Laughter]. The United Party in greeting this statement with laughter, is telling the hon. member for Houghton (Mrs. Suzman) that she and her people ought to go all out at the next election to kick out the two Coloured representatives of this House who represent the United Party and the one independent Coloured representative; that is what they are doing. [Interjections]. That is why I say that it is also the duty of the Government, to the best of its ability—and I admit that it is a difficult task—to ensure that the Coloureds, of their own volition, send to this Parliament those Whites who they believe will best represent the true and real interests of the Coloureds.

Mrs. SUZMAN:

In other words, only Nationalists.

*The PRIME MINISTER:

I do not believe that they must be Nationalists; I do not believe that they must be Progressives and I do not believe that they must be members of the United Party. I believe that they must be independent representatives of the Coloureds who will interpret the true interests of the Coloureds. [Interjections.]

Mrs. SUZMAN:

Is the Prime Minister saying that the people who he thinks must represent the Coloureds must be people of his choice?

*The PRIME MINISTER:

Not at all. I want no part at all in the choice of those people. What I want to happen is that the Coloureds amongst themselves, whether they do it on party lines or not, should decide upon the policy directions which they feel are in the interests of their population; that they should argue the matter amongst themselves, uninfluenced by Whites, and that those who receive the support of the Coloured voters should then decide which people should represent them here. I want to take no part in it and my party wants to take no part in it. I do not want the hon. member for Houghton to try to dominate them and I do not want the United Party to do so either. What I want here is a true interpretation, by independent members, on behalf of the Coloured population, of the innermost thoughts of the Coloured population, even if I do not like what they say. [Interjections.]

I think I have said enough now to indicate clearly the broad policy directions followed by the Government. I say again that I am sorry, in the light of this debate, that we have not had more opportunity to discuss and to argue real problems of this kind in a calm fashion, but the United Party chose to discuss a matter which really should have been discussed under the separate Votes. I am sorry that in giving this policy exposition, which I wanted to give very calmly, I was provoked by the other side into giving a certain amount of emotional colour to it; I do not want to do so and I am sorry about it, but I think it will be a good thing in the future if the Prime Minister’s Vote is used to discuss the real, basic problems of this country.

*HON. MEMBERS:

Hear, hear!

*The PRIME MINISTER:

By means of proper analysis from both sides we can then give the public a true picture of the directions that we want to follow. I have done my best to do so but I must naturally confine myself in my reply to the attack from the other side. When the hon. the Leader of the Opposition starts talking about agricultural matters I cannot talk about international affairs or about Coloured affairs. When hon. members come here with the same old story about the Bantu I cannot ignore them; I must reply to them and that I have done here.

The Leader of the Opposition pointed out to me in passing yesterday that I was wrong and that there was in fact an agricultural debate under the Prime Minister’s Vote in 1946. That is correct, but I was not aware of it. I admit that I did not know it. However, that was years and years ago, which shows that the Prime Minister’s Vote is not the appropriate place to discuss agricultural matters. I might say that their own chairman in those days drew the attention of members of this House to the fact that the Prime Minister’s Vote was not really the appropriate place to discuss agricultural matters. They did not heed his admonition but their own chairman, who naturally had very great respect for the United Party of those days, sounded this warning note—I take it after consultation with the experts in respect of parliamentary usages— that it was wrong to do so. All I am doing now is to repeat what the chairman of the United Party said at that time and that is that they acted here in a way which to my mind does not appear to be appropriate or useful to South Africa. I leave hon. members opposite to stew in their own juice.

Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

I take it I must deduce from the remarks of the hon. the Prime Minister that the serious drought from which this country is suffering, with its threat to the agricultural industry, is not one of the serious problems with which this country is faced. From what the Prime Minister has said, I must assume that the variations in policy of this Government and the finer developments during the past ten or 12 years in that policy are not of fundamental importance. I take it that the position of the Coloured people is also not of fundamental importance.

*The PRIME MINISTER:

I said yesterday that agriculture is important, but that it should be discussed at the proper time.

Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

The Prime Minister knows as well as I do that what he has been saying about the Coloureds could have been discussed under the Vote of the Minister of Coloured Affairs, and he knows that Native Affairs could have been discussed under the Vote of that Minister, and he knows that agriculture could have been discussed under his Vote. These are matters of fundamental importance at the present time, and they have been raised under his Vote, because they are not just the responsibility of one Minister, but they are so important at present that they are matters of Cabinet responsibility and of vital importance to the people.

The hon. gentleman has given us an idea of the philosophy underlying his attitude towards the Coloured people. I want to say to him that I do not believe I have ever heard a better case made out in this House for the Coloured people being represented by their own people than what we have just heard. He does not want their representatives, to be attached to any political party. He does not want them to exploit the position for their own political advantage. He wants them to interpret for him the soul of the Coloured people. Who could do that better than representatives of their own people? He told us that he takes no notice of allegations that there are members on that side of the House who believe that this is the right step. You know, Sir, some of us have longer memories. We remember the campaign in the Burger, the organ of the Nationalist Party in the Cape Province, for just this step to be taken. We remember the conference that had to be held at the Goodwood Showgrounds. We remember the speech the Prime Minister had to go and make at Swellendam to crush that movement in his own party. Nobody knows better than he does how strong that movement is, and no one has done more to advance it to-day than the Prime Minister himself.

Now, what is this talk from the hon. the Prime Minister that there must be no interference by Whites in non-White politics? Since when has this become the policy of the Nationalist Party? One remembers when there were Bantu representatives in this House and that candidates were put up by the Nationalist Party both for this House and the Senate. Nobody worried about interfering then, but when they found that those people did not vote for the Nationalist Party, then we got this development. What was the position during the elections for Coloureds’ Representatives in the Karoo last year, when one of the candidates standing was Mr. Scholtz, the honorary president of the Nationalist Party Branch in Springbok?

An HON. MEMBER:

He was not standing as an official member of the Nationalist Party.

Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

No, he was not officially appointed, but they accepted his R1,000 donation which he gave to the branch. [Interjection.] The whole trouble is that this Nationalist Party, as the hon. the Minister of Finance said the other day in another context, are like the Bourbons; they forget nothing and they learn nothing. The trouble with them is that their original idea in respect of the Coloureds was that they should be on a separate roll and should have second-class members of Parliament who would not have the full rights of an ordinary Member of Parliament. That is really what they are up to; that is really in their hearts. I am afraid this is just another example of the attitude of this Government towards the Cape Coloured people.

Let us look at this philosophy. The Prime Minister advised the Coloured people this evening to follow the example of the Afrikaner to develop on his own, to develop his own culture and to develop economically and to develop his own amusements and entertainments. [Interjections.] I wonder how the Afrikaner people, my people and the Prime Minister’s people, would have felt if they had been restricted economically and politically as the Coloured people are to-day. I wonder what their development would have been if they had been limited in their cultural opportunities by ministerial direction and legislation in the way in which this Government is limiting the cultural opportunities of the Coloureds at present.

The PRIME MINISTER:

We are expanding them.

Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

The Prime Minister says we are expanding them, but they are denied the opportunity of attaining culture by the precept and example of others, making it more and more difficult for them to enjoy those things on which they could build. Does the Prime Minister think for a moment that the Eoan Group, of which hon. members opposite are so proud and of which they talk so much, would ever have got where it has got unless it had had White patronage and had been assisted by White people? Does he not think that from that they may develop and probably will develop something outstanding for the Coloureds? But where would it have been if it had been denied that assistance which it got from the White community? I am sorry, but there is a fundamental difference of approach between the Prime Minister and this side of the House. You see, Sir, they are so obsessed with their idea of separation that they even took away the subsidy from the Eoan Group because it appeared before mixed audiences.

HON. MEMBERS:

Shame!

Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

How foolish can people become in their pursuit of an ideology, and how stupid can they become when they try and rationalize it in this House! I want to tell the Prime Minister that he is doing South Africa a disservice to-night in trying once again to emphasize the points of difference between the Coloureds and the Whites. I would have thought, situated as we are on the southernmost point of a Black continent, we could ill afford to lose allies of that kind. I believe it will take many generations of immigrants before they have as much in common with the White population as the Coloured people have. [Time limit.]

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

The hon. member for Bezuidenhout (Mr. J. D. du P. Basson) accused this party of being responsible for attacks from abroad and said that we must be careful, because the Western countries are at this very moment making plans to destroy us, and that this party is responsible for that. According to the Sunday Times he is the obvious successor to the Leader of the Opposition, and I can only say this to the Leader of the Opposition: He and the hon. member for Bezuidenhout may judge for themselves which party is responsible for the fact that harm is being done to South Africa abroad. I can only refer to a quotation from the Star of 16 March, in which reference is made to the documents bearing on the pending case in which we are being charged by Liberia and Ethiopia, and this quotation reads as follows—

The two African states brought evaluations of apartheid by a fairly selective cross-section of people whom they consider to be authoritative and to possess first-hand knowledge of South Africa and South West Africa. Amongst those quoted are Prof. Edgar Brookes, Archbishop Joost de Blank, the Hon. Van der Sandt Centlivres, Donald Molteno. Bernard Friedman. Albert Luthuli, Nelson Mandela and Japie Basson.

[Laughter.] The hon. member for Bezuidenhout has accused us of doing things which cause the West to attack us. Here those Opposition members are being quoted by our attackers and the leading figures in that Party are being quoted against South Africa.

*An HON. MEMBER:

Japie probably wants to win the Nobel prize.

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

The Leader of the Opposition accused us of depriving the Coloureds of their cultural amenities, and he referred to the Eoan Group and said that they would not have achieved what they have achieved if it had not been for Whites. The fact of the matter is that the Eoan Group held performances in the City Hall the week before last. They were not prohibited from holding performances there, as the hon. member for Peninsula (Mr. Bloomberg) said they were. They were granted the necessary permit to hold such performances.

Mr. GAY:

Where is the subsidy?

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

The hon. member for Peninsula said that they had been banned, but that is not a true reflection of the position. The hon. member spoke twice this afternoon and referred to quite a number of matters in regard to which I feel I must correct his facts. The fact of the matter is that, as the Prime Minister said, we refuse to live multiracially. In the social sphere and in sport there is also a tendency to want to live apart. But attempts are being made to undermine this approach as far as these spheres are concerned, and particularly in the Peninsula it is still being said that an old tradition is continuing. The fact of the matter is that we are establishing separate group areas, and that more than 750 group areas have already been established in this country. As far as residential areas are concerned, a systematic and rapid process of separation is therefore taking place. The larger part of our towns has already been proclaimed. This necessitates a larger measure of separation in these other spheres as well. Since 1960 the position in terms of the existing proclamation has been that no mixing of races has been allowed in cinemas or clubs or restaurants. But the proclamation of February this year extended this prohibition to apply to mixed audiences at places of entertainment as well. That proclamation also amounted to this, that once any particular area has been proclaimed for some race or other, members of another race cannot, for purposes of entertainment, make use of public places of entertainment there, unless they obtain a permit. There can also be no mixing of races at such places in uncontrolled areas unless a permit is obtained. All these matters can therefore be arranged by way of permit.

The hon. member mentioned quite a number of examples. He said the Coloureds were prohibited to make use of the Cape Town City Hall, but that is not correct. I have a copy of the relevant permit here, and they are allowed to continue attending Sunday evening concerts, but separate facilities have to be provided. So there is no total prohibition in this regard. The City Council holds different views on the matter. They made representations to me and said that they wanted to continue with the “special relationship of the orchestra to the ratepayers of the city, and the wisdom of leaving undisturbed the happy traditions of audiences at concerts of the Cape Town Orchestra by expunging the conditions.” But the fact of the matter is that, while this position obtained here, representations had been made by other newspapers, before this proclamation was issued. I can just refer to what The Star said in January, 1965—

Why. if it allows mixed audiences to listen to the Cape Town and Durban orchestras, does it not want Adam Faith to sing to mixed audiences?

The next day The Rand Daily Mail made the same demand—

There is to be legislation to sort out this matter. So much the better.

Demands were therefore made that this matter should be put right. And as far as the City Council is concerned, the matter has been put right and they have been told to provide separate facilities, and they have been given a certain time to provide separate facilities. Therefore they have every opportunity to do so. No permit has been refused as yet as far as the City Hall is concerned, although the requirement has been laid down that separate facilities must be provided as far as these mixed audiences are concerned. The hon. member also referred to an athletics meeting held at Green Point, a cycling event. I do not know whether he is referring to the meeting held there by the Coloured Cycling Association, or the one held by the White Association. I do not know what the circumstances were as far as the White meeting was concerned, but the Coloureds also held a meeting and they applied for a permit, and I have a copy of the permit here, which says that “Whites and non-Whites be allowed and that they use separate entrances, seating accommodation, etc.”

*Mr. HOLLAND:

But what about the White one?

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

I shall tell you what happened there. They were not turned away because no permit had been issued. A permit had in fact been issued, but these conditions had to be fulfilled. The same happened in the case of this Coloured organization. They went to the Cape Town City Council and said, “We have a permit and we want the separate facilities there”. The City Council said that they could not provide these facilities, and then the Coloured organization came back and asked for a permit for Coloureds only, which was granted. Then they asked permission to use White starters, which was also granted. But the fact of the matter is that as a result of all this the City Council has now seen to it that separate facilities are provided at Green Point. These facilities have been virtually completed. If they want to continue holding meetings there in terms of this permit, it will therefore be considered, but they were granted a permit to do so, and with the facilities that have now been provided they can go there. It was therefore not a case of their having been prohibited from going there.

The hon. member also referred to the Luxurama. At the time the proclamation was issued the statement was made that we were depriving the Coloureds of the Luxurama. It was announced to the world that we would apply that proclamation in such a way that the Luxurama would be taken away from the Coloureds and used for the Whites. This was what the world was told, although the very opposite was done. I have already pointed out that 12 days before the proclamation concerned the owner of the Luxurama submitted a request to the Minister of Community Development in which he wrote as follows—

I respectfully submit for the consideration of the hon. the Minister of Community Development the following: I am prepared to convert the Luxurama Theatre to the purpose for which it was originally intended, viz. a theatre for the Cape Coloured community only, a centre for the cultural advancement of the community, as well as a place of entertainment. [Time limit.]
Mr. BLOOMBERG:

I should like to say immediately that I am very disappointed with the reply we have received from the hon. the Prime Minister this evening with regard to the representations made from this side of the House to him in connection with the unfortunate position which obtains in Cape Town and the Cape generally as the result of the policy statement made by the Prime Minister himself at Port Elizabeth last August. During the course of the debate this afternoon I was at pains to explain to the Prime Minister a very serious position which obtains in Cape Town, and how we have gradually whittled away whatever remaining goodwill there was between the Coloured people and the White people. I was at pains to point out to the Prime Minister the extreme hardships which these people were suffering and would continue to suffer unless there was a change of policy on the part of the Government. I addressed my remarks to the Prime Minister because I regard him as being the only man in this country who would be able to bring about a change in the unsatisfactory and undesirable state of affairs which presently exists. I say that because it was his policy statement which started this trouble, and he is the only man who can end it. I was hoping that the Prime Minister would be big enough to realize the extreme difficulties and hardships now confronting the Coloured people, and that he would say that he would give directions to those responsible for carrying out his policy to ensure that these hardshipare eliminated as soon as possible. But instead of receiving a statement of that nature, what have we had from the hon. the Prime Minister? We had a very lengthy dissertation from him on his general policy in regard to the general future of the Coloured people, with a total disregard of the issues raised in this debate. I did not wish to enlarge the scope of the debate in the limited time at our disposal to discuss the future political standing of the Coloured people. The sole object of my intervention in the debate this afternoon was to draw the Prime Minister’s attention to these hardships and the bitterness and frustration which are taking place now as a result of Government policy in regard to the proclamation dealing with mixed gatherings, and to urge the Prime Minister, as the man responsible for commencing this trouble, to do something to ameliorate the position. I am extremely sorry that the Prime Minister has not thought fit to answer these points, but has indicated that the Minister of Planning will deal with the matter. With all respect to the Minister of Planning and his colleague, the Minister of Community Development, they are not in a position to deal with this unfortunate position I have described. That unfortunate position has resulted from the policy statement by the Prime Minister, and the Ministers who are responsible for these two Departments shelter themselves behind the policy statement of the Prime Minister. I repeat that it is only the Prime Minister who is able to bring about a change.

What has the Prime Minister indicated? He has totally disregarded the traditions which have obtained in the Cape for over 100 years. Suddenly the Prime Minister has declared what he regards as the traditions of the Cape. I want to ask the Prime Minister what right he has, and I say so respectfully, to declare what the traditions of the Cape are? The traditions of the Cape are something which emerge from the people of the Cape themselves. The people of the Cape have accepted the situation for over 100 years that there shall be mixed gatherings, and nobody objected to it. In the City of Cape Town we have had mixed gatherings permitted by law and accepted by the people for generations. In all our municipal halls, whenever we have had municipal functions, the Coloured people, as ratepayers of the city, were entitled to attend. They were never refused admission and what did we find? We found that the more cultured among them came there, in small numbers it is true. They did not obtrude upon the White people of the city. They behaved themselves and took part in the cultural life of the city in their own small way, and what harm was done? But suddenly we find that the Prime Minister takes it upon himself to declare what the traditions of the Cape are to be, and may I say, without referring the matter to Parliament and affording Parliament an opportunity of discussing what the policy should be. But the Prime Minister takes the opportunity at a Nationalist Party congress to declare what the traditional policy of the Cape is.

Mr. HUGHES:

How long has he been here?

Mr. BLOOMBERG:

Emanating from that, we find that this chaotic position now exists, and that all this bitterness and frustration exist. I feel that the Prime Minister has done the Coloured people and the country a great disservice in not being big on this occasion and saying that he would be prepared, as the head of the Government, to look into the position and that he would take whatever steps were necessary to try and ameliorate these hardships. The Prime Minister has treated the Coloured people of the Cape and of South Africa as second-rate citizens. He is completely ignoring the fact that these Coloured people are a modern and literate community, that they speak a European language, and that they are reared in the religion of the White man and carry out the traditions of the White people. He has compared their position with that of the Bantu in the Transkei. Surely the Prime Minister must realize that the Cape Coloureds are part and parcel of the White population of the country.

Mr. HUGHES:

Where do they stem from?

Mr. BLOOMBERG:

Obviously they stem from the White people. The Prime Minister seeks to deal with them as if they are a people apart, and compares them with the Bantu in the Transkei. I am sorry that the Prime Minister has adopted this attitude. I am terribly disappointed at his approach to this problem, and I shudder to think what the outside world is likely to think about the policy statement the Prime Minister has made this evening in regard to the Coloured people. I want to say that the Prime Minister, by his attitude this evening, has to my mind eliminated whatever vestige of goodwill there still existed between the Coloureds and the Whites of this country. No one has done greater harm to the cause of bringing the Coloured people to the side of the White people, as allies of the White people, than the Prime Minister has done this evening. I do hope, Sir, that even at this stage, upon reflection, the hon. the Prime Minister will realize that something must be done to try and terminate this unfortunate situation that exists. The Prime Minister has also said that, in accordance with Government policy, there will be established housing schemes, villages, towns, business and so forth for the Coloured people. But, and I say this advisedly, with the progress that is being made, and considering the opposition that the Coloured people are offering to that form of separation, that is likely to take generations. What is to happen to the Coloured people in the meantime? Are they to be cut off culturally from receiving the advice and benefit of the White people? [Time limit.]

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

Mr. Chairman, I cannot quite agree with the hon. member for Peninsula (Mr. Bloomberg) when he says that permission had to be obtained from Parliament. My reason for saying that is that the principle was accepted as far back as 1957, when the law was passed by Parliament and this power was granted in terms of clause 1. Therefore this authority had already been granted by resolution of Parliament. This authority has now been exercised by proclamation. The hon. member referred strongly to the Western Cape tradition, but I want to point out to him that that tradition has disappeared to a large extent. That tradition did exist in some circles, but the fact of the matter is that in the first days of the settlement at the Cape we had mixing of the races even in our churches, and in the schools as well. But that disappeared in due course. It has disappeared in other spheres as well. Take our rugby, for example, where there are separate facilities. I admit that I do not know what the position is at Ascot and Milnerton. The hon. member will probably be able to tell me what it is …

*Mr. HOLLAND:

Those places are in your constituency, though!

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

These are places in my constituency which I have not yet visited. [Laughter.] The hon. member will be able to tell me whether there are separate facilities at those places. I take it that there are such separate facilities there. What I have said here, shows that in practice the mixed tradition is disappearing, and there is a great deal of pressure that it should disappear. At the New lands Cricket Ground there are no separate facilities and no separate seating accommodation, but I can tell the House that it is being strongly urged that the same measure of separate facilities should be provided at the Cricket Ground as have been provided at the Newlands Rugby Ground. I admit that the mixed tradition does exist among certain people, but the tradition which is accepted by the vast majority is not the tradition which is advocated by that hon. member. There are people who strongly support the other approach.

I referred to the Luxurama earlier this evening, and the hon. member contended that the Coloureds had been done an injustice in that regard. But the Luxurama re-opened this week or last week. The artists performing there are Coloureds, and it is clear that this theatre will become a place where Coloured artists will be able to perform and Coloureds will be able to attend artistic performances. Such opportunities are therefore being created for them. But that does not necessarily mean that they are being banned from other places. In the case of the Alhambra theatre permission was granted for non-Whites to go there one evening to attend an ice-skating show put on by a company from abroad. Permission was granted in respect of a performance in Johannesburg as well. Therefore it cannot be said that they have been totally deprived of all these facilities. In other cases all that is required is that separate facilities must be provided.

As far as halls are concerned, I want to point out that there are many halls at the disposal of the Coloureds. I want to acquaint the hon. member with the true facts, because I said by way of an interjection this afternoon that his information in regard to Bellville was not correct, and I want to put the position right and reiterate what I said. The facts are that the Bellville Municipality was approached by the rector of the University College. However, the Mayor and the Town Council refused the request on the ground that the hall concerned was a theatre, and that they were acting in accordance with the policy that had been followed since that hall had been erected. Their decision was therefore not a new and unusual one; no new decision was taken. The hon. member can read the newspapers if he likes, but I want to tell him that I telephoned the Mayor of Bellville this evening to find out what the position was, and that the position is as I have explained here now. He can investigate the position if he likes. If the newspapers want to create the impression that the use of the hall was refused for that reason, it will therefore be a false one, because the Town Council had adopted this attitude in regard to the hall long before the proclamation was issued.

Mr. BARNETT:

Can a Coloured man hire the Cape Town City Hall for his daughter’s wedding, which is to be attended by Coloureds only, without a permit?

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

If it is for an entertainment he cannot …

Mr. BARNETT:

I am talking about a wedding?

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

Surely a wedding is a form of entertainment. [Laughter.] But I can tell the hon. member that numerous functions have been held in the Cape Town City Hall, functions which were held after Coloureds had applied to hire the City Hall and had obtained the necessary permission. This has happened in the case of the Drill Hall as well.

*Mr. BARNETT:

Under a permit, yes.

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

Yes, that is correct; under a permit.

*Mr. BARNETT:

Is that still the case to-day?

*Mr. S. F. KOTZÉ:

Yes, it still is.

*Mr. BARNETT:

Even without a permit?

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

No, not without a permit. But there are many halls which are available to the Coloureds.

Mr. BARNETT:

But that is the whole point: You want to chase them away to the other halls!

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

No, I am dealing with those falling under me. The facts are that the Minister of Community Development refused permits in respect of Sea Point, which is a proclaimed White area. He also refused applications in respect of Claremont, which is also a proclaimed White area. He refused these permits because some of the inhabitants of Claremont objected to their being granted. But they can use the town halls of Wynberg or Woodstock—they will not be refused permission to use these halls. The Minister of Community Development did not refuse to grant permission for the function referred to by the hon. member for Boland (Mr. Barnett). As far as my Department is concerned, the Coloureds will not be refused permission to use the Salt River Hall either, and no application has been refused to date.

*Mr. HOLLAND:

What about Wynberg!

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

Wynberg falls under the Minister of Community Development, and I have here a letter from my Secretary to the effect that it is not the policy of that Department to refuse applications in respect of wedding functions in those two town halls. I think that is an adequate reply to that question.

I want to mention that there are many halls —about 20—in Coloured areas, and the Minister of Community Development feels that these halls in Coloured areas should be used. Let me deal with this subject from another point of view. The Luxurama has been set aside for the use of Coloureds, but if members of the Bantu group want to use the hall, and the residents of Athlone object, you will probably appreciate that the Minister of Community Development will hardly be able to issue permits for the use of that hall by the Bantu. Therefore we feel that, as almost 20 other good halls, apart from the public halls, are available to the Coloureds, halls which belong to private concerns and which are extremely suitable, the Coloureds should use those halls and should not hold functions of this type in White areas. In my opinion there are quite enough facilities, but where their needs have not been provided for, additional facilities are being created for the Coloureds.

I should like to point out that only three of the 60 or so applications for permits which have been submitted to the Department of Planning have been refused. The “certain measure of harshness” referred to by the hon. member therefore does not exist. As far as the Department of Community Development is concerned, there have been 192 applications, of which 106 have been granted. The applications which have been refused were in respect of mixed social functions that were to be held in certain areas. It is therefore obvious that sufficient facilities are available for the functions in respect of which permits have been refused to be held in their own areas by the Coloureds. [Time limit.]

Mrs. SUZMAN:

Mr. Chairman, time will not permit me to reply to the hon. Minister of Planning, but I should like to point out that he has not explained the refusal of permits in several instances, such as in the case of the Marion Institute and St. Phillips, application to use the Woodstock town hall simply because that town hall is situated in a White area. The people who applied for permits were told that it was a waste of time applying because they would not be allowed to use the hall in question.

The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

Were mixed audiences to attend the functions?

Mrs. SUZMAN:

No, it was to be a Coloured function, organized by the Marion Institute, for Coloured people in the Woodstock town hall. They were told by officials of the Minister’s Department that there was no point in applying because this particular hall is situated within a proclaimed White group area.

The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

That would not be correct.

Mrs. SUZMAN:

Well, but officials of the Department of Community Development gave that information.

The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

If they said that, it is not true.

Mrs. SUZMAN:

I can assure the hon. the Minister that that is what the applicants were told. Anyway, be that as it may, I want to come back to the hon. the Prime Minister’s statement about this so-called meddling by Whites in Coloured politics. First of all, I should like to tell the Prime Minister that I take the strongest exception to his insinuations about the Progressive Party. He has made out no case to justify the insinuations he makes, for instance in regard to meddling in the Transkeian Assembly. What exactly does the hon. the Prime Minister mean when he says that the Progressive Party has been meddling in the affairs of that Assembly? What does he mean when he says that the Progressive Party is attempting to make capital out of the question of mixed audiences? He insinuated at the beginning of his speech that this whole fracas about mixed entertainment has developed because of certain action taken by the Progressive Party. But he has not told us what he meant by that. He merely continues with his veiled insinuations. I say that I take the strongest exception to that. It is interesting to note that this alleged meddling in Coloured politics only applies when a party which is diametrically opposed to the policy of the Prime Minister as regards race discrimination has enjoyed success in elections. It is only now that the Prime Minister objects to political parties nominating candidates for Coloured elections. Up to now he has not had the slightest objection to so-called White political parties, or persons belonging to such parties— even if they do not necessarily stand under the banner of parties—contesting elections and being voted into this House. Why does the situation change so suddenly and become a matter of “meddling in Coloured politics” when the Progressive Party is successful in a provincial council election? What does the Prime Minister mean when he says that only “independent” persons should stand for the Coloured seats in this Parliament? I do not know whether the Prime Minister means that independent candidates are people with no political views whatsoever, people with no party affiliation whatsoever and who offer no policy whatsoever to the voters whom they are supposed to represent in this House. I think the hon. the Prime Minister should explain to the country exactly what he means when he says that if he had his way and he could overcome the difficulties inherent in changing the present set-up, he would allow only independent candidates to stand for Coloured seats in this Parliament.

I want to point out to him that when these seats were created—and goodness knows that separate representation is no compensation and is no substitute for ordinary rights on the common roll—when these seats were created his predecessors made no mention whatever that only independent persons would be allowed to offer themselves as candidates for these seats. Any White representative could contest those seats and, if successful, represent the Coloured voters in this House. But now all of a sudden that has become meddling in Coloured politics.

Now, I wonder what the hon. the Prime Minister calls nominated members in his Coloured council, what he calls nominated and appointed chiefs in the Transkeian Assembly, appointed at the behest of this Government, at the behest of the hon. the Prime Minister, if those people are not representatives of the so-called Government point of view in those councils and in the assembly. I have no doubt either that the appointees to the Indian council also are people who are Nationalist Party orientated, in order to create the impression abroad that the non-Whites have accepted apartheid. Yet the Prime Minister knows very well that if there were free elections, the non-Whites of this country would indeed reject his whole policy of apartheid and his whole policy of race discrimination. I say unequivocably to the Prime Minister that this i.e. the fact that a party which is unequivocably opposed to race discrimination has had success at the polls in the recent provincial council elections for Coloured seats, this is the only reason why the hon. the Prime Minister now comes along with this nonsense about meddling in Coloured politics.

But, Mr. Chairman, the Government does nothing but meddle in Coloured politics. Because every Act that it passes which attempts to enforce segregation on people is meddling in Coloured politics. That is the whole gravamen of the Government’s reason for even existing in this country. The Prime Minister talked a lot about allowing the Coloureds to develop in their own communities and giving them opportunities which they formerly did not enjoy. He talked about the Coloured university and various other fields where the Government has allegedly advanced the interests of the Coloured people. But all this has been done by compulsion. I say that, given the choice, the Coloured people would still prefer to go to the “open” universities of Cape Town, Natal and the Witwatersrand. The Prime Minister dare not give them that choice, because he knows that unless he makes these segregated facilities compulsory, he does not have a snowball’s chance of getting the Coloured people of this country, as well as the other non-White groups, namely the Indians and the Africans, to accept his brand of segregation, apartheid, separate development, or what I call race discrimination, and what those people also know and recognize to be race discrimination.

That is why all these measures have been made compulsory, otherwise the hon. the Prime Minister could surely have put his policy to the test. He could have set up his separate universities, he could have given the Coloured folk their separate entertainment, he could have given the Africans their separate sports facilities, and he could have told them to choose between their own entertainment, for instance, and mixed entertainment which they have attended in the past. But he dare not do that, and that is the reason why he has to come along with one compulsory measure after the other and force it down the Coloured people’s throats and down the non-White people’s throats generally.

This is what he now proposes to do in the matter of separate representation. If he can help it, if he can circumvent constitutional difficulties, he is not going to give the Coloured people the opportunity of choosing their own representatives. Instead he is going to make a mockery out of the last vestige of representation which the Coloured people still have set in this country. He wants to vet, directly or indirectly—whichever way he can possibly do it—the candidates from whom he thinks the Coloured people ought to choose. Nobody knows what yardstick he will use, but one has the deepest suspicion that his yardstick will consist of choosing those candidates who most closely approximate his way of thinking, the so-called apartheid ideal. No doubt he will find people prepared to stand as candidates under those conditions, but he will not fool the Coloured people, and he certainly will not fool the outside world into believing that this is any form of democratic choice whatsoever.

Mr. Chairman, I think the hon. the Prime Minister ought to be warned that he is wrong if he thinks that people will be so foolish or so naive as to be taken in by the arguments which he advances. He is a past master at advancing logical arguments based on false premises. And that is all we have listened to in this House to-night. For hour after hour we have listened to the Prime Minister advancing all his logical arguments, step by step, until one sits down quietly and examines the premise upon which the hon. the Prime Minister has based his arguments, and one then discovers that in each and every case the premise is utterly false.

Therefore I believe that the Prime Minister has a much more sinister aim than just the attitude towards the Coloureds which the hon. member for Peninsula talked about. His aim is to ensure that only people who represent his views and the views of his Party are allowed any political say whatever in this House as far as the non-Whites are concerned. I do not believe that he will bluff the Coloured people in any way, and he certainly is not going to bluff anybody else in this country about the so-called representation which he now envisages for the Coloured people. I say it is a disgrace and it is making a mockery of even those paltry arguments which were advanced way back in the 1950’s when the idea was first mooted in this House of the removal of ordinary common roll representation for the non-White people and the substitution thereof of separate roll representation. At least then the Coloured people were given to understand that they could choose representatives of their own particular choice. [Time limit.]

*Mr. J. D. DU P. BASSON:

I want to thank the hon. the Prime Minister for having at least been frank this evening. There was a time when he openly admitted that he had not fully considered the position of the Coloureds. We now know that he has considered this matter fully. He has now given his final decision. I must say that it was a shock to learn that the result of his consideration of the matter is that the policy of the Government is now finally to be one of permanent second class citizenship for and permanent supremacy over the most highly developed section of our non-White population. We know that now, and we are sorry that we have to accept that all the statements, inter alia, of the hon. the Minister of Foreign Affairs and the hon. the Minister of Defence in regard to the future of the Coloured, were just meaningless. The hon. the Prime Minister of course still owes us a reply to various questions. Nobody objects to the Coloureds in a Coloured residential area having a council—such as a municipal council—with the assistance of which they can make decisions inregard to local matters. But after this evening we also know that under the policy of this Government the Coloured will never have any say in the making of the laws which affect all the important things in his life. One asks oneself what loyalty one can expect on the part of the Coloured as far as the laws of the country are concerned if he is never allowed to have a share in the making of those laws. [Interjections.] No, no! There is no direct representation here. The hon. the Prime Minister is sowing the seeds of bitterness and revolt. But the greatest shock of all is the fact that the hon. the Prime Minister this evening has taken the political intimidation of the Coloured a step further. I was on the point of dealing with this matter earlier this evening when my time expired. I was pointing out at the time that this Government decided that the Coloured voter was to be placed on a separate vote with the right to elect two members to the Provincial Council and four members to the House of Assembly, but that they could choose any candidate they wanted to choose. These representatives had to be White, but the Coloureds had the free right to choose their representative. During the recent Provincial elections they elected two members of the Progressive Party to be their representatives in the Provincial Council. I am sorry that they did not vote for two members of my party but the fact is that they elected members of the Progressive Party of their own volition. We still adopt the attitude that that is their right, a right which we will protect to the end—the right of people to elect freely the candidate of their choice. Why cannot the hon. the Prime Minister also allow the Coloured a free choice?

The hon. the Prime Minister must realize that there is an extremely important principle at stake here. A very far-reaching principle is being affected in this regard. If the Government continues with its present attitude, namely, that the Coloureds can send representatives to this House but that they cannot elect the candidate of their choice—that they must do what the Government wants them to do or else!—then one must ask oneself of what value the franchise is to the Coloured. I agree then that the sooner we get rid of it the better.

*Mr. VAN DER MERWE:

Must they be allowed to elect a communist?

*Mr. J. D. DU P. BASSON:

No, of course not. The communist party is a banned party. But the hon. the Prime Minister also wants to deprive the Coloured of the right to elect a representative from a recognized political party. That is the difference. Now is the time for the hon. the Prime Minister to tell us how he is going to give effect to these threats of his. He must tell us how he is going to stop the so-called White interference in Coloured politics. I want to ask him pertinently in this respect whether it will lead to the position where the Cape Argus or the Burger will not be able to print articles in which political guidance is given to the Coloureds? Will it mean that such newspapers will not be allowed into Coloured areas because they contain political articles in which political guidance is given to the Coloureds? Will it mean that Aat Kaptein will be prevented from publishing the Banier, which is the political newspaper of the Coloureds, on behalf of the Coloureds?

*Mr. VAN DER MERWE:

But Aat Kaptein is not a political party.

*Mr. J. D. DU P. BASSON:

But we are dealing here with the “interference of Whites in the politics of the Coloureds”, and Aat Kaptein is the editor of a political newspaper for the Coloureds. Will he then be prevented from continuing to publish his newspaper because he as a White man is “interfering” in the politics of the Coloureds? The principle laid down by the Government is that a White man may not interfere in the politics of the Coloured. In practice this may mean that a White man may even be in danger if he discusses these politics with a Coloured because he will then be interfering in the political affairs of the Coloureds. But the Government must also explain to us how it is going to stop itself from interfering in the political development of the Coloureds! The Government is the greatest meddler of all in the politics of the Coloured! I want to tell the hon. the Prime Minister that if he is going to implement and carry out this intimidation, these threats, against the rights and freedoms of the Coloureds to elect the candidates of their choice, I predict that he and his Government will be playing with fire. We will oppose such a move with all the power at our command. We will protest most strongly against this further demolition of democracy in South Africa. This is nothing but blatant totalitarianism which is increasing more and more in South Africa. We will oppose this. I say that the Government is playing with fire in this regard and it is time the Opposition issued a most serious warning to the Government in regard to the direction that the Government is following here.

The hon. the Minister of Planning, when he started speaking, read out a quotation in which I was apparently involved. Unfortunately with all the noise I did not hear what he quoted, but I believe that he referred to a quotation published overseas of something that I had apparently said …

*The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

No.

*Mr. J. D. DU P. BASSON:

But I got the point the hon. the Minister wanted to make. I want to extend an invitation to him. I shall bring along all the reports which have been submitted to UNO, and also oversea newspapers in which political reports on South Africa are published. We will then find that members of the Opposition are occasionally quoted—that is true—but people do not judge a country by its Opposition; they judge it according to the words and the deeds of its Government. We will find that for every one quotation of something said by a member of the Opposition there are 99 quotations of what was said by leaders on the Government side.

*Mr. VAN DER MERWE:

You ought to know that that is not true.

*Mr. J. D. DU P. BASSON:

I shall bring that hon. member all the reports on South West Africa; he will then see that he and the hon. member for Karas (Mr. Von Moltke) and the hon. the Deputy-Minister for South West Africa Affairs are all quoted in regard to the policy of the Government. The same thing applies to the hon. the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development and the hon. the Prime Minister himself. Did hon. members see what Dr Danie Craven said in London recently? Dr. Craven is there to fight for the interests of our South African sport but while he is engaged in doing this, these ridiculous things are happening in South Africa and the newspapers are full of reports in this regard—not in regard to things which we as an Opposition say but in regard to things done by the Government. Dr. Craven is at his wits’ end as to how to defend South Africa while this Government continues to drag politics into sport which they are doing, amongst other things. How can Dr. Craven fight the introduction of politics into international sport if this Government is the worst offender as far as the introduction of politics into sport is concerned? I have had this experience over and over again. Ask our foreign representatives and they will tell you that they work for weeks and make progress in favour of South Africa by winning new friends but as soon as they start making progress something happens here in Parliament and the Government once again does something which spoils all their good work. [Time limit.]

*Mr. GREYLING:

We have already become used to a number of characteristics displayed by the hon. member for Bezuidenhout. The first of these is that he is very fond of giving moral lectures. In this regard I want to say that we are all rather sick and tired of his moralizing, of his political moralizing. The hon. member places himself on a pedestal of high morality, while suggesting that everything that we on this side do is at a lower level of morality. But there is something else which characterizes the hon. member, and that is the various stages he has passed through in his process of political evaporation. Personally I am very glad that he has entered the final stage of evaporation lately. He has evaporated to such an extent that he no longer has any connections with his old party—the National Party. He belonged to this party, he sat here on our side and in that capacity had a hand in all this legislation which he is condemning now. He was a supporter of apartheid, as an hon. member here has just observed. The hon, member used to go from one platform to another to propagate this policy as advocated by this party all these years.

*Mr. VAN DER MER WE:

It even won him elections!

*Mr. GREYLING:

Yes, it won him elections. But now the hon. member has undergone the final process of evaporation. In other words, even his spectre has disappeared from this party. Now he has to be bolstered in that party by elements such as the English Press, which has a specific object in wanting to break this party. Unfortunately I do not have the time to deal with that object now. But the hon. member is now flaring up like a shooting star. I want to warn the hon. the Leader of the Opposition that that hon. member will evaporate in the United Party as he did in the National Party. I want to tell the hon. member for Houghton that the hon. member will be her ally soon. And let me tell the hon. member for Bezuidenhout that political history is not made by egg-dancers and the so-called moderates and moralizers. No, on the contrary, history shows that political history is made by men who stick to a principle unwaveringly, in spite of all scaremongering. We have been hearing in the past number of years that the outside world is plotting against us, and is alienating itself from us to en ever-increasing extent so that we are becoming more and more isolated. We know all these stories. But the more they scheme in this respect—according to the hon. member—the stronger this party becomes. The hon. member said that this party was the biggest instigator of unrest in this country. I think that is a terrible accusation, besides being an untruth, a blatant political lie. Is there any other country in the Western world where there is greater peace in industry and labour than in this fatherland of ours? I challenge the hon. member to show me any country whose economic development is as free from disturbances.

*Mr. HUGHES:

That was the position under Hitler too.

*Mr. GREYLING:

The rest of the world is struggling with economic problems which are caused largely by unrest in labour and industry. But we are in the fortunate position that we can go from strength to strength in the economic field, thanks to the absence of unrest in this field. And yet that hon. member comes along and makes these allegations.

I still have three minutes at my disposal and want to conclude this debate by dealing with the same topic that the Leader of the Opposition opened it with. Hon. members opposite say that the percentage of Blacks in the rural areas is increasing. I accuse the United Party of having started this process, a process which we shall terminate. In 1946 the United Party issued a White Paper on agriculture in which it was stated that in large parts of the country the production capacity of White farming areas was being undermined, and that large areas were being destroyed in the Native areas as well. Because the then Government did not provide a livelihood and employment for the Natives in their own areas, we found that under their regime the Black masses began to exert pressure as far as agricultural labour was concerned. But we shall put a stop to that process, though it will not be possible to do so overnight. There on the opposite side we have the culprits who are responsible for the increasing infiltration of Blacks into the agricultural sector. They started that process.

This debate has proved that the National Party is establishing the four comer-pillars of agriculture more firmly. In spite of its rummaging, the United Party has failed to prove anything with its criticism.

Vote put and agreed to.

House Resumed:

Progress reported.

Resumption of Committee of Supply on 8 April.

The House adjourned at 10.30 p.m.

THURSDAY, 8 APRIL 1965 Mr. SPEAKER took the Chair at 2.20 p.m. FIRST READING OF BILLS

The following Bills were read a first time: Marketing Amendment Bill.

Mining Rights Bill.

LAND BANK AMENDMENT BILL

First Order read: Committee Stage,—Land Bank Amendment Bill.

House in Committee:

Clauses and Title of the Bill put and agreed to.

House Resumed:

Bill reported without amendment.

PUBLIC SERVICE AMENDMENT BILL

Second Order read: Second reading,—Public Service Amendment Bill.

*The MINISTER OF THE INTERIOR:

I move—

That the Bill be now read a second time.

Mr. Speaker, this Bill contains proposed amendments to the Public Service Act, 1957, its main object being to facilitate and to speed up the performance of the work of the Post Office Staff Board.

During 1963 amending legislation was passed (Act No. 71 of 1963, which amended the Public Service Act of 1957) in terms of which, inter alia, a staff board was established for the Department of Posts and Telegraphs and to which body the Public Service Commission delegated certain functions and powers. This Staff Board has been in operation since 1 September 1963 and I can confidently say that this body has fulfilled its object and has performed its functions in a responsible manner.

It has, however, become clear through the course of time that there are certain shortcomings in the existing legislation which should be remedied so that the Board may function properly in respect of its sphere of authority and internal arrangements. The proposed changes will be explained when I deal with the various clauses.

In Clause 1 of the amending Bill the definition of “Commission”, i.e. the Public Service Commission, in Section 1 of the principal Act is being supplemented to provide that certain functions and powers of the Staff Board may be delegated to a member or members of that Board. This amendment is really consequential to the amendments of Sections 4bis and 5 of the principal Act by Clauses 2 and 3 of the amendment Bill, which will be explained later.

Clause 2: The wording of sub-section (1) of Section 4bis of the principal Act has the result that the Staff Board has been established and can function only in respect of the Department of Posts and Telegraphs and not in respect of the Directorate of Posts and Telegraphs in South West Africa. Although the personnel of the aforementioned Directorate forms part of the establishment of the Administration of South West Africa, their names appear on the joint seniority and merit lists together with those of officers of the Department of Posts and Telegraphs in the Republic, and they are also freely interchangeable. This hampers the task of the Staff Board because it cannot, for example, deal finally with a number of promotions or transfers or with the creation and grading of posts in which the personnel of the Directorate in South West Africa are concerned, but must refer the matter back to the Commission. Clause 2 (a) of the Bill amends the relevant sub-section to this extent, that the sphere of authority of the Staff Board is now being extended to cover the Directorate of Posts and Telegraphs in South West Africa also.

The object of Clause 2 (b) of the Bill is to make express provision for the appointment of an alternate for the chairman or any other member of the Staff Board who may be absent for some reason. In the past, on occasion, an alternate for the chairman of the Staff Board has already been appointed because it was considered that the present wording of sub-section (2), read with sub-section (3) of Section 4bis, provides for it. Legal advice has been sought and the opinion has been expressed that Section 4Ms does not make provision for it. Such a state of affairs can obviously disrupt the activities of the Board, and it is essential that steps be taken to remedy the position. The authority under which alternates may be appointed is the same as that under which the chairman and the members themselves are appointed.

The proposed amendment in Clause 2 (c) of the Bill, which deals with the situation when there is no unanimity among members of the Staff Board, is necessary because paragraph (c) of Section 5 (2) of the principal Act is now being divided into two sub-paragraphs in order to make provision for a general or special delegation to—

sub-paragraph (i): the Staff Board as a body, as has been the case hitherto; and sub-paragraph (ii): a member or members of the Staff Board, which is an innovation.

In Clause 2 (c) of the Bill there is, however, reference only to sub-paragraph (i) (of Section 5 (2)), namely to the Staff Board, seeing that this is the only situation or circumstance where a lack of unanimity may arise and which may make it necessary for the Postmaster-General to submit the matter to the Public Service Commission. Such a situation cannot arise where an individual member takes a decision under powers delegated to him.

Clause 3: Section 5 (2) of the principal Act provides that the Commission may delegate certain powers and functions to specified bodies. One of those bodies is the Staff Board, which may function in respect of the Department of Posts and Telegraphs in terms of paragraph (c) of this sub-section. The redrafted paragraph (c), as embodied in Clause 3 of the Bill, amends the existing provision only in the respect that—

  1. (a) powers and functions in respect of the Directorate of Posts and Telegraphs in South West Africa may also be delegated to the Staff Board, for the reasons already given; and
  2. (b) provision is made for the delegation by the Commission of certain powers and functions in respect of the Post Office and the aforementioned Directorate also to a member or members of the Staff Board.

While the Commission may speed up the work in its own office by delegating powers to members of the Commission and even to members of the staff in its office, the board is hampered in this respect by the existing provisions because Section 5 (2) (c) of the principal Act does not allow of powers being delegated to individual members of the Board. The work will be facilitated by making provision for the delegation of specific powers to individual members of the board. Such powers, and in fact any other power of the Commission which may be delegated in terms of the Public Service Act, 1957, will of course be delegated by the Commission itself and only with the consent of the members of the Commission, and not for example, by the Staff Board to a member of that board.

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

We on this side of the House have no objection to this measure. We think it is very desirable under all the circumstances. It is a continuation of a practice which has been established in the Republic and now to be introduced in South West Africa.

Motion put and agreed to.

Bill read a second time.

NATIONAL ROADS AMENDMENT BILL

Third Order read: Committee Stage,—National Roads Amendment Bill.

House in Committee:

Clauses and Title of the Bill put and agreed to.

House Resumed:

Bill reported without amendment.

SOUTH AFRICAN ROAD SAFETY COUNCIL AMENDMENT BILL

Fourth Order read: Committee Stage,—South African Road Safety Council Amendment Bill.

House in Committee:

On Clause 1,

Mr. MILLER:

I should like to ask the hon. the Minister if he could explain to us why the words “on the advice and” are being added in this clause. Originally the definition of “Administrator” was as follows: “The Administrator of a province acting with the consent of the Executive Committee”. If he acts with the consent of the Executive Committee one would have imagined that he would have consulted them in order to obtain their consent. Why was it necessary to put in amendment which, on the face of it, seems to be innocuous? There must obviously be some reason for it and we would like to know what that reason is.

In Clause 1 (b) it is suggested to add the following definition: “‘Republic’ includes any territory in respect of which Parliament is competent to legislate”. Parliament is competent to legislate in respect of the Transkei as well, I think, because in terms of their Constitution certain powers are reserved to the Central Parliament. I wondered whether the objective of this clause was to include the Transkei and any other territory no matter what its constitutional position may eventually be.

Mr. GORSHEL:

In connection with this particular clause the phrase “on the advice of and with the consent of” is so reminiscent of the American Constitutional proviso “advice and consent” that it may well have been the inspiration of the hon. the Minister in providing us with this amendment. As the hon. member for Florida (Mr. Miller) has rightly pointed out one assumes that if and when the Executive Committee of the province concerned consents to something it does so after consideration of whatever it is going to consent to. That consideration involves, almost without saying, I think, the hearing or the acceptance or rejection, as the case may be, of whatever advice is proffered to the Administrator. So that this is a rather interesting and curious amendment which I think the hon. the Minister must have some reason for and which I hope he will explain.

Secondly, dealing with 1 (b), the “republic” includes any territory in respect of which Parliament is competent to legislate. As we are discussing the subject to-day we know the Republic comprises a certain area of land with certain known boundaries. Why is this proviso introduced: “Any territory in respect of which Parliament is competent to legislate”? Unless one projects this forward to the time when, in the opinion of the Government, there will be certain other territories, no longer within the Republic, but over which the Parliament of the Republic of South Africa will be competent to legislate? This is an unusual provision. We are dealing with a road safety measure which includes two important and constitutional provisions, which, I do think in all seriousness, require some kind of explanation or amplification from the hon. the Minister. We on this side of the House will rest our case there until we hear from the hon. the Minister.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

In regard to 1 (a) I am advised that it is the usual form in all legislation, namely, to say “on the advice and with the consent”. It is a legal requirement; it has no significance whatsoever. The legal advisers say it is the usual form used in most legislation.

The second paragraph is to make provision for a territory like the eastern side of the Caprivi Zipfel, for instance, which is administered by the Republic but which is actually part of South West Africa. To bring that area in it is necessary to have a definition such as this. It includes the Transkei, of course, which is part of the Republic. The Transkei is not an independent county to-day. If it becomes independent, the legislation will have to be amended if we wanted to apply it there. At the present time it is applicable to the whole of the Republic, including the Transkei, all the native territories and the eastern Caprivi Zipfel.

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

The hon. the Minister has dealt with Native territories which may or may not acquire independence in the future. The point I am concerned with is whether it is really wise for us to have a clause like this at a time when international events are what they are, particularly the events at the International Court. We use a term “Republic” as meaning South West Africa as well. The hon. the Minister has referred to the Caprivi Zipfel but of course it is the whole of South West Africa. I am just questioning the desirability, the wisdom …

Mr. S. L. MULLER:

It is not only in relation to this Bill.

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

I am putting my question to the Minister, Sir. We are not moving an amendment, Sir, it is only a question of whether it is wise, in all the circumstances, to have a clause of this nature which would appear to indicate that in our laws the term “Republic” includes the whole of South West Africa. I am not concerned with whether it is legal or not, but is it not unwise to proceed with it in this form just at this juncture. As far as I am concerned we are not going to say anything more about it; we merely wanted to draw his attention to the fact that in the circumstances it may be unwise.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

The hon. the Minister has dealt with the point raised by the hon. member for Florida (Mr. Miller) about the Republic including the Transkei. The Minister said that if and when it became independent this Parliament would not be competent to legislate about it. I do not quite appreciate why it is necessary to define “Republic” as being a territory in respect of which Parliament is competent to legislate. Surely, Sir, this is taken for granted. Why is it necessary to insert a definition of the Republic? Surely this Bill, when it becomes an Act, is applicable only to the Republic. It could be applicable to Marion Island and Prince Edward Island as part of South Africa. I want to know from the hon. the Minister why “Republic” has to be defined? One usually finds in legislation of this sort that they say “This Act is applicable to South West Africa” for instance. I say this in answer to my hon. friend on my left (Dr. Coertze). Surely Parliament is not only competent to legislate in respect of the Republic. Parliament has had the power to legislate with extra-territorial effect since 1934 when the Status of the Union Act was passed. Such legislation as may be passed is only applicable outside of the areas of South Africa if, in fact, the Act extends such legislation to such a place.

The hon. the Minister talked about usual formulae but the usual formula, I would have thought, for the extension of an Act of the Republic of South Africa to the territory of South West Africa is to say “This Act shall also apply in the Territory of South West Africa”. This is done by implication in paragraph (a). I have never ever heard “Republic” defined as a territory in respect of which Parliament is competent to legislate. What I want to say is this: This Parliament is competent to legislate for any part of the world. My hon. friend on my left will agree with me. It has been competent to do so since 1934. The Status of the Union Act provides for it. The Colonial Laws Validity Act has been repealed. It is Section 4. This is no definition of “Republic”. In other words, the Republic includes the whole world in accordance with this definition, because Parliament is competent to legislate for the whole world, if it so wishes. We are free and unfettered and have been since 1934. I wonder whether the hon. the Minister would deal with this. This is not a definition of “Republic”. If he means that this Act shall apply to South West Africa why doesn’t he say so, instead of providing the legal constitutional nonsense such as is provided here? Will the hon. the Minister please indicate what this really does mean?

Mr. GORSHEL:

I was very interested to hear the hon. the Minister saying, in reply to our question regarding the insertion of the words “on the advice and”, that it had no significance. We know the hon. the Minister as a man who, unless he becomes very angry, uses very few words. If these words have no significance why go to the trouble of inserting them in this legislation? I say again that it is unusual in so far as we have had a number of Bills during this Session in which the phrase “With the consent of” has been adequate to meet the requirements of the particular Bill. The Minister now says it is considered correct and proper to say “on the advice of and with the consent”. With due respect to him. to say, as he has told us, that these words have no significance, is the best reason for not including this amendment. I think the Minister owes us that much of an explanation.

The question of “Republic” including any territory in respect of which Parliament is competent to legislate raises a very interesting position. The hon. member for Standerton (Dr. Coertze), by way of repetitious interjection, tried to explain the particular amendment by saying “What about South West Africa?” I would point out to him that in sub-paragraph (a) South West Africa is already included in the ambit of this Bill and that South West Africa cannot therefore, ostensibly at any rate, be the reason why this unusual constitutional proviso has come into this particular Bill. We would ask the hon. the Minister, since all of us, I take it, want to ensure that our legislation makes sense, that the words which appear in it are necessary and have the meaning which is ordinarily attached to them, to give us a reasonable explanation for both these amendments.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

I have already given my reply in regard to (a). As far as (b) is concerned, this Act is being extended to South West Africa. The principal Act applies only to the Republic. This is the definition suggested by the law advisers and I prefer to accept the recommendation and advice of the law advisers to that of the hon. member for Durban (North).

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

May I suggest to the hon. the Minister that instead of just blindly accepting things, he should apply his mind to them. What he has just said indicates that he has not applied his mind to it and that he is not going to apply his mind to it. May I suggest to the hon. the Minister that he asks the hon. member for Standerton (Dr. Coertze) to rise and to say that what I have said is not, in fact, correct. I want to repeat: Since 1934 this Parliament has been competent to legislate for the whole world. We have the power to legislate with extra-territorial effect. We have had that power since that date. We did not have that power before. That being so the definition of “Republic” as it appears in this Bill is not a definition of the Republic but of the whole world. It says, in fact, “Republic” means the whole world.

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member must not repeat the same argument.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Perhaps the hon. member for Standerton, who has been very vociferous in his interjections, will lend his voice to this argument or against this argument so that the Minister can have something to which he can apply his mind.

Clause put and agreed to.

On Clause 4,

Mr. MILLER:

I should like to ask the hon. the Minister why he has added the word “remuneration”. According to the explanatory memorandum it says—

The proposed amendment provides that a member of the board, the action committee, or subsidiary committee such as, for instance, a member who devotes all his time to his functions as such member, may be paid remuneration for his services and further that different members may be paid remuneration, allowances and travelling expenses on a uniform basis or at different tariffs.

Before this amendment was contemplated the clause merely provided for the payment of allowances and travelling expenses.

By “allowances” we understand that if a member is sent to do a particular job of work as a member of this board, he would be paid his travelling expenses. His allowance would be so much per day to cover his normal expenses, such as hotel expenses, taxis, refreshments and so forth. Is the objective here that actual fees should be paid in the form of special emoluments for a particular type of job? It says further “the expenses will be determined generally or in any particular case by the Minister in consultation with the Minister of Finance.” The allowances and travelling expenses, in any event, were to be dealt with in consultation with the Minister of Finance. It can now be done generally or specifically, depending on what matter arises. We should like to know what the Minister has in mind. The reason why we ask this question is because he brings about these amendments, as he said himself during the course of the second reading, in order to give effect to what he has called the recommendations of the committee of inquiry over which the Administrator of the Free State presided. I assume his objective is to try to do what was specifically asked in that report, namely, that there should be a pepping up of the action committees. In other words, something much more effective should be done and that the action committees should do some work of operational value. We do not decry that, Sir, in fact, we are with the hon. the Minister entirely on that particular point. We fully agree with him that, when he gets a report of this nature, a report which recommends action, and that action appears to be sound action, he should do what he is asked to do in that report. In such a case we are entirely with him in his actions to amend the parent Act in order to ensure that the terms of the Act are effective in their operation.

It was necessary to issue an explanatory memorandum because the amendments do not, by themselves, contain the full implications of what the Minister has in mind. I think the House would be very interested to know what, in terms of this simple form of amendment, the Minister has in mind in implementing the report in the manner provided in this clause. If the Minister would help us in that respect we would, together with the explanatory memorandum, have a much better picture of what he has in mind and a better appreciation of what the value of the Road Safety Council Act is going to be in dealing with this very serious problem which faces South Africa to-day. During the course of the second reading the hon. the Minister said that he has had the opportunity on an earlier occasion of giving a fairly full report on the question of road safety in South Africa. We appreciate that, Sir, but we would like to have an even clearer picture of the situation, not only of statistics, but a clearer picture of what is contemplated. Does “remuneration” mean, for instance, that members of the board, members of the action committee, will become field officers in a sense for a specific undertaking? That we don’t know. It is important to know what specific undertakings they will be engaged upon. One does not lightly pay remuneration to members of an action committee, many of whom, are already serving officers of the Government, some of whom may be voluntary representatives appointed from various public bodies. And when remuneration is paid to them specifically, there must be a specific form of activity they will undertake. If the hon. the Minister would take us further into his confidence in regard to this clause, I do feel we shall be able to accept this clause in a happier frame of mind than we are in at the moment.

Mr. GORSHEL:

I should like to draw the attention of the hon. the Minister to the fact that Section 7 of the principal Act, which is now being amended, constitutes the Council as a non-profit making body. It explains it by saying, inter alia, “The Council shall not engage in trading or in any other activity for profit in competition with any commercial agency or undertaking provided …” that the Minister may make exception. The point is that this amendment is really the most important difference between the Act as it exists and the amended Act, namely, the remuneration of members of the council. The Minister knows better than we on this side of the House do that the propagation of road safety throughout South Africa, whether through this council or whether through the Road Safety Associations in the various cities, with some of which some of us have had rather intimate contact, has been a voluntary undertaking on the part of citizens of motoring organizations, chambers of commerce and industry. public bodies which have realized the importance of ensuring that there is the maximum know-how, the maximum awareness of road safety in order to curb the rising incidence of death and accidents on the roads. The hon. Minister is aware, better aware than I, that deaths from road accidents are heading for 5,000 per annum, and may exceed that number. He also knows that these are due to a number of factors …

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member must confine himself to the clause. The question is why they should be paid remuneration.

Mr. GORSHEL:

Mr. Chairman, I was about to say that at this time the involvement of the citizens, the individual and organizations interested in road safety should be on the same voluntary basis as it has been hitherto. In other words, that whereas allowances and travelling expenses have been the norm, now that remuneration comes into the picture it is going to create a totally different approach to the question of road safety—the professional, the paid approach. I want to put it to the hon. the Minister that this is not a desirable development because at this time, as I have said before, when accidents are increasing, and so are road deaths, the need for as many people as possible taking some part in all the precautionary and preventive measures in order to ensure a minimum accident and fatality rate, the Minister is now going in the other direction and he is going to put the obligation onto a council whose members will be entitled to receive remuneration. I think it is well known here in this Chamber and elsewhere that whereas a voluntary effort does involve the community as a whole, the moment you set up a board as such, a council as such, whose members are being remunerated and paid, it does have the effect of eliminating and certainly diminishing the interest of the general public and of citizens and of interested organizations in the very work which this safety council was set up to undertake. For this reason, and because we are faced with the fact that there is a probability that accidents will increase because of the increase in the car population and the number of people who drive, and the fact that there is this prosperity which allows more and more people, regardless of their real economic circumstances, to go driving on the roads, that we now want to maintain the voluntary aspect of this Road Safety Council, and the hon. the Minister has not given us any reason yet …

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

You have not given me an opportunity to give the reasons.

Mr. GORSHEL:

With great respect, when the hon. member for Florida sat down, I hoped that the hon. the Minister would rise as he did on the previous occasion.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

If you give me the opportunity to reply …

Mr. GORSHEL:

If that is the case, then I misunderstood the position, and I am very happy to sit down and wait for the explanation.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

The du Plessis Commission recommended that the position of deputy-chairman should be a fulltime position, and if that is the position, he obviously must receive remuneration. At present this section only provides for allowances.

Mr. MILLER:

I would like to say that we are pleased with the hon. the Minister’s reply, because in fact that was the very point that one wanted to have elucidated. The difficulty is that in the explanatory memorandum there is no reference made to that, and that is really what puzzled us in this matter. I was originally going to raise the point on the previous clause which provides that a deputy-chairman can be appointed on the recommendation of the Administrator, but the fact that it was not referred to in the memorandum is one reason why we were not able to fully appreciate the significance of this wording here. Neither in the Bill, nor in the principal Act there is any reference to the fact that the deputy-chairman will be full-time, but as the du Plessis Committee recommended, the hon. the Minister has found, probably through the law-advisers, that by adding the word “remuneration”, he will be in the position of making the deputy-chairman a full-time member of the Council. That was a very strong recommendation of the Committee. Had this been explained, one might perhaps not have been in some doubt in regard to this term. My question is whether this term “remuneration” will also apply to others. In terms of the Act the Council consists of some 70 members, a maximum of 70 members. Some of them are persons who are elected by local road safety associations …

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

It is not applicable to them. Only to people in a fulltime capacity.

Mr. MILLER:

Thank you.

Mr. GORSHEL:

I am very relieved to hear from the hon. the Minister that the intention behind the amendment in respect of “remuneration” is that it will apply only to the deputy-chairman.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

Anybody appointed in a full-time capacity.

Mr. GORSHEL:

We accept that wholeheartedly, but, of course, if that had been in the amendment, we would not have discussed it. Now the only question that remains is: Does the hon. Minister at this stage know, or has he any idea, as to what the remuneration of this deputy-chairman will be?

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

No. The Action Committee will decide that.

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

With all due respect to the hon. the Minister, the clause does not say what the hon. Minister has now said at all. We have to pass the Bill as it is in front of us. The Bill itself is perfectly clear. It says nothing about full-time officers or chairmen. It says—

Members of the Council and their alternates, members of the Action Committee and members of any subsidiary committee, established under Section 11, and their alternates, may be paid such remuneration … and then it goes on to deal further with this same thing. Now if it is intended to lay down what the hon. Minister says, why is it not in the Bill? Why are we being asked to pass it in this particular form? Where is the assurance that this in fact will be the position?
Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

I want to point out that the point raised by the hon. member for South Coast (Mr. D. E. Mitchell) is perfectly valid and I think we are entitled to get some enlightenment from the hon. the Minister.

Clause put and agreed to.

On Clause 5,

Mr. MILLER:

Clause 5 says in (b) “the remuneration …” It again refers to “remuneration”, and then it says that the Minister, in consultation with the Minister of Finance, may pay an officer of the State, who is apparently seconded to do work in connection with road safety, or in connection with the Council to which he is appointed. So now we find that in this sub-section the term “remuneration” goes further. It does not only include the deputy-chairman; it also includes any such member who is an officer as defined in Section 1 of the Public Service Act who devotes the whole or a substantial portion of his time to its functions as a member, and then it says “the remuneration payable to him as such an officer, and any amount payable by the State in respect of him to any fund referred to in paragraph (d), or so much of such remuneration or amount as the Minister so determines”. Now virtually I am coming back to the point I raised originally and that is: To whom is this term “remuneration” going to apply?

There are 70 members of the Council, some of whom are members of various State Departments, and others are members of the public. I would like the hon. Minister to accept from me that I have had members of the public who represent important facets of the economic life of the country, who serve on these regional and local bodies, some in Cape Town, some in Johannesburg and some in other parts of the country, and they say that their whole purpose is, that if the Council works satisfactorily, to devote their time to this work, but if on the other hand—and I trust the hon. Minister will not misunderstand me—it works at the pace of an ox-wagon, then they say they are wasting their time. What I am trying to find is something that will help me to satisfy these people in their queries to me. I am trying to find out whether the hon. the Minister can satisfy this august body which virtually has to reactivate the whole parent Act. If remuneration is to be paid for specific jobs, then we will understand that the Council is going to undertake a certain field of activity which will enable some of its members who may be obliged to go lecturing from time to time or who are obliged to set up further voluntary bodies in other parts of the country, or will be called upon to do certain organizational work, that their services will be remunerated, and if they are public servants, then there will be some adjustment “technically” between the Road Safety Council Fund and the funds of the State as represented through the Public Service Act. I really cannot understand why the hon. the Minister is so reticent in telling us this. This is an important matter in the affairs of South Africa. Some time earlier in the course of this Session, the hon. the Minister gave us a comprehensive picture of the facts of road safety and what is taking place. We appreciated that, because Parliament and the country should know. I do not want to repeat this ad nauseam, but it is a very nauseating picture that is presented when every morning you open your paper and you find that four, five or six people are dead on the roads.

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member must confine himself to the clause.

Mr. MILLER:

Yes, Sir, I merely wanted to satisfy you in regard to the emotional sincerity which moves me to bother the Minister in regard to these particular aspects, because in getting clarity on these matters we will know what is taking place.

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member must not make a second-reading speech now.

Mr. MILLER:

Well, Sir, then, with all respect, you may help me by telling me whether an inquiry for whom remuneration is made available is not an important issue.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

I am always prepared to give all the information at my disposal. If hon. members merely put a question without making a long speech, we will make some progress. This is merely for the purpose of enabling the Action Committee to pay an officer of the Public Service who is seconded to the Road Safety Council his salary. That is the whole purpose of this amendment.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

The hon. Minister’s reply applies only to the words in subsection (b) which follow the word “and” in line 24. The first part of this paragraph (a) ol sub-section (b) refers to members of the Council. It speaks of the remuneration payable to members and alternate members of the Council, members of the Action Committee, and so on. Now the hon. member for Natal (South Coast) (Mr. D. E. Mitchell) raised a point when the previous clause was under discussion which is even more applicable here. The hon. member for Natal (South Coast) pointed out that there is nothing in the clause which restricts it to certain people. But it is even stronger in this case, because the previous clause provided for remuneration to be paid generally or in any particular case, but in the clause now under discussion remuneration is to be paid to members of the Council, not generally or in any particular case. In the normal course of events that does not include the power in any particular case, except where he is an officer as provided for from line 24 onwards. So the power is given here to provide for a remuneration of the members of the Council. There are 70 members of the Council and it would not be competent for the Minister to pay someone as opposed to all members who is not an officer a remuneration. “Remuneration” means exactly what it says. It is not an allowance, it is not a travelling allowance. It is a remuneration, a fee, a salary, a wage. Would the hon. Minister deal with that aspect? And may I raise another question with the hon. the Minister. It provides in paragraph (a) that the Legislative Assembly of the Territory of South West Africa may also appropriate moneys for the Council, for the purposes of the Act. This is something new. Now without a proper definition as to whether or not this Act is to be applied to South West Africa, it seems to me that this has become a nullity. You see, Mr. Chairman, the position is that we have competence to legislate for anywhere in the world, but unless the Act specifically extends these provisions to another part of the world, it does not apply. Hon. members will remember a charge under the Immorality Act where the offence had been committed over the borders of South Africa, in one of the High Commission Territories. Now this Parliament has the competence to pass an Immorality Act and to say that it shall apply in respect of offences committed say, in Basutoland. It has the authority to do so and those people would have been convicted had it done so. But the Immorality Act did not do so, and therefore it is presumed not to apply outside the Republic. The person charged was therefore acquitted. That has not happened here. The hon. Minister for some reason or another has decided to adopt another formula and therefore it seems to me that the provisions of paragraph (a) whereby the Legislative Assembly of South West Africa is given the power in terms of an Act not made applicable to South West Africa, has no meaning whatsoever. Perhaps the hon. the Minister can give us information on that point.

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

When we were discussing the previous clause, the hon. the Minister chose to treat me with a considerable amount of discourtesy, which I regret.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

I know these delaying tactics.

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

Is the hon. Minister suggesting that I am trying to delay this Bill deliberately? May I tell the hon. the Minister that this is our Bill, not his. The Minister may not like the discussion.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

You do not have to be frivolous.

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

We are entitled to discuss this clause in Committee of the whole House, and if the hon. the Minister chooses to sit dumb instead of answering the questions put to him by this side of the House, what kind of reaction does he expect? He is treating us with the utmost discourtesy. I put a real decent question to him on the subject matter of this Bill, and he chose to lie there in his seat and to take no notice of it. If the hon. Minister continues to adopt that attitude, we will know how to treat him. This is Parliament. We are not his servants. We are here to legislate in the interests of the country, and the Minister must behave himself and show courtesy to us, and then we will show courtesy to him.

In this particular clause the position is— and I am not going to let it go by default— that provision is made for remuneration to be paid to members of the Council. The hon. Minister says it is going to apply to those people who are seconded from the Public Service. That is laid down in the clause from line 24 onwards. But before you get to line 24, the language could not be clearer, and as has been pointed out in this particular clause in contradistinction to what appeared in the previous clause, the Minister has no right to particularize, in other words if there is to be a payment to members of the Council, it must be payment to all members of the Council, and we asked the Minister why has he put in this particular power here, allowing the remuneration to be paid to all members of the Council whereas he said just now that he does not intend to exercise the power at all. It is a power we do not want to put in the hands of the Minister who disclaims any intention whatever of exercising the power. Ab initio he disclaims any intention of exercising it. Then why does he take these powers? I am not going over the reasons why we think that this should be a voluntary organization. If people are giving their full time to it, they can be paid. We accept that. But why insert a provision here for payment to all members of the Council, when the Minister has no intention of doing so?

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

The hon. member should be the last member to speak about good behaviour. I did not want to be provoked, but if hon. members are continuing in this strain they are merely out to provoke me. I have been in Parliament long enough to know when members are really sincere in discussing a provision in the desire to improve it. I did not come into Parliament yesterday. I know the tactics of hon. members. Because during the second-reading debate their speeches dealt with irrelevant matters that have nothing to do with this, and I objected to that, they decided among themselves to delay the Bill at this stage. That is what is happening. This type of question was put to me whether we are going to pay all the members of the Council a remuneration. I explained what the object is. A remuneration will be paid to any member who serves in a full-time capacity. Then they asked why it is not specified in this clause which is an enabling clause for the Road Safety Council to pay the remuneration to officers or any member who serves in a full-time capacity. Now that is perfectly obvious. This is not the only Bill which contains such a provision. But the point is that hon. members do not really want information.

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

You are given the right to pay them.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

I am not paying them. That is a matter for the Road Safety Council. I am not paying the remuneration. As I say, I am always prepared to be courteous to hon. members and to give the necessary information and to meet their arguments if they are sensible arguments with arguments, but if there is a deliberate attempt and a campaign, merely because they are dissatisfied with what happened at the second reading, and if they ask silly questions, which have nothing to do with the Bill at all, then I am going to give the reply to any relevant question, but for the rest I will decline to reply.

Mr. GORSHEL:

I hope that the hon. Minister will not question my sincerity, because if I am entitled to speak, Mr. Chairman, and you rule that I am entitled to speak, then I assume that my sincerity cannot be questioned. Frankly, I do not know what this is about. I am not going to argue with the hon. Minister of his experience or mine in Parliament. Sir, in terms of Clause 4 remuneration, as the Minister said, was limited to the deputy-chairman, but now when we come to Clause 5, there seems to have been a boom since that time, and now we find that allowances and travelling expenses, as well as remuneration may be payable to members and alternate members, members of the Action Committee and members and alternate members of subsidiary committees. Mr. Chairman, if you know anything about the organization of road safety in South Africa, as the hon. Minister does, you will realize that this may well cover several thousands of persons, and all we are trying to do, very courteously, I submit, and in terms of the procedure in this Committee, is to ask the hon. the Minister “why” and to ask him furthermore, whether he can give us some idea of whether there is any limitation to this, and if so, what it is. The Minister merely gets angry and says that we are trying to provoke him. I want to assure you, Mr. Chairman, that there is no desire to provoke the hon. Minister at all, but when he talks of a “full-time capacity”, then surely he knows that the experience to which he referred us, of parliamentary procedure, tells us that if this Bill had merely said, before the insertion of the words “and, if the Minister, in consultation …”, from lines 24 to 35, “whose services have been rendered or are being rendered in a full-time capacity”, there would have been no discussion in the light of the Minister’s explanation of Clause 4. But we merely had the off-the-cuff ad hoc and rather angry assurance of the hon. the Minister that this, that and the other is the reason for remuneration. With great respect to the hon. the Minister, I do not think that he should take umbrage when we ask for information, especially as he has been heard to say twice “all you need do, is to ask”. Why does he not tell us now before he gets angry all over again.

Mr. MILLER:

I also want to say that I think the hon. the Minister has in a sense provoked us. When I put this question to him originally on this particular sub-section with which we are dealing, he drew my attention to the remainder of the amendment in that particular paragraph, and he said to me “this refers only to members of the Public Service when they are seconded to this particular council”. I sat down and accepted that. But the hon. member for South Coast and the hon. member for Hospital have read it out more fully, and I was therefore caused to consult the principal Act as well, and the principal Act makes it absolutely clear—

The administration expenses referred to in sub-section (2) …

that is in a section above where it talks about funds being administered by the Council—

… and the defraying of administration expenses and other lawful liabilities from this fund, shall include allowances and travelling expenses payable to the members, alternate members, members of action committees, members of subsidiary committees …

Now, Sir, the clause seeks to include in respect of these expenses the question of “remuneration”. If one goes to sub-section (b) of sub-section (3) of Section 16 of the parent Act, one finds that it says this—

The administration expenses referred to in sub-section (2) shall include the salaries and wages and allowances payable to members of the staff of the Council.

Therefore by normal interpretation it is quite clear that the question of remuneration has been added to allowances and travelling expenses to all those who serve on the various bodies and who are not fulltime or paid officials of those bodies only. In other words, if a member who represents the Federated Chamber of Industries, Cape Town Branch, is a member of the Cape Town Regional Committee of the Road Safety Council and he is asked to go to Worcester to deal with a matter there, he can be paid remuneration. That is what it can mean and therefore I do not think the Minister should say that we are trying to provoke him. The Minister knows we are interested in road safety, otherwise we would not be discussing this. We had no score to settle with him on the second reading. We accept Mr. Speaker’s ruling in a debate. If Mr. Speaker rules that a person is out of order, he is out of order. We have no issue with the Minister. The only purpose we have in wanting to know whether remuneration is payable is to be satisfied that there is going to be a broadening of the whole operational activity of road safety work throughout South Africa as represented by the various bodies established by the Council.

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member is just repeating old arguments.

Mr. MILLER:

But I have to impress it because the only answer I got was that I was provoking the Minister.

*Dr. COERTZE:

I know hon. members are trying to prolong this debate because they do not want to discuss a Bill further down the Order Paper … [Interjections.]

*The CHAIRMAN:

Order!

*Dr. COERTZE:

But I do not want to help them. I am merely rising to say a few words in order to put the record straight in respect of the amendment in (b). It says that all moneys appropriated by Parliament or a Provincial Council or the Legislative Assembly of South West Africa … I would be the last person to say that that is the only way in which this clause could be worded. In this case the law adviser could just as well have said all moneys appropriated by the Republic of South Africa or a province or South West Africa. But they mention the bodies and there is absolutely nothing wrong with it if you wish to mention the bodies by name. As far as the amendment in (b) is concerned on which hon. members have had such a great deal to say it is clear to me that they have not read the clause because the question arises which items can be debited against the Road Safety Fund and then certain items are mentioned. In terms of the old Section (a) certain items could be debited but that was obviously inadequate, or it had to be extended for other reasons, and that is what is proposed in this new amendment. You can debit the following against the fund: remuneration, allowances and travelling expenses payable to (1) members, (2) alternate members, (3) members of the action committee and (4) members of the subsidiary committees. A new group is now added, namely, members of the Public Service. What objection can there be to that? [Interjections.] The Minister says whether either an officer’s whole salary or portion of it, as determined by the Minister, may be paid from the fund and that is exactly how the old section read. It refers to administration costs i.e. costs that may be debited against the fund such as allowances and travelling expenses payable to members and alternate members of the council.

*Mr. MILLER:

But the word “remuneration” does not appear there and we want to know what that means.

*Dr. COERTZE:

Look it up in a dictionary. The point is that certain items may be debited against the fund. What are the items that can be debited against it? The three items: remuneration, allowances and travelling expenses. That is in terms of the Public Service Act. There is reference to it. Hon. members must really forgive me for thinking they are simply wasting time and seeing bogies. That was what that hon. member did with his “advise and consent”. He spoke the biggest nonsense I have ever heard. In this case the items which may be debited against the fund are merely extended. The Road Safety Fund is made available by the Republic of South Africa, you can say if you want to, but you can just as well say by Parliament. It can even be a province. Why must we argue on a constitutional legal point. What is the most elegant way of formulating such a provision? Must you say the whole or must you say a part? As far as I am concerned it makes no difference as long as the law is clear. After all a law must be drafted not in such a way that everybody understands it but in such away that nobody understands it and there is nothing to misunderstand here.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

I am encouraged to rise again not because of anything the hon. member for Standerton has said but because the Minister gave the Committee his assurance that he will get up to answer sensible arguments. But I do not think the Minister has appreciated the point raised initially on this clause. We are not quibbling about the fact that a full-time member of the Public Service is to be paid remuneration. Obviously if an officer of the Public Service is employed full time by the board, the board has to pay what he is normally paid by the Civil Service. That is what the hon. member for Standerton has been talking about, but it is not what the hon. member for South Coast or I have been talking about. What we have been talking about, and what we have not had an answer to, is the first part of sub-section (b). What the hon. the Minister and the hon. member for Standerton have dealt with is that half of the clause from line 34 onwards. The former part has not been dealt with by the Minister, and the only contribution we have had in this regard is an interjection by the hon. member for Ceres to the effect that it does not say that all the members must get remuneration. But the answer to that is that it does not say that only some of the members shall get remuneration, and the Minister, and no one else, has the power to do so, if this is passed. There is no question of only some of the members getting remuneration. The Minister spoke about the officers of the Public Service in full-time employment. The hon. member for Ceres surely does not say that all the members must be paid, but he does not say that only some must be paid.

Mr. S. L. MULLER:

All or some of them.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

There is a Bill specially passed specially to provide for the remuneration of members of Parliament, but it is not within the power of anyone to prescribe that some people shall be paid this remuneration and not others. This is the point that the Minister has not appreciated, and I think it is worthy of some consideration. If the Minister’s case is that apart from the officer who is in full-time employment there are others who may be in full-time employment who will be paid remuneration, if that is the Minister’s intention then it is not affected by this clause and in fact he will be frustrated in his attempts to make that position flow from the provisions of this clause. That is what we want to know. Are all the members to be paid a remuneration or not?

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member has made that point over and over again.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

I am afraid the hon. member for Durban (North) (Mr. M. L. Mitchell) is too clever by half. If he reads the principal Act it will not be necessary to split hairs and to advance this type of argument we have had from him. Section 13 of the principal Act is amended by the inclusion of the word “remuneration”. It deals with the allowances and expenses of members and alternate members. It says that the members of the Council and their alternates and the members of the Action Committee and members of any subsidiary committees established under Section 11 and the alternates may be paid such allowances and travelling expenses … It says “may be paid”; it is entirely within the discretion of the Council. [Interjections.] Now keep quiet; you have spoken enough. Their alternates may be paid such allowances and travelling expenses from the fund as may be determined by the Minister in consultation with the Minister of Finance. We have inserted the word “remuneration” to make provision for the payment of any member. We have in view at the moment the deputy-chairman being there in a full-time capacity, but every other member appointed in a full-time capacity must obviously receive a salary. That is dealt with in Section 13. If the hon. member turns to Section 16 of the principal Act, he will see that the heading is, “Establishment and Control of Central Safety Funds”. The first paragraph says that the Council shall establish a fund into which shall be paid all moneys, etc. etc. The second sub-section says the fund shall be administered by the Council which shall, after defraying there from all its administration expenses, use the balance in the following ways, and then it mentions promoting and encouraging road safety, etc. Then it talks about administration expenses in sub-section (3), and that shall include the allowances and travelling expenses payable to members of the Council and their alternates and of the Action Committee, etc. We include the word “remuneration”, but it is entirely within the discretion of the Council. If the Council decides to pay more than one member or half a dozen members a remuneration instead of an allowance they can do so.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

That is the whole point.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

But it should not be necessary for me to tell the hon. member that. His own mind should tell him that, and if he had any intelligence he should have known it without asking me all these questions. Now it is perfectly clear that if the Council so decides, it can pay any member in full-time capacity of the Council remuneration, but it has to be submitted to the Minister, who after consultation with the Minister of Finance can either accede to or refuse that request. Now that is the full explanation and more than that I cannot give.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

I am pleased the hon. the Minister has attempted to give an explanation, but I want to say to him that obviously you do not get travelling expenses unless you travel. Obviously if only one of the 70 members of the Council travels, you do not therefore pay all 70 a travelling allowance. In the case the Minister quotes, where travelling allowances are paid to members and alternates, obviously you must distinguish between the members who travel, and only they will be entitled to travelling expenses, but here we are not talking about travelling expenses. Travelling expenses itself distinguishes one member from another member of the Council, and obviously only those who travel will be paid. I would have thought that was obvious to any intelligent person who looks at the Bill. But here is being provided remuneration. What is remuneration? It is not something you qualify for because you travel or stand on your head. It is something you qualify for by your membership of that body. If remuneration is prescribed for a member of that body, all the members of that body are entitled to remuneration.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

Absolute nonsense. Is your contention that every member of the Council should receive remuneration if this clause is passed?

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Of course.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

Then you should go back to the university again.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

It is not an allowance and it is not travelling expenses, but what is remuneration? The Minister is putting in the word “remuneration” as distinct from an allowance or travelling expenses. We know what those are. Travelling expenses are expenses incurred in travelling and an allowance is to cover some other expenditure, but a remuneration is a fee given to someone because of something. Because of what? Will the Minister say that remuneration does not mean a salary or a fee or a stipend? Will he tell us what the remuneration is to be paid for?

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

The Minister will pardon me if I ask him to look at the language used in the preceding section. The issue is now a clear one. It is simply this: Can remuneration be the subject of discrimination between one member and another? Is there power to discriminate? In the previous paragraph we find the words “generally or in any particular case”. That was put in there because it was intended to discriminate. But because those words are lacking here there is no power to discriminate.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

It says “may”.

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

Yes, they may pay remuneration, but it does not say they may discriminate, and the very fact that the preceding clause contains the power to discriminate and it is lacking in this one makes us wonder.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

But they do not give a uniform remuneration to everybody. They may discriminate in regard to the amount of the salary, between one fulltime member and another. It is entirely within their discretion.

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

Our contention is that that is not the position as the clause is framed here. The law advisers were well aware of it in the preceding paragraph and that is why they used words which permitted discrimination, but there is no right of discrimination here, and we believe that will lead to trouble.

Mr. GORSHEL:

Sir, before I am advised to go back to university, and it appears that the Minister thinks that the hon. member for Durban (North) went to the same university as the Minister himself …

The DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member must come back to the clause.

Mr. GORSHEL:

I merely want to point out this, that the insertion of “remuneration” creates completely different administrative bodies as far as road safety is concerned. [Interjection], How I ever got into this House I do not know.

The DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN:

Order!

Mr. GORSHEL:

This has created a completely different kind of council, and it is a serious matter. I want to impress, if I can do so, on the Minister that he had a council which consisted of persons who could receive reimbursement in the form of allowances and travelling expenses. It does not help us when the hon. member for Standerton merely gives us the Afrikaans equivalent of allowances and travelling expenses. What we are talking about is remuneration.

Dr. COERTZE:

You forget the context. That was decided in the previous section.

Mr. GORSHEL:

I am talking about Clause 5 now, and not Clause 4.

The DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member must address the Chair.

Mr. GORSHEL:

What I am trying to emphasize is that the question of remuneration falls into three parts, (a) the principle of remuneration; is that a good principle or a bad one, and that has nothing to do with allowances or travelling expenses; (b) the number of persons who could conceivably receive such remuneration, and (c) the amount of money that could be involved. What is clear is that this present Council which has consisted largely of volunteers and public-spirited citizens and organizations who are interested in preserving road safety will now be in a position to say: You have a Council consisting of persons who can receive and in some cases do receive remuneration. This is the point, that it becomes a professional or commercial activity, whereas it was not so before. I appeal to the Minister again to consider this aspect of the matter. I say that the introduction of remuneration into the spirit of the Council is a bad principle. I hope the Minister will give a reason why it has been found necessary, apart from the deputy-chairman, to provide for the possibility to remunerate hundreds or thousands of persons …

The DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN:

That point has been made repeatedly.

Mr. FRANK:

Unfortunately I have not the principal Act before me, but as I see it the clause now under discussion, Clause 5, refers to the debits to this fund, and Section 13 of the principal Act which we have just dealt with deals with the remuneration fixed by the Minister. So that Clause 5 refers to Clause 4, and Clause 4 provides that in a particular case the Minister may pay remuneration to a certain member, and the remuneration mentioned now in Clause 5 refers to that remuneration which the Minister has already fixed and which we have dealt with. Therefore the arguments now used by the Opposition should have been used under the previous clause, which has been disposed of. I therefore submit that this argument is now out of order and irrelevant. It says clearly that remuneration, allowances and travelling expenses payable to members (referring to Section 13) can be debited against the fund. Therefore the matter seems to be quite clear.

Clause put and agreed to.

On Clause 6,

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

This clause contains the power to appoint certain officials. These officers are those whom the Council may deem necessary to assist it to achieve its objects and to perform its functions and duties. I want to put to the Minister two crisp points, firstly, whether in terms of the new set-up provided for here he can arrange or use his influence with the body concerned to try and establish a uniform system for checking speeds in South Africa.

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! That has nothing to do with the clause.

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

With respect, it says that these officers are to assist the committee.

The CHAIRMAN:

That is the existing law.

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

And that is what is being amended.

The CHAIRMAN:

That is not under discussion.

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

I am sorry, but the question of what they can do is dealt with in (b), and that is entirely new and therefore I say I can discuss the functions of these officers who are being appointed.

The CHAIRMAN:

The hon. member may proceed.

Mr. D. E. MITCHELL:

In regard to research and education and guidance, the Council has full executive powers. In regard to legislation, they are an advisory body. Therefore I ask whether the Minister can use his powers so that these officers can try and establish a uniform system of speed trapping throughout the Republic, and secondly, whether research can be undertaken in regard to the classification of accidents so that there will be a clear plan of all accidents at a particular spot. Reference has been made to engineering problems in the report of the Du Plessis Commission. The collection of statistics is of vital importance to road safety. When it has been shown that over and over again accidents take place at a particular spot, one should look at the engineering problem which may be involved. Such statistics are of great importance because timeous investigation of such spots may save lives. Therefore the two questions I ask are with a view to saving lives on our roads.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

The matters raised by the hon. member for South Coast not only received the consideration of the Council but they are actually doing what he suggested. But it is not really relevant to this Bill, because this clause merely deals with the appointment of some temporary officers or officers in a full-time capacity, but I have no objection to replying to the hon. member. If he visits Pretoria again, I should like him to visit the C.S.I.R. They have a special section which confines itself to research in regard to road accidents. I visited it a month or two ago, and it is really worth while paying a visit there. They compile statistics in regard to accidents. Obviously, before you can find a cure you must diagnose the illness. They have tabulated accidents in certain cities. They note the spots where the accidents have actually taken place, and then they compile statistics by getting information from the police and from other persons who know about the accidents, to try to establish the actual cause of the accidents.

In regard to the speed traps, the gasometer the hon. member spoke about in the second reading, I do not know whether they have done anything about it. But as I said in the second reading, I gave as full an explanation as I could when the debate took place on the motion of the hon. member for Green Point in regard to what the Road Safety Council is actually doing. I fully agree with the hon. member that research is one of the most important things. They are concentrating on research. That is why they have these different committees, committees under the chairmanship of people who are experts in their particular sphere. The hon. member as an ex Administrator knows they have no executive powers; they can only give advice and make recommendations to the Provincial Administrations who are responsible for the administration of the Traffic Ordinances.

Mr. BARNETT:

I wish to ask the hon. the Minister whether any of the people to be appointed under this clause will be Coloured people; whether Coloured people are going to be allowed to play their part in this very important matter of road safety.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

The clause does not provide for any discrimination.

Mr. BARNETT:

I have made no insinuation that it is discriminatory.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

The council has the right to appoint Coloured people, if they wish to do so, and they probably will do so. I think it would be a very good thing, so that they can propagate the principles of road safety amongst the Coloured people.

Mr. BARNETT:

I agree with the hon. the Minister that it would be a very good thing.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

I am informed that some have already been appointed.

Mr. MILLER:

I would like to make certain comments on this clause but not because I disagree with it at all. I am very happy indeed to see the terms of this Bill. This clause is obviously being inserted in pursuance of a further recommendation of this particular committee of inquiry whose purpose it was to inquire into and report upon …

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

The clause has nothing to do with that.

The TEMPORARY-CHAIRMAN (Mr. van den Heever):

This clause deals only with the staff.

Mr. MILLER:

That is exactly what I want to comment on. I just want to explain why I am pleased to see this clause. Surely, with great respect, Sir, it is not necessary only to criticize the clause. I am commenting on it in Committee; we are in Committee at the moment and members are entitled to unburden their hearts to one another.

The TEMPORARY-CHAIRMAN:

Order! If the hon. member has any comments to make, then he must proceed to do so.

Mr. MILLER:

The original section gives the council the right to enter into contracts with various people for rendering casual services. The clause goes further and enables the council to appoint people either for a probationary period or permanently. Section 1bis also sets out the purpose which they will be able to serve. Sir, I take it that the objective in appointing these people is to enable the local bodies of the Road Safety Council to have more operational officers both in the field and directing the course of activity of the various councils. I am going to presume that. My objective to-day has been to get the Minister to give us a statement on that point.

The TEMPORARY-CHAIRMAN:

If the hon. member wants a statement on the Bill he should have asked for it at the second reading.

Mr. MILLER:

I did, Sir, but I am now dealing with this clause, not with the Bill. In view of your ruling, Sir, let me ask the Minister why he has now found it necessary to appoint permanent officers, and also to explain what his objective is in appointing persons on a temporary or any other basis, whether fulltime or part-time, for certain purposes as set out in sub-section (b) of Clause 6. The clause then goes further in (c) and says that employees can be appointed, not on such conditions as may be laid down, but that they shall receive salaries, wages, etc. All that envisages that persons will be appointed for certain specific objectives.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

[Inaudible.]

Mr. MILLER:

It is all very well to be facetious, but people are concerned as to what the work of the Road Safety Council is going to be; people write to Members of Parliament on this issue and here, fortunately, we are presented with a particular clause which is in pursuance of the recommendations of the Commission and we want to know from the Minister what purpose these appointees are going to serve. We are not saying that we do not think they are going to serve any purpose, but we would like the Minister himself to tell us. The Minister tells us that he takes a very great interest in this work and we have no reason to doubt that. We know the work of the C.S.I.R. I commended the Minister for opening a particular building of the C.S.I.R., which is used in connection with road safety work. But the Minister should pay the country the courtesy of explaining what these men are going to do. That is why these questions are being put here. One has only to talk of traffic officers in other parts of the country to know that they are worried about this whole issue.

*Dr. COERTZE:

Read Section 5 of the principal Act.

Mr. MILLER:

I do not need the advice of the hon. member because he has not advised the Minister on the drafting of this Bill.

Mr. B. COETZEE:

We want to hear some of those letters.

Mr. MILLER:

I say that Clause 6 is one of the most important clauses of the whole Bill because here something really constructive is being done and that is the appointment of people in permanent posts to carry out certain work. The hon. the Minister has not satisfied members of the Opposition. [Interjection.] I know the hon. member for Standerton is not concerned; he is only concerned about time.

Mr. B. COETZEE:

Read some of those letters to us; we want to see them.

Mr. EATON:

On a point of order, is the hon. member for Vereeniging (Mr. B. Coetzee) entitled to cast aspersions on the honesty of the hon. member for Florida (Mr. Miller)?

Mr. B. COETZEE:

I simply asked the hon. member to read out some of those letters. We would like to hear what they say.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Sir, may I address you on the same point of order? The hon. member said: “We would like to see those letters.” In my submission that is a clear imputation that the hon. member received no such letters.

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member must accept the word of the hon. member for Vereeniging.

Mr. MILLER:

I will conclude by saying that I can assure the hon. the Minister that the discussion on the details of this Bill is motivated by the inquiries and the concern of members of the public and particularly those who are serving members of the action committees.

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member must confine himself to this clause.

Mr. MILLER:

All I want to do is to ask the hon. the Minister to give us some detailed information.

Clause put and agreed to.

Remaining Clauses and Title of the Bill mit and agreed to.

House Resumed:

Bill reported without amendment.

OFFICIAL SECRETS AMENDMENT BILL

Fifth Order read: Resumption of Second—Reading debate,—Official Secrets Amendment Bill.

[Debate on motion by the Minister of Justice, upon which an amendment has been moved by Mr. Tucker, adjourned on 5 April resumed.]

Mr. PLEWMAN:

When this debate was interrupted by the adjournment of the House on Monday evening, the matter at issue had become rather obscure, and the contribution of the hon. member for Heilbron (Mr. Froneman) certainly helped to increase the obscurity. I think it is necessary, therefore, to get the record straight. The operative clause of this Bill, which is designed to amend the Official Secrets Act, No. 16 of 1956, is Clause 2. The effect of Clause 2 is that the Bill now extends the purpose and the effect of this legislation, which by definition—and I repeat, which by definition—has thus far related exclusively to matters which may be prejudicial to the military administration of the country and in that way, of course, also prejudicial to the safety of the State. But the Minister proposes now to extend this legislation to matters relating to civil administration, i.e. police matters. That is the new principle in the legislation. And the Minister proposes to do it in a way which completely lacks definition. That is the reason why the Opposition finds it impossible to support the Bill in its present form. There is a complete lack of definition as to what is meant by the term “police matter”. That lack of definition is, of course, quite fundamental, and that defect in the Bill is not cured by the words which follow and to which the hon. member for Heilbron in particular drew attention; those words are to the effect that the person concerned “publishes” (a statement) “or directly or indirectly communicates it to any person in any manner prejudicial to the interests of the State”. I say that it is obvious that there is a defect which is not cured because firstly there is this presumption section in the principal Act, Section 8, which reverses the onus of proof as to what is prejudicial to the interests of the State.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

That is found in all legislation of this sort.

Mr. PLEWMAN:

No, I would like to correct the hon. the Minister. I am dealing with what is in this legislation. The Minister is adding something to the existing legislation and I am trying to show what the effect of the addition is. There is a heavy onus placed on a person charged under this Act. The onus is here reversed and placed on the person charged. Sir, I do not want to read out the section; the hon. member for Germiston (District) (Mr. Tucker) has already done so and I leave it there. But the second reason why it is obvious that these words do not cure the defect is that even allowing for the presumption section, the gravamen of the defect still is that there is this lack of definition as to what overt act on the part of the person concerned will bring it within the ambit of the term “police matter”. The hon. the Minister has given an explanation as to what he believes may be included in that term. But nobody knows better than the hon. the Minister that no court will rely for its interpretation of the law on what has been said in this debate. If the hon. the Minister knows of circumstances in which police information deserves the same protection as military information, in the interests of the State, then it is obviously his duty to particularize the matter and not to particularize it by mere statements to this House but to particularize it in the Bill. Both the hon. member for Germiston (District) and the hon. member for Durban (North) (Mr. M. L. Mitchell) have made that point abundantly clear. But I want to say again that if there are instances where police information or police action deserves, in the interests of the State, the same protection as military information or military action then let the Bill say so. Let it say so in terms so clear and distinct as will also meet the interests of justice, because that is an essential feature if we are going to change the ambit of the Bill in the direction in which the hon. the Minister is now doing so. You see, Sir, the House is here concerned with a penal provision. The Official Secrets Act creates by definition a number of offences which are specifically designed to safeguard military and naval intelligence or information in the hands of those state officials who are concerned with the military or the defence administration, as distinct from the civil or police administration. That is no doubt why the first penal provision in the Act, in Section 2, relates to espionage; it relates to such matters as secret official codes and military or naval installations or military and naval plans. That is also the reason why, I believe, a standard work on “Criminal Law” such as Gardiner & Lansdowne classifies offences under the Official Secrets Act amongst offences directed at the safety and tranquility of the State, a classification which is completely distinct from offences connected with the administration of justice, which affords specific protection to the police as peace officers and as servants of justice. Sir, much play has been made of the introduction of the term “military matter”. Both the hon. member for Ceres (Mr. S. L. Miller) and the hon. member for Heilbron made great play of the introduction of those two words, but personally I regard the inclusion of this term as being quite tautologous, as being quite unnecessary, because the very essence of the Act deals precisely with that; that is what the principal Act deals with; it deals with military matters. As soon as you put in the words “military matter” without definition, then why not also put in “naval matter”? Because it seems to me that the inclusion of “military matter” without definition will exclude naval matter under these circumstances. I should not think that that is what the hon. the Minister desires to do. But I see no objection to the inclusion of the words “military matter”. As I say, that is precisely what the principal Act is designed to deal with, and any court trying to interpret them will obviously use ejusdem generis rule of interpretation and will look to the words which precede them to determine what it means. The very first words that precede this term are the words “munitions of war”. A court would also look at the definition section in the Act, and the definition section in the Act is directed essentially—not altogether, because there is a term such as “Government”— to matters affecting military administration and naval administration and not civil administration. Sir, where in this Act is any court going to find, either in the new subsection (2) of Section 3 or in the definition section, anything to assist it in confining the term “police matter” to those incidents which the hon. the Minister himself used as examples. There is nothing in the Act itself to assist the Court in this regard. In fact, the addition of the words “police matter” simply amount to the addition of some ill defined concept of civil administration to the principle Act, and the addition of these words also adds some ill defined concept of the term “official secrets”. The hon. the Minister knows very well that in the administration of justice there is no place for official secrets and there is no further need for the provision of trial behind closed doors such as is provided in Section 12. The Minister knows perfectly well that the courts already have adequate powers to protect the interests of the State with regard to any unnecessary disclosure of confidential matters. The courts also have adequate powers to protect the public interests and public morals against needless invasion. Furthermore, as the law stands to-day it allows adequate safeguards to the police as servants of justice against interference or against any hindrance in the execution of their duty as police officers and as servants of justice. The hon. member for Heilbron posed this question: He said, “would it improve matters if the Security Police were transferred to the Defence Department”? Sir, I do not want to comment on that. I would like to see a substantive proposal of that kind before I comment on it. But I certainly do think it will improve the law as now proposed here if police matters are defined as relating to those particular aspects of security police activity which need special protection. If the hon. the Minister can do that, then of course the objection to this complete lack of definition will be modified to a degree and perhaps removed entirely.

For those reasons, Sir, the Bill as presented to us to-day certainly does justify the Opposition’s objection to it and justifies the Opposition in asking for a definition of this new offence which is now to be included in the penal code.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

That is not what you are asking for at all.

Mr. PLEWMAN:

Of course we are asking for a clearer definition.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Your amendment shows that you do not want the Bill at all.

Mr. PLEWMAN:

I made it perfectly clear that the Bill deals with one aspect which by definition confines it to a particular type of administration, namely military administration, and now we are being asked to extend it to civil administration without any definition. I am trying to make that position quite clear. Sir, the Minister said that he was able to persuade the Press Union, the N.P.U., of the need for this new addition to the penal code. I can only say that the Minister must have been very persuasive indeed.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

I did not persuade them at all. They used their common sense.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

After listening to your explanation as to what the Bill meant.

Mr. PLEWMAN:

The hon. the Minister told us that he had explained the matter to them and that he had persuaded them that the Bill was quite acceptable. I repeat therefore that he must have been very persuasive in the light of the objections which have been raised from this side of the House or, on the other hand, if the Minister is right in saying that he did not persuade them in direct terms, then I can only say that the N.P.U. was in the mood to be persuaded very easily.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Or did not read the Bill.

Mr. PLEWMAN:

Yes, possibly they did not read the Bill. I am sure that in spite of that persuasion of the N.P.U., newspapermen will soon learn that the term “police matter” is far too wide and far too vague a term on which to make any assessment as to what may safely be published in practice. If the Press is to publish matters at its peril then at least let the nature and the extent of the peril be quite clear to the Press. I believe that this lack of definition is going to place the Press in great peril, quite out of proportion to the evils which have thus far been disclosed and which are known to this House.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Why not leave it to them to judge?

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Why have Parliament then?

Mr. PLEWMAN:

Surely the Opposition has a duty. I can assure you, Sir, that newspapermen are soon going to realize what this means.

Mr. B. COETZEE:

Are you suggesting that they are so stupid?

Mr. PLEWMAN:

But the private individual is also affected. The man who gives information about what happens next door to him is also affected. If a private individual receives information in regard to what the Minister calls “a police mustering to deal with some subversive element” and he discloses that information, he is also subject to the penal code which is now provided for in this Bill. Sir, I wish to indicate that the Argus in its leader last evening does seem to begin to appreciate the implications of this new legislation, and after dealing with what they called the assurances by the hon. the Minister they do go on to urge that an attempt should be made to give effect to the legislation …

The DEPUTY-SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member is not allowed to read from a newspaper article or a leading article at this stage.

Mr. PLEWMAN:

Sir, this is an opinion expressed in a leading Press article.

The DEPUTY-SPEAKER:

The hon. member may not read extracts from newspapers referring to debates in this House during the same Session.

Mr. B. COETZEE:

You cannot use other people’s brains!

Mr. PLEWMAN:

This editorial points out that the legislation may place them into difficulties and they urge the Minister to include in the Bill itself what he says he intends to safeguard therein.

Sir, you will not allow me to deal with it but it is very specific in regard to this matter that if you do not amend the clause you leave it in the hands of some petty official to shield behind this provision.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

It is nonsense to talk about a petty official and you should know it.

Mr. PLEWMAN:

Why should I know it?

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Of course you should know that only the Attorney-General can decide in this matter.

Mr. PLEWMAN:

But that is not what their complaint is. The complaint is that the petty official will shield behind this and say “I cannot tell you”. That is what they are complaining about not about the Attorney-General who prosecutes. It is before they can even get the information; that is what they are complaining about. They would not have complained had it not been a positive factor to be taken in consideration.

There is another aspect. I think it is extremely healthy that publication of matters in which the police are involved should take place. When publication does take place in regard to what the police have done, whether they did it badly or whether they did it well, is a circumstance which indicates that the administration of justice in the country is completely healthy.

Finally I can only add this; without a clear definition as to what is intended by the words introduced here, I can only see this legislation as erecting yet another fence against the freedom of the Press and therefore against the liberty of the individual. As soon as you erect legislative barriers of this kind it must affect one or other, or both, those freedoms. I can only say that the Bill, in the form in which it has been presented to this House, is unacceptable. It should never have been introduced into this House in this defective state. It would not have been introduced into this House had the Government not on many other occasions have indicated their intolerance to Parliament dealing with matters of this kind, and to the Opposition seeking clarity as to what the implications of the legislative proposals. Those are factors which we must face to-day. There is intolerance to it; the attitude is that Parliament is becoming a waste of time. The Bill itself should never have been presented to the House in the form in which it is before us to-day.

*Mr. FRANK:

Once again it is clear to us that the Opposition is incapable of learning a lesson. Once again they have advanced arguments based on theories without taking any notice of what is happening around us. Mr. Speaker, I want to ask you to cast your mind back to the period after the riots in Paarl when a vehement attack was made on the hon. the Minister of Justice in this House because he did not take timeous action. He pointed out that he could not have acted timeously because he did not have the necessary power. Emergency legislation was then introduced and we had the same type of opposition we are having here to-day. We had similar opposition; they voted against the first reading. They then tried all sort of delaying tactics but they voted for the third reading. The occurrences after the passage of that emergency legislation, legislation which they opposed just as they are opposing this legislation, proved conclusively that that legislation was absolutely necessary and that the hon. the Minister was absolutely justified in his action.

What has happened in this debate? The hon. member for Germiston (District) (Mr. Tucker) acted as he did at that time. He presented the freedom of the Press and of the individual as being something sacrosanct. That is a basic principle to which we all subscribe in normal circumstances but are we living in normal circumstances to-day? That is the big question. I think the Opposition have been struck so blind by the results of the recent provincial council elections that they can no longer see what is happening in the world around us. The whole world knows we are involved in a cold war and that South Africa is right in the front line. Not only is a cold war being waged against South Africa—and they also know that; or they ought to know it at least—but they know that people are trained in the rest of Africa how to attack us. The United Party knows that African countries appropriate moneys in their budgets in order to train people to act against us. Not only are they trained in military methods but in sabotage methods as well. The United Party must concede, therefore, that we are not living in normal circumstances and that the freedom of the individual and of the Press must of necessity stand back for the safety of the state.

The hon. member for Germiston (District), who is not here to-day, said something else. He said this legislation made provision for circumstances in which not only the safety of the state was concerned but also in which the interests of the state were concerned. He said it was wrong because it was too wide. The hon. member knows that these words “interests of the state” appear in the existing legislation. This is not new wording. This legislation has been taken over from the English law and it has been proved over the years that the words “interests of the state” were merely inserted in order to close loopholes. It is nothing new therefore.

The hon. member for Durban (North) (Mr. M. L. Mitchell) says this legislation is so wide that a person may be prosecuted unjustly. The previous speaker also raised that point. That is, of course, the position in theory and the hon. the Minister has admitted it. The hon. the Minister pointed out that he too would have liked more definite wording had that been possible without opening loopholes. But unfortunately that is not possible. We were faced with the same difficulty in connection with the other legislation. There too we could not get the exact wording. As I said a moment ago they had to insert the words “in the interests of the state” in the English law in order to avoid leaving loopholes. That is why the Act is as wide as it is. As the hon. the Minister has pointed out it is provided that only the Attorneys-General may order a prosecution.

The hon. member for Durban (North) committed the biggest faux pas of all. He proved that it was really the hon. the Minister and not the Attorneys-General who had that power. That, Mr. Speaker, is the biggest political faux pas of all. I am not speaking on behalf of the Government but on behalf of the whole country when I say we have full confidence in the hon. the Minister of Justice. In view of the fact that the ultimate say lies with him they will now vote wholeheartdly for it if they had any doubts previously.

In spite of the attitude of the electorate during the recent election, an attitude which proved that the public was not satisfied with the attitude adopted by the United Party in this House in regard to matters concerning the safety of the country, they continue to adopt the same methods. They say they are going to vote against this legislation at this stage. It is clear that the principle in this legislation is to take steps to ensure the safety of the state. If the Opposition votes against the Bill at this stage they will be voting against the principle that steps be taken to ensure the safety of the country. [Interjections.] That is clearly the position, Mr. Speaker. What happened at the time of the emergency legislation is again happening here to-day. The principle is to take steps to ensure the safety of the state. If they are not against the principle they must vote for it and then come forward with amendments in the Committee Stage in order to improve the legislation. Had they done that they would have done the right thing. They are doing what they are doing for the same reason they did it in the past. They have to take the progressive elements in their ranks into account as well as the newspapers which still support them. They want to vote against the Bill now and for it at a later stage so that they can say: “We voted against the law but we also voted in favour of it.” Then they will be satisfying everybody. It is clear, Sir, that the end of the United Party is not yet in sight.

Mr. MOORE:

I enter this debate as a simple civilian anxious to see where I stand under the law. I have listened to legal men, pundits, on both sides of the House telling us what this amendment to the Act means. I must say that the hon. member for Omaruru (Mr. Frank) has not helped me very much. I am surprised that he as a South West African should imply that we on this side of the House are not concerned about the safety of the state. He owes his very South West Africa to men on this side of the House who stood for the safety of the state. No South West African should ever accuse the United Party of that. So much for him!

My difficulty is this that I think this amendment is not clearly defined. I have read the Act—I am speaking as an ordinary layman who have not the legal knowledge which other members who have participated in this debate have—and I think the word that should not have been used in this amendment is the word “matter”. We speak of “military or police matter”. That word is not used in the original Act at any time. The nature of the offence, what can become an offence, is clearly defined in the original Act. We do not think we should speak of “a military matter”. I am leaving out the word “police” for the time being. I am now speaking of “a military matter”. How can one define “a military matter”? I do not think one can do so. In English the word “matter” has so many meanings. It is generally associated with a substance. It can even mean the puss coming from a wound. We have jargon, of course, such as “matter of law”, “matter of fact”, “the matter at issue”. I have heard the word used in that connection but I do not think one can define “a police matter” or a “military matter”. Therefore I say a new definition should have been given to us.

What should the hon. the Minister have done in this case? I see he wishes to apply the provisions of this Act to the police as well and he introduces it in this clause which amends Section 3 of the Act. I do not think it is appropriate there. Section 3 of the Act is the section dealing with munitions of war and not with this arbitrary expression “any military or police matter”. It is something quite different. It deals with guns, ammunition, things that we use as munitions of war and military installations. Those are munitions of war; it does not deal with information about some police or military matter divorced from that. This is the wrong section. I would suggest this to the hon. the Minister: He should introduce a separate Bill altogether and not link it up with this one. Or he can introduce a completely different clause introducing another section to the Safety Act. As far as I can see this is an amendment that can be interpreted very widely, so widely, in fact, that the ordinary citizen will not know what it means. I am not concerned with the Press; the Press have expert legal advisers but the ordinary man has not. When he reads this I am sure he will not have the faintest idea what it may actually mean for him.

*Mr. VISSE:

I am surprised at the hon. member for Kensington (Mr. Moore), who says he is an ordinary citizen for entering this debate. In any case, I do not expect that from a teacher. The hon. member contradicted himself. At the beginning of his speech he said what was involved was the word “matter”. To me it is quite clear: “police matters” means everything concerning the police and which …

*HON. MEMBER:

Everything?

*Mr. VISSE:

Read it together with the rest of the sentence. As a teacher the hon. member for Kensington ought to know that you cannot just take a word and base your submission on that. You must read the whole sentence. Had the hon. member read the whole paragraph it would have been clear to him what it meant. “Any person who has in his possession … any sketch, plan, model, article, note, document or information which relates to any … police matter”. When you read the whole sentence, Sir, it is clear what it means. Then you must read further: “… prejudicial to the safety of the state”. That is important. The two have to be read together. That was how the Press union saw the position; they read the whole sentence. They analysed it and came to the same conclusion. The most important feature in the whole Bill is the safety of the state.

*Mr. MOORE:

We know that.

*Mr. VISSE:

What are you talking about then? Say, for instance, hon. members opposite are right and that the Press would be prejudiced in that they would not be allowed to publish certain things, which do they place first: The interests of the state or the interests of the Press? Answer me.

Mr. PLEWMAN:

The interests of the individual come first.

*Mr. VISSE:

The interests of the state come first.

Mr. MOORE:

May I say the Special Branch of the Police visited my house last night? Can I write a letter to the newspaper and tell them that.

*Mr. VISSE:

What has that got to do with the safety of the State or with the interests of the State. Absolutely nothing. An ex-teacher ought to know that. I really cannot understand how hon. members opposite can argue that the Press will be prejudiced. The safety of the State is the main consideration. The hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South) (Mr. Plewman) says the safety of the individual comes first. If that is so then that individual will no longer exist if the State is destroyed. That is how they argue about this clause, Sir, they do not know what they are talking about; they have not read the clause properly; they have not analyzed it otherwise they would never have come to that conclusion.

The hon. member for Kensington attacked the word “matter”. I expected him, as a former teacher, to suggest another word but he did not. But that is not really their objection. The hon. member for Germiston (District) said they objected to the legislation and that they wanted the second reading to be read to-day six months. That means they are opposed to the principle. The hon. member for Germiston (District) said that last Monday. Hon. members opposite no longer know what their members said on Monday. To-day they advance different arguments. It will not surprise me if the last speakers on Opposition side express themselves completely in favour of the Bill and tell the Minister he should already have introduced it last year.

Mr. CADMAN:

In view of what the hon. member for Omaruru (Mr. Frank) has said— and I must say I am surprised it came from him; he being a lawyer—and in view of what the hon. member for Prinshof (Mr. Visse) has said—and I am surprised it came from him; he being a lawyer—I think it is time that we refuted the accusation which has been made that the attitude this side of the House adopted at the second reading should have been adopted at the Committee Stage. Let us come down to the basic facts of the matter, Sir. Here we have a Bill which is virtually, to all intents and purposes, a one-clause measure. Only one clause has been discussed in this whole debate. Unless the Opposition had raised the points they had at this stage a real danger would have existed that they would not have been able to do so during the Committee Stage because it might well be ruled that the principle of the Bill was what is contained in this one clause. We would have been completely bound as to stating our objection to this particular clause which, of course, is also the Bill. There is no foundation at all, therefore, in this accusation which is being bandied about that, because the Opposition is against the clause which forms the Bill, at the second reading they are against the whole principle of protecting the interests of the State. Our procedure was correct. Had we not adopted this procedure we could well have been silenced entirely from voicing our objection in any respect. This is something which an Opposition always has to guard against. It is better that we state our objections now rather than find at the Committee Stage that we are not able to state any objections at all simply because of a rule of procedure.

Let us come to the measure itself. First of all, I want to refer to some of the remarks made by the hon. member for Omaruru. I was surprised to hear what that hon. gentleman had to say in view of the fact that he is a man who has achieved some distinction in the legal field. It is so easy to adopt an attitude such as the hon. gentleman has adopted, which is this: It is difficult to define a certain measure; therefore, rather than face the difficulty and apply one’s intellect to that difficulty in order to try to do it, one simply gives in and says: “Hand over the whole lot to the Minister and allow him to exercise his discretion.” There has been talk about the freedom of the individual. I am quite certain not a single member of this House does not believe in the fundamental principle of the freedom of the individual. But, Sir, we all agree equally that, in certain spheres, and the question of what is and what is not done prejudicial to the State is one of those spheres, there can be a justifiable invasion of the freedom of the individual. Unlike the two hon. members who have just spoken from the Government benches, what we should do is not simply to say: “Because it is difficult to define the limits of that invasion let us throw up our hands and retire.” What we should bring our minds to is surely to get a clear definition of the boundaries of the invasion. We all accept that there are instances where there has to be an invasion of the rights of the individual but what we should try to agree on, and what we on this side of the House have expressed as our objection to this measure, namely, the lack of it, is to make an attempt to define clearly where that invasion ends so far as the individual is concerned. I am not concerned only with the Press; I am concerned with the individual. I believe that there ought to be agreement on those principles. I believe there is agreement. I believe hon. gentlemen on that side would have contributed a great deal more to this debate had they tried to assist us in defining the limits within which this invasion can justifiably take place rather than simply saying: “It is a difficult problem and therefore we will not even try to solve it.”

The objection we have can be exemplified if one limits one’s attention for the moment to certain wording of this clause. I would refer hon. gentlemen opposite to these words—

Any person who has in his possession or under his control any information which relates to any police matter and who indirectly communicates it to any person in any manner prejudicial to the interests of the Union.
Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

That is the crux of the matter.

Mr. CADMAN:

Of course it is the crux of the matter. What does that mean? First of all, if one falls within these words one commits an offence. One commits that offence even if the communication is indirect and that means this: Not by handing the information, for example, to the hon. gentleman who has just interrupted nor by sending it through the post. That is a direct communication. By asking the hon. member for Transkeian Territories (Mr. Hughes) to convey it to the hon. member for Pretoria (Central) (Mr. van den Heever) is a direct communication. An indirect communication can be an inadvertent communication. It is still indirect although inadvertent. There is the first objection: A communication which is entirely inadvertent, and consequently entirely innocent, can bring one into the ambit of the penal sanction contained in this Bill.

Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

It must be prejudicial to the safety of the State.

Mr. CADMAN:

I shall deal with that issue as well. I accept that it has to be something prejudicial to the interests of the State; that is the whole essence of the measure.

I come to the second objection. I mentioned that as the first objection namely the lack of limits to the scope of this Bill.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

The words “indirect” and “direct” come from the old Act.

Mr. CADMAN:

I know that but as I tried to point out to the hon. the Minister earlier we agree that there is a sphere, i.e. the military sphere, within which you must accept some sort of invasion.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

You have no objection to that?

Mr. CADMAN:

No, because it is a comparatively limited sphere. I agree there is difficulty of definition but one must accept it within that sphere. Here that sphere is widened immeasurably because it refers, as the hon. member for Kensington has said, to “police matters”, which is in itself a wide phrase, and, secondly, because that is coupled with the words “prejudicial to the interests of the Union”. Let us consider an example there. Suppose, for example, there were to be, as there has been, an assault on a public road against a distinguished visitor to South Africa and suppose that there had been a mishandling of the investigation by the police of such an assault or that there had been a mishandling by the police in respect of the prosecution of such an assailant. Suppose this were to be published abroad. Can the hon. the Minister stand up and honestly say that that would not fall within the phrase “interests of the Union”?

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

It won’t; it has nothing to do with that sort of thing at all.

Mr. CADMAN:

How can the hon. gentlemen say this Bill has nothing to do with that sort of thing at all? That would surely be a communication of a police matter and it would be clearly prejudicial to the interests of the Union, particularly if that distinguished visitor were a man having diplomatic status. Now, Sir, the hon. Minister will get up and say that that is not the sort of example that he wants to bring within the provisions of the Act. I agree with him. Probably it is not the sort of thing. But the wording is so loose and so widely cast that that sort of example which I have given, and which we know has recently taken place, could have been the subject of prosecution in respect of a person who conveyed that information abroad. These are just a few examples which indicate our objection to this measure. It is so easy to stand up in this House and to say: Here is a measure. “This clearly falls within it”, and then to go to the other extreme and to say “this clearly falls outside it”. But the difficulty with this measure is that it is not black or white, the two extremes; it is cast in a manner which has a large area of grey in between, and it is that area of grey to which we have objection. We believe that it should have been better defined so that one could say with some clarity and precision and some certainty: Beyond this the measure does not go.

There is one further point that I should like to make. I believe and I think the hon. Minister will accept, and I am sure the hon. members for Omaruru and Prinshof will both agree with me that in all legislation, and legislation of this kind in particular, where a penal sanction is involved, one should try to get to the position that an individual can go to a legal adviser and say to him “I propose to communicate or publish this information. Am I committing an offence or am I not committing an offence”, and he should be able to obtain advice and so be able to stand within the law. The difficulty here is that no lawyer worth his salt would be able to advise in any particular situation whether the information could be communicated or not. He would say “I am sorry, I cannot tell you. You will have to go and ask the Minister, or the Minister’s Department.” I have no doubt that the Minister’s Department, if they are sensible civil servants, and I am sure they are, would say “We are very sorry, but we cannot give you any assurance on this: you better not publish.” The effect of that, whether one wishes it to be so or not, is that it will be a limitation, a clamp on what the Press can publish and what they cannot publish in an important sphere, viz. police matters. I believe that that is something we should not have. The Press should be able to find out what they can legitimately publish and what they cannot publish without committing an offence, and if they are ordinary people, as I am sure most journalists are, and they cannot find out whether they can legitimately publish a police matter or not, they will cease to publish it. And that, I believe, would be to the disadvantage of all, because these things, I believe, should be aired.

So I think it is fair to say that there is no doubt that the attention which has been given to the framing of this Bill, has not been adequate, and I think there should be rethinking in so far as the Bill is concerned, so that these difficulties which I have attempted to outline, can be done away with. Looked at in that light, I think the Opposition has taken up the proper attitude by saying: As this is a one-clause measure, we are against this clause and that the hon. Minister would do well to think again and to reframe this measure so that these difficulties can be overcome.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

During the debate on the Bill, both to-day and on a previous occasion, we have had from Government members who have spoken in the debate the usual distortions of the attitude of this side of the House that we have learned to expect in regard to measures of this sort.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Have you got the right to say that we are distorting?

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

I will explain why I say that. Mr. Speaker. I would like to say at the outset that I think it is deplorable that Government members do not meet the arguments which we put up, but instead distort the arguments …

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member cannot say that. He must withdraw the word “distort”.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

I withdraw it. But I say this, that it is deplorable that Government members who enter the debate do so on the basis not of challenging the arguments which we put up, but on the basis of putting up arguments which they say we put up (and which in fact we don’t) and then attacking us on that basis.

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member must come back to the Bill.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

Yes, Sir, I will now explain why I have said that. All the Government members, including the attorneys and advocates on the Government side, who have entered into the debate have all said that this Bill has only one object, and in fact it is the point of view of the Minister as well, and that one object is simply to secure the safety of the State. Then these hon. members go on to say that because we on this side oppose this Bill, we are not prepared to assist the Government in securing the safety of the State. That is their argument against us and it is not a fair argument at all, because this amendment does not have to do only with the preservation of the security of the State. The previous speaker on this side of the House, the hon. member for Zululand, dealt with this to some extent, but I would like to refer to another aspect of this. I would like to point out that this amendment has two objects, namely the securing of the safety of the State, and secondly, the securing of the interests of the State. Now the two things are not synonymous. The safety and the interests of the State are not synonymous, and if they were intended to be synonymous there would be no need for the use of the two words. If the hon. Minister’s contention when he introduced the Bill was correct, namely that all that this amendment has to do with is the safety of the State, then there would be no need whatsoever to use the two words “safety” and “interests”, or “safety or interests”. One word would have been sufficient, viz. “safety”. There is no doubt whatsoever that there are two situations and the two are quite different, as I will show in a moment. But I would like to read this paragraph, leaving out the irrelevant words, to show that my contention is correct, that there are the two situations. It reads—

Any person who has in his possession or under his control any sketch, plan … or information which relates to a police matter … and who communicates it to any person in any manner prejudicial to the safety of the Union …

That is one situation. The other situation is similar, but with “interests” brought in instead—

Any person who has in his possession information which relates to a police matter and who communicates it to any person in any manner prejudicial to the interests of the State.

The word “or” is introduced between the words “safety” and “interests”. Therefore it is perfectly clear that the two separate situations are envisaged. Having said that, it is perfectly clear, in my submission, that Government members are quite wrong to say that this Bill relates only to the safety of the State. It relates also to the “interests of the State”, and there are many things which may affect the interests of the State without prejudicing the safety of the State. E.g. adverse publicity overseas about some police action will certainly affect the interests of the State overseas, but it does not prejudice the safety of the State.

The hon. Minister and certain speakers on the Government side have said that the words “prejudicial to the safety or interests of the Union” were in the original section and that those words are not being amended. That is perfectly true. But the point is that those words now become tied to the words which are being inserted by the hon. the Minister and those words are “military or police matters”. In other words, those words being introduced must now be read in relation to the existing words, so that what will be affected by the amendment if passes is a police matter which could be prejudicial not only to the safety or the State, but also to the interests of the State.

When one deals with a police matter prejudicial to the safety of the State, it may perhaps be argued that in most instances it would be reasonably clear what such a matter is. But when one has to do with a police matter affecting the interests of the State, then in our submission the situations which could be termed “prejudicial to the interests of the State” are so wide that some definition of what is intended as a police matter in that context is necessary, and by that context I mean the context of a police matter prejudicial to interests of the State.

The hon. the Minister was referred by the hon. member for Durban (North) (Mr. M. L. Mitchell) to a Press statement which the Commissioner of Police, Lieut.-Gen. Keevy, made, as reported in the Argus on the 23rd of last month, and the hon. member for Durban (North) pointed out that the situation complained of by the Commissioner of Police is one which could fall, or which could be held by a court, to be a police matter which prejudicially affects the interests of the Republic, and the hon. the Minister denied that and said that that was not so.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

I did not deny it. I said he was talking nonsense.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

That is even stronger, and with respect to the hon. the Minister, may I return the compliment and say that if he persists in that attitude, then I must say that he is talking nonsense. This is what the Commissioner of Police said—

It is regrettable indeed that what was intended to alleviate the lot of those feeling the pinch the most has thus been exploited recklessly by a section of the Press and certain individuals in Cape Town to provide grist for an idle mill.

He then went on to say—

In this irresponsible manner discontent has been engendered where none existed and an unscrupulous attack made on the morale of the South African Police which has never been as high as at present.

Surely this sort of attitude in respect of a police matter must be termed to be one which prejudicially affects the interests of the State, because if the police are treated in an irresponsible way, if discontent is engendered where none existed, if an unscrupulous attack is made on the morale of the S.A. Police, surely that is prejudicial to the interests of the Republic. So I fail to understand the hon. the Minister’s attitude that this sort of police matter does not fall within the purview of the Bill. It may be that the hon. the Minister does not intend this sort of police matter to fall within the purview of the Bill. But that is precisely our complaint against the Minister: The amendment is so widely framed that it does fall within the purview, and if the hon. Minister’s intention is that this type of police matter should not fall within the purview, then he ought to come to this House with a more confined definition of what a “police matter” is.

The hon. the Minister stated that the National Press Union, after discussing the Bill with him, was satisfied that they need not fear the implications. Mr. Speaker, it is disappointing in my view that the N.P.U. has taken this point of view, but in any event it does not appear to be supported entirely by the editorial section of the Press. The hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South) (Mr. Plewman) referred to the attitude of the Editor of the Cape Argus …

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

He was one of the deputation.

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South) was ruled out of order.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

Mr. Speaker, may I address you on this point of order? I wish to refer to, not to read, the editorial by the editor of the Natal Daily News in last night’s paper. The relevant rule of the House, Mr. Speaker, is Standing Order 120 which reads “No member while addressing this House shall read any report of or any comments upon a debate of the same Session”. Mr. Speaker, it is significant in my submission that the previous Order, 119, reads—

No member shall refer to any matter upon which a judicial decision is pending.

There is a clear distinction made between these two orders. The one says that in the case of a pending judicial decision, no reference can be made to it, but in the case of Standing Order 120, the prohibition is simply to “read”, and in my submission I am perfectly entitled to refer to this editorial, although I am prohibited from reading it. The editorial appeared in last night’s Daily News to the effect that although the editor accepts in good faith the assurance given by the hon. the Minister …

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The article refers to the debate in this House, and the hon. member must abide by my ruling.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

May I not refer to the editorial at all?

Mr. SPEAKER:

No.

Mr. HUGHES:

On a point of order, Sir, the hon. member has referred to two different Standing Orders and we would like to have your guidance as to why in the one case the Order speaks of “referring to a case” whilst in the next section it refers to “reading”. I submit, Sir, that the hon. member has put up a case, and I would like you to give your ruling as to why there is this difference?

Mr. SPEAKER:

The hon. member is long enough in the House to know that Mr. Speaker does not have to give reasons. He gives his ruling.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

I would merely say that it would appear that certain editors of newspapers are now having second thoughts about the effects of this Bill.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

You mean the United Party has persuaded them?

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. Minister must not lead the hon. member astray.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

May I refer to …

Mr. SPEAKER:

The hon. member must not put his foot into it.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

So much for the attitude of the Press. As was pointed out by several speakers this afternoon, it is not only the Press that is affected by this Bill, but it is also the members of the public, and we on this side of the House are here to put the point of view which we believe to be justified on their behalf. We believe that if there is an unreasonable curtailment of Press reports, as undoubtedly this Bill will do, that that is prejudicial to the interests of the individual, because it is in their interests to know what is happening in this country, to know what the police are doing, except perhaps only in situations where the security of the State is involved. As has been pointed out by other members on this side of the House, in such situations we would have no objection to a curtailment along the lines suggested by this Bill. But our complaint is that as worded at present, the Bill goes far beyond the “prejudice to the safety of the State”.

Another interesting aspect is, I believe, that in the past there has been voluntary cooperation between the police and the Press, and I believe that in the main, with perhaps a few exceptions that the hon. the Minister may be able to point to, this has worked well and has not worked to the detriment of the country. In other words, what I am getting at is that where the Minister or a Commissioner of Police has felt that it would be prejudicial to the safety of the State to publish a certain police matter, the Press have co-operated it this has been drawn to their attention. The Minister has not shown this House why this situation ought not to continue and why it has now become necessary to legislate in this respect, and to cast the net so wide.

I want finally to deal with one point made by the hon. member for Prinshof. He said that because of the attitude of this side of the House in moving “that the Bill be read this day six months”, which is the strongest parliamentary objection to a Bill, this side of the House is against the whole principle of the Bill.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Of course. That is what I thought all the time.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

What the hon. Minister and members on that side of the House do not say is that this is an amending Bill and when we are against the whole principle, we are against the principle which is being introduced by the amendment, not the whole clause. The section as it is now is part of the law. We are not required to comment on that. Our attitude is directed towards the amendments proposed by the hon. the Minister, in other words, the words underlined in the Bill. As I have pointed out we are against the principle embodied in the amendment because in terms of the section as it will be worded if the amendment is passed, a “police matter” will include not only those police matters which are prejudicial to the safety of the State, but also those police matters which are prejudicial to the interests of the State, and, as I have said, Mr. Speaker, there are so many matters which could be held to be prejudicial to the interests of the State without affecting the safety of the State, that we consider that some definition of the phrase “police matter” is essential. Or, alternatively if, as the hon. Minister states, his intention is only to protect police matters which are prejudicial to the safety of the State, then the hon. Minister ought to delete the words “or interests” and leave the clause reading simply “police matter prejudicial to the safety of the State”.

I hope that I have now made our attitude perfectly clear and that we will have an end of these unfair allegations that because we oppose this Bill we are against assisting the Government in dealing with the safety of the State.

*Dr. COERTZE:

I want to start with the latter portion of the speech of the hon. member for Durban (Musgrave) in which he treated us to an oration on the difficulties the Press would experience if this Bill were passed. I was not here when the second reading commenced but I understand the Press Union is quite satisfied with this legislation but that there are certain newspapers which are not quite happy about it. I want to accuse the Opposition of pleading the cause of that section of the Press which does not feel happy about the Bill. It is that portion of the Press which has characterized itself in the past not by its responsible attitude regarding the safety and the interests of the State but because of its irresponsible attitude in that regard. I admit that no Government can govern a State without a Press. The Press is an essential element in government. The Press itself regards itself as a fourth member of the governmental unit. You have the State President, the Senate, the House of Assembly and the Press as the fourth member, but they are responsible to nobody except their shareholders or editor and in the case of some newspapers are controlled by a trust, which are responsible only to themselves. In this case a portion of the Press has not, in the past, displayed the sense of responsibility one would have expected from a fourth member. If the Press_ Union agreed to this it simply agreed as to how a decent Press should behave itself and if this is the way in which a decent Press behaves itself why does a certain section of the Press object to this? There is only one reason and that is that certain newspapers in this country want to do their work without taking any risks. They refuse to take the ordinary customary risks. They object to our law of libel because that does not leave them at liberty to make defamatory statements about somebody as they please. They also have a duty as far as the safety of the State is concerned but they are not prepared to accept that responsibility and that is why the Opposition, as the advocates of that irresponsible section of the Press, object today. That is all I have to say about the charge made by the hon. member for Musgrave (Mr. Hourquebie) against this side of the House, namely, that we on this side are not doing what we ought to do with the result that the Press cannot do its duty as it should.

The hon. member for Musgrave also had a great deal to say about the words “safety and interests”. He suggested that those words should not appear in legislation dealing with police matters. I do not want to follow him in his tortuous twists and arguments. The fact of the matter is that the safety of the State is a police matter. We do not call upon the military forces when treason or high treason has been committed. All crimenae majestatis imminutae, as it is known in the criminal law, are police matters and must we allow the Press or any person to make the task of the police difficult when they are dealing with such matters? Must they go unpunished? Of course not. If the case is not covered by common law or any other law the law must be changed. The easiest way of amending it is to bring it in under the Official Secrets Act and that is what we are doing here. The hon. member for Musgrave suggests that when we bring it in under that Act we will cover many more things, which should not be covered and he says that is our real intention. But that is a wrong interpretation of the clause. It is not substantiated by the wording. Clause 2 says any person who has information under his control and who publishes it in a manner or for any purpose prejudicial to the safety of the Union shall be guilty of an offence. That is where the hon. member makes a mistake. Any matter prejudicial to the interests of the Republic is a matter which will be handled by the police, in the first instance, and it is only when they are not in a position to control it that the military force comes into the picture. What objection can there be to bringing in the interests of the Republic and to protecting them in the Official Secrets Act as well? The hon. member is afraid the police will do something behind our backs and in that way prejudice the authority of the State. The hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South) (Mr. Plewman) said the provisions of Section 12 would also come into action. But the hon. member has no reason to say the police will misbehave themselves.

*Mr. PLEWMAN:

I did not say that.

*Dr. COERTZE:

But his whole argument is that the interests and the safety of the State, which are police matters, are matters which are really unwisely covered by the Official Secrets Act now so that those people or the Press, whose cause he is pleading, who want to publish it may not do so. One of the reasons is that Section 12 provides that such a person may be tried in camera. The hon. member said it in so many words. [Interjections.] Mr. Speaker, the hon. member for Wynberg (Mrs. Taylor) says I am the greatest distorter of the whole lot.

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order!

Mrs. TAYLOR:

On a point of explanation I said “contortionist” which is the word the hon. member himself used. I did not speak about distortion.

*Dr. COERTZE:

In that case I must be a sort of clown.

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member must withdraw that.

Mrs. TAYLOR:

On a point of order, the hon. member himself used the word.

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member must withdraw it.

Mrs. TAYLOR:

I withdraw it, Sir.

Mr. EATON:

On a point of order …

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! If the hon. member wants to raise a point of order in relation to what the hon. member for Standerton has said, he should have done so when the words in question were used.

*Dr. COERTZE:

By implication the hon. member for Musgrave created the impression that it was unwise to stretch the word “interests” to include police matters but he did not tell us why because as usual he kept his arguments suspended in mid-air. The hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South) clearly said it, viz. that if somebody contravened the law in regard to matters the police wanted to keep secret, a person who contravened the law could be tried in camera under Section 12. [Interjections.] If they do not object to a person who has contravened the law being heard in camera I do not understand their objection at all. But just in case one of the newspapers come forward with this argument I want to say there is absolutely nothing wrong in leaving it to the court, which is an independent body, to decide whether the information published is information which should not have been made public for the sake of the safety and the interests of the State because that will be the point on which there will be argument when the question arises whether the case should be heard in camera or not. The court will have to decide. That is why Section 12 clearly states a court may—not must—order the case to be heard in camera if the court is of the opinion that that is necessary for the sake of the safety of the Union. If hon. members do not object to that they have even less ground for their objection.

That brings me to another peculiar thing the hon. member for Musgrave has said. He has no objection when it concerns military matters but when it is a police matter the safety and interests of the Republic must not be protected by secrecy. That was his whole argument. He has no objection to the Official Secrets Act being applied in the case of military matters or other matters connected with the safety of the State, except police matters. He went to great pains to try to convince us that when it came to the police more is involved than merely the interests of the State; it involved all sorts of police matters, perhaps also—he did not say it but we came to that conclusion—the protection of the person and his property in which case it was wrong. But what is the difference in principle? What have the military forces got which is so much more glamorous than the police? The police constitute the first line of defence when it comes to protecting the State and it is only when they are not able to protect the State, because the forces against them are too strong, that military assistance is called in. I ask him this: When the police are dealing with a matter why is it wrong, per se to prevent people from making their task difficult by publishing information about their activities but quite right to keep secret the activities of the military forces? This is the type of illogical argument which reminds me of a woman. You cannot argue with her because she only says “it may be”.

The hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South) argued at length as though the words “police matter” or “military matter” had no meaning. He said there was no definition. I find that a similarly strange argument. There are five definitions in the Official Secrets Act. We do not pass an Act in this House without includeing in it a whole dictionary. We attach certain meanings to words to make their meaning clearer but many words are used in this legislation in respect of which there is no definition in Section 1. Only agent of a foreign State and military equipment and model are defined. Government is also defined so as to include the Railway Administration. Sketch is defined as well as Union to include South West Africa. Prohibited place is also defined.

There is one defect in the Official Secrets Act and that is that it loses sight of the fact that the police are also protecting the safety and the interests of the State but that is being put right here. [Interjections.] There may be other defects which I do not know about. I want to ask the hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South): Can he tell me what the word “publish” means with reference to the Official Secrets Act? It is not defined but that word has a particular meaning and if we do not know what it means we look it up in a dictionary. One can take every page. Take the words “safety of the State”. It is not defined but anybody who knows the language and knows something about the contents of an Act knows what it means. If you had to define every word used the definition clause of an Act would be more complicated than the Act itself. The hon. member ought to know that it is simply impossible to define everything. If the hon. member has that in mind he has said the strangest thing I have ever heard in this House, namely, that you must tie yourself down to definitions to such an extent that you cannot go on with your work.

I think that disposes of all the noise we have had from the hon. member for Musgrave and also of the peculiar idea the hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South) has as to what the task of a legislator is.

Mr. MILLER:

Mr. Speaker, I must say that we immediately reject the imputation suggested by the last speaker that there is any question of a reflection on the Police Force. I think that to read that imputation into what the hon. member for Musgrave has said is a very far-fetched inference and it immediately indicates the tight-rope on which the hen. member himself walked when he tried to justify the contents of this Bill.

Incidentally, the point of view expressed was that this amendment gave far too wide a scope for a matter which is not in itself confined because police matters are matters which affect the every-day life of the community in the utmost detail. Military matters generally connote enemies and generally refer to the external enemies of the country. There is no necessity to interpret the question of military matters because it has a limited connotation. It is self-contained in the very implication of its own terms, which is not so in the case of police matters. So to query why there should be any doubt that when one refers to a police matter the question of the safety or the interests of the State is a matter of concern to us, and not so in military matters, is a very far-fetched analogy. We realize immediately what a military matter is.

The Act as it stands deals particularly with the question of munitions and military matters, and those matters which affect an enemy interest in the State itself. That is an interest which goes far beyond the normal conduct of the civilian.

With regard to the question of the Press to which the hon. member referred, I should like to say that we are not here as the defenders of the Press. We refer to the Press as one of the many matters which are affected, but when the Minister himself said that he had satisfied the National Press Union, what it really means is this. He gave certain assurances to the N.P.U. He did not necessarily satisfy them with regard to the purpose of this Bill. He gave certain assurances, as he said himself, and that was what was published to the country. He said: I want you to accept that this does not refer to the every-day activities of the police in the execution of their duties in the country. That is an assurance which the Minister gave, but it is not an assurance which necessarily becomes part of the legislation of the country and so remains something enshrined in statute law and something which must be observed by the Ministers and his successors. Giving an assurance with regard to what it means or may imply is entirely different from the actual wording of the clause. What this side of the House asks for is an interpretation and a limitation of this power. This is not unusual in legislation. For instance, there is a clause in a statute put on the Statute book in 1961, Act No. 39, a General Law Amendment Act, which in Clause 4 amends the Criminal Procedure Act of 1955 in Section 108 by providing a Section 108bis, which says that when a person has been arrested on a charge of committing an offence, the Attorney-General may, if he considers it in the interests and the safety of the public or the maintenance of public order, issue an order that such person should not be released on bail or otherwise before the expiration of a period of 12 days. The Prisons Act of 1959 contains in its consolidated and amended form a limitation on the production, without the authority in writing of the Commissioner of Prisons, of sketches or photographs of any prison or portions of it. In other words, where these matters which are part and parcel of the daily life of the people are dealt with, namely police matters, the procedure is to give a description of what you want to deal with. I think it is common cause that one of the fears which the Commissioner of Police and the Minister have is as the result of the experiences they have had in regard to the arrest and detention of certain people in regard to matters which are regarded as possibly inimical to the interests of the State, where names or information are published which may have a certain effect on the course of the investigation, to the detriment of the safety of the State, or to the detriment of the prospective trial in respect of which the investigation is being made. If the Minister has a certain defined purpose, why is that not satisfactorily worded so as to contain that defined purpose in so many words? In other words, there is a tendency in some of this type of legislation merely by the addition of one or two words to throw the thing wide open, and although its objective is to deal with a limited aspect it virtually opens such a wide aspect that the very protection which has always existed in the interests of the community is removed.

It is not only the Press, as has been pointed out, but private individuals who are also affected. For example, there may be a raid on a house adjoining an individual and that latter merely makes a remark to his neighbour that last night there was a police raid at that particular house, then that in itself can be regarded as publication in terms of this Bill, and can land that individual in serious trouble. One cannot deny that, because it is sufficiently wide to include almost everything that can happen. That is the reason why one cannot accept the principle contained in this amendment, and because of that one cannot say that one will accept this Bill as it stands and then amend the clause in the Committee Stage, because then the principle will then already be accepted. So it becomes virtually impossible to amend the clause, because in amending it one may then be conflicting with the principle which has been accepted in the second reading. Those are the reasons why this side of the House must move the amendment that this Bill be read this day six months. If the Minister were to confine his interpretation of the term “police matter” to police matters affecting the safety of the State or something to that effect, something that limits its scope where it is perfectly clear that one does not mean the every-day occurrences about which the Minister gave assurances to the N.P.U., then we would be dealing with an entirely different position. I think we are perfectly justified in delicate matters of this nature not to rely merely on assurances. One of course accepts the integrity of the assurances but legally it has no value. We have many instances of such assurances. A person gives an assurance in the utmost good faith, but a judge may rule entirely differently because he says: Here is a law and this is the interpretation of it. and he is backed up by precedent or by the common law, and one cannot rely on the fact that one has seen a statement in the Press in regard to these assurances that were given, because that is not incorporated in the statute and therefore it has no value. One believes the assurances and that the Minister will carry out his assurances but they are not part of the statute. Our view is that this clause as amended goes much further than one can safely accept in the interest of the average man in the street, because it affects the every-day life of every citizen of the Republic who comes into daily contact with the police on all sorts of matters …

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! Those points have already been raised.

Mr. MILLER:

I just want to emphasize how important this matter is to the public.

Mr. HUGHES:

Mr. Speaker, I think the Minister has already realized from the speeches made from this side of the House that our difficulty …

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Your difficulty is to talk yourself out of your amendment.

Mr. HUGHES:

No, that is not our difficulty. If the Minister would accept our amendment there would be no trouble at all. Our quarrel with this Bill lies in the term “interest” of the State—the safety of the State and the interest of the State. Nobody complains about the Minister taking steps to protect the safety of the State. When the principal was passed in 1956, this side of the House gave it its full support, and I spoke on the measure, too. It dealt with military matters. Why did we give it our full support then? Because military matters concern mainly the defence of the State. We do not object to giving the Ministers powers to deal with the safety of the State in that respect, but when the police are now introduced we are concerned as to what police matters may mean. In terms of the Police Act the functions of the South African Police shall be, inter alia, (a) the preservation of the internal security of the Republic, (b) the maintenance of law and order, (c) the investigation of any offence or alleged offence, and (d) the prevention of crime. Each one of those matters can be said to be a police matter. Members on this side have given instances of what may be construed as being against the interests of the State. Part of our difficulty is this, as the hon. member for Zululand has pointed out, that no one will ever know, when publishing an article about the police, whether he is committing an offence or not because you cannot go to your law advisers and ask them whether this will be an offence in terms of the Act, because no lawyer will know whether the Attorney-General is going to deem this particular article or information to be against the interests of the State. Therefore we feel that there must be more certainty as regards this expression, and that is all we are asking for. One newspaper has stated—

One of the intentions of the amending legislation, we understand, is to prevent newspapers from disclosing the names of persons arrested by the Security Police, at least until such time as the police feel no harm can be done by releasing the news for publication. For example, when Adrian Leftwich was detained by the Security Police in the raids last July the Press published this fact. The police then complained that the publication of the information enabled several members of the African Resistance Movement to escape from the country.

When a newspaper publishes news of this nature it will not know whether it is against the interests of the State; whether it is going to enable some other people to escape; they will not know whom the police are seeking, and we feel that it is much better for the police to have some agreement with the Press than to have a Bill of this nature.

Another example of what may be construed as information against the interests of the State is what happened in the Bultfontein case. Sir, the Bultfontein case was a most unsavoury case, and it could be argued that any publication of the actions of the police in that case, although they were prosecuted, is against the interests of the State, because we do not want the outside world to know that our police behave in that manner. We had another example in this House last year. When this matter was discussed in this House last year hon. members opposite accused us of acting against the interests of the State in merely discussing the matter.

They said it would harm our country overseas. I am pointing out these matters to the Minister in the hope that he will see what our difficulty is.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

I know what your difficulty is.

Mr. HUGHES:

I am talking about the problem that we have with this Bill. Sir, the hon. member for Zululand (Mr. Cadman) has pointed out that once the Second Reading is passed the principle will have been accepted. This is a one-clause Bill. We do not know what amendments may be moved and accepted in the Committee Stage. We know that we can vote against the whole Clause, but once the Second Reading has been passed the principle will have been accepted and we will not be allowed to discuss the principle. We have some amendments which we hope the hon. the Minister will accept. We feel that the Minister, in referring to police matters in this Bill should have confined it to one of the police duties that is, the preservation of the internal security of the Republic.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Do you think you can cure the defect in the Bill, from your point of view, with an amendment?

Mr. HUGHES:

I do not know whether Mr. Speaker will accept our amendment and I do not know whether the Minister will accept it, but we feel that if “police matters” can be confined to the preservation of the internal security of the Republic, if that is all that it is intended to cover, as the Minister stated an introducing the Bill, then there should be no difficulty.

Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

Then your amendment is all wrong.

Mr. HUGHES:

I have not moved my amendment yet; we have to wait until we come to the Committee Stage before we can move it and we do not know whether it is going to be accepted. Sir, it is for that reason that we are opposing this Bill as it stands now because we say that the principle goes far too wide and that the activities of the police should be defined more closely. We shall accordingly vote against this Bill.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

We have had a lengthy argument here in connection with this Bill. After the introduction of the Bill an amendment was moved here by the hon. member for Germiston (District) (Mr. Tucker.) By the way, perhaps I should apologize to the hon. member for Durban (North) (Mr. M. L. Mitchell) for the fact that I will not be observing protocol this afternoon and for dealing first with the arguments advanced by the hon. member for Germiston (District) before I come to his arguments. As I say, the hon. member for Germiston (District) moved an amendment, and hon. members on the other side have taken up the whole of this afternoon in trying to talk themselves out of the dilemma in which the amendment of the hon. member for Germiston (District) placed them. [Interjections.] The hon. member for Zululand (Mr. Cadman) says that this is cheap talk on my part. Sir, the hon. member for Zululand is an authority in that sphere and his constituents in Zululand summed up the position quite correctly!

The hon. member for Germiston (District) moved an amendment here which indicates, according to well-established parliamentary practice, that in principle the Opposition is opposed to this Bill. That is the only meaning that can be attached to such an amendment. Does the hon. member for Transkeian Territories (Mr. Hughes) deny that when one moves that a Bill be read this day six months, there is only one interpretation that can be attached to it according to parliamentary usage, and that is that one rejects the principle contained in the Bill? The hon. member knows that that is the position, and that is the amendment that they moved. Mr. Speaker, what is the principle of this Bill? I am not dealing at the moment with the details. The principle with which we are dealing here is simply that when it comes to the safety of the State or the interests of the State—I shall deal later on with the meaning to be attached to the term “the interests of the State”—the same protection must be given to police matters as to military matters. How that term is defined is not relevant at this Second Reading stage. The principle is simply that as far as police matters are concerned, the safety of the State must be protected and that police matters should be placed on the same footing as military matters. That is the principle which the Opposition opposed here by moving the amendment which was proposed here by the hon. member for Germiston (District). It is no use the hon. member for Durban (North) shaking his head; he must not quarrel with me; he should quarrel with the hon. member for Durban (Musgrave) (Mr. Hourquebie) who sits just behind him, because the hon. member for Musgrave, who is now conveniently absent from the Chamber, stated their attitude perfectly clearly—and, after all, one always hears the truth out of the mouths of babes! The hon. member for Musgrave said, “We are against the principle of this Bill,” and he went further; he said, “I underline those words.” He stated perfectly clearly therefore that they were against the principle of the Bill. And what is the principle of the Bill?

Mr. LEWIS:

Of the amending Bill.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Hon. members opposite can say whatever they like but they cannot deny that they are opposed to the principle of the Bill. I want hon. members on the other side to understand perfectly clearly that we are going to make the accusation against them, in season and out of season, that the safety of the State is a matter of indifference to them. But not only have hon. members opposite shown here to-day that the safety of the State is a matter of indifference to them, their whole conduct in the past shows that the safety of the State is a matter of indifference to them. This Bill presented them with an excellent opportunity to get out of the mess which they made of things in the past, but it seems to me that even when one gives them such an opportunity on a platter they still refuse to take it.

What was the dilemma of the Opposition in this connection? They had prepared their amendment and the first members who took part in the debate on the other side had prepared their speeches on the basis that the N.P.U. would reject this Bill. I can therefore sympathise with hon. members on the other side, because they now find themselves in the position of the Australian aborigine who was given a new boomerang and who could not get rid of the old one! They have my wholehearted sympathy therefore. Sir, if that was not their dilemma, can hon. members opposite tell me why they moved an amendment that the Bill be read this day six months? The hon. member for Transkeian Territories who has been sitting in this House for many years and who knows the rules of the House, foreshadowed that they were going to move that amendment. I asked him by way of interjection whether he believed that their amendment would cure what they regarded as the defects in the Bill, and he told me that he believed that their amendment would do so, subject, of course, to its acceptance by Mr. Speaker and subject to my accepting the amendment. If that is what they believed then surely they would not have moved an amendment that the Bill be read this day six months; then they would have moved, as has been done in this House before, that the Opposition declines to approve of this Bill unless the Minister undertakes to define “police matters” specifically; we could then have argued the matter. If hon. members on the other side honestly believe that the words “police matters” cover too wide a field, that they may give rise to misunderstanding, if they were not opposed in principle to the protection of the safety of the State along these lines, why do they not move such an amendment? That is the usual amendment which is moved on such an occasion and which has been moved in this House on previous occasions.

Mr. HUGHES:

Why are you so upset?

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

No, I am not upset at all; as a matter of fact I am highly delighted because the attitude of the Opposition demonstrates their indifference to the safety of the State much better than I could describe it in words. Sir, that is a fact, and if hon. members on that side want to hang themselves it is no concern of mine, but then they must not come along afterwards and protest that their attitude must not be construed as meaning that they are opposed to steps which are designed to guarantee and to protect the safety of the State.

I have advanced the argument that hon. members of the Opposition assumed that the N.P.U. would reject this Bill, and it is quite clear from the speech of the (hon. member for Musgrave that the Opposition is disappointed that the N.P.U. did not reject the Bill.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

But you mentioned that fact when you introduced the Bill, even before we spoke.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

I said that the N.P.U. had accepted it; and what is the reaction of hon. members on the other side? Their reaction is one of disappointment that the interview with the N.P.U. went off as I explained to the House. Why are they disappointed? The Opposition are disappointed that an agitation has not been launched in South Africa once again to jeopardize the safety of the State.

Mrs. SUZMAN:

Will the hon. the Minister please explain the attitude of the delegation from the N.P.U.? He referred by way of interjection to a delegation from the Press Union. Did the delegation accept the Bill as it stands on behalf of the entire Press Union?

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

I told the House that one N.P.U. delegate came to see me initially; this was a Johannesburg delegate. Subsequently they asked me whether other delegates who could speak on behalf of the N.P.U. could come and see me, and I was then interviewed by the representatives of the Burger, the Argus and the Cape Times. They informed me that they had authority to speak on behalf of the N.P.U. The entire conversation. which lasted scarcely ten minutes, was conducted with the official representatives of the N.P.U.

I come now to the hon. member for Germiston (District). I notice that the hon. member is not in his seat, although I have received no apology from him in this connection. Sir, it is an old parliamentary custom, when one moves an amendment to a Bill, at least to apologize if one cannot be present in the House when the Minister deals in his reply with that amendment. I received no such apology. I did receive such an apology from the hon. member for Kensington (Mr. Moore), who also took part in the debate and who is not here at the moment. What arguments have we had from the other side? Sir, in the past when we have discussed measures of this nature, which are of a non-political nature, when we have debated legal matters here, it has always been our practice in this House to put questions to one another across the floor of the House, as we again did here to-day. You will recall, Mr. Sneaker, that after the hon. member for Yeoville (Mr. S. J. M. Steyn) had put a question to me, I courteously gave him the information for which he had asked.

I then put a similar question to the hon. member for Germiston (District), and you will recall how he snubbed me when I did so, and not only did he snub me, but you will recall how he snapped at the hon. member for Ceres (Mr. S. L. Muller) when the hon. member put a simple question to him in that connection. I come back again now to the amendment and to the speech of the hon. member for Durban (Musgrave). The hon. member for Germiston (District) said in the course of his speech: “We have no difficulty whatever in respect of matters affecting the military. So far as the military are concerned, we believe that these powers are necessary.” This forms part of the amendments; it is one of the new matters which have been introduced in this connection. May I just say this while I am on that point: The hon. member for Durban (North) said in the course of his speech, in reply to the hon. member for Ceres, that I had brought the House under the impression and that my attitude was that the only thing that was new in connection with this Bill was this reference to “police matters”. Sir, I stated the position perfectly clearly, in the following words: “A new principle is being introduced here, namely the insertion of the words ‘or military or police matters’.” In spite of this, the hon. member for Durban (North) went out of his way— I have checked his Hansard to see whether my impression is correct—to create the impression that I tried to bring the House under the false impression that we were only dealing here with police matters. Hon. members of the Opposition are now pretending that they do not know what is meant by “police matters”. Let me put this question to them: What is the difference between military matters and police matters? If you know the meaning of “military matters”, if that presents no problem to you—and the hon. member for Germiston (District) says that it presents no problem whatsoever to him—why then should the meaning of “police matters” create any problem?

*Mr. MILLER:

There is a great difference.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

What does this Bill say? Let us forget about “military matters” and “munitions of war” for a moment and assume that this Bill deals only with police matters. It will then read; “Any person who has in his possession or under his control any sketch, plan, model, article, note, document or information which relates to any police matter. …” Does that present any problem to hon. members on that side? Do the words “any person who has in his possession a sketch of any police matter” present any problem to them? I do not think so. I cannot see how the insertion of the words “a plan relating to any police matter” can present any problem to them. What does any individual or what does any newspaper want to do with such a plan unless it has sinister motives? Do hon. members want to defend that? They are now suddenly very concerned about the rights of the individual in this connection. What does any individual want to do with any model or any document belonging to the police? When we come to “information”, the information which relates to any police matter is precisely the same as the information Which relates to military matters. Surely that is obvious, and if hon. members have any doubt about it, they may read the reports of the cases decided in Britain and here in that regard. This information is not in the first place information which is made available to the general public every day. It is utter nonsense to talk about propaganda and to suggest that, because propaganda is made overseas, persons may be charged under this Bill. Where does it say in this Bill that one may not make propaganda about the police? You can make as much propaganda as you like; it is not an offence under this Bill, nor is it an offence under any other Act. One may complain about propaganda being made in regard to the police, and Gen. Keevy in fact did so. He said that it was not in the interest of the State that it should be done. Of course it is not, but the “interest” of the State in that sense has nothing to do with “the interest of the State” in the sense in which the term is used in this Bill. Surely hon. members know that, if they have read this Bill or if they have read the decisions of the courts both here and in Britain in that regard. No, this story of those hon. members that they have adopted that standpoint just because the wording is too vague is just a smokescreen; they do it merely to hide their nakedness, their indifference in regard to the safety of the State. I again put it to the Opposition that if they were honest in regard to their standpoint, why did they not tell us, in a reasonable and decent manner, and not as the hon. member for Germiston (District) did: “We quite agree with you that the safety of the State should be protected and that police matters should also be brought within the purview of this Act, but we think you are going too far; are you prepared to accept amendments in the Committee Stage to water it down so that it does not go too far?”

*Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

That is precisely what he said in his speech.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Yes, I am coming to that; that is what the hon. member said in his speech, and what happened then? Then suddenly, to my surprise, and I take it to the surprise of the whole House, the hon. member moved the amendment that the Bill be read this day six months. If the House had accepted that amendment, what protection would there then have been for the safety of the State? Then nobody would have worried about the safety of the State because that Would have been the end of the Bill. Hon. members know that in practice one cannot come with a Bill like this again during this Session. What game is the Opposition now busy playing? The game they are playing is this. They talk one way but do precisely the opposite, which is what they do in regard to practically every Bill in this House, so that they can piously go and say outside: “We are just as concerned as any other person about the safety of the State and in protecting police matters affecting the safety of the State; just see what we said in the House”, and when it suits them to seek support from the leftists they again boast that they are the people who. as the hon. member for Durban (Musgrave) said, are so opposed to the principle of the Bill that they invoke the most serious step in parliamentary procedure, viz. their moving that the Bill be read in six months’ time.

The hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South) (Mr. Plewman) complained and said that one of the reasons why he could not support this Bill was because police matters were not defined. I explained to hon. members when introducing the Bill, and I also explained to the Press Union, that it was found impossible to arrive at a satisfactory definition. But if hon. members opposite believe that they are clever enough to evolve a definition, and if they really wanted a definition of this term, they would have adopted a different standpoint in this regard. The hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South) has problems in regard to police matters, but he has no problems as the result of the fact that there is no definition of military matters.

Mr. PLEWMAN:

I said that it would be advisable to define “military matters”, because otherwise there was the possibility that “naval matters” might be excluded.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

No, it is too foolish for words to say that if one talks about “military matters” one thereby excludes “naval matters”. The hon. member should have a look at the decisions given in the courts in this regard. He must read the Bill in its context. No, the hon. member is just again making another excuse. His attack on this Bill is that he does not know what “police matters” are.

Mr. PLEWMAN:

I complained about the lack of definition.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Does it worry the hon. member that no definition of “military matters” is given in the Bill? He certainly has not told me so. The hon. member should not try to escape after having made this attack. You see, Sir, the hon. member’s trouble is that he dare not say that it worries him.

Mr. PLEWMAN:

That is tautology.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

The hon. member says that it is redundant; it should never have been put in the Bill, but the hon. member for Germiston (District) who in any case, apart from the Sunday Times, is still the leader of the legal group of the United Party, said that it did not worry the Opposition at all; that they wholeheartedly accepted and supported it. You see, Sir, that is the sort of argument we have had from the Opposition in this regard.

The hon. member for Houghton (Mrs. Suzman) opposed the Bill, and that of course does not surprise me, because whereas I have accused the Opposition of being indifferent towards the safety of the State, it is quite clear to anybody who knows politics that the Progressive Party is even more indifferent towards the safety of the State.

*Mrs. SUZMAN:

What nonsense!

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

The record of the hon. member’s party in this regard speaks for itself; I need not even mention it. The hon. member’s association and the associations of her party speak for themselves. The hon. member asked a fair question as to whether these matters could not rather be remedied by way of co-operation between the various newspapers and the S.A. Police. I said in my second reading speech that the agreement between the Press Union on the one hand and the S.A. Police on the other is now being reviewed, and that this matter will probably also be discussed there. That is one method of doing it and we are adopting that method, out it is not a conclusive one. I now ask the hon. member—I want to test her views in this regard; she took exception to it when I said that her party adopted an even more indifferent attitude towards the safety of the State than the United Party did—if it is right and fair to lay down these things in the agreement with the Press Union, which will only be a gentleman’s agreement, which will not be binding and to which no penalties will be attached, what is wrong with prescribing penalties in regard to these matters by means of an Act of Parliament?

Mrs. SUZMAN:

Because you always abuse every power you take.

*Hon. MEMBERS:

Mention one case.

Mrs. SUZMAN:

I have mentioned dozens in this House.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Things are getting interesting now. The hon. member is accusing me—and she is showing her true colours in this regard now—of having abused my powers. What is more, she added “in every case” …

Mrs. SUZMAN:

In every case in which you have taken wide powers.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

The words used by the hon. member were “every case.”

Mrs. SUZMAN:

In every case in which you have taken wide powers.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

We know what happened last year. In the no-confidence motion and in every debate in which they could be discussed police matters and so-called ill-treatment and things of that kind were raised. And this year? We have had many debates, but neither from the Leader of the Opposition, apart from a very minor oblique reference in his no-confidence motion, nor from hon. members on the opposite side have we had a single attack. We have not had a single attack, although there have been many opportunities to make attacks.

Mrs. SUZMAN:

You are quite wrong. I did raise it in the debate on the no-confidence motion.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

No, Sir.

Mrs. SUZMAN:

Yes, Sir; I have my Hansard.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

All that the hon. member referred to was the question of the two university professors. That was the only matter referred to by the hon. member.

Mrs. SUZMAN:

And I said that the 90-day clause should never have been there.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

But before the provincial election the hon. member did not see her way clear to raise the question of my abusing every power for which I ask, just as the hon. members on the opposite side did not see their way clear to raise it before the provincial election.

Mrs. SUZMAN:

You are quite wrong. I raised it at every public meeting.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

It is futile on the part of the hon. member to make that type of accusation against me now. It simply leaves me cold. I challenge the hon. member to take the next opportunity she gets—and she will get many opportunities—to prove where I have abused my powers.

Mrs. SUZMAN:

I will.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Does the hon. member remember that she tried to do so last year? Does the hon. member remember that she tried to do so with Hamilton Russell’s untruthful pamphlet and what the final outcome of it was?

Mrs. SUZMAN:

What was it?

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

The final outcome was that I proved to the satisfaction of the whole House that that pamphlet was a lie from beginning to end.

Mrs. SUZMAN:

To your satisfaction; not to mine.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

The hon. member for Durban (North) (Mr. M. L. Mitchell) tried to ridicule this Bill. He tried to show that they could not accept this Bill because everything from bingo to every other game would be a police matter. Did the hon. member advance these arguments merely for the sake of being funny? Or did he advance them because he believes that those things will be “police matters” in the context of this Bill? Surely the hon. member knows that the words “the safety of the State” and “the interests of the State” go hand in hand, not only in this particular clause of the Bill, but in all the other clauses as well? These two concepts go hand in hand not only in our security legislation, but in the security legislation of any other country in the world, because the one is the counterpart of the other. Let me mention an example to hon. members. The hon. member for Zululand (Mr. Cadman) also referred to this. There is a court case in progress in Britain at the moment because certain secrets were sold to the Russian Government by an official. It may very well be that those secrets cannot prejudice the safety of the State. That may very well be so, but it may also be that viewed from the other angle, the interests of Great Britain may be very seriously prejudiced if the Russians also have that information at their disposal. Does the hon. member see that the one does not exclude the other, that they are not opposed to one another? It all depends upon the angle from which one looks at it. The information may be of such a nature that it may prejudice the safety of the State, but on the other hand, whilst not endangering the immediate safety of the State, with which the court is concerned, it may not be in the interests of the State. For that reason the words “safety and interest of” have always been included in legislation of this kind and they must therefore remain in this Bill.

Not a single member on the other side—and to me that has been the test of the standpoint of the Opposition—has said anything against my argument that the basic reason for the introduction of this Bill is the way in which cold wars are being waged to-day. We virtually no longer have a formal declaration of war today. We have many examples of that. It is not necessary for us to go and look for examples. None of us doubts for one moment that a war is in progress in South Vietnam. Although, there has not been a formal declaration of war by either side, we know that a state of war does in fact exist there. According to international law. however, one will not be able to decide whether or not a state of war does exist, because a formal state of war has never been declared. Hon. members know that. And I have dealt with the fact that, as a result of these new developments, it is becoming more and more difficult to draw a clear distincion between the work of the police and the work of the military as far as the safety of the State is concerned; one can hardly distinguish between the two. That is the basis on which I have introduced this Bill. If that had not been the case, it would not have been introduced. If those had not been the circumstances, it would not have been necessary for me at all to include “police matters” here. Now I ask the hon. Member for Durban (North): If they were honest in the attitude they adopted, why did they not deal with that argument? Why did they not discuss that? Why did they not either admit that that was the position or deny it if they were of the opinion that that was not the position, because that was the whole basis of the argument which I advanced for introducing the Bill? The fact that none of them even touched upon it or considered it worthwhile to refer to it. only shows once again that the motive with which the Bill was introduced did not matter to them at all, that the safety of he State, with which the Bill deals, was of very little, if any importance to them, and that their only concern once again was to proclaim themselves the protectors of individual liberty in South Africa which was supposed to be threatened by this Government. As a matter of fact, the hon. member for Durban (Musgrave) (Mr. Hourquebie) intimated very clearly in his speech that this was simply another way in which this Government was undermining and interfering with the liberties of the individual.

*Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

Did I say that?

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Perhaps the hon. member no longer knows exactly what he did say, and I do not blame him, but if he looks up his speech he will see that that was the basis of his whole argument in this connection.

*Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

I challenge you to show where I said that in my speech.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

If hon. members on the other side now come along and tell me that their actions in this regard are attributable purely and solely to the fact “that they want certainty”, as the hon. member for Transkeian Territories (Mr. Hughes) said, then I say that I simply do not accept that that was their motive.

*Mr. HUGHES:

We do not mind the fact that you do not accept it.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

My attitude is that I do not accept it. Hon. members know that I am always prepared to discuss with hon. members opposite any amendments that may be moved by them. Because of the nature of my portfolio I have probably accepted more amendments moved by hon. members on the other side than any of my colleagues. But I now tell hon. members opposite that because they adopt the attitude which was adopted here by the hon. member for Germiston (District) which is that they reject the principle of this Bill, I cannot even consider accepting any amendment that may be moved by them. I am telling hon. members that so that they will know where they stand, and let me tell them why I cannot consider accepting any amendments: It is because I do not trust their motives. If they wanted to kill the Bill by means of the amendment they moved in the first instance, then surely I cannot trust their motives; surely then, I cannot but accept that any amendment moved by them will be designed to nullify the Bill and, if possible, to render it meaningless.

*Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Why not wait until we move the amendment?

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

I am not interested in any amendment at this stage, because it is not the intention of the hon. members to improve the Bill but to destroy it. That is what they have in mind. And those being their motives, I am not at all interested in any amendment they may move to this particular Bill.

I believe that in the times in which we are living, in view of the things still being prepared against us, in view of the action still being planned against us, it is good and necessary that this Bill should be passed. I have admitted all along that it is framed in wide terms. All Bills dealing with security are always framed in wide terms, not only in South Africa but also in the rest of the world. I have said that it is impossible to find a definition to water it down without interfering with the principles and without prejudicing the safety of the State. Therefore I want to state my attitude very clearly, and that is that after mature consideration I adopt the attitude that the Bill now before the House is the best, and I must ask the House to accept it as it stands without omitting a single jot or title from it. I believe that we must do that for the sake of the safety of the State, and every member who claims that he is also interested in the safety of the State will be tested on the basis of whether he supports or opposes this Bill.

Question put: That the word “now” stand part of t)he motion,

Upon which the House divided:

AYES—69: Bekker, G. F. H.; Bezuidenhout, G. P. C.; Bootha, L. J. C.; Botha, H. J.; Botha, M. C.; Botha, P. W.; Coertze, L. I.; Cruy wagen, W. A.; de Jager, P. R.; de Villiers, J. D.; De Wet, J. M.; Fouché, J. J.; Frank, S.; Froneman, G. F. van L.; Greyling, J. C.; Grobier, M. S. F.; Haak, J. F. W.; Henning, J. M.; Hertzog, A.; Heystek, J.; Jurgens, J. C.; Key ter, H. C. A.; Knobel, G. J.; Koornhof, P. G. J.; Kotze, G. P.; Kotzé, S. F.; Labuschagne, J. S.; Loots, J. J.; Malan, A. I.; Malan, W. C.; Marais, J. A.; Marais, P. S.; Maree, G. de K.; Maree, W. A.; Meyer, T.; Mulder, C. P.; Muller, S. L.; Nel, J. A. F.; Odell, H. G. O.; Potgieter, D. J.; Potgieter, J. E.; Rall, J. J.; Rall, M. J.; Sadie, N. C. van R.; Sauer, P. O.; Schlebusch, A. L.; Schoeman, B. J.; Schoonbee, J. F.; Smit, H. H.; Steyn, J. H.; Swanepoel, J. W. F.; Treurnicht, N. F.; van den Berg, G. P.; van den Heever, D. J. G.; van der Ahee, H. H.; van der Merwe, P. S.; van der Spuy, J. P.; van der Walt, B. J.; van Eeden, F. J.; van Niekerk, M. C.; Venter, W. L. D. M.; Viljoen, M.; Visse, J. H.; Vorster, B. J.; Vosloo, A. H.; Webster, A.; Wentzel, J. J.

Tellers: W. H. Faurie and H. J. van Wyk.

NOES—38: Barnett, C.; Basson, J. A. L.; Bennett, C.; Cadman, R. M.; Dodds, P. R.; Eden, G. S.; Emdin, S.; Field, A. N.; Gay, L. C.; Gorshel, A.; Graaff, de V.; Henwood, B. H.; Hickman, T.; Hopewell, A.; Hourquebie, R. G. L.; Hughes, T. G.; Lewis, H.; Malan, E. G.; Miller, H.; Mitchell, D. E.; Mitchell, M. L.; Moolman, J. H.; Oldfield, G. N.; Plewman, R. P.; Raw, W. V.; Ross, D. G.; Steenkamp, L. S.; Streicher, D. M.; Suzman, H.; Taurog, L. B.; Taylor, C. D.; Thompson, J. O. N.; Timoney, H. M.; Warren, C. M.; Waterson, S. F.; Weiss, U. M.

Tellers: H. J. Bronkhorst and N. G, Eaton.

Question affirmed and amendment dropped.

Motion accordingly agreed to and Bill read a Second Time.

The House adjourned at 6.53 p.m.

FRIDAY, 9 APRIL 1965 Mr. SPEAKER took the Chair at 10.50 a.m. QUESTIONS

For oral reply:

Building of Post Offices Curtailed *1. Mr. E. G. MALAN

asked the Minister of Public Works:

Whether the building of any post offices or other buildings of the Department of Posts and Telegraphs has been curtailed or stopped in terms of the building control regulations; if so, (a) where are these post offices and buildings situated and (b) what is the extent of the restriction in each case?

The MINISTER OF PUBLIC WORKS:

Yes.

  1. (a) A proposed new post office on the site bounded by Market, Joubert and President Streets, Johannesburg.
  2. (b) For a period of two years from February 1965 subject to review after twelve months as indicated in my Press statement of 27 March 1965.
*Mr. E. G. MALAN:

Arising from the hon. the Minister’s reply, does he regard that particular Post Office where the work has been restricted, as of less importance than the building operations in connection with Ministerial residences?

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order!

*II. Brig. BRONKHORST

—Reply standing over.

Grocers’ Wine Licences *III. Mr. OLDFIELD

asked the Minister of Justice:

  1. (1) (a) How many applications for grocers’ wine licences in terms of the Liquor Amendment Act, 1963, have been (i) received, (ii) granted and (iii) rejected and (b) how many are still under consideration;
  2. (2) when will successful applicants be permitted to commence the sale of wine in terms of the licence;
  3. (3) whether he has received objections to the issue of grocers’ wine licences; if so, (a) how many and (b) from whom;
  4. (4) whether he will make a statement in regard to the granting of grocers’ wine licences.
The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:
  1. (1)
    1. (a) (i) 30, (ii) none, (iii) 30.
    2. (b) None.
  2. (2) Falls away.
  3. (3) (a) and (b) Yes. In view of the volume of work it is not practicable to furnish particulars of objectors.
  4. (4) No. The honourable member is referred to the public Press statement which was made by me in this regard before the licensing court sessions last year.
*IV. Mr. OLDFIELD

—Reply standing over.

*VI. Mr. GORSHEL

—Reply standing over.

*VII. Mr. GORSHEL

—Reply standing over.

Non-Whites in White Universities *VIII. Mr. EATON (for Mr. Moore)

asked the Minister of Bantu Education:

How many (a) graduate, (b) undergraduate and (c) other Bantu students (i) requested and (ii) were granted permission to apply for admission to the Universities of the Witwatersrand, Cape Town, Natal and Rhodes respectively for the academic year 1965.

The MINISTER OF BANTU EDUCATION:

(a)

(i)

(ii)

University of the Witwatersrand

3

none

University of Cape Town

none

none

University of Natal

1

none

University of Rhodes

none

none

(b)

(0

(ii)

University of the Witwatersrand

1

none

University of Cape Town

1

none

University of Natal

2

one refused and one is still under consideration

University of Rhodes

none

none

(c)

(i)

(ii)

University of the Witwatersrand

none

none

University of Cape Town

none

none

University of Natal

none

none

University of Rhodes

1

still under consideration

*IX. Mr. EATON (for Mr. Moore)

asked the Minister of Indian Affairs:

How many (a) graduate, (b) undergraduate and (c) other Indian students (i) requested and (ii) were granted permission to apply for admission to the Universities of Witwatersrand, Cape Town, Natal and Rhodes respectively for the academic year 1965.

The MINISTER OF INDIAN AFFAIRS:
  1. (a) Graduate:

(i) Requested Permission

(ii) Granted Permission

Witwatersand

2

2

Cape Town

1

none

Natal

5

3

Rhodes

none

none

  1. (b) Undergraduate and (c) other Indian students:

(i) Requested Permission

(ii) Granted Permission

Witwatersrand

145

138

Cape Town

149

134

Natal

1 1

6

Rhodes

3

none

Available statistics do not permit of a distinction being drawn between Undergraduate and other Indian students.

*X. Mr. EATON (for Mr. Moore)

asked the Minister of Coloured Affairs:

How many (a) graduate, (b) undergraduate and (c) other Coloured students (i) requested and (ii) were granted permission to apply for admission to the Universities of the Witwatersrand, Cape Town, Natal and Rhodes respectively for the academic year 1965.

The MINISTER OF COLOURED AFFAIRS:

University of Witwatersrand:

(a)

nil requested

nil granted

(b)

34 requested

25 granted

(c)

2 requested

2 granted

University of Cape Town:

(a)

3 requested

2 granted

(b)

139 requested

88 granted

(c)

56 requested

42 granted

University of Natal:

(a)

2 requested

2 granted

(b)

6 requested

2 granted

(c)

nil requested

nil granted

University of Rhodes:

No applications were received.
Differentiation in Naturalization Procedure *XI. Mr. MILLER

asked the Minister of the Interior;

  1. (1) Whether there is any differentiation in the procedure and cost of naturalization between immigrants from countries on the continent of Africa and from other countries; if so, what are the salient features of the differentiation;
  2. (2) whether any steps have been taken (a) to accelerate naturalization and (b) to make an adjustment of the fees payable in these cases; if so, what steps.
The MINISTER OF THE INTERIOR:
  1. (1) In view of their knowledge of conditions in Africa and the fact that they have to a greater or lesser degree already adapted themselves to the continent, immigrants from any country in Africa who were not former South African citizens are, in terms of Section 10 (8) of the South African Citizenship Act, allowed to apply for South African citizenship after expiry of one year permanent residence in the country instead of the normally required five years. There are no costs attached to the naturalization of any person except the cost of an advertisement in the Government Gazette which amounts to R1.35. Persons whose applications are considered in terms of the provisions of Section 10 (8) are exempted from the requirement to advertise, but they must nevertheless comply with the other provisions of the Citizenship Act, e.g. relating to character, language, qualifications, etc. Many immigrants from countries in Africa are, however, former South African citizens and can immediately after obtaining permanent residence apply for the resumption of their South African citizenship in terms of Section 25bis.
  2. (2)(a) Yes, the Citizenship Act was amended during 1961 and 1962 so that—
    1. (i) half of an applicant’s former residence in South Africa to a maximum of two years can be taken into account for purposes of naturalization.
    2. (ii) the residence outside South Africa of a man, as well as his wife, is considered as residence in South Africa whilst he was in service on a ship, aircraft or public means of transport operating from South Africa;
    3. (iii) a person can acquire South African citizenship within four years if he can read and write both official languages satisfactorily;
    4. (iv) former citizens of the two old Republics and persons born prior to 1 September 1900 in any part of South Africa which was included in the later Union, as well as their descendants to the third generation on father’s side can apply for citizenship immediately after they have established themselves here permanently;
    5. (v) the alien wives and widows of South African citizens can acquire South African citizenship after two years’ residence in the country;
    6. (vi) if there are special circumstances present persons can become South African citizens after only one year, e.g. immigrants from countries in Africa;
    7. (vii) certain former South African citizens can resume their South African citizenship immediately after they have again established themselves permanently in the Republic;
    8. (viii) it is no longer necessary for certain categories of persons to advertise their intention of applying for South African citizenship in the Government Gazette—the former requirement of advertising in newspapers has also been abolished;
    9. (ix) registration with the department of a declaration of intention to apply for naturalization one year prior to the date of application for naturalization has been abolished;
    10. (x) the normal residence qualification for purposes of naturalization has been reduced from six years to five years.
  3. (b) fees previously payable for naturalization have been abolished from 14 February 1961.
Mr. RAW:

Arising out of the hon. the Minister’s reply, may I ask whether the length of residence in an African state is taken into account or whether any immigrant coming from an African state enjoys the one-year privilege.

The MINISTER OF THE INTERIOR:

I have replied according to the law as it stands at present. I think I have replied fully to everything.

Mr. TIMONEY:

Arising out of the Minister’s reply, could I ask him whether it would be possible to have the statement he has just made printed for general information.

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! It is printed in any case.

Report on Foreign Bantu in the Republic *XII. Mr. MILLER

asked the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development:

  1. (1) Whether a report has been submitted by his Department in regard to the presence in and entry into the Republic of foreign Bantu; if so,
  2. (2) whether he will make a statement in regard to the matter.
The DEPUTY MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:
  1. (1) Yes. The report of the committee reforeign Bantu which was laid upon the Table in 1963.
  2. (2) No.
Press Permits to Bantu Areas *XIII. Mr. E. G. MALAN

asked the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development:

  1. (1) Whether he has received applications from newspapers, news associations or individual journalists since 1 May 1964 for permission to visit Bantu areas in the Transvaal; if so, how many;
  2. (2) whether all the applications were granted; if not, which applications were refused.
The DEPUTY MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:
  1. (1) Yes. Large numbers of applications are received from newspapers, news associations, individual journalists, organizations and individuals to visit the Bantu areas. No record is kept of such applications.
  2. (2) No. In the light of experience in the past that certain journalists abuse the privilege, each application is treated on its merits.
Defence Force and Drought Areas *XIV. Mr. E. G. MALAN

asked the Minister of Defence:

  1. (1) Whether any changes have been made in the plan to use part of the Defence Force for rendering assistance to drought-stricken farmers; if so, (a) what changes and (b) why;
  2. (2) whether there is any delay in carrying out the plans; if so, what is the nature of the delay;
  3. (3) whether any action is being taken in regard to the delay; if so, what action.
The MINISTER OF DEFENCE:

(1), (2) and (3) The South African Agricultural Union approached the Department of Defence for aid, but as it was an agricultural matter, the Department of Agricultural Economics and Marketing was consulted, and it was decided that, as the application of the prescribed tariffs for the use of military equipment would make the aid requested uneconomical, an alternative solution be sought in consultation with organized agriculture. This was done.

Revenue from Advertisements in “Commando” *XV. Brig. BRONKHORST

asked the Minister of Defence:

  1. (1) What was the amount of revenue derived from advertisements in Commando during the first quarter of (a) 1963 and (b) 1965;
  2. (2) what methods are used to procure advertisements for Commando
The MINISTER OF DEFENCE:
  1. (1)
    1. (a) R4,243.
    2. (b) R4,499.
  2. (2) Advertisements are procured by means of advertising representatives and established advertising agencies.
*XVI. Mr. TAUROG

—Reply standing over.

Age Groups of Voters *XVII. Mr. TAUROG

asked the Minister of the Interior:

(a) How many registered voters in the age group (i) over 18 and under 21, (ii) over 21 and under 25, (iii) over 25 and under 30. (iv) over 30 and under 40 years, (v) over 40 and under 50 and (vi) over 50 years were there on 24 March 1965, and (b) what percentage of the total number of voters did each group constitute.

The MINISTER OF THE INTERIOR:

The required statistics are not readily available. To obtain it approximately 2000,000 applications for registration as voters will have to be scrutinized.

Race Groups and the Wanderers Grounds *XVIII. Mr. TAUROG

asked the Minister of Community Development:

  1. (1) Whether representations have been made to him to exclude any race group from attending public functions at the Wanderers ground, Johannesburg; if so, (a) which race group, (b) on what dates were the representations made and (c) what are the names and addresses of the persons who made them;
  2. (2) whether the representations were made in writing if so;
  3. (3) whether he is prepared to lay the representations upon the Table, if not. why not;
  4. (4) whether he replied to the representations; if so. what was his reply; if not, why not.
The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

I wish to refer the honourable member to my reply to a similar question by the honourable member for Benoni on 26 March 1965. I have nothing to add thereto.

I am for obvious reasons not prepared to disclose the names of any persons in the relative connection in this House or to lay documents on the Table. Such documents are in any event departmental property.

*XIX. Mr. HUGHES

—Reply standing over.

Total Number of Postal Votes in Provincial Election *XX Mr. S. F. KOTZÉ

asked the Minister of the Interior:

What was the number of postal votes issued during the recent provincial election in each contested constituency in each province.

The MINISTER OF THE INTERIOR:

The number of postal votes issued during the recent provincial election in each contested constituency in each province is the following:

Elecoral Division

No. postal votes issue

ORANGE FREE STATE:

Bloemfontein North

924

Ficksburg-Senekal

432

Ladybrand

407

Kroonstad West

1,019

2,782

TRANSVAAL:

Christiana

692

Lydenburg-Barberton

646

Marico

675

Nelspruit

712

Pretoria District

655

Pretoria-Rissik

1,389

Pretoria-Sunnyside

1,195

Rustenburg

652

Standerton

1,140

Wolmaransstad

567

Wonderboom

306

Benoni

369

Boksburg

771

Brakpan

617

Edenvale

564

Germiston-District

753

Houghton

531

Jeppe

343

Johannesburg North

369

Langlaagte

617

Losberg

495

Mayfair

435

North East Rand

385

North West Rand

846

Orange Grove

304

Parktown

304

Springs

1,058

17,379

CAPE PROVINCE:

Aliwal

894

Queenstown

2,540

King Williamstown

705

Port Elizabeth Central

787

North Cape

1,228

Kuruman

561

Prieska

1,043

Vryburg

877

South Cape

481

Cape Town Gardens

1,200

False Bay

1,128

Sea Point

270

Rondebosch

585

Hottentots-Holland

1,515

13,814

Electoral Division

No. postal votes issued

NATAL:

Durban-Berea

276

Durban-Essenwood

400

Durban-Umlazi

560

Umhlatuzana

709

Newcastle

583

Ladysmith

1,223

Ixopo

398

Pietermaritzburg North

843

Pietermaritzburg South

754

Pietermaritzburg District

300

Umkomaas

420

Weenen

1,198

Vryheid

598

Zululand

1,249

9,511

Bantu Farm Schools

The MINISTER OF BANTU EDUCATION replied to Question No. *11, by Mr. Wood, standing over from 6 April:

Question:
  1. (1) (a) How many Bantu farm schools are there in the Republic and (b) how many (i) teachers and (ii) pupils are there at these schools;
  2. (2) whether the salaries of the teachers at these schools are subsidized; if so, what is the total (a) remuneration of the teachers and (b) subsidy paid;
  3. (3) what is the total amount collected (a) in school fees, (b) for books and stationery and (c) for meals from pupils of these schools.
Reply:
  1. (1) On the 31st March, 1964 there were (a) 2,430 Bantu farm schools, (b) (i) 3,763 teachers and (ii) 215,997 pupils in the Republic. On the 31st March 1965 there were 2,644 farm schools but particulars concerning the number of teachers and pupils are not yet available.
  2. (2) Yes;
    1. (a) teachers are in the employ of the owners of farm schools and usually receive free housing and other benefits over and above a salary which may be in excess of the subsidy paid by my Department. There are also teachers in respect of whom a subsidy has not yet been applied for or who are still on the waiting list for a subsidy.
    2. (b) R 1,767,000 (preliminary figure for the 1964/65 financial year) for 1965/66 an amount of R 1,832,000 has been provided on the estimates.
  3. (3) (a), (b) and (c) None.
Mental Patients in Prisons

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE replied to Question No. *V, by Dr. Fisher, standing over from 6 April:

Question:

Whether any mental patients are at present being accommodated in prisons; if so, (a) in which prisons and (b) how many of each sex?

Reply:

Yes, pending removal to mental institutions.

(a) and (b).

Nylstroom: 2 males.

Pietersburg: 1 male and 1 female. Louis Trichardt: 2 males and 1 female. Mount Ayliff: 2 males.

King William’s Town: 1 male.

Idutywa: 1 female.

Newcastle: 1 female.

Durban: 1 male.

Administrative Seat of University of South Africa

The MINISTER OF EDUCATION, ARTS AND SCIENCE replied to Question No. *X, by Mr. Gorshel, standing over from 6 April:

Question:

Whether, since the submission of a request from the Council of the University of South Africa for consent to a change in the administrative seat of the University, he has received any representations in regard to the matter; if so, (a) from whom and (b) what was the nature of the representations.

Reply:

The only representations I have received, and which I am able to consider within the limits of my jurisdiction, are those of the University of South Africa, to which I referred in replying to the hon. member’s Question No. XIX on 12 March 1965. The hon. member will realize that I would be interfering with the University’s autonomy if I were to give official recognition to any other representations.

According to Press reports, it would appear that there are certain instances who object to the transfer of the University of South Africa to the Rand as, it is alleged, such a step would be to the detriment of a large number of students in Pretoria and precincts. The fact of the matter is, however, that a much larger body of students than that in Pretoria and precincts will be benefited.

As indicated in the reply to the aforementioned question of the hon. member, the entire question of the transfer of the University, with all the financial and other implications involved, is being considered by the Cabinet and that, at the opportune time, I will make a statement. I trust that the hon. member will meanwhile exercise patience and await the statement, when he will have full information.

Crime Statistics

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE replied to Question No. *XIX, by Mr. E. G. Malan, standing over from 6 April.

Question:
  1. (1) Whether separate statistics are kept in respect of crimes committed by non-Whites—
    1. (a) South African citizens,
    2. (b) South African citizens who are also citizens of the Transkei and
    3. (c) foreigners according to country of origin;
    4. if so, what is the classification of the separate headings; if not,
  2. (2) whether he will consider the desirability of such statistics.
Reply:

(1) and (2) No.

For written reply.

Redemption of Loan Levy Certificates I. Mr. GORSHEL

asked the Minister of Finance:

  1. (1) (a) How many announcements in the Press, designed to remind taxpayers to redeem loan levy certificates, were made in each year since 1953, (b) on what dates and in which publications were they made and (c) how many inches were taken up by the announcements in each case;
  2. (2) (a) how many such announcements were made over the radio during each of these years, (b) on what dates, (c) over which transmissions and (d) in which programmes were they made, (e) what was the text and (f) what was the duration of the announcement;
  3. (3) whether any cost was involved in these announcements; if so, what cost.
Reply:

Announcements in the Press and over the radio in connection with unredeemed loan levy certificates are in the form of news items and are not formal departmental notices for which space has to be purchased in newspapers.

A record was, therefore, not kept of all the reports which appeared or which were broadcast by the S.A.B.C. as news items.

Replies to (1) and (2) can, therefore, not be furnished, and (3) falls away.

Reference may, however, be had to the following reports which my Department has been able to trace—

  1. (a) Die Burger (29.1.59): Headline over two columns; report nine inches.
  2. (b) Rand Daily Mail (7.5.64): Headline over six columns; report ten inches.
  3. (c) Pretoria News (5.6.64): Report four-and-a-half inches.
  4. (d) Rand Daily Mail (17.9.64): Headline over two columns; report ten inches.
  5. (e) The Star (16.1.65): Headline over four columns; report six inches.
  6. (f) The Star (25.3.65): Headline over two columns; report 12 inches.
  7. (g) Rand Daily Mail (26.3.65): Headline over five columns; report 8 inches.
  8. (h) Pretoria News (1.4.65): Headline over three columns; report six inches.

Although it is the duty of taxpayers themselves to protect their own interests and to ensure that they redeem their certificates, as they do in cases where other investments mature, and no responsibility lies with the Department to advise them of the fact that their loan levy has not been redeemed, reporters who compile news items are, nevertheless, requested to remind readers, or in the case of radio reports, listeners, about the redemption of loan levy certificates. During the past two months, for example, the S.A.B.C. requested details from the Department of unredeemed certificates and was specially requested to remind listeners that if they had not yet redeemed their certificates, they should take steps to do so.

II. Mrs. SUZMAN

—Reply standing over.

Permits for Multi-racial Functions III. Mrs. SUZMAN

asked the Minister of Community Development:

  1. (1) How many of the 24 applications for permits in terms of Proclamation No. R26 of 1965, which were still under consideration as at 30 March 1965, have been (a) granted and (b) refused to applicants in each province;
  2. (2) how many applications have been lodged since 30 March 1965 by applicants in each province;
  3. (3) how many of these applications from each province (a) have been granted, (b) have been refused and (c) are still under consideration.
The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:
  1. (1) (a) Cape, 6; Transvaal, 3; Natal, 2;O.F.S., 0.
    1. (b) Cape, 4; Transvaal, 2; Natal, 1; O.F.S., 0.

Some of the applications are for functions which will take place in the quite distant future and in these cases additional particulars are awaited.

  1. (2) Cape, 59; Transvaal, 17; Natal, 4; O.F.S., 0.
  2. (3) (a) Cape, 13; Transvaal, 4; Natal, 1; O.F.S., 0.
    1. (b) Cape, 15; Transvaal, 3; Natal, 0; O.F.S., 0.
    2. (c) Cape, 31; Transvaal, 10; Natal, 3; O.F.S., 0.

I trust that the hon. member will now accept these figures as final since it is really not possible for me or my Department to furnish these reports every few days. I

replied to the hon. member’s previous question on 30 March 1965.

IV. Mrs. SUZMAN

asked the Minister of Planning:

  1. (1) How many of the 37 applications for permits in terms of Proclamation No. R26 of 1965 which were still under consideration as at 30 March 1965 have been (a) granted and (b) refused to applicants in each province;
  2. (2) how many applications have been lodged since 30 March 1965 by applicants in each province;
  3. (3) how many of these applications from each province (a) have been granted, (b) have been refused and (c) are still under consideration.
The MINISTER OF PLANNING:

(1)

(a)

Cape Province

14

Transvaal

3

Natal

2

Orange Free State

none

(b)

Cape Province

1

Transvaal

1

Natal

none

Orange Free State

none

16 applications are still under consideration.

(2)

Cape Province

17

Transvaal

1

Natal

none

Orange Free State

none

(3)

(a)

Cape Province

3

Transvaal

none

Natal

none

Orange Free State

none

(b)

Cape Province

none

Transvaal

none

Natal

none

Orange Free State

none

(c)

Cape Province

14

Transvaal

1

Natal

none

Orange Free State

none

Rail Link Swellendam-Protem V. Mr. E. G. MALAN

asked the Minister of Transport:

Whether the survey and analysis in regard to a rail link between Swellendam and Protem referred to in his statement of 8 May 1964 have been completed; if so, (a) what are the findings and (b) what decision has been taken; if not, when are they expected to be completed.

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

Yes.

  1. (a) That volume of traffic offering in that area at present as well as that expected in the foreseeable future does not justify a rail link between Swellendam and Protem.
  2. (b) That the construction of this line cannot be economically justified at present.
Installation of Electronic Computers VI. Mr. E. G. MALAN

asked the Minister of the Interior:

  1. (1) Whether any Government Departments are making use of electronic computers; if so, which Department;
  2. (2) whether the Public Service Commission has investigated the effect of the use of electronic computers on the manpower position in the Public Service; if so, what are its findings.
The MINISTER OF THE INTERIOR:
  1. (1) Yes. Electronic computers have been installed in the Departments of Inland Revenue, Social Welfare and Pensions, Defence, the Cape Provincial Administration and the Bureau of Statistics, while several other departments make use of computers on a service bureau basis.
  2. (2) No, as electronic computers have only recently been installed.
VII. Mr. E. G. MALAN

—Reply standing over.

MEDICAL SCHEMES BILL

Bill read a first time.

LAND BANK AMENDMENT BILL

First Order read: Third reading,—Land Bank Amendment Bill.

Bill read a third time.

PUBLIC SERVICE AMENDMENT BILL

Second Order read: Committee Stage,—Public Service

Amendment Bill.

House in Committee:

Clauses and Title of the Bill put and agreed to.

House resumed:

Bill reported without amendment.

NATIONAL ROADS AMENDMENT BILL

Third Order read: Third reading,—National Roads Amendment Bill.

Bill read a third time.

SOUTH AFRICAN ROAD SAFETY COUNCIL AMENDMENT BILL

Fourth Order read: Third reading,—South African Road Safety Council Amendment Bill.

Bill read a third time.

OFFICIAL SECRETS AMENDMENT BILL

Fifth Order read: Committee Stage,—Official Secrets Amendment Bill.

House in Committee:

On Clause 1,

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

I move as an amendment—

To add at the end of the clause “and by the insertion, after the definition of ‘munitions of war’, of the following definition: ‘police matter’ means a police matter relating to the internal security of the Republic as provided in paragraph (a) of section five of the Police Act, 1958 (Act No. 7. of 1958);”.

The effect of the amendment will be to add to the Act a definition of “police matter”. The amendment refers to section 5 of the Police Act of 1958, and Section 5 of that Act deals with the functions of the S.A. Police, and they are listed as follows: (a) The preservation of the internal security of the Republic; (b) maintenance of law and order; (c) investigation of any offence or alleged offence; and (d) the prevention of crime. So it is intended to restrict “police matter” to those matters falling under (a), that is the preservation of the internal security of the Republic. The Bill will then reflect exactly what the hon. Minister said he wanted to cover by this Bill. If he accepts the amendment, then it will reflect what the hon. Minister told the House the Bill was intended to deal with, and also what he told the N.P.U. and also what the public has been given to understand by this hon. Minister. I want to say that this amendment was framed and handed in to the Secretary of the House before the hon. Minister replied to the second reading debate yesterday. I hope the hon. Minister’s attitude is a little different from what it was yesterday, and I hope he will not treat this Committee with the same contempt with which he treated the House yesterday.

The CHAIRMAN:

Order. The hon. member must confine himself to Clause 1.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Mr. Chairman, I want to say that the amendment reflects the attitude of this side of the House in relation to this Bill, that we have no objection whatever to the Bill provided it deals with security matters as is provided for in this amendment.

Mr. FRANK:

You are changing your tune.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

No. we are not changing our tune. This has been the attitude of this side of the House. The hon. member for Germiston (District) stated this in his speech and every single member who spoke on this side of the House said so in his speech.

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! Those are matters the hon. member can raise at the third reading. He must confine himself now to the amendment.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Yes, Sir, I want to say that the amendment is intended to confine “police matter” to matters relating to the internal security of the State. I hope the hon. Minister’s attitude to this amendment is not going to be what it was yesterday when he said that we were not interested in the safety of the State, that we were careless in respect of the safety of the State. Sir, it ill becomes any member on that side to say a thing like that, especially the hon. the Minister. From him it is an impertinence.

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! If the hon. member cannot confine himself to this clause, I shall ask him to resume his seat.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

With respect, Mr. Chairman, I am confining myself to the amendment and I am discussing what internal security means and why we want this restriction.

Mr. S. L. MULLER:

Do you not find it necessary to define “military matter”?

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

That speaks for itself. We only want to define “a police matter”. The hon. Minister when introducing the Bill at the second reading said that the Act dealt generaly with military matters and that this is a new provision dealing with “police matters”. That is why we want it confined, because “police matter” in terms of the Police Act includes many more things. I do hope that we are not going to have this accusation levelled at us that we are careless of the safety of the State. I want to say to that hon. Minister that he was not careless but reckless in regard to the safety of the State on the occasion when a Nazi totalitarian regime was trying to undermine the State. …

The CHAIRMAN:

Order!

Mr. J. E. POTGIETER:

You want to kill the Bill.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

No, I want the hon. member for Brits to understand that the United Party has always been interested in securing the safety of the State, so much so that when the hon. Minister of Justice was as reckless as he was, we had no hesitation in putting him inside during the war. Let the hon. member for Brits tell me whether there is any difference between a threat to the State by a Nazi totalitarian regime and what it is to-day, namely a left-wing totalitarian threat against the State? Is there any difference?

Mr. J. E. POTGIETER:

No.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Then perhaps the hon. member can explain the attitude of members on the other side of the House when the State was being undermined from within and without during the last war.

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! This is not the occasion to discuss those matters.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

In relation to this amendment I want to say that if the hon. Minister does not accept it, then all the misgivings we have about this Bill will be correct.

The MINISTER OF INFORMATION:

That will not save you.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

It is not a question of saving us. We are trying to save South Africa from becoming the sort of state ….

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member must now confine himself to the clause.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Yes, Sir. If the hon. Minister does not accept this amendment, then he will say in effect that he does not want to confine this Bill only to matters relating to the internal security of the State. He will say in other words; Although I told the N.P.U. and the public and this House that this Bill only has to do with police matters involving the security of the State, in fact that is not true. That is what he will be saying if he does not accept the amendment, and he will have led us all up the garden path in that regard.

The hon. Minister says that he wants to deal only with matters that can affect the safety of the State. If that is so, then I hope the hon. Minister will accept this amendment, and I hope that the petulance which he displayed yesterday has disapepared and that to-day, as opposed to yesterday, he will be the Minister of Justice first and the party political strong man second.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

The hon. member for Durban (North) (Mr. M. L. Mitchell) reminds me of a chicken whose head has been chopped off. Like that chicken the United Party is struggling to get out of the difficulties it has created for itself. I just want to say to the hon. member for Durban (North) that as they have made their bed they must lie on it. I am definitely not going to assist the hon. member and his party out of the dilemma in which they have placed themselves. The hon. member is as well versed in parliamentary procedure as any other member of this House. The hon. member has not only been a member of this House for many years but he was also a member of the Other Place for many years. In addition the hon. member is also a lawyer. He should know better than anybody else, therefore, what the attitude of the official Opposition was when they moved the amendment that this Bill be read to-day six months.

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. Minister cannot discuss that now.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

I am sorry, Sir, but I hope you will allow me just to reply to the accusation made against me by the hon. member for Durban (North) that I was treating the House with contempt. The hon. member cannot accuse me of having treated the House with contempt now or at any time. What I will indeed treat with contempt, something which I have done in the past and will continue to do in future, is the attitude the Opposition have adopted in this connection. I want the hon. member to understand that clearly. The hon. member tries to get out of the dilemma by moving an amendment like this, a meaningless amendment. We can accept this amendment without changing the position in the least. It does not meet one of the objections raised by hon. members of the Opposition yesterday when they said they objected to it because “police matter” was too wide. Surely this amendment does not define “police matter”. The only thing this amendment does is to refer to one of the functions of the South African Police as contained in the 1958 Act. What sort of definition is that? It does not change a thing.

*Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

You said that was your intention.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

But that is contained in the legislation. Does not the hon. member realize that yet? This legislation deals with official secrets in the first place. On a previous occasion the hon. member gave us a stupid example. Yesterday, for instance, we had the stupid example of the Bultfontein case. It was said that if somebody used that for propaganda purposes he would be guilty of an offence in terms of this Act. What nonsense! That is not a secret. Nobody can make himself guilty of an offence under this Act unless he discloses a secret. Something which is already public is no longer a secret.

*Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Where does the word “secret” appear in Clause 2?

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

The basis of any Act dealing with official secrets is the disclosure of something which is not yet known. Has the hon. member taken the elementary trouble of reading the record of any court case in this connection? Had he done so he would have seen that that was the golden thread that ran through all decided cases. Let me give the hon. member an example: If a country erects an atomic energy installation that is regarded as a secret which, if disclosed, is a punishable offence. Does the hon. member agree with me? I want to argue logically with him. Suppose, for instance, we erected an atomic power installation and somebody disclosed that secret he would be guilty of an offence.

*Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Yes.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

But if the Minister in charge of that atomic energy installation got up in this House and, in reply to a question, explained the whole project and gave every member and the Press a copy of the plans nobody would be committing an offence if he published them; it would not be an offence to write a book about it because that project would no longer be a secret because it had been made public officially.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

I shall give you other examples when we get to Clause 2.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Therefore, as I have said, the amendment of the hon. member takes the matter no further. The amendment does not mean a thing. This amendment only means that the official Opposition now want to show the world that they were not the people who moved the original amendment. I am not going to assist the hon. member out of that dilemma.

Mr. PLEWMAN:

Mr. Chairman, it is noticeable that the hon. the Minister of Justice comes at this stage of the debate in regard to this Bill with a closed mind. He has indicated, I think unfortunately, that he has no intention to improve this Bill in any way. The hon. the Minister and his Department obviously have all the information at their disposal and where there should be any particularization as to what is meant by the term “police matter”, it obviously would come better from the official side who know all the facts. But, as I say, the hon. the Minister has simply taken the stand that he will not consider any amendment or any improvement in the Bill. Now, Sir, the amendment moved by my hon. colleague is a serious attempt to improve the position as set out in the Bill. It provides that there will be that security which the hon. the Minister and members on his side of the House have said is intended in this Bill. Sir, the interests of the State are important. We have never denied that. There is no gainsaying the fact, however, that there is need not only to safeguard the interest of the State when you are dealing with the penal code, but also that regard must be had to the interests of justice when you are dealing with a matter like this. And here is a serious attempt to so deal with the matter in just that way; to meet what the Government and the Minister claim is needed and at the same time to particularize in such a way that the interests of justice can be served as well. As I indicated at the second reading, we are concerned here with a penal code, and the fact is that the implementation, the onus for carrying out and giving effect to the intentions of Parliament, will be the burden of the courts. Surely, then, at this stage we in Parliament must have regard to that aspect of the matter as well, and we must make the position, as far as the courts are concerned, as tenable as we possibly can, because without any form of particularization the courts themselves are going to be left in even greater difficulty than the Opposition. I hope therefore that the hon. the Minister’s approach to the problem will now be a different one and that he will cease to close his mind and that he will give consideration to the proposed amendment. If this amendment has practical difficulties about it, it rests with the Minister to improve the position and set the matter right. He has the information and he knows what he wants. Surely it is not beyond his ingenuity to bring about that clarity of definition which is so essential if the courts are to be relieved of the impossible onus which is now going to be placed on them if the matter is to be left as it is.

*Dr. COERTZE:

The hon. the Minister has quite correctly said the United Party finds itself in the dilemma that it created the impression yesterday …

*The CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member must confine himself to this clause.

*Dr. COERTZE:

Mr. Chairman, I should very much like to draw your attention to the fact that what the hon. member is proposing in his amendment is already provided for in this legislation. It also appeared in this legislation yesterday. We have the same document before us to-day that we had before us yesterday …

*Mr. MILLER:

Yesterday is not to-day.

*Dr. COERTZE:

I agree that yesterday is not to-day, but the fact of the matter is that what is before the Committee to-day is the same as what was before the House yesterday. What was before the House was the Official Secrets Amendment Bill. It had precisely the same wording yesterday as it has to-day. The hon. member is moving an amendment which is already contained in the Bill which is before us to-day.

*Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Where?

*Dr. COERTZE:

The second clause provides that a police matter …

*The CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member cannot discuss the second clause now.

*Dr. COERTZE:

Mr. Chairman, I want to point out that the hon. member’s amendment is already covered by the proposal contained herein. Unfortunately it is not covered by the terms of Clause 1, but it is covered in a subsequent clause, and I want to draw his attention to the fact that that was the case yesterday and still is the case to-day. When he defines “police matter” in terms of the Police Act, it reads as follows: “The functions of the South African Police are, inter alia, (a) the preservation of the internal security of the Republic.” That is Section 5 (a) of the Police Act, No. 7 of 1958. But that is already embodied in this clause—not in Clause 1, but in Clause 2. I am not allowed to discuss the clause now, but when we come to Clause 2 I should like to show how nonsensical the hon. member’s amendment is at the present moment. I just want to point out that what is being proposed here by the hon. member is embodied in a later portion of this Bill, and the hon. Member is only trying to escape from the trap into which his party fell yesterday. That is the reason for the amendment. It is absurd to go along and define what a “police matter” is, because in a later portion of the Bill it is provided that it is a police matter when any person publishes something which will be prejudicial to the safety or interests of the Republic. It is therefore a nonsensical amendment, because it is already embodied in a later portion of the Bill.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

Both the hon. Minister and the hon. member for Standerton have said that the object of this amendment is to try to get ourselves out of the difficulty we landed ourselves in yesterday.

The CHAIRMAN:

Order!

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

Mr. Chairman, you ruled the hon. member for Standerton out of order, but he nevertheless made the same allegation shortly before he sat down.

The CHAIRMAN:

Order!

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

Mr. Chairman, will you not allow me just to answer these allegations?

The CHAIRMAN: No, I have given my ruling. The hon. member must confine himself to the amendment. There will be another occasion for doing that.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

Mr. Chairman, the hon. Minister has said that there is no purpose to this amendment because it is in fact covered by the subsequent clause in this Bill, Clause 2. He has pointed out that the original Act which is now being amended, is the Official Secrets Act and has to do only with secrets. He makes the point that once a matter has been ventilated in the open—he mentioned the example of the Bultfontein case—it is no longer a secret, and therefore it no longer falls within the purview of the Act and can therefore be reported by the Press as much as they like. If the hon. the Minister was correct in his statement that this Act is limited to secrets, then of course his conclusions would be quite correct. But unfortunately, the basis upon which he developed that argument is wrong, because this legislation is not limited only to secrets, although in fact the title is “Official Secrets Bill”.

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member must confine himself to the amendment.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

I am dealing with the argument advanced by the hon. Minister to substantiate his conclusion that there is no purpose to this amendment because it is covered by the terms of the Bill.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

On a point of order, the hon. Minister gave as his reason for rejecting the amendment the fact that police matters have only to do with official secrets in this context. May the hon. member for Durban (Musgrave) not indicate that that argument is in fact fallacious? If he can it may well happen that the hon. Minister will withdraw his objections.

The CHAIRMAN:

The hon. member may proceed.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

I cannot refer in any detail to Clause 2, and I do not propose to do so, but in order to prove to the Committee that the hon. the Minister’s contention is fallacious …

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

You need only to read the long title.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

What an absurd statement for an hon. Minister of Justice to make! Surely the Minister knows that a long title of a Bill is very often misleading, because the Act itself very often contains far more than the long title suggests.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Like the “Extension of University Education Act”. Did that reflect what the Bill said?

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

I am sure that on reflection the hon. Minister will concede that that allegation of his is fallacious. However, I do not wish to refer at length to Clause 2 of the Bill, but I must at least make this contention that if the hon. Minister looks at the terms of that clause, he will see that it is not confined to secrets only, to official secrets; it relates to any information which a person may have; it relates to sketches, plans, articles, etc., that he has in his possession. But the point I make is that it relates to any information, not information which is of a secret nature only, not information which has to do with official secrets. So the hon. the Minister is quite wrong in saying that the only type of police matter which is affected by this Bill is a police matter which relates to an official secret. And the other point that I make in regard to this is: The hon. Minister mentioned the Bultfontein case, and he mentioned the case where in this House he or some other Minister may make a statement in regard to a certain police matter, and he said that in a case like that the newspapers would be perfectly free to publish the information because the information was made public and therefore could be printed by the newspapers. Mr. Chairman, those are not the only situations which can arise. There are numerous situations which relate to the Police, which are termed “police matters” where no official statement has been made, where no court proceedings have yet arisen which would bring this to the public’s attention; it may be that a journalist or an editor may have certain information regarding the Police, which has not yet been made public. Well, Mr. Chairman, under those circumstances the newspaper is in a position where it does not know whether this information would be regarded by the police or by the Minister of Justice as a matter which comes within the purview of this Act, or not.

Mr. S. L. MULLER:

You are not taking it any further. It must be prejudicial to the safety of the State.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

That is precisely what the Bill does not say.

Mr. S. L. MULLER:

Then you have not read the Bill yet.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

Perhaps if the hon. member for Ceres would stop interrupting and let me develop my answer to him, he might understand me. But if he is continually interrupting me, of course he will not understand it. I went to great pains during the second reading debate, yesterday, to show the House that this Bill is not confined to police matters which are prejudicial to the safety of the State. This Bill goes further and affects police matters which are prejudicial to the interests of the State.

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member is again discussing the Bill. He has replied to the question raised by the hon. the Minister, and he must now confine himself to the amendment.

Mr. HOURQUEBIE:

I was answering the allegation made by the hon. member for Ceres.

The hon. Minister has suggested that this amendment which we on this side of the House have moved, does not take the matter any further, and the reason for his saying this was simply that he contends that the only matters hit by this Bill, in other words, the only matters which this Bill deals with are official secrets. [Time limit.]

Mr. HUGHES:

This definition goes to the root of the matter. It defines a police matter. The Minister has asked us why we do not try to define a military matter. We have made it clear that a military matter does not need defining. The military deal with the safety of the State. What we want to do here is to make sure that this word “matter” refers to the safety of the State. We define a police matter as something dealing with the security of the State.

Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

No, you talk about internal security.

Mr. HUGHES:

It is the function of the police to deal with internal security and not with external security.

Mr. VAN DEN HEEVER:

But they may have information in regard to the external security also.

Mr. HUGHES:

The police are only interested in the internal security. The Minister gave two examples of what he intends to cover. One was the giving of information about arms and ammunition of which the police may be in possession. That is right, because it would come under internal security, because the police need those arms to maintain internal security. Then the Minister mentioned an article which appeared in the Press dealing with certain activities of the police on the border of Basutoland. He said that in fact the article was incorrect, but had it been true it might have spoilt the whole police action by warning the parties who were expected to cross the border. If that is what he intends to cover, our amendment will cover that case, and until we hear from the Minister that there is something else he wishes to cover, I submit that he can accept this amendment. We cannot discuss the amendment merely in Clause 1; you have to refer to Clause 2. Just reading the definition in Clause 1 means nothing unless you can explain what it is intended to cover in the Bill. That is why the Minister, in refusing to accept the amendment, dealt with Clause 2, because if Clause 2 does not appear in the Bill, Clause 1, the definition clause, is meaningless. That is why the Minister, quite correctly, dealt with the question of secrets. I want to point out to him that when he mentioned that the matter had to be secret, the Basutoland case he mentioned was not necessarily secret. In Section 3 of the Act which this Bill amends, “secret” is mentioned in subsec. (1) and in sub-sec. (3), but not in (2). If everything was secret, then I submit that the word “secret” would have been used in sub-sec. (2). Sub-sec. (1) refers to any person who has in his possession or under his control any secret, official code or password, and sub-sec. (3) talks about any person who receives any secret, code or password, etc. But sub-sec. (2) does not mention the word “secret” at all. If the Minister had inserted the word “secret”, we would have had more certainty, but as the Bill reads now we do not know where we stand and that is why we move this amendment. I appeal to the Minister to accept the amendment because the two examples he mentioned are covered by this amendment.

*Dr. COERTZE:

I agree with the hon. member for Transkeian Territories (Mr. Hughes) that the definition they want to have in Clause 1 cannot be discussed unless you have regard to the effect the definition will have on the rest of the Bill, and you will allow me to discuss the effect of the definition. I must say that if the definition were accepted in this form, it would mean that we would say the same thing in two different places in the same Bill, because at a subsequent stage of the debate it will become clear that this definition they are proposing relates to the disclosure of any secret relating to a police matter and which is prejudicial to the safety and interests of the Union; and that is also what is stated in the Police Act—“the preservation of the internal security of the Republic”. [Interjections.] If we do not accept that definition, this Bill will not provide something different from what they are proposing now. This amendment is a tautology and that is why I said that the only reason why it is being moved is that they are trying to escape from the trap into which they fell yesterday.

*The CHAIRMAN:

Order! That has already been said.

*Dr. COERTZE:

I repeat that I agree with the hon. member that one should view the definition in the context of what follows.

*The CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member is repeating himself now.

*Dr. COERTZE:

I feel that the amendment should not even have been allowed.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

The hon. member for Standerton (Dr. Coertze) seems to be confused about the Bill and the principal Act. He says that if the amendment is accepted, we will be saying the same thing in two parts of the Bill and the Act, but that is not so. This amendment defines one phrase, “any police matter”, and “any police matter” is being introduced in the next clause of the Bill for the first time. It does not appear in the Act. What this section which is being amended dealt with before was munitions of war, and that was defined in the Act. Now “police matter” is being introduced, and there is no definition at all. But the Minister says he will not accept this amendment, and he gave reasons for it. Yesterday he said he was not prepared to accept the amendment even before he had seen it. He says now that he will not accept it because it deals with official secrets and it is unnecessary. But surely the Minister knows what the Act says. This is an amendment of Sec. 3 (2). Sub-sec. (1) actually talks about official secrets, any person who has in his possession any code, password, etc. That is an official secret, as is generally understood. Sub-sec. (3) also deals with that official secret, but this clause noticeable does not mention official secrets, and it does not mention official secrets deliberately because the two other sub-sections mention it, and this is not intended to deal with official secrets, it is intended to deal with something else. So the argument of the Minister that it deals with official secrets because in the long title of the Act there is mention of official secrets is nonsense. We had a Bill here once before called the Extension of University Education Bill, and if that were to be the criterion for judging that particular Bill, then words would be meaningless. Here is an amendment. For the first time “police matter” is being introduced. The Minister has said right throughout that all we are dealing with here is the safety of the State, and we have told him persistently that if this has to do with the safety of the State we are with him and we want to confine it to that. But the amendment refers particularly to Section 5 (a).

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Which amendment axe you referring to, the first one or the second?

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Let us get this straight.

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member should confine himself to this amendment.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

The reason the Minister gives for not accepting the amendment is that the attitude of the United Party is such that he is not even prepared to consider it and to-day he comes with the same argument. I want to say this to the Minister. This amendment was framed and handed in before he gave his reply yesterday.

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member has already made that point.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

I want to ask the Minister what difference it would have made if we had adopted his suggestion and moved an amendment that the Bill refuses to pass the second reading, because it is not properly defined. …

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! That is not under discussion. The hon. member must confine himself to the amendment.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

The amendment seeks, as I have said, to limit this Act.

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member is repeating again. He must advance new arguments or resume his seat.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

One of the arguments used by the Minister is that we are trying to extricate ourselves from a situation. …

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! That is repetition, and it is irrelevant.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

With respect, that is an argument the Minister used as to why …

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member may reply to that on another occasion.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

The Minister says this Bill has to do with the safety of the State, and therefore the military and the police are introduced. The military are introduced obviously because they deal with the external security of the State. The police, inter alia, deal with the internal security of the State. So far as the giving of information about the internal as well as the external security is concerned we have no objection, but the Minister has given himself away. The hon. member for Standerton says we should have read a little further in the Police Act and we would have seen that the first function of the police is the preservation of the internal security of the Republic, and then they have certain other functions. The difficulty one has with the Minister is that having said all he has said, he now says he will not accept the amendment. And when we come to Clause 2 we will give the Minister some other examples. I suggest that the examples the Minister gave in the second reading could be dealt with in terms of Sec. 3 (1) of the Official Secrets Act. The Minister has given us one reason wihich I am allowed to deal with—1 cannot deal with the other—namely that it has to do with official secrets.

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! That is repetition.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

My appeal to the Minister now is to tell us why he will not accept this amendment, for a reason other than the one we have now disposed of.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

For reasons already mentioned the hon. the member has seen fit to move this amendment. Let us analyse it in the light of Section 5 of the Police Act. The functions of the South African Police are set out here. The hon. member chooses to take the first function only, namely, protecting the internal security of the Republic. The hon. member knows as well as I do that when it comes to the construction of a statute and you refer specifically to a section which deals with four functions and you prefer to take over only one of those functions—supposing that could pass as a definition, which I do not admit for a moment, but for the sake of argument I accept that you can—then you specifically exclude the other three. The maintenance of law and order can in certain respects have everything to do with the safety of the State but in other respects it may only involve criminal riots. Why do you exclude that? If you want to be consistent you must go further and say the maintenance of law and order as far as it affects the safety of the State but now you are excluding that completely.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

But that is included in the first one.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

No, how can it be included in the first one if the four are mentioned here one after the other. The third is the investigation of any offence or alleged offence. An offence can be an ordinary criminal contravention or it can be an offence involving the overthrow of the State. Surely that speaks volumes; it is only logical. Take the prevention of crime. It is the duty and function of the police to combat ordinary crime but surely it is also a crime to undermine the State or to overthrow it. Surely the hon. member realizes that, purely from a construction point of view, his amendment is wrong. It says absolutely nothing and does nothing to save the situation except to assist the friends opposite out of the dilemma in which they find themselves.

Mr. HUGHES:

I am really surprised at the argument the Minister has just advanced. After all, when the Minister introduced the Bill he told us that we were in a state of cold war. That is true, and therefore this measure is meant to deal with the security of the State. The functions of the police are to deal with the security of the State. The Minister says they have other functions and that maintaining law and order is just as important, and the detection of crime, but those functions have always been there. The police have always been required to maintain law and order and to combat crime. Those other functions have nothing to do with the cold war; they are the normal duties of the police. The only function they have in order to combat the cold war is to protect the security of the State. If law and order is threatened in order to bring about the downfall of the State, then the police would be covered, and after all, we have many Acts dealing with the safety of the State and giving the police the power to protect the safety of the State. If law and order have to be maintained and crime has to be detected in terms of any of those statutes, that would be covered by the security of the State. I submit that the case made out by the Minister now carries it further. It is a fallacy. I say that everything he has said now is covered by the “security of the State” as explained in the introductory speech.

*Mr. FRANK:

It is clear to me that the Opposition reads this paragraph by itself and out of context. I just want to quote from the third edition of “Interpretation of Act” by L. C. Steyn under the heading “The Long Title”. It deals with the interpretation of the title at the top of an Act. This paragraph forms part of another Act. It is on page 139.

*The CHAIRMAN:

Order! I think the hon. member is going too far.

*Mr. FRANK:

I just want to explain how this paragraph should be read. Sir, I shall be very brief.

*The CHAIRMAN:

That has nothing to do with the amendment and if the hon. member were to do so there would only be an argument about his argument and that gets us nowhere. The hon. member must confine himself to the amendment.

*Mr. FRANK:

But surely I must give an indication as to how this paragraph should be read, Sir.

*The CHAIRMAN:

Order! I cannot allow the hon. member to argue with me. He must accept my ruling.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

With respect, Sir, the hon. member is referring to the paragraph. Should you not ask him to which paragraph he is referring so that he can give his explanation in that connection?

*The CHAIRMAN:

Will the hon. member tell me whether it deals with this clause?

*Mr. FRANK:

Yes, it deals with this clause, Sir, and I want to indicate how it should be interpreted.

*The CHAIRMAN:

The hon. member may continue in the meantime.

*Mr. FRANK:

This paragraph in the book reads as follows—

The long title is a concise description of the subject dealt with in the Act. Just as the legislator sometimes states in a preamble what has given rise to or what his object is with the Act, he tries to indicate in the long title what the scope of the Act is. There is no reason to accept the one and reject the other as an indication of the general object of the Act. Where doubt has existed our courts have rightly, on more than one occasion, sought refuge in the long title. In Sheeley v. Registrar and Taxing Master, 1911 T.P.D. 289, Judge-President de Villiers referred to the long title and said this “That was the end or the object which the legislature had in view, and if the language in the body of the Act fairly bears out that end or object which it expressed to be its intention, the court is bound to give effect to it … It is clear that at the least, the court is entitled to look at the long title of the Act in order to see what end or object the legislature has in view”.
*The CHAIRMAN:

The hon. member has now read the paragraph but I do not think it has anything to do with this clause. I am sorry but I cannot allow him to read any further.

*Mr. S. L. MULLER:

On a point of order, Sir, the amendment provides for a definition of “police matter” and we on this side of the House maintain that a definition is unnecessary, partly because the long title of this Act provides for it in that it says it is a Bill to amend the Official Secrets Act. The Opposition alleges that an offence can be committed even if it is not a secret, but we on this side of the House maintain that the long title provides for secrets and that it must be a secret; all the hon. member is trying to do is to show that it can be concluded from the long title that it must be a secret, and that is why it does deal with the amendment.

*The CHAIRMAN:

I want to meet hon. members but I do not know how. This only concerns the clause and the point raised by the hon. member and the hon. member for Omaruru has already been made.

Dr. COERTZE:

May I address you on the same point of order, Sir? The amendment of the Opposition proposes the insertion in Section 1 of a definition of “police matter”. We say it is unnecessary to define it because that is already done in the Act. The hon. member for Omaruru only argued that you could only decide what a police matter was if you read the Act as a whole, including the long title, even if that is not the point the Committee is discussing at the moment. In any case the Committee is discussing Section 1 but by implication I submit to you, Sir, that the long title comes into the picture no matter which clause is under discussion. I, therefore, think the hon. member for Omaruru is quite entitled to bring the long title into the discussion on Section 1.

*The CHAIRMAN:

The point raised by the hon. member for Omaruru was how the court would interpret it, and how the court will interpret the long title is not under discussion. I am sorry.

Amendment put and the Committee divided:

AYES—29: Basson, J. D. du P.; Cadman, R. M.; Dodds, P. R.; Eden, G. S.; Emdin, S.; Field, A. N.; Gay, L. C.; Graaff, de V.; Hickman, T.; Hourquebie, R. G. L.; Hughes, T. G.; Lewis, H.; Malan, E. G.; Miller, H.; Mitchell, M. L.; Plewman, R. P.; Ross, D. G.; Steenkamp, L. S.; Steyn, S. J. M.; Streicher, D. M.; Taurog, L. B.; Taylor, C. D.; Thompson, J. O. N.; Timoney, H. M.; van der Byl, P.; Waterson, S. F.; Weiss, U. M.

Tellers: H. J. Bronkhorst and A. Hopewell.

NOES—59: Bezuidenhout, G. P. C.; Bootha, L. J. C.; Coertze, L. I.; Cruywagen, W. A.; de Jager, P. R.; de Villiers, J. D.; de Wet, J. M.; Fouché, J. J.; Frank, S.; Froneman, G. F. van L.; Greyling, J. C.; Grobler, M. S. F.; Haak, J. F. W.; Henning, J. M.; Heystek, J.; Jurgens, J. C.; Key ter, H. C. A.; Knobel, G. J.; Koomhof, P. G. J.; Kotze, G. P.; Kotzé, S. F.; Labuschagne, J. S.; Loots, J. J.; Malan, W. C.; Marais, J. A.; Maree, G. de K.; Muller, S. L.; Nel, J. A. F.; Odell, H. G. O.; Potgieter, D J.; Potgieter, J. E.; Rall, J. J.; Rall, M. J.; Sadie, N. C. van R.; Sauer, P. O.; Schlebusch, A. L.; Schoeman, B. J.; Smit, H. H.; Steyn, J. H.; Swanepoel, J. W. F.; Treurnicht, N. F.; Uys, D. C. H.; van den Berg, G. P.; van den Heever, D. J. G.; van der Ahee, H. H.; van der Merwe, P. S.; van der Spuy, J. P.; van der Walt, B. J.; van Eeden, F. J.; van Rensburg, M. C. G. J.; van Staden, J. W.; Venter, W. L. D. M.; Visse, J. H.; Vorster, B. J.; Vosloo, A. H.; Webster, A.; Wentzel, J. J.

Tellers W. H. Faurie and H. J. van Wyk.

Amendment accordingly negatived.

Clause, as printed, put and agreed to (official Opposition dissenting).

On Clause 2,

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

The clause that we are now dealing with is in fact the Bill as we dealt with it during the second reading and I do not propose in the circumstances to say very much, except to say that at this stage, after the rejection of our amendment in the last clause, we are now quite sure that the Bill means exactly what we thought it meant at the second reading. The hon. the Minister’s rejection of our amendment is perhaps the best evidence we have that we did the right thing at the second reading in moving that the Bill be read this day six months.

What does this clause mean now after the rejection of our amendment? It means simply that no person will have any certainty in the future as to what is a police matter that he may refer to. Sir, for all the conversation there has been, for all the assurances there have been, for all the words that have flowed from hon. members on the other side as to what this refers to, it means simply that if you have any information whatever about any matter at all which concerns the police—and every matter in South Africa concerns the police, as distinct from the military—then if you communicate it or publish it not for the purpose of undermining the State, but if you publish it in a manner prejudicial to the interests of the State—never mind about the safety of the State—you commit an offence. No one is going to know how he stands in this regard because a “police matter” in view of the Minister’s rejection of our amendment means any matter at all. Sir, we had the statement from the Commissioner of Police to the effect that where the Press had taken up the question of police pay, they had undermined the morale of the police, and he said the same thing about certain individuals in Cape Town. The only individuals in Cape Town, as far as I know, who raised this matter are two hon. members of this House.

Mr. VISSE:

Was it detrimental to the safety of this country?

An HON. MEMBER:

That question proves our point.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

The hon. the Minister’s attitude towards this thing that I quoted before was the same as the attitude of that hon. member. Sir, this is the attitude of the police and therefore I presume it is also the Minister’s attitude that in this irresponsible manner members of this House and the Press have taken up the question of police pay.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

There was no reference to members of this House at all.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

The hon. the Minister is quite right; there is no reference to members of this House, but the statement refers to certain individuals in Cape Town. Who were the individuals in Cape Town who took up this matter? They were the hon. Members for Florida (Mr. Miller) and Wynberg (Mrs. Taylor). The Press reports stem from the fact that the matter was taken up by those hon. members. Sir, what does the Commissioner of Police say? He says—

In this irresponsible manner discontent has been engendered where none existed and an unscrupulous attack was made upon the morale of the South African Police Force.

I want to ask the hon. the Minister: Does he not consider it not in the interests of the State? Surely it is not in the interests of the State that anyone should undermine the morale of the S.A. Police Force. Obviously it is not in the interests of the State to do so. The result is that quite unwittingly, with a completely different motive, an offence could have been committed in terms of this Bill, and the hon. the Minister knows that; he knows that he deliberately intended the Bill to have that effect. That is proved by his refusal to accept the amendment which we moved on the last clause. Sir, this remains not just as bad as it was at the second reading, but it is worse because we now have confirmation from the hon. the Minister that we are absolutely right in our interpretation not only of what the Bill says but of what he (the Minister) intends to do.

Before I sit down I would like to point out this to the hon. the Minister once again: He told the N.P.U. and the public in his second-reading speech that they need not worry, that there would be no prosecution because the Attorneys-General have to put their seal on it. Sir, he is the Attorney-General; he may reverse the decision of any Attorney-General and he may give the Attorneys-General directions. If this is any indication as to what his directions are going to be, then we will oppose this clause and divide on it.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

I rise merely to reply to a few of the arguments advanced by the hon. member for Durban (North) (Mr. M. L. Mitchell). The hon. member commenced his argument by saying that no Pressman would ever know now what he may write and what he may not write. Who will know better, the hon. member for Durban (North), or the editor of the Argus or the Cape Times or the Burger? They know this Official Secrets Act as well as the hon. member does; they have been concerned with it ever since 1956, and they were concerned with it before that date as well; yet they have no difficulty in regard to what they may write and what they may not write. With all due respect to the hon. member for Durban (North), it does not behove him to tell the newspaper editors that they do not know their business.

An HON. MEMBER:

What about the leading articles?

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

As far as I know it was only the Argus that had a leading article in this connection.

Mr. PLEWMAN:

The editors are not members of the N.P.U. They do not belong to it.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

The argument advanced by hon. members is that journalists will not know what they may write and what they may not write, but the people who can best decide that are the editors of the various newspapers. The hon. member for Durban (North) now wants to suggest that they do not know their business. He says that no newspaperman will know what he may write and what he may not write. That argument was not advanced by the gentlemen who came to see me. They accepted the Bill as it stands; the interview was a very brief one, because they know the position; they had read the Bill and—I repeat—unlike hon. members opposite they were more concerned about the interests and the safety of the State than hon. members apparently are, judging by the attitude they are adopting here. The hon. member insinuated—and for the purpose of the record I cannot leave it at that—that the Commissioner of Police had criticized members of the House of Assembly. That is not true. I want to say very clearly to the hon. member that I endorse every word that the Commissioner of Police said in that statement of his. I think his statement was perfectly correct and I think it was time he said what he did, but I want to emphasize that the Commissioner of Police did not mention the names of any members of the House of Assembly; nor did he refer to them by implication. After all, the hon. members referred to by the hon. member said nothing as far as I know; they only did what they are entitled to do and that was to put formal questions on the Order Paper. What is wrong with that? Neither the Commissioner nor I took any exception to that, but it seems to me the hon. member for Durban (North) has a guilty conscience about this matter; that is why he is raising it.

Mr. CADMAN:

What are you insinuating?

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Why does the hon. member for Durban (North) drag the statement by the Commissioner of Police into this debate?

Mr. CADMAN:

What are you insinuating?

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

I am only insinuating this: If the hon. member charges an official with these things, as he has in fact done, then it seems to me that he has a guilty conscience about this matter. That is all I am insinuating in this regard and I shall do so at all times. The Commissioner of Police referred to the actions of certain persons in Cape Town, inter alia, a journalist attached to the Cape Argus. He referred to another newspaper which is published here in Cape Town, namely the Landstem. What is more, he was perfectly correct in referring to it. The hon, member knows that when I say that it is not in the interests of South Africa to act in such and such a way, then I do not mean the interests of South Africa in the juridical sense in which the term is used in this Bill. The hon. member knows that, juridically speaking, the term “interests of the State” means something quite different from what we mean when we say in the normal course of events that something is not in the interests of the country. I repeat that the hon. member will find the answer to this if he will only read the judgments, from the earliest years, dealing with this aspect of the matter. I do not care what motives the hon. member attributes to me; hon. members on that side have attributed motives to me before, and I did not care then either. But now the hon. member comes back to the allegation that I am virtually the Attorneys-General of the various divisions. The hon. member knows that in practice that is not so; he knows that that is the position only in theory, but let me concede to him, for the purposes of the argument, that that is the position in practice. If that is so, then it weakens his case. The Act provides very clearly that there can be no prosecution unless I—assuming that I am the Attorney-General— order in writing that a prosecution be instituted, and surely it would be extremely foolish of me to say here in public that the Bill means one thing and then to go and order a prosecution in respect of something which I had said was not indictable. I would not only be placing myself in a ridiculous position by doing so, but I would also make myself extremely vulnerable as far as hon. members on the other side are concerned because they have the opportunity at all times to call me to account in that regard or to call any successor of mine to account.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Has no Minister of Justice ever set aside the decision of an attorney-general ?

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

That is not the point. It happened very frequently under the United Party Government. I know personally that it happened very frequently under the previous Government. But my predecessor said in this House that in these matters he would not interfere with the discretion of the attorneys-general, and I myself have never yet issued an order to an attorney-general. The attorneys-general use their own discretion; that has been my attitude all along. When I differ with an attorney-general, I tell him that I differ with him in this or that respect …

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

What is the attitude of your successor going to be? You cannot speak for him.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

I have adopted an attitude here on behalf of my party, and the attitude I have adopted on behalf of my party will be also adopted by my successor.

Mr. MILLER:

But you have not followed the policy of your predecessor.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

The hon. member for Florida (Mr. Miller) says that policies change; I know that. I did not listen to the news this morning, and I take it that the policy of the United Party is still the same as it was yesterday, but I know that policies do change. Sir, surely we have stated our attitude very clearly in public here; what are we still arguing about? When people talk about conduct which is prejudicial to the interests of the State, hon. members on the other side make the mistake of relating it to this Bill. The court is not concerned with my opinion or the opinion of any other individual in regard to what constitutes prejudice to the interests of the country. The attitude adopted by the courts is that each case must be considered on its merits. It is because this is such a difficult matter in the nature of things that the courts have adopted the attitude from time to time that each particular case must be judged on its merits. That is the attitude adopted by the courts when deciding whether the safety of the State has been threatened, or whether the security interests of the State have been prejudiced in any respect.

Sir, I am just putting the record straight; I want to repeat that this clause has nothing to do with ordinary crime investigation; it has nothing to do with ordinary police routine and police action and police measures; it is only concerned with the safety of the State and the interests of South Africa from the point of view of the security of the State.

Mr. HUGHES:

Then you should have accepted our amendment.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

And that is why you rejected our amendment!

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

No, we need not argue that again. Hon. members should rather go make some investigations of their own in this regard, then they will get much further. For record purposes, and to eliminate any possible misunderstanding that may arise as a result of the remark by the hon. member for Durban (North), I just want to make it perfectly clear that that is all that is contemplated here. That is how the Act will be administered, and not as suggested here by the hon. member for Durban (North).

Clause 2 put, and the Committee divided:

AYES—56: Bezuidenhout, G. P. C.; Bootha, L. J. C; Coertze, L. I.; Cruywagen, W. A.; de Jager, P. R.; de Villiers, J. D.; de Wet, J. M.; Fouché, J. J.; Frank, S.; Froneman, G. F. van L.; Greyling, J. C.; Grobler, M. S. F.; Haak, J. F. W; Henning, J M.; Heystek, J.; Jurgens, J. C.; Key ter, H. C A.; Knobel, G. J.; Koornhof, P. G. J.; Kotze, G. P.; Kotzé, S. F.; Labuschagne, J. S.; Loots, J. J.; Malan, W. C.; Marais. J. A.; Muller, S. L.; Nel, J. A. F.; Odell, H. G. O.; Potgieter, D. J.; Potgieter, J. E.; Rall, J. J.; Rall, M. J.; Sadie, N. C. van R.; Schlebusch, A. L.; Schoeman, B. J.; Smit, H. H.; Steyn, J. H.; Swanepoel, J. W. F.; Treurnicht, N. F.; Uys, D. C. H.; van den Berg, G. P.; van den Heever, D. J. G.; van der Ahee, H. H.; van der Merwe, P. S.; van der Spuy, J. P.; van der Walt, B. J.; van Eeden, F. J.; van Rensburg, M. C. G. J.; van Staden, J. W.; Venter, W. L. D. M.; Visse, J. H.; Vorster, B. J.; Vosloo, A. H.; Webster, A.

Tellers: W. H. Faurie and H. J. van Wyk.

NOES—30: Barnett, C.; Basson, J. D. du P.; Cadman, R. M.; Dodds, P. R.; Eden, G. S.; Emdin, S.; Field, A. N.; Gay, L. C.; Graaff, de V.; Hickman, T.; Hourquebie, R. G. L.; Hughes, T. G.; Lewis, H.; Malan, E. G.; Miller, H.; Mitchell, M. L.; Plewman, R. P.; Ross, D. G.; Steenkamp, L. S.; Steyn, S. J. M.; Streicher, D. M.; Taurog, L. B.; Taylor, C. D.; Thompson, J. O. N.; Timoney, H. M.; van der Byl, P.; Waterson, S. F.; Weiss, U. M.

Tellers: H. J. Bronkhorst and A. Hopewell.

Clause accordingly agreed to.

Remaining clauses put and agreed to.

Title of the Bill put and agreed to (Official Opposition dissenting).

House Resumed:

Bill reported without amendment.

GAMBLING BILL

Sixth Order read: Resumption of Second-reading debate,—Gambling Bill.

[Debate on motion by the Minister of Justice, upon which an amendment had been moved by Mr. Hughes, adjourned on 26 March, resumed.]

*Mr. S. L. MULLER:

During the past few days, particularly yesterday and this morning, we have had a strange attitude on the part of the Official Opposition. As regards the legislation now under discussion they are also adopting a rather strange attitude. As the hon. the Minister said in his introductory speech, it is really not necessary to discuss the merits of this legislation, because it is not new legislation that we are bringing before the House. Although this legislation is a consolidation of various laws, no substantial changes are being effected by it. As it is principles which are being consolidated, principles which already form part of our legislation, I do not consider it appropriate to discuss the merits of this Bill.

Besides, the various attitudes that exist in regard to the matter being dealt with in this Bill have on several occasions, both in this House and in the Other Place, been brought to our notice by way of motions. I think that most of us in this House do not want to turn South Africa into a Las Vegas or a Monaco, and therefore we feel that the position for the future must remain the same as it has been in the past, which is that gambling and the detrimental effects thereof must be restricted in South Africa. The Official Opposition have supported the principle of this Bill in the speeches they have made. All that they have asked by way of an amendment is that this Bill be referred to a Select Committee for consideration. The hon. member for Transkeian Territories (Mr. Hughes), who moved the amendment, was the main speaker on that side of the House, and he advanced certain reasons, very limited reasons, why in his opinion the Bill should be referred to a Select Committee. If it were the position that new principles were being introduced in this legislation, one might have considered the possibility of referring it to a Select Committee, but those hon. members know as well as we do that no new principles are being introduced in this legislation. In actual fact it is only a matter of consolidating and tidying up existing legislation. The hon. member for Transkeian Territories said that what they objected to in this Bill were the definitions of the terms “game of chance” and “lottery”. The hon. member said that he did not want the Minister to be empowered to say when something was a game of chance or a lottery. The hon. member said that he would prefer that to be determined by the courts. The hon. member and I are both attorneys, and it could really be expected that I should agree with him there, because if we provided that the courts should decide whether or not something was a game of chance or a lottery we would create a paradise for the lawyers. From that point of view it might therefore be a good thing, because if the Minister did not have to decide whether or not something was a game of chance or a lottery, it would mean that in all cases in which there was uncertainty people would have to go to court. We also realize that we are living in an age in which machines play a major part. In the case of lotteries and games of chance one often finds that a new machine or some new invention is used in playing a game of chance or in connection with a lottery. If it were conceded to the hon. member that the courts should decide, one can therefore foresee that it would mean that every time that a new machine which was being used for the purpose came onto the market there would be uncertainty as to whether or not the use of that machine amounted to a lottery or a game of chance. Instead of it then being possible to get an administrative decision in regard to the machine, the persons concerned would have to go to court, which would entail heavy costs and cause much more inconvenience to the persons affected. As a matter of fact, this matter, unlike many other matters, is not really one that can cause the man in the street a great deal of hardship. We find many of these machines in cafés and other public places or places of entertainment. Surely the question as to whether or not such a machine should be banned is not such an important one. Consequently this is not a very important consideration after all. It will not really cause any person or group of persons any hardship. I contend that if we left it to the courts, as the hon. member for Transkeian Territories would like us to do, it would cause the public much more hardship and much more uncertainty for the simple reason that, in that case, it would only be the courts which could decide. Every time a new machine appeared on the market, the question as to whether or not the use of that machine constituted a game of chance or a lottery would have to be tested in court. I have not yet been able to see the advantage in that, and I definitely think that it is very undesirable. The hon. member is not really asking that it should be changed in that way at this stage, but he asks us to refer the Bill to a Select Committee. He based his entire argument on the fact that he does not like the definition of “game of chance” and of “lottery”. That is his reason why it should be referred to a Select Committee.

The hon. member should tell us whether he means that we should introduce something new into this legislation. As far as this legislation is concerned, the Government is content to have a consolidation of what we already have.

*Mr. HUGHES:

Not in South West Africa.

*Mr. S. L. MULLER:

A consolidation of what we already have.

*Mr. HUGHES:

Where?

*Mr. S. L. MULLER:

In our legislation. The hon. member raised a further objection and said: “You are now making certain ordinances and laws which have only been applicable in one province applicable to the other provinces as well.” But he has no objection to that; his objection is to the definition of “game of chance” and of “lottery”. The hon. member did not tell us that he had any other objections. If he had any other objections, Sir, I take it that he would have told us.

Mr. HUGHES:

I asked the hon. the Minister why he had not included the original South West Africa ordinances which provided for gambling and lotteries in certain cases.

*Mr. S. L. MULLER:

I am not dealing with what the hon. member asked the Minister, but with the basis of his objection, and that is simply and solely the definition of “games of chance” and “lottery”. I want to prove to him now that there is no substance in his contention that we are making a law which is only applicable in Natal at the moment, applicable to the whole of the Republic of South Africa, for the reason that the hon. member does not object to the other provision that is made in this Bill. His objection to the definitions of “game of chance” and “lottery” is already applicable to what we are proposing now. As proposed by us now, this law is applicable not only to the Transvaal or Natal, but to the whole of South Africa.

I want to refer to Act No. 5 of 1939 and to show that what we are proposing here now, in fact amounts to a concession. This definition is in any case a much clearer definition than what we had previously. I want hon. members to take note of the fact that Act No. 5 of 1939 was not passed by a National Party Government. The hon. member strongly objects to the Minister having this power to decide when something is a lottery and when not. But what we are asking here is no more than already exists in terms of Act No. 5 of 1939.

*Mr. HUGHES:

It is not the same.

*Mr. S. L. MULLER:

I know the definition is not the same, but two things need not be word for word the same to have the same meaning. I want to refer to the definition of “game of chance” in the proposed law. It reads—

“game of chance” includes any game which the Minister may from time to time by notice in the Gazette declare to be a game of chance.

The hon. member objects to the fact that the Minister is to declare whether or not something is a game of chance. If you look at the Act of 1939, which we are repealing now, you will see that it reads as follows—

The Minister of Justice, or any other Minister of State to whom the Governor-General may have assigned the administration of this Act, may by notice in the Gazette declare—
  1. (a) that any person who within the Union allows any person to use or operate, or exposes for use or operation by any person, any particular pin-table, machine or contrivance, named or described in the notice, or any pin-table, machine or contrivance of a make or type, so named or described, shall be deemed to conduct a lottery; …

I must admit that in this legislation no distinction is drawn between a game of chance and a lottery. What I have just read relates to a lottery. It continues—

  1. (b) that any particular game or scheme, named or described in the notice, or any game or scheme of a type so named or described, … shall be deemed to be a lottery.

In other words, in terms of the old legislation any Minister may determine what type of machine or appliance must be used before something can be deemed to be a lottery. It goes so far as to say that when such a machine or appliance is used or is exposed by any person, the scheme concerned is deemed to be a lottery. It goes further and says that any game, which must also be determined by the Minister, will be deemed to be a lottery.

What more are we doing than was done in 1939? Can the hon. member tell me that? Is he dissatisfied with the 1939 Act? If not, why is he dissatisfied with the proposed definition in this Bill? If the hon. member had told me that he was dissatisfied with the existing legislation, then I would have understood his wanting new legislation and then it would be for the Government to decide whether or not it would grant him new legislation. But it is not the attitude of the Minister that there should be new legislation. The Minister wants to have the same definition of “game of chance” and “lottery” as existed previously and to which the hon. member had no objection.

There is a substantial difference between the old legislation and this Bill in the sense that games of chance and lotteries are not being coupled in the Bill. The two are dealt with separately. We are saying that a game of chance “includes any game which the Minister may from time to time by notice in the Gazette declare to be a game of chance”. That is the definition of “game of chance”. We say that “ ‘lottery’ means any lottery in the generally accepted meaning of the word, and more particularly …”. Then all the machines and appliances that may be used and the circumstances in which something will constitute a lottery are mentioned. Then it continues—

“lottery” … also includes any scheme, arrangement, system, plan or device, which the Minister may from time to time by notice in the Gazette declare to be a lottery.

Sir, it is exactly the same. What we are saying in this Bill is that something is a game of chance or a lottery only when money or some prize or other is being competed for. That is something which, in fact, we did not have in the previous legislation. I think that is a concession as far as his objection is concerned.

*Mr. HUGHES:

Why?

*Mr. S. L. MULLER:

Previously there was no specific provision that a prize had to be competed for. Now the definition provides that a prize has to be competed for before something constitutes a lottery. If the hon. member looks at Clause 6 he will see that a game of chance is a contravention only when it involves some prize or money. Only then is it a contravention. If a game is not played for gain, it is not a contravention, even though the Minister has declared it a game of chance.

When hon. members ask now that a Bill such as this be referred to a select committee …

*Mr. HUGHES:

Why are you opposed to that?

*Mr. S. L. MULLER:

I shall tell you why I am opposed to that, Sir. I am opposed to that because of the fact that the hon. member advanced no cogent argument at all as to why a select committee was desirable. It would simply be a waste of time. When the Government introduces consolidating legislation we cannot allow the Opposition to make use of the opportunity to amend the laws as they would like to amend them, because apparently that is all that the hon. member is contemplating.

Mr. TIMONEY:

Is that not democratic government?

*Mr. S. L. MULLER:

Hon. members on the opposite side can have their say, but they must not expect us simply to do as they say. Surely it is for the Government to decide what legislation it should introduce? This legislation is obviously a consolidation of existing legislation.

*Mr. HUGHES:

That is not so.

*Mr. S. L. MULLER:

The objection raised by the hon. member for Transkeian Territories was a limited one. If he objects to this legislation he should have objected to the old legislation as well. The hon. member stated explicitly that his objection was to the definition of “game of chance” and of “lottery”. He wants the courts to decide. I have tried to show that if the courts had to decide it would cause much more hardship than it would cause as proposed here. Apart from that the position is indeed no different to what it was before. If hon. members on the opposite side are of the opinion that this measure should occupy the time of a Select Committee they must put forward much better arguments.

Mr. PLEWMAN:

I think the hon. member for Ceres (Mr. S. L. Muller) made out a good case himself why this matter should be referred to a select committee. He indicated that this Bill, as far as the law of gambling was concerned, introduced no new principle. Sir, the Bill sets out to prohibit gambling and such a prohibition is an attitude or a state of outlook; it is not a principle. Views differ as to the degree of prohibition in various matters and views differ as to whether prohibition is the most appropriate way to deal with the subject of gambling or whether regulation is not better. Those are matters that can best be considered and thrashed out in a select committee. The hon. member is also rather confused when he says this is consolidation; it is a form of consolidation but it is not a consolidation of previous laws of which only certain aspects have been taken from various laws. I think that is another good reason why the matter should be referred to a select committee. A select committee could deal with the matter objectively in so far as it can be dealt with objectively.

As regards the legislation to which he has referred is concerned, I shall deal with that later. A wise Judge in the Transvaal once said “there is an element of chance in every game of skill and an element of skill in every game of chance”. That statement might be, what the lawyers call obiter dictum, but it is certain a good dictum. It is a wise appreciation of the hopes, the strengths and the frailties of human endeavour. At any rate, Sir, I too, speaking for myself, take that view in regard to the matter. I too see the skill in the games in which I may indulge in. I hasten to add, of course, that I accept that it has been my lack of skill which has accounted for chance not having come my way thus far. However, I adhere to the principle of the law of averages and I accept that skill may triumph in the long run.

I also accept that gambling is a form of human endeavour that should be directed and regulated. I believe that governments are placed in the best position to exercise that authority and to see to it that gambling is properly directed or properly regulated. That is why—again speaking for myself—I believe that a State lottery has been the best approach in modern times to the State’s intervention or participation—call it what you will—to ensure that there is suitable direction and regulation in all forms of games of chance. In all countries that I have visited where there has been this form of State supervision over lotteries I think the maxim “moderation in all things and toleration towards all men” has been exhibited very well. Many people will tell you that life itself is a lottery and a gamble; perhaps the biggest gamble of all. That may account for the fact why, over the centuries, nobody has yet been able to put a stop to the gambling spirit in men and women.

We are concerned here with a Bill which deals with prohibition of gambling and prohibition in this context, not only puts an end to toleration and moderation but it is also a weapon of despair. What the Bill is unfortunately doing is that it puts an end to toleration and I think it lets the kill-joys rule. I believe that in matters of this kind there should be toleration and moderation in respect of the subject under consideration. That is a very essential reason why a Bill of this nature should go to a select committee. Witnesses and views can be heard there, things thrashed out and a proposal produced which will deal with this social problem, in so far as it is a social problem, far better than it is dealt with here.

My main purpose, however, in coming into the debate is also to express my opposition to the proposed vesting in a single Minister of what really amounts to despotic powers instead of Parliament dealing with the matter itself. That is in fact what is contained in Clause 1. Just for the sake of the record I want to read the definitions again. The first definition reads as follows—

“Game of chance” includes any game the Minister may, from time to time, by notice in the Gazette declare to be a game of chance.

We have a similar situation in regard to lotteries. It gives details as to some lotteries and then ends—

… which the Minister may from time to time by notice in the Gazette declare …
The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

That principle is embodied in all the other Acts.

Mr. PLEWMAN:

Sir, I think we should be moving forward. There is too much looking over the shoulders sometimes. I think we might look forward in regard to some of these matters. Powers are here being vested in executive government to define from time to time what should be a game of chance and what should be a lottery. As the powers are vested in executive government they can, of course, be exercised quite arbitrarily or even capriciously if so desired by whoever is the Minister in charge at different times. We are not concerned with this Minister, Sir, or with his outlook when we deal with legislation of this kind. We are concerned with changes which may eventually take place.

In this instance you will also observe, Sir, that it is not merely a case of giving executive government power to legislate which is objectionable. In this case executive government is not going to legislate by way of proclamation or by way of rule; it is simply going to legislate in the form of a notice in the Gazette which is the lowest form of directive which can come from a Government on a legislative basis. That, I think, is also a serious aspect which, had the matter been referred to a select committee, could have been thrashed out and endeavours made to see if a better method could not have been adopted.

If the hon. the Minister and his advisers and draftsmen will be able, at some later stage, to define in a Government Gazette notice what constituted a game of chance why cannot they do so now and put it in the Bill itself. In these circumstances why not allow Parliament, i.e. both sides of the House, to examine what the Minister and his advisers intend prohibiting, to discuss it and either to accept or reject it in some positive legislative form. I ask this, because Parliament is here expected to legislate quite blindly again. The hon. Minister himself and also the hon. member for Ceres have referred to the Gambling Amendment Act No. 5 of 1939 and have used that as an example to justify what is now being done in this Bill. But I think that is a poor example and I will deal with that just now. My real question to the hon. Minister is why has he not adopted a later example? Why has he not adopted as the example Act 38 of 1949 which is also going to be repealed? Because in that Act “sporting event” and “sports pool” are specifically defined. The public know specifically what the Legislature is prohibiting, the courts are given complete guidance and can revolve the problem when it comes before them. That was a later example. Why not follow that example? I hope the hon. Minister will be able to indicate why not.

I come then to Act No. 5 of 1939, which is an “Act to amend the law relating to gambling”. I have said that it was a poor example, and it is a poor example because as a bit of legislation you cannot deal with it apart from earlier legislation. It is meaningless really as specific legislative direction about gambling; it must always be read in conjunction with some other law. It cannot stand alone, but must be read in conjunction with some other law and that is why, as far as I have been able to find out, charges which have involved this Act have always been charges under one of the other Gambling Acts read with this one.

There is also this aspect which must not be overlooked. When Act No. 5 of 1939, became law it was dealing with a new situation which obviously had not been dealt with in previous laws. Previously you did not have that sort of device, namely a pin-table and other machines and contrivances of that nature, and the government of the day found it necessary to include devices of that kind within the scope of a lottery.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

That is sub-paragraph (a).

Mr. PLEWMAN:

Yes. We now come to sub-paragraph (b). The hon. the Minister has not quoted a single instance where a notice issued under (b) has been used, other than to expand what is in (a). The only notices that have come to my notice are those which add to what is already in (a). They add some other sort of device, not a pin-table, but for instance a fruit-machine. It is quite clear to me what the Legislature had in mind at that time, namely, that when it said that executive government could prescribe particular games or schemes, it had in mind that it would be in amplification of what is provided in (a). What is contained under (a) was a new sort of social evil, if you want to put it that way, which was being legislated against, and the Legislature of the day left the law sufficiently wide—I think too wide—so that new machines, new contrivances of that nature could be brought within the scope of the prohibition merely by an executive regulation. I think that is how this legislation must be looked at. It is a poor example for doing what the hon. Minister now proposes to do generally in so far as this new legislation is concerned. It deprives Parliament of the opportunity of legislating as it has legislated in the past in regard to what the Government may claim are social evils, notwithstanding that in many such cases members on both sides of the House might also regard them as being social evils. And thus the Bill now leaves doubt where certainty could have been provided. If the second example, namely the definition of what a lottery is, had been used by setting out what constitutes a game of chance and then providing a sort of expansion route, I do not think the same objection would have been raised because quite obviously no executive authority would go outside the scope of the ambit which Parliament itself had set out. Just as I say happened in the case of Act 5 of 1939. I hope therefore that the hon. the Minister, even at this stage of the debate, will reconsider the matter and will realize that if legislation of this nature is to be workable and is to be acceptable, it should in the normal course of events go to a body such as a Select Committee to examine it and to improve upon it or get clarity at any rate on those matters in regard to which clarity is needed. Therefore I say that the Opposition has adopted the only correct course, by asking that the Bill should go to a Select Committee for consideration.

Mr. TAUROG:

The hon. member for Ceres (Mr. S. L. Muller) posed the question why we on this side of the House are opposed to this legislation and the hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South) (Mr. Plewman) has given him a very reasoned legal exposition why we feel that this measure should go to a Select Committee. But generally speaking I would say to the hon. the Minister that one reason why we feel that this legislation should go to a Select Committee, is because of the uncertainty in the minds of the public as to what is law and what is not law in regard to gambling. The whole position as a result of the introduction of this Bill remains very indefinite and nobody will know from day to day what the law is and what a lottery as such constitutes or what the game of chance constitutes. If I may prove that, I would just like to quote a recent decision in the Hertzog Memorial Fund case in Pretoria, where the accused was found not guilty of running a lottery and was discharged. There the whole thing came down to what was a game of skill and whether it was a chance that the organizer of this particular function took, and that was to run a competition to ascertain the number of miles a light delivery van would run on gallons of petrol. Up to now it was contended, and that was why he was charged, that this was a game of chance, but the magistrate found that it was a game of skill. This is the uncertainty which is now prevalent in the public mind, especially as a result of this Bill. The question is asked: Why did the Minister find it necessary at this stage to introduce this Bill? My reaction is that he was wanting to stifle popular public opinion in favour of a lottery which is gathering momentum day by day, and the Minister felt that by bringing in this Bill he was going to intimidate the public against the purchase of lottery tickets and similar activities. Otherwise I cannot understand why there was a necessity at this stage of the country’s development, with all our problems and difficulties, to introduce a Bill of this kind. It has been described, and I think quite correctly, as a “you are warned” Bill, and that is what I think the Minister really meant to do by bringing in the Bill at this particular stage.

The public are particularly worried as a result of the power given to the Postmaster-General to intercept all mail addressed to a person who is found on inquiry to be conducting or acting as an agent for a lottery or sports pool. Before the position was that the authorities could only act in this case where people dealing in a lottery had been identified through advertisements and through circulars and other documentary evidence. Now the requirement that they have to be identified falls away and it is purely a question of an inquiry, and then they can be convicted and suffer all the indignities of a court case. The question is: Who is going to make these inquiries. How are they going to be made? This leaves a fear in the minds of the public. They ask whether all correspondence is not now under surveillance and under investigation. It is an unhappy thought when the public have to have this fear that merely because of the suspicion that letters addressed to a certain source may contain lottery money or sports pool money, that all letters as such can be opened. I think it is necessary that the Minister in his reply will set the public’s mind at rest once and for all as to what is going on in the Post Office in regard to the investigation of suspicious letters.

I would like to say that the Bill in its present form is a new “suspicion branch” with a chief suspector in the person of the Minister of Posts and Telegraphs and we must disillusion the public’s mind in that regard.

In referring to the Minister’s reply in the Other House to the debate on this Bill, one gets the impression that the hon. the Minister himself was not altogether happy and satisfied that he should introduce a Bill of this nature, because this is what he said—

Ninety-nine per cent of the Bill is not something that I have been responsible for, or what I propose, or what my department is now proposing.

He also said in this reply to one of the honourable Senators—

He regretted having to refuse a request which would have been very reasonable if this had been a new Bill.

That was his reply to the request that the Bill should be sent to a select committee. Now if the Minister had these doubts, and if the Minister had to apologize for the form of the Bill and to say that it was not the type of Bill that he would have proposed, then I ask him why has he introduced the Bill at this particular stage? Why did he not leave it to the hon. Minister of Posts and Telegraphs to introduce an amendment to the Post Office Act which would have achieved the same object?

That reminds me of the story that the hon. Minister of Justice told us at our parliamentary golf match, last Saturday, at Paarl, when he spoke about his one caddy being sent to gaol, and when he made inquiries as to the reason why this caddy was sent to gaol, he found that it was a perfectly good reason, and he decided that the caddy should spend his sentence in gaol. When the caddy came out and the Minister played golf again on the next occasion, this caddy came up to him and said to him: “Master, I always thought you were a big shot, but after what happened to me, you are no longer a big shot.” And that was because this caddy had made the boast that he would not have to go to goal because he was the caddy for a big shot and he would not spend any time in gaol. I am wondering whether the hon. Minister is really such a big shot in introducing this Bill and whether he is not listening to the tune of some other master and being obliged to go ahead with this measure, which, I can assure him, is unpopular at this particular stage. This Bill will serve no useful purpose. It will merely force lotteries as such to go underground, and the Minister knows that with lotteries being forced to go underground, a considerable amount of money is going to leave our country.

Business suspended at 12.45 p.m. and resumed at 2.20 p.m.

Afternoon Sitting

Mr. TAUROG:

When business was suspended, I was dealing with the aspect that so far as I could judge—and I hope I was able to convince the hon. the Minister to a certain extent—it was a pettifogging Bill and one that did not warrant to occupy the time of this House at this stage, and that certainly bigger issues are at stake to-day than the introduction of a Bill of this nature, whose avowed object, I am satisfied, is to kill organized lottery bodies where they were gathering round them public support and public opinion. Sir, the hon. Minister need only look at the time that is being taken up at the Post Office in scrutinizing suspected letters containing lottery material or sports pool money; we are aware as a result of a reply given in this House that up to late 1963, some 42,080 letters had been opened by the Post Office, involving an amount of 2,424 man-hours in attending to this particular sphere of work. Sir, with the shortage of manpower we are experiencing today, I maintain …

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! That is not relevant now.

Mr. TAUROG:

Sir, I am dealing with the lottery aspect of this Bill.

Mr. SPEAKER:

That has got nothing to do with this Bill.

Mr. TAUROG:

Sir, the prohibition that the hon. Minister hopes to introduce here does not extend to race horses, and here I think the hon. Minister could take a much firmer stand once he has seen it advisable and necessary to restrict gambling. I think he should not have allowed the exemption in this Bill whereby bets on horse races are not affected. This Bill includes a clause specifying that it shall not interfere with the existing rights of the provinces in their control of horse-racing. What is more, this Bill specially goes out of its way to exempt sports pools or competitions, that is jack-pots, which are conducted by newspapers in connection with horse racing and other sporting events. These are exempted provided that no subscription is paid. Surely, Sir, this was the time for the Minister, if he is really the big shot that his two caddies, Soldier and Nugget, imagine him to be, surely this was the time to put his foot down and restrict gambling on horse-racing. What is more, I think he should have gone out of his way to see to it that this Bill provides that no future off-course betting is taking place, because where could you have a more farcical set-up than the introduction of this Bill here in an attempt to prevent gambling and on the other hand in the Transvaal Province the governing body giving consideration to the introduction of off-course totalizator betting, with all its ramifications and all its harmful effects. Sir, if the position is as serious as the hon. Minister has indicated to us, then I think this should have been a suitable opportunity to limit and restrict any further gambling on horse-racing. It should not be made easier for people to fritter away their money, their hard-earned money on slow horses.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Do tell me, do you want that?

Mr. TAUROG:

As far as I am concerned, yes.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Is that United Party policy?

Mr. TAUROG:

The hon. Minister knows as well as anyone of us that when it comes to a question of gambling, it is a matter of a free vote, and we express our free opinion, according to our own conscience in this matter, and we were not tied down as members on the other side are …

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member must not go further in that direction. He must return to the Bill.

Mr. TAUROG:

The one aspect apparently goes as far that if it brings in taxes then it is permissible, but if it does not, then in the expression of the blue-stocking moralists, it is merely a question of morals of convenience.

Sir, in England, immediately after the war, football pools were introduced and to-day we find roughly 11,000,000 Britons each week participating in these football pools and having their harmless flutters, and nobody can say that England has become demoralized as a result of that, as contended by the hon. member for Ceres when he said that gambling in any form has a demoralizing effect. If that is so, how is it that that fine country of Holland that has had a lottery ever since the days of Napoleon, can certainly not be accused of being decadent, immoral or demoralized in any way? But in the same way that football pools took away some of the drabness in England after the war years, I am wondering if the hon. Minister with his good sense of humour would not consider football pools in South Africa to take our minds off politics?

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

What about election pools?

Mr. TAUROG:

That is the gamble that you are also in for, and it may work against you. Sir, there is one provision in this Bill that provides for the possible conviction of anybody owning property in which a game of chance takes place, and it specifically provides that the owner and/or occupier of those premises would be liable under those circumstances if they are found conducting a game of chance. My question to the hon. Minister is: What is the liability of an absent landlord in premises where such games of chance may be taking place? Say a landlord is away from the property and totally unaware of what is taking place on his property, and is then confronted with a summons that a game of chance has taken place on his premises?

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

If he is absent, he cannot be found guilty.

Mr. TAUROG:

According to Clause 2, the onus of proof is on the sellers or the buyers of tickets, and also on the occupants of premises where lotteries are held. I think it is necessary in the interest of clarity to ask the hon. Minister to define and explain what the position of an absent landlord in such cases would be.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

He cannot be found guilty.

Mr. TAUROG:

I think it will be very useful to know that.

This side of the House is opposing the Bill in its present form, mainly on the grounds that it goes too far and is too all-embracing and that it gives too much power to the hon. the Minister to define what is a game of chance and what is a lottery, enabling him merely by proclamation in the Gazette to decide arbitrarily what constitutes a game of chance or a lottery. But we do agree that it has become necessary for him to take powers to limit the harmful practice which has developed in cafés and restaurants where pin-tables are established, and where I think he will receive the support of probably all parents whose children are unnecessarily frittering away their pocket money on these useless pintables.

Sir, if it is sinful, if it is immoral, to break the every-day drabness by purchasing a R1 lottery ticket, then I think the hon. Minister is going to achieve his objective and he is going to be consistent with the general attitude on the other side of the House where we are told what we have to read, when we have to swim and with whom we have to associate. The time must come when there should be a little more latitude in these matters.

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member is right off the Bill now.

Mr. TAUROG:

I just want to give one more reason for the hypocrisy shown in this Bill.

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member cannot use the word “hypocrisy”. Whom is he accusing of hypocrisy?

Mr. TAUROG:

I withdraw it. I want to show the inconsistency which is so laughable in this Bill and I want the Minister to know that we need a spark of reality, and that is what we demand of the Government now a spark of reality to come between the conflict of morality and reality which is most apparent in this Bill.

Mr. TIMONEY:

The hon. member for Ceres (Mr. S. L. Muller), who is not in his seat now, is becoming well known as a soothing prophet. Invariably when he speaks on a Bill he over-simplifies the whole nature of the Bill. No doubt he assists the Minister very much. When the hon. member said that gambling affects the whole character of the nation, if one looks around the world, would he say that the character of the people of England, Italy, Australia and the U.S.A. has been affected by gambling, seeing that there are no restrictions there? I want to make the position clear. What this side of the House wants is some clarity on the definition of gambling. That is why we have asked for the Bill to be sent to a Select Committee. It is not a question of whether this side or that side supports the Bill. It is a question of personal choice as to what you want to do. You will probably find as many people on the Government side who support gambling as on this side of the House. The whole position of gambling has to be clarified. The Minister, in preparing this Bill, was not so happy himself, so he left it completely wide open so that he could publish his reaction in the Gazette from time to time to control the various schemes which people may get up to gamble. A definition of “gambling” is wanted, and we feel that if it is sent to a Select Committee we may get that definition. The Government are well known in this country as being killjoys. It has been said in this House, and I repeat it, that you cannot read a book to-day without its having been referred to a Publications Board and you cannot do much in the way of entertainment without having a permit, and now we have this Gambling Bill. One has the feeling that when the Minister introduced this Bill that there had been an outbreak of illicit gambling in this country and he found it necessary to take action, but the only matter we can think of which caused the Minister to introduce this Bill was the case last year when the Minister of Posts and Telegraphs grabbed all the money in the post which was apparently being used for the purchase of sweepstake tickets. Judging by the Minister’s words in his introductory speech, they apparently did not have the power to do what they did and I hope we can look forward to the Minister of Posts and Telegraphs returning the money without the people having to make application for it.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Where do you get that from?

Mr. TIMONEY:

In Clause 13, where you seek to tighten up the Posts and Telegraphs regulations.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

You evidently have not read the Bill.

Mr. TIMONEY:

It states clearly here what the Minister of Posts can do. They never had those powers before.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

They have always had those powers. Only one word is being inserted there.

Mr. TIMONEY:

But one word can change the whole context of any Act. This Bill may not contain any new principle, and that is possibly so, but there is no doubt that the Minister has put the screws on some of the mildest forms of gambling. You have the universities raising funds by various competitions, and charities also do so. These competitions, notwithstanding that they may be beyond the law, are run completely bone fide and the results are published and there is no suggestion of anything underhand.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

What competitions are you referring to?

Mr. TIMONEY:

Well, take Bingo and the University rag competitions. The coupon is published, showing what you should do in order to win a prize, and the results are published.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

What sort of competitions are you referring to?

Mr. TIMONEY:

I am referring to the university competitions, where they have a guessing competition. In terms of this Bill, that will be illegal. The Minister interjects. It is quite evident that he is not so happy himself as to what gambling is. It is quite apparent that we should have this investigation by a Select Committee. As was said by other hon. members, the Minister, in introducing this Bill, must have done it with his tongue in his cheek.

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member must take his tongue out of his cheek.

Mr. TIMONEY:

I will not suggest that he take his tongue out of his cheek, but I withdraw it. There is horse-racing, to which there is reference in the Bill. We have jackpots and sweepstakes, and what you cannot get outside the track you can get inside the track, so really it defeats the whole object of this Bill. As the hon. member for Springs said, horse-racing is encouraged by the Provincial Administrations and a substantial amount of money is collected in taxes from it. It is probably one of the most prolific sources of taxation they have. I think it was right for the State to close down dog-racing, but you have horse-racing to-day and the Minister must consider of what he is doing. On the one hand he is closing the gate and on the other hand he is leaving it open, with the result that you will find more members of the public, instead of having an innocent flutter, will go to the race-track where they can take a ticket on a jackpot, which is just a lottery.

In the saving clause, Clause 10, it says it is not gambling if a subscription is not paid. Have you ever heard of a gambling game where no subscription is paid? What do we play for? Matches or beans? It is ridiculous to put such a clause in. Then there is another item which should be cleared up. It says here that competitions run by newspapers will be exempt. No subscription is paid, but what about the 3c you pay to buy a newspaper? Is that not a subscription? Then you have Springbok Radio where substantial sums of money are allocated to people who guess certain things correctly. Admittedly they come there by invitation, but they cannot listen to the programme unless they pay a radio licence fee, so they pay a subscription. The Minister shakes his head; he is worried. We say these things should be clarified.

The question of a national lottery comes up from time to time, and there is no doubt about it that if there was a question of changing the Government by a referendum in regard to a national lottery. …

Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! That point has been dealt with before.

Mr. TIMONEY:

I just wanted to say that there would then be a change of Government. Then there is the question of having a lottery ticket in your possession. The Minister knows that organizations overseas get hold of a South African directory and post books of tickets to the addresses therein. They arrive through the post, you do not know what is arriving and you accept them. But the interim postal authorities can seize them and you would be liable for having these tickets sent to you. That is what it looks like to me. It is a matter which the Minister should consider.

Another item is the publication of lotteries by newspapers. That also goes very far. There are hundreds of foreign newspapers coming into this country. They are read by the public, they give the results of racing and football pools and sweepstakes in England and other countries. These things are published here, and that is an offence. I do not know whether I am right or wrong, but it seems like it.

There is another innocent form of gambling. I do not know whether the Minister has ever played it, but he is a man of the world. One occassionally goes into a bar and one plays dice. I suppose that will be prohibited. These things want definition and clarity, and that is what we ask for. It is not a question of whether we are in favour of gambling or not. I think it has been proved by the hon. member for Ceres that when we were in power we passed Acts to control gambling. It is up to the Government to clarify what gambling is. Let us send the Bill to a Select Committee and get clarity. At the moment it is vague.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

All of us have our off-days. On some days we do not feel so well and we cannot give off our best, but really when one does rise in all earnestness to participate in a debate in this House and one speaks as did the hon. member for Salt River (Mr. Timoney), one does not do oneself a favour nor does one do the House a favour. What must people think of those of us sitting in this House when they read a speech of that nature, childish nonsense from start to finish, a speech taking no consideration of the provisions of the law and one made without the hon. member making it using his sound common sense for one moment?

There is thus very little for me to reply to in this debate. I think that I must confine myself in the first place to a question which was put to me by the hon. member for Transkeian Territories (Mr. Hughes) when he adopted the attitude—and the hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South) (Mr. Plewman) returned to this matter at a later stage—that we should leave this matter to the courts: that we should formulate a definition in this regard and then come to Parliament from time to time to extend the definition if necessary. That is a fair question. My reply to it is that we do have a definition but we go further, we say that the Minister will also have the power to add to that definition. We do not exclude the courts nor do we try to give a definition because the definition is contained in the Bill. This has always been the case. The hon. member will remember that he asked me by way of interjection what the courts had to decide upon in the past. They will continue to have to decide in terms of this Bill as well whether a specific thing which a man does falls within the scope of this definition or not. I want to repeat that there is nothing which is done under this law or which may not be done which did not also apply under the various old laws.

I want to go further, particularly in pursuance of what the hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South) said in regard to the 1939 Act. I do not know whether the hon. member went so far as to read the motivation for the introduction of that Act as it appeared in Hansard. From this I obtained the principle that the Minister can make additions from time to time. The 1939 Act was introduced by no less a person than the late General Smuts himself, and this is what I find in Col. 399 of Hansard of 16 February 1939. General Smuts, as Minister of Justice, had this to say (translation)—

Hon. members will see therefore that we have now changed the definition of a lottery in the Bill and we say that when there is an element of chance then the Minister can take action and proclaim it to be a lottery. Very wide powers are being given to the Minister but I think that unless a wide power of this nature is granted to the Minister to enable him to declare any game which depends almost exclusively upon chance, although not completely, as a lottery, the law will remain completely ineffectual. This sort of thing can go on and it will increase and the gambling spirit will develop more and more in our community.

The United Party was in power at the time. I notice here, inter alia, an interjection by the hon. member for Green Point who was strongly opposed to a state lottery. The principle that the Minister can declare certain games to be gambling is therefore not a discovery of mine or of this Government. It has been inserted in the Bill for very good reasons and if hon. members will read the speech of the late General Smuts they will see the good reasons which he advanced as to why the Minister should receive those powers. I want to repeat that not one single new principle is being introduced in this Bill. I have told hon. members to look at the schedule and to see how many various laws there are dealing with this matter. Have hon. members ever placed themselves in the position of a young constable to whom a complaint is made? Have they ever considered the difficulty which he will have of having to consult all these laws in order to find out what constitutes an offence and what does not constitute an offence? There are 21 of these laws. That is why I cannot appreciate the attitude adopted by the hon. member for Springs (Mr. Taurog) who said that people do not know what the law is. It is precisely in order to enable these people to know what the law is that we are introducing this Bill because it is merely a consolidation of existing laws. For the first time now since 1860 when the first law was introduced we are consolidating all these laws so that everyone will be able to know what the precise provisions of the law in this regard are.

*Mr. HUGHES:

But they are not the same.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

From the nature of the case they cannot be the same because the laws of the various provinces were not the same. We are now taking a cross-section of all of them and we are making one law in this regard.

*Mr. HUGHES:

We want a Select Committee to decide what the law should be.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

No, that was not the argument which was advanced by hon. members opposite. The argument of hon. members opposite was that the position should be flexible and that certain types of gambling should be permitted. Each argument by hon. members opposite contained two elements. The one was that we should permit gambling and that if we did not want to permit it. we should abolish horse racing. This has consistently been the general argument advanced by hon. members opposite, including the hon. member for Springs. I want to make it quite clear that the 1945 Act left the question of horse racing to the provinces and it is not my intention to meddle with that principle at all. It falls beyond the scope of my functions and that is why there is a provision to that effect in this Bill. But hon. members continue to harp on this argument and I want once again to make this offer to them. They still control one provincial council, and that is in Natal. If they are in earnest as far as their argument in connection with horse racing is concerned, I want to make them this offer: If they abolish the “July”, I shall make it my business to abolish horse racing in the rest of the Republic.

*Mr. HUGHES:

We would prefer to extend it.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

They have control in Natal and so they can do it at any time. As soon as they report to me that they have done this in Natal, I shall do it in the rest of the Republic. But until hon. members are prepared to do it, they must not expect me to interfere with the powers of the provinces in this regard because these powers were given to the provinces specifically in 1945.

Mr. TAUROG:

You are the Government, not we.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Hon. members must show me how I must do my duty. The best way to show me how I must do my duty is to do something which will make me ashamed and which will embarrass me. If they abolish horse racing in Natal, they will certainly embarrass me and then I shall be compelled to take matters further.

The hon. member for Springs advanced the argument that the reason why we were introducing this Bill was because a group of people came together, a group of people in favour of a lottery, and advocated the introduction of a lottery. But it has not simply been since to-day that people have come together in this way. People have been coming together in this way from the beginning. When the United Party were in power there was a very strong organization which wanted a state lottery but hon. members opposite were consistently opposed to it, for very good reasons, and even up to to-day—I think the hon. member for Yeoville (Mr. S. J. M. Steyn) will correct me if I am wrong—it is not United Party policy to have lotteries.

*Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

What is your attitude in regard to premium bonds?

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

The attitude of this side of the House has been set out by the hon. the Minister of Finance. He advanced the argument that it was not valid. I am not trying to score off anyone. I simply say that the attitude of this side is that we are opposed to it and, as far as I know, hon. members opposite did not accept the principle at their Union Congress either, and that is the policy-making body.

*Mr. E. G. MALAN:

The John Vorster branch of the Nationalist Party was not opposed to it.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

That may be so. Even though there were 12 Etienne Malan branches in favour of it, it would make no difference as far as the attitude which I would adopt is concerned. We are not concerned with new provisions which make it necessary to refer the Bill to the Select Committee. All that I am doing is to consolidate all the provisions dealing with this matter into one Bill so that they can be easily understood by hon. members, by the entire country and specifically, by the officials who are concerned in this regard.

The hon. member for Port Elizabeth (South) and others are fond of using the argument that this is a “kill-joy” Bill. On the contrary, I have provided in the Bill that what a person does in the privacy of his own home is no concern of mine, nor is it affected by this Bill. Hon. members must, after all, realize—and we must all show a sense of responsibility—that one cannot allow what is prohibited by the law to go on in public without doing immeasurable moral harm to the public.

Mr. TAUROG:

What is the position as far as clubs are concerned?

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

That point is dealt with in the Bill. Gambling on any premises to which the public are admitted, or which are used consistently for this purpose, constitutes an offence. If we do not insert a provision of this nature, a hundred of these so-called clubs will come into being over night. Hon. members have referred to these motor-car competitions and reference was made to the case in Johannesburg. This was under the old law. These people were charged under the old law and the court found—and I am satisfied in this regard—that it was not a lottery, and the people were found not guilty. I do not even know why the hon. member saw fit to raise this matter during this debate. I repeat, in conclusion, that I and my Department have made it our task to consolidate the existing legislation into one law and make it as easy to follow as possible so that we will all know precisely what we may and may not do, because the excuse in the past has always been that these provisions were bound up in a multitude of laws some of which were no longer even available and people did not know what they could or could not do. Hon. members say that the Bill should be referred to a Select Committee and that we can then decide in regard to lotteries, but we have had various motions in this House. We have had one this year. The attitude of the House was consistently that we were opposed to it.

*Mr. HUGHES:

But we did not vote.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

We voted in this regard last year and, if I remember correctly, we voted the year previously as well. Hon. members know what their party’s official policy is and what our policy is. Why must we argue about this matter when the official policy of both parties is opposed to this question?

Mr. HUGHES:

We are prepared to exclude the Whips.

*Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

Every man can vote according to his own conscience.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

But this is a strange thing. What does the official policy of a party as adopted at its Congress mean if its members are free to vote on the matter here? Who is one bluffing in this regard? Hon. members opposite say that their official policy is that they are not in favour of gambling but they allow all their members to advocate gambling. If that is the case, they are not honest in their attitude. Our attitude is that we are opposed to it. [Interjection.] May I ask hon. members opposite whether their members are opposed to gambling?

*Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

Our Party leaves it to the individual.

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! I think that the hon. the Minister must come back to the Bill.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

I agree. I think that the Bill is more interesting than the policy of the United Party.

I feel that it will be a waste of time, as the hon. member for Ceres (Mr. S. L. Muller) so rightly said, to refer this Bill to a Select Committee. One only refers a Bill to a Select Committee when it contains a new principle. There is no new principle contained in this Bill and so I am sorry but I cannot accept the amendment of the hon. member.

Question put: That all the words after “That” stand part of the motion,

Upon which the House divided:

AYES—53: Bezuidenhout, G. P. C.; Bootha, L. J. C.; Botha, P. W.; Coertze, L. I.; Cruywagen, W. A.; de Villiers, J. D.; de Wet, J. M.; Faurie, W. H.; Fouché, J. J.; Frank, S.; Froneman, G. F. van L.; Haak, J. F. W.; Henning, J. M.; Jurgens, J. C.; Keyter, H. C. A.; Koornhof, P. G. J.; Kotze, G. P.; Kotzé, S. F.; Labuschagne, J. S.; Loots, J. J.; Malan, A. I.; Malan, W. C.; Marais. J. A.; Marais, P. S.; Maree, G. de K.; Mulder, C. P.; Muller, S. L.; Nel, J. A. F.; Odell, H. G. O.; Potgieter, J. E.; Rall, M. J.; Sadie, N. C. van R.; Sauer, P. O.; Schlebusch, A. L.; Schoeman, B. J.; Smit, H. H.; Steyn, J. H.; Swanepoel, J. W. F.; Treurnicht, N. F.; Uys, D. C. H.; van den Berg, G. P.; van den Heever, D. J. G.; van der Ahee, H. H.; van der Spuy, J. P.: van der Walt, B. J.; van Rensburg, M. C. G. J.; van Staden, J. W.; Venter, W. L. D. M.; Visse, J. H.; Vorster, B. J.; Wentzel, J. J.

Tellers: D. J. Potgieter and P. S. van der Merwe.

NOES—26: Basson, J. D. du P.; Bronkhorst, H. J.: Cadman, R. M.; Dodds, P. R.; Emdin, S.; Field, A. N.; Gay, L. C.; Graaff, de V.; Hickman, T.; Hourquebie, R. G. L.; Malan, E. G.; Miller, H.; Mitchell, M. L.; Plewman, R. P.; Ross, D. G.; Steenkamp, L. S.; Steyn, S. J. M.; Streicher, D. M.; Taurog, L. B.; Taylor, C. D.; Thompson, J. O. N.; Timoney, H. M.; Waterson, S. F.; Weiss, U. M.

Tellers: A. Hopewell and T. G. Hughes.

Question affirmed and amendment dropped.

Motion accordingly agreed to and Bill read a Second Time

ADMINISTRATION OF ESTATES BILL

Seventh Order read: Committee Stage—Administration of Estates Bill.

House in Committee:

On Clause 1,

Mr. EMDIN:

I want to move the following amendment—

To insert the following definition to follow the definition of “absentee”: “accountant” means an accountant and auditor who is registered under the Public Accountants’ and Auditors’ Act, 1951 (Act No. 51 of 1951).

There are five references to accountants in the Act. In Section 58 they are referred to as registered accountants and in Section 65 they are simply referred to as accountants, and the purpose of this amendment is to clarify the position so that it will be quite clearly understood that “accountant” is a registered accountant.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

I have pleasure in accepting the amendment of the hon. member for Parktown (Mr. Emdin). Indeed, I instructed my Department to frame a similar amendment, and the wording of that amendment differs only slightly from that of the hon. member for Parktown. I shall appreciate it if the hon. member will not insist on his amendment. I move accordingly.

Mr. EMDIN:

I have pleasure in withdrawing my amendment.

Amendment moved by Mr. Emdin, with leave of the Committee, withdrawn.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

I move—

To insert the following definition to follow the definition of “absentee”:
  1. (ii) “accountant” means a person registered as an accountant and auditor under the Public Accountants’ and Auditors’ Act, 1951 (Act No. 51 of 1951).

Agreed to.

Clause, as amended, put and agreed to.

On Clause 6,

Mr. MILLER:

The words “for the purposes of this Act” appear in line 25 of this clause which deals with the appointment of appraisers to evaluate property. Sir, these words do not appear in the original Act, and it seems to me that by adding these words in this particular clause the Minister is actually limiting the scope of the services of sworn appraisers appointed under this Act. In the past sworn appraisers, as we know them, and as they have practised throughout South Africa, have only been appointed under the present Act. They have been appointed by the Minister and there has been no limitation placed on the scope of their activities. Sir, over the years sworn appraisers have enjoyed a certain standing and prestige in South Africa. Their services have been used not only for the purpose of evaluating property in deceased estates but also in many other capacities. They play a very important part in arbitration proceedings when property is expropriated by the Government or by provincial or local authorities; they play an important part in connection with the sale of farm land where valuations are called for, and in addition to that, where local authorities have to compile a list of rateable property in the particular municipality. A sworn appraiser from outside is called in to assist the city or town valuer in arriving at what is regarded as a reasonable valuation, and the assessment rates of the city are then eventually based on those valuations. We have over the years accepted the term “sworn appraiser” as having a specific meaning. Sworn appraisers have been used not only for the purposes of evaluating property, whether movable or immovable,

under the Estates Act, but also for other purposes. I am sure that representations must have been made to the Minister with regard to the effect of the addition of these words. It is feared that the addition of these words will be construed as meaning that “sworn appraiser” refers only to a person appointed by the Minister for the purposes of this Act. Sir, a few years ago the Administration of Estates Act was amended in one of the General Law Amendment Bills, I think, and in that amendment the word “minister” was substituted for “master” and the effect of that amendment is that whereas the Master used to make these appointments, the appointment of sworn appraisers is now entirely the prerogative of the Minister. That amendment contained in the General Law Amendment Act has since been repealed, and the only measure under which sworn appraisers can be appontied will be this Bill when it becomes law. I think there must be one or two members in this House who know a little more about the subject because they are either sworn appraisers or partners in firms in which sworn appraisers are employed. Members who are practising attorneys in the country know the importance and the significance of the term “sworn appraiser”. My only fear is that the insertion of these words will lower the standing or the status of sworn appraisers. Of course, any individual may evaluate property, and in giving evidence in arbitration proceedings, for example, he would state his experience in evaluating property, and the arbitrator will then be able to decide what value to attach to the appraisement of that particular person. We know that valuations made by sworn appraisers have in the past carried a tremendous amount of weight. We know that the Master has been extremely careful in appointing sworn appraisers to ensure that only the right persons are appointed and the Minister has done the same filing since the amendment to which I referred. Only auctioneers or estate agents or other persons who have the requisite qualifications have been appointed as sworn appraisers. In recent years estate agents and others who have done this work have formed an Institute of Valuers, to which persons may apply for membership if they have the necessary qualifications for evaluating property. This Institute, however, is not recognized by law. In other words it is not like the Law Society or the Medical Council which has legal status because of the fact that they are bodies incorporated by Statute. I would like to hear what the hon. the Minister’s views are on this particular issue. I should like him to enlighten us as to why it was found necessary to place a limitation on the activities of sworn appraisers as we now find in this Bill.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Why do you say that there is a limitation?

Mr. MILLER:

Let me refer the Minister to Section 10 of the present Act, which provides that every master (now the Minister) may from time to time appoint persons to act as appraisers for the valuation of property and revoke any appointment so made. Then it goes on to say that every such appraiser shall be entitled to demand and receive reasonable compensation which is assessed according to a tariff and taxed by the Master. But there is no question of the sworn appraiser being appointed under the Act as it now stands “for the purposes of this Act”. Those words have now been added in this Bill. Not only may this create the impression, but I am sure that these words are going to be interpreted as meaning, that the appointment is only for the purposes of the Act.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

No, he can do all sorts of valuations.

Mr. MILLER:

Let me give the Minister a concrete example. Take the case where property is expropriated by local authorities. The local authority then asks for a valuation. There are dozens of people who could give an opinion as to the value of property, but when you produce a document which is signed by a sworn appraiser, that valuation carries a great deal of weight. The sworn appraiser can also give evidence himself and explain how he arrived at his valuation. He has a certain standing in the eyes of the local authorities. The valuation of a sworn appraiser also carries a great deal of weight in arbitration proceedings where property is expropriated. As the hon. the Minister knows from his experience as a former practising attorney sworn appraisers are used for many purposes. If this limitation …

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

But there is no limitation.

Mr. MILLER:

Why then are the words “for the purposes of this Act” being inserted? If the Minister explains that point satisfactorily then we can take the matter further.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

There is only one Act in terms of which sworn appraisers are appointed and that is the Administration of Estates Act. In the first instance the man is appointed as a valuator of estates, but because of this fact he has a certain status, as the hon. member said. People are inclined to take more notice of the valuation of a sworn appraiser than of the valuation of a person who is not a sworn appraiser. The simple fact that we are now setting him apart in the Administration of Estates Bill and appointing him specially in terms of the Administration of Estates Bill gives him a status but it does not prevent his doing a valuation for a municipality or for a private individual or under the Group Areas Act. It does not prevent his doing this at all. On the contrary, it gives him improved status because of the fact that he is specifically mentioned in this Bill, just as he was mentioned in the previous Act.

Mr. MILLER:

Will the same care and prudence be exercised in the future as far as the appointment of sworn valuators is concerned?

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Yes.

Mr. MILLER:

In other words, it will be regarded as a specific appointment with the same status attached to it as in the past?

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Yes.

*Mr. S. L. MULLER:

I feel concerned about the insertion of these words. These words did not appear in the old Act. If we look at the Afrikaans text we see that it is provided (translation)—

The Minister may from time to time in respect of any area designated by him, appoint such or as many persons as he may deem fit as appraisers to value property for the purposes of this Act.

It is not quite clear to me what the position will be in the future if these words are inserted as it is now proposed to do. Such a person will now “for the purposes of this Act” be appointed as a “sworn appraiser” and not as an ordinary appraiser because any man on the street can act as an appraiser. But if such person is appointed as a sworn appraiser to value property for the purposes of this Act, I must draw the conclusion that he can only value property as a sworn appraiser for the purposes of this Act and not for any other purposes.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

No, that is not the idea.

*Mr. S. L. MULLER:

If that is not the idea, I am pleased to hear it and I think that we should try to clarify the position a little more in some or other way. But I just want to bring a few points in this connection to the attention of the Committee. I myself am a sworn appraiser and I think that probably half of the work I do as sworn appraiser has nothing to do with the State. I am very often asked to make a sworn valuation of a farm for loan purposes. I am asked to make a sworn valuation because I am a sworn appraiser. The hon. the Minister now says that my appointment as a sworn appraiser will continue to authorize me to make a valuation in that capacity even though that valuation is not made for estate purposes. But then I do not know what these few words mean. I want to come now to this further point: During the past years the Masters were always very insistent upon the fact that there should not be a spirit of competition amongst sworn appraisers, and when a sworn appraiser drew up an account, he had to do so according to the tariff laid down by the Master. If he submitted his account and the Master found that his fee was lower than the tariff laid down, the Master simply altered the amount to what it should have been according to the tariff. When I make a valuation of this nature for the purposes of a loan, I draw up my account according to the tariff and then I have my account taxed. My next question is this: If a sworn appraiser is only appointed for the purposes of this Bill, will the Master always be prepared to have my account taxed when I make a valuation for purposes other than estate purposes? If the Master is not prepared to do so as a result of the insertion of these words, it is then going to affect the position of the sworn appraiser detrimentally because then we will find that every Tom, Dick and Harry will compete with one another in regard to prices and also in regard to the valuation which has to be made, and this will in my opinion have a detrimental affect upon the status of sworn appraisers. That is why I feel that we should rather leave the position unchanged, unless it is really necessary to insert these words, in order to protect the status of the sworn appraiser. If it is necessary then I am prepared to move an amendment to such effect but I just want to state generally that I am rather concerned about the fact that we are now expected to dispose of this matter at this stage. Two pages of amendments have been moved to this Bill. It is a Bill which affects every person in the country; it is an extremely important measure and I shall really be very pleased if we can report progress so that hon. members will have time to study all these proposed amendments during the recess and so be better equipped to deal with this important measure at a later stage.

Mr. HOPEWELL:

I would like to support what the hon. member for Ceres (Mr. S. L. Muller) has said. The danger of this Clause as it stands is that there is a possibility that we may now have two classes of sworn appraisers, a sworn appraiser under this Act and an appraiser for all other purposes. A sworn appraiser under this Act and a sworn appraiser for other purposes could be the same person. There is a possibility as I read this Clause that you could have a sworn appraiser making sworn appraisements not under this Act and you could then have two classes of sworn appraisers.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

There is no authority to appoint a man as a sworn appraiser under any other Act, except specific Acts such as the Group Areas Act, and others.

Mr. HOPEWELL:

Sir, a doubt has been raised in regard to this matter. Not only has some doubt been expressed in this House by members of this Committee, but representations have been made by various interested parties who are concerned about the wording of this Clause as it now stands. I think the matter should be cleared up beyond all doubt.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

I agree that if there is any doubt the position should be clarified.

Mr. HOPEWELL:

Sir, I agree with the hon. the Minister. I do not think there should be any doubt at all as to the standing of sworn appraisers or as to the value of appraisements made by them. After all, a sworn appraisement is at best a matter of opinion and there must be a certain standard of values. There have been many cases where sworn appraisers have made different valuations and those differences have come before the courts. The courts, in cross-examining the sworn appraisements concerned, have always asked to substantiate their valuations; to explain how they arrive at their valuations. As a general rule sworn appraisers are men who have had experience in their particular districts, and that is why the law rightly limits the sworn appraiser to a certain district. A man is not appointed as a sworn appraiser for the whole country. He is appointed as sworn appraiser for a particular district because he is presumed to have a peculiar knowledge of the circumstances and the conditions in that district. He knows the market and the trade position in that district. Generally his knowledge of affairs is such that he can say with assurance, before the court, what he regards as a reasonable and fair value at the time. That is what he is required to swear to, namely, that that is a reasonable value at that particular time because, as you know, Sir, values change from time to time. As a doubt has been raised by both sides of the House as to the interpretation of this wording I hope the hon. the Minister will give the matter consideration so that the status of the sworn appraiser is not altered and so that the parties concerned will in no way feel prejudiced by this amendment.

Mr. TAUROG:

I would like to associate myself with the remarks made by the hon. member for Ceres in telling the Minister that there is definitely a great deal of confusion and doubt as to what this Clause really means as far as the work of a sworn appraiser is concerned. Representations in this regard have been made by the Institute of Valuers, which is a voluntary body, as the hon. member for Florida (Mr. Miller) has pointed out with no legal standing to enforce any particular point of view. If the hon. the Minister has any doubt at all that there may be some confusion in our thinking in this regard I want to refer him to Clause 6 (5), which, read in conjunction with 6 (1) where the words “for the purpose of this Act” are inserted, will mean—

Every appraiser shall … be entitled to a reasonable remuneration which shall be assessed according to a prescribed tariff of fees, and shall submit his account to the Master for taxation.

If we leave in the words “for the purposes of this Act” I am inclined to think that no appraiser will be able to submit an account to the Master for taxation other than for the purposes of the Administration of Estates Act. If that is so then difficulties raised by the hon. members for Ceres and Pinetown (Mr. Hopewell) become very real indeed. It would be a great pity if, in regard to this clause, we were to find that sworn appraisers were excluded from having their accounts taxed for work other than work connected with the administration of estates. In the case of new companies being floated, for instance, the directors call upon a sworn appraiser to make an assessment of the property which is a very important feature in the public’s assessment of the value of that company. If this appraisement is allowed to be hawked round from one valuer to another then I see a great deal of malpractices taking place. Similarly in rent board cases an appraiser, up to now, has had a certain locus standi and status. In this case too you can have the same situation arising where fees can be slashed; competition in regard to fees will come into play and the public will not be sure that the valuation is fair and reasonable.

As I see it to judge from discussions I have had with a number of people and bodies interested in this matter they are definitely of the opinion that two separate classes of appraisers will be established: one, the sworn appraiser who will be able to have his account taxed and, two, the ordinary valuer who will compete with the sworn appraiser …

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

That has always been the case.

Mr. TAUROG:

No, Sir, with due respect that has not been the case because to-day you get your account taxed by the Master for any appraisement done outside the administration of estates.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

But there is no authority or law which provides for that.

Mr. TAUROG:

I think the hon. the Minister has touched on the very point that is worrying us. We are worrying that, by the introduction of the words “for the purposes of this Act,” we will not continue to enjoy the privilege of having accounts taxed by the Master as we have done in the past. Once you remove that security from the public’s point of view I think we are opening the doors very wide to malpractices and bad features in valuations. As we see it, I do not think that was really the effect the Minister wanted to introduce into the work of a sworn appraiser. If the Minister will hold this over I will not move the amendment I was going to move but give him an opportunity of clearing up the whole position thereby removing confusion from the minds of the public. It was my intention—and if the Minister feels it will serve a useful purpose I shall still do so—to move in lines 25 and 26 to omit, after the word “property” the words “for the purposes of this Act”. That would bring the position back to what it was in the old Act. The hon. the Minister may find a more satisfactory way of overcoming this problem and I shall accept his decision.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

The position as I see it—hon. members who have more practical experience of this matter than I have can tell me whether I am wrong—is that persons were appointed as sworn appraisers under the old Administration of Estates Act. As a result of the fact that they were sworn appraisers for the purposes of the Administration of Estates Act they also made other valuations which had nothing to do with estates as such. It is self-evident that people preferred to instruct these persons to make valuations, because they had the status of sworn appraisers. The valuations made by a sworn appraiser in terms of the Administration of Estates Act naturally have to be taxed by the Master, but such an appraiser also makes other valuations, which he also has taxed by the Master, although it is not necessary for him to do so. Nor is he obliged to adhere to any fixed fee for such valuations. He may charge three times the fees he would have charged in the case of an estate. There is nothing to prevent him from doing so and nobody can stop him. The practice is that all accounts submitted by appraisers are sent to the Master to be taxed, but there is no legal obligation upon an appraiser to observe this practice. At the same time there is no legal sanction if an appraiser fails to do so. That position remains unchanged. As I understand the position, no change whatsoever is being made here. I should like to come to the assistance of hon. members, but at the moment I cannot see what their objections are. I shall be very glad if they will explain their objections further.

The question has been asked whether any other person may make a valuation if he has not been appointed as a sworn appraiser. The position has always been that any person may make a valuation. There is no law which provides that people may not make valuations unless they are sworn appraisers. Many people have agitated in the past for the introduction of an Act dealing specifically with appraisers, but that is quite another matter. The fact of the matter is that in the past the only source of appointment has been the Administration of Estates Act, and appointments have been made for the purposes of the Administration of Estates Act alone. It is from this that the other valuations have developed.

*Mr. FRONEMAN:

I also feel worried about this clause. These words either mean something or they do not. If they do mean anything they must mean that the existing position is being altered. Where the Master appointed me as an appraiser in the past, he appointed me as a sworn appraiser. I made sworn valuations and signed them in my capacity as sworn appraiser. In other words, in so doing I indicated to the public that I had been appointed by the Master to do that type of work, and not only for the purposes of estates, because under the existing Act he could appoint me not only for the purposes of estates but for the purpose of making any sworn valuation.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

He did not have the power to appoint you for anything else.

*Mr. FRONEMAN:

Then I say that by usage the position developed in the legal world that I was allowed to use the words “sworn appraiser” because I had been appointed by the Master. If in future I make a sworn valuation, and describe myself as “sworn appraiser” in signing the valuation, I will be pretending to be something which I am not in fact because I can only make a valuation for the purposes of this Act. That places the sworn appraiser in a very difficult position. Any person can make a valuation, but he does not have the right to append the words “sworn appraiser” to his valuation because he is not acting in terms of this Act. It is not only the Master who acts in terms of this Act, but also the sworn appraiser. That is really the point, Sir. The practice has developed in the legal world that the Master has shut his eyes to the fact that persons who have been appointed as sworn appraisers in terms of this Act have been making other valuations as well. The Master has put his seal upon it, as it were, by taxing the accounts of such persons and by recognizing that they also make valuations which do not fall under the Administration of Estates Act. If this interpretation is correct, then both the Master and the sworn appraisers have gone beyond the provisions of the Act in the past. Surely this interpretation cannot be right, because why are the words being inserted now? Surely one cannot insert words in a Bill without bringing about a change in the existing legal practice? If the existing legal practice was in order without these words, why do these words have to be inserted now? Surely the Minister must have some object in mind in inserting these words, and that is to impose certain restrictions in this regard, otherwise words simply have no meaning. That is how I see the position, Mr. Chairman, with due deference. I have serious misgivings as far as this clause is concerned and I want to ask that the matter be considered carefully, because it is going to create a very difficult situation for sworn appraisers in the future. They will certainly not be able to use the designation ‘‘sworn appraiser”. They will not be able to use it in connection with valuations which they make in terms of the Water Act, under which Act a great deal of use is made of the services of sworn appraisers, whose accounts are also taxed by the Master.

*Mr. VISSE:

I want to associate myself with what has been said by the hon. member for Heilbron (Mr. Froneman) and the hon. member for Ceres (Mr. S. L. Muller) in regard to the words “for the purposes of this Act”. The hon. member for Florida (Mr. Muller) also spoke about this, and I agree with him as well. In practice, when a property is not being valued for the purposes of the Administration of Estates Act, the appraiser signs it with the words “sworn appraiser for the Master of the Supreme Court”. That is done in the case of building societies which call for sworn valuations of properties; it is done in the case of insurance companies, town councils, and so forth. What will the position be in future? In terms of Clause 6 (5) the Master can refuse to tax the account if the valuation has not been made for the purposes of this Act. He can simply say: “I have nothing to do with it; it was not done for the purposes of this Act.” In the past the practices has been for the Master to charge a taxing fee in respect of every account taxed by him. Now he will simply say, “No, I am no longer going to do it”. In terms of the Land Bank Act, the Land Bank has special appraisers who value properties for the purpose of the Land Bank, and they cannot value properties for the purposes of estates, nor for the purposes of loans from insurance companies. I feel that these words are definitely unnecessary and that the clause should be amended, particularly in view of the fact that the old Act has functioned well since 1913 up to the present time, as has also been stated by the hon. member for Heilbron. I want to associate myself with what has been said by the hon. member for Ceres (Mr. S. L. Muller) in regard to the importance of this legislation. At this late stage we are now being expected—not under this clause, but I hope you will allow me just to say a few words in this regard, Mr. Chairman—as regards this important Act, which for 50 years. …

*The CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member must confine himself to the clause.

*Mr. VISSE:

I just want to ask whether we cannot let it stand over. …

*The CHAIRMAN:

No, the hon. member cannot do so.

*Mr. VISSE:

May I not raise it as a point of order, Sir?

*The CHAIRMAN:

No, it is not a point of order. The hon. member must confine himself to the clause.

Mr. ROSS:

I have had long experience of valuation business. My firm was a big firm and we were allowed only one sworn appraiser by the Master. I agree entirely with the hon. member for Ceres (Mr. S. L. Muller). Half the work done by my firm was not in connection with estates. Frankly it is news to me that the Master is not obliged to tax bills if they are not connected with appraisement concerning estates. But they are invariably submitted to him and he invariably taxes them. It has quite definitely become a practice. Every three years the Valuation Court in Johannesburg values every stand in Johannesburg and we pay our rates on that value. When it comes to big properties there is a tremendous lot of argument and without fail the owner of the land claims, as the only evidence he can bring, the valuation of a sworn appraiser. The words “sworn appraiser” quite definitely carry a meaning which is far beyond the work connected with estates only. That practice has arisen since 1913 and it has spread right throughout the country. I should be very sorry to see people making a differentiation between a sworn appraiser appointed under this Act and an existing sworn appraiser. That is a possibility that may arise and I think it could lead to a certain amount of unfairness. It must be realized that the term “sworn appraiser” has become a complete part of business life. The public goes to a sworn appraiser in the case of an arbitration; the legal fraternity, without fail, if there is argument about the value of a property, go to sworn appraisers. The sworn appraisement is given, the account is taxed and submitted for payment and that is the end of the matter. When big properties are valued, Sir, there can be tremendous differences in the valuations. This is really one of the most important aspects of business life relating to property to-day and I do hope the Minister will agree to revert to the previous wording if there is the slightest doubt as to the effect of the proposed new clause.

Mr. HOPEWELL:

May I suggest to the hon. the Minister that in view of the discussion we have had this clause stand over. That will give him an opportunity of going into the matter.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

I myself was on the point of moving that this clause stand over. Hon. members must understand very clearly what we are dealing with here. We are discussing sworn appraisers. It may sound strange to the hon. member for Benoni (Mr. Ross) and other hon. members, but there is no such thing as a sworn appraiser. A person is appointed as an appraiser and in terms of the Act he has to take an oath that he will appraise estate property …

Mr. ROSS:

He uses the words “sworn appraiser” on his window.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Yes. That is a practice that has developed, but in terms of the Act there is no such thing as a sworn appraiser. There is no other Act under which persons have been appointed for that purpose. It has become the practice for these people to make other valuations and then to have their accounts in respect of these valuations taxed by the Master. But the Master is under no obligation to tax those accounts. Such an appraiser is likewise under no obligation to submit his account to the Master, nor is there any sanction if he fails to do so. I am quite prepared to let the clause stand over, but this clause makes no difference to the position as it has existed in the past. We cannot provide powers under the Administration of Estates Act to appoint people for purposes other than those relating to estates. We are not dealing with other purposes here. Any person can make a valuation, but a person derives status from the fact that he has been appointed specifically in terms of the Administration of Estates Act. Naturally one would give the man who has been appointed under the Administration of Estates Act preference over the man who has not been so appointed. That is the present position and I honestly cannot see that we are changing it in any way. However, if hon. members feel concerned about the matter, I am quite prepared to move that this clause stand over. I accordingly move—

That the further consideration of this Clause stand over.

Agreed to.

On Clause 8,

Mr. EMDIN:

I move the amendment standing in my name—

To add at the end of sub-section (3) “and shall thereafter cause a certified copy of such document to be lodged with the magistrate of the district where the person who executed the document was ordinarily resident at the time of his death, and such copy shall be available for inspection on payment of such fee as may be prescribed.”

The position, in terms of this Bill, is that the will of a person shall be lodged with the Master of the Supreme Court. There is no objection to that. But it is felt by many people and many organizations that in addition to the will being lodged with the Master of the Supreme Court a certified copy should also be lodged with the magistrate of the area in which the deceased was normally resident. I think it is common cause that in may cases, perhaps in most cases, the heirs of the person concerned will be living in the area in which the deceased was normally resident. It is going to create an enormous amount of additional work and additional costs if an attorney in a country district, for example, who wanted a copy of a will or an extract there from, were unable to go to the magistrate’s office in his area but would have to go to the Master of the particular province for the information he required.

Mr. MILLER:

I move the amendment standing in my name—

In line 26, to omit “may” and to substitute “shall”.

This clause states that if it appears to the Master that a will, or any document purporting to be a will, is invalid for any reason he may, notwithstanding registration, refuse to accept it for the purposes of the Act until the validity thereof has been determined by the Court. From the legal point of view many of us believe that if the Master is of the opinion that the document is invalid for any reason he should reject it. Normally when one sends a will to the Master, usually a notarially certified will or a sealed will, for registration he registers it. He does not go into the question of the validity of the will. He does not even read the will. It is sent for registration and he registers it. But when a will in a deceased estate is submitted he obviously has to pay some attention to it. If he has any reason to think it is invalid and he does not exercise the prerogative that he has here to refuse to accept it the obligation will be on anyone who regards such will as invalid to go to court. Why should it be necessary for anyone to attack the validity of a will if the Master himself, for any reason, believes that that will is invalid? Surely the procedure should then be for him to reject the will and the onus should not rest on the person who forwards the will or who benefits under the will to go to court. If the will is invalid for any reason then it is the Master’s duty to refuse to register the will under this Act. I do not know whether I can add much more, Sir, I just want to ask the Minister whether he would comment on the present wording.

*Mr. VISSE:

I hope the hon. the Minister will not accept the amendment moved by the hon. member for Florida (Mr. Miller). Why must we place the Master in the position of having to adjudicate? The hon. member for Florida wants to place the onus on the Master to decide whether or not to accept a will. Surely it is the duty of the court to decide whether or not a will is valid? We have had many cases where a will seemed valid on the face of it. The testator, for example, must sign in the presence of the two witnesses, and on the face of it he has done so, but evidence can be led that one witness was not present at all when the testator signed. Why should we place the Master in a position in which he must accept that will? He merely has to register it. On the face of things it is valid, and should any other evidence be adduced, the court can decide whether or not it is valid.

I cannot see the necessity for the amendment moved by the hon. member for Parktown (Mr. Emdin) either. The object is now to do away with double filing, that is, filing with the magistrate and with the Master’s Office. At the moment, once a certified copy or a copy of a will has been executed by the Master, a copy thereof can be readily obtained in a very short time. A magistrate is in any case not in a position to furnish a certified copy of a will. Similarly, if an heir is resident in the place which was the usual place of residence of the deceased and there is no Master’s office there, he can simply go to the office of the Master of the Supreme Court. There are such fast means of transport to-day and it is so easy for one to get to the Master’s Office that one has no difficulty in getting a copy and finding out from that Office what the terms of a will are. The whole object of amending the law in this way is to eliminate double filing. It is unnecessary to have everything both at the Master’s Office and at the magistrate’s office in the rural area concerned. It also causes a great deal of work. We are faced with a shortage of staff—although this ought not to be a first-rate excuse— and that procedure would cause unnecessary work, particularly where all the original documents are with the Master and are so readily obtainable. I hope the hon. the Minister will not accept the amendments moved by the hon. members for Florida and Parktown.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

In regard to the amendment moved by the hon. member for Parktown (Mr. Emdin) I just want to say that the whole object of this clause was not to overburden local offices with documents which take up a tremendous amount of space and cause a great deal of extra work. The hon. member just wants to upset matters now with his amendment, and he wants thousands of wills to be filed there again. In this connection practice has shown us very clearly how much difficulty is caused by that procedure, and we have the evidence of thousands and thousands of magistrates that there is no need for it whatsoever. In the cases which the hon. member for Parktown had in mind the executor who or the attorney’s office which dealt with the case is close at hand, and they can provide access to all the necessary documents, so that there is no need at all to impose this burden on the magistrate’s office, which, after all, was only an intermediary between the executor on the one hand and the Master’s Office on the other hand in the past. This procedure served no purpose and in the normal course of events nobody made use of it, but it cost the State a very great deal in time wasted and in space, without any benefit being derived there from. As far as the amendment moved by the hon. member for Florida (Mr. Miller) is concerned I should perhaps say no more at this stage, because it seems to me he wants to say something more about it.

Mr. MILLER:

I appreciate that opportunity. Unless we can get an explanation here, I think we are ourselves possibly slightly confused. Section 19 of the Act deals with the registration of wills, etc. at testator’s death, but it also contains a further sub-section which says—

Where the will has been lodged with the Master prior to the death of the person who has executed the same, the Master shall cause the duplicate or a copy of the will lodged to be examined and compared with the original, and if necessary correct it … and file it with the magistrate’s court.

That is where he receives it prior to the death of a person. I cannot find such a reference here, but it has been the practice in the past that you could send a will prior to death to a Master for registration. Now here the Master is not concerned with validity, and the question of registration has never presumed validity. Now this particular section, Clause 8 in the Bill makes no reference at all to a will which is sent to the Master prior to the death of the testator. Sub-section (1) of Clause 8 deals with the sending of a will in the possession of any person to the Master subsequent to the death of an individual. Now if the Master receives a will subsequent to the death of the individual, that estate becomes of very great moment to the Master. If he for any reason thinks that that will is invalid, obviously, the onus of proving its validity should rest on those who wish to benefit by the will. I do not think that the Master should then decide that despite the fact that it appears that for some reason cr other the will is invalid, he nevertheless would be prepared to accept it, because in doing so, it is not a question merely of a form of registration, but by accepting it, it then becomes part and parcel of the estate and the administration of the estate must take place on the basis of that will. It cannot take place on any other basis. And if in the Master’s opinion that will is invalid, how can the Master permit the estate to be administered in terms of the will which, in his opinion, is an invalid one? So I think there is a difference in this particular matter from the practice we had in the past, because in this clause specifically reference to a will sent to the Master prior to the death of a testator is excluded. I would like the hon. Minister to explain to us the merits of that point of view, and how he sees it from that angle.

Mr. EMDIN:

Perhaps the hon. Minister in his reply could tell us why he has given a permissive right to the Master not to register the will. The Master opens a will and in his opinion it is invalid. He can do nothing about it. or he can reject it, for he is given a permissive right here which is difficult to understand. The document in the Master’s eye is illegal, invalid. He is not told that he must register, he is not told that he must reject. He can do what he likes. He is told that in some cases he can reject it and in some cases he can accept it. It does not seem to make sense, Mr. Chairman. Perhaps the hon. Minister would tell us why this permissive right is given?

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

After listening to these representations I think the position is as follows: If a will is obviously invalid on the face of it, then it is very easy for the Master not to recognize it. A will submitted to the Master may designate as an heir a person called A.B. For that matter, it may designate as an executor a person called A.B., and in addition, a person called A.B. may have signed it as a witness. Hon. members know that an heir cannot inherit if he has also signed as a witness. Then someone comes to the Master and says that the A.B. who signed the will is the same A.B. who is designated in the will as the heir. Then, of course, it is quite another matter. It is now being said that that is the reason why one should adopt this attitude, and that as far as this principle is concerned, an equivalent position exists in Section 32 of the old Act, where a similar discretion was conferred upon the Master in regard to matters of principle.

*Mr. FRONEMAN:

I do not agree with the amendment moved by the hon. member for Florida (Mr. Miller), nor can I quite agree with the example that has been given in connection with the signatory called A.B. When A.B. has signed and he is the executor, it still does not make the will invalid. It only makes the appointment of A.B. as an executor or his designation as an heir invalid, but it does not make the will invalid. However, in regard to the word “shall” proposed by the hon. member for Florida, I want to say that in this case he wants to exclude all discretion as far as the Master is concerned. The question I ask myself is this: If the amendment moved by the hon. member for Florida is accepted and we substitute “shall” for “may”, the Master will get the document, and if he sees that it is invalid on the face of it, he has to wait until the court gives a decision, but who is going to set the court-case in motion? Must the Master be the one to do so? Suppose the heirs do nothing about it? Who is going to set the court-case in motion? That is my problem. The Master will now have to initiate litigation, because he must first obtain a decision on the will before he can proceed any further. But if he had a discretion in terms of the word “may”, he can accept or reject the will. If he rejects it, it is for the parties who are dissatisfied and who claim to be the heirs to go to court and obtain a decision, and then the Master’s finding can be set aside. And when the opposite is the case the parties can also go to court if the Master says that he does not accept the will. Therefore, if we accept this amendment moved by the hon. member, it can only lead to unnecessary court-cases.

Mr. MILLER:

In reply to what the hon. member for Heilbron has said: Let us assume that we leave the permissive word “may” and we say that he may accept it for the purposes of the Act—leaving out the rest. In other words, he may accept it, but the fact that he has a discretion still leaves it within his prerogative not to accept it. Then it would sound silly. Here it says he may refuse to accept it if it appears to be invalid. That means that he objects. He must have the right to refuse. But the point I am making is that he shall refuse it if it appears to him to be invalid. I am not going to suggest that we necessarily should divide on this point, but I believe it is an important point that should be very carefully considered by the hon. Minister, because we know from practice that the Master may not always be fortunate enough to get a proper explanation as to what appears on the face of it to be invalid, which when explained he then allows to go through. If he refuses to accept it, I am satisfied, because in refusing to accept it, some beneficiary obviously will take the matter to court. Of course obviously if no one has an axe to grind; if nobody is sufficiently interested then the estate will be administered as an intestate estate. Our laws in regard to intestate succession are pretty fair. In fact, very often in the purely family sense, even if there is no will at all, and the parent dies intestate, we have to-day provided what I think is probably the highest level of fairness and equity in the administration of that estate so that the descendant or survivor does not suffer unduly by the fact that the deceased has died intestate. So therefore if there is anyone really interested and the Master refuses because for some reason he regards it as invalid, then they will take it to court. But the point is, Sir, that he also has the discretion to admit the will. He admits the will because of an explanation given to him, but the explanation given is not entirely true; there is always that possible danger that a will which is invalid will be acted upon, because once the will is accepted then the administration is proceeded with. It is that one particular case that one must be careful about. May I just say, Sir, that were it not for the absence of one or two other legal members on this side of the House because of the adjournment which is to take place today, this amendment might well have been moved by another member of our fraternity who is a member of this House, a member who feels very strongly on this point. I myself share to a great extent the views of some of the other legal people who have spoken here. As the hon. the Minister well knows, legal people do differ in their interpretations. But there is also the possibility that the Master, instead of refusing, will accept a will—because he has a discretion—and then, unless someone has funds to take the matter to court, or unless the possible invalidity is drawn to the attention of someone, the Master may well be administering an estate in terms of a will which is actually invalid, although it is a will in respect of which he has received, prima facie, a reasonable explanation. Such a oase would be in line with the Minister’s example. That is all I have to say on this clause. I leave the matter to the hon. the Minister. I am not going to ask for a division.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

I will go into the matter.

Mr. MILLER:

I should be very grateful if the Minister did that, and in view of his undertaking I withdraw my amendment.

With leave, amendment proposed by Mr. Miller withdrawn.

Amendment proposed by Mr. Emdin put and negatived.

Clause, as printed, put and agreed to.

On Clause 9,

Mr. HOPEWELL:

Mr. Chairman, I move the amendment standing in my name, namely—

In line 56, to omit “subscribe” and to

substitute “sign”.

The Afrikaans text of the Bill leaves no doubt at all that the inventory is intended to be signed by the person concerned, but the use of the word “subscribe” in my mind leaves some doubt as far as the English text is concerned. I am of the opinion that the word “sign” would be preferable, and for that reason I ask the hon. the Minister to accept the amendment.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Mr. Chairman, the note I have in this connection reads that, according to the Concise Oxford Dictionary “subscribe” means, inter alia, “to write one’s name at the foot of a document, or to sign a document.” The word is also used in sections 23 and 21 of the Administration of Estates Act of 1930 in relation to inventories required under that Act. The interpretation of this word has caused no difficulties whatsoever so far. That is what I am told by the law advisers in this connection.

Mr. MILLER:

Mr. Chairman, I should like to draw the attention of the Minister to another aspect of this clause. No amendment has been moved regarding this aspect, but nevertheless I feel duty bound to draw his attention to it. In Clause 9 (1) (a) (iii) the question of a massed estate and the submitting of an inventory is dealt with. Sub-section 2 (a) (iii) of the same clause also deals therewith. My attention has been drawn to the fact—and my reading of the law corroborates that—that where there is massing of an estate in a will, then, until adiation takes place, until an election to adiate, that estate is in fact not really a massed estate, in so far as its administration under the Act is concerned. The question therefore arises whether it is necessary for the inventory to disclose all the assets at this stage. Let us for instance take the case where a female dies and the surviving husband was a party to a will in terms of which their estates are massed. He has a discretion whether to adiate or not, and until such time as he elects—and there is some authority which says that he can even wait until the account is submitted—or until he refuses to adiate—because he may not wish to take advantage of the right to adiate, for some reason or another—he must in the meanwhile, because the will discloses a massing, disclose all his own assets as well. Such a situation of course applies to a marriage out of community of property. In the case of a marriage in community of property, the survivor must in any event, whether male or female, submit a full inventory of the whole estate because the estate is only divided when the account is drawn. Now, because of that, will not the Minister’s advisers, for instance, feel that that privacy should continue to be retained where the parties are married out of community of property, until adiation takes place? I do not mind if this aspect is dealt with in the Other Place, but I do feel, Sir, that the purpose of the Act and the standard which we wish to retain …

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Do you think there is any hardship involved?

Mr. MILLER:

No, except that it is a disclosure of privacy. Strictly speaking, until adiation takes place the assets of the survivor of a marriage out of community of property are nobody’s concern, be it the Master or anyone else. The position at present is that people can inspect the inventories at the Master’s office, and the fact that copies are not kept at magistrates’ courts is because of the desire—as the hon. the Minister so rightly said—to avoid over-burdening some of the departments with excess documents, etc. But one can go along to the Master’s office and have a look at the inventories.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Do you think it is a practical issue?

Mr. MILLER:

This matter was pointed out to me by certain legal people, and I accordingly felt it was my duty to place it before the House. I wish to emphasize that I am not pressing the issue, but at the same time I was wondering whether the Minister would not in the meanwhile go into the matter and let his own legal advisers deal with it.

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

I should like to say to the hon. member that we have had no representations on this score at all. Nevertheless I will go into the matter, and if there is any substance in the hon. member’s argument then I will again discuss it with the hon. member and, if necessary, I will do something about it in the Other Place. But up to this stage we have had no representations about this aspect at all.

Mr. MILLER:

These points were brought to my attention by certain members of our fraternity, members of good standing, and I thank the Minister for his courtesy.

Mr. EMDIN:

Mr. Chairman, I am afraid I did not have a chance to write down the hon. the Minister’s definition of the word “subscribe”, but in terms of that definition, if it is not to be “signed” should it not then be “subscribed to” instead of “subscribed”?

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

I am told that good English usage requires the expression “subscribe” and not “subscribe to”. It would appear that one “subscribes to” a newspaper.

Amendment proposed by Mr. Hopewell put and negatived.

Clause, as printed, put and agreed to.

On Clause 16,

*Mr. S. L. MULLER:

Mr. Chairman, on page 17 in line 5 and again in line 9 of the Afrikaans text the word “regspersoon” is used. In line 5 and line 9 of the English text the word “corporation” is used. I am not quite satisfied that these two words have the same meaning, but that is not my problem now. My real problem is the fact that in my opinion we should state more clearly that this word includes a partnership too. It is a generally recognized fact that in the profession to which I belong most firms are partnerships. It very often happens that a partnership is appointed as the executive in an estate, and as the partnership as such cannot perform that function, the partnership should therefore have the right to designate someone to be appointed as the administrator of the estate concerned. For that reason, Mr. Chairman, I feel that we should make it clear that provision is being made here for a partnership as well. I feel that this particular clause can be drafted in a much simpler form, and I have a draft clause here which has been submitted to me by the Law Society and which in my opinion would have been a much more effective clause. I am of the opinion that this proposed substitute for Clause 16 is much clearer and simpler. The English text reads as follows—

If any person referred to in sub-section (1) of Section 14 or in sub-section (1) of Section 15, is a corporation, or partnership, the relevant letters of administration or endorsement may be granted or made to such person as the Master shall be satisfied is the proper officer, nominee, or partner or his successor, being a person for whose acts or omissions as executor the corporation or partnership accepts liability.

Mr. Chairman, I contend that provision should be made for a partnership, and that my draft conveys the whole meaning of Clause 16 much more simply and concisely. I should like to inquire of the hon. the Minister whether my proposal cannot be accepted.

Mr. HUGHES:

I support the hon. member for Ceres in his proposal. I appreciate that the Minister has only now heard his proposed amendment, and I therefore suggest to the Minister to allow this clause to stand over until he has had time to consider the new proposal, a proposal which I think is an important one.

*The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

Mr. Chairman. the amendment of which the hon. member for Ceres (Mr. S. L. Muller) has now given notice is a very important one. Obviously I cannot just decide within a few minutes whether or not I shall accept this amendment, and as I want to consider it, I move—

That progress be reported.

Agreed to.

House Resumed:

Progress reported.

The House adjourned at 4.28 p.m. until Tuesday, 20 April, at 2.15 p.m.

TUESDAY, 20 APRIL 1965 Mr. SPEAKER took the Chair at 2.20 p.m. QUESTIONS

For oral reply:

Report on Television *I. Mr. E. G. MALAN

asked the Minister of Posts and Telegraphs:

Whether in terms of Section 24 (1) (h) of the Broadcasting Act, 1936, he will call on the South African Broadcasting Corporation to report upon (a) the extent to which existing building installations and apparatus can be converted or adapted for television use and the estimated cost of such conversion or adaptation, (b) whether it is conducting any research or experiments in regard to television and, if so, what the nature and the cost of such research or experiments are and (c) whether representatives of the Corporation attended any international meetings at which any aspect of television was discussed and, if so, what meetings and on what dates they were held; if not, why not.

The MINISTER OF POSTS AND TELEGRAPHS:

No. I am sorry to disappoint the hon. member, but I cannot, unfortunately, see the use of such a report.

Foreign Recruitment of Post Office Personnel *II. Mr. E. G. MALAN

asked the Minister of Posts and Telegraphs:

  1. (1) Whether any steps are contemplated for the recruitment abroad of personnel for his Department; if so, what steps;
  2. (2) whether these steps were agreed to by any staff associations; if so, (a) which associations, (b) on what dates and (c) what were the terms of the agreement.
The MINISTER OF POSTS AND TELEGRAPHS:
  1. (1) No.
  2. (2) Falls away.
Statement in Cologne by Minister of Foreign Affairs *III. Mr. E. G. MALAN

asked the Minister of Foreign Affairs:

  1. (1) Whether a report broadcast in the national news of the South African Broadcasting Corporation on 1 October 1964, of a statement said to have been made by him at a news conference in Cologne in regard to the Government’s policy relating to the elimination of racial discrimination, has now been brought to his notice; if so,
  2. (2) whether he has taken any steps in regard to the accuracy of this report; if so, (a) what steps and (b) with what result; if not, why not.
The MINISTER OF FOREIGN AFFAIRS:
  1. (1) Yes.
  2. (2) No. I did not consider it necessary.
Duration of Service of Defence Force Personnel *IV. Mr. GAY

asked the Minister of Defence:

  1. (1) How many Permanent Force officers, non-commissioned officers and other ranks respectively having (a) three or more years and (b) under three years service left (i) the South African Air Force, (ii) the South African Navy and (iii) any other military branch of the Permanent Force during the six months ended 30 September 1964 and 31 March 1965 respectively;
  2. (2) how many in each category (a) resigned or left the Force of their own accord and (b) were discharged for service reasons or on completion of their contract period.
The MINISTER OF DEFENCE:

(1)

(a) (More than three years' service) Non-Officers commissioned Privates officers

(b) (Less than three years' service) Non-Officers commissioned Privates officers

(i)

South African Air Force

1st April—30th September, 1964

12

101

38

2

35

81

1st October, 1964—31st March, 1965

5

79

16

8

48

134

(ii)

South African Navy

1st April—30th September, 1964

3

78

10

3

33

30

1st October, 1964—31st March, 1965

1

112

10

5

52

91

(iii)

South African Army

1st April—30th September, 1964

12

151

109

12

55

138

1st October, 1964—31st March, 1965

9

195

35

21

68

70

(2)

(a) (More than three years' service) Non-Officers commissioned Privates officers

(b) (Less than three years' service) Non-Officers commissioned Privates officers

(2)

(i)

South African Air Force

1st April—30th September, 1964

(a) Own accord

9

51

29

2

30

70

(b) Service reasons or completion of contract period

3

50

9

5

11

1st October, 1964—31st March, 1965

(a) Own accord

1

36

15

7

47

117

(b) Service reasons or completion of contract period

4

43

1

1

1

17

(ii)

South African Navy

1st April—30th September, 1964

(a) Own accord

1

34

4

3

27

21

(b) Service reasons or completion of contract period

2

44

6

6

9

1st October, 1964—31st March, 1965

(a) Own accord

69

7

3

47

83

(b) Service reasons or completion of contract period

1

43

3

2

5

8

(iii)

South African Army

1st April—30th September, 1964

(a) Own accord

3

43

13

10

45

52

(b) Service reasons or completion of contract period

9

106

96

2

10

86

1st October, 1964—31st March, 1965

(a) Own accord

3

83

11

17

59

56

(b) Service reasons or completion of contract period

6

112

24

4

9

14

Underground Inspections by Minister of Mines *V. Mr. TAUROG

asked the Minister of Mines: Whether in the course of his official duties he has had occasion to go underground at any gold mines in the Republic; if so, (a) at which mines, (b) on what dates and (c) what was the purpose of the visit in each case.

The MINISTER OF MINES:

Official duties have not required me to go underground in gold mines. I have, however, been underground in order to gain first-hand knowledge of conditions obtaining there.

Fraudulent Sale of Foodstuffs to Bantu VI. Mr. GORSHEL

asked the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development: Whether any instances of persons, companies or organizations manufacturing foodstuffs and selling them to Bantu persons under the pretext of doing welfare work, have come to his notice; if so, what was in each case (a) the name of the person, company or organization, (b) the type of foodstuffs manufactured and sold, (c) the quantity and value of the foodstuffs, (d) the date of sale, (e) the place or area where the sale was effected and (f) the number of purchasers.

The MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:

Cases have been brought to my notice of persons or bodies who for personal gain attempted under the cloak of welfare work to cause confusion in the Bantu Areas. At this stage I do not consider it to be in the public interest to furnish further particulars.

Prohibition of Entering of Bantu Areas *VII. Mr. GORSHEL

asked the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development: Whether any organizations have been prohibited from entering Bantu areas; if so, (a) which organizations and (b) for what reasons.

The MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:

No organizations as such have been prohibited from entering Bantu areas. Applications by individuals, representatives of companies or organizations are considered on their merits.

Completion of Post Office at Benoni *VIII. Mr. ROSS

asked the Minister of Posts and Telegraphs: When is it expected that the new post office at Benoni will be completed.

The MINISTER OF POSTS AND TELEGRAPHS:

The site for the proposed building was handed over to the contractor on 18 January 1965. The contract makes provision for the completion of the building within twelve months from that date.

Application of Influx Control Regulations *IX. Mrs. SUZMAN

asked the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development:

  1. (1) Whether his attention has been drawn to the reported statement of the Transskeian Minister of Justice in regard to the manner in which officials applied the influx control regulations;
  2. (2) whether he will make a statement in regard to the matter.
The MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:
  1. (1) Yes.
  2. (2) No.
*X. Mrs. SUZMAN

asked the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development: Whether his Department has issued any instructions to Bantu Affairs Commissioners and/or local authorities in regard to the administration of the provisions of section 10(c) of the Natives (Urban Areas) Consolidation Act; if so, what instructions.

The MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:

No but the attention of local authorities and Bantu Affairs Commissioners was drawn to the fact that a wife may only claim qualification under section 10 (1) (c) of Act No. 25 of 1945 should she have initially entered an area lawfully and should she ordinarily reside with her husband in that area.

C. Ndamse Suspended from Duties as Lecturer *XI. Mrs. SUZMAN

asked the Minister of Bantu Education:

  1. (1) Whether any lecturer at the University College of Fort Hare was suspended from his duties during March 1965; if so, (a) which lecturer, and (b) what were the charges against him;
  2. (2) whether any inquiry into the charges has been held; if so, with what result.
The MINISTER OF BANTU EDUCATION:
  1. (1) Yes; (a) senior lecturer C. M. C. Ndamse,(b) misconduct.
  2. (2) Yes, by a committee of the Council of the University College of Fort Hare but as the matter has not been finalized yet the results cannot be indicated.
Milk Distribution in Pretoria and Johannesburg

The MINISTER OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING replied to Question No. *II by Brig. Bronkhorst, standing over from 9 April.

Question:
  1. (1) How many applications for the registration of (a) milk producers and (b) milk distributors for the Pretoria area were received in each year since 1962;
  2. (2) whether all the applications were granted; if not, (a) which applications were rejected and (b) for what reasons;
  3. (3) what was the increase in the consumption of milk in the Pretoria/Johannesburg area during this period.
Reply:

(1)

1962

1963

1964

(a)

401

433

524

(b)

7

6

7

  1. (2) All applications for registration as milk producers were granted whilst one application for registration as a milk distributor was rejected in 1964. Registrations are valid for one year.(a) The application of Messrs. J. N.Cloete, L. J. Cloete and E. J. Cloete for registration as milk distributor.(b) It is considered that the existing distributors are sufficient to provide for the needs of the consumers and that additional distributors increase distribution costs.
  2. (3) In Johannesburg approximately 3,000 gallons and in Pretoria approximately 1,000 gallons average per day.
Convictions for Drunkenness

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE replied to Question No. *IV, by Mr. Oldfield, standing over from 9 April.

Question:

How many convictions of (a) White, (b) Coloured,(c) Asiatic and (d) Bantu, persons for (i) driving a vehicle under the influence of liquor and (ii) drunkenness were there in each year since 1962.

Reply:

Since 1 January 1963 the statistics asked for are not kept for calendar years and the particulars are furnished as received from the Bureau of Statistics.

1961

1962

1.1.63 to 30.6.63

(i)

(a)

2,117

2,125

1,052

(b)

591

569

254

(c)

82

82

36

(d)

894

921

458

(ii)

(a)

7,814

7,063

3,039

(b)

39,097

33,667

14,886

(c)

772

724

263

(d)

25,158

22,451

9,645

Statistics for the period from 1 July 1963 will be furnished as soon as available.

The hon. member’s attention is drawn to the fact that, in terms of the provisions of Section 100bis of the Liquor Act, Bantu were able to obtain liquor as from 15 August 1962.

Substantial Interest in Consolidated Western Wines

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE replied to Question No. *VII, by Mr. Gorshel, standing over from 9 April.

Question:
  1. (1) Whether he has now received an application for permission to take over a substantial interest in Consolidated Western Wines Limited; if so, (a) on what date was the application received, (b) what was the name of the applicant, and (c) what is the proportion and the value of the interest sought to be taken over;
  2. (2) whether permission has been granted.
Reply:
  1. (1) Yes.
    1. (a) 27 March 1965.
    2. (b) P. J. Joubert Limited.
    3. (c) The controlling interest.
  2. (2) Yes.
Republic Day as Official Paid Holiday

The MINISTER OF LABOUR replied to Question No. *XVI, by Mr. Taurog, standing over from 9 April.

Question:

Whether he has received representations from (a) bodies representing mineworkers and (b) any other bodies to declare Republic Day an official paid holiday; if so, (i) from which bodies, (ii) on what dates and (iii) what was his reply in each case and the reasons for his reply.

Reply:
  1. (a) Yes.
    1. (i) Mine Workers’ Union.
    2. (ii) 3 August 1962.
    3. (iii) The granting of statutory public holidays in the mining industry is regulated by the Mines and Works Act (Act No. 27 of 1956), which is administered by the Department of Mines.
  2. (b) Yes.

(i)

(ii)

S.A. Ysteren Staalbedryfsvereniging

9.12.1960 28.4.1961

Sasolnywerheidwerkersunie

8.11.1960

Trade Union Council of South Africa

3.2.1961 9.10.1961

S.A. Confederation of Labour

26.11.1962 16.10.1964

Die Koordinerende Raad van Suid-Afrikaanse Vakverenigings

28. 4.1964

  1. (iii) The replies furnished during the period 1960 to 1962 were to the effect that, in the light of the prevailing economic conditions, it had not been found possible to deal with the matter on the lines requested. In later replies the hope was expressed that it would be possible to give further consideration to the matter and, as the hon. member may know, a proposal has already been embodied in draft legislation which has been published for general information.
Bantu Labour Recruited in the Transkei

The MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT replied to Question No. *XIX, by Mr. Hughes, standing over from 9 April.

Question:

How many Bantu were recruited by the Government Labour Bureau in the Transkei for (a) the Western Cape, (b) Namaqualand, (c) the remainder of the Cape, (d) the Transvaal, (e) the Orange Free State and (f) Natal, during (i) 1964 and (ii) the period 1 January to 31 March 1965.

Reply:

(i)

(ii)

(a)

10,590

4,070

(b)

200

nil

(c)

150

50

(d)

5,320

2,010

(e)

240

nil

(f)

nil

nil

For written reply:

Publications Issued by Department of Information I. Mr. E. G. MALAN

asked the Minister of Information:

  1. (1) Whether the list of periodicals published or subsidized by State Departments has undergone any changes since his statement of 17 April 1962; if so, what changes;
  2. (2) whether any of these publications accept advertisements; if so, which publications.
The MINISTER OF INFORMATION:
  1. (1) A list of publications published by my Department is appended. A comparison with the list supplied by me on 17 April 1962 shows the following changes:“
Panorama” is also published quarterly in French and German.“ South African Digest” is now published weekly. There are two additional Bantu publications, “Tswelopele-Tswana” and “Nhlyvuko-Tsonga”. The name of Ehumo Komeho (S.W.A.)has been changed to Medu Lethu. “Alpha” is published monthly on behalf of the Department of Coloured Affairs. Information regarding publications of other Departments is not available to me.
  1. (2) No.

LIST:

  1. 1. “South African Panorama”, monthly in English and Afrikaans. Quarterly in French and German.
  2. 2. Weekly “South African Digest”.
  3. 3. Monthly “Banitu” Magazine.
  4. 4. “Bantu Education Journal” (10 issues yearly) is published on behalf of the Department of Bantu Education.
  5. 5. Up to 1 April five monthly publications were published. There are now seven titled:
    • Inkqubela—Xhosa
    • Intuthuko—Zulu
    • Tswelopele—N Sotho
    • Tswelopele—S Sotho
    • T swelopele—Tswana
    • Mbvela-Phanda—Venda
    • Nhluvuko—Tsonga.
  6. 6. The name of the magazine “Ehumo Komeho” (S.W.A.) has been changed to “Medu Lethu”.
  7. 7. “Alpha” is published monthly on behalf of the Department of Coloured Affairs.
  8. 8. Weekly German newsletter “Südafrika von Woche zu Woche”.
  9. 9. Monthly French “L Afrique du Sud D’Aujourd Hui”.
  10. 10. Monthly newsletters in Portuguese and Spanish.
  11. 11. Monthly “Report from South Africa” in the United Kingdom.
  12. 12. Monthly “Scope” in the U.S.A., as well as weekly “South African Business Report” and “South African Summary”.
  13. 13. Monthly illustrated newsletters in Belgium and Holland.
II. Mr. E. G. MALAN

—Reply standing over.

Railway Lines proposed by the Tomlinson Commission III. Mr. E. G. MALAN

asked the Minister of Transport:

  1. (1) Whether any part of the railway lines proposed by the Tomlinson Commission for the first ten years of the Bantu areas development plan has been constructed; if so, (a) what part, (b) what is the length thereof and (c) what was the cost; if not,
  2. (2) whether he is contemplating any action in this regard; if not, why not.
The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:
  1. (1) No.
  2. (2) Yes; in terms of the provisions of the Railway Construction Act, 1964 (Act No. 2 of 1964), the construction of a new electrified double railway line over a distance of about 6i miles from Reunion station to a terminus in the Umlazi Bantu residential area near Durban will shortly commence.
Apprentices at S.A.S. Wingfield IV. Mr. GAY

asked the Minister of Defence:

  1. (1) How many (a) trade apprentices in each of the recognized ship-building, engineering and building trades and (b) fully qualified trades instructors in each of these trades are employed in the South African Naval training establishment at S.A.S. Wingfield;
  2. (2) whether these apprentices are subject to the conditions laid down in the Apprenticeship Act; if so,
  3. (3) whether on satisfactory completion of their period of apprenticeship they are furnished with a trade indenture as provided for under the Apprenticeship Act; if not, why not;
  4. (4) whether any form of special defence indenture is issued to them; if so,
  5. (5) whether this indenture is equivalent in value to the certificate issued in terms of the Apprenticeship Act;
  6. (6) what period of apprenticeship do they have to serve;
  7. (7) what are their weekly or monthly (a) wages and (b) other allowances during each year of apprenticeship;
  8. (8) whether they are compelled to serve any period of service as an artisan in the South African Naval Forces on completion of their period of apprenticeship; if so, (a) what period and (b) at what rate of pay;
  9. (9) how many such apprentices (a) left the service of their own accord and (b) were discharged during the year ended 31 March 1965.
The MINISTER OF DEFENCE:

(1)

(a) Apprentices

(b) Naval Instructors

Engine Room Artificer

36

2

Engine Room Artificer (Internal Combustion Engines)

11

1

Electric Artificer

28

3

Radio Artificer

25

3

Ordnance Artificer

7

1

Draughtsman

5

1

Total

112

11

In addition to the above 112 apprentices there are another 205 apprentices who are now undergoing basic technical training and have not yet been posted to specific trades.

  1. (2) No. Apprentices in the South African Navy are only registered with the Registrar of Apprentices. They are, however, subject to the conditions prescribed in the Permanent Force Standing Orders and Instructions for Artisans and Artificers.
  2. (3) The Apprentices Act, 1944, requires a period of apprenticeship of five years whereas apprentices in the South African Navy can, after a period of apprenticeship of four years and subject to the successful completion of the prescribed trade tests, acquire artisan status in terms of the Permanent Force Standing Orders and Instructions for Artisans and Artificers. Only those who fulfill the requirements of the Apprenticeship Act in regard to the period of apprenticeship, qualify for a trade indenture in terms of that Act.
  3. (4) Yes.
  4. (5) No, but those who have acquired artisan status in the South African Navy without having fulfilled the requirements of the Apprenticeship Act, may take a trade test with the Department of Labour and, if they pass it, that Department issues them with a trade indenture in terms of the Apprenticeship Act.
  5. (6) The minimum period of apprenticeship is four years and the maximum five years.
  6. (7) (a) Apprentices are paid monthly according to the salary scale R840 × 60—900 × 102—1,716 per annum. Their actual salary notch depends on their educational qualifications at attestation and their years of service.
    1. (b) None, but they are eligible for a Vacation Savings Bonus of 5 per cent of their annual pensionable salary subject to compliance with certain prescribed conditions.
  7. (8) (a) An apprentice must attest for seven years’ service before he can commence with apprenticeship training. His compulsory service after completion of his training is, therefore, two or three years depending on whether he qualifies after five or four years. He can, however, purchase his discharge at any time by giving 30 days’ notice but if this occurs after successful completion of apprenticeship training and prior to expiry of the period for which he attested, he may by order of the Minister be called up for service in the Permanent Force for a continuous period not exceeding 30 days in each of the not more than six years following on the year in which he purchased his discharge.
    1. (b) The salary scales applicable to artisans in the South African Permanent Force are as follows:
      1. (a) Warrant Officer I—R2,400 × 120—2,640
      2. (b) Warrant Officer II—R2,280 × 120—2,520
      3. (c) Chief Petty Officer—R2,160 × 120—2,400
      4. (d) Petty Officer—R2,040 × 120— 2,280
      5. (e) Leading Seaman—R 1,920 × 120 —2,160
      6. (f) Able Seaman First Class— R1,716 × 102—1,920—2,040
      7. (g) Able Seaman Second Class— R1,614 × 102—1,920
        • The commencing salaries of artisans with an NTC III qualification is R 1,818 per annum, with ATC I or II R 1,920 per annum and R 1,716 per annum in other cases.
  8. (9)
    1. (a) 62.
    2. (b) 4.
Loss of Fire-Arms V. Mrs. SUZMAN

asked the Minister of Justice:

  1. (1) Whether the police have any record of the number of fire-arms (a) stolen from and (b) otherwise lost by owners in the Republic and South West Africa since 1960; if so, what were the numbers in each year;
  2. (2) whether he has given consideration to the establishment of a central bureau for the registration of fire-arms;
  3. (3) whether he will introduce legislation to make the loss of fire-arms as a result of proved negligence of the owner punishable by the imposition of a fine; if not, why not.
The MINISTER OF JUSTICE:

1965

1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 (to date)

  1. (1)
    1. (a) 2,530 2,993 2,573 2,415 2,725 723
    2. (b) 272 201 147 81 136 54

Particulars are obviously only available where the theft or loss has been reported to the police.

  1. (2) The hon. member is referred to the provisions of the Arms and Ammunition Amendment Bill, 1965, which was introduced on 30 March 1965.
  2. (3) No. The matter will be considered after the establishment of the central arms register and the coming into operation of the provisions of the Bill now being considered by the House of Assembly.
Government Garage Workshops VI. Mr. TIMONEY

asked the Minister of Transport:

  1. (1) (a) How many Government garage workshops are there and (b) where are they located;
  2. (2) (a) how many artisans are employed in these workshops and (b) in what trades;
  3. (3) whether any apprentices are being trained by these workshops; if so, how many in the trade of (a) motor mechanic, (b) auto electrician, (c) panel beater, (d) spray painter and (e) motor trimmer.
The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:
  1. (1) (a) 13.
    1. (b) Bloemfontein, Cape Town, Durban, East London, Johannesburg, Kimberley, Pietermaritzburg, Pietersburg, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria, Pongola, Stellenbosch and Otjiwarongo.
  2. (2) (a) 122.
    1. (b) Motor mechanics and panel beaters.
  3. (3) Yes.
    1. (a) 35.
    2. (b) Nil.
    3. (c) Nil.
    4. (d) Nil.
    5. (e) Nil.
Charges of Sabotage

The MINISTER OF JUSTICE replied to Question No. Ill, by Mrs. Suzman, standing over from 9 April.

Question:
  1. (1) How many persons were charged with sabotage and other subversive activities during the period 1 February 1963 to 31 December 1964;
  2. (2) whether any of the charges were withdrawn; if so, how many;
  3. (3) how many of the accused were found (a) guilty and (b) not guilty;
  4. (4) whether any of the convicted persons appealed against their sentences; if so, how many;
  5. (5) whether any of the appellants succeeded in having (a) their convictions set aside and (b) their sentences reduced; if so, how many in each category;
  6. (6) whether any convictions are still the subject of appeal; if so, how many.
Reply:

The undermentioned figures are only in respect of contraventions of the following Acts:

General Law Amendment Act, 1962 (Act No. 76 of 1962), (Section 21).

Suppression of Communism Act, 1950 (Act No. 44 of 1950).

Public Safety Act, 1953 (Act No. 3 of 1953).

Unlawful Organizations Act, 1960 (Act No.34 of 1960).

  1. (1) 2,436.
  2. (2) Yes; 689.
  3. (3) (a) 1,308, (b) 244. Cases of 195 accused have not yet been disposed of.
  4. (4) Yes; 230.
  5. (5) Yes; (a) 111, (b) 49.
  6. (6) Yes; 4.
Influx Control in Certain Cities

The MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT replied to Question No. II, by Mrs. Suzman, standing over from 9 April.

Question:

How many Bantu males and females respectively were (a) admitted to and (b) endorsed out of each of the urban areas of Cape Town, Port Elizabeth, East London, Kimberley, Pietermaritzburg, Durban, Bloemfontein, Pretoria and the Witwatersrand during (i) 1964 and (ii) the first three months of 1965.

Reply:

A

B

Men

Women

Men

Women

Cape Town

(i)

103

(i)

71

(i)

78

(i)

294

(ii)

19

(ii)

10

(ii)

12

(ii)

33

Port Elizabeth

(i)

3,338

(i)

1,956

(ii)

417

(i)

17

(ii)

1,329

(ii)

644

(ii)

46

(ii)

2

East London

(i)

2,276

(i)

947

(i)

3,154

(i)

2,081

(ii)

783

(ii)

64

(ii)

604

(ii)

358

Kimberley

(i)

416

(i)

360

(i)

298

(i)

288

(ii)

127

(ii)

80

(ii)

119

(ii)

42

Pietermaritzburg

(i)

12,433

(ii)

4,552

(i)

9,446

(i)

(ii)

3,471

(ii)

1,299

(ii)

1,561

(ii)

Durban

(i)

13,806

(i)

(i)

10,352

(i)

(ii)

4,871

(ii)

(ii)

3,837

(ii)

Bloemfontein

(i)

1,645

(i)

1,029

(i)

4,213

(i)

1,342

(ii)

1,155

(ii)

218

(ii)

1,277

(ii)

407

Pretoria

(i)

64,422

(i)

8,188

(i)

25,042

(i)

2,028

(ii)

16,776

(ii)

2,506

(ii)

2,827

(ii)

666

Witwatersrand

(i)

57,913

(i)

1,644

(ii)

31,258

(i)

7,933

(ii)

15,878

(ii)

312

(ii)

8,876

(ii)

2,347

In the cases of Pietermaritzburg and Durban full particulars in respect of women are not available.

Shortage of Butter

The MINISTER OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING replied to Question No. VII, by Mr. E. G. Malan, standing over from 9 April.

Question:
  1. (1) Whether a shortage of South African produced (a) milk and (b) butter is expected in Johannesburg this year; if so, (i) when is the shortage expected, (ii) what are the reasons for the shortage and (iii) what is the extent of the shortage expected to be;
  2. (2) whether he is contemplating any action in this regard; if so, what action.
Reply:
  1. (1)
    1. (a) No. At present there is sufficient fresh milk to provide for the demand. If the present production can be maintained, it is expected that shortages will not occur.
    2. (b) No. Distribution of butter is regulated by the Dairy Board, for the Republic as a whole, and a specific shortage for a particular city does therefore not exist. Shortages of locally produced butter are supplemented by imports:
      1. (i) As from May 1965, in respect of the Republic as a whole.
      2. (ii) The increase in consumption and decrease in the production of butter.
      3. (iii) 21,000,000 pounds for the Republic as a whole.
  2. (2) Steps have already been taken to import the expected shortage.
MEDICAL SCHEMES BILL The MINISTER OF HEALTH:

I move, as an unopposed motion—

That the order for the second reading of the Medical Schemes Bill be discharged and that the subject of the Bill be referred to a Select Committee for inquiry and report, the Committee to have power to take evidence and call for papers and to have leave to bring up an amended Bill. Agreed to.
MINING RIGHTS BILL The MINISTER OF MINES:

I move, as an unopposed motion—

That the order for the second reading of the Mining Rights Bill be discharged and that the subject of the Bill be now referred to a Select Committee for inquiry and report, the Committee to have power to take evidence and call for papers and to have leave to bring up an amended Bill.

Agreed to.

FIRST READING OF BILLS

The following Bills were read a first time—

Post Office Amendment Bill. Drugs Control Bill. Registration of Sectional Titles Bill.
PUBLIC SERVICE AMENDMENT BILL

First Order read: Third reading,—Public Service Amendment Bill.

Bill read a third time.

INDIANS’ EDUCATION BILL

Second Order read: Second reading,—Indians’ Education Bill.

*The MINISTER OF INDIAN AFFAIRS:

I move—

That the Bill be now read a second time.

Mr. Speaker, this Bill makes provision for the taking over of those portions of education for Indians which are still being controlled by the various provincial administrations at the present time. The position at present is that the Central Government, through the Department of Indian Affairs, already has control over the following: University training in terms of the Extension of University Training Act, 1959; vocational education in terms of the Vocational Education Act, 1959; special education in terms of the Special Education Act, 1949, and schools of industries and reform schools and homes in terms of the Children’s Act, 1960. As against that, the responsibility for the primary and secondary education of Indian pupils vests in the various provincial administrations. As a result of the take-over of the functions which at the present time still fall under the provinces, all education for Indians will now be co-ordinated within one department. It is the intention to develop within the Department of Indian Affairs an education division with the necessary technical and administrative staff.

The reasons for this step are obvious. Every racial group, within the pattern of the Government’s policy of separate development, must eventually assume responsibility itself for its social, economic and educational developmental services. As far as the Indian community is concerned, it means that the South African Indian Council, which will eventually be an elected council, will progressively obtain control over these services. It is no more than right therefore that the Department of Indian Affairs, which was responsible for leading this community on the road to self-government, should be given control at this stage already over those matters which will eventually be placed under the control of the Indian community. Such a step will make it possible gradually to train people to provide these services. It is my intention at this stage already, therefore, to consult with the S.A. Indian Council in connection with educational matters, as was, in fact, also done in the case of this Bill which was submitted to the council and discussed and accepted by the council before it was submitted to Parliament.

In addition to that it is my intention to establish an education advisory council similar to the three advisory councils which exist for Whites, Coloureds and Bantu. As a result of the fact that education for Indians will be separated from education for Whites, which still remains under provincial control, it will also become possible to use the services of Indian educationists on standing or ad hoc technical committees, curriculum committees, etc. It will also become possible to promote more Indians to higher posts. For example, it will now become possible for the first time to appoint Indians as inspectors, planners and technical assistants. Similarly it will be possible to employ Indians in the administrative section of the Education Division of the Department. Indeed, it is my intention right from the beginning to appoint quite a number of Indians in this division. Such steps, of course, would be impossible within a provincial administration which is charged with education for Whites as well as Indians. It is essential, therefore, for the Department of Indian Affairs to take over education for Indians in order to make available the necessary administrative and technical posts, so that Indians can be given the necessary training with a view to becoming self-sufficient eventually in this sphere.

A further reason for the taking over of all education for Indians by the Central Government is the necessity for proper planning, because education, apart from its basic formative aim, must also be designated to prepare the pupil to take his place in and to serve the community to which he belongs. While education for Indians was just an appendage of education for Whites, there was no systematic research and, consequently, no purposeful planning of their education. If, in addition to that, one bears in mind the fact that under the present set-up the Central Government is responsible for vocational education and the provincial authorities for academic education, it is no wonder that secondary education for Indians has been described as narrow and restrictive. In 1963, for example, 700 pupils out of a total of 959 who entered for the senior certificate, offered precisely the same subjects, namely English A, Latin, biology, mathematics, geography and history. The only other optional subjects that were offered were natural sciences, Afrikaans B with only 83 candidates, and domestic science. No wonder A. N. Lazarus, principal of the Woodlands Indian High School, advanced the following reason the year before last for the high percentage of failures amongst Indian pupils—

A major reason is that the secondary course is the same for all pupils regardless of their aptitudes and abilities. It is an academic grammar school type and it is not liberal enough in actual practice in the subjects offered.

Under central control it will be possible, over and above the separate vocational schools which already exist, to convert most secondary schools in due course into comprehensive schools which will not be limited to two vocational subjects as is the case at present. In this way, with proper research, planning and re-organization, opportunities can be created for every pupil to receive his secondary education according to his own aptitude and abilities and also in accordance with the demand that arises from time to time for trained and qualified Indians. This take-over is necessary therefore for the sake of proper planning and diversification.

Financial considerations constitute an additional reason for the take-over. The large concentration of Indians in Natal places on the Province of Natal a financial burden which it can scarcely bear and which has made it necessary for Natal from time to time to obtain special additional subsidies from the Central Government. The result has been that the Natal Indians have been treated not only worse than the Indians in other provinces but also worse than the Coloureds in Natal. In addition to that, there is even talk that Natal is faced with a leeway in respect of educational services for Whites in comparison with other provinces as a result of the burden imposed on Natal by Indian education.

Having regard to all these considerations I caused proper investigations to be instituted into all the implications of taking over education for Indians. Thereafter I held discussions with the Provincial Administrations concerned who promised their co-operation during the process of taking over. I discussed the takeover with the Indian Council which gave its unanimous support to this idea. Discussions were also held with the Natal Indian Teachers’ Society and although they indicated that they did not want to discuss the principle, their executive committee promised its full support on behalf of the society. I therefore visualize no hitches or problems or opposition.

As a result of a survey made by the Indian newspaper, the Leader, the newspaper came to this conclusion: “Teachers favour takeover.” The Natal Witness, which had initially called upon the Indians to oppose the takeover. wrote on 11 December 1964: “Indian school take-over welcomed.”

Mrs. SUZMAN:

By whom?

*The MINISTER OF INDIAN AFFAIRS:

By the Indians, according to this report.

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

By the Indian Council?

*The MINISTER OF INDIAN AFFAIRS:

By the Indian community, the Indian teachers. I want to make it quite clear that this newspaper was not talking about the United Party; I do not know what their attitude is.

In the Transvaal, where the Transvaal Indian Teachers’ Association strongly opposed the take-over, a strong and influential group established a separate organization called the Transvaal Asiatic Teachers’ Association which strongly supported the take-over. Further discussions took place between the Department of Indian Affairs, the Treasury and the provinces, and a formula was agreed upon in connection with the taking over of buildings and supplies. The same pattern that was followed with the taking over of Coloured education will be followed in this case.

As hon. members will observe. Clause 37 of the Bill provides that all schools in all provinces need not necessarily be taken over simultaneously. Since the Education Division of the Department of Indian Affairs will have its headquarters in Durban for obvious reasons, it is my intention first to take over all provincial schools in Natal and all teachers’ training institutions in Natal and in the Transvaal. It is hoped that it will be possible to give effect to the take-over on 1 April 1966. The take-over of Transvaal schools will take place as soon as possible thereafter but at this stage I do not want to commit myself to a specific date.

As far as the Cape Province is concerned, there are really no separate Indian schools as yet. In the ordinary course of events Indian pupils attend Coloured schools. With the establishment of separate residential areas for Indians in certain urban areas in the Cape, Indian schools will come into being in those areas in due course, and my Department proposes to consult with the Department of Coloured Affairs with regard to the takeover of these schools.

Hon. members will notice in Clause 21 (4) that until the Minister otherwise determines the Department of Education, Arts and Science shall institute the courses for the education and training of persons in special schools, homes, vocational schools, schools of industries and reform schools and conduct examinations in respect thereof and that provincial administrations shall institute courses for the education and training of persons in other schools and conduct examinations in respect of those schools in the same way as they would have done if there had been no take-over. The intention here is to make use of the existing examining and certifying bodies until such time as the Division of Education of the Department of Indian Affairs itself is equipped to undertake that task. New curricula and examinations, however, will only be instituted after proper planning by technical committees on which Indian educationists themselves will be represented. I want to emphasize that no lowering of standards is contemplated. Standards will only be amended if Indian educationists themselves decide to do so and if my Department is satisfied that it will benefit the Indian community.

As far as the teachers are concerned, I can give the assurance that they have nothing to fear. Their conditions of service are based mainly on the conditions of service which obtain in Natal at the present time, and in certain respects they are even being improved upon. It appears from a telegram which I have to-day received from the Natal Indian Teachers’ Society that at this late stage certain misgivings have arisen with regard to certain provisions of the Bill. After considering the points raised by the society, I am of the opinion that most of their misgivings are based on a misunderstanding. I have, however, complied with the society’s request to interview a delegation and I will be prepared at a later stage to move amendments which are justified so as to meet reasonable requests that may be put forward and possibly to set out the aims of the Bill in clearer language. Such amendments can, if necessary, be moved in the Senate if it appears to be impossible to do so in the House of Assembly. I want to point out, however, that this Bill has been available for some considerable time already. In addition to that, there have been discussions from time to time between officials of my Department and the executive committee of the Natal Indian Teachers’ Society. In these circumstances one gains the impression from the representations made direct to me at this late hour that outsiders have possibly sown the seeds of misgivings which in most cases are unfounded. The question of recognition of teachers’ associations and the promulgation of regulations to prescribe the requirements in that connection, is one example of a point in regard to which misgivings have apparently now arisen. It would seem that the Natal Indian Teachers’ Society is possibly under the impression that this measure is designed to deprive such an old-established society of recognition. That is by no means the intention, and I want to repeat the assurance which I gave personally to the executive committee of the society that I am prepared to recognize bona fide teachers’ associations which apply themselves to educational matters. In this connection I regard this measure as an improvement possibly on other educational legislation in that it will grant statutory status and recognition to Indian teachers’ associations.

It would also appear that misgivings are now being expressed in respect of the provisions dealing with the take-over by the Department of Indian Affairs of State-aided schools. In this connection I want to make it perfectly clear that it is not the intention at all to take over such schools unless the controlling bodies concerned. of their own volition, request me to do so, and even in that case the take-over will take place in accordance with conditions decided upon in consultation with the controlling bodies concerned.

This Bill does not affect the present status of the university college for Indians and of the M. L. Sultan Technical College. These institutions, which are controlled under legislation, the administration of which has already been entrusted to the Department of Indian Affairs, comply in their respective spheres with the requirements and the needs of the Indian community.

This Bill makes provision for State and State-aided vocational schools which may be established for Indians in the future. The provisions of the Children’s Act, 1960, are not being replaced and schools for industries and reform schools and homes for Indians will continue to be established, erected and maintained in terms of the Children’s Act, but the establishments of the schools in question which are laid down in terms of the Vocational Education Act, 1955 (Section 40 of the Children’s Act 1960) will in future be laid down in terms of this Bill.

As was the case in connection with the Department of Coloured Affairs therefore, there are certain separate Acts and regulations which will be administered jointly with other Departments. The aim of this Bill therefore is not only to transfer education for Indians from the Provincial Administration but also to bring about a certain measure of consolidation of existing legislation in terms of which the State controls education for Indians.

This Bill is based almost word for word on the Coloured Education Act. In the few cases where the wording of that Act has been departed from it has been done for the sake of greater clarity or to eliminate administrative problems which have been experienced by Coloured Education or to adapt the law to the special circumstances to which Indian teachers have become accustomed under the Natal Education Ordinance. I do not consider it necessary at this stage to explain the further details of this Bill.

Mr. Speaker, I want to emphasize in conclusion that because of the greater participation of Indian parents and Indian educationists in the education of their children, which is being made possible by the take-over and by consolidation, because of the greater possibility to make provision for their particular requirements according to the aptitudes and abilities of the pupils, and because of the other benefits brought about by this Bill, we are really entering upon a new era, an era that will possibly produce positive thinking and new attitudes.

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

I think that we should be grateful to the hon. the Minister for the fine way in which he has put his case. He pointed out that this Bill is based on the policy of the Government—the policy of apartheid, the policy of demarcation. He referred further to certain shortcomings as far as education for Indians is concerned as a result of the fact that there has been no consolidation and because of the fact that no special attention has been given to Indian education by the Provinces. I think that in this regard I must differ from him completely. I know what went on in Natal and I know how much Natal did for Indian education. We should rather be grateful to Natal for what it has done for Indian education with the small amount of financial assistance which it has received from the State. That is where the fault lies, not with the Natal Administration. The hon. the Minister has told us that he consulted the Indian Council, but he should have gone further; he should have found out why so many Indian teachers are opposed to this Bill. About one-quarter of his speech this afternoon was devoted to the contents of telegrams which he received from Indians objecting to certain clauses in the Bill.

*The MINISTER OF INDIAN AFFAIRS:

Not to the Bill.

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

That is what the hon. the Minister said and he added that he had given them a hearing in regard to their objections to certain clauses. Of course, we expected him to contact these people. I shall show later on how far the hon. the Minister was in contact with the Provincial Administration in connection with this matter.

The underlying principle of this Bill, as the hon. the Minister has already said, has been discussed in the House previously. The hon. the Minister pointed out that this principle was discussed when Native education was taken over and when Coloured education was transferred to the Department of Coloured Affairs.

This measure is nothing less than a further fragmentation and breaking up of our education in South Africa. This side of the House is still strongly opposed to this policy of the breaking up of education. I am sorry to find that this policy of the fragmentation of our education is being further extended. This breaking up of our education makes us look ridiculous in the eyes of educationists, not only in South Africa but throughout the world. It makes us look ridiculous in the eyes of those who are not obsessed with a philosophy to which they have become enslaved. Besides this, we have here a further proof of the hatred on the part of the Nationalist Party for everything which is not White, for everything which is not ethnically a part of us.

*Mr. D. J. POTGIETER:

Are you not ashamed of yourself?

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

Why should I be ashamed of myself? This is the legislation which is before us! Everything which is not part of us ethnically must be removed from us and placed in water-tight compartments; it must be removed from the sphere of the broader general interests and each part must be placed on its own. The position in South Africa has become very serious because thinking people have became so blind that they can no longer think objectively and rationally even as far as education matters are concerned.

The control over certain sections of Indian education has already been transferred to the Department of Indian Affairs, as the hon. the Minister has indicated. In this connection he referred to university education, vocational education and special education. There are already 11 Departments administering education in South Africa; there are 11 Departments setting examinations and now there is to be another division; Indian education which over the years has been administered by the Provincial Administrations, is now being placed under the control of the hon. the Minister and his Department. If this Bill is passed it will mean therefore that the whole of Indian education and its administration will fall under the Department of Indian Affairs.

*An HON. MEMBER:

What have you against that?

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

When one considers this unhealthy state of affairs objectively, one wonders sometimes how unbalanced thinking people can become when they are obsessed with an ideology—one could almost say, when they are possessed by an ideological devil. One is amazed when one considers the large sums of money which are spent on the various sections, the wase of time, the duplication of work which takes place in regard to teaching staff who are already so scarce in South Africa, and now we have this legislation which is going to aggravate the position further. But, thank heavens, it appears to me that we have come almost to the end of this process of the fragmentation of the administration of our education, to the end of this sort of destructive legislation. It can of course happen, if the voters are foolish enough to keep this Government in office long enough, that the Government will be responsible for a further breaking up of our education. For example, the Government could resort—and nobody would be surprised if it were to happen—to the establishment of a separate Department of Education for the Bushmen of the Kalahari. The Nationalist Party has probably already discussed it! I want to go further. I should not be at all surprised if this Government were soon to resort to the introduction of this fragmentation process between the Afrikaans- and English-speaking people in South Africa. The Government has already segregated the children into separate schools. In a province where the Nationalist Party is in power the children of the two language groups are segregated into separate schools and so nobody would be surprised if the Government were also to establish different departments or education administrations.

*The MINISTER OF INDIAN AFFAIRS:

May I ask a question?

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

I was quiet when the hon. the Minister was speaking. He wants to ask a question simply to distract me. Even if he becomes annoyed I want him to listen well to what I have to say; we may then be able to understand one another better. My hon. friend can ask his question as soon as I have finished my speech.

This Indian Education Bill is a further step in the direction of segregation, as I have said, or, as the hon. the Minister has said, of apartheid. I prefer to call it a policy of caste separation. It is a separation of the race groups in South Africa into castes. This sort of policy is nothing less than a caste system. We already have a caste system for the Bantu as far as the administration of education is concerned; we already have a caste system for the Coloureds and one for the Whites and now we have one for the Indians with all their mutual social caste divisions. Under this Government everything has simply to be divided off into water-tight compartments, the one not subordinate to the other, each master in its own area but the barriers simply may not be bridged. This legislation before us will restrict the Indian and his education to within the confines of the Indian community. It is nothing but a cruel gesture to the Indians. They are all South African citizens; they have been declared to be citizens by this Government but White education is not for them; they will not be able to derive any benefit from it. The Indian community must be discouraged from perhaps thinking that it is part of the broader South African community. We may not think or act in universal terms as far as the Indian community is concerned.

*Mr. B. COETZEE:

Why not?

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

I say this because of this legislation; I would not say it otherwise! Each group must be placed in a water-tight compartment—Indians on one side. Whites on one side, Coloureds on one side and the Bantu on one side. [Interjections.] It will avail my hon. friends nothing to make a fuss! Prove to me that I am wrong when I say that this legislation is nothing less than the introduction of the caste system in South Africa as far as the administration of education is concerned.

The fact remains, Mr. Speaker, and no ideology or ideological consideration can reason it away, that education is indivisible. Whether it is for a German or for a White man or for a Bantu or for an Indian, education remains indivisible. There simply cannot be a separate system of education for the Asiatics as such. There may be a system of indoctrination but one cannot speak of education in this sense. One can never call indoctrination education. The hon. the Minister has indicated that it is his intention to have them educated so that they will fit in with their narrow environment. But the hon. the Minister forgets that the environment of the Indian is not where those 500,000 are living; it is the whole of South Africa, the South Africa of which they are South African citizens. That is what the Indian must be educated for. Up to the present his education has been the same as that of the White man. He has had the same syllabus. He has taken the same courses; he has written the same examinations. All these things have been the same no matter where he has received his education. The Indians have been treated in the same way as far as their education is concerned, but in separate schools. In other words, they have worked under the same system as that of the Whites. The same principles and the same methods have been applied to them. This sort of legislation which provides for separate education systems for the various race groups can hold dangers for both White and Indian. We on this side of the House who wish to maintain the leadership of the White man in South Africa see a danger in the principle of regarding the Indians as a separate community. This is a further example of fragmentation, fragmentation not only of our Department of Education, Arts and Science but a definite step in the direction of the eventual fragmentation, both educationally and constitutionally, of communities at present living within the borders of one homeland.

Another important question which the hon. the Minister did not deal with fully and which I should like him to deal with, is this: If he is seeking to rob the provinces of the rights which they have under Section 84, why is he placing Indian education under his Department? Why does the Government not place it under the Department which has the necessary experience and knowledge. Why does it not place this education under the experienced Department of Education, Arts and Science? Why is the Government taking the education of the Indian out of the hands of a Department like the Natal Education Department, a Department which has had years of experience, and placing it in the hands of the Department of Indian Affairs which knows little about education and which as yet has no knowledge of the organization of education? It will be years before the Department of Indian Affairs has acquired that knowledge. If the Government had placed this education in the hands of the Department of Education, Arts and Science, which has had years of experience, I could still understand it, but to place it in the hands of the Department of Indian Affairs is to do the Department and the Indian community an injustice.

I referred on a previous occasion to these difficulties which I have just mentioned but I was told that my objections were unfounded. How well-founded my objections were has been proved by recent reports in the newspapers. I think that the hon. the Minister will admit that some of our Coloured teachers had recently to wait for months for their salaries. We shall experience exactly the same difficulty in this case as we are experiencing at present under the Department of Coloured Affairs. This is also a Department which had no idea of education matters. We will experience the same chaos as far as Indian education is concerned. I fear that the same unfortunate position will also arise in this case. Why? Simply in order to try to give effect to a dangerous ideology, and for no other reason. Who is going to suffer? The Indian child and the Indian community. All race groups are going to suffer thereby because if one group suffers the whole community is affected.

The strongest objection which this side of the House has to this legislation is in regard to the ignoring of our constitution. I want for the umpteenth time to state that as long as Act No. 45 of 1934 still stands in principle, as incorporated in section 114 of our Constitution of 1961, we do not have the moral right to deprive any province of any of its rights without a petition to Parliament by the province concerned. I referred to this point previously and the hon. the Prime Minister, the then Minister of Native Affairs, replied to my objection. His argument was to this effect: Firstly, that this was not an entrenched clause and secondly, that in the discussion of this Bill in 1934, the Minister at the time said: “Act No. 45 of 1934 has no other meaning than a policy statement of what the Government will do during its period of office.” This can be found in the Senate Hansard of 1953, Col. 1609. In 1953, therefore, when the Bantu Education Bill was being discussed, the Government did not feel itself bound by Act No. 45 of 1934, and this for the two reasons which I have just mentioned. The first reason of the then Minister of Native Affairs—that this was not an entrenched clause—is in my opinion and with all respect stupid and unfounded because, if this particular section is not of application, why do we keep it on the statute book? Why do we retain it as part of our legislation in South Africa if it has no moral or legal force? Why then do we not amend the legislation? I shall be pleased if my hon. friend will reply to me in this regard. Apart from this, the excuse that it is not binding because it is not entrenched is an evasion because even if it were entrenched the Government would have no difficulty in amending it. If it does not have a two-thirds majority now, it can quite easily appoint an enlarged Senate again and have the law amended.

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member is now going too far. He must come back to the Bill. The hon. member is wandering far afield.

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

The point is, Mr. Speaker, that it is immoral to effect these changes without recognizing the provinces and without the provinces asking for these powers to be taken away from them. It was on this point that the hon. the now Prime Minister replied to me at the time and I feel that I am entitled to refer to it.

The second reason which the hon. the Minister mentioned was that it was only a policy statement, and I think that this reason is more firmly founded and is important. This reason of the hon. the Minister rests on very much firmer ground because any Government lays down its policy in legislation. The Constitution of the Republic of South Africa was established in 1961 and Act No. 45 of 1934 was incorporated in that Constitution in section 114. It was incorporated word for word in that section. I should like to read section 114 (b) for the purposes of the record. This is no ordinary piece of legislation: it is our Constitution and this fact makes it far more binding. As far as this matter is concerned the Government has laid down its policy in the Constitution of the Republic of South Africa, section 114 (b) of which reads as follows—

Parliament shall not abolish any provincial council or abridge the powers conferred on provincial councils under Section 84 (of our present Constitution) except by petition to Parliament by the provincial council concerned.

Here we have therefore a renewal of a definite policy statement by this Government with the same Prime Minister and the same Government as in 1961. That policy statement has been made part of the Constitution of our Republic. No rights under Section 84 will be taken away unless the province concerned asks for it. Section 114 is part of our Constitution, which is far more binding than ordinary legislation. We ask ourselves this question: If this was the policy statement in 1961, why is it no longer the policy? We still have the same Government. Why has this provision no longer any moral effect? Why is it no longer a word of honour to the provinces and to the people of South Africa? Why is it part of our Constitution if it is not binding?

*The MINISTER OF INDIAN AFFAIRS:

Read Section 84 (c).

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

I have already read it; I am now dealing with Section 114 (b). I ask the hon. the Minister to read Section 114 (b).

*The MINISTER OF INDIAN AFFAIRS:

Read both of them.

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

I shall read 114 (b) again. Section 114 (b) refers to the whole of Section 84.

*The MINISTER OF INDIAN AFFAIRS:

Read what 84 (c) provides.

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

I want to read Section 114 (b) again for the edification of the hon. the Minister.

*The MINISTER OF INDIAN AFFAIRS:

First read 84 (c).

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

If my hon. friend is becoming annoyed I hope that he will control himself and wait until he has an opportunity to reply. I shall read Section 114 (b) again.

*The MINISTER OF INDIAN AFFAIRS:

I just wanted to help you.

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

The hon. the Minister has simply helped me out of the frying pan into the fire! I want my hon. friend to listen. Section 114 (b) states—

Parliament shall not abolish any provincial council or abridge the powers conferred on provincial councils under Section 84 …

Under the whole section, not only in terms of (c)—

… except by petition …

In other words, Section 114 refers to the whole of Section 84.

*The MINISTER OF INDIAN AFFAIRS:

Now read Section 84.

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

Section 114 provides that before any powers granted to a province in terms of Section 84 can be taken away from it, such province must first petition Parliament to that effect. Only then can Parliament take action. When did the hon. the Minister receive such a petition? Why did he not tell us about any petition which he received from any province? Did he receive one from Natal? He did not. In other words, this action of the Government is an immoral one; it is an injustice to the provinces because the Government does not recognize them in this legislation. For this reason, too, Mr. Speaker, I wish to move the following amendment—

To omit “now” and to add at the end “this day six months”.
*Mr. MOSTERT:

I followed with great interest the first part of the speech of the hon. member for Hillbrow (Dr. Steenkamp) when he tried to devote himself to educational aspects and even used words like “educational philosophy” and “ideology” but when he did that constitutional egg-dance he found himself on such dangerous ground that I could no longer follow him. He literally landed on the wrong road. Why does the hon. member not read Section 84 (c)? Had he read that section to us a great deal of misunderstanding and uncertainty could perhaps have been removed and cleared up.

If the hon. member for Hillbrow is so concerned about the Constitution why has Natal not yet objected to this legislation? Surely they are aware of it. Why is Natal indeed pleased about this legislation? Why is Natal anxious to discard certain burdens which rest on it and throw them on the shoulders of the Minister; why is Natal pleased that the Minister is taking those burdens away from them? Has Natal, for instance, applied in its schools the integration policy which the hon. member for Hillbrow has advocated this afternoon?

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

You are talking nonsense.

*Mr. MOSTERT:

It is not nonsense. The hon. member advocates a policy which is nothing but an integration policy. He says this legislation will mean the fragmentation and dismemberment of an educational system. He talks about an educational system; just one system. In other words, he says this legislation violates his concepts of educational integration. I can assure him that I object strenuously to those concepts of educational integration; I object to them as do the entire National Party and the entire nation outside. The recent Provincial Council elections have proved that the electorate no longer believe in that type of integration policy of the hon. member. These matters were discussed fully at that election and Natal had the opportunity of stating unequivocally whether it was being deprived of any rights as far as this matter was concerned. The hon. member now says it is immoral. He says this legislation violates the holy rights of the provinces! But the province of Natal does not mind; it does not worry. The only one who is worrying is the hon. member for Bezuidenhout (Mr. J. D. du P. Basson) because his plans have been completely upset this afternoon. This legislation and the speech made by the hon. member for Hillbrow have upset his plans to a great extent because he has already drawn up his other lists. Mr. Speaker, during the 17 years I have been sitting in this House hon. members opposite have not once told us what their policy is. If only the hon. member for Hillbrow would tell us what his educational philosophy is! We do not know what they want. Is he prepared to apply that educational philosophy to its logical conclusion? Does he want to see that Coloured girl in Herschel, yes or no? Does he want that Coloured youth to attend St. George’s Grammar School, yes or no? If that is the case why has Natal not long since stated that it wanted the Indian and White children to be mixed in the same school?

*Mr. RAW:

That is the dirty propaganda role you have played.

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member is going too far. He must withdraw the word “dirty”.

*Mr. RAW:

I withdraw it, Sir.

*Mr. MOSTERT:

When you point out to hon. members opposite the consequences of their policy they become sensitive. Old wounds they have inflicted upon one another recently are re-opened. They cannot come to an agreement as far as their colour policy in Natal is concerned. I state unequivocally this afternoon that the United Party cannot come to an agreement in respect of an Indian education policy in Natal. They have never yet proved that they can agree. The hon. member for Hillbrow says this legislation is immoral, but that is only a slogan. There is nothing immoral in this legislation. I want to register the strongest objection possible to hon. members opposite trying to lead us up the garden path by quoting certain sections from the Constitution and by using certain words like “ideology”, “philosophy” and “creating castes” and that type of thing which has absolutely nothing to do with the matter at all. The hon. member said we were breaking a word of honour given to the provinces. But there is no question of breaking a word of honour seeing that the Minister has beforehand consulted all the bodies controlling Indian education. He consulted them and, after having consulted them, he introduced this legislation. The provinces were satisfied and fully aware of the implications of this Bill. Or does the hon. member say they are not aware of them?

*Mr. RAW:

Did all of them agree to it?

*Mr. MOSTERT:

I shall be very pleased if the hon. member would get up and tell me whether Natal objected and what its objection was. Then we can discuss the matter further. This matter has, of course, given the United Party a headache in its caucus and, merely on the strength of his ordinary knowledge of education, the hon. member for Hillbrow comes forward this afternoon and advocates something which does not fit into the whole spirit of this debate.

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

It does fit in.

*Mr. MOSTERT:

If the hon. member is so concerned about what he calls the fragmentation and dismemberment of the South African nation, I want to tell him that I am a member of that nation.

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

I did not speak about the “nation”, but about education.

*Mr. MOSTERT:

The hon. member must not try to re-deliver his speech. If I am misinterpreting his words, he can object to it officially. Mr. Speaker will give him every right to do so if I am doing him an injustice. He is opposed to fragmentation and dismemberment. I do not know of what. Apparently of an educational system. The educational system we have for White South Africans, the educational system applicable to English- and Afrikaans-speaking children, is not being fragmented by this measure, because there has never yet been one, unless there has been one of integration. And if the hon. member wants that integration he must tell us that. In that case we shall go to the platteland and we shall clean up the United Party completely in the future.

There is something else. If we are fragmenting education with this legislation, does it mean that we are taking the Indian child away from the White child with whom he would otherwise have received his education and with whom he would otherwise have grown up together?

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

Where do you get that from?

*Mrs. S. M. VAN NIEKERK:

You are talking nonsense.

*Mr. MOSTERT:

Why does the hon. member object to the fragmentation and dismemberment if he knows there is no such thing? During all these years the Indian has received his education separately from the Whites. That has been the traditional policy; nothing is being fragmented. He stands separately from the Whites and, when this legislation is on the Statute Book, he will still stand separately from the White man.

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

Why then this legislation?

*Mr. MOSTERT:

The positive implication of the legislation is that where you have always had separate Indian groups in separate provinces, their education will now be consolidated, so that the Indian community will have one educational system, one philosophy, applicable to itself—I shall not use the word “ideology” because it does not fit in here.

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

Why this legislation?

*Mr. MOSTERT:

Give me a chance. While the hon. member for Hillbrow was talking I did not open my mouth to interrupt him, and he must now give me a chance. Does the hon. member want to make this House believe this afternoon that there will be fragmentation because the Indian child will be further away from the White child once this legislation is passed, that he will be further away from the educational system which exists to-day? Surely that is not the position. He has always been far away from it. Surely neither we nor the United Party have ever integrated the Indian in the educational system of the White child in our country. Traditionally that has never been the position, and that will never be the position. Sir, I shall tell you why that will never be the position. Because the legislation under discussion is aimed at introducing an educational system for the Indians similar to the ones which exist for the Bantu and for the Coloureds, a system which, as a whole, meets all their needs. Or is the hon. member suggesting that what is good for the Coloured and what is good for the Bantu is equally good for the Indian? The Indian has a centuries-old culture behind him, Whereas the Coloured race has not even been in existence for one century. I have the greatest respect for the culture of the Indian. His culture is older than the culture of that hon. member and of mine, and that Indian has to build on his culture of the past. It did not have its origin in this country. His culture is behind him. We cannot ignore that culture—again I am not talking about “ideology”—from which the philosophy of education flows (because it flows from the culture of the race) and we cannot say: “You have to adapt yourself to other groups and sacrifice your own identity.” We want to assist him to assert the identity of his race, of his culture and of his philosophy.

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

Can that not happen under existing circumstances?

*Mr. MOSTERT:

It would not necessarily happen under the existing system because, firstly, it is divided into provinces and, secondly, because it does not fall under the Department of Indian Affairs. If a Department of Indian Education were suddenly established without any further ado, a department which would be separate from the Department of Indian Affairs, I would object to it because like many other departments the Department of Indian Affairs is set on creating a community not on destroying a community. The very policy of the entire National Party is to build because the National Party consists of members who, over all the years, have always had to fight for their identity as South Africans and they want to transfer that identity to their children in the schools. That is why I also object to the word “indoctrination” (I shall come to that). We do not want to detract from the identity of the Indian because if we detracted from that identity and that culture of his, what would we be turning the Indian into? Must we turn him into a Bantu which he cannot become? Must we turn him into a White person which he cannot become? Must we turn him into a Jew or a Greek which he cannot become? You see, Sir, educational philosophy is to extend the identity of any race so as to make him worthy being amongst the other races. That is the main philosophy of all education and that philosophy was disavowed by the hon. member for Hillbrow in the arguments he tried to put forward, the very philosophy which recognizes identity which is the major right. The prerogative of every parent is twofold. The first prerogative of the parent is that his child, his descendant, should carry the hallmark of his own blood. He does not want his blood and his race to degenerate. Do you agree?

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

Yes.

*Mr. MOSTERT:

Of course. The second prerogative of every parent is that his conception of life, his culture, his philosophy, his religion, whatever his religion may be, should be transferred to his child. Do you agree with that?

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

No.

*Mr. MOSTERT:

The hon. member does not agree. In that case we must destroy the religion of the Indian and give him a different religion. …

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

No.

*Mr. MOSTERT:

Yes, yes. You must be consistent. The hon. member is not consistent. That Indian child must inherit from his parent what his parent wants to pass on to him.

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

All the parents?

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member must not continually interrupt.

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

May I ask the hon. member a question? Is the hon. member talking about all parents, educated, uneducated …

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order! The hon. member has already spoken. He must not make a second speech.

*Mr. MOSTERT:

My argument is that a parent is a parent when he has a child and if he has no child he is not a parent. All those children have parents otherwise they could not have been born. Logically, therefore, all the parents of those children have the right to transfer to their children their most holy beliefs.

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

All?

*Mr. SPEAKER:

Order!

*Mr. MOSTERT:

The Government of South Africa and the National Party in particular is not bent on destroying the spirit and the nationhood of any racial group. We are not bent on making the one disappear by integrating him with another racial group thereby destroying him. If the hon. member and his party are in favour of that they must tell us now. Then we shall know exactly where we stand with them. If they do not tell us that I shall conclude from that that they believe, as I do, that every race in this country must be educated separately according to his own traditions and according to the wishes of his parents, with the parents exercising that prerogative. That is why we want the parent to have a say in the control of those schools and over the policy followed by those schools. The Department of Indian Affairs must know, although it does not go to the parent to ask him, what the needs are. If I were a director of Indian schools to-day I must at least know (that is the minimum qualification) what the needs of that Indian child are and I must not test his needs against the needs of a Coloured child. It is there where the Cape Province has of necessity done the wrong thing in the past. They have put the Indian with the Coloured which has not been right because that has placed the Coloured in a disadvantageous position. Because he is a nation with a young culture he cannot compete with a race with an old culture.

Mr. Speaker, when the Cape Western College and other Bantu colleges were established I asked what about the Indians? At that stage nobody had yet thought about an Indian college. What must happen to those Indians? Somebody with whom I had spoken then said: Put them with the Coloureds because that is where they will more or less fit in best. It so happens that they are the two races which are the furthest apart, inestimably far apart, culturally and traditionally. To take that matter to its logical conclusion I want to say that I do not think hon. members opposite understand the meaning of the words “community development”. Community development does not necessarily mean separate locations or buildings, separate plots occupied by people of more or less the same colour and speaking more or less the same languages, places where they sleep and eat. That is not community development. Community development means attuning one person, spiritually, mentally and in his attitude towards life, in such a way that he can adapt himself to another person and stand distinct from a third person to whom he cannot adapt himself.

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

Surely that can happen now.

*Mr. MOSTERT:

If it could happen now I would like to see the muddle within two generations in South Africa. If you integrated all the races in South Africa culturally and philosophically it would give rise to a muddle. Where will that bring you, Sir? How are you going to give the children of the Huguenots and the children of the Indians who have come from overseas the same outlook on life, the same philosophy; how are you going to get them to think absolutely alike and to feel very happy about it?

I should have devoted a little more time to the way in which holism has been distorted, holism which fitted a man who knew much more than many members opposite. The word “holism” was coined by a man whose name it is not even necessary for us to mention. That man had other ideas. He felt, as he said when he spoke at Oxford, „totally separately”.

Mrs. SUZMAN:

He changed his opinion.

*Mr. MOSTERT:

Yes, the hon. member may take part in the debate. I should like to listen to her farewell speech. The basic approach of the hon. member opposite is not a pedagogic philosophy although the hon. member for Hillbrow pretends that it is indeed a philosophical and pedagogic basis. It is not.

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

It is.

*Mr. MOSTERT:

No, the pedagogic philosophy is to transfer the hallmark of the parent on to the child as the parent wants it.

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

Of the best parent?

*Mr. MOSTERT:

You cannot turn the Indian child into anything else but an Indian child and that circumstance forces us to make provision for the education of the Indian child in an atmosphere, by persons and with companions coming from homes which have everything which is dear and peculiar to that Indian child. His school, his teacher and his companions must know his nature and be of his own kind. I shall not send my children to an Indian to be taught by him. Why should I expect an Indian to send his child to be taught by a White man? As soon as the third reading of this Bill has been passed I would rather expect the Indian community to say: “Now the Indians have taken the greatest forward step they have ever taken since they came to work in the sugar plantations of Natal.” Now he can do more than being mainly a trader. Provision has now been made for his academic training; provision has been made for vocational training; provision has been made for special schools for backward or deviate Indian children. And finally we are giving the Indian child something which the White child has not yet got to the fullest extent, namely, a unitary or national educational system. If I can still, before dark, give to the White race, that which I am giving to the Indian child I shall die happily.

*Mrs. TAYLOR:

Why did you not do so years ago?

*Mr. MOSTERT:

The hon. member for Wynberg is anxious for me to argue with her. I can just tell her that when I start arguing with a female she comes off second-best.

Mr. Speaker, the word “appendage” has again been used this afternoon. In 1948 the United Party issued a little green booklet. I read it; it was interesting and I have kept my copy. They still say in that booklet that the Indian should be regarded as an appendage to the White man but, of course, that was also after they had passed that law dealing with representation.

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

Nonsense, we never said that.

*Mr. MOSTERT:

Does the hon. member still want the Indian to develop into an appendage to the White man’s culture, to become a wart on that culture?

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

We never said that.

*Mr. MOSTERT:

I am not saying the hon. member said it, but they say in their own propaganda booklet that the Indian. …

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

“The Coloured”. …

*Mr. MOSTERT:

That was why they passed the legislation.

*Mr. HOLLAND:

They never said so. The Coloureds. …

*Mr. MOSTERT:

The hon. member is correct but they classified the Indian with the Coloured and according to the speech made this afternoon by the hon. member for Hillbrow their idea is to have the Indian and the Coloured child in the same provincial schools. It does not matter to them if they are mixed together.

*Dr. STEENKAMP:

No.

*Mr. MOSTERT:

Sir, in the Cape Province the Indian and Coloured child sit next to one another at school. Do you want them to be separated?

Mrs. TAYLOR:

How are you going to separate them?

*Mr. MOSTERT:

There you have it. In other words, the policy of laissez-faire. The hon. member for Wynberg was party to that system because she was a member of the Cape Provincial Council for years. Hon. members ought to know that you cannot integrate the Indians and the Coloureds as little as you can integrate them with the White. [Time limit.]

Mr. WOOD:

The hon. member for Witbank (Mr. Mostert) is a man who has been associated with education over the years. He has made some remarks this afternoon which I found a little difficult to follow, and I think some of his prognostications—well, only time will tell whether he is correct or not. He referred to the passing of the third reading of this Bill and said that the Indian community would say that this is one of the greatest steps forward. I do not think that at that stage the Indian community will be able to comment on this Bill. Deeds speak better than words. Time will tell how the outcome of this Bill will affect the Indian community. He spoke of the Indians being formed into one group, but I think in his philosophy the hon. member overlooked a very trite point and that is: Does he intend then, having separated the Indians and their education in a group, to deal with their philosophy and their culture and their way of life, to separate the Mohammedans, the Hindus, the Tamils, all of whom have a separate way of life, a different religion and many differences in their culture? It that his intention?

I want to refer briefly to certain remarks made by the hon. Minister of Indian Affairs. I believe the hon. Minister was unfair this afternoon. He referred to White education in Natal having had to suffer due to the financial burden which Indian education has placed on the Provincial Administration. I challenge the hon. Minister to produce facts which will substantiate such a statement. I believe that the standard of education in Natal of all races, European, Indian, Coloured and Bantu, when it was under Provincial control, was second to none, and I believe that the Europeans in no way suffered. …

The MINISTER OF INDIAN AFFAIRS:

I did not refer to the standard, but to amenities and facilities.

Mr. WOOD:

But of course amenities must eventually affect standard, and I maintain that the standard has been high and that the facilities have been adequate. Then when we come to the question of Coloured education in Natal, may I remind the hon. Minister—I think I am correct in saying this—that Natal was the first province, and the only province, with free education for the Coloured people.

The MINISTER OF INDIAN AFFAIRS:

Why for the Coloureds and not for the Indians?

Dr. STEENKAMP:

Are you going to give them free education?

Mr. WOOD:

I want to refer to a few events leading up to this particular Bill now before the House. I want to refer the Minister to a statement which he made in a very interesting booklet “The Indian in the Republic of South Africa”, in which he said this—

In any case, I think that in the course of time, Indian education will eventually have to be transferred to the Department of Indian Affairs, and eventually to an Indian Council if it is established, so that they can have more control over it, and also because I believe that the burden of Indian education is becoming too heavy for the taxpayer of Natal to carry.

That was in May, 1962. Here again we have an inconsistency, which we on this side of the House are beginning to expect from the Government, because in 1962 the Minister made that remark, and in 1963, he said:—“as reported in the Natal Daily News of 19 January 1963”—

My Department has at present no intention to take over Indian Education.
Dr. OTTO:

At present.

Mr. WOOD:

Yes, that was a year later, and then he went on to say that only educational institutions such as the University College and the M.L. Sultan College would be taken over by his Department. Very shortly afterwards, a Press release indicated that the Government had decided that the time had come to investigate the possibility and the desirability of such a take-over, and so on 1 February, chief-planner Nel was appointed to go into the matter. By October, the same year, the Minister was able to make a statement that the investigation had been carried out, and apparently conclusions had been reached, because he said in a statement—

The National Indian Council unanimously supported in principle the proposed takeover.

He continued by saying that the Cabinet had approved in principle the transfer of Indian Education to the Department of Indian Affairs. That was quick going. One is tempted to remark that it would be gratifying if other Government investigations could be carried out as expeditiously as this one. I am thinking, for instance, of the question of pensions for Bantu teachers and other non-White teachers. I believe the investigation has been going on for ten years and no conclusion has been reached. Before dealing specifically with Indian Education, Sir, in order to put the matter into perspective, I would like to refer briefly to the attitude of the Cabinet to the Indian community as a whole. I want to refer to a remark made by the hon. the Minister of Indian Affairs in the Senate on 8 February 1962. He said—

The Government has no other choice but to regard the Indians as permanent inhabitants of the Republic of South Africa.

Then he said in this same handbook to which I have referred that the Indians are proud to be accepted as a permanent part of the population of the Republic. He went on to say that he had been assured that if there were to be hostilities between India and the Republic, the Indians’ loyalty would be to the Republic. Two years later, we had a statement from the hon. the Prime Minister, in quite a different direction, I believe. On 24 April 1964 (Col. 4908, Hansard) he said—

“We do not. however, accept them as part of our nation.”

He was referring to the Indians. Sir, I submit that that is a play on words. My dictionary defines “inhabitant” as “one who inhabits, a resident”, and it defines “a nation” as “a people inhabiting a country under the same Government”. I can only believe that the words of the hon. Minister of Indian Affairs were meant for the export market, and the words of the hon. the Prime Minister for platteland consumption, in line with the unimplemented undertaking given by the Nationalist Party before the 1948 election.

A lot of difficulties and problems in connection with the implementation of this Bill will be concerned with finance. The hon. the Minister has said already that the burden on the Natal taxpayer was becoming too heavy. This Bill indicates quite clearly that the Minister of Indian Affairs will be subservient to the Minister of Finance for all the expenditure involved, because in respect of any expenditure he will have to consult the Minister of Finance. It says “the Minister in consultation with the Minister of Finance” right through the Bill. That is the theme that runs through Clause 3 of the Bill, which deals with “the establishment and maintenance of schools”, Clause 5, which refers to the management and control of State-aided schools and their transfer, Clause 8, “appointment, promotion, transfer and discharge of staff” to Clause 11. “conditions of service of persons employed at State schools”, to Clause 14, “transfer and secondment of certain persons employed at State schools”, and so on to Clauses 24 and 25. Clause 33 (3). As far as Clause 4 is concerned “award of grants-in-aid or subsidies”, this will be dependent on moneys appropriated by Parliament for the purpose. Under the circumstances, I think it is as well to examine the attitude of the Government in regard to the financing of the education of non-Whites. I should like to refer to the attitude expressed by the Minister of Bantu Affairs when he discussed this matter during the debate on the take-over of Bantu education. This is what he said in connection with finance in Hansard of 3 June 1954. Dr. Verwoerd, who was then Minister of Native Affairs, said this—

I want to say very clearly that I take full responsibility for the pegging of that subsidy on that basis and I support it because I think that it is in the best interests of Bantu education and its control. I support this pegging not only because I think it is a wise thing to do in the interests of the country and its finances, but also½ because Bantu education can only be guided along sound lines when built on the principle that, while the European is prepared to make heavy contributions to Native education, the Native community will have to shoulder their share of the responsibility for this development in future.

Is this what the hon. the Minister of Indian Affairs means when he says—

I believe that the burden of Indian education in Natal is becoming too heavy for the taxpayers of Natal to carry?

Is the burden to be transferred to all taxpayers throughout the Republic, or is it to be placed on the Indian community supported by a fixed subsidy granted by the Government? Because if that is the case, I would point out that the fixed subsidy allowed to Bantu education has remained static for ten years, although the Prime Minister himself said that it would have to be reviewed by Parliament from time to time. It is interesting to speculate on exactly what effect this principle could have on the future of Indian education if it becomes dependent on the taxation contribution which Indians can make. The total amount of tax assessed for the 21,610 Indians to whom tax assessments were issued in the latest year for which figures are available is R 1,300,000. That is not just for Natal but for the whole of the Republic. I am reliably informed that, in so far as provincial income-tax is concerned, the total income of Natal for income-tax and personal tax is approximately R9,500,000. While no exact figures exist for the contribution the Indian community makes, I am told that it is roughly 7½per cent. So, on that basis there would be available, if this principle is implemented, a further R712,500, which means that approximately R2,000,000 would have to be added to any subsidy which the State might decide to pay.

In looking to see how the Bill will be implemented and how the Indians will fare under the Department of Indian Affairs when their education is handled by that Department, it is just as well to refer to the hon. the Prime Minister again. He said—

We can also give them a way of life and create conditions as a result of which they can be given self-government in regard to matters which particularly affect them. The model for that is to be found in what we are doing for the Coloured population.

But that is another inconsistency. The Minister of Indian Affairs referred in one of his statements on Indian education to eminent educationists among Indians in Natal and he said that it was desirable that they should have a say in regard to the curricula in their own schools. But if we take the Coloured Persons Education Act as a model, what do we find? We find that in Section 30 there is established a Coloured Education Advisory Council. What do we find in Clause 30 of this Bill? The Minister may for purposes of consultation recognize associations of Indian teachers. If we read on, we find in Clause 31 that the Minister may establish a council. This is not equality. It is another inconsistency. Here we have the Minister taking powers to establish a council but not giving Parliament the right to discuss the basis on which that council should be constituted. It will be established by regulation, and yet in 1962 the hon. the Minister referred to the formation of the council. Where is the justice in this? The Indians have a very large stake in their education in Natal. Over the last ten years they have contributed R 10,000,000 in hard cash for their education, and as far as school desks are concerned they have contributed over R118,000, and in addition they have made available considerable amounts of land for schools.

I have referred to the question of a subsidy. There is no mention in this Bill of a subsidy. I have looked for it in vain, and I looked for it in vain in the Bantu Education Act. The subsidy comes later. In regard to the Bantu Education Act it came in 1955, in an amendment to the Exchequer and Audit Act. There the subsidy was pegged at R 13,000,000, and there it has remained. I hope the Indian community will take note of what happened to Bantu education in the Government’s hands.

It is interesting, too, to examine the attitude of the hon. the Minister of Finance in regard to the education of the various race groups. This is what the Minister of Finance said in 1958 in Hansard, Vol. 98, Col. 3878—

We do not have one homogeneous community in which prosperous people can be taxed to provide services for the less prosperous, but we have various communities which must be sound individually. The White guardian community must provide the funds for the essential development services, and it is the duty of the State to see that the necessary development is planned and carried out, but thereafter the community concerned must itself see to the extension of those services in accordance with its capacity.

I think that is a very profound statement on the part of the Minister, and I do not think he has ever changed his point of view. More recent disclosures show that the line of thinking in the Nationalist Party is perfectly in accordance with the statement made by the Minister of Finance. Senator Groenewald. in a Press statement he made—not in an interview. but in a prepared statement—when he was Acting Secretary of the National Party in Natal, said the following—

The population figures being what they are in Natal, the National Party believes that the various racial groups should increasingly be called upon to contribute to the costs of services for their own groups.

I believe it is only fair in a debate of this sort when we are effecting a change-over, to deal with the position as it exists, and to deal with the achievements of the Natal Provincial Council, achievements of which I believe they have every right to be proud. I want to refer to certain figures in that respect. I am referring to a statement published in the Natal Mercury of 12 February 1963 in which it was indicated that the total Education Vote for the province had increased by 54 per cent in ten years, but in so far as the Indians were concerned the increase was 326 per cent. Then we find that in 1964-5 over R6,000,000 was voted for Indian education in respect of approximately 127,000 Indian students, and in January 1965 it could be said that all children who applied for admission to the schools were accommodated. It can also be said that since the new schools were established at Chatsworth, 100 platoon classes have been dispensed with. It is also interesting to consider the ratio of Indian education expenditure to the total Education Vote. In 1946 it represented 15 per cent of the total Vote; in 1960 it had increased to 30 per cent, and in 1964 it had increased to 37 per cent. In regard to classrooms we have heard complaints in regard to overcrowding, but here again the record is one to be commended. The net gain in classrooms between 1957 and 1963 in Government schools was 242, and in Government-aided schools 496, making a total gain in classrooms of 738.

I should like to refer to some of the reported remarks made by the Chief Planner appointed by the Minister in 1964. Firstly—and this is covered in an article in the Natal Mercury of 1 February 1964—Mr. Nel gave the assurance that the standard of Indian education would in no way be inferior to that of European education. The Minister endorsed that this afternoon, but one wonders how this can be achieved when we compare the comparative per capita costs of education in Natal. For Whites it is R130 per annum, for Indians R50 and for Bantu, in the whole of the Republic, it is R12 per pupil per annum. Will the State supply the funds to make up this obvious discrepancy between R130 and R50?

Mr. Nel’s second point was that it would be his policy to strive constantly for adequate salaries. If the position of the Coloured teacher is to be accepted as an example. I believe that the Indian teachers will not find the future a very promising one, because although the take-over of Coloured education is of recent vintage already troubles have been experienced in regard to the recommendations made by the Coloured Education Advisory Council to the Minister, which have not been accepted. Only one of the six or seven recommendations has been put into effect. I believe, too—and I think this is of interest to the Minister who holds another portfolio involving education— that if he looks back he will find that Bantu teachers have had one increase in salary in, I think, 17 years. They recently asked for a 50 per cent increase which the Minister told them could not be granted, but that an increase could be granted when funds become available.

The third point raised by Mr. Nel is about Indian fears in regard to the cost of providing education. Mr. Nel said: “I take it that it will be a charge on general revenue.” I have alrea